Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 2017.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Albertsons Companies, LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5411   47-5579477

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

208-395-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of co-registrants’ principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert A. Gordon, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

(208) 395-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.

Michael E. Gilligan, Esq.

Antonio L. Diaz-Albertini, Esq.

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 756-2000

Fax: (212) 593-5955

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Security(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

  $1,250,000,000   100%   $1,250,000,000   $144,875.00

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

  $1,250,000,000   100%   $1,250,000,000   $144,875.00

Guarantees of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024(3)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

Guarantees of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025(3)

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A

Total

  $2,500,000,000     $2,500,000,000   $289,750.00

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) of the Securities Act.
(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act and regulations under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the guarantees.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE A

CO-REGISTRANTS

 

Exact Name of Co-Registrants as specified in its Charter(1)

  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

   Ohio    5411    20-4057706

SAFEWAY INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019135

ALBERTSON’S LLC

   Delaware    5411    47-5579477

ABS CA-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS CA-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

   Delaware    5411    77-0593693

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS ID-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS ID-O DC LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS ID-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS MT-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS MT-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS NV-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS NV-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS OR-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS OR-O DC LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS OR-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

   Delaware    5411    26-0163805

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    20-8379141

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    20-8379233

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS RM OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS SW OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

   Texas    5411    *

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

   Texas    5411    *


Table of Contents

Exact Name of Co-Registrants as specified in its Charter(1)

  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

   Texas    5411    *

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS TX OWNER LP

   Texas    5411    *

ABS UT-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS UT-O DC LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS UT-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS WA-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS WA-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS WY-GL LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ABS WY-O LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ACME MARKETS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    87-0440072

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC

   Delaware    5411    32-0515977

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

   Indiana    5411    87-0572611

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

   Utah    5411    84-1379239

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

   Utah    5411    87-0347039

ASP REALTY, LLC

   Delaware    5411    87-0347040

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASP SW OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASR OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

   Texas    5411    *

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

   Texas    5411    *

AVIA PARTNERS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022728

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

   Delaware    5411    92-0135158

CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

   Maine    5411    01-0315406

COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC

   Delaware    5411    26-3934820

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

   Delaware    5411    68-0282708

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

EATING RIGHT LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

EXT OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

EXTREME LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

   Delaware    5411    94-3383703


Table of Contents

Exact Name of Co-Registrants as specified in its Charter(1)

  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3383697

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

   Maryland    5411    52-1070315

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

   Texas    5411    *

GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

   Delaware    5411    36-6050192

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

   Delaware    5411    87-0438653

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

   Ohio    5411    36-1282500

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

   Illinois    5411    *

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    98-0149758

LSP LEASE LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

LUCERNE FOODS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-2617136

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

LUCKY STORES LLC

   Ohio    5411    *

MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC

   Delaware    5411    32-0518480

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

   Delaware    5411    20-1208691

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

   Texas    5411    *

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

NHI TX OWNER LP

   Texas    5411    *

O ORGANICS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

   Illinois    5411    36-3152153

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

   Texas    5411    76-0603967

RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

   Delaware    5411    75-0873276

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3396317

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3396318

RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3379041

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

   Delaware    5411    76-0603966

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019144

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019145

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019155

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019151

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3079150

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

   Arizona    5411    *

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

   Delaware    5411    26-2945963

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019158

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    06-1714664

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019147

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021044

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021063

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021066

SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021067

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021070

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021072


Table of Contents

Exact Name of Co-Registrants as specified in its Charter(1)

  

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

   Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S.
Employer
Identification
Number

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3021073

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019090

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019102

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019116

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019122

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3019124

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022725

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022726

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022727

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022735

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022736

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022738

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022739

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022740

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022741

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022742

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022743

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022744

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022746

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3022747

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3320589

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

   Maine    5411    01-6010635

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST

   Massachusetts    5411    04-6043965

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

   Massachusetts    5411    04-1183420

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.

   Delaware    5411    94-3372721

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

   Delaware    5411    01-0523835

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

   Massachusetts    5411    04-3243710

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

   Massachusetts    5411    04-3244277

STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

   California    5411    *

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

   Delaware    5411    *

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

   Michigan    5411    38-1623900

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

   Texas    5411    75-0916445

USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

   Texas    5411    *

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

   Delaware    5411    94-3295244

 

(1) The address and telephone number of each of the co-registrants is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd. Boise, ID 83706, (208) 395-6200.
* This entity is a pass-through entity. which does not require an I.R.S. Employer Identification Number.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue the exchange notes in the exchange offers until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS, DATED MAY 19, 2017

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

Prospectus

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$1,250,000,000 of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 and the Related Guarantees

AND

$1,250,000,000 of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 and the Related Guarantees

The Offering:

Offered Securities:     The securities offered by this prospectus are our 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes”), which are being issued in exchange for our 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Original 2024 Notes” and, together with the New 2024 Notes, the “2024 Notes”) and sold by us in our private placement that we consummated on May 31, 2016, and our 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “New 2025 Notes” and, together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”), which are being issued in exchange for our 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Original 2025 Notes,” together with the New 2025 Notes, the “2025 Notes” or, together with the Original 2024 Notes, the “Original Notes”) and sold by us in our private placement that we consummated on August 9, 2016. The New 2024 Notes and the New 2025 Notes and related guarantees are substantially identical to the Original 2024 Notes and the Original 2025 Notes, respectively and are governed by the same respective indentures.

Expiration of Offering:     The exchange offer expires at 5:00 pm, New York City time, on                 , 2017, unless extended.

We will exchange all Original Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange.

We believe that the exchange of Original Notes for New Notes will not be an exchange or otherwise a taxable event to a holder for United States federal income tax purposes, but you should see the discussion under the caption “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for more information.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. A broker-dealer who acquired Original Notes as a result of market making or other trading activities may use this exchange offer prospectus, as supplemented or amended from time to time, in connection with any resales of the New Notes.

The New Notes:

Maturity:     The New 2024 Notes will mature on June 15, 2024 and the New 2025 Notes will mature on March 15, 2025.

Interest Payment Dates:     We will pay interest on the New 2024 Notes semi-annually, on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2017 (or December 15, 2017 if this exchange offer is consummated after June 15, 2017). We will pay interest on the New 2025 Notes semi-annually, on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2017.

We do not intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated for the New Notes. No public market exists for the Original Notes.

You should carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 27 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

In making an investment decision, you must rely on your own examination of our business and the terms of this exchange offer, including the merits and risks involved. None of the SEC, any state securities commission or any regulatory authority has approved or disapproved the New Notes nor have any of the foregoing authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of this offering or the accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     25  

Risk Factors

     27  

Use of Proceeds

     51  

Capitalization

     52  

Selected Historical Financial information of ACL

     53  

Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway

     54  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL

     55  

Business

     81  

Management

     101  

Executive Compensation

     111  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

     128  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     129  

Description of Other Indebtedness

     133  

The Exchange Offer

     140  

Description of the New 2024 Notes

     147  

Description of the New 2025 Notes

     206  

Book-Entry; Delivery and Form

     265  

Plan of Distribution

     268  

Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences

     269  

Legal Matters

     270  

Experts

     270  

Where You Can Find More Information

     270  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRANSACTION

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law. The delivery of this prospectus does not, under any circumstances, mean that there has not been a change in our affairs since the date of this prospectus. Subject to our obligation to amend or supplement this prospectus as required by law and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of these securities.

Until                 , 2017 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Each prospective purchaser of the exchange notes must comply with all applicable laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which it purchases, offers or sells the notes or possesses or distributes this prospectus and must obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for the

 

i


Table of Contents

purchase, offer or sale by it of the exchange notes under the laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction to which it is subject or in which it makes such purchases, offers or sales, and we shall not have any responsibility therefore.

CERTAIN TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to (i) the terms “company,” “Company,” “ACL,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Albertsons Companies, LLC, (ii) the term “AB Acquisition” refers to AB Acquisition LLC, ACL’s direct and sole parent, (iii) the term “Albertsons” refers to Albertson’s LLC, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (iv) the term “NAI” refers to New Albertson’s, Inc., and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (v) the term “United” refers to United Supermarkets, LLC, (vi) the term “Safeway” refers to Safeway Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (vii) the term “Co-Issuers” refers to Albertsons (and not any of its subsidiaries), NAI (and not any of its subsidiaries) and Safeway (and not any of its subsidiaries), (viii) the term “Additional Issuers has the meaning set forth in the “Description of the New 2024 Notes” and the “Description of the New 2025 Notes,” as applicable, (ix) the term “Lead Issuers” refers to ACL and the Co-Issuers and (x) references to our “Sponsors” or the “Cerberus-led Consortium” refer to, collectively, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), Kimco Realty Corporation (“Kimco Realty”), Klaff Realty, LP (“Klaff Realty”), Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P. (“Lubert-Adler”), Schottenstein Stores Corporation (“Schottenstein Stores”) and their respective controlled affiliates and investment funds.

All of the references to “notes” or “Notes” in this prospectus refer to the Original Notes and New Notes, collectively.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial data included in this prospectus are those of ACL and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We use a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in February each year. Prior to fiscal year 2014, we used a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the closest Thursday before the last Saturday in February each year. For ease of reference, unless the context otherwise indicates, we identify our fiscal years in this prospectus by reference to the calendar year of the first day of such fiscal year. For example, “fiscal 2014” refers to our fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, “fiscal 2015” refers to our fiscal year ended February 27, 2016, and “fiscal 2016” refers to our fiscal year ended February 25, 2017. Our first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and our second, third and fourth quarters generally consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter included 13 weeks, and the fiscal year included 53 weeks. The fiscal years ended February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016, February 20, 2014 and February 21, 2013 included 52 weeks. Safeway’s last three fiscal years prior to the Safeway acquisition consisted of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015, the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012.

IDENTICAL STORE SALES

As used in this prospectus, the term “identical store sales” is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis. Fuel sales are excluded from identical store sales, and internet sales are included in identical store sales of the store from which the products are sourced. Fiscal 2016 is compared with the 52-week period

 

ii


Table of Contents

ending February 27, 2016. Fiscal 2015 is compared with the 52-week period ending February 28, 2015. Fiscal 2014 is compared with the 53-week period ending February 27, 2014. On an actual basis, acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. Stores that are open during remodeling are included in identical store sales. The stores divested in order to secure Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) clearance of the Safeway acquisition are excluded from the identical store sales calculation beginning on December 19, 2014, the announcement date of the divestitures. Also included in this prospectus, where noted, are supplemental identical store sales measures for ACL, which includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of their acquisition dates.

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks, including ALBERTSONS ® , SAFEWAY ® , ACME ® , AMIGOS ® , CARRS ® , HAGGEN ® , JEWEL-OSCO ® , MARKET STREET ® , PAVILIONS ® , RANDALLS ® , SAV-ON ® , SHAW’S ® , STAR MARKET ® , TOM THUMB ® , UNITED EXPRESS ® , UNITED SUPERMARKETS ® , VONS ® , EATING RIGHT ® , LUCERNE ® , O ORGANICS ® , OPEN NATURE ® , MyMixx ® and just for U ® , which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of our company and its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA AND APPRAISALS

This prospectus includes market and industry data and outlook, which are based on publicly available information, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and/or our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of and experience in the markets and businesses in which we operate. We believe this information to be reasonable based on the information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. However, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. Historical information regarding supermarket and grocery industry revenues, including online grocery revenues, was obtained from IBISWorld. Forecasts regarding Food-at-Home inflation were obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”). Information with respect to our market share was obtained from Nielsen ACView All Outlets Combined (Food, Mass and Dollar but excluding Drug) for fiscal 2016. This information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in a survey of market size. In addition, market conditions, customer preferences and the competitive landscape can and do change significantly. As a result, you should be aware that the market and industry data included in this prospectus and our estimates and beliefs based on such data may not be reliable. We do not make any representations as to the accuracy of such industry and market data.

In addition, the market value reported in the appraisals of the properties described herein are an estimate of value, as of the date stated in each appraisal. The appraisals were subject to the following assumption: The estimate of market value as is, is based on the assumption that the existing occupant/user remains in occupancy in the foreseeable future, commensurate with the typical tenure of a user of this type, and is paying market rent as of the effective date of appraisal. Changes since the appraisal

 

iii


Table of Contents

date in external and market factors or in the property itself can significantly affect the conclusions. As an opinion, the reported values are not necessarily a measure of current market value and may not reflect the amount which would be received if the property were sold today. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any appraisals, market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We define EBITDA as generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing performance. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income (loss) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical Financial and Other Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (collectively, the “Non-GAAP Measures”) are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. We also use Adjusted EBITDA, as further adjusted for additional items defined in our debt instruments, for board of manager and bank compliance reporting. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Non-GAAP Measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect certain one-time or non-recurring cash costs to achieve the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

   

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and, with

 

iv


Table of Contents
 

respect to acquired intangible assets, Adjusted Net Income, do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures are adjusted for certain non-recurring and non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of operations

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

    Other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes. Please see our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

 

v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you or that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. You should read this entire prospectus carefully. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, you should read the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

OUR COMPANY

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of February 25, 2017, we operated 2,324 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 20 well-known banners, including Albertsons , Safeway , Vons , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s , Acme , Tom Thumb , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Pavilions , Star Market, Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 Metropolitan Statistical Areas in the United States (“MSAs”) and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 66% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value-added services through 1,786 pharmacies, 1,227 in-store branded coffee shops and 385 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 273,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average 34 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6% and 4.8%, respectively, and decreased 0.4% during fiscal 2016. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have been able to maintain or increase our overall share in the food retail channel during fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities will continue in fiscal 2017, though at lower rates than in fiscal 2016, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of projected food price inflation in the second half of 2017 and we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in

 



 

1


Table of Contents

certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $750 million by the end of fiscal 2017.

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $59.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.8 billion and free cash flow of $1.4 billion. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

OUR INTEGRATION HISTORY

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006 (the “Legacy Albertsons Stores”). This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SUPERVALU INC. (“SuperValu”), which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners. In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc. (“A&P”) for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

OUR OPERATING PLAYBOOK

Our management team has developed and implemented a proven and successful operating playbook to drive sales growth, profitability and free cash flow. Our playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards.     We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 

   

Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We

 



 

2


Table of Contents
 

measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 

    Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . Our own brands products achieved over $10.5 billion in sales in fiscal 2016, and our company’s portfolio of USDA-certified organic products is one of the largest and fastest growing in the industry. In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly-baked bread. Our decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment, to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

    Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. We are currently testing our “click-and-collect” program, in which items selected online by our customers are gathered from our store shelves by our associates and picked up by our customers from our stores.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

IDENTICAL STORE SALES

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store sales growth across ACL (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.
(3) We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of February 25, 2017. We also operate 28 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion.

 

 

LOGO

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer, and Shane Sampson, Executive Vice President & Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer, both bring significant leadership and operational experience to our management team with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business. Our eight Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 13 division Presidents have an average of over 20, 22 and 32 years of service, respectively, with our company.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Proven Operating Playbook .    We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6% and 4.8%, respectively, and decreased 0.4% during fiscal 2016. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have been able to maintain or increase our overall share in the food retail channel during fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities will continue in fiscal 2017, though at lower rates than in fiscal 2016, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of projected food price inflation in the second half of 2017 and we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion and $1.4 billion in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $750 million of synergies on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

OUR STRATEGY

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brand products achieved over $10.5 billion in sales in fiscal 2016.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,786 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

   

Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit

 



 

7


Table of Contents
 

and vegetables cut in-store and implementing Safeway’s successful wine and floral shop strategies, with broader product assortments and new fixtures across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We are extending the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will help us to optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale. During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $575 million, respectively, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $675 million in fiscal 2017, or approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our

 



 

8


Table of Contents

acquisitions may involve the issuance of our equity. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this exchange offer.

OUR INDUSTRY

We operate in the $611 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2012 through 2017, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors, including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. Several food items and categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in fiscal 2016, and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories in fiscal 2017. On an annual basis, Food-at-Home inflation is forecasted to be between 0.00% and 1.00% in 2017. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural, and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities and services, including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, fuel centers, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Our principal executive offices are located at 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, ID 83706. Our telephone number is (208) 395-6200 and our internet address is www.albertsons.com. Our website and the information contained thereon are not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon by prospective investors in connection with any decision to purchase the New Notes.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

OUR EQUITY SPONSORS

We believe that one of our strengths is our relationship with our Sponsors. We believe we will benefit from our Sponsors’ experience in the retail industry, their expertise in mergers and acquisitions and real estate, and their support on various near-term and long-term strategic initiatives.

Cerberus .    Established in 1992, Cerberus and its affiliated group of funds and companies comprise one of the world’s leading private investment firms with over $30 billion of capital under management in four primary strategies: control and non-control private equity investments, distressed securities and assets, commercial mid-market lending, and real estate-related investments. In addition to its New York headquarters, Cerberus has offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.

Kimco Realty .    Kimco Realty is a real estate investment trust headquartered in New Hyde Park, New York that owns and operates North America’s largest publicly traded portfolio of neighborhood and community shopping centers. As of December 31, 2016, Kimco Realty owned interests in 524 shopping centers comprising 85 million square feet of leasable space across 34 states and Puerto Rico. Publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange since 1991, and included in the S&P 500 Index, Kimco Realty has specialized in shopping center acquisitions, development and management for more than 50 years.

Klaff Realty .    Klaff Realty is a privately-owned real estate investment company based in Chicago, Illinois that engages in the acquisition, redevelopment and management of commercial real estate throughout the United States and Latin America, with a primary focus on retail and office. Klaff Realty has established a leadership position in the acquisition of distressed retail space. To date, Klaff Realty affiliates have acquired properties and invested in operating entities that control in excess of 200 million square feet with a value in excess of $17 billion.

Lubert-Adler .    Lubert-Adler was co-founded in 1997 by Ira Lubert and Dean Adler, who collectively have over 60 years of experience in underwriting, acquiring, repositioning, refinancing and disposing of real estate assets. Lubert-Adler has more than 20 investment professionals and has invested $7.5 billion of equity into assets valued at over $17 billion.

Schottenstein Stores .    Schottenstein Stores, together with its affiliate Schottenstein Property Group, is a privately-owned operator, acquirer and redeveloper of high quality power/big box, community and neighborhood shopping centers located throughout the United States predominantly anchored by national retailers.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The following summary is provided solely for your convenience. The summary is not intended to be complete. You should read the full text and more specific details contained elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more detailed description of the notes, please refer to the section entitled “The Exchange Offer” in this prospectus.

 

Exchange Offer

In the registration rights agreements dated May 31, 2016 and August 9, 2016, respectively (the “Registration Rights Agreements”), the respective holders of our Original Notes were granted exchange and registration rights. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy these rights. You have the right to exchange the Original Notes that you hold for our registered New Notes with substantially identical terms. Once the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your Original Notes.

 

Expiration Date

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 pm, New York City time, on                 , 2017, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer.

 

Condition to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is conditioned upon some customary conditions, which we may waive. All conditions to which the exchange offer is subject must be satisfied or waived on or before the expiration of this offer.

 

Consequences if You Do Not Exchange Your Original Notes

Original Notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or that are not accepted for exchange will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your Original Notes. In general, you may only offer or sell the Original Notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. After the completion of the exchange offer, we will no longer have an obligation to register the Original Notes. The tender of Original Notes under the exchange offer will reduce the principal amount of the currently outstanding Original Notes. The corresponding reduction in liquidity may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market price of any Original Notes that you continue to hold following completion of the exchange offer. For more information, please refer to the section entitled “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

 

Procedures for Tendering Original Notes

Each holder of Original Notes wishing to accept the exchange offer must follow the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for tendering notes held in

 



 

11


Table of Contents
 

book-entry form. These procedures for using DTC’s ATOP (as defined herein), require that (i) the exchange agent receive, prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, a computer generated message known as an “agent’s message” that is transmitted through ATOP, and (ii) DTC confirms that:

 

    DTC has received your instructions to exchange your notes; and

 

    you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.

 

  Original Notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

 

  For more information on tendering your Original Notes, please refer to the sections entitled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “Book-Entry; Delivery and Form.”

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Holders

If you beneficially own Original Notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your Original Notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender your Original Notes in the exchange offer on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your Original Notes, either arrange to have the Original Notes registered in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your Original Notes and:

 

    time will not permit your required documents to reach the exchange agent by the expiration date of the exchange offer; or

 

    your Original Notes are not immediately available,

 

  You must comply with the applicable guaranteed delivery procedures for tendering and complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal. You must also arrange for DTC to transmit required information in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer to the exchange agent in connection with a book-entry transfer.

 

Withdrawal of Tenders

You may withdraw your tender of Original Notes at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration

 



 

12


Table of Contents
 

date. To withdraw, you must submit a notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent using DTC’s ATOP procedures before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

 

Failure to Exchange will Affect You Adversely

If you are eligible to participate in the exchange offer and you do not tender your Original Notes, you will not have further exchange or registration rights and you will continue to be restricted from transferring your Original Notes. Accordingly, the liquidity of the Original Notes will be adversely affected.

 

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

We believe that the exchange of the Original Notes for New Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. A holder’s holding period for New Notes will include the holding period for Original Notes, and the adjusted tax basis of the New Notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the Original Notes exchanged. Please refer to the section entitled “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wilmington Trust, National Association, trustee under each indenture under which the applicable New Notes will be issued, as exchange agent.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the information included in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 27 and all other information in this prospectus in evaluating whether or not to tender your Original Notes in the exchange offer.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE NEW 2024 NOTES

The following summary contains basic information about the New 2024 Notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all information that may be important to you. The New 2024 Notes will evidence the same debt as the Original 2024 Notes. They will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture governing the Original 2024 Notes and will be treated under the 2024 Indenture as a single series with the Original 2024 Notes. For a more complete understanding of the New Notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of the New 2024 Notes” in this prospectus.

 

Issuers

Albertsons Companies, LLC, Safeway Inc., New Albertson’s, Inc. and Albertson’s LLC and the Additional Issuers.

 

Notes Offered

The form and terms of the New 2024 Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the Original 2024 Notes except that:

 

    the New 2024 Notes will bear a different CUSIP number from the Original 2024 Notes;

 

    the New 2024 Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and

 

    you will not be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to the New 2024 Notes.

 

Maturity Date

The New 2024 Notes will mature on June 15, 2024.

 

Interest Rate

The New 2024 Notes will bear interest at a rate of 6.625% per annum.

 

Interest Payment Dates

June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on June 15, 2017 (or December 15, 2017 if this exchange offer is consummated after June 15, 2017).

 

Guarantees

The New 2024 Notes will be initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of ACL’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuers) that guarantee or are borrowers under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities (each as defined herein).

 

Ranking

The New 2024 Notes and the related subsidiary guarantees will be the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations, as applicable, and will:

 

    rank equally in right of payment with all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Original Notes and the New 2025 Notes;

 

    rank senior in right of payment to all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness;

 



 

14


Table of Contents
    be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

    be structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of ACL’s subsidiaries that are not Lead Issuers, Additional Issuers or subsidiary guarantors.

 

Optional Redemption

We will have the option to redeem the 2024 Notes, in whole or in part, prior to June 15, 2019, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

  We will have the option to redeem the 2024 Notes, in whole or in part, on or after June 15, 2019, at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the New 2024 Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

  We will have the option to redeem up to 40% of the outstanding 2024 Notes prior to June 15, 2019 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 106.625% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

Change of Control Offer Triggering Event

If a defined change of control triggering event occurs, we may be required to offer to repurchase the 2024 Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2024 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of the New 2024 Notes—Change of Control Triggering Event.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture that governs the 2024 Notes contains covenants limiting ACL’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity or prepay subordinated debt or make certain investments;

 

    incur liens on assets to secure indebtedness;

 

    sell certain assets;

 

    merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all of its assets;

 

    incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

 



 

15


Table of Contents
  These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications as described under “Description of the New 2024 Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

Registration Rights

You have the right to exchange the Original 2024 Notes for New 2024 Notes with substantially identical terms. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy that right. The New 2024 Notes will not provide you with any further exchange or registration rights.

 

No Listing of the New 2024 Notes

We do not intend to list the New 2024 Notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated for the New 2024 Notes. No public market exists for the Original 2024 Notes.

 

Resale Without Further Registration

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties referred to below, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer New 2024 Notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, if:

 

    you are acquiring the New 2024 Notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the New 2024 Notes;

 

    you are not an “affiliate” of the Lead Issuers and Additional Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and

 

    you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New 2024 Notes.

 

  We have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person who will receive New 2024 Notes in the exchange offer to distribute such securities following completion of the exchange offer. We are not aware of any person that will participate in the exchange offer with a view to distribute the new 2024 Notes. If you are not acquiring the New 2024 Notes in the ordinary course of your business, or if you are engaging in, intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the New 2024 Notes, or if you are our affiliate, then:

 

    you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

 



 

16


Table of Contents
    in the absence of an exception from the position of the SEC stated in the first bullet point above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or other transfer of the New 2024 Notes.

 

  If you are a broker-dealer and receive New 2024 Notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding unregistered notes that you acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale or other transfer of the New 2024 Notes that you receive in the exchange offer. See “Plan of Distribution.”

For more information about the notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of the New 2024 Notes” in this prospectus.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE NEW 2025 NOTES

The following summary contains basic information about the New 2025 Notes and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all information that may be important to you. The New 2025 Notes will evidence the same debt as the Original 2025 Notes. They will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture governing the Original 2025 Notes and will be treated under the 2025 Indenture as a single series with the Original 2025 Notes. For a more complete understanding of the New Notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of the New 2025 Notes” in this prospectus.

 

Issuers

Albertsons Companies, LLC, Safeway Inc., New Albertson’s, Inc. and Albertson’s LLC and the Additional Issuers.

 

Notes Offered

The form and terms of the New 2025 Notes will be the same as the form and terms of the Original 2025 Notes except that:

 

    the New 2025 Notes will bear a different CUSIP number from the Original 2025 Notes;

 

    the New 2025 Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, and, therefore, will not bear legends restricting their transfer; and

 

    you will not be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to the New 2025 Notes.

 

Maturity Date

The New 2025 Notes will mature on March 15, 2025.

 

Interest Rate

The New 2025 Notes will bear interest at a rate of 5.750% per annum.

 

Interest Payment Dates

March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on September 15, 2017.

 

Guarantees

The New 2024 Notes will be initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of ACL’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuers) that guarantee or are borrowers under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities.

 

Ranking

The New 2025 Notes and the related subsidiary guarantees will be the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior unsecured obligations, as applicable, and will:

 

    rank equally in right of payment with all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Original Notes and the New 2024 Notes;

 

    rank senior in right of payment to all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness;

 



 

18


Table of Contents
    be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

    be structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of ACL’s subsidiaries that are not Lead Issuers, Additional Issuers or subsidiary guarantors.

 

Optional Redemption

We will have the option to redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, prior to September 15, 2019, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus an applicable “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

  We will have the option to redeem the 2025 Notes, in whole or in part, on or after September 15, 2019, at the redemption prices specified under “Description of the New 2025 Notes—Optional Redemption,” plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

  We will have the option to redeem up to 40% of the outstanding 2025 Notes prior to June 15, 2019 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 105.750% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

 

Change of Control Offer Triggering Event

If a defined change of control triggering event occurs, we may be required to offer to repurchase the 2025 Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. See “Description of the New 2025 Notes—Change of Control Triggering Event.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture that governs the 2025 Notes contains covenants limiting ACL’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

    pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity or prepay subordinated debt or make certain investments;

 

    incur liens on assets to secure indebtedness;

 

    sell certain assets;

 

    merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all of its assets;

 

    incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

 



 

19


Table of Contents
  These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications as described under “Description of the New 2025 Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

Registration Rights

You have the right to exchange the Original 2025 Notes for New 2025 Notes with substantially identical terms. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy that right. The New 2025 Notes will not provide you with any further exchange or registration rights.

 

No Listing of the New 2025 Notes

We do not intend to list the New 2025 Notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated for the New 2025 Notes. No public market exists for the Original 2025 Notes.

 

Resale Without Further Registration

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties referred to below, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer New 2025 Notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, if:

 

    you are acquiring the New 2025 Notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the New 2025 Notes;

 

    you are not an “affiliate” of the Lead Issuers and Additional Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and

 

    you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the New 2025 Notes.

 

  We have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person who will receive New 2025 Notes in the exchange offer to distribute such securities following completion of the exchange offer. We are not aware of any person that will participate in the exchange offer with a view to distribute the new 2025 Notes. If you are not acquiring the New 2025 Notes in the ordinary course of your business, or if you are engaging in, intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the New 2025 Notes, or if you are our affiliate, then:

 

    you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

 



 

20


Table of Contents
    in the absence of an exception from the position of the SEC stated in the first bullet point above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or other transfer of the New 2025 Notes.

 

  If you are a broker-dealer and receive New 2025 Notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding unregistered notes that you acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale or other transfer of the New 2025 Notes that you receive in the exchange offer. See “Plan of Distribution.”

For more information about the notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of the New 2025 Notes” in this prospectus.

 



 

21


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated historical financial and other data and should be read together with “Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of ACL,” “Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of February 25, 2017 and the consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

On January 30, 2015, we acquired Safeway. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 

(in millions, except identical store sales and store count)

   Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(1)(4)
 

Results of Operations:

    

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 59,678     $ 58,734     $ 27,199  

Gross profit

   $ 16,641     $ 16,062     $ 7,503  

Selling & administrative expenses

     16,000       15,660       8,152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     641       402       (649

Interest expense, net

     1,004       951       633  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     112              

Other (income) expense

     (11     (7     96  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (464     (542     (1,378

Income tax benefit

     (90     (40     (153
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (374   $ (502   $ (1,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

      

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 2,817     $ 2,681     $ 1,099  

Adjusted Net Income(2)

     378       365       58  

Capital expenditures

     1,415       960       337  

Free cash flow(3)

     1,402       1,721       762  

Other Operating Data:

      

Identical store sales

     (0.4 )%      4.4     7.2

Store count (at end of fiscal period)

     2,324       2,271       2,382  

Gross square footage (at end of fiscal period) (in millions)

     115       113       118  

Fuel sales

   $ 2,693     $ 2,955     $ 387  

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

      

Cash and equivalents

   $ 1,219     $ 580     $ 1,126  

Total assets

     23,755       23,770       25,678  

Total members’ equity

     1,371       1,613       2,169  

Total debt

     12,338       12,226       12,569  

 

Supplemental Identical
Store Sales

  Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  
  Q4’16     Q3’16     Q2’16     Q1’16     Q4’15     Q3’15     Q2’15     Q1’15     Q4’14     Q3’14     Q2’14     Q1’14     Q4’13     Q3’13     Q2’13     Q1’13  

ACL(a)(b)

    (3.3)%       (2.1)%       0.1%       2.9%       4.7%       5.1%       4.5%       4.3%       4.1%       4.8%       5.4%       4.8%       3.5%       3.0%       1.1%       (0.1)%  

Safeway(c)

    (3.7)%       (2.2)%       0.1%       3.9%       5.8%       5.6%       4.9%       3.8%       3.5%       3.2%       3.1%       2.2%       1.1%       1.8%       1.8%       1.1%  

 

(a) Includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of date of acquisition.
(b) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, identical store sales growth for ACL during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 would have been 4.6% and 5.2%, respectively.
(c) Includes Safeway’s Eastern Division, now owned by NAI.

 



 

22


Table of Contents

 

(1) For the period from February 21, 2014 to January 30, 2015, our consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Albertsons, NAI and United. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 

(2) Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Adjusted Net Income is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as (net income (loss)) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are Non-GAAP Measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA to net income:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(4)
 

Net Loss

   $ (374   $ (502   $ (1,225

Adjustments:

      

(Gain) loss on interest rate and commodity swaps, net

     (7     16       98  

Store transition and related costs(a)

     23       25        

Acquisition and integration costs(b)

     214       342       352  

Termination of long-term incentive plans

                 78  

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense

     53       98       344  

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs

     (39     103       228  

LIFO (benefit) expense

     (8     30       43  

Amortization and write-off of debt discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

     253       82       72  

Pension and post-retirement expense, net of cash contributions(c)

     84       7       (3

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

     404       377       149  

Other(d)

     40       38       (14

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

     (265     (251     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

   $ 378     $ 365     $ 58  

Adjustments:

      

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

   $ 265     $ 251     $ 64  

Income tax benefit

     (90     (40     (153

Amortization and write-off of original issue discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

     (253     (82     (72

Interest expense, net

     1,004       951       633  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     112              

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

     (404     (377     (149

Depreciation and amortization

     1,805       1,613       718  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2,817     $ 2,681     $ 1,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Includes costs related to facility closures and the transition to our decentralized operating model.
  (b) Includes costs related to the Safeway acquisition (including the charges associated with the settlement of appraisal rights litigation), the A&P Transaction (as defined herein), the Haggen Transaction (as defined herein), the NAI acquisition and the United acquisition.
  (c) Excludes the company’s cash contribution of $260 million to the Employee Retirement Plan of Safeway Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (the “Safeway ERP”) under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition.
  (d)

Primarily includes lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on leases. Also includes amortization of unfavorable leases on acquired Safeway surplus properties, estimated losses related to the security breach,

 



 

23


Table of Contents
  charges related to changes in the fair value of our Casa Ley CVR (as defined herein), earnings from Casa Ley (as defined herein), foreign currency translation gains and costs related to our planned initial public offering of our common stock.
  (e) The tax impact was determined based on the taxable status of the subsidiary to which each of the above adjustments relates.

 

(3) We define “free cash flow” as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL,” included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow.

 

(4) The fiscal year ended February 28, 2015 included 53 weeks.

 



 

24


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the competitive nature of the industry in which we conduct our business;

 

    general business and economic conditions, including the rate of inflation or deflation, consumer spending levels, population, employment and job growth and/or losses in our markets;

 

    failure to successfully integrate Safeway or achieve anticipated synergies from the acquisition and integration of Safeway;

 

    failure to successfully integrate the acquired A&P and Haggen stores;

 

    failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions or to achieve anticipated synergies from the integration of future acquisitions;

 

    pricing pressures and competitive factors, which could include pricing strategies, store openings, remodels or acquisitions by our competitors;

 

    our ability to increase identical store sales, expand our own brands, maintain or improve operating margins, revenue and revenue growth rate, control or reduce costs, improve buying practices and control shrink;

 

    labor costs, including benefit plan costs and severance payments, or labor disputes that may arise from time to time and work stoppages that could occur in areas where certain collective bargaining agreements have expired or are on indefinite extensions or are scheduled to expire in the near future;

 

    disruptions in our manufacturing facilities’ or distribution centers’ operations, disruption of significant supplier relationships, or disruptions to our produce or product supply chains;

 

    results of any ongoing litigation in which we are involved or any litigation in which we may become involved;

 

    data security, or the failure of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems;

 

    the effects of government regulation;

 

    our ability to raise additional capital to finance the growth of our business, including to fund acquisitions;

 

    our ability to service our debt obligations, and restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

    financing sources; and

 

    plans for future growth and other business development activities.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current

 

25


Table of Contents

expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

26


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the notes offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information, together with other information in this prospectus, before participating in this exchange offer. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. In that case, you may lose all or a part of your investment in the notes offered hereby.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Various operating factors and general economic conditions affecting the food retail industry may affect our business and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce gross profit margins. Several food items and categories, such as meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in fiscal 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories in fiscal 2017. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve, the rate at which the economy may improve, the direction of gasoline prices or when the deflationary trends we are currently experiencing will abate. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and operating results.

The food and drug retail industry is large and dynamic, characterized by intense competition among a collection of local, regional and national participants. We face strong competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, discount stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, convenience stores and restaurants. Shifts in the competitive landscape, consumer preference or market share may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

As a result of consumers’ growing desire to shop online, we also face increasing competition from both our existing competitors who have incorporated the internet as a direct-to-consumer channel and internet-only providers that sell grocery products. Although we have a growing internet presence and offer our customers the ability to shop online for both home delivery and in-store pick-up, there is no assurance that these online initiatives will be successful. In addition, these initiatives may have an adverse impact on our profitability as a result of lower gross profits or greater operating costs to compete.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our ability to attract customers is dependent, in large part, upon a combination of channel preference, location, store conditions, quality, price, service and selection. In each of these areas, traditional and non-traditional competitors compete with us and may successfully attract our customers to their stores by matching or exceeding what we offer. In recent years, many of our competitors have added locations and adopted a multi-channel approach to marketing and advertising. Our responses to competitive pressures, such as additional promotions, increased advertising, additional capital investment and the development of our internet offerings, could adversely affect our profitability and cash flow. We cannot guarantee that our competitive response will succeed in increasing or maintaining our share of retail food sales.

An increasingly competitive industry and deflation in the prices of certain foods have made it difficult for food retailers to achieve positive identical store sales growth on a consistent basis. We and our competitors have attempted to maintain or grow our and their respective share of retail food sales through capital and price investment, increased promotional activity and new store growth, creating a more difficult environment to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are or have greater financial resources available to them and, therefore, may be able to devote greater resources to invest in price, promotional activity and new or remodeled stores in order to grow their share of retail food sales. Price investment by our competitors has also, from time to time, adversely affected our operating margins. In recent years, we have invested in price in order to remain competitive and generate sales growth; however, there can be no assurance this strategy will be successful.

Because we face intense competition, we need to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and demands more effectively than our competitors. We devote significant resources to differentiating our banners in the local markets where we operate and invest in loyalty programs to drive traffic. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. In addition, we strive to achieve and maintain favorable recognition of our own brands and offerings, and market these offerings to consumers and maintain and enhance a perception of value for consumers. While we seek to continuously respond to changing consumer preferences, there are no assurances that our responses will be successful.

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to control operating expenses, including managing health care and pension costs stipulated by our collective bargaining agreements to effectively compete in the food retail industry. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are, or are not subject to collective bargaining agreements, allowing them to more effectively leverage their fixed costs or more easily reduce operating expenses. Finally, we need to source, market and merchandise efficiently. Changes in our product mix also may negatively affect our profitability. Failure to accomplish our objectives could impair our ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our profitability.

Profit margins in the food retail industry are low. In order to increase or maintain our profit margins, we develop operating strategies to increase revenues, increase gross margins and reduce costs, such as new marketing programs, new advertising campaigns, productivity improvements, shrink reduction initiatives, distribution center efficiencies, manufacturing efficiencies, energy efficiency programs and other similar strategies. Our failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth, gross margin improvement or cost reductions could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.

Many of our own and sourced products include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, milk, sugar, proteins, cocoa and other commodities. Commodity prices worldwide have been volatile. Any increase

 

28


Table of Contents

in commodity prices may cause an increase in our input costs or the prices our vendors seek from us. Although we typically are able to pass on modest commodity price increases or mitigate vendor efforts to increase our costs, we may be unable to continue to do so, either in whole or in part, if commodity prices increase materially. If we are forced to increase prices, our customers may reduce their purchases at our stores or trade down to less profitable products. Both may adversely impact our profitability as a result of reduced revenue or reduced margins.

Fuel prices and availability may adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently operate 385 fuel centers that are adjacent to many of our store locations. As a result, we sell a significant amount of gasoline. Increased regulation or significant increases in wholesale fuel costs could result in lower gross profit on fuel sales, and demand could be affected by retail price increases as well as by concerns about the effect of emissions on the environment. We are unable to predict future regulations, environmental effects, political unrest, acts of terrorism and other matters that may affect the cost and availability of fuel, and how our customers will react, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.9% of our total sales in fiscal 2016. We rely on various suppliers and vendors to provide and deliver our perishable product inventory on a continuous basis. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

Severe weather and natural disasters may adversely affect our business.

Severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, extended winter storms, heat waves or tornadoes, as well as other natural disasters, in areas in which we have stores or distribution centers or from which we source or obtain products may cause physical damage to our properties, closure of one or more of our stores, manufacturing facilities or distribution centers, lack of an adequate work force in a market, temporary disruption in the manufacture of products, temporary disruption in the supply of products, disruption in the transport of goods, delays in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, a reduction in customer traffic and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. In addition, adverse climate conditions and adverse weather patterns, such as drought or flood, that impact growing conditions and the quantity and quality of crops yielded by food producers may adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within the grocery supply chain. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and adversely affect our business.

Threats or potential threats to security of food and drug safety, the occurrence of a widespread health epidemic or regulatory concerns in our supply chain may adversely affect our business.

Acts or threats, whether perceived or real, of war or terror or other criminal activity directed at the food or drug store industry or the transportation industry, whether or not directly involving our stores, could increase our operating costs and operations, or impact general consumer behavior and consumer spending. Other events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or food-borne illnesses, or a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic, such as pandemic flu, could have an adverse effect on our operating results or disrupt production and delivery of our products, our ability to appropriately staff our stores and potentially cause customers to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their shopping behaviors.

 

29


Table of Contents

We source our products from vendors and suppliers and related networks across the globe who may be subject to regulatory actions or face criticism due to actual or perceived social injustices, including human trafficking, child labor or environmental, health and safety violations. A disruption in our supply chain due to any regulatory action or social injustice could have an adverse impact on our supply chain and ultimately our business, including potential harm to our reputation.

We could be affected if consumers lose confidence in the food supply chain or the quality and safety of our products.

We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products. Adverse publicity about these types of concerns, whether valid or not, may discourage consumers from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in product liability claims, a loss of consumer confidence and product recalls, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain risks are inherent in providing pharmacy services, and our insurance may not be adequate to cover any claims against us.

We currently operate 1,786 pharmacies, and, as a result, we are exposed to risks inherent in the packaging, dispensing, distribution, and disposal of pharmaceuticals and other healthcare products, such as risks of liability for products which cause harm to consumers, as well as increased regulatory risks and related costs. Although we maintain insurance, we cannot guarantee that the coverage limits under our insurance programs will be adequate to protect us against future claims, or that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all. Our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be materially adversely affected if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in the liability for which we self-insure, or we suffer harm to our reputation as a result of an error or omission.

We are subject to numerous federal and state regulations. Each of our in-store pharmacies must be licensed by the state government. The licensing requirements vary from state to state. An additional registration certificate must be granted by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), and, in some states, a separate controlled substance license must be obtained to dispense controlled substances. In addition, pharmacies selling controlled substances are required to maintain extensive records and often report information to state and federal agencies. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, we could suffer substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate pharmacies and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. As a consequence of the severe penalties we could face, we must devote significant operational and managerial resources to complying with these laws and regulations.

During fiscal 2014, Safeway received two subpoenas from the DEA concerning its record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation, and we are cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. We have met with the DEA on several occasions, including December 2015, May 2016 and June 2016 to discuss the investigation, and we anticipate further meetings in the near future. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena requesting information concerning potential diversion by one former employee in the Seattle/Tacoma area (Washington State). We are cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and administrative penalties. We have established an estimated liability for these matters, which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available. Application of federal and state laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the impact of future legislation and regulatory changes on

 

30


Table of Contents

our pharmacy business or assure that we will be able to obtain or maintain the regulatory approvals required to operate our business.

Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

Part of our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions that we believe will be accretive to our business. If we consummate an acquisition, the process of integrating the acquired business may be complex and time consuming, may be disruptive to the business and may cause an interruption of, or a distraction of management’s attention from, the business as a result of a number of obstacles, including, but not limited to:

 

    a failure of our due diligence process to identify significant risks or issues;

 

    the loss of customers of the acquired company or our company;

 

    negative impact on the brands or banners of the acquired company or our company;

 

    a failure to maintain or improve the quality of customer service;

 

    difficulties assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

 

    our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company;

 

    the incurrence of unexpected expenses and working capital requirements;

 

    our inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals, including synergies, for the combined businesses; and

 

    difficulty in maintaining internal controls, procedures and policies.

Any of the foregoing obstacles, or a combination of them, could decrease gross profit margins or increase selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute terms and/or as a percentage of net sales, which could in turn negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

We may not be able to consummate acquisitions in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, future acquisitions are accompanied by the risk that the obligations and liabilities of an acquired company may not be adequately reflected in the historical financial statements of that company and the risk that those historical financial statements may be based on assumptions which are incorrect or inconsistent with our assumptions or approach to accounting policies. Any of these material obligations, liabilities or incorrect or inconsistent assumptions could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

A significant majority of our employees are unionized, and our relationship with unions, including labor disputes or work stoppages, could have an adverse impact on our operations and financial results.

As of February 25, 2017, approximately 170,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 82,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2017, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 10,000 employees are scheduled to expire. In future negotiations with labor unions, we expect that health care, pension costs and/or contributions and wage costs, among other issues, will be important topics for negotiation. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could result in strikes by the affected workers and thereby significantly disrupt our operations. As part of our collective bargaining agreements, we may need to fund additional pension contributions, which would negatively impact our

 

31


Table of Contents

free cash flow. Further, if we are unable to control health care and pension costs provided for in the collective bargaining agreements, we may experience increased operating costs and an adverse impact on our financial results.

Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed Safeway’s defined benefit retirement plans for substantially all Safeway employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. We also assumed defined benefit retirement plans in connection with our acquisitions of United, NAI and Collington (as defined herein). The funded status of these plans (the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation) is a significant factor in determining annual pension expense and cash contributions to fund the plans. In recent years, cash contributions have declined due to improved market conditions and the impact of the pension funding stabilization legislation, which increased the discount rate used to determine pension funding. However, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, under a settlement agreement with the PBGC in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway contributed $260 million to its largest pension plan. As a result, we do not expect to make additional contributions to this plan until 2018.

If financial markets do not improve or if financial markets decline, increased pension expense and cash contributions may have an adverse impact on our financial results. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the PBGC has the authority to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the event that our defined benefit pension plans are terminated for any reason, we could be liable to the PBGC for the entire amount of the underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based on its own assumptions (which likely would result in a larger obligation than that based on the actuarial assumptions used to fund such plans), and, under certain circumstances, such liability could be senior to the notes offered hereby. Under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the liability under these defined benefit plans is joint and several with all members of the control group, such that each member of the control group would be liable for the defined benefit plans of each other member of the control group.

In addition, we participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. Under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), contributions in addition to those made pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement may be required in limited circumstances in the form of a surcharge that is equal to 5% of the contributions due in the first year and 10% each year thereafter until the applicable bargaining agreement expires.

Pension expenses for multiemployer pension plans are recognized by us as contributions are made. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service. Our contributions to multiemployer plans were $113.4 million, $379.8 million and $399.1 million during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively. In fiscal 2017, we expect to contribute approximately $420 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. The company is only one of a number of employers contributing to these plans, and the underfunding is not a direct obligation or liability of the company. However, the company has attempted, as of February 25, 2017, to estimate its share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which the company contributes, based on the ratio of its contributions to the total of all contributions to these plans in a year. As of February 25, 2017, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was

 

32


Table of Contents

$3.5 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans’ benefit payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code.

Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. Any accrual for withdrawal liability will be recorded when a withdrawal is probable and can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP. All trades or businesses in the employer’s control group are jointly and severally liable for the employer’s withdrawal liability.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that we may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by us in perpetuity. Our installment payments would be limited to 20 years if we are not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, we recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. Our current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and our management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. We are also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. Our estimated liability reflects our best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, we believe it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because our management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability recorded as of February 25, 2017 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $180.1 million, primarily reflecting minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of consummation of the Safeway acquisition.

On July 19, 2015, A&P filed a Chapter 11 petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court. Our company and A&P participated in four of the same multiemployer pension plans. The bankruptcy of A&P adversely affected the funding of these pension plans. Our subsidiary, Acme Markets, Inc. (“Acme Markets”), purchased 73 A&P stores. We purchased some but not all of the A&P stores that have contribution obligations to the four plans. A&P and Acme Markets represented the substantial majority of all contributions to one of these plans (although there are approximately eight other contributing employers) and that plan’s unfunded actuarial accrued liability is included in our estimate of $3.5 billion for the company’s share of underfunding of multiemployer plans as of February 25, 2017. The $3.5 billion estimate does not include liabilities associated with former A&P employees in the other three plans to which we and A&P contributed or the other five plans to which some of the A&P stores that we purchased contributed because data on such liabilities is not yet available. Based on prior estimates of such liabilities, which were estimated to be $53 million, the inclusion of such liabilities would not change the $3.5 billion estimate. It is likely the A&P stores we did not purchase have withdrawn from these other plans because no entity purchased them or the stores were sold to a buyer who is not obligated to contribute to the plans; therefore, our contingent liability for the underfunding of these plans likely increased further because liability for the plans’ underfunding shifted to the remaining employers in each of the plans.

 

33


Table of Contents

See Note 11—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Unfavorable changes in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our stores are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and administrative practices. We must comply with numerous provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, energy, environmental, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages and licensing for the sale of food, drugs and alcoholic beverages. We cannot predict either the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or the effect either additional government laws, regulations or administrative procedures, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, local and foreign regulatory schemes would have on our future business. In addition, regulatory changes could require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could have an adverse effect on our business.

The minimum wage continues to increase and is subject to factors outside of our control. Changes to wage regulations could have an impact on our future results of operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of February 25, 2017, we employed approximately 70,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour effective January 1, 2017, and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour by January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 8,000 associates as of February 25, 2017, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.75 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,100 associates as of February 25, 2017, was recently increased to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,500 associates as of February 25, 2017, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local minimum wage increases could increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The food retail industry is labor intensive. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of qualified persons in the workforce in the local markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor laws. Such laws related to employee hours, wages, job classification and benefits could significantly increase operating costs. In the event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer, while increasing wages for our employees could cause our profit margins to decrease. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

In light of our acquisitions of NAI in March 2013, United in December 2013, and Safeway in January 2015, our operating results for periods prior to fiscal 2015 only reflect the impact of those acquisitions from those respective dates, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as owners of NAI, United and Safeway may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability. Furthermore, given the nature of the assets acquired, our recent operating history has resulted in revenue and profitability growth rates that may not be indicative of our future results of operations.

In addition, Safeway completed the distribution of its remaining shares of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) in April 2014, the sale of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited in November 2013 and closed or sold its Dominick’s stores in the fourth quarter of 2013. In addition, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) was sold in December 2014, and Safeway’s 49% interest (the “Casa Ley Interest”) in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), a Mexico-based food and general merchandise retailer that we are in the process of attempting to divest, with the net proceeds paid to Safeway’s former stockholders.

As a result of the foregoing transactions and the implementation of new business initiatives and strategies, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our ongoing operations and the operating results to be expected in the future.

Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.

Our operations, including our 385 fuel centers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the storage, management, disposal and cleanup of hazardous materials. Some environmental laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state statutes, impose strict, and under certain circumstances joint and several, liability for costs to remediate a contaminated site, and also impose liability for damages to natural resources.

Federal regulations under the Clean Air Act require phase out of the production of ozone-depleting refrigerants that include hydrochlorofluorocarbons, the most common of which is R-22. By 2020, production of new R-22 refrigerant gas will be completely phased out; however, recovered and recycled/reclaimed R-22 will be available for servicing systems after 2020. The company is reducing its R-22 footprint while continuing to repair leaks, thus extending the useful lifespan of existing equipment. For fiscal 2017, $15 million has been budgeted for system retrofits, and we have budgeted approximately $15 million in subsequent years. Leak repairs are part of the ongoing refrigeration maintenance budget. We may be required to spend additional capital above and beyond what is currently budgeted for system retrofits and leak repairs which could have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Third-party claims in connection with releases of or exposure to hazardous materials relating to our current or former properties or third-party waste disposal sites can also arise. In addition, the presence of contamination at any of our properties could impair our ability to sell or lease the contaminated properties or to borrow money using any of these properties as collateral. The costs and liabilities associated with any such contamination could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under current environmental laws, we may be held responsible for the remediation of environmental conditions regardless of whether we lease, sublease or own the stores or

 

35


Table of Contents

other facilities and regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant. In addition, the increased focus on climate change, waste management and other environmental issues may result in new environmental laws or regulations that negatively affect us directly or indirectly through increased costs on our suppliers. There can be no assurance that environmental contamination relating to prior, existing or future sites or other environmental changes will not adversely affect us through, for example, business interruption, cost of remediation or adverse publicity.

We are subject to, and may in the future be subject to, legal or other proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, including matters involving personnel and employment issues, personal injury, antitrust claims, intellectual property claims and other proceedings arising in or outside of the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of cases being filed against companies generally, which contain class-action allegations under federal and state wage and hour laws. We estimate our exposure to these legal proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Although not currently anticipated by management, unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings or changes in management’s forecast assumptions or predictions, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on IT systems. Any future changes to or intrusion into these IT systems, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

We have complex IT systems that are important to the success of our business operations and marketing initiatives. If we were to experience failures, breakdowns, substandard performance or other adverse events affecting these systems, or difficulties accessing the proprietary business data stored in these systems, or in maintaining, expanding or upgrading existing systems or implementing new systems, we could incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

Our ability to effectively manage the day-to-day business of approximately 750 Albertsons and NAI stores depends significantly on IT services and systems provided by SuperValu pursuant to two transition services agreements (the “SVU TSAs”). Prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems, the failure of SuperValu’s systems to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, or unauthorized access into SuperValu’s systems, could cause us to incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

We receive and store personal information in connection with our marketing and human resources organizations. The protection of our customer and employee data is critically important to us. Despite our considerable efforts to secure our respective computer networks, security could be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur, as has occurred with a number of other retailers. If we (or through SuperValu) experience a data security breach, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions, possible assessments from the card brands if credit card data was involved and potential litigation. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop shopping at our stores altogether. The loss of confidence from a data security breach involving our employees could hurt our reputation and cause employee recruiting and retention challenges.

Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in future intrusions into or compromise of

 

36


Table of Contents

our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often cannot be recognized until launched against a target; accordingly, we may not be able to anticipate these frequently changing techniques or implement adequate preventive measures for all of them. Any unauthorized access into our customers’ sensitive information, or data belonging to us or our suppliers, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration of our customers’ confidence in us, and subject us to potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties and consent decrees, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

As merchants who accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) issued by the PCI Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical administrative and technical storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are also subject to compliance with American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”) data encryption standards and payment network security operating guidelines. In addition, we are required to comply with PCI DSS version 3.1 for our 2016 assessment, and are replacing or enhancing our in-store systems to comply with these standards. Failure to be PCI compliant or to meet other payment card standards may result in the imposition of financial penalties or the allocation by the card brands of the costs of fraudulent charges to us. Despite our efforts to comply with these or other payment card standards and other information security measures, we cannot be certain that all of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems will be able to prevent, contain or detect all cyber-attacks or intrusions from known malware or malware that may be developed in the future. To the extent that any disruption results in the loss, damage or misappropriation of information, we may be adversely affected by claims from customers, financial institutions, regulatory authorities, payment card associations and others. In addition, the cost of complying with stricter privacy and information security laws and standards, including PCI DSS version 3.1 and ANSI data encryption standards, could be significant.

Furthermore, on October 1, 2015, the payment card industry began to shift liability for certain transactions to retailers who are not able to accept Europay, Mastercard, and Visa (“EMV”) chip card transactions (the “EMV Liability Shift”). We are currently in the process of implementing EMV chip card technology in our stores. Before the implementation of EMV chip card technology is completed by our company, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or cash flows.

Termination of the SuperValu transition services agreement or the failure of SuperValu to perform its obligations thereunder could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our ability to effectively monitor and control the operations of Albertsons and NAI depends to a large extent on the proper functioning of our IT and business support systems. In connection with our acquisition of NAI, Albertsons and NAI each entered into a comprehensive transition services agreement with SuperValu. Pursuant to the SVU TSAs, Albertsons and NAI each pay fees to SuperValu for certain services, including back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. The SVU TSAs limit the liability of SuperValu to instances in which SuperValu has committed gross negligence in regard to the provision of services or has breached its obligations under the SVU TSAs. The SVU TSAs terminated and replaced a transition services agreement providing for substantially similar services, which we had previously entered into with SuperValu in connection with our June 2006 acquisition of the Legacy Albertsons Stores. We plan to complete the transition of our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems by mid-2018,

 

37


Table of Contents

but may suffer disruptions as part of that process. In addition, we are dependent upon SuperValu to continue to provide these services to Albertsons and NAI until we transition Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT system and otherwise replace SuperValu as a service provider to Albertsons and NAI. In addition, we may depend on SuperValu to manage IT services and systems for additional stores we acquire, including the A&P stores we have acquired, until we are able to transition such stores onto Safeway’s IT system. The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the SVU TSAs prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems and to other service providers (external or internal) could adversely affect our business, financial results, prospects and results of operations.

Furthermore, SuperValu manages and operates NAI’s distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area. Under the Lancaster Agreement (as defined herein), SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement. The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the Lancaster Agreement could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our third-party IT services provider discovered unauthorized computer intrusions in 2014. These intrusions could adversely affect our brands and could discourage customers from shopping in our Albertsons and NAI stores.

Our third-party IT services provider for Albertsons and NAI, SuperValu, informed us in the summer of 2014 that it discovered unlawful intrusions to approximately 800 Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Jewel - Osco and Albertsons banner stores in an attempt to obtain payment card data. We have contacted the appropriate law enforcement authorities regarding these incidents and have coordinated with our merchant bank and payment processors to address the situation. We maintain insurance to address potential liabilities for cyber risks and, in the case of Albertsons and NAI, are self-insured for cyber risks for periods prior to August 11, 2014. We have also notified our various insurance carriers of these incidents and are providing further updates to the carriers as the investigation continues.

We believe the intrusions may have been an attempt to collect payment card data. The unlawful intrusions have given rise to putative class action litigation complaints against SuperValu and our company on behalf of customers. The class action complaints were dismissed without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multistate group has not made a monetary demand, and we are unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any. We have cooperated with the investigation. In addition, the payment card networks required that forensic investigations be conducted of the intrusions. The forensic firm retained by us to conduct an investigation has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the payment card networks). In both reports, the forensic firm found that not all of the PCI DSS standards had been met at the time of the intrusions and that some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. On August 5, 2016, we were notified that MasterCard had asserted its initial assessment for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance costs) as well as a case management assessment. We believe it is probable that the other payment card networks will make claims against us. If other payment card networks assert claims against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. On December 5, 2016, we were further notified that MasterCard has asserted its final assessment of approximately $6.0 million, which we paid on December 9, 2016; however we dispute the MasterCard

 

38


Table of Contents

assessment and, on March 10, 2017, filed a lawsuit against MasterCard seeking recovery of the assessment. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert their claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional loss, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been asserted to date by the payment card networks other than MasterCard and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

There can be no assurance that we will not suffer a similar criminal attack in the future or that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal information of our customers. While we have recently implemented additional security software and hardware designed to provide additional protections against unauthorized intrusions, there can be no assurance that unauthorized individuals will not discover a means to circumvent our security. Computer intrusions could adversely affect our brands, have caused us to incur legal and other fees, may cause us to incur additional expenses for additional security measures and could discourage customers from shopping in our stores.

In January 2017, one of our insurance carriers denied our claim for cyber insurance coverage based on, among other things, the insurer’s conclusion that the intrusion began prior to the start date for coverage under the cyber insurance policy. We responded to the insurer’s denial disagreeing with the conclusion and reserving our rights. Our claims with other of our insurance carriers remain outstanding.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits and cyber and terrorism risks. We estimate the liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.

The majority of our workers’ compensation liability is from claims occurring in California. California workers’ compensation has received intense scrutiny from the state’s politicians, insurers, employers and providers, as well as the public in general.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment. We have incurred significant impairment charges to earnings in the past. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $46.6 million, $40.2 million and $266.9 million in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014,

 

39


Table of Contents

respectively. Failure to achieve sufficient levels of cash flow at reporting units could result in impairment charges on long-lived assets.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products. Energy and fuel costs are influenced by international, political and economic circumstances and have experienced volatility over time. To reduce the impact of volatile energy costs, we have entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices to satisfy a portion of our energy needs. We also manage our exposure to changes in energy prices utilized in the shipping process through the use of short-term diesel fuel derivative contracts. Volatility in fuel and energy costs that exceeds offsetting contractual arrangements could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation.

For example, in connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, we assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2015, we participated in Haggen’s bankruptcy auction for its non-core stores, and after additional negotiations with Haggen and having received FTC and state attorneys general clearance and Bankruptcy Court approval, we acquired 35 stores for approximately $33 million, including 19 assigned store leases. We previously assigned 42 leases to Haggen that were acquired by other retailers or by landlords in the auction, and three others were modified during the bankruptcy process, eliminating our contingent lease liability. Haggen conducted a subsequent sale process with respect to its 33 core stores, which resulted in the sale to us of 29 stores (including eight leases previously assigned by us to Haggen) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $114 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. Haggen rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 leases for which we have contingent lease liability, one of which has now expired. As a result of the rejections, we recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

With respect to other leases we have assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired from us but assigned to other retailers in its bankruptcy), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in our consolidated balance sheet related to these contingent obligations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel, which could adversely impact our ability to successfully execute our business strategy.

The continued successful implementation of our business strategy depends in large part upon the ability and experience of members of our senior management. In addition, our performance is dependent on our ability to identify, hire, train, motivate and retain qualified management, technical, sales and marketing and retail personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain such personnel on acceptable terms or at all. If we lose the services of members of our senior management

 

40


Table of Contents

or are unable to continue to attract and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine Safeway with Albertsons and NAI, which could cause our business to suffer.

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine the operations, management, personnel and technology of Safeway with the operations of Albertsons and NAI. If the integration is not managed successfully by our management, we may experience interruptions in our business activities, a deterioration in our employee and customer relationships, increased costs of integration and harm to our reputation with consumers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also experience difficulties in combining corporate cultures, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees. In addition, the integration of our businesses will impose substantial demands on our management. There is no assurance that the benefits of consolidation will be achieved as a result of the Safeway acquisition or that our businesses will be successfully integrated in a timely manner.

We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.

Although we currently expect to achieve annual synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $800 million by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds, inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. Although we currently expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $675 million during fiscal 2017, or approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2017, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant integration costs in connection with Safeway.

We expect that we will continue to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of Safeway, including associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds, to achieve expected synergies. The substantial majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses resulting from the Safeway acquisition and will consist of our transition of Albertsons and NAI to Safeway’s IT systems, consolidation costs and employment-related costs. Achieved synergies required approximately $175

 

41


Table of Contents

million and $250 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and anticipated synergies are expected to require approximately $150 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures during fiscal 2017. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of Safeway’s business and proceeds from the sale of surplus assets may be lower than anticipated. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, may offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

New business initiatives and strategies may be less successful than anticipated and could adversely affect our business.

The introduction, implementation, success and timing of new business initiatives and strategies, including, but not limited to, initiatives to increase revenue or reduce costs, may be less successful or may be different than anticipated, which could adversely affect our business.

We will be required to make payments under the contingent value rights within agreed periods even if the sale of the Casa Ley Interest is not completed within those periods.

If the Casa Ley Interest is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, we are obligated to make a cash payment to the holders of contingent value rights (the “Casa Ley CVRs”) in an amount equal to the fair market value of the unsold Casa Ley Interest, minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley Interest. The sale process for the Casa Ley Interest will be conducted by a committee, or person controlled by a committee, as representative of the former Safeway stockholders, and we cannot control such sales process. If we are required to make a payment under the contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs, our liquidity may be adversely affected.

We have not provided any detailed financial information with respect to A&P or Haggen or any pro forma information reflecting the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction (each as defined herein) in this prospectus.

Pursuant to applicable SEC rules, this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference any detailed financial information with respect to the assets acquired pursuant to the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction for periods prior to the transactions. In addition, in accordance with applicable SEC rules, we are not required to provide and have not provided any pro forma information giving effect to these transactions. A&P’s and Haggen’s financial condition and results of operations for periods prior to their entry into bankruptcy are of limited utility in assessing the potential impact of the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction on our financial condition because we have purchased only certain assets and assumed only certain liabilities of A&P and Haggen.

We will incur significant acquisition-related costs in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction.

We expect to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores. The amount of one-time opening and transition costs required to improve store conditions and reposition the 137 stores we acquired from A&P and Haggen is greater on a per store basis than our previous acquisitions. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores, may offset these costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

 

42


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and the Notes

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the notes and our other indebtedness.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of February 25, 2017, we had $11.8 billion of debt outstanding, and we would have been able to borrow an additional $3.0 billion under our revolving credit facilities.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;

 

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

    limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to obtain additional indebtedness or refinance our indebtedness.

Despite our significant indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility and the indentures governing our existing notes permit, and the indentures that govern the notes permit, us to incur significant additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face would intensify. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

To service our indebtedness and other obligations, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash flow depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, and to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our ability to generate cash flow in the future is subject to general economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us under the ABL Facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including the notes, on or before the maturity thereof. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the Term Loan Facilities, the ABL Facility, our existing notes and the notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

In addition, if for any reason we are unable to meet our debt service obligations, we would be in default under the terms of our agreements governing our outstanding debt. If such a default were to

 

43


Table of Contents

occur, the lenders under the Term Loan Facilities or the ABL Facility could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities or the ABL Facility immediately due and payable, and such lenders would not be obligated to continue to advance funds to us. In addition, if such a default were to occur, the notes and our existing notes would become immediately due and payable. If the amounts outstanding under these debt agreements are accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the money owed to the banks or to our debt holders, including holders of the notes.

The notes will be unsecured and effectively subordinated to the Lead Issuers’, the Additional Issuers’ and the guarantors’ indebtedness under the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facilities and any other of the Issuers’ or the guarantors’ other secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness. Noteholders may be limited in their ability to control any disposition of assets securing other indebtedness.

The notes will not be secured by any of the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ or the guarantors’ assets. As a result, the notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to the Lead Issuers’, Additional Issuers’ and the guarantors’ existing secured indebtedness, including under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, with respect to the assets that secure that indebtedness. As of February 25, 2017, the Lead Issuers, the Additional Issuers and the guarantors had $11.8 billion of indebtedness outstanding (other than capital lease obligations), of which $6.0 billion would have been secured under the Term Loan Facilities with no outstanding borrowings secured under the ABL Facility (excluding $622.3 million of outstanding letters of credit). As of February 25, 2017, we had approximately $954.0 million of capital lease obligations. Additionally, we expect that the Lead Issuers, the Additional Issuers and the guarantors will be able, if they obtain commitments from lenders, to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including additional secured indebtedness. For example, the ABL Facility permits us to incur incremental revolving loans and/or increase commitments thereunder, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions. All additional indebtedness under the ABL Facility would be secured. The effect of the effective subordination of the notes to the Lead Issuers’, the Additional Issuers’ and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness, to the extent of the collateral securing their secured indebtedness, is that upon a default in payment on, or the acceleration of, any of the Lead Issuers’, the Additional Issuers’ or the guarantors’ secured indebtedness, or in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Lead Issuers, the Additional Issuers or the guarantors, the proceeds from the sale of assets securing the Lead Issuers’, the Additional Issuers’ or the guarantors’ secured indebtedness will be available to repay obligations on the notes only after all obligations under the applicable secured debt have been paid in full. As a result, the holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of secured debt in the event of a bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Lead Issuers, the Additional Issuers or the guarantors. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

In addition, the indentures that will govern the notes will not restrict the transfer, sale or other disposition of assets, subject to compliance with the terms of the indentures. To the extent any such asset transfers occur, and the agreements governing any secured indebtedness permit such transfers, noteholders will lose any claim to such assets if transferred to a third party.

The notes will be structurally subordinated to the debt and other liabilities of ACL’s subsidiaries that are not Lead Issuers, Additional Issuers or subsidiary guarantors, and your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of such non-guarantor subsidiaries declares bankruptcy, liquidates or reorganizes.

Not all of ACL’s subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. In particular, none of ACL’s foreign subsidiaries or captive insurance companies will guarantee the notes. ACL’s subsidiaries that are not Lead Issuers, Additional Issuers or subsidiary guarantors will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts,

 

44


Table of Contents

whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. The notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of any non-issuer or non-guarantor subsidiary (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to a Lead Issuer or an Additional Issuer by one of the guarantors of the notes) such that in the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any subsidiary that is not an issuer or guarantor, all of that subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any) would be entitled to payment in full out of that subsidiary’s assets before we would be entitled to any payment. Furthermore, our assets, including real property, may be contributed, sold, transferred or conveyed to non-guarantor subsidiaries subject to compliance with the covenants in the indentures that will govern the notes and any such contribution, sale, transfer or conveyance may be material. In addition, the indentures that will govern the notes offered hereby will, subject to some limitations, permit these subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and will not contain any limitation on the amount of other liabilities, such as trade payables, that may be incurred by these subsidiaries.

The indentures that will govern the notes will contain restrictions that will limit our flexibility in operating our business.

The indentures that will govern the notes will contain various covenants that will limit ACL’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants will limit ACL’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

    pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity or prepay subordinated debt or make certain investments;

 

    incur liens on assets to secure indebtedness;

 

    sell certain assets;

 

    merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all of its assets;

 

    incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the indentures that will govern the notes. Any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter into certain types of transactions. In addition, the covenants governing the ABL Facility, the Term Loan Facilities and our existing notes restrict, among other things, ACL’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions to our owners or make other restricted payments or make certain investments;

 

    prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

    make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

    sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets;

 

    incur liens;

 

    engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;
    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

    enter into a new or different line of business; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Further, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement that governs the ABL Facility require us, in certain circumstances, to maintain certain financial ratios. Our ability to meet such financial ratios

 

45


Table of Contents

can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be in compliance with such financial ratios. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the ABL Facility and our other existing indebtedness. Moreover, the occurrence of a default under the ABL Facility could result in an event of default under our other indebtedness, including the notes offered hereby. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the ABL Facility, the lenders thereunder could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

If the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, the restrictions on the payment of dividends, making of distributions on, or redemptions or repurchases of, capital stock or the prepayment of subordinated debt, incurrence of indebtedness or issuance of disqualified stock or preferred stock and sale of certain assets will be terminated, and you will lose the protection of these covenants.

If the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s and no default has occurred and is continuing, the restrictions in the indentures that will govern the notes on ACL’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends, make distributions to our owners, prepay subordinated debt, incur indebtedness, issue disqualified stock or preferred stock, sell certain assets or enter into transactions with affiliates will be terminated.

There can be no assurance that the notes will ever be rated investment grade. However, if these covenants are terminated, ACL and its restricted subsidiaries will be able to consummate transactions that may impair their ability to satisfy their obligations with respect to the notes and that would not be permitted if these covenants were otherwise in force, and the effects of any such transactions will be permitted to remain in place even if the notes are subsequently downgraded below investment grade. See “Description of the New 2024 Notes—Certain Covenants” and “Description of the New 2025 Notes—Certain Covenants”

If we default on our obligations to pay our indebtedness we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the ABL Facility or the Term Loan Facilities, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in the credit agreements that govern our ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities, the indentures governing our existing notes and the indentures that will govern the notes), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and the lenders under the ABL Facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder and cease making further loans and the lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility could institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under the Term Loan Facilities or the ABL Facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Term Loan

 

46


Table of Contents

Facilities or the ABL Facility, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Description of Other Indebtedness” and “Description of the notes.”

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under certain specific circumstances, to void guarantees and/or require noteholders to return payments received from guarantors.

Under current federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance laws, a guarantee may be voided or cancelled, or claims in respect of a guarantee may be subordinated to all other debts of that guarantor if, among other things, the guarantor, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

 

    issued the guarantee with the intent to delay, hinder or defraud present or future creditors; or

 

    received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such guarantee, and either:

 

    was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence; or

 

    was engaged, or about to engage, in a business or transaction for which the guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or

 

    intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (as all of the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under the fraudulent transfer or conveyance statutes).

In addition, any payment by that guarantor pursuant to its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to the guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor.

A court likely would find that a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in exchange for its guarantee if the value received by the guarantor were found to be disproportionately small when compared with its obligations under the guarantee or, put differently, it did not benefit, directly or indirectly, from the issuance of the notes. The measures of insolvency for purposes of fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws will vary depending upon the particular law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer or conveyance has occurred. Generally, however, a guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

 

    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets; or

 

    if the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

 

    it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that each guarantor, after giving effect to its guarantee of the notes, will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. We cannot assure you, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.

 

47


Table of Contents

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures that will govern the notes.

Upon the occurrence of certain kinds of change of control events, we will be required by the indentures that will govern the notes to offer to repurchase outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control triggering event to make the required repurchase of the notes or that restrictions in the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility will not allow such repurchases. Our failure to purchase the tendered notes would constitute an event of default under the indentures that will govern the New Notes which, in turn, would constitute a default under the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility and under the indentures governing certain of our existing notes. In addition, the occurrence of a change of control would also constitute a default under the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility. Subject to certain exceptions, a default under the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility or the indentures governing our existing notes would result in a default under the indentures that will govern the notes if the holders of such debt accelerate the applicable debt.

Moreover, the credit agreements that govern the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility restrict, and any future indebtedness we incur may restrict, our ability to repurchase the notes, including following a change of control triggering event. As a result, following a change of control triggering event, we may not be able to repurchase the notes unless they first repay all indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities and the ABL Facility, and any of our other indebtedness that contains similar provisions, or obtain a waiver from the holders of such indebtedness to permit us to repurchase the notes. We may be unable to repay all of that indebtedness or obtain a waiver of that type. Any requirement to offer to repurchase the outstanding notes may therefore require us to refinance our other outstanding debt, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. These repurchase requirements may also delay or make it more difficult for others to obtain control of us.

The market price for the notes may be volatile.

Historically, the market for noninvestment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuations in the price of securities similar to the notes. Even if a trading market for the notes develops, it may be subject to disruptions and price volatility. Any disruptions may have a negative effect on noteholders, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

There is no public market for the exchange notes, so you may be unable to sell the exchange notes.

The New Notes are new securities for which there is currently no public trading market. We do not intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange and, therefore, no active public market is anticipated for the New Notes. No public market exists for the Original Notes.Consequently, the New Notes may be relatively illiquid, and you may not be able to sell your New Notes at a particular time, or you may not be able to sell your New Notes at a favorable price.

Changes in our credit ratings or the debt markets may adversely affect the market price of the notes.

The market price for the notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    our credit ratings with major credit rating agencies;

 

    the prevailing interest rates being paid by other companies similar to us;

 

48


Table of Contents
    our financial condition, operating performance and future prospects; and

 

    the overall condition of the financial markets and global and domestic economic conditions.

The condition of the financial markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. Such fluctuations could have an adverse effect on the price of the notes. In addition, credit rating agencies continually review their ratings for the companies that they follow, including us. The credit rating agencies also evaluate the industries in which we operate as a whole and may change their credit rating for us based on their overall view of such industries. A negative change in our rating could have an adverse effect on the price of the notes.

The requirements of complying with the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes Oxley Act may strain our resources and occupy the time and energies of management.

We will be subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we maintain and certify that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required as we may need to devote additional time and personnel to legal, financial and accounting activities to ensure our ongoing compliance with the public company reporting requirements. In addition, the effort to maintain effective internal controls may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Holders of Original Notes who fail to exchange their Original Notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer.

If you do not exchange your Original Notes for New Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Original Notes. The restrictions on transfer of your Original Notes arise because we issued the Original Notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the Original Notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We do not plan to register the Original Notes under the Securities Act. For further information regarding the consequences of tendering your Original Notes in the exchange offer, see the discussion below under the caption “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to receive new, freely tradable New Notes.

We will only issue New Notes in exchange for Original Notes that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender your Original Notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of Original Notes.

If you do not exchange your Original Notes for New Notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the Original Notes you hold will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions. In general, you may not offer or sell the Original Notes except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register Original Notes under the Securities Act after the exchange offer is consummated unless our registration rights agreement with respect to the Original Notes requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any

 

49


Table of Contents

Original Notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you may have trouble selling them because there will be fewer of these notes outstanding. See “Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering” and “Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failure to Exchange.”

Some holders who exchange their Original Notes may be deemed to be underwriters, and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

If you exchange your Original Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

50


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under the Registration Rights Agreements governing the Original Notes, as applicable. We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes in the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive Original Notes in a like principal amount. The form and terms of the New Notes are identical in all respects to the form and terms of the Original Notes, except the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act and will not contain restrictions on transfer, registration rights or provisions for additional interest. Original Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will be retired and cancelled and will not be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of New Notes will not result in any change in outstanding indebtedness.

 

51


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of February 25, 2017.

You should read this table together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of ACL” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of
February 25,
2017
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,219.2  
  

 

 

 

Debt, including current maturities, net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs(1)

  

ABL Facility(2)

   $  

Term Loan Facilities

     5,853.0  

2024 Notes

     1,235.8  

2025 Notes

     1,237.2  

Safeway Notes(3)

     1,368.4  

NAI Notes(4)

     1,552.2  

Capital leases

     954.0  

Other notes payable, unsecured(5)

     114.9  

Other debt(6)

     22.4  
  

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 12,337.9  
  

 

 

 

Total member equity

   $ 1,371.2  
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 13,709.1  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Debt discounts and deferred financing costs totaled $310.0 million and $118.2 million, respectively as of February 25, 2017.
(2) As of February 25, 2017, the ABL Facility provided for a $4,000.0 million revolving credit facility. As of February 25, 2017, the aggregate borrowing base on the ABL Facility was approximately $3,643.8 million, which was reduced by (i) $622.3 million of outstanding standby letters of credit and (ii) $3.2 million of interest, resulting in a net borrowing base availability of approximately $3,018.3 million. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”
(3) Consists of the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes (each as defined herein).
(4) Consists of the NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes (each as defined herein).
(5) Consists of unsecured sale leaseback related financing obligations and the ASC Notes (as defined herein).
(6) Consists of mortgage notes payable

 

52


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ACL

The information below should be read along with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ACL,” “Business” and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

The selected consolidated financial information set forth below is derived from ACL’s annual consolidated financial statements for the periods indicated below, including the consolidated balance sheets at February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows for the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015 and each of the 52-week periods ended February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016 and February 20, 2014 and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(1)
    Fiscal
2013(2)
    Fiscal
2012
 

Results of Operations

          

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 59,678.2     $ 58,734.0     $ 27,198.6     $ 20,054.7     $ 3,712.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 16,640.5     $ 16,061.7     $ 7,502.8     $ 5,399.0     $ 937.7  

Selling and administrative expenses

     16,000.0       15,660.0       8,152.2       5,874.1       899.0  

Bargain purchase gain

                       (2,005.7      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     640.5       401.7       (649.4     1,530.6       38.7  

Interest expense, net

     1,003.8       950.5       633.2       390.1       7.2  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     111.7                          

Other (income) expense

     (11.4     (7.0     96.0              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

     (463.6     (541.8     (1,378.6     1,140.5       31.5  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (90.3     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6     1.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

     (373.3     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1       29.8  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                       19.5       49.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (373.3   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6     $ 79.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period)

          

Cash and equivalents

   $ 1,219.2     $ 579.7     $ 1,125.8     $ 307.0     $ 37.0  

Total assets

     23,775.0       23,770.0       25,678.3       9,281.0       586.1  

Total members’ equity (deficit)

     1,371.2       1,613.2       2,168.5       1,759.6       (247.2

Total debt, including capital leases

     12,337.9       12,226.3       12,569.0       3,694.2       120.2  

Other Financial Data

          

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3)

                       3.3       2.2  

 

(1) Includes results from four weeks for the stores purchased in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(2) Includes results from 48 weeks for the stores purchased in the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013 and eight weeks for the stores purchased in the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.
(3) For purposes of this computation, “earnings” consist of pre-tax losses from continuing operations before adjustment for income from equity investees, plus fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest costs, both expensed and capitalized, plus the interest component of lease rental expense and charges related to certain guarantee related obligations. Due to ACL’s losses in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1 in each of those periods. ACL would have needed to generate additional earnings of $488.9 million, $558.3 million and $1,380.2 million to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1 during those periods.

 

53


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SAFEWAY

You should read the information set forth below along with Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The supplemental selected historical financial information of Safeway set forth below has been derived from Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements. Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 have been included in this prospectus.

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
    Fiscal
2012
 

Results of Operations

      

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2     $ 35,064.9     $ 35,161.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 9,682.0     $ 9,231.5     $ 9,229.1  

Operating & administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     534.5       551.5       635.4  

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1      

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4      

Other income, net

     45.0       40.6       27.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0       251.6       362.2  

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2       217.1       249.2  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

     9.3       3,305.1       348.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5       3,522.2       598.1  

Noncontrolling interests

     0.9       (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4     $ 3,507.5     $ 596.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B to Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF ACL

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information of ACL” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Our last three fiscal years consisted of the 52-week period ended February 25, 2017, the 52-week period ended February 27, 2016 and the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015. Our fiscal 2014 results include four weeks of Safeway’s financial results from January 31, 2015 through February 28, 2015. Comparability is affected by income and expense items that vary significantly between and among the periods, including as a result of our acquisition of Safeway during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and an extra week in fiscal 2014. In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Albertsons Companies, LLC, the words “Albertsons Companies,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “ours” refer to Albertsons Companies, LLC, together with its subsidiaries.

Business Overview

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. Over the past four years, we have completed a series of acquisitions that has significantly increased our portfolio of stores. We operated 2,324, 2,271, 2,382, 1,075 and 192 stores as of February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015, February 20, 2014 and February 21, 2013, respectively. In addition, as of February 25, 2017, we operated 385 adjacent fuel centers, 28 dedicated distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Our operations are predominantly located in the Western, Southern, Midwest, Northeast, and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States under the banners Albertsons , Safeway , Jewel-Osco , Vons , Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Carrs , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Market Street , Amigos , United Express, Haggen and Sav - On and are reported in a single reportable segment.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by U.S. economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the current economic situation does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales growth. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could decrease gross profit margins. Several food items and categories, such as meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in fiscal 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories in fiscal 2017. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve, or predict the rate at which the economy may improve,

the direction of gasoline prices or when the deflationary trends we are currently experiencing will abate. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

55


Table of Contents

We currently expect to achieve approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds. Inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. In addition, although we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million during fiscal 2015 and approximately $575 million during fiscal 2016, and we currently expect to achieve synergies of approximately $675 million during fiscal 2017, or approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2017, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, increased by $111.6 million to $12.3 billion as of the end of fiscal 2016 compared to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015. The increase in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $3,053.1 million partially offset by payments on long-term borrowings of $2,832.7 million. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example it could: increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds. See “—Liquidity and Financial Resources—Debt Management.” For fiscal 2016, our interest expense, net was $1,003.8 million. We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our credit facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with cash flow from operations and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results. The interest rates we pay on borrowings under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities are dependent on LIBOR. We believe a 100 basis point increase on our variable interest rates would impact our interest expense by approximately $20 million. We rely on access to bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets, especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.

 

56


Table of Contents

In fiscal 2016, we spent approximately $1,415 million for capital expenditures, including $250 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures. We expect to spend approximately $1,400 million in total for capital expenditures in fiscal 2017, or approximately 2.3% of our fiscal 2016 sales, including $150 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures. In fiscal 2017, we expect to complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects and open 15 new stores. For additional information on our capital expenditures, see the table under the caption “Projected Fiscal 2017 Capital Expenditures” contained in “Liquidity and Financial Resources.”

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.3% of our total sales in fiscal 2015 and 40.9% in fiscal 2016. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.”

We employed a diverse workforce of approximately 273,000, 274,000 and 265,000 associates as of February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. As of February 25, 2017, approximately 170,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2017, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 10,000 employees are scheduled to expire. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could increase our operating costs and disrupt our operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of February 25, 2017, we employed approximately 70,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour effective January 1, 2017, and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour by January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 8,000 associates as of February 25, 2017, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.75 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,100 associates as of February 25, 2017, was recently increased to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,500 associates as of February 25, 2017, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local minimum wage increases could increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. In fiscal 2016, we contributed $399.1 million to multiemployer pension plans, and in fiscal 2017, we expect to contribute approximately $420 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions. Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. As of February 25, 2017, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was approximately $3.5 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who

 

57


Table of Contents

manage the plans’ benefit payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code. Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.”

Acquisitions

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway, the company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and Bankruptcy Court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the company re-acquired 35 stores from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33 million.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and other intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $114 million. We completed the acquisition of these 29 stores on June 23, 2016. We refer to this acquisition, together with the fiscal 2015 acquisition of 35 stores from Haggen, in this prospectus as the “Haggen Transaction.”

A&P Transaction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Acme Markets, completed its acquisition of 73 stores from A&P. The purchase price for the 73 stores, including the cost of acquired inventory, was $292.7 million. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to Acme Markets’ existing store and distribution base and were re-bannered as Acme stores. During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, NAI entered into an amendment to its pre-existing term loan agreement and borrowed an additional $300 million thereunder, the proceeds of which were used to fund the balance of the purchase price. We refer to this acquisition as the “A&P Transaction.”

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights with an estimated fair value of $1.03 and $0.05 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the PDC assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. At the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 retail food stores under the banners Safeway , Vons , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Randalls and Carrs located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In addition, at the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway had 353 fuel centers, 15 distribution centers and 19 manufacturing facilities.

 

58


Table of Contents

United Acquisition

On December 29, 2013, we acquired United Supermarkets for $362.1 million in cash, expanding our presence in North and West Texas, in a transaction that offered significant synergies and added a differentiated upscale store format, “Market Street,” to the Albertsons portfolio. At the time of the United acquisition, United operated 51 traditional, specialty and Hispanic retail food stores under its United Supermarkets , Market Street and Amigos banners, seven convenience stores and 26 fuel centers under its United Express banner and three distribution centers. United is located in 30 markets across North and West Texas.

NAI Acquisition

On March 21, 2013, the company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of NAI from SuperValu pursuant to a stock purchase agreement for a total purchase consideration of $253.6 million, including $69.9 million of working capital adjustments, and assumed debt and capital lease obligations with a carrying value prior to the acquisition date of $3.2 billion. The purchase consideration was primarily cash and a short-term payable that was fully paid as of February 20, 2014. At the time of the NAI acquisition, NAI operated 871 retail food stores under its Jewel-Osco , Acme , Shaw’s , Star Market and Albertsons banners, primarily located in the Northeast, Midwest, Mid-Atlantic and Western regions of the United States. In addition, we acquired NAI’s 10 distribution centers.

The following table shows stores operated, acquired, opened, divested and closed during the periods presented:

 

     Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(2)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

Stores, beginning of period

     2,271       2,382       1,075       192  

Acquired(1)

     78       74       1,330       926  

Divested

           (153     (15      

Opened

     15       7       4       2  

Closed

     (40     (39     (12     (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stores, end of period

     2,324       2,271       2,382       1,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes acquired stores not yet re-opened as of the end of each respective period.
(2) Primarily includes the 1,325 stores acquired through the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(3) Stores acquired during this period include 871 stores acquired through the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, four stores acquired from Vons REIT, Inc. on October 10, 2013, and 51 stores acquired through the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

   

Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes

 

59


Table of Contents
 

and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .     We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brand products achieved over $10.5 billion in sales in fiscal 2016.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,786 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate closely to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and implementing Safeway’s successful wine and floral shop strategies, with broader product assortments and new fixtures across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6% and 4.8%, respectively, and decreased 0.4% during fiscal 2016. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have been able to maintain or increase our overall share in the food retail channel during fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities will continue in fiscal 2017, though at lower rates than in fiscal 2016, we believe we are well-positioned to take

 

60


Table of Contents

advantage of projected food price inflation in the second half of 2017, and we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $575 million, respectively. Achieved synergies required approximately $175 million and $250 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and anticipated synergies will require approximately $150 million in additional capital expenditures during fiscal 2017. Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We are extending the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs and leverage our combined scale for volume discounts on branded and generic drugs. We expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $675 million in fiscal 2017, or approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017, principally from corporate and division overhead savings, including information technology systems, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities,

 

61


Table of Contents

including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of our equity. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this exchange offer.

Results of Operations

The following table and related discussion sets forth certain information and comparisons regarding the components of our consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively (in millions).

 

     52 weeks ended
February 25, 2017
    52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 59,678.2       100.0   $ 58,734.0       100.0   $ 27,198.6       100.0

Cost of sales

     43,037.7       72.1       42,672.3       72.7       19,695.8       72.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,640.5       27.9       16,061.7       27.3       7,502.8       27.6  

Selling and administrative expenses

     16,000.0       26.8       15,660.0       26.7       8,152.2       30.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     640.5       1.1       401.7       0.6       (649.4     (2.4

Interest expense, net

     1,003.8       1.7       950.5       1.6       633.2       2.3  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     111.7       0.2                          

Other (income) expense

     (11.4           (7.0           96.0       0.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (463.6     (0.8     (541.8     (1.0     (1,378.6     (5.1

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (90.3     (0.2     (39.6           (153.4     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (373.3     (0.6 )%    $ (502.2     (1.0 )%    $ (1,225.2     (4.5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identical Store Sales, Excluding Fuel

Identical store sales, on an actual basis, is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis, excluding fuel. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. The stores sold during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 as part of the FTC divestiture process are excluded from identical store sales for all periods presented below. Identical store sales results, on an actual basis, for the past three fiscal years were as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Identical store sales, excluding fuel(1)

     (0.4 )%      4.4     7.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The Safeway stores became identical on January 30, 2016, the stores acquired as part of the A&P Transaction became identical starting in mid-November of fiscal 2016, and three Haggen stores became identical during the last month of fiscal 2016.

Our identical store sales decrease in fiscal 2016 was driven by a decrease of 1.9% in customer traffic partially offset by an increase of 1.5% in average ticket size. During fiscal 2016 our identical store sales were negatively impacted by food price deflation in certain categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, together with pressure to maintain competitive pricing in response. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets by

 

62


Table of Contents

the acquisition or re-opening of acquired A&P and Haggen stores. After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions within NAI during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, our estimated identical store sales growth for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 would have been 4.8% and 6.8%, respectively.

Operating Results Overview

Net loss was $373.3 million in fiscal 2016 and $502.2 million in fiscal 2015, an improvement of $128.9 million. This improvement was primarily attributable to an increase in operating income of $238.8 million in addition to higher income tax benefit, partially offset by the loss on debt extinguishment of $111.7 million and higher interest expense, net of $53.3 million. The improvement in operating income is primarily attributable to the synergies achieved as part of the Safeway acquisition in addition to the acquired Haggen and A&P stores. The loss on debt extinguishment and the increase in interest expense, net was primarily associated with our refinancing transactions during fiscal 2016.

Net loss was $502.2 million in fiscal 2015 and $1,225.2 million in fiscal 2014, an improvement of $723.0 million. This improvement was primarily attributable to an increase in operating income of $1,051.1 million and an increase in other income of $103.0 million partially offset by an increase in interest expense, net of $317.3 million and a lower income tax benefit of $113.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The improvements in operating income are primarily attributable to the acquired Safeway stores and improved Albertsons and NAI store operations. In addition, (i) equity-based compensation cost, (ii) loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs and (iii) the termination of the long-term incentive plans in fiscal 2014 drove reductions in selling and administrative expenses of $246.3 million, $124.4 million and $78.0 million, respectively, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

Net Sales and Other Revenue

Net sales and other revenue increased $944.2 million, or 1.6%, from $58,734.0 million in fiscal 2015 to $59,678.2 million in fiscal 2016. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2016 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015

   $ 58,734.0  

Additional sales due to A&P and Haggen Transactions, for the period not considered identical

     1,843.4  

Decline in sales from FTC-mandated divestitures

     (444.5

Decline in fuel sales

     (261.4

Identical store sales decrease of 0.4%

     (213.3

Other(1)

     20.0  
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2016

   $ 59,678.2  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

The primary increase in net sales and other revenue was driven by an increase of $1,843.4 million from the acquired A&P and Haggen stores, partially offset by a decline of $213.3 million from our 0.4% decline in identical store sales, a decline of $444.5 million in sales related to stores sold as part of the FTC divestiture process and $261.4 million in lower fuel sales driven by lower average retail pump prices.

 

63


Table of Contents

Net sales and other revenue increased $31,535.4 million, or 115.9%, from $27,198.6 million in fiscal 2014 to $58,734.0 million in fiscal 2015. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014

   $ 27,198.6  

Additional sales due to Safeway acquisition, for the period not considered identical

     32,484.2  

Identical store sales increase of 4.4%

     1,049.3  

Additional sales due to A&P Transaction

     436.3  

Decline in sales from FTC-mandated divestitures of Albertsons stores

     (1,771.3

53rd-week impact

     (443.5

Other(1)

     (219.6
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015

   $ 58,734.0  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

The primary increase in net sales and other revenue was driven by the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition for the 48 week period ended January 30, 2016 that were not considered identical on an actual basis. Identical store sales of 4.4% also drove an increase of $1,049.3 million, due to a 2.6% increase in customer traffic and a 1.8% increase in average ticket size during fiscal 2015, as our stores continued to benefit from the implementation of our operating playbook, including the expansion of our own brands and continued enhancement of fresh, natural and organic offerings.

Gross Profit

Gross profit represents the portion of sales and other revenue remaining after deducting the cost of goods sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs associated with our distribution network. Advertising, promotional expenses and vendor allowances are also components of cost of goods sold.

The gross profit margin increased 60 basis points to 27.9% in fiscal 2016 compared to 27.3% in fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, the gross profit margin increased 50 basis points. The increase was primarily attributable to synergies achieved as part of the Safeway integration related to the deployment of our own brand products across our Albertsons and NAI stores, improved vendor pricing and savings related to the consolidation of our distribution network. These increases were partially offset by higher shrink expense as a percentage of sales during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

 

Fiscal 2016 vs. Fiscal 2015

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Safeway acquisition synergies

     43  

Product mix

     28  

Lower LIFO expense

     7  

Higher shrink expense

     (27

Other

     (1
  

 

 

 

Total

     50  
  

 

 

 

Our gross profit margin decreased 30 basis points to 27.3% in fiscal 2015 compared to 27.6% in fiscal 2014. The decrease was primarily the result of the increase in low-margin fuel sales from the

 

64


Table of Contents

acquired Safeway fuel centers in fiscal 2015 in addition to increased shrink expense as we increased in-stock positions at acquired Safeway and A&P stores. These decreases were partially offset by improved product mix in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 which includes the higher overall margins in certain acquired Safeway stores across several of our divisions and lower LIFO expense as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Product mix

     33  

Lower LIFO expense

     11  

Impact of fuel

     (57

Higher shrink expense

     (15

Other

     (2
  

 

 

 

Total

     (30
  

 

 

 

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store level costs, including wages, employee benefits, rent, depreciation and utilities, in addition to certain back-office expenses related to our corporate and division offices.

Selling and administrative expenses increased 10 basis points to 26.8% of sales in fiscal 2016 from 26.7% in fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales was flat during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

 

Fiscal 2016 vs. Fiscal 2015

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Depreciation and amortization

     26  

Employee wage and benefit costs

     24  

Pension expense, including the charge related to the acquisition of Collington

     14  

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (25

Acquisition and integration costs

     (18

Safeway acquisition synergies

     (14

Other

     (7
  

 

 

 

Total

      
  

 

 

 

Increased depreciation and amortization expense in addition to higher pension and employee wage and benefit costs during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 were offset by gains on property dispositions, a decrease in acquisition and integration costs and increased Safeway acquisition synergies in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increase in pension expense is primarily driven by the $78.9 million charge related to the acquisition of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. during fiscal 2016. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense is primarily driven by an increase in property, equipment and intangibles balances primarily related to the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and capital expenditures.

 

65


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses decreased 330 basis points to 26.7% of net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2015 from 30.0% in fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Equity-based compensation

     (111

Acquisition and integration costs, including the charge to terminate the long-term incentive plans

     (100

Impact of fuel

     (78

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (66

Legal and professional fees

     (23

Depreciation and amortization

     14  

Debit and credit card fees

     14  

Other

     20  
  

 

 

 

Total

     (330
  

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 results included only four weeks of Safeway results. The company incurred significant equity-based compensation and acquisition and integration costs in fiscal 2014, improving the basis point comparison between fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. The increase in low-margin fuel sales from the acquired Safeway fuel centers also reduced the selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. In addition, the FTC-mandated divestitures in fiscal 2014 resulted in increased impairment charges. These reductions in selling and administrative expense margin in fiscal 2015 were partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense as a result of the application of acquisition accounting and increased debit and credit card fees as a result of chargebacks from EMV chip card transactions following the EMV Liability Shift.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $1,003.8 million in fiscal 2016, $950.5 million in fiscal 2015 and $633.2 million in fiscal 2014. The increase in interest expense, net for fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 is primarily due to $86.5 million of expenses incurred in connection with the June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing and the December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing (each as defined herein) and related prepayments, consisting of $35.5 million in payments related to our debt modifications and the write-off of $51.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discount.

The following details our components of interest expense, net for the respective fiscal years (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016      Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

ABL Facility, senior secured and unsecured notes, term loans, notes and debentures

   $ 764.3      $ 777.0     $ 454.1  

Capital lease obligations

     106.8        97.0       77.5  

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     84.4        69.3       65.3  

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     22.3        12.9       6.8  

Other interest expense (income)

     26.0        (5.7     29.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 1,003.8      $ 950.5     $ 633.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of February 25, 2017, the company had total debt, including capital lease obligations, outstanding of $12.3 billion. The weighted average interest rate during the year was 7.8%, including amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs. The weighted average interest rate during fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 was 7.4% and 7.3%, respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

On June 24, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to fully redeem (the “Redemption”) $609.6 million of our then existing 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022. In connection with the Redemption, the company recorded a $111.7 million loss on debt extinguishment comprised of an $87.7 million make-whole premium and a $24.0 million write off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount.

Other (Income) Expense

For fiscal 2016, other income was $11.4 million, primarily driven by gains related to the sale of certain investments. For fiscal 2015, other income was $7.0 million, primarily driven by equity in the earnings of our unconsolidated affiliate, Casa Ley. For fiscal 2014, other expense was $96.0 million, driven by the loss on our deal-contingent interest rate swap. In April 2014, we entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap to hedge against adverse fluctuations in the interest rate on anticipated variable rate debt planned to be incurred to finance the Safeway acquisition. Prior to the Safeway acquisition, the swap was treated as an economic hedge with changes in fair value recorded through earnings. Upon closing of the Safeway acquisition, the interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, with any subsequent changes in fair value being recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income.

Income Taxes

Income tax was a benefit of $90.3 million in fiscal 2016, $39.6 million in fiscal 2015 and $153.4 million in fiscal 2014. A substantial portion of the businesses and assets were held and operated by limited liability companies during these periods, which generally are not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation. The components of the change in income taxes were as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (162.3   $ (189.6   $ (482.5

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (20.2     (38.9     (38.4

Change in valuation allowance

     107.1       113.0       6.4  

Unrecognized tax benefits

     (18.7     3.1       11.3  

Members’ loss

     16.6       60.4       251.0  

Charitable donations

     (11.1     (11.1      

Tax Credits

     (17.3     (6.9     (2.4

Indemnification asset / liability

     5.1       14.0       (26.3

Transaction costs

                 62.1  

Nondeductible equity compensation

     4.2       12.3       51.0  

Other

     6.3       4.1       14.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (90.3   $ (39.6   $ (153.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP operating financial measure that we define as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful representation of operating performance because it excludes the impact of items that could be considered “non-core” in nature. We use Adjusted EBITDA to measure overall performance and assess performance against peers. Adjusted EBITDA also provides useful information for our investors, securities analysts and other interested parties. Adjusted EBITDA is not a

 

67


Table of Contents

measure of performance under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net earnings, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

For fiscal 2016, Adjusted EBITDA was $2.8 billion, or 4.7% of sales, an increase of 5.1% compared to $2.7 billion, or 4.6% of sales, for fiscal 2015. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2016 reflects improved operating performance in addition to synergies achieved as part of the Safeway integration partially offset by decreases in our identical store sales as a result of the deflationary environment in fiscal 2016.

The following is a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (in millions) for each of fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014:

 

     Fiscal 2016(1)     Fiscal 2015(1)     Fiscal 2014(2)  

Net loss

   $ (373.3   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2

Depreciation and amortization

     1,804.8       1,613.7       718.1  

Interest expense, net

     1,003.8       950.5       633.2  

Income tax benefit

     (90.3     (39.6     (153.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 2,345.0     $ 2,022.4     $ (27.3

(Gain) loss on interest rate and commodity hedges, net

     (7.0     16.2       98.2  

Acquisition and integration costs(3)

     213.6       342.0       352.0  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     111.7              

Termination of long-term incentive plans

                 78.0  

Equity-based compensation expense

     53.3       97.8       344.1  

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs(4)

     (39.2     103.3       227.7  

LIFO (benefit) expense

     (7.9     29.7       43.1  

Pension and postretirement expense, net of cash contributions(5)

     84.0       6.7       (3.0

Facility closures and related transition costs(6)

     23.0       25.0        

Other(7)

     40.0       38.0       (14.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2,816.5     $ 2,681.1     $ 1,098.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes results for the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(2) Includes results from four weeks for the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(3) Primarily includes costs related to acquisitions, integration of acquired businesses, expenses related to management fees paid in connection with acquisition and financing activities, adjustments to tax indemnification assets and liabilities and losses on acquired contingencies in connection with the Safeway acquisition.
(4) Fiscal 2016 includes a net gain of $42.9 million related to the disposition of a portfolio of surplus properties. Fiscal 2015 includes losses of $30.6 million related to leases assigned to Haggen as part of the FTC-mandated divestitures that were subsequently rejected during the Haggen bankruptcy proceedings and additional losses of $41.1 million related to the Haggen divestitures and its related bankruptcy. Fiscal 2014 includes impairment charges of $233.4 million related to the stores sold in the FTC-mandated divestiture process.
(5) Fiscal 2016 includes a $78.9 million charge to pension expense, net related to the settlement of a pre-existing contractual relationship and assumption of the pension plan related to the Collington acquisition. Fiscal 2014 excludes the company’s cash contribution of $260.0 million to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition.

 

68


Table of Contents
(6) Includes costs related to facility closures and the transition to our decentralized operating model.
(7) Primarily includes lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on leases. Also includes amortization of unfavorable leases on acquired Safeway surplus properties, estimated losses related to the security breach, charges related to changes in the fair value of our Casa Ley CVR, earnings from Casa Ley, foreign currency translation gains and costs related to the planned initial public offering of our common stock.

The following is a reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,813.5     $ 901.6     $ (165.1

Income tax benefit

     (90.3     (39.6     (153.4

Deferred income taxes

     219.5       90.4       170.1  

Interest expense, net

     1003.8       950.5       633.2  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     (251.9     466.5       39.3  

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     (84.4     (69.3     (65.3

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                  

Acquisition and integration costs

     213.6       342.0       352.0  

Termination of long-term incentive plans

                 78.0  

Pension contribution in connection with Safeway acquisition

                 260.0  

Other adjustments

     (7.3     39.0       (50.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     2,816.5       2,681.1       1,098.7  

Less: capital expenditures

     (1,414.9     (960.0     (336.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 1,401.6     $ 1,721.1     $ 762.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Financial Resources

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,813.5 million during fiscal 2016 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $901.6 million during fiscal 2015. The $911.9 million increase in net cash flow from operating activities during fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to an increase in operating income of $238.8 million, a Safeway acquisition settlement payment of $133.7 million in fiscal 2015 and changes in working capital primarily related to inventory and accounts payable partially offset by an increase in income taxes paid of $207.5 million. Fiscal 2016 cash provided by operating activities also includes a correction in the classification of certain book overdrafts resulting in an increase of $139.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $901.6 million during fiscal 2015 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $165.1 million during fiscal 2014. The $1,066.7 million increase in net cash flow from operating activities during fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily related to additional contributions from the acquired Safeway stores and improvement in operations of our Albertsons and NAI stores, partially offset by an increase of $382.9 million in interest paid due to borrowings used to fund the Safeway acquisition and a $260.0 million contribution to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in fiscal 2014. As a result of this payment we do not expect to make additional contributions to the Safeway ERP until fiscal 2018.

 

69


Table of Contents

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 was $1,076.2 million primarily due to payments for property and equipment, including lease buyouts, of $1,414.9 million, which includes approximately $250 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures, and payments for business acquisitions of $220.6 million partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $477.0 million. Asset sale proceeds include the sale and subsequent 36-month leaseback of two distribution centers in Southern California and the sale of a portfolio of surplus properties.

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 was $811.8 million primarily due to the merger consideration paid in connection with the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement, purchase consideration paid for the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and cash paid for capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of our FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition and a decrease in restricted cash due to the elimination of certain collateral requirements.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5,945.0 million in fiscal 2014, consisting primarily of cash paid for the Safeway acquisition, net of cash acquired, of $5,673.4 million and cash paid for property additions of $336.5 million.

In fiscal 2017, the company expects to spend approximately $1,400 million in capital expenditures, including $150 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures, as follows (in millions):

 

Projected Fiscal 2017 Capital Expenditures

  

Integration capital

   $ 150.0  

New stores and remodels

     650.0  

Maintenance

     200.0  

Supply chain

     100.0  

IT

     150.0  

Real estate and expansion capital

     150.0  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400.0  
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $97.8 million in fiscal 2016 due primarily to payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt. Net cash used in financing activities was $635.9 million in fiscal 2015 due primarily to payments on our asset-based revolving credit facility and term loan borrowings from the proceeds of the FTC-mandated divestitures, partially offset by $300.0 million in borrowings under NAI’s pre-existing term loan facility to fund the A&P Transaction. Net cash used in financing activities was $6,928.9 million in fiscal 2014 primarily as a result of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and equity contributions used to finance the Safeway acquisition.

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt were $3,053.1 million in fiscal 2016, $453.5 million in fiscal 2015 and $8,097.0 million in fiscal 2014. In fiscal 2016, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $2,832.7 million, cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $123.2 million, and payment of a make-whole premium was $87.7 million. In fiscal 2015, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $903.4 million, cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $120.0 million and cash payments for debt financing costs were $41.5 million. In fiscal 2014, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $2,123.6 million, including $864.6 million of assumed debt

 

70


Table of Contents

that was immediately paid following the Safeway acquisition, cash payments for debt financing costs were $229.1 million and cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $64.1 million. Cash proceeds provided by financing activities in fiscal 2014 also includes proceeds from equity contributions related to the Safeway acquisition of $1,283.2 million.

On June 22, 2016, the company amended the Term Loan Agreement (as defined herein) pursuant to which three term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of a 2016-1 term B-4 loan, $1,145.0 million of a 2016-1 term B-5 loan and $2,100.0 million of a term B-6 loan. The proceeds from the borrowings of these loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, were used to repay the term loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of June 22, 2016 and to pay related interest and fees (collectively, the “June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing”). The June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing was accounted for as a debt modification. In connection with the June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing the company expensed $27.6 million of financing costs and also wrote off $12.8 million of deferred financing costs associated with the original term loans. The 2016-1 term B-4 loan had an original maturity date of August 25, 2021, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.5%. The 2016-1 term B-5 loan had an original maturity date of December 21, 2022, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The term B-6 loan had an original maturity date of June 22, 2023, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%.

On August 9, 2016, the company, using a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, repaid approximately $470.0 million then outstanding under the ABL Facility and repaid $500.0 million of principal on the term B-6 loan.

On December 23, 2016, the company amended the Term Loan Agreement pursuant to which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of a new 2016-2 term B-4 loan, $1,142.1 million of a new 2016-2 term B-5 loan and $1,600.0 million of a new 2016-1 term B-6 loan. The proceeds from the issuance of the New Term Loans were used to repay the loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement and to pay related interest and fees (collectively, the “December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing”). The December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing was accounted for as a debt modification. In connection with the December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing the company expensed $7.9 million of financing costs and also wrote off $14.0 million of deferred financing costs associated with the original term loans. The new 2016-2 term B-4 loan matures on August 25, 2021, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.0%. The new 2016-2 term B-5 loan matures on December 21, 2022, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. The new 2016-1 term B-6 loan matures on June 22, 2023, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. Contemporaneously with the New Term Loan refinancing, the company amended each of its existing interest rate swaps to reduce the floor on LIBOR from 100 basis points to 75 basis points. As a result, the company dedesignated its original cash flow hedges and redesignated the amended swaps prospectively. Losses deferred into other comprehensive income as of the dedesignation date which are associated with the original cash flow hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedges.

Debt Management

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, increased by $111.6 million to $12.3 billion as of the end of fiscal 2016 compared to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015. The increase in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $3,053.1 million, which principally comprised the issuance of the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes and borrowings under our ABL Facility partially offset by payments on long-term borrowings of $2,832.7 million. The $2,832.7 million in payments on long-term borrowings consisted

 

71


Table of Contents

primarily of $1,354.2 million of principal payments on the Term Loan Facilities, $609.6 million of principal payments related to the Redemption, and $786.0 million of payments under our ABL Facility.

Outstanding debt, including current maturities and net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs, principally consisted of (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017  

Term loans

   $ 5,853.0  

Notes and debentures

     5,393.6  

Capital leases

     954.0  

Other notes payable and mortgages

     137.3  
  

 

 

 

Total debt, including capital leases

   $ 12,337.9  

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, decreased by $342.7 million to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015 compared to $12.6 billion as of the end of fiscal 2014. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to payments on long-term borrowings of $903.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $453.5 million, which were primarily comprised of additional borrowings used to fund the A&P Transaction.

See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information related to our outstanding debt.

Liquidity and Factors Affecting Liquidity

We estimate our liquidity needs over the next fiscal year to be in the range of $4.5 billion to $5.0 billion, which includes anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest payments and scheduled principal payments of debt, operating leases, capital leases and our TSA agreements with SuperValu. Based on current operating trends, we believe that cash flows from operating activities and other sources of liquidity, including borrowings under our ABL Facility, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. We believe we have adequate cash flow to continue to maintain our current debt ratings and to respond effectively to competitive conditions. In addition, we may enter into refinancing transactions from time to time. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels or that we will maintain our ability to borrow under our ABL Facility. See “—Contractual Obligations” for a more detailed description of our commitments as of the end of fiscal 2016.

As of February 25, 2017, we had no borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $3.0 billion (net of letter of credit usage). As of February 27, 2016, we had approximately $311.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $2.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage).

The ABL Facility contains no financial maintenance covenants unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any such event occurs, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

During fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, there were no financial maintenance covenants in effect under our asset-based revolving credit facilities because the conditions listed above (and similar conditions in our refinanced asset-based revolving credit facilities) had not been met.

 

72


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The table below presents our significant contractual obligations as of February 25, 2017 (in millions)(1):

 

     Payments Due Per Year  
     Total      2017      2018-2019      2020-2021      Thereafter  

Long-term debt(2)

   $ 11,812.1      $ 202.6      $ 406.3      $ 3,503.8      $ 7,699.4  

Estimated interest on long-term debt(3)

     5,037.9        623.3        1,226.1        1,120.1        2,068.4  

Operating leases(4)

     5,666.7        770.0        1,327.6        1,016.5        2,552.6  

Capital leases(4)

     1,575.7        204.4        344.3        284.8        742.2  

Other long-term liabilities(5)

     1,264.9        293.3        370.5        174.4        426.7  

2013 SuperValu TSA(6)

     214.8        129.1        85.7                

Purchase obligations(7)

     499.3        303.8        133.8        41.5        20.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 26,071.4      $ 2,526.5      $ 3,894.3      $ 6,141.1      $ 13,509.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The contractual obligations table excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, which totaled approximately $11.5 million in fiscal 2016 and is expected to total approximately $21.9 million in fiscal 2017. This table excludes contributions under various multi-employer pension plans, which totaled $399.1 million in fiscal 2016 and are expected to total approximately $420 million in fiscal 2017. This table also excludes potential payments related to our contingent value rights liabilities of $281.0 million.
(2) Long-term debt amounts exclude any original issue discount and deferred financing costs. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(3) Amounts include contractual interest payments using the interest rate as of February 25, 2017 applicable to our variable interest term debt instruments and stated fixed rates for all other debt instruments, excluding interest rate swaps. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(4) Represents the minimum rents payable under operating and capital leases, excluding common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments, for which the company is also obligated.
(5) Consists of self-insurance liabilities which have not been reduced by insurance-related receivables. Excludes the $180.1 million of assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division and excludes the unfunded pension and postretirement benefit obligation of $709.4 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits of $418.0 million as of February 25, 2017 has been excluded from the contractual obligations table because a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future tax settlements cannot be determined. Excludes deferred tax liabilities and certain other deferred liabilities that will not be settled in cash and other lease-related liabilities already reflected as operating lease commitments.
(6) Represents minimum contractual commitments expected to be paid under the SVU TSAs and the wind-down agreement, executed on April 16, 2015. See Note 12—Related Parties in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(7) Purchase obligations include various obligations that have annual purchase commitments. As of February 25, 2017, future purchase obligations primarily relate to fixed asset, marketing and information technology commitments, including fixed price contracts. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the company enters into supply contracts to purchase product for resale to consumers which are typically of a short-term nature with limited or no purchase commitments. The company also enters into supply contracts which typically include either volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other customary contractual considerations. The supply contracts that are cancelable have not been included above.

 

73


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

The company is party to a variety of contractual agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to the company’s commercial contracts, operating leases and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. The company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the company’s financial statements.

We are liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation, including the 11 store leases that Haggen rejected in its bankruptcy case. As a result of these lease rejections, the company recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015. See Note 13—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements in the consolidated financial statements of ACL for additional information. Because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.”

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

Letters of Credit

We had letters of credit of $622.3 million outstanding as of February 25, 2017. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support our performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations. We pay bank fees ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% plus a fronting fee of 0.125% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

New Accounting Policies Not Yet Adopted

See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for new accounting pronouncements which have not yet been adopted.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

74


Table of Contents

We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating results and financial position, and we apply those accounting policies in a fair and consistent manner. See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of our significant accounting policies.

Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Vendor Allowances

Consistent with standard practices in the retail industry, we receive allowances from many of the vendors whose products we buy for resale in our stores. These vendor allowances are provided to increase the sell-through of the related products. We receive vendor allowances for a variety of merchandising activities: placement of the vendors’ products in our advertising; display of the vendors’ products in prominent locations in our stores; supporting the introduction of new products into our retail stores and distribution systems; exclusivity rights in certain categories; and compensation for temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale at retail stores. We also receive vendor allowances for buying activities such as volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their need and cash discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. The majority of the vendor allowance contracts have terms of less than one year.

We recognize vendor allowances for merchandising activities as a reduction of cost of sales when the related products are sold. Vendor allowances that have been earned because of completing the required performance under the terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The amount and timing of recognition of vendor allowances as well as the amount of vendor allowances to be recognized as a reduction of ending inventory require management judgment and estimates. We determine these amounts based on estimates of current year purchase volume using forecast and historical data and a review of average inventory turnover data. These judgments and estimates affect our reported gross profit, operating earnings (loss) and inventory amounts. Our historical estimates have been reliable in the past, and we believe the methodology will continue to be reliable in the future. Based on previous experience, we do not expect significant changes in the level of vendor support.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We have established stop-loss amounts that limit our further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. In determining our self-insurance liabilities, we perform a continuing review of our overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

Any actuarial projection of self-insured losses is subject to a high degree of variability. Litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes, claim settlement patterns and similar factors influenced historical development trends that were used to determine the current year expense and, therefore, contributed to the variability in the annual expense. However, these factors are not direct inputs into the actuarial projection, and thus their individual impact cannot be quantified.

 

75


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

We regularly review our individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indications of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, we recognize impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $46.6 million, $40.2 million and $266.9 million in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively.

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the Safeway acquisition, we, together with Safeway, announced that we had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. The divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent on the closing of the Safeway acquisition. The impairment charge in fiscal 2014 was primarily related to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

Business Combination Measurements

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approach used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

Goodwill

As of February 25, 2017, our goodwill totaled $1.2 billion, of which $942.4 million was recorded as part of our acquisition of Safeway. We review goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, and also upon the occurrence of triggering events. We perform reviews of each of our reporting units that have goodwill balances. We review goodwill for impairment by initially assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform

 

76


Table of Contents

the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. We recognize goodwill impairment for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. The impairment review requires the use of management judgment and financial estimates. Application of alternative estimates and assumptions, such as reviewing goodwill for impairment at a different level, could produce significantly different results. The cash flow projections embedded in our goodwill impairment reviews can be affected by several factors such as inflation, business valuations in the market, the economy and market competition.

The annual evaluation of goodwill performed for our reporting units during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 did not result in impairment.

Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements

Substantially all of our employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing or 401(k) plans, in addition to a dedicated defined benefit plan for Safeway, a plan for NAI and a plan for United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. We also provide certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement. Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by us.

We recognize a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within other comprehensive income (loss). The determination of our obligation and related expense for our sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

The objective of our discount rate assumptions was intended to reflect the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. In making this determination, we take into account the timing and amount of benefits that would be available under the plans. As of February 27, 2016, we changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. We have elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. We utilized weighted discount rates of 4.25% and 3.92% for our pension plan expenses for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively. To determine the expected rate of return on pension plan assets held by us for fiscal 2016, we considered current and forecasted plan asset allocations as well as historical and forecasted rates of return on various asset categories. Our weighted assumed pension plan investment rate of return was 6.96% for fiscal 2016 and 6.96% for fiscal 2015. See Note 11—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information on the asset allocations of pension plan assets.

 

77


Table of Contents

Sensitivity to changes in the major assumptions used in the calculation of our pension and other post-retirement plan liabilities is illustrated below (dollars in millions).

 

     Percentage
Point Change
    Projected Benefit Obligation
Decrease /(Increase)
   Expense
Decrease / (Increase)
 

Discount rate

     +/- 1.00   $282.1 / $(348.2)      $13.2 / $  3.8    

Expected return on assets

     +/- 1.00   — / —      $16.9 / $(16.9)  

In fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, we contributed $11.5 million and $7.4 million, respectively, to our pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. We expect to contribute approximately $21.9 million to our pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2017.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

We contribute to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded. We made contributions to these plans of $399.1 million, $379.8 million and $113.4 million in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively. During fiscal 2017, we expect to contribute approximately $420 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities of $221.8 million related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The amount of the withdrawal liability as of February 25, 2017 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $180.1 million, which primarily reflects minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of the Safeway acquisition.

See Note 11—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

We review the tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a benefit can be recognized in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 10—Income Taxes in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and other disclosures related to uncertain tax positions. Various taxing authorities periodically examine our income tax returns. These examinations include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income to various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating these various tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, we assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is examined and fully resolved. As of

 

78


Table of Contents

February 25, 2017, we are no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years prior to 2012 and in most states are no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. Tax years 2007 through 2016 remain under examination. The assessment of our tax position relies on the judgment of management to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from a variety of sources, including changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We have from time to time selectively used derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks. We do not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor do we utilize leveraged financial instruments. Our market risk exposures related to interest rates, foreign currency and commodity prices are discussed below and have not materially changed from the prior fiscal year. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks related to interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk and Long-Term Debt

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). Our risk management objective and strategy is to utilize these interest rate swaps to protect the company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. We believe that we are meeting our objectives of hedging our risks in changes in cash flows that are attributable to changes in LIBOR, which is the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Additionally, we had a Deal-Contingent Swap that was entered into on April 16, 2014 in order to reduce our exposure to anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, we receive a floating rate of interest and pay a fixed rate of interest over the life of the contract.

Interest rate volatility could also materially affect the interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities. The interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities are dependent on LIBOR. We believe a 100 basis point increase on our variable interest rates would impact our interest expense by approximately $20 million.

The table below provides information about our derivative financial instruments and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including debt instruments and interest rate swaps. For debt obligations, the table presents principal amounts due and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps, the table presents average notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates (dollars in millions):

 

     Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Fiscal
2021
    Thereafter     Total     Fair Value  

Long-Term Debt

                

Fixed Rate – Principal payments

   $ 142.5     $ 13.4     $ 272.7     $ 141.0     $ 134.3     $ 5,094.3     $ 5,798.2     $ 5,843.0  

Weighted average interest rate

     6.6     6.9     5.0     4.0     4.8     6.9     6.7  

Variable Rate – Principal

   $ 60.1     $ 60.1     $ 60.1     $ 60.1     $ 3,168.4     $ 2,605.1     $ 6,103.9     $ 6,038.9  

Weighted average interest rate

     4.0     4.0     4.0     4.0     3.8     4.3     4.0  

 

(1) Excludes effect of interest rate swaps. Also excludes deferred financing costs and debt discounts.

 

79


Table of Contents
     Pay Fixed/Receive Variable  
     Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Fiscal
2021
    Thereafter  

Cash Flow Hedges

            

Average notional amount outstanding

   $ 3,807     $ 2,925     $ 1,921     $ 1,364     $ 1,060     $  

Average pay rate

     5.7     5.6     5.8     5.8     5.8    

Average receive rate

     4.3     4.8     5.0     5.2     5.3    

Commodity Price Risk

We have entered into fixed price contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas for a portion of our energy needs. We expect to take delivery of these commitments in the normal course of business, and, as a result, these commitments qualify as normal purchases. We also manage our exposure to changes in diesel prices utilized in the company’s distribution process through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts. These contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings. We do not believe that these energy and commodity swaps would cause a material change to the financial position of the company.

 

80


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of February 25, 2017, we operated 2,324 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 20 well-known banners, including A lbertsons, Safeway, Vons, Jewel-Osco, Shaw’s, Acme, Tom Thumb, Randalls, United Supermarkets, Pavilions, Star Market, Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 MSAs and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 66% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value- added services through 1,786 pharmacies, 1,227 in-store branded coffee shops and 385 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 273,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average 34 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6% and 4.8%, respectively, and decreased 0.4% during fiscal 2016. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have been able to maintain or increase our overall share in the food retail channel during fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities will continue in fiscal 2017, though at lower rates than in fiscal 2016, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of projected food price inflation in the second half of 2017 and we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $750 million by the end of fiscal 2017.

 

81


Table of Contents

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $59.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.8 billion and free cash flow of $1.4 billion. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

Our Integration History and Banners

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006. This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SuperValu, which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners. In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of February 25, 2017. We also operate 28 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion (see “—Properties”). Our principal banners are described in more detail below.

 

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

Albertsons

Under the Albertsons banner, which dates back to 1939, we operate 475 stores in 15 states across the Western and Southern United States. In addition to our broad grocery offering, approximately 388 Albertsons stores include in-store pharmacies (offering prescriptions, immunizations, online prescription refills and prescription savings plans), and we operate five fuel centers adjacent to our Albertsons stores. The operating performance of the Albertsons stores that we acquired in 2013 has significantly improved since acquisition.

Safeway

We operate 1,270 Safeway stores in 19 states across the Western, Southern and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, as well as the District of Columbia. We operate these stores under the Safeway banner, which dates back to 1926, as well as the Vons, Pavilions , Randalls , Tom Thumb , Carrs and Haggen banners. Our Safeway stores also provide convenience to our customers through a network of 996 in-store pharmacies and 342 adjacent fuel centers.

The Safeway acquisition has better positioned us for long-term growth by providing us with a broader assortment of products, a more efficient supply chain, enhanced fresh and perishable offerings and a high-quality and expansive portfolio of own brand products. These improvements enable us to respond to changing customer tastes and preferences and compete more effectively in a highly competitive industry.

Safeway has achieved consistent positive identical store sales growth over 22 of the past 24 fiscal quarters, driven in part by continued investment in the store base and the implementation of local marketing programs to enhance sales. Safeway experienced an acceleration in identical store sales growth, from 1.4% in fiscal 2013 to 3.0% in fiscal 2014 and 5.0% in fiscal 2015 but a decline in identical store sales of 0.2% in fiscal 2016.

Acme, Jewel-Osco, Shaw’s and Star Market

Under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners, we operate 517 stores, 349 in-store pharmacies and five adjacent fuel centers in 14 states across the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Northeast regions of the United States. Each of these banners has an operating history going back more than 100 years, has excellent store locations and has a loyal customer base. The operating performance of these banners has significantly improved since we acquired them in 2013.

United Supermarkets

In the North and West Texas area, we operate 62 stores under the United Supermarkets , Amigos and Market Street banners, together with 53 in-store pharmacies, 33 adjacent fuel centers and 12  United Express convenience stores. Our acquisition of United in December 2013 represented a unique opportunity to add a growing and profitable business in the large Texas market with an experienced and successful management team in place. Retaining the local management team was critical to our acquisition thesis. We have leveraged their abilities by both re-assigning and opening additional stores under their direct oversight. The United management team has considerable expertise in meeting the preferences of an upscale customer base with its Market Street format. United addresses its significant Hispanic customer base through its Amigos format, which we intend to leverage across other relevant regions going forward. We also benefit from distribution center and transportation efficiencies as a result of United’s adjacencies to our other operating divisions in the Southwest.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our Organizational Structure and Operating Playbook

Our Organizational Structure

We are organized across 14 operating divisions. We operate with a decentralized management structure. Our division and district-level leadership teams are responsible and accountable for their own sales, profitability and capital expenditures, and are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending to best serve the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our division leaders collaborate to facilitate the rapid sharing of best practices. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. Our store directors are responsible for ensuring that our employees provide outstanding service to our customers. We believe that this aspect of our operating playbook, combined with ongoing investments in store labor, coordinated employee training and a simple, well-understood quarterly sales and EBITDA-based bonus structure, fosters an organization that is nimble and responsive to the local tastes and preferences of our customers.

Our executive management team sets long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. They also facilitate the sharing of expertise and best practices across our business, including through the operation of centers of excellence for areas such as our own brands, space planning, pricing analytics, promotional effectiveness, product category trends and consumer insights. They seek to leverage our national scale by driving our efforts to maintain and deepen strong relationships with large, national consumer products vendors. The executive management team also provides substantial data-driven analytical support for decision-making, providing division management teams with insights on their relative performance. Together, all of these elements reinforce our high standards of store-level execution and foster a collaborative, competitive and winning culture.

Our Operating Playbook

Our management team has developed and implemented a proven and successful operating playbook to drive sales growth, profitability and free cash flow. Our playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards .    We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 

    Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 

   

Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . Our own brands products achieved over $10.5 billion in sales in fiscal 2016, and our company’s portfolio of USDA-certified organic products is one of the largest and fastest growing in the industry. In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly-baked bread. Our

 

84


Table of Contents
 

decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

    Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. We are currently testing our “click-and-collect” program, in which items selected online by our customers are gathered from our store shelves by our associates and picked up by our customers from our stores.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

Identical Store Sales

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store

 

85


Table of Contents

sales growth across ACL (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.
(3) We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer, and Shane Sampson, Executive Vice President & Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer, both bring significant leadership and

 

86


Table of Contents

operational experience to our management team with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business. Our eight Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 13 division Presidents have an average of over 20, 22 and 32 years of service, respectively, with our company.

Proven Operating Playbook .    We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6% and 4.8% respectively, and decreased 0.4% during fiscal 2016. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have been able to maintain or increase our overall share in the food retail channel during fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities will continue in fiscal 2017, though at lower rates than in fiscal 2016, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of projected food price inflation in the second half of 2017 and we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion and $1.4 billion in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 

87


Table of Contents

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics , Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brand products achieved over $10.5 billion in sales in fiscal 2016.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,786 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

88


Table of Contents
    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and implementing Safeway’s successful wine and floral shop strategies, with broader product assortments and new fixtures across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy- related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $575 million, respectively, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $675 million in fiscal 2017, or approximately $750 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2017, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. Synergies are expected to consist of approximately 28% from operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing operations, 20% from the conversion of Albertsons stores onto Safeway’s information technology systems, 14% from increased own brand penetration and improved synergies and 15% from improved vendor relationships. An additional 23% of synergies are expected to come from optimizing marketing and advertising spend in adjacent regions, as well as actionable synergies in pharmacy, utilities and insurance. A more detailed description of the expected sources of synergy is set out below:

 

    Corporate and Division Cost Savings .    We are removing complexity from our business by simplifying business processes and rationalizing redundant positions. As part of this process, we have finalized the plans and timing of headcount reductions in connection with our acquisition of Safeway, and, as of February 25, 2017, these reductions were substantially complete. In addition, we are taking steps to reduce transportation costs due to reduced mileage, improved facility utilization and fleet rationalization.

 

    IT Conversion .    We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems, which we believe will result in significant savings as we wind down our transition services agreements with SuperValu. We have obtained Safeway systems access for Albertsons and NAI users, developed initial consolidated reporting, launched our Data Integrity/Validation team and consolidated email directories across the company. In addition, we hired new Chief Information and Chief Information Security Officers in fiscal 2015.

 

   

Own Brands .    We are leveraging the high-quality and expansive portfolio of our own brand products, consumer brands and manufacturing facilities owned by Safeway to improve

 

89


Table of Contents
 

profitability across our company. We recently developed a plan to redesign and consolidate our own brand packaging, which will no longer be differentiated by banners. Upon completion, each of our banners will offer the same own brand products. We have launched 3,000 distinct products with our new “Signature” branding and have made the majority of our own brand products available to most or all of our Albertsons and NAI stores for sale to our customers.

 

    Vendor Funding .    We believe our increased scale will provide optimized and improved vendor relationships, through which we receive allowances and credits for volume incentives, promotional allowances and new product placement. We intend to leverage our scale through our joint accelerated growth program with leading consumer packaged goods vendors.

 

    Marketing and Advertising .    We believe our scale provides opportunities for marketing and advertising savings, primarily from lower advertising rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. We intend to leverage our scale, but operate locally. Our national team will execute cutting-edge merchandising programs, optimize best practice sharing across divisions and enhance consumer understanding through consumer insight and analysis. Our local marketing teams will set brand strategy and communicate brand message to customers through the use of direct mail, radio, email and web applications, just for U and MyMixx personalization, television, social media, display and signage, search engines and weekly inserts. We also intend to develop and leverage cutting-edge loyalty and digital marketing programs. Since the Safeway acquisition, we have outsourced tactical advertising functions and implemented a standardized consumer survey index across the company.

 

    Pharmacy, Utilities and Insurance .    We intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale for volume discounts on branded and generic drugs. We entered into a five-year distribution agreement with McKesson Corporation (“McKesson”) to source and distribute both branded and generic pharmaceuticals, which commenced on April 1, 2016. Purchases from McKesson represented approximately 7.6% of our fiscal 2016 sales. We will also benefit from the conversion of our banners to Safeway’s leading energy purchasing program that will allow us to buy a portion of our electrical power needs at wholesale prices. In addition, we expect to lower our corporate insurance costs by leveraging best practices and scale across the combined company. In addition, in May 2015 we hired a new Senior Vice President of Pharmacy, Health and Wellness to help grow our pharmacy business.

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and 15 new stores in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to open a total of 15 new stores and complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects during fiscal 2017. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities,

 

90


Table of Contents

including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of our equity. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this exchange offer.

Our Industry

We operate in the $611 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2012 through 2017, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. Several food items and categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in fiscal 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories in fiscal 2017. On an annual basis, Food-at- Home inflation is forecasted to be between 0.00% and 1.00% in 2017. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities and services, including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, fuel centers, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

 

91


Table of Contents

Properties

As of February 25, 2017, we operated 2,324 stores located in 35 states and the District of Columbia as shown in the following table:

 

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
 

Alaska

     25     

Indiana

     4      New York      17  

Arizona

     143      Iowa      1      North Dakota      1  

Arkansas

     1      Louisiana      18      Oregon      125  

California

     602      Maine      21      Pennsylvania      52  

Colorado

     112      Maryland      70      Rhode Island      8  

Connecticut

     4      Massachusetts      78      South Dakota      3  

Delaware

     20      Montana      38      Texas      221  

District of Columbia

     13      Nebraska      5      Utah      5  

Florida

     3      Nevada      48      Vermont      19  

Hawaii

     22      New Hampshire      27      Virginia      40  

Idaho

     41      New Jersey      82      Washington      224  

Illinois

     181      New Mexico      35      Wyoming      15  

The following table summarizes our stores by size as of February 25, 2017:

 

Square Footage

   Number of Stores      Percent of Total  

Less than 30,000

     210        9.0

30,000 to 50,000

     812        35.0

More than 50,000

     1,302        56.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stores

     2,324        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased properties. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion. Appraisals of our real estate were conducted by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. between the fourth quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of fiscal 2016. The foregoing value estimate includes a third-party valuation of United properties relied on by management and is adjusted to give effect to FTC-mandated divestitures and other asset sales since the dates of the appraisals.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Boise, Idaho. We own our headquarters. The premises is approximately 250,000 square feet in size. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we have corporate offices in Pleasanton, California and Phoenix, Arizona. We are in the process of consolidating our corporate campuses and division offices to increase efficiency.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC, an unrelated party. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included grocery stores that are leased back to Safeway.

Products

Our stores offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items and services. We are not dependent on any individual supplier, and one third-party supplier represented more than 5% of our fiscal 2016 sales. During fiscal 2016, approximately 22% of sales, excluding fuel and pharmacy, were from our own brand products. The

 

92


Table of Contents

following table represents sales by revenue by similar type of product (in millions). Year over year increases in volume reflect acquisitions as well as identical store sales growth.

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2016     2015     2014  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,699        44.7   $ 26,284        44.8   $ 12,906        47.5

Perishables(2)

     24,399        40.9     23,661        40.3     11,044        40.6

Pharmacy

     5,119        8.6     5,073        8.6     2,603        9.6

Fuel

     2,693        4.5     2,955        5.0     387        1.4

Other(3)

     768        1.3     761        1.3     259        0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59,678        100.0   $ 58,734        100.0   $ 27,199        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions and other miscellaneous income.

Distribution

As of February 25, 2017, we operated 28 strategically located distribution centers, 64% of which are owned or ground-leased. Our distribution centers collectively provide approximately 62% of all products to our retail operating areas. We are in the process of consolidating our distribution centers and moving Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems in order to operate our entire distribution network across one unified platform.

Manufacturing

As measured by units for fiscal 2016, 10% of our own brand merchandise was manufactured in company-owned facilities, and the remainder of our own brand merchandise was purchased from third parties. We closely monitor make-versus-buy decisions on internally sourced products to optimize our profitability. In addition, we believe that our scale will provide opportunities to leverage our fixed manufacturing costs in order to drive innovation across our own brand portfolio.

We operated the following manufacturing and processing facilities as of February 25, 2017:

 

Facility Type

   Number  

Milk plants

     6  

Soft drink bottling plants

     4  

Bakery plants

     3  

Grocery/prepared food plants

     2  

Ice cream plants

     2  

Ice plant

     1  
  

 

 

 

Total

     18  
  

 

 

 

In addition, we operate laboratory facilities for quality assurance and research and development in certain plants and at our corporate offices.

Marketing, Advertising and Online Sales

Our marketing efforts involve collaboration between our national marketing and merchandising team and local divisions and stores. We augment the local division teams with corporate resources and

 

93


Table of Contents

are focused on providing expertise, sharing best practices and leveraging scale in partnership with leading consumer packaged goods vendors. Our corporate teams support divisions by providing strategic guidance in order to drive key areas of our business, including pharmacy, general merchandise and our own brands. Our local marketing teams set brand strategy and communicate brand messages through our integrated digital and physical marketing and advertising channels. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017. Additionally, we are currently testing our “click-and-collect” program, in which items selected online by our customers are gathered from our store shelves by our associates and picked up by our customers from our stores.

Relationship with SuperValu

Transition Services Agreements with SuperValu

Services .    Currently, SuperValu provides certain business support services to Albertsons and NAI pursuant to the SVU TSAs. The services provided by SuperValu to Albertsons and NAI include back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. Albertsons provides records management and retention services and environmental services to SuperValu, and also provides office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices. NAI provides pharmacy services to SuperValu.

Fees .    Albertsons’ and NAI’s fees under the SVU TSAs are 50% fixed and 50% variable, and are determined in part based on the number of stores and distribution centers receiving services, which number can be reduced by Albertsons and by NAI at any time upon five weeks’ notice, with a corresponding reduction in the variable portion of the fees due to SuperValu.

Albertsons, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $60.0 million for fiscal 2016. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2017 is $26.8 million. SuperValu reimburses Albertsons’ monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices, as well as fees for records management and retention services, and environmental services.

NAI, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $97.1 million for fiscal 2016. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2017 is $102.3 million. SuperValu pays NAI fees based on the number of operating SuperValu pharmacies receiving services.

Term .    The provision of services commenced in March 2013 and terminates on September 21, 2018. Each of SuperValu, Albertsons and NAI has seven remaining one-year consecutive options to extend the term for receipt of services under the SVU TSAs, exercisable one year in advance.

Transition and Wind Down of SuperValu TSA Services

We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems to Safeway’s IT systems and, in April 2015, we reached an agreement with SuperValu for its support of our implementation of this IT conversion. Specifically, we have agreed to pay SuperValu $50 million in the aggregate, subject to certain conditions, by November 1, 2018 to support the transition and wind down of the SVU TSAs, including the transition of services supporting Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers, divisions, back office, general office, surplus properties and other functions and facilities. We also agreed with SuperValu to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e., 5% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support our transition and wind down activities.

 

94


Table of Contents

SuperValu—Albertsons and NAI Trademark Cross Licenses

In March 2013, NAI and Albertsons each entered into a trademark cross licensing agreement with SuperValu, pursuant to which each party granted the other a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) consistent with the parties’ past practices and uses of the relevant proprietary rights. The cross license agreements will each remain in effect for so long as and to the extent that either party to the cross-license agreements owns any of the proprietary rights subject to the agreements.

Lancaster Operating and Supply Agreement

In March 2013, NAI entered into an operating and supply agreement with SuperValu for the operation of, and supply of products from, the distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area (the “Lancaster Agreement”). Under the Lancaster Agreement, NAI owns the Lancaster distribution center and SuperValu manages and operates the distribution center on behalf of NAI. In addition, SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement, allocating costs ratably based on each parties’ use of the distribution center. Unless earlier terminated, the initial term of the Lancaster Agreement continues until March 21, 2018. Subject to either party’s right to terminate the Lancaster Agreement for any reason and without cause upon 24 months’ notice, SuperValu may extend the term of the agreement for up to two consecutive periods of five years each. For fiscal 2016, NAI paid SuperValu approximately $1.7 billion under the Lancaster Agreement.

Capital Expenditure Program

Our capital expenditure program funds new stores, remodels, distribution facilities and IT. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. In fiscal 2016, we spent approximately $1,415 million for capital expenditures, including $250 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures. We expect to spend approximately $1,400 million in total for capital expenditures during fiscal 2017, or approximately 2.3% of our fiscal 2016 sales, including $150 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures. In fiscal 2017, we expect to complete approximately 150 upgrade and remodel projects and open 15 new stores.

Trade Names and Trademarks

We have invested significantly in the development and protection of “Albertsons” and “Safeway” as both trade names and as trademarks, and consider each to be an important business asset. We also own or license more than 650 other trademarks registered and/or pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and other jurisdictions, including trademarks for products and services such as Essential Everyday , Wild Harvest , Baby Basics , Steakhouse Choice , Culinary Circle, Safeway, Rancher’s Reserve, O Organics, Lucerne, Primo Taglio, the Deli Counter, Eating Right, mom to mom, waterfront BISTRO, Bright Green, Open Nature, Refreshe, Snack Artist, Signature Café, Signature Care, Signature Farms, Signature Kitchens , Signature Home, Signature SELECT, Value Corner, Priority, just for U, My Simple Nutrition, Ingredients for Life and other trademarks such as United Express, United Supermarkets , Amigos , Market Street , Haggen , Lucky, Pak’N Save Foods, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, ACME, Sav-On, Shaw’s, Star Market, Super Saver and Jewel-Osco .

 

95


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.

Competition

The food and drug retail industry is highly competitive. The principal competitive factors that affect our business are location, quality, price, service, selection and condition of assets such as our stores.

We face intense competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, discount stores, convenience stores and restaurants. We and our competitors engage in price and non-price competition which, from time to time, has adversely affected our operating margins.

For more information on the competitive pressures that we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and operating results.”

Raw Materials

Various agricultural commodities constitute the principal raw materials used by the company in the manufacture of its food products. We believe that raw materials for our products are not in short supply, and all are readily available from a wide variety of independent suppliers.

Environmental Laws

Our operations are subject to regulation under environmental laws, including those relating to waste management, air emissions and underground storage tanks. In addition, as an owner and operator of commercial real estate, we may be subject to liability under applicable environmental laws for clean-up of contamination at our facilities. Compliance with, and clean-up liability under, these laws has not had and is not expected to have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results. See “—Legal Proceedings” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.”

Employees

As of February 25, 2017, we employed approximately 273,000 full- and part-time employees, of which approximately 170,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 82,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2017, 103 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 10,000 employees are scheduled to expire. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

 

96


Table of Contents

It is our management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to certain of the matters described herein cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability of these and other matters, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

During fiscal 2014, we received two subpoenas from the DEA requesting information concerning our record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation, and we are cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. We have met with the DEA on several occasions, including December 2015, May 2016 and June 2016 to discuss the investigation, and we anticipate further meetings in the near future. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena, which requested information concerning potential diversion by one former employee in the Seattle/Tacoma area (Washington State). We are cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and administrative penalties. We have established an estimated liability for these matters which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available.

In January 2016, we received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under our MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by our company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors, and we are cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

On December 16, 2016, we received a civil investigative demand from the United States Attorney for the District of Rhode Island in connection with a False Claims Act investigation relating to our influenza vaccination programs. The investigation concerns whether our provision of store coupons to our customers who received influenza vaccinations in our in-store pharmacies constituted an improper benefit to those customers under the federal Medicare and Medicaid programs. We believe that our provision of the store coupons to our customers is an allowable incentive to encourage vaccinations. We are cooperating with the U.S. Attorney in the investigation. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of possible loss, if any.

On August 14, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of our computer network that processes payment card transactions for our retail store locations including our Shaw’s, Star Market, Acme, Jewel-Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. We believe these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on our IT service provider, SuperValu, we took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. We believe that we have eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. We notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks, and our insurance carriers and are cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands,, we retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although our network had previously been found to be compliant with PCI DSS, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met at the time of the intrusions, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. On August 5, 2016, we were notified that MasterCard had asserted its initial assessment for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance

 

97


Table of Contents

costs) as well as a case management assessment. We believe it is probable that other payment card networks will make claims against us. If other payment card networks assert claims against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. On December 5, 2016, we were further notified that MasterCard has asserted its final assessment of approximately $6.0 million, which we paid on December 9, 2016; however we dispute the MasterCard assessment and, on March 10, 2017, filed a lawsuit against MasterCard seeking recovery of the assessment. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been asserted to date by the payment card networks other than MasterCard and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved. As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against us by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, we and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs have filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit and defendants filed a cross-appeal. The filing of the appellate briefs was completed by both parties on September 29, 2016 and oral arguments are scheduled for May 10, 2017. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multi-state group has not made a monetary demand, and we are unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any. We have cooperated with the investigation. In January 2017, one of our insurance carriers denied our claim for cyber insurance coverage based on, among other things, the insurer’s conclusion that the intrusion began prior to the start date for coverage under the cyber insurance policy. We responded to the insurer’s denial disagreeing with the conclusion and reserving our rights. Our claims with other of our insurance carriers remain outstanding.

On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc., alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately

 

98


Table of Contents

$31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. The company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal. On April 6, 2016, the plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. A hearing on the sanctions motion was held on August 25, 2016, and the court awarded sanctions against us in an amount under $1.0 million.

On June 29, 2015, counsel for Haggen delivered a notice of claims to Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC asserting that those companies had committed fraud and breached the Asset Purchase Agreement under which Haggen purchased 146 divested stores by improperly transferring inventory out of purchased stores, overstocking and understocking inventory, failing to advertise in the ordinary course of business, misusing confidential information and failing to use commercially reasonably efforts to preserve existing relationships. Haggen made no specific monetary demands, but withheld payment of approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory at 38 stores on the basis of these allegations. On July 17, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the Superior Court of Los Angeles County, alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay the approximately $41.1 million due for the purchased inventory. On July 20, 2015, an essentially identical complaint was filed in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County (the “State Court Action”). On August 26, 2015, we voluntarily dismissed the action we had commenced in Superior Court in Los Angeles County. On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”). In the complaint, Haggen alleged that we, among other actions set out in the complaint, misused Haggen’s confidential information to draw customers away from Haggen stores, provided inaccurate, incomplete and misleading inventory data and pricing information on products transferred to Haggen, deliberately understocked and overstocked inventory in stores acquired by Haggen and wrongfully cut off advertising prior to the transfer of the stores to Haggen. Furthermore, Haggen alleged that, if it is destroyed as a competitor, its damages may exceed $1 billion, and asserted it is entitled to treble and punitive damages and to seek rescission of the asset purchase agreement. On September 8, 2015, the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case. In addition, On September 17, 2015, we received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit. We believe that the claims asserted by the additional purchaser are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against the claims. On January 21, 2016, we entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the Haggen bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”) and (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates pursuant to which we resolved the District Court Action and State Court Action. The settlement agreement, which was approved by the Bankruptcy Court administering Haggen’s bankruptcy case and which is now final, provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Pending Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by us of $5.75 million to the creditor trust formed by the Creditors’ Committee (the “Creditor Trust”), (b) an agreement that we will have an

 

99


Table of Contents

allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which we will transfer to the Creditor Trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and we paid $5.75 million to the Creditor Trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million cash payment is incremental to the previously recorded losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $32.2 million related to our contingent lease liability for the rejected Haggen leases.

Two lawsuits have been brought against Safeway and the Safeway Benefits Plan Committee (the “Benefit Plans Committee,” and together with Safeway, the “Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants”) and other third parties alleging breaches of fiduciary duty under ERISA with respect to Safeway’s 401(k) Plan (the “Safeway 401(k) Plan”). On July 14, 2016, a complaint (“Terraza”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by a participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of the Safeway 401(k) Plan. An amended complaint was filed on November 18, 2016. On August 25, 2016, a second complaint (“Lorenz”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by another participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated against the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants and against the Safeway 401(k) Plan’s former recordkeepers. An amended complaint was filed on September 16, 2016 and a second amended complaint was filed on November 21, 2016. In general, both lawsuits allege that the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA regarding the selection of investments offered under the Safeway 401(k) Plan and the fees and expenses related to those investments. We believe these lawsuits are without merit, and intend to contest each of them vigorously. The Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants filed motions to dismiss both cases, and the hearings on the Terraza and Lorenz motions were held in February 2017. On March 13, 2017, the judge hearing the cases issued orders denying the motions to dismiss in both cases. We are currently unable to estimate the range of loss, if any, that may result from these matters due to the early procedural status of the cases.

 

100


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Managers

We are a Delaware single member limited liability company. We are managed by our sole member, AB Acquisition. Accordingly, our business and affairs are currently managed under the limited liability company board of managers of AB Acquisition. As a result, we refer to AB Acquisition’s board of managers as our board of managers. We refer to the committees of the board of managers of AB Acquisition as the committees of our board of managers. The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and the board of managers for AB Acquisition.

 

Name

   Age   Position

Robert G. Miller(a)

   72   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Wayne A. Denningham

   55   President & Chief Operating Officer

Shane Sampson

   52   Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer

Robert B. Dimond

   55   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Justin Ewing

   48   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real
Estate

Robert A. Gordon

   65   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Susan Morris

   48   Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region

Jim Perkins

   53   Executive Vice President, Retail Operations Special
Projects

Andrew J. Scoggin

   54   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor
Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs

Anuj Dhanda

   54   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Mike Withers

   57   Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region

Dean S. Adler

   60   Manager

Sharon L. Allen*

   65   Manager

Steven A. Davis*

   58   Manager

Raymond Edwards(b)

   54   Manager

Kim Fennebresque*(b)(c)

   66   Manager

Lisa A. Gray(a)

   61   Manager

Hersch Klaff

   63   Manager

Ronald Kravit(c)

   59   Manager

Alan Schumacher*(c)

   70   Manager

Jay L. Schottenstein

   62   Manager

Lenard B. Tessler(b)

   64   Lead Manager

Scott Wille

   36   Manager

 

  As of February 25, 2017
* Independent Director
(a) Member, Compliance Committee
(b) Member, Compensation Committee
(c) Member, Audit and Risk Committee

Executive Officer and Manager Biographies

Robert G. Miller , Chairman and Chief Executive Officer .    Mr. Miller has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since April 2015 and has served as a member of our board of managers since 2006. Mr. Miller previously served as our Executive Chairman from January 2015 to April 2015, and as Chief Executive Officer from June 2006 to January 2015. Mr. Miller has over 50 years of retail food and grocery experience. Mr. Miller previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fred Meyer Inc. and Rite Aid Corp. He is the former Vice Chairman of Kroger and former Chairman of

 

101


Table of Contents

Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a nationwide chain of natural and organic food markets. Earlier in his career, Mr. Miller served as Executive Vice President of Operations of Albertson’s, Inc. Mr. Miller is a current or former board member of Nordstrom Inc., JoAnn Fabrics, Harrah’s Entertainment Inc. and the Jim Pattison Group, Inc. Mr. Miller has detailed knowledge and valuable perspective and insights regarding our business and has responsibility for the development and implementation of our business strategy.

Wayne A. Denningham , President & Chief Operating Officer .    Mr. Denningham has been our Chief Operating Officer since April 2015, and was named President & Chief Operating Officer in April 2017. Previously, he served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, South Region, from January 2015 to April 2015 and President of our Southern California division from March 2013 to January 2015. From 2006 to March 2013, he led Albertson’s LLC’s Rocky Mountain, Florida and Southern divisions. Mr. Denningham began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. in 1977 as a courtesy clerk and served in a variety of positions with the company, including Executive Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising and Executive Vice President of Operations and Regional President.

Shane Sampson , Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer .    Mr. Sampson has been our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since April 2015. Previously, Mr. Sampson served as our Executive Vice President, Marketing and Merchandising from January 2015 to April 2015. He previously served as President of NAI’s Jewel-Osco division from March 2014 to January 2015. Previously, in 2013, Mr. Sampson led NAI’s Shaw’s and Star Market’s management team. Prior to joining NAI, Mr. Sampson served as Senior Vice President of Operations at Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain and division of Ahold USA, from 2009 to January 2013. He has over 35 years of experience in the grocery industry at several chains, including roles as Vice President of Merchandising and Marketing and President of numerous Albertson’s, Inc. divisions.

Robert B. Dimond , Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer .    Mr. Dimond has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2014. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dimond previously served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Nash Finch Co., a food distributor, from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Dimond has over 27 years of financial and senior executive management experience in the retail food and distribution industry. Mr. Dimond has served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Wild Oats, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for the western region of Kroger, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fred Meyer, Inc. and as Vice President, Administration and Controller for Smith’s Food and Drug Centers Inc., a regional supermarket chain. Mr. Dimond is a Certified Public Accountant.

Justin Ewing , Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate .    Mr. Ewing has been our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since January 2015. Previously, Mr. Ewing had served as Albertson’s LLC’s Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since 2013, as its Vice President of Real Estate and Development since 2011 and its Vice President of Corporate Development since 2006, when Mr. Ewing originally joined Albertson’s LLC from the operations group at Cerberus. Prior to his work with Cerberus, Mr. Ewing was with Trowbridge Group, a strategic sourcing firm. Mr. Ewing also spent over 13 years with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Ewing is a Chartered Accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

Robert A. Gordon , Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary .    Mr. Gordon has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2015. Previously, he served as Safeway’s General Counsel from June 2000 to January 2015 and as Chief Governance Officer since 2004, Safeway’s Secretary since 2005 and as Safeway’s Deputy General Counsel from 1999 to 2000. Prior to joining Safeway, Mr. Gordon was a partner at the law firm Pillsbury Winthrop from 1984 to 1999.

 

102


Table of Contents

Susan Morris , Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region .    Ms. Morris has been our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region, since April 2017. Previously, Ms. Morris served as our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region from April 2016 to April 2017, and as President of our Denver Division from March 2015 to March 2016 and as President of our Intermountain Division from March 2013 to March 2015. From June 2012 to February 2013, Ms. Morris served as our Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising, Southwest Division. From February 2010 to June 2012, Ms. Morris served as a Sales Manager in our Southwest Division. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Morris served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Merchandising and Vice President of Customer Satisfaction at SuperValu. Ms. Morris also previously served as Vice President of Operations at Albertson’s, Inc.

Jim Perkins , Executive Vice President, Retail Operations Special Projects .    Mr. Perkins has been our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations Special Projects since April 2017. He also served as our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, West Region from April 2016 until April 2017, and our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region, from April 2015 to April 2016. He served as President of NAI’s Acme Markets division from March 2013 to April 2015. Previously, he served as regional Vice President of Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain, from 2009 to 2013. He began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. as a clerk in 1982. Mr. Perkins served in roles of increasing responsibility, ultimately being named Vice President of Operations for Albertson’s, Inc. In 2006, Mr. Perkins joined Albertson’s LLC’s southern division as Director of Operations.

Andrew J. Scoggin , Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs .    Mr. Scoggin has served as our current Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs since January 2015. Mr. Scoggin has also served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC since March 2013, and served as the Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC from June 2006 to March 2013. Mr. Scoggin joined Albertson’s, Inc. in the Labor Relations and Human Resources department in 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Scoggin practiced law with a San Francisco Bay Area law firm.

Anuj Dhanda , Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer .    Mr. Dhanda has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 7, 2015. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dhanda served as Senior Vice President of Digital Commerce of the Giant Eagle supermarket chain since March 2015, and as its Chief Information Officer since September 2013. Previously, Mr. Dhanda served at PNC Financial Services as Chief Information Officer from March 2008 to August 2013, after having served in other senior information technology positions at PNC Bank from 1995 to 2013.

Mike Withers , Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region .    Mr. Withers has served as our Executive Vice President, Retail Operations, East Region since April 2017. Mr. Withers began his career with Albertsons in 1976 in Boise. Mr. Withers served as district manager in both Washington and Florida and was promoted to Big Sky Division President with responsibilities for store operations in Montana and North Dakota, a role he also held in both the Florida and Portland divisions. Since 2006, Mr. Withers has served as Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising for the Florida and Southern divisions, and President of the Southern and Jewel-Osco divisions.

Dean S. Adler , Manager .    Mr. Adler has been a member of our board of managers since 2006. Mr. Adler is CEO of Lubert-Adler, which he co-founded in 1997. Mr. Adler has served on the board of directors of Bed Bath & Beyond Inc., a nationwide retailer of domestic goods, since 2001, and previously served on the board of directors for Developers Diversified Realty Corp., a shopping center

 

103


Table of Contents

real estate investment trust, and Electronics Boutique, Inc., a mall retailer. Mr. Adler’s extensive experience in the retail and real estate industries, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of managers in industries critical to our operations.

Sharon L. Allen , Manager .    Ms. Allen has been a member of our board since June 2015. Ms. Allen served as U.S. Chairman of Deloitte LLP from 2003 to 2011, retiring from that position in May 2011. Ms. Allen was also a member of the Global Board of Directors, Chair of the Global Risk Committee and U.S. Representative of the Global Governance Committee of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited from 2003 to May 2011. Ms. Allen worked at Deloitte for nearly 40 years in various leadership roles, including partner and regional managing partner, and was previously responsible for audit and consulting services for a number of Fortune 500 and large private companies. Ms. Allen is currently an independent director of Bank of America Corporation. Ms. Allen has also served as a director of First Solar, Inc. since 2013. Ms. Allen is a Certified Public Accountant (Retired). Ms. Allen’s extensive leadership, accounting and audit experience broadens the scope of our board of managers’ oversight of our financial performance and reporting and provides our board of managers with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Steven A. Davis , Manager .    Mr. Davis has been a member of our board since June 2015. Mr. Davis is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bob Evans Farms, Inc., a foodservice and consumer products company, where he served from May 2006 to December 2014. Mr. Davis has also served as a director of Sonic Corp., the nation’s largest chain of drive-in restaurants since January 2017, Marathon Petroleum Corporation, a petroleum refiner, marketer, retailer and transporter, since 2013, Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. (formerly Walgreens Co.), a pharmacy-led wellbeing enterprise, from 2009 to 2015, and CenturyLink, Inc. (formerly Embarq Corporation), a provider of communication services, from 2006 to 2009. Prior to joining Bob Evans Farms, Inc. in 2006, Mr. Davis served in a variety of restaurant and consumer packaged goods leadership positions, including president of Long John Silver’s LLC and A&W All-American Food Restaurants. In addition, he held executive and operational positions at Yum! Brands, Inc.’s Pizza Hut division and at Kraft General Foods Inc. Mr. Davis brings to our board of managers extensive leadership experience. In particular, Mr. Davis’ leadership of retail and food service companies and pharmacies provides our board of managers with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Raymond Edwards, Manager.     Mr. Edwards has been a member of our board since January 2015, and was previously a member of our board from June 2006 until August 2010. Mr. Edwards has served as Executive Vice President – Retailer Services of Kimco Realty Corporation since August 2016 and has previously served as Vice President of Retail Property Solutions at Kimco Realty Corporation from July 2011 to 2016 and as Senior Vice President and Managing Director of SBC Group from 1998 to July 2001. Mr. Edwards also serves on the board of directors of Blue Ridge Real Estate Company. Mr. Edwards’ real estate expertise and knowledge of the retail industry are valuable to our board of managers’ understanding of our business and strategic planning.

Kim Fennebresque , Manager .    Mr. Fennebresque has been a member of our board of managers since March 2015. Mr. Fennebresque has served as a senior advisor to Cowen Group Inc., a diversified financial services firm, since 2008, where he also served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer from 1999 to 2008. He has served on the boards of directors of Ally Financial Inc., a financial services company, since May 2009, BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, since May 2013 and as Chairperson of BlueLinx Holdings Inc. since May 2016 and Delta Tucker Holdings, Inc. (the parent of DynCorp International, a provider of defense and technical services and government outsourced solutions) since May 2015. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Fennebresque served as chairman of Dahlman Rose & Co., LLC, an investment bank. He has also served as head of the corporate finance and mergers & acquisitions departments at UBS and was a general partner and co-head of investment banking at Lazard Frères & Co. He has also held various

 

104


Table of Contents

positions at First Boston Corporation, an investment bank acquired by Credit Suisse. Mr. Fennebresque’s extensive experience as a director of several public companies and history of leadership in the financial services industry brings corporate governance expertise and a diverse viewpoint to the deliberations of our board of managers.

Lisa A. Gray , Manager.     Ms. Gray has been member of our board of managers since July 2014. Ms. Gray has served as Vice Chairman of Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company, LLC (“COAC”), an affiliate of Cerberus, since May 2015, and has served as General Counsel of COAC since 2004. Prior to joining Cerberus in 2004, she served as Chief Operating Executive and General Counsel for WAM!NET Inc., a provider of content hosting and distribution solutions, from 1996 to 2004. Prior to that, she was a partner at the law firm of Larkin, Hoffman, Daly & Lindgren, Ltd from 1986 to 1996. Ms. Gray serves as Vice Chairman and General Counsel of COAC, an affiliate of our largest beneficial owner, and has extensive experience and familiarity with us. Ms. Gray has also served as a member of the board of directors of Keane Group, Inc., a provider of hydraulic fracturing, wireline technologies and drilling services, since March 2011. In addition, Ms. Gray has extensive legal and corporate governance skills which broadens the scope of our board of managers’ experience.

Hersch Klaff , Manager .    Mr. Klaff has served as a member of our board of managers since 2010. Mr. Klaff is the Chief Executive Officer of Klaff Realty, which he formed in 1984. Mr. Klaff began his career with the public accounting firm of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser in Chicago and is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Klaff’s real estate expertise and accounting and investment experience, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, broadens the scope of our board of managers’ oversight of our financial performance.

Ronald Kravit , Manager .    Mr. Kravit has served as a member of our board of managers since 2006. Mr. Kravit is currently a Senior Managing Director and head of real estate investing at Cerberus, which he joined in 1996. Mr. Kravit has currently or previously served on the boards of Chrysler Financial Services Americas LLC, a financial services company, LNR Property LLC, a diversified real estate investment company, and Residential Capital LLC, a real estate finance company. Mr. Kravit joined Cerberus in 1996. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P., a real estate investment firm, from 1994 to 1996. Prior to his tenure at Apollo, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at G. Soros Realty Advisors/Reichmann International, an affiliate of Soros Fund Management, from 1993 to 1994. Mr. Kravit is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Kravit’s experience in the real estate and financial services industries, and his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of managers.

Alan Schumacher , Manager .    Alan H. Schumacher has served as a member of our board of managers since March 2015. He has also served on the board of Warrior Met Coal, Inc., a leading producer and exporter of metallurgical coal for the global steel industry, since its initial public offering in April 2017. He has currently or previously served as a director of BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, Evertec Inc., a full-service transaction processing business in Latin America, School Bus Holdings Inc., an indirect parent of school-bus manufacturer Blue Bird Corporation, Quality Distribution Inc., a chemical bulk tank truck operator, and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, a producer of aluminum. Mr. Schumacher was a member of the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board from 2002 through June 2012. The board of managers has determined that the simultaneous service on more than three audit committees of public companies by Mr. Schumacher does not impair his ability to serve on our audit and risk committee nor does it represent or in any way create a conflict of interest for our company. Mr. Schumacher’s experience as a board director of several public companies, and his deep understanding of accounting principles, provides our board of managers with experience to oversee our accounting and financial reporting.

Jay Schottenstein , Manager .    Mr. Schottenstein has served as a member of our board of managers since 2006. Mr. Schottenstein has served as interim Chief Executive Officer of American

 

105


Table of Contents

Eagle Outfitters, Inc. (“American Eagle”), an apparel and accessories retailer, since January 2014 and as Chairman of their board of directors since March 1992. Mr. Schottenstein previously served as Chief Executive Officer of American Eagle from March 1992 until December 2002. He has also served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Schottenstein Stores since March 1992 and as president since 2001. Mr. Schottenstein also served as chief executive officer of DSW, Inc., a footwear and accessories retailer, from March 2005 to April 2009, and as chairman of the board of directors of DSW since March 2005. Mr. Schottenstein’s experience as a chief executive officer and a director of other major publically-owned retailers, and his prior experience as a member of our board of managers, gives him and our board of managers valuable knowledge and insight to oversee our operations.

Lenard B. Tessler , Lead Manager .    Mr. Tessler has served as a member of our board of managers since 2006. Mr. Tessler is currently Vice Chairman and Senior Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Tessler served as Managing Partner of TGV Partners, a private equity firm that he founded, from 1990 to 2001. From 1987 to 1990, he was a founding partner of Levine, Tessler, Leichtman & Co. From 1982 to 1987, he was a founder, Director and Executive Vice President of Walker Energy Partners. Mr. Tessler is a member of the Cerberus Capital Management Investment Committee. Mr. Tessler has also served as a member of the board of directors of Keane Group, Inc., a provider of hydraulic fracturing, wireline technologies and drilling services, since October 2012, and as a Trustee of New York Presbyterian Hospital, where he also serves as member of the Investment Committee and the Budget and Finance Committee. Mr. Tessler’s leadership roles at our largest beneficial owner, his board service and his extensive experience in financing and private equity investments and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, provides critical skills for our board of managers to oversee our strategic planning and operations.

Scott Wille , Manager .    Mr. Wille has served as a member of our board of managers since January 2015. Mr. Wille is currently Co-Head of North American Private Equity and Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2006. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Wille worked in the leveraged finance group at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Wille has served as a director of Remington Outdoor Company, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of firearms, ammunition and related products, since February 2014 and Keane Group, Inc., a provider of hydraulic fracturing, wireline technologies and drilling services, since 2011. Mr. Wille previously served as a director of Tower International, Inc., a manufacturer of engineered structural metal components and assemblies, from September 2010 to October 2012. Mr. Wille serves as Managing Director of our largest beneficial owner, and his experience in the financial and private equity industries, and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, are valuable to our board of managers’ understanding of our business and financial performance.

Board of Managers

Family Relationships

None of our officers or managers has any family relationship with any director or other manager. “Family relationship” for this purpose means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

Board Composition

Our board of managers has 13 members, comprised of one executive officer, eight managers affiliated with the Sponsors and four independent managers.

 

106


Table of Contents

Manager Independence

Our board of managers has affirmatively determined that Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher are independent managers as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Board Committees

Our board of managers has assigned certain of its responsibilities to permanent committees consisting of board members appointed by it. Our board of managers has an audit and risk committee, compensation committee and compliance committee, each of which has the responsibilities and composition described below:

Audit and Risk Committee

Our audit and risk committee consists of Kim Fennebresque, Alan Schumacher and Ronald Kravit, with Mr. Schumacher serving as chair of the committee. The committee assists the board in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (to the extent not otherwise handled by our compliance committee), our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and the establishment and performance of our internal audit function and the performance of the independent auditor. We have three independent managers serving on our audit and risk committee. Our board of managers has determined that Alan Schumacher is an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of managers has adopted a written charter under which the audit and risk committee operates.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Kim Fennebresque, Lenard B. Tessler and Raymond Edwards, with Mr. Fennebresque serving as chair of the committee. The compensation committee of the board of managers is authorized to review our compensation and benefits plans to ensure they meet our corporate objectives, approve the compensation structure of our executive officers and evaluate our executive officers’ performance and advise on salary, bonus and other incentive and equity compensation.

Compliance Committee

Our compliance committee consists of Lisa A. Gray and Robert Miller, with Ms. Gray serving as chair of the committee. The purpose of the compliance committee is to assist the board in implementing and overseeing our compliance programs, policies and procedures that are designed to respond to the various compliance and regulatory risks facing our company, and monitor our performance with respect to such programs, policies and procedures.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors or board of managers of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of managers or compensation committee.

 

107


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and managers, including those officers responsible for financial reporting.

Manager Compensation

Only our independent managers received compensation for their service on our board of managers or any board committees in fiscal 2016. We reimburse all of our managers for reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attendance at board of managers and committee meetings.

For fiscal 2016, all of our independent managers received an annual fee in the amount of $150,000. Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher each received an additional fee for fiscal 2016 in the amount of $25,000 for their service as the chairs of the compensation committee and the audit and risk committee, respectively.

In March 2017, the board of managers approved a change to the compensation plan for our independent managers. Commencing with the 2017 fiscal year, each independent manager will receive an annual cash fee in the amount of $125,000. Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher will receive additional annual fees for serving as a committee chair and/or member as follows:

 

Name

  

Committee Position

  

Additional Annual Fee

Kim Fennebresque

   Chair of Compensation Committee    $20,000
   Member of Compensation Committee    $20,000
   Member of Audit Committee    $25,000

Alan Schumacher

   Chair of Audit Committee    $25,000
   Member of Audit Committee    $25,000

During fiscal 2015, AB Acquisition awarded Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis Phantom Units (the “2015 Manager Phantom Units”) under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan (the “Phantom Unit Plan”). 50% of the 2015 Manager Phantom Units are subject to time-based vesting in four annual installments of 25% (“Time-Based Units”). The second installment of the Time-Based Units vested on the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 50% of the 2015 Manager Phantom Units were initially subject to both time-based vesting in four annual installments of 25% and to the achievement of fiscal year performance targets (“Performance Units”). The second installment of the Performance Units were subject to vesting on February 25, 2017, the last day of fiscal 2016, subject to AB Acquisition’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2016 of $3,031 million. In October 2016, the compensation committee determined that all such Performance Units converted to Time-Based Units that would vest solely subject to the manager’s continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. Accordingly, each of Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis became vested in such Phantom Units on February 25, 2017. In May 2017, the compensation committee determined that all remaining outstanding Performance Units awarded to our independent managers converted to Time-Based Units that would vest solely subject to the manager’s continued service through the last day of the applicable fiscal year. In the event that following an initial public offering of AB Acquisition’s equity, a manager’s service is terminated without cause (as defined in the Phantom Unit Plan), or due to the manager’s death or disability, all of such manager’s 2015 Manager Phantom Units will become 100% vested.

On April 28, 2016, AB Acquisition awarded 5,848 Phantom Units to each of Messrs. Davis, Fennebresque and Schumacher and Ms. Allen. These Phantom Unit awards became 100% vested on February 25, 2017, the last day of fiscal 2016.

 

108


Table of Contents

On February 26, 2017, AB Acquisition awarded 9,191 Phantom Units to each of Messrs. Davis, Fennebresque and Schumacher and Ms. Allen, each with a grant date value of $125,000, that, if vested, will be settled upon the termination of the applicable manager’s service. These Phantom Units will vest 100% on the last day of fiscal 2017, subject to the manager’s continuous service through the vesting date.

See “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

In March 2017, the board of managers approved a manager compensation plan for all of our non-employee managers that will become effective upon the consummation of an initial public offering of the equity of AB Acquisition (or any parent entity of AB Acquisition) pursuant to which:

 

    each non-employee manager will receive an annual cash fee in the amount of $125,000, which the manager may elect to receive in the form of a grant of a fully vested restricted unit award that will be settled upon the termination of the manager’s service;

 

    our Lead Manager will receive an additional annual fee in the amount of $30,000; and

 

    non-employee managers serving as chair and/or committee members will receive an additional annual fee as set forth in the table below:

 

Committee

  

Additional Annual Chair Fee

    

Additional Annual Member Fee

 

Audit and Risk

   $ 25,000      $ 25,000  

Compensation

   $ 20,000      $ 20,000  

Compliance

   $ 20,000      $ 20,000  

In addition, following any such initial public offering, each manager will receive an annual grant of restricted units with respect to the equity of the public company with a grant date value of $125,000 that, if vested, will be settled upon the termination of the manager’s service. The restricted units grants will vest 100% upon the one-year anniversary of the grant date, or, if earlier, the first stockholder meeting of the public company in the calendar year following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to the manager’s continuous service through the vesting date. A manager appointed to serve on our board of managers during a fiscal year, or between annual stockholder meetings of the public company, will receive a pro-rated grant of any such restricted units for the year of appointment, subject to the same terms (including timing of vesting) as the grants made to the other managers for such year, but based on the grant date value on the date of grant.

Manager Compensation Table

Four members of our board of managers, Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher, received compensation for their service on our board during fiscal 2016, as set forth in the table below and as described in “—Manager Compensation.”

 

(in dollars)

Name

  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
    Unit
Awards(1)
     Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and
nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Sharon L. Allen

    150,000       100,000                                250,000  

Steven A. Davis

    150,000       100,000                                250,000  

Kim Fennebresque

    175,000       100,000                                275,000  

Alan Schumacher

    175,000       100,000                                275,000  

 

109


Table of Contents

 

(1) Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The amount reflects the 5,848 Phantom Units granted to each manager on April 28, 2016. Such Phantom Units became fully vested on February 25, 2017,

As of February 25, 2017, the aggregate number of outstanding vested and unvested Phantom Units held by each independent manager was:

 

Name

   Number of
Vested
Phantom
Units
     Number of
Unvested
Phantom
Units
 

Sharon L. Allen

     65,848         

Steven A. Davis

     18,348        12,500  

Kim Fennebresque

     18,348        12,500  

Alan Schumacher

     18,348        12,500  

The unvested Phantom Units will vest 25% each year at the end of fiscal 2018 and 2019, subject to the terms described in “—Manager Compensation.”

 

110


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is designed to provide an understanding of our compensation philosophy and objectives, compensation-setting process, and the fiscal 2016 compensation of our named executive officers, or “NEOs.” Our NEOs for fiscal 2016 are:

 

    Robert G. Miller, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Robert B. Dimond, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Wayne A. Denningham, our President and Chief Operating Officer;

 

    Justin Dye, who served as our Chief Administrative Officer until his voluntary resignation on April 14, 2017; and

 

    Shane Sampson, our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate our executive officers who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a competitive compensation package to our executive officers to reward achievement of our business objectives and align their interests with the interests of our equityholders. We have sought to accomplish these goals through a combination of short- and long-term compensation components that are linked to our annual and long-term business objectives and strategies. To focus our executive officers on the fulfillment of our business objectives, a significant portion of their compensation is performance-based.

The Role of the Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include determining and approving the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and reviewing and approving the compensation of all other executive officers.

Compensation Setting Process

In recent years, our compensation program reflected our operations as a private company. In determining the compensation for our executive officers, we relied largely upon the experience of our management and our board of managers with input from our Chief Executive Officer.

Our board of managers has established a compensation committee to be responsible for administering our executive compensation programs. As part of the administration of our executive compensation programs, the Chief Executive Officer provides the compensation committee with his assessment of the NEOs’ performance and other factors used in developing his recommendation for their compensation, including salary adjustments, cash incentives and equity grants.

We have engaged a compensation consultant to provide assistance in determining the compensation of our executive officers. Such assistance may include establishing a peer group and formal benchmarking process to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive and offers the appropriate retention and performance incentives.

 

111


Table of Contents

Components of the NEO Fiscal 2016 Compensation Program

The company uses various compensation elements to provide an overall competitive total compensation and benefits package to the NEOs that is tied to creating value and commensurate with our results and aligns with our business strategy. Set forth below are the key elements of the fiscal 2016 compensation program for our NEOs:

 

    base salary that reflects compensation for the NEO’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance;

 

    quarterly bonus based on division performance;

 

    annual bonus based on our financial performance for the fiscal year;

 

    incentive compensation based on the value of AB Acquisition’s equity;

 

    severance protection; and

 

    other benefits that are provided to all employees, including healthcare benefits, life insurance, retirement savings plans and disability plans.

Base Salary

We provide the NEOs with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salaries for the NEOs are determined on the basis of each executive’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance. Our NEOs are not eligible for automatic annual salary increases. For fiscal 2016, we determined that the base salary levels applicable to our NEOs at the end of fiscal 2015 remained appropriate and that no adjustments would be made to the base salaries for our NEOs in fiscal 2016. The annual base salaries for fiscal 2016 for our NEOs were as follows: Mr. Miller—$2,000,000; Mr. Dimond—$700,000; and Messrs. Denningham, Sampson and Dye—$800,000. Effective April 16, 2017, the base salaries for Messrs. Denningham, Sampson and Dimond were increased to $1,000,000, $900,000 and $775,000, respectively.

Bonuses

Performance-Based Bonus Plans

We recognize that our corporate management employees shoulder responsibility for supporting our operations and in achieving positive financial results. Therefore, we believe that a substantial percentage of each executive officer’s annual compensation should be tied directly to the achievement of performance goals.

2016 Bonus Plan .     All of our NEOs participated in the Corporate Management Bonus Plan established for fiscal 2016 (the “2016 Bonus Plan”). Consistent with our fiscal 2015 bonus plan, the 2016 Bonus Plan provided for two components:

 

    a quarterly bonus component based on the performance achieved by each of our divisions for each fiscal quarter in fiscal 2016 (each a “Quarterly Division Bonus”), other than our United Supermarket and Haggen divisions; and

 

    an annual bonus component based on performance for the full fiscal 2016 (“Annual Corporate Bonus”).

The goals set under the 2016 Bonus Plan were designed to be challenging and difficult to achieve, but still within a realizable range so that achievement was both uncertain and objective. We believe that this methodology created a strong link between our NEOs and our financial performance.

 

112


Table of Contents

The Quarterly Division Bonus component and the Annual Corporate Bonus component each constituted 50% of each NEO’s 2016 target bonus opportunity. Consistent with our fiscal 2015 bonus plan and the Executive Employment Agreements (as defined below), we established the fiscal year 2016 target bonus opportunity for each NEO under the 2016 Bonus Plan as 60% of the NEO’s annual base salary. We believe that the target bonus opportunity for our NEOs is appropriate based on their positions and responsibilities, as well as their individual ability to impact our financial performance, and places a proportionately larger percentage of total annual pay for our NEOs at risk based on our performance.

Quarterly Division Bonus .    The target bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter was calculated by dividing the NEO’s 2016 fiscal year target bonus opportunity by 52 weeks and multiplying the result by the number of weeks in the applicable fiscal quarter, then dividing by half (each a “Quarterly Bonus Target”). Higher and lower percentages of base salary could be earned for each fiscal quarter if minimum performance levels or performance levels above target were achieved. The maximum bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter under the 2016 Bonus Plan was 200% of the applicable Quarterly Bonus Target. No amount would be payable for the applicable fiscal quarter if results fell below established threshold levels. We believe that having a maximum cap serves to promote good judgment by the NEOs, reduces the likelihood of windfalls and makes the maximum cost of the plan predictable.

At the beginning of each fiscal quarter, the management of each division participating in the 2016 Bonus Plan, with approval from our corporate management, established the division’s EBITDA goal for the applicable fiscal quarter with threshold, plan, target and maximum goals. After the end of the fiscal quarter, our corporate finance team calculated the financial results for each retail division and reported the Quarterly Division Bonus percentage earned, if any. A division earned between 0% to 100% of its bonus target amount for achievement of EBITDA for the fiscal quarter between the threshold and target levels. If the division exceeded 100% of its target EBITDA for a fiscal quarter, the amount in excess of target EBITDA would be earned in proportion to the maximum goals, subject to a cap based on achievement of division sales goals for such fiscal quarter as follows:

 

Quarterly Sales Goal Percentage Achieved

   Maximum Percentage of Quarterly Division Bonus Target Earned  

Below 99%

     100

99%-99.99%

     150

100% or greater

     200

The bonuses earned by our NEOs for each fiscal quarter were determined by adding together the percentage of the quarterly division bonus target amounts earned for all of the divisions and dividing the sum by thirteen (the number of our divisions participating in the 2016 Bonus Plan).

Annual Corporate Bonus .    The Annual Corporate Bonus component was based on the level of achievement by the company of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2016 of $3,031 million. Amounts under the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned above or below target level. The threshold level above which a percentage of the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned was achievement above 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target and 100% of the Annual Corporate Bonus may be earned at achievement of 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, with interim percentages earned for achievement between levels. If achievement exceeded 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, 10% of the excess Adjusted EBITDA would be added to the bonus pool, but payout was capped at 200% on the Annual Corporate Bonus component of the NEO’s 2016 fiscal year target bonus opportunity. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,817 million in fiscal 2016, 92.9% of target, the compensation committee determined that 29.4% of the Annual Corporate Bonus component of each NEO’s 2016 fiscal year target bonus opportunity was earned.

 

113


Table of Contents

Our NEOs earned the following amounts under the 2016 Bonus Plan:

 

Name

   Aggregate Fiscal 2016
Quarterly Division
Bonus Earned
($)
     Fiscal 2016 Annual
Corporate Bonus Earned
($)
     Aggregate Fiscal 2016
Bonus Earned
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

     263,400        176,400        439,800  

Robert B. Dimond

     92,190        61,740        153,930  

Wayne A. Denningham

     105,360        70,560        175,920  

Justin Dye

     105,360        70,560        175,920  

Shane Sampson

     105,360        70,560        175,920  

2017 Bonus Plan .    Our 2017 bonus plan generally has been structured in the same manner as our 2016 Bonus Plan.

Special Bonuses

In addition to the annual cash incentive program, we may from time to time pay our NEOs discretionary bonuses as determined by the board of managers or the compensation committee to provide for additional retention or upon special circumstances. In connection with the commencement of their employment, Messrs. Dimond and Sampson received retention bonuses in the amounts of $1,500,000 and $1,000,000, respectively. Upon his subsequent transfer to the position of Division President of Jewel-Osco and in recognition of his performance, in March 2014, Mr. Sampson’s retention award was increased to $1,240,000. Mr. Dimond’s and Mr. Sampson’s retention bonuses were paid in four installments, each in the amounts of $375,000 and $310,000, respectively, on April 1, 2014, April 1, 2015, April 1, 2016, and April 1, 2017.

In recognition of his performance and as an additional incentive, in March 2013, Mr. Denningham received a retention bonus in the amount of $700,000. Mr. Denningham’s retention bonus was paid in four installments, each in the amount of $175,000, in April 2014, April 2015, April 2016, and April 2017.

Incentive Plans

Miller Incentive Units

Under an amendment to Mr. Miller’s employment agreement with AB Acquisition entered into in March 2014, AB Acquisition agreed that, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller would be granted a fully-vested equity award equal to a 1.0% interest in AB Acquisition. Accordingly, as required under his employment agreement, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller was granted 3,350,084 fully-vested and non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units of AB Acquisition (the “Miller Incentive Units”). The Miller Incentive Units entitle Mr. Miller to participate in cash distributions of Albertsons, NAI and Safeway based on his ownership percentage of the aggregate ABS, NAI and Safeway units, AB Acquisition series 1 Incentive Units and AB Acquisition Investor Incentive Units outstanding. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertsons, NAI and Safeway unitholders after which Mr. Miller will participate on a pro rata basis. The Miller Incentive Units are convertible to an equal number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units reflecting the fair market value of such units as of the conversion date, which is the earlier of (i) January 30, 2020 and (ii) the effective date of consummation of an initial public offering of the equity of AB Acquisition or Albertsons or a sale of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the company and its subsidiaries. The Miller Incentive Units are fully vested and contain no voting rights.

 

114


Table of Contents

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, AB Acquisition adopted the Phantom Unit Plan. See “—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

On March 5, 2015, AB Acquisition granted Phantom Units to the NEOs (the “2015 Phantom Units”). To align Mr. Denningham’s equity awards with those granted to other senior executives, on August 2, 2016, AB Acquisition granted him an additional 400,000 Phantom Units (the “Denningham 2016 Award”). In addition, in connection with his promotion to the position of President, on April 19, 2017 AB Acquisition granted Mr. Denningham an additional 250,000 Phantom Units (together with the Denningham 2016 Award and the 2015 Phantom Units, the “NEO Phantom Units”).

50% of the NEO Phantom Units are Time-Based Units that are subject to the NEO’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. 25% of the Time-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units and 33% of the Time-Based Units under the Denningham 2016 Award vested on the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 50% of the NEO Phantom Units are Performance Units that are subject to both the NEO’s continued service through each applicable vesting date and to the achievement of annual performance targets. 25% of the Performance Units under the 2015 Phantom Units and 33.3% of the Performance Units under the Denningham 2016 Award were subject to vesting on February 25, 2017, the last day of fiscal 2016, and AB Acquisition’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2016 of $3,031 million. In October 2016, the compensation committee determined that it was unlikely that the fiscal 2016 performance measure would be achieved. To maintain the retention value of such Performance Units, the compensation committee converted all such Performance Units to Time-Based Units that would vest solely subject to the NEO’s continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. Accordingly, all such Performance Units vested on the last day of fiscal 2016. In the event of an initial public offering of AB Acquisition’s equity, any Performance Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will become vested based solely on the NEO’s continued service and, if following the consummation of such initial public offering an NEO’s service is terminated without Cause (as defined below), or due to the NEO’s death or disability, all of such NEO’s NEO Phantom Units will become 100% vested.

The NEO Phantom Units were granted with the right to receive a “Tax Bonus” that entitles the participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair value of the series 2 Incentive Units of AB Acquisition paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units.

Employment Agreements

Robert G. Miller

During fiscal 2016, Mr. Miller was a party to an employment agreement with AB Acquisition, dated March 13, 2006, as amended (the “Miller Employment Agreement”). The term of Mr. Miller’s employment under the Miller Employment Agreement will expire on January 30, 2018.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will serve as the senior most executive officer of AB Acquisition and the company and a voting member of the board of managers and of any executive or operating committee of the board of managers other than, following an initial public offering of AB Acquisition’s equity, the compensation committee, audit committee or any other committee required by the rules of the SEC or the applicable securities exchange to be made up of solely independent managers.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will receive an annual base salary in the amount of $2,000,000 per year.

 

115


Table of Contents

In the event of a termination of Mr. Miller’s employment without Cause or by Mr. Miller with Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to his base salary for the remainder of the term and his target long-term incentive plan bonus, if any. In addition, following the term of Mr. Miller’s employment, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a payment of $50,000 per month (or partial month) during his lifetime and, after his death, his spouse will become entitled to a payment of $25,000 per month for each month (or partial month) during her lifetime. In any event, such payments will cease on the tenth anniversary of the end of the term.

Pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours of personal use per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. In addition, pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, AB Acquisition assigned $5.0 million of the key man life insurance policy it had obtained on Mr. Miller’s life to Mr. Miller in favor of one or more beneficiaries designated by him from time to time. AB Acquisition agreed to maintain such policy (or substitute equivalent policies) in effect for a period of at least 10 years following the closing of the Safeway acquisition (whether or not Mr. Miller remains employed with the company).

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    an act of fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation by Mr. Miller intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the company; or

 

    Mr. Miller’s willful or intentional failure to materially comply (to the best of his ability) with a specific, written direction of the board of managers that is consistent with normal business practice and not inconsistent with the Miller Employment Agreement and his responsibilities thereunder, and that within 10 business days after the delivery of written notice of the failure is not cured to the best of his ability or that Mr. Miller has not provided notice that the failure was based on his good faith belief that the implementation of such direction would be unlawful or unethical.

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a change of control;

 

    any material adverse alteration in Mr. Miller’s titles, positions, duties, authorities, reporting relationships or responsibilities that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller; or

 

    any material failure by us to comply with the Miller Employment Agreement that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller.

Robert B. Dimond, Justin Dye, Shane Sampson and Wayne A. Denningham

During fiscal 2016, Mr. Dimond was party to an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp. dated September 9, 2014, and Mr. Dye was party to an employment agreement with NAI dated March 21, 2013. Effective as of January 30, 2015, Mr. Sampson was party to a letter agreement with AB Management Services Corp. pursuant to which he served as Executive Vice President Marketing and Merchandising and was entitled to a base salary of $700,000 (increased to $800,000 effective as of April 12, 2015) and a bonus opportunity of 60% of base salary. To further align the compensation arrangements of our executive officers, Messrs. Denningham and Sampson each entered into an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp., dated as of June 26, 2016 and June 28, 2016, respectively. Such employment agreements, together with the amended and restated employment agreements with Messrs. Dimond and Dye discussed above, are referred to as the “Executive Employment Agreements.”

 

116


Table of Contents

The Executive Employment Agreements provide for a term through January 30, 2018. Each Executive Employment Agreement provides for an annual base salary ($800,000 for Mr. Dye, and increased, effective as of April 16, 2017, to $1,000,000, $900,000, and $775,000 for Messrs. Denningham, Sampson and Dimond, respectively), and that each executive is eligible to receive an annual bonus targeted at 60% of his annual base salary.

If the executive’s employment terminates due to his death or he is terminated due to disability, the executive or his legal representative, as appropriate, will be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to 25% of his base salary. If the executive’s employment is terminated without Cause or by the executive for Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, the executive is entitled to a lump sum payment of his base salary and target bonus for a period of 24 months, and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for 36 months.

For the purposes of each Executive Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    conviction of a felony;

 

    acts of intentional dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates;

 

    a material breach of the executive’s obligations under the applicable Executive Employment Agreement, including but not limited to breach of the restrictive covenants or fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent conduct by the executive in connection with his duties under the applicable Executive Employment Agreement;

 

    Personal conduct by the executive which seriously discredits or damages the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; or

 

    contravention of specific lawful direction from the board of managers.

For the purposes of each Executive Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a reduction in the base salary or target bonus; or

 

    without prior written consent, relocation of the executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from such location on the date of the applicable Executive Employment Agreement.

The Executive Employment Agreements with Messrs. Dimond, Denningham and Sampson also provide for payment of the remaining payments of the retention bonuses for each executive described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.”

Dye Separation Agreement

Effective April 14, 2017, Mr. Dye voluntarily resigned from the company and, on April 19, 2017, entered into a separation agreement with AB Acquisition, NAI, AB Management Services Corp. and Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Dye Separation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Dye Separation Agreement, in consideration for Mr. Dye’s release of claims and his agreement to cooperate as reasonably requested to effectuate certain transactions, Mr. Dye’s resignation was treated in the same manner as if he were terminated without Cause and Mr. Dye was provided with the severance payments and benefits under his Executive Employment Agreement as described above. Pursuant to the Dye Separation Agreement, Mr. Dye acknowledged and agreed that he remains subject to the 24-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation provisions set forth in his Executive Employment Agreement.

 

117


Table of Contents

Severance Plan

We maintain the Albertsons Severance Plan for Officers (the “Severance Plan”) to provide severance benefits to certain employees who do not have severance rights under an employment agreement. Prior to entering into their respective Executive Employment Agreements, Messrs. Denningham and Sampson were eligible to participate in the Severance Plan. The Severance Plan provides that, subject to the execution of a release of claims and to certain exceptions set forth in the Severance Plan, an eligible employee who incurred an involuntary termination of employment due to certain job restructurings, reductions in force, sale of facilities, or job eliminations (and not due to any other reason including termination for misconduct or unsatisfactory job performance as determined by the company, or voluntary termination), or participants who resign for good reason within 18 months following a change in control, will be eligible to receive:

 

    a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to two weeks of pay per year of service, with a minimum of eight weeks of severance pay; and

 

    a lump sum payment equal to 12 weeks of our premium cost for providing medical, dental and vision coverage.

For the purposes of the Severance Plan, “good reason” means either a good reason event as defined in the participant’s written employment agreement, or if none, a material adverse change in the participant’s responsibilities, authority or duties, or a reduction in the participant’s annual rate of base salary below 90% of his or her current base pay.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Our subsidiaries Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan and NAI Makeup Plan, respectively (collectively, the “Makeup Plans”). The Makeup Plans are unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. Designated employees, including our NEOs, may elect to defer the receipt of a portion of their base pay, bonus and incentive payments under the Makeup Plan. For fiscal 2016, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the NAI Makeup Plan, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan. The amounts deferred are held in a book entry account and are deemed to have been invested by the participant in investment options designated by the participant from among the investment options made available by the committee under the Makeup Plans. Participants are vested in their accounts under the Makeup Plans to the same extent they are vested in their accounts under the 401(k) plan discussed below, except that accounts under the Makeup Plans will become fully vested upon a change in control. No deferral contributions for a year will be credited, however, until the participant has been credited with the maximum amount of elective deferrals permitted by the terms of the 401(k) plans and/or the limitations imposed by the Code. In addition, participants will be credited with an amount equal to the excess of the amount we would contribute to the 401(k) plans as a company contribution on the participant’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the participant’s compensation over the amount of our actual company contributions for the plan year. Generally, payment of the participant’s account under the Makeup Plans will be made in a lump sum following the participant’s separation from service. Participants may receive a distribution of up to 100% of their account during employment in the event of an emergency. Participants in the Makeup Plans are unsecured general creditors. See the table entitled “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” below for information with regard to the participation of the NEOs in the Makeup Plans.

401(k) Plan

Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain 401(k) plans with terms that are substantially identical. For fiscal 2016, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan sponsored by

 

118


Table of Contents

NAI, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in Albertson’s LLC’s 401(k) plan. The plans permit eligible employees to make voluntary, pre-tax contributions to the plan up to a specified percentage of compensation, subject to applicable tax limitations. We may make a discretionary matching contribution to the plans equal to a pre-determined percentage of an employee’s voluntary, pre-tax contributions and may make an additional discretionary profit sharing contribution to the plans, subject to applicable tax limitations. Eligible employees who elect to participate in the plans are generally vested in any matching contribution after one year of service with us and fully vested at all times in their employee contributions to the plans. The plans are intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; accordingly, contributions to the plans and income earned on plan contributions are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan, and so that our contributions, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Our board of managers determines the matching contribution rate under the 401(k) plans for each year. For fiscal 2016, our board of managers set a matching contribution rate equal to 50% up to 7% of base salary.

Other Benefits

Executives participate in the health and dental coverage, company-paid term life insurance, disability insurance, paid time off and paid holidays programs applicable to other employees in their locality. We also maintain a relocation policy applicable to employees who are required to relocate their residence. These benefits are designed to be competitive with overall market practices and are in place to attract and retain the necessary talent in the business.

Perquisites

Our NEOs generally are not entitled to any perquisites that are not otherwise available to all of our employees.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. Other executives, generally those with the title of executive vice president or above, may request the personal use of a company-owned aircraft subject to availability.

For fiscal 2016, Messrs. Denningham, Dye and Dimond were eligible for financial and tax planning services up to a maximum annual amount of $8,000.

Risk Mitigation

Our compensation committee has assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

Impact of Accounting and Tax Matters

As a general matter, the compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing and considering the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles that we utilize. With respect to accounting matters, the compensation committee will examine the accounting cost associated with equity compensation in light of ASC 718.

 

119


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal
Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Unit
Awards
($)(3)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
    All
Other
Compensation
($)(5)
    Total
($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

    2016       2,000,000       —       —       —       439,800       —       1,052,343       3,492,143  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(6)     2015       2,000,000       —       —       —       1,772,317       —       913,547       4,685,864  
    2014       1,567,307       15,000,000       74,070,357       —       12,334,179       —       327,912       103,299,755  

Robert B. Dimond

    2016       700,000       470,200       —       —       153,930       —       53,616       1,377,746  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(7)     2015       700,000       375,000       15,274,000       —       620,311       —       2,230,000       19,199,311  
   

 

2014

 

 

 

    713,462       625,000       —       —       664,482       —       11,676       2,014,620  
Wayne A. Denningham     2016       800,000       329,133       6,600,000       —       175,920       —       93,587       7,998,640  
Chief Operating Officer(8)     2015       794,231       175,000       13,092,000       —       703,035       —       338,498       15,102,764  
    2014       387,500       275,000       —       —       8,648,669       —       34,051       9,345,220  

Justin Dye

    2016       800,000       136,000       —       —       175,920       —       103,711       1,215,631  
Chief Administrative Officer(9)     2015       800,000       —       21,820,000       —       708,927       —       449,138       23,778,065  
    2014       767,308       500,000       —       —       10,877,525       —       81,695       12,226,528  

Shane Sampson

    2016       800,000       473,200       —       —       175,920       —       31,934       1,481,054  
Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer(10)     2015       788,461       310,000       26,184,000       —       697,144       —       16,901       27,996,506  
    2014       383,654       560,000       —       —       358,416       —       10,347       1,312,417  
                 

 

 

1. Reflects a 52 week year for fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 and a 53 week year for fiscal 2014.
2. Reflects retention bonuses, special deal bonuses and tax bonuses paid to the NEOs, as set forth in the table below. The retention bonuses for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 are further described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The special deal bonus paid to Mr. Miller for fiscal 2014 was paid in connection with the achievement of certain financial metrics in connection with the NAI acquisition. The special deal bonuses paid to Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson for fiscal 2014 were paid in recognition of their efforts in connection with the successful completion of the Safeway acquisition. The tax bonuses for fiscal 2016 were paid to each of Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson in connection with the vesting of NEO Phantom Units as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Retention Bonus ($)      Special Deal Bonus ($)      Tax Bonus ($)  

Robert G. Miller

     2016        —        —        —  
     2015        —        —        —  
     2014        —        15,000,000        —  

Robert B. Dimond

     2016        375,000        —        95,200  
     2015        375,000        —        —  
     2014        375,000        250,000        —  

Wayne A. Denningham

     2016        175,000        —        154,133  
     2015        175,000        —        —    
     2014        175,000        100,000        —  

Justin Dye

     2016        —        —        136,000  
     2015        —        —        —  
     2014        —        500,000        —  

Shane Sampson

     2016        310,000        —        163,200  
     2015        310,000        —        —  
     2014        310,000        250,000        —  

 

3.

Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Mr. Miller, the amount reflects the Investor Incentive Units granted to him by AB Acquisition in fiscal 2014. Reflects the Phantom Units granted by AB Acquisition to

 

120


Table of Contents
  Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson in fiscal 2015 and to Mr. Denningham in fiscal 2016. AB Acquisition determined the fair value of the awards on the grant date using an option pricing model adjusted for a lack of marketability and using an expected term or time to liquidity based on judgments made by management. Expected volatility was calculated based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies over a time frame consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. Dividend yield was estimated at zero as AB Acquisition does not anticipate making regular future distributions to unitholders. As part of calculating fair value for its equity-based awards, AB Acquisition estimated the enterprise value underlying the equity-based awards. Each valuation was performed using a Market and Income Approach weighted at 50% each. The Market Approach uses the Guideline Public Company Method, which focuses on comparing the subject entity to selected reasonably similar (or guideline) publicly traded companies, while the Income approach uses discounted cash-flows to measure the value of the enterprise by estimating the present worth of the net economic benefit (cash receipts less cash outlays) to be received over the life of AB Acquisition.

The valuations used to determine the fair values of the Phantom Units and Investor Incentive Units were retrospective. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value the AB Acquisition’s equity-based awards are as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Dividend yield

     —       —       —  

Expected volatility

     54.5     41.7     42.4

Risk-free interest rate

     0.70     0.61     0.47

Time to liquidity

     1.5 years       1.9 years       2 years  

Discount for lack of marketability

     19.1     16.0     16.0

 

4. Reflects amounts paid to the NEOs under our bonus plan for the applicable fiscal year, as set forth in the table below. In addition, for fiscal 2014, the table reflects amounts paid to the NEOs with respect to long-term incentive plan awards that vested in the applicable fiscal year or otherwise became payable in fiscal 2014 upon termination of the long-term incentive plan, as set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Fiscal Year
Quarterly
Bonus
($)
     Fiscal Year
Annual
Bonus
($)
     LTIP I Bonus
($)
     LTIP II Bonus
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

     2016        263,400        176,400        —        —  
     2015        572,317        1,200,000        —        —  
     2014        —        —        4,344,067        7,990,112  

Robert B. Dimond

     2016        92,190        61,740        —        —  
     2015        200,311        420,000        —        —  
     2014        664,482        —        —        —  

Wayne A. Denningham

     2016        105,360        70,560        —        —    
     2015        226,497        476,538        —        —  
     2014        371,551        —        1,086,017        7,191,101  

Justin Dye

     2016        105,360        70,560        —        —  
     2015        228,927        480,000        —        —  
     2014        715,379        —        2,172,034        7,990,112  

Shane Sampson

     2016        105,360        70,560        —        —  
     2015        224,067        473,077        —        —  
     2014        358,416        —        —        —  

 

121


Table of Contents
5. A detailed breakdown of “All Other Compensation” is provided in the table below:

 

Name

  Year     Aircraft
($)(a)
    Relocation
($)
    Life
Insurance
($)(b)
    Other
Payments
($)(c)
    Financial/
Tax
Planning
($)
    Makeup
Plan
Company
Contribution
($)(d)
    401(k) Plan
Company
Contribution
($)
    Total
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

    2016       320,830       —       125,000       —       —       597,513       9,000       1,052,343  
    2015       304,351       —       125,000       —       —       475,446       8,750       913,547  
    2014       114,554       —       125,000       —       —       79,608       8,750       327,912  

Robert B. Dimond

    2016       —       —       —       —       —       53,616       —       53,616  
    2015       —       700,000       —       1,530,000       —       —       —       2,230,000  
    2014       —       11,676       —       —       —       —       —       11,676  

Wayne A. Denningham

    2016       37,969       —       —       —       7,800       38,818       9,000       93,587  
    2015       —       10,560       —       —       7,875       311,313       8,750       338,498  
    2014       —       —       —       —       4,500       20,801       8,750       34,051  

Justin Dye

    2016       32,787       —       —       —       7,800       54,124       9,000       103,711  
    2015       35,268       —       —       —       8,350       396,770       8,750       449,138  
    2014       6,295       —       —       —       4,500       62,150       8,750       81,695  

Shane Sampson

    2016       18,684       —       —       —       4,250       —       9,000       31,934  
    2015       1,766       6,385       —       —       —       —       8,750       16,901  
    2014       —       10,347       —       —       —       —       —       10,347  

 

(a) Represents the aggregate incremental cost for personal use of corporate aircraft.
(b) Reflects the payment of premiums for a life insurance policy maintained for Mr. Miller.
(c) Reflects a one-time indemnification payment made to Mr. Dimond for compensation lost from his prior employer.
(d) Reflects contributions to the NEO’s Makeup Plan account in an amount equal to the excess of the amount that would be contributed to the 401(k) plans as an employer contribution on the NEO’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the NEO’s compensation over the amount of our actual contributions to the 401(k) plans for the plan year.

 

6. Mr. Miller served as our Chief Executive Officer from the commencement of fiscal 2014 (February 21, 2014) through January 29, 2015. Mr. Miller subsequently served as our Executive Chairman from January 30, 2015 through April 9, 2015, and was appointed as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on April 9, 2015.
7. Mr. Dimond joined the company and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in February 2014.
8. Mr. Denningham was appointed as our Chief Operating Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company and Albertson’s LLC.
9. Mr. Dye was appointed as our Chief Administrative Officer in February 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company, Albertson’s LLC and NAI. Mr. Dye voluntarily resigned from the company on April 14, 2017.
10. Mr. Sampson was appointed as our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with Albertson’s LLC and NAI.

Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2016

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
    Estimated Future
Payouts Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
    All Other
Unit
Awards:
Number
of Units
(#)(2)
    All
Other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Unit)
    Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Unit and
Option
Awards
($)(3)
 
    Threshold
($)
    Target ($)     Maximum
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

Robert G. Miller

      —       1,200,000       2,400,000       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Robert B. Dimond

      —       420,000       840,000       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Wayne A. Denningham

      —       480,000       960,000       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
    8/2/2016       —       —       —       —       —       —       400,000       —       —       6,600,000  

Justin Dye

      —       480,000       960,000       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

Shane Sampson

      —       480,000       960,000       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

 

1.

Amounts represent the range of annual cash incentive awards the NEO was potentially entitled to receive based on the achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2016 under the company’s 2016 Bonus Plan as more fully described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The amounts actually paid are reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column of the Summary Compensation table. Pursuant to the 2016 Bonus Plan, performance below a specific threshold

 

122


Table of Contents
  will result in no payment with respect to that performance goal. Performance at or above the threshold will result in a payment from $0 up to the maximum bonus amounts reflected in the table.
2. Represents Phantom Units granted by AB Acquisition to Mr. Denningham, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
3. Reflects the grant date fair value of $16.50 per unit of AB Acquisition as calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Assumptions used by AB Acquisition in the valuation of its equity-based awards are discussed in note 3 to the Summary Compensation Table included above.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2016

 

    Option Awards     Unit Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value
of
Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(1)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
($)(2)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  

Robert B. Dimond

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       350,000       4,760,000  

Wayne A. Denningham

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       566,667       7,706,671  

Justin Dye

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       500,000       6,800,000  

Shane Sampson

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       600,000       8,160,000  

 

1. Reflects the number of unvested Phantom Units held by Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson. These Phantom Units are subject to vesting in equal portions on the last day of each of fiscal years 2017 and 2018 as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” Mr. Dye’s unvested Phantom Units were forfeited upon his resignation.
2. Based on a per unit value for series 2 Incentive Units of AB Acquisition of $13.60 as of February 25, 2017.

Option Exercises and Units Vested in Fiscal 2016

 

Name

   Option Awards      Unit Awards  
   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
     Number of Units
Acquired on
Vesting (#)(1)
     Value Realized on
Vesting ($)(2)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

Robert G. Miller

     —        —        —        —  

Robert B. Dimond

     —        —        175,000        2,380,000  

Wayne A. Denningham

     —        —        283,333        3,853,329  

Justin Dye

     —        —        250,000        3,400,000  

Shane Sampson

     —        —        300,000        4,080,000  

 

1. For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, represents the vesting of Phantom Units on February 25, 2017, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
2. For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, the value realized upon vesting of the Phantom Units is based on a vesting date per unit of AB Acquisition value of $13.60.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table shows the executive and company contributions, earnings and account balances for the NEOs under the Makeup Plans during fiscal 2016. The Makeup Plans are non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the terms and conditions of the Makeup

 

123


Table of Contents

Plans. The aggregate balance of each participant’s account consists of amounts that have been deferred by the participant, employer contributions, plus earnings (or minus losses). No amount is deposited into any trust or other account for the benefit of plan participants. In accordance with tax requirements, the assets of the Makeup Plan are subject to claims of our creditors.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(2)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY
($)(3)
     Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE ($)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)      (f)  

Robert G. Miller

     227,782        597,513        496,619        —        5,663,642  

Robert B. Dimond

     96,106        53,616        42,848        —        363,281  

Wayne A. Denningham

     94,414        38,818        368,455        —        2,054,482  

Justin Dye

     82,406        54,124        482,560        —        3,156,573  

Shane Sampson

     103,621        —        10,067        —        113,689  

 

1. All executive contributions represent amounts deferred by each NEO under a Makeup Plan and are included as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table under “Salary,” “Bonus” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
2. All registrant contributions are reported under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.
3. These amounts are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table as none of the earnings are based on interest above the market rate.

Incentive Plans

Incentive Unit Plan

Effective upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, AB Acquisition adopted the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan (the “Incentive Unit Plan”) which provided for grants of “Incentive Units” of AB Acquisition to the employees, managers and consultants of AB Acquisition or its subsidiaries selected by the board of managers. A maximum of 20,100,503 Incentive Units were available for issuance under the Incentive Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in AB Acquisition’s capital structure. The Incentive Units represent a membership interest in AB Acquisition. Any Incentive Units will be granted as profits interests that would only share in the value of AB Acquisition above its valuation at grant.

The Incentive Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any vested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

For purposes of the Incentive Unit Plan, “Cause” is as defined in a participant’s employment agreement, or if not so defined, generally means:

 

    the commission of a felony or a misdemeanor (excluding petty offenses) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude;

 

    a participant’s failure (other than as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical impairment) to perform his material duties;

 

    acts of dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of AB Acquisition, or its subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

    a breach of any material written policy of AB Acquisition or its subsidiaries;

 

    the failure to follow the lawful written directions of our Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Chairman, the board of managers or the person to whom the participant reports;

 

124


Table of Contents
    conduct in connection with a participant’s duties that is fraudulent, grossly negligent or otherwise materially injurious to AB Acquisition or its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

 

    a breach of restrictive covenants under which the participant is subject.

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, AB Acquisition adopted the Phantom Unit Plan which provides for grants of “Phantom Units” to the employees, managers and consultants of AB Acquisition or its subsidiaries selected by the board of managers. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one series 2 Incentive Unit of AB Acquisition. A maximum of 20,100,503 Phantom Units, less the number of Incentive Units granted under the Incentive Unit Plan, are available for issuance under the Phantom Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in AB Acquisition’s capital structure.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that AB Acquisition may provide for a participant’s Phantom Unit award to include a separate right to receive a “Tax Bonus.” A Tax Bonus entitles a participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair market value of the series 2 Incentive Units paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units. Tax Bonuses may be paid in cash, Incentive Units or a combination thereof.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Phantom Units and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause (which for purposes of the Phantom Unit Plan has the same meaning as defined in the Incentive Unit Plan as set forth above), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any series 2 Incentive Units issued with respect to a vested Phantom Unit and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The tables below describe and estimate the amounts and benefits that our NEOs would have been entitled to receive upon a termination of their employment in certain circumstances or, if applicable, upon a change in control, assuming such events occurred as of February 25, 2017, the last day of fiscal 2016 (based on the plans and arrangements in effect on such date). The estimated payments are not necessarily indicative of the actual amounts any of our NEOs would have received in such circumstances. The tables exclude compensation amounts accrued through February 25, 2017, that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, payment for accrued but unused vacation and vested account balances under our retirement plans that are generally available to all of our salaried employees.

 

Robert G. Miller

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death ($)     For Any Reason ($)     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     3,000,000 (1)      6,000,000 (2)      7,833,333 (3) 

Total

     3,000,000       6,000,000       7,833,333  

 

(1) Reflects cash payments of $25,000 per month to Mr. Miller’s spouse payable for a period of 10 years following his termination due to death. Such payments would cease upon the death of Mr. Miller’s spouse.
(2)

Reflects cash payments of $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason. In the event of his death following termination, such

 

125


Table of Contents
  payments will cease and thereafter his surviving spouse will become entitled to cash payments of $25,000 per month through the earlier of her death and the 10-year anniversary of Mr. Miller’s termination.
(3) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (a) $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason and (2) an amount equal to Mr. Miller’s base salary for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (11 months following February 25, 2017).

 

Robert B. Dimond

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     175,000 (1)             2,240,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                  53,051 (3) 

Total

     175,000              2,293,051  

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dimond’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dimond’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for a period of 24 months.
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months of continuation of health coverage.

 

Justin Dye(1)

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     200,000 (2)             2,560,000 (3) 

Health Benefits

                  49,778 (4) 

Total

     200,000              2,609,778  

 

(1) The table for Mr. Dye is included in compliance with SEC guidelines. As discussed elsewhere in the registration statement, Mr. Dye resigned from the company on April 14, 2017 and received the severance benefits described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Dye Separation Agreement.”
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dye’s base salary.
(3) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dye’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for a period of 24 months.
(4) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months of continuation of health coverage.

 

Wayne A. Denningham

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     200,000 (1)             2,560,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                  37,724 (3) 

Total

     200,000              2,597,724  

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Denningham’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Denningham’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for a period of 24 months.
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months of continuation of health coverage.

 

126


Table of Contents

Shane Sampson

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     200,000 (1)             2,560,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                  53,051 (3) 

Total

     200,000              2,613,051  

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Sampson’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Sampson’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for a period of 24 months.
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months of continuation of health coverage.

In addition to the foregoing, each of Messrs. Dimond, Dye, Denningham and Sampson would have been entitled to full vesting of his unvested Phantom Units in the amounts set forth in the table below (based on a per unit price for AB Acquisition of $13.60 as of February 25, 2017) if following a change in control of AB Acquisition the relevant NEO’s employment terminated due to death or disability or was terminated without cause on February 25, 2017:

 

NEO

   Number of Vesting
Phantom Units
     Value of Vesting
Performance Units ($)  
     Tax
Bonus
($)
 

Dimond

     350,000        4,760,000        190,400  

Dye

     500,000        7,706,671        308,267  

Denningham

     566,667        6,800,000        272,000  

Sampson

     600,000        8,160,000        326,400  

 

127


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the equity interests of ACL as of May 15, 2017 by:

 

    each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our equity interests;

 

    each member of our board of managers;

 

    each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive Compensation”; and

 

    all of our managers and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each 5% stockholder, manager and executive officer listed below is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, Idaho 83706.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Equity Interest
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage of
Class
 

5% Stockholders :

    

AB Acquisition LLC(1)

     100.0     100.0

Managers :

    

Robert G. Miller

            

Dean S. Adler(1)

            

Sharon L. Allen

            

Steven A. Davis

            

Raymond Edwards

            

Kim Fennebresque

            

Lisa A. Gray

            

Hersch Klaff(1)

            

Ronald Kravit

            

Alan Schumacher

            

Jay L. Schottenstein(1)

            

Lenard B. Tessler

            

Scott Wille

            

Named Executive Officers :

    

Robert B. Dimond

            

Wayne A. Denningham

            

Justin Dye

            

Shane Sampson

            

All managers and executive officers as a group(3) (22 persons)

            

 

(1) All the equity of Albertsons Companies, LLC is held by AB Acquisition LLC. AB Acquisition is held by a private investor group, including affiliates of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Kimco Realty Corporation, Klaff Realty, LP, Schottenstein Stores Corp., Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P and certain members of management. Messrs. Kravit, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray are affiliated with Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. Mr. Klaff is affiliated with Klaff Realty, LP. Mr. Schottenstein is affiliated with Schottenstein Stores Corp. Mr. Adler is affiliated with Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P. Mr. Edwards is affiliated with Kimco Realty Corporation. Messrs. Miller, Denningham, Dye and six additional officers together hold interests in AB Acquisition.

 

128


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain material arrangements, agreements and transactions we have with related parties. It does not include all of the provisions of our material arrangements, agreements and transactions with related parties, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the arrangements, agreements and transactions described. We enter into transactions with our owners and other entities owned by, or affiliated with, our direct and indirect owners in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include, amongst others, professional advisory, consulting and other corporate services.

Effective April 14, 2017, Justin Dye, who served as our Chief Administrative Officer, voluntarily resigned from the company and, on April 19, 2017, entered into the Dye Separation Agreement. Pursuant to the Dye Separation Agreement, in consideration for Mr. Dye’s release of claims and his agreement to cooperate as reasonably requested to effectuate certain transactions, Mr. Dye’s resignation was treated in the same manner as if he were terminated without Cause and Mr. Dye was provided with the severance payments and benefits under his Executive Employment Agreement as described in “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Dye Separation Agreement.” Mr. Dye acknowledged and agreed that he remains subject to the 24-month post-termination non-competition and non-solicitation provisions set forth in his Executive Employment Agreement.

We paid COAC, an affiliate of Cerberus, fees totaling approximately $489,088, $1,667,692, $970,450 and $515,229 for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, respectively, for consulting services provided in connection with improving the company’s operations. We may retain COAC to provide similar services in the future.

Several of our board members are employees of our Sponsors (excluding Kimco), and funds managed by one or more affiliates of our Sponsors indirectly own a substantial portion of our equity through their respective ownership of AB Acquisition.

During fiscal 2016, we acquired a store from Signature Northwest, LLC, for $2.8 million, plus the cost of inventory. Mark Miller, the son of our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Miller, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Signature Northwest, LLC. In addition, Robert Miller has a minority ownership interest in Signature Northwest, LLC.

AB Acquisition LLC Agreement Management Fees

In March 2013, as then provided for by the third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid Cerberus a transaction fee of $15 million in connection with the NAI acquisition. The 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement also provided for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees from our company over a 42-month period beginning on March 21, 2013. We paid annual management fees under the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement totaling $6 million for fiscal 2013 and $6 million for fiscal 2014. In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement was amended and restated. Pursuant to the fourth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid the Cerberus-led Consortium the remaining $9 million in annual management fees provided for by the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement.

The 4th A&R AB LLC Agreement provides for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees of $13.75 million from our company over a 48-month period beginning on January 30, 2015, the date of the consummation of the Safeway acquisition. We have paid management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium in an annual amount of $13.75 million for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017. In exchange for the management fees, the Cerberus-led Consortium

 

129


Table of Contents

has provided strategic advice to management, including with respect to acquisitions and financings. As of February 25, 2017, management fees over the remainder of the 48-month period total $13.75 million. Consistent with the terms of the 4th A&R AB LLC Agreement, the remaining management fees will be paid in full upon the closing of an initial public offering.

Management Loans

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, on January 30, 2015, we provided loans (the “Management Loans”) to nine members of our management to enable them to invest in equity of AB Acquisition. Other than the loan to Robert Butler, who retired in December 2014 as our Chief Operating Officer, the Management Loans were repaid in full on July 2, 2015 from the proceeds of loans provided to Management Holdco by Goldman Sachs Bank USA and secured by a pledge of the equity owned by Management Holdco. The table below provides details for each of the Management Loans:

 

Name

  

Position

  Original
Loan Amount
    Interest Rate     Aggregate
Amount of
Principal
Paid
    Aggregate
Amount of
Interest Paid
 

Mark Bates

   Senior Vice President, Corporate Services   $ 217,203       1.75   $ 217,203     $ 1,572  

Robert Butler

   Chief Operating Officer (former)   $ 500,000       1.75     N/A       N/A  

Wayne A. Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer   $ 3,801,000       1.75   $ 3,801,000     $ 27,518  

Shane Dorcheus

   Southwest Division President   $ 2,000,000       1.75   $ 2,000,000     $ 14,479  

Justin Dye

   Chief Administrative Officer (former)   $ 4,706,073       1.75   $ 4,706,073     $ 34,071  

Justin Ewing

   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate   $ 1,267,020       1.75   $ 1,267,020     $ 9,173  

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   $ 5,792,090       1.75   $ 5,792,090     $ 41,933  

Paul Rowan

   Assistant Secretary and Deputy General Counsel (retired)   $ 1,000,000       1.75   $ 1,000,000     $ 7,240  

Andrew J. Scoggin

   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs   $ 2,353,036       1.75   $ 2,353,036     $ 17,035  

Policy and Procedures for the Review, Approval or Ratification of

Transactions with Related Persons

Our board of managers has adopted a written policy (the “Related Party Policy”) and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of “Related Party Transactions” by the independent members of the audit and risk committee of our board of managers. For purposes of the Related Party Policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including the incurrence or issuance of any indebtedness or the guarantee of indebtedness) in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be reasonably expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) the company or any of its subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any Related Party (as defined herein) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Related Party Policy defines “Related Party” as any person who is, or, at any time since the beginning of the company’s last fiscal year, was (1) an executive officer, director, manager or nominee for election as a director or manager of the company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a person with

 

130


Table of Contents

greater than five percent (5%) beneficial interest in the company, (3) an immediate family member of any of the foregoing individuals or entities identified in (1) or (2) of this paragraph, and (4) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals or entities is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person or entity has a five percent (5%) or greater beneficial interest. Immediate family members (each, a “Family Member”) includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers- in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person’s home, other than a tenant or employee.

Prior to the company entering into any Related Party Transaction, such Related Party Transaction will be reported to our General Counsel who will report the same to the audit and risk committee. Our General Counsel will conduct an investigation and evaluation of the Related Party Transaction and will report his or her findings to the audit and risk committee, including a summary of material facts. The audit and risk committee will review the material facts of all Related Party Transactions which require the audit and risk committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the Related Party Transaction, subject to the exceptions described below. If advance notice of a Related Party Transaction has been given to the audit and risk committee and it is not possible to convene a meeting of the audit and risk committee, then the chairman of the audit and risk committee will consider whether the Related Party Transaction is appropriate and, if it is, will approve the Related Party Transaction, with the audit and risk committee being asked to ratify the Related Party Transaction at the next regularly-scheduled meeting of the audit and risk committee. In the event the audit and risk committee does not ratify any such Related Party Transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such Related Party Transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, will consider all factors it deems appropriate, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.”

Entering into a Related Party Transaction without the approval or ratification required by the terms of the Related Party Policy is prohibited and a violation of such policy. In the event the company’s directors, executive officers or Chief Accounting Officer become aware of a Related Party Transaction that was not previously approved or ratified under the Related Party Policy, such person will promptly notify the audit and risk committee and its chairman (or, if it is not practicable for the company to wait for the audit and risk committee to consider the matter, the chairman of the audit and risk committee) will consider whether the Related Party Transaction should be ratified or rescinded or other action should be taken, with such review considering all of the relevant facts and circumstances regarding the Related Party Transaction, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.” The chairman of the audit and risk committee will report to the committee at its next regularly-scheduled meeting any actions taken under the Related Party Policy pursuant to the authority delegated in this paragraph. The audit and risk committee will also review all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the failure to report the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee and will take, or recommend to our board of managers, any action the audit and risk committee deems appropriate.

No member of the audit and risk committee or manager of our board will participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Party Transaction for which he or she is a Related Party, except that the audit and risk committee member or board member will provide all material information concerning the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee.

If a Related Party Transaction will be ongoing, the audit and risk committee may establish guidelines for the company’s management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the Related Party. Thereafter, the audit and risk committee, on at least an annual basis, will review and assess ongoing relationships with the Related Party to ensure that they are in compliance with the audit and risk committee’s guidelines and that the Related Party Transaction remains appropriate.

 

131


Table of Contents

Review Criteria

All Related Party Transactions will be reviewed in accordance with the standards set forth in the Related Party Policy after full disclosure of the Related Party’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit and risk committee or its chairman, as applicable, will review and consider:

 

    the Related Party’s interest in the Related Party Transaction;

 

    the terms of the Related Party Transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the Related Party Transaction and the approximate dollar value of the amount of the Related Party’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the company;

 

    whether the transaction with the Related Party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to the company of, the Related Party Transaction;

 

    description of any provisions or limitations imposed as a result of entering into the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction includes any potential reputational risk issues for the company which may arise as a result of or in connection with the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction would violate any requirements of the company’s financing or other material agreements; and

 

    any other relevant information regarding the Related Party Transaction or the Related Party.

The audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, may approve or ratify the Related Party Transaction only if the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, determines in good faith that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is fair as to the company. The audit and risk committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on the company or the Related Party in connection with approval of the Related Party Transaction.

Pre-Approved Related Party Transactions

The audit and risk committee has determined that the following transactions will be deemed pre-approved or ratified and will not require review or approval of the audit and risk committee, even if the aggregate amount involved will exceed $120,000, unless otherwise specifically determined by the audit and risk committee:

 

    any employment by the company of an executive officer of the company or any of its subsidiaries if the related compensation conforms with our company’s compensation policies and if the executive officer is not a Family Member of another executive officer or of a manager of our board; and

 

    any compensation paid to a manager of our board if the compensation is consistent with the company’s bylaws and any compensation policies.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Related Party Policy, in the event the bylaws of the company require review and/or approval of a Related Party Transaction by our board of managers, the audit and risk committee, and its chairman, will not have the authority to review or approve a Related Party Transaction but will provide a recommendation to our board of managers for the board’s use in its consideration of a given Related Party Transaction.

 

132


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the instruments and agreements evidencing our material indebtedness. It does not include all of the provisions of our material indebtedness, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the instruments and agreements described.

ABL Facility

On December 21, 2015, ACL entered into a new amended and restated senior secured asset-based loan facility (the “ABL Facility”) to, among other things, provide for a $4,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility.

Structure .    The ABL Facility provides for a $4,000 million revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans), subject to a borrowing base (described below). In addition, we are entitled to increase the commitments under the ABL Facility by up to $1,500 million.

Maturity .    The ABL Facility matures on December 21, 2020.

Borrowing Base.     The amount of loans and letters of credit available under the ABL Facility is limited to the lesser of the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility or an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time is equal to 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% of the net amount of eligible pharmacy receivables, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible inventory (other than perishable inventory) multiplied by the book value thereof, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible perishable inventory multiplied by the book value thereof (subject to a cap of 25% of the borrowing base), plus 85% of the product of the average per script net orderly liquidation value of the eligible prescription files of the borrowers and the guarantors thereunder (“ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts”) multiplied by the number of such ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts (subject to a cap of 30% of the borrowing base), minus eligibility reserves. The eligibility of accounts receivable, inventory and prescription files for inclusion in the borrowing base will be determined in accordance with certain customary criteria specified in the credit agreement that governs the ABL Facility, including periodic appraisals.

Interest .    Amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, (a) the base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 0.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 0.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 0.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (b) LIBOR, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 1.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 1.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 1.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments). If not paid when due, the ABL Facility bears interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans at such time plus an additional 2% per annum during the continuance of such payment event of default and the letter of credit fees increase by 2%. Other overdue amounts bear interest at a rate equal to the rate otherwise applicable to such revolving loans bearing interest at the base rate at such time, plus 2% until such amounts are paid in full.

 

133


Table of Contents

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by each of our existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

Security .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of ACL or any of its subsidiaries and intellectual property), chattel paper, and supporting obligations of the company and its subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under the ABL Facility and (b) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the ABL Facility, including a commitment fee on the average daily unused amount of the ABL Facility, in an amount equal to (a) 0.25% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the aggregate commitments and (b) 0.375% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the aggregate commitments.

Affirmative and Negative Covenants .    The ABL Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay other indebtedness; (iv) make certain restricted payments, including the payment of dividends by us; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business; or (xii) make certain accounting changes.

Financial Covenants .    The ABL Facility provides that if (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing, the company and its subsidiaries must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

Events of Default .    The ABL Facility contains customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-accelerations with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) invalidity of guarantees; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; and (x) certain change of control events.

Term Loan Agreement

Albertsons, Safeway and certain other of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, entered into a second amended and restated term loan agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 2 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 3 and Consent dated February 11, 2016, by

 

134


Table of Contents

Amendment No. 4, dated June 22, 2016, and further amended by Amendment No. 5, dated December 23, 2016 (the “Term Loan Agreement”) among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent.

Structure .    As of February 25, 2017, the Term Loan Agreement provides for a $6,013.9 million term loan facility, consisting of a $3,271.8 million term loan tranche B-4 (the “Term Loan B-4”), a $1,142.1 million term loan tranche B-5 (the “Term Loan B-5”) and a $1,600.0 million term loan tranche B-6 (the “Term Loan B-6” and, together with the Term Loan B-4 and the Term Loan B-5, the “Term Loan Facilities”). In addition, the borrowers are entitled to increase the term loan commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an aggregate principal amount up to $750 million, plus an unlimited additional principal amount subject to satisfaction of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test, plus certain additional amounts pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.

Maturity .    The Term Loan B-4 has a maturity date of August 25, 2021, the Term Loan B-5 has a maturity date of December 21, 2022 and the Term Loan B-6 has a maturity date of June 22, 2023.

Amortization .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-4 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith), (b) the Term Loan B-5 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-5 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith) and (c) the Term Loan B-6 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-6 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith).

Prepayment .    The Term Loan Facilities are required to be prepaid with: (i) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, casualty events and other dispositions, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the agent for the Term Loan Facilities and the agent for the ABL Facility and certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of debt incurrences (other than debt incurrences permitted under the Term Loan Agreement) and (iii) 75% (subject to step-downs to zero, in accordance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) of excess cash flow minus certain payments made under the ABL Facility and voluntary prepayments of, and purchases of loans under, the Term Loan Facilities.

Interest .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.00% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.00%; (b) the Term Loan B-5 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.25% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.25%; and (c) the Term Loan B-6 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.25% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.25%.

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions, the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement are guaranteed by ACL and each of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

Security .    Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by (i) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined below)), including real property and the equity interests of the borrowers and the “Restricted Subsidiaries” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) of ACL, and (ii) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all

 

135


Table of Contents

of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of the borrowers or any of their subsidiaries and intellectual property), chattel paper, and supporting obligations, in each case, relating solely to or constituting proceeds of other ABL Priority Collateral, and certain related assets of the borrowers and guarantors and all proceeds thereof (the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the Term Loan Agreement, including a call premium of 1% for each applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or is refinanced with debt having a lower effective yield than the applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or refinanced on or before June 23, 2017.

Covenants .    The Term Loan Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of (a) the subsidiaries of ACL to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay certain indebtedness; (iv) pay certain restricted payments and dividends; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict distributions from subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business or (xii) make certain accounting changes, and (b) ACL to engage in material operating or business activities. The Term Loan Agreement contains no financial covenants.

Events of Default .    The Term Loan Agreement contains customary events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, but not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) actual or asserted invalidity of guarantees or other security documents or other term facilities documentation; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; (x) certain change of control events (other than (a) Cerberus; (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P.; (c) Klaff Realty; (d) Schottenstein Stores; and (e) Kimco Realty, and their affiliates, related funds and managed accounts owning more than 50% of the equity interests of ACL or ACL failing to own 100% of the equity interests of the co-borrowers); and (xi) loss of lien priority.

Safeway Indenture

Safeway is party to an indenture, dated September 10, 1997 (the “Safeway Indenture”), with The Bank of New York, as trustee, under which Safeway has the following six outstanding issues of notes (amounts as of February 25, 2017):

a) $100,000,000 of 6.35% Senior Notes due August 2017 (the “2017 Safeway Notes”);

b) $268,557,000 of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 2019 (the “2019 Safeway Notes”);

c) $136,826,000 of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 2020 (the “2020 Safeway Notes”);

d) $130,020,000 of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 2021 (the “2021 Safeway Notes”);

e) $150,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due September 2027 (the “2027 Safeway Notes”); and

f) $600,000,000 of 7.25% Senior Debentures due February 2031 (the “2031 Safeway Notes”).

 

136


Table of Contents

The 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes are collectively referred to as the “Safeway Notes.”

Interest .    Interest is payable on (a) February 15 and August 15 of each year for the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes and 2020 Safeway Notes, (b) June 1 and December 1 of each year for the 2021 Safeway Notes, (c) March 15 and September 15 of each year for the 2027 Safeway Notes and (d) February 1 and August 1 of each year for the 2031 Safeway Notes.

Guarantees .    The Safeway Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The Safeway Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .    The Safeway Notes are redeemable at our option at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Safeway Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Safeway Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus the following:

2017 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points;

2019 Safeway Notes: 30 basis points;

2020 Safeway Notes: 20 basis points;

2021 Safeway Notes: 45 basis points;

2027 Safeway Notes: 10 basis points; and

2031 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption .    The Safeway Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders .    If a “change of control” transaction (which includes (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of Safeway’s and its subsidiaries properties or assets, (b) the consummation of any transaction pursuant to which any person owns more than 50% of the voting stock of Safeway or (c) a majority of the members of Safeway’s board of directors not constituting continuing directors), and as a result thereof, a “rating event” occurs (i.e., the rating on a series of Safeway Notes is lowered by each of the rating agencies then rating the Safeway Notes below an investment grade rating within 60 days after the change of control or announcement of an intention to effect a change of control), Safeway is required to offer to purchase all of the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes and 2021 Safeway Notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount outstanding plus all accrued interest thereon.

Covenants .    The Safeway Indenture contains various affirmative and negative covenants (subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to (i) create liens on assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default.     The Safeway Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

 

137


Table of Contents

NAI Indenture

NAI (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 with U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008; collectively, the “NAI Indenture”), under which NAI has the following outstanding issues of notes:

a) $301,000,000 6.47% to 7.15% Medium-Term Notes, due July 2017—June 2028 (the “NAI Medium-Term Notes”)

b) $200,000,000 of 7.75% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 NAI Notes”);

c) $650,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due August 2029 (the “2029 NAI Notes”);

d) $225,000,000 of 8.70% Senior Debentures due May 2030 (the “2030 NAI Notes”); and

e) $400,000,000 of 8.00% Senior Debentures due May 2031 (the “2031 NAI Notes”).

The NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes are collectively referred to as the “NAI Notes.”

Interest .    Interest on the NAI Notes is payable semiannually.

Guarantees .    The NAI Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The NAI Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .    The NAI Medium-Term Notes and the 2026 NAI Notes are not redeemable or repayable prior to maturity. The 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes, and 2031 NAI Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time, at a price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the applicable notes to be redeemed (excluding any portion of payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus, in the case of:

(i) the 2031 NAI Notes, 30 basis points and

(ii) the 2029 NAI Notes and 2030 NAI Notes, 20 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption .    The NAI Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Covenants .    The NAI Indenture contains certain covenants restricting the ability of NAI and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default .    The NAI Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

 

138


Table of Contents

American Stores Company Indenture

American Stores Company, LLC (“ASC”) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented; together the “ASC Indenture”), under which ASC had the following four outstanding issues of notes as of February 25, 2017:

a) $1,741,000 of 7.90% Debentures due May 2017 (the “2017 ASC Notes”);

b) $2,902,000 of 8% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 ASC Notes”);

c) $746,000 of 7.10% Medium Term Notes due March 2028 (the “2028 ASC MT Notes”); and

d) $143,000 of 7.5% Debentures due May 2037 (the “2037 ASC Notes”).

On May 1, 2017, the 2017 ASC Notes were repaid in full. The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes, the 2028 ASC MT Notes, and the 2037 ASC Notes are collectively referred to as the “ASC Notes.” Interest on the ASC Notes is payable semiannually. The ASC Notes are guaranteed by SuperValu. The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes and 2037 ASC Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. The 2028 ASC MT Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at the option of ASC, subject to certain conditions. The ASC Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Concurrently with the acquisition of NAI in March 2013, ASC, SuperValu, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as escrow agent, entered into an escrow agreement pursuant to which ASC has deposited into escrow an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the ASC Notes plus funds sufficient to pay interest thereon for three years. ASC granted to SuperValu a security interest in its rights under the escrow agreement to secure reimbursement to SuperValu of any amounts paid by SuperValu under its guarantee of the ASC Notes. The ASC Indenture contains, solely for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Notes (but not any other series of the ASC Notes) certain covenants restricting the ability of ASC and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

 

139


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

On May 31, 2016, we issued and sold the Original 2024 Notes and on August 9, 2016, we issued and sold the Original 2025 Notes to the applicable initial purchasers, without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the exception set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The applicable initial purchasers of the Original Notes subsequently sold the Original Notes to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A and to persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

In connection with the sale of Original Notes, the holders of the Original Notes became entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreements as applicable.

This exchange offer is being made pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements. The summary of the Registration Rights Agreements contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Rights Agreements. Copies of the Registration Rights Agreements are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept all Original Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration date. We will issue New Notes in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of Original Notes surrendered in the exchange offer. Holders may tender some or all of their Original Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. Original Notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties, we believe that holders of the New Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes may offer for resale, resell and otherwise transfer the New Notes, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. This is true as long as:

 

    the New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holder’s business;

 

    the holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes; and

 

    neither the holder nor any other person is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the New Notes.

A broker-dealer that acquired Original Notes directly from us cannot exchange the Original Notes in the exchange offer. Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the New Notes cannot rely on the no-action letters of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, may not participate in the exchange offer.

Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, where Original Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.

 

140


Table of Contents

We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Original Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance of those Original Notes to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of Original Notes for the purposes of receiving the New Notes from us and delivering the New Notes to those holders pursuant to Rule 14e-1(c) of the Exchange Act, we will promptly deliver the New Notes upon consummation of the exchange offer or return the Original Notes if the exchange offer is withdrawn.

If any tendered Original Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid tender or the occurrence of the conditions set forth under “—Conditions” without waiver by us, certificates or any of those unaccepted Original Notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder of any of those Original Notes promptly after the expiration date.

Holders of Original Notes who tender in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, in accordance with the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Original Notes, pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than taxes applicable to holders in connection with the exchange offer. See “—Fees and Expenses.”

Holders of Original Notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer.

Shelf Registration Statement

Under the Registration Rights Agreements, we agreed, among other things, that if:

(1) we determine that an exchange offer registration is not available or the exchange offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last exchange date because it would violate any applicable law, SEC rules and regulations or any interpretation of the staff of the SEC, or

(2) the exchange offer is not for any other reason completed by the last exchange date, or

(3) upon receipt of a written request from any applicable initial purchaser representing that it holds transfer restricted securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the exchange offer,

we will use our reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement as soon as practicable after such determination, date or request, as the case may be, and to have such shelf registration statement declared effective by the SEC by the 90th day following such determination, date or request.

If obligated to file the shelf registration statement, we will use our reasonable best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (including through post-effective amendments on Form S-3 if we are eligible to use such Form) until no notes covered by such shelf registration statement constitute transfer restricted notes.

Please refer to the Registration Rights Agreements for the complete shelf registration provisions.

Additional Interest

If (A) the exchange offer for the Original 2024 Notes or the Original 2025 Notes is not consummated by the 450th day following the date on which the Original 2024 Notes or the Original 2025 Notes, respectively, were issued or (B), to the extent applicable, (i) an effective shelf registration

 

141


Table of Contents

statement is not made available by the 90th day following the date on which the requirement to make such shelf registration statement available arises (which in no event shall be earlier than the date the exchange offer is required to be consummated) or (ii) following effectiveness of the shelf registration statement, subject to limited exceptions, it ceases to remain effective or otherwise available for more than 60 days in any 12-month period prior to the time the Original Notes have been covered by the shelf registration statement, the annual interest rate borne by the Original Notes will be increased by 0.25% per annum (the ‘‘Additional Interest’’) with respect to each 90-day period that passes, up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum, in each case, until the respective exchange offer is consummated or an effective shelf registration statement becomes available or again becomes available or the Original Notes are not otherwise restricted securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreements, as applicable.

Any amounts of Additional Interest due will be payable in cash on the same original interest payment dates as for the notes.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment

The term “expiration date” means 5:00 pm, New York City time, on                 , 2017, which is 20 business days after the commencement of the exchange offer, unless we extend the exchange offer, in which case the term “expiration date” means the latest date to which the exchange offer is extended.

In order to extend the expiration date, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by written notice and will issue a public announcement of the extension, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

We reserve the right:

(a) to delay accepting any Original Notes (which we will only do to allow for regulatory approval, and not for general legal compliance absent an extension of the exchange offer and any such delay will be in compliance with Rule 14e-1(c)), to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and not accept Original Notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth under “—Conditions” shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by us, if permitted to be waived by us, by giving written notice of the delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent, or

(b) to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner deemed by us to be advantageous to the holders of the Original Notes.

We will notify you promptly of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment. If the exchange offer is amended in a manner determined by us to constitute a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner intended to inform the holders of the Original Notes of the amendment and extend the exchange offer if it otherwise would expire during the extension period so that at least 5 business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change. Any such extension will be made in compliance with Rule 14d-4(d) of the Exchange Act.

Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to publicly announce any extension, amendment or termination of the exchange offer, we will not be obligated to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate that announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

 

142


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering

In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must properly tender your Original Notes to the exchange agent as described below. We will only issue New Notes in exchange for Original Notes that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should follow carefully the instructions on how to tender your Original Notes. It is your responsibility to properly tender your notes. We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of defects in your tender.

If you have any questions or need help in exchanging your notes, please call the exchange agent, whose address and phone number are set forth in “Prospectus Summary—The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

All of the Original Notes were issued in book-entry form, and all of the Original Notes are currently represented by global certificates held for the account of DTC. We have confirmed with DTC that the Original Notes may be tendered using the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), instituted by DTC. The exchange agent will establish an account with DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the commencement of the exchange offer, and DTC participants may electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer their Original Notes to the exchange agent using the ATOP procedures. In connection with the transfer, DTC will send an “agent’s message” to the exchange agent. The agent’s message will state that DTC has received instructions from the participant to tender Original Notes and that the participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.

By using the ATOP procedures to exchange Original Notes, you will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent. However, you will be bound by its terms just as if you had signed it.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

Holders who wish to tender their Original Notes and

(a) whose Original Notes are not immediately available or

(b) who cannot deliver their Original Notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, may effect a tender if:

(1) the tender is made through an eligible institution;

(2) on or prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Original Notes and the principal amount of Original Notes tendered stating that the tender is being made thereby, and guaranteeing that, within three business days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with any other document required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

(3) the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three business days after the expiration date.

 

143


Table of Contents

Withdrawal of Tenders

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be effective, you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s ATOP system. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with withdrawn Original Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal. Our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any Original Notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.

Any Original Notes that have been tendered for exchange but are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an account maintained with DTC for the Original Notes. This crediting will take place as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn Original Notes by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering” above at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer.

Conditions

Notwithstanding any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange, any New Notes for any Original Notes, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer on or before the expiration date, if the exchange offer violates any applicable law or interpretation by the staff of the SEC.

If we determine in our reasonable discretion that the foregoing condition exists, we may:

 

    refuse to accept any Original Notes and return all tendered Original Notes to the tendering holders;

 

    extend the exchange offer and retain all Original Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, subject, however, to the rights of holders who tendered the Original Notes to withdraw their tendered Original Notes; or

 

    waive such condition, if permissible, with respect to the exchange offer and accept all properly tendered Original Notes which have not been withdrawn.

If a waiver constitutes a material change to the exchange offer, we will promptly disclose the waiver by means of a prospectus supplement that will be distributed to the holders, and we will extend the exchange offer as required by applicable law.

 

144


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

Wilmington Trust, National Association has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer, and is also the trustee under the indentures under which the New Notes will be issued. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal should be directed to Wilmington Trust, National Association, addressed as follows:

By Registered or Certified Mail; Hand or Overnight Delivery:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Workflow Management—5th Floor

By Facsimile Transmission

(Eligible Institutions Only)

(302) 636-4139

Attn: Workflow Management—5th Floor

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone Call

(302) 636-6470

Fees and Expenses

We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreements. We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We, however, will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with providing the services.

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer. These expenses include fees and expenses of Wilmington Trust, National Association, as exchange agent, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

Accounting Treatment

The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Original Notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by us. The expenses of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the Original Notes will be amortized over the term of the New Notes.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

Holders of Original Notes who are eligible to participate in the exchange offer but who do not tender their Original Notes will not have any further registration rights, and their Original Notes will continue to be restricted for transfer. Accordingly, such Original Notes may be resold only:

(a) to us, upon redemption of the Original Notes or otherwise;

(b) so long as the Original Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a person inside the United States whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified

 

145


Table of Contents

institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A;

(c) in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or under another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and based upon and opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to us;

(d) outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

(e) under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.

Regulatory Approvals

We do not believe that the receipt of any material federal or state regulatory approval will be necessary in connection with the exchange offer, other than the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement under the Securities Act.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary and holders of Original Notes should carefully consider whether to accept the terms and conditions of this exchange offer. Holders of the Original Notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take with respect to the exchange offer.

 

146


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW 2024 NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (1) the terms “ Company ,” “ we ,” “ us ” and “ our ” refer only to Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (2) the term “ NAI ” refers only to New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (3) the term “ Safeway ” refers to Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (4) the term “ Albertsons ” refers to Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (5) the term “ Co-Issuers ” refers collectively to NAI, Safeway and Albertsons, (6) the term “ Issuers ” refers collectively to the Company, NAI, Safeway and Albertsons, and (7) the term “ Issuer ” refers to any of the Issuers individually. We refer to the Original 2024 notes, together with the New 2024 Notes, as the “ 2024 Notes .”

The Original 2024 Notes were issued, and the New 2024 Notes will be issued, under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2016, as amended (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Additional Issuers (as defined below) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ trustee ”).

The terms of the New 2024 Notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Original 2024 Notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Original 2024 Notes. The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. This summary does not restate the Indenture in its entirety. The Issuers urge you to read the Indenture. those terms made a part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”), and the Registration Rights Agreement because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the notes. Copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement may be obtained from the Company upon request.

Ranking

The New 2024 Notes will be:

 

    general senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers (including the Additional Issuers), pari passu or senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of the Issuers, (including the Additional Issuers) including the Original Notes and the 2025 Notes (each as defined in this prospectus);

 

    guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below), with each such Subsidiary Guarantee being unsecured;

 

    senior in right of payment to future Indebtedness that may be subordinated to the New 2024 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

    effectively junior to the Issuers’ (including the Additional Issuers’) existing secured Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities and any future secured Indebtedness, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

 

    effectively subordinated to all Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are not obligors of the New 2024 Notes.

The Indenture limits the amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur as set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and limits liens securing Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors as set forth below under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.”

 

147


Table of Contents

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants” below, the Indenture does not contain any provisions that would afford holders of the New 2024 Notes protection in the event of (i) a highly leveraged or similar transaction involving the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) a reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction involving an Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that may adversely affect the holders of the 2024 Notes. In addition, subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants” below and certain restrictions under instruments governing the Issuers’ Credit Facilities, an Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries may, in the future, enter into certain transactions that would increase the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries or substantially reduce or eliminate the assets of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to service its Indebtedness, including the 2024 Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The New 2024 Notes will be issued in an initial aggregate principal amount of $1,250.0 million and will mature on June 15, 2024. In addition, an unlimited amount of additional New 2024 Notes may be issued under the Indenture from time to time after this exchange offer. If additional New 2024 Notes are issued with the same terms as the New 2024 Notes offered hereby, such additional New 2024 Notes will form a single class with the New 2024 Notes offered hereby. The New 2024 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Interest on the New 2024 Notes will accrue at the rate of 6.625% per annum. Interest on the New 2024 Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year until maturity, beginning on June 15, 2017 (or December 15, 2017 if this exchange offer is consummated after June 15, 2017). Interest payments to the holders of record of the New 2024 Notes will be made on the immediately preceding June 1 and December 1. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

All payments on the New 2024 Notes will be made by wire by the paying agent and registrar unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders of the New 2024 Notes at their addresses set forth in the register of such holders. The trustee will initially act as the paying agent and registrar. The Issuers may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the New 2024 Notes, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Additional Interest may accrue on the New 2024 Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described under “Registration Rights.”

Subsidiary Guarantees

The New 2024 Notes will initially be jointly and severally guaranteed (the “ Subsidiary Guarantees ”) by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (including the Additional Issuers) that is an obligor under either of the Credit Facilities (other than the Co-Issuers) (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”).

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related To The Notes and Our Indebtedness—The notes will be structurally subordinated to the debt and other liabilities of ACL’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, and your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of such non-guarantor subsidiaries declares bankruptcy, liquidates or reorganizes.”

The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be:

 

    general senior unsecured obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pari passu or senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including such obligations under the Original Notes and the 2025 Notes;

 

148


Table of Contents
    senior in right of payment to future Indebtedness that may be subordinated to its Subsidiary Guarantee of the New 2024 Notes;

 

    effectively junior to existing secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including its obligations under the Credit Facilities and any future secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

    effectively subordinated to all Indebtedness and other obligations of the non-Subsidiary Guarantors; and

 

    structurally senior to all of the existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of any of ACL’s existing and future subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuers) that are not guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, including the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This may not be effective to protect the Subsidiary Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations or reduce such obligations to an amount that effectively makes the Subsidiary Guarantee worthless. In a Florida bankruptcy case that was overturned by the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals on other grounds, a similar provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees.

No Subsidiary Guarantor will be permitted to consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation or other Person, whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

 

    subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or event of default exists; and

 

    the Issuers shall have delivered to the trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants” below, the Indenture provides that in the event of (a) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, (b) a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor or (c) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided below under the caption “—Defeasance of Notes or Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances,” then the Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor or a legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge) or the entity acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, except in the event of a sale or other disposition to an Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and effect, upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

149


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

On and after June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the New 2024 Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the 2024 Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption
Price
 

2019

     104.969

2020

     103.313

2021

     101.656

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the New 2024 Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the New 2024 Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2024 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the New 2024 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional New 2024 Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the New 2024 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional New 2024 Notes) remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of New 2024 Notes being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with DTC procedures and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In connection with any redemption of New 2024 Notes (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, debt issuance, other offering or other corporate transactions or events and may provide for extensions of the

 

150


Table of Contents

redemption date at the option of the Issuers. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

Subject to applicable federal and state securities laws, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company may at any time and from time to time purchase New 2024 Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Mandatory Redemption

The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments in respect of the New 2024 Notes.

Change of Control Triggering Event

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined herein), each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s New 2024 Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem 2024 Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.”

Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the New 2024 Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” the Issuers shall send a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder with a copy to the trustee stating:

(1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s New 2024 Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts and information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event;

(3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and

(4) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its New 2024 Notes purchased.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all 2024 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event (subject to any extensions to the extent set forth in the notice of such Change of Control Offer). If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2024 Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control

 

151


Table of Contents

Offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchase all of the New 2024 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all New 2024 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of New 2024 Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.

This Change of Control Triggering Event repurchase provision is a result of negotiations between the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company’s capital structure or credit ratings.

The occurrence of events which would constitute a Change of Control may constitute a default under the Credit Facilities. Future senior indebtedness of the Issuers may also contain prohibitions on certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such senior indebtedness to be repaid or repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Issuers to repurchase the New 2024 Notes could cause a default under such senior indebtedness, even if the Change of Control Triggering Event itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Issuers. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Issuers’ then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of New 2024 Notes to require the Issuers to repurchase such New 2024 Notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Certain Covenants

If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the New 2024 Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Termination Event ”), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not at any time thereafter be subject to the following covenants:

(1) “—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

152


Table of Contents

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(4) “—Transactions with Affiliates.”

There can be no assurance that the New 2024 Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

The Issuers shall provide written notice to the trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Termination Event, but no default or event of default shall occur as a result of the failure to provide such notice. The trustee will have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the holders of the New 2024 Notes of the occurrence of a Covenant Termination Event.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Indenture provides that:

(1) the Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

(2) the Company will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including the pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this paragraph exceeds the greater of $1,250 million and 5.0% of Total Assets (the “ Non-Guarantor Exception ”).

The foregoing limitations will not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(a) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,500 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(b) the Incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8,000 million plus an unlimited amount of additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility as long as, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the use of proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (assuming, to the

 

153


Table of Contents

extent incurred pursuant to this clause (b), that all such Indebtedness is secured whether or not so secured;

(c) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the 2024 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and this exchange offer and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(d) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (aa));

(e) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, and purchase money Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock Incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other asset that is used or useful in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) and related taxes and transaction costs in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (e), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,250 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(f) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(g) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(h) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(i) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(j) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any

 

154


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(k) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley (whether or not owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(l) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (m) (and any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any such obligations), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing any obligations Incurred under this clause (whether or not such obligations could be newly Incurred under this clause on the date of such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement), so long as the obligations resulting from such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement do not exceed the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of such obligations at the time such obligations became Permitted Debt under the Indenture, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (m) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (m) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance upon this clause (m));

(n) any guarantee or co-issuance by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited under the terms of the Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2024 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee or co-issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the New 2024 Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the New 2024 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(o) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (c), (d), (e), (k), (o) and (p) of this paragraph or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay

 

155


Table of Contents

premiums (including lender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;

(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii) one year after the Stated Maturity of the 2024 Notes;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the 2024 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the 2024 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; and

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(p) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (i) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition and (ii) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant;

(2) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such acquisition; or

(3) such Indebtedness is Incurred by an Issuer or a Guarantor and does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Stated Maturity of the 2024 Notes, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Stated Maturity of the 2024 Notes, and is subordinated to the 2024 Notes;

(q) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its Incurrence;

(r) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(s) Contribution Indebtedness;

(t) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

156


Table of Contents

(u) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence;

(v) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers;

(w) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company permitted by the Indenture;

(y) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(z) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(aa) the Existing 2022 Notes; provided this clause (aa) shall not be in effect 60 days following the Issue Date; and

(bb) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness will be used to prepay other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Indebtedness is thereafter promptly assumed, retired or otherwise repaid by a Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and upon such assumption, retirement or other repayment, such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of the clauses in the second paragraph or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof, but may be Incurred partially under one clause and partially under one or more other clauses; provided that all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility which is in existence or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date and the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility outstanding or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date, in each case, shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of the second paragraph hereof, respectively, and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant or “—Limitation on Liens.” Any Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar facility shall only be deemed to be Incurred at the time funds are borrowed. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances

 

157


Table of Contents

or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization. The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(2) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (h) and (j) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”); or

 

158


Table of Contents

(4) make any Restricted Investment.

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(a) no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as an immediate consequence thereof;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and not returned or rescinded (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (11)(b) and (20) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any property received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such exchange, plus

(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company

 

159


Table of Contents

or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph or clause (27) of “Permitted Investments”), (B) the sale or disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph or clause (27) of “Permitted Investments”).

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration such payment or the giving of such notice would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of such notice would have been deemed a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares), or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and

(b) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in either case which constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness under clause (o) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the

 

160


Table of Contents

Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the relevant Person’s estate or beneficiary of such Person’s estate) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $125 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $75 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph); plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a) and (b) above in any calendar year); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (4) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(5) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(7) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or

 

161


Table of Contents

indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of dividends permitted by clause (a) above, repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted under clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);

(8) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(10) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(11) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent, in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable:

(a) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees, taxes and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness; and

(c) pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of such direct or indirect parent of the Company that are not consummated;

(d) pay costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(e) expenses Incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(i) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(ii) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(iii) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

 

162


Table of Contents

(12) the payment of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to (or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to) fund the payment of fees and expenses owed by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(13) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants and payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

(14) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(15) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described under “—Change of Control Triggering Event” and “—Asset Sales;” provided that, prior to or concurrently with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by the Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the New 2024 Notes as a result of such Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased all New 2024 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

(16) distributions pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement (as defined in this Prospectus);

(17) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(18) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(19) (i) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Issue Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (19)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Company) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (ii) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Issue Date for which AB Acquisition LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Company after the Issue Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Issue Date relating to income generated in the Company or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (including any predecessors thereof) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local

 

163


Table of Contents

income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment; and

(20) other Restricted Payments as long as, at the time of the making thereof and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payments), the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.00 to 1.00;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (9) and (20), no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

It is expected that as of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than captive insurance companies) will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

For purposes of the covenant described above, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuers may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as such Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined on the date the contractual obligation is entered into) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the 2024 Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

 

164


Table of Contents

(b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this provision.

Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(1) to repay Obligations under the Credit Facilities that are secured by a Lien (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto);

(2) to repay either (i) Obligations under the 2024 Notes or (ii) Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that in the case of any repayment pursuant to clause (ii), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will reduce Obligations under the 2024 Notes on an equal or ratable basis with the Pari Passu Indebtedness repaid pursuant to clause (ii) (a) on a pro rata basis as provided under “—Optional Redemption,” (b) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (c) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase their 2024 Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of 2024 Notes that would otherwise be prepaid (which offer shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer for purposes hereof); and/or

(3) to acquire Additional Assets;

provided that in the case of clause (3) above, a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise use such Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. The Indenture provides that any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds. ” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all holders of New 2024

 

165


Table of Contents

Notes and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to Asset Sales, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such New 2024 Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and, in the case of New 2024 Notes, is in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the trustee. If the aggregate principal amount of New 2024 Notes or the other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders and holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall select the New 2024 Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the New 2024 Notes or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds the Issuers are offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the New 2024 Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

If more New 2024 Notes are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such New 2024 Notes for purchase will be made by the Issuers in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such New 2024 Notes are listed, or if such New 2024 Notes are not listed, by lot or such other method as the Issuers shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of DTC); provided , that the Issuers shall not select New 2024 Notes for purchase which would result in a noteholder with a principal amount of New 2024 Notes less than the minimum denomination to the extent practicable.

Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of New 2024 Notes (with a copy to the trustee) at such holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with DTC procedures). If any New 2024 Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such New 2024 Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

A new 2024 Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any 2024 Note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original 2024 Note; provided that global 2024 Notes will be reduced in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC to reflect the unpurchased portion of any such 2024 Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on 2024 Notes or portions thereof purchased.

 

166


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, unless:

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction (or if earlier, the date on which such transaction is contractually agreed) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above (which resolution, if adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with clause (a) above).

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) (a) transactions between or among the Company, the Co-Issuers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the applicable transactions and (b) any merger of the Company and any direct parent of the Company, provided that such direct parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company (if applicable) and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(2) transactions in connection with (a) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and (b) Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities, insurance arrangements, reimbursements, and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(4) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph;

(5) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(6) any agreement (other than with the Sponsor) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the noteholders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

167


Table of Contents

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(8) (a) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms at least as favorable that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (determined at the time such transaction is entered into, or, if early, the date such transaction is contractually agreed) or (b) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing, including dispositions and repurchases of assets;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year, plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, consulting, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking or advisory activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the Transactions, operations, management, acquisitions, divestitures or other financing arrangements, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith;

(13) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(14) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(15) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

168


Table of Contents

(16) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(17) any employment agreements, pension plans or other employee benefit plans or arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(18) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

(19) in the case of clause (19) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the entering into any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to such payments;

(20) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/ or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(21) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(22) any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(23) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(24) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Liens

Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or on any evidences of Indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock of, or other ownership interests in, any Restricted Subsidiary (regardless of whether the asset, property, Indebtedness, Capital Stock or ownership interests were acquired before or after the date of the Indenture) without effectively providing that the 2024 Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

The preceding paragraph will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the 2024 Notes if the relevant Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the 2024 Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee under the preceding paragraph shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the 2024 Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee under the preceding paragraph.

 

169


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(a) if any of the Reference Notes are hereafter secured by any Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Additional Liens ”), then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, substantially concurrently with the granting of any such Liens, grant perfected Liens in the same additional collateral securing the Reference Notes to secure the New 2024 Notes, equally, ratably and on a pari passu basis (the “ Pari Passu Liens ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Permitted Liens that secure any Reference Notes as of the Issue Date. The Pari Passu Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (i) granted concurrently with the granting of any such Additional Liens, and (ii) granted pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less favorable to the trustee and the holders of the 2024 Notes than those granted to secure such Reference Notes. In connection with the granting of any such Pari Passu Liens, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall provide to the trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the corresponding property are provided to the holders of such Reference Notes or their trustee (and in an insured amount that bears the same proportion to the principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes as the insured amount in the policies provided to the holders of such Reference Notes bears to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z) legal opinions and other assurances as the trustee may reasonably request; and

(b) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become entitled to the release of all of such Additional Liens securing such Reference Notes and Subsidiary guarantees related thereto, and provided that no default or event of default has then occurred and remains continuing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may in its sole discretion request that the collateral agent release the corresponding Pari Passu Liens securing the New 2024 Notes and in such circumstances the collateral agent shall so release such Pari Passu Liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Issuers register the 2024 Notes or the related exchange notes with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the 2024 Notes or the related exchange notes, then the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall at such time automatically be deemed not to be part of the collateral that would secure the 2024 Notes pursuant to this covenant, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

For purposes of the covenant described above, if any Lien would be permitted pursuant to one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Lien,” the Company may classify such Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Lien so long as such Lien (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Indenture does not allow any Issuer to (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) either (x) an Issuer is the surviving person, in the case of a merger or consolidation, and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, there will be a co-obligor of the New 2024 Notes that is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or

 

170


Table of Contents

the District of Columbia for so long as the Company remains a limited liability company or (y) the successor or transferee is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such successor or transferee expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, all of such Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, including under the New 2024 Notes; provided if such successor or transferee is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the New 2024 Notes is a corporation;

(b) no default or event of default under the Indenture exists immediately after such transaction; and

(c) the Issuers shall have delivered to the trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Indenture provides that the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary other than the Co-Issuers (unless such Subsidiary is not required to guarantee the Credit Facilities or is already a Subsidiary Guarantor) that:

(a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock,

in each case, other than (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and (2) any Permitted Debt referred to in the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” to execute and deliver to the trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the 2024 Notes. The Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock referenced in clause (a) and (b) shall be referred to as “ Reference Indebtedness .”

Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

In the event that any such (i) Restricted Subsidiary no longer guarantees such Reference Indebtedness or (ii) such Reference Indebtedness is no longer outstanding, then, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary will be released and relieved of its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such transaction related to such release is carried out pursuant to and in accordance with all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.

Reports

So long as any New 2024 Notes are outstanding:

(1) the Company will provide the trustee and holders of New 2024 Notes with annual consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and unaudited quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the

 

171


Table of Contents

absence of year-end adjustments and footnotes in the case of quarterly financial statements) and (ii) be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations of the Company contained in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise publicly available, such financial statements and related discussion shall be made available to holders of New 2024 Notes and prospective investors in the New 2024 Notes by posting on a password protected website accessible by all such persons, which will announce when such items have been posted (it being understood that the Company may require a certification and customary non-disclosure agreement to access such site); and

(2) the Company will furnish to the trustee and holders of New 2024 Notes all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02 and 5.01 (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such event is not material to holders of the New 2024 Notes or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive or other material harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that such non-disclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive or other material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself provided , further , that no such report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries). All information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (2) shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filer reporting companies under the Exchange Act. Information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (2) shall be made by posting on the website referred to in clause (1) above.

If after the Issue Date the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the clauses (1) and (2) above shall include a reasonably detailed presentation (which may be consistent with the non-guarantor information provided in this prospectus), either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” or comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

So long as any New 2024 Notes are outstanding, the Company will also issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered holders of New 2024 Notes) upon the posting of the information required by clauses (1) and (2) above.

The Company will hold a conference call for the holders of New 2024 Notes to discuss such financial information described in clause (1) above no later than 10 calendar days after delivering the annual financial information and the quarterly financial information described in clause (1) above (it

 

172


Table of Contents

being understood that such conference call may be prior to the delivery of such financial information described above and may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity or debt investors and analysts at the time of its earnings release). The Company will issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered holders of New 2024 Notes) of any such conference call at least one Business Day in advance.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a guarantor (a “ Parent Guarantor ”) of the New 2024 Notes, the Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent Guarantor; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company (i) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, by a Parent Entity filing a registration statement in connection with a potential Qualified IPO or (ii) prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and, in each case, satisfying the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company, a Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity has provided the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company, such Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity, in each case, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this covenant.

To the extent any such information, reports or other documents are filed electronically on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (or any successor system), such filing shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the New 2024 Notes and the trustee.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the trustee is for informational purposes only and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

Events of Default

Events of default means any of the following:

(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any New 2024 Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days,

(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any New 2024 Notes when due,

(3) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any one time, in an amount in excess of $150 million; provided that in the event of any event of default specified in this clause, such event of default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the New 2024 Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the trustee or the holders of the New 2024

 

173


Table of Contents

Notes, if within 30 days after such event of default arose the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such event of default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such event of default or (z) the default that is the basis for such event of default has been cured,

(4) failure by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenants or warranties in the Indenture if the default continues uncured for a period of 60 days (or, in the case of the failure to comply with the Indenture provisions described under “—Reports,” 90 days) after written notice to the Issuers by the trustee or to the Issuers and the trustee by the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes as provided in the Indenture, and

(6) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

If an event of default occurs and continues, then the trustee or the holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes may, by a notice in writing to the Issuers, and to the trustee if given by the holders, declare to be due and payable immediately the principal of the outstanding New 2024 Notes.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to New 2024 Notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes may, subject to the Issuers having paid or deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient to pay overdue interest and principal which has become due other than by acceleration and certain other conditions, rescind and annul such acceleration if all events of default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal and premium, if any, with respect to the New 2024 Notes have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. For information as to waiver of defaults see the discussion set forth below under “—Modification and Waiver.”

The Indenture provides that the trustee is not obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of New 2024 Notes, unless the trustee receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain rights of the trustee and applicable law, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to such New 2024 Notes.

No holder of any New 2024 Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy under the Indenture, unless such holder shall have previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default with respect to the New 2024 Notes and the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes shall have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and the trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 2024 Notes direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, the holder of any New 2024 Notes will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and any interest on such 2024 Notes on or after the due dates expressed in such New 2024 Notes and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment.

 

174


Table of Contents

The Issuers are required by the Indenture, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, to furnish to the trustee a statement as to compliance with the Indenture. The Indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of New 2024 Notes of any default or event of default (except a default in payment on New 2024 Notes) with respect to New 2024 Notes if and so long as a committee of its trust officers, in good faith, determines that withholding such notice is in the interest of the holders of New 2024 Notes.

Modification and Waiver

The Issuers and the trustee, at any time and from time to time, will be permitted to modify the Indenture without prior notice to or consent of any holder of the New 2024 Notes for any of the following purposes:

(1) to permit a successor Person to assume the Issuers’ covenants and obligations under the Indenture and in the 2024 Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(2) to add to the Issuers’ covenants for the benefit of the holders of the New 2024 Notes;

(3) to surrender any of the Issuers’ rights or powers conferred in the Indenture;

(4) to add any additional events of default;

(5) to supplement any of the provisions of the Indenture to the extent needed to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the New 2024 Notes in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the 2024 Notes in any material respect;

(6) to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as is necessary to provide for the administration of the trust by more than one trustee;

(7) to cure any ambiguity;

(8) to provide for the issuance of additional New 2024 Notes;

(9) to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture;

(10) to (i) secure the New 2024 Notes with collateral and (ii) release collateral (if any) from the Lien when permitted or required by the terms of the applicable security documents (if any have been entered into), the intercreditor agreement (if one has been entered into) or the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture or the New 2024 Notes to this “Description of the New 2024 Notes”; or

(12) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture which are not inconsistent with any provision of the Indenture as long as the new provisions do not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the holders of the New 2024 Notes.

The Issuers will also be permitted to modify the Indenture for any other purpose if the Issuers receive the written consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2024 Notes. However, the Issuers will not be permitted, without the consent of the holder of each New 2024 Note affected thereby, to:

(1) change the Stated Maturity or reduce the principal amount or the rate of interest, or extend the time for payment of interest of the New 2024 Notes or any premium payable upon the redemption of the New 2024 Notes, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the due date thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the

 

175


Table of Contents

redemption date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the holders of the New 2024 Notes or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee);

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the New 2024 Notes where the consent of the holder is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver which is provided for in the Indenture; or

(3) modify any of the waiver provisions, except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each outstanding New 2024 Note which would be affected.

The Indenture provides that the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New 2024 Notes, by notice to the trustee, may on behalf of the holders of the New 2024 Notes waive any default and its consequences under the Indenture, except (1) a continuing default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any New 2024 Note held by a non-consenting holder or (2) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each New 2024 Note.

Defeasance of Notes or Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.  The Indenture provides that the Issuers may be discharged from any and all obligations under the New 2024 Notes other than:

(1) certain obligations to pay additional amounts, if any, upon the occurrence of certain tax, assessment or governmental charge events regarding payments on the New 2024 Notes;

(2) to register the transfer or exchange of the New 2024 Notes;

(3) to replace stolen, lost or mutilated New 2024 Notes; or

(4) to maintain paying agencies and to hold money for payment in trust.

The Issuers may only defease and discharge all of their obligations under the New 2024 Notes if:

(1) the Issuers irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, the amount, as certified by an Officer’s Certificate, of money and/or U.S. government obligations that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will be sufficient to pay and discharge each installment of principal and premium, if any and any interest on, and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of, the 2024 Notes on the dates such payments are due; and

(2) with respect to legal defeasance, the Issuers deliver to the trustee an opinion of independent counsel (which opinion must refer to and be based upon a published ruling of the United States Internal Revenue Service or a change in applicable United States federal income tax laws) or a ruling directed to the trustee from the United States Internal Revenue Service, in either case to the effect that holders of the New 2024 Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge.

Defeasance of Certain Covenants.     Upon compliance with certain conditions, the Issuers may omit to comply with certain restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture. Any omission by the Issuers to comply with their obligations or covenants shall not constitute a default or event of default with respect to any New 2024 Notes. In that event, you would lose the protection of these covenants, but would gain the protection of having money and/or U.S. government obligations set aside in trust to repay the New 2024 Notes. The Issuers may only defease any covenants if, among other requirements:

 

176


Table of Contents

(1) the Issuers deposit with the trustee money and/or U.S. government obligations that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect to such obligations, in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount, as certified by an Officer’s Certificate, sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the New 2024 Notes on the dates such payments are due; and

(2) the Issuers deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel or a ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the holders of the New 2024 Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a result of the covenant defeasance.

Limited Liability of Certain Persons

The Indenture provides that none of the Issuers’ past, present or future stockholders, incorporators, employees, officers or directors, or of any successor corporation or any of the Issuers’ affiliates shall have any personal liability in respect of the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture or the New 2024 Notes by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, incorporator, employee, officer or director.

Concerning the Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association is the trustee under the Indenture and will be appointed by the Issuers as registrar and paying agent with regard to the New 2024 Notes.

If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Issuers, the Indenture will limit its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New 2024 Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. The trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of such New 2024 Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture is governed by New York law.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

 

177


Table of Contents

ABL Facility ” means the asset-based credit facilities as in effect on the Issue Date or any subsequent asset-based credit facility entered into, in each case, with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility or one or more successors to the ABL Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person (a) is merged with or into (or consolidated or otherwise combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (b) became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

in each case, including Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such asset disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) any Permitted Investment.

Additional Interest ” means (i) all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any additional interest owing in connection with any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of additional New 2024 Notes.

Additional Issuer ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor that executes a supplemental indenture (which supplemental indenture shall be in a form consistent with the Third Supplemental Indenture

 

178


Table of Contents

dated May 5, 2017) as an “Additional Issuer”. The provisions applicable to an “Issuer” under “- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and “-Change of Control Triggering Event” (in each case, including the related definitions referred to therein) shall not apply to any Additional Issuer and each provision applicable to a Guarantor shall continue to apply to each Guarantor notwithstanding its designation as an Additional Issuer.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates.”

Albertson’s Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any New 2024 Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the 2024 Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2024 Note at June 15, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the applicable table appearing above under “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the 2024 Note through June 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the New 2024 Note,

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Persons as the Issuers may designate.

The trustee shall not be responsible for calculating or verifying the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (in each case, other than Equity Interests of the Company and other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited to be made under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

179


Table of Contents

(d) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or disposition of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50 million;

(e) dispositions of Divested Properties;

(f) dispositions of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse and abandonment of intellectual property) or dispositions of obsolete or surplus assets, worn out assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property consistent with past practice;

(j) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(m) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(n) the sale of any property in a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction otherwise not prohibited under the Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with the granting or enforcement of Permitted Liens;

(p) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q) any disposition of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(r) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(s) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(t) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of

 

180


Table of Contents

property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(u) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(v) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(w) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Hedging Obligations.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Borrowing Base ” means the sum of (i) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, using amounts reflected on the most recent available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the inventory and accounts receivable of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination) and (z) 100% of unrestricted cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner or managing member of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

 

181


Table of Contents

“Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of notice or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder and other than any transaction in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;” or

 

182


Table of Contents

(3) the Company fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (3) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Issuers consolidate with and into the Company or (ii) any such Co-Issuer consolidates with and into another Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “—Change of Control.”

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Event occurring in respect of that Change of Control.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and in each case, excluding (i) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (ii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (iv) any expensing of a bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (v) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting and (vi) Swap Contract costs.

Consolidated Net Income ” means for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

 

183


Table of Contents

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the referent Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(7) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(8) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(9) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(10) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that (x) the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included therein and (y) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; and

(11) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of any parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company for such period.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition or disposition), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

 

184


Table of Contents

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash restricted in favor of the lenders under any Credit Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of such Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the New 2024 Notes, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on or prior to the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

 

185


Table of Contents

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Issuer.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the 2024 Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until (or contemporaneously with) compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the 2024 Notes (including the purchase of any 2024 Notes tendered pursuant thereto)), or

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the New 2024 Notes; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition or Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or any similar regulatory authority; provided that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during

 

186


Table of Contents

such period to the extent otherwise permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

(5) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Facilities (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments;” plus

(8) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(9) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) other pro forma adjustments made and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(10) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(11) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an

 

187


Table of Contents

accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities or other property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Existing 2022 Notes ” means, the 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 issued by the Company and Safeway.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Company in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.

 

188


Table of Contents

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in the United States. For the avoidance of doubt the terms “consolidated” and “Consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), with the amount of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being the amount equal to the amount available to be drawn, (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date; (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the principal component of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Initial Purchasers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Drexel Hamilton, LLC.

 

189


Table of Contents

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall not give effect to any Indebtedness being incurred on such date (or expected to be incurred thereafter).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any default or event of default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transaction (including the related transactions to be entered into connection therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under the Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes

 

190


Table of Contents

of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

interest ” means, with respect to the New 2024 Notes, interest on the 2024 Notes, and Additional Interest, if any.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or, if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the 2024 Notes for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be,

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the referent Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of

 

191


Table of Contents

the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means the date on which the Original 2024 Notes were initially issued.

Joint Venture ” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting stock or other Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition, including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

NAI Notes ” means the (i) 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028; (ii) 7.75% Debentures due 2026; (iii) 7.45% Debentures due 2029; (iv) 8.70% Debentures due 2030; and (v) 8.00% Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by New Albertson’s, Inc.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be paid to the holder of a beneficial interest in such asset or applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to

 

192


Table of Contents

the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-Guarantor Exception ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Non-recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person, as applicable, or other Person performing such functions, regardless of title or designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors for purposes of the Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of each Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the 2024 Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in the business or Related Business Assets or a combination of assets used or useful in the business, Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company, a parent of the Company or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting

 

193


Table of Contents

power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company (including the notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) advances to future, current and former officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, not in excess of $75 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, or (c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations entered into (1) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

 

194


Table of Contents

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(11) (a) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers consistent with past practice, (c) to the extent constituting an Investment, guarantees of operating leases or (d) Investments made with the assets comprising the wellness centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (8)(b) of such paragraph);

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Certain Covenants—Subsidiary Guarantees”;

(16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such

 

195


Table of Contents

Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided , however , that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of cash, a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(19) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19);

(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(21) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(22) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Debt;

(24) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(25) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(26) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Investment, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(28) Investments (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) in a Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or any successor thereof).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than pursuant to clauses (19) and (29) below);

(2) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with an Issuer or a Subsidiary ( provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such entity becoming a

 

196


Table of Contents

Subsidiary or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary other than property of the entity so acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary);

(3) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24 months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof ( provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired);

(4) Liens on any property acquired, developed, constructed or otherwise improved by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including Liens on the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company and substantially all assets of such Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such property constitutes substantially all of the business of such Subsidiary) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the development, construction or improvement thereof (including architectural, engineering, financing, consultant, advisor and legal fees and preopening costs), or any Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purposes, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;

(5) Liens which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6) Liens on the stock, partnership or other Equity Interest of an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary that owns an Equity Interest in such Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

(7) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or industrial revenue bond financing;

(8) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

(9) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

(11) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and certain other minor irregularities of title;

(12) Liens required by an escrow agreement in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness;

(13) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the

 

197


Table of Contents

account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(16) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(18) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (including the Non-Guarantor Exception) or clause (e), (m), (n), (u), (y), (z) or (bb) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants— Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including the use of proceeds therefrom);

(19) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus in the case of any such Indebtedness that is amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed which is secured by a Lien permitted under this clause (19) or a portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement, modification or change;

(20) Liens securing the 2024 Notes, additional 2024 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees);

(21) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(22) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(23) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(24) (a) judgment and attachment Liens and Liens arising out of decrees, orders and awards, in each case, to the extent not giving rise to an Event of Default and (b) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(25) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (25) above securing obligations outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) $1,250 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Incurrence;

 

198


Table of Contents

(27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the Indenture;

(28) any extension, renewal, replacement, restructuring, refinancing or other modification of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (27); and

(29) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (aa) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Public Company Costs ” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and

 

199


Table of Contents

other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the New 2024 Notes for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.

Ratings Event ” means a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the New 2024 Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by both Rating Agencies, as a result of which the rating of the New 2024 Notes on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by the applicable Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement); provided, however , that a Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making such reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or otherwise inform the trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary.

Real Property ” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

 

200


Table of Contents

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by delivery to the trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Reference Notes ” means, collectively, the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

 

201


Table of Contents

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this “Description of the New 2024 Notes,” all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

Retired Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway Notes ” means the (i) 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020; (ii) 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021; (iii) 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027; and (iv) 7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by Safeway.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with a person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or to which any such person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such person, or to any other person (other than the Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such person on the security of the leased property; provided that in connection with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received cash proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of such property and (y) on terms at least as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from a non-Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

 

202


Table of Contents

Sponsor ” means individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation .

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to an Issuer, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2024 Notes and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other Equity Interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other Equity Interests) of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan credit agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, by and among the Company (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), certain Subsidiaries of the Company, the financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of

 

203


Table of Contents

Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Facility or one or more successors to the Term Loan Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders of holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available.

Total Assets ” means at any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Treasury Securities ” mean any obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company but excluding the Company and the Co-Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

204


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Interest Coverage Ratio test described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such date entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

205


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW 2025 NOTES

You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading “Certain Definitions.” In this description, (1) the terms “ Company ,” “ we ,” “ us ” and “ our ” refer only to Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (2) the term “ NAI ” refers only to New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (3) the term “ Safeway ” refers to Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and not to any of its Subsidiaries, (4) the term “ Albertsons ” refers to Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (5) the term “ Co-Issuers ” refers collectively to NAI, Safeway and Albertsons, (6) the term “ Issuers ” refers collectively to the Company, NAI, Safeway and Albertsons, and (7) the term “ Issuer ” refers to any of the Issuers individually. We refer to the Original 2025 notes, together with the New 2025 Notes, as the “ 2025 Notes .”

The Original 2025 Notes were issued, and the New 2025 Notes will be issued, under an Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016, as amended (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Additional Issuers (as defined below) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “ trustee ”).

The terms of the New 2025 Notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the Original 2025 Notes, except for the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Original 2025 Notes. The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. This summary does not restate the Indenture in its entirety. The Issuers urge you to read the Indenture. those terms made a part of the Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”), and the Registration Rights Agreement because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the notes. Copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement may be obtained from the Company upon request.

Ranking

The New 2025 Notes will be:

 

    general senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers (including the Additional Issuers), pari passu or senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of the Issuers, (including the Additional Issuers) including the Original Notes and the 2024 Notes (each as defined in this prospectus);

 

    guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below), with each such Subsidiary Guarantee being unsecured;

 

    senior in right of payment to future Indebtedness that may be subordinated to the New 2025 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

    effectively junior to the Issuers’ (including the Additional Issuers’) existing secured Indebtedness, including Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities and any future secured Indebtedness, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and

 

    effectively subordinated to all Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are not obligors of the New 2025 Notes.

The Indenture limits the amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur as set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and limits liens securing Indebtedness of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors as set forth below under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.”

 

206


Table of Contents

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants” below, the Indenture does not contain any provisions that would afford holders of the New 2025 Notes protection in the event of (i) a highly leveraged or similar transaction involving the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) a reorganization, restructuring, merger or similar transaction involving an Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that may adversely affect the holders of the 2025 Notes. In addition, subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants” below and certain restrictions under instruments governing the Issuers’ Credit Facilities, an Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries may, in the future, enter into certain transactions that would increase the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries or substantially reduce or eliminate the assets of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries, which may have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to service its Indebtedness, including the 2025 Notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

The New 2025 Notes will be issued in an initial aggregate principal amount of $1,250.0 million and will mature on March 15, 2025. In addition, an unlimited amount of additional New 2025 Notes may be issued under the Indenture from time to time after this exchange offer. If additional New 2025 Notes are issued with the same terms as the New 2025 Notes offered hereby, such additional New 2025 Notes will form a single class with the New 2025 Notes offered hereby. The New 2025 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Interest on the New 2025 Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.750% per annum. Interest on the New 2025 Notes will be payable semiannually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year until maturity, beginning on September 15, 2017. Interest payments to the holders of record of the New 2025 Notes will be made on the immediately preceding March 1 and September 1. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

All payments on the New 2025 Notes will be made by wire by the paying agent and registrar unless the Issuers elect to make interest payments by check mailed to the holders of the New 2025 Notes at their addresses set forth in the register of such holders. The trustee will initially act as the paying agent and registrar. The Issuers may change the paying agent or registrar without prior notice to the holders of the New 2025 Notes, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent or registrar.

Additional Interest may accrue on the New 2025 Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement as described under “Registration Rights.”

Subsidiary Guarantees

The New 2025 Notes will initially be jointly and severally guaranteed (the “ Subsidiary Guarantees ”) by each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (including the Additional Issuers) that is an obligor under either of the Credit Facilities (other than the Co-Issuers) (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”).

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related To The Notes and Our Indebtedness—The notes will be structurally subordinated to the debt and other liabilities of ACL’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, and your right to receive payments on the notes could be adversely affected if any of such non-guarantor subsidiaries declares bankruptcy, liquidates or reorganizes.”

The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be:

 

    general senior unsecured obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pari passu or senior in right of payment to all existing and future Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including such obligations under the Original Notes and the 2024 Notes;

 

207


Table of Contents
    senior in right of payment to future Indebtedness that may be subordinated to its Subsidiary Guarantee of the New 2025 Notes;

 

    effectively junior to existing secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including its obligations under the Credit Facilities and any future secured Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

    effectively subordinated to all Indebtedness and other obligations of the non-Subsidiary Guarantors; and

 

    structurally senior to all of the existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of any of ACL’s existing and future subsidiaries (other than the Co-Issuers) that are not guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, including the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. This may not be effective to protect the Subsidiary Guarantee from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may eliminate the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations or reduce such obligations to an amount that effectively makes the Subsidiary Guarantee worthless. In a Florida bankruptcy case that was overturned by the Eleventh Circuit Court of Appeals on other grounds, a similar provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees.

No Subsidiary Guarantor will be permitted to consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation or other Person, whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

 

    subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

 

    immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or event of default exists; and

 

    the Issuers shall have delivered to the trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

Except as described under “—Certain Covenants” below, the Indenture provides that in the event of (a) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, (b) a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor or (c) upon legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture as provided below under the caption “—Defeasance of Notes or Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances,” then the Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor or a legal defeasance or satisfaction and discharge) or the entity acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, except in the event of a sale or other disposition to an Issuer or any other Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and effect, upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

208


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

On and after September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the New 2025 Notes, at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the 2025 Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on September 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption
Price
 

2019

     104.313

2020

     102.875

2021

     101.438

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, at any time prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the New 2025 Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the New 2025 Notes or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the New 2025 Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the New 2025 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional New 2025 Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the New 2025 Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional New 2025 Notes) remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of New 2025 Notes being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with DTC procedures and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In connection with any redemption of New 2025 Notes (including with the net cash proceeds of an Equity Offering), any such redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, debt issuance, other offering or other corporate transactions or events and may provide for extensions of the

 

209


Table of Contents

redemption date at the option of the Issuers. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

Subject to applicable federal and state securities laws, the Company, its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company may at any time and from time to time purchase New 2025 Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Mandatory Redemption

The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments in respect of the New 2025 Notes.

Change of Control Triggering Event

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event (as defined herein), each holder will have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s New 2025 Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), except to the extent the Issuers have previously elected to redeem 2025 Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.”

Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the New 2025 Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” the Issuers shall send a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each holder with a copy to the trustee stating:

(1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such holder’s New 2025 Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts and information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event;

(3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and

(4) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its New 2025 Notes purchased.

The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all 2025 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event (subject to any extensions to the extent set forth in the notice of such Change of Control Offer). If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such 2025 Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control

 

210


Table of Contents

Offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchase all of the New 2025 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all New 2025 Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of New 2025 Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof.

This Change of Control Triggering Event repurchase provision is a result of negotiations between the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company’s capital structure or credit ratings.

The occurrence of events which would constitute a Change of Control may constitute a default under the Credit Facilities. Future senior indebtedness of the Issuers may also contain prohibitions on certain events which would constitute a Change of Control or require such senior indebtedness to be repaid or repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover, the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Issuers to repurchase the New 2025 Notes could cause a default under such senior indebtedness, even if the Change of Control Triggering Event itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Issuers. Finally, the Issuers’ ability to pay cash to the holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Issuers’ then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease or transfer of “all or substantially all” the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of New 2025 Notes to require the Issuers to repurchase such New 2025 Notes as a result of a sale, lease or transfer of less than all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

Certain Covenants

If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the New 2025 Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Termination Event ”), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not at any time thereafter be subject to the following covenants:

(1) “—Asset Sales”;

(2) “—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

211


Table of Contents

(3) “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(4) “—Transactions with Affiliates.”

There can be no assurance that the New 2025 Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

The Issuers shall provide written notice to the trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Termination Event, but no default or event of default shall occur as a result of the failure to provide such notice. The trustee will have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the holders of the New 2025 Notes of the occurrence of a Covenant Termination Event.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

The Indenture provides that:

(1) the Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and

(2) the Company will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;

provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including the pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this paragraph exceeds the greater of $1,250 million and 5.0% of Total Assets (the “ Non-Guarantor Exception ”).

The foregoing limitations will not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(a) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,500 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(b) the Incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8,000 million plus an unlimited amount of additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility as long as, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the use of proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (assuming, to the

 

212


Table of Contents

extent incurred pursuant to this clause (b), that all such Indebtedness is secured whether or not so secured;

(c) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the 2025 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and this exchange offer and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(d) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (b) and (c));

(e) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, and purchase money Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock Incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other asset that is used or useful in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) and related taxes and transaction costs in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (e), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,250 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(f) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(g) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(h) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(i) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(j) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any

 

213


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(k) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley (whether or not owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(l) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (m) (and any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any such obligations), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing any obligations Incurred under this clause (whether or not such obligations could be newly Incurred under this clause on the date of such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement), so long as the obligations resulting from such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement do not exceed the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of such obligations at the time such obligations became Permitted Debt under the Indenture, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (m) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (m) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance upon this clause (m));

(n) any guarantee or co-issuance by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited under the terms of the Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee or co-issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the New 2025 Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the New 2025 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(o) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (c), (d), (e), (k), (o) and (p) of this paragraph or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred

 

214


Table of Contents

Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including lender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;

(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii) one year after the Stated Maturity of the 2025 Notes;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the 2025 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the 2025 Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; and

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(p) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (i) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition and (ii) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Interest Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this covenant;

(2) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such acquisition; or

(3) such Indebtedness is Incurred by an Issuer or a Guarantor and does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Stated Maturity of the 2025 Notes, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Stated Maturity of the 2025 Notes, and is subordinated to the 2025 Notes;

(q) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its Incurrence;

(r) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(s) Contribution Indebtedness;

 

215


Table of Contents

(t) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence;

(v) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers;

(w) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company permitted by the Indenture;

(y) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(z) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; and

(aa) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness will be used to prepay other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Indebtedness is thereafter promptly assumed, retired or otherwise repaid by a Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and upon such assumption, retirement or other repayment, such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this covenant and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of the clauses in the second paragraph or pursuant to the first paragraph hereof, but may be Incurred partially under one clause and partially under one or more other clauses; provided that all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility which is in existence or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date and the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility outstanding or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date, in each case, shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of the second paragraph hereof, respectively, and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant or “—Limitation on Liens.” Any Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar facility shall only be deemed to be Incurred at the time

 

216


Table of Contents

funds are borrowed. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization. The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(2) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (h) and (j) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”); or

(4) make any Restricted Investment.

 

217


Table of Contents

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(a) no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as an immediate consequence thereof;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; and

(c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and not returned or rescinded (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (11)(b) and (20) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), plus

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Issue Date(other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(4) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any property received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such exchange, plus

(5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted

 

218


Table of Contents

Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph or clause (27) of “Permitted Investments”), (B) the sale or disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph or clause (27) of “Permitted Investments”).

The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration such payment or the giving of such notice would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of such notice would have been deemed a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares), or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and

(b) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(3) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in either case which constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness under clause (o) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(4) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the

 

219


Table of Contents

Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the relevant Person’s estate or beneficiary of such Person’s estate) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (4) do not exceed $125 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $75 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(a) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph); plus

(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a) and (b) above in any calendar year); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (4) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(5) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (6) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(7) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or

 

220


Table of Contents

indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of dividends permitted by clause (a) above, repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted under clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);

(8) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(10) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(11) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent, in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable:

(a) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees, taxes and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness; and

(c) pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of such direct or indirect parent of the Company that are not consummated;

(d) pay costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(e) expenses Incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(i) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(ii) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(iii) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

 

221


Table of Contents

(12) the payment of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to (or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to) fund the payment of fees and expenses owed by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Transactions with Affiliates”;

(13) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants and payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

(14) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(15) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described under “—Change of Control Triggering Event” and “—Asset Sales;” provided that, prior to or concurrently with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by the Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the New 2025 Notes as a result of such Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased all New 2025 Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

(16) distributions pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement (as defined in this Prospectus);

(17) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(18) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(19) (i) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Issue Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (19)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Company) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (ii) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Issue Date for which AB Acquisition LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Company after the Issue Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Issue Date relating to income generated in the Company or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (including any predecessors thereof) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local

 

222


Table of Contents

income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment; and

(20) other Restricted Payments as long as, at the time of the making thereof and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payments), the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.00 to 1.00;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (6), (7), (9) and (20), no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

It is expected that as of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than captive insurance companies) will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

For purposes of the covenant described above, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuers may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as such Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

Asset Sales

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined on the date the contractual obligation is entered into) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the 2025 Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

 

223


Table of Contents

(b) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this provision.

Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(1) to repay Obligations under the Credit Facilities that are secured by a Lien (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto);

(2) to repay either (i) Obligations under the 2025 Notes or (ii) Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that in the case of any repayment pursuant to clause (ii), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will reduce Obligations under the 2025 Notes on an equal or ratable basis with the Pari Passu Indebtedness repaid pursuant to clause (ii) (a) on a pro rata basis as provided under “—Optional Redemption,” (b) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (c) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase their 2025 Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of 2025 Notes that would otherwise be prepaid (which offer shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer for purposes hereof); and/or

(3) to acquire Additional Assets;

provided that in the case of clause (3) above, a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise use such Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. The Indenture provides that any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds. ” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all holders of New 2025 Notes and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth

 

224


Table of Contents

in the Indenture with respect to Asset Sales, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such New 2025 Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture and, in the case of New 2025 Notes, is in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the trustee. If the aggregate principal amount of New 2025 Notes or the other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders and holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall select the New 2025 Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the New 2025 Notes or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds the Issuers are offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the New 2025 Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

If more New 2025 Notes are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such New 2025 Notes for purchase will be made by the Issuers in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such New 2025 Notes are listed, or if such New 2025 Notes are not listed, by lot or such other method as the Issuers shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of DTC); provided , that the Issuers shall not select New 2025 Notes for purchase which would result in a noteholder with a principal amount of New 2025 Notes less than the minimum denomination to the extent practicable.

Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of New 2025 Notes (with a copy to the trustee) at such holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with DTC procedures). If any New 2025 Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such New 2025 Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

A new 2025 Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any 2025 Note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original 2025 Note; provided that global 2025 Notes will be reduced in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC to reflect the unpurchased portion of any such 2025 Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on 2025 Notes or portions thereof purchased.

 

225


Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates

The indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, unless:

(a) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction (or if earlier, the date on which such transaction is contractually agreed) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above (which resolution, if adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with clause (a) above).

The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(1) (a) transactions between or among the Company, the Co-Issuers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the applicable transactions and (b) any merger of the Company and any direct parent of the Company, provided that such direct parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company (if applicable) and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(2) transactions in connection with (a) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the indenture described above under the covenant “—Limitation on Restricted Payments” and (b) Permitted Investments;

(3) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities, insurance arrangements, reimbursements, and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(4) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of the preceding paragraph;

(5) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(6) any agreement (other than with the Sponsor) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the noteholders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

226


Table of Contents

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(8) (a) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms at least as favorable that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (determined at the time such transaction is entered into, or, if early, the date such transaction is contractually agreed) or (b) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(9) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing, including dispositions and repurchases of assets;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(11) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (x) $75 million and (y) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year, plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, consulting, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking or advisory activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the Transactions, operations, management, acquisitions, divestitures or other financing arrangements, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith;

(13) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(14) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;

(15) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

227


Table of Contents

(16) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(17) any employment agreements, pension plans or other employee benefit plans or arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(18) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

(19) in the case of clause (19) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the entering into any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to such payments;

(20) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/ or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(21) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(22) any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(23) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(24) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Liens

Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or on any evidences of Indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock of, or other ownership interests in, any Restricted Subsidiary (regardless of whether the asset, property, Indebtedness, Capital Stock or ownership interests were acquired before or after the date of the Indenture) without effectively providing that the 2025 Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

The preceding paragraph will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the 2025 Notes if the relevant Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the 2025 Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee under the preceding paragraph shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the 2025 Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantee under the preceding paragraph.

 

228


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(a) if any of the Reference Notes are hereafter secured by any Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Additional Liens ”), then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, substantially concurrently with the granting of any such Liens, grant perfected Liens in the same additional collateral securing the Reference Notes to secure the New 2025 Notes, equally, ratably and on a pari passu basis (the “ Pari Passu Liens ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Permitted Liens that secure any Reference Notes as of the Issue Date. The Pari Passu Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (i) granted concurrently with the granting of any such Additional Liens, and (ii) granted pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less favorable to the trustee and the holders of the 2025 Notes than those granted to secure such Reference Notes. In connection with the granting of any such Pari Passu Liens, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall provide to the trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the corresponding property are provided to the holders of such Reference Notes or their trustee (and in an insured amount that bears the same proportion to the principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes as the insured amount in the policies provided to the holders of such Reference Notes bears to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z) legal opinions and other assurances as the trustee may reasonably request; and

(b) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become entitled to the release of all of such Additional Liens securing such Reference Notes and Subsidiary guarantees related thereto, and provided that no default or event of default has then occurred and remains continuing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may in its sole discretion request that the collateral agent release the corresponding Pari Passu Liens securing the New 2025 Notes and in such circumstances the collateral agent shall so release such Pari Passu Liens.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Issuers register the 2025 Notes or the related exchange notes with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the 2025 Notes or the related exchange notes, then the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall at such time automatically be deemed not to be part of the collateral that would secure the 2025 Notes pursuant to this covenant, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

For purposes of the covenant described above, if any Lien would be permitted pursuant to one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Lien,” the Company may classify such Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Lien so long as such Lien (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

The Indenture does not allow any Issuer to (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) either (x) an Issuer is the surviving person, in the case of a merger or consolidation, and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, there will be a co-obligor of the New 2025 Notes that is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or

 

229


Table of Contents

the District of Columbia for so long as the Company remains a limited liability company or (y) the successor or transferee is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such successor or transferee expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture, all of such Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture, including under the New 2025 Notes; provided if such successor or transferee is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the New 2025 Notes is a corporation;

(b) no default or event of default under the Indenture exists immediately after such transaction; and

(c) the Issuers shall have delivered to the trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Indenture provides that the Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary other than the Co-Issuers (unless such Subsidiary is not required to guarantee the Credit Facilities or is already a Subsidiary Guarantor) that:

(a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock,

in each case, other than (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and (2) any Permitted Debt referred to in the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” to execute and deliver to the trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the 2025 Notes. The Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock referenced in clause (a) and (b) shall be referred to as “ Reference Indebtedness .”

Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Subsidiary Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

In the event that any such (i) Restricted Subsidiary no longer guarantees such Reference Indebtedness or (ii) such Reference Indebtedness is no longer outstanding, then, in each case, such Restricted Subsidiary will be released and relieved of its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that any such transaction related to such release is carried out pursuant to and in accordance with all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.

Reports

So long as any New 2025 Notes are outstanding:

(1) the Company will provide the trustee and holders of New 2025 Notes with annual consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and unaudited quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the

 

230


Table of Contents

absence of year-end adjustments and footnotes in the case of quarterly financial statements) and (ii) be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations of the Company contained in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise publicly available, such financial statements and related discussion shall be made available to holders of New 2025 Notes and prospective investors in the New 2025 Notes by posting on a password protected website accessible by all such persons, which will announce when such items have been posted (it being understood that the Company may require a certification and customary non-disclosure agreement to access such site); and

(2) the Company will furnish to the trustee and holders of New 2025 Notes all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02 and 5.01 (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such event is not material to holders of the New 2025 Notes or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive or other material harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that such non-disclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive or other material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself provided , further , that no such report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries). All information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (2) shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filer reporting companies under the Exchange Act. Information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (2) shall be made by posting on the website referred to in clause (1) above.

If after the Issue Date the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the clauses (1) and (2) above shall include a reasonably detailed presentation (which may be consistent with the non-guarantor information provided in this prospectus), either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” or comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

So long as any New 2025 Notes are outstanding, the Company will also issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered holders of New 2025 Notes) upon the posting of the information required by clauses (1) and (2) above.

The Company will hold a conference call for the holders of New 2025 Notes to discuss such financial information described in clause (1) above no later than 10 calendar days after delivering the annual financial information and the quarterly financial information described in clause (1) above (it

 

231


Table of Contents

being understood that such conference call may be prior to the delivery of such financial information described above and may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity or debt investors and analysts at the time of its earnings release). The Company will issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered holders of New 2025 Notes) of any such conference call at least one Business Day in advance.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a guarantor (a “ Parent Guarantor ”) of the New 2025 Notes, the Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent Guarantor; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company (i) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, by a Parent Entity filing a registration statement in connection with a potential Qualified IPO or (ii) prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and, in each case, satisfying the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company, a Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity has provided the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company, such Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity, in each case, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this covenant.

To the extent any such information, reports or other documents are filed electronically on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (or any successor system), such filing shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the New 2025 Notes and the trustee.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the trustee is for informational purposes only and the trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

Events of Default

Events of default means any of the following:

(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any New 2025 Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days,

(2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any New 2025 Notes when due,

(3) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any one time, in an amount in excess of $150 million; provided that in the event of any event of default specified in this clause, such event of default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the New 2025 Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the trustee or the holders of the New 2025

 

232


Table of Contents

Notes, if within 30 days after such event of default arose the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such event of default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such event of default or (z) the default that is the basis for such event of default has been cured,

(4) failure by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenants or warranties in the Indenture if the default continues uncured for a period of 60 days (or, in the case of the failure to comply with the Indenture provisions described under “—Reports,” 90 days) after written notice to the Issuers by the trustee or to the Issuers and the trustee by the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes as provided in the Indenture, and

(6) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization.

If an event of default occurs and continues, then the trustee or the holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes may, by a notice in writing to the Issuers, and to the trustee if given by the holders, declare to be due and payable immediately the principal of the outstanding New 2025 Notes.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to New 2025 Notes has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes may, subject to the Issuers having paid or deposited with the trustee a sum sufficient to pay overdue interest and principal which has become due other than by acceleration and certain other conditions, rescind and annul such acceleration if all events of default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal and premium, if any, with respect to the New 2025 Notes have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture. For information as to waiver of defaults see the discussion set forth below under “—Modification and Waiver.”

The Indenture provides that the trustee is not obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of New 2025 Notes, unless the trustee receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain rights of the trustee and applicable law, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to such New 2025 Notes.

No holder of any New 2025 Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy under the Indenture, unless such holder shall have previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default with respect to the New 2025 Notes and the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes shall have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and the trustee shall not have received from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding 2025 Notes direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, the holder of any New 2025 Notes will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and any interest on such 2025 Notes on or after the due dates expressed in such New 2025 Notes and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment.

 

233


Table of Contents

The Issuers are required by the Indenture, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, to furnish to the trustee a statement as to compliance with the Indenture. The Indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of New 2025 Notes of any default or event of default (except a default in payment on New 2025 Notes) with respect to New 2025 Notes if and so long as a committee of its trust officers, in good faith, determines that withholding such notice is in the interest of the holders of New 2025 Notes.

Modification and Waiver

The Issuers and the trustee, at any time and from time to time, will be permitted to modify the Indenture without prior notice to or consent of any holder of the New 2025 Notes for any of the following purposes:

(1) to permit a successor Person to assume the Issuers’ covenants and obligations under the Indenture and in the 2025 Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

(2) to add to the Issuers’ covenants for the benefit of the holders of the New 2025 Notes;

(3) to surrender any of the Issuers’ rights or powers conferred in the Indenture;

(4) to add any additional events of default;

(5) to supplement any of the provisions of the Indenture to the extent needed to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the New 2025 Notes in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the 2025 Notes in any material respect;

(6) to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as is necessary to provide for the administration of the trust by more than one trustee;

(7) to cure any ambiguity;

(8) to provide for the issuance of additional New 2025 Notes;

(9) to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture;

(10) to (i) secure the New 2025 Notes with collateral and (ii) release collateral (if any) from the Lien when permitted or required by the terms of the applicable security documents (if any have been entered into), the intercreditor agreement (if one has been entered into) or the Indenture;

(11) to conform the text of the Indenture or the New 2025 Notes to this “Description of the New 2025 Notes”; or

(12) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture which are not inconsistent with any provision of the Indenture as long as the new provisions do not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the holders of the New 2025 Notes.

The Issuers will also be permitted to modify the Indenture for any other purpose if the Issuers receive the written consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding New 2025 Notes. However, the Issuers will not be permitted, without the consent of the holder of each New 2025 Note affected thereby, to:

(1) change the Stated Maturity or reduce the principal amount or the rate of interest, or extend the time for payment of interest of the New 2025 Notes or any premium payable upon the redemption of the New 2025 Notes, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the due date thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the

 

234


Table of Contents

redemption date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the holders of the New 2025 Notes or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee);

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the New 2025 Notes where the consent of the holder is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver which is provided for in the Indenture; or

(3) modify any of the waiver provisions, except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the holder of each outstanding New 2025 Note which would be affected.

The Indenture provides that the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New 2025 Notes, by notice to the trustee, may on behalf of the holders of the New 2025 Notes waive any default and its consequences under the Indenture, except (1) a continuing default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of, any New 2025 Note held by a non-consenting holder or (2) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each New 2025 Note.

Defeasance of Notes or Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.     The Indenture provides that the Issuers may be discharged from any and all obligations under the New 2025 Notes other than:

(1) certain obligations to pay additional amounts, if any, upon the occurrence of certain tax, assessment or governmental charge events regarding payments on the New 2025 Notes;

(2) to register the transfer or exchange of the New 2025 Notes;

(3) to replace stolen, lost or mutilated New 2025 Notes; or

(4) to maintain paying agencies and to hold money for payment in trust.

The Issuers may only defease and discharge all of their obligations under the New 2025 Notes if:

(1) the Issuers irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, the amount, as certified by an Officer’s Certificate, of money and/or U.S. government obligations that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will be sufficient to pay and discharge each installment of principal and premium, if any and any interest on, and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of, the 2025 Notes on the dates such payments are due; and

(2) with respect to legal defeasance, the Issuers deliver to the trustee an opinion of independent counsel (which opinion must refer to and be based upon a published ruling of the United States Internal Revenue Service or a change in applicable United States federal income tax laws) or a ruling directed to the trustee from the United States Internal Revenue Service, in either case to the effect that holders of the New 2025 Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge.

Defeasance of Certain Covenants.     Upon compliance with certain conditions, the Issuers may omit to comply with certain restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture. Any omission by the Issuers to comply with their obligations or covenants shall not constitute a default or event of default with respect to any New 2025 Notes. In that event, you would lose the protection of these covenants,

 

235


Table of Contents

but would gain the protection of having money and/or U.S. government obligations set aside in trust to repay the New 2025 Notes. The Issuers may only defease any covenants if, among other requirements:

(1) the Issuers deposit with the trustee money and/or U.S. government obligations that, through the payment of interest and principal in respect to such obligations, in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount, as certified by an Officer’s Certificate, sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and any interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the New 2025 Notes on the dates such payments are due; and

(2) the Issuers deliver to the trustee an opinion of counsel or a ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the holders of the New 2025 Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a result of the covenant defeasance.

Limited Liability of Certain Persons

The Indenture provides that none of the Issuers’ past, present or future stockholders, incorporators, employees, officers or directors, or of any successor corporation or any of the Issuers’ affiliates shall have any personal liability in respect of the Issuers’ obligations under the Indenture or the New 2025 Notes by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, incorporator, employee, officer or director.

Concerning the Trustee

Wilmington Trust, National Association is the trustee under the Indenture and will be appointed by the Issuers as registrar and paying agent with regard to the New 2025 Notes.

If the trustee becomes a creditor of the Issuers, the Indenture will limit its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding New 2025 Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. The trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any holder of such New 2025 Notes, unless such holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

The Indenture is governed by New York law.

Certain Definitions

Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

 

236


Table of Contents

2024 Notes ” means, the 6.625% senior notes due 2024 issued by the Issuers on May 31, 2016.

ABL Facility ” means the asset-based credit facilities as in effect on the Issue Date or any subsequent asset-based credit facility entered into, in each case, with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility or one or more successors to the ABL Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person (a) is merged with or into (or consolidated or otherwise combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (b) became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

in each case, including Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such asset disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) any Permitted Investment.

Additional Interest ” means (i) all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any additional interest owing in connection with any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of additional New 2025 Notes.

 

237


Table of Contents

Additional Issuer ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor that executes a supplemental indenture (which supplemental indenture shall be in a form consistent with the Third Supplemental Indenture dated May 5, 2017) as an “Additional Issuer”. The provisions applicable to an “Issuer” under “- Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and “-Change of Control Triggering Event” (in each case, including the related definitions referred to therein) shall not apply to any Additional Issuer and each provision applicable to a Guarantor shall continue to apply to each Guarantor notwithstanding its designation as an Additional Issuer.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliate Transaction ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates.”

Albertson’s Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any New 2025 Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the 2025 Note; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the 2025 Note at September 15, 2019 (such redemption price being set forth in the applicable table appearing above under “—Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the 2025 Note through September 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the New 2025 Note,

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Persons as the Issuers may designate.

The trustee shall not be responsible for calculating or verifying the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (in each case, other than Equity Interests of the Company and other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited to be made under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

 

238


Table of Contents

(d) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or disposition of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50 million;

(e) dispositions of Divested Properties;

(f) dispositions of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse and abandonment of intellectual property) or dispositions of obsolete or surplus assets, worn out assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property consistent with past practice;

(j) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(m) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(n) the sale of any property in a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction otherwise not prohibited under the Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with the granting or enforcement of Permitted Liens;

(p) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q) any disposition of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(r) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(s) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(t) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of

 

239


Table of Contents

property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(u) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(v) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(w) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Hedging Obligations.

Asset Sale Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Borrowing Base ” means the sum of (i) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, using amounts reflected on the most recent available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the inventory and accounts receivable of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination) and (z) 100% of unrestricted cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner or managing member of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Business Day ” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close in New York City, or with respect to payments, the place of payment.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

 

240


Table of Contents

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

“Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of notice or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

 

241


Table of Contents

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder and other than any transaction in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;” or

(3) the Company fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (3) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Issuers consolidate with and into the Company or (ii) any such Co-Issuer consolidates with and into another Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning set forth under “—Change of Control.”

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Event occurring in respect of that Change of Control.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and in each case, excluding (i) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (ii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (iv) any expensing of a bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (v) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting and (vi) Swap Contract costs.

Consolidated Net Income ” means for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

 

242


Table of Contents

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the referent Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(7) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(8) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(9) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(10) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that (x) the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included therein and (y) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; and

(11) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of any parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company for such period.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with

 

243


Table of Contents

GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition or disposition), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with clause (19) of the second paragraph under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash restricted in favor of the lenders under any Credit Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of such Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the New 2025 Notes, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

244


Table of Contents

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on or prior to the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Issuer.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the 2025 Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until (or contemporaneously with) compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the 2025 Notes (including the purchase of any 2025 Notes tendered pursuant thereto)), or

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the New 2025 Notes; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition or Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or any similar regulatory authority; provided that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

245


Table of Contents

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates”; plus

(5) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Facilities (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments;” plus

(8) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(9) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) other pro forma adjustments made and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l) shall

 

246


Table of Contents

not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(10) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(11) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Excess Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities or other property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Company in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

 

247


Table of Contents

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in the United States. For the avoidance of doubt the terms “consolidated” and “Consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Incur ” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), with the amount of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being the amount equal to the amount available to be drawn, (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date; (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the principal component of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings, Hedging Obligations or any lease related to Real Property among the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is, directly or indirectly controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or, in each case, any successor thereof), in each case shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

 

248


Table of Contents

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Initial Purchasers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Guggenheim Securities, LLC, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Drexel Hamilton, LLC.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall not give effect to any Indebtedness being incurred on such date (or expected to be incurred thereafter).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any default or event of default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall

 

249


Table of Contents

not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transaction (including the related transactions to be entered into connection therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under the Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

interest ” means, with respect to the New 2025 Notes, interest on the 2025 Notes, and Additional Interest, if any.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or, if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the 2025 Notes for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be,

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

 

250


Table of Contents

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the referent Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means the date on which the Original 2025 Notes were initially issued.

Joint Venture ” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting stock or other Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition, including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

NAI Notes ” means the (i) 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028; (ii) 7.75% Debentures due 2026; (iii) 7.45% Debentures due 2029; (iv) 8.70% Debentures due 2030; and (v) 8.00% Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by New Albertson’s, Inc.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in

 

251


Table of Contents

any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be paid to the holder of a beneficial interest in such asset or applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales”) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-Guarantor Exception ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Non-recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person, as applicable, or other Person performing such functions, regardless of title or designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors for purposes of the Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of each Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the 2025 Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in the business or Related Business Assets or a combination of assets used or useful in the business, Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents

 

252


Table of Contents

received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales.”

Permitted Debt ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company, a parent of the Company or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company (including the notes) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of “—Certain Covenants—Asset Sales” or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) advances to future, current and former officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, not in excess of $75 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such

 

253


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, or (c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations entered into (1) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

(11) (a) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers consistent with past practice, (c) to the extent constituting an Investment, guarantees of operating leases or (d) Investments made with the assets comprising the wellness centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (8)(b) of such paragraph);

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” and “—Certain Covenants—Subsidiary Guarantees”;

 

254


Table of Contents

(16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided , however , that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of cash, a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(19) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19);

(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(21) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(22) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Debt;

(24) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(25) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(26) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Investment, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

 

255


Table of Contents

(28) Investments (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) in a Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or any successor thereof).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than pursuant to clause (19) below);

(2) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with an Issuer or a Subsidiary ( provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such entity becoming a Subsidiary or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary other than property of the entity so acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary);

(3) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24 months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof ( provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired);

(4) Liens on any property acquired, developed, constructed or otherwise improved by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including Liens on the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company and substantially all assets of such Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such property constitutes substantially all of the business of such Subsidiary) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the development, construction or improvement thereof (including architectural, engineering, financing, consultant, advisor and legal fees and preopening costs), or any Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purposes, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;

(5) Liens which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”;

(6) Liens on the stock, partnership or other Equity Interest of an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary that owns an Equity Interest in such Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

(7) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or industrial revenue bond financing;

(8) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

(9) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business;

(10) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

(11) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and certain other minor irregularities of title;

(12) Liens required by an escrow agreement in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness;

 

256


Table of Contents

(13) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(16) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

(17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(18) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” (including the Non-Guarantor Exception) or clause (e), (m), (n), (u), (y), (z) or (aa) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including the use of proceeds therefrom);

(19) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of the second paragraph of “—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock” plus in the case of any such Indebtedness that is amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed which is secured by a Lien permitted under this clause (19) or a portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement, modification or change;

(20) Liens securing the 2025 Notes, additional 2025 Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees);

(21) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(22) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(23) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(24) (a) judgment and attachment Liens and Liens arising out of decrees, orders and awards, in each case, to the extent not giving rise to an Event of Default and (b) notices of lis

 

257


Table of Contents

pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(25) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

(26) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (25) above securing obligations outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) $1,250 million and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Incurrence;

(27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under the Indenture; and

(28) any extension, renewal, replacement, restructuring, refinancing or other modification of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (27).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Public Company Costs ” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

258


Table of Contents

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the New 2025 Notes for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.

Ratings Event ” means a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the New 2025 Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by both Rating Agencies, as a result of which the rating of the New 2025 Notes on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by the applicable Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement); provided, however , that a Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making such reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or otherwise inform the trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary.

Real Property ” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

 

259


Table of Contents

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the trustee by delivery to the trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

260


Table of Contents

Reference Notes ” means, collectively, the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.”

Refunding Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this “Description of the New 2025 Notes,” all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

Retired Capital Stock ” has the meaning set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway Notes ” means the (i) 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020; (ii) 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021; (iii) 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027; and (iv) 7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by Safeway.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with a person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or to which any such person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such person, or to any other person (other than the Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such person on the security of the leased property; provided that in connection with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received cash proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of such property and (y) on terms at least as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from a non-Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

261


Table of Contents

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Sponsor ” means individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation .

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to an Issuer, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the 2025 Notes and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other Equity Interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other Equity Interests) of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan credit agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended), by and among the Company (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), certain Subsidiaries of the Company, the financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise

 

262


Table of Contents

changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock”) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Facility or one or more successors to the Term Loan Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders of holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available.

Total Assets ” means at any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 15, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to September 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Treasury Securities ” mean any obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company but excluding the Company and the Co-Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of

 

263


Table of Contents

designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Interest Coverage Ratio test described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,” or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such date entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

264


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM

The certificates representing the New Notes will be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons. The New Notes initially will be represented by permanent global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons and will be deposited with the trustee as a custodian for DTC, as depositary, and registered in the name of a nominee of such depositary, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

Global Notes

We expect that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i) upon the issuance of the global notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such global notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary (“participants”) and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Holders may hold their interests in the global notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such system.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such global notes for all purposes under the indentures that will govern the notes. No beneficial owner of an interest in the global notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the indentures that will govern the notes.

Payments of the principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on, the global notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. Neither we, the trustee nor any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the global notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers, registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by their respective depositaries; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may

 

265


Table of Contents

be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes (including the presentation of notes for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the indentures that will govern the notes, DTC will exchange the applicable global notes for Certificated Securities (as defined herein), which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended as set forth under the heading “Notice to Investors.”

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues that participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to indirect participants such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. The information above concerning DTC has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for its accuracy.

Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers or interests in the global notes among participants of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, they are under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream or their respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

A global note is exchangeable for certificated notes in fully registered form without interest coupons (“Certificated Securities”) only in the following limited circumstances:

 

    DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global note and we fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice, or

 

    there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

 

266


Table of Contents

Beneficial interests in any global note may not be exchanged for Certificated Securities unless the transferor first delivers to the trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the indentures that will govern the notes) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes. See “Notice to Investors.” In no event shall the Regulation S Global Note be exchanged for Certificated Securities prior to (a) the expiration of the distribution compliance period and (b) the receipt of any certificates required under the provisions of Regulation S.

The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer the notes will be limited to such extent.

 

267


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

A broker-dealer that is the holder of Original Notes that were acquired for the account of that broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, other than Original Notes acquired directly from us or any of our affiliates, may exchange those Original Notes for New Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. A broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, where the Original Notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities, acknowledges that it must deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes where Original Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that we will make this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale, except that the use of the prospectus may be suspended if (i) there is any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the prospectus, (ii) the Commission issues a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the prospectus, (iii) if we or our legal counsel receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose or (iv) any event occurs that requires us to make changes to the prospectus in order that the prospectus does not contain an untrue statement of material fact nor omit a material fact required to be stated herein. All broker-dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by broker-dealers of any other holder of New Notes. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of the resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by those persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and to our performance under, or compliance with, the applicable Registration Rights Agreement (other than the commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers) and will indemnify the holders of the New Notes (including any broker-dealers) against some liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

268


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the exchange of Original Notes for New Notes, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which may be subject to change at any time by legislative, judicial or administrative action. These changes may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of New Notes. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this discussion, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal tax consequences described herein. Some holders, including financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, or persons who hold the notes as part of a hedge, conversion transaction, straddle or other risk reduction transaction may be subject to special rules not discussed below.

We believe that the exchange of Original Notes for New Notes will not be an exchange or otherwise a taxable event to a holder for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, a holder will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of a New Note in exchange for an Original Note in the exchange, and the holder’s basis and holding period in the New Note will be the same as its basis and holding period in the corresponding Original Note immediately before the exchange.

We recommend that each holder consult his or her own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of exchanging such holder’s Original Notes for New Notes, including the applicability and effect of any foreign, state, local or other tax laws or estate or gift tax considerations.

 

269


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the New Notes will be passed upon for us by Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Albertsons Companies, LLC as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, and for each of the three years in the period ended February 25, 2017 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Safeway as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2015, and the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We and the other registrants have filed with the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-4, including all required exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act to register the offer and exchange of the exchange notes for the original notes. As is permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits some information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, our subsidiary guarantors and the exchange offer, please refer to the registration statement.

Following effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be required for some time period to file certain reports and documents with the SEC. In addition, the indentures relating to the notes also requires us to transmit to the holders of the notes and the Trustee, for so long as the notes are outstanding, the annual reports, quarterly reports and current reports that we are or would be required to file with the SEC under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the time period on which we are required to file or would be required to file if we were so subject.

You may read and, at prescribed rates, copy the registration statement at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (800) 732-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system, and you may access the registration statement by means of the SEC website. You may also obtain a copy of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and other information that we file with the SEC, as well as certain agreements that we have entered into, such as the indentures and the senior secured credit facility without charge to you by making at written request to us at 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, Idaho 83706 Attention: Chief Financial Officer. Our telephone number at that address is (208) 395-6200.

 

270


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Albertsons Companies, LLC

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Member Equity

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Safeway Inc.

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-60  

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-61  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income .

     F-62  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-63  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-64  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-66  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-68  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of

Albertsons Companies, LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows, and member equity for the 52 weeks ended February 25, 2017, the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, and the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015. The financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the 52 weeks ended February 25, 2017, the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, and the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 19, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions)

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,219.2     $ 579.7  

Receivables, net

     631.0       647.8  

Inventories, net

     4,464.0       4,421.8  

Prepaid assets

     345.3       362.4  

Other current assets

     133.7       101.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,793.2       6,113.3  

Property and equipment, net

     11,511.8       11,846.2  

Intangible assets, net

     3,497.8       3,882.5  

Goodwill

     1,167.8       1,131.1  

Other assets

     784.4       796.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 23,755.0     $ 23,770.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 3,034.7     $ 2,779.9  

Accrued salaries and wages

     1,007.5       1,001.8  

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     318.5       334.7  

Current portion of self-insurance liability

     293.3       308.7  

Taxes other than income taxes

     348.8       304.1  

Other current liabilities

     738.0       453.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,740.8       5,182.5  

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     12,019.4       11,891.6  

Deferred income taxes

     1,479.8       1,512.9  

Long-term self-insurance liability

     971.6       1,012.1  

Other long-term liabilities

     2,172.2       2,557.7  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Member equity:

    

Member investment

     1,999.3       1,967.9  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (12.8     (112.7

Accumulated deficit

     (615.3     (242.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member equity

     1,371.2       1,613.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBER EQUITY

   $ 23,755.0     $ 23,770.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 25, 2017
    52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 59,678.2     $ 58,734.0     $ 27,198.6  

Cost of sales

     43,037.7       42,672.3       19,695.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,640.5       16,061.7       7,502.8  

Selling and administrative expenses

     16,000.0       15,660.0       8,152.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     640.5       401.7       (649.4

Interest expense, net

     1,003.8       950.5       633.2  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     111.7       —         —    

Other (income) expense

     (11.4     (7.0     96.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (463.6     (541.8     (1,378.6

Income tax benefit

     (90.3     (39.6     (153.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (373.3   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax

     39.4       (46.9     (20.6

Recognition of pension gain (loss), net of tax

     82.0       (79.4     59.3  

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (20.5     (45.6     —    

Other

     (1.0     (0.4     2.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (273.4   $ (674.5   $ (1,183.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 25, 2017
    52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (373.3   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (39.2     103.3       227.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,804.8       1,613.7       718.1  

LIFO (benefit) expense

     (7.9     29.7       43.1  

Deferred income tax

     (219.5     (90.4     (170.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     95.5       14.1       8.8  

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (11.5     (7.4     (272.3

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps and commodity hedges, net

     (7.0     16.2       98.2  

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     84.4       69.3       65.3  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     111.7       —         —    

Equity-based compensation expense

     53.3       97.8       344.1  

Other

     70.3       24.0       36.5  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

      

Receivables, net

     (9.2     (15.8     (8.5

Inventories, net

     2.7       (245.0     (52.4

Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other accrued liabilities

     233.6       (244.4     184.0  

Self-insurance liabilities

     (42.5     (133.4     (195.0

Other operating assets and liabilities

     67.3       172.1       32.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     1,813.5       901.6       (165.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(1)

     (220.6     (710.8     (5,673.4

Payments for property, equipment, intangibles, including payments for lease buyouts

     (1,414.9     (960.0     (336.5

Proceeds from divestitures

     —         454.7       —    

Proceeds from sale of assets

     477.0       112.8       31.7  

Changes in restricted cash

     3.4       256.9       39.3  

Other

     78.9       34.6       (6.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,076.2     (811.8     (5,945.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

   $ 3,053.1     $ 453.5     $ 8,097.0  

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (2,832.7     (903.4     (2,123.6

Payment of make-whole premium on debt extinguishment

     (87.7     —         —    

Payments of obligations under capital leases

     (123.2     (120.0     (64.1

Payments for debt financing costs

     (31.8     (41.5     (229.1

Proceeds from member contributions

     —         21.6       1,283.2  

Member distributions

     (21.9     —         (34.5

Other

     (53.6     (46.1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (97.8     (635.9     6,928.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     639.5       (546.1     818.8  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     579.7       1,125.8       307.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 1,219.2     $ 579.7     $ 1,125.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-5    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 25, 2017
    52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
 

Reconciliation of capital investments:

      

Payments for property and equipment, including payments for lease buyouts

   $ (1,414.9   $ (960.0   $ (336.5

Payments for lease buyouts

     39.4       48.3       8.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total payments for capital investments, excluding lease buyouts

   $ (1,375.5   $ (911.7   $ (328.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

      

Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows:

      

Additions of capital lease obligations, excluding business acquisitions

   $ 11.5     $ 52.4     $ 23.7  

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

     220.2       166.3       109.1  

Interest and income taxes paid:

      

Interest paid, net of amount capitalized

     924.2       964.3       581.4  

Income taxes paid (refunded)

     129.2       (78.3     (21.5

 

(1) See Note 2—Acquisitions and Note 13—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements under caption “Appraisal of Safeway Inc.”

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBER EQUITY

(in millions)

 

     Member
investment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    (Accumulated
deficit)/

Retained
earnings
    Total
member

equity
 

Balance as of February 20, 2014

   $ 256.2     $ 18.0     $ 1,485.4     $ 1,759.6  

Member contributions

     1,283.2       —         —         1,283.2  

Equity-based compensation

     344.1       —         —         344.1  

Net income

     —         —         (1,225.2     (1,225.2

Member distribution

     (34.5     —         —         (34.5

Other member activity

     (0.3     —         —         (0.3

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     —         41.6       —         41.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of February 28, 2015

     1,848.7       59.6       260.2       2,168.5  

Equity-based compensation

     97.8       —         —         97.8  

Member contributions

     21.6       —         —         21.6  

Net loss

     —         —         (502.2     (502.2

Other member activity

     (0.2     —         —         (0.2

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     —         (172.3     —         (172.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of February 27, 2016

     1,967.9       (112.7     (242.0     1,613.2  

Equity-based compensation

     53.3       —         —         53.3  

Member distribution

     (21.9     —         —         (21.9

Net loss

     —         —         (373.3     (373.3

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     —         99.9       —         99.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of February 25, 2017

   $ 1,999.3     $ (12.8   $ (615.3   $ 1,371.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a food and drug retailer that, as of February 25, 2017, operated 2,324 retail food and drug stores together with 385 associated fuel centers, 28 dedicated distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. The Company is composed of retail food businesses and in-store pharmacies with operations primarily located throughout the United States under the banners Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, Haggen, United Supermarkets, Market Street, Amigos, United Express, Sav-On, Jewel-Osco, Acme, Shaw’s and Star Market. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com. The Company also has a 49% ownership in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 230 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”), and has no separate assets or liabilities other than its investments in its subsidiaries. All of the Company’s business operations are conducted through its operating subsidiaries. The Company’s parent, AB Acquisition, is owned by a consortium of investors led by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”).

On January 30, 2015, the Company acquired Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended April 7, 2014 and June 13, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”), under which the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Safeway (the “Safeway acquisition”). Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation for all periods presented. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is recorded using the equity method.

Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal year: In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the Company elected to change its fiscal year from the Thursday before the last Saturday in February to the last Saturday in February. Unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to a fiscal year of the Company refers to the calendar year in which such fiscal year commences. The Company’s first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and the second, third, and fourth quarters generally each consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter consisted of 13 weeks, and the fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks. For each of the other years presented, the fiscal year consisted of 52 weeks.

Use of estimates: The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting periods presented. Certain estimates require difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

  F-8    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase and outstanding deposits related to credit and debit card sales transactions that settle within a few days. Cash and cash equivalents related to credit and debit card transactions were $312.1 million and $285.5 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company corrected the classification of certain book overdrafts resulting in an increase of $139.2 million in Cash and cash equivalents and Accounts payable. This correction in classification also resulted in an increase of $139.2 million in Net cash provided by operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 52 weeks ended February 25, 2017. The Company has determined that the error in classification related to prior annual or interim periods is not material.

Restricted cash: Restricted cash primarily relates to collateralized surety bonds, letters of credit and cash related to contingent value rights (“CVRs”). As of February 25, 2017, the Company had restricted cash of $9.9 million included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had restricted cash of $13.3 million included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Receivables, net: Receivables consist primarily of trade accounts receivable, pharmacy accounts receivable and vendor receivables. Management makes estimates of the uncollectibility of its accounts receivable. In determining the adequacy of the allowances for doubtful accounts, management analyzes the value of collateral, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other economic and industry factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially impacted by different judgments, estimations and assumptions based on the information considered and could result in a further adjustment of receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expenses were not material for any of the periods presented.

Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor allowances.

As of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, approximately 87.4% and 86.6%, respectively, of the Company’s inventories were valued under the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. The Company primarily uses the item-cost or the retail inventory method to determine inventory cost before application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the item-cost method, the most recent purchase cost is used to determine the cost of inventory before the application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the retail inventory method, inventory cost is determined, before the application of any LIFO adjustment, by applying a cost-to-retail ratio to various categories of similar items to the retail value of those items. Replacement or current cost was higher than the carrying amount of inventories valued using LIFO by $114.1 million and $122.0 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations.

Cost for the remaining inventories, which represents perishable and fuel inventories, was determined using the most recent purchase cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost which approximates FIFO cost. Fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records inventory shortages based on actual physical counts at its facilities and also provides allowances for inventory shortages for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date.

 

  F-9    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and equipment, net: Property and equipment is recorded at cost or fair value for assets acquired as part of a business combination and depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—seven to 40 years; leasehold improvements—the shorter of the remaining lease term or ten to 20 years; fixtures and equipment—three to 15 years; specialized supply chain equipment—six to 25 years.

Assets under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or the fair value of the asset and are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Interest capitalized on property under construction was immaterial for all periods presented.

Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company regularly reviews its individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indicators of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, the Company recognizes impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Losses on long-lived asset impairments are recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Lease exit costs: The Company records a liability for costs associated with closures of retail stores, distribution centers and other properties that are no longer utilized in current operations. For properties that have closed and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any remaining liability under the lease, net of estimated sublease recovery and discounted using credit adjusted risk-free rates, is recognized as a liability and charged to Selling and administrative expenses. These lease liabilities are usually paid over the lease terms associated with the property. Adjustments to lease exit reserves primarily relate to changes in subtenant income or actual exit costs that differ from original estimates. Lease exit reserves for closed properties are included as a component of Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Intangible assets, net: The Company reviews intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and tests for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The review consists of comparing the estimated fair value of the cash flows generated by the asset to the carrying value of the asset. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives consist of restricted covenants and liquor licenses. Intangible assets with finite lives consist primarily of trade names, naming rights, customer prescription files, internally developed software and beneficial lease rights. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic life ranging from five to 40 years. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are recorded on acquired leases based on the differences between the contractual rents for the remaining lease terms under the respective lease agreement and prevailing market rents for the related geography as of the lease acquisition date. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are amortized over the lease term using the straight-line method.

 

  F-10    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Business combination measurements: In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company estimates the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approach used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired as of the acquisition date. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment by initially considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Company may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. In the first step, if the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company must perform step two in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Generally fair value is determined by a multiple of earnings based on the guideline publicly traded business method or discounting projected future cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded for any periods presented.

Company-Owned life insurance policies (“COLI”): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has loans against these policies. The Company has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, the cash surrender values of the policies were $185.1 million and $190.0 million, and the balance of the policy loans were $114.4 million and $115.8 million, respectively. The net balance of the COLI policies is included in Other assets.

 

  F-11    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Interest rate risk management: The Company has entered into several interest rate swap contracts (“Swaps”) to hedge against the variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on its outstanding variable rate term debt. Swaps are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of Swaps designated as “cash flow” hedges, to the extent the hedges are highly effective, are recorded in Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes. Ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized in current period earnings. Other comprehensive income (loss) is reclassified into current period earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether derivatives used as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or ceases to be highly effective, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

Energy contracts: The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. The Company expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not recorded at fair value. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered. The Company also manages its exposure to changes in diesel prices utilized in the Company’s distribution process through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts. These contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings.

Self-Insurance liabilities: The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company has established stop-loss amounts that limit the Company’s further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. Stop-loss amounts for claims incurred for the years presented range from $0.5 million to $5.0 million per claim, depending upon the type of insurance coverage and the year the claim is incurred. In determining its self-insurance liabilities, the Company performs a continuing review of its overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

The Company has deposits with its insurers to fund workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability claims payments. The Company had $14.9 million and $12.0 million of deposits for its workers’ compensation and automobile liability claims as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively, included in Other assets. The Company has reinsurance receivables of $26.0 million and $39.3 million recorded within Receivables, net and $50.0 million and $52.4 million recorded within Other assets as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively. The self-insurance liabilities and related reinsurance receivables are recorded gross.

 

  F-12    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,320.8     $ 1,445.3  

Expense

     281.7       293.7  

Claim payments

     (279.6     (268.0

Other reductions(1)

     (58.0     (150.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     1,264.9       1,320.8  

Less current portion

     (293.3     (308.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 971.6     $ 1,012.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily reflects the systematic adjustments to the fair value of assumed self-insurance liabilities from acquisitions and actuarial adjustments for claims experience.

Deferred rents: The Company recognizes rent holidays, from the period of time the Company has possession of the property, as well as tenant allowances and escalating rent provisions, on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the operating lease. The expected term may also include the exercise of renewal options if such exercise is determined to be reasonably assured and is used to determine whether the lease is capital or operating. Deferred rents are included in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Deferred gains on leases: The Company may receive up-front funds upon sublease or assignment of existing leases. Deferred gains related to subleases and assignments as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016 were $14.4 million and $13.9 million, respectively, recorded in Other current liabilities, and $72.7 million and $75.1 million, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. These proceeds are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated sublease term.

In addition, deferred gains have been recorded in connection with several sale-leaseback transactions and are recognized over the lives of the leases. The current portion of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $44.7 million and $12.5 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively, recorded in Other current liabilities, with the long-term portion of $194.7 million and $170.3 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. Amortization of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $37.0 million, $12.7 million and $13.4 million in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and was recorded as a reduction in rent expense.

Benefit plans and Multiemployer plans: Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing, or 401(k) plans, in addition to dedicated defined benefit plans for Safeway, Shaw’s and United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. The Company also provides certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement.

The Company recognizes a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of Other long-term liabilities. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within Other comprehensive income (loss). The determination of the Company’s obligation and related expense for its sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in

 

  F-13    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by the Company. Pension expense for the multiemployer plans is recognized as contributions are funded. See Note 11—Employee benefit plans and collective bargaining agreements for additional information.

Revenue recognition: Revenues from the sale of products are recognized at the point of sale to the customer, net of returns and sales tax. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided to customers by vendors, usually in the form of coupons, are not recognized as a reduction in sales, provided the coupons are redeemable at any retailer that accepts coupons. The Company recognizes revenue and records a corresponding receivable from the vendor for the difference between the sales prices and the cash received from the customer. The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells its own proprietary gift cards. The Company records a sale when the customer redeems the gift card. The gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and records revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two to five years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were immaterial for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Cost of sales and vendor allowances: Cost of sales includes, among other things, purchasing, inbound freight costs, product quality testing costs, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs, advertising costs, private label program costs, and strategic sourcing program costs.

The Company receives vendor allowances or rebates (“Vendor Allowances”) for a variety of merchandising initiatives and buying activities. The terms of the Company’s Vendor Allowances arrangements vary in length but are primarily expected to be completed within a quarter. The Company records Vendor Allowances as a reduction of Cost of sales when the associated products are sold. Vendor Allowances that have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The reduction of inventory for these Vendor Allowances was $72.2 million and $117.9 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

Advertising costs are included in Cost of sales and are expensed in the period the advertising occurs. Cooperative advertising funds are recorded as a reduction of Cost of sales when the advertising occurs. Advertising costs were $502.4 million, $475.8 million and $239.9 million, net of cooperative advertising allowances of $71.9 million, $36.2 million and $16.9 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Selling and administrative expenses: Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store and corporate employee-related costs such as salaries and wages, health and welfare, workers’ compensation and pension benefits, as well as marketing and merchandising, rent, occupancy and operating costs, amortization of intangibles and other administrative costs.

Equity-based compensation: The Company’s parent, AB Acquisition, has issued incentive and Phantom units to employees and non-employees performing services on behalf of the Company. AB Acquisition accounts for these awards in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity-based awards issued to employees and non-employees and the Company records all the related compensation costs in its consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-14    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Employee awards are recorded under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation with equity-based compensation expense measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award. As required under this guidance, forfeitures are recorded as they occur, rather than estimate expected forfeitures. Compensation expense is recognized over the requisite vesting period of the award. Time based awards are generally recognized on a straight-line basis, while performance based awards are generally recognized on a graded vesting basis. Compensation expense for equity-based awards subject to a performance vesting condition is recorded when achieving the performance condition becomes probable. Changes in inputs and assumptions used to calculate the fair value of equity-based payments can materially affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of equity-based compensation expense.

Equity-based compensation issued to non-employees is accounted for in accordance with ASC 505-50 Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505”), and the fair value of the award is recognized over the period the services are rendered or goods are provided.

Income taxes: The Company is organized as a limited liability company, wholly owned by its parent, AB Acquisition. As such, income taxes in respect of these operations are payable by the equity members of the Company’s parent. The Company conducts the operations of its Safeway, NAI and United operations through Subchapter C Corporations. The Company provides for federal and state income taxes on its Subchapter C Corporations, which are subject to entity-level tax, and state income taxes on its limited liability companies where applicable. The Company’s loss before taxes is primarily from domestic operations.

Deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established where management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company reviews tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a tax benefit can be recognized. The Company evaluates its positions taken and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions. The Company reviews these liabilities as facts and circumstances change and adjusts accordingly. The Company recognizes any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of Income tax expense.

The Company is contractually indemnified by SuperValu for any tax liability of NAI arising from tax years prior to the NAI acquisition. The Company is also contractually obligated to pay SuperValu any tax benefit it receives in a tax year after the NAI acquisition as a result of an indemnification payment made by SuperValu. An indemnification asset and liability, where necessary, has been recorded to reflect this arrangement.

Segments: The Company and its subsidiaries operate food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel, and other items and services. The Company’s retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance and are reported in one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments and reporting units are its 14 divisions, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format.

 

  F-15    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, have similar distribution methods, operate in similar regulatory environments and purchase merchandise from similar or the same vendors. Except for an equity method investment in Casa Ley, all of the Company’s retail operations are domestic.

The following table represents sales revenue by type of similar product (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,699.2        44.7   $ 26,283.9        44.8   $ 12,906.1        47.5

Perishables(2)

     24,398.5        40.9     23,661.4        40.3     11,043.8        40.6

Pharmacy

     5,119.2        8.6     5,073.0        8.6     2,602.9        9.6

Fuel

     2,693.4        4.5     2,954.8        5.0     387.4        1.4

Other(3)

     767.9        1.3     760.9        1.3     258.4        0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 59,678.2        100.0   $ 58,734.0        100.0   $ 27,198.6        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery, and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral, and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions, and other miscellaneous income.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards: In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “ Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ” The new standard requires the Company to evaluate, on an annual and quarterly basis, whether conditions or events, in the aggregate, raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for one year from the date the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. If substantial doubt is raised, disclosure is required around the Company’s plans to alleviate the doubts. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-07, “Fair Value Measurement—Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) .” This update permits an entity to measure the fair value of certain investments using the net asset value (NAV) per share of the investment as a practical expedient, and removes the requirement to categorize these investments within the fair value hierarchy. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2016 retrospectively for all periods presented. See Note 11—Employee benefit plans and collective bargaining agreements in the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure related to this net asset value practical expedient.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “ Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting .” The new standard contains several amendments that will simplify the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, statutory tax withholding requirements, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The Company has elected to early adopt these amendments with an effective date as of February 28, 2016. Under the new standard, excess tax benefits or deficiencies are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of the provision for income taxes, whereas they previously were recognized in Member equity. Additionally, the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows now present excess tax benefits

 

  F-16    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

as an operating activity, and cash paid by the Company when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity. Finally, the Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. For public entities, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Though the Company currently believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition, its evaluation is continuing and is not complete.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “ Leases (Topic 842) ”. The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will require both classifications of leases, operating and capital, to be recognized on the balance sheet. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on its classification. The ASU also will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations. The adoption of this ASU will result in the recognition of significant right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s evaluation is continuing, including the assessment of other potential impacts of this pronouncement.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “ Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business .” The ASU provides a benchmark to determine when a set of assets and activities is not a business. This benchmark reduces the number of transactions that need to be further evaluated. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

 

  F-17    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

Fiscal 2016

Haggen Transaction

During fiscal 2015 Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”) secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 stores. On March 25, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 stores from Haggen, including 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) mandated divestitures, as discussed in further detail below, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The fiscal 2016 Haggen transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following summarizes the allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in millions):

 

     June 2, 2016  

Inventory

   $ 31.8  

Other current assets

     2.5  

Property and equipment

     89.9  

Intangible assets, primarily pharmacy scripts and trade names

     31.4  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     155.6  

Capital lease obligations

     35.2  

Other long-term liabilities

     22.7  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     57.9  
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     97.7  

Goodwill

     16.1  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 113.8  
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded of $16.1 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the transaction. The goodwill associated with this transaction is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. This transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for fiscal 2016. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs were immaterial for fiscal 2016 and were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

During fiscal 2016, the Company had other individually immaterial acquisitions resulting in net cash paid of $106.8 million and an additional $20.6 million of goodwill.

Fiscal 2015

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway and as discussed further in Note 3—Lease exit costs and properties held for sale, the Company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The Company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general

 

  F-18    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 35 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures for an aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million. The fiscal 2015 Haggen transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

The 2015 Haggen transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs were immaterial for fiscal 2015 and were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

A&P Transaction

On November 17, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of 73 stores operated by A&P (the “A&P Transaction”) pursuant to Section 363 of Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The purchase price for the 73 stores was $292.7 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to the Company’s existing store and distribution base and have been bannered as Acme stores.

The A&P Transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

     November 17, 2015  

Current assets, including $1.7 million in acquired cash

   $ 51.1  

Property and equipment

     133.9  

Intangible assets

     67.1  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     252.1  

Current liabilities

     2.3  

Capital lease obligations

     71.7  

Other long-term liabilities

     16.2  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     90.2  
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     161.9  

Goodwill

     130.8  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 292.7  
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the A&P Transaction (in millions):

 

Beneficial lease rights

   $ 44.0  

Customer lists, including prescription files

     19.4  

Other intangibles

     2.5  
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     65.9  

Liquor licenses

     1.2  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 67.1  
  

 

 

 

 

  F-19    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The goodwill recorded of $130.8 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs of $11.1 million in fiscal 2015 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Fiscal 2014

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights of $1.0266 and $0.0488 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. The Casa Ley contingent value rights (“Casa Ley CVR”) will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of Casa Ley. In the event that Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley CVR will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of Casa Ley. The PDC contingent value right will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the previous sale of the PDC assets. At the time of the acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers, with an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. Safeway also owned and operated GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC an online grocery channel. The acquisition was financed through a combination of debt financing and equity contributions.

 

  F-20    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Safeway acquisition allowed the Company to expand into various new and existing markets and provided the Company access to a broad range of brands and own brand products. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

     January 30, 2015  

Cash

   $ 2,202.9  

Receivables

     348.4  

Inventories

     2,493.7  

Other current assets

     614.1  

Property and equipment

     8,102.4  

Intangible assets

     3,102.2  

Other assets

     719.7  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     17,583.4  

Current liabilities

     2,984.8  

Long-term capital lease obligations

     514.2  

Long-term debt

     2,470.3  

Long-term deferred income taxes

     1,817.1  

Other long-term liabilities

     2,205.0  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     9,991.4  
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     7,592.0  

Goodwill

     942.4  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 8,534.4  
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

Trade names

   $ 1,458.0  

Beneficial lease rights

     367.2  

Customer lists, including prescription files and licenses

     865.2  

Internally developed software and loyalty program technology

     375.3  
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     3,065.7  

Liquor licenses

     36.5  
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 3,102.2  
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded of $942.4 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The acquisition is treated as a stock purchase for income tax purposes, and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the acquisition did not result in a step up of tax basis and goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Third party acquisition-related costs of $110.5 million in fiscal 2014 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

As part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed long-term debt and long-term capital lease obligations with fair values of $2,470.3 million and $514.2 million, respectively. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company redeemed $864.6 million of assumed debt and paid accrued interest and breakage fees of $8.6 million.

 

  F-21    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Safeway contributed revenues of $2,696.0 million and an operating loss of $184.2 million for the period from January 31, 2015 to February 28, 2015.

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information

The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of operations that would have been achieved from the Safeway acquisition had they occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2014. The pro forma results exclude the results of operations for the divested stores and PDC. Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2014  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 57,496.9  

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ (281.5

The unaudited pro forma supplemental amounts have been calculated to reflect interest expense, net and additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and related financing events had been applied from the beginning of fiscal 2014 with the related tax effects.

NOTE 3—LEASE EXIT COSTS AND PROPERTIES HELD FOR SALE

Lease Exit Costs

Changes to the Company’s lease exit cost reserves for closed properties consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Beginning balance

   $ 49.7     $ 43.5  

Additions

     14.7       28.6  

Payments

     (15.8     (21.8

Disposals, transferred to held for sale

     (4.2     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 44.4     $ 49.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company closed 40 non-strategic stores in fiscal 2016 and 39 in fiscal 2015. Lease exit costs related to closed properties were recorded at the time of closing as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

 

  F-22    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Properties Held for Sale

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale are recorded in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, and consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Assets held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 4.6     $ 521.2  

Transfers in

     7.9       10.5  

Disposals

     (9.4     (527.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 3.1     $ 4.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 27.1     $ 90.4  

Transfers in

     1.9       4.1  

Disposals

     (13.6     (67.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 15.4     $ 27.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of Distribution Centers

During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company sold two distributions centers in Southern California for $237.3 million, net of selling expenses, and leased them back for a 36-month period in a transaction that qualified for sale-leaseback accounting. The gain on the sale of these distribution centers of $97.4 million will be amortized over the 36-month lease period.

Divestitures

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the pending Safeway acquisition, the Company, together with Safeway, announced that they had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent upon the completion of the Safeway acquisition. The aggregate sales price of these stores was $327.5 million plus the book value of inventory. The proceeds from the sale were used to pay outstanding borrowings under the Company’s then-existing term loan facility and asset-based revolving credit facility per the respective terms of the credit facilities. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss on the Albertsons stores of $233.4 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The related assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale, net of the impairment loss. No gain or loss was recorded for the Safeway stores as the related assets and liabilities were recorded for purchase accounting at fair value less the cost to sell. The divestiture of these stores commenced upon completion of the Safeway acquisition and closed in the first fiscal quarter of 2015 in accordance with the asset purchase agreements. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores for fiscal 2015 were $298.8 million and $14.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for fiscal 2015 were $145.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores included in the Company’s fiscal 2014 results were $2,070.1 million and $25.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for the four weeks ended February 28, 2015 were $89.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

 

  F-23    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 4—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Land

   $ 2,782.5     $ 2,923.8  

Buildings

     5,637.7       5,611.0  

Property under construction

     550.7       364.8  

Leasehold improvements

     1,278.8       1,138.2  

Fixtures and equipment

     3,737.5       3,034.7  

Buildings under capital leases

     1,052.7       1,044.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     15,039.9       14,117.3  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,528.1     (2,271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 11,511.8     $ 11,846.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1,245.5 million, $1,096.2 million and $523.1 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized lease assets was $144.5 million, $137.1 million and $45.5 million in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Fixed asset impairment charges of $39.5 million, $35.9 million and $227.7 million were recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Fiscal 2014 impairment charges were primarily related to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s goodwill balances (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017      February 27, 2016  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,131.1      $ 1,013.8  

Acquisitions and related adjustments(1)

     36.7        117.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,167.8      $ 1,131.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fiscal 2015 includes a $13.5 million adjustment to deferred income tax liabilities assumed in the Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-24    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Intangible assets consisted of the following (in millions):

 

        February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  
   

Estimated
useful lives
(Years)

  Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net     Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net  

Trade names

  40   $ 1,910.9     $ (123.4   $ 1,787.5     $ 1,900.8     $ (72.7   $ 1,828.1  

Beneficial lease rights

  12     936.1       (280.6     655.5       911.4       (201.7     709.7  

Customer prescription files

  5     1,468.4       (784.4     684.0       1,437.9       (495.2     942.7  

Covenants not to compete

  5     3.5       (1.9     1.6       3.4       (1.4     2.0  

Internally developed software

  5     468.6       (170.1     298.5       422.7       (85.8     336.9  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

      4,787.5       (1,360.4     3,427.1       4,676.2       (856.8     3,819.4  

Liquor licenses and restricted covenants

  Indefinite     70.7       —         70.7       63.1       —         63.1  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

    $ 4,858.2     $ (1,360.4   $ 3,497.8     $ 4,739.3     $ (856.8   $ 3,882.5  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite useful lives was $512.7 million, $497.6 million and $201.2 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense associated with the net carrying amount of intangibles with finite lives is as follows (in millions):

 

Fiscal Year    Amortization
Expected
 

2017

   $ 509.1  

2018

     408.9  

2019

     373.8  

2020

     137.0  

2021

     120.1  

Thereafter

     1,878.2  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,427.1  
  

 

 

 

During fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had intangible asset impairment charges of $7.1 million, $4.3 million and $39.2 million, respectively. The majority of the fiscal 2014 impairment charges were related to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

The Company had long-term liabilities for unfavorable operating lease intangibles related to above-market leases of $532.8 million and $630.0 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively. Amortization of unfavorable operating leases recorded as a reduction of expense, was $97.9 million, $117.2 million and $51.8 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  F-25    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 6—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

 

Level 1

 

  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
 

Level 2

    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
 

Level 3

    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 25, 2017 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money Market

   $ 596.0      $ 596.0      $ —        $ —    

Short-term investments(1)

     21.6        19.4        2.2        —    

Non-current investments(2)

     97.5        45.6        51.9        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 715.1      $ 661.0      $ 54.1      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 103.7      $ —        $ 103.7      $ —    

Contingent consideration(4)

     281.0        —          —          281.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 384.7      $ —        $ 103.7      $ 281.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to investments in publicly traded stock classified as available for sale (Level 1) and U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds (Level 2). Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps. Included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVRs. Included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

  F-26    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Short-term investments(1)

   $ 20.5      $ 17.7      $ 2.8      $ —    

Non-current investments(2)

     59.4        8.1        51.3        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79.9      $ 25.8      $ 54.1      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 184.5      $ —        $ 184.5      $ —    

Contingent consideration(4)

     269.9        —          —          269.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454.4      $ —        $ 184.5      $ 269.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds. Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps. Included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVRs. Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company records its CVR obligations at fair value using a combined income and market approach. The CVR obligation is estimated using the income approach of a discounted cash flow model with a weighted average cost of capital of 9.8%, and a guideline company method resulting in adjusted total invested capital. As of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, the estimated fair value of the CVR obligations were $281.0 million and $269.9 million, respectively. The above inputs used for determining the fair value of the CVR obligations are Level 3 fair value measurements. Changes in the fair value of the CVR obligations can result from changes to the discount rates, as well as the Mexican peso relative to the US Dollar in the case of the Casa Ley CVR.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent Consideration  
     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Beginning balance

   $ 269.9     $ 270.9  

Changes in fair value

     16.0       0.7  

Payments

     (4.9     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 281.0     $ 269.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, including current maturities, was based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for

 

  F-27    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the remaining principal payments. As of February 25, 2017, the fair value of total debt was $11,882.8 million compared to a carrying value of $11,812.1 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. As of February 27, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,036.2 million compared to the carrying value of $11,703.9 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

As of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, except in relation to assets classified as held-for-sale, no other material amounts of assets have been adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company’s held-for-sale assets are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily based on estimated selling prices less costs of disposal.

NOTE 7—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). The Company’s risk management objective and strategy with respect to interest rate swaps is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company is meeting its objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”), the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments, the Company reports the effective portion of the gain or loss as a component of Other comprehensive income (loss) until the interest payments being hedged are recorded as Interest expense, net, at which time the amounts in Other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified as an adjustment to Interest expense, net. Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships are recorded in the period in which they occur as a component of Other (income) expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into several swaps with maturity dates in 2019 and 2021 to hedge against variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of the Company’s outstanding variable rate term debt. The aggregate notional amount of all swaps as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, were $3,968.6 million and $4,820.2 million, of which $3,910.6 million and $4,762.2 million are designated as Cash Flow Hedges, respectively, as defined by GAAP. The undesignated portion of the Company’s interest rate swaps is attributable to principal payments expected to be made through the loan’s maturity.

Deal-Contingent Swap

During fiscal 2014, the Company entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap (“Deal-Contingent Swap”) used to hedge against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, the Company receives a floating rate of interest and pays a fixed rate of interest for the life of the contract. The

 

  F-28    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

aggregate notional amount of the Deal Contingent Swap as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016 was $2,300.6 million and $2,548.2 million, respectively. At the close of the Safeway acquisition, the Company designated it as a cash flow hedge. The fair value of the swap liability on the designation date was $96.1 million with changes in fair value recorded through earnings for the period prior to the designation date. This charge is included in Other (income) expense in the fiscal 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

As of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, the fair value of the cash flow interest rate swap liability was $99.2 million and $171.2 million, respectively, and was recorded in Other current liabilities.

Contemporaneously with the refinancing of the Albertsons Term Loans on December 23, 2016, (as described in Note 8—Long term debt), the Company amended each of its existing interest rate swaps to reduce the floor on LIBOR from 100 basis points to 75 basis points. As a result, the Company dedesignated its original cash flow hedges and redesignated the amended swaps prospectively. Losses of $23.9 million, net of tax, deferred into OCI as of the dedesignation date, which are associated with the original cash flow hedges, will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedges.

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as Cash Flow Hedges consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of income (loss)
recognized from derivatives
     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   Fiscal 2016      Fiscal 2015     Location of income (loss)
recognized from derivatives

Designated interest rate swaps

   $ 39.4      $ (46.9   Other comprehensive
income (loss), net of tax

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of income (loss)
recognized from derivatives
     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   Fiscal 2016      Fiscal 2015     Location of income
(loss) recognized
from derivatives

Undesignated and ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

   $ 0.8      $ (2.9   Other (income) expense

 

  F-29    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 8—LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company’s long-term debt as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, net of debt discounts of $310.0 million and $349.2 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $118.2 million and $170.6 million, respectively, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Albertsons Term Loans, due 2021 to 2023, interest range of 3.0% to 3.25% plus LIBOR

   $ 5,853.0     $ 7,136.6  

Albertsons Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024 and 2025, interest rate of 6.625% and 5.750%, respectively

     2,473.0       —    

Asset-Based Loan Facility, average interest rate of 1.94%

     —         311.0  

NAI 7.45% Debentures due 2029

     554.6       542.9  

Albertsons 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

     —         584.7  

Safeway 7.25% Debentures due 2031

     575.6       574.7  

NAI 8.0% Debentures due 2031

     357.2       352.0  

NAI 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028

     257.3       251.1  

Safeway 5.0% Senior Notes due 2019

     270.1       270.7  

NAI 8.70% Debentures due 2030

     209.0       206.9  

NAI 7.75% Debentures due 2026

     174.1       170.3  

Safeway 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027

     152.7       152.8  

Safeway 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020

     137.7       137.9  

Safeway 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

     131.0       131.1  

Safeway 6.35% Notes due 2017

     101.3       104.1  

Safeway 3.4% Senior Notes due 2016

     —         80.0  

Other Notes Payable, Unsecured

     114.9       154.0  

Mortgage Notes Payable, Secured

     22.4       23.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     11,383.9       11,184.1  

Less current maturities

     (203.8     (214.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 11,180.1     $ 10,969.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Albertsons Term Loans, Asset-Based Loan (“ABL”) Facility and certain of the outstanding notes and debentures have restrictive covenants, subject to the right to cure in certain circumstances, calling for the acceleration of payments due in the event of a breach of a covenant or a default in the payment of a specified amount of indebtedness due under certain debt arrangements. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants and provisions as of and for the fiscal year ended February 25, 2017.

Albertsons Term Loans

As of February 28, 2015, the Company’s term loans under the Albertsons term loan agreement (the “Albertsons Term Loans”) totaled $6,296.0 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. The Albertsons Term Loans consisted of a Term B-2 Loan of $1,437.0 million with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.375%, a Term B-3 Loan of $950.0 million with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.0%, a Term B-4 Loan of $3,609.0 million with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%, and a Term B-4-1 Loan of $300.0 million with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%.

 

  F-30    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On December 21, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment to the Albertsons Term Loans to borrow an additional $1,145.0 million of Albertsons Term B-5 Loan. The borrowings were used to replace the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan principal of $1,141.5 million and pay related interest and fees. The Term B-5 Loan had an original maturity date of December 21, 2022 and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%. In connection with the term loan amendment, the Company increased the applicable margin of the Albertsons Term B-2 and B-3 Loans by 12.5 basis points.

On May 31, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 6.625% Senior Unsecured Notes (“2024 Notes”), as further discussed below, was used to repay $519.8 million of principal on the then-existing Term B-3 Loan due 2019. The Company wrote off $15.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in connection with the Term B-3 Loan paydown.

On June 22, 2016, the Company amended the agreement governing the Albertsons Term Loans in which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of a 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan, $1,145.0 million of a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and $2,100.0 million of a Term B-6 Loan (collectively, the “June 2016 Term Loans”). The proceeds from the issuance of the June 2016 Term Loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, were used to repay the then-existing Albertsons Term Loans and related interest and fees (collectively, the “June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing”). The June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing was accounted for as a debt modification. In connection with the June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing the Company expensed $27.6 million of financing costs and also wrote off $12.8 million of deferred financing costs associated with the original Albertsons Term Loans. The 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan had an original maturity date of August 25, 2021, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.5%. The 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan had an original maturity date of December 21, 2022, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The Term B-6 Loan had an original maturity date of June 22, 2023, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%.

On August 9, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 5.750% Senior Secured Notes (“2025 Notes”), as further discussed below, was used to repay $500.0 million of principal on the Term B-6 Loan. The Company wrote off $9.2 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in connection with the Term B-6 Loan paydown.

On December 23, 2016, the Company amended the agreement governing the Albertsons Term Loans in which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of a new 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan, $1,142.1 million of a new 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan and $1,600.0 million of a new 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan (collectively, the “New Term Loans”). The proceeds from the issuance of the New Term Loans were used to repay the then-existing Albertsons Term Loans and related interest and fees (collectively, the “December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing”). The December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing was accounted for as a debt modification. In connection with the December 2016 Term Loan Refinancing the Company expensed $7.9 million of financing costs and also wrote off $14.0 million of deferred financing costs associated with the original Albertsons Term Loans.

The new 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan matures on August 25, 2021, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.0%. The new 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan matures on December 21, 2022, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. The new 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan matures on June 22, 2023, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%.

 

  F-31    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Albertsons Term Loan facilities are guaranteed by Albertsons existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The Albertsons Term Loan facilities are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of the proceeds thereof (the “Albertsons ABL priority collateral”)) and (ii) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the Albertsons ABL priority collateral.

NAI Senior Secured Term Loan

On November 10, 2015, the Company increased the borrowings under the NAI senior secured term loan facility (the “NAI Senior Secured Term Loan”) by approximately $300.0 million to fund the A&P Transaction. The NAI Senior Secured Term Loan had a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR, subject to a 1% floor. As disclosed in “Albertsons Term Loans”, on December 21, 2015, the Company replaced the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan with the additional $1,145.0 million borrowing under the Albertsons Term Loan.

Asset-Based Loan Facilities

On December 21, 2015, the existing ABL Facility was amended and restated in connection with the issuance of a new ABL facility issued through the Company’s newly formed wholly owned subsidiary Albertsons Companies, LLC. The new ABL Facility, among other things, provides for a $4,000.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The new ABL Facility has an interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% and matures on December 21, 2020. The new ABL Facility also provides for a new letters of credit (“LOC”) sub-facility of $1,975.0 million and terminated the NAI LOC facility and NAI LOC sub-facility.

As noted above, borrowings under the ABL Facility increased $300.0 million on June 22, 2016 in connection with the Term Loan Refinancing. On August 9, 2016, $470.0 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes was used to repay the ABL Facility.

As of February 25, 2017, the ABL Facility had no outstanding borrowings and the ABL LOC sub-facility had $622.3 million letters of credit outstanding. Borrowings outstanding under the ABL Facility as of February 27, 2016 consisted of loans of $311.0 million and letters of credit issued under the LOC sub-facility of $616.2 million.

The ABL Facility is guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Facility is secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the ABL Facility priority collateral and (ii) a third-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property). The ABL Facility contains no financial covenant unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10.0% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or is (ii) $250.0 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any of such events occur, the Company must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

 

  F-32    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Notes

Senior Unsecured Notes

On May 31, 2016, Albertsons Companies, LLC and substantially all of its subsidiaries completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Unsecured Notes which will mature on June 15, 2024. Interest on the 2024 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2016. The 2024 Notes are also fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the subsidiaries that are additional issuers under the indenture governing such notes.

On August 9, 2016, Albertsons Companies, LLC and substantially all of its subsidiaries completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of its 5.750% Senior Unsecured Notes which will mature on March 15, 2025. Interest on the 2025 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2017. The 2025 Notes are also fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the subsidiaries that are additional issuers under the indenture governing such notes.

Albertsons Companies, LLC has no significant independent assets or operations separate from the subsidiaries that are co-issuers and guarantors under the indenture governing the 2024 Notes and 2025 Notes.

Senior Secured Notes

On October 23, 2014, the Company completed the sale of $1,145.0 million of principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes (“2022 Notes”) with an original maturity date of October 15, 2022. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2022 Notes were $1,128.4 million, net of $16.6 million of original issue discount. Safeway was a co-issuer of the 2022 Notes. The Company also capitalized $6.3 million of deferred financing costs. Pursuant to the Safeway acquisition, Safeway became a co-obligor on the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes were guaranteed by Albertsons current and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than Safeway), subject to certain exceptions. On February 9, 2015, following the Safeway acquisition, Albertsons redeemed $535.4 million of the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes were secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Albertsons, Safeway and the guarantors (other than the Albertsons ABL priority collateral), and (ii) a third-priority lien on the Albertsons ABL priority collateral.

On June 24, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to fully redeem $609.6 million of principal amount of 2022 Notes, and to pay an associated make-whole premium of $87.7 million and accrued interest (the “Redemption”). The Company recorded a $111.7 million loss on debt extinguishment related to the Redemption comprised of the $87.7 million make-whole premium and a $24.0 million write off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount.

 

  F-33    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As of February 25, 2017, the future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

2017

   $ 202.6  

2018

     73.5  

2019

     332.8  

2020

     201.1  

2021

     3,302.7  

Thereafter

     7,699.4  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,812.1  
  

 

 

 

Deferred Financing Costs and Interest Expense, Net

Financing costs incurred to obtain all financing other than ABL Facility financing are recognized as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability and amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs recorded as a reduction of debt were $118.2 million and $170.6 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively. Financing costs incurred to obtain ABL Facility financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related debt facilities using the straight-line method. Deferred financing costs associated with ABL Facility financing are included in Other assets and were $62.4 million and $79.2 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively. For fiscal 2016, total amortization and write off of deferred financing costs of $84.4 million included $42.1 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with the Albertsons Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2015, total amortization expense of $69.3 million included $17.9 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Albertsons Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2014, total amortization expense of $65.3 million included $36.8 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Albertsons Term Loan amendments.

Interest expense, net consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016      Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

ABL facility, senior secured and unsecured notes, term loans and debentures

   $ 764.3      $ 777.0     $ 454.1  

Capital lease obligations

     106.8        97.0       77.5  

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     84.4        69.3       65.3  

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     22.3        12.9       6.8  

Other interest expense (income)

     26.0        (5.7     29.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 1,003.8      $ 950.5     $ 633.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 9—LEASES

The Company leases certain retail stores, distribution centers, office facilities, and equipment from third parties. The typical lease period is 15 to 20 years with renewal options for varying terms and, to a limited extent, options to purchase. Certain leases contain percent rent based on sales, escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities, insurance and maintenance.

 

  F-34    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future minimum lease payments to be made by the Company for non-cancelable operating lease and capital lease obligations as of February 25, 2017 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Lease Obligations  

Fiscal year

   Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

2017

   $ 770.0      $ 204.4  

2018

     707.6        178.4  

2019

     620.0        165.9  

2020

     551.1        149.5  

2021

     465.4        135.3  

Thereafter

     2,552.6        742.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total future minimum obligations

   $ 5,666.7        1,575.7  
  

 

 

    

Less interest

        (621.7
     

 

 

 

Present value of net future minimum lease obligations

        954.0  

Less current portion

        (114.7
     

 

 

 

Long-term obligations

      $ 839.3  
     

 

 

 

The Company subleases certain property to third parties. Future minimum tenant rental income under these non-cancelable operating leases as of February 25, 2017 was $296.4 million.

Rent expense and tenant rental income under operating leases consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Minimum rent

   $ 792.2     $ 759.6     $ 371.3  

Contingent rent

     13.4       21.5       4.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense

     805.6       781.1       376.0  

Tenant rental income

     (89.3     (89.3     (51.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense, net of tenant rental income

   $ 716.3     $ 691.8     $ 324.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10—INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax benefit consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Current

      

Federal(1)

   $ 108.6     $ 41.0     $ 8.5  

State(2)

     20.6       9.8       8.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current

     129.2       50.8       16.7  

Deferred

      

Federal

     (177.9     (93.0     (110.9

State

     (41.6     2.6       (59.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred

     (219.5     (90.4     (170.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (90.3   $ (39.6   $ (153.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-35    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) Federal current tax expense net of $31.2 million tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2016. No tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014.
(2) State current tax expense net of $3.8 million tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2016. No tax benefit of NOLs in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014.

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to losses before income taxes was attributable to the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

   $ (162.3   $ (189.6   $ (482.5

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (20.2     (38.9     (38.4

Change in valuation allowance

     107.1       113.0       6.4  

Unrecognized tax benefits

     (18.7     3.1       11.3  

Member loss

     16.6       60.4       251.0  

Charitable donations

     (11.1     (11.1     —    

Tax Credits

     (17.3     (6.9     (2.4

Indemnification asset / liability

     5.1       14.0       (26.3

Transaction costs

     —         —         62.1  

Nondeductible equity compensation

     4.2       12.3       51.0  

Other

     6.3       4.1       14.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

   $ (90.3   $ (39.6   $ (153.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income from limited liability companies held in partnership are payable by the members in accordance with their respective ownership percentages. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to income tax benefit of $16.6 million, $60.4 million and $251.0 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

  F-36    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Compensation and benefits

   $ 190.6     $ 202.9  

Net operating loss

     213.8       226.4  

Pension & postretirement benefits

     341.4       361.2  

Reserves

     53.9       66.0  

Self-Insurance

     350.6       338.1  

Tax credits

     48.3       46.7  

Other

     43.0       149.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     1,241.6       1,390.7  

Less: valuation allowance

     (387.6     (286.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     854.0       1,103.9  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Debt discount

     86.3       97.6  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,617.6       1,848.7  

Inventories

     477.2       477.6  

Investment in foreign operations

     130.4       125.1  

Other

     22.3       67.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     2,333.8       2,616.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,479.8   $ (1,512.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

   $ —       $ —    

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (1,479.8     (1,512.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,479.8   $ (1,512.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of February 25, 2017, a valuation allowance of $387.6 million has been recorded for the portion of the deferred tax asset that is not more likely than not to be realized. The Company will continue to evaluate the need to adjust the valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if the Company continues to incur losses in the future.

The Company currently has federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $378.7 million and $2,761.8 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2017 and continue through the fiscal year ending February 2037. As of February 25, 2017, the Company had federal and state credit carryforwards of $11.2 million and $57.2 million, respectively, the majority of which will expire in 2023.

 

  F-37    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Beginning balance

   $ 435.3     $ 451.5     $ 180.4  

Increase from acquisitions

     —         —         262.7  

Increase related to tax positions taken in the current year

     63.8       11.5       10.6  

Increase related to tax positions taken in prior years

     6.4       19.7       19.9  

Decrease related to tax position taken in prior years

     (71.0     (3.5     (15.5

Foreign currency translation

     —         —         (0.1

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (9.8     (42.1     (4.9

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

     (6.7     (1.8     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 418.0     $ 435.3     $ 451.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of February 25, 2017, February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 are tax positions of $231.3 million, $228.0 million and $221.6 million, respectively, which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. Of the $231.3 million that could impact tax expense, the Company has recorded $8.0 million of indemnification assets that would offset any future recognition. As of February 25, 2017, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for the fiscal years prior to 2012 and in most states, is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized expense (benefit) related to interest and penalties, net of settlement adjustments, of $4.5 million, $2.4 million and $(1.2) million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In fiscal 2016, the Company adopted the IRS safe harbor rule for taxpayers operating retail establishments for determining whether expenditures paid or incurred to remodel or refresh a qualified building are deductible. As a result of adopting this safe harbor, the Company reduced $70.1 million of uncertain tax benefit in fiscal 2016, and there was no impact on the tax provision due to an offsetting deferred adjustment. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the reserve for uncertain tax positions may be reduced by approximately $110.0 million in the next twelve months resulting from a request for change in accounting method, and the anticipated resolution of other uncertainties.

NOTE 11—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

Pension Plans

The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Shaw’s Plan”) covering union employees under the Shaw’s banner. The Company also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Safeway Plan”) for substantially all of its employees under the Safeway banners not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Effective April 1, 2015, the Company implemented a soft freeze of the Safeway Plan. A soft freeze means that all existing employees as of March 31, 2015 currently participating will remain in the Safeway Plan but any new eligible employees hired after that date will no longer be part of the Safeway Plan but instead will be offered retirement benefits under an enhanced 401(k) program. The Company also sponsors a frozen plan covering certain employees under the United banners and a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and supplemental income payments for certain senior executives after retirement. The Retirement Restoration Plan is unfunded.

On May 15, 2016, the Company, through an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc.

 

  F-38    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(“C&S”) for nominal cash consideration and the assumption of certain liabilities, primarily related to employee compensation and benefits of the workforce acquired. Prior to the acquisition, C&S, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Collington, managed and operated the Company’s distribution center located in Upper Marlboro, Maryland. By purchasing the equity of Collington, the Company settled a pre-existing reimbursement arrangement under the previous supply agreement relating to the pension plan in which Collington employees participate. Consequently, the Company, through its newly acquired subsidiary, Collington, assumed primary liability for the Collington employees participating in the pension plan. Prior to the acquisition of Collington, the pension plan was a multiple employer plan, with Safeway and C&S being the respective employers. The Safeway portion of the plan was accounted for as a multiemployer plan, with the C&S portion being accounted for by the Company through the previous supply agreement. Also, contemporaneously with the acquisition of Collington, the Company negotiated a new supply agreement with C&S and negotiated concessions directly from the unions representing the Collington employees at the distribution center. The acquisition of Collington resulted in a charge of approximately $78.9 million to net pension expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Upon the assumption of the C&S portion of the pension plan through the equity acquisition, the multiple-employer pension plan will be accounted for as a single employer plan.

The plan assets were commingled with the assets in the Safeway Plan under a master trust arrangement prior to this transaction and on December 30, 2016 this plan and the Safeway Plan were formally merged.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company provides post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. The plans are unfunded.

Additionally, in connection with the Collington transaction, the Company negotiated with the respective unions a new unfunded post-retirement obligation with a projected benefit obligation of approximately $15.5 million, recorded through Other comprehensive income (loss) as prior service cost during the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

As of February 27, 2016, the Company changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning on the period. The Company has elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The Company made this change to improve the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and to provide a more precise measurement of service and interest costs. This change does not affect the measurement and calculation of the Company’s total benefit obligations. The Company has accounted for this change as a change in estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accounted for it prospectively beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2016. This change did not have a material impact on the Company’s fiscal 2016 net pension expense.

 

  F-39    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended February 25, 2017 and a statement of funded status as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     February 25,
2017
    February 27,
2016
    February 25,
2017
    February 27,
2016
 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,431.8     $ 2,724.8     $ 16.7     $ 19.0  

Collington acquisition

     222.3       —         15.5       —    

Service cost

     49.3       56.7       0.2       —    

Interest cost

     87.6       104.0       0.9       0.6  

Actuarial loss (gain)

     22.1       (173.3     —         (1.3

Plan participant contributions

     —         —         0.7       0.9  

Benefit payments

     (200.1     (280.4     (2.8     (2.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,613.0     $ 2,431.8     $ 31.2     $ 16.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,717.5     $ 2,144.1     $ —       $ —    

Collington acquisition

     143.4       —           —    

Actual return on plan assets

     264.6       (152.0     —         —    

Employer contributions

     9.4       5.8       2.1       1.6  

Plan participant contributions

     —         —         0.7       0.9  

Benefit payments

     (200.1     (280.4     (2.8     (2.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,934.8     $ 1,717.5     $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other current liabilities

   $ (6.0   $ (5.7   $ (1.8   $ (1.8

Other long-term liabilities

     (672.2     (708.6     (29.4     (14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (678.2   $ (714.3   $ (31.2   $ (16.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015  

Net actuarial gain

   $ (142.8   $ (24.6   $ (1.6   $ (1.6

Prior service cost

     0.4       0.3       13.0       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (142.4   $ (24.3   $ 11.4     $ (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for the Company’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, is shown below (in millions):

 

     February 25, 2017      February 27, 2016  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,613.0      $ 2,431.8  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,572.0        2,368.9  

Fair value of plan assets

     1,934.8        1,717.5  

 

  F-40    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table provides the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss) (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015  

Components of net expense:

        

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (123.9   $ (143.2   $ —       $ —    

Service cost

     49.3       56.7       0.2       —    

Interest cost

     87.6       104.0       0.9       0.6  

Amortization of prior service cost

     —         —         2.5       —    

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     —         0.1       —         —    

Collington acquisition

     78.9       —         —         —    

Settlement gain

     —         (4.1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

     91.9       13.5       3.6       0.6  

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Net actuarial (gain) loss

     (118.5     121.5       —         (1.3

Recognition of net actuarial gain

     —         4.0       —         —    

Prior service cost

     0.2       0.3       15.5       —    

Recognition of prior service cost

     —         —         (2.5     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (118.3     125.8       13.0       (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (26.4   $ 139.3     $ 16.6     $ (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. When the accumulation of actuarial gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, the excess is amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants. No significant prior service costs or estimated net actuarial gain or loss is expected to be amortized from Other comprehensive income (loss) into periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2017.

Assumptions

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Discount rate

     4.21     4.25

Rate of compensation increase

     2.88     3.31

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Discount rate

     4.25     3.92

Expected return on plan assets:

     6.96     6.96

 

  F-41    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On February 27, 2016, the Company adopted the new MP-2015 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table to be applied on a generational basis for calculating the Company’s 2015 year-end benefit plan obligations. The tables assume an improvement in life expectancy in the future but at a slower rate than the MP-2014 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table used for calculating the Company’s 2014 year-end benefit plan obligations and 2015 expense. Similarly, on February 25, 2017, the Company adopted the new MP-2016 projection scale which assumes an improvement in life expectancy at a slower rate than the MP-2015 projection scale. The change to the mortality table projection scale results in a decrease to the Company’s current year benefit obligation and future expenses.

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for the Safeway Plan which had $1.7 billion in plan assets as of February 25, 2017:

 

           Plan Assets  

Asset category

   Target     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Equity

     65     63.1     60.5

Fixed income

     35     36.2     39.4

Cash and other

     —         0.7     0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the Shaw’s Plan which had approximately $227 million in plan assets as of February 25, 2017:

 

           Plan Assets  

Asset category

   Target     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Equity

     65     66.7     62.9

Fixed income

     35     33.3     37.1

Cash and other

     —         —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The target market value of equity securities for the United Plan is 50% of plan assets. If the equity percentage exceeds 60% or drops below 40%, the asset allocation is adjusted to target. The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the United Plan which had approximately $50 million in plan assets as of February 25, 2017:

 

           Plan Assets  

Asset category

   Target     February 25, 2017     February 27, 2016  

Equity

     50     51.0     56.1

Fixed income

     50     31.0     34.5

Cash and other

     —         18.0     9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintaining a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintaining an acceptable level of risk in

 

  F-42    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximizing the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintaining adequate controls over administrative costs.

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolios and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. The Company’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

Pension Plan Assets

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets as of February 25, 2017, excluding pending transactions of $75.1 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Assets
Measured
at NAV
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 13.4     $ 11.4     $ 2.0     $ —       $ —    

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    43.7       —         43.7       —         —    

Common and preferred stock:(3)

         

Domestic common and preferred stock

    307.1       307.1       —         —         —    

International common stock

    66.2       66.2       —         —         —    

Collective trust funds(2)

    757.3       —         —         —         757.3  

Corporate bonds(4)

    146.3       —         146.3       —         —    

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    60.4       —         60.4       —         —    

Mutual funds(6)

    184.9       166.4       18.5       —         —    

U.S. government securities(7)

    363.2       —         363.2       —         —    

Other securities(8)

    67.4       0.1       33.4       —         33.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,009.9     $ 551.2     $ 667.5     $ —       $ 791.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers. Funds meeting the practical expedient related to the adoption of ASU 2015-07 are included in the Assets Measured at NAV column.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.

 

  F-43    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities is a commingled fund valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and is provided by the issuer and exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives, assets and liabilities. Funds meeting the practical expedient related to the adoption of ASU 2015-07 are included in the Assets Measured at NAV column. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets as of February 27, 2016, excluding pending transactions of $56.2 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
    Assets
Measured
at NAV
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 16.2     $ 13.2     $ 3.0     $ —       $ —    

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    24.8       —         24.8       —         —    

Common and preferred stock:(3)

         

Domestic common and preferred stock

    274.8       274.8       —         —         —    

International common stock

    55.4       55.4       —         —         —    

Collective trust funds(2)

    658.3       —         —         —         658.3  

Corporate bonds(4)

    146.7       —         146.7       —         —    

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    57.5       —         57.5       —         —    

Mutual funds(6)

    141.3       125.5       15.8       —         —    

U.S. government securities(7)

    344.1       —         344.1       —         —    

Other securities(8)

    54.6       —         35.7       —         18.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,773.7     $ 468.9     $ 627.6     $ —       $ 677.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-44    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers. Funds meeting the practical expedient related to the adoption of ASU 2015-07 are included in the Assets Measured at NAV column.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities are exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Funds meeting the practical expedient related to the adoption of ASU 2015-07 are included in the Assets Measured at NAV column. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

Contributions

In fiscal 2016 and 2015, the Company contributed $11.5 million and $7.4 million, respectively, to its pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway Plan under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. The Company expects to contribute approximately $21.9 million to its pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2017. The Company’s funding policy for the defined benefit pension plan is to contribute the minimum contribution required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and other applicable laws as determined by the Company’s external actuarial consultant. At the Company’s discretion, additional funds may be contributed to the defined benefit pension plans. The Company will recognize contributions in accordance with applicable regulations, with consideration given to recognition for the earliest plan year permitted.

 

  F-45    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension Benefits      Other Benefits  

2017

   $ 149.8      $ 1.8  

2018

     164.4        1.8  

2019

     165.7        1.7  

2020

     167.7        1.6  

2021

     168.7        1.5  

2022 – 2026

     840.9        5.9  

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.

The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following respects:

 

    Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

    If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

    If the Company chooses to stop participating in some multiemployer plans, or makes market exits or store closures or otherwise has participation in the plan fall below certain levels, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. The Company records the actuarially determined estimated liability at an undiscounted amount.

The Company’s participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act zone status (“PPA”) available for fiscal 2016 and 2015 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. The zone status is based on information received from the plans and is certified by each plan’s actuary. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the plan trustees.

Certain plans have been aggregated in the Other funds line in the following table, as the contributions to each of these plans are not individually material. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that the

 

  F-46    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Company may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510.0 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by the Company in perpetuity. The Company’s installment payments would be limited to 20 years if the Company is not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, the Company recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. The Company’s current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and the Company’s management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. The Company is also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. The Company’s estimated liability reflects the Company’s best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because the Company’s management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510.0 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability recorded as of February 25, 2017 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $180.1 million, primarily reflecting minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of consummation of the Safeway acquisition

The number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer plans increased significantly from February 28, 2015 to February 27, 2016 affecting the year-to-year comparability of the contributions. The increase in employees covered is a direct result of the Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-47    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables contain information about the Company’s multiemployer plans:

 

     EIN - PN     

Pension Protection Act
zone status(1)

  

Company’s 5% of total
plan contributions

  

FIP/RP status
pending/implemented

Pension fund

     

2016

  

2015

  

2015

  

2014

  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

     946313554-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

     916145047-001      Green    Green    No    No    No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan(2)

     951939092-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

     526128473-001      Red    Red    Yes    No    Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

     916069306-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

     526118572-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

     236396097-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Drug Employers Pension Fund

     516029925-001      Red    Red    Yes    No    Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

     846045986-001      Green    Green    Yes    Yes    No

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund(4)

     236209656-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

     846277982-001      Green    Green    Yes    Yes    No

UFCW International Union - Industry Pension Fund(4)

     516055922-001      Green    Green    No    No    No

Mid Atlantic Pension Fund

     461000515-001      Green    Green    Yes    Yes    No

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

     516031512-001      Red    Red    Yes    Yes    Implemented

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

     936074377-001      Green    Green    Yes    Yes    No

 

  F-48    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Contributions of
Company (in millions)
   

Surcharge
imposed(5)

 

Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements

 

Total
collective
bargaining
agreements

 

Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)(6)

Pension fund

  2016     2015     2014          

Count

 

Expiration

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 98.9     $ 90.2     $ 7.2     No   8/29/2015 to 8/3/2019   42   34   10/13/2018

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 59.1     $ 57.0     $ 14.0     No   9/20/2014 to 7/28/2023   55   17   9/20/2020

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 52.4     $ 84.3     $ 35.3     No   5/8/2016 to 3/3/2019   17   12   3/3/2019

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 33.8     $ 19.7     $ 3.6     No   02/25/2017 to 10/26/2019   18   14   10/26/2019

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)

  $ 33.1     $ 22.3     $ 6.3     No   6/7/2014 to 3/18/2020   78   10   5/4/2019

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 17.1     $ 15.7     $ 1.9     No   9/3/2011 to 5/14/2019   68   27   9/3/2017

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

  $ 16.7     $ 14.8     $ 14.5     No   2/2/2016 to 1/31/2018   4   1   1/31/2018

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Drug Employers Pension Fund

  $ 12.7     $ 1.1     $ —       No   3/3/2019 to 3/3/2019   22   22   3/3/2019

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 11.0     $ 10.6     $ 2.1     No   9/12/2015 to 11/23/2019   57   17   2/23/2019

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund(6)

  $ 10.8     $ 9.1     $ 7.8     No   5/3/2016 to 5/4/2016   2   1   5/4/2016

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1     $ 9.1     $ 1.1     No   6/19/2018 to 10/24/2020   16   11   10/24/2020

UFCW International Union—Industry Pension Fund

  $ 8.6     $ 7.8     $ 5.0     No   9/5/2015 to 10/24/2020   20   14   6/9/2018

Mid Atlantic Pension Fund

  $ 6.9     $ 6.6     $ —       No   2/25/2017 to 10/26/2019   7   5   10/26/2019

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 5.4     $ 5.8     $ 4.1     No   4/9/2017 to 3/3/2019   7   2   3/3/2019

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 2.3     $ 5.5     $ 1.3     No   6/21/2017 to 12/6/2019   46   13   11/13/2018

Other funds

  $ 21.2     $ 20.2     $ 9.2            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total Company contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 399.1     $ 379.8     $ 113.4            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(1) PPA established three categories (or “zones”) of plans: (1) “Green Zone” for healthy; (2) “Yellow Zone” for endangered; and (3) “Red Zone” for critical. These categories are based upon the funding ratio of the plan assets to plan liabilities. In general, Green Zone plans have a funding ratio greater than 80%, Yellow Zone plans have a funding ratio between 65—79%, and Red Zone plans have a funding ratio less than 65%.
(2) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan’s year-end at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015.
(3)

Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust, effective June 30, 2014. The information for this fund

 

  F-49    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan’s year-end at September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014.
(4) The information for this fund was obtained from the Form 5500 filed for the plan’s year-end at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014.
(5) Under the PPA, a surcharge may be imposed when employers make contributions under a collective bargaining agreement that is not in compliance with a rehabilitation plan. As of February 25, 2017, the collective bargaining agreements under which the Company was making contributions were in compliance with rehabilitation plans adopted by the applicable pension fund.
(6) These columns represent the number of most significant collective bargaining agreements aggregated by common expiration dates for each of the Company’s pension funds listed above.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of February 25, 2017, the Company had approximately 273,000 employees, of which approximately 170,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 82,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2017, 103 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 10,000 employees are scheduled to expire.

Multiemployer Health and Welfare Plans

The Company makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective bargaining agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision, and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. The vast majority of the Company’s contributions covers active employees and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from contribution amounts paid to active plans. Total contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans were $1,158.6 million, $1,100.7 million and $316.2 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans

Many of the Company’s employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans (“401(k) Plans”). Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. The Company provides supplemental retirement benefits through the Albertson’s LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Makeup Plan and the United Supplemental Plan, which provide certain key employees with retirement benefits that supplement those provided by the 401(k) Plans. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. Total contributions for these plans were $38.8 million, $37.9 million and $37.0 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

On October 10, 2014, the Company’s parent, AB Acquisition, with the unanimous consent of the plan participants, terminated its LTIPs. The termination of this plan resulted in a charge totaling $78.0 million, which was recorded as compensation expense during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015. In connection with the termination, certain plan participants were required to purchase equity of AB Acquisition at an amount equal to 50.0% of their LTIPs payouts upon closing of the Safeway acquisition. The total value of equity purchased by these plan participants was approximately $33.2 million.

 

  F-50    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 12—RELATED PARTIES

Transition Services Agreement with SuperValu

The Consolidated Financial Statements include expenses for certain support functions provided by SuperValu through Transition Services Agreements (“TSA”) including, but not limited to, general corporate expenses related to finance, legal, information technology, warehouse and distribution, human resources, communications, processing and handling cardholder data, and procurement of goods. Fees are calculated on a per-store and distribution center basis of fixed and variable costs for services. The Company also paid a transition fee of $60.0 million that was amortized on a straight line basis over the original 30-month life of the agreement.

On April 16, 2015, the Company entered into a letter agreement regarding the TSA with SuperValu (the “TSA Letter Agreement”) pursuant to which SuperValu will provide services to the Company as needed to transition and wind down the TSA and the services SuperValu provides under the TSA. In exchange for these transition and wind down services, the agreement calls for eight payments of $6.25 million every six months for aggregate fees of $50.0 million. These payments are separate from and incremental to the fixed and variable fees the Company pays to SuperValu under the TSA. The parties also agreed to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e. 5.0% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support the Company’s transition and wind down activities.

On May 28, 2015, the Company reached an agreement with SuperValu to resolve certain matters. As part of the agreement, SuperValu paid the Company $34.5 million. The Company recorded the payment as a deferred liability and is amortizing it as a reduction of expense over four years.

On September 9, 2016, the Company exercised its right to renew the term of the TSA with SuperValu for an additional year. The original TSA had an initial term expiring on September 21, 2015 and included 10 options for additional one-year renewals with notice given to SuperValu at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the then current term. The renewal extends the TSA through September 21, 2018.

Summary of SuperValu activity

Related party activities with SuperValu that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2016      Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014  

Supply agreements included in Cost of sales

   $ 1,749.1      $ 1,496.6      $ 1,359.4  

Selling and administrative expenses

     157.1        190.6        215.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,906.2      $ 1,687.2      $ 1,574.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trademark Cross-Licensing Agreements

In conjunction with the NAI acquisition, the Company entered into separate trademark cross-licensing agreements with SuperValu. These cross-licensing agreements include a limited royalty-free license to certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) among and between the entities. The term of the trademark cross-licensing agreement is consistent with the term of the TSA.

 

  F-51    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cerberus and AB Acquisition

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the original management agreement with Cerberus was terminated, and the remaining annual management fees of $9.0 million were paid by the Company. A new management agreement with Cerberus and the consortium of investors commenced on January 30, 2015, requiring an annual management fee of $13.8 million, beginning January 30, 2015. The agreement term is four years.

Certain employees of the Company participate in equity-based incentive plans of our parent, AB Acquisition. Awards under the plans vest over a service period, achievement of certain performance and related thresholds, or a combination of both. Employee compensation expense recognized by the Company related to these plans was $53.3 million, $97.8 million and $152.5 million during fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively. On January 30, 2015, the Company’s parent, AB Acquisition issued fully vested, non-forfeitable incentive units to certain nonemployee Members for acquisition and transaction services related to the Safeway acquisition. As a result, the Company recognized $191.6 million of equity-based compensation expense to non-employees during fiscal 2014.

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $11.1 million and $12.5 million related to equity-based compensation in fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. No tax benefit was recognized for equity-based compensation for fiscal 2014.

As of February 25, 2017 there was $64.5 million of unrecognized costs related to awards granted by AB Acquisition that the Company expects to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

NOTE 13—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

California Department of Industrial Relations : On October 24, 2012, the Office of Self-Insurance Plans, a program within the director’s office of the California Department of Industrial Relations (the “DIR”), notified SuperValu, which was then the owner of NAI, that additional security was required to be posted in connection with the Company’s, and certain other subsidiaries’, California self-insured workers’ compensation obligations pursuant to applicable regulations. The notice from the DIR stated that the additional security was required as a result of an increase in estimated future liabilities, as determined by the DIR pursuant to a review of the self-insured California workers’ compensation claims with respect to the applicable businesses, and a decline in SuperValu’s net worth. On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Collateral Substitution Agreement with the California Self-Insurers’ Security Fund to provide an irrevocable LOC. The amount of the LOC is adjusted semi-annually based on annual filings of an actuarial study reflecting liabilities as of December 31 of each year reduced by claim closures and settlements. The related LOC was $237.6 million and $247.7 million as of February 25, 2017 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

Lease Guarantees : The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation.

 

  F-52    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, the Company assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, and on October 19, 2015, Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of 130 stores that the Company sold to it (including 72 leased stores and 12 ground leased stores). Haggen held an auction for those stores in November 2015. After participating in the auction, having additional negotiations with Haggen, and receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 19 assigned leases from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million. Also during the auction, there were 38 assigned leases acquired by and assigned to other retailers and four assigned store leases acquired by the landlord. Two store leases were re-negotiated by Haggen prior to its bankruptcy, and one store lease was re-negotiated by Haggen during bankruptcy, thus eliminating the Company’s contingent liability with respect to these three leases. Haggen has rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 store leases for which the Company has contingent lease liability. As a result of the rejections, the Company has recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of its 33 “core stores” on December 4, 2015. After receipt of FTC and Washington state attorney general clearance, the Company submitted a proposal to acquire 29 of the Haggen core stores. Haggen determined that the Company’s offer was the highest and best bid and declared the Company the sole qualifying bidder in a notice filed with the Bankruptcy Court on March 11, 2016. On March 29, 2016, the Bankruptcy Court entered the order approving the sale of the 29 core stores to the Company for the aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including inventory, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the applicable asset purchase agreement. The acquisition closed in June 2016. The 29 stores acquired include six assigned store leases and two assigned ground leases.

The Company could also be responsible for Haggen’s obligations under the remaining 10 ground leases the Company assigned to it. However, these leases were assigned to a Haggen entity that is not a debtor in the bankruptcy case. The Company believes this Haggen entity has divested itself of the majority of these ground leases through third-party sales. The Company does not know whether Haggen or, for certain ground leases the applicable acquiring entity, will default on these ground lease obligations. The Company also does not know what defenses may be available, including any loss mitigation obligations of the landlords under the terms of the ground leases or applicable law. As a result, the Company is currently unable to estimate its losses with respect to any potential contingent liability with respect to these ground leases.

With respect to other leases the Company has assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired but assigned to third parties), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee became insolvent, it would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet related to these contingent obligations.

The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.

 

  F-53    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Legal Contingencies

Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain wage and hour or civil rights laws, are pending against the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled.

The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made provisions where the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated and an adverse outcome is probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Management currently believes that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss for the Company’s exposure in excess of the amount accrued is expected to be immaterial to the Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Haggen, et al : On July 20, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the State of Delaware in and for Newcastle County (the “State Court Action”), alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory in connection with Haggen’s purchase of 146 divested stores.

On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”) and alleged that its damages may exceed $1.0 billion. On September 8, 2015, Haggen filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s bankruptcy case. Also as a result of the bankruptcy case, the Company recorded an allowance of $41.1 million against the amount owed by Haggen for the purchased inventory during the second quarter ended September 12, 2015. On September 17, 2015, the Company received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of the Company’s FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit, which the Company believes are without merit.

On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”), (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates and (iv) Cerberus Capital Management, pursuant to which the Company resolved the disputes in the State Court Action and the District Court Action (together, the “Haggen Litigations”). The settlement agreement provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Haggen Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by the Company of $5.75 million to a creditor trust to be formed by the Creditors’ Committee, (b) an agreement that the Company will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which the Company will transfer to the creditor trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court

 

  F-54    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and the Company paid $5.75 million to the creditor trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million was recorded as a loss in fiscal 2015 and is incremental to the losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $32.2 million related to the Company’s contingent lease liability for the rejected Haggen leases.

Appraisal of Safeway Inc . : Certain stockholders of Safeway common stock sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share acquisition consideration payable in the acquisition does not represent fair value for their shares. Five separate actions have been filed in Delaware Chancery Court, now consolidated under the title In re Appraisal of Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 17.7 million shares. In May 2015, the Company settled with stockholders holding approximately 14 million shares for $621 million plus one Casa Ley CVR for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $487 million ($34.92 per share) of purchase consideration and $134 million of expense, both recorded in fiscal 2014. Of the $621 million, approximately $100 million was paid in fiscal 2014, and the remainder was paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, including $387 million in acquisition consideration. Still remaining as petitioners were holders of approximately 3.7 million shares. On January 11, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the remaining petitioners representing approximately 3.7 million shares of Safeway common stock, for $168 million plus one Casa Ley CVR for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $131 million or $34.92 per share, of purchase consideration and $37 million of expense, of which $34 million was recorded in fiscal 2014 and $3 million was recorded in fiscal 2015. Of the $168 million, $131 million of purchase consideration was paid during fiscal 2014 with the remaining $37 million paid in January 2016.

Security Breach: On August 14, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of its computer network that processes payment card transactions for its retail store locations, including the Company’s Shaw’s, Star Market, Acme, Jewel-Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. The Company believes these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on its IT service provider, SuperValu, the Company took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. The Company believes that it has eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. The Company notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks and its insurance carriers and is cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands, the Company retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although the Company’s network had previously been found to be compliant with the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Data Security Standard issued by the PCI Council, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met at the time of the intrusions, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions.

On August 5, 2016, the Company was notified that MasterCard had asserted its initial assessment for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance costs) as well as its case management assessment. The Company believes it is probable that other payment card networks will make claims against the Company. If other payment card networks assert claims against the Company, the Company currently intends to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. On December 5, 2016, the Company was further notified that MasterCard has asserted its final

 

  F-55    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

assessment of approximately $6.0 million, which the Company paid on December 9, 2016; however the Company disputes the MasterCard assessment and, on March 10, 2017, filed a lawsuit against MasterCard seeking recovery of the assessment. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that it expects to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert claims against the Company. The Company will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above the Company’s currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been asserted to date by the payment card networks, other than MasterCard, and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, the Company agreed with one of its third party payment administrators to provide a $15.0 million LOC to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against the Company by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, the Company and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs have filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit and defendants filed a cross-appeal. The filing of the appellate briefs was completed by both parties on September 29, 2016 and oral arguments are scheduled for May 10, 2017.

On October 6, 2015, the Company received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multi-state group has not made a monetary demand, and the Company is unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any. The Company has cooperated with the investigation.

In January 2017, one of our insurance carriers denied our claim for cyber insurance coverage based on, among other things, the insurer’s conclusion that the intrusion began prior to the start date for coverage under the cyber insurance policy. We responded to the insurer’s denial disagreeing with the conclusion and reserving our rights. Our claims with other of our insurance carriers remain outstanding.

Drug Enforcement Administration : During fiscal 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) requesting information concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation, and the Company is cooperating with the DEA. The Company has met with the DEA on several occasions, including December 2015, May 2016 and June 2016, to discuss the investigation, and the Company anticipates further meetings in the near future. On June 7, 2016, the Company received a third subpoena, which requested information concerning potential diversion by one former employee in the Seattle/Tacoma area (Washington State). The Company is cooperating with the DEA. The Company anticipates that

 

  F-56    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

there will be monetary fines assessed, and administrative penalties. The Company has established an estimated liability for these matters which is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available.

Office of Inspector General : In January 2016, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under the Company’s MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by the Company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. The Company is cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

Terraza/Lorenz: Two lawsuits have been brought against Safeway and the Safeway Benefits Plan Committee (the “Benefit Plans Committee,” and together with Safeway, the “Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants”) and other third parties alleging breaches of fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) with respect to Safeway’s 401(k) Plan (the “Safeway 401(k) Plan”). On July 14, 2016, a complaint (“Terraza”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by a participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of the Safeway 401(k) Plan. An amended complaint was filed on November 18, 2016. On August 25, 2016, a second complaint (“Lorenz”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by another participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated against the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants and against the Safeway 401(k) Plan’s former recordkeepers. An amended complaint was filed on September 16, 2016 and a second amended complaint was filed on November 21, 2016. In general, both lawsuits allege that the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA regarding the selection of investments offered under the Safeway 401(k) Plan and the fees and expenses related to those investments. The Company believes these lawsuits are without merit, and intend to contest each of them vigorously. The Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants filed motions to dismiss both cases, and the hearings on the Terraza and Lorenz motions were held in February 2017. On March 13, 2017, the judge hearing the cases issued orders denying the motions to dismiss in both cases. The Company is currently unable to estimate the range of loss, if any, that may result from these matters due to the early procedural status of the cases.

Civil Investigative Demand: On December 16, 2016, the Company received a civil investigative demand from the United States Attorney for the District of Rhode Island in connection with a False Claims Act investigation relating to the Company’s influenza vaccination programs. The investigation concerns whether the Company’s provision of store coupons to its customers who received influenza vaccinations in its store pharmacies constituted an improper benefit to those customers under the federal Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Company believes that its provision of the store coupons to its customers is an allowable incentive to encourage vaccinations. The Company is cooperating with the U.S. Attorney in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of possible loss, if any.

Rodman: On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store.

 

  F-57    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. On April 6, 2016, Plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. A hearing on the sanctions motion was held on August 25, 2016, and the court awarded sanctions against the Company in an amount under $1.0 million. The Company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

 

  F-58    (Continued)


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 14—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in member equity during a period, other than those from investments by or distributions. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments, driven primarily by the Company’s equity method investment in Casa Ley.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

    Fiscal 2016  
    Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plan
items
    Interest
rate swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

  $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    68.6       102.8       1.4       (34.2     (1.4

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

    53.0       2.5       50.5       —         —    

Tax (expense) benefit

    (21.7     (23.3     (12.5     13.7       0.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss), net

    99.9       82.0       39.4       (20.5     (1.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

  $ (12.8   $ 79.7     $ (28.1   $ (66.1   $ 1.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Fiscal 2015  
    Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plan
items
    Interest
rate swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

  $ 59.6     $ 77.1     $ (20.6   $ —       $ 3.1  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

    (304.7     (120.5     (107.7     (75.5     (1.0

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

    36.8       (4.0     40.8       —         —    

Tax benefit

    95.6       45.1       20.0       29.9       0.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss), net

    (172.3     (79.4     (46.9     (45.6     (0.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

  $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 15—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 19, 2017, which is the date of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  F-59    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Safeway Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, CA

March 3, 2015

 

F-60


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2     $ 35,064.9     $ 35,161.5  

Cost of goods sold

     (26,648.2     (25,833.4     (25,932.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,682.0       9,231.5       9,229.1  

Operating and administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     534.5       551.5       635.4  

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1     —    

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4     —    

Other income, net

     45.0       40.6       27.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0       251.6       362.2  

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2       217.1       249.2  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3       3,305.1       348.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5       3,522.2       598.1  

Less noncontrolling interests

     0.9       (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ 113.4     $ 3,507.5     $ 596.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44     $ 0.90     $ 1.01  

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04     $ 13.63     $ 1.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48     $ 14.53     $ 2.41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44     $ 0.89     $ 1.00  

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04     $ 13.49     $ 1.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48     $ 14.38     $ 2.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     228.8       239.1       245.6  

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     230.7       241.5       245.9  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 112.5     $ 3,522.2     $ 598.1  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Translation adjustments, net of tax

     0.2       (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status, net of tax

     (185.0     179.5       (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss, net of tax

     31.8       66.3       69.5  

Other, net of tax

     0.2       (1.1     1.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (152.8     179.7       (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income including noncontrolling interests

     (40.3     3,701.9       585.8  

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     0.9       (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ (39.4   $ 3,687.2     $ 584.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-62   


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     Year-end
2014
    Year-end
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,255.1     $ 4,647.3  

Receivables

     373.4       1,211.4  

Merchandise inventories, net of LIFO reserve of $53.1 and $58.1

     2,187.9       2,089.6  

Income tax receivable

     476.1       —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     277.1       371.5  

Assets held for sale

     39.5       143.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,609.1       8,463.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property:

    

Land

     1,376.8       1,583.2  

Buildings

     5,666.7       5,774.0  

Leasehold improvements

     2,804.1       2,836.2  

Fixtures and equipment

     6,517.9       6,979.1  

Property under capital leases

     708.3       550.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17,073.8       17,722.7  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,297.3     (10,185.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, net

     6,776.5       7,537.5  

Goodwill

     330.9       464.5  

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

     205.8       196.1  

Other assets

     454.7       557.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,377.0     $ 17,219.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of notes and debentures

   $ 3.2     $ 252.9  

Current obligations under capital leases

     94.7       49.3  

Accounts payable

     1,609.6       3,376.4  

Accrued salaries and wages

     449.8       419.4  

Deferred income taxes

     29.4       —    

Income taxes payable

     —         1,135.2  

Other accrued liabilities

     566.8       623.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,753.5       5,856.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Notes and debentures

     2,472.9       3,515.3  

Obligations under capital leases

     429.1       375.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     2,902.0       3,890.8  

Dominick’s multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability

     455.0       294.8  

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations

     765.0       451.4  

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     1,051.1       851.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,926.6       11,344.4  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 1,500 shares authorized; 245.8 and 244.2 shares issued

     2.5       2.4  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,051.3       1,981.9  

Treasury stock at cost: 14.4 and 14.1 shares

     (491.8     (480.6

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (421.7     (271.1

Retained earnings

     4,310.1       4,586.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Safeway Inc. equity

     5,450.4       5,819.5  

Noncontrolling interest

     —         55.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,450.4       5,875.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 13,377.0     $ 17,219.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Operating Activities:

    

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interest

   $ 112.5     $ 3,522.2     $ 598.1  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (9.3     (3,305.1     (348.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2       217.1       249.2  

Reconciliation to net cash flow from operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     921.5       922.2       952.8  

Loss on foreign currency

     131.2       57.4       —    

Property impairment charges

     56.1       35.6       33.6  

Share-based employee compensation

     24.7       50.4       48.4  

LIFO (income) expense

     (5.0     (14.3     0.7  

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate

     (16.2     (17.6     (17.5

Net pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     76.2       114.8       129.0  

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (13.3     (56.3     (110.3

Gain on sale of PDC

     (22.0     —         —    

Gain on property dispositions and lease exit costs, net

     (38.8     (51.2     (48.3

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     84.4       10.1       —    

Increase in accrued claims and other liabilities

     26.2       9.2       60.5  

Deferred income taxes

     89.6       (276.6     (36.1

Other

     20.8       36.9       20.2  

Changes in working capital items:

      

Receivables

     16.5       (32.0     20.3  

Inventories at FIFO cost

     (128.1     (76.5     (107.4

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     63.4       (49.5     (20.5

Income taxes

     (90.6     71.0       (54.3

Payables and accruals

     87.9       120.7       106.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from operating activities—continuing operations

     1,387.7       1,071.4       1,226.5  

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities—discontinued operations

     (2,008.9     230.1       343.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities

     (621.2     1,301.5       1,569.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Cash paid for property additions

     (711.2     (738.2     (800.1

Proceeds from sale of PDC

     637.2       —         —    

Proceeds from sale of property

     99.2       220.3       263.0  

Proceeds from company-owned life insurance policies

     —         68.7       —    

Restricted cash proceeds from the sale of PDC

     (61.9     —         —    

Increase in restricted cash

     (40.0     —         —    

Release of restricted cash for payment of mortgage

     40.0       —         —    

Advances to Blackhawk

     (27.7     —         —    

Other

     (51.2     6.5       (56.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by investing activities—continuing operations

     (115.6     (442.7     (593.2

Net cash flow from investing activities—discontinued operations

     226.1       5,352.3       21.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from (used by) investing activities

     110.5       4,909.6       (572.0

 

  F-64    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Financing Activities:

      

Additions to long-term borrowings

   $ 239.8     $ 785.5     $ 3,508.1  

Proceeds from PDC sale for development properties recorded (See Note D)

     120.1       —         —    

Principal payments on long-term borrowings

     (1,731.7     (2,171.5     (3,390.6

Payments of debt extinguishment costs

     (82.0     (11.0     —    

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (663.7     (1,274.5

Dividends paid

     (251.8     (181.4     (163.9

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

     29.7       240.1       3.8  

Excess tax benefit from share-based employee compensation

     15.4       6.7       1.3  

Other

     (11.6     (8.6     (13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities—continuing operations

     (1,672.1     (2,003.9     (1,329.1

Net cash flow (used by) from financing activities—discontinued operations

     (54.9     157.7       (44.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities

     (1,727.0     (1,846.2     (1,373.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash

     (154.5     (69.8     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and equivalents

     (2,392.2     4,295.1       (377.2

Cash and Equivalents:

      

Beginning of year

     4,647.3       352.2       729.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 2,255.1     $ 4,647.3     $ 352.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Cash Information—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Cash payments during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 218.5     $ 289.2     $ 322.3  

Income taxes, net of refunds

     1,397.7       497.2       380.9  

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Capital lease obligations entered into

   $ 180.0     $ 78.0     $ 48.1  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable

     71.8       128.3       107.8  

Mortgage notes assumed in property additions

     —         —         42.9  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.4     $ 6.1     $ 6.0  

Options exercised

     0.1       —         0.1  

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         (3.7     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2.5       2.4       6.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     1,981.9       4,505.6       4,463.9  

Share-based employee compensation

     27.7       59.1       55.1  

Options exercised/cancelled, net

     40.4       210.6       (11.9

Initial public offering of Blackhawk, net

     —         161.5       —    

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         (2,989.0     —    

Other(2)

     1.3       34.1       (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2,051.3       1,981.9       4,505.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (480.6     (9,119.8     (7,874.4

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (663.7     (1,240.3

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         9,313.4       —    

Other

     (11.2     (10.5     (5.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (491.8     (480.6     (9,119.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     4,586.9       7,585.6       7,151.1  

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

     113.4       3,507.5       596.5  

Cash dividends declared ($0.890, $0.775 and $0.670 per share)

     (205.8     (185.5     (162.0

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (184.4     —         —    

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         (6,320.7     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     4,310.1       4,586.9       7,585.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (271.1     (73.8     (61.5

Translation adjustments

     0.2       (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status (net of tax of $118.5, $87.1 and $45.5)

     (185.0     179.5       (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss (net of tax of $20.5, $38.7 and $40.5)

     31.8       66.3       69.5  

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     2.2       —         —    

Sale of Canada Safeway Limited(4)

     —         (377.0     —    

Other (net of tax of $0.2, $0.6 and $0.5)

     0.2       (1.1     1.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (421.7     (271.1     (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-66    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Noncontrolling Interests:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 55.6     $ 5.5     $ 6.0  

Noncontrolling interests acquired through Blackhawk’s acquisition of Retailo

     —         6.9       —    

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     (0.9     14.7       1.6  

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (56.3     —         —    

Other(2)

     1.6       28.5       (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

           55.6       5.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

   $ 5,450.4     $ 5,875.1     $ 2,909.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares Issued  

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     244.2       605.3       604.5  

Options exercised

     1.7       9.6       0.1  

Restricted stock grants, net of forfeitures

     (0.1     0.5       0.7  

Performance share awards

     —         0.4       —    

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         (371.6     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     245.8       244.2       605.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares  

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (14.1     (365.8     (307.9

Purchase of treasury stock

     —         (19.5     (57.6

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

     —         371.6       —    

Other

     (0.3     (0.4     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (14.4     (14.1     (365.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Safeway retired 371.6 million shares in 2013. See Note L under the caption “Retirement of Treasury Stock.”
(2) Fiscal 2013 primarily results from Blackhawk IPO.
(3) Safeway distributed its remaining shares of Blackhawk to Safeway stockholders in 2014. See Note B.
(4) Safeway completed the sale of CSL in 2013. See Note B.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note A: The Company and Significant Accounting Policies

The Company  Safeway Inc. (“Safeway” or the “Company”) is one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with 1,326 stores as of year-end 2014. Safeway’s U.S. retail operations are located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In support of its retail operations, the Company has an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com (collectively “Safeway.com”).

On January 30, 2015, Safeway was acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended on April 7, 2014 and on June 13, 2014, the “Merger Agreement”), with AB Acquisition LLC , Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertsons Holdings”), a subsidiary of AB Acquisition, Albertson’s LLC (“Albertson’s LLC”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, and Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub” and together with AB Acquisition, Albertsons Holdings and Albertson’s LLC, “Albertsons”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, in a transaction hereinafter referred to as the “Merger.” See Note V to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Unless otherwise noted, these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes do not give effect to the Merger.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real-estate development subsidiary, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”), sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC (“Terramar”). Due to leasing back certain properties, Safeway will have significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale of PDC. Therefore, the operating results are not reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income. See Note D to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) was a majority-owned subsidiary of Safeway until Safeway completed the distribution of 37.8 million shares of Blackhawk stock that it owned to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. The operating results of Blackhawk are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company exited the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. The operating results of Dominick’s are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. In addition, certain assets and liabilities associated with Dominick’s are reported as assets and liabilities held for sale at December 28, 2013 and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held for sale at January 3, 2015. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the sale of substantially all of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited (“CSL” now known as CSL IT Services ULC) to Sobeys Inc. (“Sobeys”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire Company Limited. As a result, the operating results of CSL are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, the notes accompanying the consolidated financial statements reflect the Company’s continuing operations.

The Company also has a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. See Note V.

 

  F-68    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements include Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all majority-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method. Safeway’s equity in earnings of Casa Ley is based on financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and is recorded on a one-month delay basis because financial information for the latest month is not available from Casa Ley in time to be included in Safeway’s consolidated results until the following reporting period.

Fiscal Year  The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. The last three fiscal years consist of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015 (“fiscal 2014” or “2014”), the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (“fiscal 2013” or “2013”) and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2012” or “2012”).

Correction to Cash Flow Classification Subsequent to the issuance of the fiscal 2013 consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that the $57.4 million loss on foreign currency translation within the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows was reflected as a reduction in net cash flow from operating activities, and should not have reduced operating cash flow for U.S. GAAP purposes. As a result, the 2013 presentation has been corrected to increase cash flows from operating activities—continuing operations by $57.4 million with an offset to the line item Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash. Safeway assessed the materiality of this adjustment on previously issued financial statements in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99 and concluded that the correction was not material. This correction results in no other changes to the consolidated financial statements and had no effect on the change in cash or ending cash.

Use of Estimates  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Translation of Foreign Currencies  Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and Casa Ley are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange, and income and expenses are translated at average rates during the year. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of applicable income taxes, are included as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income, within accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets and within the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

After the net asset sale of Canadian operations (“Sale of Canadian Operations”), the adjustments resulting from translation of retained assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are included in the statement of income as a foreign currency gain or loss. Foreign currency loss was $131.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $57.4 million in fiscal 2013. The Company made a reclassification on the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows to correct the classification of the loss on foreign currency.

Revenue Recognition  Retail store sales are recognized at the point of sale. Sales tax is excluded from revenue. Internet sales are recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the

 

  F-69    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

customer. Discounts provided to customers in connection with loyalty cards are accounted for as a reduction of sales.

Safeway records a deferred revenue liability when it sells Safeway gift cards. Safeway records a sale when a customer redeems the gift card. Safeway gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and increases other revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold  Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs of Safeway’s distribution network. All vendor allowances are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods when earned. Advertising and promotional expenses are also included as a component of cost of goods sold. Such costs are expensed in the period the advertisement occurs. Advertising and promotional expenses totaled $325.5 million in 2014, $371.6 million in 2013 and $415.9 million in 2012.

Cash and Equivalents  Cash and equivalents include short-term investments with original maturities of less than three months and credit and debit card sales transactions which settle within a few business days of year end.

There were no book overdrafts included in accounts payable at year-end 2014. At year-end 2013, book overdrafts of $84.5 million were included in accounts payable.

Receivables  Receivables include pharmacy and miscellaneous trade receivables.

Merchandise Inventories  Merchandise inventory of $1,755.3 million at year-end 2014 and $1,643.2 million at year-end 2013 is valued at the lower of cost on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis or market value. Such LIFO inventory had a replacement or current cost of $1,808.4 million at year-end 2014 and $1,701.3 million at year-end 2013. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations. The remaining inventory consists primarily of perishables, pharmacy and fuel inventory. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost or the last four-week average cost, which approximates first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records an inventory shrink adjustment upon physical counts and also provides for estimated inventory shrink adjustments for the period between the last physical inventory and each balance sheet date.

Property and Depreciation  Property is stated at cost. Depreciation expense on buildings and equipment is computed on the straight-line method using the following lives:

 

Stores and other buildings

     7 to 40 years  

Fixtures and equipment

     3 to 15 years  

Safeway capitalizes eligible costs to acquire or develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage as part of fixtures and equipment. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

  F-70    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Property under capital leases and leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Company-Owned Life Insurance Policies Safeway has company-owned life insurance policies that have a cash surrender value. During 2013, Safeway borrowed against these policies. The Company has no current intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, we offset the cash surrender value by the related loans. At January 3, 2015, the cash surrender value of the policies was $57.1 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.7 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $16.4 million. At December 28, 2013, the cash surrender value of the policies was $58.5 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.9 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $17.6 million.

Employee Benefit Plans  The Company recognizes in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for its employee benefit plan’s overfunded status or a liability for underfunded status. The Company measures plan assets and obligations that determine the funded status as of fiscal year end. See Note N.

Self-Insurance  The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability costs. The self-insurance liability is determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and is discounted using a risk-free rate of interest. The present value of such claims was calculated using a discount rate of 1.50% in 2014, 1.75% in 2013 and 0.75% in 2012.

A summary of changes in Safeway’s self-insurance liability is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

   $ 432.7     $ 480.1     $ 470.9  

Expense, including the effect of discount rate

     153.9       98.6       151.6  

Claim payments

     (151.2     (137.2     (142.5

Disposal of discontinued operations

     —         (8.8     —    

Currency translation

     —         —         0.1  

Reclass insurance recoveries to receivable

     25.2       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     460.6       432.7       480.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion

     (113.3     (108.6     (137.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 347.3     $ 324.1     $ 342.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning in 2014, the Company has recorded estimated insurance recoveries as a receivable, rather than netting the recoveries against the liability.

The current portion of the self-insurance liability is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total undiscounted liability, net of insurance receivables, was $477.4 million at year-end 2014 and $477.2 million at year-end 2013.

Deferred Rent

Rent Escalations.     The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

  F-71    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Rent Holidays.     Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain rent holidays. For these leases, Safeway recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis starting at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Income Taxes  Income tax expense or benefit reflects the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the impact of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, accrued interest on tax deficiencies and refunds and accrued penalties on tax deficiencies. Deferred income taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.

Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years.

Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps.     The Company has, from time to time, entered into interest rate swap agreements to change its portfolio mix of fixed- and floating-rate debt to more desirable levels. Interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange with a counterparty of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments periodically over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional principal amounts. The differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The Company’s counterparties have been major financial institutions.

Energy contracts.     The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. Safeway expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not marked to market. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  Disclosures of the fair value of certain financial instruments are required, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. The Company estimated the fair values

 

  F-72    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

presented below using appropriate valuation methodologies and market information available as of year end. Considerable judgment is required to develop estimates of fair value, and the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. Additionally, the fair values were estimated at year end, and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable.     The carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Short-term investments.     These investments are readily convertible to cash, and the carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Notes receivables.     The Company’s notes receivables, included in other assets, are comprised primarily of notes receivable resulting from the sale of real estate. The fair value of note receivables is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates, adjusted for credit risk, at which similar loans could be made under current market conditions. The carrying value of notes receivables, which approximates fair value, was $108.0 million at January 3, 2015 and $101.0 million at December 28, 2013. Approximately $27.7 million of the notes receivables at January 3, 2015 were Safeway advances to Blackhawk. These advances funded Blackhawk’s estimated tax payments on the distribution of Blackhawk shares which are explained in Note B under the caption “Blackhawk”. With the closing of the Merger on January 30, 2015, Blackhawk is not required to repay these advances.

Long-term debt, including current maturities.     Market values quoted in public markets are used to estimate the fair value of publicly traded debt. To estimate the fair value of debt issues that are not quoted in public markets, the Company uses those interest rates that are currently available to it for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments.

Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges  Safeway regularly reviews its stores’ operating performance and assesses the Company’s plans for certain store and plant closures. Losses related to the impairment of long-lived assets are recognized when expected future cash flows are less than the asset’s carrying value. The Company evaluates the carrying value of the assets in relation to its expected future cash flows. If the carrying value is greater than the future cash flows, a provision is made for the impairment of the assets to write the assets down to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined by estimating net future cash flows, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of return. The Company calculates impairment on a store-by-store basis. These provisions are recorded as a component of operating and administrative expense.

When stores that are under long-term leases close, the Company records a liability for the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. This liability is recorded at the time the store is closed. Activity included in the reserve for store lease exit costs is disclosed in Note E.

 

  F-73    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes, consisted of the following at year-end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Translation adjustments

   $ (136.4   $ (139.0   $ 399.0  

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status

     (588.0     (403.0     (737.8

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss

     304.1       272.5       265.5  

Other

     (1.4     (1.6     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (421.7   $ (271.1   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the closing of the Sale of Canadian Operations, the Company recorded the related balance of cumulative translation adjustment, pension and post-retirement benefit adjustment to funded status and recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss which related to CSL as part of the gain on the sale. See Note B.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation  Safeway accounts for all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, as compensation cost based on the fair value on the date of grant. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of options, in order to arrive at a fair value estimate.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on its financial statements.

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” ASU No. 2014-08 changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. The new guidance is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of ASU No. 2014-08 on its financial statements.

 

  F-74    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note B: Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company announced its intention to exit the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold or closed its Dominick’s stores. Certain Dominick’s properties were classified as held for sale at December 28, 2013, and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held for sale at January 3, 2015. Additionally, the Company had other real estate assets held for sale. Assets and liabilities held for sale at January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Assets held for sale:

     

Dominick’s property, net, held for sale

   $ 5.6      $ 136.7  

Other United States real estate assets held for sale

     33.9        7.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

   $ 39.5      $ 143.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Liabilities held for sale:

     

Dominick’s

     

Deferred gain on property dispositions

   $         —        $ 9.0  

Obligations under capital leases

     —          5.2  

Deferred rent

     —          2.6  

Other liabilities

     —          1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale(1)

   $ —        $ 18.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  F-75    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Discontinued Operations The notes to the consolidated financial statements exclude discontinued operations, unless otherwise noted. Historical financial information for CSL, Dominick’s and Blackhawk presented in the consolidated income statements has been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to current-year presentation. The historical operating results of Genuardi’s stores have not been reflected in discontinued operations because the historical financial operating results were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Financial information for discontinued operations is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Sales and other revenue:

      

CSL(1)

   $ —       $ 5,447.9     $ 6,695.8  

Dominick’s

     7.3       1,394.8       1,465.2  

Blackhawk(1)

     305.6       1,074.2       906.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 312.9     $ 7,916.9     $ 9,067.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes:

      

CSL(1)

   $ —       $ 286.2     $ 442.3  

Dominick’s(2)

     (186.8     (92.0     (50.4

Blackhawk(1)

     (4.4     84.4       74.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (191.2   $ 278.6     $ 466.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale or disposal of operations, net of lease exit costs and transaction costs, before income taxes:

      

CSL(3)

   $ (6.8   $ 4,783.1     $ —    

Dominick’s(4)

     140.9       (493.1     —    

Blackhawk

     (5.9     —         —    

Genuardi’s

     —         —         52.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 128.2     $ 4,290.0     $ 52.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes

   $ (63.0   $ 4,568.6     $ 518.5  

Income taxes on discontinued operations

     72.3       (1,263.5     (169.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 9.3     $ 3,305.1     $ 348.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For CSL, 2013 reflects 44 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in 2012. For Blackhawk, 2014 reflects 15 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in the prior years.
(2) 2014 includes charges of $159.4 million to increase the multiemployer pension withdrawal liability.
(3) In accordance with ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity,” the Company transferred the cumulative translation adjustment relating to Canadian operations from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on the balance sheet to gain on the Sale of Canadian Operations.
(4) 2013 includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability.

Sale of Canadian Operations On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the Sale of Canadian Operations to Sobeys for CAD5.8 billion (USD5.6 billion) in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities.

 

  F-76    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Dominick’s During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway sold or closed all Dominick’s stores. Cash proceeds on the sale of these stores sold in fiscal 2013 were $72.2 million. Stores closed in 2013 but sold in fiscal 2014 had cash proceeds of $246.3 million. The sale of these stores resulted in a pre-tax gain of $140.9 million in fiscal 2014 and a pre-tax loss of $493.1 million in fiscal 2013, which includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability. During fiscal 2014, the Company increased the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability by $159.4 million, which is included in loss from discontinued operations in the following table. See Note O for a discussion and reconciliation of this withdrawal liability.

Blackhawk On March 24, 2014, Safeway’s Board of Directors declared a special stock dividend to its stockholders of all of the 37.8 million shares of Class B common stock of Blackhawk owned by Safeway, representing approximately 94.2% of the total outstanding shares of Blackhawk’s Class B common stock and approximately 72% of the total number of shares of Blackhawk common stock of all classes outstanding. On April 14, 2014, Safeway distributed the special stock dividend to all Safeway stockholders of record as of April 3, 2014 (the “Record Date”). The distribution took place in the form of a pro rata dividend of Blackhawk Class B common stock to each Safeway stockholder of record as of the Record Date.

With the completion of the Merger subsequent to year-end, Safeway’s distribution of Blackhawk shares is taxable. Based on Safeway’s preliminary estimates and after the application of $82 million in tax payments previously made in connection with Safeway’s sale of shares in the initial public offering of Blackhawk’s Class A common stock in April 2013, Safeway expects that the distribution of Blackhawk shares will result in an incremental tax liability of approximately $360 million, which Safeway is required to fund. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring and, therefore, has not recorded a liability for its obligation to fund Blackhawk’s tax obligation. During 2014, Safeway paid approximately $355 million of the incremental tax liability.

In addition, during 2014, Blackhawk made certain estimated tax payments to certain state tax jurisdictions. Safeway advanced approximately $27.7 million to Blackhawk to fund these estimated tax payments. Safeway recorded these advances as receivables on the condensed consolidated balance sheet because, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring. In the event the Merger did not occur, Blackhawk would have been required to repay these advances to Safeway.

Genuardi’s In January 2012, Safeway announced the planned sale or closure of its Genuardi’s stores, located in the Eastern United States. These transactions were completed during 2012 with cash proceeds of $107.0 million and a pre-tax gain of $52.4 million ($31.9 million after tax).

Note C: Blackhawk

Initial Public Offering of Blackhawk On April 24, 2013, Blackhawk, a former Safeway subsidiary, completed its initial public offering of 11.5 million shares of its Class A common stock at $23.00 per share on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which included the exercise by the underwriters for the offering of an option to purchase 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock. The offering consisted solely of shares offered by existing stockholders, including Safeway. As part of the IPO, Safeway sold 11.3 million shares of Class A common stock of Blackhawk for proceeds of $243.6 million ($238.0 million, net of professional service fees), reducing the Company’s ownership from

 

  F-77    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

approximately 95% to approximately 73% of Blackhawk’s total outstanding shares of common stock. Safeway recorded these net proceeds as an increase to Additional Paid-In Capital and used these net proceeds to reduce debt. Additionally, the Company recorded a $76.5 million tax liability on the sale of these shares as a reduction to Additional Paid-In Capital and $5.8 million as an increase to tax expense. The taxes were paid in the fourth quarter of 2013. Additionally, Safeway incurred a $17.9 million deferred tax expense related to the retained shares in Blackhawk.

Distribution of Blackhawk Safeway owned 37.8 million shares, or approximately 72%, of Blackhawk, which the Company distributed to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. See Note B.

Acquisitions On November 29, 2013, Blackhawk acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Retailo, a German privately-held company which is a third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Blackhawk acquired Retailo for total purchase consideration of $70.2 million. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Settlement receivables

   $ 18.1  

Settlement payables

     (14.8

Other liabilities, net

     (0.7

Deferred income taxes, net

     (7.4

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     45.7  

Noncontrolling interests

     (6.9

Goodwill(1)

     36.2  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 70.2  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

Noncontrolling interests result from third-party ownership interests in certain subsidiaries of Retailo.

On November 12, 2013, Blackhawk acquired substantially all of the net assets of InteliSpend from Maritz Holdings Inc., a privately-held company, for total purchase consideration of $97.5 million. InteliSpend delivers intelligent prepaid solutions for business needs: employee rewards, wellness, sales incentives, expense management and promotional programs. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15.0  

Trading securities

     29.4  

Accounts receivable

     7.9  

Cardholder liabilities

     (31.4

Customer deposits

     (12.5

Other tangible assets, net

     (4.0

Deferred taxes

     (0.3

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     39.2  

Goodwill(1)

     54.2  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 97.5  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

 

  F-78    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Blackhawk sold the trading securities for cash on the day after closing, and this sale is presented as an inflow from investing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note D: Property Development Centers

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included a grocery store that was leased back to Safeway. The sale was consummated pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 by and among Safeway, PDC and Terramar.

The following table summarizes the gain on this transaction (in millions).

 

Total cash proceeds

   $ 759.0  

Less proceeds for development properties recorded as Other Notes Payable

     (120.1

Less cash paid for prorates

     (1.7
  

 

 

 

Total cash proceeds classified as investing activities

     637.2  

Net book value

     (464.9
  

 

 

 

Total gain on sale of PDC

     172.3  

Less gain deferred on sale leasebacks(1)

     (150.3
  

 

 

 

Gain on sale of PDC

   $ 22.0  
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Current portion of $25.3 million is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion of $125.0 million is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at year-end 2014.

Due to leasing back certain of these properties, Safeway has significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale. As a result, Safeway deferred the gain on the sale of those properties. Under GAAP, Safeway is still considered the owner of certain properties consisting primarily of the properties under development. Consequently, proceeds of $120.1 million received for those properties have been recorded as Other Notes Payable and classified as a cash inflow from financing activities.

Safeway undertook the sale of PDC in connection with the Merger. See Note V.

Note E: Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be evaluated for impairment.

Safeway tests goodwill for impairment annually (on the first day of the fourth quarter) or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value.

The impairment test is a two-step process. In the first step, the Company determines if the fair value of the reporting units is less than the book value. Under generally accepted accounting

 

  F-79    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

principles, a reporting unit is either the equivalent to, or one level below, an operating segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Safeway’s operating segments are our retail divisions. Safeway’s reporting units are generally consistent with its operating segments.

Companies are allowed perform the first step of the two-step impairment process by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances exist which lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. After assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting units with goodwill is greater than the book value and, therefore, that there is no goodwill impairment.

If Safeway concludes that fair value is greater than the book value, Safeway does not have to proceed to step two, and Safeway can conclude there is no goodwill impairment. If the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, the Company must perform step two, in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on an average of the guideline company method and the discounted cash flow method. These methods are based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and consider sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. Safeway bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units would constitute a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

Based upon the results of our 2014, 2013 and 2012 analyses, no impairment of goodwill was indicated in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

  F-80    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A summary of changes in Safeway’s goodwill is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  
     U.S.     U.S.     Canada     Total  

Balance—beginning of year:

        

Goodwill

   $ 4,455.8     $ 4,364.9     $ 97.9     $ 4,462.8  

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3     —         (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     464.5       373.6       97.9       471.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Activity during the year:

        

Distribution of Blackhawk Stock(2)

     (133.6     —         —         —    

Disposal of CSL goodwill(1)

     —         —         (97.9     (97.9

Blackhawk acquisition of Retailo(2)

     —         36.2       —         36.2  

Blackhawk acquisition of InteliSpend(2)

     —         54.2       —         54.2  

Translation adjustments

     —         0.5       —         0.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (133.6     90.9       (97.9     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of year:

        

Goodwill

     4,322.2       4,455.8       —         4,455.8  

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3     —         (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 330.9     $ 464.5     $ —       $ 464.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B.
(2) See Note C.

Note F: Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges

Impairment Write-Downs  Safeway recognized impairment charges on the write-down of long-lived assets of $56.1 million in 2014, $35.6 million in 2013 and $33.6 million in 2012. These charges are included as a component of operating and administrative expense.

Store Lease Exit Costs  The reserve for store lease exit costs includes the following activity for 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

   $ 181.0     $ 76.5     $ 77.0  

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of additional closed stores(1)

     1.2       6.1       19.4  

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of Dominick’s closed stores(2)

     —         113.6       —    

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows(3)

     (37.1     (15.2     (19.9

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s disposed stores(4)

     (15.9     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 129.2     $ 181.0     $ 76.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Estimated net future cash flows represents future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease term, net of estimated cost

 

  F-81    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations.
(2) Estimated net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores closed during the fourth quarter of 2013.
(3) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for all stores other than Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.
(4) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.

Store lease exit costs are included as a component of operating and administrative expense, with the exception of Dominick’s locations closed in the fourth quarter of 2013 which are included in the loss on disposal of operations. For all stores, the liability is included in accrued claims and other liabilities.

Note G: Financing

Notes and debentures were composed of the following at year end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Term credit agreement, unsecured

   $ —       $ 400.0  

Mortgage notes payable, secured

     4.7       46.8  

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014, unsecured

     —         250.0  

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016, unsecured

     80.0       400.0  

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017, unsecured

     100.0       500.0  

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, unsecured

     500.0       500.0  

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020, unsecured

     500.0       500.0  

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021, unsecured

     400.0       400.0  

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, unsecured

     150.0       150.0  

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, unsecured

     600.0       600.0  

Other notes payable, unsecured

     141.4       21.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,476.1       3,768.2  

Less current maturities

     (3.2     (252.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 2,472.9     $ 3,515.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Paper During 2014, the average commercial paper borrowing was $28.5 million and had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.63%. During 2013, the average commercial paper borrowing was $43.9 million which had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.68%.

Bank Credit Agreement  At January 3, 2015, the Company had a $1,500.0 million credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks that was scheduled to terminate on June 1, 2015. The Credit Agreement provided to Safeway (i) a four-year revolving domestic credit facility of up to $1,250.0 million for U.S. dollar advances and (ii) a $400.0 million subfacility of the domestic facility for issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit. The Credit Agreement also provided for an increase in the credit facility commitments up to an additional $500.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. On June 30, 2014, the Company terminated a $250.0 million Canadian credit facility. The Credit Agreement contained various covenants that restricted, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to incur certain liens, make certain asset sales, enter into certain mergers or amalgamations, engage in certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates and alter the character of its business from that conducted

 

  F-82    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

on the closing date. The Credit Agreement also contained two financial maintenance covenants: (i) an interest coverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the Credit Agreement, to consolidated interest expense to be less than 2.0:1.0, and (ii) a leverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated total debt, less unrestricted cash in excess of $75.0 million, to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, to exceed 3.5:1.0. As of January 3, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenant requirements. As of January 3, 2015, there were no borrowings, and letters of credit totaled $27.2 million under the Credit Agreement. Total unused borrowing capacity under the credit agreement was $1,472.8 million as of January 3, 2015.

U.S. borrowings under the credit agreement carried interest at one of the following rates selected by the Company: (1) the prime rate; (2) a rate based on rates at which Eurodollar deposits are offered to first-class banks by the lenders in the bank credit agreement plus a pricing margin based on the Company’s debt rating or interest coverage ratio (the “Pricing Margin”); or (3) rates quoted at the discretion of the lenders.

During 2014, the Company paid facility fees ranging from 0.15% to 0.225% on the total amount of the credit facility.

Issuances of Senior Unsecured Indebtedness  The Company did not issue any senior unsecured debt in 2014 or 2013.

Redemption of Notes

Fiscal 2014 In August 2014, Safeway paid $802.7 million to redeem $320.0 million of the 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and $400.0 million of the 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017. The $802.7 million included principal payments of $720.0 million, make-whole premiums of $80.2 million and accrued interest of $2.5 million. Unamortized deferred finance fees of $2.2 million were also expensed.

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, the Company contributed $40.0 million in cash to PDC in the second quarter of 2014. This cash was to be held in a reserve account until the earlier to occur of (i) payment in full of the mortgage indebtedness encumbering a shopping center in Lahaina, Hawaii and (ii) the release of the Company from any guaranty obligations in connection with such indebtedness. During the third quarter of 2014, the Company deposited $40.0 million with a trustee and achieved a full legal defeasance of the mortgage indebtedness and was released from the guaranty obligations associated with such indebtedness. Therefore, during the third quarter of 2014, the Company extinguished the $40.8 million mortgage from the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million in 2014, which consisted of $80.2 million in make-whole premiums on the Senior Notes, the write-off of $2.4 million of unamortized deferred finance fees and $1.8 million of third-party costs associated with the defeasance of the Lahaina mortgage.

Fiscal 2013 In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company redeemed $500.0 million of 6.25% Senior Notes due March 15, 2014. This redemption resulted in a make-whole premium of $6.7 million, before tax.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company deposited CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) in an account with the Trustee under the indenture governing the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million),

 

  F-83    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

3.00% Second Series Notes due March 31, 2014. Safeway met the conditions for satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under the indenture and, as a result, extinguished the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million) notes and CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) cash from the consolidated balance sheet.

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.1 million in 2013, which consisted of make-whole premiums of $6.7 million and prepaid interest of $3.4 million.

Mortgage Notes Payable  Mortgage notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from less than four years to approximately seven years, had a weighted-average interest rate during 2014 of 8.10% and are secured by properties with a net book value of approximately $30.1 million.

Other Notes Payable  Other notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from one year to 21 years and had a weighted average interest rate of 7.16% during 2014. At year-end 2014, Other Notes Payable includes $120.1 million of proceeds for PDC properties where Safeway is still considered the owner under GAAP. See Note D.

Annual Debt Maturities  As of year-end 2014, annual debt maturities (principal payments only) were as follows (in millions). Many of the notes payable include make-whole provisions:

 

2015

   $ 3.2  

2016

     84.6  

2017

     105.0  

2018

     6.8  

2019

     505.1  

Thereafter

     1,771.4  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,476.1  
  

 

 

 

Letters of Credit  The Company had letters of credit of $27.8 million outstanding at year-end 2014, of which $27.2 million were issued under the credit agreement. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the Company. The Company pays commissions ranging from 1.00% to 1.28% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

Fair Value  At year-end 2014 and year-end 2013, the estimated fair value of debt, including current maturities, was $2,525.3 million and $3,949.7 million, respectively.

See Note V under the caption “Effect of Merger on Debt” for additional information.

Note H: Financial Instruments

Safeway manages interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed- and variable-interest rate debt and, from time to time, interest rate swaps. The Company does not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor does it utilize leveraged financial instruments. At year-end 2014, the Company had no interest rate swaps outstanding.

 

  F-84    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note I: Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at January 3, 2015 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 1,884.0      $ 1,884.0      $ —        $ —    

Commercial paper

     124.2        —          124.2        —    

Short-term investments(1)

     24.4        16.8        7.6        —    

Non-current investments(2)

     46.5        —          46.5        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,079.1      $ 1,900.8      $ 178.3      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.6      $ —        $ —        $ 2.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.6      $ —        $ —        $ 2.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities and Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.9  

Settlements

     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.6  
  

 

 

 

 

  F-85    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 28, 2013 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical

assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents

           

Term deposits

   $ 2,818.0      $ —        $ 2,818.0      $ —    

Money market

     449.0        449.0        —          —    

Bankers’ acceptances

     309.6        —          309.6        —    

Commercial paper

     274.0        —          274.0        —    

Short-term investments(1)

     81.0        42.0        39.0        —    

Non-current investments(2)

     38.0        —          38.0        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,969.6      $ 491.0      $ 3,478.6      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.9      $ —        $ —        $ 2.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.9      $ —        $ —        $ 2.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 21.8  

Settlements

     (4.2

Gains

     (14.7
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.9  
  

 

 

 

In determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, the Company maximizes the use of quoted market prices and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The Level 1 fair values are based on quoted market values for identical assets. The fair values of Level 2 assets and liabilities are determined using prices from pricing agencies and financial institutions that develop values based on observable inputs in active markets. Level 3 fair values are determined from industry valuation models based on externally developed inputs.

In connection with the Company’s evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment, certain long-lived assets were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash flows (including rental expense for leased properties, sublease rental income, common area maintenance costs and real estate taxes) and discounting them using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. Safeway estimates future cash flows based on its experience and knowledge of the

 

  F-86    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

market in which the store is located and may use real estate brokers. During fiscal 2014, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $117.0 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $60.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $56.1 million. During fiscal 2013, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $63.5 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $27.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $35.6 million.

Note J: Lease Obligations

At year-end 2014, Safeway leased approximately 53% of its stores. Most leases have renewal options, typically with increased rental rates during the option period. Certain of these leases contain options to purchase the property at amounts that approximate fair market value.

As of year-end 2014, future minimum rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year were as follows (in millions):

 

     Capital
leases
    Operating
leases
 

2015

   $ 128.9     $ 450.7  

2016

     118.0       424.8  

2017

     98.5       380.3  

2018

     70.1       328.7  

2019

     59.7       279.4  

Thereafter

     259.7       1,878.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     734.9     $ 3,742.4  
    

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

     (211.1  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     523.8    
  

 

 

   

Less current obligations

     (94.7  
  

 

 

   

Long-term obligations

   $ 429.1    
  

 

 

   

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating lease agreements have not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $145.9 million.

Amortization expense for property under capital leases was $73.7 million in 2014, $46.1 million in 2013 and $26.3 million in 2012. Accumulated amortization of property under capital leases was $324.2 million at year-end 2014 and $251.9 million at year-end 2013.

The following schedule shows the composition of total rental expense for all operating leases (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Property leases:

      

Minimum rentals

   $ 379.1     $ 365.5     $ 365.7  

Contingent rentals(1)

     8.8       7.3       7.7  

Less rentals from subleases

     (11.5     (11.1     (9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     376.4       361.7       364.0  

Equipment leases

     11.8       20.4       20.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 388.2     $ 382.1     $ 384.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-87    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1) In general, contingent rentals are based on individual store sales.

Note K: Interest Expense

Interest expense consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Commercial paper

   $ 0.2     $ 3.2     $ 6.0  

Bank credit agreement

     2.7       1.9       1.7  

Term credit agreement

     2.3       7.3       8.7  

Mortgage notes payable

     1.7       2.7       1.8  

5.80% Senior Notes due 2012

     —         —         29.1  

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2013

     —         4.3       2.7  

3.00% Second Series Notes due 2014

     —         7.4       9.0  

6.25% Senior Notes due 2014

     —         29.9       31.3  

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014

     8.7       14.1       14.1  

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016

     9.4       13.6       13.6  

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017

     22.3       31.8       31.8  

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019

     25.0       25.0       25.0  

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020

     19.7       19.7       19.7  

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

     19.0       19.0       19.0  

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027

     11.2       11.2       11.2  

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031

     43.5       43.5       43.5  

Other notes payable

     1.6       1.8       1.7  

Obligations under capital leases

     33.8       38.0       39.7  

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     4.0       7.4       6.9  

Interest rate swap agreements

     —         —         (5.0

Capitalized interest

     (6.2     (8.8     (10.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 198.9     $ 273.0     $ 300.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note L: Capital Stock

Shares Authorized and Issued  Authorized preferred stock consists of 25.0 million shares, of which none were outstanding during 2014, 2013 or 2012. Authorized common stock consists of 1.5 billion shares at $0.01 par value per share. Common stock outstanding at year-end 2014 was 231.4 million shares (net of 14.4 million shares of treasury stock) and 230.1 million shares at year-end 2013 (net of 14.1 million shares of treasury stock).

Shares Repurchased  The Company did not repurchase any common stock during 2014 under its stock repurchase program. Safeway repurchased 19.5 million shares at an average cost of $33.93 and a total cost of $663.7 million (including commissions) during 2013 and 57.6 million shares at an average cost of $21.51 and a total cost of $1,240.3 million (including commissions) during 2012.

Retirement of Treasury Stock In 2014, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock. In 2013, the Company retired 371.6 million shares of its repurchased common stock. The par value of the repurchased shares was charged to common stock, with the excess purchase price over par value allocated between paid-in capital and retained earnings. In 2012, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock.

 

  F-88    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Stock Option Plans  Under Safeway’s stock option plans, the Company may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options generally vest over four or five years. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant.

1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan  Under the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan (the “1999 Plan”), options generally vest over four, five or seven years. Although the 1999 Plan remains in full force and effect, there will be no more grants under this plan. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant. Shares issued as a result of stock option exercises will be funded with the issuance of new shares. The 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”), discussed below, succeed the 1999 Plan. See Note V for additional information.

2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan  In May 2007, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2007 Plan. Under the 2007 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options to purchase 8.1 million shares were available for grant at January 3, 2015 under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2007 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan In May 2011, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2011 Plan. Under the 2011 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof to participants other than Safeway’s Chief Executive Officer. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. At January 3, 2015, 6.0 million shares of common stock were available for issuance under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2011 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units  The Company awarded 748,611 shares, 747,708 shares and 695,816 shares of restricted stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to certain officers and key employees. These shares vested over a period of between three to five years and were subject to certain transfer restrictions and forfeiture prior to vesting. Deferred stock compensation, representing the fair value of the stock at the measurement date of the award, is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The amortization of restricted stock resulted in compensation expense for continuing operations of $25.5 million in 2014, $15.8 million in 2013 and $13.1 million in 2012. See Note V for additional information.

Performance Share Awards In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway granted performance share awards to certain executives. These performance share awards, covering a target of approximately 2.7 million shares, vested over three years. The 2014 performance share awards were subject to the achievement of specified levels of revenue growth and return on invested capital, as modified based on the Company’s total stockholder return. The 2013 and 2012 performance share awards were subject to

 

  F-89    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the achievement of earnings per share goals determined on a compound annual growth rate basis relative to the S&P 500. Safeway recorded expense of $3.5 million in 2014 related to the 2014 awards. The Company recorded expense of $14.9 million in 2013 and $9.8 million in 2012 related to the 2013 and 2012 awards based on the then expected achievement of the performance targets. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company determined that it no longer believed that achievement of the performance targets related to the 2013 and 2012 awards was probable. Accordingly, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company reversed $18.8 million of previously recorded expense on unvested performance shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all of the performance shares vested upon closing of the Merger. However, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring in recording stock-based compensation expense.

On January 30, 2015, subsequent to the fiscal 2014 year end and in connection with the Merger, all outstanding stock option awards, performance shares, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards issued pursuant to various stockholder-approved plans and a stockholder-authorized employee stock purchase plan were automatically canceled in exchange for the right to receive certain cash consideration.

Activity in the Company’s stock option plans for the year ended January 3, 2015 was as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

     7,728,655     $ 21.85      $ 82.3  
  

 

 

      

2014 Activity:

  

Granted

     773,347       38.02     

Canceled

     (433,808     22.29     

Exercised

     (1,913,866     18.42     
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, end of year

     6,154,328     $ 19.95      $ 93.4  
  

 

 

      

Exercisable, end of year(1)

     2,869,781     $ 17.31      $ 51.1  
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest, end of year(2)

     5,215,892     $ 19.38      $ 82.2  
  

 

 

      

 

(1) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 5.3 years.
(2) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 6.6 years.

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year:

 

2012

   $ 4.50  

2013

     6.67  

2014

     8.13  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $30.7 million in 2014, $47.0 million in 2013 and $0.7 million in 2012. As of year-end 2014, there was $25.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

 

  F-90    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Additional Stock Plan Information  Safeway accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for stock compensation. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value Safeway’s grants are as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Expected life (in years)

     6.25        6.25 – 6.5        6.25 – 6.5  

Expected stock volatility

     27.9      31.6% – 33.0      30.6% – 33.9

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0      1.1% – 2.1      0.9% – 1.3

Expected dividend yield during the expected term

     2.8      3.5% – 4.0      2.8% – 3.7

The expected term of the awards was determined utilizing the “simplified method” outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 that utilizes the following formula: (vesting term + original contract term)/2. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon a combination of historical volatility for periods preceding the measurement date and estimates of implied volatility based upon open interests in traded option contracts on Safeway common stock. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. Expected dividend yield is based on Safeway’s dividend policy at the time the options were granted.

The following table summarizes information about unvested Safeway restricted stock as of January 3, 2015:

 

     Awards     Weighted-
average
grant
date
fair value
 

Unvested, beginning of year

     2,232,263     $ 22.45  

Granted

     748,611       36.84  

Vested

     (761,233     23.11  

Canceled

     (137,311     25.63  
  

 

 

   

Unvested, end of year

     2,082,330     $ 27.12  
  

 

 

   

At the date of vest, the fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the year was $28.7 million in 2014, $16.4 million in 2013 and $14.2 million in 2012. At January 3, 2015, there was $52.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years.

Total share-based compensation expenses for continuing operations recognized as a component of operating and administrative expense is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 24.7     $ 50.4     $ 48.4  

Income tax benefit

     (9.7     (19.6     (18.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense recognized in earnings, net of tax

   $ 15.0     $ 30.8     $ 29.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-91    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note M: Taxes on Income

The components of income before income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013     2012  

Domestic

   $ 159.5      $ 258.3     $ 370.7  

Foreign

     5.5        (6.7     (8.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 165.0      $ 251.6     $ 362.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (33.9   $ 301.7     $ 146.9  

State

     4.2       11.8       5.1  

Foreign

     1.9       (2.4     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (27.8     311.1       149.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     78.5       (273.9     (35.4

State

     11.2       (2.7     (0.7

Foreign

     (0.1     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     89.6       (276.6     (36.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 61.8     $ 34.5     $ 113.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s income taxes is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013      2012  

Statutory rate

     35     35      35

Income tax expense using federal statutory rate

   $ 57.8     $ 88.1      $ 126.8  

State taxes on income net of federal benefit

     9.9       5.9        2.9  

Charitable donations of inventory

     (9.2     (9.6      (4.3

Federal tax credits

     (4.0     (11.2      (2.2

Reversal of deferred tax liability on life insurance

     —         (17.2      —    

Equity earnings of foreign affiliate

     3.6       (13.3      (8.4

Other

     3.7       (8.2      (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 61.8     $ 34.5      $ 113.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2013, Safeway withdrew $68.7 million from the accumulated cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies purchased in the early 1980s and determined that a majority of the remaining cash surrender value would be received in the future through tax-free death benefits. Consequently, Safeway reversed deferred taxes on that remaining cash surrender value and reduced tax expense by $17.2 million.

 

  F-92    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at year end are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Pension liability

   $ 391.4      $ 279.8  

Workers’ compensation and other claims

     184.3        152.0  

Employee benefits

     165.1        155.7  

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     90.4        92.4  

Reserves not currently deductible

     77.3        63.8  

Federal deduction of state taxes

     3.5        51.2  

State tax credit carryforwards

     21.7        21.3  

Operating loss carryforwards

     —          8.8  

Other assets

     45.6        9.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 979.3      $ 834.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014     2013  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property

   $ (546.8   $ (430.0

Inventory

     (311.7     (273.3

Investment in Blackhawk

     —         (17.9

Investments in foreign operations

     (10.9     (6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (869.4     (727.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9     $ 106.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the balance sheet as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Current deferred tax assets(1)

   $ —       $ 51.8  

Noncurrent deferred tax assets(2)

     139.3       55.0  

Current deferred tax liability

     (29.4     —    

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9     $ 106.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets.
(2) Included in Other Assets.

At January 3, 2015, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $34.6 million which expire in 2023.

At year-end 2014, no deferred tax liability has been recognized for the $180.0 million of unremitted foreign earnings because the Company intends to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations for an indefinite period of time. If Safeway did not consider these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested, the deferred tax liability would have been in the range of $50 million to $80 million at year-end 2014.

 

  F-93    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 137.5     $ 119.4     $ 161.3  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     12.8       75.6       2.7  

Reduction for tax positions of current year

     —         (4.9     —    

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     112.6       0.2       2.2  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —         (47.1     (46.9

Foreign currency translation

     —         (0.3     0.1  

Expiration of statute of limitations

     —         (1.3     —    

Settlements

     (0.2     (4.1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 262.7     $ 137.5     $ 119.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits included tax positions of $132.8 million (net of tax), $60.1 million (net of tax) and $42.9 million (net of tax), respectively, that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods. The $132.8 million of tax positions as of January 3, 2015 include $125.1 million of tax positions related to discontinued operations and $7.7 million of tax positions related to continuing operations.

Continuing operations income tax expense in 2014, 2013 and 2012 included expense of $0.3 million (net of tax), benefit of $5.9 million (net of tax) and benefit of $5.6 million (net of tax), respectively, related to interest and penalties. As of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, the Company’s accrual for net interest and penalties were receivables of $0.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities within the United States. The Company’s foreign affiliates file income tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions, the most significant of which are Canada and certain of its provinces. The Company expects that it will no longer be subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007, and is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. With limited exceptions, including proposed deficiencies which the Company is protesting, Safeway’s Canadian affiliates are no longer subject to examination by Canada and certain of its provinces for fiscal years before 2006.

The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next 12 months.

Note N: Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plans  The Company maintains defined benefit, non-contributory retirement plans for substantially all of its employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Safeway recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans on its consolidated balance sheet.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits  In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company sponsors plans that provide post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. Safeway pays all the costs of the life insurance plans. The Company also sponsors a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides

 

  F-94    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

death benefits and supplemental income payments for senior executives after retirement. All of these Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans are unfunded.

Canadian Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans  Sobeys assumed Safeway’s Canadian pension and post-retirement plan obligations as part of the overall purchase of Safeway’s Canadian operations in November 2013. Accordingly, the activity in these plans is not included in this footnote unless otherwise noted.

Beginning in 2013, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan for Safeway’s continuing employees in Canada. The plan provides an annual retirement benefit into a fund that is managed by the employee. Plan contributions are based on the employees age, earnings and years of participation in the plan. The Company also makes discretionary contributions. Contributions to the defined contribution plan totaled $0.8 million in 2014 and $0.1 million in 2013.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended January 3, 2015 and a statement of the funded status as of year-end 2014 and year-end 2013 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014     2013         2014             2013      

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,023.4     $ 2,635.4     $ 79.5     $ 135.0  

Service cost

     42.5       42.0       0.9       0.7  

Interest cost

     96.4       85.4       3.4       3.2  

Plan amendments

     0.2       0.2         —    

Actuarial loss (gain)

     254.0       (56.3     12.4       (5.0

Plan participant contributions

     —         —         0.9       1.0  

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in projected benefit obligation related to CSL

     —         (39.5     —         1.3  

Disposal of CSL

     —         (510.5     —         (49.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,244.0     $ 2,023.4     $ 89.8     $ 79.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,644.2     $ 1,845.7     $ —       $ —    

Actual return on plan assets

     82.6       268.6       —         —    

Employer contributions

     6.9       50.1       6.4       6.2  

Plan participant contributions

     —         —         0.9       1.0  

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in fair value of plan assets related to CSL

     —         32.8       —         —    

Disposal of CSL

     —         (419.7     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,561.2     $ 1,644.2     $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other accrued liabilities (current liability)

   $ (1.1   $ (1.1   $ (6.4   $ (6.2

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations (non-current liability)

     (681.7     (378.1     (83.4     (73.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (682.8   $ (379.2   $ (89.8   $ (79.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-95    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension      Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014      2013          2014             2013      

Net actuarial loss

   $ 611.8      $ 365.0      $ 22.9     $ 10.6  

Prior service cost (credit)

     4.8        14.3        (1.0     (1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 616.6      $ 379.3      $ 21.9     $ 9.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for Safeway’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of year-end 2014 and 2013, is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,244.0      $ 2,023.4  

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,179.6        1,978.3  

Fair value of plan assets

     1,561.2        1,644.2  

The following tables provide the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 

Components of net expense:

   2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (119.3 )     $ (107.9   $ (101.0   $        $ —       $ —    

Service cost

     42.5       42.0       40.3       0.9       0.7       0.6  

Interest cost

     96.4       85.4       91.8       3.4       3.2       3.6  

Settlement loss

              —         5.9                —         —    

Curtailment loss

              —         1.8                —         —    

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     9.7       12.8       15.3       (0.1 )       (0.1     (0.1

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     42.3       77.8       70.3       0.4       0.9       0.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

   $ 71.6     $ 110.1     $ 124.4     $ 4.6     $ 4.7     $ 4.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

            

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 290.6     $ (216.9   $ 97.8     $ 12.7     $ (5.0   $ 6.6  

Recognition of net actuarial loss

     (42.3 )       (77.8     (76.3     (0.4 )       (0.9     (0.5

Prior service credit

     0.2       0.2       0.5                —         —    

Recognition of prior service (cost) credit

     (9.7 )       (12.8     (17.0     0.1       0.1       0.1  

Changes relating to discontinued operations

              (55.5     9.0                (3.0     (5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     238.8       (362.8     14.0       12.4       (8.8     1.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in comprehensive income

   $ 310.4     $ (252.7   $ 138.4     $ 17.0     $ (4.1   $ 5.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-96    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. Actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average remaining service life of active participants when the accumulation of such gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the measurement date for its plans. In 2014, Safeway adopted the Society of Actuaries’ 2014 mortality rate table. This had the effect of increasing Safeway’s projected benefit obligation by $168 million.

The actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate:

        

United States plans

     4.00      4.90      4.20

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        4.00

Combined weighted-average rate

     NA        NA        4.16

Rate of compensation increase:

        

United States plans

     3.00      3.00      3.00

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        2.75

The actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Discount rate

     4.90      4.20      4.94

Expected return on plan assets:

     7.50      7.50      7.75

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00      3.00      3.00

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for Safeway’s plans at year-end:

 

            Plan assets  

Asset category

   Target      2014      2013  

Equity

     65      65.8      66.4

Fixed income

     35      32.9      31.9

Cash and other

     —          1.3      1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     100      100.0      100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintain a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintain an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximize the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintain adequate controls over administrative costs.

 

  F-97    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. Safeway’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at January 3, 2015, excluding pending transactions of $41.5 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 9.6      $ 1.3      $ 8.3      $ —    

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

     47.5        —          47.5        —    

Common and preferred stock:(3)

           

Domestic common and preferred stock

     293.6        293.5        0.1        —    

International common stock

     34.6        34.6        —          —    

Common collective trust funds(2)

     523.6        —          523.6        —    

Corporate bonds(4)

     121.3        —          120.6        0.7  

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

     63.4        —          63.4        —    

Mutual funds(6)

     183.2        34.2        149.0        —    

U.S. government securities(7)

     263.8        —          263.7        0.1  

Other securities(8)

     62.8        0.7        37.6        24.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,603.4      $ 364.3      $ 1,213.8      $ 25.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.

 

  F-98    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

Also included in Other Securities are exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
     U.S.
government
securities
     Other
securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7.9     $ —        $ 0.1      $ 7.8  

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     19.7       0.7        —          19.0  

Unrealized gains

     (2.3     —          —          (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 25.3     $ 0.7      $ 0.1      $ 24.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at December 28, 2013, excluding pending transactions of $37.2 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 30.2      $ 29.0      $ 1.2      $ —    

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

     18.2        —          18.2        —    

Common and preferred stock:(3)

           

Domestic common and preferred stock

     270.4        269.9        0.5        —    

International common stock

     38.5        38.5        —          —    

Common collective trust funds(2)

     611.2        —          611.2        —    

Corporate bonds(4)

     101.1        —          101.1        —    

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

     62.3        —          62.3        —    

Mutual funds(6)

     183.8        5.9        177.9        —    

U.S. government securities(7)

     335.8        —          335.7        0.1  

Other securities(8)

     29.9        3.1        19.0        7.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,681.4      $ 346.4      $ 1,327.1      $ 7.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  F-99    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

Valuation techniques are described earlier in this note. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
    Mortgage-
and other
asset-backed
securities
    U.S.
government
securities
     Other
Securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 4.0     $ 3.4     $ 0.5     $ 0.1      $ —    

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     4.0       (3.4     (0.5     —          7.9  

Unrealized gains

     (0.1     —         —         —          (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 7.9     $ —       $ —       $ 0.1      $ 7.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions  Cash contributions are expected to increase to approximately $268 million in 2015, primarily due to the settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

  F-100    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments  The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension benefits      Other benefits  

2015

   $ 140.3      $ 6.8  

2016

     140.4        6.7  

2017

     141.5        6.6  

2018

     141.8        6.5  

2019

     142.4        6.4  

2020—2024

     709.8        23.3  

Note O: Multiemployer Benefit Plans

Multiemployer Pension Plans  Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service, and, in some cases, are not negotiated with contributing employers or in some cases even known by contributing employers. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

The risks of participating in U.S. multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:

 

  a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

  b. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

  c. If Safeway stops participating in some of its multiemployer pension plans, Safeway may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company made and charged to expense contributions of $277.1 million in 2014, $259.2 million in 2013 and $248.7 million in 2012 to these plans for continuing operations.

In 2013, the Company sold all Canadian operations which terminated our obligation to contribute to Canadian multiemployer pension plans. Due to provincial law in Canada, Safeway is not expected to incur multiemployer pension withdrawal liability associated with the sale.

Also in 2013, the Company sold or closed all stores in the Dominick’s division. As previously reported, Dominick’s participated in certain multiemployer pension plans on which withdrawal liabilities have been or we expect will be incurred due to the Dominick’s closure. Generally, the Company may pay such withdrawal liabilities in installment payments. Withdrawal liabilities are generally subject to a 20-year payment cap, but may extend into perpetuity if a mass withdrawal from the plan occurs.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway recorded a liability of $310.8 million, which represented the present value of estimated installment payments to be made to the plans based on the best information available at the time, without having yet received demand letters from the multiemployer pension plans. In April 2014 and September 2014, the Company received demand letters from three of the plans. These demand letters called for installment payments greater than

 

  F-101    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Safeway’s original actuarial estimate based on calculations Safeway disputes. The Company has requested a review by the plan trustee of the demands made by the three plans.

The Company’s loss estimate is in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies.” The following is a rollforward of the estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liability (in millions):

 

Balance at year-end 2013

   $ 310.8  

Accrued interest

     13.7  

Adjustment for changes in interest rates

     121.1  

Adjustments to loss estimates based on demand letters

     38.3  

Installment payments

     (9.5
  

 

 

 

Balance at year-end 2014

   $ 474.4  
  

 

 

 

Accrued interest expense and adjustments to the estimated liability are recorded in discontinued operations. The $455.0 million long-term portion of the estimated liability is included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities, and the $19.4 million current portion is included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Pending review of the demand letters received, receipt of a final demand letter, or any negotiated lump sum settlements, the final amount of the withdrawal liability may be greater than or less than the amount recorded, and this difference could be significant. The Company currently estimates the range of potential withdrawal liability to be between $475 million and $607 million.

All information related to multiemployer pension expense or multiemployer post-retirement benefit obligations herein exclude Canada and Dominick’s for all purposes unless otherwise stated.

Safeway’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended January 3, 2015 is outlined in the following tables. All information in the tables is as of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 in the columns labeled 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, unless otherwise stated. The “EIN-PN” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the Plan Number (“PN”), if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in 2014 and 2013 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. The zone status is based on information that Safeway received from the plan. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status (“red zone”) are less than 65 percent funded, plans in endangered or seriously endangered status (“yellow zone” or “orange zone”, respectively) are less than 80 percent funded, and plans at least 80 percent funded are said to be in the “green zone.” The “FIP/RP status pending/implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of each plan. Information related to the impact of utilization of extended amortization periods on zone status is either not available or not obtainable without undue cost and effort.

Other than the sale of Safeway’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s, there have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of 2014, 2013, and 2012 contributions.

 

  F-102    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following two tables contain information about Safeway’s U.S. multiemployer pension plans.

 

    EIN—PN   Pension Protection
Act zone status
  Safeway 5% of total plan
contributions
  FIP/RP status
pending/
implemented

Pension fund

    2014   2013   2013   2012  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  946313554—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  916145047—001   Green   Green   No   No   No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  951939092—001   Red
3/31/2015
  Red
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2013
  Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  526128473—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  916069306—001   Red
9/30/2014
  Red
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2012
  Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  526118572—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  846045986—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  846277982—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  461000515—001   NA   NA   Yes   NA   NA

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  846097461—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  936074377—001   Green   Red   Yes   Yes   No

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  916123694—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  943019135—005   80%+   80%+   No
12/30/2013
  No
12/30/2012
  NA

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  516031512—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  366052390—001   Green
1/31/2015
  Green
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2013
  No

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  926003463—024   Red
6/30/2015
  Red
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2013
  No
6/30/2012
  Implemented

 

  F-103    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Contributions of Safeway
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(1)
  Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)

Pension fund

      2014             2013             2012               Count   Expiration   % head-
count(2)

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 83.3     $ 77.4     $ 72.9     No   8/3/2013 to
7/23/2016
  20   14   10/11/2014   93%

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 47.0     $ 45.7     $ 43.9     No   9/20/2014 to
10/6/2018
  45   1   10/1/2016   28%

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 46.7     $ 42.1     $ 39.3     No   3/6/2016 to
5/8/2016
  14   12   3/6/2016   99%

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 18.9     $ 19.5     $ 23.5     No   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  $ 16.6     $ 15.4     $ 14.2     No   1/10/2015 to
9/20/2017
  51   3   5/7/2016   50%

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 14.2     $ 13.3     $ 12.4     Yes   11/7/2011 to
9/17/2017
  39   5   4/8/2017   38%

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 10.9     $ 11.4     $ 11.3     No   9/12/2015 to
8/27/2016
  44   8   9/12/2015   53%

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1     $ 9.5     $ 10.5     No   10/29/2016 to
11/3/2018
  4   2   10/29/2016   97%

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  $ 4.9     $ 5.0       NA     NA   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  $ 4.7     $ 5.0     $ 5.0     No   9/12/2015 to
7/23/2016
  42   8   9/12/2015   52%

 

  F-104    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 4.7     $ 4.5     $ 4.2       No      
7/25/2015 to
1/21/2017
 
 
    34       4       7/25/2015       42%  

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  $ 2.1     $ 2.0     $ 1.9       No      
5/31/2015 to
2/11/2017
 
 
    10       1       5/31/2015       48%  

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  $ 1.8     $ 1.9     $ 2.4       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA       NA  

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 1.7     $ 1.6     $ 1.5       No      
5/19/2013 to
3/1/2015
 
 
    3       2       3/1/2015       98%  

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  $ 1.5     $ 1.5     $ 1.5       No      
6/4/2016 to
6/15/2019
 
 
    6       2       4/15/2018       45%  

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  $ 1.0     $ 1.0     $ 1.0       No      

3/10/2018
to
10/6/2018
 
 
 
    3       2       3/10/2018       85%  

Other funds

  $ 8.0     $ 2.4     $ 3.2              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

Total Safeway contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 277.1     $ 259.2     $ 248.7              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

NA = not applicable.

 

(1) PPA surcharges are 5% or 10% of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or total contributions made to each plan.
(2) Employees on which Safeway may contribute under these most significant collective bargaining agreements as a percent of all employees on which Safeway may contribute to the respective fund.
(3) Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust effective June 30, 2014.
(4) The Mid-Atlantic UFCW & Participating Employers Pension Fund is a multiemployer plan effective January 1, 2013 which provides future service benefits to participants who would have otherwise earned future service under the Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund. The plan is not expected to be subject to zone status certification or notice or establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan as per section 432(a) of the Internal Revenue Code since those provisions are required for multiemployer plans in effect on July 16, 2006.

 

  F-105    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(5) The Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan (“SMERP”) is a multiple employer plan as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. However, the SMERP is characterized as a multiemployer plan by the FASB, even though it is not maintained pursuant to any collective bargaining agreements to which Safeway is party. The plan may be subject to statutory annual minimum contributions based on complex actuarial calculations. Additionally, it has no PPA zone status and is not subject to establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan or other PPA provisions that apply to multiemployer plans.

At the date the financial statements were issued, Forms 5500 were generally not available for the plan years ending in 2014. Additionally, for the plan year ending March 31, 2012, Safeway contributed more than 5% of the total contributions to the Southern California United Food and Commercial Workers Union and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan.

Multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions under the terms of its collective bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. These plans may provide medical, pharmacy, dental, vision, mental health and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. These benefits are not vested. A significant portion of Safeway contributions benefit active employees and, as such, may not constitute contributions to a post-retirement benefit plan. Safeway is unable to separate all contribution amounts paid to benefit active participants in order to separately report contributions paid to provide post-retirement benefits for retirees.

It is estimated that Safeway may have contributed as much as $312.4 million in 2014, $302.0 million in 2013 and as much as $473.3 million in 2012 to fund health and welfare plans for multiemployer post-retirement plans other than pension. Actual funding of post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions is likely much lower as this amount continues to include contributions which benefit active employees.

Note P: Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates

At year-end 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway’s investment in unconsolidated affiliates includes a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, which operated 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico at year-end 2014. See Note V.

Equity in earnings from Safeway’s unconsolidated affiliates, which is included in other income, was income of $16.2 million in 2014, $17.6 million in 2013 and $17.5 million in 2012.

Note Q: Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters  Certain holders of Safeway common stock have sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger does not represent fair value for their shares. On February 19, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Third Motion Equities Master Fund Ltd v. Safeway Inc., by a stockholder claiming to hold 563,000 shares. On February 25, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Merion Capital LP and Merion Capital II LP v. Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 10.5 million shares. The deadline for filing petitions has not yet expired. If these plaintiffs are successful in any appraisal proceeding, they could be entitled to more for their stock than the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger.

 

  F-106    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On August 18, 2001, a group of truck drivers from the Company’s Tracy, CA distribution center filed an action in California Superior Court, San Joaquin County entitled Cicairos, et al. v. Summit Logistics , alleging that Summit Logistics, the entity with whom Safeway contracted to operate the distribution center until August 2003, failed to provide meal periods, rest periods and itemized wage statements to the drivers in violation of California state law. Under its contract with Summit, Safeway is obligated to defend and indemnify Summit Logistics in this lawsuit. On February 6, 2007, another group of truck drivers from the Tracy distribution center filed a similar action in the same court, entitled Bluford, et al. v. Safeway Inc. , alleging essentially the same claims against the Company. Both cases were subsequently certified as class actions. After lengthy litigation in the trial and appellate courts. On February 20, 2015, the parties signed a preliminary agreement of settlement that calls for the Company to pay approximately $31 million in total. This amount consists of a settlement fund of $30.2 million, out of which will be paid relief to the class, and attorneys’ fees and costs as awarded by the court. In addition to this settlement fund, the Company will pay interest of $10,000 if the distribution to the class is made in August 2015, with additional monthly amounts of interest if later. The Company will also pay third party settlement administrator costs, and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes. The Company anticipates that a motion for preliminary court approval of the settlement will be heard in the Spring of 2015. If such preliminary approval is granted, class members will be notified and given the opportunity to file objections to the settlement. Following that, a motion for final approval of the settlement would be filed in mid-2015.

As previously reported, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The Company continues to cooperate with the DEA on this matter.

As previously reported, in February 2012, Safeway was served with a subpoena issued by a group of California District Attorneys seeking documents and information related to the handling, disposal and reverse logistics of potential hazardous waste within the State. The subject matter of the subpoena relates to the handling and transportation of unsaleable household items, including, but not limited to, cleaners, aerosols, hair shampoos, dye, lotions, light bulbs, batteries, over-the-counter and similar items. On January 2, 2015, the Company settled an action with the State of California, including various California counties, on this matter by agreeing to pay civil penalties and costs and to fund specified Supplemental Environmental Projects in the amount of $9.9 million. As part of the settlement, the Company also agreed to certain ongoing compliance activities with respect to both potential hazardous waste and private health information.

The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

It is management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to all of the above matters cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition.

Commitments  The Company has commitments under contracts for the purchase of property and equipment and for the construction of buildings, the purchase of energy and other purchase obligations. Portions of such contracts not completed at year end are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. These purchase commitments were $257.8 million at year-end 2014.

 

  F-107    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note R: Segments

Safeway’s retail business operates in the United States. Safeway is organized into seven geographic retail operating segments (Denver, Eastern, Northern California, Phoenix, Northwest, Texas and Southern California). Across all seven retail operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format, where each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. Safeway does not operate supercenters, warehouse formats, combination clothing/grocery stores or discount stores.

The seven operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment called Safeway, because, in the Company’s judgment, the operating segments have similar historical economic characteristics and are expected to have similar economic characteristics and similar long-term financial performance in the future. The principal measures and factors the Company considered in determining whether the economic characteristics are similar are gross margin percentage, operating profit margin, sales growth, capital expenditures, competitive risks, operational risks and challenges, retail store sales, costs of goods sold and employees. In addition, each operating segment has similar products, similar production processes, similar types of customers, similar methods of distribution and a similar regulatory environment. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide material or meaningful additional information.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 15,266.7        42.0   $ 14,811.7        42.2   $ 14,738.0        41.9

Perishables(2)

     13,656.5        37.6     12,809.8        36.6     12,548.1        35.7

Fuel

     3,962.2        10.9     4,168.4        11.9     4,594.2        13.1

Pharmacy

     2,805.1        7.7     2,674.9        7.6     2,755.4        7.8

Other(3)

     639.7        1.8     600.1        1.7     525.8        1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2        100.0   $ 35,064.9        100.0   $ 35,161.5        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of grocery, soft drinks and other beverages, general merchandise, meal ingredients, frozen foods and snacks.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, meat, dairy, bakery, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of wholesale sales, commissions on gift cards and other revenue.

As a result of the Blackhawk IPO and until Safeway distributed all of the Class B common stock of Blackhawk that it owned to Safeway stockholders, the Company presented Blackhawk as a separate reportable segment.

 

  F-108    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents certain balance sheet information about the Company (in millions):

 

     Long-lived
Assets, Net
     Total Assets  

2014

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 6,776.5      $ 13,371.4  

Dominick’s assets held for sale

            5.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,776.5      $ 13,377.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,457.8      $ 15,129.9  

Blackhawk

     79.7        1,952.9  

Dominick’s assets held for sale

            136.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,537.5      $ 17,219.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,991.1      $ 11,007.6  

Blackhawk

     67.0        1,528.1  

Canada

     1,166.5        2,121.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,224.6      $ 14,657.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note S: Income Per Share

The Company computes earnings per share under the two-class method, which is a method of computing earnings per share when an entity has both common stock and participating securities. Unvested restricted stock is considered a participating security because it contains rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stock. Under the two-class method, the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share excludes the income attributable to participating securities. Additionally, the weighted average shares outstanding exclude the impact of participating securities.

 

  F-109    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table provides reconciliations of net earnings and shares used in calculating income per basic common share to those used in calculating income per diluted common share.

 

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

   2014     2013     2012  
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 103.2     $ 103.2     $ 217.1     $ 217.1     $ 249.2     $ 249.2  

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (2.8     (2.8     (2.1     (2.1     (2.3     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders

     100.4       100.4       215.0       215.0       246.9       246.9  

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3       9.3       3,305.1       3,305.1       348.9       348.9  

Noncontrolling interests—discontinued operations

     0.9       0.9       (14.7     (14.7     (1.6     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Safeway Inc.

     10.2       10.2       3,290.4       3,290.4       347.3       347.3  

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (0.3     (0.3     (32.1     (32.1     (3.1     (3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations available to common stockholders

     9.9       9.9       3,258.3       3,258.3       344.2       344.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4     $ 113.4     $ 3,507.5     $ 3,507.5     $ 596.5     $ 596.5  

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (3.1     (3.1     (34.2     (34.2     (5.4     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders after earnings allocated to participating securities

   $ 110.3     $ 110.3     $ 3,473.3     $ 3,473.3     $ 591.1     $ 591.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     228.8       228.8       239.1       239.1       245.6       245.6  
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Common share equivalents

     1.9         2.4         0.3    
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     230.7         241.5         245.9    
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Earnings (loss) per common share:

            

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44     $ 0.44     $ 0.89     $ 0.90     $ 1.00     $ 1.01  

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04     $ 0.04     $ 13.49     $ 13.63     $ 1.40     $ 1.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48     $ 0.48     $ 14.38     $ 14.53     $ 2.40     $ 2.41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive shares totaling 0.3 million in 2014, 7.8 million in 2013 and 21.6 million in 2012 have been excluded from diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

Additionally, performance shares totaling 1.9 million for which the Company did not forecast achievement of target have been excluded from diluted weighted average shares for 2014.

 

  F-110    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note T: Guarantees

Safeway applies the accounting guidance for guarantees to the Company’s agreements that contain guarantee and indemnification clauses. This guidance requires that, upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under the guarantee. As of January 3, 2015, Safeway did not have any material guarantees. However, the Company is party to a variety of contractual agreements under which Safeway may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to Safeway’s commercial contracts, operating leases, including those that have been assigned, and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. Historically, Safeway has not made significant payments for these indemnifications.

Additionally, the Company is party to a variety of lease agreements related to the disposition of Genuardi’s, the Company’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s in 2012, 2013 and 2014 for which the Company is now secondarily liable. While the Company may be liable for future payment upon default of these leases, there has been no event that would indicate the Company is liable for future payment , and therefore the Company has not recorded a liability related to these leases at this time.

The Company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note U: Other Comprehensive Income or Loss

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in stockholders’ equity during a period, other than those resulting from investments by and distributions to stockholders. Generally, for Safeway, total comprehensive earnings equal net earnings plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax and were a loss of $152.8 million in 2014, income of $179.7 million in 2013 and a loss of $12.3 million in 2012.

 

  F-111    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. For Safeway, AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     2014  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (303.5     0.2       0.4       (302.9

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     52.3       —           52.3  

Tax benefit (expense)

     98.0       —         (0.2     97.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     (153.2     0.2       0.2       (152.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distribution of Blackhawk

     —         2.2       —         2.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (283.9   $ (136.4   $ (1.4   $ (421.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2013  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0     $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     266.6       (65.0     (1.7     199.9  

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     105.0       —         —         105.0  

Tax benefit (expense)

     (125.8     —         0.6       (125.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     245.8       (65.0     (1.1     179.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of CSL

     95.8       (472.8     —         (377.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-112    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     2012  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (462.1   $ 402.1     $ (1.5   $ (61.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (125.2     (3.1     1.5       (126.8

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     110.0       —         —         110.0  

Tax benefit (expense)

     5.0       —         (0.5     4.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (10.2     (3.1     1.0       (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0     $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note V: Subsequent Event

Merger Closing Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on January 30, 2015, Merger Sub merged with and into Safeway with Safeway surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings. Further, each share of common stock of Safeway issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive the following (together, the “Per Share Merger Consideration”):

 

  i. $34.92 in cash (the “Per Share Cash Merger Consideration”) which consists of $32.50 in initial cash consideration, $2.412 in consideration relating to the sale of PDC and $0.008 in cash consideration relating to a dividend that Safeway received in December 2014 on its 49% interest in Casa Ley,

 

  ii. one contingent value right (“CVR”) relating to Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley, and

 

  iii. one contingent value right relating to any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the PDC assets.

In connection with the closing of the Merger and immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding, unexpired and unexercised option to purchase shares of Safeway common stock (each, a “Safeway Option”), that was granted under any equity incentive plan of Safeway, including the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan, the 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement (collectively, the “Safeway Equity Incentive Plans”), whether or not then exercisable or vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the total number of shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Safeway Option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (B) the excess, if any, of the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration over the exercise price per share (the “Option Price”) of such Safeway Option (the “Option Payment”). In addition, each such Safeway Option that had an Option Price less than the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration received one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each share of Safeway common stock subject to such cancelled Safeway Option.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each restricted share of Safeway common stock that was outstanding and that was granted pursuant to any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan,

 

  F-113    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

whether or not then exercisable or vested, automatically vested and all restrictions thereon lapsed, and all such restricted shares were cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding performance share award covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Performance Share Award”) that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan vested at the target levels specified for each such award and was cancelled in exchange for (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award (after taking into account any vesting as a result of the Merger) and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding restricted stock unit covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Restricted Stock Unit”), that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not then vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled in exchange for the right to receive (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit.

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “Casa Ley CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the Casa Ley CVRs. Pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement, a Casa Ley CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley. In the event that Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley CVRs will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes (based on a 39.25% rate) that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley interest.

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the PDC CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “PDC CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the PDC CVRs. Pursuant to the PDC CVR Agreement, a PDC CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the assets of PDC.

Sale of Eastern Division As contemplated by the Merger Agreement, immediately after the closing of the Merger, Safeway completed the sale of its Eastern division business (“EDS”) to New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation and indirect subsidiary of Safeway’s ultimate parent company AB Acquisition (“New Albertsons”). In a two-step sale process, Safeway contributed certain EDS assets and liabilities to a newly formed subsidiary and sold the interests in the subsidiary to New Albertsons. New Albertsons acquired the new EDS subsidiary for a purchase price of approximately $659 million, subject to customary adjustments. Safeway also agreed to provide certain intercompany services and licenses to the new EDS subsidiary after the sale.

 

  F-114    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Effect of Merger on Debt

Change of Control Tender Offer In December 2014, Safeway commenced a change of control tender offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding series of the $500 million of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 15, 2019, the $500 million of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 15, 2020 and the $400 million of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 1, 2021. This offer expired on January 30, 2015 and required Safeway to pay $1,010 per $1,000 principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest that were validly tendered. On February 2, 2015, a change of control payment of $873.2 million, based on a principal amount of $864.6 million of tendered notes and $14.2 million of accrued interest was paid.

Credit Agreement At the closing of the Merger, Safeway’s credit agreement, as discussed under the caption “Bank Credit Agreement” in Note G, was terminated.

New Bonds In connection with the Merger, Safeway is an obligor and its domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of $609.7 million in principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), after repayment of some of the 2022 Notes on February 9, 2015. As a result of the issuance of these notes and pursuant to Safeway’s existing indenture, our Senior Notes due 2016, Senior Notes due 2017 and Senior Notes due 2019 were guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its domestic subsidiaries, including Safeway’s domestic subsidiaries, and are ratably and equally secured by the assets, subject to certain limited exceptions, of Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries that are co-issuers or guarantors of the 2022 Notes, including Safeway and its subsidiaries. Our Senior Notes due 2020, Senior Notes due 2021, Senior Notes due 2027 and Senior Notes due 2031 are equally and ratably secured by the assets (other than accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment or intellectual property) of Safeway and its domestic subsidiaries, but are not guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC or any of its subsidiaries, including the Safeway subsidiaries.

ABL Agreement On March 21, 2013, our parent company, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement among Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent. This agreement was amended on January 30, 2015 (as amended, the “ABL Agreement”) in connection with the Merger, whereby Albertson’s LLC, Safeway and certain of their affiliates became the borrowers thereunder (the “ABL Borrowers”).

The ABL Agreement provides for a $3 billion revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans) (the “New ABL Facility”). On January 30, 2015, $980 million of the New ABL Facility was used to repay all debt outstanding under Albertson’s LLC’s existing credit facility, to pay a portion of the Merger consideration and fees and expenses, and to provide working capital to the borrowers. After January 30, 2015, the New ABL Facility may be utilized to fund working capital and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments.

The New ABL Facility matures on the earlier to occur of (a) January 30, 2020 and (b) the date that is 91 days prior to the final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if such other indebtedness has not been repaid or extended prior to such 91st day).

 

  F-115    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note W: Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The summarized quarterly financial data presented below reflects all adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented. (Rounding affects some totals. In millions, except per-share amounts.)

 

    53 Weeks     Last 17
Weeks
    Third 12
Weeks(1)
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2014

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 36,330.2     $ 11,677.4     $ 8,307.9     $ 8,307.2     $ 8,037.7  

Gross profit

    9,682.0       3,258.6       2,174.6       2,139.5       2,109.3  

Operating profit

    534.5       258.3       94.2       121.5       60.5  

Income (loss) before income taxes(2),(3)

    165.0       201.5       (32.3     125.9       (130.1

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

    103.2       127.5       (21.2     80.6       (83.7

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(4)

    9.3       (21.5     30.7       15.0       (14.9

Net income (loss) attributable to Safeway Inc.

    113.4       106.0       9.5       95.6       (97.6

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44     $ 0.55     $ (0.09   $ 0.35     $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04       (0.09     0.13       0.06       (0.06

Total

    0.48       0.46       0.04       0.41       (0.43

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44     $ 0.55     $ (0.09   $ 0.34     $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04       (0.10     0.13       0.07       (0.06

Total

    0.48       0.45       0.04       0.41       (0.43

 

(1) Includes loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million.
(2) Includes loss (gain) on foreign currency translation of $19.6 million in the last 17 weeks, $3.8 million in the third 12 weeks, $(45.3) million in the second 12 weeks and $153.1 million in the first 12 weeks.
(3) Includes Merger- and integration-related expenses of $29.7 million in the last 17 weeks, $11.2 million in the third 12 weeks, $3.9 million in the second 12 weeks and $6.3 million in the first 12 weeks.
(4) See Note B Discontinued Operations.

 

  F-116    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    52 Weeks     Last 16
Weeks(2)
    Third 12
Weeks
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2013

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 35,064.9     $ 10,814.7     $ 8,099.2     $ 8,149.8     $ 8,001.2  

Gross profit

    9,231.5       2,865.7       2,094.7       2,145.8       2,125.3  

Operating profit

    551.5       209.9       87.9       139.4       114.2  

Income before income taxes

    251.6       73.6       29.8       92.0       56.2  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    217.1       71.6       23.4       62.5       59.6  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

    3,305.1       3,256.5       43.0       (53.7     59.2  

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

    3,507.5       3,314.3       65.8       8.4       118.9  

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.90     $ 0.29     $ 0.10     $ 0.26     $ 0.25  

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.63       13.36       0.17       (0.23     0.25  

Total

    14.53       13.65       0.27       0.03       0.50  

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.89     $ 0.29     $ 0.10     $ 0.26     $ 0.25  

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.49       13.17       0.17       (0.23     0.24  

Total

    14.38       13.46       0.27       0.03       0.49  

 

(1) See Note B, Discontinued Operations.
(2) In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a loss on foreign currency translation of $57.4 million and an impairment of notes receivable of $30.0 million.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

AB Acquisition, our parent entity, is a Delaware limited liability company. The limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition (the “Agreement”) provides that AB Acquisition shall indemnify any Person (as defined in the Agreement) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member (as defined in the Agreement), Officer (as defined in the Agreement), director, member of the Management Board (as defined in the Agreement), controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of AB Acquisition, or is or was serving at the request of AB Acquisition as manager, director, member of the Management Board, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of AB Acquisition) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or AB Acquisition, either (i) in accordance with the terms of an applicable Side Letter (as defined in the Agreement) or, in the absence of Side Letter, (ii) if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of AB Acquisition and not in violation of the Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that AB Acquisition shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend thereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person.

The limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition also provides that no Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of AB Acquisition for any act or failure to act on behalf of AB Acquisition, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of AB Acquisition’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants. In addition, substantially all of our subsidiaries provide substantially the same indemnification rights to their members, managers, directors and officers as AB Acquisition provides. The following summarizes the limitations of liability and/or certain indemnification rights provided for in the applicable statutes of the registrants. These summaries are general and do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the complete text of the relevant statutes and the organizational documents referred to below. We carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that covers certain liabilities and expenses of our directors and officers. AB Acquisition has also entered into individual indemnification agreements with each of its managers and officers and certain managers and officers of its subsidiaries.

California Limited Liability Companies

Although the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act found at California Code, Title 25 Sections 17000 through 17656, as amended from time to time (the “Old CA LLC Act”) was repealed and

 

II-1


Table of Contents

replaced with the California Revised Uniform Limited Liability Company Act (the “New CA LLC Act”), effective January 1, 2014, Section 17713.04(b) of the New CA LLC Act provides that the Old CA LLC Act governs operating agreements entered into by a limited liability company prior to January 1, 2014.

Under the Old CA LLC Act, except for a breach of fiduciary duty by a manager, the articles of organization or written operating agreement of a limited liability company may provide for indemnification of any person, including, without limitation, any manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company, against judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or expenses of any kind incurred as a result of acting in that capacity. The OLD CA LLC Act also authorizes a limited liability company to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company against any liability asserted against or incurred by the person in that capacity or arising out of the person’s status as a manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company.

Delaware Corporations

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant. The DGCL provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Arizona limited liability companies, Illinois limited liability companies, Texas corporations, Texas limited liability companies and Texas limited partnerships are governed by statutes featuring substantially similar indemnification provisions to the DGCL.

Delaware Limited Liability Companies

The Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, Section 18-108, provides that, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

Illinois Corporations

Under Section 8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983 (the “ILBCA”), a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,

 

II-2


Table of Contents

trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (i) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, a corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

To the extent that such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she is entitled to indemnification for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

Section 8.75(f) of the ILBCA further provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted under Section 8.75 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Indiana Limited Partnerships

Chapter 2, Section 9 of the Indiana Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “IRULPA”) provides that a domestic or foreign limited partnership may indemnify a person made a party to an action because the person is or was a partner, employee, officer or agent of the partnership against liability incurred in the action if (i) the person’s conduct was in good faith and (ii) the person reasonably believed (A) in the case of conduct in the person’s capacity as a partner, that the person’s conduct was in the best interests of the partnership and (B) in all other cases, that the person’s conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of the limited partnership or foreign limited partnership and (iii) in the case of any criminal action, the person either (A) had reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was lawful or (B) had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The foregoing provisions do not exclude any other rights to indemnification that a partner, employee, officer, or agent of the domestic or foreign limited partnership may have under the partnership agreement or with the written consent of all partners. To the extent it is not inconsistent with the foregoing, Section 18 of the IRULPA provides that, subject to any agreement between the partners, partnerships must indemnify every partner in respect of payments made and personal liabilities reasonably incurred by such partner in the ordinary and proper conduct of the partnership’s business, or for the preservation of the partnership’s business or property.

Maine Corporations

Section 852 of the Maine Business Corporation Act (“Maine BCA”) provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors against liabilities incurred in a proceeding if (i) the director’s conduct was in good faith; (ii) in the case of conduct in such individual’s official capacity, the director reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in the best interests of the corporation, and in all other cases, that

 

II-3


Table of Contents

the director’s conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director has no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. However, a corporation may not indemnify its directors (i) in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, except for reasonable expenses incurred if the director has the relevant standard of conduct; or (ii) in connection with a proceeding for which the director was adjudged liable on the basis that a financial benefit was received to which such director was not entitled.

Sections 853 and 857 of the Maine BCA require a corporation to indemnify its directors or officers against reasonable expenses incurred if such director is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which the director is a party due to his or her capacity as a such.

Section 854 of the Maine BCA permits a corporation to advance funds to pay for or reimburse expenses incurred by a director in connection with a proceeding if the individual delivers to the corporation a written affirmation that the director in good faith believes he or she has met the relevant standard of conduct or that the proceeding involves conduct for which liability has been eliminated under the corporation’s articles of incorporation and that the director will repay any funds advanced if it is determined that her or she has not met the relevant standard of conduct.

Section 857 of the Maine BCA permits a corporation to indemnify and advance expenses to an officer of the corporation to the same extent as a director and if the officer is not also director, to such further extent as may be provided in the corporation’s articles of incorporation, bylaws, a resolution of the board of directors, or a contract unless the liability arises out of (i) the receipt by the officer of a financial benefit of which he or she is not entitled; (ii); an infliction of harm on the corporation or its shareholders; or (iii) an intentional violation of criminal law.

Maryland Corporations

The Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that: (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal

 

II-4


Table of Contents

benefit was improperly received is limited to expenses. In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Massachusetts Corporations

Section 8.51 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act provides that a corporation may indemnify an individual who is a party to a proceeding because he is a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if: (1)(i) he conducted himself in good faith; (ii) he reasonably believed that his conduct was in the best interests of the corporation or that his conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; or (2) he engaged in conduct for which he shall not be liable under a provision of the articles of organization authorized by clause (4) of subsection (b) of section 2.02. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose he reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in, and the beneficiaries of, the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement that his conduct was at least not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

Michigan Corporations

Under the Michigan Business Corporation Act (“MIBCA”), a Michigan corporation may indemnify a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith if the person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, if the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

To the extent that such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she is entitled to indemnification for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Otherwise a determination must be made that the person met the applicable standard of conduct and that the expenses were reasonable. Under the MIBCA, a Michigan corporation may also provide similar indemnity to such a person for expenses, including attorney’s fees, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with actions or suits by or in the right of the corporation if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the interests of the corporation or its shareholders, except in respect of any claim, issue or matter in which the person has been found liable to the corporation, unless the court determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all relevant circumstances, in which case indemnification is limited to reasonable expenses incurred. The MIBCA also permits a Michigan corporation to purchase and maintain on behalf of such a person insurance against liabilities incurred in such capacities.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Ohio Corporations

Section 1701.13(E) of the Ohio Revised Code (the “ORC”) authorizes Ohio corporations to indemnify officers and directors from liability if the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by the officer or director to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal actions, if the officer or director had no reason to believe his or her action was unlawful. In the case of an action by or on behalf of a corporation, indemnification may not be made (1) if the person seeking indemnification is adjudged liable for negligence or misconduct, unless the court in which such action was brought determines such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, or (2) if liability asserted against such person concerns certain unlawful distributions. The indemnification provisions of the ORC require indemnification if a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding that he or she was a party to by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation. The indemnification authorized under the ORC is not exclusive and is in addition to any other rights granted to officers and directors under the articles of incorporation or code of regulations of the corporation or any agreement between officers and directors and the corporation. A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection on behalf of any officer or director against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in his or her capacity, or arising out of his or her status, as an officer or director, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the ORC.

Ohio Limited Liability Companies

Section 1705.32 of the ORC provides that a limited liability company may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or who is threatened to be made a party, to any proceeding, because he is or was a manager, member or officer of the company or is or was serving at the company’s request as a manager, member, director or officer of any other entity, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the manager, member or officer in connection with the proceeding if the manager, member or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the manager, member or officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company and, in connection with any criminal action or proceeding, the manager, member or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action by or in the right of the company, a company may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person is adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of the person’s duty to the company unless, and only to the extent that, the court of common pleas or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the court considers proper. However, indemnification may only be made upon a determination that the person met the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification by (a) a majority vote of a quorum of managers who were not parties, or threatened to be made parties, to the relevant proceeding, (b) if directed by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested managers, a written opinion of independent legal counsel, (c) the members, or (d) the court in which the relevant proceeding was brought.

An Ohio limited liability company is required to indemnify a manager, officer, employee or agent against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the person to the extent that the person is successful in defending a lawsuit of the type referenced in the above paragraph, regardless of whether such indemnification has been authorized as discussed above.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

The indemnification provided under Section 1705.32 of the ORC is not exclusive of, and is in addition to, any other rights granted to persons seeking indemnification under the company’s operating agreement, any other agreement, a vote of the company’s members or disinterested managers, or otherwise. In addition, a limited liability company may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection for manager, member, partner, officer, employee or agent liability, regardless of whether that individual is otherwise eligible for indemnification by the company.

Utah Corporations

Pursuant to Section 902 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (“URBCA”), a Utah corporation may indemnify a person who is or was a party in any proceeding because the person is or was a director of the corporation against liability incurred with respect to a proceeding if:

 

    the conduct of the person was in good faith;

 

    the person reasonably believed that such conduct was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation; and

 

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 902 of the URBCA provides that indemnification of a director in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in the proceeding. In addition, the corporation may not indemnify a director in connection with a proceeding in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation. Pursuant to Section 903 of the URBCA, a Utah corporation, unless limited by its articles of incorporation, must indemnify a director who was successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding against reasonable expenses incurred by such person in connection with the proceeding. Pursuant to Section 907 of the URBCA, unless a corporation’s articles of incorporation provide otherwise, a Utah corporation may indemnify an officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation to the same extent as a director.

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if

 

II-7


Table of Contents

the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

(i) Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of the Registration Statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the Registration Statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the Registration Statement or prospectus that was part of the Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

(1) That prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.

(2) Every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the Registration Statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the Securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Albertsons Companies, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

The undersigned officers of Albertsons Companies, LLC. and the undersigned members of the Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC, the sole and direct owner of Albertsons Companies, LLC, hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Larson

Robert B. Larson

   Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Dean S. Adler

Dean S. Adler

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Sharon L. Allen

Sharon L. Allen

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Steven A. Davis

Steven A. Davis

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Raymond Edwards

Raymond Edwards

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Kim Fennebresque

Kim Fennebresque

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Lisa A. Gray

Lisa A. Gray

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Hersch Klaff

Hersch Klaff

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Ronald Kravit

Ronald Kravit

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Alan Schumacher

Alan Schumacher

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Lenard B. Tessler

Lenard B. Tessler

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

/s/ Scott Wille

Scott Wille

   Member of Board of Managers of AB Acquisition LLC   May 19, 2017

 

II-11


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-1 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-1 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Mezzanine I LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-12


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-2 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-2 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Mezzanine II LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-3 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-3 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Mezzanine III LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-14


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-4 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-4 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-5 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on schedule A-5 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS SW Owner LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-6 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-6 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Albertson’s LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-7 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-7 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
American Stores Company, LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-8 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-8 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer, (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-9 Hereto
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-9 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

 

II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Each of the Subsidiaries Listed on Schedule A-10 Hereto
By:  

/s/ LaDonna Albert

Name:   LaDonna Albert
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of the subsidiaries listed on Schedule A-10 hereto hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ LaDonna Albert

LaDonna Albert

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Brian Lizzarago

Brian Lizzarago

   Vice President & Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Lucerne Foods, Inc.     

/s/ LaDonna Albert

By: LaDonna Albert, President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS DFW Owner LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS Finance Co. Inc.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS Finance Co. Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

 

II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS FLA Investor LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS Mezzanine I LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS Mezzanine I LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

  

Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer

and Principal Accounting Officer)

  May 19, 2017
ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS Mezzanine II LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS Mezzanine II LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS NoCal Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS NoCal Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS DFW Investor LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS Real Estate Corp.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS Real Estate Corp. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

  

Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal

Accounting Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS Realty Investor LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS RM Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS RM Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS RM Investor LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS RM Lease Owner LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS RM Lease Owner LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS RM Owner LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS SW Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS SW Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS SW Investor LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Investor LP

By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Investor LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Investor GP LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Investor LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Lease Investor LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Lease Investor LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Lease Owner GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Lease Owner GP LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Owner LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-36


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Lease Owner LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Lease Owner LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Owner LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-37


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ABS TX Owner LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ABS TX Owner LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ABS TX Owner GP LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-38


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Acme Markets, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Dan Croce

Name:   Dan Croce
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Acme Markets, Inc.hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dan Croce

Dan Croce

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-39


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

AFDI NoCal Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of AFDI NoCal Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

ABS DFW Investor LLC

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-40


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC
By:  

/s/ Shane Sampson

Name:   Shane Sampson
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Shane Sampson

Shane Sampson

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

New Albertson’s, Inc.

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-41


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Albertson’s LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Albertson’s LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Lisa Gray

Lisa Gray

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

American Drug Stores LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Salemi

Name:   Dan Salemi
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of American Drug Stores LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dan Salemi

Dan Salemi

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

American Stores Company

LLC

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-43


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

  American Partners, L.P
  By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of American Partners, L.P. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President & Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

American Drug Stores LLC

    

/s/ Dan Salemi

By: Dan Salemi, President

  

Managing General Partner

  May 19, 2017

 

II-44


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

American Stores Company, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of American Stores Company, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

New Albertson’s, Inc.

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-45


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

American Stores Properties LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of American Stores Properties LLChereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

American Food and Drug

LLC

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-46


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

APLC Procurement, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of APLC Procurement, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Joel H. Guth

Joel H. Guth

  

Director

  May 19, 2017

 

II-47


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASC Media Services, Inc
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASC Media Services, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Joel H. Guth

Joel H. Guth

  

Director

  May 19, 2017

 

II-48


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASP SW Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASP SW Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

ASP SW Owner LLC

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASP SW Lease Owner LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASP SW Lease Owner LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

ASP SW Owner LLC

    

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-50


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASR Lease Investor LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASR Lease Investor LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

  

Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  May 19, 2017
ASR TX Investor LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief

Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-51


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASR TX Investor LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASR TX Investor LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ASR TX Investor GP LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief

Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-52


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ASR Owner LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief

Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-53


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

ASR TX Lease Owner LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of ASR TX Lease Owner LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief

Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-54


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Avia Partners, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Mark C. Panzer

Name:   Mark C. Panzer
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Avia Partners, Inc.hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Mark C. Panzer

Mark C. Panzer

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S.

Fox Bradley S. Fox

  

Vice President and Treasurer, Director

(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-55


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Collington Services, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Collington Services, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
NAI Saturn Eastern LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-56


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Divario Ventures LLC
By:  

/s/ Geoff White

Name:   Geoff White
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Divario Ventures LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Geoff White

Geoff White

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Safeway Inc.     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-57


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-58


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Vons REIT, Inc.     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, Chief Executive Officer and President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-59


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

EXT Lease Owner LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of EXT Lease Owner LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
EXT Owner LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-60


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Extreme LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Extreme LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Fresh Holdings LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-61


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Genuardi’s Family Markets LP
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Genuardi’s Family Markets LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
GFM Holdings LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, President

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-62


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

GFM Holdings LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of GFM Holdings LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
GFM Holdings I, Inc.     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-63


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Giant of Salisbury, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Daniel N. Croce

Name:   Daniel N. Croce
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Giant of Salisbury, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Daniel N. Croce

Daniel N. Croce

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   Director   May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-64


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Good Spirits LLC
By:  

/s/ Dennis J. Bassler

Name:   Dennis J. Bassler
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Good Spirits LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dennis J. Bassler

Dennis J. Bassler

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Bradley R. Beckstrom

   Vice President & Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Albertson’s LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-65


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Groceryworks.com Operating Company, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Groceryworks.com Operating Company, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Groceryworks.com, LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, President

   Sole Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-66


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Groceryworks.com, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Groceryworks.com, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Safeway Holdings I, LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-67


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Jewel Companies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Doug Cygan

Name:   Doug Cygan
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Jewel Companies, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Doug Cygan

Doug Cygan

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-68


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Jewel Food Stores, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Doug Cygan

Name:   Doug Cygan
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Jewel Food Stores, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Doug Cygan

Doug Cygan

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-69


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Jewel Osco Southwest LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Jewel Osco Southwest LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

   President & Chief Operating Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
American Food and Drug LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-70


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Llano Logistics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Chris St. Clair

Name:   Chris St. Clair
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Llano Logistics, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Chris St. Clair

Chris St. Clair

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Bradley R. Beckstrom

   Vice President, Legal (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ SuzAnn Kirby

SuzAnn Kirby

   Director   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert Taylor

Robert Taylor

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Lucerne Dairy Products LLC
By:  

/s/ LaDonna Albert

Name:   LaDonna Albert
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Lucerne Dairy Products LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ LaDonna Albert

LaDonna Albert

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Brian Lizzarago

Brian Lizzarago

   Vice President, Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Lucerne Foods, Inc.     

/s/ LaDonna Albert

By: LaDonna Albert, President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-72


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Lucerne Foods, Inc.
By:  

/s/ LaDonna Albert

Name:   LaDonna Albert
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Lucerne Foods, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ LaDonna Albert

LaDonna Albert

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Brian Lizzarago

Brian Lizzarago

   Vice President, Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Director   May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-73


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Medcart Specialty Care, LLC
By:  

/s/ Shane Sampson

Name:   Shane Sampson
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Medcart Specialty Care, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Shane Sampson

Shane Sampson

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
New Albertson’s, Inc.     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-74


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

NAI Saturn Eastern LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
New Albertson’s, Inc.     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-75


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

New Albertson’s, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of New Albertson’s, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President, & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon

   Director   May 19, 2017

/s/ Scott Wille

Scott Wille

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-76


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Newco Investments, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Newco Investments, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Extreme LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham,

President & Chief

Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-77


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

NHI Investment Partners, LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of NHI Investment Partners, LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Extreme LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-78


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
NHI TX Owner LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-79


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

NHI TX Lease Owner LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of NHI TX Lease Owner LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
NHI TX Owner LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-80


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

NHI TX Owner LP
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of NHI TX Owner LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
NHI TX Owner GP LP     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-81


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

Name:   Miles Kendall
Title:  

President, Treasurer & Secretary

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Miles Kendall

Miles Kendall

   President, Treasurer & Secretary, Director (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-82


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Sidney Hopper

Name:   Sidney Hopper
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sidney Hopper

Sidney Hopper

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-83


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Randall’s Food & Drugs LP
By:  

/s/ Sidney Hopper

Name:   Sidney Hopper
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Randall’s Food & Drugs LP hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sidney Hopper

Sidney Hopper

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.     

/s/ Sidney Hopper

By: Sidney Hopper, President

   General Partner   May 19, 2017

 

II-84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Randall’s Investments, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Randy Anderson

Name:   Randy Anderson
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Randall’s Investments, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Randy Anderson

Randy Anderson

   President, Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Ann B. Erickson

Ann B. Erickson

   Vice President, & Treasurer, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

 

II-85


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Randall’s Management Company, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

Name:   Miles Kendall
Title:  

President, Treasurer & Secretary

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Randall’s Management Company, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Miles Kendall

Miles Kendall

   President, Treasurer & Secretary, Director (Principal Executive Officer Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-86


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Safeway Gift Cards, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Safeway Gift Cards, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Safeway Inc.     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Safeway Holdings I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Safeway Holdings I, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

  

Chief Executive President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Safeway Inc.     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-88


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Safeway Inc.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Safeway Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-89


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name:   Bradley S. Fox
Title:  

Vice President and Treasurer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer, Director (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-90


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Shaw’s Realty Trust
By:  

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Name:   Gary R. Morton
Title:  

Trustee

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Shaw’s Realty Trust hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Trustee (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ James A. Perkins

James A. Perkins

   Trustee   May 19, 2017

/s/ Joel H. Guth

Joel H. Guth

   Trustee   May 19, 2017

 

II-91


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Paul D. Gossett

Name:   Paul D. Gossett
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Paul D. Gossett

Paul D. Gossett

   President, Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

 

II-92


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Bradley R. Beckstrom

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Albertson’s LLC     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

  

Managing Member

  May 19, 2017

 

II-93


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Star Markets Company, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Star Markets Company, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Cynthia R. Garnett

Cynthia R. Garnett

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-94


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Safeway Inc.     

/s/ Robert G. Miller

By: Robert G. Miller, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-95


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Sunrich Mercantile LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Sunrich Mercantile LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

President & Chief Operating Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
American Food and Drug LLC     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, President & Chief Operating Officer

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-96


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

The Vons Companies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Lori J. Raya

Name:   Lori J. Raya
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of The Vons Companies, Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Lori J. Raya

Lori J. Raya

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

   Vice President and Treasurer, Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Laura A. Donald

   Director   May 19, 2017

 

II-97


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

United Supermarkets, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Robert Taylor

Name:   Robert Taylor
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert Taylor

Robert Taylor

  

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ SuzAnn Kirby

SuzAnn Kirby

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC     

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

By: Bradley R. Beckstrom, President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-98


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

USM Manufacturing L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Chris St. Clair

Name:   Chris St. Clair
Title:  

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of USM Manufacturing L.L.C. hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Chris St. Clair

Chris St. Clair

   President (Principal Executive Officer)   May 19, 2017

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Bradley R. Beckstrom

   Vice President, Legal (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
United Supermarkets, L.L.C.     

/s/ Robert Taylor

By: Robert Taylor, Chief Executive Officer and President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-99


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on May 19, 2017.

 

Wildcat Markets Opco LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Name:   Wayne Denningham
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Wildcat Markets Opco LLC hereby constitute and appoint Robert G. Miller and Robert B. Dimond, or any one of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to the Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments thereto and any registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits hereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and does hereby grant unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Wayne Denningham

Wayne Denningham

  

Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

  May 19, 2017

/s/ Gary R. Morton

Gary R. Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   May 19, 2017
Vons REIT, Inc.     

/s/ Wayne Denningham

By: Wayne Denningham, Chief Executive Officer and President

   Managing Member   May 19, 2017

 

II-100


Table of Contents

Schedule A-1

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

 

II-101


Table of Contents

Schedule A-2

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

ABS RM OWNER LLC

ABS SW OWNER LLC

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

ASP SW OWNER LLC

ASR OWNER LLC

EXT OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

 

II-102


Table of Contents

Schedule A-3

ABS CA-GL LLC

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

ABS CA-O LLC

ABS ID-GL LLC

ABS ID-O DC LLC

ABS ID-O LLC

ABS MT-GL LLC

ABS MT-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

ABS NV-O LLC

ABS OR-GL LLC

ABS OR-O DC LLC

ABS OR-O LLC

ABS UT-GL LLC

ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS UT-O LLC

ABS WA-GL LLC

ABS WA-O LLC

ABS WY-GL LLC

ABS WY-O LLC

 

II-103


Table of Contents

Schedule A-4

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

 

II-104


Table of Contents

Schedule A-5

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

LSP LEASE LLC

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

 

II-105


Table of Contents

Schedule A-6

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

 

II-106


Table of Contents

Schedule A-7

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

ASP REALTY, LLC

LUCKY STORES LLC

 

II-107


Table of Contents

Schedule A-8

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

SSI—AK HOLDINGS, INC.

 

II-108


Table of Contents

Schedule A-9

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

II-109


Table of Contents

Schedule A-10

EATING RIGHT LLC

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

O ORGANICS LLC

 

II-110


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.1    Form of Certificate of Formation of ABS CA-GL LLC, ABS CA-O DC1 LLC, ABS CA-O DC2 LLC, ABS CA-O LLC, ABS ID-GL LLC, ABS ID-O DC LLC, ABS ID-O LLC, ABS MT-GL LLC, ABS MT-O LLC, ABS NV-GL LLC, ABS NV-O LLC, ABS OR-GL LLC, ABS OR-O DC LLC, ABS OR-O LLC, ABS UT-GL LLC, ABS UT-O DC LLC, ABS UT-O LLC, ABS WA-GL LLC, ABS WA-O LLC, ABS WY-GL LLC and ABS WY-O LLC
3.2    Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS CA-GL LLC, ABS CA-O DC1 LLC, ABS CA-O DC2 LLC, ABS CA-O LLC, ABS ID-GL LLC, ABS ID-O DC LLC, ABS ID-O LLC, ABS MT-GL LLC, ABS MT-O LLC, ABS NV-GL LLC, ABS NV-O LLC, ABS OR-GL LLC, ABS OR-O DC LLC, ABS OR-O LLC, ABS UT-GL LLC, ABS UT-O DC LLC, ABS UT-O LLC, ABS WA-GL LLC, ABS WA-O LLC, ABS WY-GL LLC and ABS WY-O LLC
3.3    Form of Certificate of Formation of ABS DFW Investor LLC, ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC, ABS DFW Owner LLC, ABS FLA Investor LLC, ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC, ABS FLA Owner LLC, ABS Mezzanine I LLC, ABS Mezzanine II LLC, ABS NoCal Lease Investor LLC, ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC, ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC, ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC, ABS Realty Investor LLC, ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC, ABS RM Investor LLC, ABS RM Lease Investor LLC, ABS RM Lease Owner LLC, ABS RM Owner LLC, ABS SW Investor LLC, ABS SW Lease Investor LLC, ABS SW Lease Owner LLC, ABS SW Owner LLC, AFDI NoCal Lease Investor LLC, ASP SW Investor LLC, ASP SW Lease Investor LLC, ASP SW Lease Owner LLC, ASP SW Owner LLC, ASR Lease Investor LLC, ASR Owner LLC, EXT Lease Owner LLC, EXT Owner LLC, LSP Lease LLC, and Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC
3.4    Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS DFW Investor LLC, ABS FLA Investor LLC, ABS RM Investor LLC, ABS SW Investor LLC, and ASP SW Investor LLC, as amended
3.5    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC
3.6    Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS DFW Owner LLC, ABS RM Owner LLC, ABS SW Owner LLC, ASP SW Owner LLC, ASR Owner LLC, EXT Owner LLC and Sunrich Owner LLC
3.7    Certificate of Incorporation of ABS Finance Co. Inc.
3.8    Bylaws of ABS Finance Co. Inc.
3.9    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.10    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS FLA Owner LLC
3.11    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as amended
3.12    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Mezzanine II LLC
3.13    Certificate of Formation of ABS Mezzanine III LLC
3.14    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Mezzanine III LLC
3.15    Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS NoCal Lease Investor LLC and AFDI NoCal Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.16    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC
3.17    Certificate of Incorporation of ABS Real Estate Corp.

 

II-111


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.18    Bylaws of ABS Real Estate Corp.
3.19    Certificate of Formation of ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC
3.20    Amended & Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC
3.21    Amended & Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC
3.22    Amended & Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC
3.23    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Realty Investor LLC
3.24    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.25    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS RM Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.26    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS RM Lease Owner LLC
3.27    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS SW Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.28    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS SW Lease Owner LLC
3.29    Form of Certificate of Formation of ABS TX Investor GP LLC, ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC, ABS TX Lease Owner GP LLC and ABS TX Owner GP LLC, as amended
3.30    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS TX Investor GP LLC
3.31    Certificate of Formation of ABS TX Investor LP
3.32    Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX Investor LP, as amended
3.33    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC
3.34    Certificate of Formation of ABS TX Lease Investor LP
3.35    Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX Lease Investor LP
3.36    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS TX Lease Owner GP LLC
3.37    Certificate of Formation of ABS TX Lease Owner LP
3.38    Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX Lease Owner LP
3.39    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ABS TX Owner GP LLC
3.40    Certificate of Formation of ABS TX Owner LP
3.41    Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX Owner LP
3.42    Certificate of Incorporation of ACME Markets, Inc., as amended
3.43    Amended & Restated Bylaws of ACME Markets, Inc.
3.44    Certificate of Formation of Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC, as amended
3.45    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC, as amended
3.46    Certificate of Formation of Albertsons Companies, LLC
3.47    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Companies, LLC

 

II-112


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.48    Certificate of Formation of Albertson’s LLC
3.49    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertson’s LLC, as amended
3.50    Certificate of Formation of American Drug Stores LLC
3.51    Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Drug Stores LLC
3.52    Certificate of Formation of American Food and Drug LLC
3.53    Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Food and Drug LLC, as amended
3.54    Amended & Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership of American Partners, L.P.
3.55    Second Amended & Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of American Partners, L.P.
3.56    Certificate of Formation of American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC
3.57    Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC
3.58    Certificate of Formation of American Stores Company, LLC
3.59    Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Stores Company, LLC, as amended
3.60    Certificate of Formation of American Stores Properties LLC
3.61    Limited Liability Company Agreement of American Stores Properties LLC, as amended
3.62    Articles of Incorporation of APLC Procurement, Inc., as amended
3.63    Bylaws of APLC Procurement, Inc.
3.64    Articles of Incorporation of ASC Media Services, Inc., as amended
3.65    Bylaws of ASC Media Services, Inc.
3.66    Certificate of Formation of ASP Realty, LLC
3.67    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASP Realty, LLC
3.68    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASP SW Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.69    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASP SW Lease Owner LLC
3.70    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASR Lease Investor LLC, as amended
3.71    Certificate of Formation of ASR TX Investor GP LLC, as amended
3.72    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASR TX Investor GP LLC
3.73    Certificate of Formation of ASR TX Investor LP
3.74    Limited Partnership Agreement of ASR TX Investor LP, as amended
3.75    Certificate of Formation of ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC, as amended
3.76    Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC
3.77    Certificate of Formation of ASR TX Lease Owner LP
3.78    Limited Partnership Agreement of ASR TX Lease Owner LP
3.79    Certificate of Incorporation of AVIA Partners, Inc., as amended
3.80    Bylaws of AVIA Partners, Inc.

 

II-113


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.81    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Carr-Gottstein Foods Co.
3.82    Bylaws of Carr-Gottstein Foods Co.
3.83    Certificate of Formation of Cayam Energy, LLC, as amended
3.84    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Cayam Energy, LLC
3.85    Certificate of Incorporation of Clifford W. Perham, Inc., as amended
3.86    Bylaws of Clifford W. Perham, Inc.
3.87    Certificate of Formation of Collington Services, LLC, as amended
3.88    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Collington Services, LLC
3.89    Certificate of Incorporation of Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc.
3.90    Bylaws of Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc.
3.91    Certificate of Formation of Divario Ventures LLC
3.92    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Divario Ventures LLC
3.93    Certificate of Formation of Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC
3.94    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC
3.95    Certificate of Formation of Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC
3.96    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC
3.97    Certificate of Formation of Eating Right LLC
3.98    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Eating Right LLC
3.99    Limited Liability Company Agreement of EXT Lease Owner LLC
3.100    Certificate of Formation of Extreme LLC
3.101    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Extreme LLC
3.102    Certificate of Formation of Fresh Holdings LLC
3.103    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Fresh Holdings LLC
3.104    Certificate of Limited Partnership of Genuardi’s Family Markets LP, as amended
3.105    Agreement of Limited Partnership of Genuardi’s Family Markets LP
3.106    Certificate of Incorporation of GFM Holdings I, Inc.
3.107    Bylaws of GFM Holdings I, Inc.
3.108    Certificate of Formation of GFM Holdings LLC
3.109    Limited Liability Company Agreement of GFM Holdings LLC
3.110    Articles of Incorporation of Giant of Salisbury, Inc., as amended
3.111    Bylaws of Giant of Salisbury, Inc., as amended
3.112    Certificate of Formation of Good Spirits LLC, as amended
3.113    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Good Spirits LLC, as amended
3.114    Form of Certificate of Formation of Groceryworks.com Operating Company, LLC and Groceryworks.com, LLC

 

II-114


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.115    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Groceryworks.com Operating Company, LLC
3.116    Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Groceryworks.com, LLC
3.117    Certificate of Incorporation of Jetco Properties, Inc.
3.118    Form of Bylaws of Jetco Properties, Inc. and Jewel Companies, Inc.
3.119    Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Jewel Companies, Inc., as amended
3.120    Articles of Incorporation of Jewel Food Stores, Inc., as amended
3.121    Code of Regulations of Jewel Food Stores, Inc.
3.122    Articles of Organization of Jewel Osco Southwest LLC, as amended
3.123    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Jewel Osco Southwest LLC
3.124    Certificate of Incorporation of Llano Logistics, Inc.
3.125    Bylaws of Llano Logistics, Inc.
3.126    Limited Liability Company Agreement of LSP Lease LLC
3.127    Certificate of Formation of Lucerne Dairy Products LLC
3.128    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lucerne Dairy Products LLC
3.129    Certificate of Incorporation of Lucerne Foods, Inc., as amended
3.130    Bylaws of Lucerne Foods, Inc.
3.131    Certificate of Formation of Lucerne North America LLC
3.132    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lucerne North America LLC
3.133    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC
3.134    Articles of Organization of Lucky Stores LLC, as amended
3.135    Amended & Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lucky Stores LLC
3.136    Certificate of Formation of Medcart Specialty Care, LLC
3.137    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Medcart Specialty Care, LLC
3.138    Certificate of Formation of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, as amended
3.139    Limited Liability Company Agreement of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC
3.140    Articles of Incorporation of New Albertson’s, Inc., as amended
3.141    Code of Regulations of New Albertson’s, Inc.
3.142    Certificate of Formation of Newco Investments, LLC
3.143    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Newco Investments, LLC
3.144    Certificate of Limited Partnership of NHI Investment Partners, LP
3.145    Agreement of Limited Partnership of NHI Investment Partners, LP
3.146    Certificate of Formation of NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC, as amended
3.147    Limited Liability Company Agreement of NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC
3.148    Certificate of Formation of NHI TX Lease Owner LP
3.149    Limited Partnership Agreement of NHI TX Lease Owner LP

 

II-115


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.150    Certificate of Formation of NHI TX Owner GP LLC, as amended
3.151    Limited Liability Company Agreement of NHI TX Owner GP LLC
3.152    Certificate of Formation of NHI TX Owner LP
3.153    Limited Partnership Agreement of NHI TX Owner LP
3.154    Certificate of Formation of O Organics LLC
3.155    Limited Liability Company Agreement of O Organics LLC
3.156    Articles of Incorporation of Oakbrook Beverage Centers, Inc.
3.157    Bylaws of Oakbrook Beverage Centers, Inc.
3.158    Articles of Incorporation of Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc.
3.159    Bylaws of Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc.
3.160    Certificate of Limited Partnership of Randall’s Food and Drugs LP
3.161    Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Randall’s Food and Drugs LP
3.162    Certificate of Incorporation of Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.
3.163    Bylaws of Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.
3.164    Certificate of Incorporation of Randall’s Holdings, Inc.
3.165    Bylaws of Randall’s Holdings, Inc.
3.166    Certificate of Incorporation of Randall’s Investments, Inc.
3.167    Bylaws of Randall’s Investments, Inc.
3.168    Certificate of Incorporation of Randall’s Management Company, Inc., as amended
3.169    Bylaws of Randall’s Management Company, Inc.
3.170    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc., as amended
3.171    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Canada Holdings. Inc., Safeway Corporate, Inc. and Safeway Denver, Inc., as amended
3.172    Form of Bylaws of Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc. and Safeway Canada Holdings. Inc.
3.173    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Dallas, Inc., as amended
3.174    Articles of Organization of Safeway Gift Cards, LLC
3.175    Operating Agreement of Safeway Gift Cards, LLC
3.176    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Health Inc., as amended
3.177    Bylaws of Safeway Health Inc.
3.178    Certificate of Formation of Safeway Holdings I, LLC
3.179    Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Safeway Holdings I, LLC
3.180    Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Inc.
3.181    Bylaws of Safeway Inc.
3.182    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway New Canada, Inc., as amended

 

II-116


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.183    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc.
3.184    Bylaws of Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc.
3.185    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Southern California, Inc., as amended
3.186    Form of Amended & Restated Bylaws of Safeway Corporate, Inc., Safeway Dallas, Inc., Safeway Denver, Inc., Safeway New Canada, Inc. and Safeway Southern California, Inc.
3.187    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Stores 28, Inc., Safeway Stores 42, Inc., Safeway Stores 44, Inc., Safeway Stores 45, Inc., Safeway Stores 46, Inc., Safeway Stores 47, Inc., Safeway Stores 48, Inc., Safeway Stores 49, Inc., Safeway Stores 58, Inc., Safeway Stores 67, Inc., Safeway Stores 71, Inc. and Safeway Stores 72, Inc., as amended
3.188    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Stores 78, Inc., Safeway Stores 79, Inc., Safeway Stores 80, Inc., Safeway Stores 85, Inc., Safeway Stores 86, Inc., Safeway Stores 87, Inc., Safeway Stores 88, Inc., Safeway Stores 89, Inc., Safeway Stores 90, Inc., Safeway Stores 91, Inc., Safeway Stores 92, Inc., Safeway Stores 96, Inc. and Safeway Stores 97, Inc., as amended
3.189    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Stores 98, Inc.
3.190    Form of Bylaws of Safeway Stores 28, Inc., Safeway Stores 42, Inc., Safeway Stores 44, Inc., Safeway Stores 45, Inc., Safeway Stores 46, Inc., Safeway Stores 47, Inc., Safeway Stores 48, Inc., Safeway Stores 49, Inc., Safeway Stores 58, Inc., Safeway Stores 67, Inc., Safeway Stores 71, Inc., Safeway Stores 72, Inc., Safeway Stores 78, Inc., Safeway Stores 79, Inc., Safeway Stores 80, Inc., Safeway Stores 85, Inc., Safeway Stores 86, Inc., Safeway Stores 87, Inc., Safeway Stores 88, Inc., Safeway Stores 89, Inc., Safeway Stores 90, Inc., Safeway Stores 91, Inc., Safeway Stores 92, Inc., Safeway Stores 96, Inc., Safeway Stores 97, Inc. and Safeway Stores 98, Inc., as amended
3.191    Certificate of Incorporation of Safeway Stores 99, Inc.
3.192    Bylaws of Safeway Stores 99, Inc.
3.193    Certificate of Organization of Shaw’s Realty Co..
3.194    Amended & Restated Bylaws of Shaw’s Realty Co..
3.195    Declaration of Trust of Shaw’s Realty Trust, as amended
3.196    Restated Articles of Organization of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc., as amended
3.197    Amended & Restated Bylaws of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc., as amended
3.198    Certificate of Formation of Shortco Owner LLC
3.199    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Shortco Owner LLC
3.200    Certificate of Formation of Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC
3.201    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC
3.202    Certificate of Incorporation of SSI—AK Holdings, Inc.
3.203    Bylaws of SSI—AK Holdings, Inc.
3.204    Certificate of Incorporation of SSM Holdings Company, as amended
3.205    Bylaws of SSM Holdings Company, as amended
3.206    Restated Articles of Organization of Star Markets Company, Inc., as amended

 

II-117


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

3.207    Form of Bylaws of Star Markets Company, Inc. and Star Markets Holdings, Inc.
3.208    Restated Articles of Organization of Star Markets Holdings, Inc., as amended
3.209    Certificate of Formation of Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC, as amended
3.210    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC
3.211    Articles of Organization of Sunrich Mercantile LLC, as amended
3.212    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Sunrich Mercantile LLC
3.213    Certificate of Formation of Sunrich Owner LLC
3.214    Amended & Restated Articles of Incorporation of The Vons Companies, Inc.
3.215    Bylaws of The Vons Companies, Inc.
3.216    Certificate of Formation of United Supermarkets, L.L.C., as amended
3.217    Company Agreement of United Supermarkets, L.L.C.
3.218    Certificate of Formation of USM Manufacturing L.L.C., as amended
3.219    Amended & Restated Company Agreement of USM Manufacturing L.L.C.
3.220    Certificate of Formation of Wildcat Markets Opco LLC
3.221    Limited Liability Company Agreement of Wildcat Markets Opco LLC
4.1    Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee
4.2    Forms of Officers’ Certificates establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016 and 4.75% Notes due 2021, including the forms of Notes
4.3    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017, including the form of Notes
4.4    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019, including the form of Notes
4.5    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.95% Notes due 2020, including the form of Notes
4.6    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
4.7    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes
4.8    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.9    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.10    Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson’s, Inc. (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008)

 

II-118


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

4.11    Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented)
4.12    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.13    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.14    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019
4.15    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)
4.16    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)
4.17    Indenture, dated May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024
4.18    Indenture, dated August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025
4.19    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 23, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024
4.20    First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 23, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the Issuers’ 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025
4.21    Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 21, 2017, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

 

II-119


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

4.22    Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 21, 2017, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the Issuers’ 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025
4.23    Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 5, 2017, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC, the additional issuers, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024
4.24    Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 5, 2017, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC, the additional issuers and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee with respect to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025
4.25    Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (as set forth in Exhibit 4.17)
4.26    Form of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (as set forth in Exhibit 4.18)
5.1    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
10.1    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, by and among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. (as successor by merger to Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.) and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons’s Holdings LLC and the other guarantors from time to time thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.2    Second Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other coborrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent
10.3    Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.4    Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.5    Joinder and Assumption Agreement of NAI Guarantors by and among the Additional Guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, joining NAI Guarantors as Guarantors to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other coborrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

II-120


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.6    Casa Ley Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Safeway Inc., the Shareholder Representative, as defined therein, and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent
10.7    Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and Albertson’s LLC
10.8    Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.9    Letter Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, to each of the Transition Services Agreements between SUPERVALU INC. and New Albertson’s, Inc. dated March 21, 2013, and the Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC dated March 21, 2013
10.10    Decision and Order, dated January 27, 2015, between the Federal Trade Commission, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., AB Acquisition LLC and Safeway Inc.
10.11    AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan
10.12    AB Acquisition Phantom Unit Plan
10.13    Form of Phantom Unit Award Agreement under the AB Acquisition Phantom Unit Plan
10.14    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.15    Employment Agreement, dated March 13, 2006, between AB Acquisition LLC and, Robert Miller, as amended on March 6, 2014
10.16    Employment Agreement, dated September 9, 2014, AB Management Services Corp. and Robert Dimond
10.17    Employment Agreement, dated June 28, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Shane Sampson
10.18    Employment Agreement dated June 26, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Wayne A. Denningham
10.19    Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon Allen
10.20    Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Steven A. Davis
10.21    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 11, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.22    Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

II-121


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.23    Amendment No. 5, dated as of December 23, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
12.1    Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, LLC
23.1    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.4    Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)
25.1    Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association, with respect to the indenture governing the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024
25.2    Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of Wilmington Trust, National Association, with respect to the indenture governing the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025
99.1    Form of Letter of Transmittal for Outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2024 and Outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2025
99.2    Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery for Tender of 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2024 and 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2025
99.3    Form of Broker’s Letter to Clients
99.4    Form of Letter to Registered Holders

 

II-122

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

[                    ]

FIRST:     The name of the limited liability company is [                    ] .

SECOND:     The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, in the State of Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Services Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 1st day of March, 2013.

 

/s/ Julian M. Wise

Name:   Julian M. Wise
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.2

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of [                     ] (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS Mezzanine III LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Paul Rowan and Richard Navarro, as the Springing Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member and Paul Rowan and Richard Navarro hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is [                    ].

Section 2.     Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901.

Section 5.     Members .

(a)    The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b)    The Member may act by written consent.

(c)    The Member shall at all times cause there to be at least two Persons bound by this Agreement as Springing Members. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than upon continuation of the Company without dissolution upon (i) an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability


company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each Springing Member shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each Springing Member shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each Springing Member shall not be a member of the Company.

(d)    The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.     Certificates .

Julian M. Wise is hereby designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, his powers as an “authorized person” ceased, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.     Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

(a)    to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

2


(b)    to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

(c)    to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are substantially the same as those set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above; and/or

(d)    to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

Section 8.     Powers .

The Company, and the Member and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9.     Management .

(a)    The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Member.

(b)     Powers . The Member shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise. The Member has the authority to bind the Company.

(c)     Member as Agent . To the extent of its powers set forth in this Agreement the Member is an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Member taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company.

Section 10.     Intentionally Omitted .

Section 11.     Officers .

The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “ Officers ”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President,

 

3


Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer) to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section  11 may be revoked at any time by the Member in its sole discretion. The initial Officers are listed on Schedule C attached hereto. The Member may revise Schedule C in its sole discretion at any time.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or Special Member of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time in its sole discretion. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (other than an Indemnified Person) (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16.     Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

 

4


Section 17.     Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18.     Intentionally Omitted

Section 19.     Other Business .

Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the Member and the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d) , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Special Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

 

5


(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member or Special Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a) , as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member or Special Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member or Special Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members and Special Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members and Special Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section  20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, Special Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii)

 

6


described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member or Special Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member or Special Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company.

Section 21.     Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , the transferee of a limited liability company interest in the Company shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

 

7


Section 22.     Resignation .

If the Member elects, in its sole discretion, to resign, an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.     Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a)    The Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than upon continuation of the Company without dissolution upon (i) an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

 

8


(d)    In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e)    The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third -Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Indemnified Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (other than Indemnified Persons).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9


Section 29.     Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Springing Members, in accordance with its terms.

Section 30.     Intentionally Omitted .

Section 31.     Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 32.     Amendments .

This Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.

Section 33.     Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 34.     Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 35.     Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on March 1, 2013.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of March, 2013.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:  
SPRINGING MEMBERS:

/s/ Paul Rowan

Name:   Paul Rowan

/s/ Richard Navarro

Name:   Richard Navarro

 

[                    ]

LLC AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to, and shall, supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 1, 2013, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

 

A-1


Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine III LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company as described in Section  11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as a Springing Member, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Springing Member ” means a Person who is not a Member, but who has executed this Agreement in order that, upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in Section 5(c) , such Person can be admitted to the Company as the Special Member in order that the Company at all times has at least one member.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-2


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine III LLC

   250 East Park Center Boulevard West Plaza Boise, Idaho 83726    $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

OFFICERS

Walter J. Czarniecki—Vice President

Justin Ewing—Vice President

John B. Iverson—Vice President

Susan McMillan—Vice President, Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary

Richard J. Navarro—Chief Financial Officer

J. David Ober—Vice President and Treasurer

Paul G. Rowan—Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

[                    ]

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is [                    ].

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 24 th of May, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.4

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of [                    ] (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is [                    ].

Section 2. Principal Business Office.

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent.

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members.

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes. The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers.

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)

The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent

 

-5-


  Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2)the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);;

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the. Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

 

-8-


Section 10. Independent Director.

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions.

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions.

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions.

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records.

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports.

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

-14-


(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments.

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation.

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to

 

-16-


compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments.

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the

 

-17-


Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness.

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine I LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

[                    ]

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement — [                    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:    

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS MEZZANINE I LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and Company and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

  Name:   Jared Prushansky
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.5

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS DFW Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j) , the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right, to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition: Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement: No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on             , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailine Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS DFW Owner LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.6

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of [                    ] (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Mezzanine II LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is [                    ].

Section 2. Principal Business Office.

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent.

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members.

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes. The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers.

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed: Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)

The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent

 

-5-


  Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);;

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

-8-


  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director.

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j) . the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions.

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions.

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions.

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records.

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports.

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. lndemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

-14-


(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any lndemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments.

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation.

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to

 

-16-


compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments.

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

 

-17-


Section 32. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness.

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on              , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of         , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine II LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine II LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

[                    ]

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – [                    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and. further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.7

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

 

 

FIRST : The name of this corporation is ABS Finance Co., Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware and the County of New Castle is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808 and the name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may he organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH : The total number of share which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, and the par value of each such share is $0.001 per share.

FIFTH : The name of the Corporation’s incorporator is Paul M. Boyd and the incorporator’s mailing address is 101 S. Capitol Blvd., Suite 1900, Boise, Idaho 83702.

SIXTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed by the Board of Directors in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

B. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized from time to time to make, amend, supplement or repeal the Bylaws; provided , however , that the stockholders may change or repeal any Bylaw adopted by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the common stock; and, provided , further , that no amendment or supplement to the Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors shall vary or conflict with any amendment or supplement thus adopted by the stockholders.

C. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ABS F INANCE C O ., I NC .

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION - 1


SEVENTH : A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person made or threatened to be made a party, to any action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact the he or she, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article SEVENTH , nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article SEVENTH , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article SEVENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that but for this Article SEVENTH , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

EIGHTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.

NINTH : Meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

*        *        *

 

ABS F INANCE C O ., I NC .

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION - 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation this 26 th day of December, 2002.

 

/s/ Paul M. Boyd

Paul M. Boyd
Incorporator

 

ABS F INANCE C O ., I NC .

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION - 3

Exhibit 3.8

BYLAWS

OF

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

a Delaware corporation

December 27, 2002


BYLAWS

OF

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation shall be at the office of Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meeting . Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by or in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or, if not so designated, as determined by the Board of Directors. If pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors is authorized to determine the place of a meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but instead be held solely by means of remote communication, subject to the provisions of Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 2. Meeting by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in a meeting of stockholders and shall be deemed present in person and permitted to vote at such meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at such meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in such meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of such meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder votes or takes other action at such meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

-1-


Section 3. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of Directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Annual Meeting . Notice of the annual meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which the stockholder may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6. Notice of Special Meetings . As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section  5 of this Article II , written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, if any, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which the stockholder may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such special meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.

Section 7. Scope of Business at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8. Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

-2-


Section 9. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section  6 of this Article II .

Section 10. Qualifications to Vote . The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.

Section 11. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders’ meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. The record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 12. Action at Meetings . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 13. Voting and Proxies . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

-3-


Section 14. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting .

14.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded.

14.2 An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or by a person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 14 , provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the extent and in the manner in which the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

-4-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at an annual meeting of the stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II , Section   14 ). With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or in Section  3 of this Article III , the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders

Section 3. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 4. Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. First Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such first meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

Section 6. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

 

-5-


Section 7. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on twenty-four hour’s notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 8. Quorum and Action at Meetings . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. Telephonic Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 11. Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

-6-


Section 12. Committee Authority . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

Section 14. Director Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 15. Resignation . Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

Section 16. Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Notice to Directors and Stockholders . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given (i) by electronic transmission when such director or stockholder has consented to the delivery of notice in such form, and such notice shall be deemed to be given when directed to the proper facsimile number, electronic mail address or other proper electronic destination or (ii) in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.

 

-7-


An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone (with confirmation of receipt).

Section 2. Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The written or electronic waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and may include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents (each referred to as a “ Vice President ”), Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect such officers with such titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 3. Appointment of Other Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Compensation . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice President of the corporation.

Section 5. Tenure . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors

 

-8-


may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

Section 7. President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; in the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

Section 8. Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary (if any), shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer’s signature.

 

-9-


Section 10. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, if any, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer, if any, shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 12. Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, if any, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1. Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

Section 2. Class  or Series . If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,

 

-10-


optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 3. Signature . Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 4. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

Section 6. Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-11-


Section 7. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 5. Loans . The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

 

-12-


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Scope . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

Section 2. Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Section 3. Liability Offset . The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

Section 4. Continuing Obligation . The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

Section 5. Nonexclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

-13-


Section 6. Other Persons . In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 7. Definitions . The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

-14-


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

The undersigned hereby certifies:

1. That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Secretary of ABS Finance Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”); and

2. That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by the Action by Unanimous Written Consent in Lieu of the Organizational Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dated the 27th day of December, 2002.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of this 27th day of December, 2002.

 

/s/ Kaye L. O’Riordan

Kaye L. O’Riordan
Secretary

 

-15-

Exhibit 3.9

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS FLA Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS FLA Investor LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

  Name:   Paul Izzo
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.10

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS FLA Owner LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Mezzanine II LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS FLA Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office.

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent.

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members.

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes. The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers.

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)

The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent

 

-5-


  Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2)the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);;

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

 

-8-


Section 10. Independent Director.

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions.

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions.

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions.

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records.

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports.

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

-14-


(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments.

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to

 

-16-


compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections   7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments.

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the

 

-17-


Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness.

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                  , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

By:

 

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-19-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS FLA Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine II LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine II LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS FLA Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS FLA Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS FLA Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.11

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS MEZZANINE I LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS MEZZANINE I LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.


(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

-5-


  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

-6-


  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

-7-


  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

-8-


  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

(k) Property Management . As of the date hereof, no third party property manager has been hired to manage the day-to-day real estate operations of any property owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Each property directly or indirectly owned by the Company or its subsidiaries shall be self-managed by the owner of such property. The Company may look to the direct and indirect owners of the Company (other than the tenants of each property who shall have their responsibilities with respect to their properties set forth in their respective leases) to perform management functions on behalf of the Company and the Company shall reimburse such direct and indirect owners for all reasonable costs and expenses, including internal and overhead costs, incurred by such owners in connection with the day-to-day management of each property, but no management fee or other consideration shall be paid for such property management services.

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

 

-9-


Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement.

 

-11-


The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

 

-12-


(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the

 

-13-


extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii)

 

-14-


described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the

 

-15-


Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or

 

-16-


designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

 

-17-


Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd,

 

-18-


West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Justin Dye

  Name:   Justin Dye
  Title:  
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd West Plaza Boise, Idaho 83726    $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


AMENDMENT TO

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC,

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

THIS AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) of ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated as of August     , 2006, by ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC, (the “Member”) as the sole equity member of the Company, amends the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated              , 2006 by and among the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva (the “ LLC Agreement ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the LLC Agreement.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement in accordance with Section 31 thereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENT

Section 1.1 The definition of “Basic Documents” on Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), that certain Amended and Restated Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrower and Lender, and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of August     , 2006.


Section 2.2 Successors; Counterparts . This Amendment (i) shall be binding as to the executors, administrators, estates, heirs and legal successors of the parties hereto and (ii) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

Section 2.3 Governing Law; Severability . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. In particular, it shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all of the terms and conditions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. Code § 18-101 et seq., as amended from time to time. If, nevertheless, it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision or wording of this Amendment shall be invalid or unenforceable under said Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Amendment. In that case, this Amendment shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such terms or provisions cannot be so limited, this Amendment shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable provisions.

Section 2.4 Remaining Provisions . Except as amended hereby, the LLC Agreement shall continued in full force and effect.

*        *        *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed this Amendment, effective as of the date first above written.

 

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006, as amended by the Amendment to Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company and Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

  Name:   Jared Prushansky
  Title:   Vice President


Exhibit C

CERTIFICATE OF GOOD STANDING

Exhibit 3.12

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS MEZZANINE II LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS MEZZANINE II LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.


(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

(k) Property Management . As of the date hereof, no third party property manager has been hired to manage the day-to-day real estate operations of any property owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Each property directly or indirectly owned by the Company or its subsidiaries shall be self-managed by the owner of such property. The Company may look to the direct and indirect owners of the Company (other than the tenants of each property who shall have their responsibilities with respect to their properties set forth in their respective leases) to perform management functions on behalf of the Company and the Company shall reimburse such direct and indirect owners for all reasonable costs and expenses, including internal and overhead costs, incurred by such owners in connection with the day-to-day management of each property, but no management fee or other consideration shall be paid for such property management services.

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

 

-9-


Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time

 

-11-


upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

 

-12-


(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal

 

-13-


action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages.

 

-14-


The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

 

-15-


Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the

 

-16-


resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

 

-17-


Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

 

-18-


Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on              , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of              , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
By:   /s/ Justin Dye
 

 

  Name:   Justin Dye
  Title:   Chief Strategic Officer
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd West Plaza Boise, Idaho 83726    $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.


This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

FIRST:     The name of the limited liability company is ABS MEZZANINE III LLC .

SECOND:     The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, in the State of Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Services Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 1st day of March, 2013.

 

/s/ Julian M. Wise

Name:   Julian M. Wise
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.14

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS MEZZANINE III LLC (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Paul Rowan and Richard Navarro, as the Springing Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member and Paul Rowan and Richard Navarro hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS MEZZANINE III LLC.

Section 2.     Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, Dover, Delaware 19901.

Section 5.     Members .

(a)    The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b)    The Member may act by written consent.

(c)    The Member shall at all times cause there to be at least two Persons bound by this Agreement as Springing Members. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than upon continuation of the


Company without dissolution upon (i) an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each Springing Member shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each Springing Member shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each Springing Member shall not be a member of the Company.

(d)    The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.     Certificates .

Julian M. Wise is hereby designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, his powers as an “authorized person” ceased, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.     Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

(a)    to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

2


(b)    to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

(c)    to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are substantially the same as those set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above; and/or

(d)    to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

Section 8.     Powers .

The Company, and the Member and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9.     Management .

(a)    The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Member.

(b)     Powers . The Member shall have the power to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes described herein, including all powers, statutory or otherwise. The Member has the authority to bind the Company.

(c)     Member as Agent . To the extent of its powers set forth in this Agreement the Member is an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Member taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company.

Section 10.     Intentionally Omitted .

Section 11.     Officers .

The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “ Officers ”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President,

 

3


Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer) to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section  11 may be revoked at any time by the Member in its sole discretion. The initial Officers are listed on Schedule C attached hereto. The Member may revise Schedule C in its sole discretion at any time.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or Special Member of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time in its sole discretion. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (other than an Indemnified Person) (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16.     Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

 

4


Section 17.     Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18.     Intentionally Omitted

Section 19.     Other Business .

Notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the Member and the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d) , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Special Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

 

5


(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member or Special Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a) , as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member or Special Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member or Special Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members and Special Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members and Special Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section  20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, Special Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii)

 

6


described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member or Special Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member or Special Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company.

Section 21.     Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , the transferee of a limited liability company interest in the Company shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

 

7


Section 22.     Resignation .

If the Member elects, in its sole discretion, to resign, an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.     Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional Members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a)    The Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than upon continuation of the Company without dissolution upon (i) an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

 

8


(d)    In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e)    The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third -Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Indemnified Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (other than Indemnified Persons).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9


Section 29.     Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Springing Members, in accordance with its terms.

Section 30.     Intentionally Omitted .

Section 31.     Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 32.     Amendments .

This Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.

Section 33.     Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 34.     Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 35.     Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on March 1, 2013.

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of March, 2013.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

    /s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:  
SPRINGING MEMBERS:

   /s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul Rowan

  /s/ Richard Navarro

Name:   Richard Navarro

 

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

LLC AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to, and shall, supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 1, 2013, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS MEZZANINE III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

 

A-1


Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Member ” means ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company as described in Section  11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as a Springing Member, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Springing Member ” means a Person who is not a Member, but who has executed this Agreement in order that, upon the occurrence of the conditions set forth in Section 5(c) , such Person can be admitted to the Company as the Special Member in order that the Company at all times has at least one member.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-2


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC

  

250 East Park Center Boulevard West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

OFFICERS

Richard J. Navarro—Chief Financial Officer

Paul G. Rowan—Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

C-1

Exhibit 3.15

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of [                    ] (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS NoCal Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is [                    ].

Section 2.     Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5.     Members .

(a)    The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b)    Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c)    Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d)    The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.     Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.     Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service,· convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b)    The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8.     Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9.     Management .

(a)     Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b)     Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c)     Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d)     Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e)     Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f)     Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g)     Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action,

(h)     Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i)     Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j)     Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section  9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10.     Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11.     Officers .

(a)     Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b)     President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c)     Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d)     Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e)     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f)     Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j) , the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g)     Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16.      Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17.      Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18.      Reports .

(a)    Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b)    Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c)    The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d)    The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19.      Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21.     Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22.      Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.      Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a)    Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d)    In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e)    The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver of Partition: Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29.      Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30.      Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31.      Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32.      Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.      Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34.      Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35.      Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS NOCAL INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c ), a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

   Mailing Address    Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS NoCal Investor LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd
West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

[                    ]

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement - [                    ]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of             , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1.     Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2.     So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3.     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

[                    ]

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22 , 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of [                    ], a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1.     The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22,, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2.     Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.

3.    The original Schedule B to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and replaced by the new Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof.


4.     On the date herof ABS NoCal Inveastor LLC has transferred its interest in the Company to ABS DFW Investor LLC. As a result the original Schedule B to the LLC Agrrement is hereby amended and replaced by the new Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

5.     Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6.     This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

  Name:   Jared Prushansky
  Title:   Vice President


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

          Agreed Value of      Membership  

Name

   Mailing Address    Capital Contribution      Interest  

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd
West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

Exhibit 3.16

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS NoCal Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections   7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14,1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on              , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS NOCAL OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS NoCal Owner LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

   $ 1,000        100
  

West Plaza

     
  

Boise, Idaho 83726

     

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.17

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

1. The name of the corporation is ABS Real Estate Corp. (the “Corporation”).

2. The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the state of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

3. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”).

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand shares (1,000), all of such shares shall be without par value.

5. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

NAME

  

MAILING ADDRESS

Margaret J. Walrath    919 Third Avenue
   New York, NY 10022

6. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

8. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts of omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 6 th day of July, 2006.

 

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

/s/ Margaret J. Walrath

Margaret J. Walrath, Sole Incorporator
919 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022

Exhibit 3.18

BY-LAWS

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The Corporation also may have offices at such other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors determines from time to time or the business of the Corporation requires.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, all meetings of the stockholders shall be held on such dates and at such times and places, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in waivers of notice thereof. If the place of any meeting is not so fixed, it shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware.

Section 2. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other proper business as may be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date after the close of the Corporation’s fiscal year, and at such time, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.


Section 3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the Board of Directors and shall be called by the President or the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors. The request shall state the date, time, place and purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise required or permitted by law, whenever the stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice thereof shall be given, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, by or at whose direction it is being issued. The notice also shall designate the place where the stockholders list is available for examination, unless the list is kept at the place where the meeting is to be held. Notice of a special meeting also shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be delivered personally or shall be mailed, not less than 10 and not more than 60 days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, unless such stockholder shall have filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that such notices be mailed to some other address, in which case it shall be directed to such other address. Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder who shall attend the meeting, other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning thereof to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or who shall submit, either before or after the time stated therein, a signed waiver of notice. Unless the Board of Directors, after an adjournment is taken, shall fix a new record date for an adjourned meeting or unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days, notice of an adjourned meeting need not be given if the place, date and time to which the meeting shall be adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

 

- 2 -


Section 5. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, at all meetings of stockholders the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 6. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, at any meeting of the stockholders every stockholder of record having the right to vote thereat shall be entitled to one vote for every share of stock standing in his name as of the record date and entitling him to so vote. A stockholder may vote in person or by proxy. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, any corporate action to be taken by a vote of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. Directors shall be elected as provided in Section 2 of Article III of these By-laws. Written ballots shall not be required for voting on any matter unless ordered by the chairman of the meeting, except that, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, all elections of directors shall be by written ballot.

Section 7. Proxies . Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the stockholder or by his authorized representative, or otherwise as provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

 

- 3 -


Section 8. List of Stockholders . At least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing their addresses and the number of shares registered in their names as of the record date shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. Conduct of Meetings . At each meeting of the stockholders, the President or, in his absence, any one of the Vice Presidents, in order of their seniority, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his absence, any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting and shall keep the minutes thereof. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 10. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed, in person or by proxy, by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted in person or by proxy and shall be delivered to the Corporation as required by law. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 1. Number of Directors . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, until such time as the Board of Directors determines otherwise, the number of directors shall be one. The number of directors may be reduced or increased from time to time by action of a majority of the whole Board, but no decrease may shorten the term of an incumbent director. When used in these By-laws, the term “whole Board” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

Section 2. Election and Term . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by these By-laws, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders and the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast shall be so elected. Subject to his earlier death, resignation or removal as provided in Section 3 of this Article III, each director shall hold office until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified.

Section 3. Removal . A director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 4. Resignations . Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. A resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

- 5 -


Section 5. Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any vacancy in the Board of Directors arising from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 6. Place of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws, all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board determines from time to time.

Section 7. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held either without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders and in the same place, or as soon as practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders on such date and at such time and place as the Board determines from time to time.

Section 8. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such dates and at such times and places as the Board determines from time to time. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 9. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors. The request shall state the date, time, place and purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 10. Notice of Meetings . Notice of each special meeting of the Board (and of each annual meeting which is not held immediately after, and in the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders) shall be given, not later than 24 hours before the meeting is

 

- 6 -


scheduled to commence, by the President or the Secretary and shall state the place, date and time of the meeting. Notice of each meeting may be delivered to a director by hand or given to a director orally (either by telephone or in person) or mailed, telegraphed or sent by facsimile transmission to a director at his residence or usual place of business, provided, however, that if notice of less than 72 hours is given it may not be mailed. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid; if telegraphed, the notice shall be deemed given when the contents of the telegram are transmitted to the telegraph service with instructions that the telegram immediately be dispatched; and if sent by facsimile transmission, the notice shall be deemed given when transmitted with transmission confirmed. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall submit, either before or after the time stated therein, a signed waiver of notice or who shall attend the meeting, other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning thereof to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice of an adjourned meeting, including the place, date and time of the new meeting, shall be given to all directors not present at the time of the adjournment, and also to the other directors unless the place, date and time of the new meeting are announced at the meeting at the time at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 11. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or in these By-laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another place, date and time.

 

- 7 -


Section 12. Conduct of Meetings . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the President or, in his absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his absence, any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. The order of business at all meetings of the Board shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

Section 13. Committees of the Board . The Board of Directors may designate an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of one or more directors. Each committee (including the members thereof) shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall keep minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member or members at any meeting of the committee. In addition, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, if no alternate member has been designated by the Board of Directors, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member. Except as limited by law, each committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

Section 14. Operation of Committees . A majority of all the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of all the members of a committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall adopt whatever other rules of procedure it determines for the conduct of its activities.

 

- 8 -


Section 15. Consent to Action . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 16. Attendance Other Than in Person . Members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 1. Executive and Other Officers . The executive officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Chief Financial Officer and a Chief Strategic Officer. The Board of Directors also may elect or appoint one or more Vice Presidents (any of whom may be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or otherwise), and any other officers it deems necessary or desirable for the conduct of the business of the Corporation, each of whom shall have such powers and duties as the Board determines.

Section 2. Duties .

(a)     The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the Corporation, and shall preside at all meetings of the

 

- 9 -


stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The President shall have general management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and he shall have such other powers and duties as the Board assigns to him.

(b)     The Vice President . The Vice President or, if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, if any, in the order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall perform, in the absence or disability of the President, the duties and exercise the powers of the President, and shall have such other powers and duties as the Board or the President assigns to him or them.

(c)     The Secretary . Except as otherwise provided in these By-laws or as directed by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and the Board; he shall record the minutes of all proceedings in books to be kept for that purpose; he shall give notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board; and he shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and, when authorized by the Board, he shall affix the same to any corporate instrument. The Secretary shall have such other powers and duties as the Board or the President assigns to him.

(d)     The Treasurer . Subject to the control of the Board, the Treasurer shall have the care and custody of the corporate funds and the books relating thereto; and he shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and duties as the Board or the President assigns to him.

Section 3. Term; Removal . Subject to his earlier death, resignation or removal, each officer shall hold his office until his successor shall have been elected or appointed and shall have qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

 

- 10 -


Section 4. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. A resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5. Vacancies . If an office becomes vacant for any reason, the Board of Directors may fill the vacancy, and each officer so elected or appointed shall serve for the remainder of his predecessor’s term and until his successor shall have been elected or appointed and shall have qualified.

ARTICLE V

Provisions Relating to Stock

Certificates and Stockholders

Section 1. Certificates . Certificates for the Corporation’s capital stock shall be in such form as required by law and as approved by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer. If any certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of any officer of the Corporation may be a facsimile signature. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature shall have been placed on any certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate shall be issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

- 11 -


Section 2. Replacement Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such person’s legal representative, to make an affidavit of that fact and to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 3. Transfers of Shares . Transfers of shares shall be registered on the books of the Corporation maintained for that purpose after due presentation of the stock certificates therefor, appropriately endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer.

Section 4. Record Date . For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than 60 or less than 10 days before the date of any such meeting, shall not be more than 10 days after the date on which the Board fixes a record date for any such consent in writing, and shall not be more than 60 days prior to any other action.

 

- 12 -


ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

Section 1. Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law (including, without limitation, Section 145 thereof) or other provisions of the laws of Delaware relating to indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any and all such persons whom it shall have power to indemnify under the General Corporation Law or such other provisions of law.

Section 2. Statutory Indemnification . Without limiting the generality of Section 1 of this Article VI, to the fullest extent permitted, and subject to the conditions imposed, by law, and pursuant to Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors:

(i)    the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; and

 

- 13 -


(ii)    the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by law.

Section 3. Indemnification by Resolution of Stockholders or Directors or Agreement . Without limiting the generality of Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VI, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnification may be granted, and expenses may be advanced, to the persons described in Section 145 of the General Corporation Law or other provisions of the laws of Delaware relating to indemnification and advancement of expenses, as from time to time may be in effect, by (i) a resolution of stockholders, (ii) a resolution of the Board of Directors, or (iii) an agreement providing for such indemnification and advancement of expenses.

Section 4. General . It is the intent of this Article VI to require the Corporation to indemnify the persons referred to herein for judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), and to advance expenses to such persons, in

 

- 14 -


each and every circumstance in which such indemnification and such advancement of expenses could lawfully be permitted by express provision of by-laws, and the indemnification and expense advancement provided by this Article VI shall not be limited by the absence of an express recital of such circumstances. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, these By-laws shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether as a matter of law, under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, these By-laws, by agreement, by vote of stockholders or disinterested directors of the Corporation or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

Section 5. Indemnification Benefits . Indemnification pursuant to these By-laws shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives of those entitled to indemnification.

ARTICLE VII

General Provisions

Section 1. Dividends . To the extent permitted by law, the Board of Directors shall have full power and discretion, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, to determine what, if any, dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid or made.

Section 2. Seal . The Corporation’s seal shall be in such form as is required by law and as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

- 15 -


Section 4. Voting Shares in Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, shares in other corporations which are held by the Corporation shall be represented and voted only by the President or by a proxy or proxies appointed by him.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendments

Section 1. By-Laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, provided the conferral of such power on the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, or limit their power, to adopt, amend or repeal By-laws.

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 3.19

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC.

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

THIRD: The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this ninth day of May, 2006.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC. – Sole Member of

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC

By:

 

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

 

Paul G. Rowan

 

Group Vice President, Business Law

Exhibit 3.20

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     1  

Section 1.1

    

Registered Office

     1  

Section 1.2

    

Other Offices

     2  

Section 1.3

    

Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers

     2  

Section 1.4

    

Limited Liability of Members

     2  

Section 1.5

    

Tax Classification; No State Law Partnership

     2  

Section 1.6

    

Definitions

     2  

Section 1.7

    

Certificates

     9  

Section 1.8

    

Term

     10  

Section 1.9

    

Authorization

     10  

ARTICLE II. PERCENTAGE INTERESTS, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

     10  

Section 2.1

    

Percentage Interests

     10  

Section 2.2

    

Capital Contributions

     10  

Section 2.3

    

Capital Accounts

     11  

Section 2.4

    

Admission of New Members

     11  

Section 2.5

    

Interest

     12  

Section 2.6

    

Capital Withdrawal Rights, Interest and Priority

     12  

ARTICLE III. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     12  

Section 3.1

    

Company Governance

     12  

Section 3.2

    

Officers

     13  

Section 3.3

    

Voting Rights of Members

     15  

Section 3.4

    

Cost of Services

     15  

ARTICLE IV. GENERAL GOVERNANCE

     16  

Section 4.1

    

Other Ventures

     16  

Section 4.2

    

Information

     16  

Section 4.3

    

Access

     16  

Section 4.4

    

Standard of Care

     16  

ARTICLE V. TRANSFERS OF PERCENTAGE INTEREST

     16  

Section 5.1

    

Restrictions on Transfer

     16  

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS

     17  

Section 6.1

    

General Rules

     17  

Section 6.2

    

Other Allocation Rules

     17  

Section 6.3

    

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

     18  

ARTICLE VII. DISTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES

     19  

Section 7.1

    

Distributions of Net Cash Flow

     19  

Section 7.2

    

Amounts Withheld

     19  

 

i


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

            Page  

Section 7.3

    

Expenses

     19  

Section 7.4

    

Tax Distributions

     19  

ARTICLE VIII. OTHER TAX MATTERS

     20  

Section 8.1

    

Tax Matters Member

     20  

Section 8.2

    

Furnishing Information to Tax Matters Member

     20  

Section 8.3

    

Tax Claims and Proceedings

     20  

Section 8.4

    

Books and Records

     21  

Section 8.5

    

Survival

     21  

ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY

     21  

Section 9.1

    

Dissolution

     21  

Section 9.2

    

Continuation of Interest of Member’s Representative

     21  

Section 9.3

    

Dissolution, Winding Up and Liquidation

     22  

Section 9.4

    

Member Bankruptcy

     22  

ARTICLE X. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

     22  

Section 10.1

    

Indemnity by the Company

     22  

Section 10.2

    

Exculpation

     23  

Section 10.3

    

Expenses

     23  

Section 10.4

    

Advance Payment of Expenses

     23  

Section 10.5

    

Beneficiaries

     23  

Section 10.6

    

Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims

     23  

Section 10.7

    

Other Claims

     24  

Section 10.8

    

Limitation on Damages

     24  

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     24  

Section 11.1

    

Entire Agreement

     24  

Section 11.2

    

Amendments

     25  

Section 11.3

    

Applicable Law; Venue

     25  

Section 11.4

    

Enforcement

     25  

Section 11.5

    

Headings

     25  

Section 11.6

    

Severability

     25  

Section 11.7

    

Counterparts

     25  

Section 11.8

    

Filings

     26  

Section 11.9

    

Additional Documents

     26  

Section 11.10

    

Notices

     26  

Section 11.11

    

Waiver of Right to Partition and Bill of Accounting

     27  

Section 11.12

    

Confidentiality; Press Releases

     27  

Section 11.13

    

Uniform Commercial Code

     27  

Section 11.14

    

Binding Agreement

     28  

Section 11.15

    

DISCLOSURES

     28  

 

ii


THE TRANSFER OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS AGREEMENT IS RESTRICTED AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC,

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is made as of June 2, 2006 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Albertson’s, LLC (“ Albertson’s ”), Extreme, LLC (“ Extreme ”), NHI Investment Partners, LP (“ NHI ”), Albertson’s Realty, LLC (“ Realty ”) and American Food and Drug, LLC (“ AFDI ”, and, together with Albertson’s, Lucky LLC, Lucky Inc., Extreme, NHI and Realty and any other Person who becomes a member of the Company from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, the “ Members ”).

RECITALS:

1. A Certificate of Formation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 9, 2006;

2. Albertson’s Inc., as the initial member of the Company, entered into a limited liability company agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”) with respect to the Company;

3. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each of the Persons listed on Schedule A hereto are concurrently with the execution of this Agreement acquiring a percentage interest in the Company; and

4. In accordance with the Act (as defined in Section 1.6), the Members desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement to (i) set forth the respective rights, powers and interests of the Members with respect to the Company; (ii) establish the terms for the issuance of interests therein; and (iii) provide for the management of the business and operations of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered agent and office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. Albertson’s may change said registered office from one location to another in the State of Delaware.


Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Company may have one or more offices as may be established from time to time.

Section 1.3 Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers .

(a) The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

(i) to own, directly or indirectly, real property or leasehold interests in real property (the “ Business ”);

(ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities, in each case in connection with the Business;

(iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies, partnerships or other entities whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

(iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

Section 1.4 Limited Liability of Members . No Member or any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Individuals shall have any liability for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company or of any other Member. Except as provided in Section 10.8, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Article X hereof, any liability of any Member or any of its Affiliates or Affiliated Individuals to another Member or to the Company hereunder shall be limited to the percentage interests of such Member or its Affiliates.

Section 1.5 Tax Classification; No State Law Partnership . The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal, state and local tax purposes. Each Member and the Company agree to file all tax returns and otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. No provision of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to constitute the Company (including its subsidiaries) as a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, or any Member as a partner of or with any other Member for any purposes other than tax purposes.

Section 1.6 Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this Section 1.6 shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings herein specified (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

1933 Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.15.

 

-2-


1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as it may be amended from time to time and any successor to such Act).

Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

AFDI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, another Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person.

Affiliated Individual ” means, with respect to a Person, any individual who is an officer, director, shareholder, employee, partner or member of such Person or an individual who is related by blood, marriage or adoption to any of the foregoing.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Albertson’s ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Asset ” means an asset owned by the Company.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, a “ Voluntary Bankruptcy ” or an “ Involuntary Bankruptcy ”. A “ Voluntary Bankruptcy ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) an admission in writing by such Person of its inability to pay its debts generally or a general assignment by such Person for the benefit of creditors, (b) the filing of any petition or answer by such Person seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent or seeking for itself any liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of such Person or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking, consenting to or acquiescing in the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or (c) corporate action taken by such Person to authorize any of the actions set forth above. An “ Involuntary Bankruptcy ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without the consent or acquiescence of such Person, the entering of an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or other similar relief under any present or future bankruptcy, insolvency or similar statute, law or regulation or the filing of any such petition against such Person which order or petition shall not be dismissed within 90 days or, without the consent or acquiescence of such Person, the entering of an order appointing a trustee, custodian, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of the property of such Person which order shall not be dismissed within 90 days.

 

-3-


Business ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(a)(i).

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City are required or permitted by law to be closed.

Capital Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money contributed to the Company in exchange for a percentage interest in the Company, including Initial Capital Contributions.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation referred to in Recital 1 and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Common Member ” means any Member that holds a Common Interest.

Common Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Common Member, the percentage that (a) is set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A and labeled such Common Member’s “Common Percentage Interest,” as such schedule may be amended from time to time to reflect changes in such percentage made pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, and (b) represents such Common Member’s share of the Company’s Profits and Losses and such Member’s rights to receive distributions of the Assets of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Control ” means, with respect to any Person, the power of another Person, through ownership of equity, contract rights or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of such Person, and “ controlled ” and “ controlling ” have correlative meanings.

Depreciation ” means, for each Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Period, except that if the Gross Asset Value of such asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Period, Depreciation shall be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Fiscal Period is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Common Member.

 

-4-


Effective Date ” means the date of this Agreement, as set forth in the Preamble.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Extreme ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Family Member ” means, with respect to any specified natural person, (a) any parent, child, descendant or sibling of such natural person (including relationships resulting from adoption) or (b) the spouse of such natural person or of any person covered by clause (a).

Fiscal Period ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2006, (b) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) and (b) of this sentence (i) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Article VI and (ii) ending on the date of an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “ Gross Asset Value ”.

Fiscal Year ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2006, (b) any subsequent 12 month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 and (c) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January 1 and ending on the date on which all property of the Company is distributed to the Members pursuant to Article X.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the fair market value of such asset at the time it is accepted by the Company, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Common Member;

(b) the Gross Asset Values of all Assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, unreduced by any liabilities secured by such assets, as reasonably determined by the Common Member as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), provided that an adjustment described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Common Member reasonably determines that such an adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members;

 

-5-


(c) the Gross Asset Value of any Asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Common Member; and

(d) the Gross Asset Value of all Assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and paragraph (f) of the definition of “ Profits ” and “ Losses ” or Section 8.2(g); provided, however, that Gross Asset Value shall not be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to paragraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (d).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) of this definition, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

Indebtedness ” means (a) the principal, premium (if any), interest and related fees and expenses (if any) in respect of (i) indebtedness for money borrowed and (ii) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments, (b) all obligations in respect of outstanding letters of credit, acceptances and similar obligations, (c) that portion of obligations with respect to capital leases not entered into in the ordinary course of business and properly accounted for as a liability, (d) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services except for trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary practices, and (e) a guaranty of any of the obligations described in the foregoing clauses of this definition.

Indemnifiable Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.

Initial Common Capital Contribution ” means, as to each Original Member, the dollar or other amount that is set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A and labeled such Member’s “ Initial Common Capital Contribution ”.

Initial Preferred Capital Contribution ” means, as to each Original Member, the dollar or other amount that is set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A and labeled such Member’s “Initial Preferred Capital Contribution”.

Initial Contribution Default Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

-6-


Involuntary Bankruptcy ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Bankruptcy.

Lucky Inc. ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Lucky LLC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Material Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary holding (based on the most recently available balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries reflecting such assets) assets which comprise more than 10% of the sum of the Company’s consolidated assets (as reflected on such balance sheet).

Member ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Net Cash Flow ” means, during the applicable period, the gross cash proceeds derived by the Company during such period from any source (including financings or refinancings) less the portion thereof used to pay or establish reserves for all Company operating expenses, debt payments, capital improvements, replacements and contingencies, all as determined by the Common Member in its reasonable discretion subject to the provisions of this Agreement (including Sections 3.1, 4.1 and 5.1); provided , however , that Net Cash Flow shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization, cost recovery deductions or similar allowances, but shall be increased by any reductions of previously established reserves; and provided further that Net Cash Flow shall not include any cash that the Company or its Subsidiaries is prohibited from distributing to the Members pursuant to the Distribution Procedures Agreement or by the terms of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

NHI ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Officer ” means any officer of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof appointed by the Common Member or by the manager of such Subsidiary.

Original Members ” means Albertson’s, Lucky Inc., Lucky LLC, Extreme, NHI, Realty and AFDI.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, joint-stock company, estate, limited liability company, Series, unincorporated organization or other legal entity or organization.

Percentage Interests ” means the Common Percentage Interests and the Preferred Percentage Interests.

Preferred Member ” means any Member that holds a Preferred Percentage Interest.

Preferred Percentage Interest ” means with respect to any Preferred Member, the percentage that (a) is set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A and labeled as such Preferred Member’s “Preferred Percentage Interest”, as such schedule may be

 

-7-


amended from time to time to reflect changes in such percentage made in accordance with this Agreement, and (b) represents such Preferred Member’s share of the Company’s Profits and such Member’s rights to receive distributions in respect thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Profits ” or “ Losses ” means for each Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Period. Such amount shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

(a) any income that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) any expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

(d) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;

(e) in lieu of depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Period, computed in accordance with the definition of Depreciation; and

(f) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

 

-8-


Proportionate Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any group of Members, the ratio of the Percentage Interest then owned by any member of such group to the aggregate Percentage Interests then owned by all members of such group.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase and Separation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2006, by and among Albertson’s, New Aloha Corporation, Supervalu Inc. and AB Acquisition LLC.

Real Estate Loan Documents ” means [                     ].

Realty ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Regulations ” means the federal income tax regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. All references herein to a specific section of the Regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding Regulations.

Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

Standard of Care ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust and other entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, with respect to which such Person, directly or indirectly, legally or beneficially, owns (i) a right to a majority of the profits of such entity or (ii) securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such entity.

Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.6.

Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Unreturned Capital ” means, with respect to Preferred Percentage Interests, the Capital Contribution made on account of such Preferred Percentage Interests reduced by all distributions of Net Cash Flow made by the Company that constitute a return of the Capital Contribution therefor pursuant to Section 7.1(i).

Voluntary Bankruptcy ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Bankruptcy.

Voting Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Act.

Section 1.7 Certificates . Each Officer of the Company is an authorized Person within the meaning of the Act to execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction

 

-9-


within the United States in which the Company may wish to conduct business. Margaret Walrath is hereby designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

Section 1.8 Term . The term of the Company shall begin on the date the Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue until terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof or pursuant to the Act.

Section 1.9 Authorization . Each of the Initial Members, by executing this Agreement, authorizes the Company: (a) to enter into the Real Estate Loan Documents; (b) to enter or cause its Subsidiaries to enter into any other documents, agreements or certificates necessary or advisable to effect the contribution of capital and all other related actions contemplated by the Real Estate Loan Documents; (c) to perform the Company’s obligations and enforce the Company’s rights under and in connection with the Real Estate Loan Documents and any other documents, agreements or certificates entered or executed in connection therewith; (d) to enter or cause its Subsidiaries to make such regulatory and other filings as shall be required in connection with the acquisition and operation of the Business; and (e) to open, and cause its Subsidiaries to open, such bank accounts as shall be necessary or appropriate to conduct the operations of the Business. The Initial Members agree that the Officers be, and each hereby are, authorized and directed to take such further steps, do such further things and sign such further documents as may be necessary or desirable to effect the foregoing and any and all past actions heretofore taken by Officers of the Company in the name of and on behalf of the Company in furtherance of any or all of the foregoing actions be, and the same hereby are ratified, approved and adopted.

ARTICLE II.

PERCENTAGE INTERESTS, CAPITAL

CONTRIBUTIONS AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

Section 2.1 Percentage Interests .

(a) The Company will initially offer Common Interests to the Common Member and will offer Preferred Interests to Albertson’s, Lucky Inc., Lucky LLC, Extreme, NHI, Realty and AFDI.

(b) Title to assets of the Company, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Company, and no Member, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets or any portion thereof.

Section 2.2 Capital Contributions.

(a) Upon execution of this Agreement, (i) the Common Member will contribute its entire Initial Common Capital Contribution in exchange for the Common Percentage Interest of the Company (the “ Common Interest ”) and (ii) each Preferred Member will contribute its entire Initial Preferred Capital Contribution in exchange for the Preferred

 

-10-


Percentage Interests of the Company (the “ Preferred Interests ”). In the event that any Member fails to make an Initial Capital Contribution by the required time, the Company shall deliver to such Member a notice of default with respect thereto (an “ Initial Contribution Default Notice ”).

(b) The Initial Common Capital Contribution by Albertson’s shall be made in U.S. dollars by wire transfer of federal funds to an account or accounts of the Company specified by the Company or the Common Member. Except as otherwise provided herein, Albertson’s shall not be entitled to any compensation by reason of its Capital Contribution or by reason of serving as the Common Member. No Member shall be required to lend any funds to the Company.

Section 2.3 Capital Accounts .

(a) A capital account (“ Capital Account ”) shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with this Section 2.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the initial Capital Account balances of the Members shall be determined consistent with the Company’s purchase price allocation for tax purposes. If, as a result of the Company’s purchase price allocation for tax purposes, the initial tax basis of the assets of the Company is an amount other than $[        ] plus the aggregate amount of the liabilities assumed by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (such difference, the “Adjustment Amount”), then the Initial Preferred Capital Contributions of the Preferred Members shall be adjusted proportionately such that the aggregate amount of such Initial Preferred Capital Contributions equals $[        ] plus the aggregate amount of the liabilities assumed by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. After each Member’s Capital Account is credited by the amount of its Initial Common Capital Contribution or Initial Preferred Capital Contribution, each Member’s Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of money thereafter contributed by the Member to the Company, (ii) the initial Gross Asset Value of property thereafter contributed by the Member to the Company (net of liabilities that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to pursuant to Code Section 752), and (iii) allocations to the Member of Profits pursuant to Article VI. A Member’s Capital Account shall be decreased by (x) the amount of money distributed to the Member, (y) the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to the Member (net of any liabilities that such Member is considered to assume or take subject to pursuant to Code Section 752), and (z) allocations to the Member of Losses pursuant to Article VI.

(b) Negative Capital Account . No Member shall be required to make up an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit or to pay to any Member the amount of any such deficit in any such account.

(c) Credit of Capital Contribution . For purposes of computing the balance in a Member’s Capital Account, no credit shall be given for any Capital Contribution which such Member is to make until such Capital Contribution is actually made.

Section 2.4 Admission of New Members . Unless otherwise permitted under Article V, new Members may only be admitted to membership in the Company with the approval of the Common Member. A new Member must agree in writing to be bound by the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement, each as may be amended from time to time, and must execute a counterpart of, or an agreement adopting, this Agreement or

 

-11-


other related agreements as the Common Member may require. Upon admission, the new Member shall have all rights and duties of a Member of the Company; provided that such new Member shall only be entitled to such voting rights as are provided pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 2.5 Interest . No interest shall be paid or credited to the Members on their Capital Accounts or upon any undistributed profits left on deposit with the Company.

Section 2.6 Capital Withdrawal Rights, Interest and Priority . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no Member shall be entitled to withdraw or reduce such Member’s Capital Accounts in whole or in part until the dissolution, liquidation and winding-up of the Company, except as distributions pursuant to Article VII may represent returns of capital. A Member who withdraws or purports to withdraw as a Member of the Company without the consent of the Common Member or as otherwise allowed by this Agreement shall be liable to the Company for any damages suffered by the Company on account of the breach and shall not be entitled to receive any payment in respect of its percentage interest in the Company or a return of its Capital Contribution until the time otherwise provided herein for distributions to Members.

ARTICLE III.

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1 Company Governance . Each Member and the Company hereby agree that the Company shall be governed by the provisions of this Article III.

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Common Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

(a) to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

(b) to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

(c) to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

(d) to open, trade and otherwise conduct accounts with brokers and dealers;

(e) to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

-12-


(f) to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other person;

(g) to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

(h) to direct the formulation of investment policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities, including those activities specified above in clauses (a) and (b);

(i) to organize one or more corporations or other entities to hold record title, as nominee for the Company, to securities, funds or other assets of the Company; and

(j) to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Common Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Common Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

Section 3.2 Officers .

(a) Principal Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be a President and Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Treasurer and may be a Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Treasurers or Assistant Secretaries. The initial Officers are set forth in Schedule B hereto.

(b) Other Officers . The Common Member may also appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Common Member.

(c) Compensation . The compensation of all Officers and all officers of the Subsidiaries shall be fixed by the Common Member; provided , however , that their salaries shall conform to any employment agreement entered into between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Officer.

(d) Authority of Officers .

(i) The President and Chief Executive Officer (or “ President and CEO ”) of the Company shall have general and active management of the Company, shall have the responsibility for the day-to-day management and operation of the Company, and shall see that all lawful orders and resolutions of the Common Member are carried out. The President and CEO shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts except where the signing and execution shall be expressly delegated by the Common Member to one or more other officers or agents of the Company.

 

-13-


(ii) If appointed, the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the powers and duties described in this Section 3.2, as may be modified from time to time by the Common Member:

 

  1) Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer shall have responsibility for the day-to-day management and operation of the Business, general oversight of the operation of the Company’s operations and employees, and other such duties and responsibilities as determined by the President and CEO or Common Member.

 

  2) Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have responsibility for the day-to-day management and general oversight of the accounting and finance function of the Company and supervision of any Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers, and other such duties and responsibilities as determined by the President and CEO, the Chief Operating Officer or Common Member.

 

  3) The Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Common Member or the President and CEO or the Chief Operating Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

  4) The Secretary; Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall and record all the proceedings of the Company in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for any standing committees when required. He or she shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Common Member or the President and CEO, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her incapacity or refusal to act, or at the direction of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform the duties of the Secretary.

 

  5) The Treasurer; Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company’s funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Common Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of Company as may be ordered by the Common Member, President and CEO, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Operating Officer taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman, Vice Chairman, President and CEO, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Common Member or when any Officer so requires, an account of all transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any checks of the Company in excess of $50,000 shall require the signatures of the Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, or controller of the Company, and the President and CEO (or other Officer designated by him), or as otherwise determined by the Common Member.

 

-14-


(e) Limitations on Officer’s Powers . Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, should a delegation of authority be established by the Common Member, no act shall be taken, sum expended, decision made, obligation incurred or power exercised by any Officer on behalf of the Company other than in accordance with such delegation of authority.

(f) Term of Officers . An Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Common Member. The resignation of an Officer shall take effect upon the Common Member’s receipt of written notice of the Officer’s resignation or at such later time as shall be specified in the written notice. Unless otherwise specified in the Officer’s written notice of resignation, the acceptance of the Officer’s resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If the Officer also is a Member, the Officer’s resignation as an Officer shall not affect the Officer’s rights as a Member and shall not constitute a withdrawal of the Officer as a Member.

(i) Subject to Section 3.5(a), the Common Member may terminate the employment of and remove any Officer with or without cause.

(ii) Subject to Section 3.5(a), the Common Member may elect at any time a new or replacement Officer to fill the vacancy.

Section 3.3 Voting Rights of Members .

(a) Members shall have no right or authority to vote on matters other than matters explicitly requiring such vote in this Agreement or in the Act. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, Preferred Members shall have no voting rights.

Section 3.4 Cost of Services . Members shall be entitled to reimbursement of their costs incurred, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of any Members’ personnel utilized in connection with providing services to the Company, pursuant to standards to be established by the Common Member.

 

-15-


ARTICLE IV.

GENERAL GOVERNANCE

Section 4.1 Other Ventures .

(a) It is expressly agreed that each Member, and any Affiliates, officers, directors, managers, stockholders, members, partners or employees of such Member, may engage in other business ventures of every nature and description, whether or not in competition with the Company, independently or with others and neither the Company nor the other Members shall have any rights in and to any independent venture or activity or the income or profits derived therefrom; the pursuit of other ventures and activities by any such Person is hereby consented to by each Member and shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

(b) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to prohibit any Member or its respective Affiliates, officers, directors, managers, stockholders, members, partners or employees from owning, operating or investing in any business of any nature and description, independently or with others, and, no Member need disclose its intention to make any such investment to the other, nor advise the Company of the opportunity presented by any such prospective investment.

Section 4.2 Information . The Company covenants and agrees to deliver to Albertson’s (a) consolidated unaudited financial reports of the Company for the Company and its subsidiaries, within 90 days after the end of the Fiscal Year of the Company; (b) consolidated quarterly unaudited financial reports for the Company within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company; (c) consolidated monthly financial reports for the Company within 30 days after the end of the each month; and (d) such other information and data (including such information and reports made available to any lender of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any credit agreement or otherwise) as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Albertson’s without creating an undue burden on the Company.

Section 4.3 Access . The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries, Officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to afford the Officers, employees, auditors and other agents of Albertson’s during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice reasonable access to its officers, employees, auditors, legal counsel, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records.

Section 4.4 Standard of Care . Each Member expressly acknowledges that an interest in the Company is highly speculative in nature. The Common Member shall exercise all of its powers and duties under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and with a degree of skill, diligence, prudence and care which, and in a manner which a director of a Delaware corporation is required to use in the proper discharge of such a director’s fiduciary duties (the standard set forth in this sentence being referred to herein as the “ Standard of Care ”).

ARTICLE V.

TRANSFERS OF PERCENTAGE INTEREST

Section 5.1 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) No Member, including any assignee or successor in interest of any such Member, shall (voluntarily or involuntarily), directly or indirectly, transfer, assign or

 

-16-


otherwise dispose of (each, a “ Transfer ”) all or any portion of its Percentage Interest (including a Transfer pursuant to a foreclosure sale of all or any part of the assets of a Member) without the written consent of the Common Member. For purposes of this Agreement the term “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment or other disposition of equity securities of a Person (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) whose equity securities are traded on a national securities exchange or NASDAQ or (ii) any sale, assignment, redemption, or other disposition of limited partnership interests or shares of any investment partnership or investment vehicle not formed for the purpose of making an investment in the Company.

(b) Any direct transferee of any portion of a Percentage Interest permitted under Section 5.1(a) shall become a substitute Member. Unless and until a direct transferee is admitted as an additional or substitute Member, such transferee shall have no right to exercise any of the powers, rights and privileges of a Member hereunder. A Member who has transferred all of its direct Percentage Interest shall cease to be a Member of the Company upon Transfer of all of the Member’s Percentage Interest in the Company and thereafter shall have no powers, rights and privileges as a Member of the Company hereunder.

(c) The Company, each Member, the Officers and any other Person or Persons having business with the Company need only deal with Members who are admitted as Members or as additional or substitute Members of the Company, and they shall not be required to deal with any other Person by reason of a Transfer by a Member. In the absence of a transferee of a transferring Member’s percentage interests being admitted as a Member as provided herein, any payment to a Member shall release the Company and the Common Member of all liability to any other Persons who may be interested in such payment by reason of an assignment by such Member.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 6.1 General Rules .

(a) Allocations of Profits and Losses . Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI, Profits and Losses for any Fiscal Period shall be allocated among the Members in such manner that, as of the end of such Fiscal Period, the respective Capital Accounts of the Members shall be equal to the respective amounts that would be distributed to them, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Gross Asset Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of liquidation pursuant to Section 10.3.

Section 6.2 Other Allocation Rules .

(a) For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses or other items allocable to any Fiscal Period, Profits, Losses and such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis as determined by the Common Member in its reasonable discretion using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) The Members are aware of the United States federal income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article VI and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article VI in reporting their shares of Company income and loss for income tax purposes.

 

-17-


(c) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be allocated among the Members as determined by the Common Member in its reasonable discretion.

(d) If a Member transfers all or a portion of its interest during any Fiscal Period, then Profits, Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to the transferred interest for such Fiscal Period shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests in the Company during the Fiscal Period in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the Common Member.

(e) Tax returns shall be provided to the Common Member for review before submission, and any reasonable requests by the Common Member for changes in order to ensure compliance with such requirements shall be made, provided that such changes shall not result in the amount of cash or other distributions to any Member being affected or cause a material adverse tax or other effect for any Member.

Section 6.3 Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Subject to Section 6.3(d), for each Fiscal Year, items of income, deduction, gain, loss and credit shall be allocated for tax purposes among the Members to reflect equitably the amounts which have been credited or debited to the Capital Account of each such Member for such Fiscal Year and prior Fiscal Years.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value at the time of contribution using a method permitted by applicable Regulations under Code Section 704(c), as determined by the Common Member in its reasonable discretion.

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Asset is adjusted in accordance with paragraph (b) of the definition of Gross Asset Value hereof, subsequent allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deductions or credit with respect to such asset shall take into account any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to allocations for tax purposes, basis adjustments or other tax matters shall be made by the Common Member in its reasonable discretion. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.3 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account, share of Profits or Losses, or other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

-18-


ARTICLE VII.

DISTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES

Section 7.1 Distributions of Net Cash Flow . Net Cash Flow shall be reasonably determined by the Common Member. At such time as is determined by the Common Member, distributions of Net Cash Flow shall be made in the following order and priority (subject to Section 7.4):

(i) First , to the holders of Preferred Interests, an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Capital with respect to the Preferred Interests (in the proportion that each Preferred Member’s share of Unreturned Capital with respect to such Preferred Interests bears to the aggregate Unreturned Capital with respect to all such Preferred Interests as of the time of such distribution) until the holders of Preferred Interests have received distributions of Net Cash Flow in respect of such Preferred Interests pursuant to this Section 7.1(i) in an amount equal to the aggregate Unreturned Capital with respect to such Preferred Interests as of the time of such distribution;

(ii) Second , to the holders of the Common Interests (in accordance with their respective Proportionate Percentages) and the holders of the Preferred Interests (in proportion to their respective Proportionate Percentages), pro rata to the Percentage Interests of the Common Members and the Preferred Members.

Section 7.2 Amounts Withheld . All amounts withheld or paid pursuant to the Code or any provisions of state, local or foreign tax law with respect to any payment, distribution, allocation or other consideration paid to the Members, including in connection with a contribution of assets to the Company by a Member, shall be treated as amounts paid or distributed, as the case may be, to the Members with respect to which such amount was withheld or paid pursuant to this Section 7.2 for all purposes under this Agreement. The Company is authorized to withhold or pay, when required under applicable law, from payments, distributions, or other consideration paid to Members, and with respect to allocations to the Members, and to pay over to any federal, state, local or foreign government any amounts required to be so withheld or paid pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any federal, state, local or foreign law, and shall allocate any such amounts to the Members with respect to which such amounts were withheld or paid.

Section 7.3 Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all third party expenses of the Company. Subject to Section 3.4, each Member shall otherwise be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by such Member in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Tax Distributions . The Common Member may, in its reasonable discretion, make distributions to each Member (to the extent that cash is available for such distributions after necessary expenses and reserves in accordance with this Agreement and as otherwise determined by the Common Member) so that each such Member may pay its taxes with respect to its share of the taxable income of the Company for a Fiscal Year or other taxable period. If the Common Member determines that enough cash is available for such distributions,

 

-19-


then the Common Member shall calculate the amount of any such distributions by applying the highest marginal effective tax rate applicable to a corporation doing business in New York, New York to each Member and may make such distributions to the extent that cash is available. Any distribution made to a Member pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Fiscal Year or other taxable period for which such distribution is being made. Any distribution made to a Member of pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall reduce the amount distributable to such Member from the Company under Section 7.1.

ARTICLE VIII.

OTHER TAX MATTERS

Section 8.1 Tax Matters Member . The Company and each Member hereby designate the following Member as the “tax matters partner” for purposes of Code Section 6231(a)(7)(the “ Tax Matters Member ”): Albertson’s. The Common Member (after consultation with the Tax Matters Member) shall: (a) cause to be prepared and timely filed by the Company all United States federal, state and local income tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed, and (b) determine the appropriate treatment of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company and the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of any such item or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. Subject to the express provisions of this Agreement, the Common Member may in its reasonable discretion cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws.

Section 8.2 Furnishing Information to Tax Matters Member . Each Member shall furnish to the Tax Matters Member such information (including information specified in Code Section 6230(e)) as such Tax Matters Member may, at its reasonable discretion, request to permit it to provide the Internal Revenue Service with sufficient information to allow proper notice to the Members in accordance with Code Section 6223 or any other provisions of the Code or the published regulations thereunder which require the Tax Matters Member to obtain information from the Members.

Section 8.3 Tax Claims and Proceedings . In respect of any income tax audit of any tax return of the Company, the filing of any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit reflected on any income tax return of the Company, or any administrative or judicial proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, (a) all expenses reasonably incurred by the Tax Matters Member in connection therewith shall be expenses of the Company, (b) in any material proceeding the Tax Matters Member shall promptly take such action as may be necessary to cause each of the other Members to become a “ notice partner ” within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(8), (c) in any material proceeding the Tax Matters Member shall furnish to the other Members a copy of all material notices or other written communications received by the Tax Matters Member from the Internal Revenue Service (except such notices or communications as are sent directly to the Members), and (d) in any material proceeding a Tax Matters Member shall notify the other Members of all material conversations it has with the relevant taxing authority and shall keep the other Members reasonably informed of all material matters which may come to its attention in its capacity as Tax Matters Member.

 

-20-


Section 8.4 Books and Records . The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The books and records of the Company shall include a record of each transfer of participating interests of the Company. The Fiscal Year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year. All books and records of the Company shall be maintained at any office of the Company or at the Company’s principal place of business in the United States, and each Member, and any duly authorized representative, shall have access to them at such office of the Company and the right to inspect and copy them at reasonable times. The Company’s books of account shall be kept on an accrual basis or as otherwise provided by the Common Member and otherwise in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, except that for income tax purposes such books shall be kept in accordance with applicable tax accounting principles (including the Regulations).

Section 8.5 Survival . The provisions of this Article VIII shall survive the termination of the Company (as well as any termination, purchase or redemption of any Member’s Interest in the Company for any reason whatsoever), and shall remain binding on the Members and all former Members for a period of time necessary to resolve with the appropriate taxing authorities any and all material matters regarding the taxation of the Company and its Members by reason of their percentage interests.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY

Section 9.1 Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution pursuant to Section 18-802 of the Act.

Section 9.2 Continuation of Interest of Member’s Representative . Notwithstanding anything contained herein, upon the expulsion, receivership, dissolution or Bankruptcy of a Member, the personal representative, trustee-in-bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, receiver, other representative, successor, heir or legatee (each a “ Representative ”) of such Member shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, immediately succeed to the percentage interest of such Member in the Company. Such Representative shall appoint an individual (which may be such Representative) who will represent the Representative’s voting interest, if any, (the “ Voting Representative ”).

 

-21-


Section 9.3 Dissolution, Winding Up and Liquidation .

(a) Upon a dissolution of the Company, the Company shall continue solely for purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying claims of its creditors. The liquidator of the Company shall take full account of the Company’s liabilities and property and shall cause the property or the proceeds from the sale thereof, to the extent sufficient therefor, to be applied and distributed, to the maximum extent permitted by law, in the following order:

(i) first, to creditors (including Members who are creditors) in satisfaction of all of the Company’s debts and other liabilities, including the expenses of the winding-up, liquidation and dissolution of the Company (whether by payment or the making of reasonable reserves to provide for payment thereof); and

(ii) second, to the Members in accordance with Section 7.1.

(b) Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall be made no later than the end of the Fiscal Year during which the Company is liquidated (or, if later, 90 days after the date on which the Company is liquidated).

Section 9.4 Member Bankruptcy .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Members, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

ARTICLE X.

INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

Section 10.1 Indemnity by the Company . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.4, the Company shall indemnify any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (a “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful;

 

-22-


provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person.

Section 10.2 Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

Section 10.3 Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 10.1, as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 10.4 shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

Section 10.4 Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to Albertson’s), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 10.4 do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members, or otherwise by law.

Section 10.5 Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Article X continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

Section 10.6 Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Company. The Company or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at

 

-23-


its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Company, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Company shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Company has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 11.6 with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 10.7 Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Company shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

Section 10.8 Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the Assets. The obligation of any Member to indemnify any Person(s) pursuant to this Agreement is limited, in the aggregate for all claims, to such Member’s percentage interests, and no Person claiming indemnification or otherwise making any claim against a Member shall have recourse against such Member for any deficiency; provided, however, that in the event that a Member’s percentage interests are less than such Member’s Initial Capital Contribution (as a result of distributions made in respect of such percentage interests in accordance with Article X of this Agreement), the indemnifying Member shall be obligated to pay any such deficiency to the extent of the difference between its Initial Capital Contribution and its percentage interests.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 11.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Members

 

-24-


with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein. This Agreement and the Certificate of Formation replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Members with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein.

Section 11.2 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by Albertson’s; provided that this Agreement may not be amended in a manner that would adversely affect the Preferred Members in a disproportionate manner from the effect of such amendment on any holder of any equity interests of the Company.

Section 11.3 Applicable Law; Venue .

(a) The Certificate of Formation and this Agreement shall be governed exclusively by their respective terms and the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

(b) Any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement and any action for enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each Member hereby accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and the appellate courts thereof. Each Member irrevocably consents to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party at the address for notices set forth herein. Each Member hereby irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts referred to above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 11.4 Enforcement . In the event of an action, suit or proceeding initiated by one Member against another Member involving the enforcement of its rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to indemnification from the other party of reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in enforcing its rights in such action, suit or proceeding.

Section 11.5 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provisions contained herein.

Section 11.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 11.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

-25-


Section 11.8 Filings . Following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, representatives of the Company, shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and such representatives shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business. Such representatives, under shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

Section 11.9 Additional Documents . Each Member agrees to perform all further acts and to execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.10 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile) and shall be effective and deemed delivered or given, as the case may be, (a) if given by facsimile, when transmitted and the appropriate confirmation is received from the machine transmitting such facsimile, and followed by hard copy via overnight mail or reputable overnight courier for receipt the next Business Day, (b) if given by reputable overnight courier, on the next Business Day, (c) by hand delivery, when delivered or (d) if mailed, on the second Business following the day on which sent by first class mail:

If to Albertson’s, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

If to Lucky, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

If to Extreme, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

If to NHI, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

If to Realty, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

 

-26-


If to AFDI, addressed as follows:

With a copy to:

If to the other Members, at the addresses or facsimile numbers set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other addresses or facsimile numbers as such Members may hereafter specify to the Common Member, who shall so notify the other Members.

Section 11.11 Waiver of Right to Partition and Bill of Accounting . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Member covenants that it will not, and hereby waives any right to, file a bill for partnership accounting. Each Member irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Company (unless the Company is dissolved pursuant to Section 9.1).

Section 11.12 Confidentiality; Press Releases . Each Member shall keep confidential all information of a confidential nature obtained pursuant to this Agreement, except that a Member shall be entitled to disclose such confidential information to (a) its lawyers, accountants and other service providers as reasonably necessary in the furtherance of such Member’s bona fide interests, as otherwise required by law or judicial process and to comply with reporting requirements, and to potential transferees of its percentage interests provided that such potential transferees enter into customary confidentiality agreements, with the Company expressly stated therein to be a third party beneficiary thereof, (b) its investors provided that such investors are subject to confidentiality obligations, and (c) the extent required to comply with applicable reporting requirements under the Federal securities laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to comply with Treas. Reg. Section 1.6011-4(b)(3)(i), each Member (and any employee, representative or other agent of such Member) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the U.S. federal income tax treatment and tax structure of the Company or any transactions undertaken by the Company, it being understood and agreed, for this purpose, (a) the name of, or any other identifying information regarding (i) the Company or any existing or future Member (or any affiliate thereof) in the Company, or (ii) any investment or transaction entered into by the Company; and (b) any performance information relating to the Company, does not constitute such tax treatment or tax structure information. No Member shall publicly make any public announcements regarding this Agreement or the Company or its business; provided, however, each Initial Member may consult with and obtain the approval of the other Initial Members before issuing a press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement and may issue a press release or make a public announcement following such consultation and approval.

Section 11.13 Uniform Commercial Code . Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.

 

-27-


Section 11.14 Binding Agreement . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Members agree that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Members, and is enforceable against the Members by the Company in accordance with its terms.

Section 11.15 DISCLOSURES . THE INTERESTS OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE ” 1933 ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE 1933 ACT AND SUCH LAWS. THE INTERESTS ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE 1933 ACT AND SUCH LAWS PURSUANT TO EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THERE WILL NOT BE ANY PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE INTERESTS. IN ADDITION, THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT RESTRICT THE TRANSFERABILITY OF INTERESTS.

 

-28-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as of the date first above written.

 

COMMON MEMBER:
ALBERTSON’S, LLC
By:  

/s/ Lisa Gray

  Name:   Lisa Gray
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


PREFERRED MEMBERS:
ALBERTSON’S, LLC
By:  

/s/ Lisa Gray

  Name:   Lisa Gray
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


LUCKY STORES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Lisa Gray

 

Name:

 

Lisa Gray

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


LUCKY STORES II LLC

By:

 

/s/ Lisa Gray

 

Name:

 

Lisa Gray

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


EXTREME LLC

By:

 

/s/ Lisa Gray

 

Name:

 

Lisa Gray

 

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
By:  

/s/ Lisa Gray

  Name:   Lisa Gray
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


ALBERTSON’S REALTY, LLC.
By:  

/s/ Lisa Gray

  Name:   Lisa Gray
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG, LLC
By:  

/s/ Lisa Gray

  Name:   Lisa Gray
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC Agreement


SCHEDULE A

COMMON MEMBERS

 

MEMBER’S NAME    INITIAL
COMMON
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTION
     COMMON
PERCENTAGE
INTEREST
 

Albertson’s, LLC

        100

PREFERRED MEMBERS

 

MEMBER’S NAME    INITIAL
PREFERRED
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTION*
     PREFERRED
PERCENTAGE
INTEREST
 

Albertson’s LLC

   $ 1,936,344,017        85.95

Albertson’s Realty LLC

     10,050,000        0.45  

American Drug Stores LLC

     46,100,000        2.05  

Extreme LLC

     41,457,786        1.84  

NHI Investment Partners, LP

     24,083,616        1.07  

American Stores Properties LLC

     170,794,607        7.58  

American Stores Realty Company, LLC

     23,848,943        1.06  

 

* Represents value of property contributed.

 

A-1


SCHEDULE B

Initial Officers

 

Name :    Title :

Robert G. Miller

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

Rick Navarro

  

Chief Financial Officer

Justin Dye

  

Chief Strategic Officer

 

B-1

Exhibit 3.21

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC (the “Company”) is made effective as of October 9, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the managing member (the “ Managing Member ”) and ABS Real Estate Corp., a Delaware corporation, as a member (a “ Member ”, and together with the Managing Member, the “ Members ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

Recitals

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006.

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), the Managing Member previously entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company on May 24, 2006 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, ABS Real Estate Corp. was admitted to the Company as a Member in June of 2006.

WHEREAS, due to an administrative error, the Original Agreement was not amended to reflect such admission.

WHEREAS, the Members now wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC.


Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 Parkcenter Blvd, Boise, Idaho 83706 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Managing Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of each of the Members is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto.

(b) The Members intend that the Company be treated as a partnership and not as an association taxable as a corporation for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold was designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” ceased, and the Managing Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Managing Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

2


  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Managing Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Managing Member or any Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Section 9, the Company, and the Managing Member and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

(a) to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including,

 

3


without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

(b) to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

(c) to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

(d) to open, trade and otherwise conduct accounts with brokers and dealers;

(e) to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

(f) to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other person;

(g) to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

(h) to direct the formulation of investment policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities, including those activities specified above in clauses (a) and (b);

(i) to organize one or more corporations or other entities to hold record title, as nominee for the Company, to securities, funds or other assets of the Company; and

(j) to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

Section 10. [Intentionally Omitted]

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Managing Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Managing Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Managing Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing

 

4


Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Managing Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Managing Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Managing Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Managing Member are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Managing Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Managing Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Managing Member, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Members, if any, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Managing Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Managing Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Managing Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Managing Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Managing Member when the Managing Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Managing Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

5


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Managing Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Members have contributed to the Company cash and/or property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Members are not required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Company. However, the Members may make additional Capital Contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of the Managing Member. To the extent that a Member makes an additional Capital Contribution to the Company, the Managing Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

Profits and Losses for any Fiscal Period shall be allocated among the Members in such manner that, as of the end of such Fiscal Period, the respective capital accounts of the Members shall be equal to the respective amounts that would be distributed to them, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Gross Asset Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of liquidation pursuant to Section 24.

 

6


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Managing Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Managing Member or the Officers. The Members and their duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Members any information that the Company would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Members pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Managing Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Managing Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Managing Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Members, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Members’ capital accounts.

(d) The Managing Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Members as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Members to prepare their federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

7


Section 19. Other Business.

The Members and any Affiliate of the Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Managing Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

8


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other

 

9


non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

A Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if a Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. [Intentionally Omitted]

 

10


Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Managing Member.

Section 24. Dissolution .

The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; and (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Members shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Members shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of a Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of a Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person.

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. [Intentionally Omitted]

 

11


Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

This Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Members.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of a Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 9th day of October , 2015.

 

MEMBERS:
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President
    Real Estate Law
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President
    Real Estate Law

 

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of ABS Real Estate Investor Holding LLC ]


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money or property contributed to the Company in exchange for an interest in the Company, including such Member’s initial Capital Contribution.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Company ” means ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.


Fiscal Period ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2013, (b) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or such other commencement and ending dates as the Managing Member may determine, and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) and (b) of this sentence (i) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 15 and (ii) ending on the date of an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “ Gross Asset Value ”.

Fiscal Year ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2013, (b) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or such other commencement and ending dates as the Managing Member may determine, and (c) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January 1 (or other commencement date determined by the Managing Member) and ending on the date on which all property of the Company is distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 24.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a) the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the fair market value of such asset at the time it is accepted by the Company, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member;

(b) the Gross Asset Values of all assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, unreduced by any liabilities secured by such assets, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided , however , that an adjustment described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such an adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members;

(c) the Gross Asset Value of any asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member; and

(d) the Gross Asset Value of all assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining capital accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and paragraph (f) of the definition of “ Profits ” and “ Losses ;” provided , however , that Gross Asset Value shall not be


adjusted pursuant to this paragraph (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to paragraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (d).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) of this definition, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

Member ” means each of ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC and ABS Real Estate Corp., as the members of the Company as of the Effective Date, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Profits ” or “ Losses ” means for each Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Period. Such amount shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

(a) any income that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) any expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) in the event the Gross Asset Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

(d) gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;


(e) in lieu of depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss there shall be taken into account depreciation for such Fiscal Period, computed in accordance with the definition of depreciation; and

(f) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining capital accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

Regulations ” means the federal income tax regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. All references herein to a specific section of the Regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding Regulations.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC

   250 Parkcenter Blvd Boise, Idaho 83706    $ 1,000        99

ABS Real Estate Corp.

   250 Parkcenter Blvd Boise, Idaho 83706    $ 10        1

Exhibit 3.22

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC (the “Company”) is made effective as of October 9, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the managing member (the “ Managing Member ”) and ABS Real Estate Corp., a Delaware corporation, as a member (a “ Member ”, and together with the Managing Member, the “ Members ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

Recitals

WHEREAS, a Certificate of Formation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006.

WHEREAS, in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), the Managing Member previously entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company on May 24, 2006 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, ABS Real Estate Corp. was admitted to the Company as a Member in June of 2006.

WHEREAS, due to an administrative error, the Original Agreement was not amended to reflect such admission.

WHEREAS, the Members now wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein made and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC.

Section 2.     Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 Parkcenter Blvd, Boise, Idaho 83706 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Managing Member.


Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5.     Members .

(a)    The mailing address of each of the Members is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto.

(b)    The Members intend that the Company be treated as a partnership and not as an association taxable as a corporation for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.     Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold was designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” ceased, and the Managing Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Managing Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.     Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

2


  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b)    The Company, and the Managing Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Managing Member or any Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8.     Powers .

Subject to Section 9, the Company, and the Managing Member and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9.     Management .

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

(a)    to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

(b)    to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

 

3


(c)    to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

(d)    to open, trade and otherwise conduct accounts with brokers and dealers;

(e)    to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

(f)    to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other person;

(g)    to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

(h)    to direct the formulation of investment policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities, including those activities specified above in clauses (a) and (b);

(i)    to organize one or more corporations or other entities to hold record title, as nominee for the Company, to securities, funds or other assets of the Company; and

(j)    to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

Section 10.    [Intentionally Omitted]

Section 11.     Officers .

(a)     Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Managing Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Managing Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.    The Managing Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Managing Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Managing Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Managing Member.

 

4


(b)     President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Managing Member are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Managing Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Managing Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c)     Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Managing Member, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d)     Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Members, if any and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Managing Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Managing Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e)     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Managing Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Managing Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Managing Member when the Managing Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Managing Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Managing Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f)     Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Managing Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

 

5


(g)     Duties of Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Members have contributed to the Company cash and/or property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Members are not required to make any additional Capital Contribution to the Company. However, the Members may make additional Capital Contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of the Managing Member. To the extent that a Member makes an additional Capital Contribution to the Company, the Managing Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14, are intended to benefit the Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

Profits and Losses for any Fiscal Period shall be allocated among the Members in such manner that, as of the end of such Fiscal Period, the respective capital accounts of the Members shall be equal to the respective amounts that would be distributed to them, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Gross Asset Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of liquidation pursuant to Section 24.

Section 16.     Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

 

6


Section 17.     Books and Records .

The Managing Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Managing Member or the Officers. The Members and their duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Members any information that the Company would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Members pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Managing Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Managing Member.

Section 18.     Reports .

(a)    Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b)    Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Managing Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c)    The Managing Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Members, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Members’ capital accounts.

(d)    The Managing Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Members as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Members to prepare their federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19.    Other Business.

The Members and any Affiliate of the Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description,

 

7


independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Managing Member.

(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is

 

8


not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

9


(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21.     Assignments .

A Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if a Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22.    [Intentionally Omitted]

Section 23.     Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Managing Member.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; and (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member.

 

10


Section 25.     Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Members shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Members shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of a Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third -Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of a Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person.

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29.    [Intentionally Omitted]

Section 30.     Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31.     Amendments .

This Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Members.

 

11


Section 32.     Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.     Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of a Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34.     Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 9 th day of October, 2015.

 

MEMBERS:
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

    /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President,
    Real Estate Law
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
By:  

    /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President,
    Real Estate Law

 

[ Signature Page to Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC ]


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of money or property contributed to the Company in exchange for an interest in the Company, including such Member’s initial Capital Contribution.

Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Company ” means ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.


Fiscal Period ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2013, (b) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or such other commencement and ending dates as the Managing Member may determine, and (c) any portion of the period described in clauses (a) and (b) of this sentence (i) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 15 and (ii) ending on the date of an adjustment to the Gross Asset Value pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of “ Gross Asset Value ”.

Fiscal Year ” means (a) the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2013, (b) any subsequent 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31, or such other commencement and ending dates as the Managing Member may determine, and (c) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January 1 (or other commencement date determined by the Managing Member) and ending on the date on which all property of the Company is distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 24.

Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(a)    the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the fair market value of such asset at the time it is accepted by the Company, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member;

(b)    the Gross Asset Values of all assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, unreduced by any liabilities secured by such assets, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and (iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); provided , however , that an adjustment described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such an adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members;

(c)    the Gross Asset Value of any asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution, unreduced by any liability secured by such asset, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member; and

(d)    the Gross Asset Value of all assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining capital accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and paragraph (f) of the definition of “ Profits ” and “ Losses ;” provided , however , that Gross Asset Value shall not be


adjusted pursuant to this paragraph (d) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to paragraph (b) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph (d).

If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (d) of this definition, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

Member ” means each of ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC and ABS Real Estate Corp., as the members of the Company as of the Effective Date, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section  11 .

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Profits ” or “ Losses ” means for each Fiscal Period, an amount equal to the taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Period. Such amount shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

(a)    any income that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b)    any expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c)    in the event the Gross Asset Value of any asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

(d)    gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value;


(e)    in lieu of depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss there shall be taken into account depreciation for such Fiscal Period, computed in accordance with the definition of depreciation; and

(f)    to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining capital accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.

Regulations ” means the federal income tax regulations promulgated by the Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time. All references herein to a specific section of the Regulations shall be deemed also to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding Regulations.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC

   250 Parkcenter Blvd Boise, Idaho 83706    $ 1,000        99

ABS Real Estate Corp.

   250 Parkcenter Blvd. Boise, Idaho 83706    $ 10        1

Exhibit 3.23

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS Realty Investor LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS Realty Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office.

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent.

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members.

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes. The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers.

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors: Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)

The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent

 

-5-


  Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);;

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

 

-8-


Section 10. Independent Director.

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions.

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions.

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions.

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records.

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports.

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

-14-


(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments.

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation.

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution.

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to

 

-16-


compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments.

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the

 

-17-


Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness.

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                  , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-19-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                 , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS Realty Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

   Mailing Address    Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine I LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd    $ 1,000        100
   West Plaza      
   Boise, Idaho 83726      

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                , 2006

ABS Realty Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS Realty Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS Realty Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.24

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS Realty Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; ·

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section  10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person” ), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses” ), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party” ) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party” ) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim” ), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23, or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

   Mailing Address    Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Realty Investor LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd
West Plaza
Boise, Idaho 83726
   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

            , 2006

ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS Realty Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of             , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

  Name:   Paul Izzo
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.25

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS RM Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS RM Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS RM Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14,1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS RM Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

   Mailing Address    Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS RM Investor LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS RM Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS RM Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS RM Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS RM INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

  Name:   Paul Izzo
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.26

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS RM Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS RM Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS RM Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10, 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j) , the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                  , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited liability Company Agreement as of the      day of                  , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS RM OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                      , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS RM Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

   Mailing Address    Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS RM Owner LLC

   250 East Park Center Blvd
West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS RM Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS RM Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS RM Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.27

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS SW Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS SW Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS SW Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j) ;

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections   7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS SW Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS SW Investor LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS SW Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ABS SW Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS SW Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ABS SW INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

  Name:   Paul Izzo
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 3.28

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS SW Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ABS SW Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS SW Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its

 

-3-


sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)

The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement

 

-5-


  (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

 

-8-


Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss

 

-14-


of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law

 

-16-


or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

 

-17-


Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on              , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of                     , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS SW OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:  

Chris Schiermbock

  Title:  

Vice President

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS SW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of

 

A-2

 

 


creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-3


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS SW Owner LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS SW Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS SW Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS SW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

C-1


This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.29

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

[                    ]

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is [                    ].

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 24 th of May, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:   Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

[                    ]

1. The name of the limited liability company is: [                    ] (the “Company”).

2. The Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby amended to change its name from “[                    ]” to “[                    ]”. To effect the foregoing, Article First is hereby amended to read as follows:

“FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is [                    ].”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Formation of [                    ] this 30 th day of May, 2006.

 

[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name:   Paul G. Rowan
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.30

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreements ”) of ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

-6-


  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

-7-


  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

-8-


  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

 

-9-


(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j) , the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections   7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                  , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms ’‘controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)…

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS Mezzanine I LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS Mezzanine I LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.31

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697            

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

 

 

 

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

  This space reserved for office use.      

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ABS TX Investor LP

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒  A.  The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

OR

☐  B.  The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

First Name   M.I.                                 Last Name   Suffix                

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

            800 Brazos, Suite 1100                Austin    TX            78701
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix                

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

TX Investor GP, LLC
Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

c/o Albertson’s LLC, 250 Park Center Blvd.                   Boise   ID     83726
Street or Mailing Address       City       State           Country         Zip Code                

 

Form 207

  1   


NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix                

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address   City       State           Country         Zip Code                

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix                

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address   City       State           Country         Zip Code                

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard  

Boise

  ID   USA   83726
Street or Mailing Address   City       State           Country         Zip Code                

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A.  ☒  This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

  2   


B.  ☐  This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                         

C.  ☐  This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

Date:  

May 25, 2006

 

TX INVESTOR GP, LLC
by:   Albertson,s, Inc., its sole member
by:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Paul G. Rowan
 

Group Vice President,

 

Business Law

 

Form 207

  3   

Exhibit 3.32

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

   Definitions      1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

   Formation      3  

Section 2.2.

   Name      4  

Section 2.3.

   Place of Business      4  

Section 2.4.

   Registered Office; Registered Agent      4  

Section 2.5.

   Term      4  

Section 2.6.

   Purpose      4  

Section 2.7.

   Powers      5  

Section 2.8.

   Ownership      5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

   Authority of the General Partner      5  

Section 3.2.

   Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner      7  

Section 3.3.

   Officers      8  

Section 3.4.

   Partnership Expenses      8  

Section 3.5.

   Certain Activities of the General Partner      8  

Section 3.6.

   Contracts with Affiliates      9  

Section 3.7.

   Other Matters Affecting the General Partner      9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     10  

Section 4.1.

   Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally      10  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

   Admission of Partners      10  

Section 5.2.

   Capital Contributions      10  

Section 5.3.

   Return of Capital      10  

Section 5.4.

   Interest on Capital Contributions      10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     11  

Section 6.1.

   Bank Accounts      11  

Section 6.2.

   Records      11  

Section 6.3.

   Books of Account; Reports      11  

Section 6.4.

   Preparation of Tax Returns      11  

Section 6.5.

   Tax Elections      11  

Section 6.6.

   Tax Matters Partner      11  

 

i


          Page  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     12  

Section 7.1.

   Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts      12  

Section 7.2.

   Special Allocations to Capital Accounts      12  

Section 7.3.

   Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)      12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  

Section 10.1.

   Transfer      15  

Section 10.2.

   Limited Partner Transfers      15  

Section 10.3.

   Substitute Limited Partner      15  

Section 10.4.

   Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest      15  

Section 10.5.

   Substitute General Partner      15  

Section 10.6.

   Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee      15  

Section 10.7.

   Withdrawal      15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     16  

Section 11.1.

   Dissolution Events      16  

Section 11.2.

   Election to Continue the Partnership      16  

Section 11.3.

   Winding Up      17  

Section 11.4.

   Rights of Limited Partners      17  

Section 11.5.

   Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate      17  

Section 11.6.

   Waiver of Partition      18  

Section 11.7.

   Negative Capital Accounts      18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 12.1.

   Amendments      18  

Section 12.2.

   Complete Agreement      18  

Section 12.3.

   Governing Law      19  

Section 12.4.

   Binding Effect      19  

Section 12.5.

   Interpretation      19  

Section 12.6.

   Multiple Counterparts      19  

Section 12.7.

   Execution of Documents      19  

Section 12.8.

   No Third Party Beneficiary      19  

Section 12.9.

   Notices      20  

Section 12.10.

   Waiver      20  

Section 12.11.

   Liability      20  

ARTICLE XIII

     21  

ARTICLE XIV

     21  

 

ii


     Page  

EXHIBITS:

  

Exhibit A - Tax Appendix

  

 

iii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ABS TX INVESTOR LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the      day of             , 2006, by and among ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS MEZZANINE I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, ABS TX INVESTOR LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property


contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (f) and (g)  as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS MEZZANINE I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ABS TX INVESTOR LP. The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ABS TX INVESTOR LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

4


  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under

 

5


the Act. Subject to Section 3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

6


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

 

7


Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

8


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

 

9


ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

 

10


ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange, for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

 

11


ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

 

14


ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio .

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

15


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

 

16


Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be

 

17


filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided , however , that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

 

18


Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

 

19


Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of             , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX INVESTOR LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;


(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.


Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) or (6) , that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(l).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section 754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22, 2007 to the LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LP Agreement ”) of ABS TX INVESTOR LP, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by and between ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “ General Partner ”) and ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “ Limited Partner ”; General Partner and Limited Partner being collectively referred to as the “ Partners ”).

WHEREAS, the Partners desire to amend the LP Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Partners agree as follows:

 

  1. The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.1:

Loan Documents ” mean (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and Company and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership and/or its respective Affiliate in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2. Article XIII is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.


Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the loan evidenced by the Loan Documents is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in the Loan Documents).

3. All references to the term “Loan” are hereby amended to state the “loan evidenced by the Loan Documents.”

4. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LP Agreement.

5. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LP Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

 

Jared Prushansky

  Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

 

Jared Prushansky

  Vice President

Exhibit 3.33

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS TX INVESTOR LP, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                  , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                  , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS TX INVESTOR LP, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 
ABS TX INVESTOR LP   

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                  , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.34

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to: Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697        

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

  

 

 

Certificate of Formation Limited Partnership

  This space reserved for office use.      

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ABS TX Lease Investor LP

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒  A.  The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

OR

☐  B.  The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

            800 Brazos, Suite 1100                Austin    TX            78701
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

 

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

TX Lease investor GP, LLC
Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

c/o Albertson’s LLC, 250 Park Center Blvd.                           Boise   ID     83726
Street or Mailing Address               City     State         Country         Zip Code            

 

Form 207

  1   


NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

 

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address   City     State         Country         Zip Code            

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

 

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address   City     State         Country         Zip Code            

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard  

Boise

  ID   USA   83726
Street or Mailing Address   City   State   Country   Zip Code        

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference]

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A.  ☒  This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

  2   


B.  ☐  This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                         

C.  ☐  This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

Date:  

May 25, 2006

    TX   LEASE INVESTOR GP, LLC
      by:   ABS TX Investor, LP, its sole member
      by:   Albertson’s, Inc., its general partner
      by:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

        Paul G. Rowan
       

Group Vice President,

        Business Law
       

 

 

Form 207

  3   

Exhibit 3.35

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS  
         Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

  Definitions      1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

  Formation      3  

Section 2.2.

  Name      4  

Section 2.3.

  Place of Business      4  

Section 2.4.

  Registered Office; Registered Agent      4  

Section 2.5.

  Term      4  

Section 2.6.

  Purpose      4  

Section 2.7.

  Powers      5  

Section 2.8.

  Ownership      5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

  Authority of the General Partner      5  

Section 3.2.

  Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner      7  

Section 3.3.

  Officers      7  

Section 3.4.

  Partnership Expenses      8  

Section 3.5.

  Certain Activities of the General Partner      8  

Section 3.6.

  Contracts with Affiliates      9  

Section 3.7.

  Other Matters Affecting the General Partner      9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     9  

Section 4.1.

  Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally      9  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

  Admission of Partners      10  

Section 5.2.

  Capital Contributions      10  

Section 5.3.

  Return of Capital      10  

Section 5.4.

  Interest on Capital Contributions      10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     10  

Section 6.1.

  Bank Accounts      10  

Section 6.2.

  Records      11  

Section 6.3.

  Books of Account; Reports      11  

Section 6.4.

  Preparation of Tax Returns      11  

Section 6.5.

  Tax Elections      11  

Section 6.6.

  Tax Matters Partner      11  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     11  

 

i


         Page  

Section 7.1.

 

Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts

     11  

Section 7.2.

 

Special Allocations to Capital Accounts

     12  

Section 7.3.

 

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

     12  
ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS      13  
ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION      13  
ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS      15  

Section 10.1.

 

Transfer

     15  

Section 10.2.

 

Limited Partner Transfers

     15  

Section 10.3.

 

Substitute Limited Partner

     15  

Section 10.4.

 

Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest

     15  

Section 10.5.

 

Substitute General Partner

     15  

Section 10.6.

 

Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee

     15  

Section 10.7.

 

Withdrawal

     15  
ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION      16  

Section 11.1.

 

Dissolution Events

     16  

Section 11.2.

 

Election to Continue the Partnership

     16  

Section 11.3.

 

Winding Up

     16  

Section 11.4.

 

Rights of Limited Partners

     17  

Section 11.5.

 

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate

     17  

Section 11.6.

 

Waiver of Partition

     18  

Section 11.7.

 

Negative Capital Accounts

     18  
ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS      18  

Section 12.1.

 

Amendments

     18  

Section 12.2.

 

Complete Agreement

     18  

Section 12.3.

 

Governing Law

     18  

Section 12.4.

 

Binding Effect

     19  

Section 12.5.

 

Interpretation

     19  

Section 12.6.

 

Multiple Counterparts

     19  

Section 12.7.

 

Execution of Documents

     19  

Section 12.8.

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

     19  

Section 12.9.

 

Notices

     20  

Section 12.10.

 

Waiver

     20  

Section 12.11.

 

Liability

     20  
ARTICLE XIII      21  
ARTICLE XIV      21  

 

ii


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A     -    Tax Appendix

 

iii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the          day of            , 2006, by and among ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS TX INVESTOR LP , a Texas limited partner, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.


“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and ( g ) as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS TX INVESTOR LP , a Texas limited partnership, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

 

4


Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under the Act. Subject to Section 3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

 

5


(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

6


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate

 

7


to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

 

8


Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to

 

9


the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

 

10


Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts .

Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

11


Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

 

14


ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio .

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

15


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for

 

16


the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

 

17


Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided , however , that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

 

18


Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

 

19


Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of            , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS TX INVESTOR LP , a Texas limited partnership
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (c) , 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

 

A-1


(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses .” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

 

A-2


(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041 (b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), ( 5 ) or ( 6 ), that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(l).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section 754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12

Exhibit 3.36

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS TX OWNER LP, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10 , the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (0) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on             , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the    day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

ABS TX OWNER LP

By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:  

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victoria A. Duva

Name:  

Victoria A. Duva

 

-19-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                 , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS TX OWNER LP, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS TX OWNER LP

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-l


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

            , 2006

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of             , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.37

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697        

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

  

 

 

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

  This space reserved for office use.      

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ABS TX Lease Owner LP

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒  A.  The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

OR

☐  B.  The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name    M.I.                   Last Name    Suffix            

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

            800 Brazos, Suite 1100                Austin    TX            78701
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

  First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

 

OR 

 
 

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

ABS TX Owner LP

  Organization Name

 

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON
c/o Albertson’s LLC, 250 Park Center Blvd.                   Boise   ID     83726
Street or Mailing Address       City     State         Country         Zip Code            

 

Form 207

   1   


NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

  IF INDIVIDUAL        
 

 

 

  First Name    M.I.                   Last Name    Suffix            
 
OR          
 

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

TX Lease Owner GP, LLC

 

Organization Name

 

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
c/o Albertson’s LLC, 250 Park Center Blvd.                   Boise       ID           83726
Street or Mailing Address  

    City

 

  State      

 

Country    

 

  Zip Code            

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
 

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

 

  First Name    M.I.                   Last Name       Suffix            

 

OR

 

            
 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

  Organization Name           

 

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

 

       
Street or Mailing Address       City     State         Country         Zip Code            
       

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

            250 Park Center Boulevard                   Boise       ID       USA         83726
Street or Mailing Address       City  

  State      

 

Country    

 

  Zip Code            

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C)

A.  ☒  This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

   2   


B.   ☐  This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                        

C.  ☐  This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

Date:  

May 25, 2006

    TX   LEASE OWNER GP, LLC
      by:   ABS TX Owner LP, its sole member
      by:   Albertson’s, Inc., its general partner
      by:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

        Paul G. Rowan
       

Group Vice President,

        Business Law
       

 

 

Form 207

   3   

Exhibit 3.38

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

 

Definitions

     1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

 

Formation

     3  

Section 2.2.

 

Name

     4  

Section 2.3.

 

Place of Business

     4  

Section 2.4.

 

Registered Office; Registered Agent

     4  

Section 2.5.

 

Term

     4  

Section 2.6.

 

Purpose

     4  

Section 2.7.

 

Powers

     5  

Section 2.8.

 

Ownership

     5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

 

Authority of the General Partner

     5  

Section 3.2.

 

Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner

     7  

Section 3.3.

 

Officers

     7  

Section 3.4.

 

Partnership Expenses

     8  

Section 3.5.

 

Certain Activities of the General Partner

     8  

Section 3.6.

 

Contracts with Affiliates

     9  

Section 3.7.

 

Other Matters Affecting the General Partner

     9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     9  

Section 4.1.

 

Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally

     9  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

 

Admission of Partners

     10  

Section 5.2.

 

Capital Contributions

     10  

Section 5.3.

 

Return of Capital

     10  

Section 5.4.

 

Interest on Capital Contributions

     10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     10  

Section 6.1.

 

Bank Accounts

     10  

Section 6.2.

 

Records

     11  

Section 6.3.

 

Books of Account; Reports

     11  

Section 6.4.

 

Preparation of Tax Returns

     11  

Section 6.5.

 

Tax Elections

     11  

Section 6.6.

 

Tax Matters Partner

     11  

 

i


         Page  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     11  

Section 7.1.

 

Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts

     11  

Section 7.2.

 

Special Allocations to Capital Accounts

     12  

Section 7.3.

 

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

     12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  

Section 10.1.

 

Transfer

     15  

Section 10.2.

 

Limited Partner Transfers

     15  

Section 10.3.

 

Substitute Limited Partner

     15  

Section 10.4.

 

Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest

     15  

Section 10.5.

 

Substitute General Partner

     15  

Section 10.6.

 

Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee

     15  

Section 10.7.

 

Withdrawal

     15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     16  

Section 11.1.

 

Dissolution Events

     16  

Section 11.2.

 

Election to Continue the Partnership

     16  

Section 11.3.

 

Winding Up

     16  

Section 11.4.

 

Rights of Limited Partners

     17  

Section 11.5.

 

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate

     17  

Section 11.6.

 

Waiver of Partition

     17  

Section 11.7.

 

Negative Capital Accounts

     18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 12.1.

 

Amendments

     18  

Section 12.2.

 

Complete Agreement

     18  

Section 12.3.

 

Governing Law

     18  

Section 12.4.

 

Binding Effect

     19  

Section 12.5.

 

Interpretation

     19  

Section 12.6.

 

Multiple Counterparts

     19  

Section 12.7.

 

Execution of Documents

     19  

Section 12.8.

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

     19  

Section 12.9.

 

Notices

     20  

Section 12.10.

 

Waiver

     20  

Section 12.11.

 

Liability

     20  

ARTICLE XIII

     21  

ARTICLE XIV

     21  

 

ii


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A     -    Tax Appendix

 

iii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the    day of            , 2006, by and among ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS TX OWNER LP , a Texas limited partnership, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property


contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and ( g ) as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS TX OWNER LP , a Texas limited partnership, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

4


  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under the Act. Subject to Section 3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

 

5


(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

6


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate

 

7


to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

8


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to

 

9


the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

 

10


Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts .

Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

11


Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

 

14


ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio .

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

15


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for

 

16


the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

17


Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however, that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

 

18


Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

 

19


Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS TX OWNER LP

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of             , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS TX OWNER LP, a Texas limited partnership
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704- 2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

 

A-1


(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

 

A-2


(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) or (6) , that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section 754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752- 3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12

Exhibit 3.39

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ABS TX OWNER GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ABS TX OWNER GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.


(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

 

-12-


Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections   7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                 , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the     day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-19-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                 , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ABS TX OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

            , 2006

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ABS TX OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of             , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.40

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697        

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

  

 

 

Certificate of Formation Limited Partnership

  This space reserved for office use.      

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The tiling entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ABS TX Owner LP

 

The name must contain the words ‘‘limited.” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒  A.  The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

OR

☐  B.  The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

            800 Brazos, Suite 1100                Austin    TX            78701
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

TX Owner GP, LLC

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

c/o Albertson’s LLC, 250 Park Center Blvd.

                          Boise   ID     83726
Street or Mailing Address               City     State         Country       Zip Code            

 

Form 207

  1   


NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address               City     State         Country         Zip Code            

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

 

IF INDIVIDUAL

 

 

     
First Name   M.I.                   Last Name   Suffix            

OR

 

IF ORGANIZATION

 

 

Organization Name

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

 

       
Street or Mailing Address               City     State         Country         Zip Code            

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard  

Boise

  ID   USA   83726
Street or Mailing Address           City   State   Country   Zip Code        

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Test Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A.  ☒  This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

  2   


B.  ☐  This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                         

C.  ☐   This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

Date:  

May 25, 2006

    TX OWNER GP, LLC
      By:   Albertson’s, Inc., its sole member
      By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

        Paul G. Rowan
       

Group Vice President,

        Business Law
       

 

 

Form 207

  3   

Exhibit 3.41

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ABS TX OWNER LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

   Definitions      1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

   Formation      3  

Section 2.2.

   Name      4  

Section 2.3.

   Place of Business      4  

Section 2.4.

   Registered Office; Registered Agent      4  

Section 2.5.

   Term      4  

Section 2.6.

   Purpose      4  

Section 2.7.

   Powers      5  

Section 2.8.

   Ownership      5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

   Authority of the General Partner      5  

Section 3.2.

   Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner      7  

Section 3.3.

   Officers      8  

Section 3.4.

   Partnership Expenses.      8  

Section 3.5.

   Certain Activities of the General Partner      8  

Section 3.6.

   Contracts with Affiliates      9  

Section 3.7.

   Other Matters Affecting the General Partner      9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     9  

Section 4.1.

   Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally      9  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

   Admission of Partners      10  

Section 5.2.

   Capital Contributions      10  

Section 5.3.

   Return of Capital      10  

Section 5.4.

   Interest on Capital Contributions      10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     10  

Section 6.1.

   Bank Accounts      10  

Section 6.2.

   Records      11  

Section 6.3.

   Books of Account; Reports      11  

Section 6.4.

   Preparation of Tax Returns      11  

Section 6.5.

   Tax Elections      11  

Section 6.6.

   Tax Matters Partner      11  

 

i


     Page  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     11  

Section 7.1.    

  

Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts

     11  

Section 7.2.    

  

Special Allocations to Capital Accounts

     12  

Section 7.3.    

  

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

     12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  

Section 10.1.  

  

Transfer

     15  

Section 10.2.  

  

Limited Partner Transfers

     15  

Section 10.3.  

  

Substitute Limited Partner

     15  

Section 10.4.  

  

Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest

     15  

Section 10.5.  

  

Substitute General Partner

     15  

Section 10.6.  

  

Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee

     15  

Section 10.7.  

  

Withdrawal

     15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     16  

Section 11.1.  

  

Dissolution Events

     16  

Section 11.2.  

  

Election to Continue the Partnership

     16  

Section 11.3.  

  

Winding Up

     16  

Section 11.4.  

  

Rights of Limited Partners

     17  

Section 11.5.  

  

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate

     17  

Section 11.6.  

  

Waiver of Partition

     18  

Section 11.7.  

  

Negative Capital Accounts

     18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 12.1.  

  

Amendments

     18  

Section 12.2.  

  

Complete Agreement

     18  

Section 12.3.  

  

Governing Law

     18  

Section 12.4.  

  

Binding Effect

     19  

Section 12.5.  

  

Interpretation

     19  

Section 12.6.  

  

Multiple Counterparts

     19  

Section 12.7.  

  

Execution of Documents

     19  

Section 12.8.  

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

     19  

Section 12.9.  

  

Notices

     20  

Section 12.10.

  

Waiver

     20  

Section 12.11.

  

Liability

     20  

ARTICLE XIII.

        21  

ARTICLE XIV.

        21  

 

ii


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A - Tax Appendix

 

iii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ABS TX OWNER LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ABS TX OWNER LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the      day of             , 2006, by and among ABS TX OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS MEZZANINE II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, ABS TX OWNER LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.


“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and ( g ) as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ABS TX OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS MEZZANINE II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ABS TX OWNER LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ABS TX OWNER LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

4


  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under

 

5


the Act. Subject to Section  3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

6


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

 

7


Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section  3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

 

8


Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

 

9


ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

 

10


Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

11


Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

 

14


ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio.

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

15


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in

 

16


Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section  11 .3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section  11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

 

17


Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however , that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the

 

18


internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

 

19


Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of            , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ABS TX OWNER LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) (4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

 

A-1


(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection(b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

 

A-2


(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) or (6) , that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section  754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752- 3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12

Exhibit 3.42

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, natural persons acting as incorporators under the provisions of the Delaware Corporation Law, adopt the following Certificate of Incorporation:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is:

AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.

ARTICLE II

The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE III

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

The purposes for which this corporation is organized are as follows:

(a) To acquire, hold and/or dispose of stock of other corporations, including engaging in such activities as are incidental to the business of acquiring, holding and/or disposing of such stock.


(b) To acquire by purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of or deal in or with real and personal property of every kind and nature and other interests in real estate within and without the United States of America.

(c) To enter into partnership or any arrangement for sharing of profits, union or interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise, with any person, corporation or other business association carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the corporation is authorized to carry on or engage in, or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to directly or indirectly benefit the corporation; and to lend money to, guarantee the contracts of, or otherwise assist any such person, corporation or other business association, and to take or otherwise acquire shares and securities of any such corporation, and to sell, hold, reissue, with or without guaranty, or otherwise deal with the same.

(d) To acquire by purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of or deal in its own corporate securities or stock or any other securities or stock, including without limitation, any shares of stock, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts or other instruments representing rights or interests therein or any property or assets created or issued by any person, firm, association, or corporation, or any government or subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities thereof; to make payment therefor in any lawful manner or to issue in exchange therefor its own securities or to use its unrestricted and unreserved earned surplus for the purchase of its own shares, and to exercise as owner or holder of any securities, any and all rights, powers and privileges in respect thereof.

 

-2-


(e) To lend money and negotiate loans and generally to carry on, conduct, promote, operate and undertake any business, transaction or operation commonly carried on, conducted, promoted, operated or undertaken by real estate agents, brokers, dealers, subdividers, capitalists, financiers, contractors and builders, promoters, security brokers and agents.

(f) To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as purposes and powers, and shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of this corporation, and the enjoyment and the exercise thereof, conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware now in force or hereinafter enacted.

ARTICLE V

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar ($1) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000).

ARTICLE VI

The name and address of each incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

Frederick P. McBrier   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84102

Kent T. Anderson   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84102

Teresa Beck   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84102

 

-3-


ARTICLE VII

The name and mailing address of each person, who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until a successor is elected and qualified, is as follows:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

Joseph S. Vassalluzzo   

124 North 15th Street

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101

Alan D. Stewart   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84102

Frederick P. McBrier   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, Utah 84102

ARTICLE VIII

In furtherance and in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

To make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the corporation.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IX

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws of the corporation shall so provide.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the Delaware statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the corporation.

ARTICLE X

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

WE THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators herein before named, for the purpose of forming the corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is our act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this 23rd day of December, 1986.

 

-5-


/s/ Frederick P. McBrier

Frederick P. McBrier

/s/ Kent T. Anderson

Kent T. Anderson

/s/ Teresa Beck

Teresa Beck

 

-6-


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

ACME MARKETS, INC.

INTO

AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.

* * * * *

AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO., the undersigned corporation, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations of the merger is as follows:

 

Name

 

State of Incorporation

American Superstores Development Co.   Delaware
Acme Markets, Inc.   Pennsylvania

SECOND: That an Agreement and Plan of Merger between the parties to the merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

THIRD: That the name of the surviving corporation of the merger is American Superstores Development Co., which shall hereinwith be changed to Acme Markets, Inc.

FOURTH: That the amendments or changes to the Certificate of Incorporation of American Superstores Development Co., a Delaware corporation, the surviving corporation to be effected as follows:

Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is:

ACME MARKETS, INC.


FIFTH: That the executed Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at the principal place of business of the surviving corporation, the address of which is 709 East South Temple, Salt Lake City, Utah 84102.

SIXTH: That a copy of the Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished on request and without cost to any stockholder of the constituent corporations of the merger.

SEVENTH: The authorized capital of each foreign corporation which is a party to the merger is as follows:

 

Corporation

   Class      Number of Shares      Par Value  

Acme Markets, Inc.

     Common        15,000,000      $ 1.00  

EIGHTH: That this Certificate of Merger shall be effective as of the date of filing of this Certificate Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, American Superstores Development Co. has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by Mark N. Schneider, its Vice President and attested by Mary V. Sloan, its Secretary, this 30 th day of January, 1996.

 

AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.,

a Delaware corporation

By  

/s/ Mark N. Schneider

  Mark N. Schneider, Vice President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Mary V. Sloan

Mary V. Sloan, Secretary

Exhibit 3.43

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

ACME MARKETS, INC.

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.)

A Delaware Corporation

May 28, 2008

 

1 OF 16


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article I, Offices

     4  

Article II, Shareholders

     4  

Section 1, Annual Meeting

     4  

Section 2, Special Meetings

     4  

Section 3, Place of Meeting

     4  

Section 4, Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings

     5  

Section 5, Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date

     5  

Section 6, Voting Lists

     6  

Section 7, Quorum

     6  

Section 8, Proxies

     6  

Section 9, Voting

     6  

Section 10, Inspectors of Election

     6  

Section 11, Informal Action by Shareholders

     7  

Article III, Board of Directors

     7  

Section 1, General Powers

     7  

Section 2, Number, Tenure and Qualifications

     7  

Section 3, Regular Meetings

     7  

Section 4, Special Meeting

     7  

Section 5, Notice

     7  

Section 6, Quorum

     8  

Section 7, Manner of Acting

     8  

Section 8, Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies

     8  

Section 9, Removal of Directors

     8  

Section 10, Resignation

     8  

Section 11, Compensation

     9  

Section 12, Presumption of Assent

     9  

Section 13, Executive and Other Committees

     9  

Section 14, Conference Telephone Meetings

     9  

Section 15, Informal Action by Directors

     9  

Section 16, Interest of Directors in Contract

     9  

Article IV, Officers

     9  

Section 1, Number

     9  

Section 2, Term of Office

     10  

Section 3, Officers, Committees and Agents

     10  

Section 4, Removal

     10  

Section 5, Vacancies

     10  

Section 6, General Powers

     10  

Section 7, Chairman of the Board

     10  

Section 8, The President

     11  

Section 9, The General Manager

     11  

 

2 OF 16


Article IV, Officers (continued)

  

Section 10, The Vice Presidents

     11  

Section 11, The Secretary

     11  

Section 12, The Treasurer

     12  

Section 13, The Controller

     12  

Section 14, Compensation

     12  

Article V, Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits

     12  

Section 1, Authority to Execute Agreements

     12  

Article VI, Certificates of Stock, Transfer, etc.

     13  

Section 1, Issuance

     13  

Section 2, Transfer

     13  

Section 3, Stock Certificates

     13  

Section 4, Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates

     13  

Section 5, Record Holder of Shares

     13  

Article VII, Indemnification of Directors, Officers, etc.

     14  

Section 1, Directors and Officers: Third Party Actions

     14  

Section 2, Directors and Officers: Derivative Actions

     14  

Section 3, Employees and Agents

     14  

Section 4, Procedure for Effecting Indemnification

     14  

Section 5, Advancing Expenses

     15  

Section 6, Scope of Article

     15  

Article VIII, Insurance

     16  

Section 1, Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, etc.

     16  

Article IX, Dividends

     16  

Article X, Waiver of Notice

     16  

Article XI, Books and Records

     16  

Article XII, Amendments

     16  

 

3 OF 16


AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

ACME MARKETS, INC.

FORMERLY KNOWN AS AMERICAN SUPERSTORES DEVELOPMENT CO.

A Delaware Corporation

Article I. Offices.

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Delaware a registered office, and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office. The registered office may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Article II. Shareholders.

Section  1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.

Section  2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose or purposes of such meeting, to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall fix the date of the meeting to be held at such date and time as the Secretary may fix, not less than ten 910) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders as provided herein. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Section  3. Place of Meeting. Shareholder meetings may be held at any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

 

4 OF 16


Section  4. Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings. Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the office of persons calling the meting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section  5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If no record date is fixed:

 

  1. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

  2. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders on the record date fixed or determined as aforesaid shall be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meting or adjournment, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

5 OF 16


Section  6. Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares help by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open for any prupose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list hall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of shareholders.

Section  7. Quorum. At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number is otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of these By-Laws.

Section  8. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section  9. Voting. Each shareholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder. All elections for directors, as well as other questions, need not be by written ballot and shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  10. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman of any such meeting may, and upon the demand of any shareholder or his other proxy at the meeting and before voting begins, shall appoint inspectors of election. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case of any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting.

If inspectors of election are appointed as aforesaid, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, receive votes or

 

6 OF 16


ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The decision, act or certificate of a majority of the inspectors shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

On request of the Chairman of the meeting or of any shareholder or his or her proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

Section  11. Informal Action by Shareholders. Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

Article III. Board of Directors.

Section  1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the Corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these By-Laws and the Laws of the State of Delaware.

Section  2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than one and no more than five (5), as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. One director shall be designated as Chairman. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, disqualification, or removal. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws.

Section  3. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section  4. Special Meeting. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, the Chairman of the Board or twenty percent (20%) of the then existing directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special meting of the directors called by them.

Section  5. Notice: Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least four (4) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or mailed to

 

7 OF 16


each director at his or her business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a wavier of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then existing directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section  7. Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

Section  8. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, those less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified unless such director shall resign, become disqualified or shall otherwise be removed. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with the law and these By-Laws. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.

Section  9. Removal of Directors. Any director may be removed, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, either for or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any directorship to be filled by reason of the removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to this section may be filled by a vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting at which the director was removed, or at an annual meeting of the shareholders, and then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section  10. Resignation. A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

8 OF 16


Section  11. Compensation. Each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof shall be paid such compensation for his or her services as a director and shall be reimbursed for such expenses as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section  12. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

Section  13. Executive and Other Committees. The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such duties and authority as delegated by the Board (which delegation may be general or specific) and as may otherwise be permitted by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  14. Conference Telephone Meetings. One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section  15. Informal Action by Directors. Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

Section  16. Interest of Directors in Contract. Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his, her their participating in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors, and such Board shall nevertheless approve or ratify such contract or transaction by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. This section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid and under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

Article IV. Officers

Section  1. Number. The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chairman of the Board, President, a General Manager, on or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be elected or appointed from time to time. All

 

9 OF 16


officers are to be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by an officer or committee to whom the Board has delegated that the Secretary may not also be the President or General Manager. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or its delegate may decline to fill any officer position of the Corporation.

Section  2. Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected or appointed and qualified, or until an officer’s earlier resignation or removal.

Section  3. Officers, Committees and Agents. Officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, President, General Manager and Secretary, who shall be elected by the Board) and to appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

Section  4. Removal. Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, by the Board of Directors or authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Any and all officers are employees at will and serve at the will of the Board, committee or officer who elected or appointed such officer unless such officer serves pursuant to a mutually executed written contract that provides otherwise. Until such time as this By-Law is amended or a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the President and General Manager shall each have the authority to terminate any employee or officer, whether or not such employee or officer was elected or appointed by an officer, or committee or the Board of Directors.

Section  5. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause may be filled out (but need not be filed) by the Board of Directors or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, as the case may be, for the unexpired portion

Section  6. General Powers. All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by these By-Laws, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the By-Laws, as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Directors (which may be general or specific).

Section  7. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board may be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active supervision of the affairs, business, officers and employees of the Corporation. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the

 

10 OF 16


Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section  8. The President. The Corporation may have a President who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section  9. The General Manager. The Corporation may have a General Manager who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation. If there is no President, or in the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the General Manager shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and shall be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The General Manager shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section  10. The Vice Presidents. The Corporation may have one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents having such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  11. The Secretary. The Corporation may have a Secretary who, if elected or appointed, shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall record all the votes of the stockholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; shall have responsibility for the customer and

 

11 OF 16


safekeeping of all permanent records and other documents of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Board of Directors may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries to perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  12. The Treasurer. The Corporation may have a Treasurer who, if elected or appointed, shall have or provide for the custody of all funds, securities and other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection or receipt of money earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit or cause to be deposited all such moneys in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; shall make disbursements of Corporation funds upon appropriate vouchers; shall keep full and accurate accounts of transactions of his or her office in books belonging to the Corporation; shall, whenever so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or an Audit Committee, render an accounting showing his or her transactions as Treasurer, and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  13. The Controller. The Corporation may have a Controller who, if elected or appointed, shall maintain full and accurate records of all assets and liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and see that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. He or she shall make all such records available for examination when so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or an Audit Committee. He or she shall perform such other duties and have such other obligations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  14. Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to fix salaries or other compensation of officers.

Article V. Contracts, Loans, Checks and Deposits.

Section  1. Authority to Execute Agreements. The Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents and Group Vice Presidents are hereby authorized to execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, all contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, bonds, options, leases, lease and other guarantees of the obligations of others, including subsidiary corporations and customers, stock transfer documents, and such other instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Corporation; and said officers are further authorized to sign, affix, or cause to be signed and affixed, the seal of the Corporation on any instrument requiring the same, which seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer.

 

12 OF 16


Article VI. Certificates of Stock, Transfer, etc.

Section  1. Issuance. The certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books or equivalent records of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Any of or all the signatures upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed if such certificate of stock is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section  2. Transfer. Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefore, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made

Section  3. Stock Certificates. Stock certificates of the Corporation shall be in such form as provided by statute and approved by the Board of Directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any agency designated by the Board of Directors for that purpose.

Section  4. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section  5. Record Holder of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote on such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

13 OF 16


Article VII. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, etc.

Section  1. Directors and Officers: Third Party Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation (which, for the purposes of this Article and Article VIII of these By-Laws, shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section  2. Directors and Officers: Derivative Actions. The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending o completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section  3. Employees and Agents. To the extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation who neither was nor is a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or of otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article or in defense or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses 9including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Such an authorized representative may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation in any other circumstances to any extent if the Corporation would be required by Sections 1 and 2 of this article to indemnify such person in such circumstances to such extent if her or she were or had been a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section  4. Procedure for Effecting Indemnification. Indemnification under Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article shall be made when ordered by a court or shall be made in a specific

 

14 OF 16


case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative is required or proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article. Such determination shall be made:

 

  1. By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or

 

  2. If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or

 

  3. By the shareholders.

If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section  5. Advancing Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of any undertaking by or on behalf of an authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as required in this Article or authorized by law.

Section  6. Scope of Article. Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon such rights of indemnification as are provided in this Article.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, statute of otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

15 OF 16


Article VIII. Insurance.

Section  1. Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc. The Corporation, whenever so authorized by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any authorized representative, as such term is defined in Section 1 of Article VII of these By-Laws, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would be authorized or required to indemnify him or her by law or Article VII or these By-Laws.

Article IX. Dividends.

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

Article X. Waiver of Notice.

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Article XI. Books and Records.

Section  1. Audits. The Board of Directors shall cause the accounts and records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants at lease once each year. The Board of Directors each year shall cause a report of the financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the closing date of the preceding fiscal year to be prepared. Such report shall be in such forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants.

Section  2. Inspection. The books, accounts and records of the corporation shall be open for personal inspection by any member of the Board of Directors as provided by law.

Article XII. Amendments.

These By-Laws shall not be made, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Nothing contained herein shall detract from the authority of the Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Corporation.

 

16 OF 16

Exhibit 3.44

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is: Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC this 28th day of December, 2016

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

New Albertson’s, Inc., Sole Member
By Laura A. Donald, Group Vice President,
Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company: Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC

 

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 8th day of February, A.D. 2017.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Authorized Person(s)
Name:  

Laura A. Donald

  Print or Type

Exhibit 3.45

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY PHARMACY, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 28, 2016, adopted by New Albeltson’s, Inc. (the “ Managing Member ”).

Preliminary Statement

The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Act ”), and wishes to set forth herein an agreement as to the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Managing Member hereby adopts the following:

1. Formation . Upon the execution of this Agreement the Managing Member shall be the designated “authorized Person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized Person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the certificate of formation of the Company as provided in the Delaware Act.

2. Name . The name of the Company is “Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC”.

3. Purpose .

A.    The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

B.    The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Managing Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

5. Members . Upon execution of the Agreement, the Managing Member is admitted as a member of the Company. The name and the address of the Managing Member is as follows:

 

Name

   Address  

New Albertson’s, Inc.

     250 Parkcenter Blvd.  
     Boise, ID 83706  

 

1


6. Management of the Company .

A.     Power and Authority of Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

 

  1. to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other Person (as defined in the Delaware Act), corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

 

  2. to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or lights in real or personal property;

 

  3. to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

 

  4. to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

  5. to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other Person;

 

  6. to guarantee debt on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries now or hereinafter in existence, and to secure the same by a mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on any or all the assets of the Company;

 

  7. to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

 

  8. to direct the formulation of policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities including those activities specified above in clauses (1) and (2); and

 

2


  9. to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

B.     No “Manager” of Company . There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

C.     Managing Member May Appoint Officers . The Managing Member may appoint officers of the Company. The officers of the Company shall be responsible for the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Company, shall have such powers as conferred on them by the Managing Member and shall have the authority to bind the Company through the exercise of such powers subject to, and to the extent consistent with, the terms hereof. The officers of the Company shall (i) be appointed and be subject to removal by the Managing Member and (ii) operate as an autonomous management group, accountable only to the Managing Member. The initial officers of the Company are listed on Schedule I hereto.

7. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earliest to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member; (c) if at any time there ate no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; and (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company.

8.     Initial Capital Contributions . The Managing Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company.

9.     Additional Contributions . The Managing Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Tax Matters . The Company shall be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 301.7701-3(b)(ii). The Managing Member shall have the authority to change or maintain such status in its sole discretion.

11. Distributions . The Company shall promptly distribute to the Managing Member all amounts of cash and any other property held by the Company that is available for distribution at the times and in the amounts as determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Managing Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.

12. Indemnification of Managers, Officers, Employees And Agents .

A.    Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Managing Member or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of

 

3


the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company or of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including a service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such a Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or in any other capacity while serving as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law (including indemnification for negligence or gross negligence but excluding indemnification (i) for acts or omissions involving actual fraud or willful misconduct or (ii) with respect to any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit), against all expense, liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

B.    The right to indemnification conferred in Section 12(A) shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”). The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Section 12(A) and this Section 12(B) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue (regardless of any amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement) as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C.    The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of the Managing Member, or otherwise.

D.    The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who may become an Indemnitee under Section 12(A) against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the applicable law.

E.    The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Managing Member, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 12 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of the Indemnitees.

13. Exculpation .

A.    None of the Managing Member, any officer of the Company or any of their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for (i) any action or inaction, unless such action or inaction arises out of, or is attributable to, the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person or (ii) any action or inaction of any employee, broker or other agent of the Company or the Managing Member; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such employee, broker or agent did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person. The Managing Member, officers of the Company and their affiliates may consult with counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisers, appraisers and other specialized, reputable, professional consultants or advisers in respect of Company affairs and be fully protected and

 

4


justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such Persons; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such consultants or advisers did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person.

B.    Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 13 shall not be construed so as to relieve (or attempt to relieve) a Person of any liability, to the extent (but only to the extent) that such liability may not be waived, modified or limited under applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section 13 to the fullest extent permitted by law.

C.    Provided they shall act in good faith and have not engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence, the Managing Member and its affiliates and any member, officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the foregoing shall not be liable to the Company (a) for any mistake in judgment, (b) for any action or inaction taken or omitted for a purpose which the Managing Member or such other Person believed in good faith to be consistent with the best interests of the Company or (c) for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent, provided , that such broker or other agent is not and was not an affiliate of the Managing Member. The Managing Member or affiliate may consult with legal counsel with respect to matters of law and accountants with respect to matters of accounting in respect of Company affairs and, except in respect of matters in which there is a conflict of interest, shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel with respect to matters of law or accountants with respect to matters of accounting. In determining whether the Managing Member or any of its affiliates acted in good faith, each such Person shall be entitled to rely on reports and written statements of the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests. For the purposes of this Section 13 , the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests shall not, solely by virtue of such holding, be deemed to be affiliates of the Managing Member.

14.     Transfer of Interest . The Managing Member may sell, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber (each, a “ Transfer ”) its limited liability company interests in the Company so long as such Transfer is in writing, in which the transferee accepts the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Managing Member transfers all of its limited liability company interests in the Company pursuant to this Section 14 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of such writing, which may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Managing Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

15.     Liability of the Member . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Managing Member nor any officer of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Managing Member or officer of the Company.

 

5


16. Sole Benefit . Other than pursuant to Section 12 and Section 13 , the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Managing Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit to any third-party beneficiaries.

17. Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State.

19. Amendments . Unless, and only to the extent, otherwise required under the Delaware Act, this Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument executed by the Managing Member.

[ Remainder of page intentionally lefi blank. Signature page follows .]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

New Albertson’s, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary


SCHEDULE I

INITIAL OFFICERS

 

Shane Sampson

   President

Wayne Denningham

   Chief Operating Officer

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

Justin Dye

   Chief Administrative Officer

Robert A. Gordon

   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

Bradley Beckstrom

   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

Laura A. Donald

   Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

Gary Morton

   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT NO 1

TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY PHARMACY, LLC

This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of December 28, 2016 (the “Agreement”), of Albertsons Companies Specialty Pharmacy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), made and entered into by New Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Member”) as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

 

  A. The Member feels it is in its best interests to change the name of the Company to Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC.

 

  B. In accordance with Section 19 of the Agreement, the Member consents to and adopts this Amendment No 1 to the Agreement as set forth below.

 

  C. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

 

  1. All references to the Company shall be to Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC.

 

  2. Except as provided in this Amendment No. l, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Amendment No. 1 shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving effect to its rules of conflicts of laws.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.

Dated: January 31, 2017

 

New Albertson’s, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Laura A. Donald

Group Vice President, Corporate Law

& Assistant Secretary

 
 

Exhibit 3.46

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

 

The undersigned, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101 et seq. DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is Albertsons Companies, LLC.

SECOND The address of the registered office of the aforementioned limited liability company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the name of the registered agent located at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of this 9th day of November, 2015.

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael Stromquist

 

Michael Stromquist

 

Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.47

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 10, 2015, adopted by AB Acquisition LLC (the “ Managing Member ”).

Preliminary Statement

The Managing Member desires to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Act ”), and wishes to set forth herein an agreement as to the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Managing Member hereby adopts the following:

1. Formation . A certificate of formation of the Company (the “ Certificate ”) was executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 9, 2015. The execution, delivery and filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware by the Company, and by Michael Stromquist on behalf of the Company, as an “authorized Person” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Act, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. Upon the execution of this Agreement the Managing Member shall be the designated “authorized Person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized Person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Delaware Act.

2. Name . The name of the Company is “Albertsons Companies, LLC”.

3. Purpose .

A. The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

B. The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Managing Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1


5     Members . Upon execution of the Agreement, the Managing Member is admitted as a member of the Company. The name and the address of the Managing Member is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

AB Acquisition LLC

  

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

6.     Management of the Company .

A.     Power and Authority of Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

 

  1. to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other Person (as defined in the Delaware Act), corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

 

  2. to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

 

  3. to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

 

  4. to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

  5. to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other Person;

 

  6. to guarantee debt on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries now or hereinafter in existence, and to secure the same by a mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on any or all the assets of the Company;

 

  7. to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

 

2


  8. to direct the formulation of policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities including those activities specified above in clauses (1) and (2); and

 

  9. to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

B. No “Manager” of Company . There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

C. Managing Member May Appoint Officers . The Managing Member may appoint officers of the Company, including a Chief Executive Officer. The officers of the Company shall be responsible for the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Company, shall have such powers as conferred on them by the Managing Member and shall have the authority to bind the Company through the exercise of such powers subject to, and to the extent consistent with, the terms hereof. The officers of the Company shall (i) be appointed and be subject to removal by the Managing Member and (ii) operate as an autonomous management group, accountable only to the Managing Member. The initial officers of the Company are listed on Schedule I hereto.

7. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earliest to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member; (c) if at any time there are no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; and (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company.

8. Initial Capital Contributions . The Managing Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . The Managing Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Tax Matters . The Company shall, upon its initial formation, be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 301.7701-3(b)(ii). The Managing Member shall have the authority to change or maintain such status in its sole discretion.

11. Distributions . The Company shall promptly distribute to the Managing Member all amounts of cash and any other property held by the Company that is available for distribution at the times and in the amounts as determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Managing Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.

 

3


12. Indemnification of Managers, Officers, Employees And Agents .

A. Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Managing Member or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company or of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including a service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such a Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or in any other capacity while serving as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law (including indemnification for negligence or gross negligence but excluding indemnification (i) for acts or omissions involving actual fraud or willful misconduct or (ii) with respect to any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit), against all expense, liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 12(A) shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”). The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Section 12(A) and this Section 12(B) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue (regardless of any amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement) as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of the Managing Member, or otherwise.

D. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who may become an Indemnitee under Section 12(A) against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the applicable law.

E. The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Managing Member, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 12 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of the Indemnitees.

13. Exculpation .

A. None of the Managing Member, any officer of the Company or any of their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for (i) any action or inaction, unless such action or inaction arises out of, or is attributable to, the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such

 

4


Person or (ii) any action or inaction of any employee, broker or other agent of the Company or the Managing Member; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such employee, broker or agent did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person. The Managing Member, officers of the Company and their affiliates may consult with counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisers, appraisers and other specialized, reputable, professional consultants or advisers in respect of Company affairs and be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such Persons; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such consultants or advisers did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person.

B. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 13 shall not be construed so as to relieve (or attempt to relieve) a Person of any liability, to the extent (but only to the extent) that such liability may not be waived, modified or limited under applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section 13 to the fullest extent permitted by law.

C. Provided they shall act in good faith and have not engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence, the Managing Member and its affiliates and any member, officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the foregoing shall not be liable to the Company (a) for any mistake in judgment, (b) for any action or inaction taken or omitted for a purpose which the Managing Member or such other Person believed in good faith to be consistent with the best interests of the Company or (c) for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent, provided , that such broker or other agent is not and was not an affiliate of the Managing Member. The Managing Member or affiliate may consult with legal counsel with respect to matters of law and accountants with respect to matters of accounting in respect of Company affairs and, except in respect of matters in which there is a conflict of interest, shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel with respect to matters of law or accountants with respect to matters of accounting. In determining whether the Managing Member or any of its affiliates acted in good faith, each such Person shall be entitled to rely on reports and written statements of the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests. For the purposes of this Section 13 , the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests shall not, solely by virtue of such holding, be deemed to be affiliates of the Managing Member.

14. Transfer of Interest . The Managing Member may sell, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber (each, a “ Transfer ”) its limited liability company interests in the Company so long as such Transfer is in writing, in which the transferee accepts the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Managing Member transfers all of its limited liability company interests in the Company pursuant to this Section 14 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of such writing, which may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Managing Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

 

5


15. Liability of the Member . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Managing Member nor any officer of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Managing Member or officer of the Company.

16. Sole Benefit . Other than pursuant to Section 12 and Section 13 , the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Managing Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit to any third-party beneficiaries.

17. Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State.

19. Amendments . Unless, and only to the extent, otherwise required under the Delaware Act, this Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument executed by the Managing Member.

20. Effectiveness . Pursuant to Section 18-201(d) of the Delaware Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 9, 2015.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

AB ACQUISITION LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

Name:   Robert Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Albertson Companies LLC Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

INITIAL OFFICERS

 

Robert G. Miller

   Chief Executive Officer

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Robert Gordon

   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Robert B. Larson

   Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Exhibit 3.48

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:

   The name of the limited liability company is Albertson’s LLC.

SECOND:

   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

THIRD:

   The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this first day of June, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Colleen R. Batcheler

Name:   Colleen R. Batcheler
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.49

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ALBERTSONS LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ALBERTSONS LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     1  

Section 1.1

               Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term      1  

Section 1.2

               Name      2  

Section 1.3

               Purpose of the Company; Business      2  

Section 1.4

               Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      2  

Section 1.5

               Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      2  

Section 1.6

               Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

  

DEFINITIONS

     3  

ARTICLE III

  

CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

     4  

Section 3.1

               Capital      4  

Section 3.2

               Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest      4  

Section 3.3

               Withdrawal      5  

Section 3.4

               Corporate Status      5  

Section 3.5

               Limitations on Distributions      5  

Section 3.6

               Other Distributions      5  

Section 3.7

               Transfer of Interests      5  

ARTICLE IV

  

MANAGEMENT

     6  

Section 4.1

               Board of Managers      6  

Section 4.2

               Authority of the Board of Managers      6  

Section 4.3

               Powers of the Board of Managers      6  

Section 4.4

               Notice of Board Meetings      8  

Section 4.5

               Location of Board Meetings      8  

Section 4.6

               Waiver of Notice of Meeting      8  

Section 4.7

               Required Vote      8  

Section 4.8

               Voting; Proxies      8  

Section 4.9

               Written Actions of the Board      9  

Section 4.10

               Officers of the Company      9  

Section 4.11

               Standard of Care      9  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

        Page  

ARTICLE V

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     9  

Section 5.1

               Limited Liability of the Member      9  

Section 5.2

               No Dissolution      9  

Section 5.3

               No Resignation      9  

Section 5.4

               Amendments      10  

Section 5.5

               Further Assurances      10  

Section 5.6

               Notices      10  

Section 5.7

               Waiver      10  

Section 5.8

               Whole Agreement      10  

Section 5.9

               Governing Law      10  

Section 5.10

               Binding Nature      10  

Section 5.11

               Invalidity      11  

Section 5.12

               Counterparts      11  

Section 5.13

               Construction      11  

Section 5.14

               Authorized Signatories      11  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ALBERTSONS LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement” ) dated as of                               , 2006, made by New Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole and original member of Albertsons LLC (the “ Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Albertson’s, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on April 3,1969;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”);

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Section 266 of the GCL;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Act, and Section 266 of the GCL pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of a Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company and a Certificate of Formation (the “ Conversion ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term. Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as restated and amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the Company, (iii)


the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a Delaware limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “Albertsons LLC.”

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Board of Managers, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Board of Managers shall amend the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section  1.4 (without the need for any action by any Member) to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Officers may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Officers or Board of Managers considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Board of Managers. The Officers may, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Board of Managers reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Members.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section  3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of one or more additional Members, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section  5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq. ), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliat e also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor’’ or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced.

The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Board” or “ Board of Managers” means the Board of Managers created under Section  4.1 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company ” means Albertsons LLC.

“Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Board of Managers from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year endin g on February 1, 2007.

“Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

 

-3-


“Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member ” means New Albertson’s, Inc. executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Officers ” means the officers of the Company appointed and acting, from time to time, under Section 4.10 .

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Members may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Members and without the Members’ financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

 

-4-


Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Board of Managers. To the extent that the Board of Managers reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section  3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Board of Managers believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Board of Managers believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5, from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Board of Managers may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Board of Managers in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section  3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-5-


ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Board of Managers. The Company shall be managed by the Board of Managers. Each Manager is to serve until the earlier of his or her death, resignation or removal. A Manager may be removed at any time by a Majority Vote of the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time by delivering his or her written resignation to the Members.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Board of Managers.

(a) Except as specifically reserved to the Members in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law, the Board of Managers has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business and affairs of the Company in the ordinary course of its business. Approval by or action taken by the Board of Managers in accordance with this Agreement is the approval or action of the Company and is binding on each Member.

(b) The Board of Managers may delegate to the Officers, other employees and agents of the Company the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course, in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation which may be adopted and revised from time to time by the Board of Managers. Any power not delegated by the Board of Managers remains with the Board of Managers.

Section 4.3 Powers of the Board of Managers.

(a) Subject to the limitations imposed by the Act and the provisions of Section 4.3(b), the authority of the Board of Managers includes, without limitation, the power to:

(1) appoint or remove any Officer of the Company, establish compensation for each Officer of the Company, and establish, alter or amend the power and authority of any Officer of the Company;

(2) authorize any commitment for a capital expenditure, so long as such capital expenditure is contemplated by the then current capital budget as approved by the Members;

(3) approve any obligation of the Company for borrowed money and make, issue, accept, endorse and execute promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, letters of credit, guarantees and other instruments and evidences of indebtedness or of contingent liability and approve the granting of any security therefor;

(4) authorize any commitment relating to a loan by the Company to any Person or a guarantee by the Company of any obligation of any Person;

(5) authorize any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any group of assets, in each case, to the extent contemplated by the then current capital budget and related business plans as approved by the Members, except that a Majority Vote of the Members is required for the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

 

-6-


(6) approve the acquisition of any business or a business division from any Person whether by asset purchase or stock purchase, except that a Majority Vote of the Members is required for an acquisition that would change the purpose of the Company’s business, as set forth in Section 1.3;

(7) approve any purchase or lease of real property;

(8) authorize the making, modification, amendment or termination of any agreement with any Member or any Affiliate of a Member,

(9) authorize any distribution to Members;

(10) make any determination to indemnify any Person in connection with litigation occurring in the ordinary course of business if the Company is also a defendant but only so long as the individual being indemnified is also represented by the counsel that represents the Company;

(11) establish, amend or modify rules for the operation of the Board of Managers;

(12) approve any change of the location of the headquarters of the Company;

(13) approve any license or other grant of rights to or from the Company with respect to any patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks, know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary information;

(14) open, conduct and close checking, savings, custodial and other accounts on behalf of the Company in such banks or other financial institutions as the Board of Managers may select from time to time;

(15) negotiate, enter into, execute and exercise the Company’s rights under any and all contracts necessary, desirable or convenient with respect to its business and affairs;

(16) purchase or bear the cost of any insurance covering the potential liabilities of the Company, Members, any Officer or employee of the Company and any other Person acting on behalf of the Company;

(17) commence, defend or settle litigation pertaining to the Company, its business or assets, except that unless indemnification is authorized under the other provisions of this Agreement the Company will not bear the expenses of any litigation brought against any Member or Manager acting in that capacity, any Officer or employee of the Company, or any other Person acting on behalf of the Company unless approved by the Members;

 

-7-


(18) enter into, make and perform such contracts, agreements and other undertakings, to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, and to do such other acts, as it considers necessary or advisable for, or as may be incidental to, the conduct of the business contemplated by this Section 4.3(a), including, without limitation, contracts, agreements, undertakings and transactions with any Member or Manager or with any other Person that is an Affiliate or that performs services for or has any business, financial, family or other relationship with any Member or Manager; and

(19) take any other actions legally permitted under the Act.

(b) None of the powers granted in Section 4.3(a) broaden or extend powers that are limited by other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.4 Notice of Board Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Managers are to be held at such times and places as may be fixed by the Board of Managers. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President or by any two members of the Board. Notice of the time and place of a special or regular meeting of the Board is effective if delivered to each member of the Board by hand, telecopy, telephone or e-mail at least 48 hours prior to the time of such special meeting. Notices of special meetings of the Board are to identify the purpose of the special meeting or the business to be transacted at the special meeting. The failure to specifically identify an action to be taken or business to be transacted does not invalidate any action taken or any business transacted at a special meeting.

Section 4.5 Location of Board Meetings. Board meetings may be held at any location, within or without the United States. Members may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting is presence in person at the meeting.

Section 4.6 Waiver of Notice of Meeting. Whenever notice of a Board meeting is required to be given, a written waiver of notice, signed by the Manager entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting, is equivalent to notice. A Manager’s attendance at a meeting is a waiver of notice of that meeting, except when the Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 4.7 Required Vote. The vote of at least a majority of the Managers on the Board is approval by, or the authorization of, the Board. No Manager on the Board is disqualified from acting on any matter because the member is interested in the matter to be acted upon by the Board.

Section 4.8 Voting; Proxies. Each Manager on the Board has one vote. A Manager has no power to authorize another person to vote on behalf of the Manager, whether by proxy or other power of attorney.

 

-8-


Section 4.9 Written Actions of the Board. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Managers on the Board consents thereto in writing.

Section 4.10 Officers of the Company.

 

  (a) The initial officers of the Company are:

 

Paul G. Rowan

  

Vice President

Colleen R. Batcheler

  

Secretary

John F. Boyd

  

Treasurer

The Company may have such additional Officers as are appointed, from time to time by the Board of Managers.

(b) Each Officer shall serve until the earlier of his or her death, resignation or removal. An Officer may be removed at any time by the Board of Managers. Any Officer may resign at any time by delivering his or her written resignation to the Member.

(c) The Officers of the Company will have such authority and perform such duties as are customarily incident to their respective offices in a corporation, or as may be specified from time to time by the Board or by the other provisions of this Agreement, regardless whether such authority and duties are customarily incident to such office.

Section 4.11 Standard of Care. Any Member and any Manager, Officer or any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more Officers or employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section  3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section  3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-9-


Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a) , any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Vice President of the Company at the Company’s principal place of business, with a copy to the Secretary of the Company at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices to a Member are to be sent addressed to such Member at the address as may be specified by the Member from time to time in a notice to the Company. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respectin g the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

 

-10-


Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “ Authorized Signatory ” and together, the “ Authorized Signatories ”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“ Supervalu ’’), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“ Albertsons ”), New Albertson’s, Inc.(“ New Albertsons ”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Drug APA ” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “ Transaction Agreements ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-11-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul G. Rowan
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

ALBERTSON’S LLC

This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2006 (this “Agreement”), of Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), made and entered into by New Albertson’s, Inc. (“Former Member”) and Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“New Member”), as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A. Former Member has agreed to transfer its membership interest in the Company to New Member.

B. In accordance with Sections 3.7 and 5.4 of the Agreement, the parties have consented to and adopted this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement as set forth below.

C. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

 

  1. All references in the Agreement to “Sole Member” shall be to Albertson’s Holdings LLC instead of New Albertson’s, Inc.

 

  2. Except as provided in this Amendment No. 1, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its rules of conflicts of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.

 

NEW ALBERTSONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Colleen Batcheler

Name:  
Title:  
ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Justin Dye

Name:   Justin Dye
Title:   Chief Structuring Officer

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.50

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:   The name of the limited liability company is American Drug Stores LLC.
SECOND:   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
THIRD:   The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 24 th day of May, 2006.

 

By:

 

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:

 

Paul G. Rowan

Title:

 

Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.51

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS      1  
Section 1.1                Formation of the Company; Term      1  
Section 1.2                Name      1  
Section 1.3                Purpose of the Company; Business      1  
Section 1.4                Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      1  
Section 1.5                Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      1  
Section 1.6                Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

   DEFINITIONS      2  

ARTICLE III

   CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS      3  
Section 3.1                Capital      3  
Section 3.2                Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest; Certificates      3  
Section 3.3                Withdrawal      4  
Section 3.4                Corporate Status      4  
Section 3.5                Limitations on Distributions      4  
Section 3.6                Other Distributions      4  
Section 3.7                Transfer of Interests      5  

ARTICLE IV

   MANAGEMENT      5  
Section 4.1                Management by Member      5  
Section 4.2                Authority of the Member      5  
Section 4.3                Manner of Action      5  
Section 4.4                Delegation      5  
Section 4.5                Standard of Care      5  

ARTICLE V

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      6  
Section 5.1                Limited Liability of the Member      6  
Section 5.2                No Dissolution      6  
Section 5.3                No Resignation      6  
Section 5.4                Amendments      6  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.5

   Further Assurances      6  

Section 5.6

   Notices      6  

Section 5.7

   Waiver      6  

Section 5.8

   Whole Agreement      7  

Section 5.9

   Governing Law      7  

Section 5.10

   Binding Nature      7  

Section 5.11

   Invalidity      7  

Section 5.12

   Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

   Construction      7  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by American Stores Company, LLC (the “Corporation”), a Delaware limited liability company as the sole and original member of American Drug Stores LLC (the “Company”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Formation of the Company; Term. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member, formed by the execution and filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware of the Certificate of Formation of the Company. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “American Drug Stores LLC”.

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section  1.4 shall be amended to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction


in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member. Paul G. Rowan is hereby designated as an “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Conversion of the Company and the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Conversion and Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, his powers as an “authorized person” ceased, and each Member thereupon became a designated “authorized person” and shall continue as a designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section  3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section  5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq.) , as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

 

2


“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company ” means American Drug Stores LLC.

“Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

Member ” means American Stores Company, LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest; Certificates.

(a)    Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest.

 

3


(b)    For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8 (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. Each certificate evidencing Interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in American Drug Stores LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.” No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.

(c)    The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section   3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5 . from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section   3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

 

4


Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7 , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

 

5


ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section   3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section   3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a)    Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b)    Except as stated in Section 5.4(a) , any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

 

6


Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “Authorized Signatory” and together, the “Authorized Signatories”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC ( “Supervalu”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. ( “Albertsons”), New Albertson’s, Inc. (“New Albertsons”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement ( “Drug APA” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B.

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

7


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC.
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

 

1. William H. Arnold

 

2. Colleen Batcheler

 

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

4. John F. Boyd

 

5. Charles F. Cole

 

6. Joel Guth

 

7. Larry Johnston

 

8. Patrick Madigan

 

9. Susan McMillan

 

10. Ronald T. Mendes

 

11. Paul G. Rowan

 

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

2


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of June 1, 2006 (this ‘‘Agreement” ) by and among ADSI-ABS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company ( “ADSI” ), ADSI-CVS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company ( “ADSI Successor LLC” ), and SV Successor LLC, a Texas limited liability company ( “SV Successor LLC” ). ADSI, ADSI Successor LLC, and SV Successor LLC are referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the applicable provisions of Texas Law, ADSI, ADSI Successor LLC and SV Successor LLC will merge (the “Merger” ), whereby ADSI will cease to exist and whereby each of ADSI Successor LLC and SV Successor LLC will be a surviving entity of the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Defined Terms . The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

“Affiliates” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used in this definition, the term “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Asset Purchase Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement, as amended and attached as Schedule A hereto.

“Assumed Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Effective Time” means the Closing (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement).

“Entity” means any partnership (general or limited), limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, business trust, cooperative, association, foreign trust or foreign business organization or other legal entity.

“ND Assets” means the ND Stores and all related Purchased Assets.

“ND Liabilities” means the Assumed Liabilities related to the ND Stores.


“ND Stores” means the freestanding retail drug stores in North Dakota listed on Schedule B attached hereto.

“Person” shall mean any individual or Entity.

“Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

“Texas Law” means the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended, or any successor statutes and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Section 1.02. References . The words “hereby,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section, or provision of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to articles, sections or schedules are to such articles, sections or schedules of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE 2

T HE M ERGER

Section 2.01. The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of Texas Law, at the Effective Time, ADSI, ADSI Successor LLC and SV Successor LLC will merge. As a result of the Merger, the separate existence of ADSI shall cease, and each of ADSI Successor LLC and SV Successor LLC shall continue as the surviving limited liability companies of the Merger. Following the Effective Time, ADSI Successor LLC and SV Successor LLC may each individually be referred to herein as a “Surviving Company” and collectively as the “Surviving Companies.”

Section 2.02. Effective Time . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, in order to consummate the Merger, the Parties hereto shall file a certificate of merger or other appropriate documents (collectively, the “Certificate of Merger”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, in form and substance as required by, and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of, Texas Law. The Merger shall become effective at the Effective Time.

Section 2.03. Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided by this Agreement and the applicable provisions of Texas Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, (i) all of the property and assets of ADSI shall be allocated between and vest in the Surviving Companies as set forth in Article 3, herein and (ii) all of the liabilities and obligations of ADSI shall be allocated between the Surviving Companies as set forth in Article 3 herein.


Section 2.04. Organizational Documents.

(a) At the Effective Time, the certificate of formation of ADSI Successor LLC, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue, in the same such form, to be the certificate of formation of such Surviving Company, until thereafter amended in accordance with Texas Law and such certificate of formation. At the Effective Time, the certificate of formation of SV Successor LLC as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue, in the same such form, to be the certificate of formation of such Surviving Company, until thereafter amended in accordance with Texas Law and such certificate of formation.

(b) At the Effective Time, the company agreement of ADSI Successor LLC, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue in the same such form, to be the company agreement of such Surviving Company, until thereafter amended in accordance with Texas Law and such company agreement. At the Effective Time, the company agreement of SV Successor LLC, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall continue in the same such form, to be the company agreement of such Surviving Company, until thereafter amended in accordance with Texas Law and such company agreement.

Section 2.05. Members, Membership Interests, and Dissenters’ Rights.

(a) At the Effective Time, the member of ADSI Successor LLC shall continue as the sole member of such Surviving Company, and the member of SV Successor LLC shall continue as the sole member of such Surviving Company.

(b) At the Effective Time, the outstanding membership interests of ADSI shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action by ADSI, be cancelled.

(c) At the Effective Time, the outstanding membership interests of ADSI Successor LLC will remain outstanding, and the outstanding membership interests of SV Successor LLC will remain outstanding.

(d) The Parties acknowledge that no holder of membership interests in any Party has dissenters’ rights under Texas Law in respect of the Merger.

ARTICLE 3

A LLOCATION O F A SSETS A ND L IABILITIES

Section 3.01. Allocation of Assets and Liabilities.

(a) At the Effective Time, all rights, title and interests to all of the ND Assets of ADSI shall be exclusively allocated to, be possessed by, and vest in, ADSI Successor LLC, without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, and all of the ND Liabilities of ADSI shall be exclusively allocated to, be assumed by, and become the liabilities and obligations of ADSI Successor LLC, all without further act or deed.


(b) At the Effective Time, all rights, title and interests to all property and assets of ADSI other than the ND Assets shall be exclusively allocated to, be possessed by, and vest in, SV Successor LLC, without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, and all of the liabilities or obligations of ADSI other than the ND Liabilities shall be exclusively allocated to, be assumed by, and become the liabilities and obligations of, SV Successor LLC, all without further act or deed.

(c) At the Effective Time, all rights, title and interests to all of the property and assets of ADSI Successor LLC shall continue to be possessed by and vested in ADSI Successor LLC, and all of the liabilities and obligations of ADSI Successor LLC, whether arising or accruing prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the liabilities and obligations of ADSI Successor LLC, all without further act or deed. No liabilities or obligations of ADSI Successor LLC shall be allocated to or assumed by SV Successor LLC in the Merger.

(d) At the Effective Time, all rights, title and interests to all of the property and assets of SV Successor LLC shall continue to be possessed by and vested in SV Successor LLC, and all of the liabilities and obligations of SV Successor LLC, whether arising or accruing prior to the Effective Time, shall continue to be the liabilities and obligations of SV Successor LLC, all without further act or deed. No liabilities or obligations of SV Successor LLC shall be allocated to or assumed by ADSI Successor LLC in the Merger.

ARTICLE 4

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Binding Effect of Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Party, other than the Parties hereto and their respective permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, and no person who is not a Party to this Agreement may rely on the terms except as otherwise set out. This Agreement, the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Tenancy in Common Agreements (1) constitute the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and (2) supersede all previous understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, both oral and written. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of the Parties hereto.

Section 4,02. Assignment . No Party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Party. Any such attempted assignment will be void ab initio . Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 4.03. Amendment; Identifying Number . This Agreement may be amended or modified only by written instrument duly executed by each of the Parties hereto. ADSI Successor LLC shall not (and shall ensure that none of its Affiliates shall) use or purport to use 36-2062697 as an employer identification number or other taxpayer identifying number for any purpose.


Section 4.04. Applicable Law . This Agreement is made pursuant to, will be construed under, will be enforced by, and will be conclusively deemed for all purposes to have been executed and delivered under the laws of the state of Texas without reference to conflicts of laws that would apply the law of any other jurisdiction.

Section 4.05. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which will constitute one instrument.

Section 4.06. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term hereof, the legality, validity, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement will not be affected thereby, and in lieu of the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be legal, valid, and enforceable.

Section 4.07. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be made in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given,

If to SV Successor LLC or ADSI, to:

c/o SUPERVALU INC.

11840 Valley View Road

Eden Prairie, Minnesota 55344

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Facsimile No.: (952) 828-9800

with a copy to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52 nd Street

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Igor Kirman, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (212) 403-2000

If to ADSI Successor LLC, to:

CVS Corporation

One CVS Drive

Woonsocket, RI 02895

Attention: Douglas A. Sgarro

Facsimile No.: (401) 770-3663


with a copy to:

Davis Polk & Wardwell

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Louis L. Goldberg, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (212) 450-4539

Section 4.08. Waiver. No term or provision of this Agreement may be waived or modified unless such waiver or modification is in writing and executed by all the parties hereto. Any waiver by any Party hereto of a breach or failure to perform will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure.

Section 4.09. Fu rther Assurances. The parties agree to take further actions and execute and deliver other documents, certificates, agreements, and other instruments as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to implement transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.10. Section Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ADSI-CVS, LLC
 

/s/ Peter F. Pecoraio

Name   Peter F. Pecoraio
Title:   Vice President
SV SUCCESSOR LLC
 

/s/ PAUL G. ROWAN

Name:   PAUL G. ROWAN
Title:   AUTHORISED SIGNATORY
ADST-ABS, LLC
 

/s/ PAUL G. ROWAN

Name:   PAUL G. ROWAN
Title:   AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

Exhibit 3.52

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:

   The name of the limited liability company is American Food and Drug LLC.

SECOND:

   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

THIRD:

   The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 30 th day of May, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul G. Rowan
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.53

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     1  

Section 1.1

               Formation of the Company; Term      1  

Section 1.2

               Name      1  

Section 1.3

               Purpose of the Company; Business      1  

Section 1.4

               Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      1  

Section 1.5

               Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      1  

Section 1.6

               Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

  

DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE III

  

CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

     3  

Section 3.1

               Capital      3  

Section 3.2

               Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest      3  

Section 3.3

               Withdrawal      4  

Section 3.4

               Corporate Status      4  

Section 3.5

               Limitations on Distributions      4  

Section 3.6

               Other Distributions      4  

Section 3.7

               Transfer of Interests      4  

ARTICLE IV

  

MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 4.1

               Management by Member      5  

Section 4.2

               Authority of the Member      5  

Section 4.3

               Manner of Action      5  

Section 4.4

               Delegation      5  

Section 4.5

               Standard of Care      5  

ARTICLE V

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     5  

Section 5.1

               Limited Liability of the Member      5  

Section 5.2

               No Dissolution      5  

Section 5.3

               No Resignation      5  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.4

               Amendments      6  

Section 5.5

               Further Assurances      6  

Section 5.6

               Notices      6  

Section 5.7

               Waiver      6  

Section 5.8

               Whole Agreement      6  

Section 5.9

               Governing Law      6  

Section 5.10

               Binding Nature      6  

Section 5.11

               Invalidity      6  

Section 5.12

               Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

               Construction      7  

Section 5.14

               Authorized Signatories      7  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement” ) dated as of                      , 2006, made by American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member of American Food and Drug LLC (the “Company”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Formation of the Company; Term. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member, formed by the execution and filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware of the Certificate of Formation of the Company. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “American Food and Drug LLC”

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Member shall amend the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section  1.4 to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates


as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6     Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section  3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section  5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II    DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq. ), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

“Company” means American Food and Drug LLC.

 

2


“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member” means American Stores Company, LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III    CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1     Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2     Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon

 

3


registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3     Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4     Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5     Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section  3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6     Other Distributions. Subject to Section  3.5. from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section  3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section  3.6 .

Section 3.7     Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

4


ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1     Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2     Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3     Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4     Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5     Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1     Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section  3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section  3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2     No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3     No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

5


Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a) , any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

 

6


Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “Authorized Signatory” and together, the “ Authorized Signatories”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“ Supervalu ”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“Albertsons”), New Albertson’s, Inc.(“ New Albertsons”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“Drug APA” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

7


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

1. William H. Arnold

2. Colleen Batcheler

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

4. John F. Boyd

5. Charles F. Cole

6. Joel Guth

7. Larry Johnston

8. Patrick Madigan

9. Susan McMillan

10. Ronald T. Mendes

11. Paul G. Rowan

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

2


EXHIBIT D

TO

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES

 

NAME

  

TITLE

  

SIGNATURE

Paul Rowan

  

Vice President

  

/s/ Paul Rowan

Richard Navarro

  

Chief Financial Officer

  

/s/ Richard Navarro

Dave Obher

  

Treasurer

  

/s/ Dave Obher

Mike Bessent

  

Assistant Treasurer

  

/s/ Mike Bessent

Incumbency (American Food and Drug)


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2006 (this “Agreement”), of American Food and Drug LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), made and entered into by American Stores Company, LLC (“Former Member”) and Albertson’s LLC (“New Member”), as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A. Former Member has agreed to transfer its membership interest in the Company to New Member.

B. In accordance with Section  9.1 of the Agreement, the parties have consented to and adopted this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement as set forth below.

C. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

 

  1. All references in the Agreement to “Sole Member” shall be to Albertson’s LLC instead of American Stores Company, LLC.

 

  2. Except as provided in this Amendment No. 1, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its rules of conflicts of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.

Date: June 1, 2006

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

Exhibit 3.54

The Indiana Secretary of State filing office certifies that this copy is on file in this office.

Indiana Secretary of State

Packet: LP97120028

Filing Date; 03/15/2013

Effective Date: 03/15/2013

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

The original Certificate of Limited Partnership for American Partners, L.P. (the ‘’ Partnership ”) filed on December 5, 1997, as amended and restated on June 23,1999, which was amended on August 24, 2006, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to Indiana Code § 23-16-3-11. Upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership, the general partners of the Partnership shall be as indicated below. The undersigned, being the general partners of the Partnership, do hereby give notice of and do hereby certify as to the following limited partnership created and existing under the laws of the State of Indiana.

 

 

1.

  

Name:

  

American Partners, L.P.

  
 

2.

  

Address of office:

  

Corp Tax Dept. 70428

  
       

7075 Flying Cloud Dr.

  
       

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

  
 

3.

  

Name and address of

  

C T Corporation System

  
    

agent for purposes of

  

251 E. Ohio St., Suite 1100

  
    

service of process:

  

Indianapolis, IN 46204

  
 

4.

  

Name and address of

  

Acme Markets, Inc.

  
    

general partners:

  

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

  
       

Boise, ID 83706

  
       

American Drug Stores LLC

  
       

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

  
       

Boise, ID 83706

  
 

5.

  

Latest date the

     
    

Partnership will

     
    

dissolve:

  

December 5, 2096

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate as of the 15th day of March, 2013. This Certificate was duly executed and filed pursuant to Indiana Code § 23- 16-3-11.

 

Acme Markets, Inc.     American Drug Stores LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

    By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

  Todd N. Sheldon, Vice President       Todd N. Sheldon, Vice President

 

Page 2 of 4

   Certification Number: 2014061934604

Exhibit 3.55

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP OF AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), entered into as of March 15, 2013 is made by and among Acme Markets, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and American Drug Stores LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a general partners (referred to herein as the “General Partners”), and Jewel Food Stores, Inc., an Ohio corporation, as Limited Partner (referred to herein as the “Limited Partner”). Unless the context requires otherwise, each entity which holds a partnership interest under this Agreement, and any other party admitted as a partner pursuant to section 13 hereof, is referred to as a “Partner” and collectively referred to as the “Partners”. The Partners hereby form a Limited Partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the Indiana Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (“Act”) and agree as follows:

 

1. NAME AND PURPOSE

The Limited Partnership shall engage in business under the name of American Partners, L.P. (the “Partnership), which Partnership is organized for the purpose of owning, managing and operating retail stores and to engage in any other lawful purpose. There shall be filed on behalf of the Partnership, or recorded in each county and/or with the secretary of state for each state in which the Partnership owns property or conducts its business, such Partnership or assumed or fictitious name certificates or similar documents as may be required by applicable law to evidence formation of the Partnership and the use of any names under which the Partnership may operate.

 

2. OFFICE AND PLACE OF BUSINESS

The Partnership’s principal place of business shall be located at Corp Tax Dept. 70428, 7075 Flying Cloud Dr., Eden Prairie, MN 55344, or such other place as may be determined from time to time by the General Partners. The name and address of the registered agent of the Partnership for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Indiana is CT Corporation System, 251 E. Ohio St., Suite 1100, Indianapolis, IN 46204. The Partnership shall keep at such office (a) current list and last known mailing address of each partner; (b) a copy of the certificate of limited partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, together with all executed copies of any powers of attorney; (c) copies of partnership’s tax returns for the three (3) most recent years; (d) copies of the partnership agreements, any amendments thereto, any amended and restated partnership agreements; and (e) any financial statements of the limited partnership for the three (3) most recent years.

 

3. TERM

The Partnership shall commence upon the filing of a certificate of Limited Partnership, which may be the Partnership’s partnership agreement, with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana and shall continue thereafter for a term of ninety-nine (99) years unless terminated as hereinafter provided.


4. ACCOUNTING

The books and records of the Partnership shall be kept on an accrual basis and the fiscal and tax year of the Partnership shall be a 52/53 week year ending on the Saturday closest to the end of January. The Partnership books of account shall be kept on the accrual method of accounting, and shall be maintained on a basis consistent with the tax returns and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. All books of account, contracts, letters, papers, documents and memoranda belonging to the Partnership shall be kept in its principal office.

If requested by any Partner, the books of account shall be audited or reviewed as of the end of the taxable year and statements provided to each Partner. The costs of such audit or review shall be borne by the Partnership.

 

5. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) The capital of the Partnership shall be the aggregate amount of the capital contributions made to it by the General Partners and the Limited Partner. An individual capital account shall be established and maintained for each Partner and shall be credited with the amount of each Partner’s capital contribution to the Partnership. Any Partner whose interest in the Partnership is increased, by means of the transfer to such Partner of all or a part of the interest of another Partner, shall have a capital account that has been appropriately adjusted to reflect such transfer. Each Partner’s capital account shall be determined and maintained throughout the term of the Partnership in accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or its counterpart in any subsequently enacted Internal Revenue Code, and of the Treasury Regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on the Partner’s capital contribution, or to withdraw any part of the Partner’s capital account, or to receive any distributions from the Partnership except as specifically provided in this Agreement.

(b) Each Partner shall make an initial contribution in cash or in property in proportion to its percentage interest in Partnership profits and losses. The Partners may make additional capital contributions of cash or property from time to time in such amounts as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of the Partnership and upon the approval of all of the Partners. Such contributions shall be due and payable within the time specified in the formal approval by the Partners.

(c) If a Partner fails to make any required capital contribution, the necessary funds may be raised by the Partnership by borrowing from the remaining Partners in such amounts and proportions as the lending Partner shall agree upon.

 

2


6. ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

(A) The income, profits, gains and expenses or losses of the Partnership shall be allocated or charged to the Partners as follows:

 

Partner

   Percentage Interest  

General Partners

  

Acme Markets, Inc.

     1%  

American Drug Stores LLC

     90%*  

Limited Partner

  

Jewel Food Stores, Inc.

     9%*  

 

* The percentage interest is subject to adjustment to reflect the value of the assets contributed following the completion of contributions to capital.

However, in accordance with §704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership and its fair market value at the time of contribution. For purposes of this Agreement, “Net Income” and “Net Loss” mean taxable income and taxable loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership for any year as determined for Federal income tax purposes, increased by the amount, if any, of tax-exempt income received or accrued by the Partnership, reduced by the amount, if any, of all expenditures of the Partnership described in §705(a)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and adjusted, with respect to items related to any assets contributed to the Partnership (collectively, the “Contributed Assets”), as described in the following sentence. For purposes of computing Net Income or Net Loss, (x) the amount of depreciation, depletion or amortization (“Book Depreciation”) for any year with respect to any Contributed Asset shall be determined in accordance with the methods used for tax purposes and shall equal the amount that bears the same ratio to the fair market value of such property at the time that such property was contributed to the Partnership as the depreciation, depletion or amortization computed for Federal income tax purposes with respect to such property for such year bears to the adjusted Federal income tax basis of such property at the time that such property was contributed, provided, however, that if such property has an adjusted Federal income tax basis of zero at the time that such property is contributed, the rate of Book Depreciation shall be determined as the Partners may agree; and (y) gain or loss with respect to the disposition of any Contributed Asset shall be determined by the difference between (A) the amount realized with respect to such disposition, and (B) the fair market value of such property at the time of the contribution, reduced by the amount of any Book Depreciation previously taken into account with respect to such property for the purpose of computing Net Income and Net Loss (the “Book Basis”). In the event that any Contributed Asset is distributed in kind to any Partner, the difference between the fair market value of such property at the time of distribution and its Book Basis shall be taken into account as Net Income or Net Loss, as the case may be. This definition shall determine the calculation of net income or net loss for financial reporting purposes.

In the event a Partner receives an unexpected adjustment, allocation, or distribution described in paragraphs (4), (5) or (6) of§1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Treasury Regulations, and such Partner has a deficit capital account balance after reflecting such item, then such Partner shall be allocated items of income and gain in accordance with§1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Treasury Regulations (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income, including gross income, and gain for such year) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit balance as quickly as possible.

 

3


7. PARTNERSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS

The partnership may accumulate amounts for various purposes including reserves as determined by the General Partners and shall make distributions of Partnership property, including any cash held by the Partnership which is deemed to be not reasonably necessary for the operation of the Partnership, at such times and in such amounts as determined from time to time by the General Partners. Any distributions shall be pro rata based upon percentage interest in Partnership profits provided that in the event the operating properties are to be distributed, they may be returned at fair market value to the Partner contributing them, with an appropriate adjustment so that the value distributed is pro rata to the percentage interests.

 

8. PARTNERSHIP FUNDS

All funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in its name in such account or accounts as shall be designated by the Managing General Partner (as defined in Section 11). All withdrawals therefrom shall be made by checks signed by the person or persons whom the Managing General Partner designates as the agent of the Partnership to sign checks upon any Partnership account. Partnership funds may be invested in any manner selected by the Managing General Partner.

 

9. LIABILITY OF PARTNERS

The General Partners shall have unlimited liability for the repayment and discharge of all debts and obligations of the Partnership attributable to any fiscal year or portion thereof during which it is or was a General Partner of the Partnership. A former General Partner shall not be liable for the repayment and discharge of debts and obligations of the Partnership attributable to any fiscal year or portion thereof during which it was not a General Partner of the Partnership. As used in this Agreement, the term “former General Partner of the Partnership” refers to such persons as hereafter from time to time cease to be General Partners of the Partnership pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

The Limited Partner shall be liable for the repayment and discharge of all debts and obligations of the Partnership attributable to any fiscal year or portion thereof during which it is or was a Limited Partner of the Partnership only to the extent of any unpaid portion of its Capital Contribution in the Partnership as set forth in section 5 above.

The Limited Partner or an employee, agent, director or officer of the Limited Partner may also be an employee, agent, director or officer of the Partnership or of the General Partners. The existence of these relationships and the Limited Partner acting in such capacities will not result in the Limited Partner being deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership (within the meaning of the Act) or otherwise affect the liability of the Limited Partner or the person so acting.

 

4


10. DUTIES

The Managing General Partner shall procure insurance of such types and in such amounts as it deems necessary or appropriate for the business of the partnership. The General Partners shall devote such time and attention to the business of the Partnership as may be reasonably necessary, but a General Partner shall not be required to devote its entire time and attention to the Partnership. The General Partners shall not receive any compensation for their roles as General Partners. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership, through its General Partners and without consent of the Limited Partner, may contract with a Partner for services incident to the operation of the Partnership business. Such contracts shall be in writing and signed by the parties. Any Partner or affiliate of a Partner may be engaged by the Partnership to provide services to the Partnership without the approval of the unaffiliated Partners and may receive reasonable compensation for such services.

 

11. MANAGEMENT

(a) American Drug Stores LLC shall be the Managing General Partner of the Partnership on behalf of the General Partners. The management and operation of the Partnership will be exclusively vested in the Managing General Partner. The Managing General Partner shall have the power on behalf and in the name of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the objectives and purposes of the Partnership and to perform all acts and to enter into all contacts and other undertakings which the Managing General Partner, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, advisable or convenient to the discharge of its duties under this Agreement and to the management of the operations and affairs of the Partnership, including, without limitation:

(i) Take all action that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Partnership as described in this Agreement, except where consent of the other Partners is specifically required by this Agreement or any applicable law;

(ii) Prepare or cause to be prepared in conformity with good business practice all reports required to be furnished to the Partners or required by taxing bodies or other governmental agencies, including federal income tax returns for the Partnership;

(iii) Incur, refinance, modify or prepay indebtedness of the Partnership;

(iv) Invest Partnership funds in its sole discretion, including acquiring debt or equity interests in other partnerships or other entities, whether or not such partnerships or entities are related to the Managing General Partner;

(v) In its sole discretion, distribute or withhold distribution of cash flow or net proceeds from the Partnership operations; and

(vi) Do all other things that may be necessary or desirable in order to properly and efficiently administer and carry on the affairs, assets and business of the Partnership, including, but not limited to, the execution of all conveyances, leases, easements, deeds, notes, mortgages and other documents.

(b) The Managing General Partner may delegate any part of its authority to officers of the Partnership. The officers of the Partnership may consist of a President, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers and

 

5


assistants as the Managing General Partner may create and appoint. In the event the Partnership is to have officers, the officers shall be appointed by the Managing General Partner. Each officer shall hold office until the officer’s successor is appointed and qualified, or until the officer’s death, resignation, or removal. Any officer may be removed by the Managing General Partner with or without cause.

(c) For purposes of Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, the Managing General Partner shall serve as the tax matters partner (“Tax Matters Partner”) of the Partnership and, as such, shall have all of the rights and obligations given to a Tax Matters Partner under said Subchapter. All elections by the Partnership for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes shall be determined by the Tax Matters Partner, which shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all tax returns required to be filed by the Partnership.

(d) The Partners shall neither sue nor hold the General Partners legally accountable for any act or omission which results in loss or damage to the Partnership, if such act or omission is under taken by the General Partners in good faith on behalf of the Partnership. If the act or omission was pursuant to a written opinion of legal counsel, its good faith shall be conclusively presumed. The foregoing shah not relieve the General Partners of liability to the other Partners for gross negligence or willful malfeasance.

(e)    The Managing General Partner, acting by an authorized officer, and the officers of the Partnership, if appointed pursuant to Section 11(b), are hereby authorized to execute and deliver in the name of and on behalf of the Partnership:

(i) Any note, mortgage, or other instrument or document in connection with any other agreement, contract, certificate, instrument or document required in the course of business of the Partnership or as may be required by any bank or other entity;

(ii) Any deed, lease, mortgage, mortgage note, bill of sale, contract or any other instrument purporting to convey or encumber the real or personal property of the Partnership; and

(iii) Any instrument, agreement, contract, certificate or document required to carry out the intention and purpose of this Agreement and the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation, the filing of all business certificates and this Agreement and any amendments.

Third parties dealing with the Partnership in a bona fide transaction may act in reliance on the representation of an authorized officer of the Managing General Partner or of an officer of the Partnership and need not inquire into the power of such officer to act for the Partnership, and may presume that any writing signed by an authorized officer of the Managing General Partner or by an authorized officer of the Partnership has been approved by the Partnership.

 

6


12. RESTRICTIONS ON PARTNERS

(a) The Managing General Partner shall not:

(i) Perform any act in violation of any applicable law or regulation or this Agreement, or take any action which under the Act or this Agreement requires the approval, ratification or consent of some or all of the Partners, without first obtaining such approval, ratification, or consent, as the case may be, or

(ii) Perform any act detrimental to the Partnership business or which would make it impossible or impractical to carry on its business;

(b) The Managing General Partner shall not, without the consent of all of the Partners:

(i) Cause the dissolution or winding up of the Partnership or cause the partition of any Partnership property; or

(ii) Borrow from the Partnership or commingle Partnership funds with the funds of any other person.

 

13. ADDITIONAL PARTNERS

(a) Upon the consent of all of the Partners, additional general partners may be admitted to the Partnership upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, with all of the rights and subject to all the obligations of the General Partners hereunder, except that any such new general partner shall have such percentage interest in the Partnership income, profits, gains and expenses and losses as may be determined with the consent of all of the Partners. In addition, any such new general partner or partners shall contribute to the Partnership such amount as shall be determined with the consent of all of the Partners, which amount shall become such new general partner’s opening capital account.

(b) Upon the majority vote of the Partners voting by percentage interest in the profits of the Partnership, additional Limited Partners may be admitted to the Partnership upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, with all of the rights and subject to all of the obligations of the Limited Partner hereunder, except that such new Limited Partners shall have such percentage interest in the Partnership income, profits, gains and expenses and losses as may be determined by the majority in interest of the Partners. In addition, any such new Limited Partners shall contribute to the Partnership such amount as shall be determined by the majority in interest of the Partners, which amount shall become such new Limited Partners’ opening capital accounts.

 

14. MEETINGS

Special meetings may be called by any one Partner by written notice to the other Partners. No matters outside the ordinary course of Partnership business shall be brought before any meeting unless written notice of such matter shall have been delivered to all Partners at least seven (7) days prior to such meeting or unless all Partners are in attendance. All such meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Partnership unless the Partners agree to hold the meeting elsewhere. Action may be taken by the Partnership by written consent of all Partners and acting without a meeting.

 

7


15. LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION OF A PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

Except for a transfer by a General Partner of any portion of its interest in the Partnership in any profit, loss or cash flow to any affiliate of such General Partner and a transfer approved by all Partners, no Partner shall dispose of all or any part of its Partnership interest. Any transfer by a Partner of its Partnership interest in violation of this section is void ab initio and any attempted transfer or assignment of a Partnership interest in violation of this section 15 shall cause an automatic dissolution of the Partnership. The Partners hereby approve any and all transfers of Partnership interests occurring prior to the date hereof and acknowledge and confirm that any and all such transfers did not cause a dissolution of the Partnership.

 

16. DISSOLUTION OF A LIMITED PARTNER

The dissolution of a Limited Partner shall not terminate the Partnership. The successors to the interest of the dissolved Limited Partner shall become substitute Limited Partners and shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

17. BANKRUPTCY, DISSOLUTION OR WITHDRAWAL OF A GENERAL PARTNER

(a) If the bankruptcy or dissolution of a General Partner occurs and at such a time there is at least one other General Partner, and all the remaining Partners consent in writing within ninety (90) days after such bankruptcy or dissolution occurs to continue the business of the Partnership, such remaining General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution, and the successors to the General Partner in bankruptcy or dissolution (the “Bankrupt Partner”) shall become a Limited Partner or Partners having (x) no right to participate in the management of the Partnership business and affairs of the Partnership and (y) the same interest in all items of income, gain, loss or deduction of the Partnership to the same extent as if such bankruptcy or dissolution had not occurred. The Partnership shall continue to be governed by the terms of this Agreement, the Partnership business and the property of the Partnership shall continue to be owned by the Partnership and the Partnership business shall be otherwise unaffected by such bankruptcy or dissolution.

(b) If the bankruptcy or dissolution of a General Partner occurs and at such time the General Partner is the only general partner, all of the remaining Partners may consent in writing within 90 days after such bankruptcy or dissolution occurs, to continue the business of the Partnership and to appoint, effective as of the date of such bankruptcy or dissolution, one or more additional general partners. In such event, the Partnership business shall be carried on by such newly appointed general partner(s) and the dissolving or bankrupt Partner shall become a Limited Partner subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of section17.

(c) In the event that any General Partner shall become a “Debtor” as defined in the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended (the “Bankruptcy Code”), in any case commenced thereunder and at any time during the pendency of such case there shall be appointed (i) a trustee with respect to the Bankrupt Partner under Section 701, 702 or 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any successor provisions thereto), or (ii) an examiner having expanded powers beyond those specifically enumerated in Section 11 04(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, then any one of the other Partners may, at any time thereafter, so long as such condition exists, elect to dissolve the Partnership, in which event the affairs of the Partnership shall be wound up as provided’ in section 19.

 

8


(d) In the event of a withdrawal of a General Partner, leaving another General Partner, the withdrawing General Partner will become a Limited Partner with all lights and privileges of a Limited Partner hereunder.

 

18. DISSOLUTION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

A dissolution of the Partnership shall take place upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of each Partner to dissolve the Partnership; (ii) the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets; (iii) an election to dissolve the Partnership pursuant to section 17(c); (iv) an attempted transfer or assignment of a Partnership interest in violation of section 15 of this Agreement; or (v) the death, insanity, bankruptcy, retirement, resignation, expulsion or other event of withdrawal of a General Partner that causes a dissolution of the Partnership under the Act, provided, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this clause (v) if (a) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and does carry on the business of the Partnership, or (b) within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, all remaining Partners agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such event, of one or more additional general partners of the Partnership.

 

19. WINDING-UP OF THE PARTNERSHIP

(a) Upon dissolution, voluntary or involuntary, the Partnership will continue, but only for the winding up of the business of the Partnership.

(b) Upon completion of the winding up of business, the Partnership shall be terminated. The proceeds from liquidation of the Partnership assets shall be applied as follows: (1) first, to the payment of creditors, other than Partners, in the order of priority provided by law; (2) second, to the setting up of any reserves which the Partners deem reasonably necessary for the payment of any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or indebtedness of the Partnership; (3) third, to the payment of indebtedness of the Partnership to Partners for money borrowed; (4) fourth, to the payment of obligations of the Partnership to Partners other than for money borrowed or for capital and profits; and (5) the balance, if any, shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with the positive balances in their capital accounts.

(c) Upon liquidation, distribution of assets to Partners may be in cash or in kind, based on fair market value, or both, with cash distributed first in the order of priority indicated in subsection (b) of this section and assets in kind last.

 

20. GOVERNING LAW

The status, rights and liabilities of the Partners shall be governed by, and this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Indiana.

 

21. BINDING EFFECT

This Agreement shall bind the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

9


22. AMENDMENTS

This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument signed by the General Partners without the consent of the Limited Partner; provided, however, that no amendment shall be made without the consent of the Limited Partner, and any such purported amendment shall be void and ineffective, if the result thereof would be to (i) materially adversely affect the powers, Preferences or rights of the Limited Partner, (ii) cause the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or termination of the Partnership, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as anything other than a partnership for tax purposes.

 

23. INDEMNIFICATION

(a) The Partnership, its receiver or its trustee, shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Partners from any liability, loss or damage incurred by them by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by them on behalf of the Partnership, including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees (which attorneys’ fees may be paid as incurred).

(b) The Partnership shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Limited Partner from and against any loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of any demands, claims, suits, actions, or proceedings against the Limited Partner in an amount in excess of the unpaid capital contribution of the Limited Partner.

 

24. NOTICES

Any written notice to any of the Partners required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of service if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given or on the third day after mailing if mailed to the party to whom notice is to be given by first class or ai1mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and addressed to the addressee at its most recent address given to the Partnership by the addressee under this provision. Notice to the Partnership shall be similarly given and addressed to it at its principal place of business.

 

25. COUNTERPARTS

The parties may execute this Agreement in two or more counterparts, which shall, in the aggregate, be signed by all of the parties, and each counterpart shall be deemed an original instrument as against any party who has signed it.

 

26. SEVERABILITY

If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the rights granted and the obligations assumed in this instrument. Any oral representations or modifications concerning this instrument shall be of no force or effect unless contained in a subsequent written modification signed by the party to be charged.

 

10


28. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or to give any person or entity, other than the parties or their successors in interest, any rights or remedies under this Agreement.

 

29. WAIVER

Failure to enforce any term or condition of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of that term or condition for the future, nor shall any specific waiver of a term or condition at one time be deemed a waiver of such term or condition for the future.

 

30. WAIVER OF PARTITION ACTION

Each of the Partners irrevocably waives any right that he may have to maintain an action for partition with respect to property of the Partnership.

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set their hands as of the date first above written.

American Drug Stores LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

Name:  

Todd N. Sheldon

Title:  

 

Jewel Food Stores, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

Name:  

Todd N. Sheldon

Title:  

 

Acme Markets, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

Name:  

Todd N. Sheldon

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to American Partners; L.P Partnership Agreement]

 


ASSIGNMENT

This ASSIGNMENT is made effective as of February 11, 2011 by JOAH, Inc.

WHEREAS, JOAH, Inc. (the “Assignor”) is a general partner in American Partners, L.P., an Indiana limited partnership (the “Partnership”) and holds one percent (1%) of the Partnership in that capacity (the “JOAH Interest”); and

WHEREAS, the Assignor desires to transfer the JOAH Interest to Acme Markets, Inc. (the “Assignee”), subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions contained in the Agreement of Limited Partnership of American Partners L.P. (the “Agreement”) (capitalized terms used in this Assignment that are not otherwise defined in this Assignment have the meanings given them in the Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and conditions contained in this Assignment, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Assignor and the Assignee agree as follows:

 

  1. Assignment .

(a) The Assignor irrevocably assigns and transfers JOAH Interest to the Assignee, and directs that all further allocations of profits and losses, and all further distributions, with respect to such JOAH Interest, from and after the date of this Assignment, be allocated or paid to the Assignee; subject, however, to each and all of the terms, conditions and restrictions contained in the Agreement, as presently in effect or as later amended.

(b) Subject to the terms of the Agreement, the Assignor also irrevocably assigns and transfers all residual powers attributable to the JOAH Interest, if any, remaining in it as a result of applicable law, and agrees that any residual powers which may not be so assigned will be exercised solely in favor of and in the interest of the Assignee such that the Assignee shall as a result of this Assignment acquire all dominion and control over the JOAH Interest.

(c) The Assignor intends that the Assignee shall be substituted in its name, place and stead as a general partner of the Partnership with respect to the JOAH Interest.

 

  2. Assumption . The Assignee accepts the JOAH Interest, subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Assignment and the Agreement, and by execution of this Assignment, represents and agrees:

(a) that Assignee has received a copy of the Agreement and is familiar with the contents thereof,

(b) that Assignee covenants and agrees, as of the effective date of this Assignment, to be bound and governed by each and all of the provisions in the Agreement; and


(c) that Assignee is acquiring the JOAH Interest for Assignee’s own account and for investment, and without the intention of distributing, dividing or reselling the same.

 

  3. Consent By General Partner . The General Partner hereby consents to the transfers contemplated by this Assignment, consents to the admission of the Assignee as a General Partner, and acknowledges and agrees that all of the provisions of the Agreement relating to or governing the transfers contemplated by this Assignment have been complied with or are hereby waived.

 

  4. Consent By Limited Partner . The Limited Partner hereby consents to the admission of the Assignee as a General Partner.

 

  5. Further Acts . Each of the Assignor and the Assignee covenants and agrees that from time to time, upon request, each will take any further actions as may be proper or necessary to better assign or transfer the JOAH Interest unto the Assignee.

 

  6. Miscellaneous . This Assignment shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana, and this Assignment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

  7. Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in one or more counterparts which together constitute one and the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Assignment effective as of the date first above written.

 

ASSIGNOR:     ASSIGNEE:
JOAH, Inc.     Acme Markets, Inc.

/s/ John P. Breedlove

   

/s/ John P. Breedlove

John P. Breedlove, Vice President     John P. Breedlove, Vice President

GENERAL PARTNER:

American Drug Stores, LLC

   

LIMITED PARTNER:

Jewel Food Stores, Inc.

/s/ John P. Breedlove

   

/s/ John P. Breedlove

John P. Breedlove, Vice President     John P. Breedlove, Vice President

 

2

Exhibit 3.56

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC.
SECOND:    The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
THIRD:    The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this first day of June, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul G. Rowan
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.57

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

dated

                              , 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS      1  

Section 1.1

               Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term      1  

Section 1.2

               Name      2  

Section 1.3

               Purpose of the Company; Business      2  

Section 1.4

               Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      2  

Section 1.5

               Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      2  

Section 1.6

               Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

   DEFINITIONS      3  

ARTICLE III

   CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS      4  

Section 3.1

               Capital      4  

Section 3.2

               Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest      4  

Section 3.3

               Withdrawal      4  

Section 3.4

               Corporate Status      4  

Section 3.5

               Limitations on Distributions      4  

Section 3.6

               Other Distributions      5  

Section 3.7

               Transfer of Interests      5  

ARTICLE IV

   MANAGEMENT      5  

Section 4.1

               Management by Member      5  

Section 4.2

               Authority of the Member      5  

Section 4.3

               Manner of Action      5  

Section 4.4

               Delegation      5  

Section 4.5

               Standard of Care      6  

ARTICLE V

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      6  

Section 5.1

               Limited Liability of the Member      6  

Section 5.2

               No Dissolution      6  

Section 5.3

               No Resignation      6  

Section 5.4

               Amendments      6  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.5

               Further Assurances      6  

Section 5.6

               Notices      6  

Section 5.7

               Waiver      7  

Section 5.8

               Whole Agreement      7  

Section 5.9

               Governing Law      7  

Section 5.10

               Binding Nature      7  

Section 5.11

               Invalidity      7  

Section 5.12

               Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

               Construction      7  

Section 5.14

               Authorized Signatories      7  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement” ) dated as of                      , 2006, made by American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member of American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC (the “Company” ). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, American Procurement and Logistics Company (the “Corporation” ) was formed as a Delaware corporation on April 6, 1994;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL” );

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Section 266 of the GCL;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Act, and Section 266 of the GCL pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of a Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company and a Certificate of Formation (the “Conversion” ); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I     ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term. Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of April 6, 1994, as amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the Company, (iii) the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the


Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a Delaware limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC”

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Member shall amend the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section  1.4 to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section  3.7 , the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section  5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

 

2


ARTICLE II    DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et sea.) , as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement’’ means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

“Company” means American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member” means American Stores Company, LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

 

3


“Person” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

“Transfer” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section  3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy

 

4


liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section  3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section  3.5 . from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section  3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section  3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  3.7 . such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

 

5


Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section  3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section  3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20,

 

6


Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an Authorized Signatory and together, the Authorized Signatories ) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the Merger Agreement ) , dated January 22, 2006, by and

 

7


among SUPERVALU INC ( Supervalu ), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. ( Albertsons ), New Albertson’s, Inc.( New Albertsons ), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the Separation Agreement ) , dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement ( Drug APA and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “ Transaction Agreements ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

8


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

Name:   Susan McMillan
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

 

1. William H. Arnold

 

2. Colleen Batcheler

 

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

4. John F. Boyd

 

5. Charles F. Cole

 

6. Joel Guth

 

7. Larry Johnston

 

8. Patrick Madigan

 

9. Susan McMillan

 

10. Ronald T. Mendes

 

11. Paul G. Rowan

 

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

2

Exhibit 3.58

STATE of DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE of FORMATION

 

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

    First: The name of the limited liability company is AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC.

 

    Second: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Rd., Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, DE 19808.

The name of its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

 

    Third: The Company shall be managed by its Sole Member.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC this 7 th day of January, 2004.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC. - Sole Member of

American Stores Company, LLC

BY:  

/s/ PAUL G. ROWAN

  PAUL G. ROWAN
  Group Vice President, Business Law

ASC/LLC Form Cert - PBL

 

Exhibit 3.59

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement” ) of AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company” ) , is made and entered into effective as of January 23, 2004, by ALBERTSON’S, INC., the sole member of the Company (the “Sole Member” ).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company was converted from American Stores Company pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C. , § 266 by the filing of a Certificate of Conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on and as of January 23, 2004; and

WHEREAS, the Sole Member desires to provide for the operation and management of the Company for the purposes stated herein and consistent with the provision of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. , § 18-101 etc. seq. (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Act ”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1     Defined Terms. The following terms, when used in this Agreement, including its Preamble and Recitals, shall have the following meanings:

“Act” is defined in the second Recital.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to the Sole Member, the deficit balance, if any, in the Sole Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a)    Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which the Sole Member is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Company pursuant to the second to last sentence of Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b)    Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treas. Reg. § 1.7041(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

1


Except as otherwise modified herein, the foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Advance” is defined in Section  4.4.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person, (b) any officer, director, manager, member, trustee or partner of such Person or such other Person, or (c) any relative of such Person, if a natural person. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the direct or indirect right or power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting equity interests, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” is defined in the Preamble.

“Business” is defined in Section  2.3.

“Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for the Sole Member pursuant to Section  4.5.

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to the Sole Member, the contributions by the Sole Member to the capital of the Company pursuant to Article 4.

“Certificate of Cancellation” is defined in Section  8.4.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any successor statute, as amended from time to time. References in this Agreement to specific sections of the Code shall be deemed to include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States.

“Company” is defined in the Preamble.

“Distributable Cash” means, with respect to any fiscal period of the Company, all cash received by the Company during such period, less the sum of, to the extent paid, provided for or set aside by the Company during such period, (a) all principal and interest payments on indebtedness of the Company and other sums paid or payable to lenders; (b) all cash expenditures incurred incident to the normal operation of the Company’s business; (c) Reserves; and (d) other amounts of capital that the Company may be contractually obligated to retain in order to meet capital requirements or financial ratios imposed by any lender with which the Company may do business.

“Entity” means any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, company, joint venture, business trust, cooperative or association or any other organization that is not a natural person.

“Event of Dissolution” is defined in Section  8.1.

 

2


“Fiscal Year” is defined in Section  2.8.

“General Interest Rate” means the varying rate per annum equal to the interest rate publicly announced by the Sole Member’s primary lender, or any successor, from time to time as its prime commercial or similar reference interest rate.

“Gross Asset Value” means with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes except as follows:

(a)    The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset at the time of contribution, as reasonably determined by the Sole Member;

(b)    The Gross Asset Values of all assets of the Company shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Sole Member as of the following times:

(i)    the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member (including any profits interest granted with a zero initial Capital Account);

(ii)    the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and

(iii)    the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g);

(c)    The Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Company distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as reasonably determined by the Sole Member; and

(d)    The Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Company shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments of the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b) but only to the extent such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m).

“Initial Capital Contribution” means the initial Capital Contribution made by the Sole Member pursuant to Section  4.1 and reflected on Schedule 1, hereto.

“Interest” means all of the rights in and to the Company and with respect to its operation and management held by the Sole Member pursuant to the Act and this Agreement.

 

3


“Liquidator” means one or more persons appointed by the Sole Member to wind up the Company pursuant to Section  8.2.

“Losses” is defined in Section 3.5(a).

“Net Profits” and “Net Losses” shall mean for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(a)    Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax or excluded from federal gross income and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b)    Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.7041(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c)    In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Agreement in accordance with the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain, or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses;

(d)    Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Company asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value; and

(e)    In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account depreciation for such Fiscal Year, computed in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

“Percentage Interest” means the fraction (expressed as a percentage) set forth opposite the Sole Member’s name on Schedule 1 hereto.

“Person” means any natural person or Entity, and, where the context permits, the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns thereof.

 

4


“Reserves” means, with respect to any fiscal period of the Company, funds set aside or allocated by the Sole Member for working capital or to pay taxes, insurance, debt service or other costs or expenses incident to the ownership or operation of the Company’s business.

“Sole Member” is defined in the Preamble.

“Tax Matters Partner” is defined in Section  6.3 .

“Treas. Reg.” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, as they may be amended or renumbered from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

FORMATION

2.1     Name. The name of the Company shall be AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, and its business shall be carried on in such name, or in such other names as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

2.2     Formation. Upon the filing of the Company’s Certificate of Formation and upon the filing of a Certificate of Conversion by American Stores Company (or upon the later effective date or time of the Certificate of Conversion as set forth therein), the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date American Stores Company, Inc. was first created, formed, incorporated or otherwise came into being. The Sole Member shall hereafter execute, or cause to be executed, all other instruments, certificates, notices and documents, and shall do, or cause to be done, all filings, recordings, publications and other acts, in each case as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time to comply with all applicable requirements of the Act and under the laws of all other jurisdictions in which the Company shall desire to conduct business.

2.3     Nature of Business. Consistent with the purpose of American Stores Company, Inc., the purpose of the Company shall be to hold, operate and manage certain real property and related assets and properties throughout the United States (the “Business” ) . The Company may conduct any other lawful activity as the Sole Member may from time to time determine. The Company shall also have the authority to engage in any lawful business or activity that now or hereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing purposes.

2.4     Term. The term of the Company shall commence as provided in Section 2.2 above and shall continue until dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement.

2.5     Principal Place of Business. The Company shall maintain an office at 250 E. Parkcenter Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83706 or such other location or locations as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

 

5


2.6     Registered Office and Registered Agent. The address of the Company’s initial registered office in the State of Delaware and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Conversion. The registered office and the registered agent may be changed as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

2.7     Foreign Qualification. The Sole Member shall cause the Company to qualify as a foreign limited liability company in each jurisdiction other than Delaware where it considers necessary and appropriate. The Sole Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to, and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

2.8     Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) shall consist of the fifty-two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period ending on the Thursday nearest to January 31, in each year.

ARTICLE 3

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER MATTERS

AFFECTING THE SOLE MEMBER

3.1     Management of the Company. The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed exclusively by the Sole Member, which shall have all, complete and exclusive authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business, property and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions regarding those matters, and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business, property and affairs.

3.2     Action without a Meeting. Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Sole Member, including determinations and consents under this Agreement, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the Sole Member.

3.3     Dealings with the Company. The Sole Member or any Affiliate of the Sole Member may make loans to, borrow from, and transact other business with, the Company, as the Sole Member may determine from time to time.

3.4     Liability of Sole Member. Neither the Sole Member nor any Affiliate of the Sole Member shall be personally liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member or an Affiliate thereof, except to the extent of the Sole Member’s Capital Contribution and any agreed upon obligation to make an additional Capital Contribution.

 

6


3.5     Indemnity.

(a)    Except as otherwise covered by separate agreement between the Sole Member or an Affiliate of the Sole Member and any other Entity, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Sole Member (and, where applicable, its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, controlling persons and other Affiliates, and all of their respective successors, assigns, officers, directors, employees, shareholders and controlling persons) harmless from and against all claims, demands, costs, losses and damages, including, without limitation, penalties, fines, settlements, judgments, attorneys’ fees and other reasonable expenses (collectively, “Losses”) incurred as a result of or in connection with (i) any claim that the Sole Member or any other such Person is liable for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or is directly or indirectly required to make payments in respect thereof or in connection therewith, and (ii) any act or omission by the Sole Member or any other such Person for or on behalf of the Company, in any capacity, in each case in connection with the Business conducted by the Company, unless such act or omission was unauthorized, contrary to this Agreement or in bad faith. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which the Sole Member or any such other Person may be entitled under any present or future law, statute, agreement, determination of the Sole Member or otherwise.

(b)    Each party to be indemnified under Section 3.5(a) shall give each indemnifying party notice of any Losses subject to the indemnity within 30 days after the indemnified party has received actual notice thereof; provided that any failure of such notice shall not be an absolute bar to indemnity unless the failure materially prejudices the defense. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in or direct the defense of any action in connection with the reported Loss, provided that he, she or it employs counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. An indemnifying party shall not be liable to an indemnified party in respect of settlement effected by the indemnified party without the written consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.6     Interests. An Interest shall be personal property for all purposes. All property owned by the Company shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and the Sole Member shall not be deemed to own any such property or any portion thereof.

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1     Initial Capital Contribution. On and as of the date hereof, the Sole Member has made, or has been credited with, the Initial Capital Contribution set forth in Schedule 1 .

4.2     Additional Capital Contributions; Guarantees. Unless so determined by the Sole Member in its sole discretion, the Sole Member shall not be required to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Company or to guarantee and/or provide security for Company obligations.

 

7


4.3     Return of Contributions. Except as provided in Section  8.2, or as otherwise determined by the Sole Member, the Sole Member shall not be entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions. Any unrepaid Capital Contributions shall not be a liability of the Company. The Sole Member shall not be entitled to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions.

4.4     Advances by the Sole Member. The Sole Member or any Affiliate thereof may, in its or their sole and absolute discretion, advance all or part of any needed funds (an “Advance” ) to or on behalf of the Company. An Advance by the Sole Member or any Affiliate thereof shall constitute a loan from such Person to the Company, shall bear interest at the General Interest Rate from the date made until the date repaid in full, and shall not be deemed to be a Capital Contribution from the applicable Person.

4.5     Capital Accounts.

(a)    A Capital Account shall be maintained for the Sole Member throughout the term of the Company in accordance with Section 704(b) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Capital Account for the Sole Member shall be:

(i)     Increased by (A) the amount of cash contributed by the Sole Member to the Company, (B) the Gross Asset Value of property contributed by the Sole Member to the Company (net of any liabilities secured by any contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to, under Section 752 of the Code), and (C) allocations to the Sole Member of Company Net Profits; and

(ii)     Decreased by (A) the amount of cash distributed to the Sole Member by the Company, (B) the Gross Asset Value of property distributed to the Sole Member by the Company (net of liabilities secured by the distributed property that the Sole Member is considered to assume or take subject to, under Section 752 of the Code), and (C) allocations to the Sole Member of Company Net Losses.

(b)    In the event the Gross Asset Value of property of the Company is adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the Capital Account of the Sole Member shall be adjusted to reflect the aggregate net adjustments as if the Company had sold all of its assets for their fair market values, and recognized gain or loss equal to the aggregate amount of such net adjustment.

(c)    Upon the transfer of all or part of any Interest, by merger, operation of law or otherwise, the Capital Account attributable to such Interest shall carry over to the transferee thereof in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(1).

 

8


ARTICLE 5

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1     Allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses.

(a)     Net Profits. Except as otherwise provided in Section  5.2, Net Profits of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

(b)     Net Losses. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 5, Net Losses of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

5.2     Mandatory Allocations.

(a)     Section 704(c) Allocations. Any income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property (other than cash) that has been contributed by the Sole Member to the capital of the Company, that is deemed to have been contributed to the capital of the Company under Section 708 of the Code and the Treas. Regs. Promulgated thereunder, or that has been revalued in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and which is required to be allocated to the Sole Member for income tax purposes under Section 704(c) of the Code or Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(f) so as to take into account the variation between the tax basis of such property and its agreed upon fair market value at the time of its contribution or revaluation, as the case may be, shall be allocated to the Sole Member solely for income tax purposes in the manner so required.

(b)     Qualified Income Offset. In the event the Sole Member, in such capacity, unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), that cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Sole Member, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to the Sole Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate to the extent required by the Treas. Regs., the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Sole Member as quickly as possible. This Section 5.2(b) is intended to comply with the qualified income offset provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c)     Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, any item of Company income or gain for any Fiscal Year (or any portion of any such item) that is required to be allocated to the members under Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-2(f) or 1.704(2)(i)(4) shall be allocated to the Sole Member for such Fiscal Year in the manner so required by such regulations.

 

9


5.3     Tax Allocations.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in this Section  5.3, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to the Sole Member in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 above.

(b)    In accordance with Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the Treas. Regs. thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Company shall, solely for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the Sole Member so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and the initial Gross Asset Value. If the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted as described in the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such Company asset shall take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such Company asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treas. Regs. thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, with respect to all Company assets, the Board shall choose any permissible method under Treas. Reg. § 1.704-3. Allocations pursuant to this Section  5.3 are solely for purposes of federal state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing the Sole Member’s Capital Account or share of Net Profits, Net Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c)    All tax credits shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

5.4     Distributions.

(a)    To the extent that the Company has adequate Distributable Cash and may do so in accordance with all applicable law, the Company shall distribute Distributable Cash to the Sole Member in such amounts and at such times as shall be determined by the Sole Member.

(b)    For purposes of distributions of Company property in kind, such property shall be valued at its Gross Asset Value as of the date of distribution and the amount of any gain or loss that would be realized by the Company if it were to sell such property at such Gross Asset Value shall be allocated to the Sole Member in accordance with the requirements of the Code and, to the extent such allocation does not violate the Code, this Agreement.

5.5     Limitations on Distributions. No distribution pursuant to Section  5.4 or otherwise shall be paid if, after the distribution is made, (a) the Company would be unable to pay its debts as they become due, (b) liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities to the Sole Member on account of its Capital Contribution(s) and liabilities for which creditors’ recourse is limited to specific assets of the Company) would exceed the fair value of the Company’s assets (net of any liabilities to which such property may be subject), or (c) requirements for capital maintenance or financial ratios imposed upon the Company under its agreement with any lender would be violated thereby.

 

10


5.6     Withholding. The Company may withhold from any distribution made pursuant to this Agreement, and may pay over to the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authority, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Code or provisions of applicable local, state or federal law. All amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence in connection with a distribution to the Sole Member to satisfy a tax imposed upon the Sole Member shall be treated as an amount distributed to the Sole Member for all purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

TAXES

6.1     Tax Returns. The Sole Member shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all necessary federal and state income tax returns and reports for the Company. The Sole Member shall use its best efforts to cause the Company’s accountants to furnish, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a statement suitable for use in the preparation of the Sole Member’s income tax return, showing the amounts of contributions by, distributions to, and gains, losses, profits or credits allocated to, the Sole Member during each Fiscal Year.

6.2     Tax Elections. Neither the Company, the Sole Member nor any of their respective Affiliates may make an election for the Company to be excluded from the application of the provisions of subchapter K of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code or any similar provisions of applicable state law, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to sanction or approve such an election.

6.3     Tax Matters Partner. The Sole Member shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Company pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and corresponding provisions of any state or local tax law (the “Tax Matters Partner”).

ARTICLE 7

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

7.1     Accounting Principles. The Company shall keep accurate and detailed books and records of account of all operations and expenditures of the Company, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. All books and records of the Company shall be available for inspection by the Sole Member, or representatives thereof, at all times during normal business hours.

7.2     Records to be Maintained. At the expense of the Company, the Company shall cause to be maintained at its principal place of business the following:

(a)    A current and past list setting forth the full name and last known mailing address of each Member;

(b)    A written statement of (i) the amount of cash and a description of the agreed value of other property contributed, or agreed to be contributed, by

 

11


each Member (including that Member’s predecessor in interest); and (ii) the times at which, or events on the occurrence of which, a Member shall be required to make any Capital Contribution other than such Member’s Initial Capital Contribution or any required additional Capital Contribution;

(c)    A copy of the Certificate of Conversion and all amendments thereto;

(d)    Copies of this Agreement, and all amendments thereto;

(e)    Any written consents obtained from the Sole Member for actions taken thereby without a meeting;

(f)    Copies of the Company’s federal, state and local tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent Fiscal Years of the Company; and

(g)    Copies of the Company’s financial statements for the three most recent Fiscal Years of the Company.

7.3     Bank Accounts. At the direction of the Sole Member, the Company shall establish and maintain one or more separate bank or investment accounts and arrangements for Company funds in the Company name with such financial institutions and firms, and with such signatures, as the Sole Member shall approve.

ARTICLE 8

DISSOLUTION

8.1     Events of Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of any of the following events (each, an “Event of Dissolution”):

(a)    The written consent of the Sole Member; or

(b)    The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under the Act; or

(c)    The expiration of two years after the effective date of involuntary dissolution of the Company pursuant to the Act (for failure to file required reports or to pay any taxes due) without reinstatement of the Company.

 

12


8.2     Liquidation and Winding Up. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, the Liquidator shall, at the Company’s expense, continue to operate the Company’s properties with all of the power and authority of the Sole Member, and shall take such steps as it deems necessary or appropriate to proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act, including, without limitation, the following steps:

(a)    As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable.

(b)    Pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including, without limitation, all expenses incurred in liquidation, and any Advances made pursuant to Section  4.4) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including, without limitation, the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the Liquidator may reasonably determine).

(c)    Distribute all remaining assets of the Company to the Sole Member in accordance with the positive balance of the Sole Member’s Capital Account, as determined after taking into account all adjustments to such Capital Account for the taxable year of the Company during which the liquidation of the Company occurs.

All distributions in kind to the Sole Member shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for costs, expenses and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Company has committed prior to the date of termination and those costs, expenses and liabilities shall be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section  8.2. The distribution of cash and/or property to the Sole Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section  8.2 constitutes a complete return to the Sole Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Sole Member of its Interest in all of the Company’s property.

8.3     Deficit Capital Accounts. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and notwithstanding any custom or rule of law to the contrary, to the extent that a deficit, if any, in the Capital Account of the Sole Member results from or is attributable to deductions and losses of the Company (including non-cash items such as depreciation), or distributions of money pursuant to this Agreement, upon dissolution of the Company, such deficit shall not be an asset of the Company and the Sole Member shall not be obligated to contribute such amount to the Company to bring the balance of the Sole Member’s Capital Account to zero.

8.4     Termination. Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and distribution of the assets of the Company, the Liquidator shall file a certificate of cancellation (the “Certificate of Cancellation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act. Upon filing of the Certificate of Cancellation, the Company shall be terminated and, except as otherwise provided in the Act, the Company shall cease to exist.

 

13


ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1     Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument adopted or consented to by the Sole Member.

9.2     Entire Agreement. This document, together with the other documents and agreements referred to herein, is the entire, final and complete agreement and understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all written and oral agreements heretofore made or existing by and among the parties or their representatives with respect thereto.

9.3     Binding Effect. All rights, remedies and liabilities herein given to or imposed upon the parties hereto shall extend to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, as the circumstances may require, the parties hereto, and to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their respective heirs, personal representatives, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.4     Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

9.5     Waivers. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the waiving party. The failure of any party hereto to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement by any other party, irrespective of the length of time for which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such party’s right to demand strict compliance in the future. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver be applicable to subsequent transactions unless otherwise stated therein.

9.6     Governing Law. This Agreement and the formation and operation of the Company pursuant hereto shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware and in particular, the Act, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9.7     Captions. The caption headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of any provision of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE MEMBER:

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

  By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

   

Paul G. Rowan

   

Group Vice President, Business Law

 

15


Schedule I

SOLE MEMBER REGISTRY

 

Sole Member

  

Capital Contribution

  

Percentage Interest

Albertson’s, Inc.    American Stores Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, 100% owned by Albertson’s, Inc., has been converted into American Stores Company, LLC (the “LLC”) pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law, 8. Del. C. § 266, such that all issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of American Stores Company, Inc. have been converted into a 100% membership interest in the LLC, which interest is owned by Albertson’s, Inc.    100.0%

 

16


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2004 (this “Agreement”), of American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), made and entered into by Albertson’s LLC (as successor by conversion to Albertson’s, Inc.) (“Former Member”) and New Albertson’s, Inc. (“New Member”), as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A.    Former Member has agreed to transfer its membership interest in the Company to New Member.

B.    In accordance with Section  9.1 of the Agreement, the parties have consented to and adopted this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement to effect certain amendments as set forth below.

C.    Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

 

  1.     The Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  a. All references in the Agreement to “Sole Member” shall be to New Albertson’s, Inc. instead of Albertson’s LLC (as successor by conversion to Albertson’s, Inc.).

 

  b. Section  3.6 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing such section as follows:

“3.6 Interests.

(a)    The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Each certificate evidencing Interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in American Stores Company, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code,” No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.


(b) An Interest shall be personal property for all purposes. All property owned by the Company shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and the Sole Member shall not be deemed to own any such property or any portion thereof.”

 

  2. Except as provided in this Amendment No. 1, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its rules of conflicts of laws.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.

Date: June 1, 2006

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

NEW ALBERTSON’S INC.

By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

Exhibit 3.60

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is American Stores Properties LLC.
SECOND:    The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
THIRD:    The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 24 th day of May, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul G. Rowan
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.61

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  

ARTICLE I

   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS      1  
  

Section 1.1

               Formation of the Company, Term      1  
   Section 1.2                Name      1  
   Section 1.3                Purpose of the Company; Business      1  
   Section 1.4                Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      1  
   Section 1.5                Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      1  
   Section 1.6                Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

   DEFINITIONS      2  

ARTICLE III

  

CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

     3  
   Section 3.1                Capital      3  
   Section 3.2                Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest      3  
   Section 3.3                Withdrawal      4  
   Section 3.4                Corporate Status      4  
   Section 3.5                Limitations on Distributions      4  
   Section 3.6                Other Distributions      4  
   Section 3.7                Transfer of Interests      4  

ARTICLE IV

   MANAGEMENT      5  
   Section 4.1                Management by Member      5  
   Section 4.2                Authority of the Member      5  
   Section 4.3                Manner of Action      5  
   Section 4.4                Delegation      5  
   Section 4.5                Standard of Care      5  

ARTICLE V

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      5  
   Section 5.1                Limited Liability of the Member      5  
   Section 5.2                No Dissolution      5  
   Section 5.3                No Resignation      5  
   Section 5.4                Amendments      6  
   Section 5.5                Further Assurances      6  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page  
           Section 5.6    Notices      6  
           Section 5.7    Waiver      6  
           Section 5.8    Whole Agreement      6  
           Section 5.9    Governing Law      6  
           Section 5.10    Binding Nature      6  
           Section 5.11    Invalidity      6  
           Section 5.12    Counterparts      6  
           Section 5.13    Construction      7  
           Section 5.14    Authorized Signatories.      7  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by ASP Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation as the sole and original member of American Stores Properties LLC (the “ Company ). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Formation of the Company; Term. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member, formed by the execution and filing with the Secretary of State of Delaware of the Certificate of Formation of the Company. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “American Stores Properties LLC”.

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section  1.4 shall be amended to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.


Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section  5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq. ), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company ” means American Stores Properties LLC.

 

2


Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest ” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

Member ” means ASP Realty, Inc. executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

Share ” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital . The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s

 

3


books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section  3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section  3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5 , from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section  3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section  3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7 , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

4


ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section  3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section  3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

5


Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a)    Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b)    Except as stated in Section 5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or

 

6


the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include ail other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an Authorized Signatory ” and together, the “ Authorized Signatories ”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the Merger Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“ Supervalu ”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“ Albertsons ”), New Albertson’s, Inc. (“ New Albertsons ”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the Separation Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Drug APA and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the Transaction Agreements ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

7


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ASP REALTY, INC.
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

 

1.   William H. Arnold   
2.   Colleen Batcheler   
3.   Bradley R. Beckstrom   
4.   John F. Boyd   
5.   Charles F. Cole   
6.   Joel Guth   
7.   Larry Johnston   
8.   Patrick Madigan   
9.   Susan McMillan   
10.   Ronald T. Mendes   
11.   Paul G. Rowan   
12.   John R. Sims   


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

2


EXHIBIT D

TO

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES

 

NAME

  

TITLE

  

SIGNATURE

Paul Rowan    Vice President    /s/ Paul Rowan
Richard Navarro    Chief Financial Officer    /s/ Richard Navarro
Dave Ober    Treasurer    /s/ Dave Ober
Mike Bessent    Assistant Treasurer    /s/ Mike Bessent

Incumbency (American Stores Properties)


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2006 (this “Agreement”), of American Stores Properties LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), made and entered into by ASP Realty, Inc. (“Former Member”) and American Food and Drug LLC (“New Member”), as the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A. Former Member has agreed to transfer its membership interest in the Company to New Member.

B. In accordance with Section 9.1 of the Agreement, the parties have consented to and adopted this Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement as set forth below.

C. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

AMENDMENT

 

  1. All references in the Agreement to “Sole Member” shall be to American Food and Drug LLC instead of ASP Realty, Inc.

 

  2. Except as provided in this Amendment No. 1, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its rules of conflicts of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth below.

 

ASP REALTY, INC.
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
By:  

/s/ William H. Arnold

Name:   William H. Arnold
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 3.62

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

APLC-One, Inc.

* * * * *

The undersigned, being a natural person of the age of eighteen years or more, acting as incorporator of a corporation under the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation:

ARTICLE I: NAME

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is APLC-One, Inc.

ARTICLE II: DURATION

The period of the Corporation shall be perpetual unless sooner merged or dissolved according to law.

ARTICLE III: PURPOSES

The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized are: to engage in retail and other business activities and any other lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED SHARES

The Corporation shall have authority to issue a total of 1,000 shares common stock, par value $1.00 per share (hereinafter the “Common Stock”). The Common Stock of the Corporation shall be nonassessable and shall be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. On voluntary or involuntary liquidation or termination of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation which are available for distribution to shareholders, tangible and intangible, which property shall be distributed ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by each stockholder. Each stockholder of Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of Common Stock shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors or for any other purpose.

 

-1-


ARTICLE V: INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator is:

 

    

Name

  

Address

     
  Mary V. Sloan    709 East South Temple,   
     Salt Lake City, UT 84102   

ARTICLE VI: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of each corporation is three, and the names and address of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and shall qualify are:

 

    

Name

  

Address

    
   Victor L. Lund   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, UT 84102

  
   Robert P. Hermanns   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, UT 84102

  
   David L. Maher   

709 East South Temple

Salt Lake City, UT 84102

  

ARTICLE VII: LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

A director of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any action or failure to take any action, as a director, except (i) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which he is not entitled, (ii) the intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or the shareholders, (iii) for liability arising from any action under section 16-10a-842 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act as it may from time to time be amended or any successor provision thereto, or (iv) an intentional violation of criminal law.

ARTICLE VIII: INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The Corporation shall indemnify any and all persons who may serve or who have served at any time as directors or officers or who at the request of the board of directors of the Corporation may serve or at any time have served as directors or officers of another corporation in which the Corporation at such time owned or may own shares of stock or of which it was or may be a creditor, and their respective heirs, administrators, successors, and assigns, against any and all expenses, including amounts paid upon judgments, counsel fees, and amounts paid in settlement (before or after suit is commenced), actually and necessarily incurred by such persons in connection with the defense or settlement of any claim, action, suit or proceeding in which they, or any of them, are made parties, or a party, or which may be asserted against them or any of them, by reason of being or having been directors or officers of the Corporation, or of such other corporation, to the full extent permitted by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

 

-2-


ARTICLE IX: REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

The post office address of the corporation’s initial registered office is c/o CT Corporation System, 50 West Broadway, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is CT Corporation System.

Dated this 29 th day of January, 1997.

 

/s/ Mary V. Sloan

Incorporator

STATE OF Utah            )

                                        )ss;

COUNTY OF Salt Lake)

 

I, Denise S. Vernon, a notary public, hereby certify that on this 29 th day of January, 1997, personally appeared before me, Mary V. Sloan, who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that she is the person who signed the foregoing document as incorporator and that the statements contained therein are true.

In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and seal this 29 th day of January, A.D. 1997.

My commission expires March 3, 1999.

 

/s/ Denise S. Vernon
Notary Public

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

C T CORPORATION SYSTEM HAVING BEEN DESIGNATED TO ACT AS REGISTERED AGENT HEREBY AGREES TO ACT IN THIS CAPACITY.

 

C T CORPORATION SYSTEM

[ILLEGIBLE]

Name:

Title:

 

-3-


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF

APLC-ONE, INC.

A Utah Corporation

APLC-One, Inc, (the “Corporation”), pursuant to Section 16-10a-1006 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, adopts the following Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of APLC-One, Inc. :

1. The Articles of Incorporation are hereby amended to change the name of the Corporation to:

APLC Procurement, Inc.

2. This amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was approved by the Board of Directors and the sole shareholder (who holds the 1,000 outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation) of the Corporation by a consent in lieu of a meeting dated December 15, 1997.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 19 th of December, 1997.

 

APLC-One, Inc.

/s/ Mark N. Schneider

Mark N. Schneider, Vice President

Exhibit 3.63

BY-LAWS

OF

APLC-ONE, INC.

A Utah Corporation

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of Utah as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Utah, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Utah a registered office and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office. The registered office may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section  1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.

Section  2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose or purposes of such meeting, to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall fix the date of the meeting to be held at such date and time as the Secretary may fix, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders as provided herein. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.


Section  3. Place of Meeting . Shareholder meetings may be held at any place, either within or without the State of Utah, as may be designated by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

Section  4. Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section  5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If no record date is fixed:

1. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

2. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders on the record date fixed or determined as aforesaid shall be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting or adjournment, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-2-


Section  6. Voting Lists . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of shareholders.

Section  7. Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number is otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of these By-Laws.

Section  8. Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section  9. Voting . Each shareholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder. All elections for directors shall be by written ballot and be decided by plurality vote. All other questions need not be by written ballot and shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  10. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman of any such meeting may, and upon the demand of any shareholder or his or her proxy at the meeting and before voting begins, appoint inspectors of election. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting, by the Chairman of the meeting.

If inspectors of election are appointed as aforesaid, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; the shares represented at the meeting; the existence of a quorum; the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receive votes or ballots; hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; count and tabulate all votes; determine the result; and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The decision, act or certificate of a majority of the inspectors shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

 

-3-


On request of the Chairman of the meeting or of any shareholder or his or her proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

Section  11. Informal Action by Shareholders . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section  1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the Corporation as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these By-Laws and the laws of the State of Utah.

Section  2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than three (3) or more than eighteen (18), as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. One director shall be designated as Chairman. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, disqualification or removal. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws.

Section  3. Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice other than this By-Law immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section  4. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, the Chairman of the Board or twenty percent (20%) of the then existing directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the directors called by them.

Section  5. Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least four (4) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally or by telegram or mailed to each director at his or her business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

-4-


Section  6. Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then existing directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section  7. Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

Section  8. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified unless such director shall resign, become disqualified or shall otherwise be removed. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.

Section  9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, either for or without cause at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any directorship to be filled by reason of the removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to this section may be filled by a vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting at which the director was removed, or at an annual meeting of shareholders, and then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section  10. Resignation . A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section  11. Compensation . Each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof shall be paid such compensation for his or her services as a director and shall be reimbursed for such expenses as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section  12. Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

-5-


Section  13. Executive and Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such duties and authority as delegated by the Board (which delegation may be general or specific) and as may otherwise be permitted by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section  14. Conference Telephone Meetings . One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section  15. Informal Action by Directors . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

Section  16. Interest of Directors in Contract . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his, her or their participating in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors, and such Board shall nevertheless approve or ratify such contract or transaction by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. This section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section  1. Number . The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chairman of the Board, President, a General Manager, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be elected or appointed from time to time. All officers are to be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by an officer or committee to whom the Board has delegated that responsibility. One person may simultaneously hold more than one office with the exception that the Secretary may not also be the President or General Manager. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or its delegate may decline to fill any officer position of the Corporation.

Section  2. Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected or appointed and qualified, or until an officer’s earlier resignation or removal.

Section  3. Officers, Committees and Agents . Officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, President, General Manager and Secretary, who shall be elected by the Board) and to appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

 

-6-


Section  4. Removal . Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, by the Board of Directors or other authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Any and all officers are employees at will and serve at the will of the Board, committee or officer who elected or appointed such officer unless such officer serves pursuant to a mutually executed written contract that provides otherwise. Until such time as this By-Law is amended or a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the President and General Manager shall each have the authority to terminate any employee or officer, whether or not such employee or officer was elected or appointed by an officer or committee or the Board of Directors.

Section  5. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause may be filled (but need not be filled) by the Board of Directors or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, as the case may be, for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section  6. General Powers . All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by these By-Laws, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the By-Laws, as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Directors (which may be general or specific).

Section  7. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board may be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active supervision of the affairs, business, officers and employees of the Corporation. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section  8. The President . The Corporation may have a President who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

-7-


Section  9. The General Manager . The Corporation may have a General Manager who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation. If there is no President, or in the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the General Manager shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and shall be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The General Manager shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section  10. The Vice Presidents . The Corporation may have one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents having such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  11. The Secretary . The Corporation may have a Secretary who, if elected or appointed, shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; and shall record all the votes of the stockholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; shall have responsibility for the custody and safekeeping of all permanent records and other documents of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Board of Directors may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries to perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  12. The Treasurer . The Corporation may have a Treasurer who, if elected or appointed, shall have or provide for the custody of all funds, securities and other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection or receipt of money earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit or cause to be deposited all such monies in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; shall make disbursements of Corporation funds upon appropriate vouchers; shall keep full and accurate accounts of transactions of his or her office in books belonging to the Corporation; shall, whenever so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or an Audit Committee, render an accounting showing his or her transactions as Treasurer and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  13. The Controller . The Corporation may have a Controller who, if elected or appointed, shall maintain full and accurate records of all assets and liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and see that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. He or she shall make all such records available for examination when so required by the Board of Directors, the

 

-8-


Executive Committee, or an Audit Committee. He or she shall perform such other duties and have such other obligations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section  14. Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to fix salaries or other compensation of officers.

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section  1. Contracts and Leases . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents to enter into any contract or lease or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section  2. Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section  3. Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section  4. Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

Section  1. Issuance . The certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books or equivalent records of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and shall bear the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Any of or all the signatures upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed if such certificate of stock is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

-9-


Section  2. Transfer . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made inconsistent with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Utah and its amendments and supplements.

Section  3. Stock Certificates . Stock certificates of the Corporation shall be in such form as provided by statute and approved by the Board of Directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any agency designated by the Board of Directors for that purpose.

Section  4. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section  5. Record Holder of Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Utah.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ET[-]

Section  1. Directors and Officers: Third Party Actions . [-] indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is [-] party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation (which, for the purposes of this Article and Article VIII of these By-Laws, shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably

 

-10-


believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section  2. Directors and Officers: Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section  3. Employees and Agents . To the extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation who neither was nor is a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Such an authorized representative may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation in any other circumstances to any extent if the Corporation would be required by Sections 1 and 2 of this Article to indemnify such person in such circumstances to such extent if he or she were or had been a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section  4. Procedure for Effecting Indemnification . Indemnification under Sections 1, 2, or 3 of this Article shall be made when ordered by a court or shall be made in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative is required or proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article. Such determination shall be made:

1. By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding; or

2. If such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or

3. By the shareholders.

If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct

 

-11-


which make it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section  5. Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of an authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as required in this Article or authorized by law.

Section  6. Scope of Article . Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the Corporation shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon such rights of indemnification as are provided in this Article.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, statute or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

Section  1. Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc . The Corporation, whenever so authorized by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any authorized representative, as such term is defined in Section 1 of Article VII of these By-Laws, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would be authorized or required to indemnify him or her by law or Article VII of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

 

-12-


ARTICLE X

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

ARTICLE XI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section  1. Audits . The Board of Directors shall cause the accounts and records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants at least once each year. The Board of Directors each year shall cause a report of the financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the closing date of the preceding fiscal year to be prepared. Such report shall be in such forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants.

Section  2. Inspection . The books, accounts and records of the corporation shall be open for personal inspection by any member of the Board of Directors as provided by law.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws shall not be made, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Nothing contained herein shall detract from the authority of the Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

-13-

Exhibit 3.64

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SKAGGS PROPERTIES, INC.    

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED natural persons of the age of twenty-one years or more, acting as incorporators of a corporation under the Utah Business Corporation Act, adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation:

ARTICLE I – NAME

The name of this corporation is Skaggs Properties, Inc.

ARTICLE II – DURATION

The duration of this corporation is perpetual.

ARTICLE III – PURPOSES

The purpose or purposes for which this corporation is organized are:

 

  a. To acquire real and personal property wherever located by lease, purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to develop, improve, hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, lease, sell, assign, convey, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of or deal in real and personal property.

 

  b. To acquire by purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of or deal in or with its own corporate securities


  or stock or other securities, including without limitations, any shares of stock, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts or other instruments representing rights or interests therein or any property or assets created or issued by any person, firm, association, or corporation, or any government or subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities thereof; to make payment therefor in any lawful manner or to issue in exchange therefor its own securities or to use its unrestricted and unreserved earned surplus for the purchase of its own shares, and to exercise as owner or holder of any securities, any and all rights, powers and privileges in respect thereof.

 

  c. To obtain, hold, own, enjoy, grant, sell and assign leases, licenses, franchisee and rights in and to all inventions, trademarks, trade-names and patents.

 

  d. To do each and every thing necessary, suitable or proper for the accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of any one or more of the subjects herein enumerated, or which may at any time appear conducive to or expedient for protection or benefit of this corporation, and to do said acts as fully and to the same extent as natural persons might, or could do, in any part of the world as principals, agents, partners, trustees or otherwise, either alone or in conjunction with any other person, association or corporation.

 

-2-


  e. The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as purposes and powers and shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers corporation, and the enjoyment and exercise thereof, as conferred by the laws of the State of Utah; and it is the intention that the purposes and powers specified in each of the paragraphs of this Article III shall be regarded as independent purposes and powers.

ARTICLE IV – STOCK

The aggregate number of shares which this corporation shall have authority to issue is 50,000 shares of no par value stock. All stock of the corporation shall be of the same class, common, and shall have the same rights and preferences. Fully paid stock of this corporation shall not be liable to any further call or assessment.

ARTICLE V – AMENDMENT

These Articles of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on each such amendment.

ARTICLE VI – SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

The authorized and treasury stock of this corporation may be issued at such time, upon such terras and conditions and for such consideration as the Board of Directors shall determine. Shareholders shall not have pre-emptive rights to acquire unissued shares of the stock of this corporation.

 

-3-


ARTICLE VII – CAPITALIZATION

This corporation will not commence business until consideration of a value of at least $1,000 has been received for the issuance of shares,

ARTICLE VIII – INITIAL OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of this corporation’s initial registered office and the name of its original registered agent at such address is:

Scott Bergeson                    

P. 0. Box 30658                  

310 Bearcat Drive               

Salt Lake City, Utah 84125

ARTICLE IX – DIRECTORS

The number of Directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of this corporation is three. The names and addresses of persons who are to serve as Directors until the first annual meeting of stockholders, or until their successors are elected and qualify, are:

 

L. S. Skaggs

  

1467 South Main Street

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84115

R. L. Shanaman

  

1467 South Main Street

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84115

R. E. Davis

  

310 Bearcat Drive

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84115

ARTICLE X – INCORPORATORS

The name and address of each Incorporator is:

 

Jack Lunt

  

800 Walker Bank Building

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Larry C. Holman

  

800 Walker Bank Building

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

Frederick P. McBrier

  

800 Walker Bank Building

  

Salt Lake City, Utah 84111

 

-4-


ARTICLE XI

COMMON DIRECTORS – TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN CORPORATIONS

No contract or other transaction between this corporation and one or more of its Directors or any other corporation, firm, association or entity in which one or more of its Directors are directors or officers or are financially interested, shall be either void or voidable because of such relationship or interest, or because such Director or Directors are present at the meeting of the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction, or because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if: (a) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction by vote or consent sufficient for the purpose without counting the votes or consents of such interested Director; or (b) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by vote or written consent; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to the corporation.

Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction.

 

-5-


ARTICLE XII – INDEMNIFICATION

The corporation shall have power to indemnify any person, including present or former directors, officers, employees or agents of the corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the extent permitted by the Business Corporation Act of Utah. Such right of indemnification shall be in addition to all other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.

DATED this 1st day of September, 1977.

 

/s/ Jack Lunt

Jack Lunt

/s/ Larry C. Holman

Larry C. Holman

/s/ Frederick P. McBrier

Frederick P. McBrier

STATE OF UTAH               )

              : ss.

COUNTY OF SALT LAKE)

I, Glen A. WATKINS, a Notary Public, hereby certify that on the 1 st day of September, 1977, Jack Lunt, Larry C. Holman and Frederick P. McBrier personally appeared before me who, being by me first duly sworn, severally declared that they are the persons who signed the foregoing document as incorporators and that the statements therein contained are true.

DATED this 1 st day of September, 1977.

 

  

/s/ Glen A. Watkins

   Notary Public
My Commission Expires:    Residing at Salt Lake City, Utah
9-9-79   

 

-6-


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

SKAGGS PROPERTIES, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 16-10-57 of the Utah Business Corporation Act, the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

 

  FIRST:    The Name of the Corporation is SKAGGS PROPERTIES, INC.
  SECOND:    The following amendments of the Articles of Incorporation were adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on September 7, 1977, in the manner prescribed by the Utah Business Corporation Act:
     (Amendments attached as Exhibit “A”)
  THIRD:    The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of such adoption was One Thousand (1,000); and the number of shares entitled to vote thereon was One Thousand (1,000).
  FOURTH:    The designation and number of outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class were as follows:
     Common                                                              1,000
  FIFTH:    The number of shares voted for such amendment was One Thousand (1,000); and the number of shares voted against such amendments was zero (0).
  SIXTH:    The number of shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class voted for and against such amendments, respectively, was:
    

Common                                                              1,000

    

                                                                     FOR          AGAINST

    

                                                                    1,000          -0-

  SEVENTH:    The manner, if not set forth in such amendment, in which any exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares provided for in the amendment shall be effected, is as follows:
                                         No change


DATED January 24, 1979.

 

SKAGGS PROPERTIES, INC.,
a Utah corporation

 

By  

/s/ Michael Miller

  Its President
And  

/s/ Scott Bergeson

  Its Secretary

 

-2-


EXHIBIT “A”

AMENDMENTS

1. Article I of the Articles of Incorporation, to-wit:

“The name of this corporation is Skaggs Properties, Inc.”,

is hereby deleted and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

“The name of this corporation is Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc.”

2. Article III section (c) to-wit:

“To obtain, hold, own, enjoy, grant, sell and assign leases, licenses, franchises and rights in and to all inventions, trademarks, tradenames and patents.”

is hereby deleted and the following is substituted in lieu thereof:

“To obtain, hold, own, enjoy, grant, sell and assign leases, licenses, franchises and rights in and to all inventions, trademarks, tradenames and patents, and to design, do research, manufacture, develop and market products, to engage and deal in telecommunications and multi-media services and products, their production, transmittal, receiving and sale including the performance of electronic surveillance.”


ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

SKAGGS TELEPHONE CORPORATION   /00523

INTO

SKAGGS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE, INC.   074103

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 70 of the Utah Business Corporation Act, as amended, Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Utah (“STS”), and owning all of the issued and outstanding shares of Skaggs Telephone Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Utah (“Skaggs Telephone”) hereby execute the following Articles of Merger:

1. Constituent, Surviving Corporations . Skaggs Telephone and STS shall be the constituent corporations to the merger (the “Merger”). STS owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock, $1 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of Skaggs Telephone, which is the only class of shares of Skaggs Telephone. The Articles of Merger will be filed with the Division of Corporations and Commercial Code of the State of Utah on or after the 30th day following execution of these Articles of Merger, and the Merger shall be effective after the close of business on such date of filing (the “Effective


Time”). At that time, Skaggs Telephone shall be merged into STS and STS shall be the surviving corporation of the Merger. The name, identity, existence, rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties and asset’s of STS shall continue unaffected and unimpaired by the Merger. At the Effective Time, the identity and separate existence of Skaggs Telephone shall cease, all liabilities of Skaggs Telephone shall be assumed by STS, and all of the rights, privileges, powers, franchises, properties and assets of Skaggs Telephone shall be vested in STS.

2. Articles of Incorporation; By-Laws . The Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of STS in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall thereafter continue in full force and effect as the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of STS until further amended as provided therein or by law.

3. Directors . The directors and officers of STS immediately prior to the Effective Time shall continue as the directors and officers of STS for the remainder of their respective terms.

4. Conversion of Stock of Constituent Corporations . At the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (including

 

-2-


all shares of Common Stock owned by STS) shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be cancelled and no cash or security or other property shall be issued in respect thereof.

5. Type of Merger . The Merger is also a complete liquidation of a wholly-owned subsidiary by a parent corporation under the provisions of Section  332 of the Internal Revenue Code.

6. Closing of Transfer Books . At the Effective Time, the transfer books for Common Stock shall be closed, and no transfer of any such shares shall thereafter be made on such books of Skaggs Telephone.

7. The number of outstanding shares of each class of Skaggs Telephone and the number of shares of each class owned by STS is:

 

Class

  

No. of Shares

Outstanding

  

No. of Shares

Owned by STS

Common

   1    1

8. A copy of the plan of merger was mailed and hand delivered to the shareholder of Skaggs Telephone upon the execution of these Articles of Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned corporation has caused these Articles of Merger to be executed in its name by its President and attested by its Secretary this 14 th day of December, 1987.

 

-3-


SKAGGS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE,     INC.

By  

/s/ Don L. Skaggs

  Don L. Skaggs
  President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Margaret A. Hayes

Margaret A. Hayes

Secretary

VERIFICATION

 

STATE OF UTAH    )      
   :    ss.   
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE    )      

On the 14 th day of December, 1987 personally appeared before me Don L. Skaggs, who, being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is the President of Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc., that he signed the foregoing document as President of Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc. and that the statements therein contained are true.

 

/s/ Marcia D Young

NOTARY PUBLIC

Residing at: Salt Lake City, Utah

 

My Commission Expires:

June 1, 1991

4382S

BEB

 

-4-


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF

SKAGGS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE, INC.

A Utah Corporation

Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc. (the “Corporation”), pursuant to Section 16-10a-1006 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, adopts the following Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc.:

1. The Articles of Incorporation are hereby amended to change the name of the Corporation to:

ASC Media Services, Inc.

2. This amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was approved by the Board of Directors and the sole shareholder who holds 1,000 outstanding shares (as per ct) of the Corporation by a consent in lieu of a meeting dated June 13, 1997.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 13th day of June, 1997.

 

Skaggs Telecommunications Service, Inc.

/s/ Mark N. Schneider

Mark N. Schneider, Vice President

Exhibit 3.65

EXHIBIT “B”

 

BY-LAWS

OF

SKAGGS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE, INC.

a Utah corporation

 

As Amended April 1, 1993


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1. Annual Meeting

     1  

Section 2. Special Meetings

     1  

Section 3. Place of Meeting

     2  

Section 4. Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings

     2  

Section 5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date

     2  

Section 6. Voting Lists

     3  

Section 7. Quorum

     3  

Section 8. Proxies

     3  

Section 9. Voting

     3  

Section 10. Inspectors of Election

     4  

Section 11. Informal Action by Shareholders

     4  

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     4  

Section 1. General Powers

     4  

Section 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications

     5  

Section 3. Regular Meetings

     5  

Section 4. Special Meeting

     5  

Section 5. Notice

     5  

Section 6. Quorum

     5  

Section 7. Manner of Acting

     6  

Section 8. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies

     6  

Section 9. Removal of Directors

     6  

Section 10. Resignation

     6  

Section 11. Compensation

     6  

Section 12. Presumption of Assent

     6  

Section 13. Executive and Other Committees

     7  

Section 14. Conference Telephone Meetings

     7  

Section 15. Informal Action by Directors

     7  

Section 16. Interest of Directors in Contract

     7  

 

i


ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

     7  

Section 1. Number

     7  

Section 2. Term of Office

     8  

Section 3. Officers, Committees and Agents

     8  

Section 4. Removal

     8  

Section 5 . Vacancies

     8  

Section 6. General Powers

     8  

Section 7. Chairman of the Board

     8  

Section 8. The President

     9  

Section 9. The General Manager

     9  

Section 10. The Vice Presidents

     9  

Section 11. The Secretary

     9  

Section 12. The Treasurer

     10  

Section 13. The Controller

     10  

Section 14. Compensation

     10  

ARTICLE V- CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     11  

Section 1. Contracts and Leases

     11  

Section 2. Loans

     11  

Section 3. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

     11  

Section 4. Deposits

     11  

ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

     11  

Section 1. Issuance

     11  

Section 2. Transfer

     11  

Section 3. Stock Certificates

     12  

Section 4. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates

     12  

Section 5 . Record Holder of Shares

     12  

ARTICLE VII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

     12  

Section 1. Directors and Officers; Third Party Actions

     12  

Section 2. Directors and Officers; Derivative Actions

     13  

Section 3. Employees and Agents

     13  

Section 4. Procedure for Effecting Indemnification

     13  

Section 5. Advancing Expenses

     14  

Section 6. Scope of Article

     14  

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII - INSURANCE

     15  

Section 1. Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc.

     15  

ARTICLE IX - DIVIDENDS

     15  

ARTICLE X - WAIVER OF NOTICE

     15  

ARTICLE XI - BOOKS AND RECORDS

     16  

Section 1. Audits

     16  

Section 2. Inspection

     16  

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS

     16  

 

iii


BY-LAWS

OF

SKAGGS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICE, INC.

A Utah Corporation

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of Utah as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Utah as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Utah a registered office, and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office. The registered office may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 . Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.

Section 2 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose or purposes of such meeting, to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall fix the date of the meeting to be held at such date and time as the Secretary may fix, not

 

1


less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders as provided herein. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Section 3 . Place of Meeting . Shareholder meetings may be held at any place, either within or without the State of Utah, as may be designated by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4 . Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 5 . Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If no record date is fixed:

1. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

2


2. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders on the record date fixed or determined as aforesaid shall be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting or adjournment, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6 . Voting Lists . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of shareholders.

Section 7 . Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number is otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section 9 . Voting . Each shareholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder.

 

3


All elections for directors shall be by written ballot and be decided by plurality vote. All other questions need not be by written ballot and shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 10 . Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman of any such meeting may, and upon the demand of any shareholder or his or her proxy at the meeting and before voting begins, shall appoint inspectors of election. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting.

If inspectors of election are appointed as aforesaid, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The decision, act or certificate of a majority of the inspectors shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

On request of the Chairman of the meeting or of any shareholder or his or her proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

Section 11 . Informal Action by Shareholders . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 . General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they

 

4


may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the Corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these By-Laws and the laws of the State of Utah.

Section 2 . Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than three (3) or more than eighteen (18), as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. One director shall be designated as Chairman. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, disqualification, or removal. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws.

Section 3 . Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section 4 . Special Meeting . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, the Chairman of the Board or twenty percent (20%) of the then existing directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the directors called by them.

Section 5 . Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least four (4) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or mailed to each director at his or her business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6 . Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then existing directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

5


Section 7 . Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified unless such director shall resign, become disqualified or shall otherwise be removed. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.

Section 9 . Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, either for or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any directorship to be filled by reason of the removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to this section may be filled by a vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting at which the director was removed, or at an annual meeting of shareholders, and then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 10 . Resignation . A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 11 . Compensation . Each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof shall be paid such compensation for his or her services as a director and shall be reimbursed for such expenses as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 12 . Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

6


Section 13 . Executive and Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such duties and authority as delegated by the Board (which delegation may be general or specific) and as may otherwise be permitted by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 14 . Conference Telephone Meetings . One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 15 . Informal Action by Directors . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

Section 16 . Interest of Directors in Contract . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his, her or their participating in such action; if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors, and such Board shall nevertheless approve or ratify such contract or transaction by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. This section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 . Number . The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chairman of the Board, President, a General Manager, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be elected or appointed from time to time. All officers are to be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by an officer or committee to whom the Board has delegated that responsibility. One person may simultaneously hold more than one office with the exception that the Secretary may not also be the President or

 

7


General Manager. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or its delegate may decline to fill any officer position of the Corporation.

Section 2 . Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected or appointed and qualified, or until an officer’s earlier resignation or removal.

Section 3 . Officers, Committees and Agents . Officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, President, General Manager and Secretary, who shall be elected by the Board) and to appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

Section 4 . Removal . Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, by the Board of Directors or other authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Any and all officers are employees at will and serve at the will of the Board, committee or officer who elected or appointed such officer unless such officer serves pursuant to a mutually executed written contract that provides otherwise. Until such time as this By-Law is amended or a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the President and General Manager shall each have the authority to terminate any employee or officer, whether or not such employee or officer was elected or appointed by an officer, or committee or the Board of Directors.

Section 5 . Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause, may be filled (but need not be filled) by the Board of Directors or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, as the case may be, for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 6 . General Powers . All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by these By-Laws, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the By-Laws, as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Directors (which may be general or specific).

Section 7 . Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board may be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active supervision of the affairs, business, officers and employees of the

 

8


Corporation. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section 8 . The President . The Corporation may have a President who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 9 . The General Manager . The Corporation may have a General Manager who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation. If there is no President, or in the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the General Manager shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and shall be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The General Manager shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 10 . The Vice Presidents . The Corporation may have one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents having such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 11 . The Secretary . The Corporation may have a Secretary who, if elected or appointed, shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall record all the votes of the stockholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that

 

9


purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; shall have responsibility for the custody and safekeeping of all permanent records and other documents of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Board of Directors may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries to perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 12 . The Treasurer . The Corporation may have a Treasurer who, if elected or appointed, shall have or provide for the custody of all funds, securities and other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection or receipt of money earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit or cause to be deposited all such moneys in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; shall make disbursements of Corporation funds upon appropriate vouchers; shall keep full and accurate accounts of transactions of his or her office in books belonging to the Corporation; shall, whenever so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or an Audit Committee, render an accounting showing his or her transactions as Treasurer, and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 13 . The Controller . The Corporation may have a Controller who, if elected or appointed, shall maintain full and accurate records of all assets and liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and see that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. He or she shall make all such records available for examination when so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or an Audit Committee. He or she shall perform such other duties and have such other obligations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 14 . Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to fix salaries or other compensation of officers.

 

10


ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1 . Contracts and Leases . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or lease or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2 . Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3 . Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors

Section 4 . Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

Section 1 . Issuance . The certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books or equivalent records of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Any of or all the signatures upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed if such certificate of stock is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2 . Transfer . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by

 

11


the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made inconsistent with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Utah, and its amendments and supplements.

Section 3 . Stock Certificates . Stock certificates of the Corporation shall be in such form as provided by statute and approved by the Board of Directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any agency designated by the Board of Directors for that purpose.

Section 4 . Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5 . Record Holder of Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Utah.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

Section 1 . Directors and Officers: Third Party Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation (which, for the purposes of this Article and Article VIII of these By-Laws, shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including

 

12


attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 2 . Directors and Officers: Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3 . Employees and Agents . To the extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation who neither was nor is a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Such an authorized representative may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation in any other circumstances to any extent if the Corporation would be required by Sections 1 and 2 of this Article to indemnify such person in such circumstances to such extent if he or she were or had been a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section 4 . Procedure for Effecting Indemnification . Indemnification under Sections 1, 2, or 3 of this Article shall be made when ordered by a court or shall be made in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative is required or proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article. Such determination shall be made:

 

13


1. By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or

2. If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or

3. By the shareholders.

If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 5 . Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of an authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as required in this Article or authorized by law.

Section 6 . Scope of Article . Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon such rights of indemnification as are provided in this Article.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or

 

14


disinterested directors, statute or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

Section 1 . Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc . The Corporation, whenever so authorized by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any authorized representative, as such term is defined in Section 1 of Article VII of these By-Laws, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would be authorized or required to indemnify him or her by law or Article VII of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

ARTICLE X

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

15


ARTICLE XI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 1 . Audits . The Board of Directors shall cause the accounts and records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants at least once each year. The Board of Directors each year shall cause a report of the financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the closing date of the preceding fiscal year to be prepared. Such report shall be in such forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants.

Section 2 . Inspection . The books, accounts and records of the corporation shall be open for personal inspection by any member of the Board of Directors as provided by law.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws shall not be made, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Nothing contained herein shall detract from the authority of the Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16

Exhibit 3.66

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ASP REALTY, LLC

JANUARY 28, 2016

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Delaware Code, Chapter 18, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is ASP Realty, LLC.

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the day first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
its sole member
By: New Albertson’s, Inc., its sole member
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:  

Executive Vice President, General

Counsel & Secretary

[ ASP Realty, LLC DE Certificate of Formation – Signature Page ]

Exhibit 3.67

ASP REALTY, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of January 28, 2016, adopted by American Stores Company, LLC. (the “ Managing Member ”).

Preliminary Statement

The Company was converted from ASP Realty, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del. C § 266 by the filing of a Certificate of Conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on and as of January 28, 2016.

The Managing Member desires to provide for the operation and management of the Company for the purposes stated herein and consistent with the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Act ”).

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Managing Member hereby adopts the following:

1.     Formation . Upon the filing of the Company’s Certificate of Formation (the “ Certificate ”) and upon the filing of a Certificate of Conversion by ASP Realty, Inc., the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date ASP Realty, Inc. was first created, formed, incorporated or otherwise came into being. Upon the execution of this Agreement the Managing Member shall be the designated “authorized Person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized Person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Delaware Act.

2.     Name . The name of the Company is “ASP Realty, LLC”.

3.     Purpose .

A.    The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

B.    The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Managing Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

4.     Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

1


5.     Members . Upon execution of the Agreement, the Managing Member is admitted as a member of the Company. The name and the address of the Managing Member is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

American Stores Company, LLC   

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

6.     Management of the Company .

A.     Power and Authority of Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

 

  1. to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other Person (as defined in the Delaware Act), corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

 

  2. to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

 

  3. to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

 

  4. to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

  5. to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other Person;

 

  6. to guarantee debt on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries now or hereinafter in existence, and to secure the same by a mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on any or all the assets of the Company;

 

  7. to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

 

2


  8. to direct the formulation of policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities, including those activities specified above in clauses (1) and (2); and

 

  9. to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

B.     No “Manager” of Company . There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

C.     Managing Member May Appoint Officers . The Managing Member may appoint officers of the Company, including a Chief Executive Officer. The officers of the Company shall be responsible for the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Company, shall have such powers as conferred on them by the Managing Member and shall have the authority to bind the Company through the exercise of such powers subject to, and to the extent consistent with, the terms hereof. The officers of the Company shall (i) be appointed and be subject to removal by the Managing Member and (ii) operate as an autonomous management group, accountable only to the Managing Member. The initial officers of the Company are listed on Schedule I hereto.

7.     Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earliest to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member; (c) if at any time there are no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; and (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company.

8.     Initial Capital Contributions . The Managing Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company.

9.     Additional Contributions . The Managing Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10.     Tax Matters . The Company shall, upon its initial formation, be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a corporation. The Managing Member shall have the authority to change or maintain such status in its sole discretion.

11.     Distributions . The Company shall promptly distribute to the Managing Member all amounts of cash and any other property held by the Company that is available for distribution. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Managing Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.

 

3


12.     Indemnification of Managers, Officers, Employees And Agents .

A.    Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Managing Member or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company or of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including a service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such a Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or in any other capacity while serving as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law (including indemnification for negligence or gross negligence but excluding indemnification (i) for acts or omissions involving actual fraud or willful misconduct or (ii) with respect to any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit), against all expense, liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

B.    The right to indemnification conferred in Section 12(A) shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”). The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Section 12(A) and this Section 12(B) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue (regardless of any amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement) as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C.    The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section  12 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of the Managing Member, or otherwise.

D.    The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who may become an Indemnitee under Section 12(A) against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the applicable law.

E.    The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Managing Member, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section  12 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of the Indemnitees.

13.     Exculpation .

A.    None of the Managing Member, any officer of the Company or any of their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for (i) any action or inaction, unless such action or inaction arises out of, or is attributable to, the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such

 

4


Person or (ii) any action or inaction of any employee, broker or other agent of the Company or the Managing Member; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such employee, broker or agent did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person. The Managing Member, officers of the Company and their affiliates may consult with counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisers, appraisers and other specialized, reputable, professional consultants or advisers in respect of Company affairs and be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such Persons; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such consultants or advisers did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person.

B.    Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section  13 shall not be construed so as to relieve (or attempt to relieve) a Person of any liability, to the extent (but only to the extent) that such liability may not be waived, modified or limited under applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section  13 to the fullest extent permitted by law.

C.    Provided they shall act in good faith and have not engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence, the Managing Member and its affiliates and any member, officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the foregoing shall not be liable to the Company (a) for any mistake in judgment, (b) for any action or inaction taken or omitted for a purpose which the Managing Member or such other Person believed in good faith to be consistent with the best interests of the Company or (c) for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent, provided , that such broker or other agent is not and was not an affiliate of the Managing Member. The Managing Member or affiliate may consult with legal counsel with respect to matters of law and accountants with respect to matters of accounting in respect of Company affairs and, except in respect of matters in which there is a conflict of interest, shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel with respect to matters of law or accountants with respect to matters of accounting. In determining whether the Managing Member or any of its affiliates acted in good faith, each such Person shall be entitled to rely on reports and written statements of the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests. For the purposes of this Section  13 , the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests shall not, solely by virtue of such holding, be deemed to be affiliates of the Managing Member.

14.     Transfer of Interest . The Managing Member may sell, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber (each, a “ Transfer ”) its limited liability company interests in the Company so long as such Transfer is in writing, in which the transferee accepts the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Managing Member transfers all of its limited liability company interests in the Company pursuant to this Section  14 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of such writing, which may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Managing Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

 

5


15.     Liability of the Member . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Managing Member nor any officer of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Managing Member or officer of the Company.

16.     Sole Benefit . Other than pursuant to Section 12 and Section 13, the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Managing Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit to any third-party beneficiaries.

17.     Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State.

19.     Amendments . Unless, and only to the extent, otherwise required under the Delaware Act, this Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument executed by the Managing Member.

20.     Effectiveness . Pursuant to Section 18-201(d) of the Delaware Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By: New Albertson’s, Inc., its sole member
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[Signature Page to ASP Realty, LLC Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

INITIAL OFFICERS

 

James Perkins    President and Chief Operating Officer
Gary Morton    Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
Robert Gordon    Secretary
Laura Donald    Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Bradley Beckstrom    Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.68

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ASP SW Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ASP SW Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ASP SW Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2.      Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5.      Members .

(a)     The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b)     Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c)     Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d)     The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.      Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.      Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i)     to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii)     to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii)     to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b)     The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8.      Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9.      Management .

(a)     Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b)     Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c)     Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d)     Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e)     Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f)      Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g)     Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h)     Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i)     Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j)     Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i)     This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii)     The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv)     The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A)     maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B)     at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C)     have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D)     file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E)     except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F)     conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G)     maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H)     pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I)     maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J)     pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K)     not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section  9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

-8-


  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10.     Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11.     Officers .

(a)     Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b)     President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c)     Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d)      Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e)     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f)     Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g)     Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16.      Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17.      Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18.      Reports .

(a)    Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b)    Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i)     unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii)     unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c)    The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i)     a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii)     an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii)     a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d)     The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19.      Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)     Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses” ), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21.     Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22.      Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.      Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a)     Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d)     In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e)     The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29.      Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30.      Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31.      Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32.      Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.      Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34.      Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35.      Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June, 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:
 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva
 

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A.      Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 24, 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ASP SW Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c ), a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
   Membership
Interest
ASP SW    250 East Park Center Blvd    $1,000    100%
Investor LLC    West Plaza      
   Boise, Idaho 83726      

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

ASP SW Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ASP SW Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ASP SW Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                 , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1.     Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2.     So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3.     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22 , 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ASP SW INVESTOR LLC (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1.     The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2.     Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3.     Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

4.     Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5.     This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

By:

 

/s/ Paul Izzo

Name:

 

Paul Izzo

Title:

 

Vice President

 

Exhibit 3.69

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ASP SW Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ASP SW Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ASP SW Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section  10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section  10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors: Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j). the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities.

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d), 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23, 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 o r Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section  31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member , and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section  7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j):

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) . the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(i) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29) .

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                 , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the         day of         , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

ASP SW OWNER LLC

By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name: Chris Schiermbock
  Title: Vice President

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                 , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ASP SW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/ partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

“Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section  11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

  

Agreed Value of

Capital Contribution

  

Membership

Interest

ASP SW Owner

LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

  

$1,000

  

100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                    , 2006

ASP SW Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ASP SW Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ASP SW Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                 , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.70

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ASR Lease Investor LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by ASR Investor LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ASR Lease Investor LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors. Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section  10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section  10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5 (b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section  31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

-6-


  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section  7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section  11(c ) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23, if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation.

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22, an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23, upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j), the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23, or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31, constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on May 24, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ASR INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

Name:   Paul Izzo
Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

 

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

 

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the 2 day of June 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ASR INVESTOR LLC
By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 2, 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May   24 , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ASR Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/ member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section  11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c), a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

 

Mailing Address

 

Agreed Value of

Capital Contribution

 

Membership

Interest

ASR Investor LLC

 

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

  $1,000   100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

              , 2006

ASR Lease Investor LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ASR Lease Investor LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ASR Lease Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of               , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

C-1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February 22 , 2007 to the LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by ASR TX INVESTOR LP (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, the Member desires to amend the LLC Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

1. The definition of “Basic Documents,” as set forth in Section A of Schedule A to the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement and (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 22, 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

2. Section 23 is hereby amended and restated as follows:

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21, 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, with respect to the addition of such additional member or members, the Basic Documents are otherwise complied with.


3. The LLC Agreement and the original Schedule B to the LLC Agreement incorrectly identifies the sole equity member as “ASR Investor LLC.” All references to “ASR Investor LLC” in the LLC Agreement and attached schedules are hereby amended to state “ASR TX Investor LP.”

4. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LLC Agreement.

5. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LLC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment of the date first above written.

 

MEMBER:
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
By:  

/s/ Paul Izzo

 

Name:    Paul Izzo

 

Title:      Vice President

 

Exhibit 3.71

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is ASR TX Investor GP LLC.

2. The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover County of Kent, Delaware 19901.

3. The limited liability company shall not have a specific date of dissolution and shall, subject to the terms and provisions of any Limited Liability Company Agreement of the limited liability company and of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, have a perpetual existence.

4. The purpose of the limited liability company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.


Executed on May 30, 2006

 

/s/ Rikki Solowey

Name:   Rikki Solowey
Title:   Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, it is hereby certified that:

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company (the “Company”) is ASR TX Investor GP LLC.
SECOND:    Paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby deleted in its entirety.

The undersigned, an authorized person of the Company, executes this Certificate of Amendment on August 31, 2006.

 

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
By:   ABS Mezzanine I LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.72

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.     Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC.

Section 2.     Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3.     Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4.     Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5.     Members .

(a)    The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b)    Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c)    Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d)    The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6.    Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7.     Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b)    The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8.     Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9.     Management .

(a)     Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section  10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section  10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b)     Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c)     Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d)     Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e)     Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f)     Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g)     Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h)     Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i)     Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j)     Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section  31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section  7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10.     Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11.     Officers .

(a)     Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b)     President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c)     Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d)     Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e)     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f)     Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g)     Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12.     Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13.     Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14.     Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section  14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15.     Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16.     Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17.     Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18.     Reports .

(a)    Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b)    Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c)    The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d)    The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19.     Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20.     Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b)     Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c)     Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d)     Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e)     Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f)     Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g)     Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h)     Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21.     Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22.     Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.     Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a)    Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d)    In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e)    The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third -Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29.     Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30.     Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31.     Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32.     Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.     Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34.     Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35.     Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on              , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

            /s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

                  /s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

                  /s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of              , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on              , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section  11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

             , 2006

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

 

Re: Management Agreement – ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of              , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1.    Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2.    So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3.    THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.73

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

 

  

 

 

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

 

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ASR TX Investor LP

 

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

 

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒   A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

 

OR

☐   B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

800 Brazos, Suite 1100    Austin    TX    78701

Street Address

   City    State    Zip Code

 

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

 

   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

ASR TX Investor GP LLC

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON              
        250 ParkCenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID         83726
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country    Zip Code

 

Form 207

 

1


   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

    

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
                                
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

    

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
                                
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard    Boise    ID    USA    83726

Street or Mailing Address

   City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

 

 

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

 

2


B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                                                                           

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                                                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

 

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: May 30, 2006

 

Signature for each general partner:

/s/ Rikki Solowey

Rikki Solowey

 

 

Form 207

 

3

Exhibit 3.74

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS      1  
  Section 1.1.   Definitions      1  
ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS      3  
  Section 2.1.   Formation      3  
  Section 2.2.   Name      4  
  Section 2.3.   Place of Business      4  
  Section 2.4.   Registered Office; Registered Agent      4  
  Section 2.5.   Term      4  
  Section 2.6.   Purpose      4  
  Section 2.7.   Powers      5  
  Section 2.8.   Ownership      5  
ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT      5  
  Section 3.1.   Authority of the General Partner      5  
  Section 3.2.   Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner      7  
  Section 3.3.   Officers      7  
  Section 3.4.   Partnership Expenses      8  
  Section 3.5.   Certain Activities of the General Partner      8  
  Section 3.6.   Contracts with Affiliates      9  
  Section 3.7.   Other Matters Affecting the General Partner      9  
ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS      9  
  Section 4.1.   Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally      10  
ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS      10  
  Section 5.1.   Admission of Partners      10  
  Section 5.2.   Capital Contributions      10  
  Section 5.3.   Return of Capital      10  
  Section 5.4.   Interest on Capital Contributions      10  
ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS      10  
  Section 6.1.   Bank Accounts      10  
  Section 6.2.   Records      11  
  Section 6.3.   Books of Account; Reports      11  
  Section 6.4.   Preparation of Tax Returns      11  
  Section 6.5.   Tax Elections      11  
  Section 6.6.   Tax Matters Partner      11  

 

i


     Page  
ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS      11  
  Section 7.1.   Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts      11  
  Section 7.2.   Special Allocations to Capital Accounts      12  
  Section 7.3.   Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)      12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  
  Section 10.1.   Transfer      15  
  Section 10.2.   Limited Partner Transfers      15  
  Section 10.3.   Substitute Limited Partner      15  
  Section 10.4.   Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest      15  
  Section 10.5.   Substitute General Partner      15  
  Section 10.6.   Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee      15  
  Section 10.7.   Withdrawal      15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     16  
  Section 11.1.   Dissolution Events      16  
  Section 11.2.   Election to Continue the Partnership      16  
  Section 11.3.   Winding Up      17  
  Section 11.4.   Rights of Limited Partners      17  
  Section 11.5.   Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate      17  
  Section 11.6.   Waiver of Partition      18  
  Section 11.7.   Negative Capital Accounts      18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  
  Section 12.1.   Amendments      18  
  Section 12.2.   Complete Agreement      18  
  Section 12.3.   Governing Law      19  
  Section 12.4.   Binding Effect      19  
  Section 12.5.   Interpretation      19  
  Section 12.6.   Multiple Counterparts      19  
  Section 12.7.   Execution of Documents      19  
  Section 12.8.   No Third Party Beneficiary      19  
  Section 12.9.   Notices      20  
  Section 12.10.   Waiver      20  
  Section 12.11.   Liability      20  

ARTICLE XIII.

     21  

ARTICLE XIV.

     21  

 

ii


EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A - Tax Appendix

 

iii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ASR TX INVESTOR LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the     day of             , 2006, by and among ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS MEZZANINE I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, ASR TX INVESTOR LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

5


“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and (g)  as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS MEZZANINE I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

6


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

7


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ASR TX INVESTOR LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ASR TX INVESTOR LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section  12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

8


  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under

 

9


the Act. Subject to Section  3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

10


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

 

11


Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

12


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

 

13


ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally : Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

 

14


ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING: BOOKS AND RECORDS: TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

 

15


ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts .

Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

16


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

17


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

 

18


(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio.

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section  10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

19


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

 

20


Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2) , the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be

 

21


filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however, that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

 

22


Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

 

23


Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of             , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President

 

26


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ASR TX INVESTOR LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6).

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii )(d), and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

A-1


Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2(g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

 

A-2


Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


  2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704- 2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704- 2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii)( d)(4), (5) or (6), that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(l).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section  754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

 

  3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) dated February     , 2007 to the LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT dated June 2, 2006 (together with the schedules attached thereto; collectively, the “ LP Agreement ”) of ASR TX INVESTOR LP, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), is entered into by and between ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “ General Partner ”) and ABS MEZZANINE I LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “ Limited Partner ”; General Partner and Limited Partner being collectively referred to as the “ Partners ”).

WHEREAS, the Partners desire to amend the LP Agreement to the extent set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Partners agree as follows:

 

  1. The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.1:

Loan Documents ” mean (i) that certain Loan Agreement, dated February     , 2007 by and among Greenwich Capital Financial Products, Inc., Barclays Capital Real Estate Inc., Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB, Goldman Sachs Commercial Mortgage Capital, L.P. and Company and certain affiliates of Company (the “Loan Agreement”), and all other agreements, documents instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith, or (ii) upon repayment of the loan made pursuant to the Loan Agreement, any loan agreement, promissory note, mortgage and/or other security instrument, guaranty, indemnity and all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents evidencing or securing a loan or otherwise entered into and/or delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership and/or its respective Affiliate in accordance with this Agreement in connection with any loan and the transactions contemplated thereby, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2. Article XIII is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.


Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the loan evidenced by the Loan Documents is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in the Loan Documents).

3. All references to the term “Loan” are hereby amended to state the “loan evidenced by the Loan Documents.”

4. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all defined terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the LP Agreement.

5. Except as amended hereby and expressly provided herein, the LP Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

6. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to conflict of laws principle of such State.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

`   Jared Prushansky
  Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Prushansky

  Jared Prushansky
  Vice President

 

41

Exhibit 3.75

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC.

2. The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover County of Kent, Delaware 19901.

3. The limited liability company shall not have a specific date of dissolution and shall, subject to the terms and provisions of any Limited Liability Company Agreement of the limited liability company and of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, have a perpetual existence.

4. The purpose of the limited liability company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.


Executed on May 30, 2006

 

/s/ Rikki Solowey

Name: Rikki Solowey
Title: Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, it is hereby certified that:

 

FIRST:

   The name of the limited liability company (the “Company”) is ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC.

SECOND:

   Paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby deleted in its entirety.

The undersigned, an authorized person of the Company, executes this Certificate of Amendment on August 31, 2006.

 

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

By:   ASR OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name: Todd Kristol
  Title: Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.76

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ASR OWNER LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

-8-


  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the

 

-10-


Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any lndemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22.     Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23.     Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24.     Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25.     Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26.     Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27.     Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28.     Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29.     Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 2 3 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30.     Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31.     Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32.     Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33.     Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34.     Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(l5) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35.     Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on             , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the          day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
ASR OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                  , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ASR OWNER LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of

 

A-3


similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

  

Agreed Value of

Capital Contribution

  

Membership

Interest

ASR OWNER   LLC   

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $1,000    100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                    , 2006

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                 , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.77

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

 

  

 

 

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

 

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

ASR TX Lease Owner LP

 

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

 

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒   A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

 

OR

☐   B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

800 Brazos, Suite 1100    Austin    TX    78701

Street Address

   City    State    Zip Code

 

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

 

   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
        250 ParkCenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID         83726
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

Form 207

 

1


   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

    

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
                                
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

   

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

     

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                              
     

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                
     

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
     

    

 

       

Organization Name

                   
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
                                
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard    Boise    ID    USA    83726

Street or Mailing Address

   City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

 

 

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

 

2


B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                                                                           

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                                                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

 

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: May 30, 2006

 

Signature for each general partner:

/s/ Rikki Solowey

 

 

 

Form 207

 

3

Exhibit 3.78

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

  

Definitions

     1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

  

Formation

     3  

Section 2.2.

  

Name

     4  

Section 2.3.

  

Place of Business

     4  

Section 2.4.

  

Registered Office; Registered Agent

     4  

Section 2.5.

  

Term

     4  

Section 2.6.

  

Purpose

     4  

Section 2.7.

  

Powers

     5  

Section 2.8.

  

Ownership

     5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

  

Authority of the General Partner

     5  

Section 3.2.

  

Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner

     7  

Section 3.3.

  

Officers

     7  

Section 3.4.

  

Partnership Expenses

     8  

Section 3.5.

  

Certain Activities of the General Partner

     8  

Section 3.6.

  

Contracts with Affiliates

     9  

Section 3.7.

  

Other Matters Affecting the General Partner

     9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     9  

Section 4.1.

  

Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally

     9  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

  

Admission of Partners

     10  

Section 5.2.

  

Capital Contributions

     10  

Section 5.3.

  

Return of Capital

     10  

Section 5.4.

  

Interest on Capital Contributions

     10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     10  

Section 6.1.

  

Bank Accounts

     10  

Section 6.2.

  

Records

     11  

Section 6.3.

  

Books of Account; Reports

     11  

Section 6.4.

  

Preparation of Tax Returns

     11  

Section 6.5.

  

Tax Elections

     11  

Section 6.6.

  

Tax Matters Partner

     11  

 

i


     Page  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     11  

Section 7.1.

  

Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts

     11  

Section 7.2.

  

Special Allocations to Capital Accounts

     12  

Section 7.3.

  

Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)

     12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  

Section 10.1.

  

Transfer

     15  

Section 10.2.

  

Limited Partner Transfers

     15  

Section 10.3.

  

Substitute Limited Partner

     15  

Section 10.4.

  

Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest

     15  

Section 10.5.

  

Substitute General Partner

     15  

Section 10.6.

  

Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee

     15  

Section 10.7.

  

Withdrawal

     15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     16  

Section 11.1.

  

Dissolution Events

     16  

Section 11.2.

  

Election to Continue the Partnership

     16  

Section 11.3.

  

Winding Up

     16  

Section 11.4.

  

Rights of Limited Partners

     17  

Section 11.5.

  

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate

     17  

Section 11.6.

  

Waiver of Partition

     17  

Section 11.7.

  

Negative Capital Accounts

     18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 12.1.

  

Amendments

     18  

Section 12.2.

  

Complete Agreement

     18  

Section 12.3.

  

Governing Law

     18  

Section 12.4.

  

Binding Effect

     19  

Section 12.5.

  

Interpretation

     19  

Section 12.6.

  

Multiple Counterparts

     19  

Section 12.7.

  

Execution of Documents

     19  

Section 12.8.

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

     19  

Section 12.9.

  

Notices

     19  

Section 12.10.

   Waiver      20  

Section 12.11.

   Liability      20  

ARTICLE XIII.

     21  

ARTICLE XIV.

     21  

 

EXHIBITS:

     

Exhibit A      -     Tax Appendix

  

 

ii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the      day of             , 2006, by and among ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ASR OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N ES S E T H

WHEREAS, ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.


“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g)  as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ASR OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


‘‘Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP. The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

4


  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership. The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under the Act. Subject to Section 3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or

 

5


desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

 

6


(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(I) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate

 

7


to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses . The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

8


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties. Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to

 

9


the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

 

10


Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts .

Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

11


Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

 

14


ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio.

Section   1 0 .2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

 

15


ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 1l.l(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 1l.l(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for

 

16


the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

17


Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however, that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

 

18


Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees ), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended

 

19


recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ASR OWNER LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of             , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President
LIMITED PARTNER:
ASR OWNER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name:   Todd Kristol
  Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

A-1


Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2(g); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

 

A-2


Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gai n” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

 

A-3


2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) or (6), that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section 754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’slength relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12

Exhibit 3.79

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI DALLAS BREAD, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is:

SSI DALLAS BREAD, INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI DALLAS BREAD, INC.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole Incorporator of SSI Dallas Bread, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is Safeway Stores 81, Inc.”

SECOND: That said corporation has not received any payment or other consideration for any of its stock.

THIRD: That this amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 28th day of October, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps,

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY STORES 81, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 81, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of November 11, 1997, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the sole stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to change the Corporation’s name to SMC Rx, Inc.;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is SMC Rx, Inc.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the sole stockholder of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFEWAY STORES 81, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Michael C. Ross, its Vice President, this 14 th day of November, 1997.

 

        SAFEWAY STORES 81, INC.
By:  

/s/ Michael C. Ross

 

Michael C. Ross,

Vice President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SMC Rx, INC.

SMC Rx, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of March 15, 2004, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the sole stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to change the Corporation’s name to Avia Partners, Inc.;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is Avia Partners, Inc.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the sole stockholder of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and


directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Signed on March 15, 2004.

 

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

President


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

OF

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

Avia Partners, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

Avia Partners, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to Section 103(f) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, certifies:

FIRST: That the Certificate of Amendment that was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 15, 2004 is an inaccurate record of the corporate action therein referred to.

SECOND: That said Certificate of Amendment was inaccurate in that the execution was incorrectly set forth to show Bradley S. Fox as President.

THIRD: The execution is corrected to read as follows:

 

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

Vice President

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Avia Partners, Inc., has caused this Certificate of Correction to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 19 th day of March, 2004.

 

Avia Partners, Inc.
 

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

 

Bradley S. Fox

Vice President

Exhibit 3.80

BY-LAWS

OF

SMCRx, INC.



 


BY-LAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I - OFFICES      1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

Section 1.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.

  Annual Meeting of Stockholders      1  

Section 3.

  Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof      2  

Section 4.

  Voting      3  

Section 5.

  Proxies      3  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      3  

Section 7.

  Notice of Stockholder’s Meetings      4  

Section 8.

  Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List      4  

Section 9.

  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      5  
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS      6  

Section 1.

  The Number of Directors      6  

Section 2.

  Vacancies      6  

Section 3.

  Powers      7  

Section 4.

  Place of Directors’ Meetings      8  

Section 5.

  Regular Meetings      8  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      8  

Section 7.

  Quorum      8  

Section 8.

  Action Without Meeting      9  

Section 9.

  Telephonic Meetings      9  

Section 10.

  Committees of Directors      10  

Section 11.

  Minutes of Committee Meetings      11  

Section 12.

  Compensation of Directors      11  

Section 13.

  Indemnification      12  

 

i


         Page  
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS      18  

Section 1.

  Officers      18  

Section 2.

  Election of Officers      18  

Section 3.

  Subordinate Officers      18  

Section 4.

  Compensation of Officers      19  

Section 5.

  Term of Office; Removal and Vacancies      19  

Section 6.

  Chairman of the Board      19  

Section 7.

  President      20  

Section 8.

  Vice President      20  

Section 9.

  Secretary      21  

Section 10.

  Assistant Secretaries      21  

Section 11.

  Treasurer      22  

Section 12.

  Assistant Treasurer      23  
ARTICLE V - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK      23  

Section 1.

  Certificates      23  

Section 2.

  Signatures on Certificates      23  

Section 3.

  Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences, Privileges      24  

Section 4.

  Lost Certificates      25  

Section 5.

  Transfers of Stock      25  

Section 6.

  Fixing Record Date      26  

Section 7.

  Registered Stockholders      26  
ARTICLE VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS      27  

Section 1.

  Dividends      27  

Section 2.

  Payment of Dividends; Directors’ Duties      27  

Section 3.

  Checks      28  

Section 4.

  Fiscal Year      28  

Section 5.

  Corporate Seal      28  

Section 6.

  Manner of Giving Notice      28  

Section 7.

  Waiver of Notice      29  

Section 8.

  Annual Statement      29  
ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS      29  

Section 1.

  Amendment by Directors or Stockholders      29  

 

ii


BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

 

2


Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be had and all questions decided by a plurality vote.

Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be

 

3


called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 8. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete

 

4


list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

5


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by

 

6


a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

7


MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum,

 

8


shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear eachother, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

9


COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members_of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,

 

10


recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-Laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

11


INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13(a). The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

12


(b) The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person

 

13


is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

14


(e) Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 13. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 13 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the

 

15


request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 13.

(h) For the purposes of this Section 13, references to ’’the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 13 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

17


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

18


Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-Laws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

19


PRESIDENT

Section 7. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws.

VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

20


SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of

 

21


the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 11. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

22


Section 12. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile

 

23


signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

24


LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Section 4. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall

 

25


be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 7. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock

 

26


as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

27


CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

NOTICES

Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

28


Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.    

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 8. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be

 

29


contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.

 

30


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

1. That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of SMCRx Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

2. That the foregoing By-Laws constitute the By-Laws of said corporation as adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of October 30, 1986 and as last amended on January 14, 1987.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 16 th day of January, 2006.

 

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Meredith S. Parry
Secretary

 

-1-

Exhibit 3.81

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

Carr-Gottstein Foods Co., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The Company was originally incorporated under the name Textile Holding Co. pursuant to a Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 30, 1989.

2. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation and has been duly adopted pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Written Consent of the Stockholders to adopt this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been obtained, and written notice of such action has been given, in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE FIRST

The name of this corporation is Carr-Gottstein Foods Co.

ARTICLE SECOND

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THIRD

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.


ARTICLE FOURTH

1. Number of Authorized Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 35,000,000 shares, consisting of 25,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

2. Conversion and Reclassification of Outstanding Stock . Each share of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock outstanding on the date on which this Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware shall be deemed to have been, and shall be, converted and reclassified into two shares of Common Stock as of the time of such filing.

3. Preferred Stock .

The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, to fix the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock, to determine the designation of any such series, and to fix the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Preferred Stock to the full extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The authority of the Board of Directors shall include, without limitation, the power to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions, if any), the redemption price or prices, and the liquidation preferences of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares constituting any such unissued series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE FIFTH

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

 

2


ARTICLE SIXTH

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by and under the direction of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE SEVENTH

1. A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Seventh shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE EIGHTH

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE NINTH

In addition to the other powers expressly granted by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation shall have the power to adopt, repeal, alter or amend the bylaws of the corporation.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed under the seal of the Corporation this 30 th day of June, 1993.

 

    CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
    By:  

/s/ Mark R.Williams

 

Mark R. Williams

President

 

Attest:

/s/ William J. Kretschmer

William J. Kretschmer

Secretary

 

4


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

AND

ACG MERGER SUB, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

1. The constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:

(i) Carr-Gottstein Foods Co. (“CGF”), which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

(ii) ACG Merger Sub, Inc. (“ACG”), which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

2. An Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 6, 1998, among CGF. Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, and ACG (the “Agreement of Merger”), has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged (i) by CGF in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; and (ii) by ACG in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Carr-Gottstein Foods Co., which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation under its present name upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The Certificate of Incorporation of Carr-Gottstein Foods Co. is to be amended in its entirety by reason of the merger herein certified and shall read as follows:


ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

Carr-Gottstein Foods Co.

ARTICLE II

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($0.01).

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

2


ARTICLE VII

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.”

5. The executed Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at the principal place of business of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is as follows:

Carr-Gottstein Foods Co.

5918 Stoneridge Mall Road

Pleasanton, California 94588

6. A copy of the aforesaid Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation, on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the aforesaid constituent corporations.

7. This Certificate of Merger shall become effective at the time of filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger is hereby signed upon behalf of each of the constituent corporations parties hereto.

 

Dated: April 16, 1999   CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.,
  a Delaware corporation
  By:  

/s/ Lawrence H. Hayward

    Lawrence H. Hayward
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

ACG ACQUISITION SUB, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

  By:  

/s/ Michael C. Ross

    Michael C. Ross
    Vice President and Secretary

 

4

Exhibit 3.82

BYLAWS OF

TEXTILE HOLDING CO.,

a Delaware corporation

 

               Name changed to
               CG Acquisition Co. 
               on July 19, 1990.
              
               Name changed to
               Carr-Gottstein Foods Co
               on October 16, 1990.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I—Offices

     1  

Section 1.1 Registered Office

     1  

Section 1.2 Principal Office

     1  

Section 1.3 Other Offices

     1  

ARTICLE II—Meetings of Stockholders

     1  

Section 2.1 Time and Place of Meetings

     1  

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 2.3 Special Meetings

     1  

Section 2.4 Stockholder Lists

     2  

Section 2.5 Notice of Meetings

     2  

Section 2.6 Quorum and Adjournment

     3  

Section 2.7 Voting

     3  

Section 2.8 Proxies

     4  

Section 2.9 Judges of Election

     4  

Section 2.10 Action Without Meeting

     4  

ARTICLE III—Directors

     4  

Section 3.1 Powers

     4  

Section 3.2 Number, Election and Tenure

     5  

Section 3.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

     5  

Section 3.4 Meetings

     5  

Section 3.5 Annual Meeting

     5  

Section 3.6 Regular Meetings

     5  

Section 3.7 Special Meetings

     5  

Section 3.8 Quorum

     6  

Section 3.9 Fees and Compensation

     6  

Section 3.10 Meetings by Telephonic Communication

     6  

Section 3.11 Committees

     6  

Section 3.12 Action Without Meetings

     7  

Section 3.13 Removal

     7  

 

i


     Page  

ARTICLE IV—Officers

     8  

Section 4.1 Appointment and Salaries

     8  

Section 4.2 Removal and Resignation

     8  

Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board

     8  

Section 4.4 President

     8  

Section 4.5 Vice President

     9  

Section 4.6 Secretary and Assistant Secretary

     9  

Section 4.7 Chief Financial Officer

     9  

Section 4.8 Assistant Officers

     10  

ARTICLE V—Seal

     10  

ARTICLE VI—Form of Stock Certificate

     10  

ARTICLE VII—Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     11  

ARTICLE VIII—Transfers of Stock

     11  

ARTICLE IX—Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     11  

ARTICLE X—Record Date

     12  

ARTICLE XI—Registered Stockholders

     12  

ARTICLE XII—Fiscal Year

     12  

ARTICLE XIII—Amendments

     12  

 

ii


   

Page

ARTICLE XIV—Dividends

  13

Section 14.1 Declaration

  13

Section 14.2 Set Aside Funds

  13

ARTICLE XV—Indemnification and Insurance

  13

Section 15.1 Right to Indemnification

  13

Section 15.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suite

  14

Section 15.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights

  15

Section 15.4 Insurance

  15

Section 15.5 Expenses as a Witness

  15

Section 15.6 Indemnity Agreements

  15

 

iii


               Name changed to
               CG Acquisition Co. 
               on July 19, 1990.

BYLAWS

OF

TEXTILE HOLDING CO.,

a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of this Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware and the name of the resident agent in charge thereof is the agent named in the Certificate of Incorporation until changed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”).

Section 1.2 Principal Office . The principal office for the transaction of the business of the Corporation shall be at such place as may be established by the Board. The Board is granted full power and authority to change said principal office from one location to another.

Section 1.3 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.1 Time and Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other proper business as may come before such meetings may be held at such time, date and place as the Board shall determine by resolution.

Section 2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board, or by a committee of the Board that has been duly designated by the Board and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, include the power to call such meetings, and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning

 

1


a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons; provided, however, that if and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may be called by any other person or persons specified in any provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any amendment thereto, or any certificate filed under Section 151(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or its successor statute as in effect from time to time hereafter), then such special meeting may also be called by the person or persons in the manner, at the times and for the purposes so specified. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 2.4 Stockholder Lists . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or at the place of the meeting, and the list shall also be available at the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 2.5 Notice of Meetings . Notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting has been called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders need not be given if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person or by proxy, except a stockholder who shall attend such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

2


Section 2.6 Quorum and Adjournment . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for holding all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that the stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum. If it shall appear that such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting may determine that a quorum is present based upon any reasonable evidence of the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding votes, including without limitation, evidence from any record of stockholders who have signed a register indicating their presence at the meeting.

Section 2.7 Voting . In all matters, when a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Such vote may be viva voce or by written ballot; provided, however, that the Board may, in its discretion, require a written ballot for any vote, and further provided that all elections for directors must be by written ballot upon demand made by a stockholder at any election and before the voting begins.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder.

 

3


Section 2.8 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize in writing another person or persons to act for such holder by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the person executing the proxy specifies therein the period of time for which it is to continue in force.

Section 2.9 Judges of Election . The Board may appoint a Judge or Judges of Election for any meeting of stockholders. Such Judges shall decide upon the qualification of the voters and report the number of shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, shall conduct the voting and accept the votes and when the voting is completed shall ascertain and report the number of shares voted respectively for and against each position upon which a vote is taken by ballot. The Judges need not be stockholders, and any officer of the Corporation may be a Judge on any position other than a vote for or against a proposal in which such person shall have a material interest.

Section 2.10 Action Without Meeting . Any action of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, if a majority of the stockholders consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of stockholders, provided, that, prompt notice of the taking of the action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

Directors

Section 3.1 Powers . The Board shall have the power to manage or direct the management of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, and except as expressly limited by law, to exercise all of its corporate powers. The Board may establish procedures and rules, or may authorize the Chairman of any meeting of stockholders to establish procedures and rules, for the fair and orderly conduct of any meeting including, without limitation, registration of the stockholders attending the meeting, adoption of an agenda, establishing the order of business at the meeting, recessing and adjourning the meeting for the purposes of tabulating any votes and receiving the results thereof, the timing of the opening and closing of the polls, and the physical layout of the facilities for the meeting.

 

4


Section 3.2 Number, Election and Tenure . The Board shall consist of one or more members. The exact number shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. Until otherwise determined by such resolution, the Board shall consist of two persons. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders and each director shall serve until such person’s successor is elected and qualified or until such person’s death, retirement, resignation or removal.

Section 3.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 3.4 Meetings . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Section 3.5 Annual Meeting . The Board shall meet as soon as practicable after each annual election of directors.

Section 3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board shall be held without call or notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.

Section 3.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called at any time, and for any purpose permitted by law, by the Chairman of the Board (or, if the Board does not appoint a Chairman of the Board, the President), or by the Secretary on the written request of any two members of the Board unless the Board consists of only one director in which case the special meeting shall be called on the written request of the sole director, which meetings shall be held at the time and place designated by the person or persons calling the meeting. Notice of the time, place and purpose of any such meeting shall be given to the directors by the Secretary, or in case of the Secretary’s absence, refusal or inability to act, by any other officer. Any such notice may be given by mail, by telegraph, by telephone, by personal service, or by any combination thereof as to different directors. If the notice is by mail, then it shall be deposited in a United States Post Office at least seventy-two hours before the time of the meeting; if by telegraph, by deposit of the message with the telegraph company at least twenty-four hours before the time of the meeting; if by telephone or by personal service, communicated or delivered at least twenty-four hours before the time of the meeting.

 

5


Section 3.8 Quorum . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the whole Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. Any meeting of the Board may be adjourned to meet again at a stated day and hour. Even though a quorum is not present, as required in this Section, a majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board, either regular or special, may adjourn from time to time until a quorum be had. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given.

Section 3.9 Fees and Compensation . Each director and each member of a committee of the Board shall receive such fees and reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the Corporation or in attending meetings as the Board may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.10 Meetings by Telephonic Communication . Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a regular or special meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.11 Committees . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Upon the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, if the Board has not designated one or more alternates (or if such alternate(s) are then absent or disqualified), the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member or alternate. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the

 

6


Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to: (a) amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board as provided in Section 151(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series); (b) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; (c) recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets; (d) recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution; or (e) amending the Bylaws of the Corporation. Unless the resolution appointing such committee or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Each committee shall have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.

Section 3.12 Action Without Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 3.13 Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.1 Appointment and Salaries . The officers of the Corporation shall be appointed by the Board and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board may also appoint a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and the Board or the President may appoint such other officers (including Assistant Secretaries and Financial Officers) as the Board or the President may deem necessary or desirable. The officers shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board shall fix the salaries of all officers appointed by it. Unless prohibited by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, one person may be elected or appointed to serve in more than one official capacity. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board.

Section 4.2 Removal and Resignation . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, in the case of an officer not appointed by the Board, by the President. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Board, the President or Secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board . The Board may, at its election, appoint a Chairman of the Board. If such an officer be elected, he or she shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board.

Section 4.4 President . Subject to such powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there is such an officer, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation with the powers of general manager, and he or she shall have supervising authority over and may exercise general executive powers concerning all of the operations and business of the Corporation, with the authority from time to time to delegate to other officers such executive and other powers and duties as he or she may deem advisable. If there be no Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board, unless the Board appoints another person who need not be a stockholder, officer or director of the Corporation, to preside at a meeting of stockholders.

 

8


Section 4.5 Vice President . In the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or if there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order of their rank or, if of equal rank, then in the order designated by the Board or the President or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment) shall perform the duties of the President and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The rank of Vice Presidents in descending order shall be Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.6 Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board (unless the Board shall otherwise determine) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall (as well as any Assistant Secretary) have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and to attest it. The Secretary shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.7 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Chief Financial Officer may disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board at its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe.

If required by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Financial Officers, if any, shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed at such times as specified by the Board) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board for the faithful performance of the duties of such person’s office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of such person’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such person’s possession or under such person’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

9


Section 4.8. Assistant Officers . An assistant officer shall, in the absence of the officer to whom such person is an assistant or in the event of such officer’s inability or refusal to act (or, if there be more than one such assistant officer, the assistant officers in the order designated by the Board or the President or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their appointment), perform the duties and exercise the powers of such officer. An assistant officer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the President may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

Seal

It shall not be necessary to the validity of any instrument executed by any authorized officer or officers of the Corporation that the execution of such instrument be evidenced by the corporate seal, and all documents, instruments, contracts and writings of all kinds signed on behalf of the Corporation by any authorized officer or officers shall be as effectual and binding on the Corporation without the corporate seal, as if the execution of the same had been evidenced by affixing the corporate seal thereto. The Board may give general authority to any officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by signature.

ARTICLE VI

Form of Stock Certificate

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer or a Financial Officer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary certifying the number of shares owned in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile signature. If any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of the issuance.

 

10


If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock. Except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

ARTICLE VII

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

Any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation shall be voted, and all rights incident thereto shall be represented and exercised on behalf of the Corporation, as follows: (i) as the Board of the Corporation may determine from time to time, or (ii) in the absence of such determination, by the Chairman of the Board, or (iii) if the Chairman of the Board shall not vote or otherwise act with respect to the shares, by the President. The foregoing authority may be exercised either by any such officer in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.

ARTICLE VIII

Transfers of Stock

Upon surrender of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

ARTICLE IX

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

The Board may direct a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such certificate or certificates, or such person’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.

 

11


ARTICLE X

Record Date

The Board may fix in advance a date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action, as a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise the rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, and in such case such stockholders, and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

ARTICLE XI

Registered Stockholders

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.

ARTICLE XII

Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board.

ARTICLE XIII

Amendments

Subject to any contrary or limiting provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted (a) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or (b) by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting. Any Bylaws adopted or amended by the stockholders may be amended or repealed by the Board or the stockholders.

 

12


ARTICLE XIV

Dividends

Section 14.1 Declaration . Dividends on the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law, and may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

Section 14.2 Set Aside Funds . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE XV

Indemnification and Insurance

Section 15.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of Delaware, as the same exist or may hereafter be amended, against all costs, charges, expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and

 

13


administrators; provided , however , that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the Board, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 15.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 15.1 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has failed to meet a standard of conduct which makes it permissible under Delaware law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met such standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has failed to meet such standard of conduct.

 

14


Section 15.3 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 15.4 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under Delaware law.

Section 15.5 Expenses as a Witness . To the extent that any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation is by reason of such position, or a position with another entity at the request of the Corporation, a witness in any action, suit or proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 15.6 Indemnity Agreements . The Corporation may enter into agreements with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation providing for indemnification to the full extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

15


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

TEXTILE HOLDING CO.,

a Delaware corporation

I hereby certify that I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Textile Holding Co., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising 15 pages, constitute the Bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors on December 11, 1989.

 

/s/ Christopher V. Walker

Christopher V. Walker

Secretary

 

               Name changed to
               CG Acquisition Co. 
               on July 19, 1990.

Exhibit 3.83

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SAFEWAY ENERGY SERVICES, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Safeway Energy Services, LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section  18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Executed on August 10, 2001.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps,

Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SAFEWAY ENERGY SERVICES, LLC

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Safeway Energy Services, LLC.

2. The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out Article FIRST thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article the following new Article:

“FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Cayam Energy, LLC.”

Executed on 9/3/2002

 

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox, Vice President of Safeway Inc.,

Sole Member

Exhibit 3.84

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SAFEWAY ENERGY SERVICES, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SAFEWAY ENERGY SERVICES, LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of Safeway Energy Services, LLC (the “Company”) is effective as of August 10, 2001.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company. Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C §18-101, et seq., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “Act”). The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Members. Safeway Inc. is the sole and managing member of the Company.

3. Purpose. The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name. The name of the Company shall be “Safeway Energy Services, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office. The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588.

6. Term of Company. The Company commenced on the date the Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) first was properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall exist in perpetuity or until its business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution.

7. Management of Company. All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint directors and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such directors and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, directors and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name


and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.

8. Other Activities. The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct. Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions. The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

12. Distributions. Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Cash shall not be retained at the Company level any longer than administratively or legally necessary. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other tax items of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

13. Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1l(b)(2)(iv).

 

2


14. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts (collectively, “Costs”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative) (collectively, Actions”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any managers and/or officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such person’s capacity as an agent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

15. Dissolution and Winding Up. The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

16. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

17. Governing Law. The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

MEMBER

Safeway Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

  By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Pavy

    Name: Meredith S. Pavy
    Title: VP

COMPANY

Safeway Energy Services, LLC

By: Safeway Inc.

Its: Member

 

  By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Pavy

    Name: Meredith S. Pavy
    Title: VP

 

4

Exhibit 3.85

STATE OF MAINE

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(Amendment by Shareholders

Voting as One Class)

OF

CLIFFORD W . PERHAM , INC.

Pursuant to 13-A MRSA § § 805 and 807, the undersign ed corporation adopts these Articles of Amendment.

FIRST: All outstanding shares of the corporation were entitled to vote on the following amendment as one class.

SECOND: The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation set out in Exhibit A attached hereto was adopted by the shareholders thereof at a meeting legally called and held on March 28, 1988.

THIRD: On said date, the number of shares outstanding and entitled to vote on such amendment, and the number of shares voted for and against said amendment, respectively, were as follows:

 

     Number of Shares Outstanding
and Entitled to Vote
   Voted For    Voted Against
   11    11    0

Totals

   11    11    0
  

 

  

 

  

 

FOURTH: If such amendment provides for exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares, the manner in which the same shall be effected is contained in Exhibit B attached hereto, if it is not set forth in the amendment itself.

* FIFTH: If such amendment effects a change in the number or par values of authorized shares the number of shares which the corporation has authority to issue after giving effect to such amendment is as follows:

 

Class

  

Series

(If Any)

  

Number

of Shares

  

Par Value

(If Any)

The aggregate par value of all such shares (of all classes and series) having par value is $                     .

The total number of all such shares (of all classes and series) without par value is                      shares.

 

- 14 -


SIXTH: The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Maine is 12 Portland Pier,

 

 

Portland, Maine

  (street, city and zip code)
Dated:    March 29, 1988

 

   

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

    (state of corporation)

Legibly print or type name and

capacity of all signers. 13-A MRSA

§104.

 

By

 

/s/ Robert C. Robinson

(signature)

 

Robert C. Robinson, Clerk

    (type or print name and capacity)

I certify that I have custody of the minutes

 

By

 

 

showing the above action by the shareholders.

    (signature)

/s/ Robert C. Robinson

   

 

(signature of clerk, secretary or asst. secretary)

    (type or print name and capacity)

Robert C. Robinson, Clerk

   

 

NOTE: This form should not be used if any class of shares entitled-to vote as a separate class for any of the reasons set out in §806 , or because the articles so provide. For vote necessary for adoption see § 805.

EXHIBIT A

The business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7) Directors, who shall be elected by the Stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders; and Directors shall receive no compensation for services as Directors. (See §703 1.A.)

 

 

* To be completed only if Exhibit A or B do not give this required information.
** The name of the corporation should be typed, and the document must be signed by (1) the Clerk or (2) by the President or a vice-president and by the Secretary or an assistant secretary or such other officer as the bylaws may designate as a second certifying officer or (3) if there are no such officers, then by a majority of the directors or by such directors as may be designated by a majority of directors then is office or (4) if there are no such directors , then by the holders, or such of them as may be designated by the holders, of record of a majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or (5) by the holders of all of the outstanding shares of the corporation.

FORM NO. MBCA-9 Rev. 11.79

 

- 15 -


STATE OF MAINE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

(insert corporate name)

Pursuant to 13 A MRSA §403, the undersigned, acting as incorporation(s) of a corporation, adopt(s) the following Articles of Incorporation:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

SECOND: The name of its Clerk and the address of its registered office shall be:

Name Robert C. Robinson

Street & Number 120 Exchange Street

City Portland, Maine 04111

THIRD: (“X” one box only)

 

  ☒ a. The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation is 3

 

  b. If the initial directors have been selected, the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and shall qualify are:

 

Name

  

Address

Robert C. Robinson   

Longmeadow Road, Cumberland Foreside, Maine

  

 

Margaret F. Flaherty   

276 Foreside Rd., Falmouth Foreside, Maine

  

 

Ruth B. Grew   

13 Kincaid St., South Portland, Maine

  

 

 

  There shall be no directors initially: the shares of the corporation will not be sold to more than twenty (20) persons; the business of the corporation will be managed by the shareholders.

FOURTH: (“X” one box only)

The board of directors is ☒ is not ☐ authorized to increase or decrease the number of directors.

If the board is so authorized, the minimum number, if any, shall be 3 directors, and the maximum number, if any, shall be 7 directors.

 

- 19 -


FIFTH: (“X” one box only)

 

  There shall be only one class of shares:

Par value of each share (if none, so state) $100.00

Number of shares authorized 500

 

  There shall be two or more classes of shares

The information required by §403 concerning each such class is set out in Exhibit             attached hereto and made a part hereof

SUMMARY

The aggregate par value of all authorized shares (of all classes) having a par value is $ 50,000.00

The total number of authorized shares (of all classes) without par value is None shares.

SIXTH: (“X” one box only)

Meetings of the shareholders may ☐ may not ☒ be held outside the State of Maine.

SEVENTH: Other provisions of these articles, if any, including provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the corporation, are set out in Exhibit             attached hereto, and made a part hereof.

Dated: February 1, 1972

 

INCORPORATORS

       

RESIDENCE ADDRESSES

Robert C . Robinson

   Street   

Longmeadow Road

/s/ Robert C . Robinson

     

Cumberland Foreside, Maine 04021

(type or print name)       (city, state and zip code)

Margaret F. Flaherty

   Street   

276 Foreside Road

/s/ Margaret F. Flaherty

     

Falmouth Foreside, Maine 04105

(type or print name)       (city, state and zip code)

Ruth B. Grew

   Street   

13 Kincaid Street

/s/ Ruth B. Grew

     

South Portland, Maine 04106

(type or print name)       (city, state and zip code)
For Corporate Incorporators      

 

   Street   

 

By                                                                                                          

 

      (city, state and zip code)

 

(type or print name and capacity)

     

 

 

Articles are to be executed as follows:

If a corporation is an incorporator (§402), the name of the corporation should be typed and signed on its behalf by an officer of the corporation. The address of the principal place of business of the incorporator corporation should be given. The articles of incorporation must be accompanied by a certificate of an appropriate officer of the corporation certifying that the person executing the articles on behalf of the corporation was duty authorized to do so.

FORM NO. MBCA-6

 

- 20 -

Exhibit 3.86

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

BY-LAWS


ARTICLE I

Name and Location

 

Section 1.    The name of the Corporation shall be “Clifford W. Perham, Inc.”
Section 2.    Its principal office shall be located at 120 Exchange Street, Portland, Maine.
Section 3.    Other offices for the transaction of business shall be located at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.


ARTICLE II

Capital Stock

 

Section 1.    The amount of capital stock shall be Five Hundred (500) shares of common stock with a par value of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per share.
Section 2.    All certificates of stock shall be signed by the President and shall be sealed with the Corporate Seal.
Section 3.    Treasury stock shall be held by the Corporation, subject to the disposal of the Board of Directors, and shall neither vote nor participate in dividends.
Section 4.    Transfers of stock shall be made only on the books of the Corporation, and the old certificate, properly endorsed, shall be surrendered and canceled before a new certificate is issued.
Section 5.    In case of loss or destruction of a certificate of stock, no new certificate shall be issued in lieu thereof, except upon satisfactory proof to the Board of Directors of such loss or destruction; and upon the giving of satisfactory security, by bond or otherwise, against loss to the corporation. Any new certificate shall be plainly marked “Duplicate” upon its face.


ARTICLE III

Stockholders’ Meetings

 

Section 1.    The annual meeting of the Stockholders shall be held at 10:00 o’clock in the forenoon on the 1st Tuesday of February in each year at the principal place of the Corporation. At such meeting the Stockholders shall elect a Clerk and a Board of Directors to serve for the ensuing year, or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
Section 2.    A special meeting of the Stockholders, to be held at the same place as the annual meeting, may be called at any time by the President or a majority of the Stockholders or Directors.
Section 3.    Notice of the time and place of all annual and special meetings shall be mailed by the Clerk to each Stockholder at least five (5) days before the date thereof.
Section 4.    The President, or in his absence, the Treasurer or Clerk shall preside at all such meetings.
Section 5.    At every such meeting each Stockholder shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of voting stock held in his name; which vote may be cast by him either in person or by proxy. All proxies shall be in writing, and shall be filed with the Clerk and by him entered on record in the minutes of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid if issued more than six (6) months before the meeting named therein or after a final adjournment thereof.
Section 6.    A quorum for the transaction of business at any such meeting shall consist of a number of members representing a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding; but the Stockholders present at any meeting, though less than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to a future time.
Section 7.    When all of the Stockholders are present in person, by proxy, at any meeting and sign a written consent thereto, upon the record thereof, any corporate action taken at such meeting shall be legal and valid.


ARTICLE IV

Directors

 

Section 1.   

The business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of not less than three (3) nor more than seven (7) Directors, who shall be elected by the Stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders; and Directors shall receive no compensation for services as Directors.

Section 2.    The regular meeting of the Directors shall be held in the principal office of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of each annual Stockholders’ Meeting.
Section 3.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held in the principal office of the Corporation; may be called by the President or Treasurer, or by any two members of the Board. By unanimous consent of the Directors, Special Meetings of the Board may be held without notice at any time or place.
Section 4.    Notice of all special meetings, except those specified in the second sentence of Section 3 of this Article shall be mailed to each Director, by the Clerk, at least five (5) days previous to the time fixed for the meeting. All notices of special meetings shall state the purpose thereof.
Section 5.    A quorum for the transaction of business at any regular or special meeting of the Directors shall consist of three members of the Board.
Section 6.    The Directors shall elect all the officers of the Corporation, except the Clerk, and fix their salaries; such election to be held at the Directors, meeting following each annual Stockholders’ Meeting. An officer may be removed at any time by a three-fourths vote of the full Board of Directors.
Section 7.    Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled for the unexpired terms by the remaining Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Directors. Notice of the pendency of such action shall be given in the Call of the said meeting.
Section 8.    At each annual Stockholders’ meeting the Directors shall submit a statement of the business done during the preceding year, together with a report of the general financial condition of the Corporation and of the condition of its tangible property.


Article IV - Directors

 

Section 9.    When all of the Directors are present in person at any meeting and sign a written consent thereto upon the record thereof, any corporate action taken at such meeting shall be legal and valid. If all the Directors in writing waiver notice of any special meeting, no notice of such meeting may be required.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE V

Officers

 

Section 1.    The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, Treasurer, and Clerk, who shall be elected for a term of one (1) year, and shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified. No one shall be eligible to the Office of President or Treasurer who is not a Director of this Corporation, and any such officer who ceases to be a Director of this Corporation shall cease to hold office as President or Treasurer.
Section 2.    If the office of any Director or of the President or Treasurer, one or more, become vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification or otherwise, the remaining Directors, although less than a quorum, by a unanimous vote may elect a successor, or successors, who shall hold office for the unexpired term. The Directors may, by unanimous vote, delegate to the Stockholders authority to fill vacancies in any of the offices aforesaid, except that of President.
Section 3.    In the case of absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that may seem sufficient to the Board, the Board of Directors may delegate his powers and duties to any other officer or to any Director for the time being. This By-Law does not apply to the Clerk.
Section 4.    Any Director or other elected officer may resign his office at any time, such resignation to be made in writing, and to take effect from the time of its receipt by the Corporation, unless some time be fixed in the resignation, and then from that date. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it valid.
Section 5.    The President shall preside at all Directors’ and Stockholders’ Meetings and, with the Treasurer, shall have general control and management of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the superior authority of the Board of Directors. He shall also perform all such other duties as are incident to his office. In case of the absence or disability of the President, his duties of management shall be performed by the Treasurer. He shall have authority severally with the Treasurer to sign checks.
Section 6.    The Treasurer shall perform the duties of the President in the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, and when so acting, the Treasurer shall have all powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Treasurer shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall have custody of all money and securities of the Corporation and shall give bond, in such sum and with such securities as the Directors may require, conditioned upon the faithful performance of the duties of his office. He shall keep his vouchers, receipts, records and other papers, available to the Directors for their examination and approval as often as they may require; and shall perform all such duties as are incidental to his office.


Article V - Officers

 

Section 7.    The Clerk, who shall at all times be a resident of Maine, shall be elected by the Stockholders at the Annual Meeting. He shall keep at some fixed place within the State of Maine, a Clerk’s office, where shall be kept the records of all meetings of the Stockholders.
   The Clerk shall attend all meetings of the Stockholders and act as Clerk thereof and shall record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book kept for that purpose. He shall be sworn to the faithful discharge of his duties and receive a reasonable compensation for his services.
   In the absence of the Clerk, a Clerk pro tem may be chosen, who shall be a resident of Maine and be duly sworn.


ARTICLE VI

Dividends and Finance

 

Section 1.    Dividends, to be paid out of the surplus earnings of the Corporation, may be declared from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors; but no dividend shall be paid that will impair the capital of the Corporation.
Section 2.    The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in such Bank or Trust Company as the Directors may designate and shall be withdrawn only upon order of the Clerk of order of the President or Treasurer, or designated Director(s).


ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

 

Section 1.    The Seal of the Corporation shall be a circular disc, commonly known as a press seal, upon which shall be inscribed the following words and figures:
  

“Clifford W. Perham, Inc. - Maine - 1972”


ARTICLE VIII

Power to Acquire and Hold Own Stock

 

Section 1.    The Company may use and apply its surplus or accumulated profits authorized by law to be served to the purchase or acquisition of property and to purchase or acquisition of its own capital stock from time to time, and to such extent and in such manner and upon such terms as its Board of Directors shall determine; and neither such property nor the capital stock so purchased and acquired, nor any of its capital stock taken in payment or satisfaction of any debt due to the Company shall be regarded as profits for the purpose of declaration of payments of dividends, unless otherwise determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or by a majority of the Stockholders.

Exhibit 3.87

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

COLLINGTON LOGISTICS LLC

 

1. The name of the limited liability company is Collington Logistics LLC.

 

2. The registered office of the Company in Delaware shall be c/o Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19805. The registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19805.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Collington Logistics LLC this 10 th day of May, 2000.

 

COLLINGTON LOGISTICS LLC
By:  

/s/ William C. Hamlin

  Name: William C. Hamlin
  Title: Senior Vice President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

Pursuant to Section 18 - 202 of the

Limited Liability Company Act

1. The name of the limited liability company is Collington Logistics LLC.

2. The Certificate of Formation is hereby amended to change the name of the limited liability company to Collington Services LLC.

3. Accordingly, Article 1, of the Certificate of Formation shall, as amended, read as follows:

“1. The name of the limited liability company is Collington Services LLC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned authorized person has executed this Certificate of Amendment this

18th day of May, 2000.

 

Collington Logistics LLC
By:  

/s/ Gregory K. Raven

Name:   Gregory K. Raven
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.88

COLLINGTON SERVICES, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of May 15, 2016, adopted by NAI Saturn Eastern LLC (the “ Managing Member ”).

Preliminary Statement

The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Act ”), and wishes to set forth herein an agreement as to the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Managing Member hereby adopts the following:

1. Formation . Upon the execution of this Agreement the Managing Member shall be the designated “authorized Person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized Person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify, to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the certificate of formation of the Company as provided in the Delaware Act.

2. Name . The name of the Company is “Collington Services, LLC”.

3. Purpose .

A. The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

B. The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Managing Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

5. Members . Upon execution of the Agreement, the Managing Member is admitted as a member of the Company. The name and the address of the Managing Member is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

NAI Saturn Eastern LLC   

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

 

1


6. Management of the Company .

A. Power and Authority of Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

 

  1. to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other Person (as defined in the Delaware Act), corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

 

  2. to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

 

  3. to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

 

  4. to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

  5. to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other Person;

 

  6. to guarantee debt on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries now or hereinafter in existence, and to secure the same by a mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on any or all the assets of the Company;

 

  7. to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

 

  8. to direct the formulation of policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities including those activities specified above in clauses (1) and (2); and

 

  9. to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

 

2


B. No “Manager” of Company . There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

C. Managing Member May Appoint Officers . The Managing Member may appoint officers of the Company. The officers of the Company shall be responsible for the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Company, shall have such powers as conferred on them by the Managing Member and shall have the authority to bind the Company through the exercise of such powers subject to, and to the extent consistent with, the terms hereof. The officers of the Company shall (i) be appointed and be subject to removal by the Managing Member and (ii) operate as an autonomous management group, accountable only to the Managing Member. The initial officers of the Company are listed on Schedule I hereto.

7. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earliest to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member; (c) if at any time there are no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; and (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company.

8. Initial Capital Contributions . The Managing Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . The Managing Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Tax Matters . The Company shall be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 301.770l-3(b)(ii). The Managing Member shall have the authority to change or maintain such status in its sole discretion.

11. Distributions . The Company shall promptly distribute to the Managing Member all amounts of cash and any other property held by the Company that is available for distribution at the times and in the amounts as determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Managing Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.

12. Indemnification of Managers, Officers, Employees And Agents .

A. Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Managing Member or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company or of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including a service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such a

 

3


Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or in any other capacity while serving as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law (including indemnification for negligence or gross negligence but excluding indemnification (i) for acts or omissions involving actual fraud or willful misconduct or (ii) with respect to any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit), against all expense, liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 12(A) shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”). The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Section 12(A) and this Section 12(B) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue (regardless of any amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement) as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of the Managing Member, or otherwise.

D. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who may become an Indemnitee under Section 12(A) against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the applicable law.

E. The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Managing Member, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 12 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of the Indemnitees.

13. Exculpation .

A. None of the Managing Member, any officer of the Company or any of their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for (i) any action or inaction, unless such action or inaction arises out of, or is attributable to, the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person or (ii) any action or inaction of any employee, broker or other agent of the Company or the Managing Member; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such employee, broker or agent did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person. The Managing Member, officers of the Company and their affiliates may consult with counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisers, appraisers and other specialized, reputable, professional consultants or advisers in respect of Company affairs and be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such Persons; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such consultants or advisers did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person.

 

4


B. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 13 shall not be construed so as to relieve (or attempt to relieve) a Person of any liability, to the extent (but only to the extent) that such liability may not be waived, modified or limited under applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section 13 to the fullest extent permitted by law.

C. Provided they shall act in good faith and have not engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence, the Managing Member and its affiliates and any member, officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the foregoing shall not be liable to the Company (a) for any mistake in judgment, (b) for any action or inaction taken or omitted for a purpose which the Managing Member or such other Person believed in good faith to be consistent with the best interests of the Company or (c) for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent, provided , that such broker or other agent is not and was not an affiliate of the Managing Member. The Managing Member or affiliate may consult with legal counsel with respect to matters of law and accountants with respect to matters of accounting in respect of Company affairs and, except in respect of matters in which there is a conflict of interest, shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel with respect to matters of law or accountants with respect to matters of accounting. In determining whether the Managing Member or any of its affiliates acted in good faith, each such Person shall be entitled to rely on reports and written statements of the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests. For the purposes of this Section 13 , the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests shall not, solely by virtue of such holding, be deemed to be affiliates of the Managing Member.

14. Transfer of Interest . The Managing Member may sell, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber (each, a “ Transfer ”) its limited liability company interests in the Company so long as such Transfer is in writing, in which the transferee accepts the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Managing Member transfers all of its limited liability company interests in the Company pursuant to this Section 14 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of such writing, which may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Managing Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

15. Liability of the Member . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Managing Member nor any officer of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Managing Member or officer of the Company.

16. Sole Benefit . Other than pursuant to Section 12 and Section 13 , the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Managing Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit to any third-party beneficiaries.

 

5


17. Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State.

19. Amendments . Unless, and only to the extent, otherwise required under the Delaware Act, this Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument executed by the Managing Member.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows .]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

NAI Saturn Eastern LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Collington Services LLC Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

INITIAL OFFICERS

 

Wayne Denningham    Chief Operating Officer & President
Robert A. Gordon    Executive Vice President, General Counsel &
   Assistant Secretary
Bradley Beckstrom    Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business
   Law & Assistant Secretary
Laura A. Donald   

Group Vice President Corporate Law &

Assistant Secretary

Gary Morton    Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant
   Secretary

Exhibit 3.89

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-100, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock; and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

Latham & Watkins

633 West Fifth Street

Suite 4000

Los Angeles, California 90071

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of this corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of July, 1992.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps

 

2

Exhibit 3.90

BYLAWS

OF

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.


BYLAWS

OF

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I - OFFICES      1  

Section 1. Registered Office

     1  

Section 2. Other Offices

     1  
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

Section 1. Place of Meetings

     1  

Section 2. Annual Meeting of Stockholders

     1  

Section 3. Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof

     2  

Section 4. Voting

     2  

Section 5. Proxies

     3  

Section 6. Special Meetings

     3  

Section 7. Notice of Stockholder’s Meetings

     4  

Section 8. Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List

     4  

Section 9. Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     5  
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS      6  

Section 1. The Number of Directors

     6  

Section 2. Vacancies

     6  

Section 3. Powers

     7  

Section 4. Place of Directors’ Meetings

     7  

Section 5. Regular Meetings

     7  

Section 6. Special Meetings

     7  

Section 7. Quorum

     8  

Section 8. Action Without Meeting

     8  

Section 9. Telephonic Meetings

     9  

Section 10. Committees of Directors

     9  

Section 11. Minutes of Committee Meetings

     10  

Section 12. Compensation of Directors

     10  

Section 13. Indemnification

     11  
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS      16  

Section 1. Officers

     16  

Section 2. Election of Officers

     16  

Section 3. Subordinate Officers

     16  

Section 4. Compensation of Officers

     16  

 

i


     Page  

Section 5. Term of Office; Removal and Vacancies

     16  

Section 6. Chairman of the Board

     17  

Section 7. President

     17  

Section 8. Vice President

     18  

Section 9. Secretary

     18  

Section 10. Assistant Secretaries

     19  

Section 11. Treasurer

     19  

Section 12. Assistant Treasurer

     20  

ARTICLE V - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     20  

Section 1. Certificates

     20  

Section 2. Signatures on Certificates

     20  

Section 3. Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences, Privileges

     21  

Section 4. Lost Certificates

     21  

Section 5. Transfers of Stock

     22  

Section 6. Fixing Record Date

     22  

Section 7. Registered Stockholders

     23  
ARTICLE VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS DIVIDENDS      23  

Section 1. Dividends

     23  

Section 2. Payment of Dividends; Directors’ Duties

     24  

Section 3. Checks

     24  

Section 4. Fiscal Year

     24  

Section 5. Corporate Seal

     24  

Section 6. Manner of Giving Notice

     24  

Section 7. Waiver of Notice

     25  

Section 8. Annual Statement

     25  
ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS      25  

Section 1. Amendment by Directors or Stockholders

     25  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

2


Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be had and all questions decided by a plurality vote.

Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

3


Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 8. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

4


Section 9. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

5


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately

 

6


prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

7


Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

8


Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the

 

9


sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

10


INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(a) The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the

 

11


request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(b) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

12


(c) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

(d) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 13. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(e) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 13 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

13


(f) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 13.

(g) For the purposes of this Section 13, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

14


(h) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(i) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 13 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

15


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

16


CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

PRESIDENT

Section 7. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

17


VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

18


Section 10. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 11. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

19


Section 12. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

20


Section 3. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Section 4. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When

 

21


authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less

 

22


than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 7. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

23


Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

NOTICES

Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

24


Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 8. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

25


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(1) That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(2) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of July 10, 1992.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 10th day of July, 1992.

 

  

 

   Bernat Rosner, Secretary

 

26

Exhibit 3.91

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto known and identified as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company” ) is DIVARIO VENTURES LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Executed on July 13, 2011.

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister

Naomi K. Bannister

Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.92

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of DIVARIO VENTURES LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of July 13, 2011.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Member ”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control to the extent permitted by the Act.

2. Member . The member (the “ Member ”) who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “DIVARIO VENTURES LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date that a Certificate of Formation is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Naomi K. Bannister is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation, her powers as authorized person shall cease and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.

 

-1-


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without the Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any of its Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all Actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

-2-


15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE AND MANAGING MEMBER
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Laura A. Donald
  Its: Vice President and
  Assistant Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.93

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Executed on November 7, 2002.

 

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon
Authorized Person
 

 

 

Exhibit 3.94

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC (the “Company”) is effective as of November 7, 2002.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company. Dominick’s Supermarkets, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), hereby forms the Company, as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act. 6 Del. C §18-101, et seq., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the Ac t ”). The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Members. Dominick’s Supermarkets, Inc. is the sole and managing member of the Company.

3. Purpose. The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name. The name of the Company shall be “Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office. The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company. The Company was formed in connection with the conversion of Dominick’s Finer Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was formed on October 30, 1981. The Certificate of Conversion was filed on, and the effective date of the conversion was, November 7, 2002. The Company shall exist in perpetuity or until its business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution.

7. Management of Company. All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint directors and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such directors and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, directors and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.


8. Other Activities. The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct. Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

12. Distributions. Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Cash shall not be retained at the Company level any longer than administratively or legally necessary. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other tax items of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

13. Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

14. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts (collectively, “Costs”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative) (collectively, “Actions”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a

 

2


party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Member may cause the Company to indemnify and hold harmless any managers and/or officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such person’s capacity as an agent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

15. Dissolution and Winding Up. The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

16. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

17. Governing Law. The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

MEMBER

Dominick’s Supermarkets, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

  By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

    Name: Robert A. Gordon
    Title: Senior Vice President

COMPANY

Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC

By: Dominick’s Supermarkets, Inc.

Its: Member

 

  By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

    Name: Robert A. Gordon
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

4

Exhibit 3.95

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the

“limited liability company”) is:

Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Dated: October 9, 2013.

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

  Thomas L. Hanavan      
  Authorized Person
  Vice President            
 

Exhibit 3.96

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of October 9, 2013.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “ Act ”), upon the filing of its certificate of formation (the “ Certificate of Formation ”) with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Secretary ”) on October 9, 2013. The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Members . Vons REIT, Inc. is the sole and managing member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

3. Purpose . The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act). The Member intends that the Company be treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes.

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “ Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC ”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The principal address of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company . The term of the Company commenced on the date its Certificate of Formation was filed with the Delaware Secretary and shall continue in perpetuity or until the Company’s business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution as hereinafter provided.

7. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint directors and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such directors and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member and may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, directors and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.


8. Other Activities . The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct . Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions . The Member shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to have contributed to the capital of the Company the consideration set forth in the books and records of the Company. The Member may, but shall not be obligated to, make further capital contributions from time to time in such amounts as it shall determine in its sole discretion.

12. Allocations; Distributions . All income, gain, loss, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated to the Member. The timing and amount of distributions shall be determined by the Member, subject only to the provisions of the Act.

13. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and except as provided herein, the Member shall have no right to demand the return of its capital contribution, any distributions from the Company, or interest or preferred return on any capital contribution of capital account.

14. Indemnification. The Member and any officer, director, manager, principal, equityholder or employee of the Member, the Company or an affiliate of the Member or the Company (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be indemnified and held harmless to the full extent permitted by the Act. Each Indemnified Person threatened to be or made a party to

 

2


any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she or it is a Member, or officer, director, manager, principal, equityholder or employee of a Member, the Company, or an affiliate of the Member or the Company, shall be indemnified against losses, damages, fees, costs, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any such threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Act. Except as limited by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any proceeding, including but not limited to a proceeding by or in the right of the Company, shall be paid by the Company to such Indemnified Person in advance of final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt of its written undertaking to pay such amount if such Indemnified Person is adjudicated to be ineligible for indemnification, which undertaking need not be secured. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnified Person may be entitled under any agreement or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

15. Dissolution and Winding Up . The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

16. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

17. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

MEMBER

Vons REIT, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

  By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

   

Name: Thomas L. Hanavan

Title: Vice President

COMPANY

Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC

By: Vons REIT, Inc.

Its: Member

 

  By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

    Name: Thomas L. Hanavan
    Title: Vice President

[Signature Page to LLC Agreement – DSLLC]

Exhibit 3.97

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

EATING RIGHT LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto known and identified as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is EATING RIGHT LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle. The name of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Executed on November 9, 2007.

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister

Naomi K. Bannister
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.98

EATING RIGHT LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of EATING RIGHT LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of November 9, 2007.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Lucerne Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Member ”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control to the extent permitted by the Act.

2. Member . The member (the “ Member ”) who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “EATING RIGHT LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date that a Certificate of Formation is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Naomi K. Bannister is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation, her powers as authorized person shall cease and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.

 

-1-


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without the Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any of its Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all Actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

-2-


15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE AND MANAGING MEMBER
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordan

Name:   Robert A. Gordan
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.99

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of EXT Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by EXT Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is EXT Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (U) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

-8-


  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

(i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

(ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

(i) a balance sheet of the Company;

(ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

(iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims. In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23, if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) . the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29) .

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                         , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the          day of                 , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
EXT OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name: Chris Schiermbock
  Title: Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                     , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means EXT Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-3


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

EXT Owner LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                 , 2006

EXT Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement—EXT Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of EXT Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                     , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.100

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

EXTREME LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is Extreme LLC.
SECOND:    The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
THIRD:    The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this first day of June, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name: Paul G. Rowan
Title: Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.101

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

EXTREME LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

EXTREME LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     1  

Section 1.1

   Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term      1  

Section 1.2

   Name      2  

Section 1.3

   Purpose of the Company; Business      2  

Section 1.4

   Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      2  

Section 1.5

   Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      2  

Section 1.6

   Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

     4  

Section 3.1

   Capital      4  

Section 3.2

   Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest      4  

Section 3.3

   Withdrawal      4  

Section 3.4

   Corporate Status      4  

Section 3.5

   Limitations on Distributions      4  

Section 3.6

   Other Distributions      5  

Section 3.7

   Transfer of Interests      5  

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 4.1

   Management by Member      5  

Section 4.2

   Authority of the Member      5  

Section 4.3

   Manner of Action      5  

Section 4.4

   Delegation      5  

Section 4.5

   Standard of Care      6  

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

     6  

Section 5.1

   Limited Liability of the Member      6  

Section 5.2

   No Dissolution      6  

Section 5.3

   No Resignation      6  

Section 5.4

   Amendments      6  

Section 5.5

   Further Assurances      6  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 5.6

   Notices      6  

Section 5.7

   Waiver      7  

Section 5.8

   Whole Agreement      7  

Section 5.9

   Governing Law      7  

Section 5.10

   Binding Nature      7  

Section 5.11

   Invalidity      7  

Section 5.12

   Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

   Construction      7  

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

EXTREME LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by Fresh Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member of Extreme LLC (the “ Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Extreme Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on May 18, 2004;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ GCL ”);

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Section 266 of the GCL;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Act, and Section 266 of the GCL pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of a Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company and a Certificate of Formation (the “ Conversion ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term. Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of May 18, 2004, as amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the Company, (iii) the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the


Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a Delaware limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “Extreme LLC”

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business and mailing address is 1475 Tyrell Lane, P.O. Box 990005, Boise, Idaho, and the Company’s office address where the Company’s records are kept is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section 1.4 shall be amended to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

 

-2-


“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq.), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

“Company” means Extreme LLC.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

“Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member” means Fresh Holdings LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

 

-3-


“Person” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

“Transfer” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital . The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest . Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal . No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status . The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions . The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy

 

-4-


liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5, from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

 

-5-


Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section 3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section  5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 1475 Tyrell Lane,

P.O. Box 990005, Boise, Idaho. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

 

-6-


Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “Authorized Signatory” and together, the “ Authorized Signatories ”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and

 

-7-


among SUPERVALU INC (“Supervalu”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“Albertsons”), New Albertson’s, Inc.(“New Albertsons”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“Drug APA” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg—Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-8-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name: Susan McMillan
  Title: Authorized Signatory


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

 

1. William H. Arnold

 

2. Colleen Batcheler

 

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

4. John F. Boyd

 

5. Charles F.Cole

 

6. Joel Guth

 

7. Larry Johnston

 

8. Patrick Madigan

 

9. Susan McMillan

 

10. Ronald T. Mendes

 

11. Paul G. Rowan

 

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

Exhibit 3.102

STATE OF DELAWARE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

 

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company is Fresh Holdings LLC.
SECOND:    The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
THIRD:    The name of its registered agent at the above address is Corporation Service Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this first day of June, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Name:   Paul G. Rowan
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.103

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS      1  

Section 1.1

  Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term      1  

Section 1.2

  Name      2  

Section 1.3

  Purpose of the Company; Business      2  

Section 1.4

  Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent      2  

Section 1.5

  Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates      2  

Section 1.6

  Original Member and Admission of Additional Members      2  

ARTICLE II

  DEFINITIONS      2  

ARTICLE III

  CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS      4  

Section 3.1

  Capital      4  

Section 3.2

  Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Merest      4  

Section 3.3

  Withdrawal      4  

Section 3.4

  Corporate Status      4  

Section 3.5

  Limitations on Distributions      4  

Section 3.6

  Other Distributions      5  

Section 3.7

  Transfer of Interests      5  

ARTICLE IV

  MANAGEMENT      5  

Section 4.1

  Management by Member      5  

Section 4.2

  Authority of the Member      5  

Section 4.3

  Manner of Action      5  

Section 4.4

  Delegation      5  

Section 4.5

  Standard of Care      6  

ARTICLE V

  GENERAL PROVISIONS      6  

Section 5.1

  Limited Liability of the Member      6  

Section 5.2

  No Dissolution      6  

Section 5.3

  No Resignation      6  

Section 5.4

  Amendments      6  

Section 5.5

  Further Assurances      6  


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 5.6

  Notices      6  

Section 5.7

  Waiver      7  

Section 5.8

  Whole Agreement      7  

Section 5.9

  Governing Law      7  

Section 5.10

  Binding Nature      7  

Section 5.11

  Invalidity      7  

Section 5.12

  Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

  Construction      7  

Section 5.14

  Authorized Signatories      7  


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by Albertson’s LLC., a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member of Fresh Holdings LLC (the “ Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Fresh Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation” ) was formed as a Delaware corporation on August 8, 2004;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL” );

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Section 266 of the GCL;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Act, and Section 266 of the GCL pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of a Certificate of Conversion to Limited Liability Company and a Certificate of Formation (the Conversion ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term . Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of August 8, 2004, as amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the Company, (iii) the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall


be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a Delaware limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “Fresh Holdings LLC”.

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Delaware. The registered agent of the Company in Delaware is Corporation Service Company, located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Delaware or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section 1.4 shall be amended to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Delaware.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Delaware.

 

-2-


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company ” means Fresh Holdings LLC.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest ” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member” means Albertson’s LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

 

-3-


“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

“Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided i n Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms

 

-4-


that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5 , from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

 

-5-


Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section 3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

 

-6-


Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “ Authorized Signatory ” and together, the “Authorized Signatories ”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“ Supervalu ”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“ Albertsons ”), New Albertson’s, Inc. (“ New Albertsons ”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition

 

-7-


LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Drug APA ” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “ Transaction Agreements ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg—Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-8-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

Name:   Susan McMillan
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATOR


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

1. William H. Arnold

2. Colleen Batcheler

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

4. John F. Boyd

5. Charles F. Cole

6. Joel Guth

7. Larry Johnston

8. Patrick Madigan

9. Susan McMillan

10. Ronald T. Mendes

11. Paul G. Rowan

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.104

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

GFM ACQUISITION LP

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of GFM Acquisition LP is being executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a limited partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

1. The name of the limited partnership is GFM Acquisition LP.

2. The address of the registered office of the limited partnership in Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The limited partnership’s registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The name and address of the general partner is:

GFM Holdings LLC

5918 Stoneridge Mall Road

Pleasanton, CA 94588

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole general partner of the limited partnership, has caused this Certificate of Limited Partnership to be duly executed as of the 2nd day of January, 2001.

 

GFM Acquisition LP
By:   GFM Holdings LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   GFM Holdings I, Inc.
Its:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Its:   Secretary and Vice President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

GFM ACQUISITION LP

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited partnership is GFM Acquisition LP.

2. Pursuant to provisions of Section 17-202, Title 6, Delaware Code, the Certificate of Limited Partnership is amended is follows:

“1. The name of the limited partnership is Genuardi’s Family Markets LP.”

The undersigned, the sole general partner of the limited partnership, executed this Certificate of Amendment on this 6 th day of February, 2001.

 

GFM Acquisition LP
By:   GFM Holdings LLC
Its:   General Partner

 

By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Its:   Secretary and Vice President

Exhibit 3.105

AGREEMENT

OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

GFM ACQUISITION LP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

ARTICLE I. GENERAL

     1  
 

1.1

   Formation      1  
 

1.2

   Name      1  
 

1.3

   Purpose      1  
 

1.4

   Term      1  
 

1.5

   Registered Office and Principal Office of Partnership; Addresses of Partners      1  

ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE III. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

     4  
 

3.1

   Capital Contributions      4  
 

3.2

   Capital Accounts      4  

ARTICLE IV. ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     7  
 

4.1

   General Allocations of Profits and Losses      7  
 

4.2

   Distributions      8  
 

4.3

   Special Allocations of Profits and Losses      9  

ARTICLE V. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

     11  
 

5.1

   Compensation      11  
 

5.2

   Reimbursement for Organizational Expenses      12  
 

5.3

   Reimbursement for Operational Expenses      12  

ARTICLE VI. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTNERS

     12  
 

6.1

   Rights and Obligations of the General Partner      12  
 

6.2

   Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners      15  

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND SUBSTITUTION

     16  
 

7.1

   Transfer of Interests      16  
 

7.2

   Withdrawal of General Partner      17  
 

7.3

   Admission of Limited Partners and Successor General Partner      17  

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

     18  
 

8.1

   Dissolution      18  
 

8.2

   Continuation of the Partnership      19  
 

8.3

   Liquidation      19  
 

8.4

   Distribution in Kind      20  
 

8.5

   Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership      20  
 

8.6

   Return of Capital      20  
 

8.7

   Waiver of Partition      20  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; CONSENTS

     21  
 

9.1

   Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner      21  
 

9.2

   Amendment Procedures      21  
 

9.3

   Amendment Requirements; Limited Partner Voting      21  
 

9.4

   Action Without a Meeting      21  

ARTICLE X. FINANCIAL MATTERS

     23  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  
 

10.1

   Books, Records, Accounting, and Reports      23  
 

10.2

   Tax Matters      23  

ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     24  
 

11.1

   Addresses and Notices      24  
 

11.2

   Titles and Captions      24  
 

11.3

   Pronouns and Plurals      24  
 

11.4

   Further Action      24  
 

11.5

   Binding Effect      24  
 

11.6

   Integration      25  
 

11.7

   Creditors      25  
 

11.8

   Waiver      25  
 

11.9

   Counterparts      25  
 

11.10

   Applicable Law      25  
 

11.11

   Invalidity of Provisions      25  
 

11.12

   Power of Attorney      25  
 

11.13

   Entire Agreement      26  

 

ii


AGREEMENT

OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

GFM ACQUISITION LP

THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP is entered into by and among GFM Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as General Partner, and GFM Holdings II, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Limited Partner, under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (6 Del. C. §17-101, et seq. ), as amended from time to time (the “Act”).

Certain capitalized terms used in this agreement are defined in Article II hereof.

ARTICLE L

GENERAL

1.1 Formation . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Partners hereby form the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

1.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, GFM Acquisition LP. The General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall provide the Limited Partners with written notice of such name change within 20 days after such name change.

1.3 Purpose . The purpose and business of the Partnership shall be the conduct of any business or activity that may lawfully be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act. Any or all of the foregoing activities may be conducted directly by the Partnership or indirectly through another partnership, joint venture, or other arrangement.

1.4 Term . The Partnership shall continue in existence in perpetuity, or until the earlier termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 of this Agreement. The General Partner shall not commence or engage in any business on behalf of the Partnership until after the Commencement Date, other than matters necessary or incidental to the organization of the Partnership.

1.5 Registered Office and Principal Office of Partnership; Addresses of Partners .

(a) Partnership Offices. The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware and its registered agent for service of process on the Partnership at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company or such other registered office or registered agent as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The principal office of the Partnership shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places as the General Partner deems advisable.

 

1


(b) Addresses of Partners. The address of the General Partner is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California 94588. The address of each Limited Partner shall be the address of such Limited Partner appearing on the books of the Partnership from time to time, as provided for in Section 10. 1 of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall apply to the terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary in this Agreement:

“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, (6 Del. C. §17-101 et seq.), as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such Act.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital, Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year or other period, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) any amounts that such Partner is, or is deemed to be, obligated to restore pursuant to Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Regulations, the penultimate sentence of Section 1.704-2(g)(1) of the Regulations, or the penultimate sentence of Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be credited to such Capital Account; and (b) the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6) of the Regulations shall be debited to such Capital Account. For these purposes, no Partner who has an unconditional obligation to restore any deficit balance in his Capital Account in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Regulations shall have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

“Book Depreciation” means for any asset for any fiscal year or other period an amount that bears the same ratio to the Gross Asset Value of that asset at the beginning of such fiscal year or other period as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for that asset for such year or other period bears to the adjusted tax basis of that asset at the beginning of such year or other period. If the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for any asset for such year or other period is zero, then Book Depreciation for that asset shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

2


“Capital Contribution” means any asset or property of any nature contributed by a Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement, as such Certificate may be amended or restated from time to time.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

“Commencement Date” means the date of the filing by the General Partner of the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

“General Partner” means GFM Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any Person that shall succeed to the interest of such corporation as the general partner of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Gross Asset Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

“Limited Partner” means any Person who has been admitted or deemed to be admitted as a limited partner in the Partnership in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and whose admission has been reflected on the books and records of the Partnership. The sole initial Limited Partner shall be GFM Holdings II, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3 of this Agreement.

“Losses “ has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

“Majority Interest” means the owners of more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of Limited Partners.

“Partner” means a General Partner or any Limited Partner. “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners, collectively.

“Partner Minimum Gain” means partnership minimum gain attributable to partner nonrecourse debt as determined under the rules of Section 1.704-2(i) of the Regulations.

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

“Partnership” means the limited partnership established pursuant to this Agreement by the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

“Partnership Interest” means the interest acquired by a Partner in the Partnership including the Partner’s right: (a) to its allocable share of the Profits, Losses, deductions, and credits of the Partnership, (b) to its distributive share of the assets of the Partnership, (c) to vote on those matters described in this Agreement, and (d) if such Partner is the General Partner, to participate in the management and operation of the Partnership.

“Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(2) of the Regulations.

 

3


“Percentage Interest” means the percentage set forth opposite each Partner’s name on Exhibit A to this Agreement, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association, or other entity.

“Profits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

“Regulations” means the Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, whether proposed, temporary, or final, as amended and in effect (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a) of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

3.1 Capital Contributions .

(a) General Partner. The General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the property described opposite the General Partner’s name in Exhibit B hereto.

(b) Limited Partners. Prior to being admitted as a Partner, each Limited Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the property described opposite the Limited Partner’s name in Exhibit B hereto.

3.2 Capital Accounts .

(a) In General

(i) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with this Section 3.2(a), which shall control the division of assets upon liquidation of the Partnership to the extent provided in Section 8.3 of this Agreement. Each Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

(A) The Capital Account shall be increased by the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other Capital Contributions made by a Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, by the Partner’s allocable share of Profits and any item of income or gain specially allocated to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this Agreement, and by the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by the Partner or that are secured by any property distributed to the Partner.

(B) The Capital Account shall be decreased by the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other property distributed to the Partner pursuant to this Agreement, by the Partner’s allocable share of Losses and any items of expense or loss specially allocated to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this Agreement, and by the amount of any liabilities of the Partner assumed by the Partnership or any liabilities secured by any property contributed by the Partner to the Partnership.

 

4


(C) If all or a portion of an interest in the Partnership is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent the Capital Account relates to the transferred interest; provided, however, that if the transfer causes a termination of the Partnership under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, the assets of the Partnership shall be deemed to have been distributed in liquidation of the Partnership to the Partners (including the transferee of the Partnership Interest) pursuant to Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of this Agreement and recontributed by the Partners and transferees in reconstitution of the Partnership. This deemed liquidation and reconstitution shall not cause the Partnership to be dissolved or reconstituted for purposes other than maintenance of the Capital Accounts and federal income tax, unless otherwise provided in Article VIII.

(D) The principal amount of a promissory note that is not readily traded on an established securities market and that is contributed to the Partnership by the maker of the note shall not be included in the Capital Account of any Partner until the Partnership makes a taxable disposition of the note or until and to the extent that principal payments are made on the note, all in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)(2) of the Regulations.

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.

(ii) “Profits” and “Losses” mean, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to. be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), but with the following adjustments for such fiscal year or other period:

(A) Income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax as described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Code and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(ii) shall be added to such taxable income or loss as if it were taxable income.

(B) Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations, and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss as if such expenditures were deductible items.

(C) If the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, the amount of the adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of the asset for purposes of computing such taxable income or loss.

(D) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of the property differs from the Gross Asset Value of the property.

(E) In lieu of the deduction for depreciation, cost recovery, or amortization taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Book Depreciation for such fiscal year or other period.

 

5


(F) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this Agreement shall not be taken into account as taxable income or loss for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

If the Partnership’s taxable income or taxable loss for the year or period, as adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (A)-(F) above, is a positive amount, that amount shall be the Partnership’s Profit for such fiscal year or other period; and if negative, that amount shall be the Partnership’s Loss for such fiscal year or other period.

(iii) “Gross Asset Value” means, for any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as set forth below:

(A) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of the asset on the date of determination, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership.

(B) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, as of the following times: (1) the contribution of more than a de minimis amount of money or other property to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution by a new or existing Partner, or the distribution by the Partnership to a retiring or continuing Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; or (2) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations.

(C) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution.

(D) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations and Section 4.3(a)(iv) of this Agreement; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(iii)(D) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(B) of this Agreement is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(iii)(D).

(E) If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(A), 3.2(a)(iii)(B), or 3.2(a)(iii)(D) hereof, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

(b) Negative Capital Accounts. If any Partner has a negative balance in its Capital Account on the date of the liquidation of such Partner’s “interest in the partnership” (within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations) after taking into account allocations of Profits, Losses, and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, and distributions of cash or property (in each case as provided in this Article III or Article IV), that Partner shall have no obligation to restore the negative balance or to make any Capital Contribution by reason thereof, and the negative balance shall not be considered an asset or a liability of the Partnership or of any Partner. Notwithstanding the

 

6


previous sentence, in the event of the liquidation of the General Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership an amount of cash equal to (but in no event will it be obligated to contribute more than) the negative balance (if any) in the General Partner’s Capital Account. Any amount contributed by the General Partner shall be paid to the creditors of the Partnership or distributed to the other Partners, in either case as provided in Section 8.3. Any Capital Contribution required hereunder shall be made on or before the later of (i) the end of the taxable year of the Partnership in which such Partner’s Partnership Interest is liquidated, or (ii) the ninetieth day following the date of such liquidation.

(c) Interest. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Capital Accounts.

(d) No Withdrawal. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Section 4.2 and Article VIII of this Agreement.

(e) Loans From Partners. Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be considered Capital Contributions.

(f) No Preemptive Rights. No Partner shall have any preemptive, preferential, or other right with respect to (i) additional Capital Contributions; (ii) issuance or sale of Partnership Interests; (iii) issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe to, any such Partnership Interests; (iv) issuance of any right to, subscription to, or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any of the foregoing securities; or (v) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.

ARTICLE IV.

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1 General Allocations of Profits and Losses .

(a) General Allocations. After giving effect to the allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) of this Agreement, Profits and Losses for any fiscal year or other period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) Profits. Profits shall be allocated to those Partners having a negative Capital Account balance in proportion to such negative balances until all such negative balances have been eliminated, and thereafter such Profits shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests. For purposes of this Section 4.1(a)(i), a Partner’s Capital Account shall be computed by adding to such balance the Partner’s share, if any, of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Minimum Gain.

(ii) Losses. Subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement, Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests.

(b) Limitation on Loss Allocations. The aggregate amount of Losses allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof and the next sentence of this Section 4.1(b) to any Limited Partner for any fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that may be allocated to such Limited Partner without causing such Limited Partner to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of such fiscal year. All Losses in excess of the limitation in this Section 4.1(b) with respect to any Limited

 

7


Partner shall be allocated solely to the other Limited Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests. If no other Limited Partner may receive an additional allocation of Losses pursuant to this Section 4.1(b), such additional Losses not allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement or the preceding sentence shall be allocated solely to those Partners that bear the economic risk for such additional Losses within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. If it is necessary to allocate Losses under the preceding sentence, the General Partner shall determine those Partners that bear the economic risk for such additional Losses.

4.2 Distributions .

(a) General. The General Partner shall review the Partnership’s accounts at the end of each calendar quarter to determine whether distributions are appropriate. The General Partner may make such distributions as it may determine in its sole discretion, without being limited to current or accumulated income or gains, but no such distribution shall be made out of funds required to make current payments on Partnership indebtedness and no distributions of Partnership property (other than cash) shall be made to any Partner except as otherwise provided in Section 8.4. Except to the extent Sections 8.3 or 8.4 are applicable, all distributions pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made in proportion to the Partners’ Percentage Interests.

(b) Overriding Distribution. Notwithstanding the provisions of (a) above, if at any time distributions to a Partner would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and if another Partner has a positive Capital Account balance (after such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and Capital Account balances have been adjusted to reflect the allocation of Profits and Losses pursuant to this Article 111, taking into account interim Profits and Losses (determined using such accounting methods as shall be selected by the General Partner) for the period ending on or before such distribution), such cash flow shall be distributed first to the Partner having a positive Capital Account balance in an amount equal to such positive balance, and the remaining cash, if any, shall be distributed in accordance with Section 4.2(a) of this Agreement.

(c) Payments Not Deemed Distributions. Any amounts paid pursuant to Article V or Section 6.1(e), or 6.1(h) of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be distributions for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Withheld Amounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2 to the contrary, each Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold and to pay over, or otherwise pay, any withholding or other taxes payable by the Partnership with respect to the Partner as a result of the Partner’s participation in the Partnership; if and to the extent that the Partnership shall be required to withhold or pay any such taxes, such Partner shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Partnership as of the time such withholding or tax is paid, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution with respect to such Partner’s Partnership Interest to the extent that the Partner (or any successor to such Partner’s Partnership Interest) is then entitled to receive a distribution. To the extent that the aggregate amount of such payments to a Partner for any period exceeds the distributions to which such Partner is entitled for such period, the amount of such excess shall be considered a loan from the Partnership to such Partner. Such loan shall bear interest (which interest shall be treated as an item of income to the Partnership) at the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by law and the rate of interest per annum most recently established by the Wall Street Journal as the current, prevailing prime rate of interest, as determined hereunder from time to time, until discharged by such Partner by repayment, which may be made in the sole discretion of the General Partner out of distributions to which such Partner would otherwise be subsequently entitled. Any withholdings authorized by this Section 4.2(d) shall be made at the maximum applicable statutory rate under the applicable tax law unless the General Partner shall have received an opinion of counsel or other evidence satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that a lower rate is applicable, or that no withholding is applicable.

 

8


(e) Distributions in Liquidation of Partner’s Partnership Interest. For purposes of this Agreement, a liquidation of a Partner’s Partnership Interest means the termination of the Partner’s entire Partnership Interest other than in connection with the dissolution, winding up, and termination of the Partnership. Where a Partner’s Partnership Interest is to be liquidated by a series of distributions, the Partnership Interest shall not be considered as liquidated until the final distribution has been made. If a Partner’s Partnership Interest is to be liquidated, liquidating of distributions shall be made in accordance with the positive Capital Account balance of that Partner (as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments with respect to that Partner’s Partnership Interest for the taxable year during which the liquidation occurs, as determined by the General Partner in accordance with Section 706 of the Code). A distribution in liquidation of a Partner’s Partnership Interest shall be made by the end of the taxable year in which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the Partner’s Partnership Interest is liquidated.

4.3 Special Allocations of Profits and Losses .

(a) Special Allocations.

(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback—Partnership Nonrecourse Liabilities. If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, certain items of income and gain shall be allocated (on a gross basis) to the Partners in the amounts and manner described in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations. This Section 4.3(a)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement (set forth in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations) relating to Partnership nonrecourse liabilities (as defined in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Regulations) and shall be so interpreted.

(ii) Minimum Gain Chargeback—Partner Nonrecourse Debt. If there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, certain items of income and gain shall be allocated (on a gross basis) as quickly as possible to those Partners who had a share of the Partner Minimum Gain (determined pursuant to Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations) in the amounts and manner described in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations. This Section 4.3(a)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement (set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations) relating to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations) and shall be so interpreted.

(iii) Qualified Income Offset. If any Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated (on a gross basis) to each such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Partner as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(a)(iii) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article III have been tentatively made as if this Section 4.3(a)(iii) were not in this Agreement. It is intended that this Section 4.3(a)(iii) constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.

(iv) Gross Income Allocation. If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any fiscal year, and such deficit Capital Account is in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations

 

9


Section 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(a)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in Sections 4.1 and 4.3 have been made as if Section 4.3(a)(iii) hereof and this Section 4.3(a)(iv) were not in the Agreement.

(v) Basis Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(1) of the Regulations to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to such deductions.

(vii) Allocation of Proceeds of Nonrecourse Liability. The determination of whether any distribution by the Partnership is allocable to the proceeds of a nonrecourse liability of the Partnership shall be made by the General Partner under any reasonable method that is in compliance with Section 1.704-2(h) of the Regulations.

(b) Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.1(b) and 43(a) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Section 1.704-1(b) of the Regulations. The Partners hereby acknowledge and agree that the Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to make Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to make other allocations of Profit, Loss, or Book Depreciation among the Partners in any reasonable manner that the General Partner deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which the Partnership distributions would otherwise be divided among the Partners pursuant to Sections 4.2, 8.3 and 8.4 hereof. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profits, Losses, or Book Depreciation among the Partners so that, after such offsetting special allocations are made, the amount of each Partner’s Capital Account will be, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Partner would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not a part of this Agreement and all Partnership items had been allocated to the Partners solely pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof.

(c) Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c). In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and the initial Gross Asset Value of such property (determined in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(iii)(A) hereof). In accordance with the requirements of Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) of the Regulations, if the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(B) hereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and the Gross Asset Value of such asset in the same manner as such variations are taken into account under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder with respect to property contributed to the Partnership. Any elections or other decisions relating to such

 

10


allocation shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3(c) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect or be taken into account in computing any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to this Agreement.

(d) Other Allocation Rules.

(i) For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other item allocable to any period (including periods before and after the admission of a new Partner), Profits, Losses, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined and allocated by the General Partner using any permissible method under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

(ii) For federal income tax purposes, every item of income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with the allocations under Sections 4.1, 43(a), 43(b), and 4.3(c) of this Agreement.

(iii) The Partners are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 in reporting their shares of Partnership income and loss for income tax purposes.

(iv) To the extent permissible under Section 704 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, in making allocations provided for in this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1, ordinary income realized by the Partnership from recapture of previously reported deductions shall be allocated to those Partners (or their successors in interest) to whom such deductions were originally allocated and in proportion to such original allocations. Any obligation relating to the recapture of previously reported credits shall be allocated to those Partners (or their successors in interest) to whom such credits were originally allocated and in proportion to such original allocations.

(v) It is intended that the allocations in Sections 4.1, 43(a), 4.3(b), and 4.3(c) of this Agreement effect an allocation for federal income tax purposes consistent with Section 704 of the Code and comply with any limitations or restrictions therein. The General Partner shall have complete discretion to make the allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 in any reasonable manner consistent with Section 704 of the Code and to amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate to comply with the Regulations promulgated under Section 704 of the Code, if in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, such an amendment is advisable to reflect allocations among the Partners consistent with those Regulations.

(vi) The Partners agree that their Percentage Interests represent their interests in Partnership profits for purposes of allocating excess nonrecourse liabilities pursuant to Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Regulations.

ARTICLE V.

COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

5.1 Compensation . The General Partner and any Affiliate of the General Partner may receive compensation from the Partnership for services rendered pursuant to agreements with the Partnership, including agreements pursuant to which the General Partner may conduct certain operations of the Partnership, provided that any such agreement shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

 

11


5.2 Reimbursement for Organizational Expenses . In addition to amounts otherwise distributed or paid to the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall be reimbursed for all expenses, disbursements, and advances incurred or made, and all fees, deposits, and other sums paid by the General Partner in connection with the organization of the Partnership, the qualification of the Partnership to do business, and all related matters.

5.3 Reimbursement for Operational Expenses . In addition to amounts otherwise distributed or paid to the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed at any reasonable times and from time to time for all costs and expenses that the General Partner and its Affiliates incur on behalf of, or in the management and operation of the business of, the Partnership, including, but not limited to, that portion of the General Partner’s and its Affiliates’ legal and accounting costs and expenses, telephone, secretarial, travel, and entertainment expenses, office rent and other office expenses, salaries and other compensation expenses of directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives, and other general, administrative, and additional expenses that are necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Partnership’s business and allocable to the Partnership. The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership in a manner that is fair and reasonable. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of the indemnification provided under Section 6.1(h) of this Agreement. At the discretion of the General Partner; Partnership expenses may be billed directly to and paid by the Partnership.

ARTICLE VI.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTNERS

6.1 Rights and Obligations of the General Partner . In addition to the rights and obligations set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have the following rights and obligations:

(a) Management. The General Partner shall conduct, direct, and exercise full control over all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and Limited Partners shall have no right of control over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full power and authority, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation: (i) the determination of the activities in which the Partnership will participate; (ii) the making of any expenditures, the borrowing of money, the guaranteeing of indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, and the incurrence of any obligations it deems necessary or advisable for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership, including the payment of compensation and reimbursement to the General Partner and its Affiliates under Article V of this Agreement; (iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership; (iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any Partnership purpose on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of operations of the Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons, and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership; (v) the negotiation, execution, and performance of any contracts that it considers desirable, useful, or necessary to the conduct of the business or operations of the Partnership or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement; (vi) the distribution of Partnership cash or other assets; (vii) the selection, hiring, and dismissal of employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, contractors, agents, and representatives and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership as it deems necessary or desirable;

 

12


(ix) the formation of any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, or other relationships that it deems desirable and the contribution to such partnerships or ventures of assets and properties of the Partnership; (x) the opening of an account or accounts of the Partnership with one or more commercial banks; and (xi) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the conduct of any litigation, the incurring of legal expenses, and the settlement of claims and suits.

(b) Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner shall cause the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware as required by the Act and shall cause to be filed such other certificates or documents (including copies, amendments, or restatements of this Agreement) as may be determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, qualification, or registration and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in any other state where the Partnership may elect to do business.

(c) Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no lender or purchaser or other Person, including any purchaser of property from the Partnership or any other Person dealing with the Partnership, shall be required to verify any representation by the General Partner as to its authority to encumber, sell, or otherwise use any assets or properties of the Partnership, and any such lender, purchaser, or other Person shall be entitled to rely exclusively on such representations and shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the sole party in interest therein, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against any such lender, purchaser, or other Person to contest, negate, or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such sale or financing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative with respect to any business or property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with, and each such Person shall be entitled to rely on the assumptions that the Partnership has been duly formed and is validly in existence and that the Commencement Date has occurred. In no event shall any such Person be obligated to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative; and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory note, or other instrument or document executed by the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any Person claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery thereof this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership, and (iii) the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative was duly authorized and empowered to execute and deliver any and every such instrument or document for and on behalf of the Partnership.

(d) Partnership Funds. The funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in accounts designated by the General Partner. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, deposit funds of the Partnership in a central disbursing account maintained by or in the name of the General Partner, the Partnership, or any other Person into which funds of the General Partner, the Partnership, or other Persons are also deposited, provided that at all times books of account are maintained that show the amount of funds of the Partnership on deposit in such account and interest accrued with respect to such funds as credited to the Partnership. The General Partner may use the funds of the Partnership as compensating balances for its benefit, provided that such funds do not directly or indirectly secure, and are not otherwise at risk on account of, any indebtedness or other obligation of the General Partner or any director, officer, employee, agent, representative, or Affiliate thereof Nothing in this Section 6.1(d) shall be deemed to prohibit or limit in any manner the right of the Partnership to lend funds to the General

 

13


Partner or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 6.1(e)(ii) of this Agreement. All withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General Partner or by its representatives. Funds of the Partnership may be invested as determined by the General Partner in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Loans to or from General Partner; Contracts with Affiliates; Joint Ventures.

(i) The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may lend to the Partnership funds needed by the Partnership for such periods of time as the General Partner may determine; provided that the General Partner or such Affiliate may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to the General Partner’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner or any such Affiliate, as the case may be, for any costs incurred by the General Partner or such Affiliate in connection with the borrowing of funds obtained by the General Partner or such Affiliate and loaned to the Partnership.

(ii) The Partnership may lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof, provided that the Partnership shall not charge interest at a rate less than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the General Partner or such Affiliate by unrelated lenders on comparable loans.

(iii) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may enter into an agreement with the Partnership to render services, including management services, for the Partnership. Any service rendered for the Partnership by the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

(iv) The Partnership may transfer any assets to joint ventures or other partnerships in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon terms and subject to such conditions consistent with applicable law as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(f) Outside Activities; Conflicts of Interest, The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof and any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship created hereby in any business ventures of the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof, or any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of either the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof.

(g) Resolution of Conflicts of Interest. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership or any Limited Partner, on the other hand, any action taken by the General Partner, in the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any standard of care or duty imposed herein or therein or under the Act or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation.

(h) Indemnification. The Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Partner and any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the General Partner, against all liabilities, losses, and damages incurred by any of them by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed in the name of or on behalf of the Partnership, or in connection with the Partnership’s

 

14


business, including attorneys’ fees and any amounts expended in the settlement of any claims or liabilities, losses, or damages, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act. The Partnership, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, may indemnify and hold harmless any Limited Partner, employee, agent, or representative of the Partnership, any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Partnership acting through the General Partner as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent, or representative of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, and any other Person to the extent determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, but in no event shall such indemnification exceed the indemnification permitted by the Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1(h) or elsewhere in this Agreement, no amendment to the Act after the Commencement Date shall reduce or limit in any manner the indemnification provided for or permitted by this Section 6.1(h) unless the reduction or limitation is required by the amendment for limited partnerships formed before enactment of the amendment. In no event shall Limited Partners be subject to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Liability of General Partner.

(i) Neither the General Partner nor its directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives shall be liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.

(ii) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or representative appointed by the General Partner.

(j) Reliance by General Partner.

(i) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any opinion of any such Person as to matters which the General Partner believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by the General Partner hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

6.2 Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners . In addition to the rights and obligations of Limited Partners set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, Limited Partners shall have the following rights and obligations:

(a) Limitation of Liability. Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as provided herein or under the Act.

(b) Management of Business. No Limited Partner shall take part in the control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name, or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership other than as specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

15


(c) Outside Activities. A Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

(d) Return of Capital. No Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND SUBSTITUTION

7.1 Transfer of Interests .

(a) Transfer. No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.1. Any transfer or purported transfer of any Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Section 7.1 shall be null and void. A purported transferee shall have no right to require any information or account of the Partnership’s transactions or to inspect the Partnership’s books. The Partnership shall be entitled to treat the purported transferor of a Partnership Interest as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability to any purported transferee for distributions to the Partner owning such Partnership Interest of record or for allocations of Profits, Losses, deductions, or credits or for transmittal of reports and notices required to be given to holders of Partnership Interests. The term “transfer,” when used in this Section 7.1 and in Section 7.3 of this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, or any other disposition.

(b) Transfers by General Partner. With written approval of a Majority Interest, the General Partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its Partnership Interest to any Person. Any transfer by the General Partner of its Partnership Interest under this Section 7.1(b) to an Affiliate of the General Partner or any other Person shall not constitute a withdrawal of the General Partner under Section 7.2(a), Section 8.1(b), or any other provision of this Agreement. If any such transfer is deemed to constitute a withdrawal under such provisions or otherwise and results in the dissolution of the Partnership under this Agreement or the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Partnership or this Agreement is subject, the Partners hereby unanimously consent to the reconstitution and continuation of the Partnership immediately following such dissolution, pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

(c) Transfer of Interests of Limited Partners. The Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner may not be transferred except (i) upon the adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution, or other cessation of its existence, to the authorized representative thereof for the purpose of effecting the winding up and disposition of the business of such entity, or (ii) to any other Person with the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent will be given only in the sole discretion of the General Partner.

(d) Additional Limitations. The General Partner may require, as a condition to any transfer of a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner, that, in the General Partner’s reasonable determination, (i) the transfer will not jeopardize the treatment of the Partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (ii) the transfer will not violate the registration requirements of applicable securities laws or cause any prior offer and sale of Partnership Interests to violate such requirements. The General Partner may also require the proposed transferee to deliver to the Partnership

 

16


acceptable representations and warranties respecting its status under applicable securities laws and its investment intent with respect to the Partnership Interest, and may require the transferor and transferee to supply such other documentation as the General Partner may deem advisable in its sole discretion.

(e) Distributions and Allocations in Respect of Transferred Partnership Interests. If any Partnership Interest is transferred during any fiscal year in compliance with the provisions of this Article VII, Profits, Losses, and all other items attributable to the transferred interest for such period shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during the period in accordance with Section 706 of the Code, using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the General Partner. All distributions on or before the date of the transfer shall be made to the transferor. Solely for purposes of making such allocations and distributions, the Partnership shall recognize the transfer not later than the end of the calendar month during which it is given notice of the transfer; provided, however, that if the Partnership does not receive a notice stating the date the Partnership Interest was transferred and such other information as the General Partner may reasonably require within 30 days after the end of the fiscal year during which the transfer occurs, then all of such items shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to the books and records of the Partnership, on the last day of the fiscal year during which the transfer occurs, was the owner of the Partnership Interest. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall incur any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.1(e), whether or not any Partner or the Partnership has knowledge of any transfer of ownership of any Partnership Interest.

7.2 Withdrawal of General Partner .

(a) Withdrawal. The General Partner shall have the right to withdraw from the Partnership at any time without penalty, upon 15 days’ written notice to Limited Partners. In the event of such withdrawal and the resulting dissolution of the Partnership, Limited Partners shall have the right to reconstitute and continue the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

(b) Interest of Withdrawing General Partner. If the General Partner shall withdraw in accordance with Section 7.2(a) of this Agreement, the withdrawing General Partner shall become a Limited Partner and its Partnership Interest as a General Partner shall be converted into the Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner. Any successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the capital of the Partnership cash or property or other consideration in an amount or having a fair market value acceptable to a Majority Interest. This Agreement shall be amended to reflect any event described in this Section 7.2, and any successor General Partner covenants to so amend this Agreement.

7.3 Admission of Limited Partners and Successor General Partner .

(a) Admission of Limited Partners. The General Partner shall admit to the Partnership as a Limited Partner the Persons shown on Exhibit A, as it may be amended from time to time, who have tendered their Capital Contributions to the Partnership as provided in Section 3.1(b). Each Limited Partner shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as Limited Partner. After admission of the initial Limited Partners, but only with the prior written consent of a Majority Interest with respect to those Persons not listed on Exhibit A as of the Commencement Date, a Person who acquires a Partnership Interest as a Limited Partner directly from the Partnership shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon the Partnership’s receipt of his Capital Contribution, and to the extent necessary, Exhibit A shall be amended to reflect the revised Percentage Interest of each Partner. Each such Limited Partner shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as a Limited Partner.

 

17


(b) Admission of Substitute Limited Partners. A transferee or assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, or Person acquiring a Partnership Interest pursuant to any foreclosure made upon any permitted pledge or hypothecation of the Partnership Interest, shall be entitled to receive the distributive share of the Partnership’s Profits, Losses, deductions, and credits attributable to such Partnership Interest. No transferee or assignee shall become a substitute Limited Partner without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent will be given only in the sole discretion of the General Partner. Upon written consent by the General Partner, the transferee or assignee shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement, thereby agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof as a Limited Partner with respect to the Partnership Interest so transferred. Upon admission of a substitute Limited Partner, the substitute Limited Partner shall be subject to all of the restrictions applicable to, shall assume all of the obligations of, and shall attain the status of a Limited Partner under and pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest held by the substitute Limited Partner.

(c) Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner selected pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement or the transferee of or successor to all of the Partnership Interest of the General Partner pursuant to Section 7.1(b) of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective as of the date of the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor General Partner or the date of transfer of the predecessor’s Partnership Interest.

(d) Action by General Partner. In connection with the admission of any substitute Limited Partner or successor General Partner, the General Partner shall have the authority to take all such actions as it deems necessary or advisable in connection therewith, including the amendment of Exhibit A to this Agreement and the execution and filing with appropriate authorities of any necessary documentation.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

8.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved upon:

(a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 1.4 of this Agreement;

(b) the withdrawal, bankruptcy, or dissolution of the General Partner, or any other event that results in its ceasing to be the General Partner (other than by reason of a transfer pursuant to Section 7. 1 (b) of this Agreement);

(c) an election to dissolve the Partnership (i) by the General Partner that is approved by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest or (ii) by the affirmative vote of the owners of 100% of the Percentage Interests of Limited Partners; or

(d) any other event that, under the Act, would cause its dissolution.

For purposes of this Section 8.1, the bankruptcy of the General Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when the General Partner: (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) is declared insolvent in any state insolvency proceeding; (iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §101 et . seq ., or successor statute (the “Bankruptcy Code”); (iv) becomes a voluntary debtor in a case under Chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fails to achieve confirmation of a plan of reorganization within 180 days; (v) becomes an involuntary debtor in a case under either Chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fails to achieve a dismissal of the case within 90 days, or, with respect to a Chapter 11 case in which an order for relief is entered prior to the expiration of 90 days, fails to achieve confirmation of a plan of reorganization within

 

18


180 days of the commencement of the involuntary case; and (vi) consents to or is subjected to the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator with respect to all or substantially all of the General Partner’s properties, and, where such appointment was contested by the General Partner, there has been a failure to vacate such appointment within 90 days of appointment.

8.2 Continuation of the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) of this Agreement, the Partnership shall be deemed to be dissolved and reconstituted if, (a) there remains at least one general partner, in which case the business of the Partnership may be carried on by the remaining general partner (or general partners), or (b) within 90 days after such event, all of the remaining Partners (i) elect in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and, (ii) to the extent that they desire or if there are no remaining general partners, agree to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal of the General Partner, or one or more new general partners. If the remaining general partners, if any, do not elect to carry on the business of the Partnership, or if no election to continue the Partnership is made by all remaining Partners within 90 days of the event of dissolution, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If an election to continue the Partnership is made upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) of this Agreement, then:

(a) the Partnership shall be deemed to be reconstituted and shall continue until the end of the term for which it is formed unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article VIII;

(b) the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated thenceforth as the interest of a Limited Partner and converted in the manner provided in Section 7.2(b) of this Agreement; and

(c) all necessary steps shall be taken to amend or restate this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 11.12 of this Agreement.

8.3 Liquidation . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued under Section 8.2 of this Agreement, the General Partner or, if the General Partner has been dissolved, becomes bankrupt as defined in Section 8.1 of this Agreement, or withdraws from the Partnership, a liquidator or liquidating committee selected by a Majority Interest, shall be the Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services as approved by a Majority Interest. The Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior written notice and (if other than the General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by a Majority Interest. Upon dissolution, removal, or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers, and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be selected by a Majority Interest. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidator are authorized to continue under the provisions hereof, and every reference herein to the Liquidator will be deemed to refer also to any successor or substitute Liquidator appointed in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article VIII, the Liquidator appointed in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein. The Liquidator shall liquidate the assets of the Partnership and apply and distribute the proceeds of liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable law:

 

19


(a) to the payment of the expenses of the terminating transactions including brokerage commissions, legal fees, accounting fees, and closing costs;

(b) next, to the payment and discharge of all the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors of the Partnership, including Partners, in order of priority provided by law; and

(c) the balance, if any, to the Partners or their lawful assignees in accordance with the positive balances in their Capital Accounts as provided in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) of the Regulations, provided however, that the Liquidator may place in escrow a reserve of cash or other assets of the Partnership for contingent liabilities in an amount determined by the Liquidator to be appropriate for such purposes.

8.4 Distribution in Kind . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.3 of this Agreement which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if on dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (other than those to Partners) and may distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 of this Agreement, undivided interests in Partnership assets that the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be subject to conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties that the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any joint operating agreements or other agreements governing the operation of the properties at the time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using any reasonable method of valuation it may adopt.

8.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership property as provided in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of this Agreement, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidator (or the General Partner and Limited Partners if required by law) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in the State of Delaware and of all qualifications and registrations of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

8.6 Return of Capital . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2(b), the General Partner shall not be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of Limited Partners, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

8.7 Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any rights to partition of the Partnership property.

 

20


ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; CONSENTS

9.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner . The General Partner (pursuant to the General Partner’s power of attorney from Limited Partners), without the consent of any Limited Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, in the registered office or registered agent of the Partnership, or in the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership;

(b) the admission, substitution, or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner has determined is reasonable and necessary or appropriate to qualify or register, or continue the qualification or registration of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) under the laws of any state or which change is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the General Partner to ensure that the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that (i) the General Partner has determined does not adversely affect Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling, or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute, or (iii) is necessary or desirable to implement the provisions of the last sentence of Section 4.3(d)(v) of this Agreement;

(e) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership or the General Partner or their directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives from in any manner being subjected to the “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Notice to Partners of an amendment pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall not be necessary.

9.2 Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Sections 9.1 and 9.3 of this Agreement, all amendments to this Agreement shall be in accordance with the following requirements: (i) amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner or a Majority Interest; (ii) if an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written consent of the requisite Percentage Interests of Limited Partners, (iii) a proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by (1) the General Partner and (2) a Majority Interest (unless a greater percentage is required by this Agreement); and (iv) the General Partner shall notify all Partners upon final adoption of any such proposed amendment.

9.3 Amendment Requirements; Limited Partner Voting Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Limited Partners required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed, or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting requirement, unless approved by written consent or the affirmative vote of Limited Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interests constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. The voting requirements contained in this Section 9.3 shall be in addition to voting requirements imposed by law or other provisions contained herein.

9.4 Action Without a Meeting . Any action that may be taken by Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum Percentage Interests that would be necessary to authorize or take such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent that the laws of any jurisdiction

 

21


to which the Partnership or the Partnership Agreement is subject require that any action of Limited Partners under this Agreement be unanimous, any action taken by Limited Partners pursuant to and in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners and, in that event, each Limited Partner that does not execute the written consent hereby agrees to be bound by the decision of those Limited Partners executing the consent and hereby approves such action to the extent such approval is required for such matter to be effective under the laws of such jurisdiction.

Prompt notice of the taking of action shall be given to Limited Partners who have not consented in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time, not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner.

 

22


ARTICLE X.

FINANCIAL MATTERS

10.1 Books, Records, Accounting, and Reports .

(a) Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, which shall at all times be kept at the principal office of the Partnership or such other office as the General Partner may designate for such purpose. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained for financial reporting purposes on the accrual basis using generally accepted accounting principles, or on the cash basis, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion, in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership for tax and accounting purposes shall be the calendar year unless otherwise determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion and allowable under the Code.

(c) Reports.

(i) Annual. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall provide to each Partner reports containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year, presented on cash or accrual basis, including a balance sheet and statement of income and, if the General Partner shall so determine in its sole discretion, such statements may be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(ii) Quarterly. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, if it shall so determine in its sole discretion, provide to each Partner a report containing such financial information for that calendar quarter as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(d) Other Information. The General Partner may release information concerning the operations of the Partnership to any financial institution or other person that has loaned or may loan funds to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates and may release such information to any other Person for reasons reasonably related to the business and operations of the Partnership or as required by law or regulation of any regulatory body.

10.2 Tax Matters .

(a) Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other items necessary for federal, state, and local income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to the Partners within 10 days after the Partnership returns are filed the tax information reasonably required for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization, and recognition of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other items shall be on the cash or accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion.

(b) Tax Elections. Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any available tax election.

 

23


(c) Tax Controversies, Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code), and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership, at the Partnership’s expense, in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings. Any Partner other than the General Partner who wishes to participate in such administrative proceedings at the Partnership level may do so, but any expenses incurred by such Partner in connection therewith shall not be deemed a Partnership expense, but shall be paid by such Partner.

(d) Organizational Expenses. The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

(e) Taxation as a Corporation or Partnership. The General Partner is authorized to elect that the Partnership be taxed either as a partnership under the provisions of Subchapter K, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code (or equivalent state or local laws) or as a corporation (or association taxed as a corporation) under the provisions of Part II, Subchapter A, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code (or equivalent state or local laws.) This exercise of authority shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner and shall be conclusive as against any Limited Partner. Such elections may be made consistently or inconsistently as among jurisdictions, including as between federal and state tax regimes, as the General Partner determines. The General Partner also may modify any of the requirements of this Agreement derived from the partnership orientation of certain provisions, in order effectively to carry out its authority under this Section.

ARTICLE XI.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 Addresses and Notices . Any notice, demand, request, or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by United States registered or certified mail to the Partner at his address as shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in any Partnership Interest by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

11.2 Titles and Captions . All article and Section titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend, or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

11.3 Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

11.4 Further Action . The parties shall execute all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

11.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

 

24


11.6 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

11.7 Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Partnership.

11.8 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition. Each Partner expressly waives any right that he might have to require a partition of any Partnership property or a dissolution of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

11.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

11.10 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

11.11 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, in whole or in part, then the parties shall be relieved of all obligations arising under that provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable, or void. It is the intent and agreement of the parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.

11.12 Power of Attorney .

(a) Grant of Power. Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and its authorized representatives (and any successor thereto by assignment, election, or otherwise and the authorized representatives thereof) with full power of substitution as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place, and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record in the appropriate public offices, as applicable or appropriate (i) all certificates and other instruments and all amendments or restatements thereof that the General Partner deems reasonable and appropriate or necessary to qualify or register, or continue the qualification or registration of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) in all jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (ii) all instruments, including an amendment or restatement of this Agreement, that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, or modification of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (iii) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iv) all instruments relating to the admission or substitution of any Partner; (v) all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to make, evidence, give, confirm, or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement, or other action that is made or given by Limited Partners hereunder, is deemed to be made or given by Limited Partners hereunder, or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any action that requires the vote, consent, or approval of a stated percentage of Limited Partners under the

 

25


terms of this Agreement, the General Partner may exercise the power of attorney granted in this subsection (v) only after the necessary vote, consent, or approval has been made or given. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article IX of this Agreement or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(b) Irrevocability. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and it shall survive, and not be affected by, the death, incompetency, incapacity, disability, dissolution, bankruptcy, or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of his Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns, and personal representatives. Each Limited Partner agrees to be bound by any representations made by the General Partner acting in good faith pursuant to the power of attorney; and each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate, or disaffirm any action of the General Partner taken in good faith under the power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner within 15 days after receipt of the General Partner’s request therefor, further designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments the General Partner deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

11.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
GFM Holdings LLC
By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

  Its: VP
By:  

[ILLEGIBLE]

  Its:
LIMITED PARTNER:
GFM Holdings II, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

  Its: VP

 

26


EXHIBIT A

 

Partner

  

Percentage Interest

GFM Holdings LLC as General Partner    99%
GFM Holdings II, Inc. as Limited Partner    1%


EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY INITIALLY

CONTRIBUTED BY THE PARTNERS

 

1. Contributed by GFM Holdings LLC as General Partner: $533,794,545

 

2. Contributed by GFM Holdings II, Inc., as Limited Partner: $5,391,864

Exhibit 3.106

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

GFM Holdings I, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Scott K. Milsten

Latham & Watkins

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2nd day of January, 2001.

 

/s/ Scott K. Milsten

Scott K. Milsten,
Incorporator

Exhibit 3.107

BYLAWS

OF

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  

REGISTERED OFFICES

     1  

Section 2.

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1  

Section 2.

  

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 3.

  

QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF

     2  

Section 4.

  

VOTING

     2  

Section 5.

  

PROXIES

     3  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     3  

Section 7.

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     3  

Section 8.

  

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST

     4  

Section 9.

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A

  
  

MEETING

     4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

  

THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2.

  

VACANCIES

     6  

Section 3.

  

POWERS

     6  

Section 4.

  

PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     7  

Section 5.

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     7  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     7  

Section 7.

  

QUORUM

     7  

Section 8.

  

ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

     8  

Section 9.

  

TELEPHONIC MEETINGS

     8  

Section 10.

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 11.

  

MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     9  

Section 12.

  

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     10  

Section 1.

  

OFFICERS

     10  

Section 2.

  

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

     10  

Section 3.

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.

  

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

     11  

 

i


Section 5.

  

TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

     11  

Section 6.

  

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     11  

Section 7.

  

PRESIDENT

     11  

Section 8.

  

VICE PRESIDENTS

     12  

Section 9.

  

SECRETARY

     12  

Section 10.

  

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     12  

Section 11.

  

TREASURER

     13  

Section 12.

  

ASSISTANT TREASURER

     13  

ARTICLE V.

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      14  

ARTICLE VI.

   INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS      18  

ARTICLE VII.

   CERTIFICATES OF STOCK      19  

Section 1.

  

CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 2.

  

SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 3.

  

STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES

     20  

Section 4.

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     20  

Section 5.

  

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

     21  

Section 6.

  

FIXED RECORD DATE

     21  

Section 7.

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     21  

ARTICLE VIII.

   GENERAL PROVISIONS      22  

Section 1.

  

DIVIDENDS

     22  

Section 2.

  

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES

     22  

Section 3.

  

CHECKS

     22  

Section 4.

  

FISCAL YEAR

     22  

Section 5.

  

CORPORATE SEAL

     23  

Section 6.

  

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE

     23  

Section 7.

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     23  

Section 8.

  

ANNUAL STATEMENT

     23  

ARTICLE IX.

   AMENDMENTS      24  

Section 1.

  

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS

     24  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

1


3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of

 

3


any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

 

5


2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

6


4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

7


8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may

 

8


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

9


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

10


4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors , have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

11


8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

12


11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

13


ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14


(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

15


(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

16


(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

17


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of

 

18


the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

19


3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

20


5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

21


ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

22


5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

23


ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of GFM Holdings I, Inc. a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of January 2, 2001 .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 2nd day of January, 2001.

 

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Meredith S. Parry, Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.108

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is GFM Holdings LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Executed on January 2, 2001.

 

/s/ Scott K. Milsten

Scott K. Milsten,
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.109

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement ”) of GFM Holdings LLC (the “Company”) is effective as of January 2, 2001.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company. GFM Holdings I, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C §18-101, et seq ., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “Act”). The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Members. GFM Holdings I, Inc. is the sole and managing member of the Company.

3. Purpose. The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4 . Name. The name of the Company shall be “GFM Holdings LLC ”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office. The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company. The Company commenced on the date the Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) first was properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall exist in perpetuity or until its business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution.

7. Management of Company. All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint managers and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such managers and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, managers and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally


attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Pursuant to the foregoing, Member hereby appoints as officers of the Company those persons identified on Exhibit A hereto (which may be amended from time to time by Member) which officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware.

8. Other Activities. The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct. Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

12. Distributions. Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Cash shall not be retained at the Company level any longer than administratively or legally necessary. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other tax items of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

13. Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).

 

2


14. Bank Accounts. The officers of the Company, or any one of them, are hereby authorized to open an account or accounts for the Company with one or more commercial banks and such officers are authorized, directed and empowered to execute, certify and deliver a copy of any standard banking resolutions as may be required by such banks.

15. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts (collectively, “Costs”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative) (collectively, Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Member may cause the Company to indemnify and hold harmless any managers and/or officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such person’s capacity as an agent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

16. Dissolution and Winding Up. The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

17. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

18. Governing Law. The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the party hereto has duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

 

MEMBER

GFM Holdings I, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

  Name: Meredith S. Parry
  Title: VP & Secretary

 

4


EXHIBIT A

 

Name

   Office

Vasant M. Prabhu

   President

Meredith S. Parry

   Secretary and Vice President

Bradley S. Fox

   Treasurer and Vice President

Robert A. Gordon

   Vice President

Harry J. Mullany III

   Vice President

 

5

Exhibit 3.110

GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

FIRST: That I, the subscriber, Richard Scott Faley, whose post office address is 1120 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 1010, Washington, D.C. 20036, being of full legal age, do under and by virtue of the General Laws of the State of Maryland authorizing the formation of corporations, present these Articles of Incorporation to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation, with the intention of forming a corporation.

SECOND: The name of the Corporation (which is hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is

GIANT OF SALISBURY. INC.

THIRD: The purposes for which the Corporation is formed and the business or objects to be carried on and promoted by it, within the State of Maryland, or any other State or States of the United States, or any territory or possession thereof, whether presently or hereafter annexed, or any foreign country or countries, or any territory or possession thereof, whether presently or hereafter annexed, are as follows:

To buy, sell, trade and deal in and with liquors, whiskey, gin, alcohol, brandy, cordials, wines, liqueurs, beer, ale and alcoholic beverages of all kinds, so far as may be permitted by State and local laws.


To buy, sell, trade and deal in and with food, food products, sandwiches, edibles, candy, carbonated waters, soft drinks, cigars, cigarettes, smokers supplies, novelties, bar accessories, specialties, articles, goods, wares and merchandise of every class and description, and operate vending machines for the sale and distribution of any or all of the aforesaid products or otherwise.

To acquire, by lease or otherwise, and operate and conduct business on concession, on a percentage basis or otherwise, at or in shopping centers, parking facilities, markets, hotels, motels, restaurants, stalls, railroad stations, depots, airports, convention halls, auditoriums, amusement places and private and public centers and in any manner permitted by law.

To acquire, by purchase, lease or otherwise, hold, own, improve, alter, mortgage, rent, sell or otherwise dispose of real estate, stores, buildings, chattels and personal property of all kinds.

To borrow or raise moneys for any purpose of the Corporation, and to issue bonds, debentures, or other obligations of the Corporation, and, at the option of the Corporation, to secure the same by mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or otherwise.

To acquire and undertake the good will, property, rights, franchise, contracts and assets of every manner and kind and the liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation, either wholly or in part and pay for the same in cash, stock or bonds of the corporation or otherwise.

 

-2-


To enter into, make and perform contracts of every kind with any person, firm, association or corporation, municipality, body politic, county, state or government or the District of Columbia and without limit as to amount to draw, make accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures and other negotiable or transferable instruments and evidences of indebtedness, whether secured by mortgage or otherwise, so far as may be permitted by the laws of the state of Maryland.

To purchase, hold and reissue the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, its bonds or other securities.

To remunerate any person or corporation for services rendered, or to be rendered, in the placing or assisting to place or guarantying the placing or underwriting of any of the shares of stock of the Corporation, or in or about the formation or promotion of the Corporation or in the conduct of its business.

To conduct business in the State of Maryland and elsewhere, including any of the states of the United States, the District of Columbia, and any and all foreign countries, have one or more offices therein and therein to hold, purchase, let, mortgage and convey real and personal property, except as and when forbidden by local laws.

With a view to the working and development of the properties of the Corporation, and to effectuate, directly or indirectly,

 

-3-


its objects and purposes, or any of them, the corporation may, in the discretion of the directors, from time to time carry on any other business, manufacturing or otherwise to any extent and in any manner not unlawful, as principal, agent, factor, contractor or otherwise, either alone or as a partner with or through or in conjunction with any person, firm, association or corporation, and in carrying on its business and for the purpose of attaining or furthering any of its objects and purposes, to make and perform any contracts and to do any acts and things, and to exercise any and all powers specified, or which at any time may appear conductive for the accomplishment of any such objects and purposes.

To conduct any other business which may lawfully be conducted under the General Laws of the State of Maryland.

The foregoing enumeration of the purposes, objects and business of the Corporation is made in furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred upon the Corporation by law, and is not intended, by the mention of any particular purpose, object or business, in any manner to limit or restrict the generality of any other purpose, object or business mentioned, or to limit or restrict any of the powers of the Corporation. The Corporation is formed upon the articles, conditions, and provisions herein expressed, and subject in all particulars to the limitations relative to corporations which are continued in the General Laws of the State of Maryland.

FOURTH: The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation in this State is 6300 Sheriff Road, Landover,

 

-4-


Maryland 20785. The Resident Agent of the Corporation is Robert A. Klein whose post office address is 10013 Gainsborough Road, Potomac, Maryland 20854. Said Resident Agent is a citizen of the State and resides therein.

FIFTH: The business of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of not less than three (3) nor more than five (5) Directors, and Joseph B. Danzansky, Lawrence P. Solomon, Emmanuel Cohen and Israel Cohen shall act as Directors until the first annual meeting, or until their successors are duly chosen and qualify. The Directors, by a majority vote; may, in accordance with the By-Laws, increase or decrease the number of Directors to such number, not less than three (3) nor more than five (5), as they may deem necessary.

SIXTH: The maximum number of shares of stock that this Corporation authorized to issue is:

(a) One Hundred (100) shares of common stock with no par value, such common stock bearing all of one Class and bearing one vote per share which vote shall be noncumulative.

(b) One hundred (100) shares of 6% Preferred Stock having a nominal par value of One Dollars ($100) per share. The Preferred Stock shall be preferred in the distribution of the assets of the Corporation over the common stock in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution to the extent of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per

 

-5-


share; shall have the right or preference in dividends of 6% non-cumulative; shall be redeemable; and shall have no voting powers, nor shall the holders thereof be entitled to notice of meetings of Stockholders.

Any preemptive right of stockholders to acquire additional capital stock of the Corporation is specifically denied.

SEVENTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to exercise all powers and privileges granted by Section 2-103 of the Corporations and Associations Article and any other sections of the General Laws of Maryland except for those powers and privileges expressly reserved to the Stockholders of the Corporation.

EIGHTH: The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby empowered to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of its stock of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, and securities convertible into shares of its stock of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as said Board of Directors may deem advisable, subject to such restrictions or limitation, if any, as may be set forth in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

NINTH: The Charter of this Corporation may, from time to time, be amended for any purpose, including an amendment or amendments which change the terms of any of the outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of all of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

-6-


TENTH: Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its Directors are members or employees or in which they have an interest, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its Directors are stockholders, members, directors, officers or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such Director or Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon or in reference to such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his or their participation in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors shall authorize, approve, or ratify such contract or transaction by a vote sufficient for that purpose, which may include the vote of votes of such Director or Directors. Such Director or Directors may also be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at such meeting.

ELEVENTH: Each Director and officer or former director or officer of the Corporation, or any person who may have served at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation in which this Corporation owns shares of capital stock or of which it is a creditor, including in each case their respective executors and administrators, shall be

 

-7-


indemnified by the Corporation against liabilities, fines, penalties and claims imposed upon or asserted against him (including amounts paid in settlement) by reason of having been such a director or officer, whether or not then continuing so to be, and against all expenses (including counsel fees) reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, except in relation to matters as to which he shall have been fully adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable by reason of having been guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty as such director or officer. In the event of any other judgment against such director or officer, or in the event of a settlement, the indemnification shall be made only upon determination by the general counsel of the Corporation, if such general counsel be not involved therein, or, if involved, then by independent counsel not involved therein, that in such counsel’s opinion such director or officer was not guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty, and, in the event of a settlement, that such settlement was, or, if still to be made, is in the best interests of the Corporation. If the determination is to be made by the Board of Directors, it may rely as to all questions of law on the advice of general counsel of the Corporation, if such counsel be not involved therein, or, if involved, then on the advice of independent counsel. The right of indemnification hereby provided shall be in addition to any other rights to which any Director or officer may be entitled.

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed these Articles of Incorporation on this 8 th day of September, 1976, and acknowledged the same to be my act.

 

/s/ Richard Scott Faley

Richard Scott Faley

 

-9-


GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

 

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(Under Sections 2-602, 2-604 and 2-607)

 

 

GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC., a Maryland Corporation having its principal office in Prince Georges County, Maryland (hereinafter called the “CORPORATION”) hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation that:

FIRST : The Articles of Incorporation of the CORPORATION are hereby amended by changing ARTICLE SIXTH (b) to read as follows

(b) One Hundred (100) Shares of 6% Preferred Stock having a nominal par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share. The Preferred Stock shall be preferred in the distribution of the assets of the Corporation over the common stock in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution to the extent of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share; shall have the right or preference to dividends of 6% non-cumulative; shall be redeemable, and shall have right to one vote per share, which vote shall be non-cumulative; and the holders thereof shall be entitled to notice of meeting of Stockholders.

SECOND : The Board of Directors and Stockholders of the Corporation, through a Written Unanimous Consent dated October 18, 1976, which adopted a resolution in which was set forth the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, declaring that the said amendment of the Articles of Incorporation was advisable.

THIRD: Notice setting forth the said amendment of the Articles of Incorporation and stating that a purpose of the meeting of the Stockholders would be to take action thereon was given, as required by law, to all Stockholders entitled to vote thereon; and like notice was given to all Stockholders of the Corporation not entitled to vote thereon, whose contract rights as expressly set forth in the Articles of Incorporation would be altered by the amendment.


FOURTH : The amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as hereinabove set forth was approved by the Stockholders of the Corporation by the unanimous affirmative vote of all the votes entitled to be cast thereon.

FIFTH : The amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as hereinabove set forth has been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the Stockholders of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC. has caused these presents to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and at-tested by its secretary on this 18 th day of October, 1976.

 

ATTEST:     GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

/s/ Lucien J. Moret

    By:  

/s/ Alvin Dobbin

Lucien J. Moret       Alvin Dobbin
Secretary       President

[Corporate Seal]

STATE OF MARYLAND,

 

   ss:
MONTGOMERY COUNTY,   

I HEREBY CERTIFY that on October 18, 1976, before me, the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, in and for the County of Prince Georges, personally appeared ALVIN DOBBIN, President of GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC., a Maryland

 

-2-


Corporation, and in the name and on behalf of said Corporation, acknowledged the foregoing Articles of Amendment to be the corporate act of said Corporation, and at the same time personally appeared LUCIEN J. MORET and made oath in due form of law that he was Secretary of the meeting of the Stockholders of said Corporation at which the amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation therein set forth was approved, and that the matters and facts set forth in said Articles of Amendment are true to the best of his knowledge, information and belief.

WITNESS my hand and notarial seal the day and year last above written.

 

/s/ Alan Stoff

Notary Public
My Commission Expires: 7/1/78

[Notarial Seal]

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.111

GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

BY-LAWS

Offices

1. The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation shall be 6300 Sheriff Road, Landover, Maryland, 20013. The Resident Agent of the Corporation is Robert A. Klein, whose post office address is 10013 Gainsborough Road, Potomac, Maryland 20854.

2. The Corporation may also have an office in the City of Washington, D.C., and also offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may appoint.

Seal

3. The corporate seal of the Corporation shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its creation and the words “Corporate Seal, Maryland”.

Stockholders’ Meeting

4. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the office of the Corporation in Washington, District of Columbia.

5. Stockholders may vote at all meetings either in person or by proxy in writing.

6. A majority in amount of the stock issued and outstanding represented by the holder in person or by proxy shall be requisite at every meeting to constitute a quorum for the election of Directors or for the transaction of other business.

7. Voting upon all questions at all meetings of the stockholders shall be by shares of stock and not per capita, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, or any amendment thereof.


8. The vote for Directors, and upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot.

Annual Meeting

9. The annual meeting of stockholders, after the year 1973, shall be held on the second Monday of October in each year, unless a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at the office of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., at 10:00 a.m., when they shall elect by a plurality vote, by ballot, a Board of not less than 3 nor more than 5 Directors, to serve for one year and until their successors are elected or chosen and qualify, each stockholder being entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock standing registered in his or her name. No shares of stock shall be voted which shall have been transferred on the books of the Corporation within twenty days preceding such election of Directors.

10. Written notice of the annual meeting shall be mailed to each stockholder at his address as the same appears on the stock book of the Corporation at least ten days but not more than ninety days prior to the meeting.

Proxies to be Filed

11. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted upon.

Special Meeting of Stockholders

12. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the President, and shall be called at the request in writ-ting to the President of, or by vote of, a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing by stockholders of record owning a majority in amount of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding.

 

- 2 -


13. A written notice stating the day, hour and place of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be sent to each stockholder of record at least ten (10) days but not more than ninety (90) days, exclusive of the day of mailing, before the date of every special meeting, at such address as appears on the stock book of the Corporation, or if no address be given therein, to the last address of such stockholder known to the Secretary.

First Meeting of Directors After Election

14. After the election of the Directors, the newly elected Board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting, for the purpose of organization and otherwise, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected Directors in order to legally constitute the meeting; provided a majority of the whole Board shall be present; or such place and time may be fixed by the consent in writing of the Directors.

15. At the first meeting after such election the Board shall elect a President from their own number and, at their discretion, one or more Vice-Presidents.

16. The Board of Directors shall also annually elect at such meeting a Secretary and a Treasurer who need not be members of the Board, who shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board, but who shall not be elected for a longer term than one year.

17. Excepting always the President and the Vice-Presidents, all such officers shall be subject to removal by resolution of the Board at any time, with or without cause; provided a majority of the whole Board shall vote in favor thereof.

 

- 3 -


Regular Meeting of Board

18. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held without notice on the second Monday of October in each year, at the office of the Corporation in Washington, D.C., at 11:00 a.m., or, by order of the Board of Directors, elsewhere on a day and at an hour to be fixed by the Board.

Quorum at Meetings of Board

19. A majority of the Directors shall be necessary at all meetings to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business.

Special Meetings of Board

20. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on two days’ notice to each Director, either personally, by mail or by wire; special meetings may be called in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two Directors.

Directors May Meet Out of Maryland

21. The Directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the Corporation, as provided in the Articles of Incorporation, outside of Maryland, at the office of the Corporation or at such other places as they may from time to time determine.

General Powers of Directors

22. The Board of Directors shall have the management of the business of the Corporation. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

- 4 -


Specific Powers of Directors

23. Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by the last preceding clause, and the other powers conferred by the Articles of Incorporation and by these By-Laws, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board of Directors shall have the following powers, that is to say:

First . From time to time to make and change rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

Second . To purchase or otherwise acquire for the Corporation any property, rights or privileges which the Corporation is authorized to acquire, at such price and on such terms and conditions and for such consideration as they shall from time to time see fit.

Third . At their discretion to pay for any property or rights acquired by the Corporation, either wholly or partly in money or in stocks, bonds, debentures or other securities of the Corporation.

Fourth . To create, make and issue mortgages, bonds, deeds of trust, trust agreements and negotiable or transferable instruments and securities, secured by mortgage or otherwise, and to do every other act and thing necessary to effectuate the same.

Fifth . To appoint and at their discretion remove or suspend such subordinate officers, agents or servants, permanently or temporarily, as they may from time to time think fit, and to determine their duties, and fix, and from time to time change, their salaries or emoluments, and to require security in such instances and in such amounts as they think fit.

 

- 5 -


Sixth . To confer by resolution upon any appointed officer of the Corporation the power to choose, remove or suspend such subordinate officers, agents or servants.

Seventh . To appoint any person or persons to accept and hold in trust for the Corporation any property belonging to the Corporation, or in which it is interested, or for any other purpose, and to execute and do all such duties and things as may be requisite in relation to any such trust.

Eighth . To determine who shall be authorized on the Corporation’s behalf to sign bills, notes, receipts, acceptances, endorsements, checks, releases, contracts and documents.

Ninth . From time to time to provide for the management of the affairs of the Corporation, at home and abroad, in such manner as they see fit, and in particular, from time to time, to delegate any of the powers of the Board in the course of the current business of the Corporation to any standing or special committee, or to any officer or agent, and to appoint any persons to be the agents of the Corporation, with such powers (including the power to sub-delegate), and upon such terms as may be deemed fit.

Compensation of Directors

24. Directors, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but, by resolution of the Board, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board; provided, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

25. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

- 6 -


The President

26. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation; shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect; shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation; shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation; and, when authorized by the Board, affix the seal to any instrument requiring the same, and the seal when so affixed shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or the Treasurer.

27. He shall have general superindendence and direction of all the other officers of the Corporation, and shall see that their duties are properly performed.

28. He shall submit a report of the operations of the Corporation for the fiscal year to the Directors at their regular meeting in October, and to the stockholders at the annual meeting, and from time to time shall report to the Board all matters within his knowledge, which the interests of the Corporation may require to be brought to their notice.

29. He shall be ex-officio a member of all standing committees, and shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation.

The Vice-President

30. The Vice-President shall be vested with all the powers, and required to perform all the duties of the President in his absence.

 

- 7 -


The Secretary

31. The Secretary shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and Directors; he shall be ex-officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; he shall attend all sessions of the Board, shall act as clerk thereof, and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be.

The Treasurer

32. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

33. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and at the regular meeting of the Board in October annually, a like report for the preceding year.

34. He shall give the Corporation a bond in a sum, and with one or more sureties, if the Board of Directors so determine, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office, and the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money or other property of whatever kind in his possession belonging to the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


Vacancies

35. If the office of any Director, or of the President, Vice-President, Secretary or Treasurer, one or more, becomes vacant, by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, or otherwise, the remaining Directors, although less than a quorum, by a majority vote, may choose a successor or successors, who shall hold office for the unexpired term.

Officers May Resign

36. Any Director or other officer may resign his office at any time, such resignation to be made in writing, and to take effect from the time of its receipt by the Corporation, unless some time be fixed in the resignation, and then from that date. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.

Certificates of Stock

37. Certificates of stock shall be signed by the President or Vice-President, and the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or Secretary or Assistant Secretary and shall bear the seal of the Corporation.

Loss of Certificate

38. Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed, shall make an affidavit or affirmation of that fact and advertise the same in such manner as the Board may require, and shall give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board, in at least double the value of such certificate, whereupon the proper officers may issue a new certificate of the same tenor with the one alleged to be lost or destroyed, but always subject to the approval of the Board.

 

- 9 -


Dividends

39. Dividends on the capital stock of the Corporation, when earned, shall be declared at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Directors’ Annual Statement

40. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and when called for by the stockholders at any special meeting of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

Notice

41. Whenever notice is required by statute or by these By-Laws to be given to the stockholders, or the Directors, or any officer of the Corporation, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated; and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing the same in a post-office box, properly stamped, addressed to such stockholder, Director or officer; and such notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time of such mailing, except where notice is given by wire, in which latter case notice shall be deemed to be given at the time the same is delivered to the telegraph company.

Amendments

42. The stockholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding, may at any annual, or upon notice, at any special, meeting alter or amend these By-Laws.

43. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members, may alter or amend these By-Laws at any regular meeting of the Board or at any special meeting of the Board, provided that notice of the proposed alteration or amendment has been given to each Director.

 

- 10 -


GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDER

The undersigned AHOLD U.S.A. HOLDINGS, INC., holder of record of all of the stock of GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC. (the “Company”), does hereby adopt the following resolutions as if the same had been duly passed at the Annual Meeting of the Stockholder of the Company dul y held in accordance with the Charter and By-Laws of the Company on the 19 th day of February, 2001;

Amendment of By-Laws

WHEREAS, the annual meeting of stockholders had been traditionally held on a day other than the day specified in the By-laws of the Company; and

WHEREAS, since 1999, the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company has been held in February to coincide with the annual meeting of its parent corporation; and

WHEREAS, the stockholder and directors believe that these actions taken by the stockholder constituted an amendment to the By-laws; and

WHEREAS, the stockholder and directors wish to memorialize these implied amendments to the By-laws;

WHEREAS, the stockholder additionally desire to amend the Company’s By-laws to fix the number of directors to be elected at four, which number may be changed from time to time by the stockholder;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, That Section 9 of the By-Laws of the Company be amended by deleting this section in its entirety and inserting the following new Section 9 in its place:

9. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held in February of each year at such place, date and time set by the Board and designated in the notice of such annual meeting; provided, however, that no annual meeting of stockholders need be held if all actions, including the election of Directors, to be taken at such annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The number of Directors to be elected shall be four or such other number as shall be changed from time to time by the Stockholders, and each Director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner provided for herein.


Election of Directors

RESOLVED, That the following persons be elected as members of the Board of Directors of the Company as if they had been elected at an Annual Meeting of the stockholder of the Company:

Richard A. Baird

Bernard Ellis

Daniel E. Currie

Michael C. Buchsbaum

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AHOLD U.S.A. HOLDINGS, INC. has caused this instrument to be signed by its President and attested by its Secretary, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed, this 19 th day of February, 2001.

 

 

ATTEST:     AHOLD U.S.A. HOLDINGS, INC.
/s/ Michael C. Buchsbaum     By   /s/ Richard A. Baird
Assistant Secretary       President

[SEAL]


GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

UNANIMOUS CONSENT OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS

We, the undersigned, constituting all of the members of the Board of Directors of GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC. (the “Company”), do hereby adopt, ratify and approve, as is evidenced by our signatures and seals affixed hereto, the following resolutions as if the same had been duly passed at an Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company duly held in accordance with the Charter and By-Laws of the Company the 19 th day of February, 2001:

Election of Officers

RESOLVED, That the following persons be elected officers of the Company to serve until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors or until their successors are duly elected and qualified:

PRESIDENT—Bernie Ellis

VICE PRESIDENT—Bill DiPaola

SECRETARY—David Larson

TREASURER/ASSISTANT SECRETARY—Dale B. Husk

ASSISTANT SECRETARY—Michael C. Buchsbaum

ASSISTANT SECRETARY—Susan A. Winchurch

ASSISTANT TREASURER—Frank N. Zampardi

Amendment of By-Laws

WHEREAS, the annual meeting of stockholders had traditionally been held on a day other than the day specified in the By-laws of the Company; and

WHEREAS, since 1999, the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company has been held in February to coincide with the annual meeting of its parent corporation; and

WHEREAS, the stockholder and directors believe that these actions taken by the stockholder constituted an amendment to the By-laws; and

WHEREAS, the stockholder and directors wish to memorialize these implied amendments to the By-laws; and

WHEREAS, the stockholder and directors additionally desire to amend the Company’s By-laws to fix the number of directors to be elected at four, which number may be changed from time to time by the stockholder;


NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, That Section 9 of the By-Laws of the Company be amended by deleting this section in its entirety and inserting the following new Section 9 in its place:

9. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of Directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting shall be held in February of each year at such place, date and time set by the Board and designated in the notice of such annual meeting; provided, however, that no annual meeting of stockholders need be held if all actions, including the election of Directors, to be taken at such annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The number of Directors to be elected shall be four or such other number as shall be changed from time to time by the Stockholder(s), and each Director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner provided for herein.

Change of Resident Agent

WHEREAS, David W. Rutstein wishes to resign his current position as the Maryland resident agent for the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors wishes to appoint a new Maryland resident agent in his place;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the resident agent of the Company shall be changed from David W. Rutstein, Esquire to John McKenna, Esquire of the law offices of O’Malley, Miles, Nylen & Gilmore; P.A. located at 11785 Beltsville Drive; Tenth Floor, Calverton, Maryland 20785, and a mailing address of P.O. Box 689, Greenbelt, MD 20768.

WITNESS the following signatures and seals as of this 19 th day of February, 2001.

 

/s/ Richard A. Baird   [SEAL]
Richard A. Baird  
/s/ Bernard Ellis   [SEAL]
Bernard Ellis  
/s/ Daniel E. Currie   [SEAL]
Daniel E. Currie  
/s/ Michael C. Buchsbaum   [SEAL]
Michael C. Buchsbaum  

Exhibit 3.112

LOGO

Form 205

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

Filing Fee: $300

 

  

Certificate of Formation

Liability Company         

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited liability company. The name of the entity is:

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

 

 

The name must contain the words “limited liability company,” “limited company,” or an abbreviation of one of these phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒   A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

Corporation Service Company d/b/a CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company

 

 

OR

☐   B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

701 Brazos Street, Suite 1050    Austin    TX    78701

Street Address

   City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

☐ A. The limited liability company will have managers. The name and address of each initial manager are set forth below.

☒ B. The limited liability company will not have managers. The company will be governed by its members, and the name and address of each initial member are set forth below.

 

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

           
                    
       

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
    OR                        
       

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
       

Albertson’s, Inc., its Sole Member

 

   

Organization Name

           
    ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON                    
        250 Parkcenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID    USA    83726
  Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

Form 205

4


 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

           
                    
   

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name       Suffix
    OR                        
   

IF ORGANIZATION

           
   
   

Organization Name

           
  ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON            
                    
    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

           
                    
       

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
  OR              
       

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   
   

Organization Name

           
  ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON            

 

    Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

Article 4 – Purpose

 

The purpose for which the company is formed is for the transaction of any and all lawful purposes for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code.

Supplemental Provisions/Information

 

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

This limited liability company is being formed pursuant to a plan of conversion.

Prior to the conversion, this entity was a Texas corporation by the name of Good Spirits, Inc., located at 7580 Oak Grove Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76140 and formed on February 23, 1977 under file number 39920100.

 

 

Form 205

5


The name and address of the organizer:

Paul G. Rowan

Name         
250 Parkcenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID    83726
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Zip Code

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                                                                           

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                                                                         

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: June 1, 2006

 

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

Signature of organizer

        Paul G. Rowan

 

Form 205

6


Form 424

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512/463-5709

Filing Fee: See instructions

  

LOGO

Certificate of Amendment

   This space reserved for office use.

Entity Information

The name of the filing entity is:

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

 

 

State the name of the entity as currently shown in the records of the secretary of state. If the amendment changes the name of the entity, state the old name and not the new name.

The filing entity is a: (Select the appropriate entity type below.)

 

  For-profit Corporation      Professional Corporation
  Nonprofit Corporation      Professional Limited Liability Company
  Cooperative Association      Professional Association
  Limited Liability Company      Limited Partnership

The file number issued to the filing entity by the secretary of state is: 800662782

The date of formation of the entity is: 6/1/2006

Amendments

1. Amended Name

(If the purpose of the certificate of amendment is to change the name of the entity, use the following statement)

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision that names the filing entity. The article or provision is amended to read as follows:

The name of the filing entity is: (state the new name of the entity below)

 

 

The name of the entity must contain an organizational designation or accepted abbreviation of such term, as applicable.

2. Amended Registered Agent/Registered Office

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision stating the name of the registered agent and the registered office address of the filing entity. The article or provision is amended to read as follows:

 

Form 424    6   


Registered Agent

(Complete either A or B, but not both. Also complete C.)

 

A. The registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

 

 

 

OR
B. The registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is:

 

 

First Name    M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

          TX     
Street Address (No P.O. Box)    City    State    Zip Code

3. Other Added, Altered, or Deleted Provisions

Other changes or additions to the certificate of formation may be made in the space provided below. If the space provided is insufficient, incorporate the additional text by providing an attachment to this form. Please read the instructions to this form for further information on format.

Text Area (The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.)

 

Add each of the following provisions to the certificate of formation. The identification or reference of the added provision and the full text are as follows:

 

Alter each of the following provisions of the certificate of formation. The identification or reference of the altered provision and the full text of the provision as amended are as follows:

Article 3 of the certificate of formation is altered to select A and delete the selection of B. The names and address of each initial manager is: Robert Miller, 0305 SW Montgomery #F508, Portland, Oregon 97201; Clem Washington, 3813 Hunters Trail Drive, Carrollton, TX 75007; and Perry Byrne, 7580 Oak Grove Road, Fort Worth, TX 76140.

 

Delete each of the provisions identified below from the certificate of formation.

Statement of Approval

The amendments to the certificate of formation have been approved in the manner required by the Texas Business Organizations Code and by the governing documents of the entity.

 

Form 424    7   


Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of a future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: June 7 th , 2006

 

/s/ Robert Miller

Robert Miller
Signatutre and title of authorized person(s) (see instructions)

 

8

Form 424      

Exhibit 3.113

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GOOD SPIRITS L.L.C.

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GOOD SPIRITS L.L.C.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLEI

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section  1.1

 

Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term

   1

Section 1.2

 

Name

   2

Section  1.3

 

Purpose of the Company; Business

   2

Section  1.4

 

Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent

   2

Section  1.5

 

Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates

   2

Section  1.6

 

Original Member and Admission of Additional Members

   2
ARTICLE II   DEFINITIONS    3
ARTICLE III   CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 3.1

 

Capital

   4

Section  3.2

 

Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest

   4

Section 3.3

 

Withdrawal

   4

Section 3.4

 

Corporate Status

   4

Section  3.5

 

Limitations on Distributions

   5

Section 3.6

 

Other Distributions

   5

Section  3.7

 

Transfer of Interests

   5
ARTICLE IV   MANAGEMENT    5

Section  4.1

 

Management by Member

   5

Section  4.2

 

Authority of the Member

   5

Section  4.3

 

Manner of Action

   5

Section  4.4

 

Delegation

   6

Section 4.5

 

Standard of Care

   6
ARTICLE V   GENERAL PROVISIONS    6

Section  5.1

 

Limited Liability of the Member

   6

Section  5.2

 

No Dissolution

   6

Section  5.3

 

No Resignation

   6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page

Section 5.4

 

Amendments

   6

Section 5.5

 

Further Assurances

   6

Section 5.6

 

Notices

   7

Section 5.7

 

Waiver

   7

Section 5.8

 

Whole Agreement

   7

Section 5.9

 

Governing Law

   7

Section 5.10

 

Binding Nature

   7

Section 5.11

 

Invalidity

   7

Section 5.12

 

Counterparts

   7

Section 5.13

 

Construction

   7

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GOOD SPIRITS L.L.C.

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the Agreement ) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member of Good Spirits L.L.C. (the Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Good Spirits, Inc. (the Corporation ) was formed as a Texas corporation on February 23, 1977;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the plan of conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such plan of conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Article 5.17 of the Business Corporation Act of the State of Texas (the BCA );

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the plan of conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Article 5.17 of the BCA;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Article 5.17 of the BCA and Sections 10-101 and 3-006 of the Act and pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas of Articles of Conversion and upon the issuance of the certificate of conversion by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas (the Conversion ); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I     ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term. Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of February 21, 1977, as amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation


immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the Company, (iii) the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a Texas limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “Good Spirits L.L.C.”

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business and the mailing address is 7580 Oak Grove Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76140, and the office address where the Company’s records required by the Act are kept is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Texas is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Texas. The registered agent of the Company in Texas is Corporation Service Company dba CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, located at 701 Brazos Street, Suite 1050, Austin, Texas 78701. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Texas or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Member shall amend the Certificate of Formation of the Company and this Section 1.4 to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Texas.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II     DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

Act ” means the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Texas.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a ‘bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent’ under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company ” means Good Spirits L.L.C.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest ” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

Majority Vote ” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

 

-3-


Member ” means Albertson’s LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

Person ” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

Share ” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III     CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest . Each Member’s Interest and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section 3.6.

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

 

-4-


Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5, from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV     MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

 

-5-


Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V     GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section 3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a) , any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

 

-6-


Section 5.6 Notices . All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 7580 Oak Grove Road, Fort Worth, Texas 76140. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories . Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “ Authorized Signatory ” and together, the “ Authorized Signatories ’”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“ Supervalu ”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“ Albertsons ”), New Albertson’s, Inc. ( New Albertsons ) , and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “ Separation Agreement ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Drug APA ” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “ Transaction Agreements ”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-8-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:   /s/ Susan McMillan
Name:   Susan McMillan
Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

1. William H. Arnold

2. Colleen Batcheler

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

4. John F. Boyd

5. Charles F. Cole

6. Joel Guth

7. Larry Johnston

8. Patrick Madigan

9. Susan McMillan

10. Ronald T. Mendes

11. Paul G. Rowan

12. John R. Sims

 

-i-


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

 

-ii-


EXHIBIT “C-1”


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

This Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment”), dated as of June 1, 2006 is made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”), dated as of June 1, 2006, of Good Spirits LLC (the “Company”), a Texas limited liability company by Albertson’s LLC (the “Member”), the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A. The Member wishes to appoint Managers of the Company.

B. The Member wishes to amend the LLC Agreement to reflect the management of the Company by the Managers.

C. In accordance with Section 5.4 of the LLC Agreement, the LLC Agreement is amended as set forth below.

D. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

AMENDMENT

A. Article II of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions:

“Board of Managers” means the Board of Managers created under Section 4.1 .

B. Article IV of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety:

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Board of Managers.

(a) The Company shall have a Board of Managers initially composed of three Managers. The Members may, from time to time, by Majority Vote, elect additional Managers to serve on the Board. The initial Managers shall be Robert Miller, Clem Washington and Perry Byrne.

(b) Each Manager is to serve until the earlier of his or her death, resignation or removal. A Manager may be removed at any time by a Majority Vote of the Members. Any Manager may resign at any time by delivering his or her written resignation to the Members.


Section 4.2 Authority of the Board of Managers.

(a) Except as specifically reserved to the Members in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law, the Board of Managers has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business and affairs of the Company in the ordinary course of its business. Approval by or action taken by the Board of Managers in accordance with this Agreement is the approval or action of the Company and is binding on each Member.

(b) The Board of Managers may delegate to the Officers, other employees and agents of the Company the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course, in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation which may be adopted and revised from time to time by the Board of Managers. Any power not delegated by the Board of Managers remains with the Board of Managers.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Board of Managers may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Board of Managers shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Standard of Care. Any Member and any Manager, Officer or any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more Officers or employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

C. Except as provided in this Amendment, the LLC Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

D. This Amendment is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

*        *        *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

ALBERTSONS’S LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Miller
Name:   Robert Miller
Title:  


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

This Amendment No. 2 (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of November      , 2006 is made to the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 1, 2006, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to the Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of June 1, 2006 (collectively, the “ LLC Agreement ”) of Good Spirits LLC (the “ Company ”), a Texas limited liability company by Albertson’s LLC (the “ Member ”), the sole member of the Company.

RECITALS

A. The Member wishes to amend the LLC Agreement to set forth the duties of the respective officers.

B. In accordance with Section 5.4 of the LLC Agreement, the LLC Agreement is amended as set forth below.

C. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

AMENDMENT

A. Article II of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions:

Officers means the Officers appointed to hold those offices created under Section 4.5.

B. Article IV of the LLC Agreement is hereby amended to add the following section:

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.5 Officers

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Board of Managers and may consist of a Secretary, a Liquor Sales Manager and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Company shall not have an officer designated as the President. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Managers may appoint such other Officers and agents as they shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Managers. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Board of Managers. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Managers. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board of Managers.

 

1


(b) Vice President . The Vice President shall be the chief operating officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board of Managers are carried into effect. The Vice President or any other Officer authorized by the Board of Managers shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, and (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Managers to some other Officer or agent of the Company. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Managers may from time to time prescribe.

(c) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Managers and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board of Managers in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Managers, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Managers or the Vice President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Managers (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Members may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Liquor Sales Manager . The Liquor Sales Manager shall manage the purchase and sale of alcoholic beverages by the Company subject to the direction and control of the Vice President and the Board of Managers. The Liquor Sales Manager, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Vice President or Board of Managers may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Board of Managers not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

C. Except as provided in this Amendment, the LLC Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

D. This Amendment is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

*         *         *

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:   /s/ Robert G. Miller
Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:   C.E.O.

 

3

Exhibit 3.114

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

[                    ]

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to herein as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is [                    ].

SECOND : The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle 19808, The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The formation of the Limited Liability Company shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Delaware Secretary of State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 28 th day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Adam M. Saltzman
Adam M. Saltzman,
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.115

GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

OPERATING AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of September 28, 2006 (the “ Agreement Date ”).

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . GroceryWorks.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement shall control.

2. Members . The Member, who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company, shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date a Certificate of Formation first is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Adam Saltzman is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation his powers as authorized person shall cease, and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses or any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE MEMBER AND MANAGER

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Robert A. Gordon
Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Senior Vice President and Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 3.116

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

OPERATING AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of GroceryWorks.com, LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of September 28, 2006 (the “ Agreement Date ”).

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Safeway Holdings I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Initial Member”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement shall control.

2. Members . The Member, who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company, shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “GroceryWorks.com, LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date a Certificate of Formation first is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Adam Saltzman is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation his powers as authorized person shall cease, and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses or any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE MEMBER AND MANAGER

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Robert A. Gordon
Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Senior Vice President and Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 3.117

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

 

 

FIRST. The name of the corporation is

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

SECOND. Its principal office in the State of Delaware is located at No. 100 West Tenth Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name and address of its resident agent is The Corporation Trust Company, No. 100 West Tenth Street, Wilmington 99, Delaware.

THIRD. The nature of the business, or objects or purposes to be transacted, promoted or carried on are:

To build, purchase, take, lease, or otherwise acquire, to own, hold, use, maintain, and improve; and to sell, convey, mortgage, lease and otherwise dispose of and deal in real property, buildings, structures, and improvements or any interest therein and any articles, materials, machinery and equipment used therefor or in connection therewith.

To engage in the business of managing, supervising and operating real property, buildings and structures; to negotiate and consummate, for itself or for others, leases with respect to any such


property; to enter into contracts and arrangements, either as principal or as agent, for the maintenance, repair and improvement of any property managed, supervised or operated by the Corporation; to furnish financial, management and other services to others; to purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, improve, maintain, sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of any articles, materials, machinery, equipment and property used for or in connection with the business of the Corporation; and to engage in and conduct, or authorize, license, and permit others to engage in and conduct, any business or activity incident, necessary, advisable, or advantageous to the ownership of property, buildings and structures managed, supervised or operated by the Corporation.

To purchase, take, lease, or otherwise acquire, to own, hold, use, maintain and improve; and to sell, convey, mortgage, lease or otherwise dispose of and deal in personal property or any interest therein.

To engage in and carry on the business of an insurance broker, and to engage in and carry on a general real estate agency and brokerage business.

To acquire, and pay for in cash, stock or bonds of this Corporation or otherwise, the good will, rights, assets and property, and to undertake or assume the whole or any part of the obligations or liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation.

To acquire by purchase, subscription or otherwise, and to receive, hold, own, guarantee, sell, assign, exchange, transfer, mortgage,

 

- 2 -


pledge or otherwise dispose of or deal in and with any of the shares of the capital stock, or any voting trust certificates in respect of the shares of capital stock, scrip, warrants, rights, bonds, debentures, notes, trust receipts, and other securities, obligations, choses in action and evidences of indebtedness or interest issued or created by any corporations, joint stock companies, syndicates, associations, firms, trusts or persons, public or private, or by the government of the United States of America, or by any foreign government, or by any state, territory, province, municipality or other political subdivision or by any governmental agency, and as owner thereof to possess and exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including the right to execute consents and vote thereon, and to do any and all acts and things necessary or advisable for the preservation, protection, improvement and enhancement in value thereof.

To enter into, make and perform contracts of every kind and description with any person, firm, association, corporation, municipality, county, state, body politic or government or colony or dependency thereof.

To borrow or raise moneys for any of the purposes of the Corporation and, from time to time without limit as to amount, to draw, make, accept, endorse, execute and issue promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, warrants, bonds, debentures and other negotiable or non-negotiable instruments and evidences of indebtedness, and to secure the payment of any thereof and of the interest thereon by mortgage upon or pledge, conveyance or assignment in trust of the whole or any part of the property of the Corporation, whether at the time owned or thereafter acquired, and to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of such bonds or other obligations of the Corporation for its corporate purposes.

 

- 3 -


To loan to any person, firm or corporation any of its surplus funds, either with or without security.

To purchase, hold, sell and transfer the shares of its own capital stock; provided it shall not use its funds or property for the purchase of its own shares of capital stock when such use would cause any impairment of its capital except as otherwise permitted by law, and provided further that shares of its own capital stock belonging to it shall not be voted.

To have one or more offices, to carry on all or any of its operations and business and without restriction or limit as to amount to purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, own, mortgage, sell, convey or otherwise dispose of, real and personal property of every class and description in any of the states, districts, territories or colonies of the United States, and in any and all foreign countries, subject to the laws of such state, district, territory, colony or country.

In general, to carry on any other business in connection with the foregoing, and to have and exercise all the powers conferred by the laws of Delaware upon corporations formed under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and to do any or all of the things hereinbefore set forth to the same extent as natural persons might or could do. Provided, however, that the Corporation shall not engage in a public warehousing business.

 

- 4 -


The objects and purposes specified in the foregoing clauses shall, except where otherwise expressed, be in nowise limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from the terms of any other clause in this Certificate of Incorporation, but the objects and purposes specified in each of the foregoing clauses of this article shall be regarded as independent objects and purposes.

FOURTH. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred ninety-five (195). The number of shares of each class having a par value is none. The number of shares of each class without par value is as follows:

100 Shares of Common Stock

  95 Shares of Preferred Stock

The designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Corporation’s authorized capital stock are as follows:

Section I - Provisions Relating Specifically

 to the Common Stock

 

  A. Designation

The common shares authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be designated the Common Stock.

 

- 5 -


  B. Limitation Upon Issuance

The maximum number of shares of the Common Stock which may be issued initially shall be five (5) shares. The remaining ninety-five (95) shares of authorized Common Stock shall be reserved for issuance to the holders of the Preferred Stock (upon exercise of their conversion rights as hereinafter provided) and no amount thereof shall be issued except in exchange for an equal number of shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, or applicable statutes.

 

  C. Voting Rights

The entire voting power, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, or by statute, shall be vested exclusively in the holders of the Common Stock.

 

  D. Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after the holders of all of the Preferred Stock shall have been satisfied as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, all remaining assets and funds of the Corporation shall be paid and distributed to the holders of the Common Stock according to their respective shares.

Section II - Provisions Relating Specifically

   to the Preferred Stock

 

  A. Designation

The preferred shares authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be designated the Preferred Stock.

 

- 6 -


  B. Voting Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote for the election of Directors of the Corporation, but shall have such other voting rights as are provided in Section III hereof.

 

  C. Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by law, there shall be paid (or an amount sufficient for such payment shall be deposited with a bank or trust company doing business in the City of Chicago, Illinois, and having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $5,000,000 as a trust fund for the holders of the Preferred Stock) to the holders of the Preferred Stock an amount for each share equal to the issue price thereof plus $5.00, before any sum shall be paid to, or any assets distributed among, the holders of the Common Stock. Upon such payment, or deposit in trust, the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall cease and determine and they shall have only the right to receive such sum, without interest.

 

  D. Conversion Rights

Any holder of the Preferred Stock may at any time and from time to time, and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth, convert such stock into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock on a share-for-share basis. In order to effect such conversion the holder of the Preferred Stock to be converted shall give ninety (90) days’ written notice of election to convert, stating the number of shares to be converted; shall

 

- 7 -


surrender to the Corporation the certificates of Preferred Stock to be converted, duly assigned in blank for transfer; and shall pay to the Corporation the sum of 10% of the issue price thereof, as disclosed in the books and records of the Corporation, for each such share to be converted.

Section III - Provisions Relating to Both

                         Common and Preferred Stock

 

  A. Voting Rights

Upon all matters not otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by statute, the holders of both Common and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall have equal voting rights, with each holder being entitled to one vote for each share standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.

No action shall be taken, by amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise, which shall change the voting, liquidation or conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock, as set forth in Section II hereof, without the favorable vote of at least three-fourths of the holders thereof voting separately as a class.

 

  B. Dividends

The holders of the Common Stock and of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors and as may be declared and paid from time to time cut of the surplus of the Corporation

 

- 8 -


legally available for dividends; provided, however, that such dividends as are payable in cash or property shall be in equal amounts or values per share both as to Common Stock and as to Preferred Stock, and dividends payable in stock shall be in the form of whole shares of Common Stock to the holders of Common Stock and whole shares of Preferred Stock to the holders of Preferred Stock, but in such numbers of shares as shall maintain the same ratio between Common and Preferred Stock and the same proportionate interest among the respective holders thereof as existed before such stock dividend.

 

  C. Issuance of Stock

Except as required by the Certificate of Incorporation, such stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time for such consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors thereof.

FIFTH. The minimum amount of capital with which the Corporation will commence business is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

SIXTH. The names and places of residence of the incorporators are as follows:

 

NAMES

  

RESIDENCES

 

H. K. Webb

     Wilmington, Delaware  

H. P. Leager

     Wilmington, Delaware  

A. D. Atwell

     Wilmington, Delaware  

 

- 9 -


SEVENTH. The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

EIGHTH. The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatever.

NINTH. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

To make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

To authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon the real and personal property of the Corporation.

To set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and to abolish any such reserve.

By resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, to designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the Directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in the resolution or in the By-Laws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in the By-Laws of the Corporation or as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

- 10 -


When and as authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding having voting power given at a stockholders’ meeting duly called for that purpose, or when authorized by the written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting stock issued and outstanding, to sell, lease or exchange all of the property and assets of the Corporation, including its good will and its corporate franchises, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration, which may be in whole or in part shares of stock in, and/or other securities of, any other corporation or corporations, as its Board of Directors shall deem expedient and for the best interests of the Corporation.

TENTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned

 

- 11 -


by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

ELEVENTH. Meetings of stockholders may be held outside the State of Delaware, if the By-laws so provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation. Elections of Directors need not be by ballot unless the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

TWELFTH. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands and seals this 17 th day of October, A. D. 1957.

 

/s/ H.K. Webb
/s/ H.P. Leager
/s/ A.D. Adwell

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 3.118

BY-LAWS

OF

[                    ]

a Delaware corporation

Adopted April 1, 1993


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

   Annual Meeting      1  

Section 2.

   Special Meetings      1  

Section 3.

   Place of Meeting      2  

Section 4.

   Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings      2  

Section 5.

   Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date      2  

Section 6.

   Voting Lists      3  

Section 7.

   Quorum      3  

Section 8.

   Proxies      3  

Section 9.

   Voting      3  

Section 10.

   Inspectors of Election      4  

Section 11.

   Informal Action by Shareholders      4  

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     4  

Section 1.

   General Powers      4  

Section 2.

   Number, Tenure and Qualifications      5  

Section 3.

   Regular Meetings      5  

Section 4.

   Special Meeting      5  

Section 5.

   Notice      5  

Section 6.

   Quorum      5  

Section 7.

   Manner of Acting      6  

Section 8.

   Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies      6  

Section 9.

   Removal of Directors      6  

Section 10.

   Resignation      6  

Section 11.

   Compensation      6  

Section 12.

   Presumption of Assent      6  

Section 13.

   Executive and Other Committees      7  

Section 14.

   Conference Telephone Meetings      7  

Section 15.

   Informal Action by Directors      7  

Section 16.

   Interest of Directors in Contract      7  


ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

     7  

Section 1.

   Number      7  

Section 2.

   Term of Office      8  

Section 3.

   Officers, Committees and Agents      8  

Section 4.

   Removal      8  

Section 5.

   Vacancies      8  

Section 6.

   General Powers      8  

Section 7.

   Chairman of the Board      9  

Section 8.

   The President      9  

Section 9.

   General Manager      9  

Section 10.

   The Vice Precidents      9  

Section 11.

   The Secretary      9  

Section 12.

   The Treasurer      10  

Section 13.

   The Controller      10  

Section 14.

   Compensation      10  

ARTICLE V - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     11  

Section 1.

   Contracts and Leases      11  

Section 2.

   Loans      11  

Section 3.

   Checks, Drafts, Etc.      11  

Section 4.

   Deposits      11  

ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

     11  

Section 1.

   Issuance      11  

Section 2.

   Transfer      12  

Section 3.

   Stock Certificates      12  

Section 4.

   Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates      12  

Section 5.

   Record Holder of Shares      12  

ARTICLE VII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

     12  

Section 1.

   Directors and Officers; Third Party Actions      12  

Section 2.

   Directors and Officers; Derivative Actions      13  

Section 3.

   Employees and Agents      13  

Section 4.

   Procedure for Effecting Indemnification      14  

Section 5.

   Advancing Expenses      14  

Section 6.

   Scope of Article      14  


ARTICLE VIII - INSURANCE

     15  

Section 1.

   Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc.      15  

ARTICLE IX - DIVIDENDS

     15  

ARTICLE X - WAIVER OF NOTICE

     15  

ARTICLE XI - BOOKS AND RECORDS

     16  

Section 1.

   Audits      16  

Section 2.

   Inspection      16  

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS

     16  


BY-LAWS

OF

[                    ]

A Delaware Corporation

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Delaware a registered office, and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office. The registered office may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 . Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.

Section 2 . Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose or purposes of such meeting, to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall fix the date of the meeting to be held at such date and time as the Secretary may fix, not

 

1


less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders as provided herein. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Section 3 . Place of Meeting . Shareholder meetings may be held at any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4 . Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 5 . Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date . In order, that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If no record date is fixed:

1. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

2. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2


Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders on the record date fixed or determined as aforesaid shall be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting or adjournment, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6 . Voting Lists . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of shareholders.

Section 7 . Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number is otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section 9 . Voting . Each shareholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder.

 

3


All elections for directors shall be by written ballot and be decided by plurality vote. All other questions need not be by written ballot and shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 10 . Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman of any such meeting may, and upon the demand of any shareholder or his or her proxy at the meeting and before voting begins, shall appoint inspectors of election. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting.

If inspectors of election are appointed as aforesaid, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The decision, act or certificate of a majority of the inspectors shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

On request of the Chairman of the meeting or of any shareholder or his or her proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

Section 11 . Informal Action by Shareholders . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 . General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the Corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

4


Section 2 . Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than three (3) or more than eighteen (18), as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. One director shall be designated as Chairman. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, disqualification, or removal. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws.

Section 3 . Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section 4 . Special Meeting . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, the Chairman of the Board or twenty percent (20%) of the then existing directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the directors called by them.

Section 5 . Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least four (4) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or mailed to each director at his or her business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6 . Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then existing directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

5


Section 7 . Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified unless such director shall resign, become disqualified or shall otherwise be removed. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.

Section 9 . Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, either for or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any directorship to be filled by reason of the removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to this section may be filled by a vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting at which the director was removed, or at an annual meeting of shareholders, and then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 10 . Resignation . A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 11 . Compensation . Each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof shall be paid such compensation for his or her services as a director and shall be reimbursed for such expenses as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 12 . Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

6


Section 13 . Executive and Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such duties and authority as delegated by the Board (which delegation may be general or specific) and as may otherwise be permitted by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 14 . Conference Telephone Meetings . One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 15 . Informal Action by Directors . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

Section 16 . Interest of Directors in Contract . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his, her or their participating in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors, and such Board shall nevertheless approve or ratify such contract or transaction by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. This section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 . Number . The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chairman of the Board, President, a General Manager, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be elected or appointed from time to time. All officers are to be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by an officer or committee to whom the Board has delegated that responsibility. One person may simultaneously hold more than one office with the exception that the Secretary may not also be the President or General Manager. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or its delegate may decline to fill any officer position of the Corporation.

 

7


Section 2 . Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected or appointed and qualified, or until an officer’s earlier resignation or removal.

Section 3 . Officers, Committees and Agents . Officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, President, General Manager and Secretary, who shall be elected by the Board) and to appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

Section 4 . Removal . Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, by the Board of Directors or other authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Any and all officers are employees at will and serve at the will of the Board, committee or officer who elected or appointed such officer unless such officer serves pursuant to a mutually executed written contract that provides otherwise. Until such time as this By-Law is amended or a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the President and General Manager shall each have the authority to terminate any employee or officer, whether or not such employee or officer was elected or appointed by an officer, or committee or the Board of Directors.

Section 5 . Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause, may be filled (but need not be filled) by the Board of Directors or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, as the case may be, for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 6 . General Powers . All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by these By-Laws, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the By-Laws, as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Directors (which may be general or specific).

 

8


Section 7 . Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board may be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active supervision of the affairs, business, officers and employees of the Corporation. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section 8 . The President . The Corporation may have a President who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 9 . The General Manager. The Corporation may have a General Manager who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation. If there is no President, or in the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the General Manager shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and shall be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The General Manager shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 10 . The Vice Presidents . The Corporation may have one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents having such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 11 . The Secretary . The Corporation may have a Secretary who, if elected or appointed, shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall record all the votes of the stockholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that

 

9


purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; shall have responsibility for the custody and safekeeping of all permanent records and other documents of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Board of Directors may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries to perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 12 . The Treasurer . The Corporation may have a Treasurer who, if elected or appointed, shall have or provide for the custody of all funds, securities and other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection or receipt of money earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit or cause to be deposited all such moneys in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; shall make disbursements of Corporation funds upon appropriate vouchers; shall keep full and accurate accounts of transactions of his or her office in books belonging to the Corporation; shall,whenever so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or an Audit Committee, render an accounting showing his or her transactions as Treasurer, and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 13 . The Controller . The Corporation may have a Controller who, if elected or appointed, shall maintain full and accurate records of all assets and liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and see that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. He or she shall make all such records available for examination when so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or an Audit Committee. He or she shall perform such other duties and have such other obligations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 14 . Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to fix salaries or other compensation of officers.

 

10


ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1 . Contracts and Leases . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or lease or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2 . Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3 . Checks. Drafts. Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors

Section 4 . Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

Section 1 . Issuance . The certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books or equivalent records of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Any of or all the signatures upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed if such certificate of stock is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

 

11


Section 2 . Transfer . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made inconsistent with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and its amendments and supplements.

Section 3 . Stock Certificates . Stock certificates of the Corporation shall be in such form as provided by statute and approved by the Board of Directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any agency designated by the Board of Directors for that purpose.

Section 4 . Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5 . Record Holder of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

Section 1 . Directors and Officers; Third Party Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation (which, for the purposes of this Article and Article VIII of these By-Laws, shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including

 

12


attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 2 . Directors and Officers; Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3 . Employees and Agents . To the extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation who neither was nor is a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Such an authorized representative may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation in any other circumstances to any extent if the Corporation would be required by Sections 1 and 2 of this Article to indemnify such person in such circumstances to such extent if he or she were or had been a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

13


Section 4 . Procedure for Effecting Indemnification . Indemnification under Sections 1, 2, or 3 of this Article shall be made when ordered by a court or shall be made in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative is required or proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article. Such determination shall be made:

1. By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or

2. If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or

3. By the shareholders.

If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 5 . Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of an authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as required in this Article or authorized by law.

Section 6 . Scope of Article . Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon such rights of indemnification as are provided in this Article.

 

14


The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, statute or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

Section 1 . Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc . The Corporation, whenever so authorized by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any authorized representative, as such term is defined in Section 1 of Article VII of these By-Laws, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would be authorized or required to indemnify him or her by law or Article VII of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

ARTICLE X

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

15


ARTICLE XI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 1 . Audits . The Board of Directors shall cause the accounts and records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants at least once each year. The Board of Directors each year shall cause a report of the financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the closing date of the preceding fiscal year to be prepared. Such report shall be in such forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants.

Section 2 . Inspection . The books, accounts and records of the corporation shall be open for personal inspection by any member of the Board of Directors as provided by law.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws shall not be made, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Nothing contained herein shall detract from the authority of the Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16

Exhibit 3.119

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

Jewel Companies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the Board of Directors and the sole stockholder have, by unanimous written consent, adopted the following Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 245 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Jewel Holdings, Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name U.S. Satellite Corporation, Inc. The original certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State on June 26, 1985.

ARTICLE II

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.


ARTICLE III

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are as follows:

(a) To acquire, hold and/or dispose of stock of other corporations, including engaging in such activities as are incidental to the business of acquiring, holding and/or disposing of such stock.

(b) To acquire by purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of or deal in or with real and personal property of every kind and nature and other interests in real estate within and without the United States of America.

(c) To enter into partnership or any arrangement for sharing of profits, union or interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise, with any person, corporation or other business association carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction which the corporation is authorized to carry on or engage in, or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to directly or indirectly benefit the corporation; and to lend money to, guarantee the contracts of, or otherwise assist any such person, corporation or other business association, and to take or otherwise acquire shares and securities of any such corporation, and to sell, hold, reissue, with or without guaranty, or otherwise deal with the same.

 

-2-


(d) To acquire by purchase, exchange, gift, bequest, subscription or otherwise, and to hold, own, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of or deal in its own corporate securities or stock or any other securities or stock, including without limitation, any shares of stock, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts or other instruments representing rights or interests therein or any property or assets created or issued by any person, firm, association, or corporation, or any government or subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities thereof; to make payment therefor in any lawful manner or to issue in exchange therefor its own securities or to use its unrestricted and unreserved earned surplus for the purchase of its own shares, and to exercise as owner or holder of any securities, any and all rights, powers and privileges in respect thereof.

(e) To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

The foregoing clauses shall be construed both as purposes and powers, and shall not be held to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Corporation, and the enjoyment and the exercise thereof, conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware now in force or hereinafter enacted.

 

-3-


ARTICLE V

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be thereupon eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VI

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar ($1.00) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).

 

-4-


ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

 

     To make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the Delaware statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is executed this 16 th day of April, 1991.

 

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
By   /s/ Jack Lunt
  Vice President

 

ATTEST:
/s/ Gerald T. Glancey

Assistant Secretary

 

STATE OF UTAH    )   
   :    ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE        )   

On the 16 th day of April, 1991, personally appeared before me Jack Lunt and Gerald T. Glancey, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are the vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Jewel Companies, Inc., that this instrument was signed on behalf of Jewel Companies, Inc. by authority of its By-Laws and a resolution of its Board of Directors, and Jack Lunt and Gerald T. Glancey acknowledged to me that such corporation executed the same.

 

   /s/ Michelle Fujinami
  

NOTARY PUBLIC

Residing at: Salt Lake City, Utah

My Commission Expires: 6/8/94

S 4409/beb/lb

  

 

-6-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JEWEL HOLDINGS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, JEWEL HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby files this Certificate of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

A. The Board of Directors of the Corporation by written consent unanimously approved and recommended to the Corporation’s shareholder that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation be amended as set forth herein.

B. The amendments set forth herein to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation have been duly approved by the written consent of the sole shareholder of the Corporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto.

AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE

OF INCORPORATION OF JEWEL HOLDINGS, INC.

Article I of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to change the name of the Corporation from “Jewel Holdings, Inc.” to “Jewel Companies, Inc.”

Except as amended by this Certificate of Amendment, the existing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be unchanged and remain in full force and effect.


The undersigned hereby certify that they are the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Jewel Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors and shareholders of the Corporation and that the matters set forth in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

DATED as of the 24 th day of June, 1992.

 

JEWEL HOLDINGS, INC.
By   /s/ Jack Lunt
  Vice President

 

ATTEST:
/s/ Mary V. Sloan
Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.120

 

LOGO   Prescribed by:  

Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

 

Expedite this Form: (Select One)

Mail Form to one of the following

PO Box 1390

• Yes

Columbus, OH 43216

“‘Requires an additional fee of $100”’

 

PO Box 670

• No            Columbus, OH 43216

www.sos.state.oh.us

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

INITIAL ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

(For Domestic Profit or Nonprofit)

Filing Fee $125.00

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY STATES THE FOLLOWING:

(CHECK ONLY ONE (1) BOX)

 

(1) ☒ Articles of Incorporation

Profit

(113-ARF)

ORC 1701

  

(2) ☐ Articles of Incorporation

Nonprofit

(114-ARN)

ORC 1702

   (3) ☐ Articles of Incorporation
Professional

(170-ARP)

Profession                                       

ORC 1786

Complete the general information in this section for the box checked above.

FIRST: Name of Corporation Jewel FS2, Inc.

SECOND: Location              Cleveland                                                                   COYANOGA             

                                                 (City)                                                                          (County)

 

Effective Date (Optional)  

                        

(mm/dd/yyyy)

   Date specified can be no more than 90 days after data of filing. If a date is specified, the data must be a date on or after the date of filing.

Check here if additional provisions are attached

Complete the information in this section if box (2) or (3) is checked. Completing this section is optional if box (1) is checked.

 

THIRD:            Purpose for which corporation is formed
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Complete the information in this section if box (1) or (3) is checked.

FOURTH: The number of shares which the corporation is authorized to have outstanding ( please state if shares are common or preferred and their par value if any)

   13,000,000    Common $1.00
   (No. of Shares)    (Type)        (Par Value)

(Refer to instructions if needed)

 

Page 1 of 3


Completing the information in this section is optional

FIFTH: The following are the names and addresses of the individuals who are to serve as initial Directors.

 

David L. Boehnen

(Name)

 

11840 Valley View Road,               
(Street)    NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

 

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(City)    (State)    (Zip Code)

 

John P. Breedlove               
(Name)         
11840 Valley View Road               
(Street)    NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

 

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(City)    (State)    (Zip Code)

 

Pamela K, Knous          
(Name)      
11840 Valley View Road          
(Street)    NOTE: P . O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(city)    (State)    (Zip Code)

REQUIRED

Must be authenticated

(signed) by an authorized

representative   

/s/ David L. Boehnen

   12-22-08
        (See Instructions)    Authorized Representative    Date
  

David L. Boehnen

(print name)

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

/s/ John P. Breedlove

   12/23/2008
   Authorized Representative    Date
  

John P. Breedlove

  
   (print name)   
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

/s/ Pamela K. Knous

   12/23/2008
   Authorized Representative    Date
  

Pamela K. Knous

  
   (print name)   
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

Page 2 of 3


Complete the Information in this section if box (1) (2) or (3) is checked.

ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT OF STATUTORY AGENT

The undersigned, being at least a majority of the incorporators of Jewel FS2, Inc. hereby appoint the following to be statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be served upon the corporation may be served. The complete address of the agent is

 

C T Corporation System

(Name)

1300 East 9th Street

(Street)                                                   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.
                Cleveland                              ,Ohio                                                           44114                    
(City )                                                                                                                       (Zip Code)

 

Must be authenticated by an

authorized representative

  

/s/ David L. Boehnen

David L. Boehnen

Authorized Representative

   12-22-2008

Date

  

/s/ John P. Breedlove

   12/23/2008
  

John P. Breedlove

Authorized Representative

   Date
  

/s/ Pamela K. Knous

   12/23/2008
  

Pamela K. Knous

Authorized Representative

   Date

ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT

The Undersigned, C T Corporation System, named herein as the Statutory agent for, Jewel FS2, Inc. hereby acknowledges and accepts the appointment of statutory agent for said entity.

 

Signature:                     Michele Miller                                    Michele Miller
(Statutory Agent)    Assistant Secretary

 

Page 3 of 3


LOGO   Prescribed by:   

The Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

  

Expedite this Form: (Select One)

P.O. Box 1390

• Expedite

Columbus OH 43216

‘“ Requires an additional fee of $100”’

P.O. Box 1329

• Non Expedite

Columbus OH 43216

www.sos.state.oh.us

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

Filing Fee $125.00

(154-MER)

In accordance with the requirements of Ohio law, the undersigned corporations, banks, savings banks, savings and loan limited liability companies, limited partnerships and/or partnerships with limited liability, desiring to effect a merger, set forth the following facts:

1. SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The name of the entity surviving the merger is: Jewel FS2, Inc.

 

  B. Name Change: As a result of this merger, the name of the surviving entity has been changed to the following:

Jewel Food Stores, Inc.                                                                                                                                       

(Complete only if name of surviving entity is changing through the merger)

 

  C. The surviving entity is a: (Please check the appropriate box and fill in the appropriate blanks)

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Corporation, charter number 1825949

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Non-Profit Corporation, charter number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transect business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-profit) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company, with registration number                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company, with registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the State of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Limited Partnership, with registration number                                 

 

Page 1 of 10


  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                             

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability, with the registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the stats/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                             

 

  General Partnership NOT registered with the state of Ohio                             

 

II. MERGING ENTITY

The name, charter/license/registration number, type of entity, state or country of incorporation or organization, respectively, of which is the entities merging out of existence are as follows: (If this is insufficient space to reflect all merging entities, please attach a separate sheet listing the merging entities ).

 

Name/Charter, License or Registration Number    State/Country of Organization    Type of Entity
Jewel Food Stores, Inc.    New York    corporation

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

III. MERGER AGREEMENT ON FILE

The name and mailing address of the person or entity from whom/which eligible persons may obtain a copy of the agreement of merger upon written request:

 

Michele R. Justesen

  

11840 Valley View Road

Name    Street Address/P.O Box Address   

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

City    State    Zip Code

 

IV. EFFECTIVE DATE OF MERGER

This merger is to be effective on                    (if a date is specified, the date must be a date on or after the date of filing; the effective date of the merger cannot be earlier than the date of filing, if no date is specified, the date of filing will be the effective date of the merger).

 

V. MERGER AUTHORIZED

Each constituent entity has complied with all of the laws under which it exists and the laws permit the merger. The agreement of merger is authorized on behalf of each constituent entity and that each person who signed the certificate on behalf of each entity is authorized to do so.

 

Page 2 of 10


VI. STATUTORY AGENT

If the surviving entity is a foreign entity NOT licensed to transact business in this state, the name and address of statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand may be served is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  
                                                                                                               ,    Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent to a resident of the state of Ohio.

 

VII. STATEMENT OF MERGER

Upon filing, or upon such later date as specified herein, the merging entity/entities listed herein shall merge into the listed surviving entity.

 

VIII. AMENDMENTS

In the case of a merger into a domestic corporation, limited liability company, or limited partnership, any amendments to the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, or certificate of limited partnership of the surviving domestic entity shall be filed with the certificate of merger.

☐Amendments are attached                             ☒No Amendments

 

IX. REQUIREMENTS OF CORPORATIONS MERGING OUT OF EXISTENCE

If a domestic or foreign corporation licensed to transact business in this state is a constituant entity and the surviving or new entity resulting from the merger is not a domestic or foreign corporation that is to be licensed to transact business in this state, the certificate of merger or consolidation shall be accompanied by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (G) of section 1702.47 of the Revised Code, with respect to each domestic corporation, and by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (C) or (D) of section 1703.17 of the Revised Code, with respect to each foreign constituent corporation licensed to transect business in this state.

 

X. QUALIFICATION OR LICENSURE OF FOREIGN SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The listed surviving foreign entity desires to transact business in Ohio as a foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability, and hereby appoints the following as its statutory agent upon whom process, notice or demand against the entity may be served in the state of Ohio. The name and complete address of the statutory agent is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  

 

   Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent is a resident of the state of Ohio.

The subject surviving foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability irrevocably consents to service of process on the statutory agent listed above as long as the authority of the agent continues, and to service of process upon the Secretary of State of Ohio if the agent cannot be found, if the corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability fails to designate another agent when required to do so, or if the foreign corporation’s, bank’s, savings bank’s, savings and loan’s, limited liability company’s, limited partnership’s or partnership having limited liability’s license or registration to do business on Ohio expires or is canceled.

 

Page 3 of 10


  B. The qualifying entity also states as follows: (Complete only if applicable)

 

  1. Foreign Notice Under Section 1703.031

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign bank, savings bank, or savings and loan, then the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the Foreign Nationally/Federally chartered bank, savings bank, or savings and loan association is:

 

                 

 

  (b) The name(s) of any Trade Name(s) under which the corporation will conduct business:

 

                 
    
    

 

  (c) The location of the main office (non-Ohio) shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The principal office location in the state of Ohio shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

Ohio

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

(If there will not be an office in the state of Ohio, please list none)

 

  (e) The corporation will exercise the following purpose(s) in the state of Ohio:

Please provide a brief summary of the business to be conducted; a general clause is not sufficient.)

 

  2. Foreign Qualifying Limited Liability Company under section 1705.54

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited liability company, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the For-Profit or Nonprofit limited liability company in its state of organization/registration is:
 

 

  (b) The name under which the limited liability company desires to transact business in Ohio ( if different from its home state name) is:
 

 

  (c) The limited liability company was organized or registered on                     under the laws of the state/country of

 

  (d) The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of the articles of organization, operating agreement, bylaws, or other charter documents of the company is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

City    State    Zip Code

 

Page 4 of 10


  3. Foreign Qualifying Limited Partnership under section 1782.49

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited partnership, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the limited partnership is:

 

    

 

  (b) The limited partnership was formed on                                     

Under the laws of the state/country of:                                     

 

  (c) The address of the office of the limited partnership in its state/country of organization is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The limited partnership’s principal office address is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (e) The names and business or residence addresses of the general partners of the partnership are as follows:

 

 

  

 

Name    Street Address / P.O. Box Address

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(If Insufficient space to cover this Item, please attach a separate sheet listing the general partners and their respective addresses)

 

  (f) The address of the office where a list of the names and business or residence addresses of the limited partners and their respective capital contributions is to be maintained is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

The limited partnership hereby certifies that it shall maintain said records until the registration of the limited partnership in Ohio is canceled or withdrawn.

 

Page 5 of 10


  4. Foreign Qualifying Partnership Having Limited Liability Under Section 1775.64

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign partnership having limited liability, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the partnership shall be:

 

    

 

  (b) The partnership was formed under the laws of the state/country of:                                         

 

  (c) Please complete the following appropriate section (either Item c(1) or c(2) ):

 

  (1.) The address of the partnership’s principal office in Ohio is:

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address          
     
                                                                                                       ,    Ohio                                                         
City       Zip Code

(If the partnership does not have a principal office in Ohio, then item c(2) must be completed)

 

  (2.) The address of the partnership’s principal office (Non-Ohio):

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address          
          

 

  

 

  

 

City    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) This business which the partnership engages in is:

 

 
 

(Proceed to page 7 for signatures of authorized officers, partners and representatives.)

 

Page 6 of 10


The undersigned constituent entities have caused this certificate of merger to be signed by its duly authorized officers, partners and representatives on the date(s) stated below

 

Jewel Foods Stores, Inc.                                                                            

Jewel FS2, Inc. to: Jewel Food Stores, Inc.

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By: /s/ John P. Breedlove                                                              By: /s/ David L. Boehnen                                             
Its: John P. Breedlove, Vice President       its: David L. Boehnen, President
Date: 12/23/2008       Date: 12-22.08

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact Name of entity       Exact Name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact Name of entity       Exact Name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

An authorized representative of each constituent corporation, partnership, or entity must sign the merger certificate ORC 1701.81(A), 1705.43 (A),1705.38(A),1775.47(A), 1782.433(A)

 

Page 7 of 10

Exhibit 3.121

CODE OF REGULATIONS

OF

JEWEL FOOD STORES. INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of Jewel Food Stores, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be fixed in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

Section 1.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have such offices, within or without the State of Ohio as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Place and Time of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders may be held at any place, within or without the State of Ohio, designated by the Board of Directors and, in the absence of such designation, shall be held at the office of the Corporation in the State of Minnesota. The Directors shall designate the time of day for each meeting and, in the absence of such designation, every meeting of shareholders shall be held at ten o’clock a.m. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1701.40(C) of the Ohio Revised Code (the “ORC”).

Section 2.02. Annual Meetings . The first annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a day designated by the Board of Directors, which shall be not more than sixteen (16) months after the date of incorporation. If the Board of Directors fails to determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting and the shareholders have not elected directors by written or electronic transmission of consent as permitted by law, the annual meeting, beginning in the year after the date of incorporation and subject to the power of the shareholders to change the date, shall be held on the same day as the first annual meeting of the shareholders, or if that day shall fall upon a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day or such other day designated by the Board of Directors; provided, that if the Board of Directors do not designate a date for the annual meeting of the shareholders, unless the shareholders act by written action pursuant to Section 2.09 below, then the meeting shall be held on the first Monday of the fourth month following the close of each fiscal year, or if that day shall fall upon a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day.

Section 2.03. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be held at any time and for any purpose and may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, by the Board of Directors by action at a meeting, by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors acting without a meeting, or by the holders of shares entitling them to exercise twenty-five (25%) of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat. Notice of each special meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 2.07 of the Code of Regulations. Unless otherwise permitted by law, business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.

Section 2.04. Quorum, Adjourned Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting, present in person, by proxy or by or by the use of communications equipment at any meeting of shareholders, shall


constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any annual or special meeting; provided, however, that no action required by law or the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations to be authorized or taken by the holders of a designed proportion of the shares of any particular class or of each class may be authorized or taken by a lesser proportion. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present. At adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 2.05. Voting . At each meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present in person, by proxy or by the use of communications equipment, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person or by proxy. Each shareholder, unless the Articles of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share having voting power registered in his name on the books of the Corporation. Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All questions shall be decided by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting at the time of the vote except where otherwise required by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations.

Section 2.06. Closing of Books . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for any lawful purpose not more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as a date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution or the date fixed for the receipt or exercise of rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after any record date so fixed. The Board of Directors may close the books of the Corporation against the transfer of shares during the whole or any part of such period. If the Board of Directors fails to fix a record date for determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, the record date shall be the date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, as the case may be.

Section 2.07. Notice of Meetings . There shall be mailed to, or transmitted electronically to, each shareholder shown by the books of the Corporation to be a holder of record voting shares, at his address as shown by the books of the Corporation, a notice setting out the time and place of each annual meeting and each special meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Code of Regulations, such notice shall be mailed or transmitted electronically not less than 7 days nor more than 60 days before the date of any such meeting. If mailed, notice to shareholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid. Every notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called, pursuant to Section 2.03, and the business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purpose stated in the call.

Section 2.08. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting may be waived either before, at, or after such meeting in a writing signed by each shareholder or representative thereof entitled to vote the shares so represented. A shareholder, by his attendance and participation in the action taken at any meeting of the shareholders, shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

Section 2.09. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the holders of outstanding shares who would be entitled to notice of a meeting of the shareholders held for such purpose and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Ohio, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s

 

- 2 -


registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers and duties conferred by law except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations.

Section 3.02. Number. Qualification and Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be no less than one (1), the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be shareholders. Each of the Directors shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders next held after his election and until his successor shall have been elected and shall qualify, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.03. Annual Meeting . As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors, unless the Board of Directors act by written action pursuant to Section 3.13 below, the Board of Directors shall meet at the registered office of the corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Ohio as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing the officers of the Corporation and for the transaction of such other business as shall come before the meeting.

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held from time to time at such time and place within or without the State of Ohio as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or as determined by written or electronic transmission of consent.

Section 3.05. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or by a majority of the Directors and shall be held from time to time at such time and place as may be designated in the notice of such meeting.

Section 3.06. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time and place of each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the Secretary who shall give at least forty-eight (48) hours’ notice thereof to each Director by mail, telephone, telegram, electronic transmission or in person. Such notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Section 3.07. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived either before, at or after such meeting in writing signed by each Director. A Director, by his attendance and participation in the action taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

Section 3.08. Quorum . A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except that when a vacancy or vacancies exist, a majority of the remaining Directors. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

 

- 3 -


Section 3.09. Vacancies; Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation, vacancies occurring in any directorship and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in the case of a director elected to fill a vacancy, until the next annual meeting of shareholders in the case of a director elected to fill a newly created directorship, and in each case until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.10. Removal . The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office, with or without cause at any time, by a vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

Section 3.11. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish an Executive Committee consisting of one or more Directors. Such Committee may meet at stated times or on notice to all given by any of their own number. During the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, such Committee shall advise and aid the officers of the Corporation in all matters concerning the business and affairs of the Corporation and, generally, perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be directed or delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, delegate to such Committee authority to exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, except such committee shall not have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the shareholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of Directors) expressly required by the ORC to be submitted to shareholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw/regulation of the Corporation. All action by the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action and shall be subject to control, revision and alteration by the Board of Directors, provided that no rights of third persons shall be prejudicially affected thereby. Vacancies in the membership of the Committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors at a regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 3.12. Other Committees . The Board of Directors may establish other committees from time to time making such regulations, as it deems advisable, with respect to the membership, authority and procedures of such committees.

Section 3.13. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, any action which might be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by the number of Directors that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which all Directors were present. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of any duly constituted committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by all of the committee members.

Section 3.14. Conference Communications . Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any duly constituted committee thereof, by means of a conference telephone conversation or other comparable communication equipment whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear and communicate to each other. For the purpose of establishing a quorum and taking any action at the meeting, such Directors participating pursuant to this Section 3.14 shall be deemed present in person at the meeting.

Section 3.15. Compensation . Directors shall receive no compensation for attendance at Board meetings except as may be determined from time to time by vote of the shareholders. All Directors shall receive their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving this Corporation in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board (if one is elected by the Board); the President, who shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation; one or more Vice Presidents (if desired by the Board); a Secretary; a Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. Any two offices, except those of President and Vice President, may be held by one person.

Section 4.02. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . At each annual meeting of the Board of Directors, the Board shall elect, from within or without their number, the President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may be deemed advisable. Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 4.03. Removal and Vacancies . Any officer may be removed from his office at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. If there be a vacancy among the officers of the Corporation by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, such vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.04. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall have such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and shall have general and active management of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors. In the absence, disability or refusal of the Chairman of the Board to act, or the vacancy of such office, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors. He or she shall perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Code of Regulations.

Section 4.06. Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Group Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be specified in the Code of Regulations or prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President. In the event of absence or disability of the President, Vice Presidents shall succeed to his power and duties in the order designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.07. Secretary . The Secretary shall be secretary of and shall attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall record all proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall (a) give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors, (b) see that the minute books, share records, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly and (c) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if any, and shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it and may, when necessary, attest the seal by the Secretary’s signature. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

 

- 5 -


Section 4.08. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the general care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep accurate accounts of all monies of the Corporation received or disbursed. The Treasurer shall deposit all monies, drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the Corporation in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate. The Treasurer shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all notes, checks and drafts received by the Corporation. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, as ordered by the Board of Directors, making proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, whenever required or desirable, an account of all his/her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.09. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Secretary and each Assistant Treasurer, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.10. Compensation . The officers of this Corporation shall receive such compensation for their services as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.11. Authority to Execute Agreements . The Chairman of the Board, if any, President, Vice Presidents and Secretary, and any one of them, are hereby authorized to execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, all contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, bonds, options, leases, lease and other guarantees of the obligations of others, including subsidiary corporations and customers, share transfer documents, and such other instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Corporation; and said officers are further authorized to sign and affix, or cause to be signed and affixed, the seal of the Corporation on any instrument requiring the same, which seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer. Except as may be limited in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, in causing any of said documents to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any of said officers shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates to have the power and authority to sign such documents in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as determined by the officer making such designation.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 5.01. Indemnification in Non-Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

- 6 -


Section 5.02. Indemnification in Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of (i) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas, or the court in which such action or suit was brought, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Common Pleas or such court shall deem proper; or (ii) any action or suit in which the only liability asserted against a director is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 5.03. Indemnification as Matter of Right . To the extent that a person entitled to indemnification has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 5.04. Determination of Conduct . Any indemnification under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not and are not parties to or threatened with any such action, suit, or proceeding; (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal counsel, other than an attorney or a firm having associated with it an attorney who has been retained by or who has performed services for the Corporation or any person to be indemnified within the past five years; (c) by the shareholders; or (d) by the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such action, suit, or proceeding was brought. Any determination made by the disinterested directors under Section 5.04(a) or by independent legal counsel under Section 5.04(b) of this Article V shall be promptly communicated to the person who threatened or brought the action or suit, by or in the right of the Corporation under Section 5.02 of this Article V, and within ten days after receipt of such notification, such person shall have the right to petition the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such action or suit was brought to review the reasonableness of such determination.

Section 5.05. Mandatory Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless at the time of a director’s act or omission that is the subject of an action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations of the Corporation state that the provisions of Section 1701.13(E)(5)(a) of the Ohio Revised Code do not apply to the Corporation and unless the only liability asserted against the director in an action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent in defending the action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of any undertaking by or on behalf of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent in which he agrees to do both of the following: (i) repay such

 

- 7 -


amount if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation or undertaken with reckless regard for the best interests of the Corporation; and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the Corporation concerning the action, suit or proceeding.

Section 5.6. Permissive Advance Payment of Expenses . Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, may be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding as authorized by the directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article V.

Section 5.07. Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Section 5.08. Liability Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection on behalf of or for any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article V or of Chapter 1701 of the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 5.09. No Obligation of Repayment . The authority of the Corporation to indemnify persons pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V does not limit the payment of expenses as they are incurred, indemnification, insurance, or other protection that may be provided pursuant to Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07 and 5.08 of this Article. Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V do not create any obligation to repay or return payments made by the Corporation pursuant to Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07 and 5.08 of this Article.

Section 5.10. Elimination or Impairment of Indemnification Rights . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article V, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect or impair in any way the rights of any current or former director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise to indemnification pursuant to these provisions with respect to any action, suit or proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, omissions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, modification, termination or repeal.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE VI.

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 6.01. Certificates for Shares; Uncertificated Shares . Certificates for shares may be, but are not required to be, issued to each holder of shares in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of the Corporation owned by him. The certificates for such shares shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued and shall be signed, in the name of the Corporation, by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by such officers as the Board of Directors may designate. Such signatures may be by facsimile. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so cancelled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.04. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares, provided that the resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation and the resolution shall not apply to a certificated security issued in exchange for an uncertificated security. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner of the shares a written notice containing the information that would be required to be set forth or stated on a share certificate in accordance with applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 6.02. Issuance of Shares . The Board of Directors is authorized to cause to be issued shares of the Corporation up to the full amount authorized by the Articles of Incorporation in such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors and as may be permitted by law.

Section 6.03. Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder named in the certificate, or the shareholder’s legal representative, or the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for such shares. The Corporation may treat, as the absolute owner of shares of the Corporation, the person or persons in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.04. Loss of Certificates . Any shareholder claiming a certificate for shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors shall require and shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim which may be made against it on account of the reissue of such certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been destroyed, stolen or lost. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated without the posting by the owner of any bond upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate.

ARTICLE VII.

DIVIDENDS

Section 7.01. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the shares of the Corporation subject to the provisions of Section 1701.33 of the Ohio Revised Code or any similar statute which may hereafter be enacted and any other applicable provisions of law. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in its discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

 

- 9 -


ARTICLE VIII.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 8.01. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.01. This Code of Regulations may be amended, or new regulations may be adopted, at any meeting of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at such meeting (provided a quorum is present at such meeting), or without a meeting by the written consent of all of the Directors.

ARTICLE X

LAW

Section 10.01. If any provision of the Code of Regulations is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, the ORC any other applicable law, the provision of the Code of Regulations shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect. If any of the provisions of the ORC referred to above are modified or superceded, the references to those provisions is to be interpreted to refer to the provisions as so modified or superceded. Except as otherwise stated herein or in the Articles of Incorporation, this Corporation, together with its Board of Directors and Officers, shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and responsibilities set forth in the ORC.

ARTICLE XI.

SEAL

Section 11.01. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal, but whether or not such seal is provided, its use shall not be required in order to validate any act or instrument.

Date of Adoption: August 27, 2012

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 3.122

 

Form LLC-5.5    Illinois   
   Limited Liability Company Act    File# 0186947-7
June 2005    Articles of Organization   
Secretary of State Jesse White       This space for use by Secretary of State.
Department of Business Services    SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE   
Limited Liability Division      
Room 351 Howlett Building    Must be typewritten.   

501 S. Second St.

Springfield, IL 62756

   This space for use by Secretary of State.   
www.cyberdriveillinois.com    Filling Fee: $500   
Payment must be made by certified check,      
cashier’s check, Illinois attorney’s check,    Approved: p   
C.P.A.’s check or money order payable to      
Secretary of State.      

 

1.   Limited Liability Company Name: Jewel Osco Southwest (Illinois) LLC✓ p
  The LLC name must contain the words Limited Liability Company, L.L.C. or LLC and cannot contain the terms Corporation, Corp., Incorporated, Inc., Ltd., Co., Limited Partnership or LP.
2.   Address of principal place of business where records of the company will be kept: (P.O. Box alone or c/o is unacceptable.) 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, ldaho 83726.
3.   Articles of Organization effective on: (check one)
  ☒  the filing date
  ☐  a later date (not to exceed 60 days after the filing date):                                                                                                   
                                                                                                                             Month, Day, Year
4.   Registered Agent’s Name and Registered Office Address:
  Registered Agent: Illinois Corporation Service Company                                                                                                       
                                      First Name                             Middle Initial                                         Last Name
 

Registered Office: 801                                         Adlai Stevenson Drive                                                                               

(P.O. Box alone or         Number                                     Street                                                  Suite #

c/o is unacceptable.)

                                           Springfield                                   62703                                     Sangamon County                     

                                               City                                         ZIP Code                                                      County                    
5.   Purpose(s) for which the Limited Liability Company is organized: (If more space is needed, attach additional 8  1 2 ” x 11” sheets.)
  “The transaction of any or all lawful business for which Limited Liability Companies may be organized under this Act.”

 

6.  

Latest date, if any, upon which the company is to dissolve:                                                                                               

(Leave blank if duration Is perpetual.)                                                                              Month, Day, Year

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. August • 2005–5.5M–LLC-4.10


LLC-5.5

 

7. (OPTIONAL) Other agreed upon events of dissolution and/or provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the Company: (If more space is needed, attach additional 8 1/2” x 11” sheets.)

 

8. The Limited Liability Company: (Check either a or b below.)
   a. ☐  is managed by the manager(s) (List names and business addresses.)

b. ☒ has management vested in the member(s) (List names and addresses.)

5665-768-1

Name: Jewel Osco Southwest, Inc.

Address: 1955 W North Avenue, Melrose Park, Illinois 60160.

 

9. I affirm, under penalties of perjury, having authority to sign hereto, that these Articles of Organization are to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete.

 

Dated                                  May 26                       ,     2006       
                                         Month, Day                         Year       

 

1.  /s/ Paul G. Rowan    1.    1955 W. North Avenue
   Signature               Number               Street
   Paul G. Rowan–President       Melrose Park
   Name and Title (type or print)       City/Town
   Jewel Osco Southwest, Inc., Organizer       Illinois                         60160
   Name if a Corporation or other entity               State                   ZIP Code
2.         2.     
   Signature               Number              Street
            
   Name and Title (type or print)       City/Town
            
   Name if a Corporation or other entity               State                    ZIP Code

Signatures must be in black ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. August 2005–5.5M–LLC-4.10


Form LLC-37.25    lllinois    This space for use by

Secretary of State

January 1999    Limited Liability Company Act   
Jesse White    Articles of Merger   
Secretary of State    SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE   
Department of Business Services      
Limited Liability Company Division    Must be typewritten   
Room 359, Howlett Building    This space for use by Secretary of State   
Springfield, IL 62756      
http://www.sos.state.iI.us      
Remit payment in check or money order,    Date 06/01/2006   
payable to “Secretary of State.”    Assigned File # 0186-9477   
Filing Fee is $100, but if merger of more    Filing Fee $100.00   
than two entities, $50 for each additional    Approved:     p   
entity.      

 

1. Names of the entities proposing to merge, and the state or country of their organization:

 

Name of Entity   

Type of Entity (Corporation Limited Liability Company, Limited

Partnership, General Partnership or other permitted entity)

  

Domestic State

or Country

  

Illinois Secretary of

State File # (if any)

Jewel Osco Southwest, Inc.    corporation    Illinois    D5665-768-1

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Jewel Osco Southwest (Illinois)    limited liability company    Illinois    0186947-7

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

LLC         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

2. The plan of merger has been approved and signed by each limited liability company and other entity that is to merge. If a corporation is a party to the merger, a copy of the plan as approved is attached to these articles of merger.

 

 

 

3. (a) Name of the surviving entity. Jewel Osco Southwest (Illinois) LLC

 

   (b) Address of the surviving entity: 250 Parkcenter Blvd., P. O. Box 20, Bolse, ID 83726

 

 

 

4. Effective date of merger: (check one)

 

   a)     ✓     the filing date, or

 

  b)              a later date, but not more than 30 days subsequent to the filing date:

 

 

(month, day and year)

 

 

 

5. All limited liability companies that are parties to this merger and were on record with the Illinois Secretary of State prior to January 1,1998, have elected in their operating agreements to be governed by the amendatory Act of 1997.

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2006 — 500 — LLC 30.1


LLC-37.25

 

6. If the survivor is a limited liability company, stated below are changes that are necessary to its articles of organization by reason of this merger:

1. Limited Liability Company Name: Jewel Osco Southwest LLC

 

 

 

7. For the limited liability companies that are parties to the merger, complete the following:

 

Name of LLC    Jurisdiction    Organization Date    Date of Admission to
         Illinois (foreign LLC’s)
Jewel Osco Southwest (Illinois)    Illinois    5/26/2006   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

LLC         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 

8. If the surviving entity is not a limited liability company, it agrees that it may be served with process in this State and is subject to liability in any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any liability or obligation of a Limited Liability Company previously subject to suit in this State which is to merge, and for the enforcement, as provided in this Act, of the right of members of any limited liability company to receive payment for their interest against the surviving entity.

 

 

 

9. The undersigned entities caused these articles to be signed by the duly authorized person, each of whom affirms, under penalty of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true.

 

1.    /s/ Paul G. Rowan       2.     
   (Signature)          (Signature)
   By: Paul G. Rowan, President          SEE ATTACHED FOR SIGNATURE
   ( Type or print name and title)          (Type or print name and title)
   Jewel Osco Southwest, Inc.          OF SURVIVING ENTITY
   (Name if a corporation or other entity)          (Name if a corporation or other entity)
3.            4.     
   (Signature)          (Signature)
               
   (Type or print name and title)          (Type or print name and title)
               
   (Name if a corporation or other entity)          (Name if a corporation or other entity)

If additional space is needed, it must be continued in the same format on a plain white 8 1/2X11 “ sheet, which must be stapled to this form.

(Signatures must be in Ink on an original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.)

Printed by authority of the State of Illinois. April 2006 — 500 — LLC 30.1


ARTICLES OF MERGER

Form LLC-37.25

 

9. Signature #2

 

 

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST (ILLINOIS) LLC
By:   American Food and Drug LLC, its Sole Member
  By:   Albertson’s INC, its Sole Member
  By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

    Paul G. Rowan, Vice President

Exhibit 3.123

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC (ILLINOIS)

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC (ILLINOIS)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section  1.1

 

Formation of the Company; Term

   1

Section 1.2

 

Name

   1

Section  1.3

 

Purpose of the Company; Business

   1

Section  1.4

 

Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent

   1

Section  1.5

 

Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates

   1

Section  1.6

 

Original Member and Admission of Additional Members

   2
ARTICLE II   DEFINITIONS    2
ARTICLE III   CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS    3

Section  3.1

 

Capital

   3

Section  3.2

 

Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest

   3

Section 3.3

 

Withdrawal

   4

Section 3.4

 

Corporate Status

   4

Section  3.5

 

Limitations on Distributions

   4

Section 3.6

 

Other Distributions

   4

Section  3.7

 

Transfer of Interests

   4
ARTICLE IV   MANAGEMENT    5

Section  4.1

 

Management by Member

   5

Section  4.2

 

Authority of the Member

   5

Section 4.3

 

Manner of Action

   5

Section  4.4

 

Delegation

   5

Section 4.5

 

Standard of Care

   5
ARTICLE V   GENERAL PROVISIONS    5

Section  5.1

 

Limited Liability of the Member

   5

Section  5.2

 

No Dissolution

   5

Section  5.3

 

No Resignation

   5


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page

Section 5.4

 

Amendments

   6

Section 5.5

 

Further Assurances

   6

Section 5.6

 

Notices

   6

Section 5.7

 

Waiver

   6

Section 5.8

 

Whole Agreement

   6

Section 5.9

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 5.10

 

Binding Nature

   6

Section 5.11

 

Invalidity

   6

Section 5.12

 

Counterparts

   7

Section 5.13

 

Construction

   7

 

ii


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC (ILLINOIS)

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated as of                  , 2006, made by Jewel Osco Southwest, Inc. (the “Corporation”), an Illinois corporation as the sole and original member of Jewel Osco Southwest LLC (Illinois) (the “Company”). Effective as of the time of the Reorganization Merger, without further action, the Corporation will be replaced by American Food and Drug LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a sole member of the Company. Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Formation of the Company; Term. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member, formed by the execution and filing with the Secretary of State of Illinois of the Articles of Organization of the Company. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name. The name of the Company is: “Jewel Osco Southwest LLC (Illinois)”.

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business and mailing address is 1955 W North Avenue, Melrose Park, Illinois 60160, and the office address where the Company’s records required by the Act are kept, is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of Illinois is the office of the registered agent of the Company in Illinois. The registered agent of the Company in Illinois is Illinois Corporation Service Company, located at 801 Adlai Stevenson Drive, Sangamon County, Springfield, Illinois 62703. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in Illinois or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Articles of Organization of the Company and this Section 1.4 shall be amended to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in Illinois.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed


certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Illinois, as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Illinois.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Section 1-5 of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

“Company” means Jewel Osco Southwest LLC (Illinois).

 

-2-


“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

“Interest” means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote” means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

“Member” means Person (other than the Company) executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

“Person” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Reorganization Merger” means the merger of the Corporation with and into the Company, whereupon the separate existence of the Corporation will cease and the Company will continue its existence as the surviving company under the laws of the state of Illinois.

“Share” means a percentage of equity interest in the Company.

“Transfer” means any sale, assignment pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest. Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8, (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the

 

-3-


transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal. No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided in Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions. The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions. Subject to Section 3.5, from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests. A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care. Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions specifically required under Section 3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation. No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-5-


Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances. Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

Section 5.6 Notices. All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 1955 W North Avenue, Melrose Park, Illinois 60160. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

 

-6-


Section 5.12 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an “Authorized Signatory” and together, the “Authorized Signatories”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC (“Supervalu”), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“Albertsons”), New Albertson’s, Inc.( “New Albertsons”), and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement (“ Drug APA” and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-7-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST, INC.
By:   /s/ Susan McMillan
  Name: Susan McMillan
  Title: AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

1. William H. Arnold

2. Colleen Batcheler

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

4. John F. Boyd

5. Charles F. Cole

6. Joel Guth

7. Larry Johnston

8. Patrick Madigan

9. Susan McMillan

10. Ronald T. Mendes

11. Paul G. Rowan

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)

Exhibit 3.124

STATE of DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE of INCORPORATION

A STOCK CORPORATION

 

    First: The name of this Corporation is Llano Logistics, Inc.

 

    Second: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington County of New Castle Zip Code 19801. The registered agent in charge thereof is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange St Wilmington, DE 19801.

 

    Third: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

    Fourth : The amount of the total stock of this corporation is authorized to issue is 5, 000 shares (number of authorized shares) with a par value of 0 .0000000000 per share.

 

    Fifth: The name and mailing address of the incorporator arc as follows:

Name Todd A. Broski, Esq.

Mailing Address 1375 East 9th Street, 9th Floor

    Cleveland, OH Zip Code 44114

 

    I, The Undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate, and do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and I have accordingly hereunto set my hand this 25 day of March                , A.D. 2010.

 

BY:  

/s/ Todd A. Broski

  (Incorporator)

NAME: Todd A. Broski, Esq.

(type or print)

Exhibit 3.125

BYLAWS

OF

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation

ARTICLE I

Shareholders and Shareholders’ Meetings

Sec. 1 Place of Meetings

All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the corporation or at such other place within or without the state of Delaware as may be determined upon and set forth in the respective notices, or waivers of notices of such meeting, or proxies to represent shareholders at such meeting.

Sec. 2 Annual Meetings of Shareholders

The annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held on the first Monday of each January of each year, beginning with the year 2014, if such day is not a legal holiday in the state where such meeting is to be held or, if a legal holiday, then at the same time on the next succeeding business day. In the event the annual meeting is not, for any reason, held on such date, the directors shall cause such annual meeting to be held as soon as may be convenient and all elections held and other business transacted at such meeting shall be valid as if held or transacted at the usual date for such annual meeting. Such subsequent annual meeting shall be called in the same manner as provided in these Bylaws for special meetings of the shareholders, except that the purposes of such meeting need to be enumerated in the notice and proxies of such meeting only to the extent required by law in the case of annual meetings.

Sec. 3 Special Meetings of Shareholders

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the president or any vice-president or by the board of directors or by the holders of not less than thirty-five percent (35%) of all the outstanding shares. Business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purposes stated in the call.

Sec. 4 Notice of Meetings of Shareholders

Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president the secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholders at each shareholder’s address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage prepaid.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 3


Sec. 5 Quorum

The holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the articles of incorporation or by these Bylaws, provided that in no event shall a quorum consist of the holders of less than one-third (1/3) of the shares entitled to vote and be represented at such meeting. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting present in person, or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until the holders of the requisite amount of voting shares shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of voting shares shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote and be represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders’ meeting, unless the vote of a greater number is required by law, the articles of incorporation or these Bylaws.

Sec. 6 Voting and Proxies

At each meeting of the shareholders every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such shareholder and bearing a date not more than eleven (11) months prior to said meeting, unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Each shareholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation.

Sec. 7 List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote

The secretary shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment of such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting, provided, however, failure to comply with the requirements of these Bylaws shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

Sec. 8 Consent In Lieu of Meetings

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 4


Sec. 9 Closing of Transfer Books

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment of such meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, fifty (50) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately proceeding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the board of directors day fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than fifty (50) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed, and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of stock transfer books, and the stated period of closing has expired.

Sec. 10 Redemption and Sale of Stock

Prior to the sale of shares of the Corporation’s stock by any Shareholder or the shares of a deceased Shareholder, the transfer of said stock shall be restricted in the manner provided by the terms of any agreement between the corporation and its Shareholders if a copy of said Agreement is on file with the Secretary of the Corporation and the Stock Certificates are endorsed to the effect that such an Agreement is in existence. In the absence of such Agreement, the Corporation shall have the power to redeem such shares at such price and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by the Board of Directors and the Shareholders in writing and filed with the Corporate Records. Any stock not redeemed by the Corporation, after being offered to the Corporation, shall be offered for sale to the other Shareholders on a pro-rata basis at such price and on such terms as may be agreed upon by the Board of Directors and the Shareholders in writing and filed with the Corporate Records.

Sec. 11 Registered Shareholders

The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of the record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact of such share or shares for all purposes, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice of such claim or interest, except as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 5


ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Sec. 1 Number and Qualifications

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by a board of not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7) directors, as may be determined by the shareholders from time to time, but no decrease in the directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The board in its discretion may elect a chairman who shall preside at board meetings and generally manage the affairs of the board.

Sec. 2 Election

At each annual meeting of shareholders, the shareholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Each director shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor shall be elected and qualified unless sooner removed by action of the shareholders, by resignation, or by death.

Sec. 3 Vacancies

Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the board of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders for that purpose.

Sec. 4 First or Annual Meeting

The first or annual meeting of each newly elected board shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at each annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present or they may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of a majority of the directors.

Sec. 5 Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Sec. 6 Special Meetings

Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on five (5) days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telephone or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors. Special meetings may be called at any time without formal notice provided a majority of the directors are present.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 6


Sec. 7 Quorum

At all meetings of the board the presence of a majority of the directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Sec. 8 Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a majority of the members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings, and have an office or offices anywhere in the world, within or outside of the state of Delaware.

Sec. 9 Powers of Board of Directors

In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred by these Bylaws upon them, the board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders by statute or by the articles of incorporation or by these Bylaws.

Sec. 10 Compensation of Directors

Directors, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board by resolution of the board, provided, that nothing contained in these Bylaws shall be construed to preclude any director from the serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

Sec. 11 Attendance and Waiver of Notice

Attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Sec. 12 Removal of Directors

Any director may be removed by a majority vote of the shareholders at any duly called shareholders meeting.

Sec. 13 Executive and Other Committees

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, shall have and may exercise the

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 7


powers of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, except where action of the board of directors is specified by statute. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors and shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board when required.

ARTICLE III

Officers

Sec. 1 Number

The principal officers of the corporation shall consist of the president or co-presidents, one (1) or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer or treasurer who shall also act as secretary unless named otherwise, and the subordinate officers shall consist of such other officers and assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary and elected or appointed by the board of directors, or chosen in such other manner as may be prescribed by these Bylaws, at such time and in such manner and for such terms as the board of directors may prescribe. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.

Sec. 2 General Duties

All officers and agents of the Corporation, as between themselves and the corporation, shall have such authority, perform such duties and manage the corporation as may be provided in these Bylaws or as may be determined by resolution of the board of directors not inconsistent with these Bylaws.

Sec. 3 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications

The officers shall be chosen annually by the board of directors at its annual meeting, or as soon after such annual meeting as may conveniently be possible. Each officer shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified; or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or shall have been removed in the manner provided in Sec. 4.

Sec. 4 Removal

Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation will be served by such removal, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Sec. 5 Resignation

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors or to the president, vice president or secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in the notice, and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 8


Sec. 6 Vacancies

Any vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in the bylaws for election or appointment to such office.

Sec. 7 The President or Co-Presidents

The president or co-presidents, who need not be chosen from among the directors, shall have active executive management of the operations of the corporation, subject, however, to the control of the board of directors. They shall, in general, perform all duties incident to the office of the president and such other duties as from time to time be assigned to them by the board of directors.

Sec. 8 The Vice President

Each vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe or as the president may from time to time delegate to him. At the request of the president, any vice president, may temporarily act in his place. In the case of the death of the president, or in the case of his absence or inability to act without having designated a vice president to act temporarily in his place, the vice president or vice presidents, to perform the duties of the president shall be designated by the board of directors.

Sec. 9 The Secretary

Unless named otherwise, the chief financial officer or treasurer shall also act as Secretary. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in books provided for that purpose, minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors, shall see that all notices are given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records and of the seal of the corporation, if applicable, and see that the seal is affixed to all the documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; and, in general, shall perform all duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or by the president.

Sec. 10 Treasurer

The chief financial officer or treasurer shall be the principal financial officer of the corporation; shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds of the corporation and deposit all such funds in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected by the board of directors; shall receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source; and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board of directors or by the president officer. The treasurer shall render to the president and the board of directors, whenever the same shall be required, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. He shall, if required to do so by the board of directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in the case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 9


Sec. 11 Salaries

The salaries of the officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and it shall be no objection that the officer in question is a member of the board of directors or that he votes on the resolution fixing his salary; provided, however that all salaries voted must be no more than reasonable compensation for services rendered or to be rendered to the corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Any and all of the corporation’s directors or officers or former directors or officers or any person who may have served at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation in which this corporation owns shares of capital stock or of which his corporation is a creditor of the heirs or legal representatives of such officer or director shall be indemnified against and held harmless from any and all claims which may be asserted against them or any of them upon or arising out of acts of omission or commissions on the part of such officers or directors in their capacities as either officers or directors of this corporation or of such other corporation, except to the extent that such liability it’s adjudged by final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be based upon willful misconduct in the performance of duty. Such indemnification shall extend to proceedings settled or otherwise disposed of without a determination on the merits, provided that the board of directors shall be advised by counsel for the corporation that in the opinion of such counsel the person seeking such indemnity was not guilty of willful misconduct in the performance of duty, and provided further that in the opinion of the board of directors the amount of such settlement is fair and reasonable under all existing circumstances.

Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, the indemnification here provided shall extend to and include reimbursement for and indemnification against all costs and expenses (including counsel fees) reasonably incurred in investigating or in connection with the preparation and/or defense of any action, suit, proceeding or claim.

ARTICLE V

Capital Stock

Sec. 1 Certificates of Shares

The certificates of share of the corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares and shall be signed by the president or a vice president and the secretary or any assistant secretary, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. The designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of shares or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth or summarized on the face or back of the certificates which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of shares and shall otherwise conform with the requirements of Delaware General Corporations Law.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 10


Sec. 2 Transfer of Certificates of Shares

Transfers of share shall be made on the books of the corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and upon surrender of the certificate for the shares. The board of directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue and registration of certificates of shares, and may appoint transfer agents and/or registrars of the certificates of shares.

Sec. 3 Lost or Destroyed Certificates

The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificates or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of shares to be lost, and the board of directors, when authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, may, at its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, or his legal representatives, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against claim that may be made against the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

General Provisions

Sec. 1 Principal and Other Offices

The principal office of the corporation shall be in Lubbock County, Texas. The corporation may also have offices at such other places as the board of directors may from time to time select, or the business of the corporation may require.

Sec. 2 Seal

The seal of the corporation shall be circular in form with the words LLANO LOGISTICS, INC. around the margin.

Sec. 3 Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the last Saturday in January of each year.

Sec. 4 Dividend

Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, and applicable provisions of the law, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock.

Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 11


Sec. 5 Notices

Whenever under the provisions of these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, by depositing the same in the post office or letter box, in a postpaid sealed wrapper addressed to such director or shareholder at such address as appears on the books of the corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when it shall be thus mailed.

Any notice required to be given under these Bylaws may be waived in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated in the notice.

Sec. 6 Compensation

In the event a determination is ever made by the Internal Revenue Service that any employee has received excessive compensation which results in all or a portion of the corporation’s salary expense for such employee to be disallowed, then such employee shall be required to return to the Corporation the portion of salary which is deemed to be excessive.

This requirement shall be binding on all officers, employees, and members of the board of directors and acceptance of this stipulation is a requisite to employment. It shall be the responsibility of the board of directors to enforce this provision of the corporate Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

Amendments

The power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws or to adopt a new set of Bylaws is reserved to the Board of Directors, provided that the general substance of the proposed change of Bylaws be stated (i) in the notice to the Directors, or (ii) in the written consent in lieu of a meeting, pursuant to Article II, Section 8, at which such amendment, alteration, repeal or adoption is accomplished. The Bylaws may contain any provision or the regulation and management of the affairs of the corporation not inconsistent with Delaware General Corporations Law or the Articles of Incorporation.

Further, the Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed by the affirmative vote of not less than fifty-one (51%) percent of the shares issued, outstanding and entitled to vote.

(INTENTIONALLY BLANK)

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 12


The above and foregoing Bylaws were adopted by unanimous consent of the sole shareholder in lieu of a special meeting, on the 11 th day of June, 2013.

 

United Supermarkets, LLC, sole shareholder of Llano Logistics, Inc.
By:   /s/ SuzAnn Kirby
Its:   CFO

 

BYLAWS OF LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

Page 13

Exhibit 3.126

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

LSP LEASE LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of LSP Lease LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by LSP Properties LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is LSP Lease LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as Provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

-8-


  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

 

-11-


Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29) .

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                           , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the              day of                      , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

LSP PROPERTIES LLC

By:

 

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name:  

Chris Schiermbock

 

Title:

 

Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:
/s/ Kenneth J. Uva
Name:   Kenneth J. Uva
/s/ Victor A. Duva
Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                       , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                           , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means LSP Lease LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

A-3


B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
   Membership
Interest

LSP Properties LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $1,000    100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                      , 2006

LSP Lease LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – LSP Lease LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of LSP Lease LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                       , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
Kenneth J. Uva
 
Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.127

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto known and identified as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle. The name of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Executed on November 9, 2007.

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister
Naomi K. Bannister
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.128

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of November 9, 2007.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Lucerne Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Member ”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control to the extent permitted by the Act.

2. Member . The member (the “ Member ”) who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date that a Certificate of Formation is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Naomi K. Bannister is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation, her powers as authorized person shall cease and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.

 

-1-


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without the Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any of its Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all Actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

-2-


15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE AND MANAGING MEMBER
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert A. Gordon
Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.129

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEWBERN ASSOCIATES, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

NEWBERN ASSOCIATES, INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 100 West Tenth Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Thousand (2,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) amounting in the aggregate to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00).

5. The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by ballot.

6. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

W. J. Reif

100 West Tenth Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of JUNE, 1979.

 

W. J. Reif

W. J. Reif


CERTIFICATE OF

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

1. Paragraph 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation of NEWBERN ASSOCIATES, INC. is hereby changed from:

“1. The name of the corporation is: NEWBERN ASSOCIATES, INC,”

to

“1. The name of the Corporation is: GLENCOURT, INC.”

2. The undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, certify that the Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock, and that the foregoing amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation as the act and deed of said Corporation pursuant to Section 103(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Dated: November 13, 19.80

 

/s/ Peter A. Magowan

PETER A. MAGOWAN

President

ATTEST

 

/s/ Richard C. Stanton

RICHARD C. STANTON

Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

GLENCOURT, INC.

GLENCOURT, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of December 1, 1999, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the sole stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation and its sole stockholder that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to Omnibrands, Inc.;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows;

“1. The name of the corporation is Omnibrands, Inc.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the sole stockholder of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GLENCOURT, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Bradley S. Fox, its Vice President, this 31st day of December, 1999.

 

GLENCOURT, INC,
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Bradley S. Fox, Vice President


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OMNIBRANDS, INC.

OMNIBRANDS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY;

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of February 14, 2006, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the sole stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation and its sole stockholder that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to Lucerne Foods, Inc.;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1 The name of the corporation is Lucerne Foods, Inc.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the

Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the sole stockholder of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.


SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: That said amendment shall become effective as of 12:01 a.m. on February 26, 2006.


IN WIINESS WHEREOF, OMNIBRANDS, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert A. Gordon, its Vice President, this 24th day of February, 2006.

 

OMNIBRANDS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

  Robert A. Gordon, Vice President

Exhibit 3.130

NEWBERN ASSOCIATES, INC.

BY-LAWS

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section  2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 3. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Oakland, County of Alameda, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

1


Section 4. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1971, shall be held on the first Thursday, of April if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 10:00 A.M. or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 5. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting.

Section 6. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where

 

2


the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 7. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 8. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 9. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

3


Section 10. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 11. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

4


Section 12. Each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 13. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action by any provision of the statutes, the meeting, prior notice and the vote of stockholders may be dispensed with if a consent in writing to such corporate action being taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting and by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

5


DIRECTORS

Section 14. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than three (3) nor more than nine (9). The first board shall consist of five (5) directors. Thereafter, within the limits above specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 15, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 15. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

6


Section 16. The business of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 17. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 18. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

7


Section 19. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 20. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on two days notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.

Section 21. At all meetings of the board two of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 22. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

8


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 25. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

NOTICES

Section 26. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

10


Section 27. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

OFFICERS

Section 28. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board of directors. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

Section 29. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

Section 30. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

 

11


Section 31. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

Section 32. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

THE PRESIDENT

Section 33. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

Section 34. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

12


THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 35. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 36. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to

 

13


any instrument requiring it and when so affixed , it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 37. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 38. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

14


Section 39. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 40. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

Section 41. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

15


CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 42. The chairman of the board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or prescribed by these by-laws.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 43. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Section 44. Where a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee, or (2) by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

16


LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 45. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 46. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

17


FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 47. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

18


REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 48. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

DIVIDENDS

Section 49. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

Section 50. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

19


ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 51. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 52. (a) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified by the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to

 

20


any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be indemnified by the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no idemnification shall be made in respect of any claim,

 

21


issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made

 

22


(1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel (who may be the regular counsel of the corporation) in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

(e) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

(f) The indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

23


(g) The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

(h) For the purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would if he had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

 

24


(i) The board of directors is specifically authorized, without any action on the part of the stockholders, to alter or amend this section, and other provisions of these by-laws, to such an extent and in such manner as the law of Delaware, or other applicable law, relating to indemnification of the directors, officers, employees and agents herein referred to may, at any time and from time to time, authorize or permit.

CHECKS

Section 53. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 54. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

SEAL

Section 55. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

AMENDMENTS

Section 56. These by-laws may be altered or repealed at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

25

Exhibit 3.131

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto known and identified as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Executed on December 27, 2007.

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister
Naomi K. Bannister
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.132

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of December 27, 2007.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Lucerne Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Member ”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control to the extent permitted by the Act.

2. Member . The member (the “ Member ”) who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date that a Certificate of Formation is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Naomi K. Bannister is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation, her powers as authorized person shall cease and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.

 

-1-


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without the Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any of its Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all Actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

-2-


15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE AND MANAGING MEMBER
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald
  Laura A. Donald
  Assistant Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.133

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC (the “ Company ”) is entered into by Lucky (Del) Owner LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J, Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company. Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(i), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates .

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(i) , the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(i), the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(i) . the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(i) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(i), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

-8-


  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of. any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(i)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(i), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her. its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(1) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on ______________ ___, 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of                      , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

 

LUCKY (DEL) OWNER LLC

By:    /s/ Chris Schiermbock
  Name:   Chris Schiermbock
  Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:
/s/ Kenneth J. Uva
Name: Kenneth J. Uva
/s/ Victor A. Duva
Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                           , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

A-1


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                           , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means <SOLE MEMBER>, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

A-3


B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
   Membership
Interest
Lucky (Del) Owner LLC   

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $1,000    100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                      , 2006

Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                       , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

C-1


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

 

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.134

 

LOGO   

Form 533A Prescribed by the:

Ohio Secretary of State

 

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: (877) SOS-FILE (767-3453)

 

www.sos.state.oh.us

Busserv@sos.state.oh.us

  

Expedite this form: (select one)

Mail form to one of the following:

• Expedite   PO Box 1390        

                         Columbus, OH 43216

*** Requires an additional fee of $100***

• Non Expedite      PO Box 670      

                         Columbus, OH 43216

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION FOR A DOMESTIC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Filing Fee: $125.00

(CHECK ONLY ONE (1) BOX)

 

(1)       Articles of Organization for Domestic                    (2)       Articles of Organization for Domestic
      For-Profit Limited Liability Company             Nonprofit Limited Liability Company
      (115-LCA)             (115-LCA)
      ORC 1706             ORC 1705

Name of limited liability company

Lucky S2 LLC

 

Name must include one of the following words or abbreviations: “limited liability company,” “limited’” “LLC,” “LLC.,” ltd., or “ltd.,”

 

Effective Date

(Options)

  

                    

mm/dd/yyyy

  

(The legal existence of the limited liability company begins upon the filing of the articles or on a later date specified that is not more than ninety days after filing)

This limited liability company shall exist for                      perpetual                                                                                              

(Optional)                                                                                                                       Period of Existence

 

Purpose    any and all lawful purposes
(Optional)                   
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Check here if additional provisions are attached

 

Form 533A    Page 1 of 5   


ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

The undersigned authorized member(s), manager(s) or representatives) of

Lucky S2 LLC

 

Name of Limited Liability Company

hereby appoint the following to be Statutory Agent upon whom any process, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be served upon the limited liability company may be served. The name and address of the agent is

C T Corporation System

 

Name of Agent

1300 East 9th Street

 

Mailing Address

 

Cleveland

  

Ohio

  

44114

City    State    Zip Code

 

If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent is an Ohio resident.

ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT

The undersigned, named herein as the statutory agent for

Lucky S2 LLC

 

Name of Limited Liability Company

hereby acknowledges and accepts the appointment of agent for said limited liability company

 

/s/ Michele Miller

Michele Miller
Assistant Secretary
Agent’s Signature

 

Form 533A    Page 2 of 5   


By signing and submitting this form to the Ohio Secretary of State, the undersigned hereby certifies that he or she has the requisite authority to execute this document on behalf of the limited liability company identified above.

 

REQUIRED

Articles and original

appointment of agent must

be authenticated (signed)

by a member, manager or

other representative.

  

/s/ David L. Boehnen

Signature

 

David L. Boehnen

Print Name

  

12-22-08

Date

     
  

/s/ Pamela K. Knous

   12/23/2008
   Signature    Date
     
  

Pamela K. Knous

  
   Print Name   
     
  

/s/ John P. Breedlove

  
   Signature   
     
  

John P. Breedlove

Print Name

  

12/23/2008

Date

(See Instructions Below)

 

Form 533A    Page 3 of 5   


Prescribed by:

LOGO

  

The Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

  

Expedite this Form: (Select One)

Mail form to one the following:

P.O. Box 1890

• Expedite

          Columbus OH 43216

***Requires an additional fee of $100***

P.O. Box 670  

• Non Expedite

          Columbus OH 43216

www.sos.state.oh.us

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

Filing Fee $125.00

(154-MER)

In accordance with the requirements of Ohio law, the undersigned corporations, banks, savings banks, savings and loan limited liability companies, limited partnerships and/or partnerships with limited liability, desiring to effect a merger, set forth the following facts:

I. SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The name of the entity surviving the merger is: Lucky S2 LLC

 

  B. Name Change: As a result of this merger, the name of the surviving entity has been changed to the following:

Lucky Stores LLC                                                                                                                                        

(Complete only if name of surviving entity is changing through the merger)

 

  C. The surviving entity is a: (Please check the appropriate box and fill in the appropriate blanks)

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Corporation, charter number

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Non-Profit Corporation, charter number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company, with registration number 1825909

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company, with registration number                                 

 

     Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the State of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Limited Partnership, with registration number                                 

 

Page 1 of 10


  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                             

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability, with the registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                             

 

  General Partnership NOT registered with the state of Ohio                             

 

II. MERGING ENTITY

The name, charter/license/registration number, type of entity, state or country of incorporation or organization, respectively, of which is the entities merging out of existence are as follows: (If this is insufficient space to reflect all merging entities, please attach a separate sheet listing the merging entities).

 

Name/Charter, License or Registration Number    State/Country of Organization    Type of Entity
Lucky Stores LLC    Nevads    limited liability com

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

III. MERGER AGREEMENT ON FILE

The name and mailing address of the person or entity from whom/which eligible persons may obtain a copy of the agreement of merger upon written request:

 

Michele R. Justesen

  

11840 Valley View Road

Name    Street Address/P.O. Box Address   

Eden Prairie

  

MN

  

55344

City    State    Zip Code

 

IV. EFFECTIVE DATE OF MERGER

This merger is to be effective on                    (if a date is specified, the date must be a date on or after the date of filing; the effective date of the merger cannot be earlier than the date of filing, if no date is specified, the date of filing will be the effective date of the merger).

 

V. MERGER AUTHORIZED

Each constituent entity has complied with all of the laws under which it exists and the laws permit the merger. The agreement of merger is authorized on behalf of each constituent entity and that each person who signed the certificate on behalf of each entity is authorized to do so.

 

Page 2 of 10


VI. STATUTORY AGENT

If the surviving entity is a foreign entity NOT licensed to transact business in this state, the name and address of statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand may be served is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  
                                                                                                               ,    Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent is a resident of the state of Ohio.

 

VII. STATEMENT OF MERGER

Upon filing, or upon such later date as specified herein, the merging entity/entities listed herein shall merge into the listed surviving entity.

 

VIII. AMENDMENTS

In the case of a merger into a domestic corporation, limited liability company, or limited partnership, any amendments to the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, or certificate of limited partnership of the surviving domestic entity shall be filed with the certificate of merger.

☐Amendments are attached                             ☒No Amendments

 

IX. REQUIREMENTS OF CORPORATIONS MERGING OUT OF EXISTENCE

If a domestic or foreign corporation licensed to transact business in this state is a constitutent entity and the surviving or new entity resulting from the merger is not a domestic or foreign corporation that is to be licensed to transact business in this state, the certificate of merger or consolidation shall be accompanied by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (G) of section 1702.47 of the Revised Code, with respect to each domestic corporation, and by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (C) or (D) of section 1703,17 of the Revised Code, with respect to each foreign constituent corporation licensed to transact business in this state.

 

X. QUALIFICATION OR LICENSURE OF FOREIGN SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The listed surviving foreign entity desires to transact business in Ohio as a foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability, and hereby appoints the following as its statutory agent upon whom process, notice or demand against the entity may be served in the state of Ohio. The name and complete address of the statutory agent is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  
                                                                                                               ,    Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent is a resident of the state of Ohio.

The subject surviving foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability irrevocably consents to service of process on the statutory agent listed above as long as the authority of the agent continues, and to service of process upon the Secretary of State of Ohio if the agent cannot be found, if the corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability fails to designate another agent when required to do so, or if the foreign corporation’s, bank’s, savings bank’s, savings and loan’s, limited liability company’s, limited partnership’s or partnership having limited liability’s license or registration to do business in Ohio expires or is canceled.

 

Page 3 of 10


  B. The qualifying entity also states as follows: (Complete only if applicable)

 

  1. Foreign Notice Under Section 1703.031

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign bank, savings bank, or savings and loan, then the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the Foreign Nationally/Federally chartered bank, savings bank, or savings and loan association is:

 

                 

 

  (b) The name(s) of any Trade Name(s) under which the corporation will conduct business:

 

                 
    
    

 

  (c) The location of the main office (non-Ohio) shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The principal office location in the state of Ohio shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

Ohio

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

(If there will not be an office in the state of Ohio, please list none)

 

  (e) The corporation will exercise the following purpose(s) in the state of Ohio:

(Please provide a brief summary of the business to be conducted; a general clause is not sufficient).

   
   

 

  2. Foreign Qualifying Limited Liability Company under section 1705.54

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited liability company, the following information must be completed).

 

  (a) The name of the For-Profit or Nonprofit limited liability company in its state of organization/registration is:

 

   
  (b) The name under which the limited liability company desires to transact business in Ohio ( if different from its home state name) is:

 

   

 

  (c)   The limited liability company was organized or registered on  

                                                                          

    under the laws of the state/country of                                                                                  

 

  (d) The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of the articles of organization, operating agreement, bylaws, or other charter documents of the company is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

City       State    Zip Code

 

Page 4 of 10


  3. Foreign Qualifying Limited Partnership under section 1782.49

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited partnership, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the limited partnership is:

 

    

 

  (b) The limited partnership was formed on                                     

Under the laws of the state/country of:                                     

 

  (c) The address of the office of the limited partnership in its state/country of organization is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The limited partnership’s principal office address is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (e) The names and business or residence addresses of the general partners of the partnership are as follows:

 

 

  

 

Name    Street Address / P.O. Box Address

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(If insufficient space to cover this item, please attach a separate sheet listing the general partners and their respective addresses)

 

  (f) The address of the office where a list of the names and business or residence addresses of the limited partners and their respective capital contributions is to be maintained is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

The limited partnership hereby certifies that it shall maintain said records until the registration of the limited partnership in Ohio is canceled or withdrawn.

 

 

Page 5 of 10


  4. Foreign Qualifying Partnership Having Limited Liability Under Section 1775.84

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign partnership having limited liability, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the partnership shall be:

 

    

 

  (b) The partnership was formed under the laws of the state/country of:                                         

 

  (c) Please complete the following appropriate section (either item c(1) or c(2)):

 

  (1.) The address of the partnership’s principal office in Ohio is:

 

Street Address/P.O. Box Address          
     
                                                                                                       ,    Ohio                                                         
City       Zip Code

(If the partnership does not have a principal office in Ohio, than item c(2) must be completed)

 

  (2.) The address of the partnership’s principal office (Non-Ohio):

 

Street Address/P.O. Box Address          
          

 

  

 

  

 

City    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The business which the partnership engages in is:

 

 
 

(Proceed to page 7 for signatures of authorized officers, partners and representatives.)

 

Page 6 of 10


The undersigned constituent entities have caused this certificate of merger to be signed by its duly authorized officers, partners and representatives on the date(s) stated below

 

Lucky Stores LLC                                                                            

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By: /s/ John P. Breedlove                                                              By:                                              
Its: John P. Breedlove, V P       its:                                                  
Date: 12/23/2008       Date:                                 

Lucky S2 LLC.

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:/s/ John P. Breedlove                                                               By:                                                                              
Its: John P. Breedlove, V P       Its:                                                                              
Date: 12/23/2008       Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact Name of entity       Exact Name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact Name of entity       Exact Name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

An authorized representative of each constituent corporation, partnership, or entity must sign the merger certificate ORC 1701.81(A), 1702.43(A),1705.38(A),1775.47(A), 1782.433(A)

 

Page 7 of 10

Exhibit 3.135

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

LUCKY STORES LLC

This is the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of August 27, 2012, made by American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole and original member (the “ Member ”) of Lucky Stores LLC (the “ Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as an Ohio limited liability company under the name Lucky S2 LLC on December 26, 2008 in accordance with the provisions of the Act;

WHEREAS, the Company survived a merger with Lucky Stores LLC, a Nevada limited liability company, on December 26, 2008, and in connection with such merger the Company changed its name to Lucky Stores LLC;

WHEREAS, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety any and all previous operating agreements of the Company and any predecessor; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall constitute the “operating agreement” of the Company within the meaning of that term as used in Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Name. The name of the Company is: “Lucky Stores LLC”.

Section 1.2 Purpose of the Company; Business. The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement. The Company shall have all the powers granted to a limited liability company under the Act, including, without limitation, the powers specifically enumerated in Section 1705.03 of the Act.

Section 1.3 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent. The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records required by the Act are kept is 7075 Flying Cloud Drive, Eden Prairie, MN 55344. The name and address of the statutory agent of the Company is as set forth in the Company’s Articles of Organization, and such agent and address of agent may be changed from time to time by the Member. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the principal place of business of the Company and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records.


Section 1.4 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates. The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.5 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members. Subject to Section 3.4 , the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act” means Title 17, Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code, as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of Ohio.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

“Bankruptcy” means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankrupt” set forth in Section 86.031 of the Act.

 

-2-


“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

“Company” means Lucky Stores LLC.

“Member” means American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, executing this Agreement as the original and sole member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

“Person” means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

“Transfer” means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member has contributed all of the capital of the Company and may in the future contribute any additional capital deemed necessary by the Member for the operation of the Company.

Section 3.2 Ownership of Membership Interests . The Member shall own all of the membership interests in the Company and the Member shall have a 100% distributive share of the Company’s profits, losses and cash flow, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective membership interests.

Section 3.3 Corporate Status. The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

Section 3.4 Transfer of Membership Interests. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interests in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that a membership interests may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its membership interests in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.4 , such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or

 

-3-


consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of membership interests. The transferor and the transferee of membership interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of membership interests. A Transfer of membership interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of membership interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of membership interests).

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member. The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member. The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary. The signature of the Member shall be sufficient to bind the Company with respect to any matter on which the Member shall be required or entitled to act.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action. The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

Section 4.4 Delegation. The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care. The Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member. Except for contributions agreed to by the Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, the Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has no obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution. Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

 

-4-


Section 5.3 Withdrawal . The Member may not withdraw from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member shall not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by a written instrument adopted by the Member and executed by the Member at any time, for any purpose, at the sole discretion of the Member.

Section 5.5 Notices . All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 7075 Flying Cloud Drive, Eden Prairie, MN 55344. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.6 Waiver. The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s membership interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s membership interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.7 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.8 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.9 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.10 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

 

-5-


Section 5.12 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-6-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

New Albertson’s, Inc., its sole member
By:   /s/ Todd N. Sheldon
  Name:   Todd N. Sheldon
  Title:  

President and Secretary

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Lucky Stores LLC

Exhibit 3.136

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

Medcart Specialty Care, LLC

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company is Medcart Specialty Care, LLC

 

  2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is: Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Medcart Specialty Care, LLC on this 10th day of February 2017.

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald
New Albertson’s, Inc., Sole Member
By: Laura A. Donald, Group Vice President,
Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.137

Medcart Specialty Care, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 10, 2017 adopted by New Albertson’s, Inc. (the “ Managing Member ”).

Preliminary Statement

The Company was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq ., as amended from time to time (the “ Delaware Act ”), and wishes to set forth herein an agreement as to the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Managing Member hereby adopts the following:

1. Formation . Upon the execution of this Agreement the Managing Member shall be the designated “authorized Person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized Person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act. The Managing Member shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the certificate of formation of the Company as provided in the Delaware Act.

2. Name . The name of the Company is “Medcart Specialty Care, LLC”

3. Purpose .

A. The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

B. The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Managing Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, County of New Castle, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

5. Members . Upon execution of the Agreement, the Managing Member is admitted as a member of the Company. The name and the address of the Managing Member is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

New Albertson’s, Inc.   

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

 

1


6. Management of the Company .

A. Power and Authority of Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, but not limited to:

 

  1. to manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, to do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other Person (as defined in the Delaware Act), corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

 

  2. to acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

 

  3. to hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

 

  4. to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

 

  5. to borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other Person;

 

  6. to guarantee debt on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries now or hereinafter in existence, and to secure the same by a mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on any or all the assets of the Company;

 

  7. to assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

 

  8. to direct the formulation of policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities including those activities specified above in clauses (1) and (2); and

 

  9. to enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

 

2


B. No “Manager” of Company . There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Managing Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

C. Managing Member May Appoint Officers . The Managing Member may appoint officers of the Company. The officers of the Company shall be responsible for the day-to-day business, operations and affairs of the Company, shall have such powers as conferred on them by the Managing Member and shall have the authority to bind the Company through the exercise of such powers subject to, and to the extent consistent with, the terms hereof. The officers of the Company shall (i) be appointed and be subject to removal by the Managing Member and (ii) operate as an autonomous management group, accountable only to the Managing Member. The initial officers of the Company are listed on Schedule I hereto.

7. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earliest to occur of: (a) determination by the Managing Member; (b) the dissolution of the Managing Member; (c) if at any time there are no members of the Company, unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Delaware Act; and (d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company.

8. Initial Capital Contributions . The Managing Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company.

9. Additional Contributions . The Managing Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

10. Tax Matters . The Company shall be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 301.7701-3(b)(ii). The Managing Member shall have the authority to change or maintain such status in its sole discretion.

11. Distributions . The Company shall promptly distribute to the Managing Member all amounts of cash and any other property held by the Company that is available for distribution at the times and in the amounts as determined by the Managing Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Managing Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Delaware Act or any other applicable law.

12. Indemnification of Managers, Officers, Employees And Agents .

A. Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Managing Member or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, employee or agent of another limited liability company or of a corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including a service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such a

 

3


Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company or in any other capacity while serving as a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law (including indemnification for negligence or gross negligence but excluding indemnification (i) for acts or omissions involving actual fraud or willful misconduct or (ii) with respect to any transaction from which the Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit), against all expense, liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

B. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 12(A) shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “ Advancement of Expenses ”). The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Section 12(A) and this Section 12(B) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue (regardless of any amendment, modification or termination of the Agreement) as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a Managing Member, officer, employee or agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

C. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 12 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, vote of the Managing Member, or otherwise.

D. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Person who may become an Indemnitee under Section 12(A) against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the applicable law.

E. The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Managing Member, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 12 with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of the Indemnitees.

13. Exculpation .

A. None of the Managing Member, any officer of the Company or any of their affiliates shall be liable to the Company for (i) any action or inaction, unless such action or inaction arises out of, or is attributable to, the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person or (ii) any action or inaction of any employee, broker or other agent of the Company or the Managing Member; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such employee, broker or agent did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person. The Managing Member, officers of the Company and their affiliates may consult with counsel, accountants, investment bankers, financial advisers, appraisers and other specialized, reputable, professional consultants or advisers in respect of Company affairs and be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such Persons; provided that the selection, engagement or retention of such consultants or advisers did not result from the fraud, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Person.

 

4


B. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 13 shall not be construed so as to relieve (or attempt to relieve) a Person of any liability, to the extent (but only to the extent) that such liability may not be waived, modified or limited under applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section 13 to the fullest extent permitted by law.

C. Provided they shall act in good faith and have not engaged in willful misconduct or gross negligence, the Managing Member and its affiliates and any member, officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the foregoing shall not be liable to the Company (a) for any mistake in judgment, (b) for any action or inaction taken or omitted for a purpose which the Managing Member or such other Person believed in good faith to be consistent with the best interests of the Company or (c) for any loss due to the mistake, action, inaction, negligence, dishonesty, fraud or bad faith of any broker or other agent, provided , that such broker or other agent is not and was not an affiliate of the Managing Member. The Managing Member or affiliate may consult with legal counsel with respect to matters of law and accountants with respect to matters of accounting in respect of Company affairs and, except in respect of matters in which there is a conflict of interest, shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken or omitted in good faith, in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel with respect to matters of law or accountants with respect to matters of accounting. In determining whether the Managing Member or any of its affiliates acted in good faith, each such Person shall be entitled to rely on reports and written statements of the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests. For the purposes of this Section 13 , the directors, officers and employees of a Person in which the Company holds ownership interests shall not, solely by virtue of such holding, be deemed to be affiliates of the Managing Member.

14. Transfer of Interest . The Managing Member may sell, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise transfer or encumber (each, a “ Transfer ”) its limited liability company interests in the Company so long as such Transfer is in writing, in which the transferee accepts the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the Managing Member transfers all of its limited liability company interests in the Company pursuant to this Section 14 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of such writing, which may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Managing Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

15. Liability of the Member . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Managing Member nor any officer of the Company shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Managing Member or officer of the Company.

16. Sole Benefit . Other than pursuant to Section 12 and Section 13 , the provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to benefit the Managing Member and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit to any third-party beneficiaries.

 

5


17. Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State.

19. Amendments . Unless, and only to the extent, otherwise required under the Delaware Act, this Agreement may not be amended except by written instrument executed by the Managing Member.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date and year first written above.

 

New Albertson’s, Inc.
By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald            
Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

_


SCHEDULE I

INITIAL OFFICERS

 

Shane Sampson    President
Wayne Denningham    Chief Operating Officer
Robert B. Dimond   

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial

Officer

Justin Dye    Chief Administrative Officer
Robert A. Gordon   

Executive Vice President, General Counsel &

Secretary

Mark Panzer   

Senior Vice President, Pharmacy, Health &

Wellness

Bradley Beckstrom   

Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business

Law & Assistant Secretary

Laura A. Donald   

Group Vice President, Corporate Law &

Assistant Secretary

Gary Morton   

Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant

Secretary

Exhibit 3.138

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SATURN EASTERN NEWCO LLC

This Certificate of Formation of Saturn Eastern Newco LLC (the “ LLC ”), dated December 5, 2014, is being duly executed and filed by Brian J. Lewis, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq .).

FIRST . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Saturn Eastern Newco, LLC.

SECOND . The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.

THIRD . The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.

 

/s/ Brian J. Lewis
Name:   Brian J. Lewis
Title:   Authorized Person

As Agent-in-Fact for Saturn Eastern Newco

LLC


STATE OF DELAWARE

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

WITH AND INTO

SATURN EASTERN NEWCO LLC

Pursuant to Title 6, Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Act, the undersigned limited liability company executed the following Certificate of Merger:

FIRST: The surviving limited liability company is Saturn Eastern Newco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the name of the limited liability company being merged into this surviving limited liability company is NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

SECOND: The Merger Agreement has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent limited liability companies.

THIRD: The name of the surviving limited liability company shall be changed to “NAI Saturn Eastern LLC”.

FOURTH: The Merger shall become effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: An executed copy of the Merger Agreement is on file at the office of the surviving limited liability company located at 5918 Stoneridge Mall Rd, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

SIXTH: A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the surviving limited liability company, on request and without cost, to any member of either of the constituent limited liability companies.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger has been executed on this 30th day of January, 2015.

 

SATURN EASTERN NEWCO LLC
By:   SAFEWAY INC., its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Robert A. Gordon
  Name:   Robert A. Gordon
  Title:   Senior Vice President
    Secretary & General Counsel

[ Signature Page to Certificate of Merger (NAI Saturn Eastern LLC) ]

Exhibit 3.139

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

This Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC (the “ Company ”), dated as of this 27th day of August, 2014, is entered into by New Albertson’s Inc. (the “ Member ”).

WHEREAS, a certificate of formation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on the 27th day of August, 2014; and

WHEREAS, the Company was formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “Act”).

The Member hereby agrees as follows upon the terms and conditions set forth herein:

ARTICLE I

FORMATION AND TERM

1.1 Name . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is NAI Saturn Eastern LLC (the “ Company ”).

1.2 Purpose . The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

1.3 Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the aforementioned limited liability company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801.

1.4 Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is the Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801.

1.5 Term . The term of the Company commenced on August 27, 2014, the date the original certificate of formation of the Company was filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and shall continue until the Company is dissolved in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act.

1.6 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions . The Managing Member (as defined below) shall cause the Company to be qualified, formed or registered if necessary under assumed or fictitious name statutes or similar laws in any jurisdiction in which the Company transacts business. The Managing Member, as authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.


ARTICLE II

MANAGEMENT

2.1 Managing Member . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and controlled by the Member (in such capacity, the “ Managing Member ”), who shall possess all rights and powers of a manager as provided in the Act and otherwise by law.

2.2 Officers . The Managing Member may, from time to time, designate one or more persons to be officers of the Company (the “ Authorized Officers ”). The Authorized Officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may, from time to time, delegate to them. Each Authorized Officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death, resignation or removal. Any Authorized Officer may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, by the Managing Member. If a vacancy occurs in any office, the Managing Member may appoint a successor to fill such office.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS, CAPITAL ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS

AND LOSSES

3.1 Capital Contributions . The Member shall make contributions to the capital of the Company from time to time in its discretion.

3.2 Allocations Generally . The Company’s profit and loss shall be allocated to the Member.

3.3 Distributions . Except as provided in Article V, distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member.

ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

4.1 Accounting Method . The accounting for purposes of the Company shall be in accordance with accounting principles determined by the Managing Member.

4.2 Entity Classification . For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §301.7701-3 and shall not make an election to be classified as a corporation.

 

-2-


ARTICLE V

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

5.1 Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act or (iii) at any time there is no member of the Company unless the Company is continued in accordance with the Act. The Member shall continue to be allocated profit and loss, in the manner set forth in Section 3.2 during the liquidation. The proceeds from liquidation of Company assets shall be applied as follows:

(1) satisfaction (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment) of debts of the Company other than to the Member;

(2) to payment of amounts owed to the Member for amounts borrowed from and not repaid to the Member; and

(3) to the Member.

5.2 Gains or Losses in Winding-Up . Any gain or loss on disposition of Company properties in the process of liquidation shall be credited or charged to the Member in the manner set forth in Section 3.2. Any property distributed in kind in the liquidation of the Company shall be valued and treated as though the property were sold and the cash proceeds were distributed. The difference between the value of the property distributed in kind and its book value shall be treated as a gain or loss on sale of the property and shall be credited or charged to the Member in the manner set forth in Section 3.2.

5.3 Termination . The Company shall terminate when all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Article V, and the certificate of formation of the Company in effect as of the date thereof shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

ARTICLE VI

ADMISSION OF A MEMBER

6.1 Admission of a Member . The Member has been admitted as a member of the Company pursuant to this Agreement. No person may be admitted as a Member of the Company unless the Member consents.

ARTICLE VII

GOVERNING LAW

7.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

-3-


ARTICLE VIII

LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Covered Person (as defined below) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered Person.

8.2 Exculpation . No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement. A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses or net cash flow or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to Members might properly be paid.

8.3 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 8.3 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

8.4 Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 8.3.

8.5 Covered Person . For purposes of this Article VIII, “ Covered Person ” shall mean the Managing Member, the Member, any affiliate of the Managing Member or the Member, any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of the Managing Member or the Member, or their respective affiliates, or any employee or agent of the Company or its affiliates.

 

-4-


ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Effective Date . This Agreement shall be effective as of August 27, 2014.

9.2 Entire Agreement . This document constitutes the entire Agreement and understanding by the Member with respect to the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, if any, with respect hereto.

9.3 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only through a written document signed by the Member.

9.4 Captions . The titles and captions contained herein are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement.

9.5 Numbers and Gender . Where the context so indicates, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular, and person shall include corporation, firm or any other entity.

*            *             *

 

-5-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S INC.
By:   /s/ Justin C. Dye
  Name:   Justin C. Dye
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer

Exhibit 3.140

 

LOGO

 

Prescribed by:

  

Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

  

Expedite this Form: (Select One)

Mail Form to one of the following

PO Box 1390

• Yes

Columbus, OH 43216

***Requires an additional fee of $100***

PO Box 670

• No

Columbus, OH 43216

www.sos.state.oh.us

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

INITIAL ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

(For Domestic Profit or Nonprofit)

Filing Fee $125.00

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY STATES THE FOLLOWING:

(CHECK ONLY ONE (1) BOX)

 

(1) ☒ Articles of Incorporation

Profit

(113-ARF)

ORC 1701

  

(2) ☐ Articles of Incorporation

Nonprofit

(114-ARN)

ORC 1702

  

(3) ☐ Articles of Incorporation Professional

(170-ARP)

Profession                                     

ORC 1785

Complete the general information in this section for the box checked above.

FIRST: Name of Corporation Jewel FS2, Inc.

SECOND: Location              Cleveland                                                                   COYANOGA             

                                                 (City)                                                                          (County)

 

Effective Date  (Optional)                           

                        

(mm/dd/yyyy)

   Date specified can be no more than 90 days after data of filling. If a date is specified, the data must be a date on or after the date of filling.

Check here if additional provisions are attached

Complete the information in this section if box (2) or (3) is checked. Completing this section is optional if box (1) is checked.

 

THIRD:            Purpose for which corporation is formed
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Complete the information in this section if box (1) or (3) is checked.

FOURTH: The number of shares which the corporation is authorized to have outstanding ( please state if shares are common or preferred and their par value if any)

  

100

  

Common $1.00

   (No. of Shares)    (Type)        (Par Value)

(Refer to instructions if needed)

 

Page 1 of 3


Completing the information in this section is optional

FIFTH: The following are the names and addresses of the individuals who are to serve as initial Directors.

 

David L. Boehnen

(Name)

 

11840 Valley View Road,               
(Street)    NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

 

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(City)    (State)    (Zip Code)

 

John P. Breedlove               
(Name)         
11840 Valley View Road               
(Street)    NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

 

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(City)    (State)    (Zip Code)

 

Pamela K. Knous          
(Name)      
11840 Valley View Road          
(Street)    NOTE: P . O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.

Eden Prairie

  

Minnesota

  

55344

(city)    (State)    (Zip Code)

REQUIRED

Must be authenticated

(signed) by an authorized

representative   

/s/ David L. Boehnen

   12-22-08
        (See Instructions)    Authorized Representative    Date
  

David L. Boehnen

(print name)

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

/s/ John P. Breedlove

   12/23/2008
   Authorized Representative    Date
  

John P. Breedlove

  
   (print name)   
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

/s/ Pamela K. Knous

   12/23/2008
   Authorized Representative    Date
  

Pamela K. Knous

  
   (print name)   
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

Page 2 of 3


Complete the information in this section if box (1) (2) or (3) is checked.

ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT OF STATUTORY AGENT

The undersigned, being at least a majority of the incorporators of Jewel FS2, Inc. hereby appoint the following to be statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be served upon the corporation may be served. The complete address of the agent is

 

C T Corporation System

(Name)

1300 East 9th Street

(Street)                                                   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.
                Cleveland                              ,Ohio                                                           44114                    
(City )                                                                                                                       (Zip Code)

 

Must be authenticated by an

authorized representative

  

/s/ David L. Boehnen

David L. Boehnen

Authorized Representative

   12-22-2008

Date

  

/s/ John P. Breedlove

  
  

John P. Breedlove

Authorized Representative

   12/23/2008

Date

  

/s/ Pamela K. Knous

  
  

Pamela K. Knous

Authorized Representative

   12/23/2008

Date

ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT

The Undersigned, C T Corporation System, named herein as the Statutory agent for, Jewel FS2, Inc. hereby, acknowledges and accepts the appointment of statutory agent for said entity.

 

Signature:                     Michele Miller                                    Michele Miller
(Statutory Agent)    Assistant Secretary

 

Page 3 of 3


LOGO   Prescribed by:   

The Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

  

Expedite this Form: (Select One)

P.O. Box 1390

• Expedite

Columbus OH 43216

*** Requires an additional fee of $100***

P.O. Box 670

• Non Expedite

Columbus OH 43216

www.sos.state.oh.us

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

Filing Fee $125.00

(154-MER)

In accordance with the requirements of Ohio law, the undersigned corporations, banks, savings banks, savings and loan limited liability companies, limited partnerships and/or partnerships with limited liability, desiring to effect a merger, set forth the following facts:

I. SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The name of the entity surviving the merger is: NAI, Inc.

 

  B. Name Change: As a result of this merger, the name of the surviving entity has been changed to the following:

New Albertson’s, Inc.                                                                                                                                       

(Complete only if name of surviving entity is changing through the merger)

 

  C. The surviving entity is a: (Please check the appropriate box and fill in the appropriate blanks)

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Corporation, charter number 1825907

 

  Domestic (Ohio) NonProfit Corporation, charter number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Corporation incorporated under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transect business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio under license number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Corporation under the laws of the state/country of and NOT licensed to transact business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company, with registration number                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company, with registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) For-Profit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                                 

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Nonprofit Limited Liability Company organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the State of Ohio                                 

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Limited Partnership, with registration number                                 

 

Page 1 of 10


  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Limited Partnership organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business In the state of Ohio                             

 

  Domestic (Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability, with the registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the stats/country of and registered to do business in the state of Ohio under registration number                             

 

  Foreign (Non-Ohio) Partnership Having Limited Liability organized under the laws of the state/country of and NOT registered to do business in the state of Ohio                             

 

  General Partnership NOT registered with the state of Ohio                             

 

II. MERGING ENTITY

The name, charter/license/registration number, type of entity, state or country of incorporation or organization, respectively, of which is the entities merging out of existence are as follows: (If this is insufficient space to reflect all merging entities, please attach a separate sheet listing the merging entities ).

 

Name/Charter, License or Registration Number    State/Country of Organization    Type of Entity
New Albertson’s, Inc.    Delaware    corporation

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

III. MERGER AGREEMENT ON FILE

The name and mailing address of the person or entity from whom/which eligible persons may obtain a copy of the agreement of merger upon written request:

 

Michele R. Justesen

  

11840 Valley View Road

Name    Street Address/P.O Box Address   

Eden Prairie

  

MN

  

55344

City    State    Zip Code

 

IV. EFFECTIVE DATE OF MERGER

This merger is to be effective on                    (if a date is specified, the date must be a date on or after the date of filing; the effective date of the merger cannot be earlier than the date of filing, if no date is specified, the date of filing will be the effective date of the merger).

 

V. MERGER AUTHORIZED

Each constituent entity has complied with all of the laws under which it exists and the laws permit the merger. The agreement of merger is authorized on behalf of each constituent entity and that each person who signed the certificate on behalf of each entity is authorized to do so.

 

Page 2 of 10


VI. STATUTORY AGENT

If the surviving entity is a foreign entity NOT licensed to transact business In this state, the name and address of statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand may be served is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  
                                                                                                               ,    Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an Individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent to a resident of the state of Ohio.

 

VII. STATEMENT OF MERGER

Upon filing, or upon such later date as specified herein, the merging entity/entities listed herein shall merge into the listed surviving entity.

 

VIII. AMENDMENTS

In the case of a merger into a domestic corporation, limited liability company, or limited partnership, any amendments to the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, or certificate of limited partnership of the surviving domestic entity shall be filed with the certificate of merger.

☐Amendments are attached                             ☒No Amendments

 

IX. REQUIREMENTS OF CORPORATIONS MERGING OUT OF EXISTENCE

If a domestic or foreign corporation licensed to transact business in this state is a constituant entity and the surviving or new entity resulting from the merger is not a domestic or foreign corporation that is to be licensed to transact business in this state, the certificate of merger or consolidation shall be accompanied by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (G) of section 1702.47 of the Revised Code, with respect to each domestic corporation, and by the affidavits, receipts, certificates, or other evidence required by division (C) or (D) of section 1703.17 of the Revised Code, with respect to each foreign constituent corporation licensed to transect business in this state.

 

X. QUALIFICATION OR LICENSURE OF FOREIGN SURVIVING ENTITY

 

  A. The listed surviving foreign entity desires to transact business in Ohio as a foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability, and hereby appoints the following as its statutory agent upon whom process, notice or demand against the entity may be served in the state of Ohio. The name and complete address of the statutory agent is:

 

 

  

 

Name    Mailing Address
  
                                                                                                               ,    Ohio                                         
City              Zip Code

 

  If the agent is an individual and using a P.O. Box, check this box to certify the agent is a resident of the state of Ohio.

The subject surviving foreign corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability irrevocably consents to service of process on the statutory agent listed above as long as the authority of the agent continues, and to service of process upon the Secretary of State of Ohio if the agent cannot be found, if the corporation, bank, savings bank, savings and loan, limited liability company, limited partnership, or partnership having limited liability fails to designate another agent when required to do so, or if the foreign corporation’s, bank’s, savings bank’s, savings and loan’s, limited liability company’s, limited partnership’s or partnership having limited liability’s license or registration to do business on Ohio expires or is canceled.

 

Page 3 of 10


  B. The qualifying entity also states as follows: (Complete only if applicable)

 

  1. Foreign Notice Under Section 1703.031

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign bank, savings bank, or savings and loan, then the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the Foreign Nationally/Federally chartered bank, savings bank, or savings and loan association is:

 

                 

 

  (b) The name(s) of any Trade Name(s) under which the corporation will conduct business:

 

                 
    
    

 

  (c) The location of the main office (non-Ohio) shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The principal office location in the state of Ohio shall be:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

Ohio

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

(If there will not be an office in the state of Ohio, please list none)

 

  (e) The corporation will exercise the following purpose(s) in the state of Ohio:

(Please provide a brief summary of the business to be conducted; a general clause is not sufficient.)

 
 

 

  2. Foreign Qualifying Limited Liability Company under section 1705.54

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited liability company, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the For-Profit or Nonprofit limited liability company in its state of organization/registration is:
 

 

  (b) The name under which the limited liability company desires to transact business in Ohio ( if different from its home state name) is:
 

 

  (c) The limited liability company was organized or registered on                     under the laws of the state/country of

 

  (d) The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of the articles of organization, operating agreement, bylaws, or other charter documents of the company is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

City       State    Zip Code

 

Page 4 of 10


  3. Foreign Qualifying Limited Partnership under section 1782.49

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign limited partnership, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the limited partnership is:

 

    

 

  (b) The limited partnership was formed on                                     

Under the laws of the state/country of:                                     

 

  (c) The address of the office of the limited partnership in its state/country of organization is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) The limited partnership’s principal office address is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

 

  (e) The names and business or residence addresses of the general partners of the partnership are as follows:

 

 

  

 

Name    Street Address / P.O. Box Address

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

(If insufficient space to cover this item, please attach a separate sheet listing the general partners and their respective addresses)

 

  (f) The address of the office where a list of the names and business or residence addresses of the limited partners and their respective capital contributions is to be maintained is:

 

 

Street Address / P.O. Box Address      

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

City    County    State    Zip Code

The limited partnership hereby certifies that it shall maintain said records until the registration of the limited partnership in Ohio is canceled or withdrawn.

 

Page 5 of 10


  4. Foreign Qualifying Partnership Having Limited Liability Under Section 1775.64

(If the qualifying entity is a foreign partnership having limited liability, the following information must be completed.)

 

  (a) The name of the partnership shall be:

 

    

 

  (b) The partnership was formed under the laws of the state/country of:                                         

 

  (c) Please complete the following appropriate section (either item c(1) or c(2) ):

 

  (1.) The address of the partnership’s principal office in Ohio is:

 

Street Address/P.O. Box Address          
     
                                                                                                       ,    Ohio                                                         
City       Zip Code

(If the partnership does not have a principal office in Ohio, than item c(2) must be completed)

 

  (2.) The address of the partnership’s principal office (Non-Ohio):

 

Street Address/P.O. Box Address          
          

 

  

 

  

 

City    State    Zip Code

 

  (d) This business which the partnership engages in is:

 

 
 

(Proceed to page 7 for signatures of authorized officers, partners and representatives.)

 

Page 6 of 10


The undersigned constituent entities have caused this certificate of merger to be signed by its duly authorized officers, partners and representatives on the date(s) stated below

 

New Albertson’s, Inc.                                                                            

NAI, Inc, to: New Albertson’s Inc.

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By: /s/ John P. Breedlove                                                              By: /s/ David L. Boehnen                                             
Its: John P. Breedlove, Vice President       its: David L. Boehnen, President
Date: 12/23/2008       Date: 12-22-2008

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

 

     

 

Exact name of entity       Exact name of entity
By:                                                                                     By:                                                                              
Its:                                                                                     Its:                                                                              
Date:                                                             Date:                                                      

An authorized representative of each constituent corporation, partnership, or entity must sign the merger certificates ORC 1701.81(A), 1702.43 (A),1705.38(A),1775.47(A), 1782.433(A).

 

Page 7 of 10

Exhibit 3.141

CODE OF REGULATIONS

OF

NEW ALBERTSON’S. INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of New Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be fixed in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.

Section 1.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have such offices, within or without the State of Ohio as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Place and Time of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders may be held at any place, within or without the State of Ohio, designated by the Board of Directors and, in the absence of such designation, shall be held at the office of the Corporation in the State of Minnesota. The Directors shall designate the time of day for each meeting and, in the absence of such designation, every meeting of shareholders shall be held at ten o’clock a.m. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1701.40(C) of the Ohio Revised Code (the “ORC”).

Section 2.02. Annual Meetings . The first annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a day designated by the Board of Directors, which shall be not more than sixteen (16) months after the date of incorporation. If the Board of Directors fails to determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting and the shareholders have not elected directors by written or electronic transmission of consent as permitted by law, the annual meeting, beginning in the year after the date of incorporation and subject to the power of the shareholders to change the date, shall be held on the same day as the first annual meeting of the shareholders, or if that day shall fall upon a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day or such other day designated by the Board of Directors; provided, that if the Board of Directors do not designate a date for the annual meeting of the shareholders, unless the shareholders act by written action pursuant to Section 2.09 below, then the meeting shall be held on the first Monday of the fourth month following the close of each fiscal year, or if that day shall fall upon a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day.

Section 2.03. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be held at any time and for any purpose and may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, by the Board of Directors by action at a meeting, by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors acting without a meeting, or by the holders of shares entitling them to exercise twenty-five (25%) of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat. Notice of each special meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 2.07 of the Code of Regulations. Unless otherwise permitted by law, business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.

Section 2.04. Quorum, Adjourned Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting, present in person, by proxy or by or by the use of communications equipment at any meeting of shareholders, shall


constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any annual or special meeting; provided, however, that no action required by law or the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations to be authorized or taken by the holders of a designed proportion of the shares of any particular class or of each class may be authorized or taken by a lesser proportion. The holders of a majority of the voting shares represented at a meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present. At adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

Section 2.05. Voting . At each meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present in person, by proxy or by the use of communications equipment, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person or by proxy. Each shareholder, unless the Articles of Incorporation provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share having voting power registered in his name on the books of the Corporation. Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All questions shall be decided by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting at the time of the vote except where otherwise required by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations.

Section 2.06. Closing of Books . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for any lawful purpose not more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as a date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution or the date fixed for the receipt or exercise of rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after any record date so fixed. The Board of Directors may close the books of the Corporation against the transfer of shares during the whole or any part of such period. If the Board of Directors fails to fix a record date for determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, the record date shall be the date next preceding the day on which notice is given, or the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, as the case may be.

Section 2.07. Notice of Meetings . There shall be mailed to, or transmitted electronically to, each shareholder shown by the books of the Corporation to be a holder of record voting shares, at his address as shown by the books of the Corporation, a notice setting out the time and place of each annual meeting and each special meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Code of Regulations, such notice shall be mailed or transmitted electronically not less than 7 days nor more than 60 days before the date of any such meeting. If mailed, notice to shareholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid. Every notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called, pursuant to Section 2.03, and the business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purpose stated in the call.

Section 2.08. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting may be waived either before, at, or after such meeting in a writing signed by each shareholder or representative thereof entitled to vote the shares so represented. A shareholder, by his attendance and participation in the action taken at any meeting of the shareholders, shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

Section 2.09. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the holders of outstanding shares who would be entitled to notice of a meeting of the shareholders held for such purpose and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Ohio, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s

 

- 2 -


registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers and duties conferred by law except as provided by the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations.

Section 3.02. Number, Qualification and Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be no less than one (1), the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be shareholders. Each of the Directors shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders next held after his election and until his successor shall have been elected and shall qualify, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.03. Annual Meeting . As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors, unless the Board of Directors act by written action pursuant to Section 3.13 below, the Board of Directors shall meet at the registered office of the corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Ohio as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing the officers of the Corporation and for the transaction of such other business as shall come before the meeting.

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held from time to time at such time and place within or without the State of Ohio as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or as determined by written or electronic transmission of consent.

Section 3.05. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or by a majority of the Directors and shall be held from time to time at such time and place as may be designated in the notice of such meeting.

Section 3.06. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the time and place of each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the Secretary who shall give at least forty-eight (48) hours’ notice thereof to each Director by mail, telephone, telegram, electronic transmission or in person. Such notice need not specify the purpose or purposes of the meeting.

Section 3.07. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived either before, at or after such meeting in writing signed by each Director. A Director, by his attendance and participation in the action taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

Section 3.08. Quorum . A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except that when a vacancy or vacancies exist, a majority of the remaining Directors. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

 

- 3 -


Section 3.09. Vacancies; Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided by law or in the Articles of Incorporation, vacancies occurring in any directorship and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in the case of a director elected to fill a vacancy, until the next annual meeting of shareholders in the case of a director elected to fill a newly created directorship, and in each case until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.10. Removal . The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office, with or without cause at any time, by a vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

Section 3.11. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish an Executive Committee consisting of one or more Directors. Such Committee may meet at stated times or on notice to all given by any of their own number. During the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, such Committee shall advise and aid the officers of the Corporation in all matters concerning the business and affairs of the Corporation and, generally, perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be directed or delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, delegate to such Committee authority to exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, except such committee shall not have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the shareholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of Directors) expressly required by the ORC to be submitted to shareholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw/regulation of the Corporation. All action by the Executive Committee shall be reported to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action and shall be subject to control, revision and alteration by the Board of Directors, provided that no rights of third persons shall be prejudicially affected thereby. Vacancies in the membership of the Committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors at a regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 3.12. Other Committees . The Board of Directors may establish other committees from time to time making such regulations, as it deems advisable, with respect to the membership, authority and procedures of such committees.

Section 3.13. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, any action which might be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by the number of Directors that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which all Directors were present. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of any duly constituted committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by all of the committee members.

Section 3.14. Conference Communications . Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any duly constituted committee thereof, by means of a conference telephone conversation or other comparable communication equipment whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear and communicate to each other. For the purpose of establishing a quorum and taking any action at the meeting, such Directors participating pursuant to this Section 3.14 shall be deemed present in person at the meeting.

Section 3.15. Compensation . Directors shall receive no compensation for attendance at Board meetings except as may be determined from time to time by vote of the shareholders. All Directors shall receive their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving this Corporation in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board (if one is elected by the Board); the President, who shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation; one or more Vice Presidents (if desired by the Board); a Secretary; a Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. Any two offices, except those of President and Vice President, may be held by one person.

Section 4.02. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . At each annual meeting of the Board of Directors, the Board shall elect, from within or without their number, the President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may be deemed advisable. Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 4.03. Removal and Vacancies . Any officer may be removed from his office at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. If there be a vacancy among the officers of the Corporation by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, such vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.04. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall have such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and shall have general and active management of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors. In the absence, disability or refusal of the Chairman of the Board to act, or the vacancy of such office, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors. He or she shall perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Code of Regulations.

Section 4.06. Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Group Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be specified in the Code of Regulations or prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President. In the event of absence or disability of the President, Vice Presidents shall succeed to his power and duties in the order designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.07. Secretary . The Secretary shall be secretary of and shall attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall record all proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall (a) give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors, (b) see that the minute books, share records, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly and (c) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if any, and shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it and may, when necessary, attest the seal by the Secretary’s signature. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

 

- 5 -


Section. 4.08. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the general care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep accurate accounts of all monies of the Corporation received or disbursed. The Treasurer shall deposit all monies, drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the Corporation in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate. The Treasurer shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all notes, checks and drafts received by the Corporation. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, as ordered by the Board of Directors, making proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, whenever required or desirable, an account of all his/her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.09. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Secretary and each Assistant Treasurer, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.10. Compensation . The officers of this Corporation shall receive such compensation for their services as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.11. Authority to Execute Agreements . The Chairman of the Board, if any, President, Vice Presidents and Secretary, and any one of them, are hereby authorized to execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, all contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, bonds, options, leases, lease and other guarantees of the obligations of others, including subsidiary corporations and customers, share transfer documents, and such other instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Corporation; and said officers are further authorized to sign and affix, or cause to be signed and affixed, the seal of the Corporation on any instrument requiring the same, which seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer. Except as may be limited in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, in causing any of said documents to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any of said officers shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates to have the power and authority to sign such documents in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as determined by the officer making such designation.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 5.01. Indemnification in Non-Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit, or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

- 6 -


Section 5.02. Indemnification in Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of (i) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Common Pleas, or the court in which such action or suit was brought, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the Court of Common Pleas or such court shall deem proper; or (ii) any action or suit in which the only liability asserted against a director is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 5.03. Indemnification as Matter of Right . To the extent that a person entitled to indemnification has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

Section 5.04. Determination of Conduct . Any indemnification under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V. Such determination shall be made (a) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors of the Corporation who were not and are not parties to or threatened with any such action, suit, or proceeding; (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable or if a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, in a written opinion by independent legal counsel, other than an attorney or a firm having associated with it an attorney who has been retained by or who has performed services for the Corporation or any person to be indemnified within the past five years; (c) by the shareholders; or (d) by the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such action, suit, or proceeding was brought. Any determination made by the disinterested directors under Section 5.04(a) or by independent legal counsel under Section 5.04(b) of this Article V shall be promptly communicated to the person who threatened or brought the action or suit, by or in the right of the Corporation under Section 5.02 of this Article V, and within ten days after receipt of such notification, such person shall have the right to petition the Court of Common Pleas or the court in which such action or suit was brought to review the reasonableness of such determination.

Section 5.05. Mandatory Advance Payment of Expenses . Unless at the time of a director’s act or omission that is the subject of an action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations of the Corporation state that the provisions of Section 1701.13(E)(5)(a) of the Ohio Revised Code do not apply to the Corporation and unless the only liability asserted against the director in an action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V is pursuant to Section 1701.95 of the Ohio Revised Code, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent in defending the action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of any undertaking by or on behalf of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent in which he agrees to do both of the following: (i) repay such

 

- 7 -


amount if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that his action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Corporation or undertaken with reckless regard for the best interests of the Corporation; and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the Corporation concerning the action, suit or proceeding.

Section 5.06. Permissive Advance Payment of Expenses . Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V, may be paid by the Corporation as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit, or proceeding as authorized by the directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article V.

Section 5.07. Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of, and shall be in addition to, any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or the Code of Regulations or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

Section 5.08. Liability Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection on behalf of or for any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article V or of Chapter 1701 of the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 5.09. No Obligation of Repayment . The authority of the Corporation to indemnify persons pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V does not limit the payment of expenses as they are incurred, indemnification, insurance, or other protection that may be provided pursuant to Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07 and 5.08 of this Article. Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of this Article V do not create any obligation to repay or return payments made by the Corporation pursuant to Sections 5.05, 5.06, 5.07 and 5.08 of this Article.

Section 5.10. Elimination or Impairment of Indemnification Rights . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article V, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect or impair in any way the rights of any current or former director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, domestic or foreign, nonprofit or for profit, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise to indemnification pursuant to these provisions with respect to any action, suit or proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, omissions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, modification, termination or repeal.

 

- 8 -


ARTICLE VI.

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 6.01. Certificates for Shares; Uncertificated Shares . Certificates for shares may be, but are not required to be, issued to each holder of shares in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of the Corporation owned by him. The certificates for such shares shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued and shall be signed, in the name of the Corporation, by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by such officers as the Board of Directors may designate. Such signatures may be by facsimile. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so cancelled, except in cases provided for in Section 6.04. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares, provided that the resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until the certificate is surrendered to the Corporation and the resolution shall not apply to a certificated security issued in exchange for an uncertificated security. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner of the shares a written notice containing the information that would be required to be set forth or stated on a share certificate in accordance with applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 6.02. Issuance of Shares . The Board of Directors is authorized to cause to be issued shares of the Corporation up to the full amount authorized by the Articles of Incorporation in such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors and as may be permitted by law.

Section 6.03. Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder named in the certificate, or the shareholder’s legal representative, or the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for such shares. The Corporation may treat, as the absolute owner of shares of the Corporation, the person or persons in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.04. Loss of Certificates . Any shareholder claiming a certificate for shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors shall require and shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim which may be made against it on account of the reissue of such certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been destroyed, stolen or lost. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated without the posting by the owner of any bond upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate.

ARTICLE VII.

DIVIDENDS

Section 7.01. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the shares of the Corporation subject to the provisions of Section 1701.33 of the Ohio Revised Code or any similar statute which may hereafter be enacted and any other applicable provisions of law. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in its discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

 

- 9 -


ARTICLE VIII.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 8.01. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.01. This Code of Regulations may be amended, or new regulations may be adopted, at any meeting of the Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at such meeting (provided a quorum is present at such meeting), or without a meeting by the written consent of all of the Directors.

ARTICLE X

LAW

Section 10.01. If any provision of the Code of Regulations is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Articles of Incorporation, the ORC any other applicable law, the provision of the Code of Regulations shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect. If any of the provisions of the ORC referred to above are modified or superceded, the references to those provisions is to be interpreted to refer to the provisions as so modified or superceded. Except as otherwise stated herein or in the Articles of Incorporation, this Corporation, together with its Board of Directors and Officers, shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and responsibilities set forth in the ORC.

ARTICLE XI.

SEAL

Section 11.01. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal, but whether or not such seal is provided, its use shall not be required in order to validate any act or instrument.

Date of Adoption: August 27 ,2012

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 3.142

State of Delaware

Limited Liability Company

Certificate of Formation

First : The name of the limited liability company is Newco Investments, LLC.

Second : The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Newco Investments, LLC as of June 4, 2004.

 

Newco Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member,
By:   /s/ Michael K. Clawson
  Michael K. Clawson, President

Exhibit 3.143

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

(A Delaware Limited Liability Company)

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) of NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is made and entered into effective as of June 4, 2004, by EXTREME INC., the sole member of the Company (the “Sole Member”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company was formed pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et . seq . (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Act”), by the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on and as of June 4, 2004; and

WHEREAS, the Sole Member desires to provide for the operation and management of the Company for the purposes stated herein and consistent with the provision of the Act;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. The following terms, when used in this Agreement, including its Preamble and Recitals, shall have the following meanings:

“Act” is defined in the first Recital.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to the Sole Member, the deficit balance, if any, in the Sole Member’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Credit to such Capital Account any amounts which the Sole Member is deemed to be obligated to restore to the Company pursuant to the second to last sentence of Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

Except as otherwise modified herein, the foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   1  


(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Advance” is defined in Section 4.4.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, such Person, (b) any officer, director, manager, member, trustee or partner of such Person or such other Person, or (c) any relative of such Person, if a natural person. For purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the direct or indirect right or power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting equity interests, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” is defined in the Preamble.

“Business” is defined in Section 2.3.

“Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for the Sole Member pursuant to Section 4.5 .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to the Sole Member, the contributions by the Sole Member to the capital of the Company pursuant to Article IV .

“Certificate of Cancellation” is defined in Section 8,4.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

“Company” is defined in the Preamble.

“Distributable Cash” means, with respect to any fiscal period of the Company, all cash received by the Company during such period, less the sum of, to the extent paid, provided for or set aside by the Company during such period, (a) all principal and interest payments on indebtedness of the Company and other sums paid or payable to lenders; (b) all cash expenditures incurred incident to the normal operation of the Company’s business; (c) Reserves; and (d) other amounts of capital that the Company may be contractually obligated to retain in order to meet capital requirements or financial ratios imposed by any lender with which the Company may do business.

“Entity” means any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, Company, joint venture, business trust, cooperative or association or any other organization that is not a natural person.

“Event of Dissolution” is defined in Section 8.1 .

“Fiscal Year” is defined in Section 2.8.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   2  


“Gross Asset Value” means with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes except as follows;

(a) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset at the time of contribution, as reasonably determined by the Sole Member;

(b) The Gross Asset Values of all assets of the Company shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as reasonably determined by the Sole Member as of the following times:

(i) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member (including any profits interest granted with a zero initial Capital Account);

(ii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Company; and

(iii) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g);

(c) The Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Company distributed to any Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution; and

(d) The Gross Asset Value of any asset of the Company shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments of the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b) but only to the extent such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m)

“Initial Capital Contribution” means the initial Capital Contribution made by the Sole Member pursuant to Section 4.1 and reflected on Schedule 1, hereto.

“Interest” means all of the rights in and to the Company and with respect to its operation and management held by the Sole Member pursuant to the Act and this Agreement.

“Liquidator” means one or more persons appointed by the Sole Member to wind up the Company pursuant to Section 8.2.

“Losses” is defined in Section 3.5(a).

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   3  


“Net Profits” and “Net Losses” shall mean for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such Fiscal Year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax or excluded from federal gross income and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

(b) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Losses pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

(c) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Agreement in accordance with the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain, or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Losses;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Company asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value; and

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account depreciation for such Fiscal Year, computed in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(g).

“Percentage Interest” means the fraction (expressed as a percentage): set forth opposite the Sole Member’s name on Schedule 1 hereto.

“Person” means any natural person or Entity, and, where the context permits, the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns thereof.

“Reserves” means, with respect to any fiscal period of the Company, funds set aside or allocated by the Sole Member for working capital or to pay taxes, insurance, debt service or other costs or expenses incident to the ownership or operation of the Company’s business.

“Sole Member” is defined in the Preamble.

Tax Matters Partner ” is defined in Section 6.3 .

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   4  


“Treas. Reg” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, as may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION

2.1 Name . The name of the Company shall be NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC, and its business shall be carried on in such name, or in such other names as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

2.2 Formation . Upon the filing of the Company’s Certificate of Formation by Extreme Inc., the Company shall be deemed to have commenced on the date of such filing. The Sole Member shall hereafter execute, or cause to be executed, all other instruments, certificates, notices and documents, and shall do, or cause to be done, all filings, recordings, publications and other acts, in each case as may be necessary or appropriate from time to time to comply with all applicable requirements of the Act and under the laws of all other jurisdictions in which the Company shall desire to conduct business.

2.3 Nature of Business . The purpose of the Company shall be to hold, operate and manage certain real property and related assets and properties throughout the United States (the “Business”). The Company may conduct any other lawful activity as the Sole Member may from time to time determine. The Company shall also have the authority to engage in any lawful business or activity that now or hereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing purposes.

2.4 Term . The term of the Company shall commence as provided in Section 2.2 above and shall continue until dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement.

2.5 Principal Place of Business . The Company shall maintain an office at Bench Plaza, 3041 Pasadena, Dr., Boise, Idaho 83706 or such other location or locations as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

2.6 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s initial registered office in the State of Delaware and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Formation. The registered office and the registered agent may be changed as the Sole Member may from time to time determine.

2.7 Foreign Qualification . The Sole Member shall cause the Company to qualify as a foreign limited liability company in each jurisdiction other than Delaware where it conducts business. The Sole Member shall execute, acknowledge, swear to, and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue and terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   5  


2.8 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) shall consist of the fifty-two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period ending on the Thursday nearest to January 31, in each year.

ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT AND OTHER MATTERS

AFFECTING THE SOLE MEMBER

3.1 Management of the Company. The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed exclusively by the Sole Member, which shall have all, complete and exclusive authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business, property and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions regarding those matters, and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business, property and affairs.

3.2 Action without a Meeting . Any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Sole Member, including determinations and consents under this Agreement, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the Sole Member.

3.3 Dealings with the Company. The Sole Member or any Affiliate of the Sole Member may make loans to, borrower from, and transact other business with, the Company, as the Sole Member may determine from time to time.

3.4 Liability of Sole Member. Neither the Sole Member nor any Affiliate of the Sole Member shall be personally liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member or an Affiliate thereof, except to the extent of the Sole Member’s Capital Contribution and any agreed upon obligation to make an additional Capital Contribution.

3.5 Indemnity.

(a) Except as otherwise covered by separate agreement between the Sole Member or an Affiliate of the Sole Member and any other Entity, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Sole Member (and, where applicable, its officers, directors, employees, shareholders, controlling persons and other Affiliates, and all of their respective successors, assigns, officers, directors, employees, shareholders and controlling persons) harmless from and against all claims, demands, costs, losses and damages, including, without limitation, penalties, fines, settlements, judgments, attorneys’ fees and other reasonable expenses (collectively, “Losses”) incurred as a result of or in connection with (i) any claim that the Sole Member or any other such Person is liable for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or is directly or indirectly required to make payments in respect thereof or in connection therewith, and (ii) any act or omission by the Sole Member or any other such Person for or on behalf of the Company, in any

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   6  


capacity, in each case in connection with the Business conducted by the Company, unless such act or omission was unauthorized, contrary to this Agreement or in bad faith. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which the Sole Member or any such other Person may be entitled’ under any present or future law, statute, agreement, determination of the Sole Member or otherwise.

(b) Each party to be indemnified under Section  3.5(a) shall give each indemnifying party notice of any Losses subject to the indemnity within 30 days after the indemnified party has received actual notice thereof. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in or direct the defense of any action in connection with the reported Loss, provided that he, she or it employs counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. An indemnifying party shall not be liable to an indemnified party in respect of settlement effected by the indemnified party without the written consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

3.6 Interests . An Interest shall be personal property for all purposes. All property owned by the Company shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and the Sole Member shall not be deemed to own any such property or any portion thereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Initial Capital Contribution. On and as of the date hereof, the Sole Member has made, or has been credited with, the Initial Capital Contribution set forth in Schedule 1 .

4.2 Additional Capital Contributions; Guarantees. Unless so determined by the Sole Member in its sole discretion, the Sole Member shall not be required to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Company or to guarantee and/or provide security for Company obligations.

4.3 Return of Contributions . Except as provided in Section  8.1. or as otherwise determined by the Sole Member, the Sole Member shall not be entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions. Any unrepaid Capital Contributions shall not be a liability of the Company. The Sole Member shall not be entitled to be paid interest in respect of either its Capital Account or its Capital Contributions.

4.4 Advances by the Sole Member. The Sole Member or any Affiliate thereof may, in its or their sole and absolute discretion, advance all or part of any needed funds (an “Advance”) to or on behalf of the Company. An Advance by the Sole Member or any Affiliate thereof shall constitute a loan from such Person to the Company, shall bear interest at the General Interest Rate from the date made until the date repaid in full, and shall not be deemed to be a Capital Contribution from the applicable Person.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   7  


4.5 Capital Accounts .

(a) A Capital Account shall be maintained for the Sole Member throughout the term of the Company in accordance with Section 704(b) of the Code (or any successor provision) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Capital Account for the Sole Member shall be:

(i) Increased by (A) the amount of cash contributed by the Sole Member to the Company, (B) the Gross Asset Value of property contributed by the Sole Member to the Company (net of any liabilities secured by any contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take subject to, under Section 752 of the Code, and (C) allocations to the Sole Member of Company Net Profits; and

(ii) Decreased by (A) the amount of cash distributed to the Sole Member by the Company, (B) the Gross Asset Value of property distributed to the Sole Member by the Company (net of liabilities secured by the distributed property that the Sole Member is considered to assume or take subject to, under Section 752 of the Code), and (C) allocations to the Sole Member of Company Net Losses.

(b) In the event the Gross Asset Value of property of the Company is adjusted pursuant to paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the Capital Account of the Sole Member shall be adjusted to reflect the aggregate net adjustments as if the Company had sold all of its assets for their fair market values, and recognized gain or loss equal to the aggregate amount of such net adjustment.

(c) Upon the transfer of all or part of any Interest, by merger, operation of law or otherwise, the Capital Account attributable to such Interest shall carry over to the transferee thereof in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(l).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses.

(a) Net Profits. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2 , Net Profits of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

(b) Net Losses. Except as otherwise provided in this Article V , Net Losses of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   8  


5.2 Mandatory Allocations.

(a) Section 704(c) Allocations. Any income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property (other than cash) that has been contributed by the Sole Member to the capital of the Company, that is deemed to have been contributed to the capital of the Company under Section 708 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or that has been revalued in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f) and which is required to be allocated to the Sole Member for income tax purposes under Section 704(c) of the Code or Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(f) so as to take into account the variation between the tax basis of such property and its agreed upon fair market value at the time of its contribution or revaluation, as the case may be, shall be allocated to the Sole Member solely for income tax purposes in the manner so required.

(b) Qualified Income Offset. In the event the Sole Member, in such capacity, unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), that cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Sole Member, items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to the Sole Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate to the extent required by the Treas. Regs., the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of the Sole Member as quickly as possible. This Section 5.2(b) is intended to comply with the qualified income offset provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, any item of Company income or gain for any Fiscal Year (or any portion of any such item) that is required to be allocated to the members under Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-2(f) or 1.704(2)(i)(4) shall be allocated to the Sole Member for such Fiscal Year in the manner so required by such regulations.

5.3 Tax Allocations.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to the Sole Member in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2 above.

(b) In accordance with Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and the Treas. Regs. thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the Company shall, solely for federal income tax purposes, be allocated to the Sole Member so as to take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and the initial Gross Asset Value. If the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted as described in the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such Company asset shall take into account any variation between the adjusted basis of such’ Company asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treas. Regs. thereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, with respect to all Company

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   9  


assets, the Board shall choose any permissible method under Treas. Reg. § 1.704-3. Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3 are solely for purposes of federal state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing the Sole Member’s Capital Account or share of Net Profits, Net Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) All tax credits shall be allocated 100% to the Sole Member.

5.4 Distributions.

(a) To the extent that the Company has adequate Distributable Cash and may do so in accordance with all applicable law, the Company shall distribute Distributable Cash to the Sole Member in such amounts and at such times as shall be determined by the Sole Member.

(b) For purposes of distributions of Company property in kind, such property shall be valued at its Gross Asset Value as of the date of distribution and the amount of any gain or loss that would be realized by the Company if it were to sell such property at such Gross Asset Value shall be allocated to the Sole Member in accordance with the requirements of the Code and, to the extent such allocation does not violate the Code, this Agreement.

5.5 Limitations on Distributions . No distribution pursuant to Section  5.4 or otherwise shall be paid if, after the distribution is made, (a) the Company would be unable to pay its debts as they become due, (b) liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities to the Sole Member on account of its Capital Contributions) and liabilities for which creditors’ recourse is limited to specific assets of the Company) would exceed the fair value of the Company’s assets (net of any liabilities to which such property may be subject), or (c) requirements for capital maintenance or financing ratios imposed upon the Company under its agreement with any lender would be violated thereby.

5.6 Withholding . The Company may withhold from any distribution made pursuant to this Agreement, and may pay over to the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authority, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Code or provisions of applicable state or federal law. All amounts withheld pursuant to the preceding sentence in connection with a distribution to the Sole Member to satisfy a tax imposed upon the Sole Member shall be treated as an amount distributed to the Sole Member for all purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

TAXES

6.1 Tax Returns. The Sole Member shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all necessary federal and state income tax returns and reports for the Company. The Sole Member shall use its best efforts to cause the Company’s accountants to furnish, within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a statement suitable for use in the preparation of the Sole Member’s income tax return, showing the amounts of contributions by, distributions to, and gains, losses, profits or credits allocated to, the Sole Member during each Fiscal Year.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   10  


6.2 Tax Elections. Neither the Company, the Sole Member nor any of their respective Affiliates may make an election for the Company to be excluded from the application of the provisions of subchapter K of chapter 1 of subtitle A of the Code or any similar provisions of applicable state law, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to sanction or approve such an election.

6.3 Tax Matters Partner. The Sole Member shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Company pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and corresponding provisions of any state or local tax law (the “Tax Matters Partner”).

ARTICLE VII

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

7.1 Accounting Principles. The Company shall keep accurate and detailed books and records of account of all operations and expenditures of the Company, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. All books and records of the Company shall be available for inspection by the Sole Member, or representatives thereof, at all times during normal business hours.

7.2 Records to be Maintained. At the expense of the Company, the Company shall cause to be maintained at its principal place of business the following:

(a) A current and past list setting forth the full name and last known mailing address of each Member;

(b) A written statement of (i) the amount of cash and a description of the agreed value of other property contributed, or agreed to be contributed, by each Member (including that Member’s predecessor in interest); and (ii) the times at which, or events on the occurrence of which, a Member shall be required to make any Capital Contribution other than such Member’s Initial Capital Contribution or any required additional Capital Contribution;

(c) A copy of the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto;

(d) Copies of this Agreement, and all amendments thereto;

(e) Any written consents obtained from the Sole Member for actions taken thereby without a meeting;

(f) Copies of the Company’s federal, state and local tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent Fiscal Years of the Company; and

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   11  


(g) Copies of the Company’s financial statements for the three most recent Fiscal Years of the Company.

7.3 Bank Accounts. At the direction of the Sole Member, the Company shall establish and maintain one or more separate bank or investment accounts and arrangements for Company funds in the Company name with such financial institutions and firms, and with such signatures, as the Sole Member shall approve.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION

8.1 Events of Dissolution. The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of any of the following events (each, an “Event of Dissolution”):

(a) The written consent of the Sole Member; or

(b) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under the Act; or

(c) The expiration of two years after the effective date of involuntary dissolution of the Company pursuant to the Act (for failure to file required reports or to pay any taxes due) without reinstatement of the Company.

8.2 Liquidation and Winding Up . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, the Liquidator shall, at the Company’s expense, continue to operate the Company’s properties with all of the power and authority of the Sole Member, and shall take such steps as it deems necessary or appropriate to proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act, including, without limitation, the following steps:

(a) As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable.

(b) Pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including, without limitation, all expenses incurred in liquidation, any Advances made pursuant to Section 4.41 or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including, without limitation, the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine).

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   12  


(c) Distribute all remaining assets of the Company to the Sole Member in accordance with the positive balance of the Sole Member’s Capital Account, as determined after taking into account all adjustments to such Capital Account for the taxable year of the Company during which the liquidation of the Company occurs.

All distributions in kind to the Sole Member shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for costs, expenses and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Company has committed prior to the date of termination and those costs, expenses and liabilities shall be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section  8.2. The distribution of cash and/or property to the Sole Member in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.2 constitutes a complete return to the Sole Member of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Sole Member of its Interest all of the Company’s property.

8.3 Deficit Capital Accounts . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and notwithstanding any custom or rule of law to the contrary, to the extent that a deficit, if any, in the Capital Account of the Sole Member results from or is attributable to deductions and losses of the Company (including noncash items such as depreciation), or distributions of money pursuant to this Agreement, upon dissolution of the Company, such deficit shall not be an asset of the Company and the Sole Member shall not be obligated to contribute such amount to the Company to bring the balance of the Sole Member’s Capital Account to zero.

8.4 Termination . Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and distribution of the assets of the Company, the Liquidator shall file a certificate of cancellation (the “Certificate of Cancellation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act. Upon filing of the Certificate of Cancellation, the Company shall be terminated and, except as otherwise provided in the Act, the Company shall cease to exist.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument adopted or consented to by the Sole Member.

9.2 Entire Agreement. This document, together with the other documents and agreements referred to herein, is the entire, final and complete agreement and understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all written and oral agreements heretofore made or existing by and among the parties or their representatives with respect thereto.

9.3 Binding Effect. All rights, remedies and liabilities herein given to or imposed upon the parties hereto shall extend to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, as the circumstances may require, the parties hereto, and to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their respective heirs, personal representatives, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   13  


9.4 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

9.5 Waivers. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the waiving party. The failure of any party hereto to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Agreement by any other party, irrespective of the length of time for which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such party’s right to demand strict compliance in the future. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver be applicable to subsequent transactions unless otherwise stated therein.

9.6 Governing Law. This Agreement and the formation and operation of the Company pursuant hereto shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware and in particular, the Act, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9.7 Captions. The caption headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of any provision of this Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   14  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Limited Liability Company Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized member as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE MEMBER:     EXTREME INC.
    By:   /s/ Michael K. Clawson
    Name:   Michael K. Clawson
    Its:   President

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   15  


Schedule 1

SOLE MEMBER REGISTRY

 

Sole Member

   Capital Contribution    Percentage Interest  

Extreme Inc.

   $100      100.0

 

Newco Investments, LLC Agreement   16  

Exhibit 3.144

State of Delaware

Certificate of Limited Partnership

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited partnership pursuant to Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Delaware Code, Chapter 17, do hereby certify as follows:

First : The name of the limited partnership is NHI Investment Partners, LP

Second : The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Third : The name and mailing of address of each general partner is as follows: Newco Holdings, Inc., Bench Plaza, 3041 Pasadena Dr., Boise, ID 83706.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership of NHI Investment Partners, LP as of June 4, 2004.

 

Newco Holdings Inc.,

its General Partner,

By:   /s/ Michael K. Clawson
  Michael K. Clawson, President

Exhibit 3.145

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

(A Delaware Limited Partnership)

This AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of December 1, 2004, by and among the Partners (as defined below). In consideration of the mutual covenants, rights, and obligations set forth in this Agreement, the benefits to be derived therefrom, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and the sufficiency of which each Partner acknowledges and confesses, the Partners agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.01 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with that first Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means (a) with respect to any corporation or other entity having voting shares or the equivalent and elected directors, managers, or Persons performing similar functions, the ownership or power to vote more than 25% of shares or the equivalent having the power to vote in the election of directors, managers, or Persons performing similar functions, and (b) with respect to any other entity, the ability to direct its business and affairs.

“Agreement” has the meaning given that term in the introductory paragraph hereof.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a holiday on which banks in the State of Delaware are closed.

“Capital Contribution ” means any contribution by a Partner to the capital of the Partnership.

“Certificate” means the certificate of limited partnership of the Partnership, as amended or restated from time to time.

 

NHI Investment Partners, LP Agreement   1  


“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

“Dispose,” “Disposing,” or “Disposition” means a sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, grant of a security interest, or other disposition or encumbrance, or the acts thereof.

“General Partner” means any person executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as a general partner or hereafter admitted to the Partnership as a general partner as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a general partner in the Partnership.

“Limited Partner” means any person executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as a limited partner or hereafter admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Person who has ceased to be a limited partner in the Partnership.

“Managing General Partner” means Extreme Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any other General Partner designated as Managing General Partner, from time to time, as provided in this Agreement. The Managing General Partner is the only General Partner.

“Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner.

“Partnership” has the meaning given that term in Section 2.01.

“Partnership Interest” means the interest of a Partner in the Partnership, including, without limitation, rights to distributions (liquidating or otherwise), allocations, information, and to consent or approve.

“Person” means any natural or juridical person, including any entity (corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company, business trust, association, etc.), whether foreign or domestic.

“Sharing Ratio” means with respect to any Partner executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement, the percentage interest set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

1.02 Other Definitions. Other terms defined herein have the meanings so given them.

1.03 Construction. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neutral. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement, and all references to Exhibits are to Exhibits attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes.

 

2


ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

2.01 Formation. Effective June 4, 2004, the Persons executing this Agreement formed a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”) for the purposes set forth in this Agreement.

2.02 Name. The name of the Partnership is NHI Investments Partners, LP, and all Partnership business must be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with applicable law as the Managing General Partner may select from time to time.

2.03 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Other Offices. The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be at such place as the Managing General Partner may designate from time to time. The registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction shall be such Person or Persons as the Managing General Partner may designate from time to time. The Partnership may have such other offices as the Managing General Partner may designate from time to time.

2.04 Purposes. The purposes of the Partnership are to own and operate retail properties and operations and to engage in any other business or activity that now or hereafter may be necessary, incidental, proper, advisable, or convenient to accomplish the foregoing purposes (including, without limitation, obtaining financing therefor) and to conduct any other business that is not forbidden by the law of the jurisdiction in which the Partnership engages in such business.

2.05 Separate Business. The Partnership shall keep its business and affairs and all of its property and operations separate and distinct from the business, affairs, assets and operations of the Partners and of any other person or entity in which any of them may be or become interested.

2.06 Certificate; Foreign Qualification. The Managing General Partner has executed and caused to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate containing information required by the Act and such other information as the Managing General Partner has deemed appropriate. Prior to the Partnership’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, the Managing General Partner shall cause the Partnership to comply, to the extent required by law and to the extent that those matters are reasonably within the control of the Managing General Partner, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability) in that jurisdiction, under such name, assumed name or other name that it desires. At the request of the Managing General Partner, each Partner shall execute, acknowledge, swear to, and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to form, qualify, continue, and terminate the Partnership as a limited partnership under the law of the State of Delaware and to qualify, continue, and terminate the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability) in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business, and to this end the Managing General Partner may use the power of attorney described in Section 6.05.

 

3


2.07 Term. The existence of the Partnership as a limited partnership shall commence on the date the Certificate is filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware in accordance with the Act, or such other office as is appropriate under applicable state law, and shall continue until the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership and its business and affairs following a liquidating event, as provided in Article VIII hereof.

2.08 Merger or Consolidation. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into another limited partnership or other Person, or enter into an agreement to do so, only with the consent of all of the Partners.

ARTICLE III

PARTNERS; REPRESENTATIVES; DISPOSITIONS OF INTERESTS

3.01 Initial Partners. The initial general partners and limited partners of the Partnership are the Persons executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as general partners and limited partners, respectively, each of which is admitted to the Partnership as a general partner or a limited partner, as the case may be, effective with the commencement of the Partnership.

3.02 Representations and Warranties. Each Partner represents and warrants to the Partnership and each other Partner that (a) if that Partner is a corporation, it is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the law of the state of its incorporation and is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation in the jurisdiction of its principal place of business (if not incorporated therein), (b) if that Partner is a partnership, trust, or other entity, it is duly formed, validly existing, and (if applicable) in good standing under the law of the state of its formation, and if required by law is duly qualified to do business and (if applicable) in good standing in the jurisdiction of its principal place of business (if not formed therein), and the representations and warranties in clause (a) or (b), as applicable, are true and correct with respect to each partner (other than limited partners), trustee, or other member thereof, (c) that Partner has full corporate, partnership, trust, or other applicable power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and all necessary actions by the board of directors, shareholders, partners, trustees, beneficiaries, or other Persons necessary for the due authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by that Partner have been duly taken, (d) that Partner has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and (e) that Partner’s authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement do not conflict with any other agreement or arrangement to which that Partner is a party or by which it is bound.

3.03 No Dispositions of Interests. Partnership Interests may not be Disposed of without consent of the Managing General Partner, and any purported Disposition of Partnership Interest without such consent shall be null and void, and shall have no legal effect. The Partners and the Partnership shall not be required to recognize any Disposition not effected in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

4


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01 Initial Contributions. Prior to or contemporaneously with the commencement of business by the Partnership, each Partner will have made the initial Capital Contributions described for that Partner in Exhibit A.

4.02 Subsequent Contributions. Without creating any rights in favor of any third party, each Partner shall contribute to the Partnership, in cash, from time to time, that Partner’s Sharing Ratio of all monies that in the judgment of the Managing General Partner are necessary to enable the Partnership to cause the assets of the Partnership to be properly operated and maintained and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. The Managing General Partner shall notify each Partner of the need for Capital Contributions pursuant to this Section 4.02 when appropriate, which notice must include a statement in reasonable detail of the proposed uses of the Capital Contributions and a date (which date may be no earlier than the fifth Business Day following each Partner’s receipt of its notice) before which the Capital Contributions must be made. Notices of Capital Contributions must be made to all Partners in accordance with their Sharing Ratios.

4.03 Return of Contributions. A Partner is not entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of either its capital account or its Capital Contributions. An unrepaid Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Partnership or of any Partner. A Partner is not required to contribute or to lend any cash or property to the Partnership to enable the Partnership to return any Partner’s Capital Contributions.

4.04 Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be established and maintained for each Partner. Each Partner’s capital account (a) shall be increased by (i) the amount of money contributed by that Partner to the Partnership, (ii) the fair market value of property contributed by that Partner to the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume to take subject to under section 752 of the Code), and (iii) allocations to that Partner of Partnership income and gain (or items thereof), including income and gain exempt from tax and income and gain described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g), but excluding income and gain described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(4)(i), and (b) shall be decreased by (i) the amount of money distributed to that Partner by the Partnership, (ii) the fair market value of property distributed to that Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under section 752 of the Code), (iii) allocations to that Partner of expenditures of the Partnership described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, and (iv) allocations of Partnership loss and deduction (or items thereof), including loss and deduction described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(g), but excluding items described in b(iii) above and loss or deduction described in Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) or 1.704-1(b)(4)(iii). The Partners’ capital accounts shall also be maintained and adjusted as permitted by the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f) and as required by the other provisions of Treas. Reg. §§ 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv) and 1.704-1(b)(4), including adjustments to reflect the allocations to the Partners of depreciation, depletion,

 

5


amortization, and gain or loss as computed for book purposes rather than the allocation of the corresponding items as computed for tax purposes, as required by Treas. Reg. §1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(g). A partner who has more that one interest in the Partnership shall have a single capital account that reflects all such interests, regardless of the class of interests owned by such Partner and regardless of the time or manner in which such interests were acquired. Upon the transfer of all or part of an interest in the Partnership, the capital account of the transferor that is attributable to the transferred interest in the Partnership shall carry over to the transferee Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l).

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.01 Allocations. Except as may be required by section 704(c) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § l.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f)(4), all items of income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their Sharing Ratios.

5.02 Distributions. (a) From time to time prior to commencement of liquidation under Section 8.02, the Managing General Partner shall determine in its reasonable judgment to what extent (if any) the Partnership’s cash on hand exceeds its current and anticipated needs, including, without limitation, for operating expenses, debt service, acquisitions, and a reasonable contingency reserve. If such an excess exists, the Managing General Partner shall cause the Partnership to distribute to the Partners, in accordance with their Sharing Ratios, an amount in cash equal to that excess.

(b) From time to time the Managing General Partner also may cause property of the Partnership other than cash to be distributed to the Partners, which distribution must be made in accordance with their Sharing Ratios and may be made subject to existing liabilities and obligations.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION

6.01 Management of Partnership Affairs. (a) Except for situations in which the approval of other Partners is expressly required by this Agreement or by nonwaivable provisions of applicable law, the Managing General Partner shall have full, complete, and exclusive authority to manage and control the business, affairs, and properties of the Partnership, to make all decisions regarding those matters, and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Partnership’s business. The Managing General Partner may make all decisions and take all actions for the Partnership not otherwise provided for in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following:

(i) entering into, making, and performing contracts, agreements, and other undertakings binding the Partnership that may be necessary, appropriate, or advisable in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership and making all decisions and waivers thereunder;

 

6


(ii) opening and maintaining bank and investment accounts and arrangements, drawing checks and other orders for the payment of money, and designating individuals with authority to sign or give instructions with respect to those accounts and arrangements;

(iii) maintaining the assets of the Partnership in good order;

(iv) collecting sums due the Partnership;

(v) to the extent that funds of the Partnership are available therefor, paying debts and obligations of the Partnership;

(vi) acquiring, utilizing for Partnership purposes, and Disposing of any asset of the Partnership;

(vii) borrowing money or otherwise committing the credit of the Partnership for Partnership activities, for activities of the Partnership’s Affiliates and voluntary prepayments or extensions of debt;

(viii) selecting, removing, and changing the authority and responsibility of lawyers, accountants, and other advisers and consultants;

(ix) obtaining insurance for the Partnership;

(x) determining distributions of Partnership cash and other property as provided in Section 5.02; and

(xi) appointing and electing Persons to act as agents of the Partnership to perform such duties and in such capacities and having such titles as determined by the Managing General Partner (it being agreed that any Person representing the Partnership with a given title shall have such duties and authority as contemplated by the description of such title contained in the Managing General Partner’s Bylaws as of the date of this Agreement).

(b) Unless appointed by the Managing General Partner as contemplated by Section 6.01(a)(xi) above, no Partner (other than the Managing General Partner) has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership, to do any act that would be binding on the Partnership, or to incur any expenditures on behalf of the Partnership.

(c) Any Person dealing with the Partnership, other than a Partner, may rely on the authority of the Managing General Partner in taking any action in the name of the Partnership without inquiry into the provisions of this Agreement or compliance herewith, regardless of whether that action actually is taken in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7


6.02 Compensation. The Managing General Partner is not entitled to compensation for its services as Managing Partner, but it is entitled to be reimbursed for out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in the course of its service in that capacity in accordance with this Agreement, including for the portion of its overhead reasonably allocable to Partnership activities.

6.03 Standards and Conflicts. (a) Except as provided otherwise in the Agreement, the Managing General Partner shall conduct the affairs of the Partnership in good faith toward the best interests of the Partnership. The Managing General Partner is liable for errors or omissions in performing its duties with respect to the Partnership only in the case of willful misconduct, but not otherwise. The Managing General Partner shall devote such time and effort to the Partnership business and operations as is necessary to promote fully the interests of the Partnership; however, neither the Managing General Partner nor any other General Partner must devote full time to Partnership business.

(b) Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Managing General Partner and each other Partner at any time and from time to time may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Partnership, with no obligation to offer to the Partnership or any other Partner the right to participate therein.

(c) The Partnership may transact business with any Partner or Affiliate of a Partner on terms determined necessary or desirable by the Managing General Partner.

6.04 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, on request by the Person indemnified, the Partnership shall indemnify each General Partner, its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, and agents and hold them harmless from and against all losses, costs, liabilities, damages, and expenses (including, without limitation, costs of suit and attorney’s fees) any of them may incur as a General Partner in the Partnership or in performing the obligations of that General Partner with respect to the Partnership, and on request by the Person indemnified the Partnership shall advance expenses associated with defense of any related action; provided, however, that this indemnity does not apply to actions constituting bad faith, gross negligence, or breach of the provisions of this Agreement.

6.05 Power of Attorney. Each Partner hereby appoints the Managing General Partner (and any liquidator pursuant to Section 8.02) as that Partner’s attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing, swearing to, acknowledging, and delivering all certificates, documents, and other instruments as may be necessary, appropriate, or advisable in the judgment of the Managing General Partner (or the liquidator) in furtherance of the business of the Partnership or complying with applicable law, including, without limitation, filings of the type described in Section 2.06. This power of attorney is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest. On request by the Managing General Partner (or the liquidator), a Partner shall confirm its grant of this power of attorney or any use of it by the Managing General Partner (or the liquidator) and shall execute, swear to, acknowledge, and deliver any such certificate, document, or other instrument.

 

8


ARTICLE VII

TAXES

7.01 Tax Returns. The Managing General Partner shall cause to be prepared and filed all necessary federal and state income tax returns for the Partnership, including making the elections described in Section 7.02. Each Partner shall furnish to the Managing General Partner all pertinent information in its possession relating to Partnership operations that is necessary to enable the Partnership’s income tax returns to be prepared and filed.

7.02 Tax Elections. The Partnership shall make the following elections on the appropriate tax returns:

(a) to adopt a fifty-two (52) or fifty-three (53) week period ending on the Thursday nearest to January 31, in each year as the Partnership’s fiscal year;

(b) to adopt the accrual method of accounting;

(c) if a distribution of Partnership property as described in section 734 of the Code occurs or if a transfer of a Partnership Interest as described in section 743 of the Code occurs, on request by notice from any Partner, to elect, pursuant to section 754 of the Code, to adjust the basis of Partnership properties;

(d) to elect to amortize the organization expenses of the Partnership ratably over a period of 60 months as permitted by section 709(b) of the Code; and

(e) any other election the Managing General Partner may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Partners.

7.03 Tax Matters Partner. The Managing General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership pursuant to section 6231(a)(7) of the Code. The Managing General Partner shall take such action as may be necessary to cause each other Partner to become a “notice partner” within the meaning of section 6223 of the Code. The Managing General Partner shall inform each other Partner of all significant matters that may come to its attention in its capacity as tax matters partner by giving notice thereof on or before the fifth Business Day after becoming aware thereof and, within that time, shall forward to each other Partner copies of all significant written communications it may receive in that capacity. The preceding provisions are not intended to authorize the Managing General Partner to take any action left to the determination of an individual Partner under sections 6222 through 6232 of the Code.

 

9


ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION

8.01 Dissolution. The Partnership shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:

(a) the written consent of all of the Partners;

(b) the sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s property;

(c) the bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or withdrawal of any Partner;

(d) the happening of any other event that makes it unlawful, impossible, or impractical to carry on the business of the Partnership; or

(e) Any event which causes there to be no General Partner.

8.02 Liquidation and Termination. On dissolution of the Partnership, the Managing General Partner shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more other Persons as liquidator; provided, however, that if the Partnership dissolves on account of an event of the type described in section 17-402(a)(4)-(l0) of the Act with respect to the Managing General Partner, the liquidator shall be one or more Persons selected in writing by other Partners. The liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Partnership and make final distributions as provided herein. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Partnership expense. Until final distribution, the liquidator shall continue to operate the Partnership properties with all of the power and authority of the Managing General Partner. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidator are as follows:

(a) as promptly as possible after dissolution and gain after final liquidation, the liquidator shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Partnership’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable;

(b) the liquidator shall pay from Partnership funds all of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership or otherwise make adequate provision therefor (including, without limitation, the establishment of a cash escrow fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidator may reasonably determine); and

(c) all remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners as follows:

(i) the liquidator may sell any or all Partnership property, including to Partners, and any resulting gain or loss from each sale shall be computed and allocated to the capital accounts of the Partners;

 

10


(ii) with respect to all Partnership property that has not been sold, the fair market value of that property shall be determined and the capital accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss, and deduction inherent in that property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners if there were a taxable disposition of that property for the fair market value of that property on the date of its distribution; and

(iii) Partnership property shall be distributed among the Partners in accordance with the positive capital account balances of the Partners, as determined after taking into account all capital account adjustments for the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (other than those made by reason of this clause (iii)); and those distributions shall be made by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (or, if later, 90 days after the date of the liquidation).

All distributions in kind to the Partners shall be made subject to the liability of each distributee for its allocable share of costs, expenses, and liabilities theretofore incurred or for which the Partnership has committed prior to the date of termination and those costs, expenses, and liabilities shall be allocated to the distributee pursuant to this Section 8.02. The distribution of cash and/or property to a Partner in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.02 constitutes a complete return to the Partner of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Partner of its Partnership Interest and all the Partnership’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Partners have consented within the meaning of section 17-502(b) of the Act. To the extent that a Partner returns funds to the Partnership, it has no claim against any other Partner for those funds.

8.03 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the distribution of Partnership assets as provided herein, the Partnership is terminated, and the General Partners (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate and any other filings made as provided in Section 2.06 and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.01 Offset. Whenever the Partnership is to pay any sum to any Partner, any amounts that Partner owes the Partnership may be deducted from that sum before payment.

 

11


9.02 Notices. All notices, requests, or consents provided for or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and must be give either by depositing that writing in the United States mail, addressed to the recipient, postage paid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering that writing to the recipient in person, by courier, or by facsimile transmission. A notice, request, or consent given under this Agreement is effective on receipt by the Person to receive it. All notices, requests, and consents to be sent to a Partner must be sent to or made at the addresses given for that Partner on Exhibit A or such other address as that Partner may specify by notice to the other Partners. Any notice, request, or consent to the Partnership must be given to the Managing General Partner.

9.03 Entire Agreement; Supersedure. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Partners and their Affiliates relating to the Partnership and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the Partnership, whether oral or written.

9.04 Effect of Waiver or Consent. A waiver or consent, express or implied, to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of its obligations with respect to the Partnership is not a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person with respect to the Partnership. Failure on the part of a Person to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default with respect to the Partnership, irrespective of how long that failure continues, does not constitute a waiver by that Person of its rights with respect to that default until the applicable statute-of-limitations period has run.

9.05 Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by all of the Partners.

9.06 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on Dispositions set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the Partners and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

9.07 Governing Law; Severability. THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances is not affected and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

9.08 Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it, each Partner shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.

9.09 Waiver of Certain Rights. Each Partner irrevocable waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the Partnership or for partition of the property of the Partnership.

 

12


9.10 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Partner shall indemnify the Partnership and each other Partner and hold them harmless from and against all losses, costs, liabilities, damages, and expenses (including, without limitation, costs of suit and attorney’s fees) they may incur on account of any breach by that Partner of this Agreement.

9.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement of Limited Partnership is executed as of the date first above written.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
EXTREME INC.
By:   /s/ Michael K. Clawson
Name:   Michael K. Clawson
Its:   President

 

LIMITED PARTNER:
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
By:   Extreme Inc.
Its:   Sole Member

 

By:   /s/ Michael K. Clawson
Name:   Michael K. Clawson
Its:   President

 

13


Exhibit A

 

Partner Name    Sharing Ratio   Initial Contribution

General Partner:

    

EXTREME INC.

   1%   $207,773

Limited Partner:

    

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

   99%   $12,239,412

 

14

Exhibit 3.146

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC.

2. The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover County of Kent, Delaware 19901.

3. The limited liability company shall not have a specific date of dissolution and shall, subject to the terms and provisions of any Limited Liability Company Agreement of the limited liability company and of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, have a perpetual existence.

4. The purpose of the limited liability company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.


Executed on May 30, 2006

 

/s/ Rikki Solowey
Name:   Rikki Solowey
Title:   Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, it is hereby certified that:

 

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (the “Company”) is NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC.

 

SECOND: Paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby deleted in its entirety.

The undersigned, an authorized person of the Company, executes this Certificate of Amendment on August 31, 2006.

 

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
By:   NHI TX OWNER LP
By:   NHI TX Owner GP LLC

 

By:   /s/ Todd Kristol
Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.147

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by NHI TX OWNER LP, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

-2-


The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management .

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities.

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7, the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

-8-


  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

 

-10-


(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) I ndemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29) .

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests .

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                           , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the          day of                      , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

 

NHI TX OWNER LP
By:   /s/ Todd Kristol
Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President

 

SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name: Kenneth J. Uva

 

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name: Victor A. Duva

 

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

 

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of                   , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                   , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to

 

A-2


the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means NHI TX OWNER LP, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

A-3


B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

  

Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution

  

Membership
Interest

NHI TX OWNER LP   

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $1,000    100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                          , 2006

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                           , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.148

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

 

  

LOGO

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

Article 1 – Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

NHI TX Lease Owner LP

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☒   A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

 

OR

☐   B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

 

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

800 Brazos, Suite 1100    Austin    TX    78701

Street Address

   City    State    Zip Code

Article 3—Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person.)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

 

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

           
   

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
  OR              
   

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   

NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC

 

       

Organization Name

                   
  ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON            
    250 ParkCenter Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID       83726
  Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

Form 207

 

1


 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

           
   

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
  OR              
   

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   

    

 

       

Organization Name

                   
  ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON            
                                
  Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

 

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)

   

IF INDIVIDUAL

                   
                            
   

First Name

   M.I.    Last Name         Suffix
  OR              
   

IF ORGANIZATION

                   
   

    

 

   

Organization Name

           
  ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON            
                                
  Street or Mailing Address    City    State      Country      Zip Code

Article 4—Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

250 Park Center Boulevard    Boise    ID    USA    83726

Street or Mailing Address

   City    State    Country    Zip Code

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A. ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207

 

2


B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: May 30, 2006

 

Signature for each general partner:

/s/ Rikki Soloway

 

Form 207

 

3

Exhibit 3.149

 

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

   Definitions.      1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

   Formation      3  

Section 2.2.

   Name.      3  

Section 2.3.

   Place of Business.      3  

Section 2.4.

   Registered Office; Registered Agent.      3  

Section 2.5.

   Term.      4  

Section 2.6.

   Purpose.      4  

Section 2.7.

   Powers.      4  

Section 2.8.

   Ownership.      5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

   Authority of the General Partner.      5  

Section 3.2.

   Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner.      6  

Section 3.3.

   Officers.      7  

Section 3.4.

   Partnership Expenses.      7  

Section 3.5.

   Certain Activities of the General Partner.      7  

Section 3.6.

   Contracts with Affiliates.      8  

Section 3.7.

   Other Matters Affecting the General Partner.      8  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     8  

Section 4.1.

   Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally.      8  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     9  

Section 5.1.

   Admission of Partners.      9  

Section 5.2.

   Capital Contributions.      9  

Section 5.3.

   Return of Capital.      9  

Section 5.4.

   Interest on Capital Contributions.      9  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     9  

Section 6.1.

   Bank Accounts.      9  

Section 6.2.

   Records.      9  

Section 6.3.

   Books of Account; Reports.      10  

Section 6.4.

   Preparation of Tax Returns.      10  

Section 6.5.

   Tax Elections.      10  

Section 6.6.

   Tax Matters Partner.      10  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     10  

Section 7.1.

   Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts.      10  

Section 7.2.

   Special Allocations to Capital Accounts.      10  

 

i


          Page  

Section 7.3.

   Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c).      11  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     11  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     11  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     13  

Section 10.1.

   Transfer.      13  

Section 10.2.

   Limited Partner Transfers.      13  

Section 10.3.

   Substitute Limited Partner.      13  

Section 10.4.

   Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest.      13  

Section 10.5.

   Substitute General Partner.      13  

Section 10.6.

   Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee.      13  

Section 10.7.

   Withdrawal.      14  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     14  

Section 11.1.

   Dissolution Events.      14  

Section 11.2.

   Election to Continue the Partnership.      14  

Section 11.3.

   Winding Up.      14  

Section 11.4.

   Rights of Limited Partners.      15  

Section 11.5.

   Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate.      15  

Section 11.6.

   Waiver of Partition.      15  

Section 11.7.

   Negative Capital Accounts.      16  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     16  

Section 12.1.

   Amendments.      16  

Section 12.2.

   Complete Agreement.      16  

Section 12.3.

   Governing Law.      16  

Section 12.4.

   Binding Effect.      16  

Section 12.5.

   Interpretation.      17  

Section 12.6.

   Multiple Counterparts.      17  

Section 12.7.

   Execution of Documents.      17  

Section 12.8.

   No Third Party Beneficiary.      17  

Section 12.9.

   Notices.      17  

Section 12.10.

   Waiver.      18  

Section 12.11.

   Liability.      18  

ARTICLE XIII.

     18  

ARTICLE XIV.

     19  

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A

     —        Tax Appendix

 

ii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the     day of                 , 2006, by and among NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and NHI TX OWNER LP , a Texas limited partnership, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is increased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership

 

1


(net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and (g)  as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means NHI TX OWNER LP , a Texas limited partnership, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0 % in the case of the General Partner.

 

2


“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax:

 

3


(713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section 12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

(a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; and

 

  (iii) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

 

4


Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under the Act. Subject to Section 3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without

 

5


limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

 

6


(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses .

(a) The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

7


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section 3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and

 

8


the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

 

9


Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts . Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

 

10


Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint

 

11


or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y) the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

 

12


(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio .

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

 

13


Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section 11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

 

14


(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in Section 11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section 11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

15


Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however , that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c)  below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

 

16


Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

 

17


NHI TX OWNER LP

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

 

18


ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name: Todd Kristol
  Title: Vice President

 

LIMITED PARTNER:

NHI TX OWNER LP , a Texas limited partnership

By:

 

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name: Todd Kristol
  Title: Vice President

 

20


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis

 

A-1


Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

 

A-2


(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

A-3


(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5)  or (6) , that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

 

A-4


(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section 754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

 

A-5


(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-6


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the

 

A-7


unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and

 

A-8


not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy

 

A-9


Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the “Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or

 

A-10


Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-11

Exhibit 3.150

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is NHI TX Owner GP LLC.

2. The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are National Corporate Research, Ltd., 615 South DuPont Highway, in the City of Dover County of Kent, Delaware 19901.

3. The limited liability company shall not have a specific date of dissolution and shall, subject to the terms and provisions of any Limited Liability Company Agreement of the limited liability company and of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, have a perpetual existence.

4. The purpose of the limited liability company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

Executed on May 30, 2006

 

/s/ Rikki Solowey

Name:   Rikki Solowey
Title:   Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, it is hereby certified that:

 

FIRST:    The name of the limited liability company (the “Company”) is NHI TX Owner GP LLC.
SECOND:    Paragraph 4 of the Certificate of Formation of the Company is hereby deleted in its entirety.

The undersigned, an authorized person of the Company, executes this Certificate of Amendment on August 31, 2006.

 

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
By:   ABS Mezzanine II LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

  Name: Todd Kristol
  Title: Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.151

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement ”) of NHI TX OWNER GP LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member ”), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq. ), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name .

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is NHI TX OWNER GP LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office .

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office .

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent .

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members .

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.


(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section 10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes . The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company or its subsidiaries has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers .

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section 7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

 

-3-


Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section 10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section 10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

 

-4-


(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section 10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j) , the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

 

-5-


(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14 , 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 o r Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j), the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

-6-


  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

-7-


  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity;

 

  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

(v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j) ;

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D)

make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that

 

-8-


  the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section 7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director .

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section 10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers .

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and

 

-9-


agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of

 

-10-


the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 12. Limited Liability .

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions .

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions .

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14, are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses .

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

 

-11-


Section 16. Distributions.

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records .

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to keep confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

 

-12-


(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business .

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person ”), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

 

-13-


(c) Expenses . Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall

 

-14-


have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section 23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-15-


Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members .

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23) , to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

 

-16-


(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights .

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section 29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions .

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

-17-


Section 28. Entire Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments .

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices .

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section 2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

 

-18-


Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness .

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on                 , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the      day of                 , 2006.

 

MEMBER:

 

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

By:  

/s/ Chris Schiermbock

  Name: Chris Schiermbock
  Title: Vice President

 

  SPECIAL MEMBERS:
 

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

  Name: Kenneth J. Uva

 

 

/s/ Victor A. Duva

  Name: Victor A. Duva

 

-20-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Mezzanine Loan Agreement dated as of             , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on             , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means NHI TX OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company).

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
     Membership
Interest
 

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

  

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $ 1,000        100

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

                , 2006

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of NHI TX OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                 , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

  Kenneth J. Uva
 

 

  Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.152

 

Form 207

(Revised 01/06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

 

Filing Fee: $750

  

LOGO

 

 

Certificate of Formation

Limited Partnership

   This space reserved for office use.

 

Article 1 — Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:

NHI TX Owner LP

 

 

The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.

 

Article 2 — Registered Agent and Registered Office

(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)

☑  A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

National Corporate Research, Ltd.

 

 

OR

☐  B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 

First Name    M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

800 Brazos, Suite 1100

   Austin    TX      78701  
Street Address    City    State      Zip Code  

 

Article 3 — Governing Authority

(Select and complete either A or B and provide the name and address of each governing person)

The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:

 

NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization but not both)

 

  IF INDIVIDUAL               
                
  First Name    M.I.    Last Name                Suffix  
OR               
  IF ORGANIZATION               
  NHI TX Owner GP LLC  
  Organization Name               
ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON               
    250 Park Center Blvd., P.O. Box 20    Boise    ID           83726  
Street or Mailing Address    City       State    Country      Zip Code  

 

Form 207    1   


NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization but not both)

  IF INDIVIDUAL               
                
  First Name    M.I.    Last Name              Suffix
OR               
  IF ORGANIZATION               
                
  Organization Name                         

ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON

              
    
Street or Mailing Address    City         State    Country    Zip Code
              
NAME OF GOVERNING PERSON (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization but not both)
  IF INDIVIDUAL               
                
  First Name    M.I.    Last Name              Suffix
OR               
  IF ORGANIZATION               
                            
  Organization Name               
ADDRESS OF GOVERNING PERSON               
              
Street or Mailing Address    City         State    Country    Zip Code

 

Article 4 — Principal Office

The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code is:

 

            250 Park Center Boulevard

             Boise      ID        USA        83726  

Street or Mailing Address

   City            State        Country        Zip Code  

 

Supplemental Provisions/Information

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

 

 

Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C)

A. ☑ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

 

Form 207    2   


B. ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                                                                                       

C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90 th day after the date of signing is:                                                                                  

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

 

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

Date:   May 30, 2006    
      Signature for each general partner:
        /s/ Rikki Soloway
       
       

 

Form 207    3   

Exhibit 3.153

 

 

 

L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP A GREEMENT

OF

NHI TX OWNER LP

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS

     1  

Section 1.1.

     Definitions.      1  

ARTICLE II. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     3  

Section 2.1.

     Formation      3  

Section 2.2.

     Name.      4  

Section 2.3.

     Place of Business.      4  

Section 2.4.

     Registered Office; Registered Agent.      4  

Section 2.5.

     Term.      4  

Section 2.6.

     Purpose.      4  

Section 2.7.

     Powers.      5  

Section 2.8.

     Ownership.      5  

ARTICLE III. THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

     5  

Section 3.1.

     Authority of the General Partner.      5  

Section 3.2.

     Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner.      7  

Section 3.3.

     Officers.      7  

Section 3.4.

     Partnership Expenses.      8  

Section 3.5.

     Certain Activities of the General Partner.      8  

Section 3.6.

     Contracts with Affiliates.      9  

Section 3.7.

     Other Matters Affecting the General Partner.      9  

ARTICLE IV. THE LIMITED PARTNERS

     9  

Section 4.1.

     Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally.      10  

ARTICLE V. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     10  

Section 5.1.

     Admission of Partners.      10  

Section 5.2.

     Capital Contributions.      10  

Section 5.3.

     Return of Capital.      10  

Section 5.4.

     Interest on Capital Contributions.      10  

ARTICLE VI. ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     10  

Section 6.1.

     Bank Accounts.      10  

Section 6.2.

     Records.      11  

Section 6.3.

     Books of Account; Reports.      11  

Section 6.4.

     Preparation of Tax Returns.      11  

Section 6.5.

     Tax Elections.      11  

Section 6.6.

     Tax Matters Partner.      11  

ARTICLE VII. ALLOCATIONS

     11  

 

i


            Page  

Section 7.1.

     Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts.      11  

Section 7.2.

     Special Allocations to Capital Accounts.      12  

Section 7.3.

     Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c)      12  

ARTICLE VIII. DISTRIBUTIONS

     13  

ARTICLE IX. INDEMNIFICATION

     13  

ARTICLE X. TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

     15  

Section 10.1.

     Transfer      15  

Section 10.2.

     Limited Partner Transfers.      15  

Section 10.3.

     Substitute Limited Partner.      15  

Section 10.4.

     Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest      15  

Section 10.5.

     Substitute General Partner.      15  

Section 10.6.

     Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee.      15  

Section 10.7.

     Withdrawal.      15  

ARTICLE XI. DISSOLUTION

     15  

Section 11.1.

     Dissolution Events.      16  

Section 11.2.

     Election to Continue the Partnership.      16  

Section 11.3.

     Winding Up.      16  

Section 11.4.

     Rights of Limited Partners      17  

Section 11.5.

     Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate.      17  

Section 11.6.

     Waiver of Partition.      18  

Section 11.7.

     Negative Capital Accounts.      18  

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 12.1.

     Amendments.      18  

Section 12.2.

     Complete Agreement.      18  

Section 12.3.

     Governing Law.      18  

Section 12.4.

     Binding Effect      19  

Section 12.5.

     Interpretation      19  

Section 12.6.

     Multiple Counterparts      19  

Section 12.7.

     Execution of Documents      19  

Section 12.8.

     No Third Party Beneficiary.      19  

Section 12.9.

     Notices.      19  

Section 12.10.

     Waiver      20  

Section 12.11.

     Liability      20  

ARTICLE XIII.

     21  

ARTICLE XIV.

     21  

EXHIBITS:

       

Exhibit A - Tax Appendix

     A-1  

 

ii


LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

OF

NHI TX OWNER LP

This LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF NHI TX OWNER LP (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of the          day of                      , 2006, by and among NHI TX OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and ABS MEZZANINE II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partner (the “Limited Partner”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, NHI TX OWNER LP (the “Partnership”) has been formed pursuant to and in accordance with the Act (as hereinafter defined) by filing the Certificate (as hereinafter defined) in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

“Act” means the Texas Revised Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time.

“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preamble of this Agreement.

“Capital Account” means, with respect to any Partner, an account that is


i ncreased by (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any additional property contributed by such Partner to the capital of the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or to take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (ii) the amount of any Net Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section  7.1 , and (iii) the amount of any special allocations of income or gain to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A and decreased by (a) the amount of money distributed to such Partner by the Partnership, (b) the amount of the fair market value of any property distributed to such Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by such distributed property that such Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code), (c) the amount of any Net Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section  7.1 , and (d) the amount of any special allocation of deductions or losses to such Partner pursuant to Exhibit A . The foregoing Capital Account definition and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulation § 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. If an event described in Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) occurs, the General Partner may adjust the Capital Accounts of the Partners and the book value of the Partnership’s assets in accordance with Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( f ) and (g)  as prescribed in Exhibit A .

“Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Partner as of any particular date, the amount which such Partner has contributed or is deemed to have contributed to the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership relating to the Partnership filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Texas, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“Fiscal Year” shall mean a period of twelve (12) calendar months, commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of such calendar year; provided, however, the initial Fiscal Year shall commence upon the formation of the Partnership, and end on December 31, 2006.

“General Partner” means NHI TX OWNER GP LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a general partner in accordance with the provisions hereof.

“Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Article IX(a) .

“Limited Partner” means ABS MEZZANINE II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, and also includes any other Person admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2


“Net Losses” and “Net Profits” shall have the meanings specified in Exhibit A .

“Partner” means either the General Partner or any Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and all Limited Partners.

“Partnership” has the meaning specified in the recitals.

“Partnership Expenses” has the meaning specified in Section  3.4 .

“Partnership Percentage” means 99.0% in the case of the Limited Partner and 1.0% in the case of the General Partner.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether general, limited or limited liability), trust, unincorporated organization, joint stock company, joint venture, association or other entity, or any government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Regulations” means the regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury pursuant to and in respect of provisions of the Code. All references herein to sections of the Regulations shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of succeeding, similar, substitute, proposed or final Regulations.

“Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning specified in Section 2(i) of Exhibit A of this Agreement.

“Transfer” means a sale, assignment, transfer, gift, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, pledge, exchange or any other conveyance or disposition by law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily.

ARTICLE II.

GENERAL PROVISION S

Section 2.1. Formation . The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act. The General Partner has executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas a Certificate conforming to the requirements of the Act. The Partnership shall make any filings or disclosures required by the laws of any other state with respect to the qualification of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership under the internal laws of each such state. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

 

3


Section 2.2. Name . The name of the Partnership shall be NHI TX OWNER LP . The business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name NHI TX OWNER LP or such other name as the General Partner may from time to time determine in its sole discretion.

Section 2.3. Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726. The General Partner may change the principal place of business at any time and from time to time by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may also have such other places of business as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

Section 2.4. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas is c/o CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Texas is CT Corporation System, 1021 Main Street, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, Phone: (713) 658-9486, For Toll Free Calls: 800-324-0754, Fax: (713) 658-9720. The General Partner may change the registered office and the registered agent from time to time. The General Partner shall promptly notify the Limited Partners of any such change pursuant to notice provisions of Section  12.9 of this Agreement.

Section 2.5. Term . The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and shall continue until the Partnership is dissolved and its business affairs are wound up pursuant to Article XI .

Section 2.6. Purpose . The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the following activities:

 

  (a) Purpose :

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Partnership has acquired or will acquire , and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

4


  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited partnerships formed under the laws of the State of Texas that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Partnership, by or through the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Partnership Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Partnership or the General Partner to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 2.7. Powers . The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.8. Ownership . The partnership interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes. All property and interests in property, real or personal, owned by the Partnership shall be deemed owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually, shall have any ownership of such property or interest owned by the Partnership except as a Partner in the Partnership.

ARTICLE III.

THE GENERAL PARTNER; MANAGEMENT

Section 3.1. Authority of the General Partner . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner (i) shall have the power on behalf of the Partnership to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Partnership and perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings that it may in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable or incidental thereto, and (ii) shall have, and shall have full authority in its discretion to exercise, on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership, all rights and powers of a general partner of a limited partnership under

 

5


the Act. Subject to Section  3.2 or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner may do or cause to be done, by acting directly or through any duly appointed officers of the Partnership, any act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership, including, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) to enter into, make, deliver and perform all contracts, agreements, instruments and other undertakings as the General Partner may determine to be necessary, advisable, appropriate or incidental to the carrying out of the objects and purposes set forth above or contemplated hereby, the taking of such action by the General Partner to be conclusive evidence of such determination;

(b) to and perform, or cause to be performed, all of the Partnership’s obligations under any agreement or contract to which the Partnership is a party;

(c) to arrange financing for the Partnership and to cause the Partnership to directly borrow money or otherwise directly assume, incur, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any amount of indebtedness (including, without limitation, indebtedness for accrued expenses or ordinary trade payables) in connection with the acquisition of any assets of the Partnership or the operation of the Partnership’s business;

(d) to cause the Partnership to be a venturer, partner, stockholder, holder of a beneficial interest or other participant or owner in a joint venture, partnership (whether limited, limited liability or general), corporation, limited liability company, trust or other venture or enterprise;

(e) to employ or consult such Persons as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable for the operation and management of the Partnership, including, without limitation, brokers, accountants, engineers, attorneys or specialists in any field of endeavor whatsoever, and to authorize any such Person to act for and on behalf of the Partnership;

(f) to make expenditures as are required to operate and manage the Partnership and the Partnership’s assets;

(g) to deposit the funds of the Partnership in the Partnership’s name in any bank or trust company and to entrust to such bank or trust company any of the securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership; or to deposit with and entrust to any brokerage firm that is a member of any national securities exchange any of said funds, securities, monies, documents and papers belonging to or relating to the Partnership;

(h) to possess, monitor, manage, or otherwise deal in, and to exercise all

 

6


rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to assets or property held or owned by the Partnership;

(i) to make appropriate elections and other decisions with respect to tax and accounting matters;

(j) to bring and defend actions and proceedings at law or equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise;

(k) to acquire and enter into any contract of insurance necessary or desirable for the protection or conservation of the Partnership and its assets or otherwise in the interest of the Partnership (including directors and officers insurance or the equivalent thereof) as the General Partner, in its discretion, shall determine;

(l) to distribute funds to the Partners by way of cash or otherwise, all in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(m) to do any other act which is necessary or desirable to carry out any of the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 3.2. Limitations on the Authority of the General Partner .

Notwithstanding any term or provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, the General Partner shall not have the authority, right, power or privilege to do or undertake any of the following (or to authorize or permit, by action or inaction, any of the following) without approval by the Limited Partner:

(a) merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into any other Person;

(b) sell, assign, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership;

(c) voluntarily file a petition in bankruptcy with respect to the Partnership; or

(d) bind the Limited Partner or act as the agent of the Limited Partner in any manner whatsoever.

Section 3.3. Officers .

(a) The General Partner may appoint from time to time such officers of the

 

7


Partnership as the General Partner shall determine are appropriate, necessary, or desirable for the operation and business of the Partnership. Any officers so appointed shall have such authority and perform such duties as the General Partner may delegate to them. The General Partner may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the General Partner decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, the assignment of such title shall constitute the assignment to such officer of the duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific assignment of duties made to such officer by the General Partner. Each appointed officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Partnership shall be fixed by the General Partner.

(b) Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the General Partner. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the General Partner whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Partnership will be served thereby; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Person so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Partnership may be filled by the General Partner.

Section 3.4. Partnership Expenses .

(a) The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all Partnership Expenses. All Partnership Expenses shall be paid out of funds of the Partnership determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be available for such purpose. As used herein, the term “Partnership Expenses” means all fees, costs, expenses, open purchase orders, liabilities, charges, and other obligations incurred with respect to the conduct of the business of the Partnership and its business and assets, as determined by the General Partner.

Section 3.5. Certain Activities of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall devote its personnel, time and energies to administering the business of the Partnership to the extent necessary to enable the General Partner to perform its duties as set forth in this Agreement. In administering the business of the Partnership, the General Partner shall use due diligence to cause the Partnership to comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, the noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Partnership.

 

8


(b) Except as expressly provided in this Section  3.5 , no Partner and none of its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees shall be expressly or impliedly restricted or prohibited under this Agreement from engaging in other activities or business ventures of any kind or character whatsoever. Each of the Partners and its Affiliates, shareholders, members, directors, partners, managers, officers and employees shall have the right to conduct, or to possess a direct or indirect ownership interest in, activities and business ventures of every type and description, including activities and business ventures in direct competition with the Partnership.

Section 3.6. Contracts with Affiliates . The Partnership may enter into such contracts or agreements for the purchase or sale of goods or services with a Partner or its Affiliates as the General Partner determines are necessary, appropriate or desirable in conducting the Partnership’s business and operations.

Section 3.7. Other Matters Affecting the General Partner . The General Partner (a) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for losses sustained, liabilities incurred, or benefits not derived by the Partners in connection with any decisions made by, or actions taken or not taken by, the General Partner, so long as the General Partner was not guilty of gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct, (b) may exercise any of the powers granted to it hereunder and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through agents and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed and supervised in good faith, (c) may rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any consent, approval and any other action taken by the Limited Partners, and upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, (d) may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion or advice (whether written or oral) of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith, and (e) shall not be liable to the Partnership or the Partners for the failure to perform any obligation that the General Partner cannot perform because the Partnership does not have sufficient funds to pay the cost and expense relative to such obligation.

ARTICLE IV.

THE LIMITED PARTNERS

 

9


Section 4.1. Limited Partners’ Rights and Duties, Generally . Except as otherwise required by the Act, no Limited Partner shall be personally liable for any of the debts or obligations of the Partnership, and the liability of each Limited Partner to the Partnership shall be limited to the total Capital Contributions that the Limited Partner is required to make to the Partnership under Article V, and such liability shall be enforceable only by the Partnership and the Partners thereof and not by any creditors of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall have such approval and consent rights as are specifically provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to the Act, but shall not participate in the management or control of the Partnership’s operations, business or affairs, transact any business for the Partnership or have the power to act for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner. Limited Partners may exercise any such approval or consent rights at a meeting of the Partners or by written consent.

ARTICLE V.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 5.1. Admission of Partners . Upon the later of the execution and delivery or effective date of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partner will be admitted to the Partnership.

Section 5.2. Capital Contributions . After the effective date hereof, capital contributions shall be made to the capital of the Partnership, in cash or property, in such amounts and at such times as are determined by the General Partner to be necessary or desirable to enable the Partnership to properly operate and maintain its assets and to discharge its costs, expenses, obligations, and liabilities. Any such additional capital contributions shall be made by the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 5.3. Return of Capital . No Partner shall have the right to demand or receive the return of such Partner’s Capital Contributions to the Partnership, even in the event of withdrawal of the General Partner, whether or not such withdrawal is permitted hereunder or in breach hereof.

Section 5.4. Interest on Capital Contributions . No Partner shall receive any interest on such Partner’s Capital Contributions or such Partner’s Capital Account, notwithstanding any disproportion therein as between the Partners.

ARTICLE VI.

ACCOUNTING; BOOKS AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 6.1. Bank Accounts . The General Partner shall, at the expense of the

 

10


Partnership, deposit all funds collected by it relating to the Partnership into an account or accounts in the name of the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner. Withdrawals from said accounts shall be made by signatures only of such Persons as designated by the General Partner.

Section 6.2. Records . The General Partner shall maintain for the Partnership books and records in the form determined by the General Partner. Any Partner shall, at its expense, have access to such books and records, all of which the General Partner agrees to keep at the Partnership’s principal offices, provided that the Partner exercising such right shall not unreasonably interfere with or disrupt Partnership business.

Section 6.3. Books of Account; Reports . The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept complete and appropriate records and books of account in which shall be entered all such transactions and other matters relative to the Partnership’s operations, business and affairs as are usually entered into records and books of account maintained by Persons engaged in businesses of like character or which are required by the Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such books and records shall be maintained utilizing the accrual method of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The General Partner shall cause to be prepared and furnished to the Partners such financial reports and statements as the General Partner determines are useful or appropriate.

Section 6.4. Preparation of Tax Returns . The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of any federal, state, and local income tax returns and reports required to be filed on behalf of the Partnership. The General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all other returns required of the Partnership for federal, state, or local tax purposes.

Section 6.5. Tax Elections . The General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code or other tax law.

Section 6.6. Tax Matters Partner . The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes under Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Partners shall take any and all steps required under the Code to ensure that the General Partner is properly designated as the “tax matters partner.”

ARTICLE VII.

ALLOCATIONS

Section 7.1. Allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses to Capital Accounts .

 

11


Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit A hereto, Net Profits and Net Losses (and items thereof) for a Fiscal Year or other period shall be allocated among the Partners for Capital Account purposes in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

Section 7.2. Special Allocations to Capital Accounts . The special allocations set forth in Exhibit A are hereby incorporated into this Agreement. The Partners intend for the Partnership’s allocations of income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits to comply with the provisions set forth in Code Section 704 and the corresponding Regulations. Accordingly, the Partners agree that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may revise such allocations to the extent that the General Partner, in its discretion, determines that such revision is necessary or desirable for the Partnership’s allocations to comply with the Code and Regulations.

Section 7.3. Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c) .

(a) Allocations for income tax purposes shall be made in accordance with the allocations of the corresponding items made for capital account purposes pursuant to this Article VII.

(b) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Carrying Value (computed in accordance with the definition thereof in Section 1 of Exhibit A of this Agreement). Allocations pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Partner’s Capital Account, or share of Net Profits, Net Loss, or distributions, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

(c) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder.

(d) Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that the Partnership shall elect to apply an allocation method permitted by the Regulations under Code Section 704(c).

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

DISTRIBUTIONS

If, and solely to the extent that, the General Partner determines that the Partnership has cash available for distribution, any such distribution shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

ARTICLE IX.

INDEMNIFICATION

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the General Partner, (ii) Affiliates of the General Partner and officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, general partners and employees of the General Partner or its Affiliates who perform or are alleged to perform any duties, responsibilities or functions for or on behalf of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (iii) all officers of the Partnership (individually, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Indemnitee may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status specified in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, if (x) the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that its conduct was unlawful; and (y)  the Indemnitee’s conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or upon a plea of nolo contendre, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee failed to meet the standards for indemnification set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding subject to this Article IX shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that such Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article IX .

 

13


(c) The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution to which those indemnified may be entitled from the Partnership pursuant to any approval by the Partners or as a matter of law, both as to (x) an action in a capacity described in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (a) above and (y) an action in another capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity (but only as to actions taken by such Indemnitee prior to such Indemnitee ceasing to serve in such capacity) and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. The Partnership may indemnify an Indemnitee against, or make contribution in respect of, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, whether joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred by an Indemnitee on a basis other than that described in this Article IX if such indemnification or contribution is approved by both the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

(d) To the extent commercially reasonable, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the General Partner, and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Any indemnification under this Article IX shall first be satisfied out of insurance proceeds to the extent such proceeds have been received by the Partnership. In the event that any assets of the Partnership are used to satisfy any indemnification obligation hereunder and insurance proceeds are subsequently received in respect of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnification has been provided, such proceeds shall be used to repay the Partnership for the amounts used by it to satisfy such indemnification obligation.

(e) Any indemnification hereunder shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Partnership. In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of these indemnification provisions.

(f) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article IX because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement, provided that such indemnification shall only extend to such Indemnitee’s activities with respect to or on behalf of the Partnership, and not to such Indemnitee’s other interest in the transaction.

 

14


(g) The indemnification provided in this Article IX is for the benefit of the Indemnitees and shall not be deemed to create any right to indemnification for any other Persons.

ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

Section 10.1. Transfer . Except as provided in this Article  X , no partnership interest in the Partnership shall be Transferred, in whole or in part. Any attempted Transfer shall be void ab initio .

Section 10.2. Limited Partner Transfers . A Limited Partner may Transfer part or all of its partnership interest if it first obtains the written consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion and may be withheld for any reason.

Section 10.3. Substitute Limited Partner . The transferee of a partnership interest permitted pursuant to Section  10.2 shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon its execution of a written agreement to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.4. Assignment of the General Partner’s Interest . The General Partner shall not Transfer any portion of its partnership interest, without the consent of the Limited Partner.

Section 10.5. Substitute General Partner . A transferee of the General Partner’s partnership interest which is transferred in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as a general partner, effective as of the date of such Transfer. A successor to all of the partnership interest of the General Partner shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.

Section 10.6. Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee . If any Transfer of a partnership interest occurs during a Fiscal Year, Articles VII and VIII shall be applied to the assignor and assignee on the basis of any method selected by the General Partner which is permitted by law.

Section 10.7. Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to withdraw from the Partnership.

ARTICLE XI.

DISSOLUTION

 

15


Section 11.1. Dissolution Events .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 11.1(b) , no Partner shall have the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(b) The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of the following events:

(i) The sale, distribution, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership;

(ii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to Section 8.02 of the Act; or

(iii) Subject to Section  11.2 , the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act.

Section 11.2. Election to Continue the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event with respect to the General Partner described in Section 4.02(a)(4) of the Act, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners. Following the occurrence of any such event, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and its business shall be continued with the Partnership properties and assets, and such properties and assets shall not be liquidated, if, within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such event, the Limited Partners unanimously agree in writing to continue the Partnership and to elect a Person to be admitted to the Partnership as successor general partner thereof, who shall be required to assume all of the obligations of the General Partner. Upon the satisfaction of all conditions necessary to the continuation of the Partnership, including the admission of a successor general partner thereof and the amendment of the Partnership’s Certificate to the extent required by applicable law, the Partnership shall be continued without any further consent or approval of any Partner, in which case the Partnership shall continue to conduct the business of the Partnership with the Partnership’s properties and assets in accordance with, and the Partnership and interests of the Partners shall continue to be governed by, the terms and provisions of this Agreement. If the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section  11.2 , the withdrawing General Partner’s interest in the Partnership shall thereafter be held as an interest of a Limited Partner, and the interest in the Partnership acquired by the successor general partner shall (if acquired from the Partnership) reduce the interests of all other Partners (including the withdrawing General Partner) ratably in relation to their interest in the Partnership prior to such reduction.

Section 11.3. Winding Up .

(a) Upon the occurrence of an event of dissolution described in

 

16


Section  11.1(b) (and provided that no election to continue the Partnership has been made pursuant to Section  11.2 ), the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners. No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs. The General Partner shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and shall handle the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets. The proceeds realized by the Partnership from the liquidation of its assets shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(i) first, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners;

(ii) second, to the payment and discharge of any debts owed the Partners, including any Partnership Expenses paid by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership for which the General Partner has not been reimbursed by the Partnership; and

(iii) the balance, if any, shall be distributed among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.3(a) which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may distribute Partnership assets in kind. In such a case, the assets to be distributed in kind shall be deemed to have been sold for their fair market value and, immediately prior to the distribution, the Net Profit or Loss resulting from such deemed sale shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Article VII hereof. All such distributions in kind shall be made among the Partners in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances.

Section 11.4. Rights of Limited Partners . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Limited Partners shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of their Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership.

Section 11.5. Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate . Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Partnership cash and property as provided in Section  11.3 , the Partnership shall be terminated, a certificate of cancellation shall be filed, and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

 

17


Section 11.6. Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 11.7. Negative Capital Accounts . No Partner shall be liable to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any negative balance outstanding in such Partner’s Capital Account.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1. Amendments . This Agreement generally may be modified or amended only with the written consent of the General Partner and the Limited Partner; provided, however , that:

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b)  and (c) below, the General Partner shall have the power to amend this Agreement as may be required to (i) reflect any change that does not adversely affect the Limited Partner in any material respect and (ii) cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with the law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with the law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) No amendment that would cause the Partnership to fail to be treated as a limited partnership for state law purposes or change the limited liability status of the Limited Partner or that would change the participation of the Limited Partner in the income, gain, loss, deductions, expenses, credits, capital or distributions of the Partnership or that would otherwise adversely affect in any respect the financial or economic terms to which the Limited Partner is entitled as of the date the Limited Partner was admitted to the Partnership may be made without the written consent of the Limited Partner; and

(c) No amendment shall be made to change the level of required Partnership Percentages for any consents required hereunder to the taking of any action, unless such amendment is approved by Partners holding aggregate Partnership Percentages equal to or in excess of the required amount.

Section 12.2. Complete Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements by and among the Partners.

Section 12.3. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the

 

18


internal laws (exclusive of the choice of law provisions thereof) of the State of Texas as to all matters, including, but not limited to, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

Section 12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement relating to transferability, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties signatory hereto, and their respective transferees, successors and assigns.

Section 12.5. Interpretation . Common nouns and pronouns shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural, as the identity of the person or persons, firm or corporation may in the context require. All headings, titles or captions herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Numbered or lettered articles, sections and subsections herein contained refer to articles, sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise expressly stated. Words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby” and “hereunder,” when used with reference to this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is or becomes invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

Section 12.6. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. However, in making proof hereof it shall be necessary to produce only one copy hereof signed by the party to be charged.

Section 12.7. Execution of Documents . Each party hereto agrees to execute, with acknowledgment or affidavit, if required, any and all documents and writings which may be necessary or expedient in connection with the creation of the Partnership and the achievement of its purposes.

Section 12.8. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns (except that the provisions of Article IX shall inure to the benefit of each of the Indemnitees), and no other Person (except to the extent provided in the immediately preceding parenthetical) shall have any rights, interest or claims hereunder or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. No third party, including any creditor of the Partnership, shall have any right to enforce any contribution of capital or other advance of funds by any Partner.

Section 12.9. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for

 

19


herein shall be given or made in writing and mailed or delivered to the intended recipient at the following addresses:

If to the General Partner, to it at:

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

If to the Limited Partner, to it at:

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

All such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon depositing the notice in the mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid. Any party hereto may, at any time by giving ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other parties hereto, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice shall be given.

Section 12.10. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to the exercise of any right or remedy resulting from a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 12.11. Liability . In no circumstances shall a shareholder, limited partner, director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of a Partner, or a partner in or member or trustee of a Partner, be personally liable for any of the obligations of a Partner under this Agreement. Except in the case of a failure to make Capital Contributions as specified in Article V, in no event shall the Limited Partner be or become obligated personally to respond in damages to the Partnership or any other Partner with respect to this Agreement or on account of its being a Limited Partner, and any claim or judgment in favor of the Partnership or such other Partner shall be limited accordingly so that the Partnership and such other Partner shall look only to the Limited Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership for the recovery of such claim or judgment and not to any of the Limited Partner’s other assets.

 

20


ARTICLE XIII.

SPECIAL PURPOSE BANKRUPTCY REMOTE ENTITY

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Partnership shall take all actions necessary to cause the Partnership and General Partner, to comply with, and will refrain from taking any actions in violation of, the defined term “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,” as such term is defined in Exhibit B attached hereto. Any substitute General Partner permitted under this Agreement shall be required to comply with this Article XIII.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, so long as the Loan (as such term and other capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined are defined in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                      , 2006 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and among Lender (as defined therein) and Borrowers (as defined therein)) is outstanding, neither the Partnership nor the General Partner shall permit any Transfer other than a Permitted Transfer.

ARTICLE XIV.

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Each partnership interest in the Partnership shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Texas, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Partnership shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of partnership interests. A Transfer of partnership interests in the Partnership shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner and the Limited Partner have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective as of the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:

 

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

By:   /s/ Todd Kristol
 

Name: Todd Kristol

Title:   Vice President

 

LIMITED PARTNER:

 

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

By:   /s/ Todd Kristol
 

Name: Todd Kristol

Title:   Vice President

 

22


EXHIBIT A

TAX APPENDIX

1. Definitions . Terms defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of NHI TX OWNER LP will have the same meaning in this Exhibit A . In addition, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital Account as of the end of the relevant taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:

(a) Crediting to such Capital Account (i) any amount which such Partner is obligated to restore following the liquidation of such Partner’s partnership interest in the Partnership (pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise) and (ii) any amount which such Partner is deemed obligated to restore in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( c ), 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and

(b) Debiting to such Capital Account the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) , and (6) .

This definition is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) , and will be interpreted consistently therewith.

Book Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year or other period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to the Partnership’s assets for such year or other period for federal income tax purposes, except that if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Book Depreciation with respect to such asset will be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction with respect to such asset for such year is zero, Book Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any asset the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income taxes, subject to the following exceptions and adjustments:

 

A-1


(a) The initial Carrying Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership will be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership;

(b) The Carrying Value of all Partnership assets will be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, immediately preceding the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the acquisition of any interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; (ii) the distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership if the General Partner determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; and (iii) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( g ) (which for this purpose will include the termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B));

(c) The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner will be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution;

(d) The Carrying Values of Partnership assets will be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) and Section 2( g ); provided, however, that Carrying Values will not be adjusted pursuant to this subsection (d) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to subsection (b) above is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (d); and

(e) If the Carrying Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsection (a), (b) or (d) above, such Carrying Value will thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation (calculated in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g )) taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits and Net Loss.

Net Profits ” or “ Net Losses ,” as the case may be, for any period, means an amount equal to the Partnership’s Taxable Income or Taxable Loss for such period, with the following adjustments:

 

A-2


(a) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits and Net Loss pursuant to this definition will be added to such Taxable Income or will reduce such Taxable Loss;

(b) Any expenditure of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as a Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, will be subtracted from such Taxable Income or Loss;

(c) If the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of such adjustment will be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Net Profits or Net Loss;

(d) Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of any Partnership asset with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes will be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of the asset disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Carrying Value;

(e) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such Taxable Income or Loss, there will be taken into account Book Depreciation for such taxable year or other period; and

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any item which is specially allocated pursuant to Section 2 will not be taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” means has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the same meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

Taxable Income ” or “ Taxable Loss ,” as the case may be, for any period, means the taxable income or taxable loss of the Partnership for such period, determined in

 

A-3


accordance with Code Section 703(a), including all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1).

2. Special Allocations .

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any taxable year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(b) Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other provision of Article VII of the Partnership Agreement, if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during any taxable year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such taxable year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Partner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 2(b) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset . If any Limited Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Regulations Sections 1.7041(b)(2)(ii) (d)(4) , (5) or (6) , that, after tentatively taking into account all allocations that would be made for the current period under this

 

A-4


Agreement (other than allocations pursuant to this Section 2(c)), would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain will be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Regulations under Code Section 704(b), the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as quickly as possible. This Section is intended to comply with the qualified income offset requirement in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ) and will be interpreted consistently therewith. Allocations under this Section 2(c) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the year.

(d) Preventative Allocation . If any Limited Partner would have a deficit Capital Account balance at the end of any taxable year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Limited Partner is obligated to restore to the Partnership on liquidation, (ii) such Limited Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, and (iii) such Limited Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain as of the end of such taxable year, each such Limited Partner will be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible. Allocations under this Section 2(d) will be comprised of a pro rata portion of each item of Partnership income (including gross income) and gain for the taxable year.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions . Any Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

(f) Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable year shall be specially allocated to the Partners in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages at the time of such allocation.

(g) Optional Adjustment to Basis - Section  754 . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b) is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts will be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss will be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Regulations Section.

 

A-5


(h) Overall Limitation on Allocation of Net Loss . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Net Loss will be allocated to any Limited Partner if such allocation would cause or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Limited Partner’s Capital Account. If the Capital Account of any Limited Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at any time when the Capital Account of any other Limited Partner would not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, any further Net Loss will be allocated in accordance with the respective Capital Account balances of the Limited Partners whose Capital Accounts would have no Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. In the event that the allocation of further Net Loss would cause Adjusted Capital Account Deficits in the Capital Accounts of all Limited Partners, all such Net Loss will be allocated to the General Partner.

(i) Curative Allocations . The allocations set forth in Section 2(a) through 2(h) (“Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to divide Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized to divide other allocations of Net Profit, Net Loss, and other items among the Partners so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Partnership distributions will be divided among the Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Net Profit, Net Loss, and items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Partners so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Person is zero. However, the General Partner will have discretion to accomplish this result in any reasonable manner.

3. Other Allocation Principles .

(a) Frequency . For purpose of determining the Net Profit, Net Loss, or any other item allocated to any period, Net Profit, Net Loss, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, quarterly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder.

(b) Remaining Items . Any item of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction and any other allocation not otherwise provided for in this Agreement shall be divided among the Partners in the same proportions as the Partners share Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, for such period.

(c) Excess Nonrecourse Liabilities . Solely for purposes of determining a Partner’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse

 

A-6


liabilities” of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners’ interests in Partnership profits are in proportion to their respective Partnership Percentages.

 

A-7


EXHIBIT B

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

A “ Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity ” means (x) with respect to the General Partner, a limited liability company that is a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC or (y) with respect to the Company, a limited partnership which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) was and will be organized solely for the following purposes: (A) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, the Property, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (B) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities; (C) with respect to the General Partner, to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above; and (D) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (with respect to the General Partner) or to limited partnerships organized under the laws of the State of Texas (with respect to the Company) that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements); (ii) has not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the ownership of the Property, or (B) with respect to the General Partner, acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property; (iii) has not had and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership that owns the Property, as applicable; (iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale (except as expressly permitted by the Loan Agreement), transfer of partnership or membership interests or the like, or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, certificate of formation or limited partnership or operating agreement (as applicable); (v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has and will have, as its only general partners, Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entities that are Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLCs; (vi)[omitted]; (vii) if such entity is a limited liability company, has and will have at least one member that has been and will be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity that has been and will be a corporation or a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC and such corporation or Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC is the managing member of such limited liability company; (viii) with respect to General Partner, is a limited liability company, has and will have articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, providing that such entity will

 

A-8


dissolve only upon the first to occur of the following: (A) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the company in the company unless the company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the limited liability company agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (B) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. the bankruptcy of the managing member; (ix) has not, and without the unanimous consent of all of its partners, directors or members (including all Independent Directors), as applicable, will not, with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to it under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of itself or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate; (x) has remained and will remain solvent and has maintained and will maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require its members or partners to make additional capital contributions to such entity); (xi) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity; (xii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other Person and will file its own tax returns, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law; (xiii) has maintained and will maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records; (xiv) except to the extent permitted under the Basic Documents, has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person; (xv) has held and will hold its assets in its own name; (xvi) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name, (xvii) has maintained and will maintain its financial statements, accounting records and other entity documents separate from any other Person; provided , however , that such entity’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its Affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that such entity’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on such entity’s’ collective balance sheet; (xviii) has paid and will pay its own liabilities, including the salaries of its own employees (if any), out of its own funds and assets; (xix) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate or limited liability company formalities, as applicable; (xx) has maintained and will maintain an arm’s-length relationship with its Affiliates; (xxi) (a) if such entity owns the Property, has and

 

A-9


will have no indebtedness other than the Loan and Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) if such entity acts as the general partner of a limited partnership which owns the Property, has and will have no indebtedness other than unsecured trade payables in the ordinary course of business relating to acting as general partner of the limited partnership which owns the Property which (1) do not exceed, at any time, $10,000 and (2) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred; (xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except for the Loan; (xxiii) except for General Partner’s partnership interest in the Company, has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members or shareholders; (xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including shared office space, and uses separate stationery, invoices and checks; (xxv) except in connection with the Loan, has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person; (xxvi) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name and not as a division or part of any other Person; (xxvii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person; (xxviii) has not made and will not make loans to any Person; (xxix) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it; (xxx) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company); (xxxi) has and will have no obligation to indemnify its partners, officers, directors, members or Special Members, as the case may be, or has such an obligation that is fully subordinated to the Debt (as defined in the Loan Agreement) and will not constitute a claim against it if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Debt is insufficient to pay such obligation; and (xxxii) will consider the interests of its creditors in connection with all corporate, partnership or limited liability actions, as applicable.

Independent Director ” means, in the case of a Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC (for the purposes of this definition, sometimes “ SPE ”): a natural person selected by SPE and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ceasing to be a member in such Single Member

 

A-10


Bankruptcy Remote LLC) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years (i) a stockholder/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of SPE, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, SPE or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/ director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of SPE (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in SPE).

Single Member Bankruptcy Remote LLC ” means a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware which at all times since its formation and at all times thereafter (i) complies with the following clauses of the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity above: (i)(A), (ii)(A), (iii), (iv), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xiii) through (xxxii); (ii) has maintained and will maintain its accounts, books and records separate from any other person; (iii) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that the business and affairs of such entity shall be managed by or under the direction of Sole Member or one or more managers designated by Sole Member, and at all times there shall be at least two duly appointed Independent Directors, and neither the managers nor the Sole Member will, without the written consent of the Independent Director (1) take any action affecting its status as a “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” (as set forth in this Exhibit B) or (2) take any other “Material Action” (which for purposes hereof means any action to institute proceedings to have the such entity be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against such entity or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the such entity under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such entity or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of such entity, or admit in writing such entity’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action), or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate such entity; (iv) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) upon the occurrence of any event that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), the person acting as an Independent Director of such entity shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with Sole Member ceasing to be a member of such entity, automatically be admitted as the sole member of such entity (the

 

A-11


“Special Member”) and shall preserve and continue the existence of such entity without dissolution, (B) no Special Member may resign or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (x) a successor Special Member has been admitted to such entity as a Special Member, and (y) such successor Special Member has also accepted its appointment as an Independent Director and (C) except as expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, Sole Member may not resign and no additional member shall be admitted to such entity; (v) has and will have an operating agreement which provides that, as long as any portion of the Debt remains outstanding, (A) such entity shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up only upon the first to occur of the following: (x) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of such entity or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of such entity in such entity unless the business of such entity is continued in a manner permitted by its operating agreement or the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”) or (y) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act; (B) upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of such entity to cease to be a member of such entity or that causes Sole Member to cease to be a member of such entity (other than (x) upon an assignment by Sole Member of all of its limited liability company interest in such entity and the admission of the transferee, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents, or (y) the resignation of Sole Member and the admission of an additional member of such entity, if permitted pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity and the Loan Documents), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member shall be authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, agree in writing to continue the existence of such entity and to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of such entity, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in such entity, (C) the bankruptcy of Sole Member or a Special Member shall not cause such member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of such entity and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of such entity shall continue without dissolution; (D) in the event of dissolution of such entity, such entity shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of such entity in an orderly manner), and the assets of such entity shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; and (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Sole Member and the Special Members shall irrevocably waive any right or power that they might have to cause such entity or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of such entity, to compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of such entity pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of such entity.

 

A-12

Exhibit 3.154

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

O ORGANICS LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto known and identified as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is O ORGANICS LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle. The name of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company at such address is Corporation Service Company.

Executed on November 9, 2007.

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister
Naomi K. Bannister
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.155

O ORGANICS LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of O ORGANICS LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of November 9, 2007.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Lucerne Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Member ”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. This Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, this Agreement shall control to the extent permitted by the Act.

2. Member . The member (the “ Member ”) who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “O ORGANICS LLC.”

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date that a Certificate of Formation is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Naomi K. Bannister is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation, her powers as authorized person shall cease and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.

 

-1-


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers ”). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without the Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any of its Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all Actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

-2-


15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE AND MANAGING MEMBER
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:  

Robert A. Gordon

Title:  

Vice President & Secretary

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.156

FORM BCA-47

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

TO: JIM EDGAR, Secretary of State

The name and address of the incorporators are as follows:

 

Name    Number    Street    City    State    Zip Code
Larry D. Anderson    5725 East River Road    Chicago, IL 60631     
                
                

The above named incorporators, being one or more natural persons of the age of twenty-one years or more or a corporation, and having subscribed to the shares of the corporation to be organized pursuant hereto, for the purpose of forming a corporation under “The Business Corporation Act” of the State of Illinois, do hereby adopt the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation hereby incorporated is: Oakbrook Beverage Centers, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The name and address of the initial registered agent and registered office are:

 

Registered agent   

Lawrence A. Metz

Registered office   

5725 East River Road

City, Zip code, County   

Chicago, IL 60631 Cook County

ARTICLE THREE

The duration of the corporation is ☐ perpetual OR              years

ARTICLE FOUR

The purposes for which the corporation is organized are: To sell at retail alcoholic liquor and to conduct any business incident thereto.

To engage in any lawful business for which a corporation may be organized under the Illinois Business Corporation Act.

ARTICLE FIVE

Paragraph 1: The class, number of shares, the par value, if any, of each class which the corporation is authorized to issue, the number the corporation proposes to issue without further report to the Secretary of State, and the consideration (expressed in dollars) to be received by the corporation therefor, are:

 

Class   Series   Par or
no par
  Number of shares
authorized
  Number of shares
to be issued
  Total consideration
to be received therefor

Common

  —     $10.00   100   100   $1,000.00
                     
        Total   $ 1,000.00
         

 


Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and the special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

None

ARTICLE SIX

The corporation will not commence business until at least one thousand dollars has been received as consideration for the issuance of shares.

ARTICLE SEVEN

The number of directors to be elected at the first meeting of the shareholders is     three (3)                 .

ARTICLE EIGHT

Paragraph 1: It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year wherever located will be $             

Paragraph 2: It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be $             

Paragraph 3: It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be $             

Paragraph 4: It is estimated that the gross amount of business which will be transacted at or from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be $             

NOTE: If all the property of the corporation is to be located in this State and all of its business is to be transacted at or from places of business in this State, or if the incorporators elect to pay the initial franchise tax on the basis of its entire stated capital and paid-in surplus, then the information called for in Article Eight need not be stated. The basis for computation of franchise taxes payable by domestic corporations is set forth in Section 132 of the Business Corporation Act.

 

Signatures of incorporators:       NOTE: If a corporation acts as incorporator the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution must be by its President or Vice-President and verified by him, and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

/s/ Larry D. Anderson

     

 

     

 

     

 

     

As an incorporator, I declare that this document has been examined by me and is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, correct and complete this     2 nd          day of     December         , 1981

 

   RETURN TO:

Corporation Department

Secretary of State

Springfield, Illinois 62756

Telephone (217) 782-7880

  

/s/ Larry D. Anderson


FORM BCA-47

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

The following fees are required to be paid at the time of issuing Certificate of Incorporation: Filing fee $75.00. Initial license fee of 50¢ per $1,000.00 or 1/20th of 1% of the amount of rated capital and paid in surplus the corporation proposes to issue without further report (Article Five); Initial franchise tax of 1/10th of 1% of the Issued, as above noted. However, the minimum initial franchise tax is $25.00 and varies monthly on $25,000, or less, as follows: January, $37.50; February, $35.42; March, $33.33; April, $31.25; May, $29.17; June, $27.08; July, $25.00; August, $22.92; September, $20.83; October. $18.75; November, $16.67; December, $14.58; (See Sec. 133 BCA) .

In excess of $25,000, the franchise tax per $1,000.00 is as follows: Jan., $1.50; Feb., $1.4167; March, $1.3334; April, $1.25; May, $1.1667; June, $1.0834; July, $1.00; Aug., $.9167; Sept., $.8334; Oct., $.75; Nov., $.6667; Dec., $.5834.

All shares issued in excess of the amount mentioned in article Five of this application must be reported within 60 days from date of issuance thereof, and franchise tax and license fee paid thereon; otherwise, the corporation is subject to a penalty of 1% for each month on the amount until reported and subject to a fine of not to exceed $500.00.

The same fees ate required for a subsequent issue of shares except the filing fee is $5.00 Instead of $75.00.

Exhibit 3.157

EXHIBIT “B”

 

BY-LAWS

OF

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

an Illinois corporation

 

As Amended April 1, 1993


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II - SHAREHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.   Annual Meeting

     1  

Section 2.   Special Meetings

     1  

Section 3.   Place of Meeting

     2  

Section 4.   Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings

     2  

Section 5.   Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date

     2  

Section 6.   Voting Lists

     3  

Section 7.   Quorum

     3  

Section 8.   Proxies

     3  

Section 9.   Voting

     3  

Section 10. Inspectors of Election

     4  

Section 11. Informal Action by Shareholders

     4  

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     4  

Section 1.   General Powers

     4  

Section 2.   Number, Tenure and Qualifications

     5  

Section 3.   Regular Meetings

     5  

Section 4.   Special Meeting

     5  

Section 5.   Notice

     5  

Section 6.   Quorum

     5  

Section 7.   Manner of Acting

     6  

Section 8.   Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies

     6  

Section 9.   Removal of Directors

     6  

Section 10. Resignation

     6  

Section 11. Compensation

     6  

Section 12. Presumption of Assent

     6  

Section 13. Executive and Other Committees

     7  

Section 14. Conference Telephone Meetings

     7  

Section 15. Informal Action by Directors

     7  

Section 16. Interest of Directors in Contract

     7  


ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

     7  

Section 1.   Number

     7  

Section 2.   Term of Office

     8  

Section 3.   Officers, Committees and Agents

     8  

Section 4.   Removal

     8  

Section 5.   Vacancies

     8  

Section 6.   General Powers

     8  

Section 7.   Chairman of the Board

     8  

Section 8.   The President

     9  

Section 9.   The General Manager

     9  

Section 10. The Vice Presidents

     9  

Section 11. The Secretary

     9  

Section 12. The Treasurer

     10  

Section 13. The Controller

     10  

Section 14. Compensation

     10  

ARTICLE V - CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     11  

Section 1.   Contracts and Leases

     11  

Section 2.   Loans

     11  

Section 3.   Checks, Drafts, Etc.

     11  

Section 4.   Deposits

     11  

ARTICLE VI - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

     11  

Section 1.   Issuance

     11  

Section 2.   Transfer

     11  

Section 3.   Stock Certificates

     12  

Section 4.   Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates

     12  

Section 5.   Record Holder of Shares

     12  

ARTICLE VII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

     12  

Section 1.   Directors and Officers; Third Party Actions

     12  

Section 2.   Directors and Officers; Derivative Actions

     13  

Section 3.   Employees and Agents

     13  

Section 4.   Procedure for Effecting Indemnification

     13  

Section 5.   Advancing Expenses

     14  

Section 6.   Scope of Article

     14  


ARTICLE VIII - INSURANCE

     15  

Section 1.   Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc.

     15  

ARTICLE IX - DIVIDENDS

     15  

ARTICLE X - WAIVER OF NOTICE

     15  

ARTICLE XI - BOOKS AND RECORDS

     16  

Section 1.   Audits

     16  

Section 2.   Inspection

     16  

ARTICLE XII - AMENDMENTS

     16  


BY-LAWS

OF

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

An Illinois Corporation

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at such place within or without the State of Illinois as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Illinois as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

The Corporation shall have and continuously maintain in the State of Illinois a registered office, and a registered agent whose office is identical with such registered office. The registered office may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1 . Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting.

Section 2 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President, the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing specifying the general purpose or purposes of such meeting, to the Chairman of the Board, President, Vice President or Secretary, by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary shall fix the date of the meeting to be held at such date and time as the Secretary may fix, not

 

1


less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request and shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders as provided herein. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the time and date of such meeting and give notice thereof, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

Section 3 . Place of Meeting . Shareholder meetings may be held at any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as may be designated by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4 . Notice of Meeting and Adjourned Meetings . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original, meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 5 . Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If no record date is fixed:

1. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

2


2. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders on the record date fixed or determined as aforesaid shall be entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting or adjournment, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 6 . Voting Lists . The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder for any purpose germane to the meeting during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at the meeting of shareholders.

Section 7 . Quorum . At any meeting of shareholders, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number is otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the provisions of these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Proxies . At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.

Section 9 . Voting . Each shareholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such shareholder.

 

3


All elections for directors shall be by written ballot and be decided by plurality vote. All other questions need not be by written ballot and shall be decided by majority vote except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 10 . Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board of Directors may appoint inspectors of election, who need not be shareholders, to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the Chairman of any such meeting may, and upon the demand of any shareholder or his or her proxy at the meeting and before voting begins, shall appoint inspectors of election. No person who is a candidate for office shall act as an inspector. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the convening of the meeting, or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting.

If inspectors of election are appointed as aforesaid, they shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, receive votes or ballots, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, determine the result, and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. The decision, act or certificate of a majority of the inspectors shall be effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

On request of the Chairman of the meeting or of any shareholder or his or her proxy, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them, and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

Section 11 . Informal Action by Shareholders . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1 . General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The directors shall in all cases act as a board, and they

 

4


may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the Corporation, as they may deem proper, not inconsistent with these By-Laws and the laws of the State of Illinois.

Section 2 . Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors, not less than three (3) or more than eighteen (18), as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. One director shall be designated as Chairman. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, disqualification, or removal. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws.

Section 3 . Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Law immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

Section 4 . Special Meeting . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President, the Chairman of the Board or twenty percent (20%) of the then existing directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the directors called by them.

Section 5 . Notice . Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least four (4) days previously thereto by written notice delivered personally, or by telegram or mailed to each director at his or her business address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 6 . Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the then existing directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

5


Section 7 . Manner of Acting . The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

Section 8 . Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified unless such director shall resign, become disqualified or shall otherwise be removed. Upon a director’s resignation, disqualification, removal or failure to stand for re-election, the Board need not replace such director if the Board then reduces the number of the Board of Directors in accordance with law and these By-Laws. A director elected to fill a vacancy caused by resignation, death or removal shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.

Section 9 . Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose, either for or without cause, at any time by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any directorship to be filled by reason of the removal of a director by the shareholders pursuant to this section may be filled by a vote of a majority of the shares represented at the meeting at which the director was removed, or at an annual meeting of shareholders, and then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

Section 10 . Resignation . A director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board or such officer, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 11 . Compensation . Each director who is not also an employee of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof shall be paid such compensation for his or her services as a director and shall be reimbursed for such expenses as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 12 . Presumption of Assent . A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately

 

6


after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

Section 13 . Executive and Other Committees . The Board of Directors, by resolution, may designate from among its members an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two or more directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have such duties and authority as delegated by the Board (which delegation may be general or specific) and as may otherwise be permitted by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 14 . Conference Telephone Meetings . One or more directors may participate in a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 15 . Informal Action by Directors . Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

Section 16 . Interest of Directors in Contract . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors which acts upon such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his, her or their participating in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors, and such Board shall nevertheless approve or ratify such contract or transaction by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. This section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 . Number . The officers of the Corporation may consist of a Chairman of the Board, President, a General Manager, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers as may be elected or appointed from time to time. All officers are to be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by an officer or committee to whom the Board has delegated that responsibility. One person may simultaneously hold more than one office with the exception that the Secretary may not also be the President or

 

7


General Manager. Officers may be, but need not be, directors or stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or its delegate may decline to fill any officer position of the Corporation.

Section 2 . Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected or appointed and qualified, or until an officer’s earlier resignation or removal.

Section 3 . Officers, Committees and Agents . Officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are provided in these By-Laws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer or committee the power to appoint officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, President, General Manager and Secretary, who shall be elected by the Board) and to appoint employees or other agents, or committees thereof, and to prescribe the authority and duties of such subordinate officers, committees, employees or other agents.

Section 4 . Removal . Any officer, committee, employee or other agent of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, by the Board of Directors or other authority which elected or appointed such officer, committee or other agent. Any and all officers are employees at will and serve at the will of the Board, committee or officer who elected or appointed such officer unless such officer serves pursuant to a mutually executed written contract that provides otherwise. Until such time as this By-Law is amended or a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the President and General Manager shall each have the authority to terminate any employee or officer, whether or not such employee or officer was elected or appointed by an officer, or committee or the Board of Directors.

Section 5 . Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause, may be filled (but need not be filled) by the Board of Directors or by the officer or committee to which the power to fill such office has been delegated pursuant to Section 3 of this Article, as the case may be, for the unexpired portion of the term.

Section 6 . General Powers . All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the property and affairs of the Corporation as may be determined by these By-Laws, or in the absence of controlling provisions in the By-Laws, as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Directors (which may be general or specific).

Section 7 . Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board may be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general and active supervision of the affairs, business, officers and employees of the

 

8


Corporation. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

Section 8 . The President . The Corporation may have a President who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board. He or she may sign, execute and acknowledge, in the name of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments authorized by the Board of Directors, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. He or she shall, from time to time, in his or her discretion or at the order of the Board, submit to the Board reports of the operations and affairs of the Corporation. He or she shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 9 . The General Manager . The Corporation may have a General Manager who, if elected or appointed, shall be an executive officer of the Corporation. If there is no President, or in the absence of the President, or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the General Manager shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and shall be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The General Manager shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

Section 10 . The Vice Presidents . The Corporation may have one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents having such duties as from time to time may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 11 . The Secretary . The Corporation may have a Secretary who, if elected or appointed, shall keep full minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall be ex officio Secretary of the Board of Directors; shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall record all the votes of the stockholders and of the directors and the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and of committees of the Board in a book or books to be kept for that

 

9


purpose. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notices of all meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors; shall be the custodian of the seal of the Corporation and see that it is affixed to all documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal; shall have responsibility for the custody and safekeeping of all permanent records and other documents of the Corporation; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. The Board of Directors may elect one or more Assistant Secretaries to perform such duties as shall from time to time be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 12 . The Treasurer . The Corporation may have a Treasurer who, if elected or appointed, shall have or provide for the custody of all funds, securities and other property of the Corporation; shall collect and receive or provide for the collection or receipt of money earned by or in any manner due to or received by the Corporation; shall deposit or cause to be deposited all such moneys in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; shall make disbursements of Corporation funds upon appropriate vouchers; shall keep full and accurate accounts of transactions of his or her office in books belonging to the Corporation; shall, whenever so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or an Audit Committee, render an accounting showing his or her transactions as Treasurer, and the financial condition of the Corporation; and, in general, shall discharge any other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 13 . The Controller . The Corporation may have a Controller who, if elected or appointed, shall maintain full and accurate records of all assets and liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and see that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. He or she shall make all such records available for examination when so required by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or an Audit Committee. He or she shall perform such other duties and have such other obligations as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the General Manager.

Section 14 . Compensation . The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by such committee or officer as may be designated by the Board of Directors to fix salaries or other compensation of officers.

 

10


ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1 . Contracts and Leases . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or lease or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2 . Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3 . Checks, Drafts, Etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors

Section 4 . Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the Board of Directors may select.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, TRANSFER, ETC.

Section 1 . Issuance . The certificates for stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and registered in the stock ledger and transfer books or equivalent records of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and shall bear the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Any of or all the signatures upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed if such certificate of stock is signed or countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of its issue.

Section 2 . Transfer . Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificates therefor, endorsed by

 

11


the person named in the certificate or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing. No transfer shall be made inconsistent with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Illinois, and its amendments and supplements.

Section 3 . Stock Certificates . Stock certificates of the Corporation shall be in such form as provided by statute and approved by the Board of Directors. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any agency designated by the Board of Directors for that purpose.

Section 4 . Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of the fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5 . Record Holder of Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Illinois.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, ETC.

Section 1 . Directors and Officers; Third Party Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation (which, for the purposes of this Article and Article VIII of these By-Laws, shall mean a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses (including

 

12


attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 2 . Directors and Officers; Derivative Actions . The Corporation shall indemnify any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an authorized representative of the Corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3 . Employees and Agents . To the extent that an authorized representative of the Corporation who neither was nor is a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified by the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. Such an authorized representative may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation in any other circumstances to any extent if the Corporation would be required by Sections 1 and 2 of this Article to indemnify such person in such circumstances to such extent if he or she were or had been a director or officer of the Corporation.

Section 4 . Procedure for Effecting Indemnification . Indemnification under Sections 1, 2, or 3 of this Article shall be made when ordered by a court or shall be made in a specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the authorized representative is required or proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article. Such determination shall be made:

 

13


1. By the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or

2. If such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or

3. By the shareholders.

If a claim under this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant had not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 5 . Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of an authorized representative to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as required in this Article or authorized by law.

Section 6 . Scope of Article . Each person who shall act as an authorized representative of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be doing so in reliance upon such rights of indemnification as are provided in this Article.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or

 

14


disinterested directors, statute or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office or position, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an authorized representative of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

ARTICLE VIII

INSURANCE

Section 1 . Insurance Against Liability Asserted Against Directors, Officers, Etc . The Corporation, whenever so authorized by the Board of Directors, may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any authorized representative, as such term is defined in Section 1 of Article VII of these By-Laws, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would be authorized or required to indemnify him or her by law or Article VII of these By-Laws.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

ARTICLE X

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

15


ARTICLE XI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 1 . Audits . The Board of Directors shall cause the accounts and records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants at least once each year. The Board of Directors each year shall cause a report of the financial condition of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the closing date of the preceding fiscal year to be prepared. Such report shall be in such forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and shall be examined and audited by a firm of independent certified public accountants.

Section 2 . Inspection . The books, accounts and records of the corporation shall be open for personal inspection by any member of the Board of Directors as provided by law.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

These By-Laws shall not be made, repealed, altered, amended or rescinded by the shareholders of the Corporation except by the vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total outstanding shares of common stock. Nothing contained herein shall detract from the authority of the Board of Directors to make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

16

Exhibit 3.158

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

The undersigned natural person of the age of eighteen years or more, acting as the sole incorporator of a corporation under the Texas Business Corporation Act, does hereby adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The period of its duration is perpetual.

ARTICLE THREE

The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are:

To transact any and all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Texas Business Corporation Act; and

In general, to have and exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Texas upon corporations formed under the Texas Business Corporation Act, and to do any and all things hereinbefore set forth to the same extent as natural persons might or could do.

ARTICLE FOUR

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares with No Par Value. All such shares shall be of one class and shall be designated as Common Stock.


No shareholder shall have a preemptive right to acquire any shares or securities of any class, whether now or hereafter authorized, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the corporation.

ARTICLE FIVE

The corporation will not commence business until it has received for the issuance of its shares consideration of the value of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000), consisting of money paid, labor done, or property actually received.

ARTICLE SIX

The address of its registered office is 3663 Briarpark Drive, Houston, Texas 77042, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is Janice R. Schilmoeller.

ARTICLE SEVEN

The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors is three (3) and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as the directors of the corporation until the first annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified are:

 

Name

  

Address

R. Randall Onstead

   3663 Briarpark Drive Houston, Texas 77042

Michael M. Calbert

   3663 Briarpark Drive Houston, Texas 77042

Lee E. Straus

   3663 Briarpark Drive Houston, Texas 77042

The right of shareholders to cumulative voting in the election of directors is expressly prohibited.

ARTICLE EIGHT

A majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation, including the initial Board of Directors, must have been residents of the State of Texas for not less than one (1) year prior to taking office.

 

-2-


ARTICLE NINE

The name and address of the incorporator is Christopher C. Juban, c/o Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 2300 First City Tower, 1001 Fannin, Houston, Texas 77002.

ARTICLE TEN

Unless a Bylaw adopted by the shareholders provides otherwise as to all or some portion of the corporation’s Bylaws, the corporation’s shareholders may amend, repeal or adopt the corporation’s Bylaws even though the Bylaws may also be amended, repealed or adopted by its Board of Directors.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

A director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director’s capacity as a director, except that this Article Eleven does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director to the extern the director is found liable for (i) a breach of the director ’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director to the corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (iii) a transaction from which the director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s office, or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute. Any repeal or amendment of this Article Eleven by the shareholders of the corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment. In addition to the circumstances in which the director of the corporation is not liable as set forth in the preceding sentences, the director shall not be liable to the fullest extent permitted by any provisions of the statutes of the State of Texas hereafter enacted that further limit the liability of a director.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has set his hand this 14 day of April, 1999.

 

  /s/ Christopher C. Juban
  Christopher C. Juban, Incorporator

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.159

BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.


BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

(a Texas corporation)

 

 

ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS

1. SHARE CERTIFICATES . Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by Articles 2.19 and 2.22 of the Texas Business Corporation Act and by any other applicable provision of law, including any limitation or denial of preemptive rights, which shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President of the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of any such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issuance.

No certificate shall be issued for any share until the consideration therefor has been fully paid.

2. FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS OR SCRIP . The corporation may issue fractions of a share, arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or issue scrip in registered or bearer form, which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip shall not, unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip to be issued subject to the condition that it shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the condition that the shares for which the scrip is exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may determine advisable.

3. SHARE TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with any provisions restricting the transferability of shares that may be set forth in the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, or any written agreement in respect thereof, and, in accordance with the provisions of Articles 2.19 and 2.22 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, transfers of shares of the corporation shall be made


only on the share transfer records of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation, or with a transfer agent or a registrar and on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes thereon, if any. Except as may be otherwise provided by law, the person in whose name shares stand on the share transfer records of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the corporation; provided that whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, such fact, if known to the Secretary of the corporation, shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer.

4. RECORD DATE FOR SHAREHOLDERS . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive a distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the corporation of any of its own shares) or a share dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose (other than determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed to be taken without a meeting of shareholders), the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed, in any case, sixty days. If the share transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such share transfer records shall be closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date to be not more than sixty days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. If the share transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive a distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the corporation of any of its own shares) or a share dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such distribution or share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired. Unless a record date shall have previously been fixed or determined pursuant to this section, whenever action by shareholders is proposed to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to consent to that action, which record date shall not precede, and shall not be more than ten days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and the prior action of the Board of Directors is not required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation as provided in Section A of

 

2


Article 9.10 of the Texas Business Corporation Act or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Delivery to the corporation’s principal place of business shall be addressed to the president or the principal executive officer of the corporation. If no record date shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action of the Board of Directors is required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution taking such prior action.

5. MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of shareholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “shareholder” or “shareholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares and any holder or holders of outstanding shares of any class upon which or upon whom the Articles of Incorporation confer such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares or upon which or upon whom the Texas Business Corporation Act confers such rights notwithstanding that the Articles of Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder.

6. SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS .

- TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any such date shall not be more than thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date fixed by the directors except when the Texas Business Corporation Act confers the right to call a special meeting upon the shareholders.

- PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Texas as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event of failure of the Board of Directors to fix such place, any such meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in Texas.

- CALL . Annual meetings may be called by the directors or the President or by any officer instructed by the directors or the President to call the meeting. Special meetings may be called in like manner or by any other person or persons authorized to do so by the provisions of the Texas Business Corporation Act.

- NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written or printed notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten days (or not less than any such other

 

3


minimum period of days as may be prescribed by the Texas Business Corporation Act) nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each shareholder. The notice of any annual meeting shall also contain a statement of the purpose or purposes thereof whenever the Texas Business Corporation Act shall require such statement. The notice of any annual or special meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the Texas Business Corporation Act. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder, a waiver thereof in writing signed by any such shareholder, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be the equivalent to giving such notice. Notice need not be given to a shareholder in circumstances in which the Texas Business Corporation Act authorizes the omission of such notice.

- VOTING LIST . The officer or agent having charge of the share transfer records for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of, and the number of shares held by, each. The list shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal place of business of the corporation in the State of Texas for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share transfer records shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share transfer records or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

- CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the shareholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the shareholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but, if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

- PROXY REPRESENTATION . Every shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a shareholder is entitled to participate, whether for the purposes of determining his presence at a meeting, or whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting, or otherwise. Every proxy shall be executed in writing by the shareholder. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

- INSPECTORS - APPOINTMENT . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails

 

4


to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting or any shareholder, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them.

- QUORUM . With respect to any meeting of shareholders, a quorum shall be present for any matter to be presented at that meeting if the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. Once a quorum is present at a meeting of shareholders, the shareholders represented in person or by proxy at the meeting may conduct such business as may properly be brought before the meeting until it is adjourned, and the subsequent withdrawal from the meeting of any shareholder or the refusal of any shareholder represented in person or by proxy to vote shall not affect the presence of a quorum at the meeting. The shareholders represented in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is not present may adjourn the meeting until such time and to such place as may be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at that meeting.

- VOTING . Shareholders shall not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. In the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall elect. Except as the Texas Business Corporation Act, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws may otherwise provide, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on and that voted for or against or expressly abstained with respect to that matter at a meeting of shareholders at which quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders.

7. INFORMAL ACTION . Any action required by the Texas Business Corporation Act to be taken at a meeting of shareholders, and any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote pursuant to the provisions of Article 9.10 of the Texas Business Corporation Act.

Subject to the provisions required or permitted by the Texas Business Corporation Act for notice of meetings, shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground

 

5


that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. FUNCTIONS GENERALLY . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, a Board of Directors.

2. QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a director need not be a shareholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Texas. The Board of Directors shall consist of four (4) persons, which shall be the fixed number of directors until changed. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by an amendment to these Bylaws or by other action of the directors or the shareholders, but no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The number of directors shall never be less than one. The full Board of Directors shall consist of the number of directors fixed herein.

3. ELECTION AND TERM . The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the directors named in the Articles of Incorporation and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of shareholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been elected and qualified. In the interim between annual meetings of shareholders or of special meetings of shareholders called for the election of directors, any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from the removal of directors by the shareholders but which are not filled by said shareholders, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum exists. Subject to any limitations imposed by Article 2.34 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose.

4. MEETINGS .

- TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

- PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Texas as shall be fixed by the Board.

- CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place

 

6


have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

- NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. The notice of any meeting need not specify the business to be transacted or the purpose of the meeting. Any requirement of furnishing a notice shall be waived by any director who signs a waiver of notice before or after the meeting. Attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

- QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the full Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum unless a different number or portion is required by law. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as may be otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the following persons in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, or any other director chosen by the Board.

5. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . The entire Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office in conformance with the provisions of Article 2.32 of the Texas Business Corporation Act.

6. COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors, may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board, designate from among its members one or more committees, each of which shall be comprised of one or more of its members, and may designate one or more of its members as alternate members of any committee, who may, subject to any limitations imposed by the Board, replace absent or disqualified members at any meeting of that committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors except such authority as may not be delegated under the Texas Business Corporation Act.

7. INFORMAL ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of directors or of any committee, if any, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be.

 

7


Subject to the provisions required or permitted by the Texas Business Corporation Act for notice of meetings, members of the Board of Directors, or members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

The corporation shall have a President and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors at such time and in such manner as the Board may deem appropriate. The corporation may have such other officers, including assistant officers, and agents as may be deemed necessary, each or any of whom may be elected or appointed by the directors or may be chosen in such manner as the directors shall determine. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of election or appointment, each officer shall hold office until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor has been elected and qualified.

The officers and agents of the corporation shall have the authority and perform the duties in the management of the corporation as determined by the resolution electing or appointing them, as the case may be.

The Board of Directors may remove any officer or agent whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation will be served thereby.

ARTICLE IV

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT - SHAREHOLDERS RECORD

The address of the initial registered office of the corporation and the name of the initial registered agent of the corporation are set forth in the original Articles of Incorporation.

The corporation shall keep at its registered office in the State of Texas or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, if any, a record of its shareholders, as prescribed by Article 2.44 of the Texas Business Corporation Act and shall keep on file at said registered office the voting list of shareholders for a period of at least ten days prior to any meeting of shareholders.

 

8


ARTICLE V

CORPORATE SEAL

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and shall be in such form and contain such other words and/or figures as the Board of Directors shall determine or the law require.

ARTICLE VI

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

After the adoption of the initial Bylaws by the initial Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws except as otherwise provided by Article 2.23 of the Texas Business Corporation Act or any other applicable provision of law.

 

9


I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Bylaws of Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc., a corporation of the State of Texas, as in effect on the date hereof.

WITNESS my hand and the seal of the corporation.

Dated: October 23, 2002

 

  /s/ Leslie A. Nelson
  Leslie A. Nelson, Secretary

(SEAL)

 

10

Exhibit 3.160

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Randall’s Food & Drugs LP is being executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a limited partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

1. The name of the limited partnership is Randall’s Food & Drugs LP.

2. The address of the registered office of the limited partnership in Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The limited partnership’s registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The name and address of the general partner is:

Randall’s General Partner LLC

3663 Briarpark Drive

Houston, TX 77042

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole general partner of the limited partnership, has caused this Certificate of Limited Partnership to be duly executed as of the 2nd day of May , 2001.

 

Randall’s Food & Drugs LP

By:

  Randall’s General Partner LLC

Its:

  General Partner

By:

Its:

 

Randall’s Holdings, Inc.

Managing Member

 

By:  

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Its:

 

Meredith S. Parry

Secretary and Vice President

Exhibit 3.161

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I. GENERAL

     1  

1.1

     Formation      1  

1.2

     Name      1  

1.3

     Purpose      1  

1.4

     Term      2  

1.5

     Registered Office and Principal Office of Partnership; Addresses of Partners      2  

ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS

     2  

ARTICLE III. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

     4  

3.1

     Capital Contributions      4  

3.2

     Capital Accounts      4  

ARTICLE IV. ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     7  

4.1

     General Allocations of Profits and Losses      7  

4.2

     Distributions      8  

4.3

     Special Allocations of Profits and Losses      9  

ARTICLE V. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

     12  

5.1

     Compensation      12  

5.2

     Reimbursement for Organizational Expenses      12  

5.3

     Reimbursement for Operational Expenses      12  

ARTICLE VI. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTNERS

     12  

6.1

     Rights and Obligations of the General Partner      12  

6.2

     Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners      16  

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND SUBSTITUTION

     16  

7.1

     Transfer of Interests      16  

7.2

     Withdrawal of General Partner      17  

7.3

     Admission of Limited Partners and Successor General Partner      18  

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

     18  

8.1

     Dissolution      18  

8.2

     Continuation of the Partnership      19  

8.3

     Liquidation      19  

8.4

     Distribution in Kind      20  

8.5

     Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership      20  

8.6

     Return of Capital      21  

8.7

     Waiver of Partition      21  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; CONSENTS

     21  

9.1

     Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner      21  

9.2

     Amendment Procedures      21  

9.3

     Amendment Requirements; Limited Partner Voting      22  

9.4

     Action Without a Meeting      22  

ARTICLE X. FINANCIAL MATTERS

     22  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

10.1

     Books, Records, Accounting, and Reports      22  

10.2

     Tax Matters      23  

ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     24  

11.1

     Addresses and Notices      24  

11.2

     Titles and Captions      24  

11.3

     Pronouns and Plurals      24  

11.4

     Further Action      24  

11.5

     Binding Effect      24  

11.6

     Integration      24  

11.7

     Creditors      24  

11.8

     Waiver      24  

11.9

     Counterparts      24  

11.10

     Applicable Law      24  

11.11

     Invalidity of Provisions      24  

11.12

     Power of Attorney      25  

11.13

     Entire Agreement      25  

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP is entered into by and among Randall’s Food Markets, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as General Partner, and Randall’s Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Limited Partner, under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (6 Del. C. §17-101, et seq.), as amended from time to time (the “Act”).

Certain capitalized terms used in this agreement are defined in Article II hereof.

WHEREAS, Randall’s General Partner LLC (“RGP”) and Randall’s Holdings, Inc. (“RHI”) entered into the Limited Partnership Agreement dated             , 2001, pursuant to which the Partnership was formed;

WHEREAS, upon its formation, RGP was the sole general partner and held a 0% partnership interest, and RHI was the sole limited partner and held a 100% partnership interest;

WHEREAS, RHI transferred 99% of the limited partnership interests to Randall’s Investments, Inc. (“RII”);

WHEREAS, RGP merged into Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. (“RFMI”), as a result of which RGP’s general partnership interest was transferred to RFMI;

WHEREAS, RHI transferred 1% of the limited partnership interests to RFMI, and;

WHEREAS, RFMI and RII desire that the 1% limited partnership and general partnership interests held by RFMI be hereby converted into a 1% general partnership interest, and that RFMI and RII hereby enter into this Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1 Formation . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Partners hereby form the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act. Except as expressly provided herein, the rights and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.

1.2 Name . The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, Randall’s Food & Drugs LP. The General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall provide the Limited Partners with written notice of such name change within 20 days after such name change.

1.3 Purpose . The purpose and business of the Partnership shall be the conduct of any business or activity that may lawfully be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the

 

1


Act. Any or all of the foregoing activities may be conducted directly by the Partnership or indirectly through another partnership, joint venture, or other arrangement.

1.4 Term . The Partnership shall continue in existence in perpetuity, or until the earlier termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 of this Agreement. The General Partner shall not commence or engage in any business on behalf of the Partnership until after the Commencement Date, other than matters necessary or incidental to the organization of the Partnership.

1.5 Registered Office and Principal Office of Partnership; Addresses of Partners .

(a) Partnership Offices. The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware and its registered agent for service of process on the Partnership at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company or such other registered office or registered agent as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The principal office of the Partnership shall be 3663 Briarpark Drive, Houston, TX 77042 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places as the General Partner deems advisable.

(b) Addresses of Partners. The address of the General Partner is 3663 Briarpark Drive, Houston, TX 77042. The address of each Limited Partner shall be 3663 Briarpark Drive, Houston, TX 77042.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall apply to the terms used in this Agreement, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary in this Agreement:

“Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, (6 Del. C. §17-101 et seq.), as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such Act.

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Capital, Account as of the end of the relevant fiscal year or other period, after giving effect to the following adjustments: (a) any amounts that such Partner is, or is deemed to be, obligated to restore pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Regulations, the penultimate sentence of Section 1.704-2(g)(1) of the Regulations, or the penultimate sentence of Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be credited to such Capital Account; and (b) the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6) of the Regulations shall be debited to such Capital Account. For these purposes, no Partner who has an unconditional obligation to restore any deficit balance in his Capital Account in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3) of the Regulations shall have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

“Affiliate” means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person in question. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

 

2


“Book Depreciation” means for any asset for any fiscal year or other period an amount that bears the same ratio to the Gross Asset Value of that asset at the beginning of such fiscal year or other period as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for that asset for such year or other period bears to the adjusted tax basis of that asset at the beginning of such year or other period. If the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for any asset for such year or other period is zero, then Book Depreciation for that asset shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement.

“Capital Contribution” means any asset or property of any nature contributed by a Partner to the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

“Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware pursuant to Section 6.1(b) of this Agreement, as such Certificate may be amended or restated from time to time.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time.

“Commencement Date” means the date of the filing by the General Partner of the Certificate of Limited Partnership.

“General Partner” means Randall’s Food Markets, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any Person that shall succeed to the interest of such corporation as the general partner of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

“Gross Asset Value” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

“Limited Partner” means any Person who has been admitted or deemed to be admitted as a limited partner in the Partnership in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and whose admission has been reflected on the books and records of the Partnership. The sole initial Limited Partner shall be Randall’s Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3 of this Agreement.

“Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

“Majority Interest” means the owners of more than 50% of the Percentage Interests of Limited Partners.

“Partner” means a General Partner or any Limited Partner. “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners, collectively.

“Partner Minimum Gain” means partnership minimum gain attributable to partner nonrecourse debt as determined under the rules of Section 1.704-2(i) of the Regulations.

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.

 

3


“Partnership” means the limited partnership established pursuant to this Agreement by the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

“Partnership Interest” means the interest acquired by a Partner in the Partnership including the Partner’s right: (a) to its allocable share of the Profits, Losses, deductions, and credits of the Partnership, (b) to its distributive share of the assets of the Partnership, (c) to vote on those matters described in this Agreement, and (d) if such Partner is the General Partner, to participate in the management and operation of the Partnership.

“Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(2) of the Regulations.

“Percentage Interest” means the percentage set forth opposite each Partner’s name on Exhibit A to this Agreement, as such Exhibit may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

“Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association, or other entity.

“Profits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

“Regulations” means the Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code, whether proposed, temporary, or final, as amended and in effect (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a) of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III.

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

3.1 Capital Contributions .

(a) General Partner. The General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the property described opposite the General Partner’s name in Exhibit B hereto.

(b) Limited Partners. Prior to being admitted as a Partner, each Limited Partner shall contribute to the Partnership the property described opposite the Limited Partner’s name in Exhibit B hereto.

3.2 Capital Accounts .

(a) In General

(i) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner a separate Capital Account in accordance with this Section 3.2(a), which shall control the division of assets upon liquidation of the Partnership to the extent provided in Section 8.3 of this Agreement. Each Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the following provisions:

(A) The Capital Account shall be increased by the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other Capital Contributions made by a Partner to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement, by the Partner’s allocable share of Profits and any item of income or gain specially allocated to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this

 

4


Agreement, and by the amount of any Partnership liabilities assumed by the Partner or that are secured by any property distributed to the Partner.

(B) The Capital Account shall be decreased by the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any other property distributed to the Partner pursuant to this Agreement, by the Partner’s allocable share of Losses and any items of expense or loss specially allocated to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this Agreement, and by the amount of any liabilities of the Partner assumed by the Partnership or any liabilities secured by any property contributed by the Partner to the Partnership.

(C) If all or a portion of an interest in the Partnership is transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent the Capital Account relates to the transferred interest; provided, however, that if the transfer causes a termination of the Partnership under Section 708(b)(1)(B) of the Code, the assets of the Partnership shall be deemed to have been distributed in liquidation of the Partnership to the Partners (including the transferee of the Partnership Interest) pursuant to Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of this Agreement and recontributed by the Partners and transferees in reconstitution of the Partnership. This deemed liquidation and reconstitution shall not cause the Partnership to be dissolved or reconstituted for purposes other than maintenance of the Capital Accounts and federal income tax, unless otherwise provided in Article VIII.

(D) The principal amount of a promissory note that is not readily traded on an established securities market and that is contributed to the Partnership by the maker of the note shall not be included in the Capital Account of any Partner until the Partnership makes a taxable disposition of the note or until and to the extent that principal payments are made on the note, all in accordance with Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)(2) of the Regulations.

The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Section l.704-1(b)(2)(iv) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.

(ii) “Profits” and “Losses” mean, for each fiscal year or other period, an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), but with the following adjustments for such fiscal year or other period:

(A) Income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax as described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) of the Code and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(ii) shall be added to such taxable income or loss as if it were taxable income.

(B) Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Regulations, and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss as if such expenditures were deductible items.

 

5


(C) If the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, the amount of the adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of the asset for purposes of computing such taxable income or loss.

(D) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of the property differs from the Gross Asset Value of the property.

(E) In lieu of the deduction for depreciation, cost recovery, or amortization taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Book Depreciation for such fiscal year or other period.

(F) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any items that are specially allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(a) or 4.3(b) of this Agreement shall not be taken into account as taxable income or loss for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

If the Partnership’s taxable income or taxable loss for the year or period, as adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (A)-(F) above, is a positive amount, that amount shall be the Partnership’s Profit for such fiscal year or other period; and if negative, that amount shall be the Partnership’s Loss for such fiscal year or other period.

(iii) “Gross Asset Value” means, for any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as set forth below:

(A) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of the asset on the date of determination, as determined by the contributing Partner and the Partnership.

(B) The Gross Asset Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their gross fair market values, as determined by the General Partner, as of the following times: (1) the contribution of more than a de minimis amount of money or other property to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution by a new or existing Partner, or the distribution by the Partnership to a retiring or continuing Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership, if the General Partner reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners in the Partnership; or (2) the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations.

(C) The Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution.

(D) The Gross Asset Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustment to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations and Section 4.3(a)(iv) of this Agreement; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(iii)(D) to the extent the General Partner determines that an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(B) of this Agreement is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(iii)(D).

 

6


(E) If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(A), 3.2(a)(iii)(B), or 3.2(a)(iii)(D) hereof, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Book Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.

(b) Negative Capital Accounts. If any Partner has a negative balance in its Capital Account on the date of the liquidation of such Partner’s “interest in the partnership” (within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Regulations) after taking into account allocations of Profits, Losses, and other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, and distributions of cash or property (in each case as provided in this Article III or Article IV), that Partner shall have no obligation to restore the negative balance or to make any Capital Contribution by reason thereof, and the negative balance shall not be considered an asset or a liability of the Partnership or of any Partner. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, in the event, of the liquidation of the General Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the General Partner shall contribute to the Partnership an amount of cash equal to (but in no event will it be obligated to contribute more than) the negative balance (if any) in the General Partner’s Capital Account. Any amount contributed by the General Partner shall be paid to the creditors of the Partnership or distributed to the other Partners, in either case as provided in Section 8.3. Any Capital Contribution required hereunder shall be made on or before the later of (i) the end of the taxable year of the Partnership in which such Partner’s Partnership Interest is liquidated, or (ii) the ninetieth day following the date of such liquidation.

(c) Interest. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions or on balances in Capital Accounts.

(d) No Withdrawal. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or his Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as provided in Section 4.2 and Article VIII of this Agreement.

(e) Loans From Partners. Loans by a Partner to the Partnership shall not be considered Capital Contributions.

(f) No Preemptive Rights. No Partner shall have any preemptive, preferential, or other right with respect to (i) additional Capital Contributions; (ii) issuance or sale of Partnership Interests; (iii) issuance of any obligations, evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of the Partnership convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe to, any such Partnership Interests; (iv) issuance of any right to, subscription to, or right to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any of the foregoing securities; or (v) issuance or sale of any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Partnership.

ARTICLE IV.

ALLOCATIONS OF PROFIT AND LOSS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1 General Allocations of Profits and Losses .

(a) General Allocations. After giving effect to the allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) of this Agreement, Profits and Losses for any fiscal year or other period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) Profits. Profits shall be allocated to those Partners having a negative Capital Account balance in proportion to such negative balances until all such negative balances have been eliminated, and thereafter such Profits shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to their

 

7


Percentage Interests. For purposes of this Section 4.l(a)(i), a Partner’s Capital Account shall be computed by adding to such balance the Partner’s share, if any, of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Minimum Gain.

(ii) Losses. Subject to the limitation in Section 4.1(b) of this Agreement, Losses shall be allocated to the Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests.

(b) Limitation on Loss Allocations. The aggregate amount of Losses allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof and the next sentence of this Section 4.1(b) to any Limited Partner for any fiscal year shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that may be allocated to such Limited Partner without causing such Limited Partner to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of such fiscal year. All Losses in excess of the limitation in this Section 4.1(b) with respect to any Limited Partner shall be allocated solely to the other Limited Partners in proportion to their Percentage Interests. If no other Limited Partner may receive an additional allocation of Losses pursuant to this Section 4.1(b), such additional Losses not allocated pursuant to Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement or the preceding sentence shall be allocated solely to those Partners that bear the economic risk for such additional Losses within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder. If it is necessary to allocate Losses under the preceding sentence, the General Partner shall determine those Partners that bear the economic risk for such additional Losses.

4.2 Distributions .

(a) General. The General Partner shall review the Partnership’s accounts at the end of each calendar quarter to determine whether distributions are appropriate. The General Partner may make such distributions as it may determine in its sole discretion, without being limited to current or accumulated income or gains, but no such distribution shall be made out of funds required to make current payments on Partnership indebtedness and no distributions of Partnership property (other than cash) shall be made to any Partner except as otherwise provided in Section 8.4. Except to the extent Sections 8.3 or 8.4 are applicable, all distributions pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be made in proportion to the Partners’ Percentage Interests.

(b) Overriding Distribution. Notwithstanding the provisions of (a) above, if at any time distributions to a Partner would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and if another Partner has a positive Capital Account balance (after such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit and Capital Account balances have been adjusted to reflect the allocation of Profits and Losses pursuant to this Article 111, taking into account interim Profits and Losses (determined using such accounting methods as shall be selected by the General Partner) for the period ending on or before such distribution), such cash flow shall be distributed first to the Partner having a positive Capital Account balance in an amount equal to such positive balance, and the remaining cash, if any, shall be distributed in accordance with Section 4.2(a) of this Agreement.

(c) Payments Not Deemed Distributions. Any amounts paid pursuant to Article V or Section 6.1(e), or 6.1(h) of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be distributions for purposes of this Agreement.

(d) Withheld Amounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2 to the contrary, each Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold and to pay over, or otherwise pay, any withholding or other taxes payable by the Partnership with respect to the Partner as a result of the Partner’s participation in the Partnership; if and to the extent that the Partnership shall be required to withhold or pay any such taxes, such Partner shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Partnership as of the time such withholding or tax is paid, which payment

 

8


shall be deemed to be a distribution with respect to such Partner’s Partnership Interest to the extent that the Partner (or any successor to such Partner’s Partnership Interest) is then entitled to receive a distribution. To the extent that the aggregate amount of such payments to a Partner for any period exceeds the distributions to which such Partner is entitled for such period, the amount of such excess shall be considered a loan from the Partnership to such Partner. Such loan shall bear interest (which interest shall be treated as an item of income to the Partnership) at the lesser of the maximum rate permitted by law and the rate of interest per annum most recently established by the Wall Street Journal as the current, prevailing prime rate of interest, as determined hereunder from time to time, until discharged by such Partner by repayment, which may be made in the sole discretion of the General Partner out of distributions to which such Partner would otherwise be subsequently entitled. Any withholdings authorized by this Section 4.2(d) shall be made at the maximum applicable statutory rate under the applicable tax law unless the General Partner shall have received an opinion of counsel or other evidence satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that a lower rate is applicable, or that no withholding is applicable.

(e) Distributions in Liquidation of Partner’s Partnership Interest. For purposes of this Agreement, a liquidation of a Partner’s Partnership Interest means the termination of the Partner’s entire Partnership Interest other than in connection with the dissolution, winding up, and termination of the Partnership. Where a Partner’s Partnership Interest is to be liquidated by a series of distributions, the Partnership Interest shall not be considered as liquidated until the final distribution has been made. If a Partner’s Partnership Interest is to be liquidated, liquidating of distributions shall be made in accordance with the positive Capital Account balance of that Partner (as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments with respect to that Partner’s Partnership Interest for the taxable year during which the liquidation occurs, as determined by the General Partner in accordance with Section 706 of the Code). A distribution in liquidation of a Partner’s Partnership Interest shall be made by the end of the taxable year in which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the Partner’s Partnership Interest is liquidated.

4.3 Special Allocations of Profits and Losses .

(a) Special Allocations.

(i) Minimum Gain Chargeback-Partnership Nonrecourse Liabilities. If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, certain items of income and gain shall be allocated (on a gross basis) to the Partners in the amounts and manner described in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations. This Section 4.3(a)(i) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement (set forth in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations) relating to Partnership nonrecourse liabilities (as defined in Section 1.704-2(b)(3) of the Regulations) and shall be so interpreted.

(ii) Minimum Gain Chargeback-Partner Nonrecourse Debt. If there is a net decrease in Partner Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable year, certain items of income and gain shall be allocated (on a gross basis) as quickly as possible to those Partners who had a share of the Partner Minimum Gain (determined pursuant to Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations) in the amounts and manner described in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations. This Section 4.3(a)(ii) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement (set forth in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations) relating to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations) and shall be so interpreted.

(iii) Qualified Income Offset. If any Partner has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated (on a gross basis) to

 

9


each such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Partner as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(a)(iii) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article III have been tentatively made as if this Section 4.3(a)(iii) were not in this Agreement. It is intended that this Section 4.3(a)(iii) constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.

(iv) Gross Income Allocation. If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any fiscal year, and such deficit Capital Account is in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 4.3(a)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in Sections 4.1 and 4.3 have been made as if Section 4.3(a)(iii) hereof and this Section 4.3(a)(iv) were not in the Agreement.

(v) Basis Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m) of the Regulations, to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(l) of the Regulations to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to such deductions.

(vii) Allocation of Proceeds of Nonrecourse Liability. The determination of whether any distribution by the Partnership is allocable to the proceeds of a nonrecourse liability of the Partnership shall be made by the General Partner under any reasonable method that is in compliance with Section 1.704-2(h) of the Regulations.

(b) Curative Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.1(b) and 43(a) hereof (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Section 1.704-1(b) of the Regulations. The Partners hereby acknowledge and agree that the Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Partners intend to make Partnership distributions. Accordingly, the General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to make other allocations of Profit, Loss, or Book Depreciation among the Partners in any reasonable manner that the General Partner deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which the Partnership distributions would otherwise be divided among the Partners pursuant to Sections 4.2, 8.3 and 8.4 hereof. In general, the Partners anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profits, Losses, or Book Depreciation among the Partners so that, after such offsetting special allocations are made, the amount of each Partner’s Capital Account will be, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Partner would have had if the Regulatory Allocations were not a part of this Agreement and all Partnership items had been allocated to the Partners solely pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof.

 

10


(c) Tax Allocations: Code Section 704(c). In accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and the initial Gross Asset Value of such property (determined in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(iii)(A) hereof). In accordance with the requirements of Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) of the Regulations, if the Gross Asset Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(iii)(B) hereof, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and the Gross Asset Value of such asset in the same manner as such variations are taken into account under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder with respect to property contributed to the Partnership. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocation shall be made by the General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3(c) are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect or be taken into account in computing any Partner’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to this Agreement.

(d) Other Allocation Rules.

(i) For purposes of determining the Profits, Losses, or any other item allocable to any period (including periods before and after the admission of a new Partner), Profits, Losses, and any such other item shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined and allocated by the General Partner using any permissible method under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

(ii) For federal income tax purposes, every item of income, gain, loss, and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with the allocations under Sections 4.1, 43(a), 43(b), and 4.3(c) of this Agreement.

(iii) The Partners are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 and hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 in reporting their shares of Partnership income and loss for income tax purposes.

(iv) To the extent permissible under Section 704 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder, in making allocations provided for in this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1, ordinary income realized by the Partnership from recapture of previously reported deductions shall be allocated to those Partners (or their successors in interest) to whom such deductions were originally allocated and in proportion to such original allocations. Any obligation relating to the recapture of previously reported credits shall be allocated to those Partners (or their successors in interest) to whom such credits were originally allocated and in proportion to such original allocations.

(v) It is intended that the allocations in Sections 4.1, 43(a), 4.3(b), and 4.3(c) of this Agreement effect an allocation for federal income tax purposes consistent with Section 704 of the Code and comply with any limitations or restrictions therein. The General Partner shall have complete discretion to make the allocations pursuant to this Section 4.3 and Section 4.1 in any reasonable manner consistent with Section 704 of the Code and to amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate to comply with the Regulations promulgated under Section 704 of the Code, if in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, such an amendment is advisable to reflect allocations among the Partners consistent with those Regulations.

 

11


(vi) The Partners agree that their Percentage Interests represent their interests in Partnership profits for purposes of allocating excess nonrecourse liabilities pursuant to Section 1.752-3(a)(3) of the Regulations.

ARTICLE V.

COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER

5.1 Compensation . The General Partner and any Affiliate of the General Partner may receive compensation from the Partnership for services rendered pursuant to agreements with the Partnership, including agreements pursuant to which the General Partner may conduct certain operations of the Partnership, provided that any such agreement shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

5.2 Reimbursement for Organizational Expenses . In addition to amounts otherwise distributed or paid to the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall be reimbursed for all expenses, disbursements, and advances incurred or made, and all fees, deposits, and other sums paid by the General Partner in connection with the organization of the Partnership, the qualification of the Partnership to do business, and all related matters.

5.3 Reimbursement for Operational Expenses . In addition to amounts otherwise distributed or paid to the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed at any reasonable times and from time to time for all costs and expenses that the General Partner and its Affiliates incur on behalf of, or in the management and operation of the business of, the Partnership, including, but not limited to, that portion of the General Partner’s and its Affiliates’ legal and accounting costs and expenses, telephone, secretarial, travel, and entertainment expenses, office rent and other office expenses, salaries and other compensation expenses of directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives, and other general, administrative, and additional expenses that are necessary or appropriate to the conduct of the Partnership’s business and allocable to the Partnership. The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership in a manner that is fair and reasonable. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of the indemnification provided under Section 6.1(h) of this Agreement. At the discretion of the General Partner; Partnership expenses may be billed directly to and paid by the Partnership.

ARTICLE VI.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF PARTNERS

6.1 Rights and Obligations of the General Partner . In addition to the rights and obligations set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have the following rights and obligations:

(a) Management. The General Partner shall conduct, direct, and exercise full control over all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and Limited Partners shall have no right of control over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full power and authority, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to do all things deemed necessary or desirable by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, including, without limitation: (i) the determination of the activities in which the Partnership will participate; (ii) the making of any expenditures, the borrowing of money, the guaranteeing of indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, and the

 

12


incurrence of any obligations it deems necessary or advisable for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership, including the payment of compensation and reimbursement to the General Partner and its Affiliates under Article V of this Agreement; (iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership; (iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any Partnership purpose on any terms it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of operations of the Partnership, the lending of funds to other Persons, and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership; (v) the negotiation, execution, and performance of any contracts that it considers desirable, useful, or necessary to the conduct of the business or operations of the Partnership or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement; (vi) the distribution of Partnership cash or other assets; (vii) the selection, hiring, and dismissal of employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, contractors, agents, and representatives and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring; the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership as it deems necessary or desirable; (ix) the formation of any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, or other relationships that it deems desirable and the contribution to such partnerships or ventures of assets and properties of the Partnership; and (x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the conduct of any litigation, the incurring of legal expenses, and the settlement of claims and suits.

(b) Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner shall cause the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware as required by the Act and shall cause to be filed such other certificates or documents (including copies, amendments, or restatements of this Agreement) as may be determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, qualification, or registration and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in any other state where the Partnership may elect to do business.

(c) Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no lender or purchaser or other Person, including any purchaser of property from the Partnership or any other Person dealing with the Partnership, shall be required to verify any representation by the General Partner as to its authority to encumber, sell, or otherwise use any assets or properties of the Partnership, and any such lender, purchaser, or other Person shall be entitled to rely exclusively on such representations and shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if it were the sole party in interest therein, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against any such lender, purchaser, or other Person to contest, negate, or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such sale or financing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative with respect to any business or property of the Partnership be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with, and each such Person shall be entitled to rely on the assumptions that the Partnership has been duly formed and is validly in distance and that the Commencement Date has occurred. In no event shall any such Person be obligated to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative; and every contract, agreement, deed, mortgage, security agreement, promissory note, or other instrument or document executed by the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative with respect to any business or property of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any Person claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery thereof this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) such instrument or document was duly executed in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership, and (iii) the General Partner or the General Partner’s representative was duly authorized and empowered to execute and deliver any and every such instrument or document for and on behalf of the Partnership.

 

13


(d) Partnership Funds. The funds of the Partnership shall be deposited in accounts designated by the General Partner. The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, deposit funds of the Partnership in a central disbursing account maintained by or in the name of the General Partner, the Partnership, or any other Person into which funds of the General Partner, the Partnership, or other Persons are also deposited, provided that at all times books of account are maintained that show the amount of funds of the Partnership on deposit in such account and interest accrued with respect to such funds as credited to the Partnership. The General Partner may use the funds of the Partnership as compensating balances for its benefit, provided that such funds do not directly or indirectly secure, and are not otherwise at risk on account of, any indebtedness or other obligation of the General Partner or any director, officer, employee, agent, representative, or Affiliate thereof Nothing in this Section 6.1(d) shall be deemed to prohibit or limit in any manner the right of the Partnership to lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 6.1(e)(ii) of this Agreement. All withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General Partner or by its representatives. Funds of the Partnership may be invested as determined by the General Partner in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Loans to or from General Partner; Contracts with Affiliates; Joint Ventures.

(i) The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may lend to the Partnership funds needed by the Partnership for such periods of time as the General Partner may determine; provided that the General Partner or such Affiliate may not charge the Partnership interest at a rate greater than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the Partnership (without reference to the General Partner’s financial abilities or guaranties) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner or any such Affiliate, as the case may be, for any costs incurred by the General Partner or such Affiliate in connection with the borrowing of funds obtained by the General Partner or such Affiliate and loaned to the Partnership.

(ii) The Partnership may lend funds to the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof, provided that the Partnership shall not charge interest at a rate less than the rate (including points or other financing charges or fees) that would be charged the General Partner or such Affiliate by unrelated lenders on comparable loans.

(iii) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may enter into an agreement with the Partnership to render services, including management services, for the Partnership. Any service rendered for the Partnership by the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership.

(iv) The Partnership may transfer any assets to joint ventures or other partnerships in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon terms and subject to such conditions consistent with applicable law as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(f) Outside Activities; Conflicts of Interest. The General Partner or any Affiliate thereof and any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship created hereby in any business ventures of the General Partner, any Affiliate thereof, or any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of either the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof.

 

14


(g) Resolution of Conflicts of Interest. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership or any Limited Partner, on the other hand, any action taken by the General Partner, in the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any standard of care or duty imposed herein or therein or under the Act or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation.

(h) Indemnification. The Partnership shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Partner and any director, officer, employee, agent, or representative of the General Partner, against all liabilities, losses, and damages incurred by any of them by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed in the name of or on behalf of the Partnership, or in connection with the Partnership’s business, including attorneys’ fees and any amounts expended in the settlement of any claims or liabilities, losses, or damages, to the fullest extent permitted by the Act. The Partnership, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, may indemnify and hold harmless any Limited Partner, employee, agent, or representative of the Partnership, any Person who is or was serving at the request of the Partnership acting through the General Partner as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent, or representative of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, and any other Person to the extent determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, but in no event shall such indemnification exceed the indemnification permitted by the Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1(h) or elsewhere in this Agreement, no amendment to the Act after the Commencement Date shall reduce or limit in any manner the indemnification provided for or permitted by this Section 6.1(h) unless the reduction or limitation is required by the amendment for limited partnerships formed before enactment of the amendment. In no event shall Limited Partners be subject to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.

(i) Liability of General Partner.

(i) Neither the General Partner nor its directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives shall be liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for errors in judgment or for any acts or omissions that do not constitute gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct.

(ii) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or representative appointed by the General Partner.

(j) Reliance by General Partner.

(i) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers, and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any opinion of any such Person as to matters which the General Partner believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by the General Partner hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

15


6.2 Rights and Obligations of Limited Partners . In addition to the rights and obligations of Limited Partners set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, Limited Partners shall have the following rights and obligations:

(a) Limitation of Liability. Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as provided herein or under the Act.

(b) Management of Business. No Limited Partner shall take part in the control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name, or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership other than as specifically set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Outside Activities. A Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

(d) Return of Capital. No Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT AND SUBSTITUTION

7.1 Transfer of Interests .

(a) Transfer. No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7.1. Any transfer or purported transfer of any Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Section 7.1 shall be null and void. A purported transferee shall have no right to require any information or account of the Partnership’s transactions or to inspect the Partnership’s books. The Partnership shall be entitled to treat the purported transferor of a Partnership Interest as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability to any purported transferee for distributions to the Partner owning such Partnership Interest of record or for allocations of Profits, Losses, deductions, or credits or for transmittal of reports and notices required to be given to holders of Partnership Interests. The term “transfer,” when used in this Section 7.1 and in Section 7.3 of this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange, or any other disposition.

(b) Transfers by General Partner. With written approval of a Majority Interest, the General Partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of its Partnership Interest to any Person. Any transfer by the General Partner of its Partnership Interest under this Section 7.1(b) to an Affiliate of the General Partner or any other Person shall not constitute a withdrawal of the General Partner under Section 7.2(a), Section 8.1(b), or any other provision of this Agreement. If any such transfer is deemed to constitute a withdrawal under such provisions or otherwise and results in the dissolution of the Partnership under this Agreement or the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Partnership or this Agreement is subject, the Partners hereby unanimously consent to the reconstitution and continuation of the Partnership immediately following such dissolution, pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

 

16


(c) Transfer of Interests of Limited Partners. The Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner may not be transferred except (i) upon the adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution, or other cessation of its existence, to the authorized representative thereof for the purpose of effecting the winding up and disposition of the business of such entity, or (ii) to any other Person with the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent will be given only in the sole discretion of the General Partner.

(d) Additional Limitations. The General Partner may require, as a condition to any transfer of a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner, that, in the General Partner’s reasonable determination, (i) the transfer will not jeopardize the treatment of the Partnership as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (ii) the transfer will not violate the registration requirements of applicable securities laws or cause any prior offer and sale of Partnership Interests to violate such requirements. The General Partner may also require the proposed transferee to deliver to the Partnership acceptable representations and warranties respecting its status under applicable securities laws and its investment intent with respect to the Partnership Interest, and may require the transferor and transferee to supply such other documentation as the General Partner may deem advisable in its sole discretion.

(e) Distributions and Allocations in Respect of Transferred Partnership Interests. If any Partnership Interest is transferred during any fiscal year in compliance with the provisions of this Article VII, Profits, Losses, and all other items attributable to the transferred interest for such period shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during the period in accordance with Section 706 of the Code, using any conventions permitted by law and selected by the General Partner. All distributions on or before the date of the transfer shall be made to the transferor. Solely for purposes of making such allocations and distributions, the Partnership shall recognize the transfer not later than the end of the calendar month during which it is given notice of the transfer; provided, however, that if the Partnership does not receive a notice stating the date the Partnership Interest was transferred and such other information as the General Partner may reasonably require within 30 days after the end of the fiscal year during which the transfer occurs, then all of such items shall be allocated, and all distributions shall be made, to the Person who, according to the books and records of the Partnership, on the last day of the fiscal year during which the transfer occurs, was the owner of the Partnership Interest. Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall incur any liability for making allocations and distributions in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.1(e), whether or not any Partner or the Partnership has knowledge of any transfer of ownership of any Partnership Interest.

7.2 Withdrawal of General Partner .

(a) Withdrawal. The General Partner shall have the right to withdraw from the Partnership at any time without penalty, upon 15 days’ written notice to Limited Partners. In the event of such withdrawal and the resulting dissolution of the Partnership, Limited Partners shall have the right to reconstitute and continue the Partnership in accordance with Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

(b) Interest of Withdrawing General Partner, If the General Partner shall withdraw in accordance with Section 7.2(a) of this Agreement, the withdrawing General Partner shall become a Limited Partner and its Partnership Interest as a General Partner shall be converted into the Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner. Any successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the capital of the Partnership cash or property or other consideration in an amount or having a fair market value acceptable to a Majority Interest. This Agreement shall be amended to reflect any event described in this Section 7.2, and any successor General Partner covenants to so amend this Agreement.

 

17


7.3 Admission of Limited Partners and Successor General Partner .

(a) Admission of Limited Partners. The General Partner shall admit to the Partnership as a Limited Partner the Persons shown on Exhibit A, as it may be amended from time to time, who have tendered their Capital Contributions to the Partnership as provided in Section 3.1(b). Each Limited Partner shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as Limited Partner. After admission of the initial Limited Partners, but only with the prior written consent of a Majority Interest with respect to those Persons not listed on Exhibit A as of the Commencement Date, a Person who acquires a Partnership Interest as a Limited Partner directly from the Partnership shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner upon the Partnership’s receipt of his Capital Contribution, and to the extent necessary, Exhibit A shall be amended to reflect the revised Percentage Interest of each Partner. Each such Limited Partner shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and thereby agree to be bound by the terms hereof as a Limited Partner.

(b) Admission of Substitute Limited Partners. A transferee or assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest, or Person acquiring a Partnership Interest pursuant to any foreclosure made upon any permitted pledge or hypothecation of the Partnership Interest, shall be entitled to receive the distributive share of the Partnership’s Profits, Losses, deductions, and credits attributable to such Partnership Interest. No transferee or assignee shall become a substitute Limited Partner without the prior written consent of the General Partner, which consent will be given only in the sole discretion of the General Partner. Upon written consent by the General Partner, the transferee or assignee shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement, thereby agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof as a Limited Partner with respect to the Partnership Interest so transferred. Upon admission of a substitute Limited Partner, the substitute Limited Partner shall be subject to all of the restrictions applicable to, shall assume all of the obligations of, and shall attain the status of a Limited Partner under and pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest held by the substitute Limited Partner.

(c) Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner selected pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement or the transferee of or successor to all of the Partnership Interest of the General Partner pursuant to Section 7.1(b) of this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective as of the date of the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor General Partner or the date of transfer of the predecessor’s Partnership Interest.

(d) Action by General Partner. In connection with the admission of any substitute Limited Partner or successor General Partner, the General Partner shall have the authority to take all such actions as it deems necessary or advisable in connection therewith, including the amendment of Exhibit A to this Agreement and the execution and filing with appropriate authorities of any necessary documentation.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

8.1 Dissolution . The Partnership shall be dissolved upon:

(a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 1.4 of this Agreement;

(b) the withdrawal, bankruptcy, or dissolution of the General Partner, or any other event that results in its ceasing to be the General Partner (other than by reason of a transfer pursuant to Section 7. 1 (b) of this Agreement);

 

18


(c) an election to dissolve the Partnership (i) by the General Partner that is approved by the affirmative vote of a Majority Interest or (ii) by the affirmative vote of the owners of 100% of the Percentage Interests of Limited Partners; or

(d) any other event that, under the Act, would cause its dissolution.

For purposes of this Section 8.1, the bankruptcy of the General Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when the General Partner: (i) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) is declared insolvent in any state insolvency proceeding; (iii) becomes the subject of an order for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §101 et . seq ., or successor statute (the “Bankruptcy Code”); (iv) becomes a voluntary debtor in a case under Chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fails to achieve confirmation of a plan of reorganization within 180 days; (v) becomes an involuntary debtor in a case under either Chapter 7 or 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and fails to achieve a dismissal of the case within 90 days, or, with respect to a Chapter 11 case in which an order for relief is entered prior to the expiration of 90 days, fails to achieve confirmation of a plan of reorganization within 180 days of the commencement of the involuntary case; and (vi) consents to or is subjected to the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator with respect to all or substantially all of the General Partner’s properties, and, where such appointment was contested by the General Partner, there has been a failure to vacate such appointment within 90 days of appointment.

8.2 Continuation of the Partnership . Upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) of this Agreement, the Partnership shall be deemed to be dissolved and reconstituted if, (a) there remains at least one general partner, in which case the business of the Partnership may be carried on by the remaining general partner (or general partners), or (b) within 90 days after such event, all of the remaining Partners (i) elect in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and, (ii) to the extent that they desire or if there are no remaining general partners, agree to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal of the General Partner, or one or more new general partners. If the remaining general partners, if any, do not elect to carry on the business of the Partnership, or if no election to continue the Partnership is made by all remaining Partners within 90 days of the event of dissolution, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If an election to continue the Partnership is made upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) of this Agreement, then:

(a) the Partnership shall be deemed to be reconstituted and shall continue until the end of the term for which it is formed unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article VIII;

(b) the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated thenceforth as the interest of a Limited Partner and converted in the manner provided in Section 7.2(b) of this Agreement; and

(c) all necessary steps shall be taken to amend or restate this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the successor General Partner may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 11.12 of this Agreement.

8.3 Liquidation . Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued under Section 8.2 of this Agreement, the General Partner or, if the General Partner has been dissolved, becomes bankrupt as defined in Section 8.1 of this Agreement, or withdraws from the Partnership, a liquidator or liquidating committee selected by a Majority Interest, shall be the Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive compensation for its services as approved by a Majority Interest. The Liquidator shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior written notice and (if other than the General Partner) may be removed at any time, with or without

 

19


cause, by notice of removal approved by a Majority Interest. Upon dissolution, removal, or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers, and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be selected by a Majority Interest. The right to appoint a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be recurring and continuing for so long as the functions and services of the Liquidator are authorized to continue under the provisions hereof, and every reference herein to the Liquidator will be deemed to refer also to any successor or substitute Liquidator appointed in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article VIII, the Liquidator appointed in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein. The Liquidator shall liquidate the assets of the Partnership and apply and distribute the proceeds of liquidation in the following order of priority, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable law:

(a) to the payment of the expenses of the terminating transactions including brokerage commissions, legal fees, accounting fees, and closing costs;

(b) next, to the payment and discharge of all the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors of the Partnership, including Partners, in order of priority provided by law; and

(c) the balance, if any, to the Partners or their lawful assignees in accordance with the positive balances in their Capital Accounts as provided in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) of the Regulations, provided however, that the Liquidator may place in escrow a reserve of cash or other assets of the Partnership for contingent liabilities in an amount determined by the Liquidator to be appropriate for such purposes.

8.4 Distribution in Kind . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.3 of this Agreement which require the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if on dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (other than those to Partners) and may distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 of this Agreement, undivided interests in Partnership assets that the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation. Any such distributions in kind shall be subject to conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties that the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any joint operating agreements or other agreements governing the operation of the properties at the time. The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using any reasonable method of valuation it may adopt.

8.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership . Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership property as provided in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of this Agreement, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidator (or the General Partner and Limited Partners if required by law) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in the State of Delaware and of all qualifications and registrations of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and shall take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

 

20


8.6 Return of Capital . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.2(b), the General Partner shall not be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of Limited Partners, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

8.7 Waiver of Partition . Each Partner hereby waives any rights to partition of the Partnership property.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; CONSENTS

9.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by General Partner . The General Partner (pursuant to the General Partner’s power of attorney from Limited Partners), without the consent of any Limited Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement, and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, in the registered office or registered agent of the Partnership, or in the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership;

(b) the admission, substitution, or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner has determined is reasonable and necessary or appropriate to qualify or register, or continue the qualification or registration of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) under the laws of any state or which change is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the General Partner to ensure that the Partnership will not be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that (i) the General Partner has determined does not adversely affect Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) is necessary or desirable to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling, or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute, or (iii) is necessary or desirable to implement the provisions of the last sentence of Section 4.3(d)(v) of this Agreement;

(e) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, to prevent the Partnership or the General Partner or their directors, officers, employees, agents, or representatives from in any manner being subjected to the “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Notice to Partners of an amendment pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall not be necessary.

9.2 Amendment Procedures . Except as provided in Sections 9.1 and 9.3 of this Agreement, all amendments to this Agreement shall be in accordance with the following requirements: (i) amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner or a Majority Interest; (ii) if an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written consent of the requisite Percentage Interests of Limited Partners, (iii) a proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by (1) the General Partner and (2) a Majority Interest (unless a greater percentage is required by this Agreement); and (iv) the General Partner shall notify all Partners upon final adoption of any such proposed amendment.

 

21


9.3 Amendment Requirements; Limited Partner Voting . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 of this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Limited Partners required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed, or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting requirement, unless approved by written consent or the affirmative vote of Limited Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interests constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced. The voting requirements contained in this Section 9.3 shall be in addition to voting requirements imposed by law or other provisions contained herein.

9.4 Action Without a Meeting . Any action that may be taken by Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum Percentage Interests that would be necessary to authorize or take such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent that the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Partnership or the Partnership Agreement is subject require that any action of Limited Partners under this Agreement be unanimous, any action taken by Limited Partners pursuant to and in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners and, in that event, each Limited Partner that does not execute the written consent hereby agrees to be bound by the decision of those Limited Partners executing the consent and hereby approves such action to the extent such approval is required for such matter to be effective under the laws of such jurisdiction.

Prompt notice of the taking of action shall be given to Limited Partners who have not consented in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time, not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner.

ARTICLE X.

FINANCIAL MATTERS

10.1 Books, Records, Accounting, and Reports .

(a) Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, which shall at all times be kept at the principal office of the Partnership or such other office as the General Partner may designate for such purpose. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained for financial reporting purposes on the accrual basis using generally accepted accounting principles, or on the cash basis, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion, in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership for tax and accounting purposes shall be the calendar year unless otherwise determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion and allowable under the Code.

(c) Reports.

(i) Annual. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Partner reports containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year, presented on cash or accrual basis, including a balance sheet and statement of income and, if the General Partner shall so determine in its sole discretion, such statements may be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

22


(ii) Quarterly. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, if it shall so determine in its sole discretion, cause to be mailed to each Partner a report containing such financial information for that calendar quarter as the General Partner deems appropriate.

(d) Other Information. The General Partner may release information concerning the operations of the Partnership to any financial institution or other person that has loaned or may loan funds to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates and may release such information to any other Person for reasons reasonably related to the business and operations of the Partnership or as required by law or regulation of any regulatory body.

10.2 Tax Matters .

(a) Preparation of Tax Returns. The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other items necessary for federal, state, and local income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish to the Partners within 10 days after the Partnership returns are filed the tax information reasonably required for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. The classification, realization, and recognition of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other items shall be on the cash or accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes, as the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion.

(b) Tax Elections. Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any available tax election.

(c) Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code), and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership, at the Partnership’s expense, in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings. Any Partner other than the General Partner who wishes to participate in such administrative proceedings at the Partnership level may do so, but any expenses incurred by such Partner in connection therewith shall not be deemed a Partnership expense, but shall be paid by such Partner.

(d) Organizational Expenses. The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in organizing the Partnership ratably over a 60-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

(e) Taxation as a Corporation or Partnership. The General Partner is authorized to elect that the Partnership be taxed either as a partnership under the provisions of Subchapter K, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code (or equivalent state or local laws) or as a corporation (or association taxed as a corporation) under the provisions of Part II, Subchapter A, Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code (or equivalent state or local laws.) This exercise of authority shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner and shall be conclusive as against any Limited Partner. Such elections may be made consistently or inconsistently as among jurisdictions, including as between federal and state tax regimes, as the General Partner determines. The General Partner also may modify any of the requirements of this Agreement derived from the partnership orientation of certain provisions, in order effectively to carry out its authority under this Section.

 

23


ARTICLE XI.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

11.1 Addresses and Notices . Any notice, demand, request, or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by United States registered or certified mail to the Partner at his address as shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in any Partnership Interest by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

11.2 Titles and Captions . All article and Section titles and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, and in no way shall define, limit, extend, or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

11.3 Pronouns and Plurals . Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine, or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns, and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

11.4 Further Action . The parties shall execute all documents, provide all information, and take or refrain from taking all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

11.5 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

11.6 Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

11.7 Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Partnership.

11.8 Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition. Each Partner expressly waives any right that he might have to require a partition of any Partnership property or a dissolution of the Partnership, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

11.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

11.10 Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

11.11 Invalidity of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is declared or found to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, in whole or in part, then the parties shall be relieved of all obligations arising under that provision, but only to the extent that it is illegal, unenforceable, or void. It is the intent and agreement of the parties that this Agreement shall be deemed amended by modifying such provision to the extent necessary to make it legal and enforceable while preserving its intent or, if that is not possible, by substituting therefor another provision that is legal and enforceable and achieves the same objectives.

 

24


11.12 Power of Attorney .

(a) Grant of Power. Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and its authorized representatives (and any successor thereto by assignment, election, or otherwise and the authorized representatives thereof) with full power of substitution as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place, and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file, and record in the appropriate public offices, as applicable or appropriate (i) all certificates and other instruments and all amendments or restatements thereof that the General Partner deems reasonable and appropriate or necessary to qualify or register, or continue the qualification or registration of, the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which Limited Partners have limited liability) in all jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (ii) all instruments, including an amendment or restatement of this Agreement, that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, or modification of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (iii) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (iv) all instruments relating to the admission or substitution of any Partner; (v) all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to make, evidence, give, confirm, or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement, or other action that is made or given by Limited Partners hereunder, is deemed to be made or given by Limited Partners hereunder, or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any action that requires the vote, consent, or approval of a stated percentage of Limited Partners under the terms of this Agreement, the General Partner may exercise the power of attorney granted in this subsection (v) only after the necessary vote, consent, or approval has been made or given. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article IX of this Agreement or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

(b) Irrevocability. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and it shall survive, and not be affected by, the death, incompetency, incapacity, disability, dissolution, bankruptcy, or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of his Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns, and personal representatives. Each Limited Partner agrees to be bound by any representations made by the General Partner acting in good faith pursuant to the power of attorney; and each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate, or disaffirm any action of the General Partner taken in good faith under the power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner within 15 days after receipt of the General Partner’s request therefor, further designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments the General Partner deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

11.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the subject matter of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

 

25


GENERAL PARTNER:
Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.
By:   /s/ Meredith S. Parry
  Meredith S. Parry
  Vice President and Secretary

 

LIMITED PARTNER:
Randall’s Investments, Inc.
By:   /s/ Gerald D. Jones
  Name: Gerald D. Jones
  Title: President

 

26


EXHIBIT A

 

Partner

   Percentage Interest  

Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. as General Partner

     1

Randall’s Investments, Inc. as Limited Partner

     99


EXHIBIT B

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY INITIALLY

CONTRIBUTED BY THE PARTNERS

1. Contributed by Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. as General Partner:

Successor in interest to Randall’s General Partner LLC and Assignee of 1% of the limited partner interests previously held by Randall’s Holdings, Inc.

2. Contributed by Randall’s Investments, Inc., as Limited Partner:

Assignee of 99% of the limited partner interests previously held by Randall’s Holdings, Inc.


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

Counterpart Signature Page for Substitute Limited Partner

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 3rd day of May    , 2001.

 

LIMITED PARTNER:
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Gerald Jones
  Name: Gerald Jones
  Title: President

 

SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER:
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
By:   /s/ Meredith S. Parry
  Name: Meredith S. Parry
  Title: Vice President and Secretary


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

Counterpart Signature Page for Substitute Limited Partner

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 3rd day of May     , 2001.

 

GENERAL PARTNER:
RANDALL’S GENERAL PARTNER LLC
By:   /s/ Meredith S. Parry
  Name: Meredith S. Parry
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

 

SUBSTITUTE LIMITED PARTNER:
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Gerald Jones
  Name: Gerald Jones
  Title: President


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

Counterpart Signature Page for Substitute General Partner

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the 2nd day of May     , 2001.

 

LIMITED PARTNER:
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Gerald Jones
  Name: Gerald Jones
  Title: President

 

SUBSTITUTE GENERAL PARTNER:
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
By:   /s/ Meredith S. Parry
  Name: Meredith S. Parry
  Title: Vice President and Secretary

Exhibit 3.162

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Randall’s Food Markets, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Ann Parrish

Latham & Watkins

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2nd day of May, 2001 .

 

/s/ Ann Parrish
Ann Parrish,
Incorporator

Exhibit 1.163

 

BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

 

REGISTERED OFFICES

     1  

Section 2.

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1  

Section 2.

 

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 3.

 

QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF

     1  

Section 4.

 

VOTING

     2  

Section 5.

 

PROXIES

     3  

Section 6.

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     3  

Section 7.

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     3  

Section 8.

 

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST

     4  

Section 9.

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

 

THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2.

 

VACANCIES

     6  

Section 3.

 

POWERS

     6  

Section 4.

 

PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     7  

Section 5.

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     7  

Section 6.

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     7  

Section 7.

 

QUORUM

     7  

Section 8.

 

ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

     8  

Section 9.

 

TELEPHONIC MEETINGS

     8  

Section 10.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 11.

 

MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     9  

Section 12.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     10  

Section 1.

 

OFFICERS

     10  

Section 2.

 

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

     10  

Section 3.

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.

 

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

     11  

 

i


Section 5.

 

TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

     11  

Section 6.

 

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     11  

Section 7.

 

PRESIDENT

     11  

Section 8.

 

VICE PRESIDENTS

     12  

Section 9.

 

SECRETARY

     12  

Section 10.

 

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     12  

Section 11.

 

TREASURER

     13  

Section 12.

 

ASSISTANT TREASURER

     13  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     19  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     19  

Section 1.

 

CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 2.

 

SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 3.

 

STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES

     20  

Section 4.

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

     20  

Section 5.

 

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

     21  

Section 6.

 

FIXED RECORD DATE

     21  

Section 7.

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     22  

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22  

Section 1.

 

DIVIDENDS

     22  

Section 2.

 

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES

     22  

Section 3.

 

CHECKS

     23  

Section 4.

 

FISCAL YEAR

     23  

Section 5.

 

CORPORATE SEAL

     23  

Section 6.

 

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE

     23  

Section 7.

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     23  

Section 8.

 

ANNUAL STATEMENT

     24  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 1.

 

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS

     24  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of

 

1


stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of

 

3


any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of

 

5


Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

6


4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

7


8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may

 

8


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

9


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

10


4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

11


8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors,

 

12


shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

13


ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,

 

14


pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the

 

15


circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

16


(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

17


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has

 

19


signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or

 

20


destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the

 

21


stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

22


3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

23


8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Randall’s Food Markets, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of May 2, 2001.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 2nd day of May, 2001.

 

/s/ Meredith S. Parry

Meredith S. Parry, Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.164

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Randall’s Holdings, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Ann Parrish

Latham & Watking

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2nd day of May, 2001 .

 

/s/ Ann Parrish

Ann Parrish,

Incorporator

Exhibit 3.165

BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

     REGISTERED OFFICES      1  

Section 2.

     OTHER OFFICES      1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

     PLACE OF MEETINGS      1  

Section 2.

     ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

Section 3.

     QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF      1  

Section 4.

     VOTING      2  

Section 5.

     PROXIES      3  

Section 6.

     SPECIAL MEETINGS      3  

Section 7.

     NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      3  

Section 8.

     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST      4  

Section 9.

     STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

     THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      5  

Section 2.

     VACANCIES      6  

Section 3.

     POWERS      6  

Section 4.

     PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS      7  

Section 5.

     REGULAR MEETINGS      7  

Section 6.

     SPECIAL MEETINGS      7  

Section 7.

     QUORUM      7  

Section 8.

     ACTION WITHOUT MEETING      8  

Section 9.

     TELEPHONIC MEETINGS      8  

Section 10.

     COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      8  

Section 11.

     MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS      9  

Section 12.

     COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     10  

Section 1.

     OFFICERS      10  

Section 2.

     ELECTION OF OFFICERS      10  

Section 3.

     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      10  

Section 4.

     COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS      11  

 

i


Section 5.

     TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES      11  

Section 6.

     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      11  

Section 7.

     PRESIDENT      11  

Section 8.

     VICE PRESIDENTS      12  

Section 9.

     SECRETARY      12  

Section 10.

     ASSISTANT SECRETARY      12  

Section 11.

     TREASURER      13  

Section 12.

     ASSISTANT TREASURER      13  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     19  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     19  

Section 1.

     CERTIFICATES      19  

Section 2.

     SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES      19  

Section 3.

     STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES      20  

Section 4.

     LOST CERTIFICATES      20  

Section 5.

     TRANSFERS OF STOCK      21  

Section 6.

     FIXED RECORD DATE      21  

Section 7.

     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      22  

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22  

Section 1.

     DIVIDENDS      22  

Section 2.

     PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES      22  

Section 3.

     CHECKS      23  

Section 4.

     FISCAL YEAR      23  

Section 5.

     CORPORATE SEAL      23  

Section 6.

     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE      23  

Section 7.

     WAIVER OF NOTICE      23  

Section 8.

     ANNUAL STATEMENT      24  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 1.

     AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS      24  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of

 

1


stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of

 

3


any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of

 

5


Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

6


4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

7


8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may

 

8


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and

 

9


receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

10


4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief

 

11


Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors,

 

12


shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise

 

13


the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,

 

14


pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the

 

15


circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

16


(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

17


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has

 

19


signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or

 

20


destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the

 

21


stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

22


3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

23


8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Randall’s Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of May 2, 2001.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 2nd day of May     , 2001.

 

  /s/ Meredith S. Parry
  Meredith S. Parry, Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.166

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Randall’s Investments, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

Latham & Watkins

633 West Fifth Street

Suite 4000

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 14th day of March, 2000.

 

  /s/ Victoria C. Phelps
 

Victoria C. Phelps,

Incorporator

Exhibit 3.167

 

 

BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

     REGISTERED OFFICES      1  

Section 2.

     OTHER OFFICES      1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

     PLACE OF MEETINGS      1  

Section 2.

     ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

Section 3.

     QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF      1  

Section 4.

     VOTING      2  

Section 5.

     PROXIES      3  

Section 6.

     SPECIAL MEETINGS      3  

Section 7.

     NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      3  

Section 8.

     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST      4  

Section 9.

     STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

     THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      5  

Section 2.

     VACANCIES      6  

Section 3.

     POWERS      6  

Section 4.

     PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS      7  

Section 5.

     REGULAR MEETINGS      7  

Section 6.

     SPECIAL MEETINGS      7  

Section 7.

     QUORUM      7  

Section 8.

     ACTION WITHOUT MEETING      8  

Section 9.

     TELEPHONIC MEETINGS      8  

Section 10.

     COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      8  

Section 11.

     MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS      9  

Section 12.

     COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     10  

Section 1.

     OFFICERS      10  

Section 2.

     ELECTION OF OFFICERS      10  

Section 3.

     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      10  

Section 4.

     COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS      11  

 

i


Section 5.

   TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES      11  

Section 6.

   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      11  

Section 7.

   PRESIDENT      11  

Section 8.

   VICE PRESIDENTS      12  

Section 9.

   SECRETARY      12  

Section 10.

   ASSISTANT SECRETARY      12  

Section 11.

   TREASURER      13  

Section 12.

   ASSISTANT TREASURER      13  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     19  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     19  

Section 1.

   CERTIFICATES      19  

Section 2.

   SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES      19  

Section 3.

   STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES      20  

Section 4.

   LOST CERTIFICATES      20  

Section 5.

   TRANSFERS OF STOCK      21  

Section 6.

   FIXED RECORD DATE      21  

Section 7.

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      22  

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22  

Section 1.

   DIVIDENDS      22  

Section 2.

   PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES      22  

Section 3.

   CHECKS      23  

Section 4.

   FISCAL YEAR      23  

Section 5.

   CORPORATE SEAL      23  

Section 6.

   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE      23  

Section 7.

   WAIVER OF NOTICE      23  

Section 8.

   ANNUAL STATEMENT      24  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 1.

   AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS      24  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of

 

1


stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of

 

3


any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of

 

5


Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

6


4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

 

7


8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may

 

8


unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

9


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

10


4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws,

 

11


8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors,

 

12


shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

13


ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,

 

14


pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the

 

15


circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

16


(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

17


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

18


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has

 

19


signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or

 

20


destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the

 

21


stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

22


3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

23


8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Randall’s Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of September 1, 2000.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 1st day of September, 2000.

 

  /s/ Elizabeth Harris
  Elizabeth Harris, Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.168

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is Randall’s Management Company, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, No Par Value per share.

ARTICLE FIVE

The name of the incorporator is Christopher C. Juban and his mailing address is c/o Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., 2300 First City Tower, 1001 Fannin, Houston, Texas 77002-6720.


ARTICLE SIX

The initial board of directors of the corporation shall consist of three (3) persons who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. The names and mailing addresses of the initial directors are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

R. Randall Onstead   

3663 Briarpark Drive

  

Houston, Texas 77042

Michael M. Calbert   

3663 Briarpark Drive

  

Houston, Texas 77042

Lee E. Straus   

3663 Briarpark Drive

  

Houston, Texas 77042

ARTICLE SEVEN

In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE EIGHT

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this

 

-2-


corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.

ARTICLE NINE

No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

ARTICLE TEN

The corporation shall have the right, subject to any express provisions or restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, from time to time, to amend the certificate of incorporation or any provision thereof in any manner now or hereafter provided by law, and all rights and powers of any kind conferred upon a director or stockholder of the corporation by the certificate of incorporation or any amendment thereof are subject to such right of the corporation.

 

-3-


I, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring that this is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 14th day of April, 1999.

 

/s/ Christopher C. Juban

Christopher C. Juban, Incorporator

 

-4-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of October 23, 2002, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the sole stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation and its sole stockholder that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to increase the number of authorized directors from 3 to 4;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article SIX of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The board of directors of the corporation shall consist of four (4) persons.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the sole stockholder of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and


RESOLVED FURTHER, that, following approval of the foregoing amendment by the sole stockholder of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Leslie A. Nelson, Acting President, this 30th day of October, 2002.

 

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT

COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ Leslie A. Nelson

  Leslie A. Nelson, Acting President

 

3

Exhibit 3.169

BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
ARTICLE I.    OFFICES    1

Section 1.

   REGISTERED OFFICES    1

Section 2.

   OTHER OFFICES    1
ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    1

Section 1.

   PLACE OF MEETINGS    1

Section 2.

   ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    1

Section 3.

   QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF    1

Section 4.

   VOTING    2

Section 5.

   PROXIES    2

Section 6.

   SPECIAL MEETINGS    3

Section 7.

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS    3

Section 8.

   MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST    4

Section 9.

   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A   
   MEETING    4
ARTICLE III.    DIRECTORS    5

Section 1.

   THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS    5

Section 2.

   VACANCIES    6

Section 3.

   POWERS    6

Section 4.

   PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS    6

Section 5.

   REGULAR MEETINGS    6

Section 6.

   SPECIAL MEETINGS    7

Section 7.

   QUORUM    7

Section 8.

   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING    7

Section 9.

   TELEPHONIC MEETINGS    7

Section 10.

   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS    8

Section 11.

   MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS    8

Section 12.

   COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS    9
ARTICLE IV.    OFFICERS    9

Section 1.

   OFFICERS    9

Section 2.

   ELECTION OF OFFICERS    9

Section 3.

   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS    9

Section 4.

   COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS    10

Section 5.

   TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES    10

Section 6.

   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD    10

 

i


Section 7.

   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT    10

Section 8.

   VICE PRESIDENTS    11

Section 9.

   SECRETARY    11

Section 10.

   ASSISTANT SECRETARY    12

Section 11.

   TREASURER    12

Section 12.

   ASSISTANT TREASURER    13
ARTICLE V.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    13
ARTICLE VI.    INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS    17
ARTICLE VII.    CERTIFICATES OF STOCK    18

Section 1.

   CERTIFICATES    18

Section 2.

   SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES    18

Section 3.

   STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES    18

Section 4.

   LOST CERTIFICATES    19

Section 5.

   TRANSFERS OF STOCK    19

Section 6.

   FIXED RECORD DATE    20

Section 7.

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS    20
ARTICLE VIII.    GENERAL PROVISIONS    20

Section 1.

   DIVIDENDS    20

Section 2.

   PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES    21

Section 3.

   CHECKS    21

Section 4.

   FISCAL YEAR    21

Section 5.

   CORPORATE SEAL    21

Section 6.

   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE    21

Section 7.

   WAIVER OF NOTICE    22

Section 8.

   ANNUAL STATEMENT    22
ARTICLE IX.    AMENDMENTS    22

Section 1.

   AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS    22

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

Section 3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate

 

1


of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Section 4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a

 

2


longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

3


Section 8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by

 

4


a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation as provided above.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be four (4). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

 

5


Section 2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

6


Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7


Section 10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

Section 11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

8


Section 12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

Section 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

9


Section 4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President or Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

Section 7. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

 

10


In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

Section 9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

11


Section 10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

12


Section 12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

13


(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

14


(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

15


(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The Court of Chancery is vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this Article or under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine the corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

17


ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

Section 2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent

 

18


such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

19


Section 6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

20


Section 2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

Section 3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

21


Section 7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

22


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Randall’s Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of October 23, 2002.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name as of this 23rd day of October, 2002.

 

/s/ Leslie A. Nelson

Leslie A. Nelson, Secretary

 

23

Exhibit 3.170

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is:

SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to promote companies in New South Wales, Australia and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps
Incorporator

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.”

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.


THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.

 

SSI AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

  Robert I. MacDonnell,
  President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

James A. Kohlberg,
Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.171

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[                    ]

1. The name of this corporation is:

[                    ]

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Low of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand 1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps
Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[                    ]

[                    ] , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is [                    ]”

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.


THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [                    ] has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.

 

[                    ]
By:  

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

  Robert I. MacDonnell,
  President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

James A. Kohlberg,
Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.172

BY-LAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I—OFFICES      1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  
ARTICLE II—MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

Section 1.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.

  Annual Meeting of Stockholders      1  

Section 3.

  Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof      2  

Section 4.

  Voting      2  

Section 5.

  Proxies      3  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      3  

Section 7.

  Notice of Stockholder’s Meetings      4  

Section 8.

  Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List      4  

Section 9.

  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      5  
ARTICLE III—DIRECTORS      6  

Section 1.

  The Number of Directors      6  

Section 2.

  Vacancies      6  

Section 3.

  Powers      7  

Section 4.

  Place of Directors’ Meetings      8  

Section 5.

  Regular Meetings      8  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      8  

Section 7.

  Quorum      8  

Section 8.

  Action Without Meeting      9  

Section 9.

  Telephonic Meetings      9  

Section 10.

  Committees of Directors      10  

Section 11.

  Minutes of Committee Meetings      11  

Section 12.

  Compensation of Directors      11  

Section 13.

  Indemnification      12  

 

i


         Page  
ARTICLE IV—OFFICERS      18  

Section 1.

  Officers      18  

Section 2.

  Election of Officers      18  

Section 3.

  Subordinate Officers      19  

Section 4.

  Compensation of Officers      19  

Section 5.

  Term of Office; Removal and Vacancies      19  

Section 6.

  Chairman of the Board      19  

Section 7.

  President      20  

Section 8.

  Vice President      20  

Section 9.

  Secretary      21  

Section 10.

  Assistant Secretaries      21  

Section 11.

  Treasurer      22  

Section 12.

  Assistant Treasurer      23  
ARTICLE V—CERTIFICATES OF STOCK      23  

Section 1.

  Certificates      23  

Section 2.

  Signatures on Certificates      23  

Section 3.

  Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences, Privileges      24  

Section 4.

  Lost Certificates      25  

Section 5.

  Transfers of Stock      25  

Section 6.

  Fixing Record Date      26  

Section 7.

  Registered Stockholders      26  
ARTICLE VI—GENERAL PROVISIONS      27  

Section 1.

  Dividends      27  

Section 2.

  Payment of Dividends; Directors’ Duties      27  

Section 3.

  Checks      28  

Section 4.

  Fiscal Year      28  

Section 5.

  Corporate Seal      28  

Section 6.

  Manner of Giving Notice      28  

Section 7.

  Waiver of Notice      28  

Section 8.

  Annual Statement      29  
ARTICLE VII—AMENDMENTS      29  

Section 1.

  Amendment by Directors or Stockholders      29  

 

ii


BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

 

2


Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be had and all questions decided by a plurality vote.

 

3


Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

4


Section 8. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

5


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be one (1). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by

 

6


a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

7


MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum,

 

8


shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

9


COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,

 

10


recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-Laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

11


INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13(a). The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

12


(b) The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

13


(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

14


(e) Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 13. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 13 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the

 

15


request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 13.

(h) For the purposes of this Section 13, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 13 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

17


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

18


Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-Laws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

19


PRESIDENT

Section 7. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws.

VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

20


SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

21


TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 11. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

22


Section 12. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

 

23


Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

24


LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Section 4. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

25


FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

26


REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 7. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

27


CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

NOTICES

Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

28


Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 8. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be

 

29


contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.

 

30


CERTIFICATE OF ASSISTANT SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(1) That I am the duly elected and acting Assistant Secretary of each of the corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto, all of which are Delaware corporations (the “First Tier Subsidiaries”); and

(2) That the foregoing By-Laws constitute the By-Laws of each First Tier Subsidiary as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of such First Tier Subsidiary as of August 21, 1986.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 21st day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

James A. Kohlberg,
Assistant Secretary


MINUTES OF ACTION OF

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

FIRST TIER SUBSIDIARIES

TAKEN WITHOUT A MEETING

BY WRITTEN CONSENT

The following action is taken by the Board of Directors of each of the corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto, all of which are Delaware corporations (the “First Tier Subsidiaries”), by written consent without a meeting, as of September 23, 1986, pursuant to Section 141(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permitting such action to be taken.

Amendment of Bylaws . The following resolution authorizing an amendment to the Bylaws of each First Tier Subsidiary is adopted:

RESOLVED, that the first sentence of Section 1 of Article III of the Bylaws of this corporation be amended to read as follows:

“Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3).”

 


Election of New Directors . The following resolution electing two new directors of each First Tier Subsidiary to fill the vacancies created by the foregoing amendment to the Bylaws is adopted:

RESOLVED, that Michael T. Tokarz and James H. Greene, Jr. be, and they hereby are, elected to serve as directors of this corporation for the ensuing year and until their successors have been elected and qualified.

The undersigned, being the sole director of each First Tier Subsidiary, does hereby consent to the foregoing action as of the 23rd day of September, 1986.

 

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

Robert I. MacDonnell


EXHIBIT A

SSI U.K. Holdings, Inc.

Safeway Canada Holdings, Inc.

Safeway U.S. Holdings, Inc.

Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc.

Exhibit 3.173

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.

1. The name of this corporation is:

SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of share of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a directory except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.

SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is SAFEWAY WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.”

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of hares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment .


THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.

 

SSI WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

  Robert I. MacDonnell, President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

James A. Kohlberg,
Assistant Secretary

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.

SAFEWAY WASHINGTON, D.C., INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of January 21, 1987, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is Safeway Dallas, Inc.”


SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFEWAY WASHINGTON, D.C., INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by James A. Rowland, its President, and attested by Bernat Rosner, its Secretary, this 21st day of January, 1987.

 

SAFEWAY WASHINGTON, D.C., INC.
By:  

/s/ James A. Rowland

  James A. Rowland, President

 

ATTEST:

/s/ Bernat Rosner

Bernat Rosner, Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.174

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Arizona (particularly A.R.S Title 29-632 and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (herein called the “ Company ”) is “Safeway Gift Cards, LLC”.

SECOND: The address of the Company’s known place of business in Arizona is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2338 W. Royal Palm Road, Suite J, Phoenix, Arizona 85021.

THIRD: The name and street address of the statutory agent of the Company is Corporation Service Company, 2338 W. Royal Palm Road, Suite J, Phoenix, Arizona 85021

FOURTH: Management of the Company is vested in its managers. The initial managers of the Company and their respective addresses are as follows:

 

Donald D. Kingsborough   Robert A. Gordon
5918 Stoncridge Mall Rd.   5918 Stoneridge Mall Rd.
Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229   Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229
Bradley S. Fox   Robert L, Edwards
5918 Stoneridge Mall Rd.   5918 Stoneridge Mall Rd.
Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229   Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229

Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, will be the sole member of the Company. The address of Safeway Inc. is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Rd., Pleasanton, CA 94588-3229.

Executed on February 16, 2006.

 

CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY

Statutory Agent, on behalf of

Safeway Gift Cards, LLC

[ILLEGIBLE]

Name:

Exhibit 3.175

OPERATING AGREEMENT

OF

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) of Safeway Gift Cards, LLC, an Arizona limited liability company (the “ Company ”’), is made and entered into as of the 22 nd day of February, 2006 by Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Member ”), its sole member.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . The Member has formed an Arizona limited liability company under the name “Safeway Gift Cards, LLC” pursuant to the provisions of the Arizona Limited Liability Company Act as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by this Agreement and the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Purpose . The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

3. Term of Company . The Company commenced on the date the Articles of Organization were properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Arizona and shall exist in perpetuity or until its business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution.

4. Management of Company .

A. Management by Managers. The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a board of managers selected by the Member as provided in §29-681 of the Act. The board of managers may also utilize the name “board of directors” if so elected by the Member (the “ Board of Managers ”). The Board of Managers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. Each member of the Board of Managers shall be deemed a “Manager” as defined under the Act. If elected by the Member, such Manager(s) may also utilize the title “director.” Unless determined otherwise by the Member, in the Member’s sole discretion, the Board of Managers shall have full, complete and exclusive authority, power, and discretion to manage and control the business, property and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Company’s business, property and affairs including, without limitation, the power to exercise on behalf and in the name of the Company all of the powers described in the Act. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.

B. Election of Officers and Committees. At any time the Board of Managers may appoint officers of the Company and members of any committees of the Board of Managers under the provisions of this Section 7(B) and Section 7(E) of this Agreement. The Board of Managers may designate committees of less than all the members of the Board of Managers, appoint Managers to such committees and grant any such committees the power and authority (to the extent permitted by law, the Company’s Articles of Organization, as in effect, and this Agreement) as may be provided by resolution of the Board of Managers.

 

1


C. Meetings of Managers. Meetings of the Board of Managers or any committees of Managers may be called by any Manager. All meetings shall be held upon two (2) days notice by mail or twenty-four (24) hours notice delivered personally or by telephone, telegraph or facsimile. A notice need not specify the purpose of any meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Manager who signs a waiver of notice, or a consent to holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to its commencement, the lack of notice to such Manager. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the Company records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. A majority of the Managers present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the Managers who are not present at the time of the adjournment. Meetings of the Board of Managers may be held at any place within or outside of the State of Arizona which has been designated in the notice of the meeting or at such place as may be approved by the Board of Managers. Managers may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all Managers participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting in such manner constitutes a presence in person at such meeting. A majority of the authorized number of Managers constitutes a quorum of the Managers for the transaction of business. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Managers present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present is the act of the Board of Managers. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of Managers, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Managers may be taken by the Managers without a meeting, if all of the Managers consent in writing to such action. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such Managers. The provisions of this Section 7(C) govern meetings of the Board of Managers if the Managers elect, in their discretion, to hold meetings, however, nothing in this Section 7(C), or in this Agreement, is intended to require that meetings of the Board of Managers be held, it being the intent of the Member that meetings of the Board of Managers are not required. The provisions of this Section apply also to committees of the Managers appointed under Section 7(B) above and actions taken by such committees.

D. Election of Managers.

(i) Number, Term, and Qualifications. The Company shall initially have a Board of Managers consisting of four (4) Managers, each of which shall be selected by the Member. The number of Managers of the Company may be increased or decreased from time to time by the Member. Unless he or she resigns or is removed, each Manager shall hold office until a successor shall have been elected and qualified.

(ii) Resignation. Any Manager may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Member and the remaining Managers without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the Manager is a party.

 

2


(iii) Removal. All or any lesser number of Managers may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any removal shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the removed Manager is a party.

E. Officers. The Board of Managers may appoint officers at any time. The officers of Company, if deemed necessary by the Board of Managers, may include a Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, and Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Managers and the Member. Any individual may hold any number of offices. No officer need be citizen of the United States. The officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this Agreement and as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Managers and the Member. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member or the Board of Managers, any officers so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the State of Arizona.

5. Other Activities . The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

6. Standards of Conduct . Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

7. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

8. Contributions . The Member has contributed to the capital of the Company the securities and other property indicated on Exhibit A hereto. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit and other tax items of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

3


10. Capital Accounts . At all times during a No Tax Entity Period (as defined in Section 16 below), the Company shall not be required to establish or maintain capital accounts. At all other times, a capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and 1.704-2.

11. Indemnification , The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Member may cause the Company to indemnify and hold harmless any managers and/or directors or officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such person’s capacity as an agent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

12. Records . The Member shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Company the following: (a) a written record of the full name and business, residence or mailing address of the Member; (b) a copy of the Articles of Organization and all amendments thereto; (c) copies of all written operating agreements and all amendments to such agreements; (d) copies of any written and signed promises by the Member to make capital contributions to the Company; (e) copies of the Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent years; (f) copies of any prepared financial statements of the Company for the three most recent years; and (g) minutes of every meeting as well as any written consents or actions taken without a meeting.

13. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved upon the election of the Member. A withdrawal event with respect to the Member shall not dissolve the Company, unless any assignees of the Member’s interest do not elect to continue the Company and admit a member within ninety (90) days of such withdrawal event.

14. Filing Upon Dissolution . As soon as possible following the dissolution of the Company, the Member shall execute and file all notices and other documents required under the Act and any other applicable law.

15. Liquidation . Upon dissolution of the Company, it shall be wound up and liquidated as rapidly as business circumstances permit. The Member shall act as the liquidating trustee, and the assets of the Company shall be liquidated and the proceeds thereof shall be paid (to the extent permitted by applicable law) in the following order: (a) first, to creditors, including the Member if the Member is a creditor, in the order and priority required by applicable law; (b) second, to a reserve for contingent liabilities to be distributed at the time and in the manner as the liquidating trustee determines in its sole discretion; and (c) third, to the Member.

 

4


16. Tax Treatment . For federal income tax purposes, at all times that the Member owns 100% of the equity interests in the Company (a ‘‘ No Tax Entity Period ”), the Company and the Member desire and intend that the Company be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701 and corresponding provisions of state law. Accordingly, no election will be made to treat the Company as a corporation for income tax purposes.

17. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona, without giving effect to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

18. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

19. Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall inure to benefit of and be binding upon the Member and its respective successors and assigns.

20. No Third Party Rights . This Agreement is intended to create enforceable rights between the parties hereto only, and, except as expressly provided herein, creates no rights in, or obligations to, any other persons.

21. Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by a written document duly executed by all of the Members.

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

MEMBER:       COMPANY:
Safeway Inc.,       Safeway Gift Cards, LLC,
a Delaware corporation       an Arizona limited liability company
      By:    Safeway Inc.,
         Its Sole Member

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

     

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name: Bradley S. Fox       Name: Bradley S. Fox
Title: VP & Treasurer       Title: VP & Treasurer

 

6


Exhibit A

to the

Operating Agreement

of

Safeway Gift Cards, LLC

Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby contributes $100.00 to the capital of Safeway Gift Cards, LLC

Exhibit 3.176

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (the “ Corporation” ) is Safeway Health, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ DGCL ”), or any successor statute.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to be designated “Common Stock.” The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,000, all of which shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Naomi K. Bannister

c/o Safeway Inc.

5918 Stoneridge Mall Road

Pleasanton, CA 94588

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.


ARTICLE VIII

A director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the DGCL as in effect at the time such liability is determined. No amendment or repeal of this Article VIII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE IX

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the DGCL, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this paragraph shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

(b) The Corporation shall have the express authority to enter into such agreements as the Board of Directors deems appropriate for the indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation. Such agreements may contain provisions relating to, among other things, the advancement of expenses, a person’s right to bring suit against the Corporation to enforce his or her right to indemnification, the establishment of a trust to assure the availability of funds to satisfy the Corporation’s indemnification obligations to such person and other matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate or advisable.

(c) The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

(d) The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

(e) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation, or other person indemnified by the Corporation, with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other person existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

2


ARTICLE X

Subject to such limitations as may be from time to time imposed by other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, by the bylaws of the Corporation, by the DGCL or other applicable law, or by any contract or agreement to which the Corporation is or may become a party, the Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this express reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, do make, file and record this Certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true and, accordingly, have hereunto set my hand this 29th day of September ,

2010 .

 

/s/ Naomi K. Bannister

Naomi K. Bannister,
Sole Incorporator

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC.

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of January 12, 2012, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:

WHEREAS, it is deemed to be advisable and in the best interest of the Corporation and the stockholders that the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to change the name of the Corporation to Safeway Health Inc.;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that Article 1 of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is Safeway Health Inc.”

RESOLVED FURTHER, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to submit the foregoing amendment to the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration thereof; and

RESOLVED FURTHER, that following approval of the foregoing amendment by the stockholders of the Corporation, the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them hereby is, authorized, empowered and directed, on behalf of the Corporation, to prepare or cause to be prepared and to execute a Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, to file or cause to be filed said Certificate of Amendment with the Delaware Secretary of State, and to execute such other documents and take such other actions as such officer or officers shall deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to carry out the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions.


SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Laura A. Donald, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 12th day of January, 2012 .

 

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Laura A. Donald
  Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.177

B YLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Adopted as of September 30, 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I. IDENTIFICATION; OFFICES

     1  

Section 1. NAME

     1  

Section 2. PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES

     1  

Section 3. REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

     1  

Section 4. PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS

     1  

ARTICLE II. STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING

     1  

Section 2. SPECIAL MEETING

     1  

Section 3. PLACE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

     2  

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS

     2  

Section 5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS

     2  

Section 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE

     3  

Section 7. VOTING LIST

     3  

Section 8. VOTING

     4  

Section 9. PROXIES

     4  

Section 10. RATIFICATION OF ACTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     4  

Section 11. INFORMAL ACTION OF STOCKHOLDERS

     4  

Section 12. ORGANIZATION

     5  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1. NUMBER AND TENURE OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS

     6  

Section 4. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 5. QUORUM

     6  

Section 6. VOTING

     6  

Section 7. VACANCIES

     6  

Section 8. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 9. WRITTEN ACTION BY DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 10. PARTICIPATION BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE

     7  

Section 11. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     7  

ARTICLE IV. WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

Section 1. WRITTEN WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

Section 2. ATTENDANCE AS WAIVER OF NOTICE

     7  

 

i


ARTICLE V. COMMITTEES

     7  

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     7  

ARTICLE VI. OFFICERS

     8  

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8  

Section 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE

     8  

Section 3. REMOVAL OF OFFICERS

     8  

Section 4. THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     8  

Section 5. THE PRESIDENT

     9  

Section 6. THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     9  

Section 7. VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     9  

Section 8. THE VICE PRESIDENT

     9  

Section 9. THE SECRETARY

     10  

Section 10. THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     10  

Section 11. THE TREASURER

     10  

Section 12. THE ASSISTANT TREASURER

     10  

Section 13. OTHER OFFICERS, ASSISTANT OFFICERS AND AGENTS

     11  

Section 14. ABSENCE OF OFFICERS

     11  

Section 15. COMPENSATION

     11  

ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION

     11  

Section 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 2. PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 3. CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     11  

Section 4. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     12  

Section 5. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     12  

Section 6. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     12  

Section 7. OTHER INDEMNIFICATION

     12  

Section 8. INSURANCE

     12  

Section 9. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

     12  

ARTICLE VIII. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

     13  

Section 1. CERTIFICATES OF SHARES

     13  

Section 2. SIGNATURES OF FORMER OFFICER, TRANSFER AGENT OR REGISTRAR

     13  

Section 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES

     13  

Section 4. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES

     13  

ARTICLE IX. DIVIDENDS

     14  

Section 1. DECLARATIONS OF DIVIDENDS

     14  

Section 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

     14  

 

ii


ARTICLE X. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14  

Section 1. CONTRACTS

     14  

Section 2. LOANS

     14  

Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC

     14  

Section 4. DEPOSITS

     14  

Section 5. FISCAL YEAR

     14  

Section 6. SEAL

     14  

Section 7. ANNUAL STATEMENT

     15  

ARTICLE XII. AMENDMENTS

     155  

Section 1. AMENDMENTS

     155  

 

iii


B YLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY HEALTH, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

Adopted as of                    , 2010

ARTICLE I.

IDENTIFICATION; OFFICES

Section 1. NAME. The name of the corporation is Safeway Health, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

Section 2. PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES. The Corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or outside of the state of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the Corporation’s business may require from time to time.

Section 3. REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE. The Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. The address of the Corporation’s registered agent may change from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, or the registered agent. The business office of the Corporation’s registered agent shall be identical to the registered office. The Corporation’s registered office may be but need not be identical with the Corporation’s principal office in the state of Delaware. The Corporation’s initial registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 4. PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS. The records and documents required by law to be kept by the Corporation permanently shall be kept at the Corporation’s principal office.

ARTICLE II.

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on such date as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting in accordance with Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to hold office for the term provided in Section 1 of Article III of these Bylaws.

Section 2. SPECIAL MEETING. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called by the President of the Corporation, the Board of Directors, or by such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors may designate.


Section 3. PLACE OF STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS. The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting. If no such place is designated by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting will be the principal business office of the Corporation or the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but will instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Unless waived as herein provided, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Such written notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If electronically transmitted, then notice is deemed given when transmitted and directed to a facsimile number or electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice. An affidavit of the secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

When a meeting is adjourned to reconvene at the same or another place, if any, or by means of remote communications, if any, in accordance with Section 5 of this Article II, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNED MEETINGS. Unless otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, such stockholders may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of stockholders as may leave less than a quorum. If less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, to reconvene at the same or another place, if any, or by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

2


Section 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE.

(a) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is established by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal office, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders’ consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix the record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining the stockholders for any such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 7. VOTING LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose

 

3


germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (i) by a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, such list shall be the only evidence as to the identity of stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 7 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.

Section 8. VOTING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by each stockholder. In all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by a proxy at the meeting entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 9. PROXIES. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may remain irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 10. RATIFICATION OF ACTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any transaction or contract or act of the Corporation or of the directors or the officers of the Corporation may be ratified by the affirmative vote of the holders of the number of shares which would have been necessary to approve such transaction, contract or act at a meeting of stockholders, or by the written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

Section 11. INFORMAL ACTION OF STOCKHOLDERS. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be delivered to the Corporation by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take

 

4


such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate with any governmental body, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by law concerning any vote of stockholders, that consent had been given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and that notice has been given as provided in such section.

A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 12. ORGANIZATION. Such person as the Board of Directors may designate or, in the absence of such a designation, the president of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of such meeting. In the absence of the secretary of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to serve as secretary at the meeting.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. NUMBER AND TENURE OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

5


Section 2. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. Except as otherwise provided in this Bylaws, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting in accordance with Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President or at least one-third of the number of directors constituting the whole board. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any time, date or place, either within or without the State of Delaware, for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

Section 4. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given, orally or in writing, by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least two (2) days previous thereto. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail so addressed, with first-class postage thereon prepaid. If sent by any other means (including facsimile, courier, electronic mail or express mail, etc.), such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when actually delivered to the home or business address, electronic address or facsimile number of the director.

Section 5. QUORUM. A majority of the total number of directors determined as provided in Section 1 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority of the directors are present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

Section 6. VOTING. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation requires a vote of a greater number.

Section 7. VACANCIES. Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by an election either at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. Any directors elected by the stockholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term for which he or she was elected. A director appointed by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected.

Section 8. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. A director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if cumulative voting obtains and less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 9. WRITTEN ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a

 

6


meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Without limiting the manner by which consent may be given, members of the Board of Directors may consent by delivery of an electronic transmission when such transmission is directed to a facsimile number or electronic mail address at which the Corporation has consented to receive such electronic transmissions, and copies of the electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. PARTICIPATION BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by such board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment as long as all persons participating in the meeting can speak with and hear each other, and participation by a director pursuant to this Section 10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 11. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Section 1. WRITTEN WAIVER OF NOTICE. A written waiver of any required notice, signed by or electronically transmitted by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the date stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 2. ATTENDANCE AS WAIVER OF NOTICE. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE V.

COMMITTEES

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified

 

7


member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member at any meeting of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI.

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such additional officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such duties as are hereafter described and such additional duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 2. ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. New offices of the Corporation may be created and filled and vacancies in offices may be filled at any time, at a meeting or by the written consent of the Board of Directors. Unless removed pursuant to Section 3 of this Article VI, each officer shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 3. REMOVAL OF OFFICERS. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person(s) so removed.

Section 4. THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Directors shall designate whether the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been chosen, the President or another individual shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. If a Chairman of the Board or another individual has not been chosen, or if a Chairman of the Board has been chosen but not designated Chief Executive Officer, then the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the

 

8


Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall see that orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer may sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and all other contracts and documents whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general powers of supervision and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the Corporation and his decision as to any matter affecting the Corporation shall be final and binding as between the officers of the Corporation subject only to the Board of Directors.

Section 5. THE PRESIDENT. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board has been designated Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times the President shall have the active management of the business of the Corporation under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have concurrent power with the Chief Executive Officer to sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors, or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6. THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if one is chosen, shall be chosen from among the members of the board. If the Chairman of the Board has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board or another individual has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, or if there be more than one, the Vice Chairmen, in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times, the Vice Chairman or Vice Chairmen shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 8. THE VICE PRESIDENT. In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Executive Vice President and then the other Vice President or Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


Section 9. THE SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. THE TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 12. THE ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

10


Section 13. OTHER OFFICERS, ASSISTANT OFFICERS AND AGENTS. Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 14. ABSENCE OF OFFICERS. In the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties, or any of such powers or duties, of any officers or officer to any other officer or to any director.

Section 15. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish reasonable compensation of all officers for services to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person” ) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding” ), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person in such proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article VII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.

Section 3. CLAIMS BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.

 

11


In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 4. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person if the proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 7. OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

Section 8. INSURANCE. The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article VII; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article VII.

Section 9. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Covered Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

12


ARTICLE VIII.

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. CERTIFICATES OF SHARES. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Section 2. SIGNATURES OF FORMER OFFICER, TRANSFER AGENT OR REGISTRAR. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of certificate for such shares. Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat a registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise have and exercise all of the right and powers of an owner of shares.

Section 4. LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES. Whenever a certificate representing shares of the Corporation has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder thereof may file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his knowledge and belief, the time, place, and circumstance of such loss, destruction or theft together with a statement of indemnity sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate. Thereupon the Board may cause to be issued to such person or such person’s legal representative a new certificate or a duplicate of the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. In the exercise of its discretion, the Board of Directors may waive the indemnification requirements provided herein.

 

13


ARTICLE IX.

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. DECLARATIONS OF DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 2. LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 3. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by one or more officers or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. DEPOSITS. The funds of the Corporation may be deposited Or invested in such bank account, in such investments or with such other depositaries as determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6. SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

14


Section 7. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI.

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENTS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

15


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

I hereby certify that:

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Safeway Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); and

Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Bylaws of the Company as duly adopted by the Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors on September 30, 2010, which Bylaws are presently in force and effect.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Adoption of Bylaws as of the 30 th day of September, 2010.

 

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon
Secretary

 

Exhibit 3.178

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to herein as the “ Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is “Safeway Holdings I, LLC”.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the address of the registered agent of the Limited Liability Company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of Newcastle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The formation of the Limited Liability Company shall be effective upon the filing of this Certificate of Formation with the Delaware Secretary of State.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 27 th day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Adam M. Saltzman                 

Adam M. Saltzman,
Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.179

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

OPERATING AGREEMENT

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement”) of Safeway Holdings I, LLC (the “ Company” ) is effective as of September 27, 2006 (the “ Agreement Date” ).

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Member”), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ Act ”). The rights and obligations of the Member, as defined below, and the administration and termination of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company within the meaning of the Act. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement shall control.

2. Members . The Member, who shall act as the sole and managing member of the Company, shall be the Initial Member.

3. Purpose . The purpose of the Company is to engage in any and all other lawful businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “Safeway Holdings I, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company is 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company . The Company shall commence on the date a Certificate of Formation first is properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue in existence in perpetuity unless its business and affairs are earlier wound up following dissolution at such time as this Agreement may specify.

7. Authorized Person . Adam Saltzman is hereby designated as an authorized person on behalf of the Member within the meaning of the Act, and shall have the power and authority to execute, deliver and file the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation his powers as authorized person shall cease, and the Member thereupon shall become the designated authorized person and shall continue as the designated authorized person within the meaning of the Act.


8. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member in its capacity as the managing member. The Member may appoint a President and one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers of the Company as the Member may deem necessary or advisable to manage the day-to-day business affairs of the Company (the “ Officers” ). The Officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, the Officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. No such delegation shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member. Such Officers shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of Delaware. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Member, acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the Company without any vote or consent of any other person.

9. Distributions . Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

10. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

11. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for each Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

12. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses or any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts (collectively, “ Costs ”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) (collectively, “ Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any Officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such Officer’s capacity as an officer of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

13. Dissolution and Winding Up . Upon execution by the Member of a written instrument authorizing the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up.

14. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

15. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

SOLE MEMBER AND MANAGER

SAFEWAY INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:

Title:

 

Robert A. Gordon

Senior Vice President, Secretary and

  General Counsel

 

3

Exhibit 3.180

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Safeway Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE, 19801, New Castle County. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred (100) shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors consisting of not less than 3 directors nor more than 9 directors, the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, all directors shall be elected for a one (1) year term and shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors, howsoever resulting, may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.


ARTICLE VI

Any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall otherwise provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

ARTICLE IX

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen in such a manner, shall hold their offices for such terms and shall carry out such duties as are determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to remove any officer or officers at any time with or without cause.

ARTICLE X

A. The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law (as now or hereafter in effect) any person made, or threatened to be made, a defendant or witness to any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such director or officer, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in any capacity. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which employees other than directors or officers may be entitled by law. No amendment or repeal of this Section A of Article X shall apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

B. No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such a director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which such director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Section B of this Article X shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


C. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute:

(i) the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of law; and

(ii) the Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest and/or use other means (including, without limitation, letters of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements), as well as enter into contracts providing indemnification to the full extent authorized or permitted by law and including as part thereof provisions with respect to any or all of the foregoing to ensure the payment of such amounts as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided therein, or elsewhere.

ARTICLE XI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, repeal, alter, amend or rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, repealed, altered, amended, or rescinded by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation reserves the right to repeal, alter amend, or rescind any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

This Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Exhibit 3.181

BY-LAWS

OF

SAFEWAY INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”). In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other proper business as may be brought before the meeting, including those matters which are expressly reserved for the approval of the stockholders as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (subject to the terms set forth therein), shall be held on such date and at such time and place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.

Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a majority of the votes cast by the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any questions brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. In an election of directors, each director of the corporation shall be elected by the vote of a plurality of the votes cast by the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

1


Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, appointed by an instrument in writing, which may be transmitted to the corporation electronically. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall set forth the date, time, place and purpose or purposes of the meeting Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 8. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine the number of directors. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the board of directors shall consist of not less than three directors nor more than nine directors. The number of directors may be reduced or increased from time to time by action of a majority of the Board.

 

2


(b) Each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

(c) Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. A resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

Section 3. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 2. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 3. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President. Special meetings also shall be called by the President or the Secretary on the written request of the Chairman of the Board or any two directors unless the Board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary on the written request of the sole director. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally or in writing, by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least 24 hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting. The notice shall be deemed given:

 

3


(i) in the case of hand delivery or notice by telephone, when received by the director to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such director,

(ii) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the director to whom notice is being given at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation,

(iii) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, on the first business day after such notice is dispatched, and

(iv) in the case of delivery via facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic transmission, when sent to the director to whom notice is to be given at such director’s facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall submit, either before or after the time stated therein, a signed waiver of notice or who shall attend the meeting, other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning thereof to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Notice of an adjourned meeting, including the place, date and time of the new meeting, shall be given to all directors not present at the time of the adjournment, and also to the other directors unless the place, date and time of the new meeting are announced at the meeting at the time at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 4. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 5. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

4


Section 6. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 7. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. Each committee (including the members thereof) shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by Chapter 1 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or adopting, amending or repealing the By-Laws of the corporation.

Section 8. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings or a stated salary as a committee member.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10. (a) The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by

 

5


reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or, while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. Notwithstanding this Section 10(a) or the provisions of Section 10(b) hereof, except as otherwise provided in Section 10(f) hereof, the corporation shall be required to indemnify a covered person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such covered person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the covered person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or, while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Delaware Court or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director, officer,

 

6


employee or agent at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

(e) Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 10. Such expenses incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 10 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of a proceeding) or payment of expenses under this Section 10 is not paid in full within 90 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 10.

(h) The Board of Directors may authorize the corporation to enter into a contract with any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than those provided in Section 10.

 

7


(i) For the purposes of this Section 10, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 10 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(j) For purposes of this Section 10, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interest of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(k) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 10 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(l) The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(m) Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article III, Section 10 shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any proceeding (regardless of when such proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Article IV, Section 2 hereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws otherwise provide. Any officer may devote less than all of his working time to his activities as such if the Board so approves.

 

8


Section 2. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 3. Each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected or appointed and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. A resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 5. If an office becomes vacant for any reason, the Board of Directors or the stockholders may fill the vacancy, and each officer so elected or appointed shall serve for the remainder of his predecessor’s term and until his successor shall have been elected or appointed and shall have qualified.

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-Laws.

PRESIDENT

Section 7. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. He shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors in which the Chairman of the Board is absent. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws.

VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

9


SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 11. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 12. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

10


ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.

Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates or uncertificated shares shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Section 4. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation and/or to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting or action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

NOTICES

Section 6. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these By-Laws shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid overnight express courier or facsimile. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address or facsimile number, as the case may be, as it appears on the records of the corporation. The notice shall be deemed given

 

12


(i) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person,

(ii) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the person to whom notice is being given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation,

(iii) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, on the first business day after such notice is dispatched, and

(iv) in the case of delivery via facsimile, when directed to the person to whom notice is to be given.

Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.

ARTICLE VIII

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

Section 1. Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Delaware Court shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director or officer of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General

 

13


Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, or (e) any action asserting a claim against the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine (any action described in clauses (a) through (e) being referred to as a “Covered Action”), in each such case unless the Delaware Court determines that there is an indispensable party named as a defendant in such Covered Action not subject to the personal jurisdiction of the Delaware Court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Delaware Court within 15 days following such determination) and can be subject to the jurisdiction of another court or forum within the United States. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section.

 

14

Exhibit 3.182

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI NEW CANADA, INC.

1.     The name of this corporation is:

SSI NEW CANADA, INC.

2.     The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3.     The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4.     The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5.     The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6.     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7.     Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall to provide.

8.     No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps
Incorporator

 

- 2 -


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI NEW CANADA, INC.

SSI NEW CANADA, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.”

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of


shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SSI NEW CANADA, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.

 

SSI NEW CANADA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

  Robert I. MacDonnell,
  President

 

ATTEST:
/s/ James A. Kohlberg,

 

James A. Kohlberg,

Assistant Secretary

 

 

2

Exhibit 3.183

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

Latham & Watkins

633 West Fifth Street

Suite 4000

Los Angeles, California 90071

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 14th day of January, 2003.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

 

Victoria C. Phelps,

Incorporator

Exhibit 3.184

BYLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  

REGISTERED OFFICES

     1  

Section 2.

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1  

Section 2.

  

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 3.

  

QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF

     1  

Section 4.

  

VOTING

     2  

Section 5.

  

PROXIES

     2  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     3  

Section 7.

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     3  

Section 8.

  

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST

     4  

Section 9.

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

  

THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2.

  

VACANCIES

     5  

Section 3.

  

POWERS

     6  

Section 4.

  

PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     6  

Section 5.

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     7  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     7  

Section 7.

  

QUORUM

     7  

Section 8.

  

ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

     7  

Section 9.

  

TELEPHONIC MEETINGS

     8  

Section 10.

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 11.

  

MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     9  

Section 12.

  

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     9  

Section 1.

  

OFFICERS

     9  

Section 2.

  

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

     l0  

Section 3.

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.

  

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

     10  

Section 5.

  

TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

     10  

Section 6.

  

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     10  

 

i


Section 7.

  

PRESIDENT

     11  

Section 8.

  

VICE PRESIDENTS

     11  

Section 9.

  

SECRETARY

     11  

Section 10.

  

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     12  

Section 11.

  

TREASURER

     12  

Section 12.

  

ASSISTANT TREASURER

     13  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     13  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     18  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     18  

Section 1.

  

CERTIFICATES

     18  

Section 2.

  

SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES

     18  

Section 3.

  

STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES

     19  

Section 4.

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 5.

  

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

     20  

Section 6.

  

FIXED RECORD DATE

     20  

Section 7.

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     21  

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     21  

Section 1.

  

DIVIDENDS

     21  

Section 2.

  

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES

     21  

Section 3.

  

CHECKS

     21  

Section 4.

  

FISCAL YEAR

     21  

Section 5.

  

CORPORATE SEAL

     22  

Section 6.

  

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE

     22  

Section 7.

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     22  

Section 8.

  

ANNUAL STATEMENT

     22  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     22  

Section 1.

  

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS

     22  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of

 

1


Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing

 

2


a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

3


8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of

 

4


each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be five (5). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a

 

5


majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

 

6


5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

7


9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the

 

8


stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the

 

9


provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

10


7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice

 

11


of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the

 

12


duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its

 

13


equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith..

 

14


(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

15


(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

17


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

18


3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in

 

19


such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

20


7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

21


5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the

 

22


Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

23


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of January 14, 2003.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 14th day of January, 2003.

 

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Robert A. Gordon, Secretary

 

24

Exhibit 3.185

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is:

SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

 

Victoria C. Phelps
LATHAM & WATKINS
555 South Flower Street
Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps

Incorporator


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.”

SECOND: That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of


shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.

 

SSI SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell,

 

Robert I. MacDonnell,

 

President

ATTEST:

/s/ James A. Kohlberg
James A. Kohlberg,
Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.186

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

1.

  REGISTERED OFFICES      1  

2.

  OTHER OFFICES      1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

1.

  PLACE OF MEETINGS      1  

2.

  ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  

3.

  QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF      1  

4.

  VOTING      2  

5.

  PROXIES      2  

6.

  SPECIAL MEETINGS      3  

7.

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      3  

8.

  MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST      4  

9.

  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

1.

  THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      5  

2.

  VACANCIES      5  

3.

  POWERS      6  

4.

  PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS      6  

5.

  REGULAR MEETINGS      7  

6.

  SPECIAL MEETINGS      7  

7.

  QUORUM      7  

8.

  ACTION WITHOUT MEETING      7  

9.

  TELEPHONIC MEETINGS      8  

10.

  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      8  

 

i


11.

  MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS      9  

12.

  COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     9  

1.

  OFFICERS      9  

2.

  ELECTION OF OFFICERS      10  

3.

  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      10  

4.

  COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS      10  

5.

  TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES      10  

6.

  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      10  

7.

  PRESIDENT      11  

8.

  VICE PRESIDENTS      11  

9.

  SECRETARY      11  

10.

  ASSISTANT SECRETARY      12  

11.

  TREASURER      12  

12.

  ASSISTANT TREASURER      13  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     13  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     18  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     18  

1.

  CERTIFICATES      18  

2.

  SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES      18  

3.

  STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES      19  

4.

  LOST CERTIFICATES      19  

5.

  TRANSFERS OF STOCK      20  

6.

  FIXED RECORD DATE      20  

7.

  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      21  

 

ii


ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     21  

1.

  DIVIDENDS      21  

2.

  PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES      21  

3.

  CHECKS      21  

4.

  FISCAL YEAR      21  

5.

  CORPORATE SEAL      22  

6.

  MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE      22  

7.

  WAIVER OF NOTICE      22  

8.

  ANNUAL STATEMENT      22  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     22  

1.

  AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS      22  

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders ’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of

 

1


Incorporation, or by these bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

 

2


6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

3


8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of

 

4


each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a

 

5


majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

 

6


5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

7


9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the

 

8


stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the

 

9


provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

10


7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws.

8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice

 

11


of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

12


12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its

 

13


equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

14


(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

15


(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

 

17


ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

18


3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

19


5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

20


7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

21


5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words ‘‘Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the

 

22


Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

23


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a)     That I am a duly elected and acting Vice President and Assistant Secretary of each of the corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto, all of which are Delaware corporations (the “Second Tier Subsidiaries”); and

(b)     That the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws constitute the bylaws of each Second Tier Subsidiary as duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the board of directors of said corporations dated as of January 20, 2015.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 20 th day of January, 2015.

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name: Laura A. Donald
Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

24


Exhibit A

Safeway Dallas, Inc.

Safeway Denver, Inc.

Safeway New Canada, Inc.

Safeway Corporate, Inc.

Safeway Southern California, Inc.

 

25

Exhibit 3.187

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[                    ]

1. The name of this corporation is:

[                    ]

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps

Incorporator

 

-2-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[                         ]

[                    ], a corporation organised and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That, by written consent of the Board of Directors of said corporation as of September 16, 1986, a resolution was duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and directing its officers to submit said amendment to the stockholder of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that Article 1 of this corporation’ s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“1. The name of this corporation is [                ]”

SECOND:    That, thereafter, by written consent of the holder of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of said corporation, the necessary number of shares required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment .


THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [                    ] has caused this certificate to be signed by Robert I. MacDonnell, its President, and attested by James A. Kohlberg, its Assistant Secretary, this 16th day of September, 1986.    

 

[                     ]

By:

 

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

 

Robert I. MacDonnell,

President

ATTEST:

 

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

James A. Kohlberg,

Assistant Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.188

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[        ]

1. The name of this corporation is:

[        ]

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000); and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 19th day of August, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps
Incorporator

 

 

-2-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

[                    ]

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole Incorporator of [                ], a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That Article 1 of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read as follows: ”1. The name of this corporation is [                ]”

SECOND: That said corporation has not received any payment or other consideration for any of its stock.

THIRD: That this amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this 28th day of October, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps,
Incorporator

 

 

Exhibit 3.189

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

1. The name of this corporation is Safeway Stores 98, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 229 South State Street in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is United States Corporation Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

LATHAM & WATKINS

555 South Flower Street

Los Angeles, California 90071

6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.


7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 28th day of October, 1986.

 

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps

Victoria C. Phelps
Incorporator

 

2

Exhibit 3.190

BY-LAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

   Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

   Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

   Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.

   Annual Meeting of Stockholders      1  

Section 3.

   Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and Notice Thereof      2  

Section 4.

   Voting      2  

Section 5.

   Proxies      3  

Section 6.

   Special Meetings      3  

Section 7.

   Notice of Stockholder’s Meetings      4  

Section 8.

   Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder List      4  

Section 9.

   Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      5  

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     6  

Section 1.

   The Number of Directors.      6  

Section 2.

   Vacancies      6  

Section 3.

   Powers      7  

Section 4.

   Place of Directors’ Meetings      8  

Section 5.

   Regular Meetings      8  

Section 6.

   Special Meetings      8  

Section 7.

   Quorum      8  

Section 8.

   Action Without Meeting      9  

Section 9.

   Telephonic Meetings      9  

Section 10.

   Committees of Directors      10  

Section 11.

   Minutes of Committee Meetings      11  

Section 12.

   Compensation of Directors      11  

Section 13.

   Indemnification      12  

 

i


     Page  

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

     18  

Section 1.

   Officers      18  

Section 2.

   Election of Officers      18  

Section 3.

   Subordinate Officers      19  

Section 4.

   Compensation of Officers      19  

Section 5.

   Term of Office; Removal and Vacancies      19  

Section 6.

   Chairman of the Board      19  

Section 7.

   President      20  

Section 8.

   Vice President      20  

Section 9.

   Secretary      21  

Section 10.

   Assistant Secretaries      21  

Section 11.

   Treasurer      22  

Section 12.

   Assistant Treasurer      23  

ARTICLE V - CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     23  

Section 1.

   Certificates      23  

Section 2.

   Signatures on Certificates      23  

Section 3.

   Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences, Privileges      24  

Section 4.

   Lost Certificates      25  

Section 5.

   Transfers of Stock      25  

Section 6.

   Fixing Record Date      26  

Section 7.

   Registered Stockholders      26  

ARTICLE VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS

     27  

Section 1.

   Dividends      27  

Section 2.

   Payment of Dividends; Directors’ Duties      27  

Section 3.

   Checks      28  

Section 4.

   Fiscal Year      28  

Section 5.

   Corporate Seal      28  

Section 6.

   Manner of Giving Notice      28  

Section 7.

   Waiver of Notice      28  

Section 8.

   Annual Statement      29  

ARTICLE VII - AMENDMENTS

     29  

Section 1.

   Amendment by Directors or Stockholders      29  

 

ii


BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


Section 3. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

 

2


Section 4. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 5. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article V, Section 6 hereof. All elections shall be had and all questions decided by a plurality vote.

 

3


Section 6. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

4


Section 8. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

5


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by

 

6


a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

7


MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum,

 

8


shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

9


COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 10. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation,

 

10


recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-Laws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 12. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

11


INDEMNIFICATION

Section 13(a). The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reason, ably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

12


(b) The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

13


(c) To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection there with.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

 

14


(e) Expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Section 13. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Section 13 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the

 

15


request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section 13.

(h) For the purposes of this Section 13, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

16


(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 13 shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

17


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

 

18


Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-Laws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

 

19


PRESIDENT

Section 7. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws.

VICE PRESIDENTS

Section 8. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

 

20


SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 9. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these By-Laws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 10. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

21


TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

Section 11. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

22


Section 12. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

 

23


Section 2. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

24


LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Section 4. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

25


FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

26


REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 7. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends , or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

 

27


CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

NOTICES

Section 6. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

28


Section 7. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ANNUAL STATEMENT

Section 8. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws.

 

29


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(1) That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of each of the corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto, all of which are Delaware corporations (the “Additional Third Tier Subsidiaries”); and

(2) That the foregoing By-Laws, comprising thirty-one (31) pages, constitute the By-Laws of each Additional Third Tier Subsidiary as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of each Additional Third Tier Subsidiary as of October 30, 1986.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 30th day of October, 1986.

 

/s/ Bernat Rosner

Bernat Rosner, Secretary


MINUTES OF ACTION OF

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

THIRD TIER SUBSIDIARIES

TAKEN WITHOUT A MEETING

BY WRITTEN CONSENT

The foregoing action is taken by the Board of Directors of each of the corporations listed on Exhibit A hereto, all of which are Delaware corporations (the “Third Tier Subsidiaries”), by written consent without a meeting, as of January 14, 1987, pursuant to Section 141(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permitting such action to be taken.

Amendment of Bylaws . The following resolution authorizing an amendment to the Bylaws of each Third Tier Subsidiary is adopted:

RESOLVED, that the first sentence of Section 1 of Article III of the Bylaws of this corporation be amended to read as follows :

“Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3).”

Resignation of Director . The following resolution accepting the resignation of the current director of this corporation is adopted:


RESOLVED, that the resignation of Robert I. MacDonnell as director of this corporation, effective as of the close of business on January 14, 1987, be, and it hereby is, accepted.

Election of New Directors . The following resolution electing new directors to fill the vacancies created by the foregoing amendment to the Bylaws and the foregoing resignation of the current director is adopted:

RESOLVED, that James A. Rowland, Bernat Rosner and Harvey K. Naito be, and they hereby are, elected to serve as directors of this corporation, effective as of the close of business on January 14, 1987, for the ensuing year and until their successors have been elected and qualified.

The undersigned, being the sole director of each of the Third Tier Subsidiaries, does hereby consent to the foregoing action as of the 14th day of January, 1987.

 

/s/ Robert I. MacDonnell

Robert I. MacDonnell

 

2


Exhibit A

 

Safeway    Stores    18,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    23,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    25,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    26,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    27,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    28,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    29,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    30,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    31,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    35,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    38,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    39,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    40,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    41,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    42,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    43,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    44,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    45,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    46,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    47,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    48,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    49,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    50,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    51,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    52,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    53,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    54,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    55,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    56,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    57,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    58,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    59,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    60,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    61,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    62,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    63,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    64,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    65,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    66,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    67,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    68,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    69,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    70,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    71,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    72,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    73,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    74,    Inc.

 

3


Exhibit A

 

Safeway    Stores    75,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    76,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    77,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    78,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    79,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    80,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    81,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    82,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    83,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    84,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    85,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    86,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    87,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    88,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    89,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    90,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    91,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    92,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    96,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    97,    Inc.
Safeway    Stores    98,    Inc.

 

4

Exhibit 3.191

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

1. The name of the corporation is:

Safeway Stores 99, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock, and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Victoria C. Phelps

Latham & Watkins

633 West Fifth Street

Suite 4000

Los Angeles, California 90071


6. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8. No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 29th day of December, 1998.

/s/ Victoria C. Phelps                                             

Victoria C. Phelps,

Incorporator

Exhibit 3.192

BYLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I. OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  

REGISTERED OFFICES

     1  

Section 2.

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1  

ARTICLE II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

Section 1.

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1  

Section 2.

  

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     ·1  

Section 3.

  

QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF

     1  

Section 4.

  

VOTING

     2  

Section 5.

  

PROXIES

     3  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     3  

Section 7.

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     3  

Section 8.

  

MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST

     4  

Section 9.

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A

  
  

MEETING

     4  

ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 1.

  

THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 2.

  

VACANCIES

     6  

Section 3.

  

POWERS

     6  

Section 4.

  

PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS

     7  

Section 5.

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     7  

Section 6.

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS

     7  

Section 7.

  

QUORUM

     7  

Section 8.

  

ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

     8  

Section 9.

  

TELEPHONIC MEETINGS

     8  

Section 10.

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     8  

Section 11.

  

MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     9  

Section 12.

  

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     9  

ARTICLE IV. OFFICERS

     10  

Section 1.

  

OFFICERS

     10  

Section 2.

  

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

     10  

Section 3.

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     11  

Section 4.

  

COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS

     11  

 

i


Section 5.

  

TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES

     11  

Section 6.

  

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

     11  

Section 7.

  

PRESIDENT

     11  

Section 8.

  

VICE PRESIDENTS

     12  

Section 9.

  

SECRETARY

     12  

Section 10.

  

ASSISTANT SECRETARY

     13  

Section 11.

  

TREASURER

     13  

Section 12.

  

ASSISTANT TREASURER

     14  

ARTICLE V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     14  

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     19  

ARTICLE VII. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     19  

Section 1.

  

CERTIFICATES

     19  

Section 2.

  

SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES

     20  

Section 3.

  

STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES

     20  

Section 4.

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     21  

Section 5.

  

TRANSFERS OF STOCK

     21  

Section 6.

  

FIXED RECORD DATE

     21  

Section 7.

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     22  

ARTICLE VIII. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     22  

Section 1.

  

DIVIDENDS

     22  

Section 2.

  

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES

     23  

Section 3.

  

CHECKS

     23  

Section 4.

  

FISCAL YEAR

     23  

Section 5.

  

CORPORATE SEAL

     23  

Section 6.

  

MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE

     23  

Section 7.

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     24  

Section 8.

  

ANNUAL STATEMENT

     24  

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 1.

  

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS

     24  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

1


Section 3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Section 4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


Section 5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The

 

3


written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is

 

5


elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such

 

6


powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

. Section 4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present

 

7


thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any

 

8


meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for

 

9


attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

 

10


Section 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

Section 7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the

 

11


business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

Section 9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

12


Section 10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

13


Section 12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of

 

14


any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b) The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

15


(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount

 

16


if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’ official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g) The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h) For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate

 

17


existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

18


(k) The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

 

19


Section 2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

20


Section 4. LOST CERTIFICATES. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section 5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any

 

21


change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

22


Section 2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

Section 3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such

 

23


notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR SHAREHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a) That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of Safeway Stores 99, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b) That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of December 29, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 29th day of December, 1998.

 

/s/ Michael C. Ross

Michael C. Ross, Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.193

 

LOGO

Certificate of Organization of Corporation under the General Law The undersigned, officers of ft corporation organised at a meeting of the signers of the articles of agreement therefor, duly called and bald at the 3wroby certify as follows s The name of said. corporation is SBAW*S EEA1TX CO. The purposes of said corporation are 1. To carry on business in real estate with full power to acquire, own, hold,

 

- 29 -


LOGO

The amount of capital stock is Thousand ($300,030) The amount at common stock la Dollar ($JQ0*0Q0) consisting of few thousand (3,000) ba8 of par Talus of m Wan The amount of preferred stock Is 8 The amount of capital stock, already paid in is the par value at shares is (£200) The of the of said shares are as follows5 D. Mila South Portland, Jordan. Mat 1 .Edward F. Bans

 

- 30 -


LOGO

Said corporation is locates! at Portland County of The number of directors . is not. 1and the mm of M3Us, W B. and Eduard ten the name of the is Eduard and his residence is The under signed,. is president; the undersigned, Jordan is treasurer; and the undersigned, Jordan ml F. of the directors of said corporation, fitness our hands day of April, a. D. 19 55 . President Treasurer A D. 19 55. men personally appeared severally made oath to the foregoing certificate, that the same is true. Before me, — Justice of the Pease. STATE OF MAINE Attorney General’s Office, April 22, A. B. 19 55 , I hereby certify that I have examined the foregoing certificate , the same is properly drawn and signed, and is able to the constitution and laws of the State. - Attorney

 

- 31 -

Exhibit 3.194

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1.01. Offices . The corporation may have such offices, within or without the State of Maine as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.01. Place and Time of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders may be held at any place, within or without the State of Maine, designated by the Board of Directors and, in the absence of such designation, shall be held at the office of the Corporation in the State of Minnesota. The Directors shall designate the time of day for each meeting and, in the absence of such designation, every meeting of shareholders shall be held at ten o’clock a.m. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 709 of the Maine Business Corporation Act (the “Act”).

Section 2.02. Annual Meetings . The first annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a day designated by the Board of Directors, which shall be not more than sixteen (16) months after the date of incorporation. If the Board of Directors fails to determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting and the shareholders have not elected directors by written or electronic transmission of consent as permitted by law, the annual meeting, beginning in the year after the date of incorporation and subject to the power of the shareholders to change the date, shall be held on the same day or, if that day shall fall upon a legal holiday, on the next succeeding business day. Shareholders may act by written or electronic transmission of consent to elect director.

Section 2.03. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be held at any time and for any purpose and may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or by resolutions of the Board of Directors. Notice of each special meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 2.07 of these Bylaws. Unless otherwise permitted by law, business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.

 

1


Section 2.04. Quorum, Adjourned Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Organization, the holders of a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any annual or special meeting. In case a quorum shall not be present at a meeting, those present shall adjourn to such day as they shall, by majority vote, agree upon, and a notice of such adjournment shall be mailed to each shareholder entitled to vote at least five (5) days before such adjourned meeting. If a quorum is present, a meeting may be adjourned from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If a quorum is present, the shareholders may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 2.05. Voting . At each meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum is present in person or by proxy, every shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person or by proxy. Each shareholder, unless the Certificate of Organization provides otherwise, shall have one vote for each share having voting power registered in his name on the books of the Corporation. Upon the demand of any shareholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot. All questions shall be decided by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting at the time of the vote except where otherwise required by statute, the Certificate of Organization or these Bylaws.

Section 2.06. Closing of Books . The Board of Directors may fix a time, not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after any record date so fixed. The Board of Directors may close the books of the Corporation against the transfer of shares during the whole or any part of such period. If the Board of Directors fails to fix a record date for determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, the record date shall be the twentieth (20th) day preceding the date of such meeting.

 

2


Section 2.07. Notice of Meetings . There shall be mailed to, or transmitted electronically to, each shareholder shown by the books of the Corporation to be a holder of record voting shares, at his address as shown by the books of the Corporation, a notice setting out the time and place of each annual meeting and each special meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Organization or these Bylaws, such notice shall be mailed or transmitted electronically not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of any such meeting. If mailed, notice to shareholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid. Every notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called, pursuant to Section 2.03, and the business transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purpose stated in the call.

Section 2.08. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting may be waived either before, at, or after such meeting in a writing signed by each shareholder or representative thereof entitled to vote the shares so represented.

Section 2.09. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Organization, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Maine, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

3


ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 3.01. General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers and duties conferred by law except as provided by the Certificate of Organization or these Bylaws.

Section 3.02. Number, Qualification and Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be no less than one (1), the exact number to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be shareholders. Each of the Directors shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders next held after his election and until his successor shall have been elected and shall qualify, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.03. Annual Meeting . As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors, the Board of Directors shall meet at the registered office of the corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Maine as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing the officers of the Corporation and for the transaction of such other business as shall come before the meeting.

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held from time to time at such time and place within or without the State of Maine as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or as determined by written or electronic transmission of consent.

Section 3.05. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary or by a majority of the Directors and shall be held from time to time at such time and place as may be designated in the notice of such meeting.

Section 3.06. Notice of Meetings . No notice need be given of any annual or regular meeting of the Board of Directors. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the Secretary who shall give at least forty-eight (48) hours’ notice thereof to each Director by mail, telephone, telegram, electronic transmission or in person.

 

4


Section 3.07. Waiver of Notice . Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived either before, at or after such meeting in writing signed by each Director. A Director, by his attendance and participation in the action taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall be deemed to have waived notice of such meeting.

Section 3.08. Quorum . A majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except that when a vacancy or vacancies exist, a majority of the remaining Directors. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 3.09. Vacancies: Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Organization, vacancies occurring in any directorship and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in the case of a director elected to fill a vacancy, until the next annual meeting of shareholders in the case of a director elected to fill a newly created directorship, and in each case until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.10. Removal . The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office, with or without cause at any time, by a vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

Section 3.11. Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish an Executive Committee consisting of one or more Directors. Such Committee may meet at stated times or on notice to all given by any of their own number. During the intervals between meetings of the Board of Directors, such Committee shall advise and aid the officers of the Corporation in all matters concerning the business and affairs of the Corporation and, generally, perform such duties and exercise such powers as may be directed or delegated by the Board of Directors from time to time. The Board of Directors

 

5


may, by resolution, delegate to such Committee authority to exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, except such committee shall not have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the shareholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of Directors) expressly required by the Act to be submitted to shareholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation, Vacancies in the membership of the Committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors at a regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Section 3.12. Other Committees . The Board of Directors may establish other committees from time to time making such regulations, as it deems advisable, with respect to the membership, authority and procedures of such committees.

Section 3.13. Written Action . Unless otherwise restricted by law or by the Certificate of Organization, any action which might be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by all of the Directors. Any action which may be taken at a meeting of any duly constituted committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if done in writing and signed by all of the committee members.

Section 3.14. Conference Communications . Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any duly constituted committee thereof, by means of a conference telephone conversation or other comparable communication technique whereby all persons participating in the meeting can hear and communicate to each other. For the purpose of establishing a quorum and taking any action at the meeting, such Directors participating pursuant to this Section 3.14 shall be deemed present in person at the meeting.

Section 3.15. Compensation . Directors shall receive no compensation for attendance at Board meetings except as may be determined from time to time by vote of the shareholders. All Directors shall receive their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving this Corporation in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation therefor.

 

6


ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 4.01. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board (if one is elected by the Board); the President, who shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation; one or more Vice Presidents (if desired by the Board); a Secretary; a Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may from time to time be elected by the Board of Directors. Any two offices, except those of President and Vice President, may be held by one person.

Section 4.02. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . At each annual meeting of the Board of Directors, the Board shall elect, from within or without their number, the President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, and such other officers and agents as may be deemed advisable. Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Directors and until their successors are elected and qualify or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Section 4.03. Removal and Vacancies . Any officer may be removed from his office at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause. If there be a vacancy among the officers of the Corporation by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, such vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.04. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall have such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.05. President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer and shall have general and active management of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors. In the absence, disability or refusal of the Chairman of the Board to act, or the vacancy of such office, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors. He or she shall perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He may execute and deliver, in the name of the corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments pertaining to the business of the corporation and, in general, shall perform all duties usually incident to the office of President.

 

7


Section 4.06. Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President, a Senior Vice President or a Group Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President. In the event of absence or disability of the President, Vice Presidents shall succeed to his power and duties in the order designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.07. Secretary . The Secretary shall be secretary of and shall attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and shall record all proceedings of such meetings in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary shall (a) give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors, (b) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly and (c) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if any, and shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it and may, when necessary, attest the seal by the Secretary’s signature. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

Section 4.08. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the general care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep accurate accounts of all monies of the Corporation received or disbursed. The Treasurer shall deposit all monies, drafts and checks in the name of, and to the credit of, the Corporation in such banks and depositories as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate. The Treasurer shall have power to endorse, for deposit, all notes, checks and drafts received by the Corporation. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, as ordered by the Board of Directors, making proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, whenever required or desirable, an account of all his/her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the President.

 

8


Section 4.09. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Secretary and each Assistant Treasurer, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

Section 4.10. Compensation . The officers of this Corporation shall receive such compensation for their services as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.11. Authority to Execute Agreements . The Chairman of the Board, if any, President, Vice Presidents and Secretary, and any one of them, are hereby authorized to execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of this Corporation, all contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, bonds, options, leases, lease and other guarantees of the obligations of others, including subsidiary corporations and customers, stock transfer documents, and such other instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Corporation; and said officers are further authorized to sign and affix, or cause to be signed and affixed, the seal of the Corporation on any instrument requiring the same, which seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer. Except as may be limited in a resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, in causing any of said documents to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any of said officers shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation or any of its affiliates to have the power and authority to sign such documents in the name and on behalf of the Corporation as determined by the officer making such designation.

Section 4.12. Clerk . For so long as required by the Act, the Corporation shall maintain in the State of Maine a clerk, who is a natural person resident in Maine. The clerk may be, but is not required to be, one of the directors or officers of the Corporation, or the clerk may be a person holding no other position with the Corporation. The clerk must be appointed by the Board of Directors unless the Certificate of Organization reserves appointment of the clerk to the shareholders. The clerk shall not be

 

9


an officer of the Corporation and the duties of the clerk shall be ministerial only. Unless otherwise kept by the Secretary of the Corporation, the clerk shall keep on file a list of all shareholders of the Corporation and keep, in a book kept for that purpose, the records of all shareholders’ meetings, including all records of all votes and minutes of the meetings. In addition to the Secretary of the Corporation, the clerk may certify all votes, resolutions and actions of the shareholders and may certify all votes, resolutions and actions of the Board of Directors and its committees.

ARTICLE V.

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

Section 5.01. Certificates for Shares . Every owner of shares of the Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate, to be in such form as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of the Corporation owned by him. The certificates for such shares shall be numbered in the order in which they shall be issued and shall be signed, in the name of the Corporation, by the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by such officers as the Board of Directors may designate. Such signatures may be by facsimile. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate shall have been so cancelled, except in cases provided for in Section 5.04.

Section 5.02. Issuance of Shares . Subject to the preemptive rights of the shareholders of this Corporation as established and prescribed by the Act, the Board of Directors is authorized to cause to be issued shares of the Corporation up to the full amount authorized by the Certificate of Organization such amounts as may be determined by the Board of Directors and as may be permitted by law.

Section 5.03. Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder named in the certificate, or the shareholder’s legal representative, or the shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact, and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for such shares. The Corporation may treat, as the absolute owner of shares of the Corporation, the person or persons in whose name shares are registered on the books of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

 

10


Section 5.04. Loss of Certificates . Any shareholder claiming a certificate for shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall make an affidavit of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors shall require and shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and amount, and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim which may be made against it on account of the reissue of such certificate, whereupon a new certificate may be issued in the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have been destroyed, stolen or lost. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated without the posting by the owner of any bond upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate.

ARTICLE VI.

DIVIDENDS, SURPLUS, ETC.

Section 6.01. Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Organization, the Board of Directors may at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the stock of the Corporation unless either (a) the Corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business or (b) the Corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, unless the Certificate of Organization permits otherwise, the amount that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in its discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

Section 6.02. Record Date . Subject to any provisions of the Certificate of Organization, the Board of Directors may fix a date not exceeding forty (40) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend as the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive

 

11


payment of the dividend and, in such case, only shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to receive payment of such dividend notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date. The Board of Directors may close the books of the Corporation against the transfer of shares during the whole or any part of such period.

ARTICLE VII.

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Section 7.01 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or was or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism, inquiry, judicial, administrative or legislative hearing, investigation or any other threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, including any and all appeals, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, investigative or other nature (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or while a director or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Act, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the indemnitee) actually and reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding, or part thereof (including claims and counterclaims), initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding, or part thereof, was authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors.

 

12


Section 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses .

(a)     In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.02 or otherwise.

(b)     Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 7.02(a), the Corporation shall not make or continue to make advancements of expenses to an indemnitee (except by reason of the fact that the indemnitee is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this Section 7.02(b) shall not apply) if a determination is reasonably made that the facts known at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that the indemnitee acted in bad faith and in a manner that the indemnitee did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal proceeding, that the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made: (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of directors who are not parties to such proceeding, whether or not such majority constitutes a quorum, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, whether or not such majority constitutes a quorum, or (iii) if there are such directors, or if the such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the indemnitee.

 

13


Section 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a request for indemnification under Section 7.01 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days, or if a request for an advancement of expenses under Section 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 20 days, after a written request has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking an adjudication of entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in the Act. Further, in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in the Act. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Act, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

14


Section 7.04 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law, agreement, vote of shareholders or directors, provisions of the Certificate of Organization or these Bylaws or otherwise.

Section 7.05 Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Act.

Section 7.06 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 7.07 Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights that shall vest at the time an individual becomes a director or officer of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

Section 7.08 Settlement of Claims . The Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify any indemnitee under this Article VII for any amounts paid in settlement of any proceeding effected without the Corporation’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, or for any judicial award if the Corporation was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such proceeding.

Section 7.09 Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Article VII, the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

15


Section 7.10 Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Article VII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VII (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not by themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VII (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Article VII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of the parties that the Corporation provide protection to the indemnitee to the fullest enforceable extent.

ARTICLE VIII.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 8.01. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.01. These Bylaws may be amended, repealed or altered, and new Bylaws made, by the Board of Directors, but the shareholders may make additional Bylaws and may alter and repeal any Bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise.

ARTICLE X

LAW

Section 10.01. If any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Organization, the Act any other applicable law, the provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect. If

 

16


any of the provisions of the Act referred to above are modified or superceded, the references to those provisions is to be interpreted to refer to the provisions as so modified or superceded. Except as otherwise stated herein or in the Certificate of Organization, this Corporation, together with its Board of Directors and Officers, shall have all of the rights, powers, duties and responsibilities set forth in the Act.

ARTICLE XI.

SEAL

Section 11.01. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal, but whether or not such seal is provided, its use shall not be required in order to validate any act or instrument.

Date of Adoption:    August 27, 2012

 

17

Exhibit 3.195

EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST

THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST made this 31st day of August, 1970, at Brockton, in the County of Plymouth and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, by STANTON W. DAVIS and ROBERT L. EKLUND, both of Brockton, Massachusetts, and H. HALSEY DAVIS, of Falmouth, Maine (hereinafter called the “Trustees”).

ARTICLE I

Name of Trust

The Trust hereby created shall be known as EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST and, so far as legal, convenient and practicable, all business shall be carried on under that name by the Trustees, and all instruments in writing of the Trustees shall be so executed.

ARTICLE II

The Trust and Its Purposes

Section 1. All property, real and personal, tangible and intangible, conveyed to the Trustees hereunder (hereinafter called the “trust property ”) shall vest in the Trustees as joint tenants with right of survivorship as Trustees of this Trust, in trust, to manage, administer and dispose of the same and to receive the income thereof all for the benefit of the holders of shares of beneficial interest.

Section 2. It is hereby expressly declared that a Trust and not a partnership is hereby created.


ARTICLE III

The Trustees

Section 1. There shall at all times be not less than three (3) Trustees hereunder, and, if and whenever the number of such Trustees shall for any reason become less than three, a vacancy in said office shall be deemed to exist. A vacancy shall be deemed to occur in the event of the incompetency of any Trustee as evidenced by the appointment by a court having jurisdiction of a guardian, conservator or committee of such Trustee.

Section 2. When any vacancy occurs at any time in the office of Trustee, all property in the Trust shall vest in the remaining Trustees.

Section 3. Any Trustee under this instrument may resign and be discharged from the said Trust by written instrument signed by him, acknowledged in the manner required in the case of a deed, and such resignation shall take effect upon the recording of such instrument with Plymouth County Registry of Deeds .

Section 4. In the event a vacancy occurs, (a) the remaining Trustees shall appoint a Trustee to fill the vacancy by an Instrument in writing acknowledged and recorded as in the case of a resignation and assented to in writing by the holders of a majority of the shares of beneficial interest; (b) if there shall be no remaining Trustee, then three Trustees shall be elected by vote of the holders, of a majority of the shares of beneficial interest at a meeting of such holders called for that purpose by any such holders or other interested party; (c) each appointment made under this Section shall contain the written acceptance of the Trustee so appointed or elected, and the appointment or election shall take effect upon the recording of the notices of such action with Plymouth County Registry of Deeds.

Section 5. The foregoing provisions of this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, despite any vacancies in the office of Trustee however caused and for whatever duration, the remaining Trustee or Trustees, subject to the provisions of the immediately following Section, shall continue to exercise and discharge all the powers, discretion and duties hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustees.

 

-2-


Section 6. In any matter relating to the administration of the Trust hereunder and the exercise of the powers hereby conferred, if only one Trustee should remain in office, such Trustee pending the appointment of successor Trustees may act singly. The Trustees may act with or without a meeting.

Section 7. No bond or surety or sureties shall ever be required of any Trustee acting hereunder, nor shall any Trustee hereunder be responsible or liable except for his own willful default, nor shall any Trustee be responsible or liable for the act, omission or default of any servant or agent who has been selected with reasonable care. The Trustees may keep such part of the trust assets uninvested as they deem best, may invest in and continue to hold unproductive property if they deem best, and may, in their discretion, invest the whole or any part of the trust estate in a single piece of property, security or investment without any liability therefor. The Trustees shall be responsible and accountable only to the shareholders of record.

Section 8. Each Trustee shall be entitled to such reasonable remuneration for his services as shall be from time to time fixed and determined by the Trustees and also additional reasonable remuneration for extraordinary or unusual services rendered by him in connection with the Trusts hereof.

Section 9. The Trustees individually or any of them may buy from, sell to and generally deal with themselves as Trustees and with the shareholders in the same manner that a stranger might deal with the Trustees or shareholders, and no greater degree of good faith nor any greater disclosures shall be required than would be required of a stranger.

Section 10. No purchaser from, lender to, or other person having any dealing or transaction with the Trustees shall ever have any liability to see to the application of any proceeds, or monies or property paid or delivered to the Trustees, nor to Inquire as to the indebtedness of the Trustees to any other person or persons, and the receipts of the Trustees, or any one of them, or their agents on their behalf, for money or property paid or delivered to them shall be effectual discharge of the persons paying or delivering such monies, property or proceeds.

 

-3-


Section 11. The Trustees or any of them shall not be entitled to look to the shareholders personally for indemnity against any liability incurred by them or any of them in the execution hereof or to call upon the shareholders for the payment of any sum or money or any assessment whatsoever, but the Trustees shall be entitled to indemnity out of the trust property against any and all liabilities so incurred by them or any of them, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, liabilities in contract and in tort and liabilities for damages, penalties and fines. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed, however, to limit in any .respect the powers granted to the Trustees in this instrument.

Section 12. The Trustees shall keep full and proper records and books of account and and shall, at least annually, render an accounting of the trust to any shareholder requesting the same. The books and records shall be open to the inspection of the shareholders at all reasonable times.

Section 13. (a) The Trustees may, from time to time, by written instrument signed by them and acknowledged in the manner required in the case of a deed of conveyance of real estate and recorded in Plymouth County Registry of Deeds authorize any one of their number to exercise any or all the powers hereunder, and such authority may be so given to any one Trustee hereunder by name, or to any one of the persons who may at any time be lawfully acting as Trustee or Trustees hereunder, without naming him or them. In a like manner the Trustees may revoke such authority. (b) The Trustees may, by an unrecorded instrument, authorize one of

 

-4-


their number or any other person to draw checks and drafts upon and disburse the monies of the trust on deposit with any banking institution. The Trustees may likewise withdraw such authority. (c) A majority of the Trustees may exercise all the power herein given to the Trustees. (d) When any Trustee is absent from the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or incapacitated by illness or otherwise, the other Trustee or Trustees shall have all the powers herein given to the named Trustee. (e) Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his powers hereunder, for a period not exceeding six months at any one time.

ARTICLE IV

Powers of the Trustees

The Trustees shall have the absolute control, management and disposition of the trust property as if they were the absolute owners thereof and, in addition to all other powers they may have, shall have power at any time and from time to time:

Section 1. To receive and hold, under the terms of this Trust, real and personal property, to buy, take or lease, hire or otherwise acquire real or personal property, to invest and reinvest the funds and property of the trust, to exchange real property for personal property and vice versa;

Section 2. To retain the trust property, or any part or parts thereof, in the same form or forms of investment in which received or acquired by them so far as and so long as they shall think fit, without liability for any losses resulting therefrom.

Section 3. To sell, assign, convey, transfer, exchange, and otherwise deal with or dispose of, the trust property, or any part or parts thereof, free and discharged of any and all trusts, at public or private sale, to any person or persons, for cash or on credit, and in such manner, on such terms and for considerations and subject to such restrictions, stipulations, agreements and reservations as they shall deem proper, including the power to take back mortgages or secure the whole or any part of the purchase price of any of the trust property sold or transferred by them, and to execute and deliver any deed or other instrument in connection with the foregoing.

 

-5-


Section 4. To purchase or otherwise acquire title to, and to rent, lease or hire from others for terms which may extend beyond the termination of this Trust any property or rights to property, real or personal, and to own, manage, use and hold such property and such rights.

Section 5. To borrow or in any manner raise such sum or sums of money or other property as they shall deem advisable in any manner and on any terms, and to evidence the same by notes, bonds, securities or other evidences of indebtedness which may mature at any time or times, even beyond the possible duration of this trust; and to execute and deliver any mortgage, pledge, or other investment to secure any such borrowing.

Section 6. To enter into any arrangement for the use or occupation of the trust property, or any part or parts thereof, including, without, thereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, leases, subleases, easements, licenses, or concessions, upon such terms and conditions and with such stipulations and agreements as they shall deem desirable even if the same extend beyond the possible duration of this Trust.

Section 7. To invest and reinvest the trust property, or any part or parts thereof and from time to time and as often as they shall see fit to change investments, including power to invest in all types of securities and other property, of whatsoever nature and however denominated, all to such extent as to them shall seem proper, and without liability for loss, even though such property or such investments shall be of a character or in an amount not customarily considered proper for the investment of trust funds or which does not or may not produce income.

 

-6-


Section 8. To incur such liabilities, obligations and expenses, and to pay from the principal, or the income of the trust property in their hands all such sums as they shall deem necessary or proper, for the furtherance of the purposes of the trusty.

Section 9. To determine as to all sums of money and other things of value received by them, whether and to what extent the same shall be deemed to be and shall be accounted for as principal or income, and as to all charges and expenses paid by them, whether and to what extent the same shall be charged against principal or against income, including without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, power to apportion any receipt or expense between principal and income, and power to determine what portion, If any, of actual income received and upon any asset purchased or acquired at a premium or any wasting investment shall be added to the principal to prevent a diminution thereof upon the maturity or exhaustion of such asset or investment.

Section 10. To vote in such manner as they shall think fit any or all shares in any corporation or trust which may be a part of the trust property, and for that purpose to give proxies to any person or persons or to one or more of their number to vote, waive any notice or otherwise act in respect of any such shares.

Section 11. To guarantee performance of the obligations of others in any cases where they shall deem that it is to the advantage of this Trust that they give such guaranty.

Section 12. To maintain such offices and other place of business as they shall deem necessary or proper and to engage in business in Massachusetts or elsewhere.

 

-7-


Section 13. To employ, appoint, and remove such agents, managers, brokers, employees, servants, assistants and counsel (which counsel may be a firm of which one or more of the Trustees are members) as they shall deem proper, for the purchase, sale or management of the trust property, or any part or parts thereof, and for conducting the business of the Trust and may define their respective duties and fix and pay their compensation and the Trustees shall not be answerable for the acts and defaults of any such person. The Trustees may delegate to any such agent, manager, broker, employee, servant, assistant or counsel any or all of their powers (including discretionary powers, except that the power to join in amending, altering, adding to, terminating or changing this Declaration of Trust and and the Trust hereby created, shall not be delegated) all for such times and purposes as they shall deem proper. Without hereby limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustees may from time to time designate one or more of their own number to be the Managing Trustees, for the management and administration of the trust property and the business of the Trust or any part or parts thereof.

Section 14. To maintain, improve, develop, subdivide, partition or otherwise dispose of any real or personal property or any interest therein; to make alterations in any buildings now or hereafter located on any such property or to demolish the same; to construct new buildings; all in such manner and upon such terms as it shall seem advisable to the Trustees, and to enter into contracts with respect to any of the foregoing.

Section 15. In addition to any other powers herein contained, the Trustees shall have the power, with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the shares hereunder, to merge or consolidate into or with any other association, trust or corporation wherever organized which owns all the shares of this Trust or all of whose shares are owned by this Trust and which is engaged in a business similar or incidental to the business of this Trust.

 

-8-


PROVIDED ALWAYS, that the Trustees shall have no power or authority, by virtue of any provision contained in this instrument, to borrow money on the credit of or on behalf of the shareholders or any of them personally, or to make any contract binding upon the shareholders or any of them personally or to incur any liability whatever on behalf of, or binding the shareholders or any of them personally, or otherwise to bind the shareholders or any of them personally.

ARTICLE V

Shares and Shareholders

Section 1. The term “shareholder” whenever herein used shall mean one who is recorded on the books of the Trustees as a holder of shares of beneficial interest hereunder as hereinafter described, and shall include all the holders of any share or shares held by more than one person in common or in any form of joint ownership. The terms “share” and “shares” whenever herein used shall mean a fractional beneficial interest in the trust fund.

Section 2. The entire beneficial interest hereunder shall be divided into 100 equal shares with no par value, which once having been issued, shall not be subject to redemption or cancellation except upon final termination of this trust or by written consent of the respective holders thereof. All issued shares shall be represented by certificates issued by the Trustees in such convenient form as the Trustees may determine. Additional shares of beneficial interest in the trust fund may be issued by the Trustees from time to time if they deem best and when such additional shares shall be issued, the total number of shares then issued shall represent equally the entire beneficial interest hereunder, but such additional shares shall be issued by the Trust only to the holders of record of the shares already issued at the time such additional shares are issued and in proportion to the number of shares then held by each, or to such persons as the Trustees may select, for money or property, real or personal, received by the Trustees to be held in trust hereunder, at not less than the then book value of the shares previously issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing restrictions, any number of additional shares may be issued by the Trustees if they deem best, to any person, at any price or consideration, upon separate written consent of each of the shareholders who is then of full age and sound mind.

 

-9-


Section 3. The said shareholders are not to have any legal title to the trust property itself, real or personal held from time to time by the Trustees, and particularly, they shall have no right to call for any partition; they shall have no equitable estate in the lands and appurtenances thereto belonging constituting the trust property, but their interest shall consist only of an interest in the money to arise from the sale, or other disposition thereof by the Trustees, as herein provided, and of the rights existing hereunder previously to such sale, and the shares shall be personal property carrying the rights as herein set forth, of division of proceeds and profits and the other rights and matters concerning the trust property, and shall be transmissible and transferable as personal estate.

Section 4. A register or book shall be kept by the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses given to the Trustees by the shareholders and the number of shares issued to each. Each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate in such convenient form as the Trustees may determine, representing his shares. No certificate shall be issued until a record thereof has been made on said register or book. Any notice, communication or payment to a shareholder, mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to his address on such register or book or delivered personally, shall be deemed sufficient notice, delivery or service thereof.

Section 5. Shares may be transferred on the register or book of the Trustees described above, by the persons named in the certificate thereof, his attorney or legal representative, upon surrender of the certificate duly endorsed or with proper evidence of authority to transfer attached and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee, who shall take the same and the interest represented thereby subject to the terms of this Declaration of Trust. All transfers of shares shall be recorded in the same register or book of the Trustees. If a certificate be lost or destroyed, a new certificate shall be issued only after the receipt by the Trustees of a bond of indemnity satisfactory to them, unless they shall waive the giving of a bond.

 

-10-


Section 6. Neither the Trustees, their agents, nor the shareholders shall be bound to take notice or be affected by notice of any trust, express, constructive or implied or any equity or change to which any shares or certificate may be subject, or to recognize any person as having any interest therein except the persons registered as shareholders. And the receipt of the registered Shareholder, or one of them if a certificate is issued to more than one, shall be sufficient discharge of all payment in respect of such certificate or shares.

Section 7. No assessment shall ever be made upon the shareholders.

Section 7. The shareholders may buy from, sell to, and generally deal with the Trustees in the same manner and to the same extent that a stranger might buy from, sell to, and deal with the Trustees.

ARTICLE VI

Distributions and Reserves

The Trustees may make payments to the shareholders according to the proportionate parts of the whole beneficial interest in the trust held by them as set out in their respective certificates, as they shall in the exercise of uncontrolled discretion from time to time deem advisable. The Trustees may set aside a surplus reserve or contingent funds and may use for improvement of or addition to the trust property or for reduction of mortgage or other indebtedness or for any other capital purposes, the income from the trust property

 

-11-


from time to time received by them to the extent they shall deem it advisable. The Trustees may also from time to time in the exercise of uncontrolled discretion, distribute to the shareholders all or any of the Trust assets then held by them even if such distributions have not been earned and may charge the whole or any part of such distributions against the principal or capital account or otherwise as they may deem advisable. Except as herein provided, the shareholders shall have no right to any payment of income, or other distribution.

ARTICLE VII

Amendments

The Trustees may, with the consent of the shareholders owning two-thirds (2/3rds) of the issued and outstanding shares in their Trust, but after written notice mailed postage prepaid to each shareholder at his registered address, alter or add to the Declaration of Trust, or convey, transfer, or deliver such parts of the trust property as shall not theretofore have been converted into money, to new or other Trustees or to a corporation. A record of such consent shall be signed and acknowledged by the Trustees and recorded in Plymouth County Registry of Deeds. No such alteration or addition shall affect the validity of anything previously done by the Trustees.

ARTICLE VIII

Duration of the Trusts

This Trust shall terminate when all the real estate held by the Trustees hereunder shall have been converted into personal property, but in no event later than twenty (20) years after the death of the survivor of the following named persons: Howard G. Davis, son of H. Halsey Davis; Peter Davis, Joan D. Wheeler, and Anne D. Peterson, children of Stanton W. Davis, or if the Trustees assent, at such earlier time as the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the shares at the time being issued and Outstanding

 

-12-


may appoint by an instrument in writing, signed and acknowledged by them in the manner required in the case of a deed of conveyance of real estate, and recorded with Plymouth: County Registry of Deeds , and upon termination of this Trust in either such manner the Trustees shall sell and convert into money the whole of the Trust property not theretofore so sold and converted, and shall apportion the net proceeds thereof and all other trust monies, after payment of all outstanding obligations among the shareholders ratably according to their respective interests as shown by the certificates held by them.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, and it is especially understood and stipulated that nothing in this clause contained shall be construed as making it obligatory upon the Trustees to assent to or to cause the termination of this Trust in accordance with any appointment by the shareholders as described above.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section 1. Copies of this Declaration of Trust, of amendments thereto, or of any document executed and recorded by any Trustee or Trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof, certified by a Notary Public to be true copies, may be relied on by any person as fully as the original documents or the record thereof; and any certificate signed by one whom such original documents or certified copies thereof indicate to be a Trustee hereunder, as to the administration of the Trust or as to acts and doings of the Trustees or shareholders, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated, including statements as to the appointment and status as Trustees of the person executing such certificates.

 

-13-


Section 2. All persons and corporations extending credit to, contracting with, or having any claim against the Trustees, shall look only to the funds and property of the Trust for payment under such contract or claim, or for the payment of any debt, damage, judgment or decree, or of any money that may otherwise become due or payable to them from the Trustees, so that neither the Trustees nor the shareholders, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. In every written order, contract, or obligation which the Trustees shall give or enter into, it shall be the duty of the Trustees to refer to this declaration of trust and to stipulate therein that neither the Trustees nor the shareholders shall be held to any personal liability under or by reason of such order, contract, or obligation, but failure to make such reference and stipulation shall not impose any liability upon the shareholders.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the three Trustees above named hereunto set their hands and seals, the day and year first above written.

/s/ H. Halsey Davis
H. Halsey Davis
/s/ Stanton W. Davis
Stanton W. Davis
/s/ Robert L. Eklund
Robert L. Eklund

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Plymouth, ss.                                                                                                                                                            August 31, 1970

Then personally appeared the above named Stanton W. Davis and Robert L. Eklund and acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be their free act and deed before me.

 

/s/ Geoffrey A. Sawyer
Notary Public
My commission expires: 4/1/17

 

-14-


THIS AMENDMENT dated December 12, 1974, under Article VII of the Trust, to the Declaration of Trust dated August 31, 1970 by Stanton W. Davis, Robert L. Eklund and H. Halsey Davis, TRUSTEES OF EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST, is made by STANTON W. DAVIS and ROBERT L. EKLUND, a majority of said Trustees and authorized to act under Article III, Section 13(c) of said Trust, and amends said Trust Instrument as follows:

Article III, Section  3 , of said Trust is hereby amended by adding at the end of the first sentence the words “and in any Registry of Deeds District in which this Trust is recorded.”

Article III, Section  4 , of said Trust is hereby amended by adding at the end of the first sentence (being the end of Section 4(c)) the words “and in any Registry of Deeds District in which this Trust is recorded.”

Article III, Section 13(a) , of said Trust, is hereby amended by adding at the end of the fourth line following the word.“Deeds”, the words “and in any Registry of Deeds District in which this Trust is recorded.”

Article VII is hereby amended by adding at the end of the second sentence thereof, following the word “Deeds”, the words “and in any Registry of Deeds District in which this Trust is recorded.”

Article VIII is hereby amended by adding at the end of the third line on page 13 of the Trust, following the word “Deeds”, the words “and in any Registry of Deeds District in which this Trust is recorded. ”

Article IX is hereby amended by adding another section, which shall be called Section 3, and shall read as follows:

 

-15-


Section 3 . This Declaration of Trust and all amendments thereto may be recorded in any Registry of Deeds District in which the real estate owned by this Trust, as amended lies. This Amendment may be simultaneously executed in severalo counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart. If this Declaration of Trust, together with any amendment thereto, is filed or recorded in any Registry of Deeds. District, anyone dealing with real estate located in said Registry District may rely conclusively upon the record in said Registry District.”

The Trustees having sent notice to all the shareholders of this Trust, and all the shareholders of this Trust having consented to the above amendments to the Trust at a meeting held on December 12, 1974, a majority of the Trustees hereby set their hands to several counterparts, the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Stanton W. Davis
Trustee
/s/ Robert L. Eklund
Trustee

EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Plymouth, ss.                                                                                                                                                            December 12, 1974

Then personally appeared Stanton W. Davis and Robert. L. Eklund, being a majority of the Trustees of East Shopping Center Realty Trust, and acknowledged the foregoing to be true, before me.

 

/s/ Irene A. Leonard
Notary Public

 

-16-


SECOND

AMENDMENT TO

EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST

DECLARATION OF TRUST

THIS AMENDMENT is made this 18 day of OCTOBER, 1985, pursuant to Article VII of the Declaration of Trust of East Shopping Center Realty Trust, dated August 31, 1970, and recorded with Bristol North District Registry of Deeds in Book 1672, Page 385, and further amends the Declaration of Trust as follows:

Article I of the Declaration of Trust, entitled “Name of Trust”, is hereby amended by deleting the words “EAST SHOPPING CENTER REALTY TRUST”, and inserting in place thereof the words “SHAW’S REALTY TRUST”.

The Trustees having sent notice to all the shareholders of the Trust, and more than two-thirds (2/3) of such shareholders having consented to this Amendment in accordance with the provisions of said Article VII, the Trustees have hereunto set their hands and seals in witness of this instrument on the date first written above.

 

/s/ Stanton W. Davis
Trustee Stanton W. Davis
/s/ Robert L. Eklund

Trustee

Robert L. Eklund

/s/ Howard G. Davis

Trustee

Howard G. Davis


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Plymouth County                                                                                                                                                        OCTOBER 18, 1985

The above named Stanton W. Davis and Robert L. Eklund, Trustees of East Shopping” Center Realty Trust, appeared before me on this date and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of each of them respectively.

 

/s/ Illegible
Notary Public
My commission expires: August-1-1988

STATE OF MAINE

Cumberland County                                                                                                                                                         Oct 18, 1985

The above-named Howard G. Davis, Trustee of East Shopping Realty Trust, appeared before me on this date and acknowledged the foregoing to be his free act and deed.

 

/s/ Illegible
Notary Public
My commission expires: October 2, 1988

 

-18-


THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST

THIS AMENDMENT is made this 10 th day of September, 1987, pursuant to Article VII of the Declaration of Trust of Shaw’s Realty Trust (the “Trust”), dated August 31, 1970, and recorded with Bristol North District Registry of Deeds in Book 1672, Page 385, and further amends the Declaration of Trust as follows:

Article III of the Declaration of Trust, entitled “The Trustees,” is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 1 thereof and inserting in place thereof the following: “There shall at all times be not less than six (6) Trustees hereunder, and, if and whenever the number of such Trustees shall for any reason become less than six, a vacancy in said office shall be deemed to exist.”

Article IV of the Declaration of Trust, entitled “Powers of the Trustees,” is hereby amended by adding a new Section 16 thereto which reads as follows; To appoint officers of this Trust consisting of a Chairman of the Trustees, a Vice Chairman of the Trustees, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer.”


The sole shareholder of the Trust having consented to this Amendment in accordance with the provisions of said Article VII, the Trustees have hereunto set their hands and seals in witness of this instrument on the date first written above.

 

/s/ Stephen M. Dubrul, Jr.,
Stephen M. Dubrul, Jr., Trustee
/s/ Robert L. Eklund
Robert L. Eklund, Trustee
/s/ David B. Jenkins
David B. Jenkins, Trustee

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

Plymouth County                                                                                                                                        September 10, 1987

The above-named Robert L. Eklund and David B. Jenkins, Trustees of Shaw’s Realty Trust, appeared before me on this date and acknowledged the foregoing to be the free act and deed of each of them respectively.

 

/s/ Irene A. Leonard
Notary Public

STATE OF NEW YORK

New York County                                                                                                                                                            September, 1987

The above-named Stephen M. Dubrul, Jr., Trustee of Shaw’s Realty Trust, appeared before me on this date and acknowledged the foregoing to be his free act and deed.

 

/s/ Nancy Costanzo
Notary Public

NANCY COSTANZO

Notary Public State of New York

No. 41-4818770

Qualified in Queens County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires March 30, 1988

 

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.196

 

LOGO

RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION General laws Chapter Section 74 1. The 2. The Purpose for which the corporation is formed are as follows: SEE CONTINUTION SHEET 2A


LOGO

3. The Total number of shares and the par value, It any, of each clan of nock which the corporation it authorized to at following: WITHOUT PAR VALUE WITH PAR VALUE CLASS OF STOCK NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OP SHARES PAR VALUE in 30,000,000 $1.00 per share if mart than a « description of any, the. voting qualifications, or right or privilege to and any If any, Imposed by the article of organization upon share; - stock of an. the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation, for limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of f any of stockholder


LOGO

CONTINUATION SHEET 2A To maintain markets for the purchase sale and delivery of meats, kinds To carry on a meat, provision grocery and general mercantile business, and particularly to purchase, sell and generally in groceries, game fish, poultry, provisions and general merchandise, and to carry on the above business and do the above things, both at wholesale and at retail, as owners, commission merchants, factors, agents, brokers, dealers and in every other capacity whatsoever; to lease, purchase acquire, hold, erect, equip, operate and maintain buildings, stores, cold storage and other warehouses and such other reel and personal property as of’ the Commonwealth of Massachusetts permit and’ as the Corporation may think necessary or for the purposes of its to purchase acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of good will, rights, property and assets of all kinds and generally to carry on any other business which may to the Corporation capable of” conveniently carried on in connection with any of the above purposes or calculated directly or indirectly to the value of or render profitable any of the Corporation’s business property, or rights so tar as the same shall be permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. To acquire by purchase and subscription or otherwise to hold tor investment or otherwise to use and to sell assign transfer, pledge, otherwise dispose of any stock, bonds, r>r other securities or evidences of indebtedness of any corporation whether o the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of any other state, territory, or country and while owner thereof to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership including the right to vote upon any so acquired; to aid in any manner . corporation whose stock bonds or other obligations are held or in any manner guaranteed by the and to do any other acts or. for the preservation protection, Improvement, or enhancement of the value of any such stock, bonds, or other obligations or to do any other acts or things designed for such purpose. To be a partner :n any partnership and to do any and all sets and to any and all powers which a partner or a partnership or - person could do as a3ant, contractor or otherwise in furtherance : these at sow: nay be by laws governing business. t: corporations.


LOGO

CONTINUATION SHEET 6A 1. The board of directors is authorised and from time to time in its discretion to make amend or repeal the by-laws in part or in whole* except with respect to any provision thereof which by law or the by-laws requires action by the stockholders. a board of directors shall have full pen authority to determine the terms and manner of including but hot limited to the consideration therefor and causa the issue- of all shares of capital stock of- the Cooperation now or from time to tine hereafter authorized. of stockholders may be held outside-.The -• Commonwealth of Hassachusetts at such location within. States as the board of directors may determine. The books the, Corootation may be kept (subject to any provision in-the statutes) at place or places within The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors unless so requested by any thereon. 4. Each director and each officer elected by the stockholders (inciting persona elected by. directors to fill, vacancies in the Board each former director or officer executors administrators and assigns of each of them shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all costs and expenses including fees and disbursements of counsel and the cost of settlements (other than amounts paid to the Corporation itself) reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with or arising out of any action suit or proceeding civil or criminal in which he say be involved by reason of his being or having been an officer or a director of the Corporation or by reason of his serving or having served at its request with respect to any employee benefit plan or by reason of any action alleged to have beer taken or omitted by him aa a director or an officer of the Corporation or by reason of his serving or having served at its request with to any employee benefit plan.


LOGO

person serving with respect to any employee benefit plan/ employee and agent and the heirs executors administrators and assigns of each then, may be indemnified by the Corporation to whatever ext authorised by the Board of Directors. shall be provided t; any person, or to his heirs executor administrator with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated in any action suit or proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that hie action was in the best- interests of the Corporation or to the extent that’such matter - relatee to service with respect to an employee benefit plan in the best interests of the participant or beneficiaried of such employee benefit plan. The Corporation may pay tha expenses i”.cyrred by a director officer employee or person serving with respec to an employee benefit plan in defending any action suit or proce-^ing in advance of the final disposition thereof upon receipt an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if he shall b . adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification as provided in this Article 6 which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make repayment. Without limi the citnarality of the foregoing no director the Corporation shalx oe liable to ar.y person on account of any action undertaken by him aa such director or officer Jr reliance in good faith upon information opinions reports or records including financial statements • books of account ana other financial records in each case presented by or prepared by or under the supervision of (1) one or more officers or employees of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented or (2) counsel public accountants or other persons as to matters which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, or (3) in the case of a director a duly constituted committee of the board of directors upon which he does not serve as to matters within its delegated authority which committee tha director reasonably believes to merit confidence. The foregoing


LOGO

any employ benefit plan or director •officer trustee, employee or other agent of another corporation of which the Corporation was a stockholder or creditor against any liability inc. . id by him in any such capacity or arising out n* as such whether or not the corporation would have to him against such liability. S. The directors shall have the power to time shall be disqualified from holding any office by reason of any interest. In the absence of fraud any director officer or stockholder of the Corporation individually* or any-individual having any interest in any’ concern which is a stockholder of the Corporation or-any concern in which any of such directors officers individuals any interest may se a party to or My be or otherwise interested in any contract Action or and (1) transaction or «~t shall not be in any way invalidated or otherwise affected »y that fact) (2) no such director officer stockholder or individual shall be liable to account to the Corporation for any profit or benefit realised contract transaction or act; and (3) any such of this Corporation may be counted in determining the existence of quorum at any-meeting of the directors or of any committee thereof which shall authorize any such contract, transaction or act - and may vote to authorise the provided that any contract transaction or act in which any director or officer of the Corporation is so interested Individually or as a director officer trustee or member of any concern which is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation or in which any directors or officers are so interested as holders collectively, of a majority of shades of capital stock or other beneficial interest at the time outstanding any concern which is not a subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation shall be duly authorized or ratified by a majority of the who are not so interested, to whom the nature of each interest has been disclosed and who have made any findings required by law: the term including interest and interest trustee,


LOGO

the term concern Mailing any corporation association trust parson or other entity than the Corporation and phrase subsidiary or affiliate” meaning-a concern In which- of directors trustees partner? controlling parsons is or appointed by the directors Of the-Corporation or la constituted of the director or of the Corporation. To the next permitted by law ; the or ratifying-vote of the of a majority, of each.th capital’ stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote for director at any annual meeting or a special meeting duly called for ‘the purpose (whether such vote is or after: judgment rendered in a suit h respect o such ,contrary, transaction shall a .y contract transaction or act Corporation, or of the board of committee thereof with regard to all stockholders-of whether or not of record at the tic? Of vote and with regard to all creditors and other claimant under the provided however that with -aspect So the or ratification of contracts transactions or acts in which any .of ..-n directors, officers or stockholders he Corporation have an the nature of such contracts transactions or acts and the interest of any director 1 Officer or special ^meeting statement or letter accompanying and shall be fully disclosed at any meeting} I B. the stockholders so voting shall have made any. findings required by law; c. stockholders so interested may vote at any such meeting except to the extent otherwise provided by and any failure of the stockholders authorize or ratify such contract, transaction or act shall not be deemed in any way to invalidate the same or to deprive the Corporation, its director , officers or of its or their right to proceed w.vth such contract transaction or act. Mo contract, transaction or act shall be voided by reason of any provision of this paragraph 5 which would be valid but for such provision or provisions.


LOGO

- 5- 6. and . net in limitation* of the in Article 2 hereof, the Corporation shall provided that no such power shall be exercised J in a inconsistent with the Business Corporation Law or provision be otherwise provided herein the right alter, Any articles of prescribed by herein are grafted to this reservation* 8. No stockholder shall have any right to any property oi* any books, Accounts or other writings of the Corporation if there is reasonable ground for belief that such examination will for any reason be adverse La the interests of the Corporation and a vote of the directors refusing permission to make such and setting forth that in the opinion of the directors such examination would be adverse to the interests of Corporation shall be prima facie evidence n would be adverse to the of the Corporation. ^very such examination shall be subject to such reasonable regulations as the directors may establish in regard thereto. 9. The directors may specify the manner in which the accounts of the Corporation shall be kept and may determine what constitutes net earnings, profits and what amounts, if ‘ any shall be reserved for any corporate purpose, and what amounts if any, shall be declared as dividends. Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the excess of the consideration any share of its capital stock with par value issued by it over such per value shall be paid-in surplus. The board of may allocate to capital stock less than the for any share of its capital stock without par value issued by it, in which case the balance of consideration shall be paid-in surplus. All surplus shall be available for any corporate purpose, including the payment of dividends.10. The purchase other acquisition or retention by the Corporation of own capital stock shall not be deemed a reduction of its capital stock. Upon any reduction of capital or capital stockholder shall any right to any distribution from the Corporation except at* and to the that the stockholders shall have provided at the


LOGO

11. The Corporation nay . carry on .Business operation or; through a wholly or partly and be a pirln#1 4n any to 12. Director consist and. of hold 3£flcal#: abating of


LOGO

Section 3 (authorises Board of Directors to stock Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Section 10 Section 11 (additional power of the Corporation) (manner of keeping accounts and payment of dividends (reduction of stock) (conducting business through


LOGO

39312 THE COMMONWELTH OF TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION COPY OF RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION TO BE SENT


LOGO

THE COMMONWELTH OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION ONE ASHBURTON PLACE. BOSTON, MASS. 02108 OF AMENDMENT General laws, Chapter 1568, Section 72 This certificate submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vole of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws. Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts We, David B. Jenkins , President end .tad at do hereby certify that the following amendment to the articles of organization of the corporation was adopted at a meeting held on June by vote of shares of out of shares outstanding, shares of out of shares outstanding, and at Stock)shares of out of shares outstanding, of Stock)at least a our two-thirds of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon end of each class or series of stock whose rights are adversely affected thereby


LOGO

TO CHANGE the number shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock within the corporation fill in the following: The total presently authorized is: NO PAR VALUE T WITH PAR VALUE PAR NUMBER OF SHARES II NUMBER OF SHARES VALUE COMMON PREFERRED CHANGE the total to: NO PAR VALUE I WITH PAR VALUE PAA KIND OF STOCK NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OF SHARES VALUE COMMON PREFERRED


LOGO

Article 6 is hereby amended to add a new paragraph 13. to provide as following: 13 No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except, in addition to any and all other requirements for such liability, (i) for airy breach of such director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional or a knowing violation of law, (iii) to the extent provided under Section Sixty One or Sixty Two of Chapter 156B of the General Laws, or (iv) fur any transaction for which such director derived an improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this paragraph nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles of Organization inconsistent with this paragraph shal3 reduce or eliminate the effect this paragraph in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this paragraph, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. The tangoing amendment will become effective when these articles amendment are filed in Chapter 1568. Section 6 of The General Laws unless these specify, in accordance with the vole adopting (he amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, which the amendment will become on such later date. WITNESS WHEREOF ANO UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 3rd day of June , in the year 19 87

Exhibit 3.197

As in effect

August 1, 1987

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

of

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

ARTICLE I

Articles of Organization

The name and purposes of the Corporation shall be as set forth in the Articles of Organization and these By-Laws, the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders, and all matters concerning the conduct and regulation of the business of the Corporation shall be subject to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in Articles of Organization; and the Articles of Organization as from time to time amended are hereby made a part of these By-Laws. All references in these By-Laws to the Articles of Organization shall be construed to mean the Articles of Organization of the Corporation as from time to time amended.

ARTICLE II

Annual Meeting of Stockholders

The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the second Thursday in May in each year, at 10 o’clock in the forenoon (or at such other hour as may be fixed by the Board of Directors), and set forth in the notice thereof, unless that day be a legal holiday at the site of the meeting, in which case the meeting shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day at the site of the meeting. Purposes for which an annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization and by these By-Laws, may be specified by the Board of Directors or by one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote and who hold at least one tenth part in interest of the capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

If such annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefor, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place thereof, and any business transacted or elections held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting and, in such case, all references in these By-Laws, except in this Article II and in Article IV, to the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be deemed to refer to such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called, and the purposes thereof shall be specified in the call, as provided in Article III.


ARTICLE III

Special Meetings of Stockholders

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors. A special meeting of the stockholders shall be called by the Clerk or, in the case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Clerk, by any other officer, upon written application of one or more stockholders who hold at least one tenth part in interest of the capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting. Such call shall state the time, place and purposes of the meeting.

ARTICLE IV

Place of Stockholders’ Meetings

The annual meeting of the stockholders and any special meeting of the stockholders, by whomever called, shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in Massachusetts, or at such other place in Massachusetts or within the continental limits of the United States of America as may be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice thereof. Any adjourned session of any annual or special meeting of the stockholders shall be held in the United States at such place as is designated in the vote of adjournment.

ARTICLE V

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

A written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders, stating the place, the date and hour thereof, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held shall be given at least seven days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, and to each stockholder who, under the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, is entitled to such notice, by leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at his address as it appears in the records of the Corporation. Such notice shall be given by the Clerk or by the person or persons calling the meeting, or by the Board of Directors. No notice of the time, place or purposes of any annual or special meeting of the stockholders shall be required to be given to a stockholder if a written waiver of such notice is executed before or after the meeting by such stockholder, or his attorney thereunto authorized, and filed with the records of the meeting.

 

–2–


ARTICLE VI

Quorum of Stockholders

At any meeting of the stockholders, a quorum for the election of any director or officer, or for the consideration of any question, shall consist of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at such election or upon such question, respectively; except taht if two or more classes of stock are entitled to vote as separate classes upon any question, then, in the case of each such class, a quorum for the consideration of such question shall consist of a majority in interest of all stock of that class issued, outstanding and entitled to vote; and except in any case where a larger quorum is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws. Stock owned by the Corporation, if any, shall not be deemed outstanding for this purpose. In any case, any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

When a quorum is present at any meeting, a plurality of the votes properly cast for any office shall elect to such office, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws, and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any other question (or if two or more classes of stock are entitled to vote as separate classes upon such question, then, in the case of each such class, a majority of the votes of such class properly cast upon the question), except in any case where a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws, shall decide the matter.

ARTICLE VII

Proxies and voting

Except as may be provided in the Articles of Organization with respect to two or more classes or series of stock, stockholders entitled to vote shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them, and a proportionate vote for each fractional share. No ballot shall be required for such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. The Corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, vote upon any share of its own stock.

Stockholders entitled to vote may vote either in person or by proxy in writing dated not more than six months before the meeting named therein, which proxies shall be filed with the

 

–3–


Clerk of the meeting, or any adjournment thereof before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment of such meeting.

Any action to be taken by stockholders may be taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter assent to the action by a writing or writings, filed with the record of the meetings of stockholders. Such assent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

** ARTICLE VIII

Board of Directors

A board of not less than three, nor more than twelve, directors shall be elected annually (by ballot if so requested by any stockholder entitled to vote) at the annual meeting of the stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote at such election. The number of directors for each corporate year shall initially be fixed by a vote at the meeting at which they are elected.

The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes, Class A, Class B and Class C, each class shall consist of one-third of the number of Directors and the members of each such class shall be elected to hold office (except for the initial Class A and Class B directors) until the annual meeting of the stockholders occurring in the third calendar year following the calendar year in which they are elected.

At any time during any year, the number of the Board of Directors may be increased within the aforesaid limits by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office. At any time during any year, the whole number of directors may be increased within the aforesaid limits by the stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose and, in the case of a reduction, the particular directorships which shall terminate shall be determined by the stockholders, in each case by vote of a majority of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of directors or, in the case of a reduction which involves the termination of the directorship of an incumbent director, by such larger vote, if any, as would be required to remove such incumbent from office.

Each newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled in the manner provided in Article XX. Each director to be chosen shall be of the same Class as his predecessor or of such Class as may be designated by his electors and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and shall qualify, or until he sooner dies, resigns or is removed.

 

** Article VIII changed at Special Meeting in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholder held March 13, 1991.

 

–4–


No director need be a stockholder except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Organization, or these By-Laws. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns or is removed.

ARTICLE IX

Powers of Directors

The business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by, and be under the control of, the Board of Directors which shall have and may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except such as are conferred upon the stockholders or other officers by law, by the Articles of Organization, or by these By-Laws.

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law or by vote of the stockholders, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to issue, from time to time, all or any portion or portions of the capital stock of the Corporation of any class, which may have been authorized but not issued or otherwise reserved for issue, to such person or persons and for such consideration (but not less than the par value thereof in case of stock having par value), whether cash, good will, tangible or intangible property, services or expenses, as they may deem best, without first offering (for subscription or sale) such authorized but unissued stock to any present or future stockholders of the Corporation, and generally in their absolute discretion to determine the terms and manner of any disposition of such authorized but unissued stock.

ARTICLE X

Committees of Directors

The Board of Directors may at any time elect from its own number an executive committee and/or one or more other committees, to consist of not less than two members, and may from time to time designate or alter, within the limits permitted by this Article X, the duties and powers of such committees or change their membership, and may, at any time, abolish such committees or any of them. The President shall be an ex officio member of the executive committee, if any. No such committee shall have any power prohibited by law, or the Articles of Organization.

 

–5–


Any committee shall be vested with such powers of the Board of Directors as the Board may determine in the vote establishing such committee or in a subsequent vote of a majority of directors then in office, provided, however , that no such committee shall have any power prohibited by law, or the Articles of Organization, or the power

 

  (a) To change the principal office of the Corporation;

 

  (b) To amend these By-Laws;

 

  (c) To issue stock;

 

  (d) To establish and designate series of stock, and fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of any series of stock;

 

  (e) To elect officers required by law or these By-Laws to be elected by the stockholders or directors and to fill vacancies in any such offices;

 

  (f) To change the number of the Board of Directors and to fill the vacancies in the Board of Directors;

 

  (g) To remove officers or directors from office;

 

  (h) To authorize the payment of any dividend or distribution to shareholders;

 

  (i) To authorize the reacquisition for value of stock of the Corporation; or

 

  (j) To authorize a merger;

and provided further , that the fact that a particular power appears in the foregoing enumeration of powers denied to committees of the Board of Directors shall not be construed to override by implication any other provision of the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, limiting or denying to the Board of Directors the right to exercise such power.

Each member of a committee shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders (or until such other time as the Board of Directors may determine either in the vote establishing the committee or at the election of such member) and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed, is replaced by a change of membership, or becomes disqualified by ceasing to be a director, or until the committee is sooner abolished by the Board of Directors.

 

–6–


A majority of the members of any committee then in office, but not less than two, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quroum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Each committee may make rules not inconsistent herewith for the holding and conduct of its meetings, but unless otherwise provided in such rules its meetings shall be held and conducted in the same manner as nearly as may be, as is provided in these By-Laws for meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have power to rescind any vote or resolution of any committee provided that no rights of third parties shall be impaired by such rescission.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of the Board of Directors;

Action without a Meeting

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and provided that due notice of such determination and of any changes therein is given to each member of the Board of Directors then in office. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and agents may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders and, if held upon due notice, for such other and further purposes as may be specified in such notice.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and at any place when called by three or more directors, provided that at least one director from each class of the Board of Directors participates in such call, due notice thereof being given to each director by the Secretary or, if there be no Secretary, by the Clerk, or, in the case of death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Secretary (or the Clerk, as the case may be), by the directors calling the meeting.

As used in this Article, the term “due notice” means notice by telephone, telegram, telex or telecopier at least 24 hours before the meeting in the case of a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment and at least 5 days before the meeting in the case of a meeting by person.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto, or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him.

 

–7–


ARTICLE XII

Quorum of Directors

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a quorum for any election, or for the consideration of any question, shall consist of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

At any action to be taken by the Board of Directors, the vote of a majority of a quorum shall be required, provided that such affirmative vote shall include at least one director from each class of the Board of Directors, except in any case where a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization, or these By-Laws.

The members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written assent thereto is signed by all the directors and such written assent is filed with the minutes of the directors. Such assent shall be treated as a vote for all purposes.

Requirements of all or any portion of this Article may be waived by the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors at any time or from time to time with respect to any meeting of the Board of Directors or any action or actions of the Board of Directors proposed or taken at a meeting thereof.

ARTICLE XIII

Officers and Agents

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President, a Treasurer, a Clerk, and such other officers, which may include a Secretary, a Controller, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Clerks or Assistant Controllers, as the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, elect or appoint. The Corporation shall also have such agents, if any, as the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, appoint. The President need not be a director. The Clerk shall be a resident of Massachusetts unless the Corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. So far as is permitted by law, any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

–8–


Subject to law, to the Articles of Organization, and to the other provisions of these By-Laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

The Chairman, Vice President, President, Treasurer and the Clerk shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders, by vote of the Board of Directors. Such-other offices of the Corporation as may be created in accordance with these By-Laws may be filled at such meeting by the Board of Directors.

Each officer shall (subject to Article XIX of these By-Laws) hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his sucessor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified. Each agent shall retain his authority at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Any officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation may be required, as and if determined by the Board of Directors, to give bond for the faithful performance of his duties.

ARTICLE XIII-A

Chairman and Vice Chairman

The Chairman shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have executive charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation unless otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization, the By-Laws, or by specific vote of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and of the Board of Directors except as otherwise voted by the Board of Directors.

In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman shall have the powers and duties of the Chairman.

ARTICLE XIV

President and Vice Presidents

The President shall be the chief administrative officer of the Corporation and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

–9–


Any Vice President shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and, in any case, shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President, or if there be more than one, the Vice Presidents in order of their seniority or as otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, shall have the powers and duties of the President.

ARTICLE XV

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer

The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and the disbursements thereof, subject to the Board of Directors, and shall have such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office of a corporate treasurer and such other duties and powers as’ may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. If no Controller is elected, the Treasurer shall also have the duties and powers of the Controller as provided in these By-Laws. The Treasurer shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such duties and powers as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Assistant Treasurer shall, in the absence of the Treasurer, perform the duties of and have the powers of the Treasurer.

ARTICLE XVI

Controller

If a Controller is elected, he shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall be in charge of its books of account and accounting records and of its accounting procedures, and shall have such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office of a corporate controller and such other duties and powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Controller shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors.

Any Assistant Controller shall have duties and powers as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors.

 

–10–


ARTICLE XVII

Clerk; Assistant Clerk

The Clerk shall record all proceedings of the stockholders in books to be kept therefor, and shall have custody of the Corporation’s records, documents and valuable papers. In the absence of the Clerk from any such meeting, the Secretary, if any, may act as temporary Clerk and shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid books, or a temporary Clerk may be chosen by vote of the meeting.

The Clerk shall also keep, or cause to be kept, the stock transfer records of the Corporation, which shall contain a complete list of the names and addresses of all stockholders and the amount of stock held by each.

The Clerk or, in his absence, the Secretary or the Assistant Clerk, if any, shall have custody of the corporate seal and be responsible for affixing it to documents as required unless the Board of Directors shall designate otherwise.

The Clerk shall have such other duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office of the corporate clerk, and such other duties and powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

If no Secretary is elected, the Clerk shall also record all proceedings of the Board of Directors and of any meetings of any committees of the Board, and, in his absence from any such meeting, a temporary Clerk shall be chosen who shall record the proceedings thereof.

Any Assistant Clerk shall have such duties and powers as shall from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XVIII

Secretary

If a Secretary is elected, he shall keep a true record of the proceedings of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of any meetings of any committees of the Board, and, in his absence, from any such meeting, a temporary Secretary shall be chosen who shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office of a corporate secretary, and such other duties and powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

–11–


ARTICLE XIX

Resignations and Removals

Any director or officer may resign at any time by delivering his resignation in writing to the President, the Clerk or the Secretary, or to a meeting of the Board of Directors. The stockholders may, by vote of a majority in interest of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of directors, remove any director or directors from office with or without cause provided that the directors of a class elected by a particular class of stockholders may be removed only by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class. The Board of Directors may remove any director from office with cause, or remove any officer from office with or without cause. The Board of Directors may, at any time, terminate or modify the authority of any agent. No director or officer resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation for a definite future period shall be expressly provided in a written agreement with the Corporation, duly approved by the Board of Directors) no director or officer removed shall have any right to any compensation as such director or officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month, or by the year, or otherwise. Any director or officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing to remove him.

ARTICLE XX

Vacancies

Any vacancy in the Board of Directors however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from the enlargement of the Board and any vacancy in any other office, may be filled by the stockholders or, in the absence of stockholder action, by the Board of Directors.

If the office of any member of any committee becomes vacant, the Board of Directors may elect a successor or successors.

Each successor as a director or officer shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be elected or appointed and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

The Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all its powers, notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in its number as fixed by either the stockholders or the Board of Directors.

 

–12–


Each successor as a director or officer shall hold office for the unexpired term and until his successor shall be elected or appointed and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

The Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all its powers, notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in its number as fixed by either the stockholders or the directors provided there be at least two directors in office.

ARTICLE XXI

Capital Stock

The authorized amount of the capital stock and the par value, if any, of the shares shall be as fixed in the Articles of Organization. At all times when there are two or more classes of stock, the several classes of stock shall conform to the description and terms, and have the respective preferences, voting powers, restrictions and qualifications, set forth in the Articles of Organization.

ARTICLE XXII

Certificate of Stock

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by him, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice President or by either the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and may, but need not be, sealed with the corporate seal; but when any such certificate is signed by a transfer agent or by a registrar other than a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation, the signature of the President and of the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation, or either or both such signatures and such seal upon such certificate, may be facsimile. If any officer who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed on, any such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of issue.

Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Articles of Organization, the By-Laws, or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate, and shall also set forth, on the face or back, either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction and a statement that the Corporation

 

–13–


will furnish a copy thereof to holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge. Every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall set forth on its face or back either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series authorized to be issued, or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights, and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

ARTICLE XXIII

Transfer of Shares of Stock

Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by surrender to the Corporation, or its transfer agent, of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with all requisite stock transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity and effectiveness of the signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent shall reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Articles of Organization, or these By-Laws, the Corporation shall have the right to treat the person registered on the stock transfer books as the owner of any shares of the Corporation’s stock as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes, including the payment of dividends, liability for assessments, the right to vote with respect thereto and otherwise, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any attempted transfer, pledge or other disposition thereof, or any equitable or other claim with respect thereto, whether or not it shall have actual or other notice thereof, until such shares shall have been transferred on the Corporation’s books in accordance with these By-Laws. It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address.

ARTICLE XXIV

Transfer Agents and Registrars; Further Regulations

The Board of Directors may appoint one or more banks, trust companies or corporations doing a corporate trust business, in good standing under the laws of the United States or any state therein, to act as the Corporation’s transfer agent and/or registrar for shares of the capital stock, and the Board may make such other and further regulations, not inconsistent with applicable law, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of capital stock and stock certificates of the Corporation.

 

–14–


ARTICLE XXV

Loss of Certificates

In the case of the alleged loss, destruction, or wrongful taking of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof upon receipt by the Corporation of such evidence of loss and such indemnity bond, with or without surety, as shall be satisfactory to the President and the Treasurer, or otherwise upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe consistent with law.

ARTICLE XXVI

Record Date

The directors may fix in advance a time, which shall not be more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to the stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, or the right to give such consent or dissent, and in such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer or stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date; or, without fixing such record date, the directors may, for any of such purposes, close the transfer books for all or any part of such period.

ARTICLE XXVII

Seal

The seal of the Corporation shall, subject to alteration by the Board of Directors, consist of a flat-faced circular die with the word “Massachusetts,” together with the name of the Corporation and the year of incorporation, cut or engraved thereon. An impression of the seal impressed upon the original copy of these By-Laws shall be deemed conclusively to be the seal adopted by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XXVIII

Execution of Papers

Except as the Board of Directors may generally or in particular cases otherwise authorize or direct, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, proposals, bonds, notes, checks,

 

–15–


drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed or endorsed on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors shall designate.

* ARTICLE XXIX

Fiscal Year

Except as from time to time provided by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end December 31 of each year.

ARTICLE XXX

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Each director and each officer elected by the stockholders (including persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors or in any such offices), and each former director or officer, and the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of each of them, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel and the cost of settlements (other than amounts paid to the Corporation itself) reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding, civil or criminal, in which he may be involved by reason of his being or having been an officer or a director of the Corporation, or by reason of his serving or having served at its request with respect to any employee benefit plan, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by him as a director or an officer of the Corporation, or by reason of his serving or having served at its request with respect to any employee benefit plan.

Officers elected by the directors but who are not directors, or persons serving at its request with respect to any employee benefit plan, and employees and other agents of the Corporation (including persons who serve at its request as directors or officers of another organization) and each such former officer, person serving with respect to any employee benefit plan, employee and agent, and the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of each of them, may be indemnified by the Corporation to whatever extent authorized by the Board of Directors.

No indemnification shall be provided to any person, or to his heirs, executor, administrator or assigns, with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated in any action, suit or proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the Corporation or, to the extent that such matter relates to service with respect to an employee benefit plan, in the best interests of the participants or beneficiaries of such employee benefit plan.

 

* Article XXIX changed at Board Meeting of December 3, 1987.

 

–16–


The Corporation may pay the expenses incurred by a Director, officer, employee or person serving with respect to an employee benefit plan in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition thereof, upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification as provided in this Article XXX, which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make repayment.

The foregoing indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights or indemnification for which any such director, officer, employee or agent may be entitled.

ARTICLE XXXI

Contracts and Dealings with Certain

Other Corporations or Firms

No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any other person, firm or corporation shall, in the absence of fraud, in any way be affected or invalidated, nor shall any director be subject to surcharge with respect to any such contract or transaction by the fact that such director, or any firm of which a director is a member, or any corporation of which any director is a shareholder, officer or director, is a party to, or may be pecuniarily or otherwise interested in, such contract or transaction provided that the fact that he individually, or such firm or corporation, is so interested shall be disclosed to the Board of Directors at their meeting at which, or prior to the directors executing their written consents by which, action to authorize, ratify or approve such contract or transaction shall be taken. Any director of the Corporation may vote upon or give his written consent to any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and any subsidiary or affiliated corporation without regard to the fact that he is also a director or officer of such subsidiary or affiliated corporation.

ARTICLE XXXII

Voting Stock in Other Corporations

The Board of Directors, by resolution from time to time, may confer powers upon the President or, in case of his absence or failure to act, the Treasurer so that such officers shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meetings of stockholders

 

–17–


of any corporation in which this Corporation may hold stock, and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have possessed and exercised if present. The Board of Directors, by resolution from time to time may confer like powers upon any other person or persons as attorneys and proxies of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XXXIII

Corporate Records

The original or attested copies of the Articles of Organization, By-Laws, and records of all meetings of the incorporators and stockholders, and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders and the record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept in Massachusetts at the principal office of the Corporation or at an office of its transfer agent or of the Clerk. Said copies and records need not all be kept in the same office. They shall be available at all reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose, but not to secure a list of the stockholders for the purpose of selling said list, or copies thereof, or of using the same for a purpose other than in the interest of the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XXXIV

Amendments

These By-Laws may at any time be amended by vote of the stockholders, provided that notice of the substance of the proposed amendment is stated in the notice of the meeting, or may be amended by the Board of Directors, except that no amendment may be made by the directors which changes the date of the annual meeting of stockholders or which alters the provisions of those By-Laws with respect to the election or removal of directors or the election of committees by directors and delegation of powers thereto, or amendment of these By-Laws. No change in the date of the annual meeting may be made within sixty days before the date fixed by these By-Laws. Not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the directors of any By-Law, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.

 

–18–


Minutes of a Special Meeting in lieu of and for the purposes of the Annual Meeting of the Stockholder of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc. held at the offices of the Company, 140 laurel Street, East Bridgewater, Massachusetts, on Wednesday, March 13, 1991, at 8:30 a.m.

The Chairman of the Board, David B.Jenkins, called the meeting to order.

The Clerk, Robert L. Eklund, then read the call for the meeting and the affidavit of the Clerk showing that a copy thereof had been mailed on February 27, 1991 to the stockholder of record, in accordance with the bylaws. Said affidavit and notice were as follows:

 

East Bridgewater, Massachusetts
March 13, 1991

I, Robert L. Eklund, Clerk of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc., hereby certify that the following is a true copy of a notice which I caused to be mailed to the common stockholder of record in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation on February 27, 1991.

 

Robert L. Eklund

Clerk

To the Stockholder:

A Special Meeting in lieu of the Annual Meeting of the Stockholder of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc. (the “Corporation”), will be held at the offices of the Company, 140 Laurel Street, East Bridgewater, Massachusetts, at 8:30 a.m. on Wednesday, March 13, 1991, for the following purposes:

1. To elect five Directors to hold office for a term of three years or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

2. To change Article VIII, paragraph 1 of the bylaws to read, “A board of not less than three, nor more than fifteen, directors shall be elected annually.…”

3. To set the limit of the Board of Directors for the ensuing year at thirteen.


4. To ratify and approve the selection by the Board of Directors of Arthur Andersen & Co. as independent public accountants for the fiscal year ending February 29, 1992.

5. To consider and act upon other matters as may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

 

By Order of the Board of Directors
Robert L. Eklund
Clerk

 

The following common stockholder was present:

 

     Number of Shares

By proxy to David J. Sainsbury,

David A. Quarmby, Robin P.

Whitbread and Joseph H.G. Barnes

   100
  

 

Total present in person or by proxy    100

J. Sainsbury USA being the only stockholder entitled to vote, and there being 100 shares present in person or by proxy out of a total of 100 shares of common stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote, the Chairman declared a quorum was present and the meeting properly held. On motion duly made and seconded, it was unanimously

 

VOTED:

   To proceed by ballot to the election of five Directors for a period of three years expiring in 1994.
   The following slate was nominated to the Class of 1994:
  

David A. Quarmby

  

Scott W. Ramsay

  

John D. Kelleher

  

Ross McLaren

  

Michael W. Broomfield

   All ballots cast, representing 100 shares of common stock, were for the slate as nominated who were thereupon declared duly elected Directors of the Corporation for the terms to which they were elected.


After discussion and upon motion duly made and seconded, it was

VOTED:

   To amend the Company’s bylaws as follows:

RESOLVED:

   To change Article VIII, paragraph 1 of the bylaws to read, “A board of not less than three, nor more than fifteen, directors shall be elected annually...”
On motion duly made and seconded, it was

VOTED:

   To set the limit of the Board of Directors at thirteen for the ensuing year.
On motion duly made and seconded, it was unanimously

VOTED:

  

To appoint Arthur Andersen & Co. as independent accountants for Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc. for the fiscal year ending February 29, 1992.

There being no further business to come before the meeting, on motion duly made and seconded, it was

VOTED:

  

To adjourn.

  

ADJOURNED.

 

A true copy,
ATTEST  

Robert L. Eklund

  Secretary


UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc.

The undersigned, being all of the directors of Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Corporation”), do hereby waive all requirements of meeting and notice thereof and consent to the adoption of the following resolutions, which shall be of the same force and effect as if duly adopted at a Special Meeting of the Board of Directors of said Corporation called pursuant to due notice for the purpose of adopting said resolution and do hereby adopt and approve the following resolutions, effective as of August 4, 2009, and take the following corporate action:

RESOLVED , Article VIII, paragraph 1 of the AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS of SHAW”S SUPERMARKETS, INC., (the “By-laws”) as in effect August 1, 1987, the first sentence shall be amended to read as follows:

“A board of not less than three, nor more than fifteen, directors shall be elected annually (by ballot if so requested by any stockholder entitled to vote) at the annual meeting of the stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote at such election.”

RESOLVED , Article XXVIII of the By-laws, as in effect August 1, 1987, shall be amended in its entirety as follows:

“Article XXVIII. Authority to Execute Papers . The Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, President, Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents and Group Vice Presidents are hereby authorized to execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of this corporation, all contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, bonds, options, leases, lease and other guarantees of the obligations of others, including subsidiary corporations and customers, stock transfer documents, and such other instruments as may be necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the corporation; and said officers are further authorized to sign and affix, or cause to be signed and affixed, the seal of the corporation on any instrument requiring the same, which seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer.”

THE REST OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the directors of the Corporation, have executed this Unanimous Consent has been executed as of the first date written above.

 

/s/ Thomas P. Vesey

Thomas P. Vesey

/s/ Larry D. Wahlstrom

Larry D. Wahlstrom

Exhibit 3.198

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

FIRST:          The name of the limited liability company is Shortco Owner LLC.

SECOND:     The address of the registered office of the limited liability company in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 24 th of May, 2006.

 

By:

 

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name: Paul G. Rowan
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.199

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

This Limited Liability Company Agreement (together with the schedules attached hereto, this “ Agreement” ) of Shortco Owner LLC (the “Company”) is entered into by Lucky Mezzanine LLC, as the sole equity member (the “ Member” ), and Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva, as the Special Members (as defined on Schedule A hereto). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth on Schedule A hereto.

The Member, by execution of this Agreement, hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. 18-101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and this Agreement, and the Member, Kenneth J. Uva and Victor A. Duva hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Name.

The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Shortco Owner LLC.

Section 2. Principal Business Office.

The principal business office of the Company shall be located at 250 East Park Center Blvd, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726 or such other location as may hereafter be determined by the Member.

Section 3. Registered Office.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801-1120.

Section 4. Registered Agent.

The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

Section 5. Members.

(a) The mailing address of the Member is set forth on Schedule B attached hereto. The Member was admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement.


(b) Subject to Section 9(j), the Member may act by written consent.

(c) Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall, without any action of any Person and simultaneously with the Member ceasing to be a member of the Company, automatically be admitted to the Company as a Special Member and shall continue the Company without dissolution. No Special Member may resign from the Company or transfer its rights as Special Member unless (i) a successor Special Member has been admitted to the Company as Special Member by executing a counterpart to this Agreement, and (ii) such successor has also accepted its appointment as Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 ; provided, however, the Special Members shall automatically cease to be members of the Company upon the admission to the Company of a substitute Member. Each Special Member shall be a member of the Company that has no interest in the profits, losses and capital of the Company and has no right to receive any distributions of Company assets. Pursuant to Section 18-301 of the Act, a Special Member shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company and shall not receive a limited liability company interest in the Company. A Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, may not bind the Company. Except as required by any mandatory provision of the Act, each Special Member, in its capacity as Special Member, shall have no right to vote on, approve or otherwise consent to any action by, or matter relating to, the Company, including, without limitation, the merger, consolidation or conversion of the Company. In order to implement the admission to the Company of each Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement. Prior to its admission to the Company as Special Member, each person acting as an Independent Director pursuant to Section  10 shall not be a member of the Company.

(d) The Member intends that the Company will be a disregarded entity for federal tax purposes.

Section 6. Certificates.

Each of Paul Rowan and William Arnold are hereby designated as “authorized persons” within the meaning of the Act, and has executed, delivered and filed the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, their powers as “authorized persons” shall cease, and the Member thereupon became the designated “authorized person” and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Act. The Member or an Officer shall execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business any other jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate of Formation as provided in the Act.

 

-2-


Section 7. Purposes. The purpose to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in the following activities:

 

  (i) to acquire, own, hold, manage, lease, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, certain real estate which the Company has acquired or will acquire, and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (ii) to acquire, own, hold, sell, transfer, service, convey, safekeep, dispose of, pledge, assign, borrow money against, finance, refinance or otherwise deal with, publicly or privately issued securities and whether with unrelated third parties or with affiliated entities;

 

  (iii) to own equity interests in other limited liability companies or partnerships whose purposes are restricted to those set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) to engage in any lawful act or activity and to exercise any powers permitted to limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware that are related or incidental to and necessary, convenient or advisable for the accomplishment of the above-mentioned purposes (including the entering into of interest rate or basis swap, cap, floor or collar agreements, currency exchange agreements or similar hedging transactions and referral, management, servicing and administration agreements).

(b) The Company, and the Member, or any Officer on behalf of the Company, may enter into and perform the Basic Documents and all documents, agreements, certificates, or financing statements contemplated thereby or related thereto, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member, Director, Officer or other Person notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Act or applicable law, rule or regulation. The foregoing authorization shall not be deemed a restriction on the powers of the Member or any Director or Officer to enter into other agreements on behalf of the Company.

Section 8. Powers.

Subject to Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(j), the Company, and the Member, the Board of Directors and the Officers of the Company on behalf of the Company, (i) shall have and exercise all powers necessary, convenient or incidental to accomplish its purposes as set forth in Section  7 and (ii) shall have and exercise all of the powers and rights conferred upon limited liability companies formed pursuant to the Act.

Section 9. Management.

(a) Member Managed; Board of Directors . Subject to Section 9(j), the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of one or more

 

-3-


Directors designated by the Member. Subject to Section 10, the Member may determine at any time in its sole and absolute discretion the number of Directors to constitute the Board. The authorized number of Directors may be increased or decreased by the Member at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, upon notice to all Directors, and subject in all cases to Section  10 . The initial number of Directors shall be two, both of whom shall be Independent Directors pursuant to Section  10 . Each Director elected, designated or appointed by the Member shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation, expulsion or removal. Each Director shall execute and deliver the Management Agreement. Directors need not be a Member. The initial Directors designated by the Member are listed on Schedule D hereto.

(b) Powers . Subject to Section 9(j) , the Board of Directors shall have no power to do or take any acts or actions.

(c) Meeting of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company may hold meetings, both regular and special, within or outside the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President on not less than one day’s notice to each Director by telephone, facsimile, mail, telegram or any other means of communication, and special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner and with like notice upon the written request of any one or more of the Directors.

(d) Quorum: Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and, except as otherwise provided in any other provision of this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

(e) Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in meetings of the Board, or any committee, by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment that allows all Persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in Person at the meeting. If all the participants are participating by telephone conference or similar communications equipment, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the principal place of business of the Company.

(f) Committees of Directors .

 

  (i) The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

-4-


  (ii) In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

  (iii) Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, and subject to, in all cases, Sections 9(j) and 10, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

(g) Compensation of Directors; Expenses . The Member shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the Board required to take action with respect to a Material Action, which may be a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings required to take action with respect to a Material Action.

(h) Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by law, any Director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed or expelled, with or without cause, at any time by the Member, and, subject to Section  10 , any vacancy caused by any such removal or expulsion may be filled by action of the Member.

(i) Directors as Agents . To the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement and subject to Section 9(j), the Directors are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers set forth in this Agreement shall bind the Company. Notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Act, except as provided in this Agreement or in a resolution of the Directors, a Director may not bind the Company.

(j) Limitations on the Company’s Activities .

 

  (i) This Section 9(j) is being adopted in order to comply with certain provisions required in order to qualify the Company as a “special purpose” entity and so long as any Obligation is outstanding, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 9(j) shall control.

 

-5-


  (ii) The Member and/or the Company shall not, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, amend, alter, change or repeal the definition of “Independent Director” or Sections 1 , 5(b) , 5(c) , 5(d) , 6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 14, 16 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 25 , 26 , 27 , 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 or 32 or Schedule A of this Agreement (to the extent that the terms defined in Schedule A are used in any of the foregoing sections) (the “Special Purpose Provisions”), or any other provision of this or any other document governing the formation, management or operation of the Company in a manner that is inconsistent with any of the Special Purpose Provisions, without the unanimous written consent of the Board (including all Independent Directors) and unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Subject to this Section 9(j) , the Member reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Agreement in accordance with Section 31 .

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and any provision of law that otherwise so empowers the Company, the Member, the Board, any Officer or any other Person, neither the Member nor the Board nor any Officer nor any other Person shall be authorized or empowered, nor shall they permit the Company, without the prior unanimous written consent of the Member and the Board (including all Independent Directors), to take any Material Action, provided , however , that the Board may not vote on, or authorize the taking of, any Material Action, unless there are at least two Independent Directors then serving in such capacity.

 

  (iv) The Board and the Member shall cause the Company to do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if: (1) the Member shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable for the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and (2) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. The Board and the Member also shall cause the Company to and the Company shall:

 

  (A) maintain its own separate books and records and bank accounts, and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

  (B) at all times hold itself out to the public and all other Persons as a legal entity separate from the Member and any other Person;

 

  (C) have a Board of Directors separate from that of the Member and any other Person;

 

  (D) file its own tax returns, if any, as may be required under applicable law, to the extent (1) not part of a consolidated group filing a consolidated return or returns or (2) not treated as a division for tax purposes of another taxpayer, and pay any taxes so required to be paid under applicable law;

 

-6-


  (E) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not commingle its assets with assets of any other Person;

 

  (F) conduct its business in its own name and strictly comply with all organizational formalities to maintain its separate existence;

 

  (G) maintain separate financial statements; provided , however , that its assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its affiliates provided that (x) appropriate notation shall be made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of such entity from such Affiliates and to indicate that its assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliates or any other Person and (y) such assets shall also be listed on its collective balance sheet;

 

  (H) pay its own liabilities only out of its own funds;

 

  (I) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates and the Member, and not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, shareholders or Affiliates except in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party (except for capital contributions or capital distributions permitted under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and properly reflected on the books and records of the Company);;

 

  (J) pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, and maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of the Company’s contemplated business;

 

  (K) not hold out its credit or assets as being available to satisfy the obligations of others;

 

  (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any expenses shared with its Affiliates, including any overhead for shared office space;

 

  (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks;

 

  (N) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person;

 

  (O) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and not identify itself as a division or part of any other Person;

 

-7-


  (P) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require the Member to make additional capital contributions to the Company;

 

  (Q) observe all Delaware limited liability company formalities;

 

  (R) not acquire any securities of the Member; and

 

  (S) cause the Directors, Officers, agents and other representatives of the Company to act at all times with respect to the Company consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of the Company.

Failure of the Company, or the Member or Board on behalf of the Company, to comply with any of the foregoing covenants or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the Company as a separate legal entity or the limited liability of the Member or the Directors.

 

  (v) So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall not cause or permit the Company to:

 

  (A) except as contemplated by the Basic Documents, guarantee any obligation of any Person, including any Affiliate;

 

  (B) engage, directly or indirectly, in any business other than the actions required or permitted to be performed under Section 7 , the Basic Documents or this Section 9(j);

 

  (C) incur, create or assume any indebtedness other than as expressly permitted under the Basic Documents;

 

  (D) make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that the Company may invest in those investments permitted under the Basic Documents and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to any provisions of the Basic Documents and permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

  (E) to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in any dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, merger, asset sale or transfer of ownership interests other than such activities as are expressly permitted pursuant to any provision of the Basic Documents; or

 

-8-


  (F) except to the extent permitted under Section  7 hereof, form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other).

Section 10. Independent Director.

As long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member shall cause the Company at all times to have at least two Independent Directors who will be appointed by the Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, the Independent Directors shall consider only the interests of the Company, including its respective creditors, in acting or otherwise voting on the matters referred to in Section 9(j)(iii) . No resignation or removal of an Independent Director, and no appointment of a successor Independent Director, shall be effective until such successor (i) shall have accepted his or her appointment as an Independent Director by a written instrument, which may be a counterpart signature page to the Management Agreement, and (ii) shall have executed a counterpart to this Agreement as required by Section 5(c) . In the event of a vacancy in the position of Independent Director, the Member shall, as soon as practicable, appoint a successor Independent Director. All right, power and authority of the Independent Directors shall be limited to the extent necessary to exercise those rights and perform those duties specifically set forth in this Agreement. Except as provided in the second sentence of this Section  10 , in exercising their rights and performing their duties under this Agreement, any Independent Director shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of a director of a business corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. No Independent Director shall at any time serve as trustee in bankruptcy for any Affiliate of the Company.

Section 11. Officers.

(a) Officers . The initial Officers of the Company shall be designated by the Member. The additional or successor Officers of the Company shall be chosen by the Member and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or advisable who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Member. The salaries of all Officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed by or in the manner prescribed by the Member. The Officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any Officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Member.

(b) President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Member and the Board are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Member shall execute all bonds, mortgages and other contracts, except: (i) where required or permitted by law or this Agreement to be otherwise signed and executed, including Section 7(b) ; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Member to some other Officer or agent of the Company, and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 11(c) .

 

-9-


(c) Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability to act, the Vice President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(d) Secretary and Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Company. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company and of the Board in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or shall cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the Member, if any, and special meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Member or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall serve. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(e) Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Member. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Member, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and to the Member when the Member so requires, an account of all of the Treasurer’s transactions and of the financial condition of the Company. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Member (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Member may from time to time prescribe.

(f) Officers as Agents . The Officers, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement or otherwise vested in them by action of the Member not inconsistent with this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business and, subject to Section 9(j), the actions of the Officers taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.

(g) Duties of Board and Officers . Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, each Director and Officer shall have a fiduciary duty of loyalty and care similar to that of directors and officers of business corporations organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-10-


Section 12. Limited Liability.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be the debts, obligations and liabilities solely of the Company, and neither the Member nor the Special Members nor any Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member, Special Member or Director of the Company.

Section 13. Capital Contributions.

The Member has contributed to the Company property of an agreed value as listed on Schedule B attached hereto. In accordance with Section 5(c) , the Special Members shall not be required to make any capital contributions to the Company.

Section 14. Additional Contributions.

The Member is not required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. However, the Member may make additional capital contributions to the Company at any time upon the written consent of such Member. To the extent that the Member makes an additional capital contribution to the Company, the Member shall revise Schedule B of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, including this Section 14 , are intended to benefit the Member and the Special Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor of the Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement) and the Member and the Special Members shall not have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any contribution to the Company or to issue any call for capital pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 15. Allocation of Profits and Losses.

The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.

Section 16. Distributions .

Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or any other applicable law or any Basic Document.

Section 17. Books and Records.

The Member shall keep or cause to be kept complete and accurate books of account and records with respect to the Company’s business. The books of the Company shall at all times be maintained by the Member or the Officers. The Member and its duly authorized representatives

 

-11-


shall have the right to examine the Company books, records and documents during normal business hours. The Company, and the Board on behalf of the Company, shall not have the right to keep confidential from the Member any information that the Board would otherwise be permitted to be kept confidential from the Member pursuant to Section 18-305(c) of the Act. The Company’s books of account shall be kept using the method of accounting determined by the Member. The Company’s independent auditor, if any, shall be an independent public accounting firm selected by the Member.

Section 18. Reports .

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each month, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such month a balance sheet of the Company and an income statement of the Company for such month.

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Member shall cause to be prepared an unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal quarter:

 

  (i) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, a balance sheet of the Company; and

 

  (ii) unless such quarter is the last fiscal quarter, an income statement of the Company for such fiscal quarter.

(c) The Member shall use diligent efforts to cause to be prepared and mailed to the Member, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an audited or unaudited report setting forth as of the end of such fiscal year:

 

  (i) a balance sheet of the Company;

 

  (ii) an income statement of the Company for such fiscal year; and

 

  (iii) a statement of the Member’s capital account.

(d) The Member shall, after the end of each fiscal year, use reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s independent accountants, if any, to prepare and transmit to the Member as promptly as possible any such tax information as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Member to prepare its federal, state and local income tax returns relating to such fiscal year.

Section 19. Other Business.

The Member, the Special Members and any Affiliate of the Member or the Special Members may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of every kind and description, independently or with others notwithstanding any provision to the contrary at law or in equity. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

 

-12-


Section 20. Exculpation and Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 20(d), the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member, Officer, director, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as manager, director, officer, partner, member, shareholder, controlling person, employee, legal representative or agent of another limited liability company, partnership, corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (an “ Indemnified Person” ), from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, court costs and other out-of-pocket expenses actually and reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending the foregoing) (including any such brought by or in the right of the Company) suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person while serving in such capacity or that otherwise in any way relate to or arise out of any action or inaction by such Indemnified Person or the Company (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”), if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and not in violation of this Agreement, and, with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful; provided, that the Company shall have no obligation to indemnify or defend hereunder to the extent such action, suit or proceeding arises from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Indemnified Person. Indemnifiable Losses will be reasonably allocated to the Company by the Member.

(b) Exculpation . No Indemnified Person shall be liable to any Member of the Company or the Company for any act or failure to act on behalf of the Company, unless such act or failure to act resulted from fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Indemnified Person. Each Indemnified Person may consult with legal counsel and accountants in respect of the Company’s affairs and shall be fully protected and justified in any action or inaction which is taken in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or accountants.

(c) Expenses. Any indemnification under Section 20(a), as well as the advance payment of expenses permitted under Section 20(d) shall be made by the Company to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

(d) Advance Payment of Expenses . The expenses of any Member of the Company incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Company as they are incurred and in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Member (in form and substance, from an indemnitor, reasonably satisfactory to the Member of the Company), to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Member is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The provisions of this Section 20(d) do not affect and shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights, including, without, limitation, any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses to which any such Indemnified Person other than the Members of the Company may be entitled under any contract, pursuant to approval of the Members of the Company, or otherwise by law.

 

-13-


(e) Beneficiaries . The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or ordered by a court pursuant to this Section 20 continues for a Person who has ceased to be a Member, officer, employee or agent and inures to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such Person.

(f) Indemnification Procedure for Third Party and Other Claims . A party against whom indemnification is sought under this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, exercisable by written notice to the Person seeking such indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by a third party in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim that (a) involves (and continues to involve) solely money damages or (b) involves (and continues to involve) claims for both money damages and equitable relief against the Indemnified Party that cannot be severed, where the claims for money damages are the primary claims asserted by the third party and the claims for equitable relief are incidental to the claims for money damages. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to assume the defense and control the settlement of any Third Party Claim (i) not described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence or (ii) described in clauses (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence whose defense and control of settlement has not been assumed by the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Person or the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim that the other is defending, as provided in this Agreement. The Indemnifying Party, if it has assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, enter into any compromise or settlement which (A) commits the Indemnified Party to take, or to forbear to take, any action or (B) does not provide for a complete release by such Third Party of the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim, on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate, to the extent such Third Party Claim involves equitable or other non-monetary relief against the Indemnified Party, and shall have the right to settle any Third Party Claim involving money damages for which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense pursuant to this Section 20(f) with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(g) Other Claims . In the event an Indemnified Party shall claim a right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for other than a Third Party Claim, such Indemnified Party shall send written notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party. Such notice shall specify the basis for such claim. As promptly as possible after the Indemnified Party has given such notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall attempt to resolve such claim by mutual agreement before resorting to other legal means to resolve such claim.

 

-14-


(h) Limitation on Damages . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no party shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be liable to the other party for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage (including any loss of revenue or profit) arising out of this Agreement including, without limitation, in respect of any breach by any Member of this Agreement; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to preclude recovery by the Indemnified Party in respect of Indemnifiable Losses directly incurred from Third Party Claims. Any Indemnified Person shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate his, her, its or their damages. The obligation of the Company or any Member to indemnify any Indemnified Person with respect to any Indemnifiable Losses hereunder resulting from any action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the value of the assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any indemnification set forth herein shall be fully subordinate to the Loan and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not constitute a claim against the Company in the event that the Company’s cash flow is insufficient to pay all its obligations to creditors.

Section 21. Assignments .

The Member may assign in whole or in part its limited liability company interest in the Company. Subject to Section  23 , if the Member transfers all of its limited liability company interest in the Company pursuant to this Section  21 , the transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to the Member by merger or consolidation in compliance with the Basic Documents shall, without further act, be the Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 22. Resignation .

So long as any Obligation is outstanding, the Member may not resign, except as permitted under the Basic Documents and if the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If the Member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section  22 , an additional member of the Company shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section  23 , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation and, immediately following such admission, the resigning Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

Section 23. Admission of Additional Members.

One or more additional members of the Company may be admitted to the Company with the written consent of the Member; provided, however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as any Obligation remains outstanding, no additional Member may be admitted to the Company pursuant to Sections 21 , 22 or 23 unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

 

-15-


Section 24. Dissolution .

(a) Subject to Section 9(j) , the Company shall be dissolved, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this Agreement or the Act or (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes the last remaining member of the Company to cease to be a member of the Company or that causes the Member to cease to be a member of the Company (other than (i) upon an assignment by the Member of all of its limited liability company interest in the Company and the admission of the transferee pursuant to Sections 21 and 23 , or (ii) the resignation of the Member and the admission of an additional member of the Company pursuant to Sections 22 and 23 ), to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal representative of such member is hereby authorized to, and shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of such member in the Company, agree in writing (i) to continue the Company and (ii) to the admission of the personal representative or its nominee or designee, as the case may be, as a substitute member of the Company, effective as of the occurrence of the event that terminated the continued membership of the last remaining member of the Company or the Member in the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member shall not cause the Member or Special Member, respectively, to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Member and the Special Members waives any right it might have to agree in writing to dissolve the Company upon the Bankruptcy of the Member or a Special Member, or the occurrence of an event that causes the Member or a Special Member to cease to be a member of the Company.

(d) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

(e) The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company shall have been distributed to the Member in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Certificate of Formation shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 25. Waiver of Partition; Nature of Interest .

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Member and the Special Members hereby irrevocably waives any right or power that such Person might have to cause the Company or any of its assets to be partitioned, to cause the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of the assets of the Company, to

 

-16-


compel any sale of all or any portion of the assets of the Company pursuant to any applicable law or to file a complaint or to institute any proceeding at law or in equity to cause the dissolution, liquidation, winding up or termination of the Company. The Member shall not have any interest in any specific assets of the Company, and the Member shall not have the status of a creditor with respect to any distribution pursuant to Section  16 hereof. The interest of the Member in the Company is personal property.

Section 26. Benefits of Agreement; No Third-Party Rights.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or by any creditor of the Member or a Special Member. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any right in any Person (other than Covered Persons) not a party hereto, and this Agreement shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract in whole or in part for the benefit of any third Person (except as provided in Section  29 ).

Section 27. Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

Section 28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 29. Binding Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Member agrees that this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 , 20 , 21 , 22 , 23 , 24 , 26 , 29 and 31 , constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Member, and is enforceable against the Member by the Independent Directors, in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Independent Directors shall be intended beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 30. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles), all rights and remedies being governed by said laws.

Section 31. Amendments.

Subject to Section 9(j), this Agreement may be modified, altered, supplemented or amended pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, so long as any Obligation is outstanding, this Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended unless the

 

-17-


Rating Agency Condition is satisfied except: (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to convert or supplement any provision in a manner consistent with the intent of this Agreement and the other Basic Documents.

Section 32. Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Notices.

Any notices required to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and personally delivered, mailed or sent by telecopy, electronic mail or other similar form of rapid transmission, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Company, to the Company at its address in Section  2 , with a copy to the Company at 250 East Park Center Boulevard, West Plaza, Boise, Idaho 83726, (b) in the case of the Member, to the Member at its address as listed on Schedule B attached hereto and (c) in the case of either of the foregoing, at such other address as may be designated by written notice to the other party.

Section 34. Membership Interests

Each limited liability company interest in the Company shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8 102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of Delaware, and (ii) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the transfer of limited liability company interests. A transfer of limited liability company interests in the Company shall require the delivery of an endorsed certificate.

Section 35. Effectiveness.

Pursuant to Section 18-201 (d) of the Act, this Agreement shall be effective as of the time of the filing of the Certificate of Formation with the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on             , 2006.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the              day of             , 2006.

 

MEMBER:
LUCKY MEZZANINE LLC
By:  

/s/ Todd Kristol

Name:   Todd Kristol
Title:   Vice President
SPECIAL MEMBERS:

/s/ Kenneth J. Uva

Name:   Kenneth J. Uva

/s/ Victor A. Duva

Name:   Victor A. Duva

 

-19-


SCHEDULE A

Definitions

A. Definitions

When used in this Agreement, the following terms not otherwise defined herein have the following meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly Controlling or Controlled by or under direct or indirect common Control with such Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, together with the schedules attached hereto, as amended, restated or supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (vii) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.

Basic Documents ” means this Agreement, that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                 , 2006 by and among Borrowers (as defined therein) and Lender (as defined therein), and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates contemplated thereby or delivered in connection therewith.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


Certificate of Formation ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on                          , 2006, as amended or amended and restated from time to time.

Company ” means Shortco Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management ·or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or general partnership or managing member interests, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have correlative meanings. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to Control any other Person in which it owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the ownership interests.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a) .

Directors ” means the Persons elected to the Board of Directors from time to time by the Member, including the Independent Directors, in their capacity as managers of the Company. A Director is hereby designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Act.

Independent Director ” means a natural person selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to Lender who shall not have been at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director of the Company, does not thereafter become while serving as an Independent Director (except pursuant to an express provision in the Company’s limited liability company agreement providing for the Independent Director to become a Special Member (defined below) upon the sole member of such Company’s ceasing to be a member in such Company) and shall not have been at any time during the preceding five years: (i) a stockholder/director/partner/member of, or an officer or employee of, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) a director (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company) of any shareholder, subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, (iii) a customer of, or supplier to, the Company or any of its shareholders, subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) a Person who Controls any such shareholder, supplier or customer, or (v) a member of the immediate family of any such shareholder/director/partner/member, officer, employee, supplier or customer or of any director of the Company (other than as an Independent Director of any Person that does not own any direct or indirect equity interest in a the Company)..

Management Agreement ” means the agreement of the Directors in the form attached hereto as Schedule C. The Management Agreement shall be deemed incorporated into, and a part of, this Agreement.

Material Action ” means to institute proceedings to have the Company be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Company or file a petition seeking, or consent to, reorganization or relief with respect to the Company under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official)

 

A-2


of the Company or a substantial part of its property, or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors of the Company, or admit in writing the Company’s inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or take action in furtherance of any such action, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, dissolve or liquidate the Company.

Member ” means Lucky Mezzanine LLC, as the initial member of the Company, and includes any Person admitted as an additional member of the Company or a substitute member of the Company pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, each in its capacity as a member of the Company; provided, however, the term “Member” shall not include the Special Members.

Obligations ” shall mean the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Company under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Basic Documents or any related document in effect as of any date of determination.

Officer ” means an officer of the Company described in Section 11 .

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by any Officer of the Company who is authorized to act for the Company in matters relating to the Company.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, and any governmental authority.

Rating Agency ” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Basic Documents.

Rating Agency Condition ” means (i) with respect to any action taken at any time before the loan evidenced and secured by the Basic Documents has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that the lender thereunder has consented in writing to such action, and (ii) with respect to any action taken at any time after such loan has been sold or assigned to a securitization trust, that each Rating Agency shall have been given ten days prior notice thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Company in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating by such Rating Agency of any of securities issued by such securitization trust.

Special Member ” means, upon such person’s admission to the Company as a member of the Company pursuant to Section 5(c) , a person acting as Independent Director, in such person’s capacity as a member of the Company. A Special Member shall only have the rights and duties expressly set forth in this Agreement.

B. Rules of Construction

Definitions in this Agreement apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms. The words “include” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, paragraph or

 

A-3


subdivision. The Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. All Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit or Schedule references not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement.

 

A-4


SCHEDULE B

Member

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

   Agreed Value of
Capital Contribution
   Membership
Interest
Lucky Mezzanine LLC   

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

   $1,000    100%

 

B-1


SCHEDULE C

Management Agreement

    , 2006

Shortco Owner LLC

250 East Park Center Blvd

West Plaza

Boise, Idaho 83726

Re: Management Agreement – Shortco Owner LLC

Ladies and Gentlemen:

For good and valuable consideration, each of the undersigned Persons, who have been designated as directors of Shortco Owner LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in accordance with the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of                      , 2006, as it may be amended or restated from time to time (the “ LLC Agreement ”), hereby agree as follows:

1. Each of the undersigned accepts such Person’s rights and authority as a Director under the LLC Agreement and agrees to perform and discharge such Person’s duties and obligations as a Director under the LLC Agreement, and further agrees that such rights, authorities, duties and obligations under the LLC Agreement shall continue until such Person’s successor as a Director is designated or until such Person’s resignation or removal as a Director in accordance with the LLC Agreement. Each of the undersigned agrees and acknowledges that it has been designated as a “manager” of the Company within the meaning of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

2. So long as any Obligation is outstanding, each of the undersigned agrees, solely in its capacity as a creditor of the Company on account of any indemnification or other payment owing to the undersigned by the Company, not to acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Company to invoke the process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Company under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company.

3. THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, AND ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY SUCH LAWS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


Initially capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

This Management Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Management Agreement and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Management Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Kenneth J. Uva

 

Victor A. Duva

 

C-2


SCHEDULE D

DIRECTORS

1. Kenneth J. Uva

2. Victor A. Duva

 

D-1

Exhibit 3.200

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Delaware Code, Chapter 18, hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC.

SECOND: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 29 th day of August, 2013.

 

By:

 

/s/ Joshua E. Barza

  Name:   Joshua E. Barza
  Title:   Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.201

EXECUTION VERSION

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) effective as of August 29, 2013, by Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole member (the “Member”).

Preliminary Statement

The Member desires to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. , as amended from time to time (the “Delaware Act”).

Accordingly, in consideration of the promises made herein, the Member hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name . The name of the Company is “Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC”.

2. Filings of Certificate . The Certificate of Formation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 29, 2013. The filing of such Certificate of Formation is hereby approved by the Member. The Member shall be the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act to execute, deliver and file any amendments or restatements of the Certificate of Formation and any other certificates (and any amendments or restatements thereof) permitted or required to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and shall continue as the designated “authorized person” within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

2. Purpose .

(a) The Company is organized for the purpose of engaging in any and all activities permitted under applicable law, including, without limitation, engaging in investment, trading or financing activities of all kinds (for its own account or the account of others) and carrying on any business relating thereto or arising therefrom, including entering into any partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar arrangement or owning interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing activities.

(b) The Company shall have the power to engage in all actions, proceedings, activities and transactions that the Member may deem necessary or advisable in connection with the foregoing purposes.

3. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, New Castle County. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, New Castle County.


4. Members . The name and the address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Albertson’s LLC

  

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

5. Management of the Company . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Member, who shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to take any action of any kind not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and to do anything and everything it deems necessary or appropriate to carry on the business and purposes of the Company, including, without limitation:

(a) manage and direct the business affairs of the Company, do any and all acts on behalf of the Company and to exercise all rights of the Company with respect to its interest in any other person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, including, without limitation, the voting of securities, exercise of redemption rights, participation in arrangements with creditors, the institution, defense and settlement or compromise of suits and administrative proceedings and other like or similar matters;

(b) acquire, own, lease, sublease, manage, hold, deal in, control or dispose of any interests or rights in real or personal property;

(c) hire employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, appraisers and other advisers for the Company;

(d) open, trade and otherwise conduct accounts with brokers and dealers;

(e) open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other orders for the payment of funds;

(f) borrow money or obtain credit from banks, lending institutions or any other person;

(g) assume obligations, incur liabilities, lend money or otherwise use the credit of the Company;

(h) direct the formulation of investment policies and strategies for, and perform all other acts on behalf of, the Company and any entities for which the Company acts as general partner, adviser, manager, managing member, or in other similar capacities, including, without limitation, those activities specified in clauses (a) and (b) above;

(i) organize one or more corporations or other entities to hold record title, as nominee for the Company, to securities, funds or other assets of the Company; and

(j) enter into any contracts it deems necessary or advisable to facilitate the business of the Company.

 

2


There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. The Member is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Member taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company.

6. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the earlier to occur of: (a) determination by the Member; and (b) the dissolution of the Member.

7. Initial Capital Contributions . The Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company. The “Percentage Interests” of the Members in the Company are as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto. The sum of the Percentage Interests shall equal to one hundred percent (100%).

8. Additional Contributions . The Member shall have no obligation to make additional capital contributions to the Company.

9. Tax Matters . The Member intends that the Company be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes, and the Company shall make an election on Internal Revenue Service Form 8832 to elect to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation.

10. Admission of Additional or Substitute Members . The Company may admit substitute or additional members at the Member’s discretion, the names of which shall be inscribed on Schedule I hereto from time to time.

11. Liability of the Members . The Member shall not have any liability for the obligations or liabilities of the Company except to the extent expressly provided in the Delaware Act.

12. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

13. Benefits of Agreement . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditor of the Company or of any Member.

14. Headings . The titles of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any of the provisions of this Agreement.

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles of such State that may lead to the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

16. Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable, and it for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

3


17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement effective as of the date and year first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert C. Butler

  Name: Robert C. Butler
  Title: Chief Operations Officer

[Signature Page to Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

MEMBERS

 

Member Name

   Percentage Interest  

Albertson’s LLC

     100

[Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC Agreement]

Exhibit 3.202

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SSI-AK HOLDINGS, INC.

1.     The name of the corporation is:

SSI-AK Holdings, Inc.

2.    The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.

3.    The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4.    The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000), all of which shall be Common Stock and the par value of each share shall be one cent ($.01).

5.    The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Lake Grey

Latham & Watkins

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 1900

San Francisco, California 94111


6.     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation.

7.     Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

8.     No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of April, 1999.

 

/s/ Lake Grey

Lake Grey,
Incorporator

Exhibit 3.203

BYLAWS

OF

SSI-AK HOLDINGS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I.    OFFICES      1  
        Section 1.    REGISTERED OFFICES      1  
        Section 2.    OTHER OFFICES      1  
ARTICLE II.    MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  
        Section 1.    PLACE OF MEETINGS      1  
        Section 2.    ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1  
        Section 3.    QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF      2  
        Section 4.    VOTING      2  
        Section 5.    PROXIES      3  
        Section 6.    SPECIAL MEETINGS      3  
        Section 7.    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      4  
        Section 8.    MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST      4  
        Section 9.    STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      5  
ARTICLE III.    DIRECTORS      6  
        Section 1.    THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      6  
        Section 2.    VACANCIES      7  
        Section 3.    POWERS      7  
        Section 4.    PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS      8  
        Section 5.    REGULAR MEETINGS      8  
        Section 6.    SPECIAL MEETINGS      8  
        Section 7.    QUORUM      8  
        Section 8.    ACTION WITHOUT MEETING      9  
        Section 9.    TELEPHONIC MEETINGS      9  
        Section 10.    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      9  
        Section 11.    MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS      10  
        Section 12.    COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      11  
ARTICLE IV.    OFFICERS      11  
        Section 1.    OFFICERS      11  
        Section 2.    ELECTION OF OFFICERS      12  
        Section 3.    SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      l2  
        Section 4.    COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS      12  

 

i


        Section 5.    TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES      12  
        Section 6.    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      13  
        Section 7.    PRESIDENT      13  
        Section 8.    VICE PRESIDENTS      13  
        Section 9.    SECRETARY      14  
        Section 10.    ASSISTANT SECRETARY      l4  
        Section 11.    TREASURER      15  
        Section 12.    ASSISTANT TREASURER      15  
ARTICLE V.   

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     16  
ARTICLE VI.   

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     21  
ARTICLE VII.   

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     21  
        Section 1.    CERTIFICATES      21  
        Section 2.    SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES      22  
        Section 3.    STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES      22  
        Section 4.    LOST CERTIFICATES      23  
        Section 5.    TRANSFERS OF STOCK      23  
        Section 6.    FIXED RECORD DATE      23  
        Section 7.    REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      24  
ARTICLE VIII.   

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     24  
        Section 1.    DIVIDENDS      25  
        Section 2.    PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES      25  
        Section 3.    CHECKS      25  
        Section 4.    FISCAL YEAR      25  
        Section 5.    CORPORATE SEAL      25  
        Section 6.    MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE      26  
        Section 7.    WAIVER OF NOTICE      26  
        Section 8.    ANNUAL STATEMENT      26  
ARTICLE IX.   

AMENDMENTS

     27  
        Section 1.   

AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS

     27  

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

SSI-AK HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I.

OFFICES

Section 1. REGISTERED OFFICES. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II.

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware designated by the Board of Directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

1


Section 3. QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF. A majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a majority of the voting stock represented in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat.

Section 4. VOTING. When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes, or the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

2


Section 5. PROXIES. At each meeting of the stockholders, each stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period. All proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date set by the Board of Directors as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose, or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the President and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The

 

3


written notice of any meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

Section 8. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 9. STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the

 

4


minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III.

DIRECTORS

Section 1. THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be three (3). The directors need not be stockholders. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is

 

5


elected and qualified; provided, however, that unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, from the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders by a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.

Section 2. VACANCIES. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election of directors and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. POWERS. The property and business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such

 

6


powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. PLACE OF DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS. The directors may hold their meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation outside of the State of Delaware.

Section 5 . REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on forty-eight hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in like manner or on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 7. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present

 

7


thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. If only one director is authorized, such sole director shall constitute a quorum.

Section 8. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 9. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any

 

8


meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

Section 11. MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 12. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix. the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for

 

9


attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFICERS

Section 1. OFFICERS. The officers of this corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chairman of the Board of Directors or a President, or both, and a Secretary. The corporation may also have at the discretion of the Board of Directors such other officers as are desired, including a Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 hereof. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. ELECTION OF OFFICERS. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the corporation.

 

10


Section 3. SUBORDINATE OFFICERS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.

Section 4. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no President, the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.

Section 7. PRESIDENT. Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the

 

11


business and officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall be an ex-officio member of all committees and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 8. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board of Directors.

Section 9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required by the Board of Directors. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

12


Section 10. ASSISTANT SECRETARY. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 11. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

13


Section 12. ASSISTANT TREASURER. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE V.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

(a)     The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of

 

14


any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b)     The corporation shall indemnify to the maximum extent permitted by law any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation,. partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no such indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

15


(c)     To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation shall be successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d)     Any indemnification under paragraphs (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders. The corporation, acting through its Board of Directors or otherwise, shall cause such determination to be made if so requested by any person who is indemnifiable under this Article V.

(e)     Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount

 

16


if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article V. Such expenses (including attorneys’s fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

(f)     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other paragraphs of this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such persons’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

(g)     The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article V.

(h)     For the purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate

 

17


existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(i)     For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

(j)     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

18


(k)     The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation.

ARTICLE VI.

INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VII.

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the corporation.

 

19


Section 2. SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

20


Section 4. LOST CERTIFICATES: The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

Section  5. TRANSFERS OF STOCK. Upon surrender to the corporation, or the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 6. FIXED RECORD DATE. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any

 

21


change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 7. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. DIVIDENDS. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

22


Section 2. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS’ DUTIES. Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such reserve.

Section 3. CHECKS. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 4. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 6. MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such

 

23


notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 7. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

Section 8. ANNUAL STATEMENT. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. AMENDMENT BY DIRECTORS OR STOCKHOLDERS. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

(a)     That I am duly elected and acting Secretary of SSI-AK Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation; and

(b)     That the foregoing bylaws constitute the bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the written consent of the Incorporator of said corporation as of April 9, 1998.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this    day of April, 1999.

 

 

/s/ Michael C. Ross

  Michael C. Ross
  Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 3.204

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

FIRST.    The name of the corporation is JS USA Holdings Inc.

SECOND.    The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD.    The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

FOURTH.    The total number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each of such shares is $.01.

FIFTH.    The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Lowell A. Strug, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.

SIXTH.    The board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the corporation.

SEVENTH.    Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the by-laws of the corporation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate of incorporation this 22nd day of February, 1999.

 

/s/ Lowell A. Strug

Lowell A. Strug
Incorporator

 

-2-


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, JS USA Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby files this Certificate of Amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation.

A.     The Board of Directors of the Corporation by written consent unanimously approved and recommended to the Corporation’s shareholder that the Certificate of Incorporation be amended as set forth herein.

B.    The amendments set forth herein to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation have been duly approved by the written consent of the Sole Shareholder of the Corporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Incorporation and all amendments thereto.

AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE

OF INCORPORATION OF JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

I.     Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to change the name of the Corporation from “JS USA Holding Inc.” to “SSM Holdings Company.’’

Except as amended by this Certificate of Amendment, the existing Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be unchanged and remain in full force and effect.

The undersigned hereby certify that they are the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively of JS USA Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that the

 

-1-


foregoing amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors and shareholders of the Corporation and that the matters set forth in the foregoing certificate are true of their own knowledge.

DATED as of the 14 th day of December, 2004.

 

JS USA HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/s/ Colleen Batcheler

  Colleen Batcheler
  Vice President

 

ATTEST:

D.B.V

Assistant Secretary

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.205

BY-LAWS

OF

JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

Section 1.1. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors, to be held at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting. A special meeting of stockholders shall be called by the Secretary upon the written request, stating the purpose of the meeting, of stockholders who together own of record a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of stock entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.3. Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 1.4. Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at NY12525:21047.2 which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.


Section 1.5. Quorum . At each meeting of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on a matter at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum of the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote on a matter, the holders of such class so present or represented may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting of such class from time to time in the manner provided by Section 1.4 of these by-laws until a quorum of such class shall be so present or represented. Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 1.6. Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in the absence of the President by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

-2-


Section 1.7. Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power, regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting shall so determine. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. In all other matters, unless otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by class or classes is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

Section 1.8. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-3-


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of. business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

-4-


Section 1.9. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 1.10. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by law, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to (a) its registered office in the State of Delaware by hand or by certified mail or registered mail, return receipt requested, (b) its principal place of business, or (c) an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this by-law to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to (a) its registered office in the State of Delaware by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, (b) its principal place of business, or (c) an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided in this Section 1.10.

 

-5-


ARTICLE II

Board of Directors

Section 2.1. Powers; Number; Qualifications . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation. The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2.2. Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

Section 2.3. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined notice thereof need not be given.

 

-6-


Section 2.4. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President or by any two directors. Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting.

Section 2.5. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone Permitted . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors one-third of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors. present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall require a vote of a greater number. In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

Section 2.7. Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8. Action by Directors Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

-7-


Section 2.9. Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

ARTICLE III

Committees

Section 3.1. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, (ii) adopting, amending or repealing these By-Laws or (iii) removing or indemnifying directors.

Section 3.2. Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the Board or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these by-laws.

 

-8-


ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.1. Officers; Election . As soon as practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board may deem desirable or appropriate and may give any of them such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

Section 4.2. Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

Section 4.3. Powers and Duties . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these by-laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Secretary shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

 

-9-


ARTICLE V

Stock

Section 5.1. Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, representing the number of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by such holder. If such certificate is manually signed by one officer or manually countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

Section 6.1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.2. Seal . The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

-10-


Section 6.3. Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees . Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person atends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

Section 6.4. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such person’s testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee. Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an undertaking of such person to repay such expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation. The rights provided to any person by this by-law shall be enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or employee as provided above. No amendment of this by-law shall impair the rights of any person arising at any time with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment. For purposes of this by-law, the term “Corporation” shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term “other enterprise” shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service “at the request of the Corporation” shall include service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants

 

-11-


or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be Indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

Section 6.5. Interested Directors; Quorum . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 6.6. Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

Section 6.7. Amendment of By-Laws . These by-laws may be amended or repealed, and new by-laws adopted, by the Board of Directors, but the stockholders entitled to vote may adopt additional by-laws and may amend or repeal any by-law whether or not adopted by them.

 

-12-


UNANIMOUS CONSENT IN LIEU

OF FIRST MEETING OF THE

BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

The undersigned, being all of the directors of JS USA Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), do hereby consent to the adoption of and hereby adopt the following resolutions and direct that this consent be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors:

RESOLVED, that until otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the number of members of the Board of Directors shall be three (3).

RESOLVED, that-until otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors annual meetings of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at 9:00 o’clock A.M. on the third day of January in each year (or, if such day is a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding business day not a legal holiday) at the principal office of the Corporation at 190 Riverside Street, Portland, Maine or at such other place as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.

RESOLVED, that the following persons are hereby elected to hold the offices of the Corporation set forth opposite their respective names until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal:

 

David Bremner    Chairman
Stephen DuBrul    Vice Chairman
Ross McLaren    President, Treasurer and Secretary
James T. Walsh    Assistant Secretary


JS USA HOLDINGS INC.

Meeting of the Board of Directors

February 21, 2003

Pursuant to notice duly given, a meeting of the Board of Directors of JS USA Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) was held at the Company’s principal office located at 190 Riverside Street, Portland, Maine at 8:30 a.m. EST on February 21, 2003. The meeting was duly held by telephonic conference call where each of the Directors were able to hear one another.

Present were Stephen M. DuBrul, Jr. and Harry G. Beckner, being all of the directors. Mr. DuBrul participated by telephonic conference call from New York, New York. Mr. Beckner participated by telephonic conference call from Orlando, Florida.

The Directors called the meeting to order and Pieter Van Voorst, President, Treasurer and Secretary, kept the minutes.

The Directors indicated that it would be appropriate to take resolutions upon the following matters. Following discussion among the members of the Board of Directors and upon a motion duly made and seconded, it was:

 

RESOLVED:    That pursuant to Article II, Section 2.1 of the By-Laws of the Company, the number of directors on the Board of Directors of the Company be, and hereby is, increased to three members; and that pursuant to Article II, Section 2.2 of the By-Laws of the Company, Pieter Van Voorst be, and he hereby is, named as a Director of the Company to serve in accordance with the By-Laws of the Company.
RESOLVED:    That the Company be, and hereby is, authorized to cause the formation of J Sainsbury Finance LLC as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and that the form, terms and provisions of the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of J Sainsbury Finance LLC dated as of February 21, 2003, including the subscription for $1,000 cash by the Company, as the sole initial member of J Sainsbury Finance LLC. for 1,000 $1 Common Shares of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, and the election of Timothy Fallowfield, William Hamilton, John S. Lavelli, Richard J. Learmont, Jonathan P. Mason, Colin Matthews and Roger J. Matthews to the Board of Directors of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, presented to this meeting, be and they hereby are approved; and the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary of the Company be and they hereby are, and each of them acting individually hereby is, authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Company as sole initial member of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, to execute and deliver such Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of J Sainsbury Finance LLC substantially in the form presented to this meeting with such changes as the officer so acting may deem advisable, the execution and delivery thereof to be conclusive evidence of its authorization hereby.


RESOLVED:    That the form, terms and provisions of the Certificate of Formation of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, dated as of February 21, 2003, presented to this meeting, be, and they hereby are, approved; and that Pieter Van Voorst be, and he hereby is, authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to execute and deliver such Certificate of Formation of J Sainsbury Finance LLC substantially in the form presented to this meeting with such changes as the officer so acting may deem advisable, the execution and delivery thereof to be conclusive evidence of its authorization hereby.
RESOLVED:    That the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and the Assistant Secretary of the Company be, and they hereby are, and each of them acting individually hereby is, authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Company as a member of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, to execute and deliver such agreements and take such other actions as the officer so acting may deem advisable pursuant to the Company’s rights and privileges as a member of J Sainsbury Finance LLC, the execution and delivery of any such agreements and the taking of any such action to be conclusive evidence of its authorization hereby.
RESOLVED:    That the Directors intend to schedule a special meeting of the Board of Directors to be held on February 28, 2003.
RESOLVED:    That, there being no further business to come before the Board of Directors, upon a motion duly made and seconded, the meeting be adjourned.

The meeting was thereupon adjourned at 8:39 a.m. EST.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


A true record.
ATTEST:  

/s/ Pieter Van Voorst

  Pieter Van Voorst
  Secretary

Exhibit 3.206

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY

Secretary of State

ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON. MASS: 02108

RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74

This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the restated articles of organization. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws. Chapter 156B. Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

 

 

I Christopher J. O’Brien    Vice President, and Clerk of

                                                 MARKETS OF STAR, INC.

Name of Corporations

located at 655 Mt. Auburn Street, Cambridge, MA do hereby certify that the following restatement of the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on September 6, 1994, by vote of both directors and the sole incorporator as no shares have been issued                 , shares of (Class of Stock) out of                      shares outstanding.                     shares of (Class of Stock) out of                      shares outstanding, and                      shares of (Class of Stock ) out of                      shares outstanding.

being at least two-thirds of each class of stock outstanding and entitled to vote and of each class or series of stock adversely affected thereby: -

 

  1. The name by which the corporation shall be known is:-

Star Markets Company, Inc.

 

  2. The purposes for which the corporation is formed are as follows:-

 

C     ☒

P     ☒

M   ☐

RA ☐

   To own and operate groceries and pharmacies and any, and all, other related businesses permitted under Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws.

Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1/2 x 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one article may be continued on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.


  3. The total number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is as follows:

 

     WITHOUT PAR VALUE    WITH PAR VALUE

CLASS OF STOCK

  

NUMBER OF SHARES

   NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE

Preferred

   Blank Check Preferred Stock*      10,000      one penny

Common

        10,000      one penny

 

  *4. If more than one class is authorized, a description of each of the different classes of stock with, if any, the preferences,. voting powers, qualifications, special or relative rights or privileges as to each class thereof and any series now established:

See attachment for Blank Check Preferred Stock.

 

  *5. The restrictions, it any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of stock of any class are as follows:

None on Common Stock.

See attachment for Blank Check Preferred Stock.

 

  *6. Other lawful provisions, if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

None on Common Stock.

See attachment for Blank Check Preferred Stock.

See continuation Sheet 6A attached hereto.

 

* If there are no such provisions state “None”.


STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION (Continued)

Article VI (Continued)

Other Lawful Provisions:

 

a. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held anywhere in the United States.

 

b. The Directors of the Corporation may make, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation in whole or in part, except with respect to any provisions thereof which by law or by the By-Laws requires action by the stockholders.

 

c. The Corporation may be a partner in any business enterprise which the Corporation would have the power to conduct itself.

 

d. No Director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided, however, that this provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Director to the extent that such liability is imposed by applicable law (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 61 or 62 or successor provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. This provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon which this provision becomes effective. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


Attachment

Blank Check Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of these Articles of Organization, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (such certificate being hereafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, preference, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges of each such series. In the event that at any time the Board of Directors shall have established and designated one or more series of Preferred Stock consisting of a number of shares less than all of the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining authorized shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be shares of an undesignated series of Preferred Stock unless or until designated by the Board of Directors as being part of a series previously established or a new series then being established by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the fixing of the number of shares constituting a particular series, the Board of Directors may at any time thereafter authorize the issuance of additional shares of the same series except as set forth in the Preferred Stock designation.


We further certify that the foregoing restated articles of organization effect no amendments to the articles of organization of the corporation as heretofore amended, except amendments to the following articles l, 3, 4, 5 and 6 (*If there are no such amendments, state “None”.)

Briefly describe amendments in space below:

Name of the corporation changed to Star Markets Company, Inc.

Increase in capitalization and restriction on shares of stock

Addition of additional provisions to conduct and regulation of business.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this

sixth          day of         September            in the year 1994.

 

Christopher J. O’Brien   Vice President
Christopher J. O’Brien   Assistant Clerk


CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS

OF PREFERRED STOCK

Cumulative Preferred Stock

(Par Value $.01 Per Share)

of Star Markets Company, Inc.

Star Markets Company, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Corporation”), organized and existing under the Business Corporation Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

That, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Articles of Organization and pursuant to the provisions of M.G.L. Chap. 156B, Section 26, said Board of Directors, by unanimous written consent of its members, adopted a resolution providing for the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, option or other rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of 5,000 shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock, which resolution is as follows:

VOTED: That, the Board of Directors hereby authorizes the issuance of up to Five Thousand (5,000) shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, and hereby fixes the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, in addition to those set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificates of Incorporation, as follows:

(a) Designation .

This resolution shall provide for a single series of Preferred Stock, the designation of which shall be “Cumulative Preferred Stock” (hereinafter “Preferred Stock”) and the number of authorized shares constituting the cumulative Preferred. Stock is Five Thousand (5,000).

(b) Dividend Rate .

(1) Dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock shall accrue from the date of their original issue at a rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year, and, to the extent any such dividends and any other dividends accrued with

 

2A


respect to such dividends pursuant to this paragraph (1) shall have accrued, but are in arrears because they have not been declared and paid, such undeclared and unpaid dividends shall accrue additional dividends from the date upon which such undeclared and unpaid dividends accrued until the date upon which they are paid at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per annum (compounded on the Dividend Payment Dates and computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year). All such dividends shall be cumulative and shall be payable when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, out of assets legally available for such purpose, on April 30 and October 31 of each year; commencing, in the case of the first issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, Octobe 31, 1994 (each such date being hereinafter individually a “Dividend Payment Date” and collectively the “Dividend Payment Dates”), except that if any Dividend Payment Date is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday then such dividend shall be paid on the next business day following such Dividend Payment Date and no additional amount shall accrue as a result of such delay.

(2) Each dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock as they appear on the books of the Corporation on the record date, not exceeding 30 days prior to the Dividend Payment Date thereof, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Dividends in arrears may be declared and paid at any time, without reference to any regular Dividend Payment Date, to holders of record on such date, not exceeding 45 days preceding the payment date thereof, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(3) Except as hereinafter provided, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the shares of Preferred Stock for any period if the Corporation shall be in default in the payment of any dividends (including cumulative dividends, if applicable) on any shares of Preferred Stock ranking, as to dividends, prior to the Preferred Stock, unless a dividend sufficient to cure such default shall be contemporaneously declared and paid.

 

2B


(4) Except as hereinafter provided, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Preferred Stock of any series ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with or junior to the Preferred Stock for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid on the Preferred Stock through the last Dividend Payment Date. When dividends are not paid in full, as aforesaid, upon the shares of Preferred Stock and any other Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with the Preferred Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of the Preferred Stock and any other Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with the Preferred Stock shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on the Preferred Stock and such other Preferred Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends per share on the shares of the Preferred Stock and such other Preferred Stock bear to each other. Holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as provided in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section (b), on the Preferred Stock.

(5) So long as any share of the Preferred Stock is outstanding, no dividend (other than (i) a dividend in the Corporation’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (“the Common Stock”), or in any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation or (ii) as provided in paragraph (4) of this Section (b)), shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment, or other distribution declared or made, upon the Common Stock or upon any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, nor shall any Common Stock nor any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Corporation (except by conversion into or exchange for stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Stock as to dividends and upon liquidation) unless, in each case, the full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared and paid through the prevent the Corporation from repurchasing or redeeming any of its capital stock pursuant to the terms of any subscription agreement entered into with any officer, director or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

2C


(c) Optional Redemption . The shares of Preferred Stock are redeemable on the terms and conditions set forth below, at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Corporation expressed by resolution of the Board of Directors, at a per share redemption price of Two Thousand Two Hundred Dollars $2,200.00 plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for redemption. The shares of Preferred Stock may be redeemed in whole or in not more than two partial redemptions, provided that in the first of such two partial redemptions not less than 50% of the number of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be redeemed and that in the second of such two partial redemptions all of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be redeemed.

(d) Mandatory Redemption .

On December 31, 2005 the Corporation shall redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a per share redemption price of Two Thousand Two Hundred Dollars $2,200.00 plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for redemption.

(e) Procedure for Redemption .

(1) If fewer than all the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed shall be determined by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of Sections (c) and (d) above, and the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot or pro rata as may be determined by the Board of Directors or by any other method as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion to be equitable.

(2) Notice of a redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares

 

2D


the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (iii) the redemption price; (iv) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (v) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue on such redemption date; and (vi) any other information required by applicable laws or regulations.

(3) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by the Corporation in providing money for the payment of the redemption price of the shares called for redemption) dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and said shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the Corporation (except the right to receive from the Corporation the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the date fixed for redemption) shall cease. Upon surrender of the certificates for any shares so redeemed in accordance with said notice (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall so require and the notice shall so state), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the redemption price aforesaid. In case fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without cost to the holder thereof.

(4) Any shares of Preferred Stock which shall at any time have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors. None of such redeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall be reissued as shares of Preferred Stock.

(5) If the Corporation shall be in default in the payment of any dividends on any shares of Preferred Stock ranking, as to dividends, prior to the Preferred Stock, then no shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed and the Corporation shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Preferred Stock.

 

2E


(6) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section (e), unless the full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall have been paid or contemporaneously are declared and paid through the last Dividend Payment Date, no shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are simultaneously redeemed; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to all holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

(f) Voting .

The shares of Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers either general or special, except as required by law or regulation and except that unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the consent of the holders of at least a majority of all of the shares of Preferred Stock, and all other series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity with the Preferred Stock either as to dividends or upon liquidation and upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are then exercisable, at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of such shares shall vote together as a single class without regard to series, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating the amendment, alteration or repeal of any of the provisions of the Articles of Organization or of any amendatory Statement thereto (including any Statement with Respect to Shares or any similar document relating to any series of Preferred Stock) so as to affect materially and adversely the rights, preferences, privileges or voting power of shares of Preferred Stock. In case the shares of Preferred Stock would be so affected in a materially different manner than any other series of Preferred Stock then outstanding by any such action, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote as a separate class, and the Corporation shall not

 

2F


take such action without the consent or affirmative vote, as above provided, of at least a majority of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in addition to or as a specific part of the consent or affirmative vote hereinabove otherwise required. The increase of the authorized amount of the Preferred Stock, or the creation, authorization or issuance of any shares of any other class of stock of the Corporation ranking,

(i) junior to the Preferred Stock, or (ii) on a parity with the shares of Preferred Stock, as to dividends or upon liquidation, or the reclassification of any authorized or outstanding stock of the Corporation into any such junior or parity shares, or the creation, authorization or issuance of any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase any such junior or parity shares shall not be deemed to affect materially and adversely the rights, preferences, privileges or voting power of shares of Preferred Stock.

(g) Liquidation Rights .

(1) Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or on any other class of stock ranking junior to Preferred Stock upon liquidation, the amount of Two Thousand Two Hundred Dollars $2,200,000 per share, plus a sum equal to all dividends (whether or not earned or declared) on such shares accrued and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution, subject only to the provisions of this paragraph (1) of this Section (g). All shares of Preferred Stock ranking in whole or in part prior to the shares of Preferred Stock as to liquidation shall be entitled to be paid to the extent of such priority in full in cash, or money for the payment thereof set apart, before any payment provided for in this Section (g) shall be made with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock.

(2) Neither the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Corporation nor the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section (g).

 

2G


(3) After the payment to the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts provided for in this Section (g), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Corporation.

(4) In the event the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock upon any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to paragraph (1) of this Section (g), no such distribution shall be made on account of any of shares of any other class or series of Preferred Stock ranking in whole or in part on a parity with the shares of Preferred Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up unless proportionate distributive amounts shall be paid on account of the shares of Preferred Stock, ratably, in proportion to the full distributable parity amounts for which holders of all such parity shares are respectively entitled upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(h) Priority .

For purposes of this resolution, any stock of any class or classes of the Corporation shall be deemed to rank:

(1) Prior to the shares of the Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or classes shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock. Each holder of any share of Preferred Stock, by his acceptance thereof, expressly covenants and agrees that the rights of the holders of any shares of any other series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to receive dividends or amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be and hereby are expressly prior to his rights unless in the case of any particular series of Preferred Stock the certificate or other instrument creating or evidencing the same expressly provides that the rights of the holders of such series shall not be prior to the shares of Preferred Stock.

 

2H


(2) On a parity with shares of Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share or sinking fund provisions, if any, be different from those of the Preferred Stock, if the holders of such stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective dividend rates or liquidation prices, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such stock and the holders of shares of Preferred Stock.

(3) Junior to shares of Preferred Stock, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if such class or classes shall be Common Stock or if the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary of involuntary, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or classes.

(i) Payments . All payments to a holder of Preferred Stock shall be made at the office or agency of the Corporation maintained for such purpose in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Corporation payment may be made (i) by check mailed to such holder at his address appearing on the records of the Corporation or, (ii) at the request of such holder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the address designated by such holder in writing.

 

2I


IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES Of PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 7th day of September in the year 1994.

 

Christopher J. O’Brien

      Vice President

Lawrence Anderson

      Clerk

Exhibit 3.207

[                    ]

BY-LAWS

ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS

1. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held either at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within the United States as is determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

2. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote shall be held at ten o’clock in the forenoon (or at such other time as is determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice) on a date to be determined by the Board of Directors within six months after the end of each fiscal year, on any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, and if a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, at such location as is determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice. The purposes for which an annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization and by these By-Laws, may be specified by the Board of Directors. If no annual meeting is held on the date fixed, or by adjournment therefrom, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in lieu thereof, and any action taken at such special meeting shall have the same force and effect as if taken at the annual meeting.

3. Special Meetings . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation, special meetings of the stockholders entitled to vote may be called by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the Clerk, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of the Clerk, by any other officer, upon written application of one or more stockholders who are entitled to vote and who hold at least one-tenth part in interest of the capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting.

4. Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour thereof, and the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by the Clerk or Assistant Clerk or other person calling the meeting. Notice must be given in writing and such writing shall be sufficient if given personally or by postage-prepaid mailing, or by any other means permitted by law. Notice must be given at least seven (7) days before the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and to each stockholder who, by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, is entitled to such notice, such notice addressed to his usual place of business or residence as it appears upon the books of the Corporation. Notice shall be deemed given when it is received, if hand delivered, or when dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by courier, telegraph, telex, telecopy or cable. No notice of a meeting of the stockholders need be given to any stockholder if such stockholder, by a writing (including, without limitation, by telegraph, telex, telecopy or cable) filed with the records of the meeting (and whether executed before or after such meeting) waives such notice, or if such stockholder attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. Every stockholder who is present at a meeting (whether in person or by proxy) shall be deemed to have waived notice thereof.


5. Quorum. At any meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority in interest of all stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum, except that, if two or more classes of stock are outstanding and entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a quorum shall consist of the holders of a majority in interest of the stock of that class issued, outstanding and entitled to vote.

6. Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting, although less than a quorum, or by any officer entitled to preside or to act as clerk of such meeting if no stockholder is present in person or by proxy. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment. Any business which could have been transacted at any meeting of the stockholders as originally called may be transacted at any adjournment thereof.

7. Votes and Proxies. At all meetings of the stockholders, each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock having voting power registered in such stockholder’s name, and a proportionate vote for any fractional shares, unless otherwise provided or required by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws. Scrip shall not carry any right to vote unless otherwise provided therein, but if scrip provides for the right to vote, such voting shall be on the same basis as fractional shares. Stockholders may vote either in person or by written proxy. No proxy which is dated more than six months before the meeting at which it is to be used shall be accepted, and no proxy shall be valid after the final adjournment of such meeting. Proxies need not be sealed or attested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a proxy coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power, including, without limitation, an interest in the stock or in the Corporation generally, may be made irrevocable if it so provides, need not specify the meeting to which it relates, and shall be valid and enforceable until the interest terminates, or for such shorter period as may be specified in the proxy. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.

8. Conduct of Business. The Chairman of the Board of Directors or his designee, or, if there is no Chairman of the Board or such designee, then a person appointed by a majority of the Board of Directors, shall preside at any meeting of stockholders. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.

9. Action at a Meeting. When a quorum is present, the holders of a majority of the stock present or represented and entitled to vote and voting on a matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, the holders of a majority of the stock of that class present or represented and entitled to vote and voting on a matter), except where a larger vote is required by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, shall decide any matter to be voted on by the stockholders. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election. No ballot shall be required for such election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election. The Corporation shall not directly or indirectly vote any share of its stock. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the right of the Corporation to vote any shares of stock held directly or indirectly by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

2


10. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

ARTICLE II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. Powers. The Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except such as are required by law or by the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws to be otherwise exercised, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have power, unless otherwise provided by law, to purchase and to lease, pledge, mortgage and sell such property (including the stock of the Corporation) and to make such contracts and agreements as they deem advantageous, to fix the price to be paid for or in connection with any property or rights purchased, sold, or otherwise dealt with by the Corporation, to borrow money, issue bonds, notes and other obligations of the Corporation, and to secure payment thereof by the mortgage or pledge of all or any part of the property of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may determine the compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors or such officer or committee as the Board of Directors shall designate, may determine the compensation and duties, in addition to those prescribed by these By-Laws, of all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

2. Number. The corporation shall have a Board of Directors consisting of such number (but not less than the minimum number required by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law or the Articles of Organization) as may be fixed by the stockholders. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall fix the number of Directors to be elected, and shall elect the Directors. At any meeting, the stockholders may increase or decrease the number of Directors within the limits above specified. No Director need be a stockholder. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected by and from the Board of Directors.

3. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Organization, or by these By-Laws, each Director, including the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualified or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Any Director may resign by giving written notice of his resignation to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Clerk or the Secretary, if any, or to the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board, and such resignation shall become effective at the time specified therein.

4. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock which may be then outstanding, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. A Director may be removed for cause only after a reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing to remove him.

 

3


5. Vacancies. Subject to the Articles of Organization, any vacancy in the office of Director may be filled by a majority vote of the Directors then in office even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director. Subject to the Articles of Organization, newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by a majority vote of the Board of Directors then in office even though less than quorum, or by a sole remaining Director.

6. Meetings. Meetings of the Directors need not be held in the Commonwealth.

(a) Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as may be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time, provided that any Director who is absent when such determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without call or notice at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, or the special meeting held in lieu thereof, immediately following such meeting of stockholders.

(b) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Treasurer, the Clerk, or one or more Directors. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings shall be given by the Clerk or Assistant Clerk or the Secretary or the officer or Directors calling the meeting. Notice must be given orally, by telephone, or by telegraph, telex, telecopy or cable or in writing, and such notice shall be sufficient if given in time to enable the Director to attend, or in any case if sent by mail, by courier or telegraph, telex, telecopy or cable at least three days before the meeting, addressed to a Director’s usual or last known place of business or residence. No notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors need be given to any Director if such Director, by a writing (including, without limitation, by telegraph, telex, telecopy or cable) filed with the records of the meeting (and whether executed before or after such meeting), waives such notice, or if such Director attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. A notice or waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any special meeting.

7. Quorum of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the number of Directors then constituting a full Board of Directors then serving shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting from time to time without further notice. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

8. Action at a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, action on any matter brought before any meeting at which there is a quorum may be taken by vote of a majority of the Directors then present at the meeting, unless a different vote is required by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws.

 

4


9. Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the Directors then in office consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Directors. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.

10. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by vote of a majority of the number of Directors then constituting a full Board, elect from its membership an Executive Committee (to be chaired by the Chairman of the Board, if any,) and such other committees as it may determine, comprised of such number of its members as it may from time to time determine (but in any event not less than two), and delegate to any such committee or committees some or all of its powers, except those which by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws it is prohibited from delegating. Except as the Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but, unless otherwise provided by the Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the manner as is provided by these By-Laws for the Directors.

11. Telephone Conference Meetings. The Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee thereof by means of a conference telephone call (or similar communications equipment) by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE III - OFFICERS

1. Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall be the President, the Treasurer, the Clerk and such other officers as the Board of Directors may determine, including, but not limited to, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Clerks, and a Secretary.

2. Election. The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Treasurer and the Clerk shall be elected annually by the Directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders or special meeting in lieu thereof. The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, if any, may, from time to time, elect or appoint such other officers as it or he may determine, including, but not limited to, one or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Clerks, and a Secretary.

3. Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. The Chairman of the Board, if any, and any Vice Chairman appointed to act in the absence of the Chairman, if any, shall be elected by and from the Board of Directors, but no other officer need be a Director. Two or more offices may be held by any one person. If required by vote of the Board of Directors, an officer shall give bond to the Corporation for the faithful performance of his duties, in such form and amount and with such sureties as the Board of Directors may determine. The premiums for such bonds shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

5


4. Tenure. Each officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders or special meeting in lieu thereof and until his successor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, unless a shorter term is specified in the vote electing or appointing said officer. Each officer appointed by the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall hold office until his successor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, unless a shorter term is specified by any agreement or other instrument appointing said officer. Any officer may resign by giving written notice of his resignation to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Clerk or the Secretary, if any, or to the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board, and such resignation shall become effective at the time specified therein.

5. Removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or Chairman of the Board, if any, may be removed from office with or without cause by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. An officer may be removed for cause only after a reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body or person proposing to remove him.

6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders at which he is present and shall have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed by these By-Laws or from time to time determined by the Board of Directors.

7. President. The President shall, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, have and perform such powers and duties as may be prescribed by these By-Laws or from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

8. Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents, if any, in the order of their election, or in such other order as the Board of Directors may determine, shall have and perform the powers and duties of the President (or such of the powers and duties as the Board of Directors may determine) whenever the President is absent or unable to act. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall also have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

9. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall, subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, have and perform such powers and duties as may be prescribed in these By-Laws or be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. All property of the Corporation in the custody of the Treasurer shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise voted by the Board of Directors, each Assistant Treasurer, if any, shall have and perform the powers and duties of the Treasurer whenever the Treasurer is absent or unable to act, and may at any time exercise such of the powers of the Treasurer, and such other powers and duties, as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

10. Clerk and Assistant Clerks. The Clerk shall be a resident of Massachusetts unless the Corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. He shall have and perform the powers and duties prescribed in these By-Laws and such other powers and duties as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. He shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and shall record upon the record book of the Corporation all votes of the stockholders and minutes of the proceedings at such meetings. He shall have custody of the record books of the Corporation. Assistant Clerks, if any, shall have such powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. In the absence of the Clerk from any meeting of stockholders, an Assistant Clerk, if one be elected, otherwise a Temporary Clerk designated by the person presiding at the meeting, shall perform the duties of the Clerk.

 

6


11. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint a Secretary and, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, but if no Secretary or Assistant Secretary is elected, the Clerk (or, in the absence of the Clerk, any Assistant Clerk) shall act as the Secretary. The Secretary or, in his absence, any Assistant Secretary, shall attend all meetings of the Directors and shall record all votes of the Board of Directors and minutes of the proceedings at such meetings. The Secretary or, in his absence, any Assistant Secretary (or the Clerk), shall notify the Directors of their meetings, and shall have and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. If a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary is elected but is absent from any such meeting, the Clerk (or any Assistant Clerk) may perform the duties of the Secretary; otherwise, a Temporary Secretary may be appointed by the meeting.

ARTICLE IV - CAPITAL STOCK

1. Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates representing in the aggregate the shares of the capital stock of the Corporation owned by him, except that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of shares of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares, to the extent permitted by law. All certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall state the number and class of shares evidenced thereby (and designate the series, if any), shall be signed by either the President or a Vice President and either the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and may (but need not) bear the seal of the Corporation and shall contain such further statements as shall be required by law. The Board of Directors may determine the form of certificates of stock except insofar as prescribed by law or by these By-Laws, and may provide for the use of facsimile signatures thereon to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares which are subject to any restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Articles of Organization, these By-Laws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the restrictions noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth upon the face or back thereof either the full text of the restrictions or a statement of the existence of such restrictions and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge. Every stock certificate issued while the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock, shall set forth on the face or back thereof either the full text of the preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special and relative rights of the shares of each class and series, if any, authorized to be issued as set forth in the Articles of Organization, or a statement of the existence of such preferences, powers, qualifications and rights, and a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy thereof to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge.

2. Transfers of Stock. The transfer of all shares of stock of the Corporation, so as to affect the rights of the Corporation, shall be effected only by transfer recorded on the books of the Corporation, in person or by duly authorized attorney, and upon the surrender of the certificate properly endorsed or assigned. The transfer of all shares of stock of the Corporation shall be subject to the restrictions, if any, imposed by the Articles of Organization, these By-Laws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party.

 

7


3. Holders of Record. The person registered on the books of the Corporation as the owner of the shares shall have the exclusive right to receive dividends thereon and to vote thereon as such owner, shall be held liable for such calls and assessments as may lawfully be made thereon, and except only as may be required by law, may in all respects be treated by the Corporation as the exclusive owner thereof. It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in shares of stock of the Corporation on the part of any other person except as may be otherwise expressly provided by law.

4. Lost or Destroyed Certificates. The Directors of the Corporation may, subject to Section 29 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute, determine the conditions upon which a new certificate of stock may be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or mutilated.

5. Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date not more than sixty days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution to stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, or the right to give such consent or dissent. In such case, only stockholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the Corporation after the record date. Without fixing such record date the Board of Directors may, for any such purposes, close the transfer books for all or any part of such sixty-day period. If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed, the record date for determining stockholders having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

6. Issue of Stock. Subject to the Articles of Organization, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation or the whole or any part of any capital stock of the Corporation held in its treasury may be issued or disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

ARTICLE V - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1. Fiscal Year. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors from time to time, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be a 52/53 week year with the end of the fiscal year to end on the Saturday closest to January 31.

2. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

 

8


3. Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations authorized to be executed by an officer of the Corporation in its behalf shall be signed by such person or persons as may be authorized from time to time by vote of the Board of Directors.

4. Voting of Securities. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the President or Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint any person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation (with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders of any other corporation or organization any of the securities of which may be held by the Corporation.

5. Dividends. Unless otherwise required by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law or the Articles of Organization, the Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation, which dividends may be paid either in cash, securities of the Corporation or other property.

6. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

(a) Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner or trustee of another corporation, including, without limitation, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned directly or indirectly, by the Corporation (a “Subsidiary”) or any Affiliate of the Corporation as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the 1934 Act or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent, partner or trustee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, costs of investigation and preparation of defense and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section (c) hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights of indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

9


(b) Advance of Expenses . The right to indemnification conferred in Section (a) of this Section 6 shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 6 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

(c) Ri ght of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be thirty days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 6 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(d) Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 6 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, these By-Laws, or any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

10


(e) Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of .the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary or Affiliate or any employee benefit plan, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law. The Corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

(f) Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.

(g) Agreements . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, enter into agreements with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to such person.

(h) Amendment . Without the consent of a person entitled to the . indemnification and other rights provided in this Section 6 (unless otherwise required by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law), no amendment modifying or terminating such rights shall adversely affect such person’s rights under this Section 9 with respect to the period prior to such amendment.

(i) Savings Clause . If this Section 6 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each indemnitee as to any liabilities and expenses with respect to any proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

7. Corporate Records. The original, or attested copies, of the Articles of Organization, By-Laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators and stockholders, and the stock and transfer records, which shall contain the names of all stockholders and the record address and the amount of stock held by each, shall be kept in the Commonwealth at the principal office of the Corporation, or at an office of its transfer agent, Clerk or resident agent, and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder for any proper purpose, but not to secure a list of stockholders or other information for the purpose of selling said list or information or copies thereof or of using the same for a purpose other than in the interest of the applicant, as a stockholder, relative to the affairs of the Corporation.

8. Contributions. The Board of Directors shall have authority to make donations from the funds of the Corporation, in such amounts as the Board of Directors may determine to be reasonable and irrespective of corporate benefit, for the public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other natural emergency in aid thereof.

 

11


9. Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Clerk, an Assistant Clerk, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or a Temporary Clerk or Temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, Board of Directors, any committee of the Board of Directors or any officer or representative of the Corporation shall, as to all persons who rely thereon in good faith, be conclusive evidence of such action.

10. Ratification. Any action taken on behalf of the Corporation by the Directors or any officer or representative of the Corporation which requires authorization by the stockholders or the Directors of the Corporation shall be deemed to have been authorized if subsequently ratified by the stockholders entitled to vote or by the Directors, as the case may be, at a meeting held in accordance with these By-Laws.

11. Reliance upon Books, Records and Reports. Each Director or officer of the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or records, including financial statements, books of account and other financial records, in each case presented by or prepared by or under the supervision of (1) one or more officers or employees of the Corporation whom the Director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, or (2) counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters which the Director or officer reasonably believes to be within such person’s professional or expert competence, or (3) in the case of a Director, a duly constituted committee of the Board of Directors upon which he does not serve, as to matters within its delegated authority, which committee the Director reasonably believes to merit confidence, but he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. The fact that a Director or officer so performed his duties shall be a complete defense to any claim asserted against him, except as expressly provided by statute, by reason of his being or having been a Director or officer of the Corporation.

12. Articles of Organization. All references in the By-Laws to the Articles of Organization shall be deemed to refer to the Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

13. Interpretation. The Board of Directors shall have the power to interpret all of the terms and provisions of these By-Laws and the Articles of Organization, which interpretation shall be conclusive.

14. Gender. Whenever the masculine gender is used in these By-Laws, it shall include the feminine and the neuter wherever appropriate.

ARTICLE VI - AMENDMENTS

The power to make, amend or repeal these By-Laws shall be in the stockholders. In addition, as authorized by the Articles of Organization, these By-Laws may also be made, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by the vote of a majority of Directors of the Corporation, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, the Articles of Organization or these By-Laws requires action by the stockholders. If required by Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 156B, not later than the time of giving notice of the meeting of stockholders next following the making, amending or repealing by the Directors of any By-Law, notice thereof stating the substance of such change shall be given to all stockholders entitled to vote on amending the By-Laws.

 

12


Any By-Law adopted by the Directors may be amended or repealed by the stockholders.

 

A true copy.
ATTEST:

 

Clerk

 

13

Exhibit 3.208

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY

Secretary of State

ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS: 02108

RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74

This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the restated articles of organization. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B. Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

 

 

I Christopher J. O’Brien Vice President, and Clerk of STAR, MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC. (Name of Corporation) located at 655 Mt. Auburn Street, Cambridge, MA             do hereby certify that the following restatement of the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on September 6, 1994 by vote of both directors and the sole incorporator as no shares have been issued.              shares of (Class of Stock) out of              shares outstanding              shares of (Class of Stock) out of              shares outstanding, and             shares of (Class of Stock) out of             shares outstanding. (Class of Stock) being at least two-thirds of each class of stock outstanding and entitled to vote and of each class or series of stock adversely affected thereby: -

 

1. The name by which the corporation shall be known is: -

Star Markets Holdings, Inc.

 

2. The purposes for which the corporation is formed are as follows: -

 

     
     

To own and operate groceries and pharmacies and any, and all, other

      related businesses permitted under Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws.
C      
P      
M      
RA      

 

6           

P.C.

 

  

Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1/2 x 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one article may be continued on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.


  3. The total number- of shares and the par value, if any of each class of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is as follows:

 

    

WITHOUT PAR VALUE

   WITH PAR VALUE

CLASS OF STOCK

  

NUMBER OF SHARES

   NUMBER OF SHARES    PAR VALUE
Preferred       Blank Check

Preferred Stock*

   one penny
Common       1,395,000    one penny

 

  *4. If more than one class is authorized, a description of each of the different classes of stock with, if any, the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, special or relative rights or privileges as to each class thereof and any series now established:

 

  *Blank Check Preferred Stock as follows:

 

  885,000     shares of Class A
  500,000     shares of Class C
    10,000     shares of Class D

See attachment for Blank Check Preferred.

 

  *5. The restrictions, if any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of stock of any class are as follows: None for Common Stock.

 

  See attachment for Blank Check Preferred.

 

  *6. Other lawful provisions, if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

None for Common Stock.

See attachment for Blank Check Preferred.

See Continuation Sheet 6A attached hereto.

*If there are no such provisions, state “None”.


STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION (Continued)

Article VI (Continued)

Other Lawful Provisions:

 

a. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held anywhere in the United States.  

 

b. The Directors of the Corporation may make, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation in whole or in part, except with respect to any provisions thereof which by law or by the By-Laws requires action by the stockholders.  

 

c. The Corporation may be a partner in any business enterprise which the Corporation would have the power to conduct itself.  

 

d. No Director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided, however, that this provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Director to the extent that such liability is imposed by applicable law (i) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 61 or 62 or successor provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. This provision shall not eliminate the liability of a Director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon which this provision becomes effective. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.  


Attachment

Blank Check Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of these Articles of Organization, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (such certificate being hereafter referred to as the “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, preference, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges of each such series. In the event that at any time the Board of Directors shall have established and designated one or more series of Preferred Stock consisting of a number of shares less than all of the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining authorized shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be shares of an undesignated series of Preferred Stock unless or until designated by the Board of Directors as being part of a series previously established or a new series then being established by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding the fixing of the number of shares constituting a particular series, the Board of Directors may at any time thereafter authorize the issuance of additional shares of the same series except as set forth in the Preferred Stock designation.


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

    

OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE

  
    

MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary

   FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
    

ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108

   NO.      04-3244277
        000474571

CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS ESTABLISHING

A SERIES OF A CLASS OF STOCK

General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 26

 

We, Lawrence Anderson    Vice President and
    Christopher J. O’Brien    Clerk of            

Star Markets Holdings, Inc. (Name of Corporation) located at 625 Mt. Auburn, Cambridge, MA do hereby certify that at a meeting of the directors of the corporation held on September 7, 1994, the following vote establishing and designating a series of a class of stock and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof was duly adopted:

See continuation sheet.

NOTE: Value for which the space provided about is not sufficent be an confusion sheets to be numbered 2A, 2B, etc. Communicating sheets must have a left margin. Inch wind for banding and shall 81/2 “11”. Only out side should be used.


CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES

AND RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK

OF

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

Star Markets Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the Business Corporation Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Articles of Organization and pursuant to the provisions of M.G.L. Chap. 156B, Section 26, said Board of Directors, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (“the Board”) adopted a resolution providing for the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, option or other rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Corporation’s Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock and Common Stock, respectively.

VOTED, that the Board hereby specifies the following preferences, rights, qualifications and limitations:

1. Definitions . As used herein the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ”, with respect to a Class D Stockholder that is a juridical entity, means (i) any Person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Class D Stockholder or (ii) any Person who is a director or officer (a) of such Class D Stockholder, (b) of any subsidiary of such Class D Stockholder or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) above. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, (y) to vote fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person whether by ownership of securities, contract, proxy or otherwise, or (z) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership of securities, contract, proxy or otherwise.

 

2A


Articles of Organization ” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Organization of the Corporation, dated September 6, 1994.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State of New York.

Certificate ” means this Certificate of Designation of the Corporation.

Change of Control ” means a change of control of the Corporation, whether such change of control occurs in a single transaction or a series of transactions; for purposes hereof the phrase “change of control of the Corporation” means (i) the sale of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Class D Stock or Common Stock (other than a sale or transfer to Permitted Transferees); (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; (iii) the issuance by the Corporation subsequent to September 8, 1994 of additional shares of Class D Stock or Common Stock such that, after such issuance, such additional shares, in the aggregate, constitute more than- fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Corporation which entitle the holder to one vote for each share of such Stock held on all matters as to which Stockholders may be entitled to vote pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (iv) a merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Corporation as a result of which the ownership of the Class D Stock or Common Stock of the Corporation (or the voting stock of the surviving corporation, if the Corporation is not the survivor) is changed to the extent of more than fifty percent (50%).

Class A Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Class C Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Class D Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Class A Stockholder ” means a record holder of one or more shares of Class A Stock.

 

2B


Class C Stockholder ” means a record holder of one or more shares of Class C Stock.

Class D Stockholder ” means a record holder of one or more shares of Class D Stock.

Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in

Section 2. “ Common Stockholder ” means a record holder of one or more shares of Common Stock.

Conversion Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Corporation ” means Star Markets Holdings, Inc.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Initial Public Offering ” means the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act covering any of the Stock, and the completion of a sale of such Stock thereunder, if as a result of such sale (i) the Corporation becomes a reporting company under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) the Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, or quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System or is traded or quoted on any other national stock exchange or securities system.

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the Initial Public Offering.

IPO Maximum Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c).

IPO Pro Rata Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

Non-Redeemable Shares ” means all shares of Class A or Class C Stock that have been previously sold pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer other than pursuant to a Single Transaction Sale.

Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

2C


Other Stockholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Permitted Transferee ” with respect to a Transfer by a Class D Stockholder, means (i) with respect to any Class D Stockholder who is a natural person, a Transfer to (a) such Stockholder’s spouse or issue, or (b) a trust the beneficiaries of which, and a partnership the limited and general partners of which, include only the Class D Stockholder, his spouse or issue; and (ii) with respect to any Class D Stockholder that is a juridical entity, a Transfer to (A) an Affiliate of such Class D Stockholder; or (B) another Class D Stockholder or its Affiliates, provided such other Class D Stockholder did not acquire its shares of Class D Stock pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer.

Person ” means any natural person, partnership, corporation, trust or incorporated organization or a government or a political subdivision thereof.

Proposed Purchase Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Proposed_Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Proposed Transferor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(d).

Registration Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c).

Registration Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

Registration Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

Sale of the Corporation ” means the sale of the Corporation whether such sale occurs pursuant to (i) the sale of one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Stock; (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation; or (iii) a merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Corporation as a result of which the ownership of the Stock of the Corporation (or the voting stock of the surviving corporation, if the Corporation is not the survivor) is changed to the extent of one hundred percent (100%).

 

2D


SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Single Transaction Sale ” means a Sale of the Corporation in a single transaction.

Staggered Sale ” means a Sale of the Corporation in more than one transaction, each such transaction also being referred to individually as a “Staggered Sale.”

Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

Stockholder ” means a record holder of one or more shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock.

Tag-Along Acceptance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

Tag-Along Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Tag-Along Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).

Tag-Along Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

Transfer , with respect to any share of Stock, means the sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, gift or other disposition whatsoever (other than pursuant to the Initial Public Offering or pursuant to the redemption by the Corporation or the conversion by the Holder of any such share of Stock, in either case in accordance with the terms of this Certificate) of such share, or the encumbrance or granting of any rights or interests whatsoever in or with respect to such share.

 

2E


Transfer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

Warrant Date ” means, (i) if the Warrant Triggering Event is the Initial Public Offering, the IPO Date, or (ii) if the Warrant Triggering Event is a Sale of the Corporation, the closing date of (A) the Single Transaction Sale, if the Sale of the Corporation is pursuant to a Single Transaction Sale, or (B) the Staggered Sale that causes a Sale of the Corporation to occur, if the Sale of the Corporation is pursuant to a series of Staggered Sales.

Warrant Holder(s) ” means the Holder(s) of the Warrants.

Warrant Redemption Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

Warrant Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock purchasable by the Warrant Holder(s) pursuant to the exercise of the Warrants.

Warrant Triggering Event ” means (i) an Initial Public Offering or (ii) a Sale of the Corporation, whether such sale occurs pursuant to a Single Transaction Sale or a series of Staggered Sales.

Warrant ” means the Class A Warrant to be issued by the Corporation which entitles the Warrant Holder(s), upon the occurrence of a Warrant Triggering Event, to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation specified therein.

2. Designation and Number . As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the first class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class A Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 885,000. The second class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class C Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 500,000. The third class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class D Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 10,000. The fourth class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Common Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 1,395,000. The Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock and Common Stock are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the

 

2F


“Stock”. The Corporation may, by an amendment to the Articles of Organization duly adopted, increase or decrease, at any time and from time to time (but not below the number of shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock then outstanding), the number of authorized shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be. Shares of Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation pursuant to the terms hereof shall be retired and shall revert to authorized but unissued Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.

3. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Except for Transfers to a Permitted Transferee, no Class D Stockholder shall Transfer any share of the Class D Stock owned by such Class D Stockholder except in accordance with the terms of this Certificate including, without limitation, the terms of Section 4 hereof. Any Transfer or attempt to Transfer any share of Class D Stock in violation of the terms and conditions of this Certificate shall be null and void and of no force and effect, the transferee thereof shall not be deemed to be the registered holder thereof nor entitled to any rights with respect thereto, and the Corporation shall refuse to Transfer any of such Class D Stock on its books to such alleged transferee.

(b) No Stockholder shall Transfer any shares of Stock (including Class D Stockholders who wish to Transfer shares of Class D Stock to a Permitted Transferee) unless such Transfer complies with the conditions specified in this Section 3(b), which are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Prior to any Transfer, the holder of the shares of Stock proposed to be Transferred shall give written notice to the Corporation of such holder’s intention to effect such Transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed Transfer in sufficient detail, and, if requested by the Corporation, shall be accompanied by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who is reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, addressed to the Corporation and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Corporation’s counsel, to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and qualification under applicable state securities laws, or (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the Transfer of such securities without registration under the Securities Act will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that

 

2G


action be taken with respect thereof, or a combination of (i) and (ii) above, whereupon the holder of such shares of Stock shall be entitled to Transfer such shares in accordance with the terms of this Certificate and the written notice delivered by the holder to the Corporation. Each certificate evidencing the shares of Stock Transferred as above provided shall bear the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 10, provided that , following the Initial Public Offering, such certificates shall bear the legend set forth in Section 10 or another legend only if, in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, the imposition of such legend is required under the Securities Act or other applicable law. Any purported Transfer in violation of this Section 3(b) shall be null and void and of no force or effect, and the Corporation shall not record any such Transfer on its stock transfer books. The restrictions on Transfer contained in this Section 3(b) shall not apply to Transfers of shares of Stock (i) in the Initial Public Offering; or (ii) following the Initial Public Offering, provided that such Transfer is made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws and in accordance with any restrictions on transfer contained in any restrictive legend set forth on the certificates representing such shares.

4. Tag-Along Rights .

(a) Transfer by Class D Stockholders . If, other than in connection with the Initial Public Offering, any Class D Stockholder or Stockholders (for purposes of this Section 4, singularly or collectively, the “Proposed Transferor”), at any time or from time to time in one transaction or in a series of transactions, desires to enter into an agreement (whether oral or written) to Transfer its shares of Class D Stock or any part thereof to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”), such proposed Transfer shall be deemed a “Tag-Along Transfer” and shall only be permitted if, in connection therewith, each of the Class A and Class C Stockholders (collectively, the “Other Stockholders”) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the Proposed Transferor to require, as a condition to such Tag-Along Transfer, that the Proposed Transferee purchase from each such Other Stockholder up to the number of shares (the “Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount”) of Class A or Class C Stock derived by multiplying the total number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock, as the case may be, owned by such Other Stockholder by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Class D Stock that is proposed to be Transferred by the Proposed Transferor to the Proposed

 

2H


Transferee (the “Proposed Purchase Amount”) and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Class D Stock (other than shares of Class D Stock that have previously been Transferred pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer) outstanding as of the Notice Date (as defined in Section 4(b)). All Tag-Along Transfers by Other Stockholders shall be on the same terms and conditions (with such changes as are necessary to apply such terms and conditions to a sale by such Other Stockholders) as the proposed Tag-Along Transfer by the Proposed Transferor, provided that no Other Stockholder may be required to make any representation or warranty in connection with the Tag-Along Transfer other than as to its ownership and authority to Transfer the shares of Stock to be Transferred by it, free and clear of any and all liens and encumbrances and in compliance with all applicable laws.

(b) Transfer Notice . The Proposed Transferor participating in a Tag-Along Transfer shall promptly (and in any event at least thirty (30) Business Days prior to the closing date thereof) provide the Corporation and the Other Stockholders with written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) of the proposed Tag-Along Transfer containing the following:

(i) the name and address of the Proposed Transferor and the Proposed Transferee;

(ii) the Proposed Purchase Amount;

(iii) the proposed amount and form of consideration to be paid for such shares of Class D Stock, the terms and conditions of payment offered by the Proposed Transferee and the closing date for the proposed Tag-Along Transfer;

(iv) the aggregate number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock, as the case may be, held of record as of the date the Transfer Notice is sent (the “Notice Date”) by the other Stockholder to whom the notice is sent;

(v) the aggregate number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock, as the case may be, held of record as of the Notice Date by all Other Stockholders as a group;

(vi) the Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount; and

 

2I


(vii) a statement confirming that the Proposed Transferee has been informed of the tag-along rights provided for in this Certificate. Upon written request by the Proposed Transferor, the Corporation shall provide to the Proposed Transferor the information referred to in (iv) and (v) above for inclusion in the Transfer Notice and such other information as may be required to enable the Proposed Transferor to comply with the terms of this Section 4(b).

(c) Tag-Along Notice . Each Other Stockholder desiring to participate in the proposed Tag-Along Transfer shall provide a written notice (the “Tag-Along Notice”) to the Proposed Transferor on or before the expiration of ten (10) Business Days after the Notice Date (the “Tag-Along Acceptance Date”) stating the number of shares held by such Other Stockholder (up to its Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount) to be included in the proposed Tag-Along Transfer on the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice. The Tag-Along Notice given by each Other Stockholder shall constitute such Other Stockholder’s binding agreement to include a number of shares equal to its Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount (or such lesser amount as stated in the Tag-Along Notice) in the Tag-Along Transfer on the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and in this Certificate. If the Proposed Transferee does not purchase all of the shares of Stock of the Proposed Transferor and the Other Stockholders included in such proposed Tag-Along Transfer, then the proposed Tag-Along Transfer to such Proposed Transferee shall be prohibited and any attempt to consummate the proposed Tag-Along Transfer shall be null and void and of no force and effect.

(d) Each Proposed Transferor and each Other Stockholder whose shares are sold in a Tag-Along Transfer shall be required to bear its pro rata share, based on the number of shares included in such Tag-Along Transfer, of the expenses of the transaction including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and expenses.

(e) The provisions of this Section 4 shall not apply to a subsequent Transfer of any share of Class D Stock that has previously been the subject of a completed Tag-Along Transfer which complied with the provisions of this Section 4.

 

2J


5. Redemption .

(a) The number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock equal to the difference between (i) the number of shares included in any Tag-Along Transfer by the Class A or Class C Stockholders pursuant to Section 4 and (ii) the Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount for each such Class A or Class C Stockholder shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds legally available therefor pro rata from each of the Class A and Class C Stockholders who elected to include in the Tag-Along Transfer a number of shares of Stock less than the number of shares that constitute their Tag-Along Pro Rata Amount or any such Stockholders that did not elect to participate in a Tag-Along Transfer at a redemption price (the “Tag-Along Redemption Price”) (i) for each share of Class A or Class C Stock so redeemed equal to the per share price paid for the Class D Stock by the Proposed Transferee less such Other Stockholder’s pro rata share, based on the number of shares of Stock so redeemed from such Other Stockholder, of the expenses of the Tag-Along Transfer including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and expenses. The provisions of this Section 5(a) shall not apply to the Non-Redeemable Shares.

(b) If the Warrant Holder(s) exercise(s) the Class A Warrant, the Corporation shall redeem from the Class A Stockholders pro rata based on the number of shares of such Class A Stock then owned by each such Stockholder, out of funds legally available therefor, a number of shares of Class A Stock equal to the Warrant Shares at a redemption price (the “Warrant Redemption Price”) equal to the par value of each share of Class A Stock so redeemed. The provisions of this Section 5(b) shall not apply to the Non- Redeemable Shares. If a redemption pursuant to this Section 5(b) occurs as a result of a Sale of the Corporation, such redemption shall occur, or shall be deemed to occur, immediately prior to any redemption pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof.

(c) The shares of Class A and Class C Stock redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to (i) a Section 5(a) mandatory redemption pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer that constitutes a Sale of the Corporation or (ii) a Section 5(b) mandatory redemption shall, on the Redemption Date (as defined in Section 5(d)), be retired and upon such retirement shall automatically revert to authorized but unissued shares of Class A or Class C Stock, as relevant, and the Corporation shall, on the Redemption Date, but immediately after such redemption, to the extent required by

 

2K


the Warrant or the documentation pursuant to which the Sale of the Corporation is effected, issue to (A) the Proposed Transferee, in the case of a Section 5(a) mandatory redemption pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer that constitutes a Sale of the Corporation and/or (B) the Warrant Holder(s), in the case of a Section 5(b) mandatory redemption, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (l) the number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock so redeemed, in the case of a Section 5(a) mandatory redemption pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer that constitutes a Sale of the Corporation and/or (2) the Warrant Shares, in the case of a Section 5(b) mandatory redemption. The shares of Class A or Class C Stock redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to a Section 5(a) mandatory redemption pursuant to a Tag-Along Transfer that does not constitute a Sale of the Corporation shall, on the Redemption Date, be retired and upon such retirement shall automatically revert to authorized but unissued shares of Class A or Class C Stock, as relevant, and the Corporation shall, on the Redemption Date, but immediately after such redemption, issue to the Proposed Transferee a number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock equal to the number of shares of such classes of Stock so redeemed. Upon any issuance of shares of Class A or Class C Stock equal to the number of shares of such class of Stock redeemed pursuant to a Section 5(a) mandatory redemption, the Corporation shall receive from the Proposed Transferee as the purchase price for such shares an amount equal to the Tag-Along Redemption Price.

(d) The Corporation shall give to each holder of record of the shares of Class A or Class C Stock to be redeemed pursuant to the terms of this Section 5 prior written notice of such redemption not less than two Business Days prior to the date such shares will be redeemed (the “Redemption Date”) which (i) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(a) shall be the closing date of the Tag-Along Transfer and (ii) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section 5(b) shall be the Warrant Date. Each such notice shall state: (A) the Redemption Date; (B) the total number of shares of the Class A or Class C Stock to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (C) the Tag-Along Redemption Price or the Warrant Redemption Price, as relevant; and (D) the fact that the certificates for the shares subject to redemption are to be surrendered in exchange for payment of the Tag-Along Redemption Price or Warrant Redemption Price, as relevant, at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place as the Corporation shall designate.

 

2L


(e) On the Redemption Date, the shares of Class A or Class C Stock required to be redeemed pursuant to the terms of this Section 5 shall be deemed to have been so redeemed, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such Class A or Class C Stock shall not have been surrendered at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may have designated or that notice from the Corporation shall not have been given by the Corporation or, if given, shall not have been received by any holder of Class A or Class C Stock whose shares of Stock are to be so redeemed. All certificates representing the redeemed shares of Class A or Class C Stock, including all certificates not so delivered by such Class A or Class C Stockholders, shall be, or shall be deemed to be, canceled by the Corporation as of the Redemption Date and shall thereafter no longer be of any force or effect.

6. Conversion .

(a) If the Initial Public Offering or a Sale of the Corporation (whether pursuant to a Single Transaction Sale or a series of Staggered Sales) occurs, each issued and outstanding share of Class A, Class C and Class D Stock not otherwise redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of Section 5(a) or 5(b) hereof shall automatically convert into one share of Common Stock effective on the Redemption Date (or, in the case of an Initial Public Offering in which no Redemption Date occurs, the IPO Date), but immediately after the redemptions and issuances described in Section 5 (the “Conversion Date”). Prior to or on the Conversion Date, each holder of shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock shall surrender such holder’s certificates evidencing such shares at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place as the Corporation shall designate to such holder in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Conversion Date, and shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the Conversion Date, be entitled to receive from the Corporation certificates evidencing the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock are converted. On the Conversion Date, each holder of shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock shall be deemed to be a holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such Class A, Class C or Class D Stock shall not have been surrendered at the principal office of the Corporation or such other place as the Corporation may have designated, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been given or, if given, shall not have been received by any

 

2M


holder of shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock, or that certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder. All certificates representing the converted shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock, including all certificates not so delivered by such Class A, Class C or Class D Stockholders, shall be, or shall be deemed to be, canceled by the Corporation as of the Conversion Date and shall thereafter no longer be of any force or effect.

(b) On or before December 31, 1994 all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Stock owned directly or indirectly by the Warrant Holder(s) and not otherwise converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 6(a) hereof shall, at the option of such Warrant Holder(s), be convertible into shares of Class C Stock on a one to one basis. Any Warrant Holder that desires to convert its shares of Class A Stock pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall, on or before December 31, 1994, deliver to the Corporation a written notice (the “Class A Conversion Notice”) (i) containing a description of the number of shares of Class A Stock which such Warrant Holder desires to convert into Class C Stock pursuant to the terms hereof; and (ii) attaching the certificates evidencing such shares of Class A Stock. The number of shares of Class A Stock described in the Class A Conversion Notice shall automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class C Stock on the date the Corporation receives the Class A Conversion Notice and, within 10 Business Days thereafter, the Corporation shall issue to such Warrant Holder certificates evidencing the number of shares of Class C Stock into which such shares of Class A Stock have been so converted.

7. Voting Rights .

(a) Holders of shares of Class D Stock and Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held on all matters as to which stockholders may be entitled to vote pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

(b) Prior to a Change of Control, holders of Class A or Class C Stock shall not have any voting rights, except that the holders of the Class A and Class C Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of such stock held as to (i) the approval of any amendment, or the alteration or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, of any provision of this Certificate or the Articles of Organization that would increase or decrease the

 

2N


par value of the shares of the Class A or Class C Stock, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of the Class A or Class C Stock, so as to affect such holders adversely, provided that each such holder of Class A or Class C Stock shall only have the right to vote on such matters affecting the Class A or Class C Stock, as relevant; and (ii) any other matters required under the laws of the State of Delaware; provided , however , that unless otherwise required by the terms of this Certificate, paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of §242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law shall not entitle the holder of a share of such Class A or Class C Stock to vote on the increase of the number of authorized shares of such class of Stock or the decrease of the number of authorized but not outstanding shares of such class of Stock.

(c) Effective upon a Change of Control, holders of shares of Class A or Class C Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock held on all matters as to which Stockholders may be entitled to vote pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law.

8. Liquidation Rights .

(a) Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, each holder of Class A or Class C Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the net assets of the Corporation or the proceeds thereof available for distribution to Stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made or set aside for payment on the Class D or Common Stock upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the amount of $0.001 per share. Such distribution shall be allocated pro rata according to the number of shares of Class A or Class C Stock held by each Stockholder. Following such distribution, any subsequent payment or distribution upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall be allocated pro rata based upon the number of shares of Stock held by each Stockholder.

(b) None of the sale, transfer, conveyance or lease of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Corporation, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with any other corporation or the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 8.

 

 

2O


(c) If the assets of the Corporation or the proceeds available for distribution to the holders of shares of the Class A or Class C Stock upon any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all amounts to which such holders are entitled, no distribution shall be made on any shares of the Corporation’s Class D or Common Stock.

9. Registration Rights .

(a) Initial Public Offering . If, in its sole discretion, the Board determines that the Initial Public Offering shall include shares of Stock held by Stockholders, the Corporation shall offer to all Stockholders the opportunity to include in the registration statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Initial Public Offering a number of shares of Stock determined by allocating the total number of shares to be sold by the Stockholders in such Initial Public Offering pro rata among all of the Stockholders based on the respective numbers of shares of Stock owned by such Stockholders at such time.

(b) Registration Notice . The Corporation shall as soon as practicable (and in no event less than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the proposed effective date of the registration statement) provide all Stockholders with written notice (the “Registration Notice”) of the proposed Initial Public Offering containing the following:

(i) the estimated effective date of the registration statement and the estimated IPO Date;

(ii) the estimated per-share offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and net proceeds to the selling Stockholders;

(iii) the aggregate number of shares of Class A, Class C or Class D Stock, as the case may be, held of record as of the date of the Registration Notice (the “Registration Notice Date”) by the Stockholders; and

(iv) the maximum number of shares (the “IPO Pro Rata Amount”) of Common Stock such Stockholder would be entitled to include in the registration statement, calculated in accordance with Section 9 (a) above, if all Stockholders were to elect to include their IPO Pro Rata Amount in such registration statement.

 

2P


(c) Registration Acceptance . Each Stockholder desiring to participate in the proposed Initial Public Offering shall provide written notice (the “Registration Acceptance Notice”) to the Corporation within fifteen (15) Business Days of the Registration Notice Date. The Registration Acceptance Notice shall set forth the maximum number of shares (the “IPO Maximum Amount”) of Common Stock, if any, such Stockholder desires to include in the proposed Initial Public Offering, which may be a smaller or larger number of shares than the number of shares that constitute the IPO Pro Rata Amount. The Registration Acceptance Notice given by any Stockholder shall constitute such Stockholder’s binding agreement to include a number of shares equal to the IPO Maximum Amount in the Initial Public Offering, provided that the net proceeds per share (after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions) to be realized in the Initial Public Offering are not less than ninety percent (90%) of the amount thereof estimated pursuant to paragraph (b)(ii) above. If the Registration Acceptance Notice from any Stockholder is not received by the Corporation within the fifteen (15) Business Day period specified above: such Stockholder shall be deemed to have elected not to include any shares of Stock in such Initial Public Offering. In such case, or if any Stockholder specifies in its Registration Acceptance Notice that it desires to include in such registration statement a number of shares of Stock that is less than the IPO Pro Rata Amount, the aggregate number of shares of Stock not so included in such registration statement shall, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation in its sole discretion determines that such shares should be included in the registration statement and circumstances (including, without limitation, the timing of the effective date of the registration statement) permit the inclusion of such shares, be allocated among all Stockholders delivering such Registration Acceptance Notice and desiring to participate in such Initial Public Offering, with such allocation made pro rata based on the number of shares included in the IPO Maximum Amount specified by each such Stockholder in its Registration Acceptance Notice.

(d) Underwritten Offering . In the event that any registration pursuant to this Section 9 shall be, in whole or in part, an underwritten public offering (i) the number of shares of Stock to be included in such offering may be reduced pro rata among the Stockholders based upon the number of shares included in the IPO Maximum Amount specified by each such Stockholder in its Registration Acceptance Notice if and to the extent that the managing underwriter shall be of the opinion that such inclusion may adversely affect the success of such offering and (ii) each Stockholder participating in such Initial Public Offering shall be required to (A) make customary representations and warranties and (B) provide customary indemnification in each case in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement.

 

2Q


(e) Expenses of Registration . Each Stockholder participating in the Initial Public Offering pursuant to this Section 9 shall bear its pro rata share (based on the ratio that the number of shares of Stock included by such Stockholder in the Initial Public Offering bears to the total number of shares of Stock included in such Initial Public Offering) of all underwriting discounts and commissions. No other registration expenses shall be payable by such Stockholders.

(f) Other Registration Rights . Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, the Corporation may by contract with a Stockholder (i) grant registration rights to such Stockholder that differ in certain respects from those rights set forth herein or (ii) further restrict the registration rights with respect to such Stockholder otherwise provided for herein.

10. Legend .

(a) All certificates representing shares of Class A and Class C Stock in the Corporation shall, in addition to other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, bear the following legend;

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE REOFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

“THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO MANDATORY REDEMPTION BY THE CORPORATION. THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.”

 

2R


(b) All certificates representing shares of Class D Stock in the Corporation shall, in addition to other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, bear the following legend:

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE REOFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

“AS SPECIFIED IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF THE CORPORATION ON FILE WITH THE DELAWARE SECRETARY OF STATE, THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION. THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.”

(c) All certificates representing shares of Common Stock in the Corporation shall, in addition to other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, bear the following legend:

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE REOFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

“THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.”

provided that , as specified in Section 3(b) hereof, following the Initial Public Offering, such certificates shall bear such legend or another legend only if, in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, the imposition of such legend is required under the Securities Act or other applicable law.

 

2S


11. Record Holders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered in its records as the holder of shares of Class A, Class C, Class D or Common Stock and such record holders shall be deemed the holders of such shares for all purposes.

 

2T


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

 

  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT      FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
  General Laws, Chapter 1568, Section 72      NO. 04-3244277

We, Savio W. Tung and Christopher J. O’Brien President/Vice President and Clerk/Assistant Clerk of STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC. (EXACT Name of Corporation) located at: 655 Mt. Auburn Street, Cambridge, MA (MASSACHUSETTS Address of Corporation) do hereby certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT affecting Articles NUMBERED: 3, 4,(Number those articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and/or 6 being amended hereby) of the Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on December 22, 1995, by vote of: 10,000 shares of Class D Stock out of 10,000 shares outstanding, type, class & series, (if any) shares of out of shares outstanding, and type, Class & series, (if any) shares of out of shares outstanding, type, class & series, (if any)

CROSS OUT being at least a majority of each type, class or series outstanding and entitled to vote

INAPPU- thereon: •

CABLE

CLAUSE

C       ☐

P       ☐

M      ☐ 1 For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 1568, Section 70.

R.A.  ☐ 2 For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 1568, Section 71.

Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8  1 2 x 11 sheets of paper leaving a left-hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.


    To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type, class or series of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue, fill in the following:

The total presently authorized is:

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS

             WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES       TYPE       NUMBER OF SHARES    PAR VALUE
COMMON:          COMMON:         
               1,395,000    $.01
PREFERRED:          PREFERRED:    Class A    885,000    $.01
            Class C    500,000    $.01
            Class D    10,000    $.01

CHANGE the total authorized to:

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS

             WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES       TYPE       NUMBER OF SHARES    PAR VALUE
COMMON:          COMMON:         
               1,395,000    $.01
PREFERRED:          PREFERRED:    Class A    885,000    $.01
            Class C    505,000    $.01
            Class D    10,000    $.01

See .continuation sheet.


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT (Cont.)

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

a. Section 2 of the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights (the “Certificate of Designation”) shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“2. Designation and Number . As set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the first class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class A Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 885,000. The second class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class C Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 505,000. The third class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class D Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 10,000. The fourth class of stock of the Corporation shall be designated as “Common Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 1,395,000. The Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock and Common stock are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Stock”. The Corporation may, by an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation duly adopted, increase or decrease, at any time and from time to time (but not below the number of shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock then outstanding), the number of authorized shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be. Shares of Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation pursuant to the terms hereof shall be retired and shall revert to authorized but unissued Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.” This stock is preferred.

b. Section 6 of the Certificate of Designation shall be amended to add a new subsection (c) therein as follows:

“(c) On a one-time basis, up to fifty percent (50%) of all issued and outstanding shares of Class D Stock owned by the Class D Stockholders shall, at the option of the Class D Stockholders (acting unanimously), be convertible into shares of Class C Stock on a one-to-one basis; provided , however , that each Class D Stockholder must elect to convert the same pro rata portion of the Class D stock held by such Class D Stockholder, such amount to not exceed 50% of all shares of Class D Stock held by such Class D Stockholder on the date of such election. To exercise such conversion right, the Class D Stockholders shall deliver to the


Corporation a written notice signed by each Class D Stockholder (which notice may be a copy of the resolutions of the Class D Stockholders making such election) (the “Class D Conversion Notice”) setting forth (i) the number of shares of Class D Stock owned by each Class D Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of Class D Stock which such Class D Stockholder desires to convert into Class C Stock pursuant to the terms hereof; and (iii) attaching the certificates evidencing such shares of Class D Stock. The number of shares of Class D Stock for which an election to convert has been made in the Class D Conversion Notice shall automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class C Stock on the date (the “Conversion Date”) the Corporation receives the Class D Conversion Notice ( provided that the election complies with the conditions specified in this Section 6(d)) and, within 10 Business Days thereafter, the Corporation shall issue to such Stockholder certificates evidencing the number of shares of Class C Stock into which such shares of Class D Stock have been so converted. All certificates representing the converted Class D Stock shall be, or shall be deemed to be, cancelled by the Corporation as of the Conversion Date and shall thereafter no longer be of any force or effect.”

c. Section 7(b) of the Certificate of Designation shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(b) Prior to a Change of Control, holders of Class A Stock or Class C Stock shall not have any voting rights, except that the holders of Class A Stock and Class C Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of such stock held as to (i) the approval of any amendment, or the alteration or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, of any provision of this Certificate or the Articles of Organization that would increase or decrease the par value of the shares of Class A Stock or Class C Stock, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of Class A Stock or Class C Stock, so as to affect such holders adversely, provided that each such holder of Class A Stock or Class C Stock shall only have the right to vote one such matters affecting Class A Stock or Class C Stock, as relevant; and (ii) any other matters required under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided , however , that unless otherwise required by the terms of this Certificate, the holders of a share of Class A Stock or Class C Stock shall not be entitled to vote on the increase of the number of authorized shares of such class of stock or the decrease of the number of authorized but not outstanding shares of such class of stock.”

 

2


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

 

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

 

ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT      FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72      NO. 04-3244277

We, Savio W. Tung and Christopher J. 0’ Brien President, and Clerk/Assistant Clerk of

        STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.                                                                                                                   

(EXACT Name of Corporation)

located at: 655 Mt. Auburn Street, Cambridge, MA                                                                                                          

(MASSACHUSETTS Address of Corporation)

do hereby certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT affecting Articles NUMBERED:                                     

3, 4                                                                                                                                                                                        

(Number those articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and/or 6 being amended hereby)

 

Name

Approved

   of the Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on December 26, 1995 , by vote of:

 

 

5,000                      shares of   Class D Stock out of        5,000 *                   shares outstanding
  type, class & series, (if any) out of     
                               shares of  

                         out of

type, class & series, (if any)

                                          shares outstanding, and
                               shares of  

                         out of

type, class & series, (if any)

                                          shares outstanding,
      

 

CROSS OUT

INAPPLI

   being at least a majority of each type, class or series outstanding and entitled to vote - thereon: • 1

CABLE

  

CLAUSE

 

  
* Class D stock is the only classification of stock that has voting rights.

 

C      

P

      For amendment* adopted purwont to chapter, Section 70.
M       For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 1S6B, Section 71.
R.A.      
      Note If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1/2 * 11 sheets of paper leaving a left-hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.


To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type, class or series of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue, fill in the following:

The total presently authorized is:

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS    WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS  

TYPE

  

NUMBER OF SHARES

   TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE  

COMMON

      COMMON:       $ .01  
           1,395,000     

PREFERRED

      PREFERRED:
Class Class A
     885,000      $ .01  
      Class D      10, 000      $ .01  
      ClassC      505,000      $ .01  
CHANGE the total authorized to:      
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS    WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS  

TYPE

  

NUMBER OF SHARES

   TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE  

COMMON

   COMMON:          $ .01  
           1,395,000     

PREFERRED

   PREFERRED:    Class A      885,000      $ .01  
      Class D      10, 000      $ .01  
      Class C      505,000      $ .01  

See continuation sheet.


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT (Cont.)

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

a. Section 2 of the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“2. Designation and Number . As set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the first class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class A Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 885,000. The second class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class C Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 505,000. The third class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class D Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 5,000. The fourth class of stock of the Corporation shall be designated as “Common Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 1,395,000. The Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock and Common Stock are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Stock”. The Corporation may, by an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation duly adopted, increase or decrease, at any time and from time to time (but not below the number of shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock then outstanding), the number of authorized shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be. Shares of- Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation pursuant to the terms hereof shall be retired and shall revert to authorized but unissued Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.”


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

William Francis Galvin

Secretary of the Commonwealth

One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

(General Laws, Chapter 1568, Section 72)

We. Savio W. Tung, President and Christopher J. O’Brien, Clerk of Star Markets Holdings, Inc, (Exact name of corporation) located at 655 Mt. Auburn Street, Cambridge, MA (Street address of corporation in Massachusaetts ) certify that these Articles of Amendment affecting articles numbered: 3, 4, 5 (Number those articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and/or 6 being amended ) of the Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on February 27, 1996, by Vote of: ** 5,000 shares of class D stock of 5,000 shares outstanding, (type, class $ series, if any) shares of (type, class & series, if any) of shares out standing.

** being at least a majority of each type, class or series outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:

** No “sharesiofe common stock of the corporation have issued. The class D stock of the corporation is the only outstanding class of stock of the corporation enttitled to vote on this amendment.”

 

 

   Delete the Inapplicable words. **Delete the Inapplicable clause.
1 For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 1568, Section 70.
2 For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 1568, Section 71.

Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on one side

only of separate 81/2 x 11 sheets of paper with a left margin of at least 1 Inch. Additions to more than one article may be

made on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each addition is clearly indicated.


To change the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type, class or series of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue, fill in the following:

The total presently authorized is:

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS

   WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS

TYPE

   NUMBER OF SHARES    TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES    PAR VALUE
Common:       Common:    1,395,000    $ .01
Preferred:            
      Preferred:    Class A   885,000    $ .01
         Class C   505,000    $ .01
         Class D     5,000    $ .01

 

Change the total authorized to:

 

WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS

   WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS

TYPE

   NUMBER OF SHARES    TYPE    NUMBER OF SHARES    PAR VALUE
Common:       Common:    1,555,000    $ .01
Preferred:            
      Preferred:    Class A 1,045,000    $ .01
         Class C   505,000    $ .01
         Class D     5,000    $ .01


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT (Cont.)

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

a. Section 2 of the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights (the “Certificate of Designation”) shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“2. Designation and Number . As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the first class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class A Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 1,045,000. The second class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class C Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 505,000. The third class of stock of the Corporation shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and shall be designated as “Class D Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 5,000. The fourth class of stock of the Corporation shall be designated as “Common Stock” and the number of shares constituting such class shall be 1,555,000. The Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock and Common Stock are sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Stock”. The Corporation may, by an amendment to the Articles of Organization duly adopted, increase or decrease, at any time and from time to time (but not below the number of shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock then outstanding), the number of authorized shares of Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be. Shares of Stock redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation pursuant to the terms hereof shall be retired and shall revert to authorized but unissued Class A Stock, Class C Stock, Class D Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.”

b. Section 6 of the Certificate of Designation shall be amended to delete Subsection (c) thereof in its entirety.

c. Section 11(b) of the Certificate of Designation shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(b) All certificates representing shares of Class D Stock in the Corporation shall, in addition to other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, bear the following legend:

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY BE REOFFERED AND SOLD ONLY IF SO REGISTERED OR IF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

“AS SPECIFIED IN THE CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF THE CORPORATION ON FILE WITH THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE, THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTION. THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.”

Exhibit 3.209

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

BLACKHAWK MARKETING, LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is Blackhawk Marketing, LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Executed on August 8, 2003

 

/s/ Linda B. Jankovic

Linda B. Jankovic
Authorized Person


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

BLACKHAWK MARKETING, LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

It is hereby certified that:

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is Blackhawk Marketing, LLC.

2. Article FIRST of the Certificate of Formation of the Limited Liability Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety, as follows:

“FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “ Limited Liability Company ”) is “Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC”.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation on the 12 th day of February, 2010.

 

COMPANY
Blackhawk Marketing, LLC
By:   Safeway Inc.
Its:   Sole Member
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

  Robert A. Gordon
  Senior Vice President & Secretary

Exhibit 3.210

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

BLACKHAWK MARKETING, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

BLACKHAWK MARKETING, LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of Blackhawk Marketing, LLC (the “Company”) is effective as of August 8, 2003.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company. Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member “), hereby forms the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C §18-101, et seq., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “Act”). The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Member. Safeway Inc. is the sole and managing member of the Company.

3. Purpose. The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act).

4. Name. The name of the Company shall be “Blackhawk Marketing, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office. The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The mailing address of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mill Road, Pleasanton, California 94588.

6. Term of Company. The Company commenced on the date the Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate “) first was properly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall exist in perpetuity or until its business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution.

7. Management of Company. All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint directors and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such directors and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, directors and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.


8. Other Activities. The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct. Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise required by any nonwaivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions . The Member has contributed capital to the Company in the amounts reflected on the books and records of the Company. The Member may not be required to contribute any additional capital without such Member’s consent.

12. Distributions. Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made 100% to the Member. Cash shall not be retained at the Company level any longer than administratively or legally necessary. Each item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, and other tax items of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

13. Capital Accounts. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).

 

2


14. Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Member to the full extent permitted by law from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, costs, damages, liabilities, expenses of any nature (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts (collectively, “Costs”) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits, or proceedings (civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative) (collectively, Actions ”) in which the Member may be involved, or threatened to be involved as a party or otherwise, relating to the performance or nonperformance of any act concerning the activities of the Company. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the Member may cause the Company to indemnify and hold harmless any managers and/or officers from and against any and all Costs arising from any or all actions arising in connection with the business of the Company or by virtue of such person’s capacity as an agent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any and all indemnification obligations of the Company shall be satisfied only from the assets of the Company, and the Member shall have no liability or responsibility therefor.

15. Dissolution and Winding Up. The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

16. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

17. Governing Law. The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

 

MEMBER

Safeway Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

            By:  /s/ Robert A. Gordon                                         

                  Robert A. Gordon

                  Senior Vice President

COMPANY
Blackhawk Marketing, LLC
By: Safeway Inc.,
Its: Member
            By:  /s/ Robert A. Gordon                                         

                  Robert A. Gordon

                  Senior Vice President

 

4

Exhibit 3.211

ARTIOLES OF INCORPORATION

of

WHOLESALE—RETAIL FOOD MARKET

000000

I.

The name of this corporation is WHOLESALE—RETAIL, FOOD MARKETS.

II.

The purposes for which this corporation is formed are; (a) To own, operate, maintain, manage, equip, improve, repair, alter and otherwise deal with, use and enjoy, lease, mortgage, deed in trust, pledge, and otherwise encumber, and to sell, export, lease as Lessor and otherwise dispose of, goods, wares, merchandise and personal property and real property of every sort, nature and description, wherever situated.

(b) To acquire, by purchase or otherwise, the goodwill, business, property rights, franchises and assets of every kind, with or without undertaking either wholly or in part the liabilities of any person, firm, association or corporation; and to acquire any business as a going concern or otherwise (1) by purchase of the assets thereof wholly or in part, (2) by acquisition of the shares or any part thereof, or (3) in any other manner, and to pay for the same in cash or in the shares or bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of this corporation, or otherwise; to hold, maintain and operate, or in any manner dispose of, the whole or any part of the goodwill, business, rights and property so acquired, and to conduct in any lawful manner the whole or any part of any business so acquired; and to exercise all the powers necessary or convenient in and about the management of such business.

 

1


(c) To enter into, make, perform and carry out contracts of every kind for any lawful purpose without limit as to amount, with any person, firm, association or corporation, municipality, county, parish, state, territory, government or other municipal or governmental subdivision.

(d) To promote or to aid in any manner, financially or otherwise, any person, corporation or association of which any shares, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of indebtedness are held directly or indirectly by this corporation; and for this purpose to guarantee the contracts, dividends, shares, bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations of such other persons, corporations or associations; and to do any other acts or things designed to protect, preserve, improve or enhance the value of such shares, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of indebtedness.

(e) To borrow money; to issue bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations of this corporation from time to time for any of the objects or purposes of this corporation, and to secure the same by mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or otherwise, or to issue the same unsecured.

(f) To lend money; to purchase, acquire, own, hold, guarantee, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of and deal in, shares, bonds, notes, debentures, or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of any other person, corporation or association, whether domestic or foreign, and whether now or hereafter organized or existing; and while the holder thereof to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including the right to vote thereon, to the same extent as a natural person might or could do.

 

2


(g) To carry on any business whatsoever which this corporation may deem proper or convenient in connection with any of the foregoing purposes or otherwise, or which may be calculated directly or indirectly to promote the interests of this corporation or to enhance the value of its property or business; to conduct its business in this state, in other states in the District of Columbia, in the territories and colonies of the United States, and in foreign countries; and to hold, purchase, mortgage and convey real and personal property, either in or out of the State of California, and to have and to exercise all the powers conferred by the laws of California upon corporations formed under the laws pursuant to and under which this corporation is formed, as such laws are now in effect or may at any time hereafter be amended.

The foregoing statement of purposes shall be construed as a statement of both purposes and powers, and the purposes and powers stated in each clause shall, except where otherwise expressed, be in nowise limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms or provisions of any other clause, but shall be regarded as independent purposes.

III.

The county in the State of California where the principal office for the transaction of business of this corporation is to be located is Orange County.

IV.

That said corporation shall issue only one class of stock; that the total number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue shall be one thousand (1,000) shares, and the aggregate par value of all the shares shall be One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00), and the par value of each of said shares shall be and the same is hereby fixed at One Hundred Dollars ($100.00).

V.

The names and addresses of the persons who are hereby appointed to act as the first directors of this corporation are;

 

3


Name    Address
C. G. Illingworth    Santa Ana, California
L. J. Gall,    Santa Ana, California
C. W. Edwards,    Pomona, California.

VI.

The number of directors of this corporation may be changed by a by-law fixing or changing the number of directors, duly adopted by the shareholders of said corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, for the purpose of forming this corporation under the laws of the State of California, we, the undersigned, constituting the incorporators of this corporation, including the persons named hereinabove as the first directors of this corporation, have executed these Articles of Incorporation this 9th day of June, 1932.

 

O.G. Illingworth

L.J. Gall
C.W. Edwards

STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )

                                                 )SS.

County of Orange,                  )

On this 9th day of June, 1932, before me, the under signed, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, residing therein, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared C. G. Illingworth, L. J. Gall and C. W. Edwards, known to me to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

Notary Public in and for said
        County and State.

 

4


Name changed to SUNRICH MERCANTILE CORP.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES

OF INCORPORATION OF

WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS,

a California corporation.

The undersigned, C. W. EDWARDS and PHILIP B. GERRARD, do hereby certify that they are respectively the duly elected and acting President and Secretary of WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS, a California corporation, and further that:

ONE; At a special meeting of the Board of Directors of said corporation duly held at 1111 Fullerton Road, La Habra, California, at the hour of 11:00 o’clock A.M. on the 5th day of December, 1955, at which meeting there was at all times present and acting a quorum of the members of said Board, the following resolution was duly adopted:

NOW. THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED: That ARTICLE I, also known as Paragraph I of the ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION of this corporation be amended to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is: SUNRICH MERCANTILE CORP.

RESOLVED FURTHER: That the Board of Directors of this corporation hereby adopts and approves said amendment of its ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION; and

RESOLVED FURTHER: That the President or a Vice-president, and the Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of this corporation be, and they hereby are authorized and directed to procure the adoption and approval of the foregoing amendment by the vote or written consent of shareholders of this corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power, and thereafter to sign and verify by their oath, and to file a certificate in the form and manner required by Section 3672 of the California Corporations Code, and in general to do any and all things necessary to effect said amendment in accordance with said Section 3672.

TWO: The number of shares of said corporation consenting to such Amendment of its ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION is 197, and the following is a copy of the form of written consent executed by the holders of said shares.

 

5


WRITTEN CONSENT OF SHAREHOLDERS TO

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

of

WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS,

a California corporation.

WHEREAS, at a special meeting of the Board of Directors of WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS, a California corporation, duly held at the principal office for the transaction of business of said corporation at 1111 Fullerton Road, La Habra, California, on the         day of December, 1955, at which meeting a quorum of the members of said board was at all times present and acting, an amendment of the ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION of said corporation was adopted and approved by resolution of said Board amending ARTICLE I of said ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION to read as follows:

The name of this corporation is: SUNRICH MERCANTILE CORP.”

NOW. THEREFORE, each of the undersigned shareholders of said corporation does hereby adopt, approve and consent to the foregoing amendment of said ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, and does hereby consent that Article I of said ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION be amended to read as herein set forth.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto signed his name, and, following his name, the date of signing and the number of shares of said corporation held by him of record on said date entitled to vote upon amendments of said ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION of the character of the foregoing amendment.

 

NAME

  

DATE

   NO. OF SHARES  

Alpha Beta Food Markets, Inc.

   December 5, 1955      197  
ALPHA BETA FOOD MARKETS, INC. -
By:  

C. W. Edwards

  President
Bt:  

W. C. Cheverton

 

Secretary

 

 

-2-


THREE: The total number of shares of said corporation entitled to vote on or consent to the adoption of such amendment is 200.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT this 5 th day of December, 1955.

 

C.W. Edwards

President of WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS

Philip B. Garrard

Secretary of WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA    )
   ) ss.
County of Orange    )

C. W. EDWARDS and PHILIP B. GERRARD, being first duly sworn, each for himself, deposes and says:

That C. W. EDWARDS is, and was at all of the times mentioned in the foregoing CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT, the President of WHOLESALE-RETAIL FOOD MARKETS, the California corporation therein mentioned, and PHILIP B. GERRARD is, and was at all of said times the Secretary of said corporation; that each has read said certificate and that the statements therein made are true of his own knowledge, and that the signatures purporting to be the signatures of said President and Secretary thereto are the genuine signatures of said President and Secretary, respectively.

 

C.W. Edwards

Philip B. Garrard

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me

this 5 th day of December, 1955.

 

/s/ J.T. Hayward

NOTARY PUBLIC in and for said
County and State.

 

-3-


LOGO  

State of California

Secretary of State

   File 2006156 1 0 0 8 7
    

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION - CONVERSION

  
IMPORTANT — Read all instructions before completing this form.    This Space For Filing Use Only
CONVERTED ENTITY INFORMATION   

 

1. NAME OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (End the name with the words “Limited Liability Company,” “Ltd. Liability Company,” “Ltd. Liability Co.,” of the abbreviation “LLC” or “L.L.C.”)

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

 

2 THE PURPOSE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY IS TO ENGAGE IN ANY LAWFUL ACT OR ACTIVITY FOR WHICH A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MAY BE ORGANIZED UNDER THE BEVERLY-KILLEA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT.

 

3 THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WILL BE MANAGED BY (Check only one)

☐ ONE MANAGER     ☐ MORE THAN ONE MANAGER     ☒ ALL LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MEMBER(S)

 

4 MAILING ADDRESS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE                     CITY AND STATE                     ZIP CODE

250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20                                                      Boise, Idaho                                                83726

 

5 NAME OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS (If the agent is an individual, the agent must reside in California and both Items 5 and 6 must be completed. If the agent is a corporation, the agent must have on file with the California Secretary of State a certificate pursuant to Corporations Code section 1505 and Item 5 must be completed (leave Item 6 blank)

Corporation Service Company which will do business in California as CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service.

 

6       IF AN INDIVIDUAL ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN CA

  CITY   STATE CA   ZIP CODE

CONVERTING ENTITY INFORMATION

7.      NAME OF CONVERTING ENTITY

 

SUNRICH MERCANTILE CORP.

       

8       FORM OF ENTITY

Corporation

 

9       JURISDICTION

California

 

10     CA SECRETARY OF STATE FILE NUMBER, IF ANY

C0149832

11.    THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION WERE APPROVED BY A VOTE OF THE NUMBER OF INTERESTS OR SHARES OF EACH CLASS THAT EQUALED OR EXCEEDED THE VOTE REQUIRED. IF A VOTE WAS REQUIRED, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING FOR EACH CLASS.

STATE THE CLASS AND NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING INTERESTS ENTITLED TO VOTE

  AND   THE PERCENTAGE VOTE REQUIRED OF EACH CLASS

Common stock - 200 shares

      51%  

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

12.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SET FORTH ON THE ATTACHED PAGES, IF ANY, IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND MADE A PART OF THIS CERTIFICATE

13     I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA THAT THE FOREGOING IS TRUE AND CORRECT OF MY OWN KNOWLEDGE. I DECLARE I AM THE PERSON WHO EXECUTED THIS INSTRUMENT, WHICH EXECUTION IS MY ACT AND DEED.

/s/ Paul G. Rowan                                                            June 1, 2006   

Paul G. Rowan, President

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON                       DATE   

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON

 

Colleen Batcheler, Vice Presidents &

/s/ Colleen Batcheler                                                        June 1, 2006

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON                         DATE

  

TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON

                                 Secretary

LLC-1A (REV 08/2005)    APPROVED BY SECRETARY OF STATE


LOGO   

State of California

 

Secretary of State

  

STATEMENT OF INFORMATION

(Limited Liability Company)

Filing Fee $20.00. If this is an amendment, see instructions.

IMPORTANT — READ INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM

 

1. LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY NAME

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

CORP TAX DEPT

PO BOX 20

BOISE ID 83726

This Space For Filing Use Only

 

File Number and State or Place of Organization

2.      SECRETARY OF STATE FILE NUMBER

200615610087            

  

3.      STATE OR PLACE OF ORGANIZATION (If formed outside of California)

        CALIFORNIA

No Change Statement

4.      If there have been any changes to the information contained in the last Statement of Information filed with the California Secretary of State, or no Statement of Information has been previously filed, this form must be completed in its entirety.

 

☐       If there has been no change in any of the information contained in the last Statement of Information filed with the California Secretary of State, check the box and proceed to Item 15.

Complete Addresses for the Following (Do not abbreviate the name of the city. Items 5 and 7 cannot be P.O. Boxes.)

5.      STREET ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL OFFICE

  250 PARKCENTER BLVD

   CITY

BOISE

   STATE

ID

   ZIP CODE

83706

6.      MAILING ADDRESS OF LLC. IF DIFFERENT THAN ITEM 5

  CORP TAX DEPT PO BOX 20

   CITY

BOISE

   STATE

ID

   ZIP CODE

83726

7.      STREET ADDRESS OF CALIFORNIA OFFICE

  818 W 7th ST

   CITY

LOS ANGELES

   STATE

CA

   ZIP CODE

90017

Name and Complete Address of the Chief Executive Officer, If Any

8.      NAME ADDRESS

   CITY    STATE    ZIP CODE
Name and Complete Address of Any Manager or Managers, or if None Have Been Appointed or Elected, Provide the Name and Address of Each Member (Attach additional pages, if necessary.)

9.      NAME ADDRESS CITY

  AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC 250 PARKCENTER BLVD BOISE ID

   STATE    ZIP CODE

83706

10. NAME ADDRESS    CITY    STATE    ZIP CODE
11. NAME ADDRESS    CITY    STATE    ZIP CODE
Agent for Service of Process If the agent is an individual, the agent must reside in California and item 13 must be completed with a California address, a P.O. Box is not acceptable. If the agent is a corporation, the agent must have on file with the California Secretary of State a certificate pursuant to California Corporations Code section 1505 and item 13 must be left blank.

12.    NAME OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

CT CORPORATION SYSTEM                                                 C0168406

  
13. STREET ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN CALIFORNIA, IF AN INDIVIDUAL CITY    STATE

CA

   ZIP CODE
Type of Business         

 

14. DESCRIBE THE TYPE OF BUSINESS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

GENERAL MERCHANDISE WAREHOUSE

15. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN. INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS, IS TRUE AND CORRECT.

 

       06/10/2014              SUSAN MCMILLAN                                               GROUP VP & ASST SEC          /s/ Susan McMillan            

          DATE                     TYPE OR PRINT NAME OF PERSON                    TITLE         SIGNATURE

                                           COMPLETING THE FORM

LLC-12 (REV 01/2014)    APPROVED BY SECRETARY OF STATE

Exhibit 3. 212

THE COMPANY INTERESTS DESCRIBED IN THIS DOCUMENT ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN. THE INTERESTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAW AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNTIL REGISTERED OR UNTIL THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL, OR OTHER ASSURANCES SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT AN INTEREST MAY LEGALLY BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT REGISTRATION.

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

dated

June 1, 2006


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I    ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 1.1

 

Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term

   1

Section 1.2

 

Name

   2

Section 1.3

 

Purpose of the Company; Business

   2

Section 1.4

 

Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent

   2

Section 1.5

 

Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates

   2

Section 1.6

 

Original Member and Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE II      DEFINITIONS

   3

ARTICLE III    CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 3.1

 

Capital

   4

Section 3.2

 

Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest

   4

Section 3.3

 

Withdrawal

   4

Section 3.4

 

Corporate Status

   4

Section 3.5

 

Limitations on Distributions

   5

Section 3.6

 

Other Distributions

   5

Section 3.7

 

Transfer of Interests

   5

ARTICLE IV    MANAGEMENT

   5

Section 4.1

 

Management by Member

   5

Section 4.2

 

Authority of the Member

   5

Section 4.3

 

Manner of Action

   5

Section 4.4

 

Delegation

   6

Section 4.5

 

Standard of Care

   6

ARTICLE V    GENERAL PROVISIONS

   6

Section 5.1

 

Limited Liability of the Member

   6

Section 5.2

 

No Dissolution

   6

Section 5.3

 

No Resignation

   6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

Section 5.4

  Amendments      6  

Section 5.5

  Further Assurances      6  

Section 5.6

  Notices      7  

Section 5.7

  Waiver      7  

Section 5.8

  Whole Agreement      7  

Section 5.9

  Governing Law      7  

Section 5.10

  Binding Nature      7  

Section 5.11

  Invalidity      7  

Section 5.12

  Counterparts      7  

Section 5.13

  Construction      7  


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

THIS is the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 1, 2006, made by American Food and Drug LLC, a Delaware corporation, as the sole and original member of Sunrich Mercantile LLC (the “ Company ”). Unless the context otherwise requires, terms that are capitalized and not otherwise defined in context have the meanings set forth or cross referenced in Article II of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Sunrich Mercantile Corp. (the Corporation ”) was formed as a California corporation on June 14 ,1932;

WHEREAS, by unanimous written consent, the board of directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution adopting and approving the plan of conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement, and recommending the approval of such plan of conversion and this Agreement to the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to Section 1152 of the General Corporation Law of the State of California (the GCL ”);

WHEREAS, by written consent, the sole stockholder of the Corporation approved the plan of conversion of the Corporation to a limited liability company and this Agreement pursuant to Section 1152 of the GCL;

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, the Corporation was converted to a limited liability company pursuant to Section 17540.8 of the Act, and Section 1151 et seq. of the GCL pursuant to the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of California of a statement of conversion to a limited liability company on the Articles of Organization of the Company (the Conversion ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement and the Conversion, the sole stockholder is becoming a member of the Company, the shares of capital stock in the Corporation are converted into limited liability company interests in the Company, and the sole stockholder of the Corporation is becoming the owner of all of the limited liability company interests in the Company.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees:

ARTICLE I ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 1.1 Conversion; Formation of the Company; Term . Effective as of the time of the Conversion, (i) the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, dated as of June 9, 1932, as amended, and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended, are replaced and superseded in their entirety by the Articles of Organization of the Company and this Agreement, (ii) all of the shares of capital stock in the Corporation held by the sole stockholder of the Corporation immediately prior to the Conversion are converted into all of the limited liability company interests in the


Company, (iii) the sole stockholder of the Corporation is automatically admitted to the Company as the sole member of the Company, (iv) all certificates evidencing shares of capital stock in the Corporation issued by the Corporation and outstanding immediately prior to the Conversion shall be surrendered to the Company, and (v) the Corporation is being continued without dissolution in the form of a California limited liability company. The Company is a limited liability company under the Act and is governed by this Agreement. The Company is an entity separate from the Member. Unless sooner dissolved and liquidated in accordance with this Agreement, the Company is to continue in perpetuity.

Section 1.2 Name . The name of the Company is: “Sunrich Mercantile LLC”.

Section 1.3 Purpose of the Company; Business . The purpose of the Company is to: (i) carry on any business permitted by the Act and (ii) perform all things necessary or incidental to or connected with or growing out of those activities in accordance with this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Principal Place of Business, Office and Agent . The Company’s principal place of business, which is also the mailing address and the office where the Company’s records required by the Act are kept is 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. The registered office of the Company in the State of California is the office of the registered agent of the Company in California. The registered agent of the Company in California is Corporation Service Company which will dba CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service, located at 2730 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 100, Sacramento, California 95833. The Member, from time to time as it finds necessary or appropriate, may change the registered agent in California or the principal place of business of the Company, and may establish additional places of business or offices for maintenance of records. The Member shall amend the Articles of Organization of the Company and this Section 1.4 to reflect each change in the identity or address of the registered agent in California.

Section 1.5 Fictitious Business Name Statement; Other Certificates . The Member may, from time to time, register the Company as a foreign limited liability company and file fictitious or trade name statements or certificates in those jurisdictions and offices as the Member considers necessary or appropriate. The Company may do business under any fictitious business names approved by the Member. The Member will, from time to time, file or cause to be filed certificates of amendment, certificates of cancellation or other certificates as the Member reasonably considers necessary or appropriate under the Act or under the laws of any jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business to establish and continue the Company as a limited liability company or to protect the limited liability of the Member.

Section 1.6 Original Member and Admission of Additional Members . Subject to Section 3.7, the original Member has the right to admit additional Members. Until the admission of an additional Member, the original Member has all the power and authority of the Members under this Agreement. Upon the admission of an additional Member, this Agreement shall be amended in accordance with Section 5.4 to reflect the rights and responsibilities of the Members.

 

-2-


ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS

When capitalized in this Agreement, the terms and phrases set forth in this Article have the following definitions:

“Act means the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations Code §17000 et seq.), as amended from time to time. Any reference to the Act automatically includes a reference to any subsequent or successor limited liability company law of California.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the specified Person. A Person controls another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the “controlled” Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Affiliate also includes any Person who is related by blood or marriage to the Person in question.

Agreemen t means this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as may be amended from time to time.

Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, that Person’s filing a petition or otherwise voluntarily commencing a case or proceeding, or filing an answer not denying the material allegations of a complaint in any proceeding seeking relief under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or debtors’ reorganization law; being the voluntary or involuntary subject of an order for relief by any court under any such law; or being adjudicated a “bankrupt,” “debtor” or “insolvent” under any such law; or there being appointed under any such law a “trustee,” “receiver” or “custodian” to manage his, her or its business or properties; or there being commenced under any such law a case or proceeding proposing such an order for relief, adjudication or appointment with respect to that Person or its business, which proceeding is consented to by that Person or which is not dismissed within 90 days after being commenced. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Section 17001(c) of the Act.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to specific sections of the Code include references to corresponding provisions of any succeeding internal revenue law of the United States of America.

Company means Sunrich Mercantile LLC.

Fiscal Year means the fiscal year of the Company as determined by the Member from time to time, and, initially, means a fiscal year ending on February 1, 2007.

Interest means a Member’s equity interest in the Company, measured in Shares, including any and all benefits to which a Member may be entitled under this Agreement and the obligations of a Member under this Agreement.

“Majority Vote means the vote of the Members holding more than a 50 percent Share.

Member means American Food and Drug LLC executing this Agreement as the original member of the Company and its successors in interest and other Persons, in each case, who are admitted as members of the Company, each in its capacity as a member of the Company. Reference to a “Member” means any one of the Members so long as that Person is a member of the Company.

 

-3-


Person means and includes any natural person and any corporation, firm, partnership, trust, estate, limited liability company or other entity resulting from any form of association.

Share means a percentage of equity interest in the Company. The original Member holds a 100% Share, and will continue to do so until such time, if ever, as another Member is admitted, at which time the Members shall agree to their respective Shares.

Transfer means any sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposition, transfer (including, without limitation, a transfer by will or intestate distribution), gift or attempt to create or grant a security interest in any Interest or interest therein or portion thereof, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

ARTICLE III CAPITALIZATION; MEMBER INTERESTS; DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 3.1 Capital. The Member may, but shall have no obligation to, make additional capital contributions to the Company. The Company is to finance its operations independently of the Member and without the Member’s financial support. No Member will be paid interest on capital contributions to the Company.

Section 3.2 Interests in the Company as Securities; Security Interest . Each Member’s Interest, and the relative rights, privileges, preferences and obligations with respect to the Member’s Interest shall be determined under this Agreement and the Act based upon the number of Shares held by the Member with respect to the Member’s Interest. For purposes of providing for transfer of, perfection of a security interest in, and other relevant matters related to, Interests in the Company, each Interest shall be deemed to be a “security” governed by Article 8 (including, without limitation, Sections 8-102 and 8-103) of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the States of New York and Delaware and Chapter 8 or Article 8, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any other relevant jurisdiction. The Company shall maintain books for the purpose of registering the Transfer of Interests. The transferor and the transferee of Interests must provide notification to the Company to register a Transfer of Interests. A Transfer of Interests is effective upon registration of Transfer in the Company’s books. Transferees of Interests shall be notified of restrictions on Transfers (whether by virtue of their execution of the Agreement or by the Company notifying the transferee of the restrictions on the Transfer of Interests).

Section 3.3 Withdrawal . No Member is entitled to withdraw any portion of its paid-in capital contribution, and no Member has any right to a return of capital except through distributions as provided i n Section 3.6 .

Section 3.4 Corporate Status . The Company shall take such actions as may be necessary to be disregarded for purposes of federal income taxation.

 

-4-


Section 3.5 Limitations on Distributions . The Company will not make any distribution of cash, except to the extent that the Company then has cash available in excess in the sum of (a) amounts required to pay or make provision for all Company expenses, plus (b) all reserves that are considered necessary or appropriate by the Member. To the extent that the Member reasonably foresees that the Company will receive cash or other consideration to satisfy liabilities not yet due and payable, the Company is not required to establish reserves or make other provision to satisfy such liabilities prior to making distributions under Section 3.6 . Distributions of cash are only to be made to the extent cash is available to the Company without requiring (i) the sale of Company assets or the pledge of Company assets at a time or on terms that the Member believes are not in the best interests of the Company or (ii) a reduction in reserves that the Member believes are necessary or desirable for working capital or other Company purposes. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not be required to make a distribution to a Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate the Act or any other applicable law.

Section 3.6 Other Distributions . Subject to Section 3.5, from time to time, prior to the commencement of winding-up and liquidation of the Company, the Member may, in its sole discretion, cause the Company to make distributions of cash or other assets of the Company to the Member in any amount, manner or proportion determined by the Member in its sole discretion. Each Member is a creditor of the Company with respect to any distributions made under this Section 3.6 and is entitled to all remedies available to a third-party creditor to enforce the Company’s obligation to make distributions under this Section 3.6 .

Section 3.7 Transfer of Interests . A Member may assign in whole or in part its Interest in the Company upon the Company’s receipt of an opinion of legal counsel, or other assurances to the Company, that an Interest may legally be sold or otherwise transferred without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities law. The transferee shall be admitted to the Company as a member of the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, which instrument may be a counterpart signature page to this Agreement. If the Member transfers all of its Interest in the Company pursuant to this Section 3.7, such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any successor to a Member by merger or consolidation shall, without further act, be a Member hereunder, and such merger or consolidation shall not constitute an assignment for purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall continue without dissolution.

ARTICLE IV MANAGEMENT

Section 4.1 Management by Member . The Company shall be managed by the Member.

Section 4.2 Authority of the Member . The Member has all power and authority to manage, and direct the management of, the business, and affairs of the Company, both ordinary and extraordinary.

Section 4.3 Manner of Action . The Member may, but shall not be required to, authorize, approve and/or ratify any action by a writing placed with the records of the Company. No action authorized, approved and/or ratified by the Member shall be invalid because such authorization, approval and/or ratification is not recorded in a writing.

 

-5-


Section 4.4 Delegation . The Member may delegate to the employees and agents of the Company, as the Member may from time to time cause the Company to employ, all or any portion of the authority to conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course in accordance with this Agreement and any policy of delegation that the Member may adopt and revise from time to time. Any power not delegated by the Member remains with the Member.

Section 4.5 Standard of Care . Any Member and any employee of the Company in the performance of his, her or its duties, is entitled to rely in good faith on information, opinions, reports or other statements, including financial statements, books of account and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (i) one or more employees of the Company if the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes that the Person preparing or presenting the material is reliable and competent in that matter or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants or other Persons as to matters that the Person relying on the statements reasonably believes are within the Person’s professional or expert competence.

ARTICLE V GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Limited Liability of the Member . Except for contributions specifically required under Section 3.1 or agreed to by a Member as contemplated by Section 3.1 or as otherwise required by the Act, no Member (solely in its capacity as a Member) has any obligation to contribute to the Company or any liability for any Company obligations. Any liability to return distributions made by the Company is limited to mandatory requirements of the Act or of any other applicable law.

Section 5.2 No Dissolution . Only an event that would cause a dissolution under the Act shall cause a dissolution of the Company.

Section 5.3 No Resignation . No Member has any right to resign from the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.

Section 5.4 Amendments.

(a) Any amendment to this Agreement that would further limit a Member’s ability to hold or make a Transfer of that Member’s Interest, is effective with respect to a Member only if the Member does not act to disapprove the amendment by returning, within 30 days after the request is made, an executed counterpart of a proposed consent to the amendment, indicating disapproval of the action;

(b) Except as stated in Section 5.4(a), any amendment to this Agreement is effective if approved by a Majority Vote.

Section 5.5 Further Assurances . Each Member is to execute all documents and instruments necessary to evidence his, her or its approval of all actions, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement, taken or authorized by the Members by Majority Vote or otherwise as provided in this Agreement.

 

-6-


Section 5.6 Notices . All notices to the Company are to be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier or facsimile addressed to the Member at the Company’s principal place of business at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726. All notices are effective the next day, if sent by recognized overnight courier or facsimile, or five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, properly addressed and return receipt requested.

Section 5.7 Waiver . The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights, duties, obligations and benefits with respect to any action for partition of any Company assets or to compel any sale or appraisal of any Company assets or any deceased Member’s Interest therein. Further, all applicable rights, duties, benefits and obligations, including those relating to the appraisal, inventory or sale of Company assets or the sale of a deceased Member’s Interest therein, are hereby waived.

Section 5.8 Whole Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties and supersedes any prior understanding and agreements between them respecting the within subject matter. There are no agreements, arrangements or understandings, oral or written, between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that are not set forth or expressly referred to in this Agreement.

Section 5.9 Governing Law. This Agreement is governed by and is to be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its rules concerning conflicts of laws.

Section 5.10 Binding Nature. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Member and its successors, personal representatives, heirs, devisees, guardians and assigns.

Section 5.11 Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions of the Agreement are not in any way to be affected thereby.

Section 5.12 Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment to it may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is an original and all of which constitute one agreement or amendment, as the case may be, whether or not all of the parties are signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined, and the signature of any party to any counterpart is a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart.

Section 5.13 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, include all other genders; the singular includes the plural and vice versa. “Includes” and “including” mean without limitation. Unless otherwise specifically stated, references to Sections or Articles refer to the Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

 

-7-


Section 5.14 Authorized Signatories. Each of the persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (each, an Authorized Signatory and together, the Authorized Signatories”) is, authorized to execute, on behalf of the Company, any and all documents, instruments, deeds, applications, notices, certificates or agreements of the Company as such Authorized Signatory deems necessary, advisable or appropriate to effect, or otherwise in furtherance of, the transactions contemplated by (i) that certain Merger Agreement (the “Merger Agreemen t ) , dated January 22, 2006, by and among SUPERVALU INC ( Supervalu ), Emerald Acquisition Sub, Inc., Albertson’s, Inc. (“ Albertsons ”) , New Albertson’s, Inc. ( “New Albertsons ”) , and New Diamond Merger Sub, Inc; (ii) that certain Purchase and Separation Agreement (the Separation Agreement ’’), dated January 22, 2006, by and among Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu and AB Acquisition LLC; and (iii) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement ( D rug APA and together with the Merger Agreement and the Separation Agreement, the Transaction Agreements” ), dated January 22, 2006, by and among CVS Corporation, CVS Pharmacy, Inc., Albertsons, New Albertsons, Supervalu, and certain other sellers, including without limitation the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the transactions described in that certain presentation entitled “Project Iceberg – Albertson’s Structure Steps” attached to Exhibit B .

[Signatures on the Following Page]

 

-8-


The undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name: Susan McMillan
  Title: AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


EXHIBIT A

Authorized Signatories

1. William H. Arnold

2. Colleen Batcheler

3. Bradley R. Beckstrom

4. John F. Boyd

5. Charles F. Cole

6. Joel Guth

7. Larry Johnston

8. Patrick Madigan

9. Susan McMillan

10. Ronald T. Mendes

11. Paul G. Rowan

12. John R. Sims


EXHIBIT B

(See attached)


SUNRICH MERCANTILE CORPORATION

 

 

WRITTEN CONSENT OF SOLE SHAREHOLDER

 

 

The undersigned, being the sole shareholder (the Sole Shareholder ”) of Sunrich Mercantile Corporation, a California corporation (the Corporation ”), hereby adopts, in accordance with Section 603 of the California Corporations Code, the resolutions attached hereto as Exhibit A with the same force and effect as if such resolutions were approved and adopted at a duly constituted meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation. Upon execution of this written consent, the undersigned hereby directs that this written consent be filed in the Corporation’s minute book.

Dated: As of June 1, 2006

 

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name: Paul G. Rowan
  Title: AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


Exhibit A

RESOLVED, that the Sole Shareholder hereby consents to and approves the conversion of the Corporation into a California limited liability company, Sunrich Mercantile LLC (the Company” ) , pursuant to Section 1151 et seq. of the General Corporation Law of the State of California and Section 17540.8 of the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act of the State of California;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the plan of conversion, dated as of June 1, 2006 (with such additions and changes as authorized hereby, the “Plan of Conversion” ) , a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex A, having been submitted to the Sole Shareholder, and the transactions, other actions and instruments contemplated by or incident to the Plan of Conversion be and hereby are ratified, adopted and approved for all purposes and in all respects;

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the limited liability company agreement of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto as Annex B, is hereby approved and adopted as the limited liability company agreement of the Company as of the date of the filing by the Company of the Articles of Organization – Conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of California (the “Conversion Date ) ; and

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Corporation be, and each of them is, hereby authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal where requested or required, to execute, deliver, file, acknowledge and record any such agreements, instruments, documents, consents and certificates (including a Certificate of Conversion), and to take or cause to be taken any such actions, as any such officer or officers may deem necessary or advisable to implement the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions and to more fully effect the Conversion, each such agreement, instrument, document, consent and certificate to be in such form and to contain such terms and conditions, consistent with the foregoing resolutions, as the officers or officer of the Corporation executing the same may approve, the execution and delivery of any such agreement, instrument, document, consent and certificate or the taking of any such action by any such officers or officer to be conclusive evidence of the authorization and approval thereof by the Corporation.


ANNEX A

See attached


Exhibit Omitted


ANNEX B

See attached


Exhibit Omitted

Exhibit 3.213

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is Sunrich Owner LLC.

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the limited liability company in the State of

Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation this 24 th of May, 2006.

 

By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

  Name: Paul G. Rowan
  Title: Authorized Person

Exhibit 3.214

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is The Vons Companies, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is formed is to engage in any activity within the purposes for which corporations may be formed under the Business Corporation Act of Michigan.

ARTICLE III

1. The total authorized shares are: 1,000 Shares of Common Stock.

2. Except as otherwise required by law, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock held by the holder on all matters voted upon by the holders of Common Stock. The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive to the extent permitted by law, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled, after payment or provisions for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

1. The address of the current registered office is 601 Abbott Road, East Lansing, MI 48823.

2. The name of the resident agent is United States Corporation Company.

 


ARTICLE V

When a compromise or arrangement or a plan of reorganization of this Corporation is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them or between this Corporation and its shareholders or any class of them, a court of equity jurisdiction within the state, on application of this Corporation or of a creditor or shareholder thereof, or on application of a receiver appointed for the Corporation, may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of the shareholders or class of shareholders to be affected by the proposed compromise or arrangement or reorganization, to be summoned in such manner as the court directs. If a majority in number representing  3 4 in value of the creditors or class of creditors, or of the shareholders or class of shareholders to be affected by the proposed compromise or arrangement or a reorganization, agree to a compromise or arrangement or a reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of the compromise or arrangement, the compromise or arrangement and the reorganization, if sanctioned by the court to which the application has been made, shall be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, or on all the shareholders or class of shareholders and also on this Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Any action required or permitted by the Act to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. The written consents shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent. No written consents shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to unless, within 60 days after the record date for determining shareholders entitled to express consent to or to dissent from a proposal without a meeting, written consents dated not more than 10 days before the record date and signed by a sufficient number of shareholders to take the action are delivered to the Corporation. Delivery shall be to the Corporation’s registered office, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the minutes of the proceedings of its shareholders. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office (if other than its principal place of business) shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to shareholders who would have been entitled to notice of the shareholder meeting if the action had been taken at a meeting and who have not consented in writing.

 

2


ARTICLE VII

A. The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized or permitted by law (as now or hereafter in effect) any person made, or threatened to be made, a defendant or witness to any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such director or officer, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in any capacity. Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which employees other than directors or officers may be entitled by law. No amendment or repeal of this Section A of Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

B. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) a violation of Section 551(1) of the Michigan Business Corporation Act, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Michigan Business Corporation Act is amended in the future further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Michigan Business Corporation Act, as so amended. No amendment to or repeat of this Section B of this Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

C. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute:

(i) the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to the extent permitted by law on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of law; and

(ii) the Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest and/or use other means (including, without limitation, letters of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements), as well as enter into contracts providing indemnification to the full extent authorized or permitted by law and including as part thereof provisions with respect to any or all of the foregoing to ensure the payment of such amounts as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided therein, or elsewhere.

BLOOMFIELD 43968-1 212724

 

3

Exhibit 3.215

By-Laws

Of

The Vons Companies, Inc.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Lansing, County of Ingham, State of Michigan.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Michigan as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place either within or without the State of Michigan as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

SECTION 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the notice thereof for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of only such other business as is properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these By-Laws.

To be properly brought before the meeting, business must be either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 50 days nor more than 75 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 65 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the shareholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the shareholder, and (iv) any material interest of the shareholder in such business.


Notwithstanding anything in the By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II; provided, however, that nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any business properly brought before the annual meeting.

The Chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Article II, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

SECTION 4. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 5. Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of shareholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each shareholder represented at a meeting of shareholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such shareholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy, but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of shareholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

SECTION 6. List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

- 2 -


SECTION 7. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 6 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 8. Inspector of Election . Before any meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may appoint any person or persons other than nominees for office to act as inspectors of election at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspectors of election are so appointed, the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. If inspectors are appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more shareholders or proxies, the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting may, and upon the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

These inspectors shall:

(a) Determine the number of shares of capital stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

(b) Receive votes, ballots, or consents;

(c) Hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(d) Count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(e) Determine and report to the Corporation the results of the voting; and

(f) Do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. Number and Election of Directors. Subject to the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock issued by the Corporation to elect directors of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of seven (7) directors, until changed within the limits set forth in the Articles of Incorporation by resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors from time to time. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at annual meetings of shareholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time effective upon giving written notice to the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for such resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board of Directors may elect a successor prior to such effective time to take office when such resignation becomes effective. Directors need not be shareholders.

 

- 3 -


SECTION 2. Nomination of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of the Corporation at the annual meeting may be made at a meeting of shareholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, by any nominating committee or person appointed by the Board or by any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of Directors at the Meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article III. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 50 days nor more than 75 days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 65 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the 15th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever first occurs. Such shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of Directors pursuant to Rule 14a under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of shareholder, and (ii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the shareholder. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as Director of the Corporation. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein.

The Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

SECTION 3. Vacancies. Any newly created directorship resulting from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in any class of directors shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other directors of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same term as the remaining term of his predecessor.

SECTION 4. Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 5. Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Michigan. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman or the Vice-Chairman, in either case if there be one, any President, or any three directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

SECTION 6. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

SECTION 7. Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

SECTION 8. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 8 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 9. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

- 5 -


SECTION 10. Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

SECTION 11. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be shareholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of shareholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

- 6 -


SECTION 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by any President or any Vice-President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

SECTION 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5. Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or be delegated to him by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 6. President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. Vice-Presidents. At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice-President or the Vice-Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice-President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

- 7 -


SECTION 8. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of shareholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

SECTION 9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

SECTION 10. Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

SECTION 11. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 12. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

SECTION 1. Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice-President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Signatures. Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such office, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

SECTION 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

SECTION 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued.

SECTION 5. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

- 9 -


SECTION 6. Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

SECTION 7. Restrictions on Transfer. Stock of the Corporation shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan and Agreement of Reorganization, dated December 31, 1986 between The Vons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Allied Supermarkets, Inc., a Michigan corporation.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

SECTION 1. Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or shareholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

SECTION 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or shareholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

SECTION 2. Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

- 10 -


SECTION 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Michigan”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

Amended pursuant to

Michigan Business Corporations Act

Adopted November 28, 1990

by Board of Directors

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or its shareholders, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or its shareholders, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

SECTION 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) or, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or its shareholders. Indemnification shall not be made for a claim, issue or matter in which the person has been found liable to the Corporation except to the extent authorized by Section 5 of this Article VIII.

 

- 11 -


SECTION 3. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be, and upon an evaluation of the reasonableness of expenses and amounts paid in settlement. This determination and evaluation shall be made in any of the following ways:

(a) By a majority vote of a quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit, or proceeding.

(b) If a quorum cannot be obtained as provided in Section 3(a), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board and consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit, or proceeding.

(c) By independent legal counsel in a written opinion, which counsel shall be selected in one of the following ways:

(i) By the Board or its committee in the manner prescribed in this Section 3(a) or (b).

(ii) If a quorum of the Board cannot be obtained as provided in Section 3(a) and a committee cannot be designated under Section 3(b), by the Board.

(d) By all independent directors who are not parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit, or proceeding.

(e) By the shareholders, but shares held by directors, officers, employees, or agents who are parties or threatened to be made parties to the action, suit, or proceeding may not be voted.

In the designation of a committee under Section 3(b) or in the selection of independent legal counsel under Section 3(c), all directors may participate.

If a person is entitled to indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII for a portion of expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, but not for the total amount, the Corporation may indemnify the person for the portion of the expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, or amounts paid in settlement for which the person is entitled to be indemnified.

To the extent, however, that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

SECTION 4. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or with

 

- 12 -


respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

SECTION 5. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation who is a party or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit, or proceeding may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court after giving any notice it considers necessary may order indemnification if it determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII or was adjudged liable as described in Section 2 of this Article VIII, but if he was adjudged liable, his indemnification is limited to reasonable expenses incurred. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.

SECTION 6. Expenses Payable in Advance. The Corporation will pay or reimburse expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee, or agent who is a party or threatened to be made a party to an action, suit, or proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding if all of the following apply:

(a) The person furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII.

(b) The person furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet the standard of conduct.

(c) A determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under Michigan law.

The undertaking required by Section 6(b) hereof must be an unlimited general obligation of the person but need not be secured.

Determinations of payments under this Section 6 shall be made in the manner specified in Section 3 of this Article VIII.

 

- 13 -


SECTION 7. Non-exclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation or any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Michigan, or otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

SECTION 8. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

SECTION 9. Meaning of “Corporation” for Purposes of Article VIII. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a_director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

SECTION 1. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of shareholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

SECTION 2. Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in these By- Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

- 14 -

Exhibit 3.216

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

U SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

ARTICLE 1

Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited liability company. The name of the entity is U SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

ARTICLE 2

Registered Agent and Registered Office

The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is SuzAnn Kirby. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is 7830 Orlando, Lubbock, Texas 79423.

ARTICLE 3

Governing Authority

The limited liability company will have managers, The names and addresses of the initial managers are set forth below:

 

     Matthew D. Bumstead   7830 Orlando Lubbock, Texas 79423
R. Gantt Bumstead   7830 Orlando Lubbock, Texas 79423

ARTICLE 4

Purpose

The purpose for which the company is formed is for the transaction of any and all lawful purposes for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code.


ORGANIZER

The name and address of the organizer is J. Mark Wagnon, 5010 University Avenue, 3 rd Floor, Lubbock, Texas 79413.

EFFECTIVENESS OF FILING

This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

EXECUTION

The undersigned signs this document on this the 18 th day of June, 2007, subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

 

/s/ J. Mark Wagnon

J. MARK WAGNON

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, LTD.

A Texas Limited Partnership

AND

U SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

A Texas Limited Liability Company

Pursuant to Chapter 10 of the Texas Business Organizations Code, and the title applicable to each of the domestic filing entity identified below, the undersigned parties submit this Certificate of Merger.

1. Parties to the Merger . The name, organizational form, State of incorporation or organization, and file number, if any, issued by the Secretary of State for each organization that is a party to the merger are as follows:

(a) United Supermarkets, Ltd. is a limited partnership, organized under the laws of the State of Texas. The file number is 800015242. Its principal place of business is 7830 Orlando Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79423. United Supermarkets, Ltd. will not survive the merger.

(b) U Supermarkets, L.L.C. is a limited liability company, organized under the laws of the State of Texas. The file number is 800832365. Its principal place of business is 7830 Orlando Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79423. U Supermarkets, L.L.C. will survive the merger. The Plan of Merger amends the name of the organization. The new name is set forth below.

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

2. Plan of Merger. A signed Plan of Merger is on file at the principal place of business of each surviving, acquiring, or new domestic entity, or non-code organization that is named in this form as a party to the merger, or an organization created by the merger. On written request, a copy of the Plan of Merger will be furnished without cost by each surviving, acquiring, or new domestic entity, or non-code organization to any owner or member of any domestic entity that is a party to or created by the Plan of Merger.

3. Amendments . The Plan of Merger effected no changes or amendments to the Certificate of Formation of either filing entity noted herein, other than the name change previously noted.

4. Approval . The Plan of Merger has been approved as required by the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of each organization that is a party to the merger and by the governing documents of those organizations.

5. Effectiveness of Filing. This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is 11:59 p.m., June 30, 2007.

 

 

Page 1


6. Tax Certificate . In lieu of providing a Tax Certificate, U SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. will be liable for the payment of any required franchise taxes.

The undersigned signs this document subject to penalties imposed by law for the submission of any false material, or fraudulent instruments.

Dated: June 25, 2007

 

  UNITED SUPERMARKETS, LTD., PAMPLEMOUSSE, L.L.C., General Partner
 

/s/ R. Gantt Bumstead

By:  

R. GANTT BUMSTEAD

Its: Sole Member

  U SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
 

/s/ R. Gantt Bumstead

By:   R. GANTT BUMSTEAD
Its:   Authorized Manager

 

Page 2


Form 424 (Revised 05/11)

Submit in duplicate to Secretary of State

PO Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697 512 463-5555

FAX 512/463-5709

Filing Fee: See instructions

  

LOGO

Certificate of Amendment

   This space reserved for office use

Entity Information

The name of the filing entity is

United Supermarkets, L L C

State the name of the entity as currently shown in the records of the secretary of state If the amendment changes the name of the entity, state the old name and not the new name

The filing entity is a (Select the appropriate entity type below )

 

  For-profit Corporation      Professional Corporation
  Nonprofit Corporation      Professional Limited Liability Company
  Cooperative Association      Professional Association
  Limited Liability Company      Limited Partnership

The file number issued to the filing entity by the secretary of state is 800832365

The date of formation of the entity is 06/20/2007

Amendments

1. Amended Name

(If the purpose of the certificate of amendment is to change the name of the entity, use the following statement)

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision that names the filing entity. The article or provision is amended to read as follows

The name of the filing entity is. (state the new name of the entity below)

 

 

The name of the entity must contain an organizational designation or accepted abbreviation of such term, as applicable

2. Amended Registered Agent/Registered Office

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision stating the name of the registered agent and the registered office address of the filing entity. The article or provision is amended to read as follows.

 

Form 424    6   


Registered Agent

(Complete either A or B, but not both Also complete C)

 

A The registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of

CT Corporation System

 

OR
B The registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is

 

 

First Name    M I    Last Name    Suffix

The person executing this instrument affirms that the person designated as the new registered agent has consented to serve as registered agent

C The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is

 

1999 Bryan St, Stc 900

   Dallas    TX    75201-3616
Street Address (No P O Box)    City    State    Zip Code

3. Other Added, Altered, or Deleted Provisions

Other changes or additions to the certificate of formation may be made in the space provided below If the space provided is insufficient, incorporate the additional text by providing an attachment to this form Please read the instructions to this form for further information on format

Text Area (The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference)

 

Add each of the following provisions to the certificate of formation The identification or reference of the added provision and the full text are as follows

 

Alter each of the following provisions of the certificate of formation The identification or reference of the altered provision and the full text of the provision as amended are as follows

Article 3 Governing Authority

The limited liability company will not have managers Management of the company is reserved to the members The name and address of the governing person is Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC, 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83706

 

Delete each of the provisions identified below from the certificate of formation

Statement of Approval

The amendments to the certificate of formation have been approved in the manner required by the Texas Business Organizations Code and by the governing documents of the entity

 

Form 424    7   


Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C)

A. ☐ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state

B. ☒ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing The delayed effective date is 12 01 am, Central Standard Time, December 29, 2013

C ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of a future event or fact, other than the passage of time The 90 th day after the date of signing is

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized under the provisions of law governing the entity to execute the filing instrument

Date Dec 23 rd , 2013

 

By:   UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C
 

/s/ Suzann of Kirby

  Signature of authorized person
  SUZANN KIRBY, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
  Printed or typed name of authorized person (see instructions)

 

8

Form 424      

Exhibit 3.217

COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

SPIRIT MERGER SUB LLC,

A Texas Limited Liability Company

THIS COMPANY AGREEMENT OF SPIRIT MERGER SUB LLC (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of the 3rd day of September, 2013, is adopted, executed and agreed to by the sole Member (as defined below).

1. Formation. Spirit Merger Sub LLC (the “Company”) has been organized as a Texas limited liability company under and pursuant to the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “ BOC ”).

2. Sole Member. Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

3. Contributions. The Member has made a capital contribution to the Company in the amount set forth in the books and records of the Company. Without creating any rights in favor of any third party, the Member may, from time to time, make additional contributions of cash or property to the capital of the Company, but shall have no obligation to do so.

4. Distributions. The Member is entitled (a) to receive all distributions (including, without limitation, liquidating distributions) made by the Company, and (b) to enjoy all other rights, benefits and interests in the Company.

5. Management. The management of the Company is fully reserved to the Member, and the Company does not have “managers,” as that term is used in the BOC. The powers of the Company will be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company will be managed under the direction of, the Member, who will make all decisions and take all actions for the Company.

6. Officers. The Member may designate one (1) or more persons to be officers of the Company. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Member may delegate to them. Each officer shall hold office until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed by the Member.

7. Tax Status. The Member intends for the Company to be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member for federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding this tax treatment, the Company will be a limited liability company for state law purposes, pursuant to the provisions of the BOC, the Certificate of Formation, and this Agreement.

8. Events Requiring Winding Up. The Company will be wound up at such time, if any, as the Member may elect or as otherwise be required upon the occurrence of an event specified in BOC Section 11.056 and the failure of the legal representative of successor to take the actions specified in Section 11.056 within the time specified.

COMPANY AGREEMENT —Page 1


9. Conflicts of Interest. Subject to the other express provisions of this Agreement, the Member may engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of any and every type and description, independently or with others, including ones in competition with the Company, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any other member thereof the right to participate therein.

10. Indemnification. The Company must indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Member from and against all actions, suits or proceedings (collectively, “Proceedings”), and all other claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, awards, penalties, fines, settlements, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising out of the management of the Company or the Member’s service as the governing authority of the Company. THIS INDEMNITY WILL APPLY TO MATTERS THAT ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT OR RESPONSIBILITY BY THE MEMBER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS INDEMNITY WILL NOT APPLY TO MATTERS ARISING OUT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY THE MEMBER. The Company, by adoption of a resolution of the Member, may indemnify an officer, employee or agent of the Company to the same extent and subject to the same conditions under which it may indemnify the Member under the proceeding sentence.

11. Limitations on Duties and Liabilities of Member. The Member may be liable to the Company and any other individuals or entities subsequently admitted to the Company as members for acts or omissions in the management of the Company only in the case of gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement; but the Member will not be liable to the Company or any other individuals or entities subsequently admitted to the Company as members for any other acts or omissions, including the negligence, strict liability, or other fault or responsibility (other than matters arising out of the Member’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of this Agreement) by the Member. Except for such duties as may be expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Member is not be subject to any duties (including fiduciary duties) in the management of the Company.

12. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULES).

*             *             *

COMPANY AGREEMENT —Page 2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member has executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

MEMBER:
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

By:     Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited

            liability company

Its:       Sole Member

 

By:  Robert C Butler                     

Printed Name: Robert C Butler

Title: Chief Operations Officer

COMPANY AGREEMENT – Signature page

Exhibit 3.218

 

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

FAX: 512/463-5709

   LOGO     

Filed in the Office of the

Secretary of State of Texas

Filing #: 801153835 08/03/2009

Document #: 270263850002

 

 

 

 

Filing Fee: $300   

Certificate of Formation

Limited Liability Company

    

Image Generated Electronically

for Web Filing

 

 

Article 1 - Entity Name and Type

The filing entity being formed is a limited liability company. The name of the entity is:

USM Manufacturing L.L.C.

The name of the entity must contain the words “Limited Liability Company” or “Limited Company,” or an accepted abbreviation of such terms. The name must not be the same as, deceptively similar to or similar to that of an existing corporate, limited liability company, or limited partnership name on file with the secretary of state. A preliminary check for “name availability” is recommended.

Article 2 - Registered Agent and Registered Office

☐ A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be company named above) by the name of:

OR

☒ B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

Name:

Suz-Ann Kirby

C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

Street Address:

7830 Orlando Avenue Lubbock TX 79423

Article 3 - Governing Authority

☒ A. The limited liability company is to be managed by managers.

OR

☐ B. The limited liability company will not have managers. Management of the company is reserved to the members.

The names and addresses of the governing persons are set forth below:

 

Manager 1: Matthew Bumstead    Title:    Manager
Address:  7830 Orlando Lubbock TX, USA 79423      
Manager 2: Gantt Bumstead    Title:    Manager
Address: 7830 Orlando Lubbock TX, USA 79423      

Article 4 - Purpose

The purpose for which the company is organized is for the transaction of any and all lawful business for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code.

Supplemental Provisions / Information


[The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

Organizer

The name and address of the organizer are set forth below.

J. Mark Wagnon 5010 University Ave., 3rd Floor, Lubbock, TX 79413

Effectiveness of Fillig

☐ A. This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

OR

☒ B. This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of its

signing. The delayed effective date is: August 4, 2009

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

J. Mark Wagnon

Signature of Organizer

FILING OFFICE COPY


Form 424

(Revised 05/11)

 

Submit in duplicate to

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX 512/463-5709

Filing Fee: See instructions

  

LOGO

Certificate of Amendment

   This space reserved for office use

Entity Information

The name of the filing entity is

USM Manufacturing L L C.

 

State the name of the entity as currently shown in the records of the secretary of state If the amendment changes the name of the entity, state the old name and not the new name

The filing entity is a (Select the appropriate entity type below )

 

☐ For-profit Corporation   ☐ Professional Corporation
☐ Nonprofit Corporation   ☐ Professional Limited Liability Company
☐ Cooperative Association   ☐ Professional Association
☒ Limited Liability Company   ☐ Limited Partnership

The file number issued to the filing entity by the secretary of state is 801153835

The date of formation of the entity is August 4, 2009

Amendments

1. Amended Name

(If the purpose of the certificate of amendment is to change the name of the entity, use the following statement)

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision that names the filing entity The article or provision is amended to read as follows

The name of the filing entity is (state the new name of the entity below)

 

 

The name of the entity must contain an organizational designation or accepted abbreviation of such term, as applicable

2. Amended Registered Agent/Registered Office

The amendment changes the certificate of formation to change the article or provision stating the name of the registered agent and the registered office address of the filing entity. The article or provision is amended to read as follows

Form 424

 

6


Registered Agent

(Complete either A or B, but not both Also complete C )

☐   A. The registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of.

 

 

OR   

  ☐  B The registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is

 

 

First Name                                                      MI                                 Last Name                                                                       Suffix

The person executing this instrument affirms that the person designated as the new registered agent has consented to serve as registered agent

C The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is

          TX     
Street Address (No P O Box)    City    State    Zip Code

3. Other Added, Altered, or Deleted Provisions

Other changes or additions to the certificate of formation may be made in the space provided below If the space provided is insufficient, incorporate the additional text by providing an attachment to this form Please read the instructions to this form for further information on format

Text Area (The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference)

☐ Add each of the following provisions to the certificate of formation. The identification or reference of the added provision and the full text are as follows

☒ Alter each of the following provisions of the certificate of formation. The identification or reference of the altered provision and the full text of the provision as amended are as follows:

Article 3 - Governing Authority

The limited liability company will not have managers Management of the company is reserved to the sole member The name and address of the governing person is set forth below

Member United Supermarkets, L L C,7830 Orlando Avenue, Lubbock, Texas 79423

☐ Delete each of the provisions identified below from the certificate of formation.

Statement of Approval

The amendments to the certificate of formation have been approved in the manner required by the Texas Business Organizations Code and by the governing documents of the entity.

 

7


Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)

A.  ☒ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

B.  ☐ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:

C.  ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of a future event or fact, other than the

passage of time. The 90 t h day after the date of signing is:

The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

Execution

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized under the provisions of law governing the entity to execute the filing instrument

Date: 12/23/2013

 

By:   United Supermarkets, LLC
 

/s/ Suzann Kirby

Signature of authorized person

 

SuzAnn Kirby, Chief Financial Officer

  Printed or typed name of authorized person (see instructions)

Form 424

 

8

Exhibit 3.219

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

A Texas Limited Liability Company

This Amended and Restated Company Agreement of USM MANUFACTURING L.LC. (this “Company Agreement”), dated as of December 23, 2013, is adopted and agreed to by the sole Member (as defined below).

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C. (the “Company”) was formed as a limited liability company governed by the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “Code”) on August 4, 2009; and

WHEREAS, the Member of the Company entered into that certain Company Agreement of USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C., dated as of August 4, 2009 (the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the Member of the Company desires to enter into this Company Agreement for the purpose of making certain amendments to the Prior Agreement and desires that this Company Agreement be the complete expression of its covenants, agreements and undertakings with respect to the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, rights, and obligations, set forth in this Agreement, the benefits to be derived from them, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Member acknowledges and confesses, the Member agrees to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE 1

FORMATION

The Company has been organized as a Texas limited liability company under and pursuant to the Code.

ARTICLE 2

SOLE MEMBER

United Supermarkets, L.L.C. shall be the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS

The Member has made a Ten Dollar ($10.00) initial contribution to the capital of the Company. Without creating any rights in favor of any third party, the Member may, from time to time, make additional contributions of cash or property to the capital of the Company, but shall have no obligation to do so.

 

1


ARTICLE 4

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Member shall be entitled (a) to receive all distributions (including, without limitation, liquidating distributions) made by the Company, and (b) to enjoy all other rights, benefits and interests in the Company.

ARTICLE 5

MANAGEMENT

The management of the Company is fully vested in the sole Member, as that term is used in the Code. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the sole Member, who shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company.

ARTICLE 6

OFFICERS

The Member may designate one or more persons to be officers of the Company (“Officers”), and any Officers so designated shall have such title, authority, duties and salaries as the Member may delegate to them. Any Officers may be removed as such, either with or without cause by the Member.

ARTICLE 7

DISSOLUTION

The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up at such time, if any, as the Member may elect.

ARTICLE 8

GOVERNING LAW

THESE REGULATIONS ARE GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (EXCLUDING ITS CONFLICT-OF-LAWS RULES).

Signature Page Follows


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Company Agreement to be executed effective as of the date written above.

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C., Sole Member

/s/ Soz Ann Kilsy

By: Soz Ann Kirlsy
Title: CFO

Exhibit 3.220

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

The undersigned, an authorized natural person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (particularly Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified, and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

Wildcat Markets Opco LLC

SECOND: The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

Dated: October 4, 2013.

 

By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

  Thomas L. Hanavan
  Authorized Signatory

 

Exhibit 3.221

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

This LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of Wildcat Markets Opco LLC (the “ Company ”) is effective as of October 4, 2013.

1. Formation of Limited Liability Company . The Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended or succeeded from time to time (the “ Act ”), upon the filing of its certificate of formation (the “ Certificate of Formation ”) with the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Secretary ”) on October 4, 2013. The rights and obligations of the Member and the administration of the Company shall be governed by the Agreement and the Act. The Agreement shall be considered the “Limited Liability Company Agreement” of the Company. To the extent this Agreement is inconsistent in any respect with the Act, the Agreement shall control.

2. Members . Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC is the sole and managing member of the Company (the “ Member ”).

3. Purpose . The Company may engage in any and all businesses or activities in which a limited liability company may be engaged under applicable law (including, without limitation, the Act). The Member intends that the Company be treated as a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes.

4. Name . The name of the Company shall be “ Wildcat Markets Opco LLC ”.

5. Registered Agent and Principal Office . The registered office and registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be as the Member may designate from time to time. The Company may have such other offices as the Member may designate from time to time. The principal office of the Company shall be 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, CA 94588.

6. Term of Company . The term of the Company commenced on the date its Certificate of Formation was filed with the Delaware Secretary and shall continue in perpetuity or until the Company’s business and affairs are earlier wound up following proper dissolution as hereinafter provided.

7. Management of Company . All decisions relating to the business, affairs, and properties of the Company shall be made by the Member. The Member may appoint directors and/or officers of the Company using any titles, and may delegate all or some decision-making duties and responsibilities to such persons. Any such directors and/or officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Member and may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Member. To the extent delegated by the Member, directors and/or officers shall have the authority to act on behalf of, bind, and execute and deliver documents in the name and on behalf of the Company. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Member, any officer(s) so appointed shall have such authority and responsibility as is generally attributable to the holders of such offices in corporations incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. No delegation of authority hereunder shall cause the Member to cease to be a Member.


8. Other Activities . The Member may engage or invest in, and devote its time to, any other business venture or activity of any nature and description (independently or with others), whether or not such other activity may be deemed or construed to be in competition with the Company. The Company shall not have any right by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby in or to such other venture or activity of the Member (or to the income or proceeds derived therefrom), and the pursuit thereof, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

9. Standards of Conduct . Whenever the Member is required or permitted to make a decision, take or approve an action, or omit to do any of the foregoing, then the Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors, including its own, as it desires, and shall have no duty or obligation to consider any other interests or factors whatsoever. To the extent that the Member has, at law or in equity, duties (including, without limitation, fiduciary duties) to the Company or other person bound by the terms of this Agreement, the Member acting in accordance with this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or any such other person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties of the Member otherwise existing at law or in equity, replace such other duties to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law.

10. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of the Act or other applicable law, the Member shall not be personally liable in any manner whatsoever for any debt, liability, or other obligation of the Company, whether such debt, liability, or other obligation arises in contract, tort, or otherwise.

11. Contributions . The Member shall be deemed for purposes of this Agreement to have contributed to the capital of the Company the consideration set forth in the books and records of the Company. The Member may, but shall not be obligated to, make further capital contributions from time to time in such amounts as it shall determine in its sole discretion.

12. Allocations; Distributions . All income, gain, loss, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated to the Member. The timing and amount of distributions shall be determined by the Member, subject only to the provisions of the Act.

13. Capital Accounts . A capital account shall be maintained for the Member in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv), and except as provided herein, the Member shall have no right to demand the return of its capital contribution, any distributions from the Company, or interest or preferred return on any capital contribution of capital account.

14. Indemnification . The Member and any officer, director, manager, principal, equityholder or employee of the Member, the Company or an affiliate of the Member or the Company (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be indemnified and held harmless to the full extent permitted by the Act. Each Indemnified Person threatened to be or made a party to

 

2


any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she or it is a Member, or officer, director, manager, principal, equityholder or employee of a Member, the Company, or an affiliate of the Member or the Company, shall be indemnified against losses, damages, fees, costs, liabilities, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any such threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Act. Except as limited by law, expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any proceeding, including but not limited to a proceeding by or in the right of the Company, shall be paid by the Company to such Indemnified Person in advance of final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt of its written undertaking to pay such amount if such Indemnified Person is adjudicated to be ineligible for indemnification, which undertaking need not be secured. The foregoing right of indemnification shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnified Person may be entitled under any agreement or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an Indemnified Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

15. Dissolution and Winding Up . The Company shall dissolve and its business and affairs shall be wound up pursuant to a written instrument executed by the Member. In such event, after satisfying creditors, all remaining assets shall be distributed to the Member.

16. Amendments . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument executed by the Member.

17. Governing Law . The validity and enforceability of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to other principles of conflicts of law.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the above stated date.

 

MEMBER

Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

Name:   Thomas L. Hanavan
Title:   Vice President
COMPANY
Wildcat Markets Opco LLC
By:   Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC
Its:   Member
By:  

/s/ Thomas L. Hanavan

Name:   Thomas L. Hanavan
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to LLC Agreement – Wildcat Markets Opco LLC]

EXHIBIT 4.1

 

 

 

SAFEWAY INC.

INDENTURE

Dated as of September 10, 1997

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

Trustee

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

ARTICLE I.     DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.1.   Definitions

     1  

Section 1.2.   Other Definitions

     5  

Section 1.3.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     5  

Section 1.4.   Rules of Construction

     6  

ARTICLE II.     THE SECURITIES

     6  

Section 2.1.   Issuable in Series

     6  

Section 2.2.   Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities

     7  

Section 2.3.   Execution and Authentication

     9  

Section 2.4.   Registrar and Paying Agent

     10  

Section 2.5.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     10  

Section 2.6.   Securityholder Lists

     11  

Section 2.7.   Transfer and Exchange

     11  

Section 2.8.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     11  

Section 2.9.   Outstanding Securities

     12  

Section 2.10.   Treasury Securities

     13  

Section 2.11.   Temporary Securities

     13  

Section 2.12.   Cancellation

     13  

Section 2.13.   Defaulted Interest

     13  

Section 2.14.   Global Securities

     14  

Section 2.15.   CUSIP Numbers

     15  

ARTICLE III.     REDEMPTION

     15  

Section 3.1.   Notice to Trustee

     15  

Section 3.2.   Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

     15  

Section 3.3.   Notice of Redemption

     16  

Section 3.4.   Effect of Notice of Redemption

     16  

Section 3.5.   Deposit of Redemption Price

     17  

Section 3.6.   Securities Redeemed in Part

     17  

ARTICLE IV.     COVENANTS

     17  

Section 4.1.   Payment of Principal and Interest

     17  

Section 4.2.   SEC Reports

     17  

Section 4.3.   Compliance Certificate

     17  

Section 4.4.   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     18  

Section 4.5.   Corporate Existence

     18  

Section 4.6.   Taxes

     18  

ARTICLE V.     SUCCESSORS

     18  

Section 5.1.   When Company May Merge, Etc.

     18  

Section 5.2.   Successor Corporation Substituted

     19  

ARTICLE VI.     DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     19  

Section 6.1.   Events of Default

     19  

Section 6.2.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     21  

Section 6.3.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     21  


     PAGE  

Section 6.4.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     22  

Section 6.5.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     23  

Section 6.6.   Application of Money Collected

     23  

Section 6.7.   Limitation on Suits

     23  

Section 6.8.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest

     24  

Section 6.9.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     24  

Section 6.10.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     24  

Section 6.11.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     25  

Section 6.12.   Control by Holders

     25  

Section 6.13.   Waiver of Past Defaults

     25  

Section 6.14.   Undertaking for Costs

     25  

ARTICLE VII.     TRUSTEE

     26  

Section 7.1.   Duties of Trustee

     26  

Section 7.2.   Rights of Trustee

     27  

Section 7.3.   Individual Rights of Trustee

     28  

Section 7.4.   Trustee’s Disclaimer

     28  

Section 7.5.   Notice of Defaults

     29  

Section 7.6.   Reports by Trustee to Holders

     29  

Section 7.7.   Compensation and Indemnity

     29  

Section 7.8.   Replacement of Trustee

     30  

Section 7.9.   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     31  

Section 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification

     31  

Section 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

     31  

ARTICLE VIII.     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

     32  

Section 8.1.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     32  

Section 8.2.   Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification

     32  

Section 8.3.   Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series

     33  

Section 8.4.   Covenant Defeasance

     35  

Section 8.5.   Repayment to Company

     36  

ARTICLE IX.     AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

     36  

Section 9.1.   Without Consent of Holders

     36  

Section 9.2.   With Consent of Holders

     37  

Section 9.3.   Limitations

     37  

Section 9.4.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     38  

Section 9.5.   Revocation and Effect of Consents

     38  

Section 9.6.   Notation on or Exchange of Securities

     38  

Section 9.7.   Trustee Protected

     38  

ARTICLE X.     MISCELLANEOUS

     39  

Section 10.1.   Trust Indenture Act Controls

     39  

Section 10.2.   Notices

     39  

Section 10.3.   Communication by Holders with Other Holders

     40  

Section 10.4.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     40  


     PAGE  

Section 10.5.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     40  

Section 10.6.   Rules by Trustee and Agents

     40  

Section 10.7.   Legal Holidays

     41  

Section 10.8.   No Recourse Against Others

     41  

Section 10.9.   Counterparts

     41  

Section 10.10.   Governing Laws

     41  

Section 10.11.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     41  

Section 10.12.   Successors

     41  

Section 10.13.   Severability

     41  

Section 10.14.   Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

     42  

Section 10.15.   Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU

     42  

Section 10.16.   Judgment Currency

     42  

ARTICLE XI.     SINKING FUNDS

     43  

Section 11.1.   Applicability of Article

     43  

Section 11.2.   Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     43  

Section 11.3.   Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     44  


SAFEWAY INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and

Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997

 

Section 310(a)(1)      7.10
(a)(2)      7.10
(a)(3)      NOT APPLICABLE
(a)(4)      NOT APPLICABLE
(a)(5)      7.10
(b)      7.10
Section 311(a)      7.11
(b)      7.11
(c)      NOT APPLICABLE
Section 312(a)      2.6
(b)      10.3
(c)      10.3
Section 313(a)      7.6
(b)(1)      7.6
(b)(2)      7.6
(c)(1)      7.6
(d)      7.6
Section 314(a)      4.2, 10.5
(b)      NOT APPLICABLE
(c)(1)      10.4
(c)(2)      10.4
(c)(3)      NOT APPLICABLE
(d)      NOT APPLICABLE
(e)      10.5
(f)      NOT APPLICABLE
Section 315(a)      7.1
(b)      7.5
(c)      7.1
(d)      7.1
(e)      6.14
Section 316(a)      2.10
(a)(1)(a)      6.12
(a)(1)(b)      6.13
(b)      6.8
Section 317(a)(1)      6.3
(a)(2)      6.4
(b)      2.5
Section 318(a)      10.1

 

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.


Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997 between Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (“Trustee”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities issued under this Indenture.

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1. Definitions.

“Additional Amounts” means any additional amounts which are required hereby or by any Security, under circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on Holders specified herein or therein and which are owing to such Holders.

“Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by agreement or otherwise.

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent.

“Authorized Newspaper” means a newspaper in an official language of the country of publication customarily published at least once a day for at least five days in each calendar week and of general circulation in the place in connection with which the term is used. If it shall be impractical in the opinion of the Trustee to make any publication of any notice required hereby in an Authorized Newspaper, any publication or other notice in lieu thereof that is made or given by the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.

“Bearer” means anyone in possession from time to time of a Bearer Security.

“Bearer Security” means any Security, including any interest coupon appertaining thereto, that does not provide for the identification of the Holder thereof.

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate and delivered to the Trustee.


“Business Day” means, unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

“Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock.

“Company” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

“Company Order” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by two Officers, one of whom must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.

“Company Request” means a written request signed in the name of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Depository” means, with respect to the Securities of any Series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the person designated as Depository for such Series by the Company, which Depository shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act; and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Depository” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Depository with respect to the Securities of such Series.

“Discount Security” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

“Dollars” and “$” means the currency of The United States of America.

“ECU” means the European Currency Unit as determined by the Commission of the European Union.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


“Foreign Currency” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the government of The United States of America.

“Foreign Government Obligations” means, with respect to Securities of any Series that are denominated in a Foreign Currency, (i) direct obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of such government the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such government, which, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect as of the date of determination.

“Global Security” or “Global Securities” means a Security or Securities, as the case may be, in the form established pursuant to Section 2.2 evidencing all or part of a Series of Securities, issued to the Depository for such Series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depository or nominee.

“Holder” or “Securityholder” means a person in whose name a Security is registered or the holder of a Bearer Security.

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented, from time to time and shall include the form and terms of particular Series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

“interest” with respect to any Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security or installment of principal thereof, means the date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, or otherwise.

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers, one of whom must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.

 

3


“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

“person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“principal” of a Security means the principal of the Security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on, and any Additional Amounts in respect of, the Security.

“Responsible Officer” means any officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Office and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with a particular subject.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Securities” means the debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company of any Series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Series” or “Series of Securities” means each series of debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company created pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof.

“Stated Maturity” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” of any specified person means any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act as so amended.

“Trustee” means the person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean each person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any Series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that Series.

 

4


“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities which are (i) direct obligations of The United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of The United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by The United States of America, and which in the case of (i) and (ii) are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

Section 1.2. Other Definitions.

 

TERM

  

DEFINED IN

SECTION

    

“Bankruptcy Law”

   6.1   

“Custodian”

   6.1   

“Event of Default”

   6.1   

“Journal”

   10.15   

“Judgment Currency”

   10.16   

“Legal Holiday”

   10.7   

“mandatory sinking fund payment”

   11.1   

“Market Exchange Rate”

   10.15   

“New York Banking Day”

   10.16   

“optional sinking fund payment”

   11.1   

“Paying Agent”

   2.4   

“Registrar”

   2.4   

“Required Currency”

   10.16   

“Service Agent”

   2.4   

“successor person”

   5.1   

Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“Commission” means the SEC.

“indenture securities” means the Securities.

“indenture security holder” means a Securityholder.

 

5


“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein are used herein as so defined.

Section 1.4. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) references to “generally accepted accounting principles” and “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the time when and for the period as to which such accounting principles are to be applied;

(d) “or” is not exclusive;

(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; and

(f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

ARTICLE II.

THE SECURITIES

Section 2.1. Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more Series. All Securities of a Series shall be identical except as may be set forth or determined in the manner provided in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution. In the case of Securities of a Series to be issued from time to time, the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution may provide for the method by which specified terms (such as interest rate, maturity date, record date or date from which interest shall accrue) are to be determined. Securities may differ between Series in respect of any matters, provided that all Series of Securities shall be equally and ratably entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

 

6


Section 2.2. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities.

At or prior to the issuance of any Securities within a Series, the following shall be established (as to the Series generally, in the case of Subsection 2.2.1 and either as to such Securities within the Series or as to the Series generally in the case of Subsections 2.2.2 through 2.2.21) by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and set forth or determined in the manner provided in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate:

2.2.1. the title of the Series (which shall distinguish the Securities of that particular Series from the Securities of any other Series);

2.2.2. the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount thereof) at which the Securities of the Series will be issued;

2.2.3. any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the Series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the Series pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6);

2.2.4. the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the Series is payable;

2.2.5. the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or, if applicable, the method used to determine such rate or rates (including, but not limited to, any commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at which the Securities of the Series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest, if any, shall accrue, the date or dates on which such interest, if any, shall commence and be payable and any regular record date for the interest payable on any interest payment date;

2.2.6. the place or places where the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series shall be payable, where the Securities of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be served, and the method of such payment, if by wire transfer, mail or other means;

2.2.7. if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which the Securities of the Series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

2.2.8. the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase the Securities of the Series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the Series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

7


2.2.9. the dates, if any, on which and the price or prices at which the Securities of the Series will be repurchased by the Company at the option of the Holders thereof and other detailed terms and provisions of such repurchase obligations;

2.2.10. if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the Series shall be issuable;

2.2.11. the forms of the Securities of the Series in bearer or fully registered form (and, if in fully registered form, whether the Securities will be issuable as Global Securities);

2.2.12. if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2;

2.2.13. the currency of denomination of the Securities of the Series, which may be Dollars or any Foreign Currency, including, but not limited to, the ECU, and if such currency of denomination is a composite currency other than the ECU, the agency or organization, if any, responsible for overseeing such composite currency;

2.2.14. the designation of the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be made;

2.2.15. if payments of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series are to be made in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which such Securities are denominated, the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to such payments will be determined;

2.2.16. the manner in which the amounts of payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities of the Series will be determined, if such amounts may be determined by reference to an index based on a currency or currencies or by reference to a commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index;

2.2.17. the provisions, if any, relating to any security provided for the Securities of the Series;

2.2.18. any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the Series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2;

2.2.19. any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Articles IV or V which applies to Securities of the Series;

2.2.20. any other terms of the Securities of the Series (which may modify or delete any provision of this Indenture insofar as it applies to such Series); and

2.2.21. any depositories, interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate calculation agents or other agents with respect to Securities of such Series if other than those appointed herein.

 

8


All Securities of any one Series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate referred to above, and the authorized principal amount of any Series may not be increased to provide for issuances of additional Securities of such Series, unless otherwise provided in such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate.

Section 2.3. Execution and Authentication.

Two Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid.

A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall at any time, and from time to time, authenticate Securities for original issue in the principal amount provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate, upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Order. Such Company Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agent or agents, which oral instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication unless otherwise provided by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities of any Series outstanding at any time may not exceed any limit upon the maximum principal amount for such Series set forth in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2, except as provided in Section 2.8.

Prior to the issuance of Securities of any Series, the Trustee shall have received and (subject to Section 7.2) shall be fully protected in relying on: (a) the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate establishing the form of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series and the terms of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series, (b) an Officers’ Certificate complying with Section 10.4, and (c) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 10.4.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such Series: (a) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not be taken lawfully; or (b) if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees,

 

9


executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or vice-presidents shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of any then outstanding Series of Securities.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

Section 2.4. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain, with respect to each Series of Securities, at the place or places specified with respect to such Series pursuant to Section 2.2, an office or agency where Securities of such Series may be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”), where Securities of such Series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange (“Registrar”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be served (“Service Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register with respect to each Series of Securities and to their transfer and exchange. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of each Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the name and address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more co-registrars, additional paying agents or additional service agents and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent in each place so specified pursuant to Section 2.2 for Securities of any Series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the name or address of any such co-registrar, additional paying agent or additional service agent. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar; the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent; and the term “Service Agent” includes any additional service agent.

The Company hereby appoints the Trustee the initial Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent for each Series unless another Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent, as the case may be, is appointed prior to the time Securities of that Series are first issued.

Section 2.5. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust, for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series

 

10


of Securities, or the Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Series of Securities, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Securityholders of any Series of Securities all money held by it as Paying Agent.

Section 2.6. Securityholder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Securityholders of each Series of Securities.

Section 2.7. Transfer and Exchange.

Where Securities of a Series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.11, 3.6 or 9.6).

Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange Securities of any Series for the period beginning at the opening of business fifteen days immediately preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (b) to register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any Series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part.

Section 2.8. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

11


If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any Series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that Series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 2.9. Outstanding Securities.

The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest on a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section as not outstanding.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8, it ceases to be outstanding until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on the Maturity of Securities of a Series money sufficient to pay such Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities of the Series cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

12


A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

Section 2.10. Treasury Securities.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of a Series have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Securities of a Series owned by the Company shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities of a Series that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.11. Temporary Securities.

Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities upon a Company Order. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee upon request shall authenticate definitive Securities of the same Series and date of maturity in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, temporary securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the definitive Securities.

Section 2.12. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and deliver such canceled Securities to the Company, unless the Company otherwise directs; provided that the Trustee shall not be required to destroy Securities. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on a Series of Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the persons who are Securityholders of the Series on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 10 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and to each Securityholder of the Series a

 

13


notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

Section 2.14. Global Securities.

2.14.1. Terms of Securities. A Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate shall establish whether the Securities of a Series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and the Depository for such Global Security or Securities.

2.14.2. Transfer and Exchange. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Section 2.7 of the Indenture and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Indenture for Securities registered in the names of Holders other than the Depository for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depository registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act within 90 days of such event, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Securities represented by such Global Security shall have happened and be continuing. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as the Depository shall direct in writing in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security with like tenor and terms.

Except as provided in this Section 2.14.2, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depository, by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such a successor Depository.

2.14.3. Legend. Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository. This Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a person other than the Depository or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository, by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such a successor Depository.”

2.14.4. Acts of Holders. The Depository, as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture.

 

14


2.14.5. Payments. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.2, payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Holder thereof.

2.14.6. Consents, Declaration and Directions. Except as provided in Section 2.14.5, the Company, the Trustee and any Agent shall treat a person as the Holder of such principal amount of outstanding Securities of such Series represented by a Global Security as shall be specified in a written statement of the Depository with respect to such Global Security, for purposes of obtaining any consents, declarations, waivers or directions required to be given by the Holders pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 2.15. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

ARTICLE III.

REDEMPTION

Section 3.1. Notice to Trustee.

The Company may, with respect to any Series of Securities, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or may covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or any part thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Securities. If a Series of Securities is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Series of Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Series of Securities to be redeemed. The Company shall give the notice at least 45 days before the redemption date (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee).

Section 3.2. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed.

Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, if less than all the Securities of a Series are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities of the Series to be redeemed in any manner that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the selection from Securities

 

15


of the Series outstanding not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities of the Series that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities of the Series and portions of them it selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 or, with respect to Securities of any Series issuable in other denominations pursuant to Section 2.2.10, the minimum principal denomination for each Series and integral multiples thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities of a Series called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities of that Series called for redemption.

Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption.

Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series by Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed and if any Bearer Securities are outstanding, publish on one occasion a notice in an Authorized Newspaper.

The notice shall identify the Securities of the Series to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(d) that Securities of the Series called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(e) that interest on Securities of the Series called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(f) the CUSIP number, if any; and

(g) any other information as may be required by the terms of the particular Series or the Securities of a Series being redeemed.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense.

Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed or published as provided in Section 3.3, Securities of a Series called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the redemption date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities (or one or more predecessor Securities) registered at the close of business on the relevant record date therefor according to their terms and the terms of this Indenture.

 

16


Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price.

On or before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Securities to be redeemed on that date.

Section 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part.

Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder a new Security of the same Series and the same maturity equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities of that Series in accordance with the terms of such Securities and this Indenture.

Section 4.2. SEC Reports.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after it files them with the SEC copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a). Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).

Section 4.3. Compliance Certificate.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his/her knowledge the Company has

 

17


kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he may have knowledge).

The Company will, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.4. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture or the Securities and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.5. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article V, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 4.6. Taxes.

The Company shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, assessments and governmental levies, except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings.

ARTICLE V.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.1. When Company May Merge, Etc.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any person (a “successor person”) unless:

(a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the successor person (if other than the Company) is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of any U.S. domestic jurisdiction and expressly assumes the Company’s obligations on the Securities and under this Indenture and

(b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default or Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

18


The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction an Officers’ Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and any supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor person has been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company in the case of a sale, conveyance or other disposition (other than a lease) shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

ARTICLE VI.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1. Events of Default.

“Event of Default,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any Series, means any one of the following events, unless in the establishing Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate, it is provided that such Series shall not have the benefit of said Event of Default:

(a) default in the payment of any interest on any Security of that Series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of such payment is deposited by the Company with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent prior to the expiration of such period of 30 days); or

(b) default in the payment of principal of any Security of that Series at its Maturity; or

(c) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due in respect of any Security of that Series; or

 

19


(d) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty for which the consequences of nonperformance or breach are addressed elsewhere in this Section 6.1 and other than a covenant or warranty that has been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of Series of Securities other than that Series), which default continues uncured for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(e) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case,

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

(v) generally is unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

(f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case,

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company,

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

(g) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that Series, which is specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, in accordance with Section 2.2.18.

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

20


Section 6.2. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any Series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 6.1(e) or (f)), then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities of that Series are Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such Securities) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the Securities of that Series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(e) or (f) shall occur, the principal amount (or specified amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to any Series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that Series, other than the non-payment of the principal and interest, if any, of Securities of that Series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.13.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.3. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if

(a) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(b) default is made in the payment of principal of any Security at the Maturity thereof, or

(c) default is made in the deposit of any sinking fund payment when and as due by the terms of a Security,

then, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and any overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

21


If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or deemed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to any Securities of any Series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such Series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

Section 6.4. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same,

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

22


Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.5. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 6.6. Application of Money Collected.

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7; and

Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

Third: To the Company.

Section 6.7. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any Security of any Series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that Series;

(b) the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

23


(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

Section 6.8. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.9. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not, to the extent permitted by law, prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

24


Section 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12. Control by Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that

(a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

(c) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, determine that the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.13. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such Series waive any past Default hereunder with respect to such Series and its consequences, except a Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security of such Series (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security of such Series affected. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.14. Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in

 

25


any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the Stated Maturity or Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the redemption date).

ARTICLE VII.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others.

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; however, in the case of any such Officers’ Certificates or Opinions of Counsel which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such Officers’ Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

26


(ii) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

(iii) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Securities of any Series in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such Series.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraph (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

(e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power at the request or direction of any Holder unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

(h) The Paying Agent, the Registrar and any authenticating agent shall be entitled to the protections, immunities and standard of care as are set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section with respect to the Trustee.

Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. No Depository shall be deemed an agent of the Trustee and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any act or omission by any Depository.

 

27


(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or bad faith.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder without negligence and in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder without negligence and in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(h) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities generally or the Securities of a particular Series and this Indenture.

Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its authentication.

 

28


Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of any Series and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder of the Securities of that Series and, if any Bearer Securities are outstanding, publish on one occasion in an Authorized Newspaper, notice of a Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs or, if later, after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of such Default or Event of Default. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security of any Series, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its corporate trust committee or a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders of that Series.

Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

Within 60 days after May 15 in each year, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear on the register kept by the Registrar and, if any Bearer Securities are outstanding, publish in an Authorized Newspaper, a brief report dated as of such May 15, in accordance with, and to the extent required under, TIA Section 313.

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders of any Series shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Securities of that Series are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when Securities of any Series are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (including the cost of defending itself) against any loss, liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it except as set forth in the next paragraph in the performance of its duties under this Indenture as Trustee or Agent. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have one separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without

 

29


its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This indemnification shall apply to officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents of the Trustee.

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee or by any officer, director, employee, shareholder or agent of the Trustee through negligence or bad faith.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities of any Series on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities of that Series.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(e) or (f) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

The Trustee may resign with respect to the Securities of one or more Series by so notifying the Company at least 30 days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series may remove the Trustee with respect to that Series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee with respect to Securities of one or more Series if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any one or more Series does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring

 

30


Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities of the applicable Series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee with respect to each Series of Securities for which it is acting as Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to each Securityholder of each such Series and, if any Bearer Securities are outstanding, publish such notice on one occasion in an Authorized Newspaper. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee with respect to expenses and liabilities incurred by it prior to such replacement.

Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b).

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

31


ARTICLE VIII.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE; DEFEASANCE

Section 8.1. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall upon Company Order cease to be of further effect (except as hereinafter provided in this Section 8.1), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Securities that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount sufficient for the purpose of paying and discharging the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable on or prior to the date of such deposit) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.7, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 8.1, 8.2 and 8.5 shall survive.

Section 8.2. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.5, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.1, all money and U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3 or 8.4 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.3 or 8.4, shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the persons

 

32


entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee or to make mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments as contemplated by Sections 8.3 or 8.4.

(b) The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.3 or 8.4 or the interest and principal received in respect of such obligations other than any payable by or on behalf of Holders.

(c) The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money held by it as provided in Sections 8.3 or 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for the purpose for which such U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations or money were deposited or received. This provision shall not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations held under this Indenture.

Section 8.3. Legal Defeasance of Securities of any Series.

Unless this Section 8.3 is otherwise specified, pursuant to Section 2.2.20, to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the outstanding Securities of any Series on the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in subparagraph (d) hereof, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates to such outstanding Securities of such Series, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall, at Company Request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except as to:

(a) the rights of Holders of Securities of such Series to receive, from the trust funds described in subparagraph (d) hereof, (i) payment of the principal of and each installment of principal of and interest on the outstanding Securities of such Series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund payments applicable to the Securities of such Series on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities of such Series;

(b) the provisions of Sections 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 8.2, 8.3, and 8.5; and

(c) the rights, powers, trust and immunities of the Trustee hereunder;

 

33


provided that, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(d) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and interest, if any, on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of all the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal and such sinking fund payments are due;

(e) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(f) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 91st day after such date;

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred;

(h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Securities of such Series over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

(i) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

34


Section 8.4. Covenant Defeasance.

Unless this Section 8.4 is otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.2.20 to be inapplicable to Securities of any Series, on and after the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in subparagraph (a) hereof, the Company may omit to comply with respect to the Securities of any Series with any term, provision or condition set forth under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.6, and 5.1 as well as any additional covenants specified in a supplemental indenture for such Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.20 (and the failure to comply with any such covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Series under Section 6.1) and the occurrence of any event specified in a supplemental indenture for such Series of Securities or a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2.18 and designated as an Event of Default shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default hereunder, with respect to the Securities of such Series, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) With reference to this Section 8.4, the Company has deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited (except as provided in Section 8.2(c)) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities (i) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in Dollars, cash in Dollars and/or U.S. Government Obligations, or (ii) in the case of Securities of such Series denominated in a Foreign Currency (other than a composite currency), money and/or Foreign Government Obligations, which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal of and interest, if any, on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the Securities of such Series on the dates such installments of interest or principal and such sinking fund payments are due;

(b) Such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(c) No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such Series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period ending on the 91st day after such date;

(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such Series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

(e) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the covenant defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied with.

 

35


Section 8.5. Repayment to Company.

The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders.

The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series without the consent of any Securityholder:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to comply with Article V;

(c) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

(d) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder;

(e) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of Securities of any Series as permitted by this Indenture;

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

(g) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

36


Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders.

The Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of each Series affected by such supplemental indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders of each such Series. Except as provided in Section 6.13, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities of such Series) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities with respect to such Series.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Securities under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After a supplemental indenture or waiver under this section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Securities affected thereby and, if any Bearer Securities affected thereby are outstanding, publish on one occasion in an Authorized Newspaper, a notice briefly describing the supplemental indenture or waiver. Any failure by the Company to mail or publish such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.3. Limitations.

Without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

(a) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest (including default interest) on any Security;

(c) reduce the principal or change the Stated Maturity of any Security or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation;

(d) reduce the principal amount of Discount Securities payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof;

(e) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities of any Series by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such Series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

37


(f) make the principal of or interest, if any, on any Security payable in any currency other than that stated in the Security;

(g) make any change in Sections 6.8, 6.13, or 9.3 (this sentence); or

(h) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Security.

Section 9.4. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities of one or more Series shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture hereto that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.5. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment is set forth in a supplemental indenture or a waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date of the supplemental indenture or the date the waiver becomes effective.

Any amendment or waiver once effective shall bind every Securityholder of each Series affected by such amendment or waiver unless it is of the type described in any of clauses (a) through (h) of Section 9.3. In that case, the amendment or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security.

Section 9.6. Notation on or Exchange of Securities.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Security of any Series thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for Securities of that Series may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate upon request new Securities of that Series that reflect the amendment or waiver.

Section 9.7. Trustee Protected.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall sign all supplemental indentures, except that the Trustee need not sign any supplemental indenture that adversely affects its rights.

 

38


ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.

Section 10.2. Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other, or by a Holder to the Company or the Trustee, is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail:

 

if to the Company:    
  Safeway Inc.
  5918 Stoneridge Mall Road
  Pleasanton, California 94588
  Attention:   Michael C. Ross
    Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
  Telephone:   (510) 467-3000
  Facsimile:     (510) 467-3231
if to the Trustee:    
  The Bank of New York
  101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
  New York, New York 10286
  Attention:   Corporate Trust Administration
  Telephone:   (212) 815-5741
  Facsimile:     (212) 815-5915

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Any notice or communication to a Securityholder shall be mailed by first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar and, if any Bearer Securities are outstanding, published in an Authorized Newspaper. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder of any Series or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders of that or any other Series.

If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the Securityholder receives it.

 

39


If the Company mails a notice or communication to Securityholders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 10.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

Securityholders of any Series may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Securityholders of that Series or any other Series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities of that Series or all Series. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 10.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 10.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 10.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders of one or more Series. Any Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

40


Section 10.7. Legal Holidays.

Unless otherwise provided by Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture hereto for a particular Series, a “Legal Holiday” is any day that is not a Business Day. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

Section 10.8. No Recourse Against Others.

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

Section 10.9. Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 10.10. Governing Laws.

THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

Section 10.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 10.12. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

Section 10.13. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

41


Section 10.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 10.15. Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECU.

Unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Indenture with respect to a particular Series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all Series or all Series affected by a particular action at the time outstanding and, at such time, there are outstanding Securities of any Series which are denominated in a coin or currency other than Dollars (including ECUs), then the principal amount of Securities of such Series which shall be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount at the Market Exchange Rate at such time. For purposes of this Section 10.15, “Market Exchange Rate” shall mean the noon Dollar buying rate in New York City for cable transfers of that currency as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided, however, in the case of ECUs, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the rate of exchange determined by the Commission of the European Union (or any successor thereto) as published in the Official Journal of the European Union (such publication or any successor publication, the “Journal”). If such Market Exchange Rate is not available for any reason with respect to such currency, the Trustee shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, in the case of ECUs, the rate of exchange as published in the Journal, as of the most recent available date, or quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of exchange from one or more major banks in The City of New York or in the country of issue of the currency in question or, in the case of ECUs, in Luxembourg or such other quotations or, in the case of ECUs, rates of exchange as the Trustee, upon consultation with the Company, shall deem appropriate. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal amount in respect of Securities of a Series denominated in currency other than Dollars in connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

All decisions and determinations of the Trustee regarding the Market Exchange Rate or any alternative determination provided for in the preceding paragraph shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, to the extent permitted by law, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company and all Holders.

Section 10.16. Judgment Currency.

The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of or interest or other amount on the Securities of any Series (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the

 

42


“Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a New York Banking Day, then the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable, and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

ARTICLE XI.

SINKING FUNDS

Section 11.1. Applicability of Article.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of the Securities of a Series, except as otherwise permitted or required by any form of Security of such Series issued pursuant to this Indenture.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of any Series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment” and any other amount provided for by the terms of Securities of such Series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any Series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 11.2. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any Series as provided for by the terms of the Securities of such Series.

Section 11.2. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of any Series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities (1) deliver outstanding Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable (other than any of such Securities previously called for mandatory sinking fund redemption) and (2) apply as credit Securities of such Series to which such sinking fund payment is applicable and which have been repurchased by the Company or redeemed either at the

 

43


election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Series of Securities (except pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund) or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments or other optional redemptions pursuant to the terms of such Securities, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received by the Trustee, together with an Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto, not later than 15 days prior to the date on which the Trustee begins the process of selecting Securities for redemption, and shall be credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. If as a result of the delivery or credit of Securities in lieu of cash payments pursuant to this Section 11.2, the principal amount of Securities of such Series to be redeemed in order to exhaust the aforesaid cash payment shall be less than $100,000, the Trustee need not call Securities of such Series for redemption, except upon receipt of a Company Order that such action be taken, and such cash payment shall be held by the Trustee or a Paying Agent and applied to the next succeeding sinking fund payment, provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall from time to time upon receipt of a Company Order pay over and deliver to the Company any cash payment so being held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of Securities of that Series purchased by the Company having an unpaid principal amount equal to the cash payment required to be released to the Company.

Section 11.3. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 45 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate in respect of a particular Series of Securities) prior to each sinking fund payment date for any Series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that Series pursuant to the terms of that Series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting of Securities of that Series pursuant to Section 11.2, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days (unless otherwise indicated in the Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate or supplemental indenture in respect of a particular Series of Securities) before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.2 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.3. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6.

 

44


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:   /s/ Meredith Parry     Safeway Inc.
      By:  

/s/ MELISSA C. PLAISANCE

      Name:   Melissa C. Plaisance
      Its:   Senior Vice President — Finance and Public Affairs
Attest:   /s/ Steven D. Torgeson     The Bank of New York
      By:  

/s/ VIVIAN GEORGES

      Name:   Vivian Georges
      Its:   Assistant Vice President

EXHIBIT 4.2

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

December 5, 2011

Steven A. Burd and Bradley S. Fox do hereby certify that they are the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on October 19, 2011 (the “ Resolutions ”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “ Form of Note ”) representing the Company’s 3.400% Notes Due 2016 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture.

The Company is issuing initially $400 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company may issue additional Notes from time to time after the date hereof, and such additional Notes will be treated as a single class with the previously issued Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Notes.

2. The Form of Note sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Notes were offered at an initial public offering price of 99.946% of the principal amount thereof.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of December 5, 2011 (the “ Closing Date ”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Notes; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.

Section 4.9 Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes as described in the Notes, the Company will make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

 

2


(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, the Company will not repurchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default under this Indenture, other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

The Paying Agent will promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue of any such conflict.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

 

 

3


“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement as of June 1, 2011, by and among Safeway Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and JP Morgan Securities, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as domestic administrative agent, Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch as Canadian administrative agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers, Bank of America, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agents, BNP Paribas, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as documentation agents, and the lenders that are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement, refinancing and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date the Notes were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the times of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

 

 

4


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8 , the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and

 

5


patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or all of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies, and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day within the 60-day period (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the

 

6


Company’s or the Trustee’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the Capital Stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on certain paragraphs of the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Notes and is delivered in compliance with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the authentication and issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the authentication and issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the authentication and issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Steven A. Burd

Steven A. Burd
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox
Vice President and Treasurer


Annex A

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

3.400% Note Due 2016

$400,000,000

CUSIP No. 786514BT5

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

   CEDE & CO.                , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of    FOUR HUNDRED MILLION    DOLLARS

on December 1, 2016, and to pay interest thereon from December 5, 2011, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on June 1 and December 1 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), beginning June 1, 2012, at the rate of 3.400% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, interest will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the May 15 and November 15, respectively (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either


be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in Los Angeles, California; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable Interest Payment Dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Date: December 5, 2011

 

SAFEWAY INC.    
BY     BY

 

   

 

Bradley S. Fox     Robert A. Gordon
Vice President and Treasurer     Senior Vice President, Secretary and Counsel
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    

This is one of the 3.400% Notes Due 2016 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

   
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.    
BY    

 

   
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    


SAFEWAY INC.

3.400% Note Due 2016

 

1. General .

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, originally issued in $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount, subject to increase in accordance with the Indenture (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated December 5, 2011 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund .

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

4. Optional Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 40 basis points. In each case the Company will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date, the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and their respective successors, and one other firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which the Company specifies from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

Notice of any optional redemption of any Securities will be mailed at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the Securities will state, among other things, the amount of Securities to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any Securities that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

 

5. Offer to Purchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder of this Security will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

6. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

7. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


8. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

9. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

10. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

11. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

13. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.


14. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

16. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

   Custodian  

 

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties     (Cust)     (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  Act                                                   
                              (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
                              OTHER                               
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

 

 

Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
      Tax Identification No:  

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Participant in a Recognized Signature

Guarantee Medallion Program


SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

December 5, 2011

Steven A. Burd and Bradley S. Fox do hereby certify that they are the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on October 19, 2011 (the “ Resolutions ”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “ Form of Note ”) representing the Company’s 4.750% Notes Due 2021 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture.

The Company is issuing initially $400 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company may issue additional Notes from time to time after the date hereof, and such additional Notes will be treated as a single class with the previously issued Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Notes.

2. The Form of Note sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Notes were offered at an initial public offering price of 99.749% of the principal amount thereof.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of December 5, 2011 (the “ Closing Date ”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Notes; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.

Section 4.9 Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes as described in the Notes, the Company will make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

2


(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, the Company will not repurchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default under this Indenture, other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

The Paying Agent will promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue of any such conflict.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

 

3


“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement as of June 1, 2011, by and among Safeway Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and JP Morgan Securities, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as domestic administrative agent, Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch as Canadian administrative agent, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers, Bank of America, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as syndication agents, BNP Paribas, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as documentation agents, and the lenders that are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement, refinancing and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date the Notes were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the times of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

 

4


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8 , the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and

 

5


patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or all of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies, and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day within the 60-day period (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the

 

6


Company’s or the Trustee’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the Capital Stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on certain paragraphs of the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Notes and is delivered in compliance with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the authentication and issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the authentication and issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the authentication and issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Steven A. Burd

Steven A. Burd
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox
Vice President and Treasurer


Annex A

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

4.750% Note Due 2021

$400,000,000

CUSIP No. 786514BU2

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

   CEDE & CO.                , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of    FOUR HUNDRED MILLION    DOLLARS

on December 1, 2021, and to pay interest thereon from December 5, 2011, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on June 1 and December 1 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), beginning June 1, 2012, at the rate of 4.750% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, interest will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the May 15 and November 15, respectively (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either


be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in Los Angeles, California; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable Interest Payment Dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Date: December 5, 2011

 

SAFEWAY INC.    
BY     BY

 

   

 

Bradley S. Fox     Robert A. Gordon
Vice President and Treasurer     Senior Vice President, Secretary and Counsel

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

   

This is one of the 4.750% Notes Due 2021 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

   

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

   

BY

   

 

   

AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY

   


SAFEWAY INC.

4.750% Note Due 2021

 

1. General .

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, originally issued in $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount, subject to increase in accordance with the Indenture (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture .

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated December 5, 2011 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund .

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

4. Optional Redemption .

The Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 45 basis points. In each case the Company will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date, the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and their respective successors, and one other firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which the Company specifies from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

Notice of any optional redemption of any Securities will be mailed at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the Securities will state, among other things, the amount of Securities to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any Securities that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

 

5. Offer to Purchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event .

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder of this Security will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

6. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

7. Persons Deemed Owners .

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


8. Unclaimed Money .

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

9. Defeasance Prior to Maturity .

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

10. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

11. Restrictive Covenants .

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

13. Proceedings .

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.


14. Trustee Dealings with Company .

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others .

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

16. Governing Law .

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

   Custodian  

 

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties     (Cust)     (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  Act                                                   
                          (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
                              OTHER                               
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

 

 

Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $        

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
      Tax Identification No:  

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program

EXHIBIT 4.3

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

Robert L. Edwards and Bradley S. Fox do hereby certify that they are the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on July 2, 2002 and July 23, 2004 (the “ Resolutions ”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “ Form of Note ”) representing the Company’s 6.35% Notes Due 2017 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture.

The Company is issuing initially $500 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company may issue additional Notes from time to time after the date hereof, and such additional Notes will be treated as a single class with the previously issued Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Notes.

2. The Form of Note sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Notes were issued at the initial public offering price of 99.942% of principal amount.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of August 17, 2007 (the “ Closing Date ”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Notes; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.

Section 4.9 Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes as described in the Notes, the Company will make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.

 

2


The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, the Company will not repurchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default under this Indenture, other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

The Paying Agent will promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue of any such conflict.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2005 by and among Safeway Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Banc of America Securities

 

3


LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Citicorp USA, Inc. and BNP Paribas, as co-syndication agents, U.S. National Bank Association, as documentation agent, and the lenders that are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement, refinancing and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not continuing directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date the Notes were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the times of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

 

4


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8 , the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional rating agency or rating agencies selected by the Company.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations

 

5


incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or all of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies, and the Notes are rated below an investment grade rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day within the 60-day period (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the Company’s or the Trustee’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

 

6


“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the Capital Stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B are true and correct copies of the Resolutions.

8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Notes and complies with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate this 17th day of August, 2007.

 

/s/ Robert L. Edwards

Robert L. Edwards
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox
Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Officers’ Certificate Pursuant to the Indenture


THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

6.35% Note Due 2017

 

No.    $500,000,000
   CUSIP No. 786514 BP 3

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

   CEDE & CO.                , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of    FIVE HUNDRED MILLION    DOLLARS        

on August 15, 2017, and to pay interest thereon from August 17, 2007, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on February 15 and August 15 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), beginning February 15, 2008, at the rate of 6.35% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, interest will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the February 1 and August 1, respectively (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered


at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in Los Angeles, California; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable Interest Payment Dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Date: August 17, 2007

 

SAFEWAY INC.    
BY     BY

 

   

 

Robert L. Edwards     Robert A. Gordon
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer     Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    
This is one of the 6.35% Notes Due 2017 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.    
THE BANK OF NEW YORK TRUST COMPANY, N.A.    
BY    

 

   
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    


SAFEWAY INC.

6.35% Note Due 2017

 

1. General.

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor in interest to The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, originally issued in $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount, subject to increase in accordance with the Indenture (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated August 17, 2007 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund .

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

4. Optional Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points. In each case the Company will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date, the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Securities, Banc of America Securities LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and their respective successors, and one other firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which the Company specifies from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per year equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

Notice of any optional redemption of any Securities will be mailed at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of record of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the Securities will state, among other things, the amount of Securities to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any Securities that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

 

5. Offer to Purchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder of this Security will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

6. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of $1000 in excess thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

7. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


8. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

9. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

10. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

11. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

13. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.


14. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

16. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties         (Cust)        (Minor)  
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                                   

   
        (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR

OTHER            

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
 

 

 
this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

       

 

       

Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment

must correspond with the name(s) as written

upon the face of this Security in every particular,

without alteration or enlargement or any change

whatsoever.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $        

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
      Tax Identification No:  

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

 

Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program

EXHIBIT 4.4

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

August 7, 2009

Steven A. Burd and Bradley S. Fox do hereby certify that they are the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on December 5, 2008 (the “ Resolutions ”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “ Form of Note ”) representing the Company’s 5.000% Notes Due 2019 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture.

The Company is issuing initially $500 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company may issue additional Notes from time to time after the date hereof, and such additional Notes will be treated as a single class with the previously issued Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Notes.

2. The Form of Note sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Notes were offered at the initial public offering price of 99.175% of principal amount.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of August 7, 2009 (the “ Closing Date ”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Notes; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the


preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.

Section 4.9 Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes as described in the Notes, the Company will make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

2


On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, the Company will not repurchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default under this Indenture, other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

The Paying Agent will promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue of any such conflict.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

 

3


“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2005 by and among Safeway Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Citicorp USA, Inc. and BNP Paribas, as co-syndication agents, U.S. National Bank Association, as documentation agent, and the lenders that are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement, refinancing and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date the Notes were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the times of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

 

4


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8 , the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

5


“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or all of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies, and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day within the 60-day period (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in

 

6


rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the Company’s or the Trustee’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the Capital Stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on certain paragraphs of the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Notes and is delivered in compliance with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Steven A. Burd

Steven A. Burd
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox
Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Officers’ Certificate Pursuant to the Indenture


Annex A

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

5.000% Note Due 2019

 

No. AA-1    $500,000,000
   CUSIP No. 786514BR9

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

  CEDE & CO.               , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of   FIVE HUNDRED MILLION   DOLLARS        

on August 15, 2019, and to pay interest thereon from August 7, 2009, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on February 15 and August 15 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), beginning February 15, 2010, at the rate of 5.000% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, interest will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the February 1 and August 1, respectively (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered


at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in Los Angeles, California; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable Interest Payment Dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Date: August 7, 2009

 

SAFEWAY INC.
BY       BY  

 

   

 

Bradley S. Fox     Robert A. Gordon
Vice President and Treasurer     Senior Vice President, Secretary and Counsel

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 5.000% Notes Due 2019 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

   
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.      
BY        

 

     
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY      


SAFEWAY INC.

5.000% Note Due 2019

 

1. General.

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, originally issued in $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount, subject to increase in accordance with the Indenture (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated August 7, 2009 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund .

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

4. Optional Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points. In each case the Company will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date, the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Securities, Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and their respective successors, and one other firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which the Company specifies from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

Notice of any optional redemption of any Securities will be mailed at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the Securities will state, among other things, the amount of Securities to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any Securities that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

 

5. Offer to Purchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder of this Security will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

6. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

7. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


8. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

9. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

10. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

11. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies .

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

13. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.


14. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

16. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties          (Cust)          (Minor)  
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                                   

   
        (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR

OTHER                    

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

     

 

      Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $        

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
      Tax Identification No:  

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE      

 

     
Participant in a Recognized Signature      
Guarantee Medallion Program      

EXHIBIT 4.5

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

August 3, 2010

Steven A. Burd and Bradley S. Fox do hereby certify that they are the President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on December 5, 2008 (the “ Resolutions ”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “ Indenture ”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “ Form of Note ”) representing the Company’s 3.950% Notes Due 2020 (the “ Notes ”). The Notes are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture.

The Company is issuing initially $500 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Company may issue additional Notes from time to time after the date hereof, and such additional Notes will be treated as a single class with the previously issued Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. No additional Notes may be issued if an Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Notes.

2. The Form of Note sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Notes were offered at an initial public offering price of 99.556% of the principal amount thereof.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of August 3, 2010 (the “ Closing Date ”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Notes; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.

Section 4.9 Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Notes as described in the Notes, the Company will make an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of the Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after public announcement of the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to Holders of the Notes describing the transaction that constitutes or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). The notice will, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

2


(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being repurchased.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company and the third party repurchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer. In addition, the Company will not repurchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing on the Change of Control Payment Date an Event of Default under this Indenture, other than a default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

The Paying Agent will promptly pay to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Offer provisions of the Notes, the Company will comply with those securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue of any such conflict.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Notes shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

 

3


“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of June 1, 2005 by and among Safeway Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Citicorp USA, Inc. and BNP Paribas, as co-syndication agents, U.S. National Bank Association, as documentation agent, and the lenders that are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement, refinancing and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties or assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Voting Stock or other Voting Stock into which the Company’s Voting Stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (1) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date the Notes were issued or (2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the times of such nomination, election or appointment (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

 

4


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8 , the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations

 

5


incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, or all of them, as the case may be.

“Rating Event” means the rating on the Notes is lowered by each of the Rating Agencies, and the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any day within the 60-day period (which 60-day period will be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies) after the earlier of (1) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect a Change of Control; provided, however, that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the Company’s or the Trustee’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

 

6


“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any specified “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) as of any date, the Capital Stock of such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C is a true and correct copy of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on certain paragraphs of the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Notes and is delivered in compliance with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate as of the date first written above.

 

/s/ Steven A. Burd

Steven A. Burd

President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Bradley S. Fox

Vice President and Treasurer


Annex A

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

3.950% Note Due 2020

 

No. SWY2010-1      $500,000,000  
     CUSIP No. 786514BS7  

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

   CEDE & CO.    , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of    FIVE HUNDRED MILLION    DOLLARS        

on August 15, 2020, and to pay interest thereon from August 3, 2010, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on February 15 and August 15 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), beginning February 15, 2011, at the rate of 3.950% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. If any Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, interest will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the February 1 and August 1, respectively (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by


the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. at 700 South Flower Street, Suite 500, Los Angeles, CA 90017, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in Los Angeles, California; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable Interest Payment Dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

Date: August 3, 2010

 

SAFEWAY INC.
BY       BY  

 

   

 

Bradley S. Fox     Robert A. Gordon
Vice President and Treasurer     Senior Vice President, Secretary and Counsel

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the 3.950% Notes Due 2020 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

   
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.      
BY        

 

     
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY      


SAFEWAY INC.

3.950% Note Due 2020

 

1. General.

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, originally issued in $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount, subject to increase in accordance with the Indenture (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated August 3, 2010 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund .

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

 

4. Optional Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Securities to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the then current Treasury Rate plus 20 basis points. In each case the Company will pay accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the date of redemption.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means, with respect to any redemption date, the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Securities.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints to act as the Independent Investment Banker from time to time.


“Reference Treasury Dealer” means, with respect to any redemption date for the Securities, J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and RBS Securities Inc. and their respective successors, and one other firm that is a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”) which the Company specifies from time to time; provided, however, that if any of them ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

Notice of any optional redemption of any Securities will be mailed at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed at its registered address. The notice of redemption for the Securities will state, among other things, the amount of Securities to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of Securities to be redeemed. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on any Securities that have been called for redemption at the redemption date.

 

5. Offer to Purchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its option to redeem the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, each Holder of this Security will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

6. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

7. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


8. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

9. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

10. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

11. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

12. Defaults and Remedies.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

13. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.


14. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

16. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties          (Cust)          (Minor)  
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                                   

   
        (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR

OTHER                    

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

     

 

      Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $        

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
      Tax Identification No:  

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE      

 

     
Participant in a Recognized Signature      
Guarantee Medallion Program      

EXHIBIT 4.6

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

Julian C. Day and Michael C. Ross do hereby certify that they are the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on July 22, 1997 (the “Resolutions”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “Form of 7-Year Note”) representing the Company’s 6.85% Senior Notes due 2004 (the “7-Year Notes”); attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of a specimen note (the “Form of 10-Year Note”) representing the Company’s 7.00% Senior Notes due 2007 (the “10-Year Notes”) and attached here to as Annex C is a true and correct copy of a specimen debenture (the “Form of 30-Year Debenture”) representing the Company’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027 (the “30-Year Debentures”). The Form of 7-Year Note, the Form of 10-Year Note and the Form of 30-Year Debenture are herein collectively referred to as the “Forms of Notes.” Each of the 7-Year Notes, the 10-Year Notes and the 30-Year Debentures are a separate series of Securities under the Indenture and are referred to herein collectively as the “Notes.”

2. The Forms of Notes set forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The 7-Year Notes were issued at the initial public offering price of 99.883% of principal amount, the 10-Year Notes were issued at the initial public offering price of 99.955% of principal amount, and the 30-Year Debentures were issued at the initial public offering price of 99.974% of principal amount.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, each of the 7-Year Notes, the 10-Year Notes and the 30-Year Debentures shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens.

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively


providing that each series of Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of September 10, 1997 (the “Closing Date”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of Notes of such series; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing any series of Notes, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.

Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Notes of any series or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.”

 

2


4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, each of the 7-Year Notes, the 10-Year Notes, and the 30-Year Debentures shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, each of the 7-Year Notes, the 10-Year Notes, and the 30-Year Debentures shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under this Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of April 8, 1997 among the Company, The Vons Companies, Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Bankers Trust Company, as administrative agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as documentation agents, and the other lenders which are parties thereto, as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

3


“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8, the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable,

 

4


merchandise inventory, equipment, and patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Notes pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex D is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

 

5


8. The Notes shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Notes under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Notes.

9. Attached hereto as Annex E are true and correct copies of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Securities and complies with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Notes.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Notes have been satisfied.

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate this 10th day of September 1997.

 

/s/ Julian C. Day

Name:   Julian C. Day
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Michael C. Ross

Name:   Michael C. Ross
Title:   Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

 

7


Annex C

FORM OF DEBENTURE

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

7.45% Senior Debenture

Due 2027

 

No. R-1    $150,000,000
   CUSIP No. 786514 AS 8

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

   CEDE & CO.    , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of    ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY MILLION    DOLLARS

on September 15, 2027 and to pay interest thereon from September 10, 1997, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 1998, at the rate of 7.45% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and

 

1


on any overdue installment of interest until paid. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date will be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the September 1 or March 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such interest payment date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, the transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Services); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable interest payment dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted hereon.

Date: September 10, 1997

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    SAFEWAY INC.   
This is one of the 7.45% Senior Debentures due September 15, 2027 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.      
THE BANK OF NEW YORK      
BY    BY    BY
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    SECRETARY    EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

3


SAFEWAY INC.

7.45% Senior Debenture Due 2027

 

1. General.

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture) in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000 (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated September 10, 1997 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund.

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund and the Securities are not subject to redemption or repurchase by the Company at the option of the Holders.

 

4. Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities then outstanding or (ii) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date, plus 0.10%.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Securities. “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

 

4


“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date, as set forth in the daily statistical release (or any successor release) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and designated “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities” or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published or does not contain such prices on such Business Day, (A) the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (B) if the Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations. “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (a) each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Salomon Brothers Inc and Smith Barney Inc. and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer, and (b) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed.

 

5. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

6. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

7. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

5


8. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

9. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

10. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

11. Defaults and Remedies.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

12. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

13. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

6


14. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

15. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.

 

7


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties           (Cust)            (Minor)   
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                                   

   
        (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER                    
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including

postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

     

 

      Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

8

EXHIBIT 4.7

SAFEWAY INC.

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO

SECTIONS 2.2 AND 10.4 OF THE INDENTURE

Vasant M. Prabhu and Melissa C. Plaisance do hereby certify that they are the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and the Senior Vice President - Finance and Investor Relations, respectively, of Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and do further certify, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted on July 20, 1999 and January 25, 2001 (the “Resolutions”), and in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of September 10, 1997 between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Annex A is a true and correct copy of a specimen debenture (the “Form of Debenture”) representing the Company’s 7.25% Debentures Due 2031 (the “Debentures”).

2. The Form of Debenture sets forth certain of the terms required to be set forth in this certificate pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Indenture, and said terms are incorporated herein by reference. The Debentures were issued at the initial public offering price of 99.745% of principal amount.

3. In addition to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Indenture, the Debentures shall include the following additional covenants, and such additional covenants shall be subject to covenant defeasance pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Indenture:

“Section 4.7 Limitation on Liens.

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, or permit to exist, any Lien on any of their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, in order to secure any Indebtedness of the Company, without effectively providing that the Debentures shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Lien, except: (i) Liens existing as of January 31, 2001 (the “Closing Date”); (ii) Liens granted after the Closing Date on any assets or properties of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company created in favor of the Holders of the Debentures; (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company which is incurred to extend, renew or refinance Indebtedness which is secured by Liens permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness being refinanced and that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced; (iv) Permitted Liens; and (v) Liens created in substitution of or as replacements for any Liens permitted by the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), provided that, based on a good faith determination of an officer of the Company, the property or asset encumbered under any such substitute or replacement Lien is substantially similar in nature to the property or asset encumbered by the otherwise permitted Lien which is being replaced.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may, without securing the Debentures, create, incur or permit to exist Liens which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding paragraph, if after giving effect thereto and at the time of determination, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (ii) $350,000,000.


Section 4.8 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (except such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Closing Date or (ii) for the sale and leasing back of any property or asset by a Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or (iii) involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such property or asset) unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary would be entitled under Section 4.7 to create, incur or permit to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Liens in respect of such transaction without equally and ratably securing the Debentures or (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to the purchase or acquisition (or in the case of real property, the construction) of assets or to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures not earlier than one year after the date of such repayment.”

4. In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 6.1 of the Indenture, the Debentures shall include the following additional Event of Default, which shall be deemed an Event of Default under Section 6.1(g) of the Indenture:

“acceleration of $150,000,000 or more, individually or in the aggregate, in principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the terms of the instrument under which such Indebtedness is issued or secured, except as a result of compliance with applicable laws, orders or decrees, if such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged or such acceleration is not annulled within 10 days after written notice.”

5. In addition to the definitions set forth in Article I of the Indenture, the Debentures shall include the following additional definitions, which, in the event of a conflict with the definition of terms in the Indenture, shall control:

“Attributable Liens” means in connection with a sale and lease-back transaction the lesser of (a) the fair market value of the assets subject to such transaction and (b) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all outstanding Securities issued under the Indenture determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related lease.

“Bank Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of April 8, 1997 among the Company, The Vons Companies, Inc. and Canada Safeway Limited, as borrowers, Bankers Trust Company, as administrative agent, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as syndication agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as documentation agents, and the other lenders which are parties thereto, as amended and as such agreement may be amended (including any amendment, restatement and successors thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any increase in the principal amount of the obligations thereunder.

 

2


“Capital Lease” means any Indebtedness represented by a lease obligation of a person incurred with respect to real property or equipment acquired or leased by such person and used in its business that is required to be recorded as a capital lease in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after deducting therefrom (i) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like intangibles, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency values.

“Exempted Debt” means the sum of the following as of the date of determination: (i) Indebtedness of the Company incurred after the Closing Date and secured by Liens not otherwise permitted by the first sentence under Section 4.7, and (ii) Attributable Liens of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of sale and lease-back transactions entered into after the Closing Date, other than sale and lease-back transactions permitted by the limitation on sale and lease-back transactions set forth under Section 4.8. For purposes of determining whether or not a sale and lease-back transaction is “permitted” by Section 4.8, the last paragraph under Section 4.7 (creating an exception for Exempted Debt) will be disregarded.

“Indebtedness” of any person means, without duplication, any indebtedness, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements with respect thereto) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to Capital Leases), except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such person prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but does not include contingent liabilities which appear only in a footnote to a balance sheet), and shall also include, to the extent not otherwise included, the guaranty of items which would be included within this definition.

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person or any of its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest rates.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided that, as to any such arrangement in corporate form, such corporation shall not, as to any person of which such corporation is a Subsidiary, be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such person is a party.

“Lien” means any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any security interest).

 

3


“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company under the Bank Credit Agreement and any initial or subsequent renewal, extension, refinancing, replacement or refunding thereof; (ii) Liens on accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment, and patents, trademarks, trade names and other intangibles, securing Indebtedness of the Company; (iii) Liens on any asset of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Joint Venture to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, created solely to secure obligations incurred to finance the refurbishment, improvement or construction of such asset, which obligations are incurred no later than 24 months after completion of such refurbishment, improvement or construction, and all renewals, extensions, refinancings, replacements or refundings of such obligations; (iv)(a) Liens given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) of property (including shares of stock), including Capital Lease transactions in connection with any such acquisition, and (b) Liens existing on property at the time of acquisition thereof or at the time of acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any person then owning such property whether or not such existing Liens were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the property to which they attach; provided that, with respect to clause (a), the Liens shall be given within 24 months after such acquisition and shall attach solely to the property acquired or purchased and any improvements then or thereafter placed thereon; (v) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; (vi) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any person securing such person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; (vii) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (viii) Liens on key-man life insurance policies granted to secure Indebtedness of the Company against the cash surrender value thereof; (ix) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits and other Liens in the ordinary course of business, in each case securing Indebtedness of the Company under Interest Swap Obligations and Currency Agreements and forward contract, option, futures contracts, futures options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities; (x) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (xi) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

6. Each of the undersigned is authorized to approve the form, terms and conditions of the Debentures pursuant to the Resolutions.

7. Attached hereto as Annex B is a true and correct copy of the Resolutions.

8. The Debentures shall be issued as Global Securities (subject to exchange for definitive certificated Debentures under the circumstances provided in the Indenture) and The Depository Trust Company shall be Depository for the Debentures.

9. Attached hereto as Annex C are true and correct copies of the letter addressed to the Trustee entitling the Trustee to rely on the Opinion of Counsel attached thereto, which Opinion relates to the Debentures and complies with Section 10.4(b) of the Indenture.

 

4


10. Each of the undersigned has reviewed the provisions of the Indenture, including the covenants and conditions precedent pertaining to the issuance of the Debentures.

11. In connection with this certificate each of the undersigned has examined documents, corporate records and certificates and has spoken with other officers of the Company.

12. Each of the undersigned has made such examination and investigation as is necessary to enable the undersigned to express an informed opinion as to whether or not the covenants and conditions precedent of the Indenture pertaining to the issuance of the Debentures have been satisfied.

13. In our opinion all of the covenants and conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture for the issuance of the Debentures have been satisfied.

Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture or the Debentures, as the case may be.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned officers has executed this certificate this 31st day of January, 2001.

 

/s/ Vasant M. Prabhu

Name:   Vasant M. Prabhu
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Melissa C. Plaisance

Name:   Melissa C. Plaisance
Title:   Senior Vice President - Finance and Investor Relations


Annex A

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE “DEPOSITARY”), OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

SAFEWAY INC.

7.25% Debenture Due 2031

 

No. S-                $        ,000,000
   CUSIP No. 786514 BA6

SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received promises to pay to

 

  CEDE & CO.   , or registered assigns,
the principal sum of     DOLLARS

on February 1, 2031, and to pay interest thereon from January 31, 2001, or the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, as the case may be, payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2001, at the rate of 7.25% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest is permitted by law) to pay interest at the rate per annum borne by this Security on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest until paid. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date will be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such interest payment date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will

 

1


Forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such regular record date and may either be paid to the person in whose name this Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such defaulted interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Trustee and the Holders not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Principal of and interest on the Securities will be payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, the transfer of the Securities will be registrable, the Securities may be presented for exchange, and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Security and the Indenture may be served, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose (which initially will be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21W, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration); provided that, unless all of the outstanding Securities are Global Securities, the Company will at all times maintain an office or agency for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York; and provided, further, that, except as provided in the next sentence, payment of interest may, at the option of the Company, be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto. If this Security is a Global Security, the interest payable on this Security will be paid to Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, or its registered assigns as the registered owner of this Security, by wire transfer of immediately available funds on each of the applicable interest payment dates.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted hereon.

Date:

 

SAFEWAY INC.    
BY     BY
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT     SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION    
This is one of the 7.25% Debentures due February 1, 2031 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.    
THE BANK OF NEW YORK    
BY    
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY    

 

3


SAFEWAY INC.

7.25% Debenture Due 2031

 

1. General.

This Security is one of a duly authorized series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities, and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited (except as otherwise provided in the Indenture) in aggregate principal amount to $600,000,000 (herein called the “Securities”). All terms used but not defined in this Security shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on this Security at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

2. Indenture.

The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by the Officers’ Certificate dated January 31, 2001 delivered pursuant thereto and the TIA. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and the Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them.

 

3. Sinking Fund.

The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund and the Securities are not subject to redemption or repurchase by the Company at the option of the Holders.

 

4. Redemption.

The Securities are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be redeemed; or (ii) as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued as of the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 25 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption.

“Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date: (i) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Remaining Life of the Securities, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or (ii) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

 

4


“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Securities that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Securities (“Remaining Life”).

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for the applicable redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (i) each of Chase Securities Inc. and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and their respective successors; provided, however, that if either of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (ii) any other Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Securities, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed.

 

5. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

This Security is issuable only in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of U.S. $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein and herein set forth, the transfer, or the exchange for an equal principal amount, of this Security is registrable with the Registrar upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may, subject to certain exceptions, require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

6. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Holder in whose name this Security is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

7. Unclaimed Money.

The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal and interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After that,

 

5


Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

 

8. Defeasance Prior to Maturity.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of (i) the entire indebtedness of the Securities or (ii) certain covenants and Events of Default with respect to the Securities, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth therein.

 

9. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Indenture permits the Company and the Trustee to enter into a supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Securityholders. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Securities. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

10. Restrictive Covenants.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ability to create or incur certain Liens on any of their respective properties or assets and to enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions and on the Company’s ability to engage in mergers or consolidations or the conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets. These limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions and reference is made to the Indenture for a description thereof.

 

11. Defaults and Remedies.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities may be declared (or, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become) due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

12. Proceedings.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities and unless also the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceedings as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities at the time outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute such proceeding, within 60 days. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of the principal hereof or any interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

13. Trustee Dealings with Company.

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

6


14. No Recourse Against Others.

A past, present or future director, officer, employee, shareholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under this Security or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration of issuance of the Securities.

 

15. Governing Law.

The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern the Indenture and the Securities.

 

7


ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM   -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -  

 

  Custodian  

 

TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties          (Cust)          (Minor)  
JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common    

under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act                                                   

   
        (State)    

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR

OTHER                

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal

zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

this Security and all rights thereunder hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                         , Attorney, to transfer this Security on the books of the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

     

 

      Notice: The signature(s) on this Assignment must correspond with the name(s) as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

8

EXHIBIT 4.8

SAFEWAY INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) is entered into as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, a bank duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), under that certain Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997 (the “ Original Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented by that certain Officers’ Certificate Pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Original Indenture, dated December 5, 2011 (the “ Officers’ Certificate ”), with respect to the Company’s 3.40% Notes Due 2016 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Consent Solicitation Statement, dated September 22, 2014 (the “ Consent Solicitation Statement ”), of the Company, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 3.40% Notes Due 2016 (the “ Requisite Consents ”) have consented to the amendment of the Indenture reflected in Article Two hereto;

WHEREAS, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable to the Company’s 3.40% Notes Due 2016 (the “ Notes ”) under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Original Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may enter into this Supplemental Indenture with the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; and

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and has done all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the parties hereto, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

Article One

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

Section 101. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Section 102. Effects of Headings . The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 103. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


Section 104. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 105. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, express or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto, any Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Service Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 106. Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

Section 107. Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

Section 108. Effectiveness and Operativeness . This Supplemental Indenture shall take effect on the date hereof; however, Article Two of this Supplemental Indenture shall only become operative upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Albertsons Acquisition (as defined in Article II hereto) has been consummated and the Company has paid the Consent Fee (as defined in the Consent Solicitation Statement) to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 109. Concerning the Trustee . The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or to the recitals contained herein.

Section 110. Relation to the Indenture . This Supplemental Indenture supplements the Indenture and shall be a part and subject to all the terms thereof. Except as supplemented hereby, all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Securities issued thereunder shall continue in full force and effect.

Article Two

Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

Section 2.01 The definition of “Change of Control” set forth in the Original Indenture, as amended and supplemented by the Officers’ Certificate, is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of our properties or assets and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than us or one of our subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result

 

-2-


of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than us or one of our subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of our voting stock or other voting stock into which our voting stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of our Board of Directors are not continuing directors; provided that in no event shall the Albertsons Acquisition constitute a Change of Control hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a change of control if (1) we become a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of our voting stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock of such holding company.

Section 2.02. Article I of the Original Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following definition:

Albertsons Acquisition ” means the merger of Saturn Merger Acquisition Sub, Inc. with and into Safeway Inc., pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended, by and Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Saturn Merger Acquisition Sub, Inc., Safeway Inc. and AB Acquisition LLC.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SAFEWAY INC. ,
as Company
By:  

/s/ Peter J. Bocian

  Name:   Peter J. Bocian
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Melonee Young

  Name:   Melonee Young
  Title:   Vice President

EXHIBIT 4.9

SAFEWAY INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) is entered into as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, a bank duly organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), under that certain Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997 (the “ Original Indenture ”), as amended and supplemented by that certain Officers’ Certificate Pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 10.4 of the Original Indenture, dated August 17, 2007 (the “ Officers’ Certificate ”), with respect to the Company’s 6.35% Notes Due 2017 (as so amended, the “ Indenture ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Consent Solicitation Statement, dated September 22, 2014 (the “ Consent Solicitation Statement ”), of the Company, holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.35% Notes Due 2017 (the “ Requisite Consents ”) have consented to the amendment of the Indenture reflected in Article Two hereto;

WHEREAS, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable to the Company’s 6.35% Notes Due 2017 (the “ Notes ”) under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Original Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may enter into this Supplemental Indenture with the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; and

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and has done all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the parties hereto, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

Article One

Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application

Section 101. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.

Section 102. Effects of Headings . The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 103. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


Section 104. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 105. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture, express or implied, shall give to any person, other than the parties hereto, any Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Service Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 106. Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA that are required to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

Section 107. Counterparts . This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

Section 108. Effectiveness and Operativeness . This Supplemental Indenture shall take effect on the date hereof; however, Article Two of this Supplemental Indenture shall only become operative upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Albertsons Acquisition (as defined in Article II hereto) has been consummated and the Company has paid the Consent Fee (as defined in the Consent Solicitation Statement) to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 109. Concerning the Trustee . The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or to the recitals contained herein.

Section 110. Relation to the Indenture . This Supplemental Indenture supplements the Indenture and shall be a part and subject to all the terms thereof. Except as supplemented hereby, all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Securities issued thereunder shall continue in full force and effect.

Article Two

Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event

Section 2.01 The definition of “Change of Control” set forth in the Original Indenture, as amended and supplemented by the Officers’ Certificate, is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of our properties or assets and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than us or one of our subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result

 

-2-


of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than us or one of our subsidiaries) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of our voting stock or other voting stock into which our voting stock is reclassified, consolidated, exchanged or changed, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of our Board of Directors are not continuing directors; provided that in no event shall the Albertsons Acquisition constitute a Change of Control hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a change of control if (1) we become a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company and (2)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of our voting stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock of such holding company.

Section 2.02. Article I of the Original Indenture is hereby amended by adding the following definition:

Albertsons Acquisition ” means the merger of Saturn Merger Acquisition Sub, Inc. with and into Safeway Inc., pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended, by and Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Saturn Merger Acquisition Sub, Inc., Safeway Inc. and AB Acquisition LLC.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

SAFEWAY INC. ,
as Company
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President and Treasurer
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Melonee Young

  Name:   Melonee Young
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 4.10

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 3, dated as of December  29 , 2008 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among NAI, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“NAI”), New Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture (as hereinafter referred to).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Albertson’s”) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, successor as Trustee, entered into an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004 and Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006, the “Indenture”) providing for the issuance from time to time of Securities in one or more series, of which Securities were issued and a portion of which are currently Outstanding;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006, the Company assumed the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part Albertson’s to be performed or observed thereunder;

WHEREAS, NAI has entered into that Merger Agreement, dated as of December      , 2008, by and among NAI and the Company (the “Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which, substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company is merging with and into NAI (the “Merger”), the separate existence of the Company shall cease and NAI shall survive and continue as the continuing company, and, upon effectiveness of the Merger, NAI shall change its name to New Albertson’s, Inc.;

WHEREAS, as a condition to the Merger, Section 801(1) of the Indenture requires, among other things, that NAI execute and deliver an indenture supplemental to the Indenture to assume the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Securities;

WHEREAS, NAI and the Company desire to enter into a supplemental indenture pursuant to the terms of Sections 801(1) and 901(1) of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901(1) of the Indenture, NAI, the Company and the Trustee may enter into this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is hereby agreed among the Company, NAI and the Trustee, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

ASSUMPTION OF PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND OBSERVANCE

Section 1.01. NAI hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed thereunder.


ARTICLE TWO

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.01. NAI represents and warrants that it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Ohio.

Section 2.02. Each of the Company and NAI represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder, under the Indenture and under the Securities, and that the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and NAI of this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action.

Section 2.03. Each of the Company and NAI represents and warrants that immediately after giving effect to the Merger, and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of the Merger as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of the Merger, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing.

Section 2.04. Each of the Company and NAI represents and warrants that the Merger shall not result in the properties or assets of the Company or of NAI becoming subject to any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance, other than mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances which could be created pursuant to Section 1008 of the Indenture without equally and ratably securing the Securities.

Section 2.05. The Company represents and warrants that it has delivered to the trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as required under Section 801(4) of the Indenture.

ARTICLE THREE

SUCCESSION AND SUBSTITUTION

Section 3.01. Upon the consummation of the Merger, Section 802 of the Indenture shall have effect to the extent set forth therein, subject to such Section.

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Capitalized terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that have not otherwise been defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.


Section 4.02. Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 4.03. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 4.04. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 4.05. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and this Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Section 4.06. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the Holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities.

Section 4.07. All agreements of NAI in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 4.08. Any request, demand, notice or other communication to NAI in connection with the Indenture, as supplemented, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage paid, to NAI addressed as follows:

NAI, Inc.

    c/o SUPERVALU INC.

11840 Valley View Road

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

Attention: Treasurer

or to any other address hereafter furnished in writing to the Trustee by NAI for such purpose.

Section 4.09. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.


Section 4.10. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 4.11. The Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 4.12. The recitals and statements herein contained are made by the Company and NAI and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NAI, INC.
By   /s/ John Boyd
Name: John Boyd
Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By   /s/ John Boyd
Name: John Boyd
Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By    
Name:
Title:

 

 

[Supplemental Indenture Signature Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

NAI, INC.
By    
Name: John Boyd
Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By    
Name: John Boyd
Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer
U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By   /s/ Patrick J. Crowley
Name: Patrick J. Crowley
Title: Vice President

 

 

[Supplemental Indenture Signature Page]


 

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

AND

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

Trustee

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 2

Dated as of June 1, 2006

 

 

DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

Supplement to Indenture Dated as of May 1, 1992.

 

 

 


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among New Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as New Aloha Corporation (“New Albertson’s”), Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a Delaware corporation known as Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Company”), and U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”) under the Indenture (as hereinafter referred to).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Albertson’s”) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, successor as Trustee, entered into an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004, the “Indenture”) providing for the issuance from time to time of Securities in one or more series, of which Securities were issued and a portion of which are currently Outstanding;

WHEREAS, New Albertson’s has entered into that Purchase and Separation Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2006, by and among Albertson’s, New Albertson’s, SUPERVALU INC., and AB Acquisition LLC, as amended (the “Separation Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Albertson’s has filed a Certificate of Conversion with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, pursuant to which it has converted from a Delaware corporation into a Delaware limited liability company (the “Conversion”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Conversion and without need for any further action, the Securities and the Indenture became the continuing obligations of the Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement the Company shall have transferred certain of its properties and assets to New Albertson’s (such transfer, the “Separation”);


WHEREAS, as a condition to the Separation, Section 801(1) of the Indenture requires, among other things, that New Albertson’s execute and deliver an indenture supplemental to the Indenture to assume the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Securities;

WHEREAS, New Albertson’s and the Company desire to enter into a supplemental indenture pursuant to the terms of Sections 801(1) and 901(1) of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, New Albertson’s and the Company have requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to the terms of Section 901(1) of the Indenture; and.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901(1) of the Indenture, New Albertson’s, the Company and the Trustee may enter into this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is hereby agreed among the Company, New Albertson’s and the Trustee, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

ASSUMPTION OF PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND OBSERVANCE

Section 1.01. New Albertson’s hereby expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed thereunder.

 

-2-


ARTICLE TWO

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.01. New Albertson’s represents and warrants that it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 2.02. Each of the Company and New Albertson’s represents and warrants that the Separation constitutes the transfer of the Company’s properties and assets substantially as an entirety to New Albertson’s.

Section 2.03. Each of the Company and New Albertson’s represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder, under the Indenture and under the Securities, and that the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and New Albertson’s of this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action.

Section 2.04. Each of the Company and New Albertson’s represents and warrants that immediately after giving effect to the Separation, and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of the Separation as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of the Separation, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing.

Section 2.05. Each of the Company and New Albertson’s represents and warrants that the Separation shall not result in the properties or assets of the Company or of New Albertson’s becoming subject to any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance, other than mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances which could be created pursuant to Section 1008 of the Indenture without equally and ratably securing the Securities.

 

-3-


Section 2.06. The Company represents and warrants that it has delivered to the trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as required under Section 801(4) of the Indenture.

ARTICLE THREE

SUCCESSION AND SUBSTITUTION

Section 3.01. Upon the consummation of the Separation, Section 802 of the Indenture shall have effect to the extent set forth therein, subject to such Section.

ARTICLE FOUR

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01. Capitalized terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that have not otherwise been defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

Section 4.02. Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 4.03. This Supplemental Indenture is supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 4.04. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

-4-


Section 4.05. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and this Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Section 4.06. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the Holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities.

Section 4.07. All agreements of New Albertson’s in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 4.08. Any request, demand, notice or other communication to New Albertson’s in connection with the Indenture, as supplemented, shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage paid, to New Albertson’s addressed as follows:

New Albertson’s, Inc.

  c/o SUPERVALU INC.

11840 Valley View Road

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

Attention: Treasurer

or to any other address hereafter furnished in writing to the Trustee by New Albertson’s for such purpose.

 

-5-


Section 4.09. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 4.10. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 4.11. The Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 4.12. The recitals and statements herein contained are made by the Company and New Albertson’s and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By   /s/ Paul G. Rowan
Name: Paul G. Rowan
Title: Vice President
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By   /s/ Paul G. Rowan
Name: Paul G. Rowan
Title: Group Vice President
U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By    
Name: Patrick J. Crowley
Title: Vice President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By    
Name: Paul G. Rowan
Title: Vice President
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By    
Name: Paul G. Rowan
Title: Group Vice President
U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By   /s/ Patrick J. Crowley
Name: Patrick J. Crowley
Title: Vice President


Exhibit (d)(2)

EXECUTION COPY

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

AND

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

Dated as of May 7, 2004

 

 


THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 1 (this “Supplemental Indenture” ), dated as of May 7, 2004, is between ALBERTSON’S, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the “Trustee” ).

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee, as successor trustee an Indenture dated as of May 1, 1992 (the “Base Indenture” and together with this Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture” ), providing for the issuance from time to time of series of the Company’s Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture);

WHEREAS, Section 901(7) of the Base Indenture provides for the Company and the Trustee to enter into an indenture supplemental to the Base Indenture to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 301 of the Base Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 201 or 301 of the Base Indenture, the Company wishes to provide for the issuance of a new series of Securities to be known as its 3.75% Senior Notes due February 16, 2009 (the “Senior Notes” ), the form and terms of such Senior Notes and the terms, provisions and conditions thereof to be set forth as provided in this Supplemental Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture and all requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the Senior Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Relation to Base Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture constitutes an integral part of the Base Indenture.

Section 1.02. Definition Of Terms. For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture:

(a) Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Base Indenture, or, if not defined in the Base Indenture, in the Purchase Contract Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, as applicable;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Supplemental Indenture has the same meaning throughout;


(c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(d) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation;

(e) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Article 1:

“Accounting Event” means the receipt by the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company of a written report in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards ( “SAS” ) No. 97, “Amendment to SAS No. 50 – Reports on the Application of Accounting Principles”, from the Company’s independent auditors, provided at the request of the management of the Company, to the effect that, as a result of a change in accounting rules after the date hereof, the Company must either (i) account for all or any portion of the Purchase Contracts as derivatives under SFAS 133 (or otherwise mark-to-market or measure at fair value all or any portion of the Purchase Contracts, with changes appearing in the Company’s income statement) or (ii) account for the Units using the if-converted method under SFAS 128, and that such accounting treatment will cease to apply upon redemption of the Senior Notes.

“Applicable Principal Amount” means the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes that are part of Corporate Units on the Special Event Redemption Date.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Contract Agreement.

“Corporate Units” shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Contract Agreement.

“Coupon Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a).

“Depositary” means a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that is designated to act as Depositary for the Corporate Units pursuant to the Purchase Contract Agreement.

“Depositary Participant” means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

“Final Remarketing Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(b).

“Global Senior Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

“Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

“Maturity Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.02.

“Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof among the Company, U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent and attorney-in-fact for the Holders of the Purchase Contracts, as amended from time to time.

 

3


“Purchase Contract Agreement” means the Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as purchase contract agent, as amended from time to time.

“Purchase Contracts” and “Purchase Contract” shall have their respective meanings specified in the Purchase Contract Agreement.

“Purchase Contract Settlement Date” means May 16, 2007.

“Put Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a).

“Put Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.05(a).

“Quotation Agent” means any primary U.S. government securities dealer selected by the Company.

“Record Date” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date for the Senior Notes, the first Business Day of the calendar month in which such Interest Payment Date falls; provided that the Company may, at its option, select any other day as the Record Date for any Interest Payment Date so long as such Record Date selected is more than one Business Day but less than 60 Business Days prior to such Interest Payment Date.

“Redemption Amount” means, for each Senior Note, the product of the principal amount of such Senior Note and a fraction, the numerator of which is the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price and the denominator of which is the Applicable Principal Amount.

“Redemption Price” means, for each Senior Note, the Redemption Amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest on such Senior Note to but excluding the Special Event Redemption Date.

“Remarketed Senior Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 (c).

“Remarketing Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the Remarketing Agreement.

“Remarketing Agreement” means the Remarketing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, Banc of America Securities LLC and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as Purchase Contract Agent, as amended from time to time.

“Remarketing Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.02(a).

“Reset Effective Date” means the date three Business Days following the date of a Successful Remarketing pursuant to which the Coupon Rate is reset to a Reset Rate.

“Reset Rate” means the interest rate per annum on the Senior Notes (i) in the case of a Successful Remarketing prior to the Final Remarketing Date, as determined by the Remarketing Agent as necessary to remarket the Remarketed Senior Notes at a price per Remarketed Senior Note such that the aggregate price for the Remarketed Senior Notes is equal to approximately 100.25% (but not less than 100%) of the sum of the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price and the

 

4


Separate Senior Notes Purchase Price, and (ii) in the case of a Successful Remarketing on the Final Remarketing Date, as the rate necessary to remarket the Remarketed Senior Notes at a price per Remarketed Senior Note such that the aggregate price for the Remarketed Senior Notes is equal to approximately 100.25% (but not less than 100%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Remarketed Senior Notes; provided that if there are no Corporate Units outstanding and none of the Holders elect to have Separate Senior Notes held by them remarketed, or in the case of a Failed Remarketing, the interest rate payable on the Senior Notes will not be reset and the interest rate payable on the Senior Notes shall continue to be the Coupon Rate.

“Separate Senior Notes” means Senior Notes that are no longer a component of Corporate Units.

“Special Event” shall mean either a Tax Event or an Accounting Event.

“Special Event Redemption” means the redemption of the Senior Notes pursuant to the terms hereof following the occurrence of a Special Event.

“Special Event Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

“Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company of an opinion of counsel, rendered by a law firm having a recognized national tax practice, to the effect that, as a result of any amendment to, change in or announced proposed change in the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any official administrative decision, pronouncement, judicial decision or action interpreting or applying such laws or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which proposed change, pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date hereof, there is more than an insubstantial increase in the risk that interest payable by the Company on the Senior Notes is not, or within 90 days of the date of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or in part, for United States federal income tax purposes.

“Treasury Portfolio” means a portfolio of (1) U.S. treasury securities (or principal or interest strips thereof) that mature on or prior to May 15, 2007 in an aggregate amount at maturity equal to the Applicable Principal Amount, and (2) (x) in the case of a Successful Remarketing prior to the Final Remarketing Date, for the scheduled Interest Payment Date on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, U.S. treasury securities (or principal or interest strips thereof) that mature on or prior to May 15, 2007 in an aggregate amount at maturity equal to the aggregate interest payment (assuming no reset of the interest rate) that would have been due on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date on the Applicable Principal Amount, and (y) in the case of a Special Event Redemption, for each scheduled Interest Payment Date that occurs after the Special Event Redemption Date to and including the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, U.S. treasury securities (or principal or interest strips thereof) that mature on or prior to the business day immediately preceding such scheduled Interest Payment Date in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate interest payment (assuming no reset of the interest rate) that would have been due on such scheduled Interest Payment Date on the Applicable Principal Amount.

“Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price” means the lowest aggregate ask-side price quoted by a Primary Treasury Dealer to the Quotation Agent between 9:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m.,

 

5


New York City time, (i) in the case of a Special Event Redemption, on the third Business Day immediately preceding the Special Event Redemption Date for the purchase of the applicable Treasury Portfolio for settlement on the Special Event Redemption Date, and (ii) in the case of a Successful Remarketing prior to the Final Remarketing Date, on the date of such Successful Remarketing for the purchase of the applicable Treasury Portfolio for settlement on the third Business Day immediately following the date of such Successful Remarketing.

“Treasury Units” shall have the meaning specified in the Purchase Contract Agreement.

“Units” means either the Corporate Units or the Treasury Units or both the Corporate Units and Treasury Units.

The terms “Company,” “Trustee,” “Indenture,” “Base Indenture” and “Senior Notes” shall have the respective meanings set forth in the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture and the paragraph preceding such recitals.

ARTICLE 2

G ENERAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF THE S ENIOR N OTES

Section 2.01. Designation and Principal Amount. There is hereby authorized a series of Securities designated as 3.75% Senior Notes due 2009 limited in aggregate principal amount $1,000,000,000 (or up to $1,150,000,000 to the extent that the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is exercised). The Senior Notes may be issued from time to time upon written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of Senior Notes pursuant to Section 303 of the Base Indenture.

Section 2.02. Maturity. Unless a Special Event Redemption occurs prior to the Maturity Date (defined below), or as provided in Section 8.02, the date upon which the Senior Notes shall become due and payable at final maturity, together with any accrued and unpaid interest, is February 16, 2009 (the “Maturity Date” ).

Section 2.03. Form, Payment and Appointment. Except as provided in Section 2.04, the Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered, certificated form, bearing identical terms. Principal of and interest on the Senior Notes will be payable, the transfer of such Senior Notes will be registrable, and such Senior Notes will be exchangeable for Senior Notes of a like aggregate principal amount bearing identical terms and provisions, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the Holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the Holder entitled to payment.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Senior Notes, but the Company may require payment from the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Security Registrar and Paying Agent for the Senior Notes shall initially be the Trustee.

 

6


The Senior Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof, except that an interest in a Senior Note held as a part of a Corporate Unit represents an ownership interest of 1/40 th , or 2.5%, of a Senior Note and will therefore correspond to the stated amount of $25 per Corporate Unit.

Section 2.04. Global Senior Notes. Senior Notes that are no longer a component of the Corporate Units and are released from the Collateral Account (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) will be issued in permanent global form (a “Global Senior Note” ), and if issued as one or more Global Senior Notes, the Depositary shall be The Depository Trust Company or such other depositary as any officer of the Company may from time to time designate. Upon the creation of Treasury Units or the recreation of Corporate Units, an appropriate annotation shall be made on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases on the Global Senior Notes held by the Depositary. Unless and until such Global Senior Note is exchanged for Senior Notes in certificated form, Global Senior Notes may be transferred, in whole but not in part, and any payments on the Senior Notes shall be made, only to the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, or to a successor Depositary selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

Section 2.05. Interest. (a) The Senior Notes will bear interest initially at the rate of 3.75% per year (the “Coupon Rate” ) from the original date of issuance through and including the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date and (ii) the day immediately preceding any Reset Effective Date. In the event of a Successful Remarketing of the Senior Notes, the Coupon Rate will be reset by the Remarketing Agent at the appropriate Reset Rate with effect from the related Reset Effective Date, as set forth under Section 8.03. If the Coupon Rate is so reset, the Senior Notes will bear interest at the Reset Rate from the related Reset Effective Date until the principal thereof and interest thereon is paid or duly made available for payment and shall bear interest, to the extent permitted by law, compounded quarterly, on any overdue principal and payment of interest at the Coupon Rate through and including the day immediately preceding the Reset Effective Date and at the Reset Rate thereafter.

(b) Interest on the Senior Notes shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 16, May 16, August 16 and November 16 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date” ), commencing August 16, 2004, to the Person in whose name such Senior Note, or any predecessor Senior Note, is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Senior Notes shall accrue from May 7, 2004.

In the event of a Successful Remarketing of the Senior Notes, the Interest Payment Dates may be redetermined and Senior Notes will bear interest at the appropriate Reset Rate from the related Reset Effective Date payable semi-annually instead of quarterly.

(c) The amount of interest payable for any full quarterly or semi-annual period, as the case may be, will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly or semi-annual period, as the case may be, for which interest is computed will be computed on the basis of a 30-day month and, for any period less than a month, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. In the event that any scheduled Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such Interest Payment Date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next calendar year, then such payment will be made on the preceding Business Day.

 

7


Section 2.06. No Defeasance. The provisions of Article 13 of the Base Indenture shall not apply to the Senior Notes.

Section 2.07. No Sinking Fund. The provisions of Article 12 of the Base Indenture shall not apply to the Senior Notes and the Senior Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

ARTICLE 3

R EDEMPTION OF THE S ENIOR N OTES

Section 3.01. Special Event Redemption. If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Senior Notes in whole, but not in part, on any Interest Payment Date prior to the earlier of the date of a Successful Remarketing or the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, at a price per Senior Note equal to the Redemption Price, payable on the date of redemption (the “Special Event Redemption Date” ) to the Holders of the Senior Notes registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Interest Payment Date. If the Company so elects to redeem the Senior Notes, the Company shall appoint the Quotation Agent to assist the Company in determining the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price. Notice of any Special Event Redemption will be mailed by the Company (with a copy to the Trustee) at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Special Event Redemption Date to each registered Holder of the Senior Notes at its registered address. In addition, the Company shall notify the Collateral Agent in writing that a Special Event has occurred and that the Company intends to redeem the Senior Notes on the Special Event Redemption Date. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Special Event Redemption Date, (a) interest shall cease to accrue on the Senior Notes, (b) the Senior Notes shall become due and payable at the Redemption Price, and (c) the Senior Notes shall be void and all rights of the Holders in respect of the Senior Notes shall terminate and lapse (other than the right to receive the Redemption Price upon surrender of such Senior Notes but without interest on such Redemption Price). Following the notice of a Special Event Redemption, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange the Senior Notes to be redeemed.

Except as set forth in this Section 3.01, the Senior Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to the Maturity Date. The provisions of this Article 3 shall supersede any conflicting provisions contained in Article 11 of the Base Indenture.

Section 3.02. Redemption Procedures. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Special Event Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee immediately available funds in an amount sufficient to pay, on the Special Event Redemption Date, the aggregate Redemption Price for all outstanding Senior Notes. In exchange for any Senior Notes surrendered for redemption on or after the Special Event Redemption Date, the

 

8


Trustee shall pay an amount equal to the Redemption Price (a) to the Collateral Agent, in the case of Senior Notes that are included in Corporate Units, which amount shall be applied by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Pledge Agreement, and (b) to the holders of the Separate Senior Notes, in the case of Separate Senior Notes.

ARTICLE 4

F ORM OF S ENIOR N OTE

Section 4.01. Form of Senior Note. The Senior Notes and the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the forms attached as Exhibit A hereto, with such changes therein as the officers of the Company executing the Senior Notes (by manual or facsimile signature) may approve, such approval to be conclusively evidenced by their execution thereof.

ARTICLE 5

O RIGINAL I SSUE OF S ENIOR N OTES

Section 5.01. Original Issue of Senior Notes. Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000,000 (or up to $1,150,000,000 to the extent that the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is exercised) may from time to time, upon execution of this Supplemental Indenture, be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Senior Notes to or upon the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 303 of the Base Indenture without any further action by the Company (other than as required by the Base Indenture).

ARTICLE 6

O RIGINAL I SSUE D ISCOUNT

Section 6.01. Original Issue Discount. The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on Senior Notes that are Outstanding as of the end of the year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 7

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Ratification of Indenture. The Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 7.02. Trustee not Responsible for Recitals. The recitals herein contained are made by the Company and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

9


Section 7.03. New York Law to Govern. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH SENIOR NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE CONTRACTS MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 7.04. Separability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Senior Notes shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, then, to the extent permitted by law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or of the Senior Notes, but this Supplemental Indenture and the Senior Notes shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

Section 7.05. Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE 8

R EMARKETING

Section 8.01. Remarketing Procedures. (a) Unless a Special Event Redemption or a Successful Remarketing has occurred prior to the applicable Remarketing Date, the Company shall engage the Remarketing Agent pursuant to the Remarketing Agreement for the Remarketing of the Senior Notes, The Company will request, not later than seven nor more than 15 calendar days prior to the applicable Remarketing Date, that the Depositary or its nominee notify the Beneficial Owners or Depositary Participants holding Separate Senior Notes, Corporate Units and Treasury Units of the procedures to be followed in the applicable Remarketing.

(b) Each Holder of Separate Senior Notes may elect to have Separate Senior Notes held by such Holder remarketed in any Remarketing. A Holder making such an election must, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, notify the Custodial Agent and deliver such Separate Senior Notes to the Custodial Agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on or prior to the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date (but no earlier than the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date). Any such notice and delivery may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate is established in the Remarketing. Any such notice and delivery may be withdrawn on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Pledge Agreement. Any such notice and delivery not withdrawn by such time will be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. Pursuant to Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement, promptly after 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, the Custodial Agent, based on the notices and deliveries received by it prior to such time, shall notify the Remarketing Agent of the principal amount of Separate Senior Notes to be tendered for remarketing and shall cause such Separate Senior Notes to be presented to the Remarketing Agent. Under Section 5.02 of the Purchase Contract Agreement, Senior Notes that are components of Corporate Units will be deemed tendered for Remarketing and will be remarketed in accordance with the terms of the Remarketing Agreement.

 

10


(c) The right of each Holder of Senior Notes that are included in Corporate Units to have such Senior Notes, and each Holder of Separate Senior Notes to have any Separate Senior Notes (together, the “Remarketed Senior Notes” ), remarketed and sold on any Remarketing Date shall be limited to the extent that (i) the Remarketing Agent conducts a Remarketing pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) a Special Event Redemption has not occurred prior to such Remarketing Date, (iii) the Remarketing Agent is able to find a purchaser or purchasers for Remarketed Senior Notes at the Remarketing Price or the Final Remarketing Price, as the case may be, and (iv) the purchaser or purchasers deliver the purchase price therefor to the Remarketing Agent as and when required.

(d) Neither the Trustee, the Company nor the Remarketing Agent shall be obligated in any case to provide funds to make payment upon tender of Senior Notes for remarketing.

Section 8.02. Remarketing. (a) Unless a Special Event Redemption has occurred prior to the Initial Remarketing Date, on the Initial Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall, pursuant and subject to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to remarket the Remarketed Senior Notes at a price (the “Remarketing Price” ) equal to approximately 100.25% (but in no event less than 100%) of the sum of the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price and the Separate Senior Note Purchase Price.

(b) In the case of a Failed Initial Remarketing and unless a Special Event Redemption has occurred prior to the Final Remarketing Date, on the Final Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remarket the Remarketed Senior Notes at a price (the “Final Remarketing Price” ) equal to approximately 100.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Remarketed Senior Notes. It is understood and agreed that Remarketing on any Remarketing Date will be considered successful and no further attempts will be made if the resulting proceeds are at least 100% of the sum of the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price and the Separate Senior Note Purchase Price, and 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Remarketed Senior Notes in the case of the Final Remarketing.

Section 8.03. Reset Rate and Extended Maturity Date. (a) In connection with each Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent shall determine, in consultation with the Company, the Reset Rate (rounded to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent per annum) that the Remarketed Senior Notes should bear in order to have an aggregate market value equal to the Remarketing Price or the Final Remarketing Price, as the case may be, and that in the sole discretion of the Remarketing Agent will enable it to remarket all of the Remarketed Senior Notes at the Remarketing Price or Final Remarketing Price, as the case may be, in such Remarketing.

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Remarketing Agent shall have no obligation to determine whether there is any limitation under applicable law on the Reset Rate or, if there is any such limitation, the maximum permissible Reset Rate on the Senior Notes and shall rely solely upon written notice from the Company (which the Company agrees to provide prior to the eighth Business Day before the Initial Remarketing Date) as to whether or not there is any such limitation in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

11


(c) In connection with a Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent, in consultation with the Company, may extend the Maturity Date to a date selected by the Company that is two or three years from the date on which the Reset Rate is set. Such extended maturity date (the “Extended Maturity Date” ), if any, will be specified in the remarketing announcement and will become effective on the date on which the Reset Rate is set.

(d) In connection with a Remarketing, the Company may also elect to add any additional financial covenants as the Company may determine. Such an election would take effect upon a Successful Remarketing, on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date. In addition, as provided in Section 2.05(b) herein, upon a Successful Remarketing, the Interest Payment Dates may be redetermined to provide for payment of interest semi-annually instead of quarterly.

(e) In the event of a Failed Remarketing or if no Senior Notes are included in Corporate Units and none of the holders of the Separate Senior Notes elect to have their Senior Notes remarketed in any Remarketing, the applicable interest rate on the Senior Notes will not be reset and will continue to be the Coupon Rate and the Maturity Date will not be extended.

(f) In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Coupon Rate shall be reset at the Reset Rate as determined by the Remarketing Agent under the Remarketing Agreement and the Maturity Date will be extended to the Extended Maturity Date.

Section 8.04. Failed Remarketing. (a) If, by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on any Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent is unable to remarket all of the Remarketed Senior Notes at the Remarketing Price or the Final Remarketing Price, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, a Failed Remarketing shall be deemed to have occurred, and the Remarketing Agent shall so advise by telephone the Depositary, the Purchase Contract Agent and the Company. Whether or not there has been a Failed Remarketing will be determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the Remarketing Agent. Promptly following any Failed Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent shall return Separate Senior Notes submitted for remarketing, if any, to the Custodial Agent for distribution to the appropriate Holders.

(b) The Company shall cause a notice of such Failed Remarketing to be published in a daily newspaper in the English language of general circulation in the City of New York, which is expected to be The Watt Street Journal.

Section 8.05. Put Right. (a) Subject to paragraph (b) hereof, if there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, Holders of Separate Senior Notes and Holders of Senior Notes that are a component of Corporate Units will, subject to this Section 8.05, have the right (the “Put Right” ) to require the Company to purchase their Senior Notes, on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, at a price per Senior Note equal to $1,000.00, plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date (the “Put Price” ).

 

12


(b) The Put Right of Holders of Senior Notes that are part of Corporate Units will be automatically exercised unless such Holders (1) prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, provide written notice to the Purchase Contract Agent of their intention to settle the related Purchase Contract with separate cash, and (2) on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, deliver to the Collateral Agent $25 in cash per Purchase Contract, in each case pursuant to the Purchase Contract Agreement and such Holders shall be deemed to have elected to pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under the related Purchase Contract from a portion of the Proceeds of the Put Right of such Senior Notes equal to the Purchase Price in full satisfaction of such Holders’ obligations under the Purchase Contracts, and any remaining amount of the Put Price following satisfaction of the related Purchase Contract will be paid to such Holder.

(c) The Put Right of a Holder of a Separate Senior Note shall only be exercisable upon delivery of a notice to the Trustee by such Holder on or prior to the second Business Day prior to the Purchase Contract Settlement Date. On or prior to the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee immediately available funds in an amount sufficient to pay, on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the aggregate Put Price of all Separate Senior Notes with respect to which a Holder has exercised a Put Right. In exchange for any Separate Senior Notes surrendered pursuant to the Put Right, the Trustee shall then distribute such amount to the Holders of such Separate Senior Notes.

Section 8.06. Additional Event of Default. In addition to the events listed as Events of Default in Section 501 of the Base Indenture, it shall be an additional Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes, if the Company shall not have satisfied its obligation to pay the Put Price when due with respect to any Separate Senior Note following exercise of the Put Right in accordance with Section 8.05.

ARTICLE 9

T AX T REATMENT

Section 9.01. Tax Treatment. The Company agrees, and by acceptance of a Corporate Unit, each holder of a Corporate Unit will be deemed to have agreed (1) for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes to treat the acquisition of a Corporate Unit as the acquisition of the Senior Note and the Purchase Contract constituting the Corporate Unit and (2) to treat the Senior Note as indebtedness for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. A Holder of Senior Notes may obtain the comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Senior Notes, determined by the Company pursuant to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4, by submitting a written request for such information to the Company at the following address: Albertson’s, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726, Attention: Treasurer.

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first written above,

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ John Boyd
Name:   John Boyd
Title:   Group Vice President and Treasurer

 

Attest:

/s/ Julie Backe

Name: Julie Backe

Title:    Assistant Secretary

 

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

First Supplemental Indenture


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

Attest:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Patrick J. Crowley
Name:   PATRICK J. CROWLEY
Title:   Vice President


EXHIBIT A

[IF THIS SENIOR NOTE IS TO BE A GLOBAL SECURITY, INSERT:] THIS SENIOR NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY. THIS SENIOR NOTE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

No.         _

CUSIP No.013104 40 1

$500,000,000

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SENIOR NOTE

DUE 2009

ALBERTSON’S, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter called the “Company” , which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                  , or registered assigns, the principal sum of up to FIVE HUNDRED MILLION Dollars ($500,000,000), as set forth in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases In Senior Note attached hereto, on February 16, 2009 (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “Maturity Date” ), and to pay interest thereon from August 16, 2004 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on February 16, May 16, August 16 and November 16 of each year, commencing August 16, 2004, at the rate of 3.75% per annum through and including the day immediately preceding the Reset Effective Date, if any,

 

A-2


and thereafter semi-annually at the Reset Rate, if any, on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for or made available for payment, and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) to pay interest, compounded quarterly, at the rate of 3.75% per annum on any overdue principal and payment of interest through and including the day immediately preceding the Reset Effective Date, if any, and thereafter at the Reset Rate and on semi-annual Interest Payment Dates, if any. The amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly period or, following a Successful Remarketing, semi-annual period as applicable, for which interest is computed will be computed on the basis of a 30-day month and, for any period less than a month, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Senior Note (or one or more Predecessor Senior Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Interest Payment Date.

Payment of the principal of and interest on this Senior Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the Holder at such address as shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer to an account appropriately designated by the Holder entitled to payment.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Senior Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Senior Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

[SEAL]
Name:  
Title:  

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Senior Notes referred to in the within mentioned Indenture.

Dated:                                                                

 

U.S. BANK TRUST NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


FORM OF REVERSE OF SENIOR NOTE

This Senior Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company (herein called the “Senior Notes” ), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992, between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, as successor trustee (herein called the “Trustee” , which term includes any successor trustee) (the “Base Indenture” ), as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture No. 1 between the Company and the Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture” and together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture” ), to which Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Senior Notes and of the terms upon which the Senior Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Senior Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof, limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000 (or up to $1,150,000,000 to the extent that the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is exercised).

If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Senior Notes of this series in whole, but not in part, on any Interest Payment Date prior to the earlier of the date of a Successful Remarketing and the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, at a price per Senior Note equal to the Redemption Price as set forth in the Indenture.

If there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the holders of Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to purchase their Senior Notes on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, all as more fully described in the Supplemental Indenture.

The Senior Notes are not entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund and will not be subject to defeasance.

If an Event of Default with respect to Senior Notes of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Senior Notes of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Senior Notes at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Senior Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Senior Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Senior Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Senior Note and of any Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Senior Note.

 

R-1


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Senior Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Senior Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Senior Note is registrable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Senior Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and interest on this Senior Note are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Senior Notes of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Senior Notes of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Senior Notes of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes of this series of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Senior Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Senior Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Senior Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

All terms used in this Senior Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Senior Note shall be governed by the laws of New York.

The Company agrees, and by acceptance of a Corporate Unit, each holder of a Corporate Unit will be deemed to have agreed (1) for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes to treat the acquisition of a Corporate Unit as the acquisition of the Senior Note and the Purchase Contract constituting the Corporate Unit and (2) to treat the Senior Note as indebtedness for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes. A Holder of Senior Notes may obtain the comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Senior Notes, determined by the Company pursuant to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4, by submitting a written request for it to the Company at the following address: Albertson’s, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, P.O. Box 20, Boise, Idaho 83726; Attention: Treasurer.

 

R-2


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Senior Note to:

 

 

 

 

    (Insert assignee’s social security or taxpayer identification number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    (Insert address and zip code of assignee)

    and irrevocably appoints

 

 

 

 

 

 

agent to transfer this Senior Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Date:                                        
   Signature:
   Signature Guarantee:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Senior Note)


SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ( “STAMP” ) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

By:

Name:

Title:


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN SENIOR NOTE

The following increases or decreases in a part of this Senior Note have been made:

 

Date

  

Amount of decrease in
principal amount of
this Senior Note

   Amount of increase
in principal amount
of this Senior Note
  

Principal amount of this
Senior Note following
such decrease

(or increase)

  

Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee

          

Created by 10KWizard www.10KWizard.com

        


EX-4.1

INDENTURE

 

 

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

and

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Trustee

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 1, 1992

 

 

Debt Securities

 

 

 


ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Reconciliation and tie showing the location in the Indenture dated as of May 1, 1992 of the provisions inserted pursuant to Sections 310 to 318(a), inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

   Indenture Section  

Section 310 (a) (1)

     609  

(a) (2)

     609  

(a) (3)

     Not Applicable  

(a) (4)

     Not Applicable  

(b)

     608  
     610  

Section 311 (a)

     613  

(b)

     613  

Section 312 (a)

     701  
     702 (a)  

(b)

     702 (b)  

(c)

     702 (c)  

Section 313 (a)

     703 (a)  

(b)

     703 (a)  

(c)

     703 (a)  

(d)

     703 (b)  

Section 314 (a)

     704  

(a) (4)

     101  
     1004  

(b)

     Not Applicable  

(c) (1)

     102  

(c) (2)

     102  

(c) (3)

     Not Applicable  

(d)

     Not Applicable  

(e)

     102  

Section 315 (a)

     601  

(b)

     602  

(c)

     601  

(d)

     601  

(e)

     514  

Section 316 (a)

     101  

(a) (1) (A)

     502  
     512  

(a) (1) (B)

     513  

(a) (2)

     Not Applicable  

(b)

     508  

(c)

     104 (c)  

Section 317 (a) (1)

     503  

(a) (2)

     504  

(b)

     1003  

Section 318 (a)

     107  

NOTE: This reconciliation and its tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

Section 101.

  

Definitions

     2  

Section 102.

   Compliance Certificates and Opinions      9  

Section 103.

   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee      9  

Section 104.

   Acts of Holders; Record Dates      10  

Section 105.

   Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company      11  

Section 106.

   Notice to Holders; Waiver      12  

Section 107.

   Conflict with Trust Indenture Act      12  

Section 108.

   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents      12  

Section 109.

   Successors and Assigns      12  

Section 110.

   Separability Clause      12  

Section 111.

   Benefits of Indenture      13  

Section 112.

   Governing Law      13  

Section 113.

   Legal Holidays      13  

ARTICLE TWO

SECURITY FORMS

 

Section 201.

  

Forms Generally

     13  

Section 202.

   Form of Legend for Global Securities      14  

Section 203.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication      14  

ARTICLE THREE

THE SECURITIES

 

Section 301.

  

Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series

     15  

Section 302.

  

Denominations

     16  

 

ii


Section 303.

  

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

     17  

Section 304.

  

Temporary Securities

     18  

Section 305.

  

Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange

     18  

Section 306.

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

     20  

Section 307.

  

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

     21  

Section 308.

  

Persons Deemed Owners

     22  

Section 309.

  

Cancellation

     22  

Section 310.

  

Computation of Interest

     23  

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 401.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     23  

Section 402.

  

Application of Trust Money

     24  

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

 

Section 501.

  

Events of Default

     25  

Section 502.

  

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

     27  

Section 503.

  

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

     28  

Section 504.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     29  

Section 505.

  

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities

     30  

Section 506.

  

Application of Money Collected

     30  

Section 507.

  

Limitation on Suits

     30  

Section 508.

  

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

     31  

Section 509.

  

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     31  

Section 510.

  

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     31  

Section 511.

  

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     32  

Section 512.

  

Control by Holders

     32  

 

iii


Section 513.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

     32  

Section 514.

  

Undertaking for Costs

     33  

Section 515.

  

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

     33  

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 601.

  

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     33  

Section 602.

  

Notice of Defaults

     34  

Section 603.

  

Certain Rights of Trustee

     34  

Section 604.

  

Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities

     35  

Section 605.

  

May Hold Securities

     35  

Section 606.

  

Money Held in Trust

     35  

Section 607.

  

Compensation and Reimbursement

     35  

Section 608.

  

Disqualification; Conflicting Interests

     36  

Section 609.

  

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

     36  

Section 610.

  

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

     36  

Section 611.

  

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     38  

Section 612.

  

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

     39  

Section 613.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

     39  

Section 614.

  

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

     39  

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

 

Section 701.

  

Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders

     41  

Section 702.

  

Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders

     41  

Section 703.

  

Reports by Trustee

     41  

Section 704.

  

Reports by Company

     42  

 

iv


ARTICLE EIGHT

   CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE   

Section 801.

  

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     42  

Section 802.

  

Successor Substituted

     43  
ARTICLE NINE  
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES  

Section 901.

  

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders

     43  

Section 902.

  

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders

     44  

Section 903.

  

Execution of Supplemental Indentures

     45  

Section 904.

  

Effect of Supplemental Indentures

     45  

Section 905.

  

Conformity with Trust Indenture Act

     45  

Section 906.

  

Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures

     46  
ARTICLE TEN  
COVENANTS  

Section 1001.

  

Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

     46  

Section 1002.

  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     46  

Section 1003.

  

Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust

     46  

Section 1004.

  

Statement by Officers as to Default

     47  

Section 1005.

  

Existence

     48  

Section 1006.

  

Maintenance of Properties

     48  

Section 1007.

  

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

     48  

Section 1008.

  

Limitations on Liens

     48  

Section 1009.

  

Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

     50  

Section 1010.

  

Waiver of Certain Covenants

     51  

 

v


ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

 

Section 1101.

  

Applicability of Article

     51  

Section 1102.

  

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

     52  

Section 1103.

  

Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed

     52  

Section 1104.

  

Notice of Redemption

     53  

Section 1105.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

     53  

Section 1106.

  

Securities Payable on Redemption Date

     54  

Section 1107.

  

Securities Redeemed in Part

     54  
ARTICLE TWELVE  
SINKING FUNDS  

Section 1201.

  

Applicability of Article

     54  

Section 1202.

  

Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities

     55  

Section 1203.

  

Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund

     55  
ARTICLE THIRTEEN  
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE  

Section 1301.

  

Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     55  

Section 1302.

  

Defeasance and Discharge

     56  

Section 1303.

  

Covenant Defeasance

     56  

Section 1304.

  

Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     56  

 

vi


Section 1305.

  

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     58  

Section 1306.

  

Reinstatement

     58  

TESTIMONIUM

  

SIGNATURES AND SEALS

  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

  


INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 1992, between ALBERTSON’S, INC ., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, Boise, Idaho 83726 and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as Trustee hereunder (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured and unsubordinated debentures, notes or other evidences of senior indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such time or times, to be issued in one or more series and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter Provided.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation; and

 

2


(4) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Attributable Debt” means, as to any particular lease under which the Company or any Subsidiary is at the time liable and at any date as of which the amount thereof is to be determined, the total net amount of rent required to be paid under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended), discounted from the respective due dates thereof to such date at a rate per annum equal to the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the Securities of each series outstanding hereunder compounded semi-annually. The net amount of rent required to be paid under any such lease for any such period shall be the aggregate amount of the rent payable by the lessee with respect to such period after excluding amounts required to be paid on account of maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates and similar charges. In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount shall also include the amount of such penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

“Board of Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close, except as may otherwise be provided in the form of Securities of any particular series pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

“Capital Lease Obligations” mean any rental obligation which, under generally accepted accounting principles, is or will be required to be capitalized on the books of the Company or any Subsidiary, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as indebtedness (net of interest expense) in accordance with such principles.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this

 

3


instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice Chairman of the Board, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the net book value of all assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, excluding any amounts carried as assets for shares of capital stock held in treasury, debt discount and expense, goodwill, patents, trademarks and other intangible assets, less all liabilities of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (except Funded Debt, minority interests in consolidated Subsidiaries, deferred taxes and general contingency reserves of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), which in each case would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of determination, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be conducted, which office, at the date of execution of this Indenture, is located at 60 Wall Street, 36th Floor, New York, New York 10260.

“corporation” means any corporation, association, company, joint-stock company or business trust.

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303.

“Debt” means any indebtedness for money borrowed or evidenced by a bond, debenture, note or other similar instrument, whether or not for money borrowed.

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

“Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

“Defeasible Series” has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

“Depositary” means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Securities as contemplated by Section 301.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any statute successor thereto.

 

4


“Funded Debt” means (a) all indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries for money borrowed, or evidenced by a bond, debenture, note or other similar instrument, whether or not for money borrowed, maturing on, or renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor to, a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof (but not including indebtedness under any revolving credit arrangement with banks except for any indebtedness converted pursuant to any such arrangement into a term loan which meets the requirements of this Clause (a)), (b) Capital Lease Obligations payable on a date more than one year from the date of the determination thereof, (c) guarantees, direct or indirect, and other contingent obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of, or to purchase or otherwise acquire or be responsible or liable for (through the investment of funds or otherwise), any obligations of the type described in the foregoing Clause (a) or (b) of others (but not including contingent liabilities on customer’s receivables sold with recourse), and (d) amendments, renewals, extensions and refundings of any obligations of the type described in the foregoing Clauses (a), (b) or (c).

“Global Security” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities of any series and is authenticated and delivered to, and registered in the name of, the Depositary for such Securities or a nominee thereof.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term “Indenture” shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

“interest”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Interest Payment Date”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, and any agreement to give any of the foregoing).

“Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

“Nonrecourse Obligation” means indebtedness or lease payment obligations substantially related to (i) the acquisition of assets not previously owned by the Company or any Subsidiary or (ii) the financing of a project involving the development or expansion of properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, as to which the obligee with respect to such indebtedness or obligation has no recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary or any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the assets which were acquired with the proceeds of such transaction or the project financed with the proceeds of such transaction (and the proceeds thereof).

 

5


“Notice of Default” means a written notice of the kind specified in Section 501 (4).

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers signing an Officers’ Certificate given pursuant to Section 1004 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company, acceptable to the Trustee.

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security that provides for declaration of an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(1) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(2) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(3) Securities as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to Section 1302; and

(4) Securities that have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders of Securities for quorum purposes, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502 and (B) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities that the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may

 

6


be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Place of Payment”, when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 301.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Principal Property” means (a) any real property (including, without limitation, leasehold interests) together with the improvements thereon and the equipment, if any, constituting a part of the facility located thereon (including, without limitation, any warehouse, service center, shopping center or distribution center, wherever located) and (b) other equipment, in each case, of the Company or any Subsidiary and having a book value on the date as of which the determination is being made of more than 1% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets as most recently determined prior to such date; provided, however, that for purposes of Clause (a) above, separate parcels of real property which are operated generally as part of a single facility (such as a single warehouse, service center, shopping center or distribution center) shall be deemed to be a single property, and for purposes of Clause (b) above, separate items of equipment that are secured by Liens shall be deemed to be a single property to the extent they are secured by such Liens pursuant to the same financing transaction or a series of related financing transactions.

“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

“Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters. In the absence of bad faith on the part of the Company or a Holder, the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, may conclusively rely upon the statement of an officer of the Trustee as to whether an officer (including the officer making the statement) is assigned by the Trustee to administer the Trustee’s corporate trust matters.

 

7


“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 1009.

“Security” or “Securities” has the meaning set forth in the first recital of the Indenture and more particularly means any Security or Securities, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

“Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02(v) of Article 1 of Regulation S-X (or any successor provision) of the Commission.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means a corporation more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii) are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided

 

8


that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Company, means any Vice President, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President.”

“Wholly-owned”, when used with reference to a Subsidiary, means a Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding capital stock (except for qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly-owned Subsidiaries, or both.

SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, if to be given by an officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

9


Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

SECTION 104. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

(e) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, fix any day as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Securities of any series entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by

 

10


Holders of Securities of such series. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date for action to be taken by the Holders of one or more series of Securities, only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action. With regard to any record date set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to give or take the relevant action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. With regard to any action that may be given or taken hereunder only by Holders of a requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any series (or their duly appointed agents) and for which a record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company may, at its option, set an expiration date after which no such action purported to be given or taken by any Holder shall be effective hereunder unless given or taken on or prior to such expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents). On or prior to any expiration date set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company may, on one or more occasions at its option, extend such date to any later date. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent any Holder (or any duly appointed agent thereof) from giving or taking, after any expiration date, any action identical to, or, at any time, contrary to or different from, any action given or taken, or purported to have been given or taken, hereunder by a Holder on or prior to such date, in which event the Company may set a record date in respect thereof pursuant to this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the Trust Indenture Act, the Company shall not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, any action to be given or taken by Holders pursuant to Sections 501, 502 or 512.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to give or take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any different part of such principal amount.

SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

11


SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to Holders of Securities of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Security expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders of Securities shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders of Securities by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 110. Separability Clause.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

12


SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent, or Paying Agent, any Security Registrar and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 112. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 113. Legal Holidays.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities other than a provision of the Securities of any series that specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be, to such next succeeding Business Day.

ARTICLE TWO

SECURITY FORMS

SECTION 201. Forms Generally.

The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form as shall established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities.

 

13


The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities as evidence by their execution of such Securities.

SECTION 202. Form of Legend for Global Securities

Any Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder may bear any legend required to comply with the requirements of any Depositary.

SECTION 203. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
As Trustee
By    
  Authorized Officer

 

14


ARTICLE THREE

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series:

(1) the title of the Securities and the series in which such Securities shall be included (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(3) the Person to whom any interest on any Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

(5) the rate or rates at which such Securities shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates are determined, the date or dates from which any such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable, the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Securities on any Interest Payment Date, and the basis upon which interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

(6) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable;

(7) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which such Securities may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase such Securities pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which such Securities shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation, and any provisions for the remarketing of such Securities;

 

15


(9) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(10) if the amount of payments of principal of or any premium or interest on such Securities may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method based on a coin or currency other than U.S. dollars, or otherwise, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(11) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of any Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502;

(12) the applicability, or non-applicability, or variation, of Sections 1008 and 1009 with respect to the Securities of such series:

(13) if applicable, that the Securities of the series shall be defeasible as provided in Article Thirteen;

(14) if and as applicable, that the Securities of the series shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depositary or Depositaries for such Global Security or Global Securities and any circumstances other than those set forth in Section 305 in which any such Global Security may be transferred to, and registered and exchanged for Securities registered in the name of, a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof and in which any such transfer may be registered; and

(15) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 901(5)).

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 303) set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the Officers’ Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.

SECTION 302. Denominations.

The Securities of each series shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such specified denomination with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

16


SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President serving as Chief Financial Officer or its Treasurer, under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order (which may provide that Securities that are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon the telephonic or written order of Persons designated in said Company Order and that such Persons are authorized to determine such terms and conditions of said Securities as are specified in the Company’s Order) shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted in Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(1) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(3) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights, to general equity principles and to such other matters as counsel may specify.

If the form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

17


Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued and contemplate issuance of all Securities of such series.

Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 304. Temporary Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company maintained pursuant to Section 1002 in a Place of Payment for such series for the purpose of exchanges of Securities of such series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor one or more definitive Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount and tenor. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of the Securities of each series and of transfers of the Securities of each series. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

 

18


Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor.

At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that series selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to this Section 305 for Securities registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary for such Global Security or its nominee only when (i) such Depositary notifies the Company and the Trustee in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that Securities shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable, (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Securities represented by such Global Security or (iv) there shall exist such other circumstances, if any,

 

19


as shall be specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, shall be surrendered by the Depositary, or such other depositary as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to, the Trustee, as the agent for such purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or in part, for definitive Securities without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities, executed by the Company, of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such Global Security to be exchanged, which shall be in the form of registered Securities as provided in the Company Order.

Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security other than pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) in the preceding paragraph, whether pursuant to this Section, Sections 304, 306, 906 or 1107 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security.

SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

20


SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

In the case of Securities represented by a Global Security registered in the name of or held by a Depositary or its nominee, unless otherwise specified by Section 301, payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be made to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner or Holder of such Global Security. None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent nor the Security Registrar for such Securities will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

 

 

21


(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

At the option of the Company, interest on Securities of any series that bear interest may be paid by mailing a check to the address of the person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301(3) and subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

In the case of a Global Security, so long as the Depositary for such Global Security, or its nominee, is the registered owner of such Global Security, such Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Securities represented by such Global Security for all purposes under this Indenture. Except as provided in Section 305, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security will not be entitled to have Securities that are represented by such Global Security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of such Securities in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall (i) prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary or (ii) impair, as between a Depositary and holders of beneficial interests in any Global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary as Holder of such Global Security.

SECTION 309. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously

 

22


authenticated hereunder that the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee and the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company.

SECTION 310. Computation of Interest.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

ARTICLE FOUR

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(1) either

(A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

23


and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose, lawful money of the United States or U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide lawful money not later than one day before the due dates of principal (and premium, if any) or interest, or any combination thereof, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

In the event there are Securities of two or more series hereunder, the Trustee shall be required to execute an instrument acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture only if requested to do so with respect to the Securities of all series to which it is Trustee and if the other conditions thereto are met. In the event there are two or more Trustees hereunder, then the effectiveness of any such instrument shall be conditioned upon receipt of such instruments from all Trustees hereunder.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

SECTION 402. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

24


ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES

SECTION 501. Events of Default.

“Event of Default,” wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in the supplemental indenture creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series:

(1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or

(3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of a Security of that series; or

(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

(5) a default under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (including a default with respect to Securities of any series other than that series) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $25,000,000 or under any mortgage, indenture or other instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (including this Indenture) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount of at least $25,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default (A) shall constitute a failure to make any principal payment of at least $25,000,000 with respect to such indebtedness when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto or (B) shall have resulted in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, without in the case of Clause (A) or (B), as the case may be, such indebtedness having been discharged, or such acceleration having been rescinded or annulled, within a period

 

25


of 10 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company or such Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Sections 601 and 602, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of such default unless either (i) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such default or (ii) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company, from any Holder, from the holder of any such indebtedness or from the trustee under any such mortgage, indenture or other instrument; or

(6) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Significant Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under any applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their respective affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(7) the commencement by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or the making by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; or

(8) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any Notice of Default pursuant to this Section 501 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such Notice of Default, which record date shall be the close of

 

26


business on the day the Trustee receives such Notice of Default. Promptly after the establishment of a record date pursuant to the provisions of this Section 501, the Trustee shall notify the Company and the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series of the establishment of such record date. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such Notice of Default, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such Notice of Default shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such Notice of Default shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a Notice of Default contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a Notice of Default that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all of the Securities of that series and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series,

(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel;

 

27


and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any declaration of acceleration, or any rescission and annulment of any such declaration, pursuant to this Section 502 with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission or annulment, as the case may be, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be. Promptly after the establishment of a record date pursuant to the provisions of this Section 502, the Trustee shall notify the Company and the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series of the establishment of such record date. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a declaration of acceleration, or a rescission and annulment of any such declaration, contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a declaration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof, or

(3) default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series, and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to the Securities of such series,

 

28


the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on the Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above) for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments of interest, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided, however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ or other similar committee.

 

29


SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursement and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected.

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium or interest, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

30


(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (except as specified as contemplated by Section 301(3) and subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

31


SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 512. Control by Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

(2) the Trustee shall not determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to Holders of Securities of that series, or any other series, not taking part in such direction, and

(3) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Upon receipt by the Trustee of any such direction with respect to Securities of any series, a record date shall automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled to join in such direction, which record date shall be the close of business on the day the Trustee receives such direction. Promptly after the establishment of a record date pursuant to the provisions of this Section 512, the Trustee shall notify the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series of the establishment of such record date. The Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such direction shall have become effective by virtue of Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 90th day after such record date, such direction shall automatically and without any action by any Person be cancelled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or a duly appointed agent thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a direction contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such period, identical to, a direction that has been cancelled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this paragraph.

SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or

 

32


(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 514. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company.

SECTION 515. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE SIX

THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject to Section 107), no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

33


SECTION 602. Notice of Defaults.

If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of such default as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act and in the manner provided in Section 106; provided, however, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

SECTION 603. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

(1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

34


(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

(8) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

SECTION 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 605. May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 606. Money Held in Trust.

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

SECTION 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.

The Company agrees

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except to the extent any such expense, disbursement or advance may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

 

35


(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to negligence or bad faith on its part.

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

“Trustee,” for purposes of this Section 607, includes any predecessor Trustee, provided that the negligence or bad faith of any Trustee shall not affect the rights under this Section 607 of any other Trustee.

SECTION 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture and the Company shall take prompt action to have a successor Trustee appointed in the manner provided herein.

SECTION 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of each series that shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, be subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and have its Corporate Trust Office located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

SECTION 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

 

36


(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

37


SECTION 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

38


SECTION 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In the event any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.

SECTION 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).

SECTION 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion

 

39


or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 607.

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY

OF NEW YORK, As Trustee

 

By    
  As Authenticating Agent

 

By    
  Authorized Officer

 

40


ARTICLE SEVEN

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(1) semi-annually, not later than 15 days after the Regular Record Date for each series of Securities, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities as of such Regular Record Date, or if there is no Regular Record Date for interest for such series of Securities, semi-annually, upon such dates as are set forth in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto authorizing such series, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided, however, that, so long as the Trustee is the Security Registrar, no such list shall be required to be furnished.

SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of Securities (i) contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee for each series as provided in Section 701 and (ii) received by the Trustee for each series in the capacity of Security Registrar if the Trustee is then acting in such capacity. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee.

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders of Securities, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

 

41


(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to such Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

SECTION 704. Reports by Company.

The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trustee Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission.

ARTICLE EIGHT

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the Company shall not permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to the Company, unless:

(1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company or a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing;

(3) if, as a result of any such consolidation or merger or such conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Company would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance which would not be permitted by this Indenture, the Company or such successor Person, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary effectively to secure the Securities equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness secured thereby; and

 

42


(4) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 802. Successor Substituted.

Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

ARTICLE NINE

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default; or

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form; or

 

43


(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or

(6) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 1008 or otherwise; or

(7) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or

(9) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such action pursuant to this Clause (9) shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect.

SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

 

44


(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1010, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby, provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1010, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611(b) and of Section 901(8).

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

45


SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE TEN

COVENANTS

SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

46


Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment in respect of the Securities of that series, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in respect of the Securities of that series.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request (including interest income accrued on such funds to which the Company is otherwise entitled), or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 1004. Statement by Officers as to Default.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers’ Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

 

47


SECTION 1005. Existence.

Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1006. Maintenance of Properties.

The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1007. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 1008. Limitations on Liens.

If the terms of a particular series of Securities so provide as contemplated by Section 301(12), so long as any Securities of such series remain outstanding, the Company will not itself, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for or suffer to exist any Debt secured by a Lien on (i) any Principal Property of the Company or of any Subsidiary or (ii) any shares of capital stock or Debt of any Subsidiary (which Debt is then held by the Company or any Subsidiary), without making effective provision whereby the Securities of such series Outstanding hereunder shall be secured equally and ratably with such secured Debt for so long as such secured Debt shall be so secured, unless immediately thereafter, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all such secured Debt plus all Attributable Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions (as defined in Section 1009, but excluding leases exempt from the prohibition of Section 1009 by Clauses (2) through (6) thereof) would not

 

48


exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this Section shall not apply to, and there shall be excluded from secured Debt in any computation under this Section, Debt secured by:

(1) Liens on, and limited to, property of or shares of capital stock or Debt of any corporation existing at the date hereof or at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary (unless such Liens were created in contemplation of such corporation becoming a Subsidiary);

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Wholly-owned Subsidiary;

(3) Liens in favor of any governmental body to secure progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or provision of any statute;

(4) (i) if made in the ordinary course of business, any Lien as security for the performance of any contract or undertaking not directly or indirectly in connection with the borrowing of money, deferred purchase price of property or services, an advance of moneys or the securing of Debt, (ii) any Lien with any governmental agency required or permitted to qualify the Company or any Subsidiary to conduct business, to maintain self-insurance or to obtain the benefits of any law pertaining to workmen’s compensation, employment insurance, old age pensions, social security or similar matters, (iii) any mechanics Liens, landlord Liens or statutory Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business not overdue or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and not incurred directly or indirectly in connection with the borrowing of money, deferred purchase price of property or services or an advance of moneys, or (iv) easements, exceptions, reservations or other similar encumbrances on real property that do not materially interfere with the operation of such property or impair the value of such property for the purposes for which such property is or may reasonably be expected to be used by the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(5) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies if such taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies shall not at the time be due and payable, or if the same thereafter can be paid without penalty, or if the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(6) Liens created by or resulting from any litigation or legal proceeding which at the time is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; Liens arising out of judgments or awards as to which the time for prosecuting an appeal or proceeding for review has not expired, or Liens arising out of individual final judgments or awards in amounts of less than $100,000, provided that the aggregate amount of all such individual final judgments or awards in amounts of less than $100,000 at any one time shall not exceed $1,000,000;

(7) Liens on, and limited to, property (including leasehold estates) or shares of capital stock or Debt, existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through merger or consolidation) or to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price thereof or the cost of construction thereon or to secure any Debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 360 days after the latest of the acquisition, the completion of construction or the commencement of full operation of such property for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof or such construction thereon;

 

 

49


(8) Liens securing obligations issued by a state, territory or possession of the United States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing or the District of Columbia, to finance the acquisition or construction or development of property, and on which the interest is not, in the opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing or in accordance with a ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, includible (in whole or in part) in gross income of the holder by reason of Section 103(a) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor to such provision) as in effect at the time of the issuance of such obligations;

(9) Liens created in connection with a project financed with, and created to secure, a Nonrecourse Obligation; or

(10) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any Lien referred to in the foregoing Clauses (1) through (9), to the extent the Debt secured by such Lien is not increased from the amount originally so secured, provided that such extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the same property or shares of capital stock or Debt that secured the Lien extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property).

SECTION 1009. Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

If the terms of a particular series of Securities so provide as contemplated by Section 301(12), so long as any Securities of such series remain Outstanding, except as hereinafter provided, the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor, or to which any such bank, company, lender or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by the Company or a Subsidiary of any Principal Property which has been or is to be sold or transferred more than 180 days after the latest of the acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operation by the Company or a Subsidiary to such bank, company, lender or investor, or to any Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such bank, company, lender or investor on the security of such Principal Property (herein referred to as a “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”); provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction if:

(1) the Company or such Subsidiary could create Debt secured by a Lien pursuant to Section 1008, excluding from secured Debt in any computation under that Section Debt secured by Liens of the type described in Clauses (1) through (10.) thereof, on the Principal Property to be leased in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Securities, or

(2) the Company or a Subsidiary, within 180 days after the sale or transfer shall have been made by the Company or by a Subsidiary, applies an amount equal to the greater of the net proceeds from the sale of the Principal Property leased pursuant to such arrangement or the fair market value of the Principal Property so leased at the time of entering into such arrangement (as determined in any manner approved by the Board of Directors) to either (x) the retirement of Funded Debt of the Company (other than Funded Debt subordinated to the Securities) or a Subsidiary; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no retirement referred to in this Clause (2) may be effected by payment of maturity or pursuant to any mandatory sinking fund payment or

 

50


any mandatory prepayment provision, or (y) purchase of other property which will constitute Principal Property of the Company or its Subsidiaries having a fair market value, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, at least equal to the fair market value of the Principal Property leased in such sale and leaseback transaction, or

(3) the lease in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is for a period, including renewals, of no more than three years, or

(4) the lease in such sale and leaseback transaction secures or relates to obligations issued by a state, territory or possession of the United States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or the District of Columbia, to finance the acquisition or construction of property, and on which the interest is not, in the opinion of tax counsel of recognized standing or in accordance with a ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, includible (in whole or in part) in gross income of the holder by reason of Section 103 (a) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor to such provision) as in effect at the time of the issuance of such obligations, or

(5) the lease payment obligation is created in connection with a project financed with, and such obligation constitutes, a Nonrecourse Obligation, or

(6) such arrangement is between the Company and a Wholly-owned Subsidiary or between Wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1010. Waiver of Certain Covenants.

The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 1008 and 1009, with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article.

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

51


SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all the Securities of any series with the same tenor, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

If less than all the Securities of any series (unless all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed) are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. If less than all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence. Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

52


SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to-be redeemed, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his address appearing in the Security Register.

Any notice that is mailed to the Holder of any Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not such Holder receives the notice.

All notices of redemption shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid,

(3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

(4) in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder of such Security will receive, without charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

(5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price, and accrued interest, if any, will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(6) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid, and

(7) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall be irrevocable.

SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof that are to be redeemed on that date.

 

53


SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest on Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

Any Security that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series, with the same tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.

ARTICLE TWELVE

SINKING FUNDS

SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

 

54


SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series (1) deliver outstanding Securities of such series (other than any of such Securities previously called for redemption or any of such Securities in respect of which cash shall have been released to the Company) and (2) apply as a credit Securities of such series that have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such series of Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities; provided that such series of Securities has not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, that is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 1301. Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may elect, at its option by Board Resolution at any time, to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any series designated pursuant to Section 301 as being defeasible pursuant to this Article Thirteen (hereinafter called a “Defeasible Series”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.

 

55


SECTION 1302. Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1302 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any Defeasible Series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities of such series and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under the Securities of such series and this Indenture insofar as the Securities of such series are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities of such series when payments are due (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Securities of such series under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1302 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any Defeasible Series notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option provided in Section 1301 to have Section 1303 applied to the Outstanding Securities of such series.

SECTION 1303. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the option provided in Section 1301 to have this Section 1303 applied to the Outstanding Securities of any Defeasible Series, (i) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Sections 1005 through 1009, inclusive, and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 501(4) (with respect to any of Sections 1005 through 1009, inclusive), 501(5) and 501(8) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 501(4)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 1304. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Securities of any Defeasible Series:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee that satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 609 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of such series, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations that through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day

 

56


before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund payments) of, and premium (not relating to optional redemption), if any, and interest on, the Outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of principal of, and premium (not relating to optional redemption), if any, or interest are due.

(2) In the case of an election under Section 1302, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date first set forth hereinabove, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.

(3) In the case of an election under Section 1303, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to the Securities of such series and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that the Securities of such series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will not be delisted as a result of such deposit.

(5) No Event of Default or event that (after notice or lapse of time or both) would become an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any Event of Default or any such event specified in Sections 501 (6) and (7), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

(6) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act (assuming all Securities are in default within the meaning of the such Act).

(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

57


(8) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

(9) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless such trust shall be qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder.

(10) Such deposit pursuant to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

SECTION 1305. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 1306, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Securities of any Defeasible Series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of such series and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of Securities of such series, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 with respect to Securities of any Defeasible Series that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Securities of such series.

SECTION 1306. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article Thirteen with respect to the Securities of any series by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Thirteen with respect to Securities of such series until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent

 

58


is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 1305 with respect to Securities of such series in accordance with this Article Thirteen; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   / S / A. CRAIG OLSON
  Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 

Attest:
  / S / KAYE L. O’RIORDAN
 

Kaye L. O’Riordan

Corporate Secretary

 

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:   / S / M. CULHANE
  Vice President

 

Attest:
  / S / M. ELIZABETH PANUCCI
  Assistant Secretary

 

59


STATE OF IDAHO                )

COUNTY OF ADA                )          SS :

On the 11th day of May, 1992, before me personally came A. Craig Olson, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of ALBERTSON’S, INC., one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

  / S / LISA MOTT
  Notary Public

[NOTARIAL SEAL]

STATE OF NEW YORK                 )         SS :

COUNTY OF NEW YORK             )

On the day of May, 1991, before me personally came, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she is a Vice President of MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like authority.

 

/s/ PETER V. MURPHY
Notary Public

[NOTARIAL SEAL]


EX-4.2

FORM OF FIXED RATE NOTE

EXHIBIT 4.2

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

If this Security is an Original Issue Discount Security the following legend is applicable:

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THIS SECURITY IS          % OF ITS PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE IS                  , 19      AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS          % [THE METHOD USED TO DETERMINE THE YIELD IS              AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT APPLICABLE TO THE SHORT ACCRUAL PERIOD OF              19      TO                      , 19          IS          % OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY]

If the registered owner of this Security is The Depositary Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or a nominee of the Depositary, this Security is a Security in global form (a “Global Security”) and the following legends are applicable:

THIS SECURITY IS IN GLOBAL FORM WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND UNLESS ANY PAYMENT MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISED BY ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL, SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

R-     

CUSIP

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Note due

ALBERTSON’S, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the “Company”, which term includes any successors under the Indenture, as hereinafter defined), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                          ($                      ) on              ,          , and to pay interest thereon subject to the terms of the Indenture, from              , 199      , or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as hereinafter defined) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, whichever is later, until payment of the principal hereof has been made or duly provided for. Subject to the terms of the Indenture, interest shall be payable [semiannually] on              and                  of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”) commencing on                  ,          and ending when payment of the principal hereof has been made or duly provided for, at a rate of                                                       (          %) per annum computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the              [or                  ] (as the case may be), whether or not a Business Day, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid as otherwise provided in the Indenture. Payment of the principal of [(and premium, if any,] and interest on this Security will be made at [the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in              , in


such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts] [the option of the Holder at [the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee] or such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by it for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public or private debts [; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register].

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

This Security shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee under the Indenture.

WITNESS THE SEAL OF THE COMPANY AND THE SIGNATURES OF ITS DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICERS.

 

  ALBERTSON’S, INC.
Dated:   By:  

 

   

    Senior Vice President, Finance

    and Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]   By:  

 

    Corporate Secretary

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

transfer in immediately available funds to such account as may have been appropriately designated to the Paying Agent by such Person in writing not later than such relevant Regular or Special Record Date.] Each payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.]

[The Securities of this series are subject to redemption [on                  in any year commencing with the year              and ending with the year          through the operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [and] [at any time [on or after              , 19      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) : If redeemed [on or before                  ,      %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning          of the years indicated:


YEAR

 

REDEMPTION

PRICE

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION

PRICE

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount,] [and (          )] under the circumstances described in the next [two] succeeding paragraph[s] at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [, together in the case of any such redemption [(whether through the operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date: provided, however, that installments of interest on this Security whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holder of this Security, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture].

[The Securities of this series are subject to redemption (i) on                      in any year commencing with the year                  and ending with the year              through the operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after                  , 19      ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning              of the years indicated:

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

FOR REDEMPTION

THROUGH OPERATION

OF THE

SINKING FUND

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

FOR REDEMPTION

OTHERWISE THAN

THROUGH OPERATION

OF SINKING FUND

     
     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount [and (3) under the circumstances described in the next [two] paragraph[s] at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [, together in the case of any such redemption [(whether through the operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date: provided, however, that installments of interest on this Security whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holder of this Security, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture]. [Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not, prior to          , redeem any Securities of this series as contemplated by Clause [(2)] above as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of less than      % per annum.]

[The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on              in each year, beginning with the year          and ending with the year              of [not less than] $          (“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than [$                  ] aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. [Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made - in the inverse order in which they become due]].

Notice of redemption will be given by mail to Holders of Securities, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, all as provided in the Indenture.


In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default with respect to this Security shall occur and be continuing, the entire principal amount hereof may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series issued under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also permits the amendment thereof without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity or omission or correct or supplement any provision therein that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or take certain other actions, provided that such actions will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and the consequences thereof. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

Each of the defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions of Article Thirteen of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this series of Securities.

Each of the covenant provisions of Sections 1008 and 1009 of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this series of Securities.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, [premium, if any,] and interest, if any, on this Security at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable on the Securities Register upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Security is exchangeable for the same aggregate principal of Securities of authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security may be overdue, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

[In the event that (i) DTC, or any successor Depositary, notifies the Company and the Trustee in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Global Security or if at any time DTC, or any successor Depositary, ceases to be a clearing corporation registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor


Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Notes shall no longer be represented by this Global Security and executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that this Global Security shall be exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented by this Global Security, then the Company will issue Notes in definitive form in exchange for this Global Security. In such event, an owner of a beneficial interest in this Global Security will be entitled to have Notes equal in aggregate principal amount to such beneficial interest registered in its name and will be entitled to physical delivery of such Notes in definitive form. Notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered Notes without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.]

[Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, every Note authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, this Global Security other than pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding paragraph, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security.]

As provided in the Indenture, this Security shall for all purposes be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells,

assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

       
       
       

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

       

the within Global Note of ALBERTSON’S, INC. and all rights hereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

                                                      attorney to transfer said Global Note on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                                  

 

SIGN HERE

 

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN INSTRUMENT IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT
  ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
  SIGNATURE GUARANTEED


EX-4.3

FORM OF FIXED RATE MEDIUM-TERM NOTE

EXHIBIT 4.3

[Form of Fixed Rate Medium-Term Note]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

REGISTERED

REGISTERED

NO.

$

  ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Medium-Term Note

Due from 9 Months to 30 Years from Date

of Issue

(Fixed Rate)

CUSIP

 

Original Issue Date:

Stated Maturity:

 

Interest Rate:

Interest Payment Date (s):

Regular Redemption

 

Regular Record Date (s):

/ / Yes / / No

 

Initial Redemption Date:

Premium Reduction Amount:

 

Initial Redemption Price:

 

Make-Whole Premium

Redemption / / Yes / / No

ALBERTSON’S, INC. (the “Company”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture referred to hereinafter), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, for value received, hereby promises to pay to                                                                    , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                                                   DOLLARS on the Stated Maturity, and to pay interest thereon, if any, at the rate per annum shown above, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Company will pay interest, if any, on the Interest Payment Dates specified above, commencing with the first Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date and ending at Maturity; provided, however, that any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on this Global Note to be made on an Interest Payment Date or at Maturity which is not a Business Day (as hereinafter defined) will be made on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on this Global Note, if any, will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from the Original Issue Date, to but excluding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date designated on the face hereof (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that interest payable at Maturity will be payable to the Person to whom the principal hereof shall be payable; and provided, further, that if this Global Note is originally issued between a Regular Record Date and an Interest Payment Date, then interest will be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor


Securities) is registered on the next succeeding Regular Record Date, and will be so paid on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Any such interest which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to the Holder of this Global Note not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. So long as this Global Note is a Global Security held by a Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note on any Interest Payment Date and at Maturity shall be payable in immediately available funds to such Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary. If at any time this Global Note is no longer a Global Security held by a Depositary or its nominee, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to the Holder upon surrender of this Global Note at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at such other place or places as may be designated pursuant to the Indenture, provided that this Global Note is surrendered at the office or agency described above in time for the Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. If at any time this Global Note is no longer a Global Security held by a Depository or its nominee, then the payment of interest, if any, on this Global Note due on any Interest Payment Date other than at Maturity shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Security Register on the relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be, or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account as may have been appropriately designated to the Paying Agent by such Person in writing not later than such relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be. Each payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

This Global Note is one of the series of Debt Securities designated under the Indenture as Medium-Term Notes (the “Notes”).

This Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of unsecured and unsubordinated debentures, notes or other evidences of senior indebtedness of the Company (herein referred to as the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 (herein referred to as the “Indenture”), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (herein referred to as the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Notes will be issuable in an aggregate principal amount of $                                      , which amount may be increased if duly authorized by the Company. The Notes may have different Original Issue Dates and Interest Payment Dates, mature at different times and bear interest at different rates and, as provided below, be subject to different redemption provisions, and may differ in such other respects as is provided herein or as may be provided pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Notes will rank on a parity with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding.

Each of the defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions of Article Thirteen of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this Global Note.

Each of the covenant provisions of Sections 1008 and 1009 of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this Global Note.

This Global Note is [not] subject to payment from a sinking fund.

If so designated on the face of this Global Note, this Global Note may be redeemed by the Company by Regular Redemption or Make-Whole Premium Redemption on any date on and after the Initial Redemption Date indicated on the face hereof. If neither Regular Redemption nor Make-Whole Premium Redemption is designated on the face hereof, then this Global Note may not be redeemed prior to its Stated Maturity.

 

- 2 -


Regular Redemption. If so designated on the face of this Global Note that it is subject to Regular Redemption, then on and after the Initial Redemption Date, this Global Note may be redeemed at the option of the Company in whole or in part in increments of $1,000 (provided that any remaining principal amount of this Global Note shall be at least $100,000) at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, on notice given not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Price shall be initially equal to the Initial Redemption Price set forth on the face hereof on the Initial Redemption Date (plus accrued interest to the Initial Redemption Date), and shall decline (but not below par) on each anniversary of the Initial Redemption Date by the Premium Reduction Amount set forth on the face hereof until the Redemption Price is equal to 100% of such principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date this Global Note is redeemed (the “Redemption Date”). If less than all of this Global Note is to be redeemed, the beneficial interests in this Global Note to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of redemption of this Global Note in part only, a new Global Note for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon surrender hereof.

Make-Whole Premium Redemption. If so designated on the face of this Global Note, this Global Note may be redeemed at the option of the Company, as a whole or from time to time in part, Upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to the Holder at his address as it appears in the Security Register, on any date prior to its Stated Maturity at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof; plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holder of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date), plus a Make-Whole Premium, if any.

The amount of the “Make-Whole Premium” in respect of the principal amount of this Global Note will be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the present values, as of the Redemption Date of this Global Note, of (A) the respective interest payments (exclusive of the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date) on this Global Note that, but for such redemption, would have been payable on their respective Interest Payment Dates after such Redemption Date, and (B) the payment of such principal amount that, but for such redemption, would have been payable on the Stated Maturity of this Global Note over (ii) the amount of such principal to be redeemed. Such present values will be determined in accordance with generally accepted principles of financial analysis by discounting the amounts of such payments of interest and principal from their respective Stated Maturities to such Redemption Date at a discount rate equal to the Treasury Yield.

The “Treasury Yield” in respect of this Global Note shall be determined as of the date on which notice of redemption of this Global Note is sent to the Holder hereof by reference to the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (or successor publication) which has become publicly available not more than two Business Days prior to such date (or, if such Statistical Release (or successor publication) is no longer published or no longer contains the applicable data, to the most recently published issue of The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition) published not more than two Business Days prior to such date that contains such data or, if The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition) is no longer published or no longer contains such data, to any publicly available source of similar market data), and shall be the most recent weekly average yield on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Life of this Global Note and, if applicable, converted to a bond equivalent yield basis as described below. The “Remaining Life of this Global Note” shall equal the number of years from the Redemption Date to the Stated Maturity of this Global Note; provided that if the Remaining Life of this Global Note is not equal to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is specified in the applicable source, then the Remaining Life of this Global Note shall be rounded to the nearest one-twelfth of one year and the Treasury Yield shall be obtained by linear interpolation (computed to the fifth decimal place (one thousandth of a percentage point) and then rounded to the fourth decimal place (one hundredth of a percentage point)), after rounding to the nearest one-twelfth of one year, from the weekly average yields of (a) the actively traded U.S. Treasury security with a maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Life of this Global Note and (b) the actively traded U.S. Treasury security with a maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Life of this Global Note, except that if the Remaining Life of this Global Note is less than three months, the weekly average yield on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of three months shall be used. The Treasury Yield shall, if expressed on a yield basis other than that equivalent to a bond equivalent yield basis, be converted to a bond equivalent yield basis and shall be computed to the fifth decimal place (one thousandth of a percentage point) and then rounded to the fourth decimal place (one hundredth of a percentage point).

If an Event of Default with respect to this Global Note shall occur and be continuing, the entire principal amount of this Global Note may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

- 3 -


The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series issued under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also permits the amendment thereof without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity or omission or correct or supplement any provision therein that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or take certain other actions, provided that such actions will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and the consequences thereof. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Global Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Global Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Global Note.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Global Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Global Note is registrable on the Security Register upon surrender of this Global Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Global Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Global Note is exchangeable for the same aggregate principal of Global Notes of authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Global Note may be overdue, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

In the event that (i) DTC, or any successor Depositary, notifies the Company and the Trustee in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Global Note or if at any time DTC, or any successor Depositary, ceases to be a clearing corporation registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Notes shall no longer be represented by this Global Note and executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that this Global Note shall be exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented by this Global Note, then the Company will issue Notes in definitive form in exchange for this Global Note. Notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered Notes without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

All terms used in this Global Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein.

This Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee under the Indenture.

WITNESS the seal of the Company and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

- 4 -


ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

Dated:

  By:  

 

   

    Senior Vice President, Finance

    and Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

  By:  

 

    Corporate Secretary

Trustee’s Certification of Authentication

This is one of the Securities of the series

designated therein referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture.

 

First Trust of New York, N.A., as Trustee

By:

   
 

Authorized Officer

 

- 5 -


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

    IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE:

 

       
           

(Please print or typewrite name and address including

postal zip code of assignee)

the within Global Note of ALBERTSON’S, INC. and all rights hereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                            attorney to transfer said Global Note on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                         

 

SIGN HERE

 

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN INSTRUMENT IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
  SIGNATURE GUARANTEED


EX-4.4

FORM OF FLOATING RATE NOTE

EXHIBIT 4.4

[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]

If this Security is an Original Issue Discount Security the following legend is applicable:

FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1273 AND 1275 OF THE UNITED STATES INTERNAL REVENUE CODE, THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THIS SECURITY IS          % OF ITS PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, THE ISSUE DATE IS                      , 19      AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS          % [THE METHOD USED TO DETERMINE THE YIELD IS              AND THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT APPLICABLE TO THE SHORT ACCRUAL PERIOD OF              19       TO                      , 19          IS      % OF THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS SECURITY]

If the registered owner of this Security is The Depositary Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or a nominee of the Depositary, this Security is a Security in global form (a “Global Security”) and the following legends are applicable:

THIS SECURITY IS IN GLOBAL FORM WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND UNLESS ANY PAYMENT MADE TO CEDE & CO., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL, SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

R-     

CUSIP

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Note due

ALBERTSON’S, INC. (the “Company”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture referred to hereinafter), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, for value received, hereby promises to pay to                                                                        , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                                   DOLLARS on the Stated Maturity, and to pay interest thereon, if any, at a rate per annum equal to the Initial Interest Rate until the first Interest Reset Date following the Original Issue Date, and thereafter at a rate determined in accordance with [insert formulas to determine interest rate], until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Company will pay interest, if any, [monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually], commencing with the first Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date and ending at Maturity; provided, however, that any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on this Security, to be made on an Interest Payment Date or at Maturity which is not a Business Day (as hereinafter defined) will be made on the next succeeding Business Day. Interest on this Security, if any, will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from the Original Issue Date until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the 15th day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date (a “Regular Record Date”); provided, however, that interest payable at Maturity will be payable to the Person to whom the principal hereof shall be payable; and provided, further, that if this Security is originally issued between a Regular Record Date and an Interest Payment Date, then interest will be payable to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered on the next succeeding Regular Record Date, and will be so paid on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Any such interest which


is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to the Holder of this Security not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. [So long as this Security is a Global Security held by a Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Security on any Interest Payment Date and at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to such Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary. If at any time this Security is no longer a Global Security held by a Depositary or its nominee, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Security at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to the Holder upon surrender of this Security at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at such other place or places as may be designated pursuant to the Indenture, provided that this Security is surrendered at the office or agency described above in time for the Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. If at any time this Security is no longer a Global Security held by a Depository or its nominee, then the payment of interest, if any, on this Security due on any Interest Payment Date other than at Maturity shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears on the Security Register on the relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be, or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account as may have been appropriately designated to the Paying Agent by such Person in writing not later than such relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be.] Each payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Security shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

This Security shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

- 2 -


WITNESS THE SEAL OF THE COMPANY AND THE SIGNATURES OF ITS DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICERS. ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

    ALBERTSON’S, INC.
Dated:     By:    
     

Senior Vice President, Finance

and Chief Financial Officer

 

[SEAL]     By:    
      Corporate Secretary

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATION OF AUTHENTICATION

 

THIS IS ONE OF THE SECURITIES OF THE SERIES DESIGNATED THEREIN REFERRED TO IN THE WITHIN-MENTIONED INDENTURE.

 

FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, N.A.,

    AS TRUSTEE

By:    
  Authorized Officer

 

- 3 -


[FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

This Security is one of the series of Debt Securities designated under the Indenture as Medium-Term Notes (the “Notes”).

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of unsecured and unsubordinated debentures, notes or other evidences of senior indebtedness of the Company (herein referred to as the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 (herein referred to as the “Indenture”), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (herein referred to as the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Notes will be issuable in an aggregate principal amount of $                  which amount may be increased if duly authorized by the Company. The Notes may have different Original Issue Dates and Interest Payment Dates, mature at different times and bear interest at different rates and, as provided below, be subject to different redemption provisions, and may differ in such other respects as is provided herein or as may be provided pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Notes will rank on a parity with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding.

Commencing with the first Interest Reset Date specified on the face hereof following the Original Issue Date, the rate at which interest, if any, is payable on this Security shall be adjusted daily, [weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually], provided, however, that the interest rate in effect for the period from the Original Issue Date to the first Interest Reset Date shall be [      %], and the interest rate in effect for the ten days immediately preceding the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, if any, shall be that in effect on the tenth day preceding such Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, if any. Each such adjusted rate shall be applicable on and after the Interest Reset Date to which it relates, to but not including the next succeeding Interest Reset Date or until the Stated Maturity, as the case may be. Subject to applicable provisions of law and except as specified herein, on each Interest Reset Date, the rate of interest, if any, on this Security shall be the rate determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable heading below. [Insert description of floating rate indices applicable to the Securities.]

[This Global Security represents all of the Company’s      % Notes due                  ,                  (hereinafter called the “Notes”), which are a duly authorized issue of Securities under the Indenture limited in aggregate principal amount to $                  .] So long as this Global Security shall represent all of the Notes, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Security shall be paid in immediately available funds to DTC, or to such name or entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC. If at any time the Notes are no longer represented by this Global Security and are issued in definitive form (“Certificated Notes”), then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on each Certificated Note at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to the Holder upon surrender of such Certificated Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at such other place or places as may be designated in the Indenture, provided that such Certificated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, acting as Paying Agent, in time for the Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. Payments of interest with respect to Certificated Notes other than at Maturity shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears on the Security Register on the relevant Regular or Special Record Date or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account as may have been appropriately designated to the Paying Agent by such Person in writing not later than such relevant Regular or Special Record Date.] Each payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.]

[The Securities of this series are subject to redemption [on              in any year commencing with the year               and ending with the year              through the operation of the sinking fund for this series at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [and] [at any time [on or after              , 19          ], as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [on or before                  ,      %, and if redeemed] during the 12-month period beginning                  of the years indicated:


YEAR

 

REDEMPTION

PRICE

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION

PRICE

     
     
     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount,] [and (          )] under the circumstances described in the next [two] succeeding paragraph[s] at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [, together in the case of any such redemption [(whether through the operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date: provided, however, that installments of interest on this Security whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holder of this Security, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture].

[The Securities of this series are subject to redemption (i) on                  in any year commencing with the year              and ending with the year              through the operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [on or after                  19      ] , as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12-month period beginning                  of the years indicated:

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

FOR REDEMPTION

THROUGH OPERATION

OF THE

SINKING FUND

 

YEAR

 

REDEMPTION PRICE

FOR REDEMPTION

OTHERWISE THAN

THROUGH OPERATION

OF SINKING FUND

     
     
     
     
     

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to      % of the principal amount [and (3) under the circumstances described in the next [two] paragraph [s] at a Redemption Price equal to [insert formula for determining the amount] [,together in the case of any such redemption [(whether through the operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to the Redemption Date: provided, however, that instalments of interest on this Security whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holder of this Security, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture]. [Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not, prior to                  , redeem any Securities of this series as contemplated by Clause [(2)] above as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application, directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of less than          % per annum.]

[The sinking fund for this series provides for the redemption on                  in each year, beginning with the year                  and ending with the year              of [not less than] $          (“mandatory sinking fund”) and not more than [$          ] aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. [Securities of this series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against subsequent [mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise required to be made-in the inverse order in which they become due]].


Notice of redemption will be given by mail to Holders of Securities, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption, all as provided in the Indenture.

In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default with respect to this Security shall occur and be continuing, the entire principal amount hereof may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series issued under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also permits the amendment thereof without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity or omission or correct or supplement any provision therein that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or take certain other actions, provided that such actions will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and the consequences thereof. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

Each of the defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions of Article Thirteen of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this series of Securities.

Each of the covenant provisions of Sections 1008 and 1009 of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this series of Securities.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, [premium, if any,] and interest, if any, on this Security at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable on the Securities Register upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Security is exchangeable for the same aggregate principal of Securities of authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security may be overdue, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.


[In the event that (i) DTC, or any successor Depositary, notifies the Company and the Trustee in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Global Security or if at any time DTC, or any successor Depositary, ceases to be a clearing corporation registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Notes shall no longer be represented by this Global Security and executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that this Global Security shall be exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented by this Global Security, then the Company will issue Notes in definitive form in exchange for this Global Security. In such event, an owner of a beneficial interest in this Global Security will be entitled to have Notes equal in aggregate principal amount to such beneficial interest registered in its name and will be entitled to physical delivery of such Notes in definitive form. Notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered Notes without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.]

[Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, every Note authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, this Global Security other than pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the preceding paragraph, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security.]

As provided in the Indenture, this Security shall for all purposes be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells,

assigns and transfers unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

  

                                                                                                                   

  

                                                                                                                   

  

 

                                                                                                                   

  

(Please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

                                                                                                                   

  

the within Security of ALBERTSON’S, INC. and all rights hereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

                                                                                                                   

   attorney to transfer said Security on the books of the

within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:    

 

SIGN HERE    
 

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN INSTRUMENT IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED


EX-4.5

FORM OF FLOATING RATE MEDIUM-TERM NOTE

EXHIBIT 4.5

[Form of Floating Rate Medium-Term Note]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

REGISTERED

REGISTERED

NO.

$

   ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Medium-Term Note

Due from 9 Months to 30 Years from Date

of Issue

(Floating Rate)

CUSIP   

Original Issue Date:

Minimum Interest Rate:

  

Interest Reset Date (s):

Initial Interest Rate:

Maximum Interest Rate:

  

Stated Maturity:

Interest Rate Basis:

Calculation Agent:

  

Interest Payment Period:

Index Maturity:

Initial Redemption Date:

  

Interest Reset Period:

Spread:

Initial Redemption Price:

  

Interest Payment Date (s):

Spread Multiplier:

Premium Reduction Amount:

  

Regular Record Date (s):

ALBERTSON’S, INC. (the “Company”, which term includes any successor under the Indenture referred to hereinafter), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, for value received, hereby promises to pay to                  , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                  DOLLARS on the Stated Maturity, and to pay interest thereon, if any, at a rate per annum equal to the Initial Interest Rate until the first Interest Reset Date following the Original Issue Date, and thereafter at a rate determined in accordance with the provisions below under the heading “Determination of Commercial Paper Rate”, “Determination of Prime Rate”, “Determination of LIBOR”, “Determination of Treasury Rate”, “Determination of CD Rate” or “Determination of Federal Funds Rate”, depending upon whether the Interest Rate Basis is the Commercial Paper Rate, Prime Rate, LIBOR, Treasury Rate, CD Rate or Federal Funds Rate, as designated on the face hereof, until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. Except as provided in the Indenture, the Company will


pay interest, if any, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually as designated on the face hereof under “Interest Payment Period”, commencing with the first Interest Payment Date following the Original Issue Date and ending at Maturity; provided, however, that any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on this Global Note, to be made on an Interest Payment Date or at Maturity which is not a Market Day (as hereinafter defined) will be made on the next succeeding Market Day, except that if the Interest Rate Basis is LIBOR, if such next succeeding Market Day falls in the next calendar month, such payment will be made on the immediately preceding Market Day. Interest on this Global Note, if any, will accrue from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from the Original Issue Date until the principal hereof has been paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the 15th day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date (a “Regular Record Date”); provided, however, that interest payable at Maturity will be payable to the Person to whom the principal hereof shall be payable; and provided, further, that if this Global Note is originally issued between a Regular Record Date and an Interest Payment Date, then interest will be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered on the next succeeding Regular Record Date, and will be so paid on the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. Any such interest which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Global Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to the Holder of this Global Note not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner, all as more fully provided in the Indenture. So long as this Global Note is a Global Security held by a Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note on any Interest Payment Date and at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to such Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary. If at any time this Global Note is no longer a Global Security held by a Depositary or its nominee, then the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note at Maturity shall be paid in immediately available funds to the Holder upon surrender of this Global Note at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or at such other place or places as may be designated pursuant to the Indenture, provided that this Global Note is surrendered at the office or agency described above in time for the Paying Agent to make such payments in such funds in accordance with its normal procedures. If at any time this Global Note is no longer a Global Security held by a Depository or its nominee, then the payment of interest, if any, on this Global Note due on any Interest Payment Date other than at Maturity shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears on the Security Register on the relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be, or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such account as may have been appropriately designated to the Paying Agent by such Person in writing not later than such relevant Regular or Special Record Date, as the case may be. Each payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note shall be made in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

This Global Note is one of the series of Debt Securities designated under the Indenture as Medium-Term Notes (the “Notes”).

This Global Note is one of a duly authorized issue of unsecured and unsubordinated debentures, notes or other evidences of senior indebtedness of the Company (herein referred to as the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 (herein referred to as the “Indenture”), between the Company and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (herein referred to as the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The Notes will be issuable in an aggregate principal amount of $          , which amount may be increased if duly authorized by the Company. The Notes may have different Original Issue Dates and Interest Payment Dates, mature at different times and bear interest at different rates and, as provided below, be subject to different redemption provisions, and may differ in such other respects as is provided herein or as may be provided pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The Notes will rank on a parity with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding.

Commencing with the first Interest Reset Date specified on the face hereof following the Original Issue Date, the rate at which interest, if any, is payable on this Global Note shall be adjusted daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually as shown on the face hereof under “Interest Reset Period”, provided, however, that the

 

- 2 -


interest rate in effect for the period from the Original Issue Date to the first Interest Reset Date shall be the Initial Interest Rate, and the interest rate in effect for the ten days immediately preceding the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, if any, shall be that in effect on the tenth day preceding such Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, if any. Each such adjusted rate shall be applicable on and after the Interest Reset Date to which it relates, to but not including the next succeeding Interest Reset Date or until the Stated Maturity, as the case may be. Subject to applicable provisions of law and except as specified herein, on each Interest Reset Date, the rate of interest, if any, on this Global Note shall be the rate determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable heading below, plus or minus the Spread or multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, as indicated above.

DETERMINATION OF COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE. If the Interest Rate Basis designated on the face hereof is the Commercial Paper Rate, then the “Commercial Paper Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Market Day preceding such Interest Reset Date (a “Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date”), and will be the Money Market Yield (as hereinafter defined) of the per annum rate (quoted on a bank discount basis) on such Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the specified Index Maturity as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates” or any successor publication of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“H.15(519)”) under the heading “Commercial Paper”. In the event that such rate is not published prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date shall be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the specified Index Maturity as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in its daily statistical release, “Composite 3:30 P.M. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities” or any successor publication published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“Composite Quotations”) under the heading “Commercial Paper”. If by 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations, then the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent and shall be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered per annum rates (quoted on a bank discount basis), as of 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date, of three leading dealers of commercial paper in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper having the specified Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA”, or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized rating agency; provided, however, that if fewer than three dealers selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the Commercial Paper Rate in effect on such Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date.

“Money Market Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

     360 x D            

Money Market Yield

    =      100 x            
    

 

           
     360 - (D x M)            

where “D” refers to the per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal; and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the period corresponding to the specified Index Maturity.

The “Calculation Date” pertaining to a Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date shall be the tenth day after such Commercial Paper Interest Determination Date or, if any such day is not a Market Day, the next succeeding Market Day.

“Market Day” means (a) with respect to any Note (other than any LIBOR Note), any Business Day in The City of New York, and (b) with respect to any LIBOR Note, any Business Day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

DETERMINATION OF PRIME RATE. If the Interest Rate Basis designated on the face hereof is the Prime Rate, then the “Prime Rate” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Market Day preceding such Interest Reset Date (a “Prime Rate Interest Determination Date”), and will be the rate set forth for the relevant Prime Rate Interest Determination Date in H.15(519) under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”. In the event that such rate is not published prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the relevant Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the display designated as page “NYMF” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the NYMF page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending

 

- 3 -


rates of major United States banks) (“Reuters Screen NYMF Page”) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as in effect for such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date as quoted on the Reuters Screen NYMF Page on such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date. If fewer than four such rates appear on the Reuters Screen NYMF Page on such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date, the Prime Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates (quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by a 360-day year) as of the close of business on such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date by three major banks in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are quoting as mentioned in this sentence, the Prime Rate with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the Prime Rate in effect on such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date.

The “Calculation Date” pertaining to a Prime Rate Interest Determination Date shall be the tenth day after such Prime Rate Interest Determination Date or, if any such day is not a Market Day, the next succeeding Market Day.

DETERMINATION OF LIBOR. If the Interest Rate Basis designated on the face hereof is LIBOR, then “LIBOR” for each Interest Reset Date will be determined by the Calculation Agent as of the second Market Day preceding such Interest Reset Date (a “LIBOR Interest Determination Date”) as follows:

(i) On the relevant LIBOR Interest Determination Date, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the offered rates for deposits of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 having the specified Index Maturity, commencing on the second Market Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date, which appear on the display designated as page “LIBO” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks) (“Reuters Screen LIBO Page”) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Interest Determination Date. If at least two such offered rates appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of such offered rates as determined by the Calculation Agent. If fewer than two offered rates appear, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be determined as described in (ii) below.

(ii) With respect to a LIBOR Interest Determination Date on which fewer than two offered rates for the specified Index Maturity appear on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page as described in (i) above, LIBOR will be determined on the basis of the rates at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on such LIBOR Interest Determination Date at which deposits in U.S. dollars having the specified Index Maturity are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent commencing on the second Market Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to an amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 that in the Calculation Agent’s judgment is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time (a “Representative Amount”). The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such LIBOR Interest Determination Date by three major banks in The City of New York, selected by the Calculation Agent, for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks having the specified Index Maturity commencing on the second Market Day immediately following such LIBOR Interest Determination Date and in a Representative Amount; provided, however, that if fewer than three banks selected as aforesaid by the Calculation Agent are quoting as mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Reset Date will be the LIBOR in effect on such LIBOR Interest Determination Date.

DETERMINATION OF TREASURY RATE. If the Interest Rate Basis designated on the face hereof is the Treasury Rate, then the “Treasury Rate” for each Treasury Rate Interest Determination Date (as hereinafter defined) will be the rate for the auction on the relevant Treasury Rate Interest Determination Date of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury bills”) having the specified Index Maturity as published in H.15(519) under the heading “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction Average (Investment)” or, if not so published by 9:00 A.M., New York City time,

 

- 4 -


The “Calculation Date” pertaining to a Federal Funds Rate Interest Determination Date will be the tenth day after such Federal Funds Rate Interest Determination Date or, if such day is not a Market Day, the next succeeding Market Day.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the interest rate hereon shall not be greater than the Maximum Interest Rate, if any, or less than the Minimum Interest Rate, if any, designated on the face hereof. The Calculation Agent shall calculate the interest rate hereon in accordance with the foregoing on or before each Calculation Date or other date on which an interest rate is to be calculated. The interest rate on this Global Note will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general application.

At the request of the Holder hereof, the Calculation Agent will provide to such Holder the interest rate hereon then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any interest rate will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.

Interest payments hereon will include interest accrued to but excluding the Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that if the Interest Reset Dates with respect to this Global Note are daily or weekly, interest payable on any Interest Payment Date, other than interest payable on any date on which principal hereof is payable, will include only interest accrued to and including the next preceding Regular Record Date. Accrued interest hereon from the Original Issue Date or from the last date to which interest hereon has been paid, as the case may be, shall be an amount calculated by multiplying the face amount hereof by an accrued interest factor. Such accrued interest factor shall be computed by adding the interest factor calculated for each day from the Original Issue Date, or from the last date to which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to but excluding the date for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal, and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) for each such day shall be computed by dividing the interest rate (expressed as a decimal, and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) applicable to such date by 360, if the Interest Rate Basis is the Commercial Paper Rate, the Prime Rate, LIBOR, the CD Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, as designated on the face hereof, or by the actual number of days in the year, if the Interest Rate Basis is the Treasury Rate, as designated on the face hereof.

Each of the defeasance and covenant defeasance provisions of Article Thirteen of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this Global Note.

Each of the covenant provisions of Sections 1008 and 1009 of the Indenture shall [not] apply to this Global Note.

This Global Note is [not] subject to payment from a sinking fund.

If so designated on the face of this Global Note, this Global Note may be redeemed by the Company on any date on and after the Initial Redemption Date indicated on the face hereof. If no Initial Redemption Date is set forth on the face hereof, this Global Note may not be redeemed prior to its Stated Maturity. On and after the Initial Redemption Date, if any, this Global Note may be redeemed at the option of the Company in whole or in part in increments of $1,000 (provided that any remaining principal amount of this Global Note shall be at least $100,000) at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, on notice given not more than 60 nor less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Redemption Price shall be initially equal to the Initial Redemption Price set forth on the face hereof on the Initial Redemption Date (plus accrued interest to the Initial Redemption Date), and shall decline (but not below par) on each anniversary of the Initial Redemption Date by the Premium Reduction Amount set forth on the face hereof until the Redemption Price is equal to 100% of such principal amount, plus accrued interest to the date this Global Note is redeemed (the “Redemption Date”). If less than all of this Global Note is to be redeemed, the beneficial interests in this Global Note to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. In the event of redemption of this Global Note in part only, a new Global Note for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon surrender hereof.

If an Event of Default with respect to this Global Note shall occur and be continuing, the entire principal amount of this Global Note may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series issued under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also

 

- 5 -


permits the amendment thereof without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities to, among other things, cure any ambiguity or omission or correct or supplement any provision therein that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or take certain other actions, provided that such actions will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive certain past defaults under the Indenture and the consequences thereof. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Global Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Global Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Global Note.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Global Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on this Global Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Global Note is registrable on the Security Register upon surrender of this Global Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Global Notes of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Global Note is exchangeable for the same aggregate principal of Global Notes of authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Global Note may be overdue, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

In the event that (i) DTC, or any successor Depositary, notifies the Company and the Trustee in writing that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Global Note or if at any time DTC, or any successor Depositary, ceases to be a clearing corporation registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Notes shall no longer be represented by this Global Note and executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that this Global Note shall be exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented by this Global Note, then the Company will issue Notes in definitive form in exchange for this Global Note. Notes so issued in definitive form will be issued as registered Notes without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

All terms used in this Global Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise defined herein.

This Global Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been signed by the Trustee under the Indenture.

WITNESS the seal of the Company and the signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

    ALBERTSON’S, INC.
Dated:     By:     

 

- 6 -


   

Senior Vice President, Finance

and Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

  By:  

 

    Corporate Secretary

Trustee’s Certification of Authentication

This is one of the Securities of the series designated

therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

First Trust of New York, N.A., as Trustee

 

By:

   
  Authorized Officer

 

- 7 -


ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE:

 

       
           

(Please print or typewrite name and address including

postal zip code of assignee)

the within Global Note of ALBERTSON’S, INC. and all rights hereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing                                  attorney to transfer said Global Note on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                              

 

   SIGN HERE  

 

     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE WITHIN INSTRUMENT IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED


EX-5.1

OPINION OF THOMAS R. SALDIN, ESQ.

[ALBERTSON’S LETTERHEAD]

EXHIBIT 5.1

December 8, 1997

Albertson’s, Inc.

P. O. Box 20

Boise, ID 83726

RE: Albertson’s, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-3

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I am Executive Vice President, Administration and General Counsel of Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). I have assisted in the preparation of the above-referenced Registration Statement on Form S-3 being filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on or about December 8, 1997 (the “Registration Statement”) in connection with the Company’s registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), of $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of senior debt securities (the “Debt Securities”) of the Company. The Debt Securities are being registered for offering and sale from time to time on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act. The Debt Securities are to be issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of May 1, 1992 (the “Indenture”), entered into between the Company and First Trust of New York, N.A., a New York corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and successor in interest to the corporate trust business of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York.

In connection with this opinion, I have examined and am familiar with originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction of (i) the Registration Statement on Form S-3 relating to the Debt Securities (together with the form of Prospectus forming a part thereof); (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as currently in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”); (iii) the By-Laws of the Company as currently in effect (the “By-Laws”); (iv) the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to (A) the preparation of the Registration Statement and the registration of the Debt Securities under the 1933 Act and (B) the issuance, offering and sale from time to time of the Debt Securities; and (v) the Indenture. I have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to my satisfaction of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others and such other documents, certificates and records as I have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.


Albertson’s Inc.

December 8, 1997

Page 2

In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to me as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making my examination of documents executed or to be executed by parties other than the Company, I have assumed that such parties had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which I have not independently established or verified, I have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.

I am admitted to the practice of law in the State of Idaho, and I express no opinion as to the laws of any other jurisdiction, other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and laws of the United States of America. With respect to my opinion below, to the extent it constitutes an opinion related to New York law, I have reviewed and relied upon a legal opinion addressed to the Company of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP that, subject to the qualifications and assumptions stated therein, the Debt Securities will be validly issued and legally binding obligations of the Company under New York law.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, I am of the opinion that with respect to any series of Debt Securities (the “Offered Securities”), when (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended (including all necessary post-effective amendments), has become effective; (ii) an appropriate Prospectus Supplement with respect to the Offered Securities has been prepared, delivered and filed in compliance with the 1933 Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder; (iii) if the Offered Securities are to be sold pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering, the Underwriting Agreement with respect to the Offered Securities has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto; (iv) the terms of the Offered Securities and of their issuance and sale have been duly established in conformity with the applicable Indenture so as not to violate any applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or result in a default under or breach of any agreement or instrument binding upon the Company and so as to comply with any requirement or restriction imposed by any court or


Albertson’s Inc.

December 8, 1997

Page 3

governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company; (v) the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; and (vi) the Offered Securities have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and duly delivered to the purchasers thereof upon payment of the agreed upon consideration therefor (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee), the Offered Securities, when issued and sold in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement or any other duly authorized, executed and delivered applicable valid and binding purchase agreement will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally; (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (c) public policy considerations which may limit the rights of parties to obtain further remedies, and (d) governmental authority to limit, delay or prohibit the making of payments outside the United States.

I hereby consent to your filing of this opinion as an exhibit in the Registration Statement and to the reference to me in the prospectus incorporated herein.

 

Sincerely yours,
ALBERTSON’S, INC.

/s/ Thomas R. Saldin

Thomas R. Saldin

Executive Vice President,

Administration and General Counsel

TRS: dmd


EX-12.1

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS

EXHIBIT 12.1

ALBERTSON’S, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(dollars in thousands)

 

    

52 Weeks

Ended

Jan. 28,

1993

    

53 Weeks

Ended

Feb. 3,

1994

    

52 Weeks

Ended

Feb. 2,

1995

    

52 Weeks

Ended

Feb. 1,

1996

    

52 Weeks

Ended

Jan. 30,

1997

    

39 Weeks

Ended

Oct. 31,

1996

    

39 Weeks

Ended

Oct. 30,

1997

 

Earnings from operations:

                    

Earnings before income taxes and cumulative effects of accounting changes

   $ 443,721      $ 552,215      $ 678,652      $ 758,501      $ 794,847      $ 550,264      $ 551,436  

Add:

                    

Portion of rents representative of interest

     45,891        46,774        47,753        49,832        52,439        38,942        40,797  

Interest expense, including amortization of debt discount

     34,390        41,257        53,260        47,916        58,023        40,434        54,913  

Amortization of previously capitalized interest

     1,556        1,750        1,964        2,172        2,588        1,910        2,139  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings, as adjusted

   $ 525,558      $ 641,996      $ 781,629      $ 858,421      $ 907,897      $ 631,550      $ 649,285  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

                    

Interest expense, including amortization of debt discount

   $ 34,390      $ 41,257      $ 53,260      $ 47,916      $ 58,023      $ 40,434      $ 54,913  

Capitalized interest

     4,617        4,219        3,974        7,428        6,378        4,872        5,731  

Portion of rents representative of interest

     45,891        46,774        47,753        49,832        52,439        38,942        40,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 84,898      $ 92,250      $ 104,987      $ 105,176      $ 116,840      $ 84,248      $ 101,441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     6.19        6.96        7.45        8.16        7.77        7.50        6.40  

NOTE: For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (a) earnings have been calculated by adding fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest) to earnings from operations before taxes and cumulative effects of accounting changes, and (b) fixed charges consist of gross interest costs, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of debt discount and expense and that portion of rental expense that represents interest.


EX-23.1

CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form S-3 of Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Company”) of our report dated March 19, 1997 incorporated by reference in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 30, 1997 and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus that is a part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boise, Idaho

December 8, 1997


EX-25.1

FORM T-1

EXHIBIT 25.1

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
   SECTION 305(b)(2)            

 

 

FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

13-3781471

(I. R. S. Employer Identification No.)

100 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

For information, contact:

Dennis Calabrese, President

First Trust of New York, National Association

100 Wall Street, 16th Floor

New York, NY 10005

Telephone: (212) 361-2506

 

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   82-0184434
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I. R. S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Box 20

Boise, Idaho

(Address of principal executive offices)

  

83726

(Zip Code)

 

 

DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

 


Item 1.    General Information.

Furnish the following information as to the trustee - -

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name

   Address

Comptroller of the Currency

   Washington, D. C.

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

Item 2.    Affiliations with the Obligor.

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None.

Item 16.    List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibit 1.    Articles of Association of First Trust of New York, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.
Exhibit 2.    Certificate of Authority to Commence Business for First Trust of New York, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.
Exhibit 3.    Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers for First Trust of New York, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.
Exhibit 4.    By-Laws of First Trust of New York, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of Form T-1, Registration No. 333-34113.
Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.    Consent of First Trust of New York, National Association, required by Section 321(b) of the Act, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1, Registration No. 33-83774.
Exhibit 7.    Report of Condition of First Trust of New York, National Association, as of the close of business on September 30, 1997, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, First Trust of New York, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 1st day of December, 1997.

 

 

FIRST TRUST OF NEW YORK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:   /s/ Catherine F. Donohue
 

Catherine F. Donohue

Vice President


Exhibit 7

First Trust of New York, National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

As of 9/30/97

($000’s)

 

     9/30/97  

Assets

  

Cash and Due From Depository Institutions

   $ 36,355  

Federal Reserve Stock

     3,467  

Fixed Assets

     753  

Intangible Assets

     76,047  

Other Assets

     5,619  

Total Assets

   $ 122,241  

Liabilities

  

Other Liabilities

     7,592  

Total Liabilities

     7,592  

Equity

  

Common and Preferred Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     120,932  

Undivided Profits

     (7,283

Total Equity Capital

     114,649  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

   $ 122,241  

To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of this date the above financial information is true and correct.

First Trust of New York, National Association

 

By:

  / S / Catherine F. Donohue
  Vice President

Date:

  November 18, 1997

Exhibit 4.11

EXECUTION VERSION

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 5

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 5, dated as of January 22, 2014 (the “ Supplemental Indenture ”), between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, known as AMERICAN STORES COMPANY (the “ Company ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, American Stores Company and the original trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of American Stores Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of January 23, 2004, the Company expressly assumed the obligations of American Stores Company under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of July 6, 2005, the Company caused its then parent corporation, Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”) to guaranty the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of July 21, 2008, the Company added Section 3.11 to the Indenture to provide for the assignment of the Guarantee to SUPERVALU INC.;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 4, dated as of March 21, 2013, the Company amended and restated Section 2.3 to the Indenture to provide certain limitations on the issuance of additional Securities pursuant to the Indenture;

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the following debentures and notes of the Company (collectively referred to herein as the “ Securities ”) have been issued under the Indenture and are outstanding: (i) 8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026; (ii) 7.9% Debentures due 2017; (iii) 7.1% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2028 (the Securities of the series listed in the clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of this recital being referred to hereinafter as the “ Affected Series ”); and (iv) 7.5% Debentures due 2037 (the “ 2037 Series ”);

WHEREAS, Section 8.2 of the Indenture provides, among other things, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of any series affected by such supplemental indenture, the Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may enter into this Supplemental Indenture; and


WHEREAS, Holders of the majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities Outstanding under each of the Affected Series have consented to the amendments to the Indenture set forth below, and as of the date hereof, such consent has not been withdrawn;

WHEREAS, this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Company; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and with the effect set forth in Article VI of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Securityholders as follows:

ARTICLE I

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1.1 Amendment to Table of Contents . The Table of Contents of the Indenture is amended by deleting the titles to Sections 3.7, 3.8, 3.10, 3.11, and 9.1 and inserting in lieu thereof the phrase “[intentionally omitted]”.

ARTICLE II

AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE 3 – COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

Section 2.1 Section 3.7 of the Indenture is hereby deleted and amended to read in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 3.7. [Intentionally omitted].”

Section 2.2 Section 3.8 of the Indenture is hereby deleted and amended to read in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 3.8. [Intentionally omitted].”

Section 2.3 Section 3.10 of the Indenture is hereby deleted and amended to read in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 3.10. [Intentionally omitted].”

Section 2.4 Section 3.11 of the Indenture is hereby deleted and amended to read in its entirety as follows “SECTION 3.11. [Intentionally omitted].”

ARTICLE III

AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE 5 – REMEDIES OF THE

TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 3.1 Section 5.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the text of subsections (c), (g) and (h) in their entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following “[Intentionally omitted].”

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


ARTICLE IV

AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLE 9 –

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

Section 4.1 Section 9.1 of the Indenture is hereby deleted and amended to read in its entirety as follows: “SECTION 9.1: [Intentionally omitted].”

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE 10 – SATISFACTION

AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS

Section 5.1 Section 10.1 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the text of subsection (B)(c) in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “[Intentionally omitted]; and”.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1 Effectiveness of Supplemental Indenture .

(a) This Supplemental Indenture shall be effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties hereto.

(b) This Supplemental Indenture shall affect the terms and conditions of the Affected Series only, and shall not have any effect on the terms and conditions of the Securities constituting the 2037 Series, as to which the Indenture shall continue as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of these Amendments (as hereinafter defined).

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amendments to the Indenture contained in Articles One through Five hereof (the “ Amendments ”) shall not become operative, and shall not be binding on the Company or the Trustee, until delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the applicable “Settlement Date” has occurred with respect to the tender offer and consent solicitation (the “ Tender Offer ”) contemplated by the Company’s Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 13, 2013. In the event that the Company has not delivered the foregoing Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee prior to February 15, 2014, the Amendments shall not become operative and shall not bind the Company or the Trustee and this Supplemental Indenture shall lapse automatically and be of no further force or effect. Such lapse shall not preclude the Company and the Trustee from executing and delivering a replacement Supplemental Indenture if the applicable “Settlement Date” shall occur subsequently.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1 Defined Terms; Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the Trustee, the

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of a Security heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

Section 7.2 References to Deleted or Amended Provisions . All references in the Indenture as amended by Article One, Article Two, Article Three, Article Four and Article Five hereof, to any of the provisions deleted and eliminated or modified as provided herein, or to terms defined in such provisions, shall, as to the Affected Series, also be deemed deleted and eliminated or modified, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture. Effective as of the date hereof, as to the Affected Series, none of the Company, the Trustee or other parties to or beneficiaries of the Indenture shall have any rights, obligations or liabilities under such Sections or subsections and such deleted or modified Sections or subsections shall not be considered in determining whether an Event of Default has occurred or whether the Company has observed, performed or compiled with the provisions of the Indenture.

Section 7.3 Indenture Remains in Full Force and Effect . Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 7.4 Indenture and Supplemental Indenture Construed Together . This Supplement Indenture is an indenture supplemental to and in implementation of the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 7.5 Confirmation and Preservation of Indenture . The Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed and preserved.

Section 7.6 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “ TIA ”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 7.7 Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 7.8 Benefits of Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities; provided , however , that SUPERVALU INC. shall be a third-party beneficiary of Section 2.3 of the Indenture.

Section 7.9 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


Section 7.10 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture and the Securities relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.

Section 7.11 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 7.12 Countersigned and Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 7.13 Headings . The Article and Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 5 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

/s/ Justin Dye

 

Name: Justin Dye

Title: Chief Operating Officer

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 5 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

/s/ Justin Dye

 

Name: Justin Dye

Title: Chief Operating Officer

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Richard Prokosch

Name:   Richard Prokosch
Title:   Vice President

 

[ASC Supplemental Indenture No. 5]


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 4

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 4, dated as of March 21, 2013 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, known as AMERICAN STORES COMPANY (the “Company”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, American Stores Company and the original trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of American Stores Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of January 23, 2004, the Company expressly assumed the obligations of American Stores Company under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplement Indenture No. 2, dated as of July 6, 2005, the Company caused its then parent corporation, Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”) to guaranty the obligations of the Company under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”);

WHEREAS, on June 3, 2006 and as part of the sale of assets, operations and entities of the Guarantor, the Guarantor converted to Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and was acquired by private investors, while a number of the Guarantor’s assets, operations and entities, including the Company, were transferred to the Guarantor’s subsidiary New Albertson’s, Inc., which itself, on the same date, subsequently merged with and into SUPERVALU INC., a Delaware corporation;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of July 21, 2008, the Company added Section 3.11 to the Indenture to provide for the assignment of the Guarantee to SUPERVALU INC.;

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the following debentures and notes of the Company (collectively referred to herein as the “Securities”) have been issued under the Indenture and are outstanding: (i) 8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026; (ii) 7.9% Debentures due 2017; (iii) 7.5% Debentures due 2037; and (iv) 7.1% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2028;

WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of the Securityholders to add to the covenants of the Issuer such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Issuer and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Securityholders; and

 


WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer wishes to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to add a covenant to the Indenture that is for the protection of the Securityholders.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Securityholders as follows:

ARTICLE I

ADDITIONAL COVENANT

Section 1.1 Amendment to the Indenture . The first paragraph of Section 2.3 shall be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Section 2.3. Amount Unlimited: Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited; provided , however, that after March [21], 2013 and until the date on which the Guarantee provided pursuant to Section 3.10 of this Indenture (as assigned to and assumed by SUPERVALU INC. pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2008) is released or terminated, no further Securities may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture without the prior written consent of SUPERVALU INC., other than in connection with the transfer or exchange of Securities, or the exchange and substitution of any mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.”

Section 1.2 Trustee’s Acceptance . The Trustee hereby accepts the Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform the same under the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 Defined Terms; Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of a Security heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

Section 2.2 Indenture Remains in Full Force and Effect . Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 2.3 Indenture and Supplemental Indenture Construed Together . This Supplement Indenture is an indenture supplemental to and in implementation of the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

 

2


Section 2.4 Confirmation and Preservation of Indenture . The Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed and preserved.

Section 2.5 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 2.6 Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 2.7 Benefits of Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities; provided , however, that SUPERVALU INC. shall be a third-party beneficiary of Section 2.3 of the Indenture.

Section 2.8 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 2.9 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture and the Securities relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.

Section 2.10 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 2.11 Countersigned and Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 2.12 Headings . The Article and Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

LOGO

 

Name:

Title:

[Signature page to Supplemental

Indenture No. 4]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 4 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Richard Prokosch

Name:

Title:

 

Richard Prokosch

Vice President

 

4


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 3

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 3, dated as of July 21, 2008 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, known as AMERICAN STORES COMPANY (the “Company”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, American Stores Company and the original trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of American Stores Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of January 23, 2004, the Company expressly assumed the obligations of American Stores Company under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplement Indenture No. 2, dated as of July 6, 2005, the Company caused its then parent corporation, Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware company to Guaranty the obligations of the Company under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, on June 2, 2006 and as part of the sale of assets, operations and entities of the Guarantor, the Guarantor converted to Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and was acquired by private investors, while a number of the Guarantor’s assets, operations and entities, including the Company, were transferred to Guarantor’s subsidiary New Albertson’s, Inc., which itself, on the same date, subsequently merged with an into SUPERVALU INC. a Delaware company.

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the following debentures and notes of the Company (collectively referred to herein as the “Securities”) have been issued under the Indenture and are outstanding: (i) $350 Million of 8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026; (ii) $100 Million of 7.9% Debentures due 2017; (iii) $200 Million of 7.4% Debentures due 2037; and (v) $100 Million of 7.1 % Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2028;

WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of the Securityholders to add to the covenants of the Issuer such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Issuer and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Securityholders; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer wishes to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to add a covenant to the Indenture that is for the protection of the Securityholders.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Securityholders as follows:

ARTICLE I

ADDITIONAL COVENANT

Section 1.1 Amendment to the Indenture . Section 3.11 shall be added to the Indenture and will state in its entirety as follows:

“Section 3.11. Assignment of Parent Guarantee. Within 30 days of July 21, 2008, Issuer will cause both (a) Guarantor, Albertson’s, LLC. to assign the Guarantee to SUPERVALU INC. and (b) SUPERVALU INC. to assume, the obligations of the Guarantee by execution of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement. Upon execution of such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, SUPERVALU INC. shall henceforth take the place of Albertson’s LLC as Guarantor and Albertson’s LLC shall henceforth be released from any and all obligations required of such Guarantor.

Section 1.2 Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement . The Assignment and Assumption Agreement to be executed pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Indenture with respect to the Guarantee shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 1.3 Trustee’s Acceptance . The Trustee hereby accepts this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform the same under the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 Defined Terms; Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of a Security heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

Section 2.2 Indenture Remains in Full Force and Effect . Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 2.3 Indenture and Supplemental Indenture Construed Together . This Supplement Indenture is an indenture supplemental to and in implementation of the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 2.4 Confirmation and Preservation of Indenture . The Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed and preserved.

Section 2.5 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

 

2


Section 2.6 Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 2.7 Benefits of Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities.

Section 2.8 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 2.9 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture and the Securities relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.

Section 2.10 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 2.11 Countersigned and Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 2.12 Headings . The Article and Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures are on the following page.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

/s/ John F. Boyd

 

Name: John F. Boyd

Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 3 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

 

 

Name: John F. Boyd

Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  

/s/ David Bergstrom

 

Name: David Bergstrom

Title: Asst. Vice President


Exhibit A

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (the “Assignment”), is entered into this         day of July, by and between ALBERTSON’S, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignor”) and SUPERVALU INC. a Delaware company (“Assignee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Issuer”), and successor trustee Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (the “Trustee”) entered into that certain Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of Issuer;

WHEREAS, Assignor, formerly Albertson’s, Inc., a Delaware company, entered into that certain Guarantee, date as of July 6, 2005, (the “Guarantee”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, wherein Assignor agreed to guarantee the Issuer’s duties and obligations under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, on June 2, 2006 and as part of the sale of assets, operations and entities of the Assignor, Assignor converted to Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and was acquired by private investors, while a number of the Assignor’s assets, operations and entities, including Issuer, were transferred to Assignor’s subsidiary, New Albertson’s, Inc., which itself, on the same date, subsequently merged with an into Assignee; and

WHEREAS, Assignor wishes to assign and Assignor wishes to assume the Guarantee and all the duties and obligations attendant thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows:

1. As of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”), Assignor hereby assigns to Assignee the Guarantee and all of the duties and obligations under the Guarantee.

2. As of the Effective Date, Assignee hereby assumes the Guarantee and all of the duties and obligations of Assignor arising under the Guarantee.

3. As of the Effective Date and henceforth, Assignor shall be released and relieved of all duties and obligations of the Guarantee.

4. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed this Assignment as of the date first above written.

[Signatures are on the following page.]

 


ASSIGNOR: ALBERTSON’S LLC

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

ASSIGNEE: SUPERVALU INC.
By:  

 

 

Name: John F. Boyd

Title: Group Vice President and Treasurer

ACKNOWLEDGED BY
TRUSTEE: WELLS FARGO BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 


Exhibit A

Guarantee

GUARANTEE

From and after July 6, 2005, the undersigned, Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Guarantor”), hereby unconditionally guarantees (this “Guarantee”) (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 8% Debentures due June 1, 2026 (the “Debentures”) of American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a Delaware corporation known as American Stores Company (the “Issuer”), whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Debentures, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Securityholders or the Trustee with respect to the Debentures under the terms of the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), between American Stores Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Debentures or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

The Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Debentures or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Securityholder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Debentures and the Indenture.

If any Securityholder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Securityholder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

The Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Securityholders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Securityholders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 5 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 5 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 


Upon satisfaction and discharge of the Debentures as provided in Article 11 under the Indenture, the Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under this Guarantee.

This Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the Guarantor after giving effect to all of its other contingent and fixed liabilities without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to the Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Boyd

Name:   John Boyd
Title:   Group Vice President & Treasurer

 


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 2

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 2, dated as of July 6, 2005 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, known as AMERICAN STORES COMPANY (the “Company”), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, American Stores Company and the original trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of American Stores Company;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of January 23, 2004, the Company expressly assumed the obligations of American Stores Company under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the following debentures and notes of the Company (collectively referred to herein as the “Securities”) have been issued under the Indenture and are outstanding: (i) 8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026; (ii) 7.9% Debentures due May 1, 2017; (iii) 7.5% Debentures due May 1, 2037; (iv) 6.5% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2008; and (v) 7.1% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2028;

WHEREAS, Section 8.1 of the Indenture provides, among other things, that the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture without the consent of the Securityholders to add to the covenants of the Issuer such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Issuer and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Securityholders; and

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer wishes to enter into this Supplemental Indenture to add a covenant to the Indenture that is for the protection of the Securityholders.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Securityholders as follows:

ARTICLE I

ADDITIONAL COVENANT

Section 1.1 Amendment to the Indenture . Section 3.10 shall be added to the Indenture and will state in its entirety as follows:

“Section 3.10. Parent Guarantee. Within 30 days of July 6, 2005, Issuer will cause its parent, Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Guarantor”), to unconditionally guarantee payment of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Securities, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Securityholders or the Trustee with respect to the Securities under the terms of this Indenture (the “Guarantee”).”

 


Section 1.2 Form of Guarantee . The Guarantee to be executed by the Guarantor pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Indenture with respect to any Securities shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 1.3 Trustee’s Acceptance . The Trustee hereby accepts this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform the same under the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 2.1 Defined Terms; Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of a Security heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

Section 2.2 Indenture Remains in Full Force and Effect . Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 2.3 Indenture and Supplemental Indenture Construed Together . This Supplement Indenture is an indenture supplemental to and in implementation of the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 2.4 Confirmation and Preservation of Indenture . The Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed and preserved.

Section 2.5 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 2.6 Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 2.7 Benefits of Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities.

 

2


Section 2.8 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 2.9 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture and the Securities relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.

Section 2.10 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Section 2.11 Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 2.12 Headings . The Article and Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[Signatures are on the following page.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

/s/ John Boyd

 

Name: John Boyd

Title: Group Vice President & Treasurer

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 2 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
By:  

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

its sole member

By:  

 

 

Name: John Boyd

Title: Group Vice President & Treasurer

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Sharon McGrath

 

Name: Sharon McGrath

Title: Asst. Vice President

 

1


Exhibit A

GUARANTEE

From and after July 6, 2005, the undersigned, Albertson’s, Inc. (the “Guarantor”), hereby unconditionally guarantees (this “Guarantee”) (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the              % [Debentures] [Notes] due             (the [“Debentures”] [“Notes”]) of American Stores Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a Delaware corporation known as American Stores Company (the “Issuer”), whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the [Debentures] [Notes], if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Securityholders or the Trustee with respect to the [Debentures] [Notes] under the terms of the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), between American Stores Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as trustee and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any [Debentures] [Notes] or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

The Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, its obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the [Debentures] [Notes] or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Securityholder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the [Debentures] [Notes] and the Indenture.

If any Securityholder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Securityholder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

The Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Securityholders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Securityholders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 5 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 5 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.


Upon satisfaction and discharge of the [Debentures] [Notes] as provided in Article 11 under the Indenture, the Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under this Guarantee.

This Guarantee will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the Guarantor after giving effect to all of its other contingent and fixed liabilities without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to the Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

Name:

Title:

 


SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1

This SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1 dated as of January 23, 2004 (the “Supplemental Indenture”), between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, known as AMERICAN STORES COMPANY (the “Company”), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, prior to the Conversion referred to below, American Stores Company, a Delaware corporation, and the original trustee, The First National Bank of Chicago, entered into the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the unsecured debentures, notes and other evidences of indebtedness of American Stores Company; and

WHEREAS, as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, the following debentures and notes of American Stores Company (collectively referred to herein as the “Securities”) have been issued under the Indenture and are outstanding: (i) $200 Million of 7.4% Debentures due May 15, 2005; (ii) $350 Million of 8.0% Debentures due June 1, 2026; (iii) $100 Million of 7.9% Debentures due 2017; (iv) $200 Million of 7.5% Debentures due 2037; (v) $45 Million of 6.5% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2008; and (vi) $100 Million of 7.1% Medium Term Notes, Series B, due March 20, 2028; and

WHEREAS, effective as of the date hereof, American Stores Company has filed a Certificate of Conversion with the Secretary of State of the state of Delaware, pursuant to which it has converted from a Delaware corporation into a Delaware limited liability company known as American Stores Company, LLC (the “Conversion”); and

WHEREAS, Section 266(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the conversion of a Delaware corporation into a Delaware limited liability company shall not be deemed to affect any obligations or liabilities of such corporation incurred prior to such conversion; and

WHEREAS, Section 266(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that unless otherwise provided in the resolution of conversion, the converting corporation shall not be required to wind up its affairs or pay its liabilities and distribute its assets, and the conversion shall not constitute a dissolution of such corporation and shall constitute a continuation of the existence of the converting corporation in the form of the Delaware Limited Liability Company; and

 


WHEREAS, Section 18-214 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “DLLCA”) provides that all of the rights, privileges and powers of a Delaware corporation that has converted into a Delaware limited liability company, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to such corporation, as well as all other things and causes of action belonging to such corporation, remain vested in the limited liability company to which such corporation has converted and shall be the property of such limited liability company, and the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in such corporation shall not revert or be in any way impaired by reason of such conversion, and all rights of creditors and all liens upon any property of such corporation shall be preserved unimpaired, and all debts, liabilities and duties of such corporation shall remain attached to the Delaware limited liability company to which such corporation has converted, and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if said debts, liabilities and duties had originally been incurred or contracted by it in its capacity as a limited liability company, and the rights, privileges, powers and interests in property of such corporation, as well as the debts, liabilities and duties of such corporation, shall not be deemed, as a consequence of the conversion, to have been transferred to the Delaware limited liability company for any purpose of the laws of the State of Delaware; and

WHEREAS, as a result of the Conversion and without need for any further action, the Securities and the Indenture are the continuing obligations of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are entering into this Supplemental Indenture to reflect the foregoing;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Assumption and Confirmation by the Company

Section 1.1 Assumption and Confirmation of the Securities . The Company hereby expressly assumes, agrees and confirms its continuing obligation notwithstanding the Conversion, promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities. The Company hereby confirms (i) its continuing agreement to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions of the Indenture and the Securities notwithstanding the Conversion, and (ii) that it may exercise every right and power of the Company under the Indenture and the Securities notwithstanding the Conversion.

Section 1.2 Trustee’s Acceptance . The Trustee hereby accepts this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to perform the same under the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

ARTICLE 2

Miscellaneous

Section 2.1 Defined Terms; Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of a Security heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered under the Indenture shall be bound thereby.

 

 

2


Section 2.2 Indenture Remains in Full Force and Effect . Except as supplemented hereby, all provisions in the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 2.3 Indenture and Supplemental Indenture Construed Together . This Supplemental Indenture is an indenture supplemental to and in implementation of the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read and construed together.

Section 2.4 Confirmation and Preservation of Indenture . The Indenture as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture is in all respects confirmed and preserved.

Section 2.5 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any provision of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”) that is required under the TIA to be part of and govern any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, such provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to the Indenture as so modified or to be excluded by this Supplemental Indenture, as the case may be.

Section 2.6 Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 2.7 Benefits of Supplemental Indenture . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and thereto and their successors hereunder and thereunder and the holders of the Securities, any benefit of any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under the Indenture, this Supplemental Indenture or the Securities.

Section 2.8 Successors . All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 2.9 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee . In entering into this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to the benefit of every provision of the Indenture and the Securities relating to the conduct of or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee, whether or not elsewhere herein so provided.

Section 2.10 Governing Law . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

 

3


Section 2.11 Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 2.12 Headings . The Article and Section headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture No. 1 to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
BY:  

ALBERTSON’S, INC.

ITS SOLE MEMBER

  By:  

/s/ Paul G. Rowan

    Name:   PAUL G. ROWAN
    Title:   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Janice Ott Rotunno

  Name:   JANICE OTT ROTUNNO
  Title:   VICE PRESIDENT

 

4


 

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY

AND

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO

Senior Indenture

Dated as of May 1, 1995

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

         Page  

PARTIES

     1  

RECITALS

  

Authorization of Indenture

     1  

Compliance with Legal Requirements

     1  

Purpose of and Consideration for Indenture

     1  
  ARTICLE ONE   
  DEFINITIONS   

SECTION 1.1.

  Certain Terms Defined      1  
  Affiliate      2  
  Attributable Debt      2  
  Authenticating Agent      2  
  Authorized Newspaper      2  
  Board of Directors      3  
  Board Resolution      3  
  Business Day      3  
  Capital Lease      3  
  Commission      3  
  Common Stock      3  
  Consolidated      3  
  Corporate Trust Office      4  
  Coupon      4  
  Depositary      4  
  Dollar      4  
  ECU      4  
  Event of Default      4  
  Foreign Currency      4  
  Funded Indebtedness      4  
  Holder, Holder of Securities, Securityholder      4  
  Indebtedness      5  
  Indenture      5  
  Interest      5  
  Issuer      5  
  Issuer Order      5  
  Judgment Currency      5  


         Page  
  Market Exchange Rate      5  
  Net Tangible Assets      5  
  Non-Restricted Subsidiary      6  
  Officer’s Certificate      6  
  Operating Assets      6  
  Operating Property      6  
  Opinion of Counsel      6  
  original issue date      6  
  Original Issue Discount Security      7  
  Outstanding      7  
  Periodic Offering      8  
  Person      8  
  principal      8  
  record date      8  
  Registered Global Security      8  
  Registered Security      8  
  Required Currency      8  
  Responsible Officer      9  
  Restricted Subsidiaries      9  
  Security or Securities      9  
  Significant Subsidiary      9  
  Subsidiary      9  
  Trust Indenture Act of 1939      9  
  Trustee      9  
  Unregistered Security      9  
  U.S. Government Obligations      9  
  Yield to Maturity      9  
  ARTICLE TWO   
  SECURITIES   

SECTION 2.1.

  Forms Generally      10  

SECTION 2.2.

  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication      10  

SECTION 2.3.

  Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series      11  

SECTION 2.4.

  Authentication and Delivery of Securities      14  

SECTION 2.5.

  Execution of Securities      18  

SECTION 2.6.

  Certificate of Authentication      18  

SECTION 2.7.

  Denomination and Date of Securities; Payments of Interest      19  

SECTION 2.8.

  Registration, Transfer and Exchange      20  

SECTION 2.9.

  Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities      24  

SECTION 2.10.

  Cancellation of Securities; Disposition Thereof      25  

SECTION 2.11.

  Temporary Securities      26  

 

- ii -


         Page  
SECTION 2.12.  

Availability of Currency of Payment in Respect of Securities

     27  
  ARTICLE THREE   
  COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER   
SECTION 3.1.  

Payment of Principal and Interest

     28  
SECTION 3.2.  

Offices for Payments, etc

     29  
SECTION 3.3.  

Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in Office of Trustee

     30  
SECTION 3.4.  

Paying Agents

     30  
SECTION 3.5.  

Certificate of the Issuer

     31  
SECTION 3.6.  

Luxembourg Publications

     32  
SECTION 3.7.  

Limitations on Liens

     32  
SECTION 3.8.  

Limitations on Sale and Lease-Back

     35  
SECTION 3.9.  

Reports by the Issuer

     36  
 

ARTICLE FOUR

  
 

SECURITYHOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE

  
SECTION 4.1.  

Securityholders Lists

     37  
SECTION 4.2.  

Reports by the Trustee

     37  
  ARTICLE FIVE   
  REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT   
SECTION 5.1.  

Event of Default Defined; Acceleration of Maturity; Waiver of Default

     37  
SECTION 5.2.  

Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee; Trustee May Prove Debt

     41  
SECTION 5.3.  

Application of Proceeds

     44  
SECTION 5.4.  

Suits for Enforcement

     45  
SECTION 5.5.  

Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings

     46  
SECTION 5.6.  

Limitations on Suits by Securityholders

     46  
SECTION 5.7.  

Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Institute Certain Suits

     47  
SECTION 5.8.  

Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default

     47  
SECTION 5.9.  

Control by Holders of Securities

     47  

 

- iii -


         Page  
SECTION 5.10.  

Waiver of Past Defaults

     48  
SECTION 5.11.  

Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain Circumstances

     49  
SECTION 5.12.  

Right of Court to Require Filing of Undertaking to Pay Costs

     49  
  ARTICLE SIX   
  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE   
SECTION 6.1.  

Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee; During Default; Prior to Default

     50  
SECTION 6.2.  

Certain Rights of the Trustee

     51  
SECTION 6.3.  

Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Disposition of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof

     53  
SECTION 6.4.  

Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities or Coupons; Collections, etc.

     53  
SECTION 6.5.  

Moneys Held by Trustee

     53  
SECTION 6.6.  

Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim

     54  
SECTION 6.7.  

Right of Trustee to Rely on Officer’s Certificate, etc.

     55  
SECTION 6.8.  

Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee

     55  
SECTION 6.9.  

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee

     55  
SECTION 6.10.  

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee

     57  
SECTION 6.11.  

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee

     59  
SECTION 6.12.  

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

     60  
  ARTICLE SEVEN   
  CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS   
SECTION 7.1.  

Evidence of Action Taken by Securityholders

     61  
SECTION 7.2.  

Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities

     61  
SECTION 7.3.  

Holders to be Treated as Owners

     62  
SECTION 7.4.  

Securities Owned by Issuer Deemed Not Outstanding

     63  

 

- iv -


         Page  
SECTION 7.5.  

Right of Revocation of Action Taken

     64  
SECTION 7.6.  

Record Date for Consents and Waivers

     64  
  ARTICLE EIGHT   
  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES   
SECTION 8.1.  

Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders

     65  
SECTION 8.2.  

Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders

     66  
SECTION 8.3.  

Effect of Supplemental Indenture

     69  
SECTION 8.4.  

Documents to Be Given to Trustee

     69  
SECTION 8.5.  

Notation on Securities in Respect of Supplemental Indentures

     69  
  ARTICLE NINE   
  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE   
SECTION 9.1.  

Covenant Not to Merge, Consolidate, Sell or Convey Property Except Under Certain Conditions

     70  
SECTION 9.2.  

Successor Corporation Substituted

     70  
SECTION 9.3.  

Opinion of Counsel Delivered to Trustee

     71  
  ARTICLE TEN   
  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS   
SECTION 10.1.  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     71  
SECTION 10.2.  

Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities

     75  
SECTION 10.3.  

Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent

     75  
SECTION 10.4.  

Return of Moneys Held By Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for One Year

     75  
SECTION 10.5.  

Indemnity For U.S. Government Obligations

     76  

 

- v -


         Page  
  ARTICLE ELEVEN   
  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   
SECTION 11.1.  

Partners, Incorporators, Stockholders, Employees, Officers and Directors of Issuer Exempt from Individual Liability

     76  
SECTION 11.2.  

Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders of Securities and Coupons

     76  
SECTION 11.3.  

Successors and Assigns of Issuer Bound by Indenture

     77  
SECTION 11.4.  

Notices and Demands on Issuer, Trustee and Holders of Securities and Coupons

     77  
SECTION 11.5.  

Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein

     78  
SECTION 11.6.  

Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays

     79  
SECTION 11.7.  

Conflict of Any Provision of Indenture with Trust Indenture Act of 1939

     80  
SECTION 11.8.  

New York Law to Govern

     80  
SECTION 11.9.  

Counterparts

     80  
SECTION 11.10.  

Effect of Headings

     80  
SECTION 11.11.  

Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECUs

     80  
SECTION 11.12.  

Judgment Currency

     81  
SECTION 11.13.  

Calculation of Original Issue Discount; Calculation of Foreign Currency Equivalents; Certain Information Concerning Tax Reporting

     81  
  ARTICLE TWELVE   
  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUNDS   
SECTION 12.1.  

Applicability of Article

     82  
SECTION 12.2.  

Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions

     83  
SECTION 12.3.  

Payment of Securities Called for Redemption

     85  
SECTION 12.4.  

Exclusion of Certain Securities from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption

     86  

 

- vi -


         Page  
SECTION 12.5.   Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds      86  
TESTIMONIUM      90  
SIGNATURES      90  

 

- vii -


THIS INDENTURE, dated as of May 1, 1995 between AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), and THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the issue from time to time of its unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness to be issued in one or more series (the “Securities”) up to such principal amount or amounts as may from time to time be authorized in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide, among other things, for the authentication, delivery and administration of the Securities; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid indenture and agreement according to its terms have been done;

NOW, THEREFORE:

In consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Securities by the holders thereof, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Securities and of the coupons, if any, appertaining thereto as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Certain Terms Defined . The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or the definitions of which in the Securities Act of 1933 are referred to in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, including terms defined therein by reference to the Securities Act of 1933 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise clearly requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in


force at the date of this Indenture. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the term “ generally accepted accounting principles ” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the time of any computation. The words “ herein ”, “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular.

Affiliate ” means any Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or under common control with, the Issuer.

Attributable Debt ” when used in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall mean, as of any particular time, the aggregate of present values (discounted at a rate per annum equal to the average interest borne by all Outstanding Securities determined on a weighted average basis and compounded semi-annually) of the obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary for net rental payments during the remaining term of the applicable lease (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). The term “net rental payments” under any lease of any period shall mean the sum of the rental and other payments required to be paid in such period by the lessee thereunder, not including, however, any amounts required to be paid by such lessee (whether or not designated as rental or additional rental) on account of maintenance and repairs, reconstruction, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges required to be paid by such lessee thereunder or any amounts required to be paid by such lessee thereunder contingent upon the amount of sales, maintenance and repairs, reconstruction, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges.

Authenticating Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper (which, in the case of The City of New York, will, if practicable, be The Wall Street Journal (Eastern Edition), in the case of the United Kingdom, will, if practicable, be the Financial Times (London Edition) and, in the case of Luxembourg, will, if practicable, be the Luxemburger Wort) published in an official language of the country of publication customarily published at least once a day for at least five days in each calendar week and of general circulation in The City of

 

- 2 -


New York, the United Kingdom or in Luxembourg, as applicable. If it shall be impractical in the opinion of the Trustee to make any publication of any notice required hereby in an Authorized Newspaper, any publication or other notice in lieu thereof which is made or given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient publication of such notice.

Board of Directors ” means either the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee of such Board duly authorized to act hereunder on its behalf.

Board Resolution ” means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Issuer to have been duly adopted or consented to by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means, with respect to any Security, a day that in the city (or in any of the cities, if more than one) in which amounts are payable, as specified in the form of such Security, is neither a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law or regulation to close.

Capital Lease ” means any lease of property which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, should be capitalized on the lessee’s balance sheet or for which the amount of the asset and liability thereunder as if so capitalized should be disclosed in a note to such balance sheet; and “ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means the amount of the liability which should be so capitalized or disclosed.

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or if at any time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00, of the Issuer as the same exists at the date of execution and delivery of this Indenture or as such stock may be reconstituted from time to time.

Consolidated ” when used with respect to any of the terms defined in the Indenture, refers to such terms as reflected in a consolidation of the accounts of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

- 3 -


Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located in Chicago, Illinois.

Coupon ” means interest coupon, if any, appertaining to a Security.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities, the Person designated as Depositary by the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.3 until a successor Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Depositary” as used with respect to the Securities of any such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Registered Global Securities of that series.

Dollar ” means the coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

ECU ” means the European Currency Unit as defined and revised from time to time by the Council of European Communities.

Event of Default ” means any event or condition specified as such in Section 5.1.

Foreign Currency ” means a currency issued by the government of a country other than the United States.

Funded Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness maturing by its terms more than one year from the date of the determination thereof, including any Indebtedness renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor to a date later than one year from the date of the determination thereof.

Holder ”, “ Holder of Securities ”, Securityholder ” or other similar terms mean (a) in the case of any Registered Security, the Person in whose name such Security is registered in the security register kept by the Issuer for that purpose in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) in the case of any Unregistered Security, the bearer of such Security, or any Coupon appertaining thereto, as the case may be.

 

- 4 -


Indebtedness ” of any Person means all obligations (other than the Securities of such series) of, or guaranteed or assumed by, such Person or any of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments.

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed and delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented or both, and shall include the forms and terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated hereunder.

Interest ” means, when used with respect to non-interest bearing Securities, interest payable after maturity.

Issuer ” means (except as otherwise provided in Article Six) American Stores Company, a Delaware corporation, and, subject to Article Nine, its successors and assigns.

Issuer Order ” means a written statement, request or order of the Issuer which is signed in its name by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, any executive vice president or any senior vice president of the Issuer.

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

Market Exchange Rate ” shall mean the noon Dollar buying rate in New York City for cable transfers of that currency as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that in the case of ECUs, Market Exchange Rate shall mean the rate of exchange determined by the Commission of the European Communities (or any successor thereto) as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities or any successor publication (such publication or any successor publication, the “Journal”).

Net Tangible Assets ” means the total amounts of assets (less depreciation and valuation reserves and other reserves and items deductible from gross book value of specific asset accounts under generally accepted accounting principles) which under generally accepted accounting principles would be included on a balance sheet after deducting therefrom (a) all liability items except Funded Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligations, stockholders’ equity and reserves for deferred income taxes and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, which in each case would be so included on such balance sheet.

 

- 5 -


Non-Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that the Issuer’s Board of Directors has in good faith declared pursuant to a written resolution not to be of material importance, either singly or together with all other Non-Restricted Subsidiaries, to the business of the Issuer and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the chairman of the Board of Directors, the president, any executive vice president, any senior vice president or the treasurer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and include the statements provided for in Section 11.5.

Operating Assets ” means all merchandise inventories, furniture, fixtures and equipment (including all transportation and warehousing equipment but excluding office equipment and data processing equipment) owned or leased pursuant to Capital Leases by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Operating Property ” means all real property and improvements thereon owned or leased pursuant to Capital Leases by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and constituting, without limitation, any store, warehouse, service center or distribution center wherever located, provided that such term shall not include any store, warehouse, service center or distribution center which the Issuer’s Board of Directors declares by written resolution not to be of material importance to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be the General Counsel of the Issuer, or such other legal counsel who may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and include the statements provided for in Section 11.5.

original issue date ” of any Security (or portion thereof) means the earlier of (a) the date of such Security or (b) the date of any Security (or portion thereof) for which such Security was issued (directly or indirectly) on registration of transfer, exchange or substitution.

 

- 6 -


Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.1.

Accrual of original issue discount on any Original Issue Discount Security shall, unless otherwise specified in the Board Resolution or Officer’s Certificate establishing the terms of such Security, be calculated using the “constant yield method”, computed in accordance with the rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder, as then in effect.

Outstanding ” when used with reference to Securities, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4, mean, as of any particular time, all Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except

(a) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Securities or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys or U.S. Government Obligations (as provided for in Section 10.1) in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Issuer) or shall have been set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Issuer for the Holders of such Securities (if the Issuer shall act as its own paying agent); provided that if such Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as herein provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; provided further that such payment is effective under Article 10 with respect to such Securities to discharge the Indenture with respect to such Securities under Section 10.1(A) or to defease such Securities under Section 10.1(B), as the case may be; and

(c) Securities which shall have been paid or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.9 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer).

 

- 7 -


In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any or all series have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) there shall be excluded Outstanding Securities held by the Issuer and or any Affiliate and (ii) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.1.

Periodic Offering ” means an offering of Securities of a series from time to time, the specific terms of which Securities, including, without limitation, the rate or rates of interest, if any, thereon, the stated maturity or maturities thereof and the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the Issuer or its agents upon the issuance of such Securities.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

principal ” whenever used with reference to the Securities or any Security or any portion thereof, shall be deemed to include “and premium, if any”.

record date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7.

Registered Global Security ”, means a Security evidencing all or a part of a series of Registered Securities, issued to the Depositary for such series in accordance with Section 2.4, and bearing the legend prescribed in Section 2.4.

Registered Security ” means any Security registered on the Security register of the Issuer.

Required Currency ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.12.

 

- 8 -


Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the Trustee) including any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Secretary or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Subsidiaries ” means all subsidiaries other than Non-Restricted Subsidiaries.

Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture, or, as the case may be, Securities that have been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Issuer, any Subsidiary that is a significant subsidiary within the meaning of Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

Subsidiary ” means (i) any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by the Issuer or (ii) any partnership of which more than 50% of the partnership interests are owned by the Issuer or any Subsidiary.

Trust Indenture Act of 1939 ” (except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 13.5) means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was originally executed.

Trustee ” means the Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof and, subject to the provisions of Article Six, shall also include any successor trustee. “Trustee” shall also mean or include each Person who is then a trustee hereunder and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

Unregistered Security ” means any Security other than a Registered Security.

U.S. Government Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(A).

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity on a series of Securities, calculated at the time of issuance of such series, or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, and calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice.

 

- 9 -


ARTICLE TWO

SECURITIES

SECTION 2.1 Forms Generally . The Securities of each series and the Coupons, if any, to be attached thereto shall be substantially in such form (not inconsistent with this Indenture) as shall be established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions (as set forth in Board Resolutions or, to the extent established pursuant to rather than set forth in Board Resolutions, an Officer’s Certificate detailing such establishment) or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon such legend or legends or endorsements, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, as may be required to comply with any law or with any rules or regulations pursuant thereto, or with any rules of any securities exchange or to conform to general usage, all as may be determined by the officers executing such Securities and Coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and Coupons.

The definitive Securities and Coupons, if any, shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities and Coupons, if any, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities and Coupons, if any.

SECTION 2.2 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Securities shall be in substantially the following form:

“This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Senior Indenture .

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, Trustee
By  

 

  Authorized Officer”

 

- 10 -


If at any time there shall be an Authenticating Agent appointed with respect to any series of Securities, then the Securities of such series shall bear, in addition to the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication (“Certificate of Authentication”) an alternate Certificate of Authentication which shall be substantially as follows:

“This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Senior Indenture.

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO, Trustee

By                                                                                      ,
  As Authenticating Agent
By  

 

  Authorized Officer”

SECTION 2.3 Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series and the Securities of each such series shall rank equally and pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated debt of the Issuer. There shall be established in or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions (as set forth in Board Resolutions or, to the extent established pursuant to rather than set forth in Board Resolutions, in an Officer’s Certificate detailing such establishment) or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series,

(1) the title of the Securities of the series, which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities;

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 2.8, 2.9, 2.11, 8.5 or 12.3;

 

- 11 -


(3) if other than Dollars, the coin or currency in which the Securities of that series are denominated (including, but not limited to, any Foreign Currency or ECU);

(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable;

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, on which such interest shall be payable and (in the case of Registered Securities) on which a record shall be taken for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable and/or the method by which such rate or rates or date or dates shall be determined;

(6) the place or places where the principal of and any interest on Securities of the series shall be payable (if other than as provided in Section 3.2);

(7) the right, if any, of the Issuer or any Holder to redeem or cause to be redeemed Securities, in whole or in part, at its option and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and any terms and conditions upon which, and the manner in which (if different from the provision of Article 12 hereof), Securities of the series may be so redeemed, pursuant to any sinking fund or otherwise and/or the method by which such price or prices shall be determined and the applicability of Section 12.4 and the second paragraph of Section 12.5;

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Issuer to redeem, purchase or repay Securities of the series pursuant to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices (and/or the method by which such price or prices shall be determined) at which and the period or periods within which and any terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(9) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof in the case of Registered Securities, or $1,000 and $5,000 in the case of Unregistered Securities, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

- 12 -


(10) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof;

(11) if other than the coin or currency in which the Securities of that series are denominated, the coin or currency in which payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series shall be payable ;

(12) if the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series are to be payable, at the election of the Issuer or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency other than that in which the Securities are denominated, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;

(13) if the amount of payments of principal of and/or interest on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to the value or price of any one or more currencies or indices, the manner in which such amounts will be determined;

(14) whether the Securities of the series will be issuable as Registered Securities (and if so, whether such Securities will be issuable as Registered Global Securities) or Unregistered Securities (with or without Coupons), or any combination of the foregoing, any restrictions applicable to the offer, sale or delivery of Unregistered Securities or the payment of interest thereon and, if other than as provided in Section 2.8, the terms upon which Unregistered Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series and vice versa;

(15) whether and under what circumstances the Issuer will pay additional amounts on the Securities of the series held by a Person who is not a U.S. Person in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge withheld or deducted and, if so, whether the Issuer will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such additional amounts;

(16) if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, the form and terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

- 13 -


(17) any trustees, depositaries, authenticating or paying agents, transfer agents or registrars or any other agents with respect to the Securities of such series;

(18) any events of default or covenants not set forth herein with respect to the Securities of such series;

(19) whether the provisions of Section 10.1(A)(c)(i)(y) or 10.1(B) or 12.4 hereof will not be applicable to Securities of such series; and

(20) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture but which may modify or delete any such provision of this Indenture insofar as it applies to such series; provided that no term thereof shall be modified or deleted if imposed by operation of Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939; provided further that any modification or deletion of the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee shall have been consented to in writing by the Trustee).

If any of the foregoing terms are not available at the time such resolutions are adopted, or such Officer’s Certificate or any supplemental indenture is executed, such resolutions, Officer’s Certificate or supplemental indenture may reference the document or documents to be created in which such terms will be set forth prior to the issuance of such Securities.

All Securities of any one series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto, shall be substantially identical, except in the case of Registered Securities as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolutions or Officer’s Certificate referred to above or as set forth in any such indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to such Board Resolutions, such Officer’s Certificate or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

SECTION 2.4 Authentication and Delivery of Securities . The Issuer may deliver Securities of any series having attached thereto appropriate Coupons, if any, executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication together with the applicable documents referred to below in this Section, and

 

- 14 -


the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver such Securities to or upon the order of the Issuer (contained in the Issuer Order referred to below in this Section) or pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee and to such recipients as may be specified from time to time by an Issuer Order. The maturity date, original issue date, interest rate and any other terms of the Securities of such series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall be determined by or pursuant to such Issuer Order and procedures. If provided for in such procedures, such Issuer Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral instructions from the Issuer or its duly authorized agent, which instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing. In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive (in the case of subparagraphs 2, 3 and 4 below only at or before the time of the first request of the Issuer to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series) and (subject to Section 6.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, unless and until such documents have been superseded or revoked:

(1) an Issuer Order requesting such authentication and setting forth delivery instructions if the Securities and Coupons, if any, are not to be delivered to the Issuer; provided that, with respect to Securities of a series subject to a Periodic Offering, (a) such Issuer Order may be delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee prior to the delivery to the Trustee of such Securities for authentication and delivery, (b) the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Securities of such series for original issue from time to time, in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount established for such series, pursuant to an Issuer Order or pursuant to procedures acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by an Issuer Order, (c) the maturity date or dates, original issue date or dates, interest rate or rates and any other terms of Securities of such series shall be determined by an Issuer Order or pursuant to such procedures and (d) if provided for in such procedures, such Issuer Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Issuer or its duly authorized agent or agents, which oral instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing;

(2) any Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate and/or executed supplemental indenture referred to in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 by or pursuant to which the forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, were established;

 

- 15 -


(3) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the form or forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, stating that the form or forms and terms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, have been established pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 and comply with this Indenture, and covering such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; and

(4) at the option of the Issuer, either an Opinion of Counsel, or a letter addressed to the Trustee permitting it to rely on an Opinion of Counsel, substantially to the effect that:

(a) the form or forms of the Securities and Coupons, if any, have been duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) in the case of an underwritten offering, the terms of the Securities have been duly authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, and, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, certain terms of the Securities have been established pursuant to a Board Resolution, an Officer’s Certificate or a supplemental indenture in accordance with this Indenture, and when such other terms as are to be established pursuant to procedures set forth in an Issuer Order shall have been established, all such terms will have been duly authorized by the Issuer and will have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(c) when the Securities and Coupons, if any, have been executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and delivered to and duly paid for by the purchasers thereof, they will be valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, subject to the effect of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

- 16 -


In rendering such opinions, such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon opinions of other counsel (copies of which shall be delivered to the Trustee), who shall be counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, in which case the opinion shall state that such counsel believes he and the Trustee are entitled so to rely. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, he has relied, to the extent he deems proper, upon certificates of officers of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken by the Issuer or if the Trustee in good faith by a trust committee or Responsible Officers shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders or would affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities, this Indenture or otherwise.

If the Issuer shall establish pursuant to Section 2.3 that the Securities of a series are to be issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities, then the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section and the Issuer Order with respect to such series, authenticate and deliver one or more Registered Global Securities that (i) shall represent and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all of the Securities of such series issued and not yet cancelled, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Registered Global Security or Securities or the nominee of such Depositary, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to the nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.”

Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 2.3 must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depositary, be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any other applicable statute or regulation.

 

- 17 -


SECTION 2.5 Execution of Securities . The Securities and, if applicable, each Coupon appertaining thereto shall be signed on behalf of the Issuer by the chairman of the board of directors, the president, any executive vice president, any senior vice president or the treasurer of the Issuer, and by any of the foregoing officers or the secretary, any assistant secretary or assistant treasurer of the Issuer, under its corporate seal (except in the case of Coupons) which may, but need not, be attested. Such signatures may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such chairman or officers. The seal of the Issuer may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such reproduction of the seal or any such signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security that has been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

In case any officer of the Issuer who shall have signed any of the Securities or Coupons, if any, shall cease to be such officer before the Security or Coupon so signed (or the Security to which the Coupon so signed appertains) shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or disposed of by the Issuer, such Security or Coupon nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Security or Coupon had not ceased to be such officer of the Issuer; and any Security or Coupon may be signed on behalf of the Issuer by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Security or Coupon, shall be the proper officers of the Issuer, although at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture any such Person was not such an officer.

SECTION 2.6 Certificate of Authentication . Only such Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. No Coupon shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or shall be valid and obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Security to which such Coupon appertains shall have been duly executed by the Trustee. The execution of such certificate by the Trustee upon any Security executed by the Issuer shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

- 18 -


SECTION 2.7 Denomination and Date of Securities; Payments of Interest . The Securities of each series shall be issuable as Registered Securities or Unregistered Securities in denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 2.3 or, with respect to the Registered Securities of any series, if not so established, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. If denominations of Unregistered Securities of any series are not so established, such Securities shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and $5,000. The Securities of each series shall be numbered, lettered or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plan as the chairman or the officers of the Issuer executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee, as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof.

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Each Unregistered Security shall be dated as provided in or pursuant to the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors referred to in Section 2.3. The Securities of each series shall bear interest, if any, from the date, and such interest shall be payable on the dates, which shall be specified as contemplated by Section 2.3.

The Person in whose name any Registered Security of any series is registered at the close of business on any record date applicable to a particular series with respect to any interest payment date for such series shall be entitled to receive the interest, if any, payable on such interest payment date notwithstanding any transfer or exchange of such Registered Security subsequent to the record date and prior to such interest payment date, except in the case of any such transfer or exchange if and to the extent the Issuer shall default in the payment of the interest due on such interest payment date for such series, in which case such defaulted interest shall then cease to be payable to the Holder on such record date by virtue of having been such Holder and shall be paid to the Persons in whose names Outstanding Registered Securities for such series are registered at the close of business on a subsequent record date (which shall be not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest) established by notice given by mail by or on behalf of the Issuer to the Holders of Registered Securities not less than 15 days preceding such subsequent record

 

- 19 -


date. The term “record date” as used with respect to any interest payment date (except a date for payment of defaulted interest) for the Securities of any series shall mean the date specified as such in the terms of the Registered Securities of such series, or, if no such date is so specified, if such interest payment date is the first day of a calendar month, the fifteenth day of the next preceding calendar month or, if such interest payment date is the fifteenth day of a calendar month, the first day of such calendar month, whether or not such record date is a Business Day.

SECTION 2.8 Registration, Transfer and Exchange . The Issuer will keep at each office or agency to be maintained for the purpose as provided in Section 3.2 for each series of Securities a register or registers in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, it will provide for the registration of Registered Securities of such series and the registration of transfer of Registered Securities of such series. Such register shall be in written form in the English language or in any other form capable of being converted into such form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times such register or registers shall be open for inspection by the Trustee.

Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any such office or agency to be maintained for the purpose as provided in Section 3.2, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Registered Security or Registered Securities of the same series, of like tenor in an equal aggregate principal amount.

Unregistered Securities (except for any temporary global Unregistered Securities) and Coupons (except for Coupons attached to any temporary global Unregistered Securities) shall be transferable by delivery.

At the option of the Holder thereof, Registered Securities of any series (other than a Registered Global Security, except as set forth below) may be exchanged for a Registered Security or Registered Securities of such series having other authorized denominations, of like tenor and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Registered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Issuer that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2 and upon payment, if the Issuer shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. If the Securities of any series are issued in both registered and unregistered form, except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3,

 

- 20 -


at the option of the Holder thereof, Unregistered Securities of any series may be exchanged for Registered Securities of such series having authorized denominations, of like tenor and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Unregistered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Issuer that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2, with, in the case of Unregistered Securities that have Coupons attached, all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining, and upon payment, if the Issuer shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. At the option of the Holder thereof, if Unregistered Securities of any series, maturity date, interest rate and original issue date are issued in more than one authorized denomination, except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3, such Unregistered Securities may be exchanged for Unregistered Securities of such series having authorized denominations, of like tenor and an equal aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Unregistered Securities to be exchanged at the agency of the Issuer that shall be maintained for such purpose in accordance with Section 3.2 or as specified pursuant to Section 2.3, with, in the case of Unregistered Securities that have Coupons attached, all unmatured Coupons and all matured Coupons in default thereto appertaining, and upon payment, if the Issuer shall so require, of the charges hereinafter provided. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.3, Registered Securities of any series may not be exchanged for Unregistered Securities of such series. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. All Securities and Coupons surrendered upon any exchange or transfer provided for in this Indenture shall be promptly cancelled and disposed of by the Trustee and the Trustee will deliver a certificate of disposition thereof to the Issuer.

All Registered Securities presented for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption, repurchase or payment shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities. No service charge shall be made for any such transaction.

 

- 21 -


The Issuer shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of (a) any Securities of any series for a period of 15 days next preceding the first mailing or publication of notice of redemption of Securities of such series to be redeemed, (b) any Securities selected, called or being called for redemption, in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not so to be redeemed, or (c) any Security if the Holder thereof has exercised his right, if any, to require the Issuer to repurchase such Security in whole or in part, except the portion of such Security not required to be repurchased.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in definitive registered form, a Registered Global Security representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

If at any time the Depositary for any Registered Securities of a series represented by one or more Registered Global Securities notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Registered Securities or if at any time the Depositary for such Registered Securities shall no longer be eligible under Section 2.4, the Issuer shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Registered Securities. If a successor Depositary for such Registered Securities is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after the Issuer receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Issuer’s election pursuant to Section 2.3 that such Registered Securities be represented by one or more Registered Global Securities shall no longer be effective and the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series in definitive registered form without Coupons, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registered Global Security or Securities representing such Registered Securities in exchange for such Registered Global Security or Securities.

 

- 22 -


The Issuer may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Registered Securities of any series issued in the form of one or more Registered Global Securities shall no longer be represented by a Registered Global Security or Securities. In such event the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate for the authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver, Securities of such series in definitive registered form without Coupons, in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registered Global Security or Securities representing such Registered Securities, in exchange for such Registered Global Security or Securities.

If specified by the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.3 with respect to Securities represented by a Registered Global Security, the Depositary for such Registered Global Security may surrender such Registered Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for Securities of the same series in definitive registered form on such terms as are acceptable to the Issuer and such Depositary. Thereupon, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge,

(i) to the Person specified by such Depositary a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations as requested by such Person, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Registered Global Security; and

(ii) to such Depositary a new Registered Global Security in a denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Registered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities authenticated and delivered pursuant to clause (i) above.

Upon the exchange of a Registered Global Security for Securities in definitive registered form without Coupons, in authorized denominations, such Registered Global Security shall be cancelled by the Trustee or an agent of the Issuer or the Trustee. Securities in definitive registered form without coupons issued in exchange for a Registered Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Registered Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or an agent of the Issuer or the Trustee. The Trustee or such agent shall deliver at its office such Securities to or as directed by the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

 

- 23 -


All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Notwithstanding anything herein or in the terms of any series of Securities to the contrary, none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee (any of which, other than the Issuer, shall rely on an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel) shall be required to exchange any Unregistered Security for a Registered Security if such exchange would result in adverse Federal income tax consequences to the Issuer (such as, for example, the inability of the Issuer to deduct from its income, as computed for Federal income tax purposes, the interest payable on the Unregistered Securities) under then applicable United States Federal income tax laws.

SECTION 2.9 Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities . In case any temporary or definitive Security or any Coupon appertaining to any Security shall become mutilated, defaced or be apparently destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer in its discretion may execute, and upon the written request of any officer of the Issuer, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a new Security of the same series, maturity date, interest rate and original issue date, bearing a number or other distinguishing symbol not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated or defaced Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen and, if applicable, with Coupons corresponding to the Coupons appertaining to the Securities so mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen, or in exchange or substitution for the Security to which such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Coupon appertained, with Coupons appertaining thereto corresponding to the Coupons so mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substitute Security or Coupon shall furnish to the Issuer and to the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to indemnify and defend and to save each of them harmless and, in every case of apparent destruction, loss or theft, evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft, of such Security or Coupon and of the ownership thereof and in the case of mutilation or defacement shall surrender the Security and related Coupons to the Trustee or such agent.

 

- 24 -


Upon the issuance of any substitute Security or Coupon, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or its agent) connected therewith. In case any Security or Coupon which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or defaced or be apparently destroyed, lost or stolen, the Issuer may instead of issuing a substitute Security, with the Holder’s consent pay or authorize the payment of the same or the relevant Coupon (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated or defaced Security or Coupon), if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Issuer and to the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee such security or indemnity as any of them may require to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Issuer and the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the apparent destruction, loss or theft of such Security or Coupon and of the ownership thereof.

Every substitute Security or Coupon of any series issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section by virtue of the fact that any such Security or Coupon is apparently destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the apparently destroyed, lost or stolen Security or Coupon shall be at any time enforceable by anyone and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations of rights set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities or Coupons of such series duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Securities and Coupons shall be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced or apparently destroyed, lost or stolen Securities and Coupons and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

SECTION 2.10 Cancellation of Securities; Disposition Thereof . All Securities and Coupons surrendered for payment, repurchase, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange, or for credit against any payment in respect of a sinking or analogous fund, if surrendered to the Issuer or

 

- 25 -


any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee or its agent for cancellation or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be cancelled by it; and no Securities or Coupons shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee or its agent shall dispose of cancelled Securities and Coupons held by it and deliver a certificate of disposition to the Issuer. If the Issuer or its agent shall acquire any of the Securities or Coupons, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities or Coupons unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee or its agent for cancellation.

SECTION 2.11 Temporary Securities . Pending the preparation of definitive Securities for any series, the Issuer may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Securities for such series (printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise reproduced, in each case in form satisfactory to the Trustee). Temporary Securities of any series shall be issuable as Registered Securities without coupons, or as Unregistered Securities with or without coupons attached thereto, of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Securities of such series but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Issuer with the concurrence of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and authentication thereof. Temporary Securities may contain such references to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Security shall be executed by the Issuer and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities. Without unreasonable delay the Issuer shall execute and shall furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor without charge, in the case of Registered Securities, at each office or agency to be maintained by the Issuer for that purpose pursuant to Section 3.2 and, in the case of Unregistered Securities, at any agency maintained by the Issuer for such purpose as specified pursuant to Section 2.3, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities of such series an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series having authorized denominations and, in the case of Unregistered Securities, having attached thereto any appropriate Coupons. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities

 

- 26 -


of such series, unless otherwise established pursuant to Section 2.3. The provisions of this Section are subject to any restrictions or limitations on the issue and delivery of temporary Unregistered Securities of any series that may be established pursuant to Section 2.3 (including any provision that Unregistered Securities of such series initially be issued in the form of a single global Unregistered Security to be delivered to a depositary or agency located outside the United States and the procedures pursuant to which definitive or global Unregistered Securities of such series would be issued in exchange for such temporary global Unregistered Security).

Section 2.12 Availability of Currency of Payment in Respect of Securities . If the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Securities is payable in a Foreign Currency and such Foreign Currency is unavailable due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Issuer’s control, or is no longer used by the government of the country issuing such currency or currency unit or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, then the Issuer shall be entitled to satisfy its obligations to Holders under this Indenture by making such payment in Dollars on the basis of the Market Exchange Rate for such Foreign Currency on the latest date for which such rate was established on or before the date on which such payment is due.

If payment on a Security is required to be made in ECU and on a payment date with respect to such Security ECU are unavailable due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Issuer’s control, or are no longer used in the European Monetary System, then all such payments due on such payment date shall be made in Dollars. The amount so payable on any payment date in ECU shall be converted into Dollars at a rate determined by the Issuer or its agent as of the second Business Day prior to the date on which such payment is due in the manner described below. The component currencies of the ECU for this purpose (the “Components”) shall be the currency amounts that were components of the ECU as of the last date on which ECU were used in the European Monetary System. The equivalent of ECU in Dollars shall be calculated by aggregating the Dollar equivalents of the Components. The Dollar equivalent of each of the Components shall be determined by the Issuer or its agent on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate for the Components.

 

- 27 -


If the official unit of any component currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the number of units of that currency as a Component shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If two or more component currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the amounts of those currencies as Components shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the amounts of the consolidated component currencies expressed in such single currency. If any component currency is divided into two or more currencies, the amount of that currency as a Component shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, each of which shall have a value on the date of division equal to the amount of the former component currency divided by the number of currencies into which that currency was divided.

Any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.12 in Dollars where the required payment is in a Foreign Currency shall not constitute a default under this Indenture. All determinations referred to above made by the Issuer or its agent shall be at its sole discretion and, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on Holders of the Securities and the Issuer to the extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE THREE

COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest . The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and interest on, each of the Securities of such series (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) at the place or places, at the respective times and in the manner provided in such Securities and in the Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto and in this Indenture. The interest on Securities with Coupons attached (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of the several Coupons for such interest installments as are evidenced thereby as they severally mature. If any temporary Unregistered Security provides that interest thereon may be paid while such Security is in temporary form, the interest on any such temporary Unregistered Security (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Security) shall be paid, as to the installments of interest evidenced by Coupons attached thereto, if any, only upon presentation and surrender thereof, and, as to the other installments of interest, if any, only upon presentation of

 

- 28 -


such Securities for notation thereon of the payment of such interest, in each case subject to any restrictions that may be established pursuant to Section 2.3. The interest on Registered Securities (together with any additional amounts payable pursuant to the terms of such Securities) shall be payable only to or upon the written order of the Holders thereof and, at the option of the Issuer, may be paid by wire transfer or by mailing checks for such interest payable to or upon the written order of such Holders at their last addresses as they appear on the registry books of the Issuer.

SECTION 3.2 Offices for Payments, etc . So long as any Registered Securities are authorized for issuance pursuant to this Indenture or are Outstanding hereunder, the Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Registered Securities of each series may be presented for payment and where the Securities of each series may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange as is provided in this Indenture.

The Issuer will maintain one or more offices or agencies in a city or cities located outside the United States (including any city in which such an agency is required to be maintained under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Securities of such series are listed) where the Unregistered Securities, if any, of each series and Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto may be presented for payment. No payment on any Unregistered Security or Coupon will be made upon presentation of such Unregistered Security or Coupon at an agency of the Issuer within the United States nor will any payment be made by transfer to an account in, or by mail to an address in, the United States unless pursuant to applicable United States laws and regulations then in effect such payment can be made without adverse tax consequences to the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments in Dollars of Unregistered Securities of any series and Coupons appertaining thereto which are payable in Dollars may be made at an agency of the Issuer maintained in The City of New York if such payment in Dollars at each agency maintained by the Issuer outside the United States for payment on such Unregistered Securities is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions.

The Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Securities of any series, the Coupons appertaining thereto or this Indenture may be served.

 

- 29 -


The Issuer will give to the Trustee written notice of the location of each such office or agency and of any change of location thereof. In case the Issuer shall fail to maintain any agency required by this Section to be located in The City of New York, or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location of any of the above agencies, presentations and demands may be made and notices may be served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuer may from time to time designate one or more additional offices or agencies where the Securities of a series and any Coupons appertaining thereto may be presented for payment, where the securities of that series may be presented for exchange as provided in this Indenture and pursuant to Section 2.3 and where the Registered Securities of that series may be presented for registration of transfer as in this Indenture provided, and the Issuer may from time to time rescind any such designation, as the Issuer may deem desirable or expedient; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain the agencies provided for in the first three paragraphs of this Section. The Issuer will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof.

SECTION 3.3 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in Office of Trustee . The Issuer, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to each series of Securities hereunder.

SECTION 3.4 Paying Agents . Whenever the Issuer shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series, it will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section,

(a) that it will hold all sums received by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, or Coupons appertaining thereto, if any, or of the Trustee,

(b) that it will give the Trustee prompt notice of any failure by the Issuer (or by any other obligor on the Securities of such series) to make any payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable, and

 

- 30 -


(c) that any time during the continuance of any such failure upon the written request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such agent.

The Issuer will, not later than each due date of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series, deposit with the paying agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest so becoming due, and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action.

If the Issuer shall act as its own paying agent with respect to the Securities of any series, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or interest on the Securities of such series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series or the Coupons appertaining thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons as herein provided. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action.

Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to Section 10.1, the Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to one or more or all series of Securities hereunder, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust for any such series by the Issuer or any paying agent hereunder, as required by this Section, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Sections 10.3 and 10.4.

SECTION 3.5 Certificate of the Issuer . The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee within 120 days of the close of each fiscal year of the Issuer ending after the date hereof a brief certificate (which need not comply with Section 11.5) from the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Issuer as to his or her knowledge of the Issuer’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under the Indenture (such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the Indenture).

 

- 31 -


SECTION 3.6 Luxembourg Publications . In the event of the publication of any notice pursuant to Section 5.11, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12, 8.2, 10.4, 12.2 or 12.5, the party making such publication in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and London shall also, to the extent that notice is required to be given to Holders of Securities of any series by applicable Luxembourg law or stock exchange regulation, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to such party, make a similar publication in Luxembourg.

SECTION 3.7 Limitations on Liens . After the date hereof and so long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Issuer will not issue, assume or guarantee, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue, assume or guarantee, any Indebtedness which is secured by a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or encumbrance (any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or encumbrance being hereinafter in this Article referred as a lien ,” or “ liens ”) of or upon any Operating Property or Operating Assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary without effectively providing that the Securities (together with, if the Issuer shall so determine, any other Indebtedness of the Issuer ranking equally with the Securities) shall be equally and ratably secured by a lien on such assets ranking ratably with and equal to (or at the Issuer’s option prior to) such secured Indebtedness; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to:

(a) liens on any property or assets of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Restricted Subsidiary provided that such lien does not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) liens on any property or assets (including stock) existing at the time of acquisition of such property or assets by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of such property or assets (including stock) upon the acquisition of such property or assets by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or to secure any indebtedness incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary prior to, at the time of, or within 18 months after such acquisition (or in the case of real property, the completion of construction (including any improvements on an existing asset)

 

- 32 -


or commencement of full operation at such property, whichever is later (which in the case of a retail store is the opening of the store for business to the public)) which indebtedness is incurred, assumed or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof or, in the case of real property, construction or improvements thereon; provided that in the case of any such acquisition, construction or improvement, the lien shall not apply to any property or assets theretofore owned by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than, in the case of any such construction or improvement, any real property on which the property so constructed, or the improvement, is located;

(c) liens on any property or assets to secure Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(d) liens on any property or assets of a corporation existing at the time such corporation is merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of a purchase, lease or other acquisition of the assets of a corporation or firm as an entirety or substantially as an entirety by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary provided that such lien does not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(e) liens on any property or assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the United States of America or any State thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any State thereof, or in favor of any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, to secure partial, progress, advance or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute or to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price (or, in the case of real property, the cost of construction) of the property or assets subject to such liens (including, but not limited to, liens incurred in connection with pollution control, industrial revenue or similar financings);

(f) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part, of any lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (e), inclusive; provided that the principal amount of indebtedness secured thereby shall

 

- 33 -


not exceed the principal amount of indebtedness so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property or assets which secured the lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements and construction on real property);

(g) liens imposed by law, such as mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, materialmen’s, carriers, warehouseman’s, vendors, or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business, or governmental (federal, state or municipal) liens arising out of contracts for the sale of products or services by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or deposits or pledges to obtain the release of any of the foregoing liens;

(h) pledges, liens or deposits under worker’s compensation laws or similar legislation and liens or judgments thereunder which are not currently dischargeable, or in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of money) or leases to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, or to secure the public or statutory obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or in connection with obtaining or maintaining self-insurance or to obtain the benefits of any law, regulation or arrangement pertaining to unemployment insurance, old age pensions, social security or similar matters, or to secure surety, appeal or customs bonds to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, or in litigation or other proceedings such as, but not limited to, interpleader proceedings, and other similar pledges, liens or deposits made or incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) liens created by or resulting from any litigation or other proceeding which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, including liens arising out of judgments or awards against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in good faith prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review or for which the time to make an appeal has not yet expired; or final unappealable judgment liens which are satisfied within 15 days of the date of judgment; or liens incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of obtaining a stay or discharge in the course of any litigation or other proceeding to which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is a party;

 

- 34 -


(j) liens for taxes or assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or delinquent, or which can thereafter be paid without penalty, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; landlord’s liens on property held under lease; and any other liens or charges incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the ownership of the property or assets of any of them which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and which do not, in the opinion of the Issuer, materially impair the use of such property or assets in the operation of the business of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the value of such property or assets for the purposes of such business; or

(k) liens not permitted by clauses (a) through (j) above if at the time of, and after giving effect to, the creation or assumption of any such lien, the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by all such liens not so permitted by clauses (a) through (j) above together with the Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions permitted by paragraph (a) of Section 3.8 does not exceed the greater of (i) $250 million or (ii) 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

SECTION 3.8 Limitations on Sale and Lease-Back . After the date hereof and so long as any Securities are Outstanding, the Issuer agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of any Operating Property or Operating Asset (other than any such arrangement involving a lease for a term, including renewal rights, for not more than 3 years and leases between the Issuer and a Subsidiary or between Subsidiaries), whereby such Operating Property or Operating Asset has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person (herein referred to as a “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ”), unless:

(a) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary would, at the time of entering into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a lien on the Operating Property or Operating Asset to be leased in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction without equally and ratably securing the Securities pursuant to Section 3.7; or

 

- 35 -


(b) the proceeds of the sale of the Operating Property or Operating Asset to be leased are at least equal to the fair market value of such Operating Property or Operating Asset (as determined by the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Issuer) and an amount in cash equal to the net proceeds from the sale of the Operating Property or Operating Asset so leased is applied, within 180 days of the effective date of any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, to the purchase or acquisition (or, in the case of Operating Property, the construction) of Operating Property or Operating Assets or to the retirement (other than at maturity or pursuant to a mandatory sinking fund or redemption provision and other than Indebtedness owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Securities or of Funded Indebtedness of the Issuer ranking on a parity with or senior to the Securities, or in the case of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction by a Restricted Subsidiary, of Funded Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that in connection with any such retirement, any related loan commitment or the like shall be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so retired.

The foregoing restriction shall not apply to, in the case of any Operating Property or Operating Asset acquired or constructed subsequent to the date eighteen months prior to the date of this Indenture, any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to such Operating Asset or Operating Property (including presently owned real property upon which such Operating Property is to be constructed) if a binding commitment is entered into with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction within 18 months after the later of the acquisition of the Operating Property or Operating Asset or the completion of improvements or construction thereon or commencement of full operations at such Operating Property (which in the case of a retail store is the opening of the store for business to the public).

SECTION 3.9 Reports by the Issuer . The Issuer covenants to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports which the Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

- 36 -


ARTICLE FOUR

SECURITYHOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE

ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 4.1 Securityholders Lists . If and so long as the Trustee shall not be the Security registrar for the Securities or any series, the Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the holders of the Securities of such series pursuant to Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (a) semiannually and not more than 15 days after each March 1 and September 1, commencing March 1, 1995, and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such information is furnished.

SECTION 4.2 Reports by the Trustee . Any Trustee’s report required under Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 shall be transmitted on or before July 15 in each year following the date hereof, so long as any Securities are Outstanding hereunder, and shall be dated as of a date convenient to the Trustee no more than 60 nor less than 45 days prior thereto.

ARTICLE FIVE

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS

ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

SECTION 5.1 Event of Default Defined; Acceleration of Maturity; Waiver of Default . “Event of Default” with respect to Securities of any series wherever used herein, means each one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(b) default in the payment of all or any part of the principal of any of the Securities of such series as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon a redemption or required repurchase, by declaration or otherwise (including any sinking fund payment); or

 

- 37 -


(c) failure on the part of the Issuer duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Issuer in the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or agreement in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance or breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with) or contained in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement which is not applicable to the Securities of such series) for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure, stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder and demanding that the Issuer remedy the same, shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer by the Trustee, or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series; or

(d) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or a decree or order adjudging the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, assignment, adjustment or composition of, or in respect of, the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary under any applicable federal or state law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(e) the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding under any such law or to

 

- 38 -


the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable state or federal law, or consent to the filing of such petition or, to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary for any substantial part of its property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action in furtherance of any such action; or

(f) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to make any payment at maturity, including any applicable grace period, in respect of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (other than the Securities of such series or non-recourse obligations) in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or composite currency and such failure shall have continued without having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled for a period of thirty days after written notice thereof shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer by the Trustee, or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series; or

(g) a default with respect to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary, which default results in the acceleration of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (other than the Debt Securities of such series or non-recourse obligations) in an amount in excess of $25,000,000 or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or composite currency without such Indebtedness having been discharged or such acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled for a period of thirty days after written notice thereof shall have been given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer by the Trustee, or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series; or

 

- 39 -


(h) any other Event of Default provided in the supplemental indenture or Board Resolutions under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Securities of any series, then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (d) or (e) of this section relating to the Issuer), except for any series of Securities the principal of which shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series voting as a separate class) by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) of all Securities of such series, and the interest accrued thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration, the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (d) or (e) of this section relating to the Issuer occurs, such principal amount shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of the Securities of any series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Issuer shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of each such series and the principal of any and all Securities of such series which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest, at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series to the date of such payment or deposit) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith, and if

 

- 40 -


any and all Events of Default under the Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein — then and in every such case the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities of such series then Outstanding (each series voting as a separate class), by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults with respect to each such series and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon.

For all purposes under this Indenture, if a portion of the principal of any Original Issue Discount Securities shall have been accelerated and declared due and payable pursuant to the provisions hereof, then, from and after such declaration, unless such declaration has been rescinded and annulled, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, and payment of such portion of the principal thereof as shall be due and payable as a result of such acceleration, together with accrued interest, if any, thereon and all other amounts owing thereunder, shall constitute payment in full of such Original Issue Discount Securities.

SECTION 5.2 Collection of Indebtedness by Trustee; Trustee May Prove Debt . The Issuer covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Securities of any series when such interest shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of all or any part of the principal of any of the Securities of any series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon maturity of the Securities of such series or upon any redemption or by declaration or otherwise — then upon demand of the Trustee, the Issuer will pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Securities of such series, and such Coupons, for principal or interest, as the case may be (with interest to the date of such payment upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue

 

- 41 -


Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series); and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and any expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of its negligence or bad faith.

Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Issuer may pay the principal of and interest on the Securities of any series to the Holders, whether or not the principal of and interest on the Securities of such series be overdue.

In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Issuer or other obligor upon the Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

In case there shall be pending proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Securities under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor, or in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Securities of any series, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest (or, if the Securities of any series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) owing and unpaid

 

- 42 -


in respect of the Securities of any series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Securities of any series, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor,

(b) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of the Securities of any series in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in any arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and

(c) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Securityholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and any trustee, receiver, or liquidator, custodian or other similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of any series or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

 

- 43 -


All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Securities of any series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities, may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities or the production thereof on any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements, advances and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect to which such action was taken, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of such Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities parties to any such proceedings.

SECTION 5.3 Application of Proceeds . Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of any series shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal or interest, upon presentation of the several Securities and Coupons appertaining to such Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected and stamping (or otherwise noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Securities of such series in reduced principal amounts in exchange for the presented Securities of like series if only partially paid, or upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses applicable to such series in respect of which moneys have been collected, including any and all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6;

SECOND: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of interest on the Securities of such series in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the

 

- 44 -


extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in such Securities, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference;

THIRD: In case the principal of the Securities of such series in respect of which moneys have been collected shall have become and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon all the Securities of such series for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the same rate as the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) specified in the Securities of such series; and in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal and interest or Yield to Maturity, without preference or priority of principal over interest or Yield to Maturity, or of interest or Yield to Maturity over principal, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Security of such series over any other Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and accrued and unpaid interest or Yield to Maturity; and

FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Issuer or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.

SECTION 5.4 Suits for Enforcement . In case an Event of Default has occurred, has not been waived and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

- 45 -


SECTION 5.5 Restoration of Rights on Abandonment of Proceedings . In case the Trustee or any Securityholder shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee or such Securityholder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securityholder shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

SECTION 5.6 Limitations on Suits by Securityholders . No Holder of any Security of any series or of any Coupon appertaining thereto shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such affected series then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received direction inconsistent with such written request by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of such affected series then outstanding, to institute such action or proceedings in its own name as trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the fees and expenses of Trustee’s Counsel) to be incurred therein or thereby and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.9; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Security or Coupon with every other Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Securities of any series or Coupons appertaining to such Securities shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other such Holder of Securities or Coupons appertaining to such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Securities of the applicable series and Coupons appertaining to such Securities. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

- 46 -


SECTION 5.7 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Institute Certain Suits . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture and any provision of any Security, the right of any Holder of any Security or Coupon to receive payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) and interest on such Security or Coupon on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or Coupon, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 5.8 Powers and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver of Default . Except as provided in Sections 2.9 and 5.6 no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of Securities or Coupons to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to Section 5.6, every power and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities or Coupons may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities or Coupons.

SECTION 5.9 Control by Holders of Securities . The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series affected (with each series voting as a separate class) at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting any

 

- 47 -


proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series pursuant to this Indenture; provided that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture; and provided further that (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or would involve the Trustee in personal liability or if the Trustee in good faith by its trust committee thereof or any Responsible Officer shall so determine that the actions or forbearances specified in or pursuant to such direction would be unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Securities of all series so affected not joining in the giving of said direction, it being understood that (subject to Section 6.1) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

Nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the Trustee in its discretion to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction or directions by Securityholders.

SECTION 5.10 Waiver of Past Defaults . Prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity of the Securities of any series as provided in Section 5.1, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series at the time Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series waive any past default or Event of Default with respect to such series described in Section 5.1 and its consequences, except a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected (including, without limitation, the provisions with respect to payment of principal of (or premium, if any) and interest on such Security).

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

- 48 -


SECTION 5.11 Trustee to Give Notice of Default, But May Withhold in Certain Circumstances . The Trustee shall at Issuer’s expense, within ninety days after the occurrence of a default with respect to the Securities of any series, give notice of all defaults with respect to that series known to the Trustee (i) if any Unregistered Securities of that series are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof, by publication at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg) and (ii) to all Holders of Securities of such series, unless in each case such defaults shall have been cured before the mailing or publication of such notice (the terms “default” and “defaults” for the purpose of this Section being hereby defined to mean any event or condition which is, or with notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default); provided that, except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Securities of such series, or in the payment of any sinking fund installment on such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series.

SECTION 5.12 Right of Court to Require Filing of Undertaking to Pay Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security or Coupon by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard for the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder or group of Securityholders of any series holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security on or after the due date expressed in such Security or any date fixed for redemption.

 

- 49 -


ARTICLE SIX

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 6.1 Duties and Responsibilities of the Trustee; During Default; Prior to Default . With respect to the Holders of any series of Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a particular series and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred with respect to such series, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) the Trustee shall exercise with respect to such series of Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct, except that

(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to such series which may have occurred:

(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee ; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of

 

- 50 -


this Indenture; but in the case of any such statements, certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders pursuant to Section 5.9 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such liability is not reasonably assured to it.

The provisions of this Section 6.1 are in furtherance of and subject to Sections 315 and 316 of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

SECTION 6.2 Certain Rights of the Trustee . In furtherance of and subject to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and subject to Section 6.1:

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel, or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

- 51 -


(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate or Issuer Order (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Issuer;

(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any advice or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred therein or thereby;

(e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or document unless requested in writing so to do by the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected then Outstanding, but during an Event of Default or upon reasonable grounds prior to such Event of Default the Trustee, in the furtherance of its duties may make such further inquiries or investigation into such related facts or matters, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to reasonable examination of the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney upon reasonable notice to the Issuer; provided that, if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not

 

- 52 -


reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such expenses or liabilities as a condition to proceeding; the reasonable expenses of every such investigation shall be paid by the Issuer or, if paid by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee, shall be repaid by the Issuer upon demand;

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys not regularly in its employ and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and

(h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of an Event of Default (other than a payment default) until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof stating that an Event of Default has occurred.

SECTION 6.3 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals, Disposition of Securities or Application of Proceeds Thereof . The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or Coupons. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any of the Securities or of the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 6.4 Trustee and Agents May Hold Securities or Coupons; Collections, etc . The Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities or Coupons with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent and, may otherwise deal with the Issuer and receive, collect, hold and retain collections from the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent.

SECTION 6.5 Moneys Held by Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.4 hereof, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law. Neither the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder.

 

- 53 -


SECTION 6.6 Compensation and Indemnification of Trustee and Its Prior Claim . The Issuer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) and the Issuer covenants and agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by or on behalf of it in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all agents and other Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Issuer also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts hereunder and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against or investigating any claim or liability in the premises, except to the extent such loss, liability or expense is due to the negligence or bad faith of the Trustee or such predecessor Trustee. The obligations of the Issuer under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the removal or resignation of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Such additional indebtedness shall be a senior claim to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities or Coupons, and the Securities are hereby subordinated to such senior claim. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1 or in connection with Article Five hereof, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the service in connection therewith are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

 

- 54 -


SECTION 6.7 Right of Trustee to Rely on Officer’s Certificate, etc . Subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, whenever in the administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

SECTION 6.8 Persons Eligible for Appointment as Trustee . The Trustee for each series of Securities hereunder shall at all times be a corporation having a combined capital and surplus of at least $10,000,000, and which is eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 310 (a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal, State or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

SECTION 6.9 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor Trustee . (a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to one or more or all series of Securities by giving written notice of resignation to the Issuer and (i) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, by giving notice of such resignation to the Holders thereof, by publication at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), (ii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, by mailing notice of such resignation to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee and (iii) by mailing notice of such resignation to the Holders of then Outstanding Registered Securities of each series affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the registry books. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees with respect to the applicable series by written instrument in duplicate, executed by authority of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one

 

- 55 -


copy to the successor trustee or trustees. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of resignation, the resigning trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of the applicable series for at least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.12, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of such series for at least six months; or

(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Securityholder; or

(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case, the Issuer may remove the Trustee with respect to the applicable series of Securities and appoint a successor trustee for such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to Section 315(e) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security or Securities of such series for at least six months may

 

- 56 -


on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such series. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to Securities of such series and appoint a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of such series by delivering to the Trustee so removed, to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Issuer the evidence provided for in Section 7.1 of the action in that regard taken by the Securityholders.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and any appointment of a successor trustee with respect to such series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 6.9 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 6.10.

(e) The Issuer shall give notice of each removal of the Trustee (i) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof, by publication of such notice at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), (ii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.4(c) (ii), by mailing such notice to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall make such information available to the Issuer for such purpose) and (iii) to the Holders of Registered Securities of each series affected, by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the registry books.

SECTION 6.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor Trustee . Any successor Trustee appointed as provided in Section 6.9 shall execute and deliver to the Issuer and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee with respect to all or any applicable series shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become

 

- 57 -


vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to such series of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee for such series hereunder; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer or of the successor Trustee, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, the Trustee ceasing to act shall, subject to Section 10.4, pay over to the successor Trustee all moneys at the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior claim upon all property or funds held or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.6.

If a successor Trustee is appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Issuer, the predecessor trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts under separate indentures.

Upon acceptance of appointment by any successor Trustee as provided in this Section 6.10, the Issuer shall give notice thereof (a) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof, by publication of such notice at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), (b) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the

 

- 58 -


Trustee, by mailing such notice to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall make such information available to the Issuer for such purpose) and (c) to the Holders of Registered Securities of each series affected, by mailing such notice to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the registry books. Each such notice shall include the name of the successor trustee and the address of its principal corporate trust office. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially contemporaneous with the resignation, then the notice called for by the preceding sentence may be combined with the notice called for by Section 6.9. If the Issuer fails to give such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Issuer.

SECTION 6.11 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided that such corporation shall be eligible to so serve, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities of any series shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and, in case at that time any of the Securities of any series shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities of such series or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities of any series in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

- 59 -


SECTION 6.12 Appointment of Authenticating Agent . As long as any Securities of a series remain Outstanding, the Trustee may, by an instrument in writing, appoint with the approval of the Issuer an authenticating agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities, including Securities issued upon exchange, registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant to Section 2.9. Securities of each such series authenticated by such Authenticating Agent shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities of any series by the Trustee or to the Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent for such series and a Certificate of Authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by such Authenticating Agent. Such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $10,000,000 (determined as provided in Section 6.8 with respect to the Trustee) and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency business of any Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be the Authenticating Agent with respect to all series of Securities for which it served as Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any Authenticating Agent may at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible shall, resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer.

Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.12 with respect to one or more series of Securities, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and the Issuer shall provide notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of such series in the manner and to

 

- 60 -


the extent provided in Section 11.4. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent. The Issuer agrees to pay to the Authenticating Agent for such series from time to time reasonable compensation. The Authenticating Agent for the Securities of any series shall have no responsibility or liability for any action taken by it as such at the direction of the Trustee.

Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4 and, as agent of the Trustee, 7.3 shall be applicable to any Authenticating Agent.

ARTICLE SEVEN

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

SECTION 7.1 Evidence of Action Taken by Securityholders . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by a specified percentage in principal amount of the Securityholders of any or all series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such specified percentage of Securityholders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee. Proof of execution of any instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Article.

SECTION 7.2 Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Securities . Subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder or his agent or proxy may be proved in the following manner:

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any Holder or his agent or proxy of any instrument, or the authority of such an agent or proxy to execute such an instrument, may be proved by the certificate of any notary public or other officer of any jurisdiction authorized to take acknowledgments of deeds or administer oaths that the person executing such instruments acknowledged to him the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such execution sworn to before

 

- 61 -


any such notary or other such officer. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of the authority of the person executing the same. The fact of the holding by any Holder of an Unregistered Security of any series, and the identifying number of such Security and the date of his holding the same, may be proved by the production of such Security or by a certificate executed by any trust company, bank, or recognized securities dealer wherever situated satisfactory to the Trustee, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. Each such certificate shall be dated and shall state that on the date thereof a Security of such series bearing a specified identifying number was deposited with or exhibited to such trust company, bank, or recognized securities dealer by the person named in such certificate. Any such certificate may be issued in respect of one or more Unregistered Securities of one or more series specified therein. The holding by the Person named in any such certificate of any Unregistered Securities of any series specified therein shall be presumed to continue for a period of one year from the date of such certificate unless at the time of any determination of such holding (1) another certificate bearing a later date issued in respect of the same Securities shall be produced, or (2) the Security of such series specified in such certificate shall be produced by some other Person, or (3) the Security of such series specified in such certificate shall have ceased to be Outstanding. Subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the fact and date of the execution of any such instrument and the amount and numbers of Securities of any series held by the Person so executing such instrument and the amount and numbers of any Security or Securities for such series may also be proven in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee for such series or in any other manner which the Trustee for such series may deem sufficient.

(b) In the case of Registered Securities, the ownership of such Securities shall be proved by the Security register or by a certificate of the Security registrar.

SECTION 7.3 Holders to be Treated as Owners . Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Security shall be registered upon the Security register

 

- 62 -


for such series as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Holder of any Unregistered Security and the Holder of any Coupon as the absolute owner of such Unregistered Security or Coupon (whether or not such Unregistered Security or Coupon shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment thereof or on account thereof and for all other purposes and neither the Issuer, the Trustee, nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such Person, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Unregistered Security or Coupon.

SECTION 7.4 Securities Owned by Issuer Deemed Not Outstanding . In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any or all series have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Securities which are owned by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any other obligor on the Securities with respect to which such determination is being made shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer or any other obligor on the Securities. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee in accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer

 

- 63 -


shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Securities, if any, known by the Issuer to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above-described Persons; and, subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.2, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Securities not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

SECTION 7.5 Right of Revocation of Action Taken . At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.1, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Security the serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included among the serial numbers of the Securities the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in this Article, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the Holder of any security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and open all future Holders and owners of such Security and of any Securities issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any such Security. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of all the Securities affected by such action.

SECTION 7.6 Record Date for Consents and Waivers . The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, direct the Trustee to establish a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to (i) waive any past default with respect to the Securities of such series in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Indenture, (ii) consent to any supplemental indenture in accordance with Section 8.2 or (iii) waive compliance with any term, condition or provision of any covenant hereunder (if the Indenture should expressly provide for such waiver). If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and any such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any such past default, consent to any such supplemental indenture or waive compliance with any such term, condition or provision, whether or not such Holder remains a Holder after such record

 

- 64 -


date; provided that unless such waiver or consent is obtained from the Holders, or duly designated proxies, of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series prior to the date which is the 90th day after such record date, any such waiver or consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

ARTICLE EIGHT

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders . The Issuer, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Issuer Order), and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Securities of one or more series any property or assets;

(b) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Issuer, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Issuer pursuant to Article Nine;

(c) to add to the covenants of the Issuer such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Issuer and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of Securities or Coupons, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such an Event of Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series to waive such an Event of Default;

 

- 65 -


(d) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture or any supplemental indenture as the Issuer may deem necessary or desirable; provided that no such action shall adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities or Coupons;

(e) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.3; and

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.10.

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Issuer in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed without the consent of the Holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 8.2.

SECTION 8.2 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders . With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article Seven) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of any series affected by such supplemental indenture, the Issuer, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the

 

- 66 -


specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Issuer Order), and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of such series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall (a) change the final maturity of any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption or repayment thereof (or the time at which any such redemption may be made), or make the principal thereof (including any amount in respect of original issue discount), or interest thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Securities and Coupons or in accordance with the terms thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon an acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.1 or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.2, or alter the provisions of Section 11.11 or impair or affect the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, in each case without the consent of the Holder of each Security so affected; provided that no consent of any Holder of any Security shall be necessary under this Section 8.2 to permit the Trustee and the Issuer to execute supplemental indentures pursuant to Section 8.1(e) of this Indenture, or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Securities of any series, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Security so affected, or (c) reduce the percentage of Securities of any series necessary to consent to waive any past default under this Indenture to less than a majority, without the consent of the Holders of each Security so affected, or (d) modify any of the provisions of this Section 8.2, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected thereby; provided that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.9, 6.10 and 6.11.

 

- 67 -


A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of Holders of Securities of such series, or of Coupons appertaining to such Securities, with respect to such covenant or provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series or of the Coupons appertaining to such Securities.

Upon the request of the Issuer, accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors (which resolution may provide general terms or parameters for such action and may provide that the specific terms of such action may be determined in accordance with or pursuant to an Issuer Order) certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders of the Securities as aforesaid and other documents, if any, required by Section 7.1, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall give notice thereof (i) to the Holders of then Outstanding Registered Securities of each series affected thereby, by mailing a notice thereof by first-class mail to such Holders at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security register, (ii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected thereby are then Outstanding, to the Holders thereof who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee, by mailing a notice thereof by first-class mail to such Holders at such addresses as were so furnished to the Trustee and (iii) if any Unregistered Securities of a series affected thereby are then Outstanding, to all Holders thereof, by publication of a notice thereof at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and at least once in

 

- 68 -


an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), and in each case such notice shall set forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Issuer to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 8.3 Effect of Supplemental Indenture . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of Securities of each series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

SECTION 8.4 Documents to Be Given to Trustee . The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article Eight complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 8.5 Notation on Securities in Respect of Supplemental Indentures . Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee for such series as to any matter provided for by such supplemental indenture or as to any action taken by Securityholders. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Issuer, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of such series then Outstanding.

 

- 69 -


ARTICLE NINE

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

SECTION 9.1 Covenant Not to Merge, Consolidate, Sell or Convey Property Except Under Certain Conditions . The Issuer covenants that it will not merge with or into or consolidate with any corporation, partnership, or other entity or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person, unless (i) either the Issuer shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor entity or the Person which acquires by sale, lease or conveyance substantially all the assets of the Issuer (if other than the Issuer) shall be a corporation or partnership organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Securities, including the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the Securities and Coupons, if any, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or observed by the Issuer, by supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such entity, and (ii) the Issuer, such person or such successor entity, as the case may be, shall not, immediately after such merger or consolidation, or such sale, lease or conveyance, be in default in the performance of any such covenant or condition and, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing.

SECTION 9.2 Successor Corporation Substituted . In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, and following such an assumption by the successor corporation such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Issuer, with the same effect as if it had been named herein. Such successor corporation may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Issuer prior to such succession any or all of the Securities issuable hereunder which together with any Coupons appertaining thereto theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor corporation, instead of the Issuer, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities together with any Coupons appertaining thereto which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, and any Securities which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All of the Securities so issued together with any Coupons appertaining thereto shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

- 70 -


In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance such changes in phrasing and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities and Coupons thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

In the event of any such sale or conveyance (other than a conveyance by way of lease) and the assumption of the obligations and covenants under the Securities and this Indenture in accordance with Section 9.1 the Issuer shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be liquidated and dissolved.

SECTION 9.3 Opinion of Counsel Delivered to Trustee . The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2, may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, lease or conveyance, and any such assumption, and any such liquidation or dissolution, complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

ARTICLE TEN

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE;

UNCLAIMED MONEYS

SECTION 10.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . (A) The following provisions shall apply to the Securities of each series unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or indenture supplemental hereto pursuant to Section 2.3. If at any time (a) the Issuer shall have paid or caused to be paid the principal of and interest on all the Securities of any series Outstanding hereunder and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (other than Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) as and when the same shall have become due and payable, or (b) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of any series theretofore authenticated and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto (other than any Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.9) or (c) in the case of any series of Securities where the

 

- 71 -


exact amount (including the currency of payment) of principal of and interest due on which can be determined at the time of making the deposit referred to in clause (ii) below, (i) (x) all the Securities of such series and all unmatured Coupons appertaining thereto not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or (y) are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and (ii) the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in cash (other than moneys repaid by the Trustee or any paying agent to the Issuer in accordance with Section 10.4) or, in the case of any series of Securities the payments on which may only be made in Dollars, direct obligations of the United States of America, backed by its full faith and credit (“U.S. Government Obligations”), maturing as to principal and interest at such times and in such amounts as will insure the availability of cash, or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (aa) the principal and interest on all Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto on each date that such principal or interest is due and payable and (bb) any mandatory sinking fund payments on the dates on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Securities of such series; and if, in any such case, the Issuer shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer, then this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) rights of registration or transfer and the Issuer’s right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons, (iii) rights of Holders of Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, upon the original stated due dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and remaining rights of the Holders to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder including any right to compensation and indemnification under Section 6.6, (v) the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and (vi) the obligations of the Issuer under Section 3.2) and the Trustee, on demand of the Issuer accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions

 

- 72 -


precedent provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge contemplated by this provision have been complied with, and at the cost and expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto; provided that the rights of Holders of the Securities and Coupons to receive amounts in respect of principal of and interest on the Securities and Coupons held by them shall not be delayed longer than required by then-applicable mandatory rules or policies of any securities exchange upon which the Securities are listed. The Issuer agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) thereafter reasonably and properly incurred and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Securities of such series.

(B) The following provisions shall apply to the Securities of each series unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board Resolution, Officer’s Certificate or indenture supplemental hereto provided pursuant to Section 2.3. In addition to discharge of the Indenture pursuant to the next preceding paragraph, in the case of any series of Securities the exact amounts (including the currency of payment) of principal of and interest due on which can be determined at the time of making the deposit referred to in clause (a) below, the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness on all the Securities of such a series and the Coupons appertaining thereto on the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in subparagraph (a) below, and the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto shall no longer be in effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange of Securities of such series and of Coupons appertaining thereto and the Issuer’s right of optional redemption, if any, (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities or Coupons, (iii) rights of Holders of Securities and Coupons appertaining thereto to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, upon the original stated due dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and remaining rights of the Holders to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, (v) the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them and (vi) the obligations of the Issuer under Section 3.2) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall at the Issuer’s request, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same, if

 

- 73 -


(a) with reference to this provision the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto (i) cash in an amount, or (ii) in the case of any series of Securities the payments on which may only be made in Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, maturing as to principal and interest at such times and in such amounts as will insure the availability of cash or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay (A) the principal and interest on all Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto on each date that such principal or interest is due and payable and (B) any mandatory sinking fund payments on the dates on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Securities of such series;

(b) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it is bound;

(c) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel based on the fact that (x) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such series and Coupons appertaining thereto will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred; and

(d) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated by this provision have been complied with.

 

- 74 -


SECTION 10.2 Application by Trustee of Funds Deposited for Payment of Securities . Subject to Section 10.4, all moneys and securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Issuer acting as its own paying agent), to the Holders of the particular Securities of such series and of Coupons appertaining thereto for the payment or redemption of which such moneys or securities have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys or securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 10.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent . In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series, all moneys then held by any paying agent under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such series of Securities shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

SECTION 10.4 Return of Moneys Held by Trustee and Paying Agent Unclaimed for One Year . Any moneys or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any paying agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Security of any series or Coupons attached thereto and not applied but remaining unclaimed for one year after the date upon which such principal or interest shall have become due and payable, shall, upon the written request of the Issuer and unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property law, be repaid to the Issuer by the Trustee for such series or such paying agent, and the Holder of the Securities of such series and of any Coupons appertaining thereto shall, unless otherwise required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property laws, thereafter look only to the Issuer for any payment which such Holder may be entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or any paying agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or such paying agent, before being required to make any such repayment with respect to moneys deposited with it for any payment (a) in respect of Registered Securities of any series, shall at the expense of the Issuer, mail by first-class mail to Holders of such Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Security register, (b) in respect of Unregistered Securities of any series the Holders of which have filed their

 

- 75 -


names and addresses with the Trustee, shall at the expense of the Issuer, mail by first-class mail to such Holders at such addresses, and (c) in respect of Unregistered Securities of any series, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and once in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and if required by Section 3.6, once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), notice, that such moneys remain and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 10.5 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 10.1 or the principal or interest received in respect of such obligations.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1 Partners, Incorporators, Stockholders, Employees, Officers and Directors of Issuer Exempt from Individual Liability . No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such or against any past, present or future stockholder, employee, officer or director, as such, of the Issuer, of any partner of the Issuer or of any successor, either directly or through the Issuer or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities and the Coupons appertaining thereto by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities and the Coupons appertaining thereto.

SECTION 11.2 Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders of Securities and Coupons . Nothing in this Indenture, in the Securities or in the Coupons appertaining thereto, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Securities or Coupons, if any, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Securities or Coupons, if any.

 

- 76 -


SECTION 11.3 Successors and Assigns of Issuer Bound by Indenture . All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture made by or on behalf of the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 11.4 Notices and Demands on Issuer, Trustee and Holders of Securities and Coupons . Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities or Coupons to or on the Issuer may be given or served by being deposited postage prepaid, first-class mail (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) addressed (until another address of the Issuer is filed by the Issuer with the Trustee) to American Stores Company, 709 East South Temple, Salt Lake City, Utah 84102, Attention: Treasurer. Any notice, direction, request or demand by the Issuer or any Holder of Securities or Coupons to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served by being deposited postage prepaid, first-class mail (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) addressed (until another address of the Trustee is filed by the Trustee with the Issuer) to The First National Bank of Chicago, One First National Bank Plaza, Suite 0126, Chicago, Illinois 60670-0126, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Registered Securities, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder entitled thereto, at his last address as it appears in the Security register. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Unregistered Securities, (i) in respect of such Holders who have filed their names and addresses with the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder entitled thereto, at his last address as it appears in such filing and (ii) in respect of all other Holders of Unregistered Securities, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if published at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York and at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in

 

- 77 -


London (and, if required by Section 3.6, at least once in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg). In any case where notice to such Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service, it shall be impracticable to mail notice to the Issuer when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

SECTION 11.5 Officer’s Certificates and Opinions of Counsel; Statements to Be Contained Therein . Upon any application or demand by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than certificates provided pursuant to Section 3.5) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

- 78 -


Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous. Any certificate, statement or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, information with respect to which is in the possession of the Issuer, upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or representations by an officer or officers of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.

Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the Issuer or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters, upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by an accountant or firm of accountants in the employ of the Issuer, unless such officer or counsel, as the case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.

Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public accountants filed with and directed to the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is independent.

SECTION 11.6 Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . If the date of maturity of interest on or principal of the Securities of any series or any coupons appertaining thereto or the date fixed for redemption or repayment of any such Security or Coupon shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption or repayment, and, in the case of payment, no interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

 

- 79 -


SECTION 11.7 Conflict of Any Provision of Indenture with Trust Indenture Act of 1939 . If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision included in this Indenture by operation of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (an “incorporated provision”), such incorporated provision shall control.

SECTION 11.8 New York Law to Govern . This Indenture and each Security and Coupon shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of such State, except as may otherwise be required by mandatory provisions of law.

SECTION 11.9 Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 11.10 Effect of Headings . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 11.11 Securities in a Foreign Currency or in ECUs . Unless otherwise specified in an Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Indenture with respect to a particular series of Securities, whenever for purposes of this Indenture any action may be taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of Securities of all series or all series affected by a particular action at the time Outstanding and, at such time, there are Outstanding Securities of any series which are denominated in a coin or currency other than Dollars (including ECUs), then the principal amount of Securities of such series which shall be deemed to be Outstanding for the purpose of taking such action shall be that amount of Dollars that could be obtained for such amount at the Market Exchange Rate as of the date of original issuance of such Securities. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply in determining the equivalent principal amount in respect of Securities of a series denominated in a currency other than Dollars in connection with any action taken by Holders of Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

- 80 -


SECTION 11.12 Judgment Currency . The Issuer agrees, except as provided in Section 2.12 or by applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of or interest on the Securities of any series (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered, unless such day is not a New York Banking Day, then, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which final unappealable judgment is entered and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.

SECTION 11.13 Calculation of Original Issue Discount; Calculation of Foreign Currency Equivalents; Certain Information Concerning Tax Reporting . As soon as practicable after the issuance of any Original Issue Discount Security, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and the paying agent (if any) appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the amount of the original issue discount on such Security expressed as a U.S. dollar amount per $1,000 of principal amount of such Security, (ii) the yield to maturity for such Security and (iii) a table of the amounts that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of such Security for each day from the date of original issuance of such Security to the Stated Maturity of such Security.

 

- 81 -


As soon as practicable after the issuance of any Security denominated in any currency or currencies, including composite currencies, other than U.S. dollars, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and the paying agent (if any) appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 an Officer’s Certificate specifying the Market Exchange Rate as of the date of such issuance and the U.S. dollar equivalent of the principal amount of such Security as of the date of original issuance of such Security (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the principal amount thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of original issuance of such Security upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof as of such date) based upon such Market Exchange Rate. All decisions and determinations of the Issuer or its agent regarding the Market Exchange Rate shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive to the extent permitted by law for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Issuer and all Holders.

The Issuer covenants to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee in reliance upon any Officer’s Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section.

On or before December 15 of each year during which any Securities are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to the paying agent (if any) appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 and Trustee such information as may be reasonably requested by such paying agent or the Trustee in order that such paying agent (or, if there is no paying agent, the Trustee) may prepare the information which it is required to report for such year on Internal Revenue Service Forms 1096 and 1099 pursuant to Section 6049 for the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such information shall include the amount of original issue discount includible in income for each $1,000 of principal amount of Original Issue Discount Securities outstanding during such year.

ARTICLE TWELVE

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUNDS

SECTION 12.1 Applicability of Article . The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of any series which are redeemable before their maturity or to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified, as contemplated by Section 2.3 for Securities of such series.

 

- 82 -


SECTION 12.2 Notice of Redemption; Partial Redemptions . Notice of redemption to the Holders of Registered Securities of any series to be redeemed as a whole or in part at the option of the Issuer shall be given by mailing notice of such redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to such Holders of Securities of such series at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the registry books. Notice of redemption to Holders of Unregistered Securities shall be published in an Authorized Newspaper in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York and in an Authorized Newspaper in London (and, if required by Section 3.6, in an Authorized Newspaper in Luxembourg), in each case, once in each of three successive calendar weeks, the first publication to be not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice. Failure to give notice by mail, or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security of a series designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Security of such series.

The notice of redemption to each such Holder shall specify, the principal amount of each Security of such series held by such Holder to be redeemed, the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Securities and, in the case of Securities with Coupons attached thereto, of all Coupons appertaining thereto maturing after the date fixed for redemption, that such redemption is pursuant to the mandatory or optional sinking fund, or both, if such be the case, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in such notice and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. In case any Security of a series is to be redeemed in part only the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

 

- 83 -


The notice of redemption of Securities of any series to be redeemed at the option of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request, by the paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 (or if there is no such paying agent, the Trustee) in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.

At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 3.4) an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Securities of such series so called for redemption at the appropriate redemption price, together with accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed. In case of a redemption at the election of the Issuer prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, prior to the giving of any notice of redemption to Holders pursuant to this Section, an Officer’s Certificate stating that such restriction has been complied with.

If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 3.4 (or, if there is no such paying agent, the Trustee) shall select, in the manner specified in such Securities or specified pursuant to Section 2.3, or, if no manner is specified in the Securities or pursuant to Section 2.3, then by lot, pro rata or by such other manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair, Securities of such Series to be redeemed in whole or in part. Securities may be redeemed in part in multiples equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series or any multiple thereof. The paying agent (or the Trustee, as the case may be) shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Securities of such series selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities of such series selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities of any series shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

- 84 -


SECTION 12.3 Payment of Securities Called for Redemption . If notice of redemption has been given as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of such Securities at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to said date) interest on the Securities or portions of Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and the unmatured Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto shall be void, and, except as provided in Sections 6.5 and 10.4, such Securities shall cease from and after the date fixed for redemption to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the Holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Securities except the right to receive the redemption price thereof and unpaid interest to the date fixed for redemption. On presentation and surrender of such Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, together with all Coupons, if any, appertaining thereto maturing after the date fixed for redemption, said Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Issuer at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption; provided that payment of interest becoming due on or prior to the date fixed for redemption shall be payable in the case of Securities with Coupons attached thereto, to the Holders of the Coupons for such interest upon surrender thereof, and in the case of Registered Securities, to the Holders of such Registered Securities registered as such on the relevant record date subject to the terms and provisions of Sections 2.3 and 2.7 hereof.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear interest from the date fixed for redemption at the rate of interest or Yield to Maturity (in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security) borne by such Security.

If any Security with Coupons attached thereto is surrendered for redemption and is not accompanied by all appurtenant Coupons maturing after the date fixed for redemption, the surrender of such missing Coupon or Coupons may be waived by the Issuer, the Trustee and any paying agent, if there be furnished to each of them such security or indemnity as they may require to save each of them harmless.

 

- 85 -


Upon presentation of any Security redeemed in part only, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee or Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Issuer, a new Security or Securities of such series, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

SECTION 12.4 Exclusion of Certain Securities from Eligibility for Selection for Redemption . If this section has been specified in accordance with Section 2.3 to be applicable to the Securities of any series, then Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee (and the paying agent, if any, appointed pursuant to Section 3.4) at least 45 days prior to the last date on which notice of redemption may be given as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either (a) the Issuer or (b) an entity specifically identified in such written statement as directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuer.

SECTION 12.5 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds . The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of the Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of the Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. The date on which a sinking fund payment is to be made is herein referred to as the “sinking fund payment date”.

If this section has been specified in accordance with Section 2.3 to be applicable to the Securities of any series, then in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any series of Securities in cash, the Issuer may at its option (a) deliver to the Trustee or paying agent Securities of such series theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired (except upon redemption pursuant to the mandatory sinking fund) by the Issuer or receive credit for Securities of such series (not previously so credited) theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired (except as aforesaid) by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee or paying agent for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.10, (b) receive credit for optional sinking fund payments (not previously so credited) made pursuant to this Section, or (c) receive credit for Securities of such series (not previously so credited) redeemed by the Issuer through any optional redemption provision contained in the terms of such series. Securities so delivered or credited shall be received or credited by the Trustee at the sinking fund redemption price specified in such Securities.

 

- 86 -


On or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund payment date for any series, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate (which need not contain the statements required by Section 11.5)(a) specifying the portion of the mandatory sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion to be satisfied by credit of Securities of such series and the basis for such credit, (b) stating that none of the Securities of such series to be so credited has theretofore been so credited, (c) stating that no defaults in the payment of interest or Events of Default with respect to such series have occurred (which have not been waived or cured) and are continuing and (d) stating whether or not the Issuer intends to exercise its right to make an optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series and, if so, specifying the amount of such optional sinking fund payment which the Issuer intends to pay on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Any Securities of such series to be credited and required to be delivered to the Trustee in order for the Issuer to be entitled to credit therefor as aforesaid which have not theretofore been delivered to the Trustee shall be delivered for cancellation pursuant to Section 2.10 to the Trustee with such Officer’s Certificate (or reasonably promptly thereafter if acceptable to the Trustee). Such Officer’s Certificate shall be irrevocable and upon its receipt by the Trustee the Issuer shall become unconditionally obligated to make all the cash payments or payments therein referred to, if any, on or before the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Failure of the Issuer, on or before any such 60th day, to deliver such Officer’s Certificate and Securities (subject to the parenthetical clause in the second preceding sentence) specified in this paragraph, if any, shall not constitute a default but shall constitute, on and as of such date, the irrevocable election of the Issuer (i) that the mandatory sinking fund payment for such series due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date shall be paid entirely in cash without the option to deliver or credit Securities of such series in respect thereof and (ii) that the Issuer will make no optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series as provided in this Section.

 

- 87 -


If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional or both) to be made in cash on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) or a lesser sum in Dollars (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) if the Issuer shall so request with respect to the Securities of any particular series, such cash shall be applied on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date to the redemption of Securities of such series at the sinking fund redemption price together with accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption. If such amount shall be $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) or less and the Issuer makes no such request then it shall be carried over until a sum in excess of $50,000 (or the equivalent thereof in any Foreign Currency or ECU) is available. The Trustee or paying agent shall select, in the manner provided in Section 12.2, for redemption on such sinking fund payment date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to absorb said cash, as nearly as may be, and shall (if requested in writing by the Issuer) inform the Issuer of the serial numbers of the Securities of such series (or portions thereof) so selected. The Trustee or paying agent, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer (or the Issuer, if it shall so request the Trustee in writing) shall cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series to be given in substantially the manner provided in Section 12.2 (and with the effect provided in Section 12.3) for the redemption of Securities of such series in part at the option of the Issuer. The amount of any sinking fund payments not so applied or allocated to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment for such series and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Any and all sinking fund moneys held on the stated maturity date of the Securities of any particular series (or earlier, if such maturity is accelerated), which are not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series shall be applied, together with other moneys, if necessary, sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of, and interest on, the Securities of such series at maturity.

The Issuer’s obligation to make a mandatory or optional sinking fund payment shall automatically be reduced by an amount equal to the sinking fund redemption price allocable to any Securities or portions thereof called for redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph on any sinking fund payment date.

On or before each sinking fund payment date, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, in cash or shall otherwise provide for the payment of all interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on the next following sinking fund payment date.

 

- 88 -


The Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, shall not redeem or cause to be redeemed any Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or give any notice of redemption of Securities for such series by operation of the sinking fund during the continuance of a default in payment of interest on such Securities or of any Event of Default except that, where the giving of notice of redemption of any Securities shall theretofore have been made, the Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, shall redeem or cause to be redeemed such Securities; provided that it shall have received from the Issuer a sum sufficient for such redemption. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such default or Event of Default shall occur, and any moneys thereafter paid into the sinking fund, shall, during the continuance of such default or Event of Default, be deemed to have been collected under Article Five and held for the payment of all such Securities. In case such Event of Default shall have been waived as provided in Section 5.10 or the default cured on or before the sixtieth day preceding the sinking fund payment date in any year, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date in accordance with this Section to the redemption of such Securities.

 

- 89 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and the appropriate corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of May 1, 1995.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY
By  

LOGO

  Title: Sr. Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]
Attest:
By  

LOGO

  Title: Chief Legal Officer and Assistant Secretary

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

Trustee

By  

 

  Title:

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]
Attest:
By  

 

  Title:

 

- 90 -


STATE OF
                                                                 ss.:
COUNTY OF

On the 17th day of May, 1995, before me personally came Neal J. Rider, to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at Salt Lake City, Utah; that he is Sr. V.P., Treasurer and of American stores Company, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal if said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by the authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like authority

 

LOGO
        Notary Public
My Commission Expires

 

[NOTARIAL SEAL]
LOGO

 

- 91 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and the appropriate corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of May 1, 1995.

 

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY
By  

 

  Title:

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]
Attest:
By  

 

  Title:

 

THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF CHICAGO,

Trustee

By  

LOGO

  Title: Vice President
 

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

Attest:

By

 

LOGO

  Title: Assistant Vice President
 


STATE OF ILLINOIS    )
   )
COUNTY OF COOK    )

On the 15th day of May, 1995, before me personally came R. D. Manella, to me known, who being by me duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at 211 Willow Parkway, Buffalo Grove, IL 60089; that he is a Vice President of The First National Bank of Chicago, one of the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by the authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation; and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.

 

LOGO

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

(NOTARIAL SEAL)
LOGO

Exhibit 4.12

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE (this “ Joinder ”) dated as of December 21, 2015, made by entities identified on the signature pages hereto (each a “ New Guarantor ” and together, the “ New Guarantors ”) in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Safeway Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”), for itself and for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Notes (as defined below).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS Albertsons Companies, LLC (as successor by merger to Albertson’s Holdings LLC) and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) entered into or subsequently became a party to the Guarantee dated as of January 30, 2015 in favor of the Trustee (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantor ”), providing for the guarantee of the obligations of Safeway, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) with respect to the 3.4% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “ Guaranteed Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997 (the “ Safeway Indenture ”) between Safeway and the Trustee; and

WHEREAS Section 7 of the Guarantee provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantors are required to execute and deliver to the Trustee a joinder to the Guarantee pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Notes pursuant to the Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each New Guarantor, covenants and agrees for the equal and ratable benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Guaranteed Notes follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Joinder , terms defined in the Guarantee hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof”’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Joinder refer to this Joinder as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all Existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Guarantee and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Guarantee.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Guarantee is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Joinder shall form a part of the Guarantee for all purposes, and every Holder of Guaranteed Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.


4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 9 of the Guarantee.

5. Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Counterparts . The New Guarantors may sign any number of copies of this Joinder. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the party hereto has caused this Joinder to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

Joinder for 2016 Notes


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Joinder for 2016 Notes

Exhibit 4.13

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE (this “ Joinder ”) dated as of December 21, 2015, made by entities identified on the signature pages hereto (each a “ New Guarantor ” and together, the “ New Guarantors ”) in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Safeway Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”), for itself and for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Notes (as defined below).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS Albertsons Companies, LLC (as successor by merger to Albertson’s Holdings LLC) and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) entered into or subsequently became a party to the Guarantee dated as of January 30, 2015 in favor of the Trustee (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantor ”), providing for the guarantee of the obligations of Safeway, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) with respect to the 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “ Guaranteed Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997 (the “ Safeway Indenture ”) between Safeway and the Trustee; and

WHEREAS Section 7 of the Guarantee provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantors are required to execute and deliver to the Trustee a joinder to the Guarantee pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Notes pursuant to the Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each New Guarantor, covenants and agrees for the equal and ratable benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Guaranteed Notes follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Joinder , terms defined in the Guarantee hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Joinder refer to this Joinder as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all Existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Guarantee and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Guarantee.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Guarantee is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Joinder shall form a part of the Guarantee for all purposes, and every Holder of Guaranteed Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.


4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 9 of the Guarantee.

5. Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Counterparts . The New Guarantors may sign any number of copies of this Joinder. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the party hereto has caused this Joinder to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

Joinder for 2017 Notes


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Joinder for 2017 Notes

Exhibit 4.14

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE

JOINDER TO GUARANTEE (this “ Joinder ”) dated as of December 21, 2015, made by entities identified on the signature pages hereto (each a “ New Guarantor ” and together, the “ New Guarantors ”) in favor of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Safeway Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”), for itself and for the benefit of the holders of the Guaranteed Notes (as defined below).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS Albertsons Companies, LLC (as successor by merger to Albertson’s Holdings LLC) and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Existing Guarantors ”) entered into or subsequently became a party to the Guarantee dated as of January 30, 2015 in favor of the Trustee (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantor ”), providing for the guarantee of the obligations of Safeway, Inc. a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) with respect to the 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “ Guaranteed Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997 (the “ Safeway Indenture ”) between Safeway and the Trustee; and

WHEREAS Section 7 of the Guarantee provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantors are required to execute and deliver to the Trustee a joinder to the Guarantee pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Notes pursuant to the Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each New Guarantor, covenants and agrees for the equal and ratable benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Guaranteed Notes follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Joinder , terms defined in the Guarantee hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Joinder refer to this Joinder as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all Existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Guarantee and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Guarantee.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Guarantee is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Joinder shall form a part of the Guarantee for all purposes, and every Holder of Guaranteed Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.


4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantors shall be given as provided in Section 9 of the Guarantee.

5. Governing Law . THIS JOINDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Counterparts . The New Guarantors may sign any number of copies of this Joinder. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

7. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the party hereto has caused this Joinder to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

Joinder for 2019 Notes


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Joinder for 2019 Notes

Exhibit 4.15

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement

Dated as of May 31, 2016

by and among

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SAFEWAY INC.

ALBERTSON’S LLC

and

the Guarantors listed on the Signature pages hereof,

on the one hand,

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

and

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

on the other hand

 

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on May 31, 2016 (the “ Closing Date ) , by and among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, NAI and Safeway, the “ Co-Issuers ”), and each domestic subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature page of this Agreement (the “ Original Guarantors ”), on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, each on behalf of itself and as a representative of each of the other Initial Purchasers named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), on the other hand.

This Agreement is made pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2016 by and among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Co-Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $1,250,000,000 in principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Notes ”), which are guaranteed by the Original Guarantors. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Co-Issuers and the Original Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

  1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Guarantor shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture or a joinder to the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Additional Interest shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) hereof.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement shall mean an “automatic shelf registration statement” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

Business Day shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.


Closing Date shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Co-Issuers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Co-Issuers’ successors.

Depositary shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Co-Issuers, provided , however , that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

Effectiveness Period shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Event Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) .

Exchange Dates shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Exchange Notes ” shall mean the new notes to be exchanged for Transfer Restricted Notes, not subject to restrictions on transfer in the United States.

Exchange Offer shall mean the exchange offer by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors of Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

Free Writing Prospectus means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or used or referred to by the Co-Issuers in connection with the sale of the Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Guarantee ” shall mean any guarantee of the obligations of the Co-Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Guarantors shall mean the Original Guarantors set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Original Guarantor’s successor and any Additional Guarantors.

Holder ” shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Transfer Restricted Notes, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Transfer Restricted Notes under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Notes for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

Indenture shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-2-


Initial Purchaser or “ Initial Purchasers shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i) .

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Notes held by the Co-Issuers and other obligors on the Notes or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount; provided , further , that if the Co-Issuers shall issue any additional Notes under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, or if applicable, prior to the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Notes and the Transfer Restricted Notes to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes has been obtained.

Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Original Guarantees shall mean the guarantees of the Notes and the Exchange Notes by the Original Guarantors under the Indenture.

Original Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Participating Broker-Dealer shall mean any of the Initial Purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Notes and exchanges Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Notes.

Person shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the 1933 Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registration Default shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

 

-3-


Registration Expenses shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained by any holder of Transfer Restricted Notes in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of FINRA (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes and any filings with FINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Transfer Restricted Notes on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and of the independent public accountants of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders as a group (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel), and any escrow agent or custodian, (viii) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, and (ix) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes by a Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as specifically provided above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, or the fees and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith.

Registration Statement shall mean any registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors which covers any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Shelf Registration Statement shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 , including an Automatic

 

-4-


Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, which covers all or a portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iii) .

TIA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” shall mean the Notes; provided , however , that the Notes shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Notes on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes has become effective under the 1933 Act and such Notes have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Notes cease to be outstanding under the Indenture or (iii) the date on which such Notes are distributed to the public by a broker dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

Underwriter shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

WKSI ” shall mean a “well-known seasoned issuer” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

 

  2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

 

  2.1 Exchange Offer .

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, with respect to any Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (X) cause to be filed and to become effective an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to exchange all such Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes and (Y) have such Registration Statement remain effective until the earlier of (i) 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker Dealers if one or more broker dealers notify the Co-Issuers in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker Dealers or (ii) such time as such broker dealer no longer own any Transfer Restricted Notes. Subject to clause (Y) above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than the 450th day following the Closing Date.

(b) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Co-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ cost, commence the Exchange Offer, if any, by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Transfer Restricted Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

 

-5-


(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

(iii) that any Transfer Restricted Notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Transfer Restricted Note exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Transfer Restricted Note, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Transfer Restricted Notes exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if any, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder makes representations and warranties to the Co-Issuers that (a) it is not an affiliate of any Co-Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act or, if an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act and will provide information to be included in a Shelf Registration Statement in order to have its Exchange Notes included in such Shelf Registration Statement, (b) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (c) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (d) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Transfer Restricted Notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such broker-dealer will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, and (e) it has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes) to transfer such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.

 

-6-


(d) The Exchange Notes, if any, shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to Additional Interest or the securities law transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and none of the Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

(e) As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Transfer Restricted Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which shall be an exhibit thereto;

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Notes to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(f) Interest on each Exchange Note, including Additional Interest, will accrue (a) from the later of (i) the last date on which interest was paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Transfer Restricted Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (b) if no interest has been paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes, from the date of issuance. If requested in writing, the Co-Issuers shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer.

(g) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (1) the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, (2) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer and (3) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained that the Co-Issuers deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

 

-7-


2.2 Shelf Registration .

(a) If,

(i) the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors would otherwise be required to consummate an Exchange Offer Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 but determine that such Exchange Offer Registration is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law, SEC rules and regulations or any interpretation of the staff of the SEC,

(ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or

(iii) upon the written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Transfer Restricted Notes that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer,

the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to the Holders and the Trustee written notice thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective by the 90 th day following such determination, date or Shelf Request.

(b) In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to a Shelf Request, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Notes after the completion of the Exchange Offer if otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (including through post-effective amendments on Form S-3 if the Co-Issuers are eligible to use such Form) until the date that is one year from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or such shorter period ending when no Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement constitute Transfer Restricted Notes (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-8-


(d) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other than Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that if the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes is registered pursuant to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the foregoing prohibition shall apply only to the supplement or amendment covering such registration. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below.

(e) If the Co-Issuers are obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 , and at the time such obligation arises, the Company is a WKSI, then, in lieu of filing such Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers shall file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or supplement or amend an existing Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, as appropriate, to include the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in such registration and set forth in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (or supplement or amendment thereto), within the time frame specified in this Section 2.2 .

2.3 Expenses .  The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 . Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

2.4 Effectiveness .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed not to have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite period if either any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor voluntarily takes any action that would, or omits to take any action which omission would, result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective, or in the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period as and to the extent contemplated hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law, in each case other than under the circumstances described in Sections 3(e)(iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) below.

(b) Neither an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof nor a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, if not otherwise effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462, will be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that if, after it becomes effective, the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will not be effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

-9-


2.5 Additional Interest .

(a) In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement is required in accordance with Section 2.2 and such Shelf Registration Statement (x) does not become effective on or prior to the 90 th day following (A) the date of such determination, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) , (B) such date, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(ii) (which in no event shall be earlier than the date the Exchange Offer is required to be completed pursuant to clause 2.5(a)(i) above) or (C) the date of such Shelf Request, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(iii) , or (y) becomes effective but ceases to be effective or the corresponding Prospectus ceases to be usable at any time during the Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (any event referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) a “ Registration Default ”), then, in each case, the interest rate on the Transfer Restricted Notes will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum, in each case until the earlier of the date such Registration Default is cured or the date on which no Notes constitute Transfer Restricted Notes. Any amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed “ Additional Interest for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”). Any Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the Holder of Notes with respect to which Additional Interest is due and owing. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

 

  3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time periods specified in Section 2 , on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, which form (i) shall be selected by the Co-Issuers, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof,

 

-10-


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period required pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 ; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer); and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, at least five business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement (except in the case of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, in which case at least five business days prior to the inclusion of information regarding selling security holders in the Prospectus forming a part of such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) with respect to such Transfer Restricted Notes is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes will be made in accordance with the method selected by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Holder so requests, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Transfer Restricted Notes; and (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Transfer Restricted Notes under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Transfer Restricted Notes owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) , or (ii) take any action which would subject them to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject;

 

-11-


(e) notify promptly each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes under a Shelf Registration or any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Co-Issuers that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in clause (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement have become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the 1933 Act, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Co-Issuers that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which section shall be in customary form, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that holds Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Notes to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker dealer who receives Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered

 

-12-


to the Co-Issuers the notice referred to in Section 3(e) , without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:

“If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes received in respect of such Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer;” and

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer’s making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Transfer Restricted Notes, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act;

(g) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest practicable moment, and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested in writing, furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Notes to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes;

(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as

 

-13-


promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Notes or Participating Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified;

(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document; and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers shall object;

(l) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with certificates for the Exchange Notes or the Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

(m) (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Transfer Restricted Notes, and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration, cause or maintain, as the case may be, the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be, or continue to be, so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes and if so requested by the holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

(i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and the underwriters, if any, as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are able to make, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

-14-


(ii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain opinions of counsel to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(iii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Co-Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Co-Issuers or of any business acquired by the Co-Issuers for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

(iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Transfer Restricted Notes, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

(v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

 

-15-


The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing, all non-confidential financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by such persons;

(p) if so requested by the Initial Purchasers, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes; and

(q) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the Initial Purchasers, if so requested, to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, to counsel for such Holders designated by them and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of such Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof relating to such Holders or such Transfer Restricted Notes as the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for such Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Majority Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, the counsel for such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter;

(r) [reserved];

 

-16-


(s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Notes to be rated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any;

(t) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to their security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(u) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA);

(v) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Co-Issuers have received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(w) so long as any Transfer Restricted Notes remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon such Person becoming an Additional Guarantor, to execute a joinder to this Agreement; and

(x) amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the staff of the SEC. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this clause (x) .

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to furnish to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Co-Issuers and Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(iii), (v), (vi) or (vii) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement

 

-17-


until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Co-Issuers and Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors (at its expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Notes current at the time of receipt of such notice.

If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may suspend the disposition of Transfers Restricted Notes no more than an aggregate of 90 days in any 365-day period.

 

  4. Indemnification; Contribution .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers and each of their affiliates and any other Person under common control with the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter (any such Person being an “ Underwriter ”) and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively the “ Issuer Indemnitees ”) as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-18-


(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph for (ii) above;

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning any Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers by any Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); and provided , further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not inure to the benefit of any Issuer Indemnitee from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Notes concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Notes was required to be delivered by such Issuer Indemnitee in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Issuer Indemnitee results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the sale of such Notes to such person, a copy of such prospectus if the Co-Issuers had previously furnished copies thereof to such Issuer Indemnitee.

(b) Each Issuer Indemnitee, severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Co-Issuers, any Guarantor, any Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors by such Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided , however , that no such Issuer Indemnitee shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Issuer Indemnitee from the sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

-19-


(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 , is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Issuer Indemnitees, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Issuer Indemnitees on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors or the Issuer Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Issuer Indemnitees agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4 . The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include

 

-20-


any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 4 , each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, and each Person, if any, who controls any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors. The Initial Purchasers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4 , in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which all of the Notes sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay under Section 4(b) hereof.

The remedies provided for in this Section 4 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Issuer Indemnitees or any Person controlling any Issuer Indemnitee, or by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that the indemnity and contribution rights provided for, in this Section 4 shall not extend to any losses, liabilities or other damages arising out of actions occurring after the termination of this Agreement.

 

  5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Rule 144 and Rule 144A .   If and for so long as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will file and furnish the reports required to be filed by them under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder. If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors cease to be so required to file and furnish such reports, the Co-Issuers and Guarantors covenant that they will upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably

 

-21-


request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Transfer Restricted Notes without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements.

5.2 No Inconsistent Agreements .   The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have not entered into, and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will not after the date of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Co-Issuers’ or Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

5.3 Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

5.4 Notices .   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Co-Issuers by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 , which address initially, and until so changed, is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 .

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture at the address specified therein.

5.5 Successor and Assigns .   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer

 

-22-


Restricted Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Notes, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Notes such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement

5.6 Third Party Beneficiaries .   The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

5.7 Remedies .   Each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

5.8 Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.

5.9 Headings .   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

5.10 Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the state of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

5.11 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

[signature page follows]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name:   Bradley S. Fox
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary


GUARANTORS
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
                              INCORPORATED
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers
By:     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                         Incorporated
By:    

/s/ Aashish Dhakad

    Name: Aashish Dhakad
    Title:   Director
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the several Initial Purchasers
By:     Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:    

/s/ Ali Mehdi

    Name: Ali Mehdi
    Title:   Managing Director


Schedule A

Initial Purchasers

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc.

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

Exhibit 4.16

Executed Version

 

 

Registration Rights Agreement

Dated as of

August 9, 2016

by and among

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SAFEWAY INC.

ALBERTSON’S LLC

and

the Guarantors listed on the Signature pages hereof,

on the one hand,

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

and

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

on the other hand

 

 

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on August 9, 2016 (the “ Closing Date ) , by and among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, NAI and Safeway, the “ Co-Issuers ”), and each domestic subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature page of this Agreement (the “ Original Guarantors ”), on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, each on behalf of itself and as a representative of each of the other Initial Purchasers named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “ Initial Purchasers ”), on the other hand.

This Agreement is made pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2016 by and among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for the sale by the Co-Issuers to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $1,250,000,000 in principal amount of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Notes ”), which are guaranteed by the Original Guarantors. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Co-Issuers and the Original Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

1934 Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

Additional Guarantor ” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture or a joinder to the Indenture after the date of this Agreement.

Additional Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) hereof.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean an “automatic shelf registration statement” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

Business Day ” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.


Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Co-Issuers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Co-Issuers’ successors.

Depositary ” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Co-Issuers, provided , however , that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Event Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) .

Exchange Dates ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Exchange Notes ” shall mean the new notes to be exchanged for Transfer Restricted Notes, not subject to restrictions on transfer in the United States.

Exchange Offer ” shall mean the exchange offer by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors of Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration ” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

Free Writing Prospectus ” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) prepared by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or used or referred to by the Co-Issuers in connection with the sale of the Notes or the Exchange Notes.

Guarantee ” shall mean any guarantee of the obligations of the Co-Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

Guarantors ” shall mean the Original Guarantors set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Original Guarantor’s successor and any Additional Guarantors.

Holder ” shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Transfer Restricted Notes, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Transfer Restricted Notes under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Notes for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Notes, dated as of August 9, 2016, among the Co-Issuers, the Original Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-2-


Initial Purchaser ” or “ Initial Purchasers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Issuer Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i) .

Majority Holders ” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Notes held by the Co-Issuers and other obligors on the Notes or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount; provided , further , that if the Co-Issuers shall issue any additional Notes under the Indenture prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, or if applicable, prior to the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Notes and the Transfer Restricted Notes to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Notes has been obtained.

Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

Original Guarantees ” shall mean the guarantees of the Notes and the Exchange Notes by the Original Guarantors under the Indenture.

Original Guarantors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Participating Broker-Dealer ” shall mean any of the Initial Purchasers and any other broker-dealer which makes a market in the Notes and exchanges Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer for Exchange Notes.

Person ” shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the 1933 Act, deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Registration Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

 

-3-


Registration Expenses ” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained by any holder of Transfer Restricted Notes in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of FINRA (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes and any filings with FINRA), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Transfer Restricted Notes on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and of the independent public accountants of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders as a group (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel), and any escrow agent or custodian, (viii) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, and (ix) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes by a Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as specifically provided above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in connection with the Exchange Offer, or the fees and expenses of counsel to the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith.

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors which covers any of the Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Shelf Registration ” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 .

 

-4-


Shelf Registration Statement ” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 , including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, if applicable, which covers all or a portion of the Transfer Restricted Notes on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

Shelf Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a)(iii) .

TIA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d) hereof.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” shall mean the Notes; provided , however , that the Notes shall cease to be Transfer Restricted Notes on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to such Notes has become effective under the 1933 Act and such Notes have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Notes cease to be outstanding under the Indenture or (iii) the date on which such Notes are distributed to the public by a broker dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

Trustee ” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Notes under the Indenture.

Underwriter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) .

WKSI ” shall mean a “well-known seasoned issuer” as that term is defined in Rule 405, as amended, under the 1933 Act.

2. Registration Under the 1933 Act .

2.1 Exchange Offer .

(a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, with respect to any Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (X) cause to be filed and to become effective an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to exchange all such Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes and (Y) have such Registration Statement remain effective until the earlier of (i) 90 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker Dealers if one or more broker dealers notify the Co-Issuers in writing that they anticipate that they will be Participating Broker Dealers or (ii) such time as such broker dealer no longer own any Transfer Restricted Notes. Subject to clause (Y) above, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than the 450th day following the Closing Date.

(b) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Co-Issuers’ and Guarantors’ cost, commence the Exchange Offer, if any, by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following:

 

-5-


(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Transfer Restricted Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “ Exchange Dates ”);

(iii) that any Transfer Restricted Notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein;

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Transfer Restricted Note exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Transfer Restricted Note, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by (A) sending to the institution at the address specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Transfer Restricted Notes exchanged or (B) effecting such withdrawal in compliance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(c) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if any, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Transfer Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder makes representations and warranties to the Co-Issuers that (a) it is not an affiliate of any Co-Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act or, if an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act and will provide information to be included in a Shelf Registration Statement in order to have its Exchange Notes included in such Shelf Registration Statement, (b) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (c) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (d) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Transfer Restricted Notes acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such broker-dealer will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, and (e) it has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes) to transfer such Exchange Notes from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.

 

-6-


(d) The Exchange Notes, if any, shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ TIA ”), or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to Additional Interest or the securities law transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and none of the Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

(e) As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(i) accept for exchange all Transfer Restricted Notes duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the letter of transmittal which shall be an exhibit thereto;

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange; and

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Notes to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

(f) Interest on each Exchange Note, including Additional Interest, will accrue (a) from the later of (i) the last date on which interest was paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the Transfer Restricted Notes are surrendered for exchange on a date in a period which includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (b) if no interest has been paid on the Transfer Restricted Notes, from the date of issuance. If requested in writing, the Co-Issuers shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Transfer Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer.

(g) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (1) the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, (2) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer and (3) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained that the Co-Issuers deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

 

-7-


2.2 Shelf Registration .  

(a) If,

(i) the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors would otherwise be required to consummate an Exchange Offer Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 but determine that such Exchange Offer Registration is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law, SEC rules and regulations or any interpretation of the staff of the SEC,

(ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or

(iii) upon the written request (a “ Shelf Request ”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds Transfer Restricted Notes that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer,

the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to the Holders and the Trustee written notice thereof and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement become effective by the 90 th day following such determination, date or Shelf Request.

(b) In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to a Shelf Request, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Notes after the completion of the Exchange Offer if otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended (including through post-effective amendments on Form S-3 if the Co-Issuers are eligible to use such Form) until the date that is one year from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or such shorter period ending when no Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement constitute Transfer Restricted Notes (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming a part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

-8-


(d) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other than Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that if the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes is registered pursuant to an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, the foregoing prohibition shall apply only to the supplement or amendment covering such registration. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below.

(e) If the Co-Issuers are obligated to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 , and at the time such obligation arises, the Company is a WKSI, then, in lieu of filing such Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers shall file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or supplement or amend an existing Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, as appropriate, to include the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in such registration and set forth in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (or supplement or amendment thereto), within the time frame specified in this Section 2.2 .

2.3 Expenses .  The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 . Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

2.4 Effectiveness .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed not to have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, to become, or to remain, effective during the requisite period if either any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor voluntarily takes any action that would, or omits to take any action which omission would, result in any such Registration Statement not being declared effective, or in the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being able to exchange or offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period as and to the extent contemplated hereby, unless such action is required by applicable law, in each case other than under the circumstances described in Sections 3(e)(iii) , (iv) , (v) or (vi) below.

(b) Neither an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof nor a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, if not otherwise effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462, will be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided , however , that if, after it becomes effective, the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will not be effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

 

-9-


2.5 Additional Interest .

(a) In the event that (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed by the 450th day following the Closing Date, or (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement is required in accordance with Section 2.2 and such Shelf Registration Statement (x) does not become effective on or prior to the 90 th day following (A) the date of such determination, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) , (B) such date, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(ii) (which in no event shall be earlier than the date the Exchange Offer is required to be completed pursuant to clause 2.5(a)(i) above) or (C) the date of such Shelf Request, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(iii) , or (y) becomes effective but ceases to be effective or the corresponding Prospectus ceases to be usable at any time during the Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (any event referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) a “ Registration Default ”), then, in each case, the interest rate on the Transfer Restricted Notes will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum, in each case until the earlier of the date such Registration Default is cured or the date on which no Notes constitute Transfer Restricted Notes. Any amounts payable under this paragraph shall also be deemed “ Additional Interest ” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee within three business days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid (an “ Event Date ”). Any Additional Interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date to the Holder of Notes with respect to which Additional Interest is due and owing. Each obligation to pay Additional Interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the day following the applicable Event Date.

3. Registration Procedures .

In connection with the obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time periods specified in Section 2 , on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, which form (i) shall be selected by the Co-Issuers, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes by the selling Holders thereof, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof,

 

-10-


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period required pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 ; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer); and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the 1933 Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, at least five business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement (except in the case of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement, in which case at least five business days prior to the inclusion of information regarding selling security holders in the Prospectus forming a part of such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement) with respect to such Transfer Restricted Notes is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Notes will be made in accordance with the method selected by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Holder so requests, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Transfer Restricted Notes; and (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Transfer Restricted Notes under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, cooperate with such Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Transfer Restricted Notes owned by such Holder; provided , however , that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where they would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d) , or (ii) take any action which would subject them to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject;

 

-11-


(e) notify promptly each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes under a Shelf Registration or any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Co-Issuers that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in clause (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement have become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the 1933 Act, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Co-Issuers of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Co-Issuers that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which section shall be in customary form, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that holds Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Notes to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker dealer who receives Exchange Notes for Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered

 

-12-


to the Co-Issuers the notice referred to in Section 3(e) , without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) do hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any Person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Notes covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:

“If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Transfer Restricted Notes acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of Exchange Notes received in respect of such Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer;” and

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer’s making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Transfer Restricted Notes, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act;

(g) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest practicable moment, and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2), including by filing an amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement on the proper form, at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution;

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested in writing, furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Notes to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Notes to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least three business days prior to the closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes;

 

-13-


(j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, each as contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Transfer Restricted Notes or Participating Broker-Dealers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified;

(k) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after the initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders; and make representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, available for discussion of such document; and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers shall object;

(l) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with certificates for the Exchange Notes or the Transfer Restricted Notes, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

(m) (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Transfer Restricted Notes, and, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration, cause or maintain, as the case may be, the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be, or continue to be, so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes and if so requested by the holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration:

 

-14-


(i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes and the underwriters, if any, as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are able to make, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

(ii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain opinions of counsel to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

(iii) in connection with an underwritten registration, obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Co-Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Co-Issuers or of any business acquired by the Co-Issuers for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, if any, and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such letter addressed to the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes (to the extent consistent with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings;

(iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Transfer Restricted Notes, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

(v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

 

-15-


The above shall be done at (i) the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement (and each post-effective amendment thereto) and (ii) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder;

(o) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing, all non-confidential financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor reasonably requested by any such persons, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by such persons;

(p) if so requested by the Initial Purchasers, in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a reasonable time prior to filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes; and

(q) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the Initial Purchasers, if so requested, to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes to be covered thereby, to counsel for such Holders designated by them and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of such Transfer Restricted Notes, if any, and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof relating to such Holders or such Transfer Restricted Notes as the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel for such Holders of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Majority Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, counsel to such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes, the counsel for such Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes or any underwriter;

(r) [reserved];

 

-16-


(s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Notes to be rated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such Shelf Registration Statement, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Notes, if any;

(t) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to their security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(u) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA);

(v) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Co-Issuers have received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing;

(w) so long as any Transfer Restricted Notes remain outstanding, cause each Additional Guarantor upon such Person becoming an Additional Guarantor, to execute a joinder to this Agreement; and

(x) amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement for a period of up to 90 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to this Agreement), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the staff of the SEC. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this clause (x) .

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes to furnish to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Co-Issuers and Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts, each of the kind described in Section 3(e)(iii), (v), (vi) or (vii) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement

 

-17-


until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Co-Issuers and Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors (at its expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Notes current at the time of receipt of such notice.

If any of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes to be included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Co-Issuers and Guarantors. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Transfer Restricted Notes shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may suspend the disposition of Transfers Restricted Notes no more than an aggregate of 90 days in any 365-day period.

4. Indemnification; Contribution .

(a) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agree to indemnify, jointly and severally, and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers and each of their affiliates and any other Person under common control with the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each Person who participates as an underwriter (any such Person being an “ Underwriter ”) and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively the “ Issuer Indemnitees ”) as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Notes or Transfer Restricted Notes were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, any Free Writing Prospectus used in violation of this Agreement or any “issuer information” (“ Issuer Information ”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-18-


(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; and

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph for (ii) above;

provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning any Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers by any Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); and provided , further , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection shall not inure to the benefit of any Issuer Indemnitee from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Notes concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Notes was required to be delivered by such Issuer Indemnitee in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Issuer Indemnitee results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the sale of such Notes to such person, a copy of such prospectus if the Co-Issuers had previously furnished copies thereof to such Issuer Indemnitee.

(b) Each Issuer Indemnitee, severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Co-Issuers, any Guarantor, any Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Issuer Indemnitee furnished to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors by such Issuer Indemnitee expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided , however , that no such Issuer Indemnitee shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Issuer Indemnitee from the sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

-19-


(c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 , is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Issuer Indemnitees, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative fault of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Issuer Indemnitees on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors or the Issuer Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Issuer Indemnitees agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4 . The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include

 

-20-


any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 4 , each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, and each Person, if any, who controls any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors. The Initial Purchasers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 4 are several in proportion to the principal amount of Notes set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4 , in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which all of the Notes sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay under Section 4(b) hereof.

The remedies provided for in this Section 4 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 4 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Issuer Indemnitees or any Person controlling any Issuer Indemnitee, or by or on behalf of the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Notes and (iv) any sale of Transfer Restricted Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that the indemnity and contribution rights provided for, in this Section 4 shall not extend to any losses, liabilities or other damages arising out of actions occurring after the termination of this Agreement.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Rule 144 and Rule 144A .   If and for so long as the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors covenant that they will file and furnish the reports required to be filed by them under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder. If the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors cease to be so required to file and furnish such reports, the Co-Issuers and Guarantors covenant that they will upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes may reasonably

 

-21-


request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Transfer Restricted Notes without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements.

5.2 No Inconsistent Agreements .   The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have not entered into, and the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors will not after the date of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not and will not for the term of this Agreement in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Co-Issuers’ or Guarantors’ other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

5.3 Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

5.4 Notices .   All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Co-Issuers by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 , which address initially, and until so changed, is the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 .

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture at the address specified therein.

5.5 Successor and Assigns .   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer

 

-22-


Restricted Notes in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Notes, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Notes shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Notes such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Co-Issuers or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement

5.6 Third Party Beneficiaries .   The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

5.7 Remedies .   Each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

5.8 Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.

5.9 Headings .   The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

5.10 Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the state of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

5.11 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

[signature page follows]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name: Robert Dimond
  Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name: Robert Dimond
  Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:   /s/ Bradley S. Fox
  Name: Bradley S. Fox
  Title: Vice President & Treasurer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:   /s/ Robert A. Gordon
  Name: Robert A. Gordon
  Title: Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


GUARANTORS

 

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name: Gary Morton
 

Title:   Vice President, Treasurer &

            Assistant Secretary

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name: Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

EXTREME LLC

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR LLC

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      Vice President & Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

ABS TX OWNER LP

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS SW OWNER LLC

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

LSP LEASE LLC

ABS RM OWNER LLC

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

ASP SW OWNER LLC

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

EXT OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER LP

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR OWNER LLC

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

ABS CA-O LLC

ABS CA-GL LLC

ABS ID-O LLC

ABS ID-GL LLC

ABS MT-O LLC

ABS MT-GL LLC

ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


ABS OR-O LLC

ABS OR-GL LLC

ABS UT-O LLC

ABS UT-GL LLC

ABS WA-O LLC

ABS WA-GL LLC

ABS WY-O LLC

ABS WY-GL LLC

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

ABS ID-O DC LLC

ABS OR-O DC LLC

ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      Vice President, Legal

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name:    Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title:      President

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name:    Laura A. Donald

 

Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

AVIA PARTNERS, INC.

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

LUCERNE FOODS, INC.

EATING RIGHT LLC

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

O ORGANICS LLC

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name:    Laura A. Donald

 

Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name:    Laura A. Donald

 

Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner

By:

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name:    Laura A. Donald

 

Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Miles Kendall

 

Name:    Miles Kendall

 

Title:      President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

 

Name:    Elizabeth A. Harris

 

Title:      Vice President & Secretary

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

        Acting on behalf of itself

        and as a Representative of

        the several Initial Purchasers

By:

 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

  Incorporated

By:

 

/s/ Ryan Seifert

 

Name:    Ryan Seifert

 

Title:      Managing Director

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

        Acting on behalf of itself

        and as a Representative of

        the several Initial Purchasers

By:

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

By:

 

/s/ Joseph Kieffer

 

Name:    Joseph Kieffer

 

Title:      Managing Director

 

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Schedule A

 

Initial Purchasers

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Barclays Capital Inc.

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Drexel Hamilton, LLC

Exhibit 4.17

EXECUTION VERSION

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.,

SAFEWAY INC. and

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Issuers

and the Guarantors party hereto from time to time

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 31, 2016

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

   Indenture
Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N/A

(a)(4)

   N/A

(b)

   7.08; 7.10

(c)

   N/A

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N/A

312(a)

   2.06

(b)

   11.03

(c)

   11.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   N/A

(b)(2)

   7.06

(c)

   7.06

(d)

   4.02; 4.09

314(a)

   4.02; 4.09

(b)

   N/A

(c)(1)

   11.04

(c)(2)

   11.04

(c)(3)

   N/A

(d)

   11.06

(e)

   11.05

(f)

   N/A

315(a)

   7.01

(b)

   7.05

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   7.01

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   11.06

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   N/A

(b)

   6.07

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.05

318(a)

   11.01


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE  

SECTION 1.01.

  Definitions      1  

SECTION 1.02.

  Other Definitions      32  

SECTION 1.03.

  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      33  

SECTION 1.04.

  Rules of Construction      34  
ARTICLE 2  
THE SECURITIES  

SECTION 2.01.

  Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series      35  

SECTION 2.02.

  Form and Dating      36  

SECTION 2.03.

  Execution and Authentication      36  

SECTION 2.04.

  Registrar and Paying Agent      37  

SECTION 2.05.

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      37  

SECTION 2.06.

  Holder Lists      37  

SECTION 2.07.

  Transfer and Exchange      38  

SECTION 2.08.

  Replacement Securities      38  

SECTION 2.09.

  Outstanding Securities      39  

SECTION 2.10.

  Temporary Securities      39  

SECTION 2.11.

  Cancellation      39  

SECTION 2.12.

  Defaulted Interest      39  

SECTION 2.13.

  CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.      40  

SECTION 2.14.

  Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities      40  
ARTICLE 3  
REDEMPTION  

SECTION 3.01.

  Redemption      40  

SECTION 3.02.

  Applicability of Article      40  

SECTION 3.03.

  Notices to Trustee      40  

SECTION 3.04.

  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed      41  

SECTION 3.05.

  Notice of Optional Redemption      41  

SECTION 3.06.

  Effect of Notice of Redemption      42  

SECTION 3.07.

  Deposit of Redemption Price      42  

SECTION 3.08.

  Securities Redeemed in Part      42  
ARTICLE 4  
COVENANTS  

SECTION 4.01.

  Payment of Securities      42  

SECTION 4.02.

  Reports      43  


SECTION 4.03.

  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      45  

SECTION 4.04.

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      50  

SECTION 4.05.

  [Reserved]      57  

SECTION 4.06.

  Asset Sales      57  

SECTION 4.07.

  Transactions with Affiliates      60  

SECTION 4.08.

  Change of Control Triggering Event      63  

SECTION 4.09.

  Compliance Certificate      65  

SECTION 4.10.

  [Reserved]      65  

SECTION 4.11.

  Subsidiary Guarantees      65  

SECTION 4.12.

  Limitation on Liens      65  

SECTION 4.13.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      66  

SECTION 4.14.

  Applicability and Discharge of Covenants      67  
ARTICLE 5  
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE  

SECTION 5.01.

  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      67  

SECTION 5.02.

  Successor Issuer Substituted      68  

SECTION 5.03.

  Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      68  
ARTICLE 6  
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES  

SECTION 6.01.

  Events of Default      68  

SECTION 6.02.

  Acceleration      70  

SECTION 6.03.

  Other Remedies      70  

SECTION 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      71  

SECTION 6.05.

  Control by Majority      71  

SECTION 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      71  

SECTION 6.07.

  Right of the Holders to Receive Payment      72  

SECTION 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      72  

SECTION 6.09.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      72  

SECTION 6.10.

  Priorities      72  

SECTION 6.11.

  Undertaking for Costs      73  
ARTICLE 7  
TRUSTEE  

SECTION 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee      73  

SECTION 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee      74  

SECTION 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee      75  

SECTION 7.04.

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      75  

SECTION 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      75  

SECTION 7.06.

  Reports by Trustee to the Holders      75  

SECTION 7.07.

  Compensation and Indemnity      76  

SECTION 7.08.

  Replacement of Trustee      77  


SECTION 7.09.

  Successor Trustee by Merger      77  

SECTION 7.10.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      78  

SECTION 7.11.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers      78  
ARTICLE 8  
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE  

SECTION 8.01.

  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      78  

SECTION 8.02.

  Application of Trust Money      79  

SECTION 8.03.

  Applicability of Article      79  

SECTION 8.04.

  Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Obligations      79  

SECTION 8.05.

  Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust      81  

SECTION 8.06.

  Repayment to Issuers      81  
ARTICLE 9  
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS  

SECTION 9.01.

  Without Consent of the Holders      81  

SECTION 9.02.

  With Consent of the Holders      82  

SECTION 9.03.

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      83  

SECTION 9.04.

  [Reserved]      83  

SECTION 9.05.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers      83  

SECTION 9.06.

  Notation on or Exchange of Securities      83  

SECTION 9.07.

  Trustee to Sign Amendments      84  

SECTION 9.08.

  Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount      84  
ARTICLE 10  
GUARANTEES  

SECTION 10.01.

  Guarantees      84  

SECTION 10.02.

  Limitation on Liability      86  

SECTION 10.03.

  Successors and Assigns      86  

SECTION 10.04.

  No Waiver      86  

SECTION 10.05.

  Modification      86  

SECTION 10.06.

  Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors      86  

SECTION 10.07.

  Non-Impairment      87  

SECTION 10.08

  Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor      87  
ARTICLE 11  
MISCELLANEOUS  

SECTION 11.01.

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      88  

SECTION 11.02.

  Notices      88  

SECTION 11.03.

  Communication by the Holders with Other Holders      89  

SECTION 11.04.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      89  

SECTION 11.05.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      89  

SECTION 11.06.

  When Securities Disregarded      89  


SECTION 11.07.

  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar      90  

SECTION 11.08.

  Legal Holidays      90  

SECTION 11.09.

  Governing Law      90  

SECTION 11.10.

  No Recourse Against Others      90  

SECTION 11.11.

  Successors      90  

SECTION 11.12.

  Multiple Originals      90  

SECTION 11.13.

  Table of Contents; Headings      90  

SECTION 11.14.

  Indenture Controls      90  

SECTION 11.15.

  Severability      90  

SECTION 11.16.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      90  

 

Appendix A        

 

  

        Provisions Relating to Securities

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit A        

 

  

        Initial Security

Exhibit B        

 

  

        Exchange Security

Exhibit C        

 

  

        Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

Exhibit D        

 

  

        Form of Supplemental Indenture


INDENTURE, dated as of May 31, 2016, among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ”, together with Safeway and NAI, each a “ Co-Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Co-Issuers ” and together with the Company, each an “ Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Issuers ”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “ Original Securities ”) issued on the date hereof and (b) any Additional Securities that may be issued after the date hereof in the form of Exhibit   A (all such securities in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Securities ”) and (c) if and when issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due June 15, 2024 (the “ Exchange Securities ” and, together with the Initial Securities, the “ Securities ”) issued in exchange for any Initial Securities or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

ABL Facility ” means the asset-based credit facilities as in effect on the Issue Date or any subsequent asset-based credit facility entered into, in each case, with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility or one or more successors to the ABL Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person (a) is merged with or into (or consolidated or otherwise combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (b) became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,


in each case, including Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such asset disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) any Permitted Investment.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any additional interest owing in connection with any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities.

Additional Securities ” means Securities (other than the Exchange Securities) issued from time to time under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Albertsons ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Albertson s Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Appendix ” means Appendix A attached hereto.

 

-2-


Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Security on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Security; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Security at June 15, 2019 as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Security through June 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Security,

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Persons as the Issuers may designate.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating or verifying the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (in each case, other than Equity Interests of the Company and other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited to be made under Section 4.04;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or disposition of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50 million;

(e) dispositions of Divested Properties;

(f) dispositions of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse and abandonment of intellectual property) or dispositions of obsolete or surplus assets, worn out assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-3-


(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property consistent with past practice;

(j) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(m) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(n) the sale of any property in a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with the granting or enforcement of Permitted Liens;

(p) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q) any disposition of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(r) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(s) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(u) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(v) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

-4-


(w) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(x) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Hedging Obligations.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner or managing member of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Borrowing Base ” means the sum of (i) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, using amounts reflected on the most recent available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the inventory and accounts receivable of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination) and (z) 100% of unrestricted cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, or with respect to payments, the place of payment.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

-5-


Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of notice or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange

 

-6-


Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder and other than any transaction in compliance with Section 5.01; or

(3) the Company fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (3) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Issuers consolidate with and into the Company or (ii) any such Co-Issuer consolidates with and into another Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Event occurring in respect of that Change of Control.

Co-Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Co-Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Co-Issuers” shall mean such Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and in each case,

 

-7-


excluding (i) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (ii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (iv) any expensing of a bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (v) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting and (vi) Swap Contract costs.

Consolidated Net Income ” means for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the referent Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(7) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(8) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(9) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(10) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not

 

-8-


at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that (x) the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included therein and (y) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; and

(11) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of any parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company for such period.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting, in connection with any acquisition or disposition), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash restricted in favor of the lenders under any Credit Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

 

-9-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of such Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on or prior to the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Company.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until (or contemporaneously with) compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities (including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

-10-


(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Securities; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition or Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or any similar regulatory authority; provided that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.07; plus

(5) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Facilities (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of Indebtedness and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

-11-


(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A); plus

(8) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(9) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (9) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) other pro forma adjustments made and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (9) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(10) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(11) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

 

-12-


Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities or other property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Existing 2022 Notes ” means, the 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 issued by the Company and Safeway.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, as determined by the Company in its good faith discretion. “Fair Market Value” may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in the United States. For the avoidance of doubt the terms “consolidated” and “Consolidated” with respect

 

-13-


to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

Guarantee means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” (including, with correlative meaning, the term “ Incurrence ”) means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), with the amount of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being the amount equal to the amount available to be drawn, (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date; (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the principal component of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

 

-14-


Initial Purchasers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Drexel Hamilton, LLC.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall not give effect to any Indebtedness being incurred on such date (or expected to be incurred thereafter).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any Default or Event of Default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any

 

-15-


such transaction (including the related transactions to be entered into connection therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or, if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be,

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

 

-16-


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the referent Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means May 31, 2016.

Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Company or Companies and/or Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers, as applicable, shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Issuers” shall mean such Successor Company(s) and/or Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Issuers Request ” means a written request signed in the name of the Issuers by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of each Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Joint Venture ” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting stock or other Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

-17-


Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition, including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

NAI ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

NAI Notes ” means the (i) 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028; (ii) 7.75% Debentures due 2026; (iii) 7.45% Debentures due 2029; (iv) 8.70% Debentures due 2030; and (v) 8.00% Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by NAI.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be paid to the holder of a beneficial interest in such asset or applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated May 25, 2016 relating to the offering of the Original Securities.

Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice

 

-18-


President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of such Person, or any direct or indirect parent of such Person, as applicable, or other Person performing such functions, regardless of title or designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors for purposes of this Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of each Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in the business or Related Business Assets or a combination of assets used or useful in the business, Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.06.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company, a parent of the Company or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (referred to in this definition as a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company (including the Securities) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or

 

-19-


a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) advances to future, current and former officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, not in excess of $75 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, or (c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations entered into (1) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-20-


(11) (a) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers consistent with past practice, (c) to the extent constituting an Investment, guarantees of operating leases or (d) Investments made with the assets comprising the wellness centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3);

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (v) and (viii)(B) of such Section);

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11;

(16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided , however , that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of cash, a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(19) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19);

(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

-21-


(21) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(22) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Debt;

(24) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(25) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(26) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(28) Investments (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) in a Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or any successor thereof).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than pursuant to clauses (19) and (29) below);

 

  (2) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with an Issuer or a Subsidiary ( provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such entity becoming a Subsidiary or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary other than property of the entity so acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary);

 

  (3) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24 months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof ( provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired);

 

  (4)

Liens on any property acquired, developed, constructed or otherwise improved by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including Liens on the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company and substantially all assets of such Subsidiary, in

 

-22-


  each case to the extent such property constitutes substantially all of the business of such Subsidiary) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the development, construction or improvement thereof (including architectural, engineering, financing, consultant, advisor and legal fees and preopening costs), or any Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purposes, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;

 

  (5) Liens which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

 

  (6) Liens on the stock, partnership or other Equity Interest of an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary that owns an Equity Interest in such Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

 

  (7) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or industrial revenue bond financing;

 

  (8) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

 

  (9) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (10) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

 

  (11) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and certain other minor irregularities of title;

 

  (12) Liens required by an escrow agreement in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness;

 

  (13) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (15) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-23-


  (16) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

 

  (18) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) (including the Non-Guarantor Exception) or clauses (v), (xiii), (xiv), (xxi), (xxv), (xxvi) or (xxviii) of Section 4.03(b); provided that, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including the use of proceeds therefrom);

 

  (19) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 4.03(b) plus in the case of any such Indebtedness that is amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed which is secured by a Lien permitted under this clause (19) or a portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement, modification or change;

 

  (20) Liens securing the Initial Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (and the related Exchange Notes and exchange Guarantees);

 

  (21) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (22) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (23) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

  (24) (a) judgment and attachment Liens and Liens arising out of decrees, orders and awards, in each case, to the extent not giving rise to an Event of Default and (b) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

 

  (25) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (26) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (25) above securing obligations outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) $1.25 billion and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Incurrence;

 

  (27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under this Indenture;

 

-24-


  (28) any extension, renewal, replacement, restructuring, refinancing or other modification of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (27); and

 

  (29) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.03(b)(xxvii).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Public Company Costs ” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated May 25, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives of Initial Purchasers.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

-25-


Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.

Ratings Event ” means a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Securities within the Ratings Decline Period by both Rating Agencies, as a result of which the rating of the Securities on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by the applicable Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement); provided, however , that a Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making such reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or otherwise inform the trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary.

Real Property ” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

 

-26-


Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

 

-27-


Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivery to the Trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Reference Notes ” means, collectively, the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Safeway Notes ” means the (i) 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020; (ii) 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021; (iii) 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027; and (iv) 7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by Safeway.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with a person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or to which any such person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such person, or to any other person (other than the Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such person on the security of the leased property; provided that in connection with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received cash proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of such property and (y) on terms at least as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from a non-Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

-28-


Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Sponsor ” means, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation .

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to an Issuer, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other Equity Interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other Equity Interests) of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations with respect to the Securities.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company party hereto as a Guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Company that hereafter guarantees the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Swap Contracts ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

-29-


Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan credit agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, by and among the Company (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), certain Subsidiaries of the Company, the financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Facility or one or more successors to the Term Loan Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders of holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means at any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust administration department of the Trustee, with direct responsibility for performing the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter and this Indenture, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

-30-


Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company but excluding the Company and the Co-Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal

 

-31-


of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such date entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

  

Defined in
Section

“Additional Liens”

   4.12(b)(i)

“Agent Members”

   Appendix A

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.07(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.06(b)

“Clearstream”

   Appendix A

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.08(b)

“covenant defeasance option”

   8.04

“Covenant Termination Event”

   4.14(a)

“Custodian”

   6.01

“Definitive Security”

   Appendix A

“Depository”

   Appendix A

“Discharged”

   8.04

“Euroclear”

   Appendix A

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Exchange Securities”

   Preamble

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.06(b)

“Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Global Securities Legend”

   Appendix A

“Guaranteed Obligations”

   10.01(a)

“IAI”

   Appendix A

“Initial Securities”

   Preamble

“incorporated provision”

   11.01

 

-32-


Term

  

Defined in
Section

“legal defeasance option”

   8.04

“Non-Guarantor Exception”

   4.03(a)

“Offer Period”

   4.06(d)

“Original Securities”

   Preamble

“Parent Guarantor”

   4.02

“Pari Passu Liens”

   4.12(b)(ii)

“Paying Agent”

   2.04(a)

“Permitted Debt”

   4.03(b)

“protected purchaser”

   2.08

“QIB”

   Appendix A

“Reference Indebtedness”

   4.11

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

   4.03(b)(xv)

“Refunding Capital Stock

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Registered Exchange Offer”

   Appendix A

“Registrar”

   2.04(a)

“Registration Rights Agreement”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Regulation S Securities”

   Appendix A

“Restricted Payments”

   4.04(a)

“Restricted Period”

   Appendix A

“Restricted Securities Legend”

   Appendix A

“Retired Capital Stock”

   4.04(b)(ii)(A)

“Rule 501”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Rule 144A Securities”

   Appendix A

“Securities”

   Preamble

“Securities Custodian”

   Appendix A

“Shelf Registration Statement”

   Appendix A

“Successor Issuer”

   5.01(a)

“Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities”

   Appendix A

“Transfer Restricted Global Securities”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Definitive Security”

   Appendix A

“Unrestricted Global Security”

   Appendix A

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, this Indenture shall incorporate by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Securities and the Guarantees.

indenture security holder ” means a Holder.

 

-33-


indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Securities.

Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, all other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule shall have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. Dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) whenever in this Indenture or in any Security there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and

(l) for any periods or dates which the Company does not have historical financial statements available, it shall be entitled to use and rely on the financial statements of its predecessor or successor (as the case may be).

 

-34-


ARTICLE 2

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Original Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $1,250,000,000. The Securities may be issued in one or more series. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.

The Issuers may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Securities under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Securities is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Securities are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Securities issued after the Issue Date (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Securities:

(1) whether such Additional Securities shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Securities and the title of such Additional Securities (which shall distinguish the Additional Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest on such Additional Securities shall accrue;

(4) if applicable, that such Additional Securities shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Securities, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Securities in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit   A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Securities registered, or any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof; and

(5) if applicable, that such Additional Securities that are not Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities shall not be issued in the form of Initial Securities as set forth in Exhibit   A , but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit   B .

If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Securities.

 

-35-


SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Securities are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Initial Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities, if issued as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit   A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities issued other than as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit   B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which any Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each Issuer (a) Original Securities for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Securities for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Securities exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Appendix, any issuance of Additional Securities after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, whether such Additional Securities are of the same or a different series than the Original Securities.

One Officer of each Issuer shall sign the Securities for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

 

-36-


SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency in the United States where Securities may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities and (ii) the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Securities.

(b) The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which, subject to Section 1.03, shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Security, the Issuers shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. During the continuance of a Default under this Indenture, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to either of the Issuers, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

-37-


SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . The Securities shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Issuers shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee or (ii) the Issuers, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Security). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

 

-38-


Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.

SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Security.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities . In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuers at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver copies of canceled Securities to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer of each Issuer. The Issuers may not issue new Securities to replace Securities they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Securities (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

-39-


SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc . The Issuers in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities . With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Securities, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Securities, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Securities then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Redemption .

(a) The Securities may be redeemed at the Issuers’ option, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date.

(b) The Issuers shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Securities.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture or the Securities, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 3.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuers elect to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture and the Security pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuers shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuers to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuers and given in writing to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

 

-40-


SECTION 3.04. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed (if such listing is known to the Trustee), or if such Securities are not so listed, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided , that the Trustee shall not select Securities for redemption which would result in a Holder of Securities with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $2,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly (and in any event, within 5 Business Days following receipt of the notice described in Section 3.03) of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed to such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 hereof.

Any such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of a Paying Agent;

(iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment or any Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

 

-41-


In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

(b) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption specified in this Section 3.05 in the Issuers’ names and at the Issuers’ expense; provided , however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee in writing with the information required by this Section 3.05.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice (except to the extent such redemption is conditional as set forth in Section 3.05). Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless a Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.08. Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities . The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of and interest, on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by the applicable time on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, are not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

 

-42-


SECTION 4.02. Reports .

So long as any Securities are outstanding:

(i) the Company shall provide the Trustee and Holders of Securities with annual consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and unaudited quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the absence of year-end adjustments and footnotes in the case of quarterly financial statements) and (ii) be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations of the Company contained in the Offering Memorandum. Unless otherwise publicly available, such financial statements and related discussion shall be made available to Holders of Securities and prospective investors in the Securities by posting on a password protected website accessible by all such persons, which shall announce when such items have been posted (it being understood that the Company may require a certification and customary non-disclosure agreement to access such site); and

(ii) the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders of Securities all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02 and 5.01 (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such event is not material to Holders of the Securities or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive or other material harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that such non-disclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive or other material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself; provided , further , that no such report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries). All information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filer reporting companies under the Exchange Act. Information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be made by posting on the website referred to in clause (i) above.

If after the Issue Date the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above

 

-43-


shall include a reasonably detailed presentation (which may be consistent with the non-guarantor information provided in the Offering Memorandum), either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” or comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

So long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall also issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) upon the posting of the information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above.

The Company shall hold a conference call for the Holders of Securities to discuss such financial information described in clause (i) above no later than 10 calendar days after delivering the annual financial information and the quarterly financial information described in clause (i) above (it being understood that such conference call may be prior to the delivery of such financial information described above and may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity or debt investors and analysts at the time of its earnings release). The Company will issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) of any such conference call at least one Business Day in advance.

In addition, for so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a guarantor (a “ Parent Guarantor ”) of the Securities, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent Guarantor; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company (i) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, by a Parent Entity filing a registration statement in connection with a potential Qualified IPO or (ii) prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or the Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and, in each case, satisfying the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company, a Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity has provided the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company, such Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity, in each case, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.02.

To the extent any such information, reports or other documents are filed electronically on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (or any successor system), such filing shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the Securities and the Trustee.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information

 

-44-


contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided , further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including the pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) exceeds the greater of $1,250 million and 5.0% of Total Assets (the “ Non-Guarantor Exception ”).

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,500 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8,000 million plus an unlimited amount of additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility as long as, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the use of proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (assuming, to the extent incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03(b)(ii), that all such Indebtedness is secured whether or not so secured);

(iii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Securities and related exchange Guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (xxvii) of this Section 4.03(b));

 

-45-


(v) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, and purchase money Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock Incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other asset that is used or useful in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) and related taxes and transaction costs in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (v), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,250 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(xi) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley (whether or not owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

 

-46-


(xii) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) (and any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any such obligations), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing any obligations Incurred under this clause (whether or not such obligations could be newly Incurred under this clause on the date of such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement), so long as the obligations resulting from such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement do not exceed the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of such obligations at the time such obligations became Permitted Debt under this Indenture, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii));

(xiv) any guarantee or co-issuance by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee or co-issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (xi), (xv) and (xvi) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including lender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;

 

-47-


(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii) one year after the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; and

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (i) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition and (ii) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a);

(2) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such acquisition; or

(3) such Indebtedness is Incurred by an Issuer or a Guarantor and does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and is subordinated to the Securities;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its Incurrence;

 

-48-


(xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers;

(xxiii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (A) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (B) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (C) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company permitted by this Indenture;

(xxv) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xxvi) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(xxvii) the Existing 2022 Notes; provided this clause (xxvii) shall not be in effect 60 days following the Issue Date; and

(xxviii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness will be used to prepay other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Indebtedness is thereafter promptly assumed, retired or otherwise repaid by a Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and upon such assumption, retirement or other repayment, such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of the clauses in Section 4.03(b) or pursuant to Section 4.03(a), but may be Incurred

 

-49-


partially under one clause and partially under one or more other clauses; provided that all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility which is in existence or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date and the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility outstanding or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date, in each case, shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) respectively, of Section 4.03(b) and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03 or Section 4.12. Any Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar facility shall only be deemed to be Incurred at the time funds are borrowed. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization. The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 

-50-


(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (viii) and (x) of Section 4.03(b)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as an immediate consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and not returned or rescinded (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (xi)(B) and (xx) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

-51-


(D) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any property received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such exchange, plus

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”),

(II) the sale or disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration such payment or the giving of such notice would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of such notice would have been deemed a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

 

-52-


(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares), or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (x) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (y) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in either case which constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 4.03(b)(xv);

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the relevant Person’s estate or beneficiary of such Person’s estate) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $125 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $75 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

 

-53-


( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (iv) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(v) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of dividends permitted by clause (a) above, repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted under clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);

(viii) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(ix) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(x) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xi) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent, in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable:

(A) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees, taxes and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-54-


(B) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness; and

(C) pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of such direct or indirect parent of the Company that are not consummated;

(D) pay costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(E) expenses Incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(1) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(2) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(3) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(xii) the payment of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to (or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to) fund the payment of fees and expenses owed by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants and payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

 

-55-


(xiv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xv) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.06 and Section 4.08; provided that, prior to or concurrently with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Securities as a result of such Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

(xvi) distributions pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement (as defined in the Offering Memorandum);

(xvii) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(xviii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xix) (A) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) the taxable income of the Company for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Issue Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (xix)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Company) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (B) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Issue Date for which AB Acquisition LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Company after the Issue Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Issue Date relating to income generated in the Company or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (including any predecessors thereof) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment; and

(xx) other Restricted Payments as long as, at the time of the making thereof and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payments), the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.00 to 1.00;

 

-56-


provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (ix) and (xx) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than captive insurance companies) shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.04, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuers may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as such Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.05. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined on the date the contractual obligation is entered into) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

 

-57-


(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay Obligations under the Credit Facilities that are secured by a Lien (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto);

(ii) to repay either (A) Obligations under the Securities or (B) Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that in the case of any repayment pursuant to clause (B), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will reduce Obligations under the Securities on an equal or ratable basis with the Pari Passu Indebtedness repaid pursuant to clause (B) (1) on a pro rata basis as provided under Article 3 hereof, (2) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (3) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Securities at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Securities that would otherwise be prepaid (which offer shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer for purposes hereof); and/or

(iii) to acquire Additional Assets;

provided that in the case of clause (iii) above, a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise use such Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or

 

-58-


a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Securities and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to Asset Sales, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Securities and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06 and, in the case of Securities, is in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year by sending the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities or the other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such Holders and holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall select the Securities and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Securities or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds the Issuers are offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

(c) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Sale (or Asset Sales) pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) a sum sufficient to pay the purchase price for the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price for such Securities. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent is greater than the purchase price of the Securities tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company on the Business Day following the expiration of the Offer Period.

(e) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice of an Asset Sale Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to

 

-59-


withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Securities are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such Securities for purchase shall be made by the Issuers in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, or if such Securities are not listed, by lot or such other method as the Issuers shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided that the Issuers shall not select Securities for purchase which would result in a Holder with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination to the extent practicable.

(f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Securities (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with the Depository’s procedures). If any Security is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

(g) A new Security in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Security purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security; provided that global Securities will be reduced in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC to reflect the unpurchased portion of any such Security. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction (or if earlier, the date on which such transaction is contractually agreed) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above (which resolution, if adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with clause (i) above).

 

-60-


(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Company, the Co-Issuers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the applicable transactions and (B) any merger of the Company and any direct parent of the Company; provided that such direct parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company (if applicable) and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(ii) transactions in connection with (x) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and (y) Permitted Investments;

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities, insurance arrangements, reimbursements, and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) any agreement (other than with the Sponsor) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms at least as favorable that could reasonably have been obtained at such time

 

-61-


from an unaffiliated party (determined at the time such transaction is entered into, or, if early, the date such transaction is contractually agreed) or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing, including dispositions and repurchases of assets;

(x) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) (A) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (1) $75 million and (2) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year, plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xii) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, consulting, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking or advisory activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the Transactions, operations, management, acquisitions, divestitures or other financing arrangements, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith;

(xiii) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(xiv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01;

(xv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) any employment agreements, pension plans or other employee benefit plans or arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

 

-62-


(xix) in the case Section 4.04(b)(xix), the entering into any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to such payments;

(xx) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xxi) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xxii) any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(xxiii) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(xxiv) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control Triggering Event .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall not be obligated to purchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that they have exercised their right to redeem such Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture, the Issuers shall send a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event;

 

-63-


(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuers at the address specified in the Change of Control Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased. Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

(d) On the purchase date, all Securities purchased by the Issuers under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) At the time the Issuers deliver Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuers shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Issuers pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

(g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuers to make such offer have been complied with.

(h) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

(i) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event (subject to any extensions to the extent set forth in the notice of such Change of Control Offer).

(j) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities validly tender and do not withdraw such Securities in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchase all of the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party shall have the

 

-64-


right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, which notice must be given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Securities that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . Commencing with the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuers they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Issuers also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

SECTION 4.10. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.11. Subsidiary Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary other than the Co-Issuers (unless such Subsidiary is not required to guarantee the Credit Facilities or is already a Subsidiary Guarantor) that:

(a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock,

in each case, other than (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and (2) any Permitted Debt referred to in Section 4.03(b), to execute and deliver to the Trustee, a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Securities. The Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock referenced in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 4.11 shall be referred to as “ Reference Indebtedness .”

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens .

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or on any evidences of Indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock of, or other ownership interests in, any Restricted Subsidiary (regardless of whether the asset, property, Indebtedness, Capital Stock or ownership interests were acquired before or after the date hereof) without effectively providing that all of the Securities or Guarantees then outstanding, as the case may be, shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

This Section 4.12(a) will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Securities if the relevant Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

-65-


(1) if any of the Reference Notes are hereafter secured by any Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Additional Liens ”), then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, substantially concurrently with the granting of such Liens grant perfected Liens in the same additional collateral securing the Reference Notes to secure the Securities (or Guarantees, as the case may be), equally, ratably and on a pari passu basis (the “ Pari Passu Liens ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Permitted Liens that secure any Reference Notes as of the Issue Date. The Pari Passu Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (A) granted concurrently with the granting of any such Additional Liens, and (B) granted pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less favorable to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities than those granted to secure such Reference Notes. In connection with the granting of any such Pari Passu Liens, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall provide to the Trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the corresponding property are provided to the holders of such Reference Notes or their respective trustee (and in an insured amount that bears the same proportion to the principal amount of the Securities as the insured amount in the policies provided to the holders of such Reference Notes bears to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z) legal opinions and other assurances as the Trustee may reasonably request.

(2) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become entitled to the release of any or all of such Additional Liens securing such Reference Notes and Subsidiary guarantees related thereto, and provided that no Default or Event of Default has then occurred and remains continuing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may in its sole discretion request that the collateral agent release the corresponding Pari Passu Liens securing the Securities, and in such circumstances the collateral agent (or the Trustee) shall so release such Pari Passu Liens.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Issuers register the Securities or the related Exchange Securities with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Securities or the related Exchange Securities, then the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall at such time automatically be deemed not to be part of the collateral that would secure the Securities pursuant to this covenant, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.12, if any Lien would be permitted pursuant to one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Lien,” the Company may classify such Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Lien so long as such Lien (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain in the United States, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency (in each case, if not the office of the Trustee). If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices

 

-66-


and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02; provided, however , no service of legal process may be made on the Issuers at an office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuers hereby designate the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent, as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.14. Applicability and Discharge of Covenants .

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Securities have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Termination Event ”), Section 4.03, Section 4.04, Section 4.06 and Section 4.07 shall not at any time thereafter be applicable to such Securities.

(b) The Issuers shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Termination Event, but no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result of the failure to provide such notice. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the Holders of the Securities of the occurrence of a Covenant Termination Event.

ARTICLE 5

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 5.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Issuer shall (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) either (i) an Issuer is the surviving Person, in the case of a merger or consolidation, and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, there will be a co-obligor of the Securities that is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia for so long as the Company remains a limited liability company or (ii) the successor or transferee (the “ Successor Issuer ”) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Issuer shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto or other agreement, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture; provided if the Successor Issuer is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Securities shall be a corporation;

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately after such transaction; and

(c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel conforming to the provisions of Section 11.04 hereof and each stating that such consolidation, merger, or transfer and such supplemental indenture and other agreement (if any) comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

-67-


SECTION 5.02. Successor Issuer Substituted .

The Successor Issuer shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, an Issuer under this Indenture, with the same effect as if the Successor Issuer had been an original party to this Indenture, and such Issuer shall be released from all its liabilities and obligations under this Indenture and the Securities.

SECTION 5.03. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation or other Person, whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

(i) subject to Section 10.08, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided that relate to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein with respect to the Securities means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law, pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon the Securities when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 calendar days,

(b) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) the Securities at their Stated Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption, upon declaration or otherwise),

(c) [reserved],

(d) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any one time, in an amount in excess of

 

-68-


$150 million; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in this clause (d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the Securities) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the Default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured,

(e) failure by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

(f) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 calendar days (or, in the case of the failure to comply with Section 4.02, 90 days) after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuers by the Trustee or to the Issuers and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, a written notice specifying such Default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder,

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, or

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer);

 

-69-


or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and, in each such case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article 6 provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue interest on the Securities,

(B) the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to the Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.04.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

 

-70-


The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (1) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, or (2) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected, in which case each Holder so affected must waive such Default or Event of Default (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a payment Event of Default occurring as a result of the acceleration of the Securities, which may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.02). When a Default or Event of Default is waived, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities do not give the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period.

 

-71-


(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.07. Right of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall be absolute and unconditional, and such right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems reasonably necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

-72-


SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by an Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

-73-


(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and, from the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested (and subject to clause (g) below) in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

-74-


(i) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next interest payment date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(m) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to effect or maintain insurance or to renew any policies of insurance or to inquire as to the sufficiency of any policies of insurance carried by the Issuers or any Guarantor, or to report, or make or file claims or proof of loss for, any loss or damage insured against or that may occur, or to keep itself informed or advised as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 from the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Holder.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Trust Officer, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs and 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, as promptly as practicable after each June 15 beginning with the

 

-75-


June 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event within 12 months of the last such report, the Trustee shall send to each Holder a brief report dated as of such June 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA.

A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly following receipt of written request therefor upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel (limited to one law firm and one local counsel), accountants and experts. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by any Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve any Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable good faith cooperation at the Issuers’ reasonable expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no actual or potential legal conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee on the other hand, in connection with such defense. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense (a) incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith, or (b) if it is the result of the settlement of a claim for which indemnification may be sought hereunder and the Trustee shall have settled such claim without the Issuers’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

The Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 

-76-


SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture.

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

-77-


In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture shall, upon Issuers Request, cease to be of further effect with respect to the Securities (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities herein expressly provided for and rights to receive payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08, and (ii) Securities the payment for which money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers;

 

-78-


(b) the Issuers, in the case of subclause (2) or (3) of clause (a)(ii) of this Section 8.01, have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; provided , however , in the event a petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, is filed with respect to any Issuer within 91 days after the deposit and the Trustee is required to return the deposited money to such Issuer, the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture with respect to such Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuers under Section 4.01, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8.01, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 8.02 (until payments are made by the Trustee thereunder), shall survive.

SECTION 8.02. Application of Trust Money . All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

SECTION 8.03. Applicability of Article . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.04, the Issuers may terminate their obligations under the Securities and this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.04.

SECTION 8.04. Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Obligations . At the Issuers’ option, either (1) the Issuers shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from their obligations with respect to Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations under their Guarantees in respect of the Securities (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (2) the Issuers shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11and 4.12 and the operation of Article 5 and Section 6.01(d), 6.01(f) (with respect to any Default under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 and 4.12), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only), in respect of the Securities (“ covenant defeasance option ”) at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

(a) the Issuers shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to clauses (i) and (ii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of and premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Securities on the dates such installments of interest or principal and premium are due;

 

-79-


(b) such deposit shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for purposes of Section 7.08 and the TIA;

(c) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound;

(d) if the Securities are then listed on any national securities exchange, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a letter or other document from such exchange to the effect that the Issuers’ exercise of their option under this Section 8.04 would not cause such Securities to be delisted;

(e) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and, with respect to the legal defeasance option only, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

(f) with respect to the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance or Discharge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option and an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after the date of such deposit, the obligations of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to under the definition of “covenant defeasance option” with respect to such Securities shall be reinstated;

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying the conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 8.04 have been satisfied; and

(h) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Discharged ” means that the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities and the Guarantees in respect of the Securities and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture in respect of the Securities (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging the same), except (i) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described

 

-80-


in clause (a) above, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Securities under Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.10 and 8.05 and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust . All moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of Securities shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including any Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Securities.

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuers . The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuers upon Issuers Request any moneys or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities for which money or U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders . Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to permit a Successor Issuer to assume the Issuers’ covenants and obligations under this Indenture and in the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(ii) to add to the Issuers’ covenants for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities;

(iii) to surrender any of the Issuers’ rights or powers conferred in this Indenture;

(iv) to add any additional Events of Default;

(v) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent needed to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Securities in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities in any material respect;

(vi) to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as is necessary to provide for the administration of the trust by more than one trustee;

(vii) to cure any ambiguity;

 

-81-


(viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Securities and Exchange Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a single issue of securities;

(ix) to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein;

(x) to add additional Guarantees or to release any Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantees as provided by the terms of this Indenture;

(xi) to (A) secure the Securities with collateral and (B) release collateral (if any) from the Lien when permitted or required by the terms of the applicable security documents (if any have been entered into), the intercreditor agreement (if one has been entered into) or this Indenture;

(xii) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Securities to the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(xiii) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture as long as the new provisions do not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Securities; or

(xiv) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA.

Upon the request of the Issuers, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.07, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and, if applicable, the Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture. After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) With the written consent of the Holders of not less than at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, or amendments to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby:

(i) change the Stated Maturity or reduce the principal amount or the rate of interest, or extend the time for payment of interest of the Securities or any premium payable upon the redemption of the Securities, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the due date thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee);

 

-82-


(ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Securities where the consent of the Holder is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver as provided for in this Indenture; or

(iii) modify any of the waiver provisionsof this Indenture, except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security which would be affected.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. [Reserved] .

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers certifying that the requisite principal amount of Securities have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

(b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Security to deliver

 

-83-


it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.07. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Securities issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Securities may vote) as one class and no series of Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification

 

-84-


of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.08

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

-85-


(h) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

(i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(j) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as each relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors . Each Subsidiary and each other Person that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.11 shall

 

-86-


promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit   D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 10.07. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

SECTION 10.08 Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be released and discharged from all obligations under this Article 10 upon:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture;

(iii) the Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option as described under Section 8.04 or if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) such Person is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(v) the Issuers designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(vi) if any such Subsidiary Guarantor no longer guarantees any Reference Indebtedness or any Reference Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer outstanding; or

(vii) the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Obligations under the Credit Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and effect, upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

-87-


ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: General Counsel

if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Facsimile: 612-217-5651

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

 

-88-


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Security (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Security (or its designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depository.

SECTION 11.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by any Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with any Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

-89-


SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

SECTION 11.09. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW   YORK.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 11.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.14. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 11.15. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, THE PAYING AGENT AND THE REGISTRAR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-90-


[Signature pages follow]

 

-91-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

Name:   Bradley S. Fox
Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

S-1


GUARANTORS
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

S-2


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

S-3


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

S-4


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   General Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

S-5


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

S-6


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

 

S-7


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-8


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-9


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-10


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By:   RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

S-11


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

S-12


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

S-13


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name: Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

S-14


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES

1. Definitions .

1.1 Definitions .

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme , or any successor securities clearing agency.

Definitive Security ” means a certificated Security (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend if the transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Securities Legend.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Securities, The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Global Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 31, 2016 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers relating to the Securities and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Securities.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.

Regulation   S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Period ,” with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuers to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Securities that are Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.


Restricted Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) of this Appendix A.

Rule   501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend.

Transfer Restricted Global Securities ” means Global Securities bearing the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , that in no case shall an Exchange Security issued in accordance with this Indenture and the terms of any Registration Rights Agreement be a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

Unrestricted Definitive Security ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend.

Unrestricted Global Security ” means a Global Security that does not bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term :    Defined in Section :

Agent Members

   2.1(b)

Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Regulation S Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Rule 144A Global Securities

   2.1(b)

2. The Securities .

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Securities .

(a) The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

 

-2-


(b) Global Securities . (i) Rule 144A Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Securities ”). Regulation S Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Securities ”). The term “ Global Securities ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Securities and the Regulation S Global Securities. The Global Securities shall bear the Global Security Legend. The Global Securities initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Securities. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Securities for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

(ii) Transfers of Global Securities shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Securities may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Securities only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A. In addition, a Global Security shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Security and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security and the Depository or the Issuers request the issuance of such Definitive Securities. In all cases, Definitive Securities delivered in exchange for any Global Security or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested in writing by or on behalf of the Depository, in accordance with its customary procedures.

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Security as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Appendix A shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Security may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A.

(vi) The Holder of any Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

 

-3-


2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities . A Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Appendix A. Global Securities will not be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Securities except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. Global Securities also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Security may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Security . Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Security in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Security that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i) of this Appendix A, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Securities contained in this Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Transfer Restricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Security if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

 

-4-


(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities for Definitive Securities . A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be exchanged for a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A.

 

-5-


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or

(F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Security, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

 

-6-


and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Security. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Security and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Securities. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Definitive Securities . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Securities and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Securities. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Securities duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e).

 

-7-


(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . A Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(2) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Securities to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Security pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security.

 

-8-


At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Legend .

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN

 

-9-


RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Each Regulation S Security that is a Temporary Security issued pursuant to Section 2.10 shall bear a legend in substantially in the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legends:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

Each Security issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY

 

-10-


SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.”

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a Definitive Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security).

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Securities Legend on such Initial Securities shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Securities are offered Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to Initial Securities that Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Securities in global form without the Restricted Securities Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Security acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Security bear the Restricted Securities Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Security be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(vi) Any Additional Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

 

-11-


(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(j) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

(k) Transfers of Securities Held by Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.2, any certificate (i) evidencing a Security that has been transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of any Issuer, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) evidencing a Security that has been acquired from an affiliate (other than by an affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was an owner of such Security, in each case, be in the form of a permanent Definitive Security

 

-12-


and bear the Restricted Securities Legend subject to the restrictions in this Section 2.2. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.2(k). The Issuers, at their sole cost and expense, shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Trustee.

 

-13-


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Securities Legend]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

 

A-1


OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

[Temporary Regulation S Security Legend]

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-2


[FORM OF INITIAL SECURITY]

 

No.    $        

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

CUSIP No. [144A: 013093 AA7 / Reg S: U01259 AA5]

ISIN No. [144A: US013093AA74 / Reg S: USU01259AA56]

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of             Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on June 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-4


Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
WILMINGTON TRUST,NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2016. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 31, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest but including Additional Interest, if any) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

A-6


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to June 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.969

2020

     103.313

2021

     101.656

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

A-7


In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered

 

A-8


address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-9


13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers

 

A-10


under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:  

 

   
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

A-12


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Securities held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned:

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the Depository a Security or Securities in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Security (or the portion thereof indicated above); and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  is exchanging this Security in connection with an expected transfer to an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Security or Securities; and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  the transferee is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

(1)       ☐      to the Issuers, any Parent of an Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer; or
(2)       ☐      to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
(3)       ☐      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4)       ☐      inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

A-13


(5)       ☐      outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act and such Security shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
(6)       ☐      to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
(7)       ☐      pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers and/or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

    Date:  

 

   

 

      Your Signature  

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:  

 

   

 

  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
   Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following such
decrease or increase
   Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
           
           
           

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

           Asset Sale ☐    Change of Control Triggering Event ☐

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

$

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

 

B-1


[FORM OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

 

No.

  $        

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

CUSIP No. 013093 AB5

ISIN No. US013093AB57

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [            ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of            Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on June 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

B-2


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

B-3


Dated:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

B-4


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

6.625% Senior Note due 2024

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2016. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from May 31, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

B-5


4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Exchange Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to June 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.969

2020

     103.313

2021

     101.656

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

B-6


In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 106.625% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

B-7


8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of

 

B-8


at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

B-9


18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

B-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

 

Signature Guarantee:
Date:  

 

   
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee     Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

B-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
     Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Security
     Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following such
decrease or increase
     Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian
 
           
           
           

 

B-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

Asset Sale      Change of Control Triggering Event   

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

 

$        
Date:  

 

    Your Signature:  

 

        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:  

 

  

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of

Transferee Letter of Representation

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[        ] principal amount of the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”) of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”) and SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”) and Albertson’s LLC (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, Safeway and NAI, the “ Issuers ”).

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows

 

Name:  

 

Address:  

 

Taxpayer ID Number:  

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuers,

 

C-1


(b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule   144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Dated:  

 

    TRANSFEREE:                                                                   ,
          by                                                                                     

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

 

D-1


5. Governing Law THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW   YORK.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.18

Executed Version

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.,

SAFEWAY INC. and

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Issuers

and the Guarantors party hereto from time to time

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 9, 2016

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA

Section

       

Indenture

Section

310 (a)(1)       7.10
       (a)(2)       7.10
       (a)(3)       N/A
       (a)(4)       N/A
       (b)       7.08; 7.10
       (c)       N/A
311 (a)       7.11
       (b)       7.11
       (c)       N/A
312 (a)       2.06
       (b)       11.03
       (c)       11.03
313 (a)       7.06
       (b)(1)       N/A
       (b)(2)       7.06
       (c)       7.06
       (d)       4.02; 4.09
314 (a)       4.02; 4.09
       (b)       N/A
       (c)(1)       11.04
       (c)(2)       11.04
       (c)(3)       N/A
       (d)       11.06
       (e)       11.05
       (f)       N/A
315 (a)       7.01
       (b)       7.05
       (c)       7.01
       (d)       7.01
       (e)       6.11
316 (a) (last sentence)       11.06
       (a)(1)(A)       6.05
       (a)(1)(B)       6.04
       (a)(2)       N/A
       (b)       6.07
317 (a)(1)       6.08
       (a)(2)       6.09
       (b)       2.05
318 (a)       11.01


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1  
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE  
SECTION 1.01.  

Definitions

     1  
SECTION 1.02.  

Other Definitions

     32  
SECTION 1.03.  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

     33  
SECTION 1.04.  

Rules of Construction

     34  
ARTICLE 2  
THE SECURITIES  
SECTION 2.01.  

Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series

     35  
SECTION 2.02.  

Form and Dating

     36  
SECTION 2.03.  

Execution and Authentication

     36  
SECTION 2.04.  

Registrar and Paying Agent

     36  
SECTION 2.05.  

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     37  
SECTION 2.06.  

Holder Lists

     37  
SECTION 2.07.  

Transfer and Exchange

     38  
SECTION 2.08.  

Replacement Securities

     38  
SECTION 2.09.  

Outstanding Securities

     39  
SECTION 2.10.  

Temporary Securities

     39  
SECTION 2.11.  

Cancellation

     39  
SECTION 2.12.  

Defaulted Interest

     39  
SECTION 2.13.  

CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc.

     39  
SECTION 2.14.  

Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities

     40  
ARTICLE 3  
REDEMPTION  
SECTION 3.01.  

Redemption

     40  
SECTION 3.02.  

Applicability of Article

     40  
SECTION 3.03.  

Notices to Trustee

     40  
SECTION 3.04.  

Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed

     40  
SECTION 3.05.  

Notice of Optional Redemption

     41  
SECTION 3.06.  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     42  
SECTION 3.07.  

Deposit of Redemption Price

     42  
SECTION 3.08.  

Securities Redeemed in Part

     42  
ARTICLE 4  
COVENANTS  
SECTION 4.01.  

Payment of Securities

     42  
SECTION 4.02.  

Reports

     43  


SECTION 4.03.  

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

     45  
SECTION 4.04.  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     50  
SECTION 4.05.  

[Reserved]

     57  
SECTION 4.06.  

Asset Sales

     57  
SECTION 4.07.  

Transactions with Affiliates

     60  
SECTION 4.08.  

Change of Control Triggering Event

     63  
SECTION 4.09.  

Compliance Certificate

     64  
SECTION 4.10.  

[Reserved]

     65  
SECTION 4.11.  

Subsidiary Guarantees

     65  
SECTION 4.12.  

Limitation on Liens

     65  
SECTION 4.13.  

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     66  
SECTION 4.14.  

Applicability and Discharge of Covenants

     66  
ARTICLE 5  
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE  
SECTION 5.01.  

Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     67  
SECTION 5.02.  

Successor Issuer Substituted

     67  
SECTION 5.03.  

Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

     67  
ARTICLE 6  
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES  
SECTION 6.01.  

Events of Default

     68  
SECTION 6.02.  

Acceleration

     69  
SECTION 6.03.  

Other Remedies

     70  
SECTION 6.04.  

Waiver of Past Defaults

     70  
SECTION 6.05.  

Control by Majority

     71  
SECTION 6.06.  

Limitation on Suits

     71  
SECTION 6.07.  

Right of the Holders to Receive Payment

     71  
SECTION 6.08.  

Collection Suit by Trustee

     71  
SECTION 6.09.  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     72  
SECTION 6.10.  

Priorities

     72  
SECTION 6.11.  

Undertaking for Costs

     72  
ARTICLE 7  
TRUSTEE  
SECTION 7.01.  

Duties of Trustee

     73  
SECTION 7.02.  

Rights of Trustee

     74  
SECTION 7.03.  

Individual Rights of Trustee

     75  
SECTION 7.04.  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     75  
SECTION 7.05.  

Notice of Defaults

     75  
SECTION 7.06.  

Reports by Trustee to the Holders

     75  
SECTION 7.07.  

Compensation and Indemnity

     76  
SECTION 7.08.  

Replacement of Trustee

     76  


SECTION 7.09.  

Successor Trustee by Merger

     77  
SECTION 7.10.  

Eligibility; Disqualification

     78  
SECTION 7.11.  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers

     78  
ARTICLE 8  
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE  
SECTION 8.01.  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

     78  
SECTION 8.02.  

Application of Trust Money

     79  
SECTION 8.03.  

Applicability of Article

     79  
SECTION 8.04.  

Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Obligations

     79  
SECTION 8.05.  

Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust

     80  
SECTION 8.06.  

Repayment to Issuers

     81  
ARTICLE 9  
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS  
SECTION 9.01.  

Without Consent of the Holders

     81  
SECTION 9.02.  

With Consent of the Holders

     82  
SECTION 9.03.  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

     83  
SECTION 9.04.  

[Reserved]

     83  
SECTION 9.05.  

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

     83  
SECTION 9.06.  

Notation on or Exchange of Securities

     83  
SECTION 9.07.  

Trustee to Sign Amendments

     84  
SECTION 9.08.  

Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

     84  
ARTICLE 10  
GUARANTEES  
SECTION 10.01.  

Guarantees

     84  
SECTION 10.02.  

Limitation on Liability

     86  
SECTION 10.03.  

Successors and Assigns

     86  
SECTION 10.04.  

No Waiver

     86  
SECTION 10.05.  

Modification

     86  
SECTION 10.06.  

Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors

     86  
SECTION 10.07.  

Non-Impairment

     87  
SECTION 10.08  

Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor.

     87  
ARTICLE 11  
MISCELLANEOUS  
SECTION 11.01.  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

     88  
SECTION 11.02.  

Notices

     88  
SECTION 11.03.  

Communication by the Holders with Other Holders

     89  
SECTION 11.04.  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     89  
SECTION 11.05.  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     89  
SECTION 11.06.  

When Securities Disregarded

     89  


SECTION 11.07.  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

     89  
SECTION 11.08.  

Legal Holidays

     89  
SECTION 11.09.  

Governing Law

     90  
SECTION 11.10.  

No Recourse Against Others

     90  
SECTION 11.11.  

Successors

     90  
SECTION 11.12.  

Multiple Originals

     90  
SECTION 11.13.  

Table of Contents; Headings

     90  
SECTION 11.14.  

Indenture Controls

     90  
SECTION 11.15.  

Severability

     90  
SECTION 11.16.  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     90  

 

Appendix A       Provisions Relating to Securities

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit A       Initial Security
Exhibit B       Exchange Security
Exhibit C       Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
Exhibit D       Form of Supplemental Indenture


INDENTURE, dated as of August 9, 2016, among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ,” together with Safeway and NAI, each a “ Co-Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Co-Issuers ” and together with the Company, each an “ Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Issuers ”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 5.750% Senior Notes due March 15, 2025 (the “ Original Securities ”) issued on the date hereof and (b) any Additional Securities that may be issued after the date hereof in the form of Exhibit A (all such securities in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the “ Initial Securities ”) and (c) if and when issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued, the Issuers’ 5.750% Senior Notes due March 15, 2025 (the “ Exchange Securities ” and, together with the Initial Securities, the “ Securities ”) issued in exchange for any Initial Securities or otherwise registered under the Securities Act and issued in the form of Exhibit B. Subject to the conditions and compliance with the covenants set forth herein, the Issuers may issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Additional Securities.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

ABL Facility ” means the asset-based credit facilities as in effect on the Issue Date or any subsequent asset-based credit facility entered into, in each case, with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such ABL Facility or one or more successors to the ABL Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ABL Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.


Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person (a) is merged with or into (or consolidated or otherwise combined with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or (b) became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person,

in each case, including Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

Additional Assets ” means:

(1) any property or assets (other than Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such asset disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

(2) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

(3) any Permitted Investment.

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) any additional interest owing in connection with any registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities.

Additional Securities ” means Securities (other than the Exchange Securities) issued from time to time under this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Albertsons ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Albertson s Group ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Appendix ” means Appendix A attached hereto.

 

-2-


Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Security on any applicable redemption date, the greater of:

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Security; and

(2) the excess of:

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Security at September 15, 2019 as set forth in Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Security through September 15, 2019 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Security,

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Persons as the Issuers may designate.

The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating or verifying the calculation of the Applicable Premium.

Asset Sale ” means the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (in each case, other than Equity Interests of the Company and other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), other than:

(a) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control;

(c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited to be made under Section 4.04;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or disposition of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in a single transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $50 million;

(e) dispositions of Divested Properties;

(f) dispositions of assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) dispositions of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of business (including the lapse and abandonment of intellectual property) or dispositions of obsolete or surplus assets, worn out assets or assets no longer useful in the conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

-3-


(i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property consistent with past practice;

(j) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(k) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(l) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(m) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(n) the sale of any property in a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction otherwise not prohibited under this Indenture;

(o) dispositions in connection with the granting or enforcement of Permitted Liens;

(p) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q) any disposition of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(r) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(s) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(t) (i) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased, (ii) dispositions of property to the extent that the proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased) and (iii) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(u) dispositions of Investments in joint ventures or similar entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the parties to such joint venture set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

-4-


(v) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(w) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Hedging Obligations.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership or limited liability company, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner or managing member of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Borrowing Base ” means the sum of (i) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the inventory of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) 90% of the book value (calculated in accordance with GAAP as in effect at such time) of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, using amounts reflected on the most recent available consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries (it being understood that the inventory and accounts receivable of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination) and (z) 100% of unrestricted cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries).

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, or with respect to payments, the place of payment.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

-5-


Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Contribution Amount ” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor as described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) U.S. Dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1) the Company becomes aware (by way of notice or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange

 

-6-


Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company; or

(2) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder and other than any transaction in compliance with Section 5.01; or

(3) the Company fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Issuer, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (3) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Issuers consolidate with and into the Company or (ii) any such Co-Issuer consolidates with and into another Co-Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

For purposes of this definition, a Person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities subject to a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement or similar agreement until the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such agreement.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Event occurring in respect of that Change of Control.

Co-Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Co-Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Co-Issuers” shall mean such Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, in each case of or by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and in each case,

 

-7-


excluding (i) any additional cash interest owing pursuant to any registration rights agreement, (ii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities, (iii) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (iv) any expensing of a bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (v) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any parent of such Person appearing on the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push down accounting and (vi) Swap Contract costs.

Consolidated Net Income ” means for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Company) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the referent Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(7) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(8) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period;

(9) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

(10) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not

 

-8-


at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that (x) the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included therein and (y) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; and

(11) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of any parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company for such period.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting, in connection with any acquisition or disposition), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xix), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by the Company.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash restricted in favor of the lenders under any Credit Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

 

-9-


Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of such Issuer or such Guarantor after the Issue Date, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof.

Credit Facilities ” means, collectively, the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facility.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on or prior to the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests or similar rights in the Company.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions, taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative until (or contemporaneously with) compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Securities (including the purchase of any Securities tendered pursuant thereto)),

 

-10-


(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Securities; provided , however , that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition or Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or any similar regulatory authority; provided that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.07; plus

(5) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Credit Facilities (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of Indebtedness and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(6) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

-11-


(7) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A); plus

(8) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(9) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (9) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (4) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) other pro forma adjustments made and (5) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (9) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(10) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(11) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in Consolidated Net Income, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

 

-12-


Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, Cash Equivalents and/or Investment Grade Securities or other property or assets received by the Company after the Issue Date from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to any Company or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3).

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, as determined by the Company in its good faith discretion. “Fair Market Value” may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Subsidiary, and any Subsidiary of such Person that otherwise would be a Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of Capital Stock and/or indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and any other assets incidental thereto.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in the United States. For the avoidance of doubt the terms “consolidated” and “Consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment.

 

-13-


Guarantee ” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Guarantor ” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Incur ” (including, with correlative meaning, the term “ Incurrence ”) means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), with the amount of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being the amount equal to the amount available to be drawn, (c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, or (d) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date; (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the principal component of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided , however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; provided that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings, Hedging Obligations or any lease related to Real Property among the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or, in each case, any successor thereof), in each case, shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness.

Indenture ” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

 

-14-


Initial Purchasers ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Guggenheim Securities, LLC, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Drexel Hamilton, LLC.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of EBITDA for such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Interest Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation of Consolidated Interest Expense shall not give effect to any Indebtedness being incurred on such date (or expected to be incurred thereafter).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated Consolidated Interest Expense and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Interest Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition or anything else to the contrary, when calculating the Total Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio, as applicable, in each case in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of such ratio and of any Default or Event of Default blocker shall, at the option of the Company, be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratios shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any such ratios are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in EBITDA of the Company or the target company) at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition, such ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratios shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further , that if the Company elects to have such determinations occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any

 

-15-


such transaction (including the related transactions to be entered into connection therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of subsequently calculating any ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized, but any calculation of Total Assets or Consolidated Net Income for purposes of other incurrences of Indebtedness or Liens or making of Restricted Payments (not related to such Limited Condition Acquisition) shall not reflect such Limited Condition Acquisition until it is closed.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Interest Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition,

(2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or, if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, an equivalent rating by any other “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be,

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition.

 

-16-


Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the referent Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Issue Date ” means August 9, 2016.

Issuers ” means the Persons named as the “Issuers” in the preamble to this Indenture, until a Successor Company or Companies and/or Successor Co-Issuer or Co-Issuers, as applicable, shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Issuers” shall mean such Successor Company(s) and/or Successor Co-Issuer(s).

Issuers Request ” means a written request signed in the name of the Issuers by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of each Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Joint Venture ” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting stock or other Equity Interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit, arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing); provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

-17-


Limited Condition Acquisition ” means any acquisition, including by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

NAI ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

NAI Notes ” means the (i) 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028; (ii) 7.75% Debentures due 2026; (iii) 7.45% Debentures due 2029; (iv) 8.70% Debentures due 2030; and (v) 8.00% Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by NAI.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be paid to the holder of a beneficial interest in such asset or applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-recourse Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated August 4, 2016 relating to the offering of the Original Securities.

 

-18-


Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”), the Treasurer, the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of such Person, or any direct or indirect parent of such Person, as applicable, or other Person performing such functions, regardless of title or designated as an “Officer” by the Board of Directors for purposes of this Indenture.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of each Issuer by an Officer of each Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee.

Parent Entity ” means any direct or indirect parent of the Company.

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equally in right of payment with the Securities or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable.

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in the business or Related Business Assets or a combination of assets used or useful in the business, Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.06.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company, a parent of the Company or Capital Stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Company (referred to in this definition as a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any person or group, together with its Affiliates, whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company (including the Securities) or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person that is primarily engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

-19-


(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Issue Date, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Issue Date or (z) that replaces, refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(6) advances to future, current and former officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent company thereof, not in excess of $75 million outstanding at any one time in the aggregate;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Company of such other Investment or accounts receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, or (c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations entered into (1) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing, managing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases;

(9) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

-20-


(11) (a) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving and relocation expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) extensions of credit to customers and suppliers consistent with past practice, (c) to the extent constituting an Investment, guarantees of operating leases or (d) Investments made with the assets comprising the wellness centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3);

(13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (v) and (viii)(B) of such Section);

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11;

(16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided , however , that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of cash, a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(19) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (19) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment; plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments; provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (19);

(20) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

-21-


(21) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(22) Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(23) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Debt;

(24) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(25) Investments consisting of licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(26) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

(27) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (27) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Investment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

(28) Investments (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) in a Person that is, directly or indirectly, controlled (as measured by total voting power) by a Parent Guarantor or the Company (or any successor thereof).

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

  (1) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than pursuant to clause (19) below);

 

  (2) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it is merged into or consolidated with an Issuer or a Subsidiary ( provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such entity becoming a Subsidiary or such merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of an Issuer or any Subsidiary other than property of the entity so acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary);

 

  (3) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24 months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof ( provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired);

 

  (4)

Liens on any property acquired, developed, constructed or otherwise improved by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including Liens on the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Company and substantially all assets of such Subsidiary, in

 

-22-


  each case to the extent such property constitutes substantially all of the business of such Subsidiary) to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the development, construction or improvement thereof (including architectural, engineering, financing, consultant, advisor and legal fees and preopening costs), or any Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purposes, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;

 

  (5) Liens which secure Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

 

  (6) Liens on the stock, partnership or other Equity Interest of an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary that owns an Equity Interest in such Joint Venture to secure Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

 

  (7) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or industrial revenue bond financing;

 

  (8) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

 

  (9) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (10) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

 

  (11) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and certain other minor irregularities of title;

 

  (12) Liens required by an escrow agreement in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness;

 

  (13) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

  (15) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

-23-


  (16) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (17) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company granted in the ordinary course of business to the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

 

  (18) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) (including the Non-Guarantor Exception) or clauses (v), (xiii), (xiv), (xxi), (xxv), (xxvi) or (xxvii) of Section 4.03(b); provided that, in the case of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including the use of proceeds therefrom);

 

  (19) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of Section 4.03(b) plus in the case of any such Indebtedness that is amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed which is secured by a Lien permitted under this clause (19) or a portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such amendment, extension, renewal, restatement, refunding, replacement, refinancing, supplement, modification or change;

 

  (20) Liens securing the Initial Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees (and the related Exchange Notes and exchange Guarantees);

 

  (21) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

 

  (22) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (23) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

  (24) (a) judgment and attachment Liens and Liens arising out of decrees, orders and awards, in each case, to the extent not giving rise to an Event of Default and (b) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

 

  (25) Liens securing cash management services (and other “bank products”) in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (26) Liens not otherwise permitted by clauses (1) through (25) above securing obligations outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the greater of (i) $1.25 billion and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Incurrence;

 

  (27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale permitted under this Indenture; and

 

-24-


  (28) any extension, renewal, replacement, restructuring, refinancing or other modification of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (27).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

Public Company Costs ” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2016, by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives of Initial Purchasers.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

-25-


Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Facility shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Securities for reasons outside of the Issuers’ control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined under Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (i) begins on the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control.

Ratings Event ” means a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between ratings categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Securities within the Ratings Decline Period by both Rating Agencies, as a result of which the rating of the Securities on any day during such Ratings Decline Period is below the rating by the applicable Rating Agency in effect immediately preceding the first public announcement of the Change of Control (or occurrence thereof if such Change of Control occurs prior to public announcement); provided, however , that a Ratings Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating by the applicable Rating Agency will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus will not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making such reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does not announce or publicly confirm or otherwise inform the trustee in writing at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of the Rating Event).

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that (i) does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary.

Real Property ” means all now owned and hereafter acquired real property, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

 

-26-


Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Person, or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Company or such Subsidiary makes an Investment and to which the Company or such Subsidiary transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivery to the Trustee of a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

-27-


Reference Notes ” means, collectively, the NAI Notes and the Safeway Notes.

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor, and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the Securities.

Safeway Notes ” means the (i) 3.95% Senior Notes due 2020; (ii) 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021; (iii) 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027; and (iv) 7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, in each case issued by Safeway.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement with a person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), or to which any such person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to such person, or to any other person (other than the Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such person on the security of the leased property; provided that in connection with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has received cash proceeds in an amount equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of such property and (y) on terms at least as favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary as could be obtained on an arm’s length basis from a non-Affiliate, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

 

-28-


Sponsor ” means, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation .

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) with respect to an Issuer, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities, and (b) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other Equity Interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other Equity Interests) of any other class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations with respect to the Securities.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary of the Company party hereto as a Guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Company that hereafter guarantees the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Swap Contracts ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

-29-


Term Loan Facility ” means the senior secured term loan credit agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended), by and among the Company (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), certain Subsidiaries of the Company, the financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing ( provided that such increase is permitted under Section 4.03) or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Facility or one or more successors to the Term Loan Facility or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders of holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Test Period ” means, for any date of determination, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which financial statements are available.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means at any date, the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio.”

Treasury Rate ” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 15, 2019; provided , however , that if the period from such redemption date to September 15, 2019 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust administration department of the Trustee, with direct responsibility for performing the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter and this Indenture, any other officer of the Trustee to whom such matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

-30-


Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction from time to time.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company but excluding the Company and the Co-Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , however , that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that immediately after giving effect to such designation:

(x) (1) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be less than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and

(y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

-31-


Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at such date entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in
Section
“Additional Liens”    4.12(b)(i)
“Agent Members”    Appendix A
“Affiliate Transaction”    4.07(a)
“Asset Sale Offer”    4.06(b)
“Clearstream”    Appendix A
“Change of Control Offer”    4.08(b)
“covenant defeasance option”    8.04
“Covenant Termination Event”    4.14(a)
“Custodian”    6.01
“Definitive Security”    Appendix A
“Depository”    Appendix A
“Discharged”    8.04
“Euroclear”    Appendix A
“Event of Default”    6.01
“Exchange Securities”    Preamble
“Excess Proceeds”    4.06(b)
“Global Securities”    Appendix A
“Global Securities Legend”    Appendix A
“Guaranteed Obligations”    10.01(a)
“IAI”    Appendix A
“Initial Securities”    Preamble
“incorporated provision”    11.01
“legal defeasance option”    8.04
“Non-Guarantor Exception”    4.03(a)
“Offer Period”    4.06(d)

 

-32-


Term

   Defined in
Section
“Original Securities”    Preamble
“Parent Guarantor”    4.02
“Pari Passu Liens”    4.12(b)(ii)
“Paying Agent”    2.04(a)
“Permitted Debt”    4.03(b)
“protected purchaser”    2.08
“QIB”    Appendix A
“Reference Indebtedness”    4.11
“Refinancing Indebtedness”    4.03(b)(xv)
“Refunding Capital Stock    4.04(b)(ii)(A)
“Registered Exchange Offer”    Appendix A
“Registrar”    2.04(a)
“Registration Rights Agreement”    Appendix A
“Regulation S”    Appendix A
“Regulation S Global Securities”    Appendix A
“Regulation S Securities”    Appendix A
“Restricted Payments”    4.04(a)
“Restricted Period”    Appendix A
“Restricted Securities Legend”    Appendix A
“Retired Capital Stock”    4.04(b)(ii)(A)
“Rule 501”    Appendix A
“Rule 144A”    Appendix A
“Rule 144A Global Securities”    Appendix A
“Rule 144A Securities”    Appendix A
“Securities”    Preamble
“Securities Custodian”    Appendix A
“Shelf Registration Statement”    Appendix A
“Successor Issuer”    5.01(a)
“Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities”    Appendix A
“Transfer Restricted Global Securities”    Appendix A
“Unrestricted Definitive Security”    Appendix A
“Unrestricted Global Security”    Appendix A

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, this Indenture shall incorporate by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC.

indenture securities ” means the Securities and the Guarantees.

indenture security holder ” means a Holder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

 

-33-


obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Securities.

Upon registration of the Securities pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement and the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, all other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule shall have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(d) “ including ” means including without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

(g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(j) “ $ ” and “ U.S. Dollars ” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(k) whenever in this Indenture or in any Security there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof; and

(l) for any periods or dates which the Company does not have historical financial statements available, it shall be entitled to use and rely on the financial statements of its predecessor or successor (as the case may be).

 

-34-


ARTICLE 2

THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series . The aggregate principal amount of Original Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $1,250,000,000. The Securities may be issued in one or more series. All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.

The Issuers may from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Securities under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Securities is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Securities are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Securities issued after the Issue Date (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.08, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or the Appendix), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Securities:

(1) whether such Additional Securities shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Securities and the title of such Additional Securities (which shall distinguish the Additional Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

(3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Securities, including the date from which interest on such Additional Securities shall accrue;

(4) if applicable, that such Additional Securities shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Securities, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Securities in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of the Appendix in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Securities registered, or any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof; and

(5) if applicable, that such Additional Securities that are not Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities shall not be issued in the form of Initial Securities as set forth in Exhibit A , but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit B .

If any of the terms of any Additional Securities are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Securities.

 

-35-


SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Securities are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Initial Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities, if issued as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, and any Additional Securities issued other than as Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which any Issuer or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer of each Issuer (a) Original Securities for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Securities in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein and (c) the Exchange Securities for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Securities exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Appendix, any issuance of Additional Securities after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, whether such Additional Securities are of the same or a different series than the Original Securities.

One Officer of each Issuer shall sign the Securities for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture.

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency in the United States where Securities may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-

 

-36-


registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any additional paying agents. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities and (ii) the Securities Custodian with respect to the Global Securities.

(b) The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which, subject to Section 1.03, shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(c) The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided , however , that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee; provided , however , that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each due date of the principal of and interest on any Security, the Issuers shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. If the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. During the continuance of a Default under this Indenture, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to either of the Issuers, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

-37-


SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange . The Securities shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Security for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Security is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Issuers shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Security may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

SECTION 2.08. Replacement Securities . If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Security being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “ protected purchaser ”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of (i) the Trustee to protect the Trustee or (ii) the Issuers, to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Security). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new Security in replacement thereof.

Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Issuers.

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Securities.

 

-38-


SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Securities . Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 11.06, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or an Affiliate of an Issuer holds the Security.

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Securities . In the event that Definitive Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Securities shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Securities.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuers at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its customary procedures or deliver copies of canceled Securities to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer of each Issuer. The Issuers may not issue new Securities to replace Securities they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Securities (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc . The Issuers in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers.

 

-39-


SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Specified Percentage of Securities . With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Securities, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Securities, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Securities then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 11.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Redemption .

(a) The Securities may be redeemed at the Issuers’ option, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Securities set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date.

(b) The Issuers shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Securities.

SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article . Redemption of Securities at the election of the Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture or the Securities, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 3.

SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuers elect to redeem Securities pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, they shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture and the Security pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuers shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuers to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuers and given in writing to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being sent to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.

SECTION 3.04. Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Securities for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed (if such listing is known to the Trustee), or if such Securities are not so listed, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided , that the Trustee shall not select Securities for redemption which

 

-40-


would result in a Holder of Securities with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $2,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly (and in any event, within 5 Business Days following receipt of the notice described in Section 3.03) of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption .

(a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the applicable Security, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed to such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 hereof.

Any such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

(i) the redemption date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;

(iii) the name and address of a Paying Agent;

(iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

(vi) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment or any Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

 

-41-


(b) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption specified in this Section 3.05 in the Issuers’ names and at the Issuers’ expense; provided , however , that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee in writing with the information required by this Section 3.05.

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice (except to the extent such redemption is conditional as set forth in Section 3.05). Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice.

SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless a Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 3.08. Securities Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities . The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of and interest, on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if by the applicable time on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, are not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful.

 

-42-


SECTION 4.02. Reports .

So long as any Securities are outstanding:

(i) the Company shall provide the Trustee and Holders of Securities with annual consolidated financial statements for each fiscal year audited by an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and unaudited quarterly financial statements (including a balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows for the fiscal quarter and year-to-date period then ended and the corresponding fiscal quarter and year-to-date period from the prior year) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Such annual and quarterly financial statements will (i) be prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the absence of year-end adjustments and footnotes in the case of quarterly financial statements) and (ii) be accompanied by a “management discussion and analysis” of the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the periods presented in a level of detail comparable (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) to the management discussion and analysis of the results of operations of the Company contained in the Offering Memorandum. Unless otherwise publicly available, such financial statements and related discussion shall be made available to Holders of Securities and prospective investors in the Securities by posting on a password protected website accessible by all such persons, which shall announce when such items have been posted (it being understood that the Company may require a certification and customary non-disclosure agreement to access such site); and

(ii) the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders of Securities all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02 and 5.01 (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, financial statements and exhibits that would be required pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K, other than financial statements and pro forma financial information required pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of Item 9.01 of Form 8-K (in each case relating to transactions required to be reported pursuant to Item 2.01 of Form 8-K) to the extent available (as determined by the Company in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive)) if the Company had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that no such report will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such event is not material to Holders of the Securities or the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or if the Company determines in its good faith judgment (which determination shall be conclusive) that such disclosure would otherwise cause material competitive or other material harm to the business, assets, operations, financial position or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided that such non-disclosure shall be limited only to those specific provisions that would cause material competitive or other material harm and not the occurrence of the event itself; provided , further , that no such report will be required to include a summary of the terms of any employment or compensatory arrangement, agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries). All information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filer reporting companies under the Exchange Act. Information to be furnished pursuant to this clause (ii) shall be made by posting on the website referred to in clause (i) above.

If after the Issue Date the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above shall include a reasonably detailed presentation (which may be consistent with the non-guarantor information provided in the Offering Memorandum), either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” or comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

-43-


So long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall also issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) upon the posting of the information required by clauses (i) and (ii) above.

The Company shall hold a conference call for the Holders of Securities to discuss such financial information described in clause (i) above no later than 10 calendar days after delivering the annual financial information and the quarterly financial information described in clause (i) above (it being understood that such conference call may be prior to the delivery of such financial information described above and may be the same conference call as with the Company’s equity or debt investors and analysts at the time of its earnings release). The Company will issue a notification (which can be a notification through the website described above or by email to registered Holders of Securities) of any such conference call at least one Business Day in advance.

In addition, for so long as the Securities are not freely transferable under the Securities Act, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

In the event that any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a guarantor (a “ Parent Guarantor ”) of the Securities, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent Guarantor; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Guarantor and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

The filing requirements set forth above for the applicable period may be satisfied by the Company (i) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, by a Parent Entity filing a registration statement in connection with a potential Qualified IPO or (ii) prior to the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement and/or the Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and, in each case, satisfying the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Company, a Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity has provided the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to the Company, such Parent Guarantor or any Parent Entity, in each case, the Company shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.02.

To the extent any such information, reports or other documents are filed electronically on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System (or any successor system), such filing shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the Securities and the Trustee.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

 

-44-


SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

(a) (i) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Interest Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided , further , that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including the pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to this Section 4.03(a) exceeds the greater of $1,250 million and 5.0% of Total Assets (the “ Non-Guarantor Exception ”).

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “ Permitted Debt ”):

(i) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness under the ABL Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $5,500 million and (y) the Borrowing Base;

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $8,000 million plus an unlimited amount of additional Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility as long as, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the use of proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not exceed 3.75 to 1.00 (assuming, to the extent incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03(b)(ii), that all such Indebtedness is secured whether or not so secured);

(iii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Securities and related exchange Guarantees to be issued in exchange for the Original Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

(iv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 4.03(b));

(v) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, and purchase money Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock Incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other asset that is used or useful in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of

 

-45-


any Person owning such assets) and related taxes and transaction costs in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred pursuant to this clause (v), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,250 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence;

(vi) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing;

(vii) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(ix) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness;

(xi) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley (whether or not owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary);

(xii) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

-46-


(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) (and any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any such obligations), does not exceed the greater of (x) $1,500 million and (y) 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; provided, however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from refinancing, refunding, extending, renewing or replacing any obligations Incurred under this clause (whether or not such obligations could be newly Incurred under this clause on the date of such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement), so long as the obligations resulting from such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement do not exceed the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of such obligations at the time such obligations became Permitted Debt under this Indenture, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred or issued under this clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii));

(xiv) any guarantee or co-issuance by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is not prohibited under the terms of this Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee or co-issuance of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Securities substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(xv) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (iii), (iv), (v), (xi), (xv) and (xvi) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including lender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest, fees and expenses in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

 

-47-


(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;

(2) has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (i) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced and (ii) one year after the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (x) Indebtedness junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Securities or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (y) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; and

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (i) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition and (ii) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , however , that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness either:

(1) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a);

(2) the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than immediately prior to such acquisition; or

(3) such Indebtedness is Incurred by an Issuer or a Guarantor and does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Stated Maturity of the Securities, and is subordinated to the Securities;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

 

-48-


(xix) Contribution Indebtedness;

(xx) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(xxi) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750 million or (y) 3.0% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence;

(xxii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers;

(xxiii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (A) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business, (B) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (C) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company permitted by this Indenture;

(xxv) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xxvi) Indebtedness in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; and

(xxvii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the net proceeds of such Indebtedness will be used to prepay other outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Indebtedness is thereafter promptly assumed, retired or otherwise repaid by a Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and upon such assumption, retirement or other repayment, such Indebtedness is non-recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuers shall, in their sole discretion, divide, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of the clauses in Section 4.03(b) or pursuant to Section 4.03(a), but may be Incurred partially under one clause and partially under one or more other clauses; provided that all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility which is in existence or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date and the Indebtedness under the Term Loan Facility outstanding or committed to on or prior to the Issue Date, in each case, shall be deemed to have been Incurred on the Issue Date pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) respectively, of Section 4.03(b) and the Issuers shall not be permitted to reclassify all or any portion of such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment

 

-49-


of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03 or Section 4.12. Any Indebtedness under a revolving credit or similar facility shall only be deemed to be Incurred at the time funds are borrowed. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization. The principal amount of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (viii) and (x) of Section 4.03(b)); or

 

-50-


(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as an immediate consequence thereof;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and not returned or rescinded (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (xi)(B) and (xx) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the first fiscal quarter after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding (without duplication) Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value of any property received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such exchange, plus

 

-51-


(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments or Permitted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”),

(II) the sale or disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or

(III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the Investment in the Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (ix) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (27) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration such payment or the giving of such notice would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture (assuming, in the case of a redemption payment, the giving of such notice would have been deemed a Restricted Payment at such time and such deemed Restricted Payment would have been permitted at such time);

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of fractional shares), or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified

 

-52-


Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent funded by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “ Refunding Capital Stock ”); and (B) the declaration and payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of (x) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (y) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in either case which constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 4.03(b)(xv);

(iv) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the relevant Person’s estate or beneficiary of such Person’s estate) pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided , however , that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $125 million in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $75 million in the aggregate in any calendar year); provided , further , however , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Issue Date ( provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)); plus

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;

( provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year); and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (iv) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

 

-53-


(v) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the payment of any redemption price or liquidation value of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock when due in accordance with its terms, in each case, Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03;

(vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date; provided , however , that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had an Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date;

(vii) (a) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock or (b) in lieu of all or a portion of dividends permitted by clause (a) above, repurchases of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company for aggregate consideration that, when taken together with dividends permitted under clause (a), does not exceed the amount contemplated by clause (a);

(viii) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

(ix) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(x) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xi) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent, in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable:

(A) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees, taxes and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to officers and employees of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, and general corporate overhead expenses of such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

 

-54-


(B) pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for such direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness; and

(C) pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of such direct or indirect parent of the Company that are not consummated;

(D) pay costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

(E) expenses Incurred by such direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

(1) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,

(2) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or

(3) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as such direct or indirect parent of the Company shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed;

(xii) the payment of cash dividends or other distributions on the Company’s Capital Stock used to (or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to) fund the payment of fees and expenses owed by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as the case may be, or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company) to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07;

(xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or other rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants and payments in cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares;

(xiv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xv) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.06 and Section 4.08; provided that, prior to or concurrently with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, the Issuers (or a third party to

 

-55-


the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, with respect to the Securities as a result of such Change of Control Triggering Event or Asset Sale, as the case may be, and have repurchased all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be;

(xvi) distributions pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement ( as defined in the Offering Memorandum);

(xvii) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(xviii) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xix) (A) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Issue Date for which the Company is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) the taxable income of the Company for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Issue Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (xix)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Company) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (B) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Issue Date for which AB Acquisition LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Company’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (1) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Company after the Issue Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Issue Date relating to income generated in the Company or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (including any predecessors thereof) and (2) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Company for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment; and

(xx) other Restricted Payments as long as, at the time of the making thereof and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including, without limitation, the incurrence of any Indebtedness to finance such Restricted Payments), the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 4.00 to 1.00;

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (ix) and (xx) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

-56-


(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than captive insurance companies) shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.04, if any Investment or Restricted Payment would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Issuers may classify such Investment or Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment so long as such Investment or Restricted Payment (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.05. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined on the date the contractual obligation is entered into) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets;

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value)

 

-57-


shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a).

(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option:

(i) to repay Obligations under the Credit Facilities that are secured by a Lien (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto);

(ii) to repay either (A) Obligations under the Securities or (B) Obligations under any other Pari Passu Indebtedness (and in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that in the case of any repayment pursuant to clause (B), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will reduce Obligations under the Securities on an equal or ratable basis with the Pari Passu Indebtedness repaid pursuant to clause (B) (1) on a pro rata basis as provided under Article 3 hereof, (2) through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or (3) by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Securities at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Securities that would otherwise be prepaid (which offer shall be deemed to be an Asset Sale Offer for purposes hereof); and/or

(iii) to acquire Additional Assets;

provided that in the case of clause (iii) above, a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Cash Proceeds from the date of such commitment and, in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Cash Proceeds are so applied, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment.

Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise use such Net Cash Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year, the Issuers shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Securities and to all holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to Asset Sales, to purchase the maximum principal amount of such Securities and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, as appropriate, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or such lesser price, if any, as may be provided by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06 and, in the case of Securities, is in a minimum amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess

 

-58-


thereof. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed (i) $150.0 million, in the case of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or (ii) $300.0 million aggregate amount in any fiscal year by sending the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities or the other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such Holders and holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall select the Securities and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Securities or such other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds the Issuers are offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

(c) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Cash Proceeds from the Asset Sale (or Asset Sales) pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) a sum sufficient to pay the purchase price for the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price for such Securities. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent is greater than the purchase price of the Securities tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company on the Business Day following the expiration of the Offer Period.

(e) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice of an Asset Sale Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Securities are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase, selection of such Securities for purchase shall be made by the Issuers in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities are listed, or if such Securities are not listed, by lot or such other method as the Issuers shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable requirements of the Depository); provided that the Issuers shall not select Securities for purchase which would result in a Holder with a principal amount of Securities less than the minimum denomination to the extent practicable.

 

-59-


(f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Securities (with a copy to the Trustee) at such Holder’s registered address (or otherwise in accordance with the Depository’s procedures). If any Security is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.

(g) A new Security in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Security purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security; provided that global Securities will be reduced in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC to reflect the unpurchased portion of any such Security. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Securities or portions thereof purchased.

SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50 million, unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction (or if earlier, the date on which such transaction is contractually agreed) by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above (which resolution, if adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors shall be conclusive evidence of compliance with clause (i) above).

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following:

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Company, the Co-Issuers and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the applicable transactions and (B) any merger of the Company and any direct parent of the Company; provided that such direct parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company (if applicable) and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(ii) transactions in connection with (x) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and (y) Permitted Investments;

 

-60-


(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities, insurance arrangements, reimbursements, and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a);

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;

(vi) any agreement (other than with the Sponsor) as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(vii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(viii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, and are on terms at least as favorable that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party (determined at the time such transaction is entered into, or, if early, the date such transaction is contractually agreed) or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(ix) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing, including dispositions and repurchases of assets;

(x) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

-61-


(xi) (A) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (1) $75 million and (2) 3.0% of EBITDA for such fiscal year, plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xii) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, consulting, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking or advisory activities, including, without limitation, in connection with the Transactions, operations, management, acquisitions, divestitures or other financing arrangements, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in good faith;

(xiii) any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(xiv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01;

(xv) transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xvii) any employment agreements, pension plans or other employee benefit plans or arrangements entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xix) in the case Section 4.04(b)(xix), the entering into any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to such payments;

(xx) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xxi) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Company or any other direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

-62-


(xxii) any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(xxiii) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(xxiv) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.08. Change of Control Triggering Event .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided , however , that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall not be obligated to purchase any Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that they have exercised their right to redeem such Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, except to the extent that the Issuers have exercised their right to redeem the Securities in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture, the Issuers shall send a notice (a “ Change of Control Offe r”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(i) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event;

(iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent); and

(iv) the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuers at the address specified in the Change of Control Offer at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than two Business Days prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased. Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

 

-63-


(d) On the purchase date, all Securities purchased by the Issuers under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) At the time the Issuers deliver Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuers shall also deliver an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Issuers pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

(g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuers to make such offer have been complied with.

(h) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

(i) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and conditioned upon such Change of Control Triggering Event (subject to any extensions to the extent set forth in the notice of such Change of Control Offer).

(j) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities validly tender and do not withdraw such Securities in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchase all of the Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party shall have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, which notice must be given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Securities that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate . Commencing with the Company’s 2016 fiscal year, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuers they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Issuers also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.

 

-64-


SECTION 4.10. [Reserved] .

SECTION 4.11. Subsidiary Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary other than the Co-Issuers (unless such Subsidiary is not required to guarantee the Credit Facilities or is already a Subsidiary Guarantor) that:

(a) guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(b) Incurs any Indebtedness or issues any shares of Disqualified Stock,

in each case, other than (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Non-Guarantor Exception and (2) any Permitted Debt referred to in Section 4.03(b), to execute and deliver to the Trustee, a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Securities. The Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock referenced in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 4.11 shall be referred to as “ Reference Indebtedness .”

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens .

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness secured by a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or on any evidences of Indebtedness or shares of Capital Stock of, or other ownership interests in, any Restricted Subsidiary (regardless of whether the asset, property, Indebtedness, Capital Stock or ownership interests were acquired before or after the date hereof) without effectively providing that all of the Securities or Guarantees then outstanding, as the case may be, shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

This Section 4.12(a) will not require the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the Securities if the relevant Lien consists of a Permitted Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantee under this Section 4.12(a).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

(1) if any of the Reference Notes are hereafter secured by any Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Additional Liens ”), then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall, substantially concurrently with the granting of such Liens grant perfected Liens in the same additional collateral securing the Reference Notes to secure the Securities (or Guarantees, as the case may be), equally, ratably and on a pari passu basis (the “ Pari Passu Liens ”); provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Permitted Liens that secure any Reference Notes as of the Issue Date. The Pari Passu Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (A) granted concurrently with the granting of any such Additional Liens, and (B) granted pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less favorable to the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities than those granted to secure such Reference Notes. In connection with the granting of any such Pari Passu Liens, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall provide to the Trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the corresponding property are provided to the holders of such Reference Notes or their respective trustee (and in an insured amount that bears the same proportion to the principal amount of the Securities as the insured amount in the policies provided to the holders of such Reference Notes bears to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z) legal opinions and other assurances as the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

-65-


(2) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become entitled to the release of any or all of such Additional Liens securing such Reference Notes and Subsidiary guarantees related thereto, and provided that no Default or Event of Default has then occurred and remains continuing, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may in its sole discretion request that the collateral agent release the corresponding Pari Passu Liens securing the Securities, and in such circumstances the collateral agent (or the Trustee) shall so release such Pari Passu Liens.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Issuers register the Securities or the related Exchange Securities with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires (or is replaced with another rule or regulation or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company due to the fact that such Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock secures the Securities or the related Exchange Securities, then the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary shall at such time automatically be deemed not to be part of the collateral that would secure the Securities pursuant to this covenant, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.12, if any Lien would be permitted pursuant to one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Lien,” the Company may classify such Lien in any manner that complies with this covenant and may later reclassify any such Lien so long as such Lien (as so reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception as of the date of such reclassification.

SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain in the United States, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency (in each case, if not the office of the Trustee). If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 11.02; provided, however , no service of legal process may be made on the Issuers at an office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Issuers hereby designate the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its agent, as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04.

SECTION 4.14. Applicability and Discharge of Covenants .

(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Securities have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Termination Event ”), Section 4.03, Section 4.04, Section 4.06 and Section 4.07 shall not at any time thereafter be applicable to such Securities.

 

-66-


(b) The Issuers shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Covenant Termination Event, but no Default or Event of Default shall occur as a result of the failure to provide such notice. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (1) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or (2) notify the Holders of the Securities of the occurrence of a Covenant Termination Event.

ARTICLE 5

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

SECTION 5.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Issuer shall (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

(a) either (i) an Issuer is the surviving Person, in the case of a merger or consolidation, and after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, there will be a co-obligor of the Securities that is a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof or the District of Columbia for so long as the Company remains a limited liability company or (ii) the successor or transferee (the “ Successor Issuer ”) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Issuer shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto or other agreement, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Issuer under the Securities and this Indenture; provided if the Successor Issuer is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Securities shall be a corporation;

(b) no Default or Event of Default exists immediately after such transaction; and

(c) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel conforming to the provisions of Section 11.04 hereof and each stating that such consolidation, merger, or transfer and such supplemental indenture and other agreement (if any) comply with this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Issuer Substituted .

The Successor Issuer shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, an Issuer under this Indenture, with the same effect as if the Successor Issuer had been an original party to this Indenture, and such Issuer shall be released from all its liabilities and obligations under this Indenture and the Securities.

SECTION 5.03. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) another corporation or other Person, whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

 

-67-


(i) subject to Section 10.08, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(iii) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent herein provided that relate to such transaction have been complied with.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein with respect to the Securities means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law, pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) default in the payment of any interest upon the Securities when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 calendar days,

(b) default in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) the Securities at their Stated Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption, upon declaration or otherwise),

(c) [reserved],

(d) the acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any one time, in an amount in excess of $150 million; provided that in the event of any Event of Default specified in this clause (d), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the Securities) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the Default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured,

(e) failure by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to pay final and non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $150 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by indemnities or insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days,

 

-68-


(f) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 calendar days (or, in the case of the failure to comply with Section 4.02, 90 days) after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuers by the Trustee or to the Issuers and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, a written notice specifying such Default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder,

(g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences a voluntary case;

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, or

(h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) in an involuntary case;

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer) or for any substantial part of its property; or

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (including any Co-Issuer);

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and, in each such case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days.

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of outstanding Securities by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

-69-


At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article 6 provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(1) the Issuers have paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A) all overdue interest on the Securities,

(B) the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities,

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in the Securities, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the compensation, reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to the Securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on the Securities which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.04.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences except (1) in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities, or (2) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected, in which case each Holder so affected must waive such Default or Event of Default (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, a payment Event of Default occurring as a result of the acceleration of the Securities, which may be rescinded pursuant to Section 6.02). When a Default or Event of Default is waived, such Default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any such Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

 

-70-


SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses, liabilities and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

(a) No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities do not give the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with the request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period.

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

SECTION 6.07. Right of the Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall be absolute and unconditional, and such right shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

 

-71-


SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems reasonably necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing in this Indenture will be deemed to empower the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall send to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by an Issuer, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.

 

-72-


ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and, from the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, to the provisions of the TIA.

 

-73-


SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested (and subject to clause (g) below) in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) In the event the Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuers will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next interest payment date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuers. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

-74-


(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

(m) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to effect or maintain insurance or to renew any policies of insurance or to inquire as to the sufficiency of any policies of insurance carried by the Issuers or any Guarantor, or to report, or make or file claims or proof of loss for, any loss or damage insured against or that may occur, or to keep itself informed or advised as to the payment of any taxes or assessments, or to require any such payment to be made.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(d), (e), (f), (g) or (h) of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof in accordance with Section 11.02 from the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Holder.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Trust Officer, the Trustee shall send to each Holder notice of the Default within the later of 90 days after it occurs and 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, as promptly as practicable after each September 15 beginning with the September 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event within 12 months of the last such report, the Trustee shall send to each Holder a brief report dated as of such September 15 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA.

A copy of each report at the time of its delivery to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

-75-


SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly following receipt of written request therefor upon request for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel (limited to one law firm and one local counsel), accountants and experts. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by any Issuer, any Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Issuers shall not relieve any Issuer or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable good faith cooperation at the Issuers’ reasonable expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall pay the fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of such counsel; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if they assume the Trustee’s defense and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no actual or potential legal conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Trustee on the other hand, in connection with such defense. Neither the Issuers nor the Guarantors shall be required to reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense (a) incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith, or (b) if it is the result of the settlement of a claim for which indemnification may be sought hereunder and the Trustee shall have settled such claim without the Issuers’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

To secure the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

The Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee, with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

-76-


(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture.

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger . If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

-77-


SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers . The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

This Indenture shall, upon Issuers Request, cease to be of further effect with respect to the Securities (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Securities herein expressly provided for and rights to receive payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(a) either

(i) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08, and (ii) Securities the payment for which money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers;

(b) the Issuers, in the case of subclause (2) or (3) of clause (a)(ii) of this Section 8.01, have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be; provided , however , in the event a petition for relief under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other

 

-78-


applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, is filed with respect to any Issuer within 91 days after the deposit and the Trustee is required to return the deposited money to such Issuer, the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture with respect to such Securities shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;

(c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers; and

(d) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07, the obligations of the Issuers under Section 4.01, and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8.01, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 8.02 (until payments are made by the Trustee thereunder), shall survive.

SECTION 8.02. Application of Trust Money . All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities, and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

SECTION 8.03. Applicability of Article . Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.04, the Issuers may terminate their obligations under the Securities and this Indenture as set forth in Section 8.04.

SECTION 8.04. Defeasance Upon Deposit of Money or U.S. Government Oblig a tions . At the Issuers’ option, either (1) the Issuers shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from their obligations with respect to Securities and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations under their Guarantees in respect of the Securities (“ legal defeasance option ”) or (2) the Issuers shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11and 4.12 and the operation of Article 5 and Section 6.01(d), 6.01(f) (with respect to any Default under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 and 4.12), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only), in respect of the Securities (“ covenant defeasance option ”) at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

(a) the Issuers shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities (i) money in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to clauses (i) and (ii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of and premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding Securities on the dates such installments of interest or principal and premium are due;

 

-79-


(b) such deposit shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest for purposes of Section 7.08 and the TIA;

(c) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument to which any Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is bound;

(d) if the Securities are then listed on any national securities exchange, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a letter or other document from such exchange to the effect that the Issuers’ exercise of their option under this Section 8.04 would not cause such Securities to be delisted;

(e) no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit and, with respect to the legal defeasance option only, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

(f) with respect to the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the Holders of the Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance or Discharge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option and an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default under Section 6.01(g) or Section 6.01(h) shall have occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after the date of such deposit, the obligations of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to under the definition of “covenant defeasance option” with respect to such Securities shall be reinstated;

(g) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying the conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of this Section 8.04 have been satisfied; and

(h) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Discharged ” means that the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities and the Guarantees in respect of the Securities and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture in respect of the Securities (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments acknowledging the same), except (i) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (a) above, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Securities under Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.10 and 8.05 and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Moneys and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust . All moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of Securities shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including any Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all

sums due and to become due thereon for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

-80-


The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Securities.

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuers . The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuers upon Issuers Request any moneys or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities for which money or U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders . Without the consent of any Holders, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to permit a Successor Issuer to assume the Issuers’ covenants and obligations under this Indenture and in the Securities in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(ii) to add to the Issuers’ covenants for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities;

(iii) to surrender any of the Issuers’ rights or powers conferred in this Indenture;

(iv) to add any additional Events of Default;

(v) to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to the extent needed to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of the Securities in a manner that will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Securities in any material respect;

(vi) to provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as is necessary to provide for the administration of the trust by more than one trustee;

(vii) to cure any ambiguity;

(viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Securities and Exchange Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a single issue of securities;

(ix) to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein;

 

-81-


(x) to add additional Guarantees or to release any Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantees as provided by the terms of this Indenture;

(xi) to (A) secure the Securities with collateral and (B) release collateral (if any) from the Lien when permitted or required by the terms of the applicable security documents (if any have been entered into), the intercreditor agreement (if one has been entered into) or this Indenture;

(xii) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Securities to the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum;

(xiii) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture as long as the new provisions do not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Securities; or

(xiv) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA.

Upon the request of the Issuers, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.07, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and, if applicable, the Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture. After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders .

(a) With the written consent of the Holders of not less than at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities delivered to the Issuers and the Trustee, the Issuers, when authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, or amendments to this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, the Securities or the Guarantees; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby:

(i) change the Stated Maturity or reduce the principal amount or the rate of interest, or extend the time for payment of interest of the Securities or any premium payable upon the redemption of the Securities, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the due date thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the redemption date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Securities or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guarantee (except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee);

(ii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Securities where the consent of the Holder is required for any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver as provided for in this Indenture; or

(iii) modify any of the waiver provisions of this Indenture, except to increase any required percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security which would be affected.

 

-82-


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. [Reserved] .

SECTION 9.05. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuers certifying that the requisite principal amount of Securities have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee.

(b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 9.06. Notation on or Exchange of Securities . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Issuers may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determine, the Issuers in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

-83-


SECTION 9.07. Trustee to Sign Amendments . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).

SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount . All Securities issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Securities may vote) as one class and no series of Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantees .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a senior unsecured basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Securities and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Guaranteed Oblig a tions ”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as provided in Section 10.08

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to

 

-84-


have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04, 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Except as set forth in Sections 8.01, 8.04 and 10.02, each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(h) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

 

-85-


(i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

(j) Upon request of the Trustee, each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability .

Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as each relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns . This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

SECTION 10.04. No Waiver . Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

SECTION 10.05. Modification . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 10.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors . Each Subsidiary and each other Person that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

 

-86-


SECTION 10.07. Non-Impairment . The failure to endorse a Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

SECTION 10.08 Release of a Subsidiary Guarantor .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, a Subsidiary Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be released and discharged from all obligations under this Article 10 upon:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted under this Indenture;

(iii) the Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option as described under Section 8.04 or if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) such Person is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(v) the Issuers designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”;

(vi) if any such Subsidiary Guarantor no longer guarantees any Reference Indebtedness or any Reference Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer outstanding; or

(vii) the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Obligations under the Credit Facilities or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically be released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force and effect, upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to an Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

-87-


ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, if and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

if to the Issuers or a Guarantor:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Albertsons Companies, LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-6349

Attention: General Counsel

if to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Facsimile: 612-217-5651

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Security (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Security (or its designee), pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depository.

 

-88-


SECTION 11.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders . The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee, at the request of the Trustee:

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. When Securities Disregarded . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by any Issuer, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with any Issuer or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays . If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected.

 

-89-


SECTION 11.09. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

SECTION 11.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by telecopier, facsimile or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 11.14. Indenture Controls . If and to the extent that any provision of the Securities limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control.

SECTION 11.15. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

SECTION 11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE TRUSTEE, THE PAYING AGENT AND THE REGISTRAR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-90-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert Dimond

 

Name: Robert Dimond

  Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert Dimond

 

Name: Robert Dimond

  Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

SAFEWAY INC.

By:

 

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

 

Name: Bradley S. Fox

 

Title: Vice President & Treasurer

ALBERTSON’S LLC

By:

 

/s/ Robert Dimond

 

Name: Robert Dimond

  Title: Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


GUARANTORS
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name: Gary Morton
 

Title: Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name: Gary Morton
  Title: Trustee

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

EXTREME LLC

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Title: Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title: Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title: Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title: Vice President, Legal

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Name: Bradley R. Beckstrom

 

Title: President

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name: Laura A. Donald
  Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name: Laura A. Donald

 

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

 

Name: Laura A. Donald

 

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name: Laura A. Donald
  Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name: Miles Kendall
  Title: President, Treasurer & Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

 

Name: Elizabeth A. Harris

 

Title: Vice President & Secretary

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name: Hallie E. Field
  Title: Assistant Vice President

[Albertsons – Signature Page to Indenture]


APPENDIX A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO SECURITIES

1. Definitions .

1.1 Definitions .

For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme , or any successor securities clearing agency.

Definitive Security ” means a certificated Security (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend if the transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Securities Legend.

Depository ” means, with respect to the Securities, The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

Euroclear ” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Global Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture.

IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 9, 2016 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers relating to the Securities and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Securities.

Registered Exchange Offer ” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

Restricted Period ,” with respect to any Securities, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Issuers to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Securities that are Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days.


Restricted Securities Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) of this Appendix A.

Rule 501 ” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Securities ” means all Initial Securities offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to a Global Security (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Securities Legend.

Transfer Restricted Global Securities ” means Global Securities bearing the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , that in no case shall an Exchange Security issued in accordance with this Indenture and the terms of any Registration Rights Agreement be a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

Unrestricted Definitive Security ” means Definitive Securities and any other Securities that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Securities Legend.

Unrestricted Global Security ” means a Global Security that does not bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term:

   Defined in Section:

Agent Members

   2.1(b)

Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Regulation S Global Securities

   2.1(b)

Rule 144A Global Securities

   2.1(b)

2. The Securities .

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Securities .

(a) The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Securities offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

 

-2-


(b) Global Securities . (i) Rule 144A Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Securities ”). Regulation S Securities initially shall be represented by one or more Securities in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Securities ”). The term “ Global Securities ” means, collectively, the Rule 144A Global Securities and the Regulation S Global Securities. The Global Securities shall bear the Global Security Legend. The Global Securities initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Securities. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Securities for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security.

(ii) Transfers of Global Securities shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Securities may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Securities only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A. In addition, a Global Security shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities if (i) the Depository (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Security and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, or (ii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Security and the Depository or the Issuers request the issuance of such Definitive Securities. In all cases, Definitive Securities delivered in exchange for any Global Security or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested in writing by or on behalf of the Depository, in accordance with its customary procedures.

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Security as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b), such Global Security shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations.

(iv) Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Appendix A shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2 of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Security may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2 of this Appendix A.

 

-3-


(vi) The Holder of any Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

2.2 Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities . A Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Appendix A. Global Securities will not be exchanged by the Issuers for Definitive Securities except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. Global Securities also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Security may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Security . Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Security in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Securities Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Security may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Security that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i) of this Appendix A, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Security in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Securities contained in this Indenture and the Securities or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Security pursuant to Section 2.2(g) of this Appendix A.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Transfer Restricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Security if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

 

-4-


(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Security, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security . A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) of this Appendix A and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).

(v) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Security for Beneficial Interests in a Transfer Restricted Global Security . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Securities for Definitive Securities . A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be exchanged for a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A. A beneficial interest in a Global Security may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Security except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii) of this Appendix A.

 

-5-


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Beneficial Interests in Global Securities . Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Securities shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable:

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . If any Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to a non-U.S. person (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or

(F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security is being transferred to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security;

the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Security, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

-6-


(A) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(B) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Security. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii).

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Security for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Security and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Securities. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Security has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Securities transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii).

(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Security.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities for Definitive Securities . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Securities and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Securities. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Securities duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e).

 

-7-


(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . A Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security;

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (C) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security; and

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuers or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Security.

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . Any Transfer Restricted Definitive Security may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Security or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security; or

(2) if the Holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security proposes to transfer such Securities to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security, a certificate from such Holder in the form attached to the applicable Security,

and, in each such case, if the Issuers so request, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Securities Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Unrestricted Definitive Securities . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Security may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Security to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Security at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Security pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

-8-


(iv) Unrestricted Definitive Securities to Transfer Restricted Definitive Securities . An Unrestricted Definitive Security cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security.

At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(f) Legend .

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”

 

-9-


AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

Each Regulation S Security that is a Temporary Security issued pursuant to Section 2.10 shall bear a legend in substantially in the following form:

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legends:

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

Each Security issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE

 

-10-


DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.”

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Security that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security for a Definitive Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Security if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security).

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Securities Legend on such Initial Securities shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Securities are offered Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to Initial Securities that Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Securities in global form without the Restricted Securities Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Registered Exchange Offer.

(v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Security acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Security bear the Restricted Securities Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Security be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(vi) Any Additional Securities sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Security have been exchanged for Definitive Securities or a particular Global Security has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security or for Definitive Securities, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Security, such other Global Security shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Trustee or by the Depository, at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s request.

 

-11-


(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture).

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(i) No Obligation of the Trustee .

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to the Holders under the Securities shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(j) [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

(k) Transfers of Securities Held by Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.2, any certificate (i) evidencing a Security that has been transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of any Issuer, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, or (ii) evidencing a Security that has been acquired from an affiliate (other than by an affiliate) in a transaction or a chain of transactions not involving any public offering, as evidenced by a notation on the certificate of transfer or certificate of exchange for such transfer or in the representation letter delivered in respect thereof, shall, until one year after the last date on which either any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was an owner of such Security, in each case, be in the form of a permanent Definitive Security

 

-12-


and bear the Restricted Securities Legend subject to the restrictions in this Section 2.2. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 2.2(k). The Issuers, at their sole cost and expense, shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable advance written notice to the Trustee.

 

-13-


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Securities Legend]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING

 

A-1


OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S, OR REGISTRAR’S, AS APPLICABLE, RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

[Temporary Regulation S Security Legend]

THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY THAT IS A TEMPORARY SECURITY, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE SECURITY, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

A-2


[FORM OF INITIAL SECURITY]

 

No.

   $                     

5.750% Senior Note due 2025

CUSIP No. [144A: 013093 AC3 / Reg S: U01259 AB3]

ISIN No. [144A: US013093AC31 / Reg S: USU01259AB30]

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on March 15, 2025.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15.

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-4


Dated:   
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF   
    AUTHENTICATION   
WILMINGTON TRUST,   
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,   
    as Trustee, certifies that this is   
    one of the Securities   
    referred to in the Indenture.   

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

A-5


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

5.750% Senior Note due 2025

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 2017. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from August 9, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(b) Registration Rights Agreement . The Holder of this Security is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest but including Additional Interest, if any) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

A-6


3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to September 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on September 15 of the years set forth below:

 

A-7


Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.313

2020

     102.875

2021

     101.438

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, at any time prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

A-8


7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

A-9


13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

A-10


16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                     agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:       

 

   Your Signature:       

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:   

 

   Signature of Signature Guarantee
  

Signature must be guaranteed by a

participant in a recognized signature

guaranty medallion program or other

signature guarantor program reasonably

acceptable to the Trustee

  

 

A-12


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $                      principal amount of Securities held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned:

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the Depository a Security or Securities in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Security (or the portion thereof indicated above); and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  is exchanging this Security in connection with an expected transfer to an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

 

has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Security or Securities; and

check the following, if applicable:

 

  is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture; or

 

  the transferee is an affiliate of the Issuers as contemplated in Section 2.2(k) of Appendix A to the Indenture.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   

(1)

     

to the Issuers, any Parent of an Issuer or any Subsidiary of an Issuer; or

   

(2)

     

to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or

   

(3)

     

pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or

    (4)       inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

A-13


  (5)       outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act and such Security shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
  (6)       to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
  (7)       pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers and/or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

Date:

     

 

     

 

           

Your Signature

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:   

 

     

 

  

Signature must be guaranteed by a

participant in a recognized signature

guaranty medallion program or other

signature guarantor program reasonably

acceptable to the Trustee

      Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:

 

 

  

 

    

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Security

  

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Security

  

Principal Amount of

this Global Security

following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of authorized

signatory of Trustee or

Securities Custodian

           
           
           

 

A-15


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

 

Asset Sale     ☐

  

Change of Control Triggering Event     ☐

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

$

 

Date:  

 

      Your Signature:   

 

          

(Sign exactly as your name appears

on the other side of this Security)

 

Signature Guarantee:   

 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[OID Legend]

THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. TO OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH SECURITIES, A HOLDER MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUERS AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, 250 PARKCENTER BLVD., BOISE, IDAHO 83706, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.

 

B-1


[FORM OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

 

No.    $                 

5.750% Senior Note due 2025

CUSIP No. 013093 AD1

ISIN No. US013093AD14

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay to [                     ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of                     Dollars [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto]* on March 15, 2025.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15.

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.

Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-2


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-3


Dated:   
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF   
    AUTHENTICATION   
WILMINGTON TRUST,   
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,   
    as Trustee, certifies that this is   
    one of the Securities   
    referred to in the Indenture.   

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

* /   If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES—SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.”

 

B-4


[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

5.750% Senior Note due 2025

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1. Interest

(a) ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation, SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation, and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any) semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 2017. a Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from August 9, 2016 a until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Issuers shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). The Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of each Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest may be made by sending a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. Dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or a Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “ Trustee ”) will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any of their domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

a   With respect to Securities issued on the Issue Date.

 

B-5


4. Indenture

The Issuers issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of August 9, 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. From the date on which the Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ TIA ”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and the TIA, and the Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. To the extent any provision of this Security conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Securities are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers. This Security is one of the Exchange Securities referred to in the Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of Securities under the Indenture. On and after the Issue Date, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

 

5. Optional Redemption

Except as set forth in the following two paragraphs, the Securities shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuers prior to September 15, 2019. Thereafter, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the Issuers, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on September 15 of the years set forth below:

 

Year

   Redemption Price  

2019

     104.313

2020

     102.875

2021

     101.438

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

B-6


In addition, at any time prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem the Securities at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice (except that notices of redemption may be sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is delivered in connection with a defeasance of the Securities or the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to September 15, 2019, the Issuers may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) equal to 105.750% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date); provided , however , that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Securities) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; and provided , further , that such redemption shall occur within 180 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being redeemed or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the stated redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed.

Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof.

 

6. Mandatory Redemption and Sinking Fund

The Securities are not subject to mandatory redemption or any sinking fund payments.

 

7. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of The Depository Trust Company. Securities in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 to the extent practicable. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

 

B-7


8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event and Asset Sales

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date occurring on or prior to the redemption date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers will be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain events.

 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

 

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered Holder of this Security shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After any such payment, the Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

 

12. Discharge and Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Issuers at any time may terminate some of or all their obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

13. Amendment, Waiver

The Indenture and the Securities may be amended or supplemented or a Default thereunder may be waived, in each case, as provided in the Indenture.

 

B-8


14. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities, in each case, by notice to the Issuers, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of an Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and its consequences.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator (or similar official) or for any other remedy under the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request prior to the expiration of such 60-day period. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or their Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

16. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Issuers or any successor corporation shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

 

17. Authentication

This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

 

B-9


18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19. Governing Law

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

20. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs and Common Codes

The Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Securities and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder of Securities upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security.

 

B-10


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to:

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

    

Your Signature:

  

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:

 

Date:   

 

  
  

Signature must be guaranteed by a

participant in a recognized signature

guaranty medallion program or other

signature guarantor program reasonably

acceptable to the Trustee

   Signature of Signature Guarantee

 

B-11


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The initial principal amount of this Global Security is set forth on the face hereof. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Security

  

Amount of

increase in

Principal Amount

of this Global

Security

  

Principal Amount of

this Global Security

following such

decrease or increase

  

Signature of authorized

signatory of Trustee or

Securities Custodian

           

 

B-12


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, check the applicable box:

Asset Sale ☐                             Change of Control Triggering Event ☐

If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the Indenture, state the amount ($1,000 or an integral multiple thereof):

$

 

Date:  

 

     Your Signature:   

 

          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security)

Signature Guarantee:                                                                                                       

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of

Transferee Letter of Representation

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

c/o Wilmington Trust, National Association

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attn: Albertson’s Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[                     ] principal amount of the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Securities ”) of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”) and Albertson’s LLC (“ Albertsons ” and together with the Company, Safeway and NAI, the “ Issuers ”).

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows

 

Name:                                                  
Address:                                             
Taxpayer ID Number:                     

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Securities, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which any Issuer or any affiliate of any Issuer was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only (a) to the Issuers,

 

C-1


(b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “ QIB ”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Securities of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

Dated:                      

    

TRANSFEREE:                                                   ,

    

by                                                                   

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of [                     ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “ New Guarantor ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of August 9, 2016, providing for the issuance of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2. Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4. Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

 

D-1


5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

6. Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3

Exhibit 4.19

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

December 23 , 2016

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of the date hereof, among each of the parties that are signatories hereto under the heading New Guarantors (collectively, the “ New Guarantors ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the New Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4.     Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.


5.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

6.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2024 Joinder)]


NEW GUARANTORS
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2024 Joinder)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2024 Joinder)]

Exhibit 4.20

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

December 23 , 2016

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of the date hereof, among each of the parties that are signatories hereto under the heading New Guarantors (collectively, the “ New Guarantors ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of August 9, 2016, providing for the issuance of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the New Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4.     Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.


5.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

6.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel & Secretary
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief
    Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel & Secretary
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Gordon

  Name:   Robert Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General
    Counsel & Secretary

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2025 Joinder)]


NEW GUARANTORS
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   Chief Operating Officer

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2025 Joinder)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Supplemental Indenture (2025 Joinder)]

Exhibit 4.21

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

April 21, 2017

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of the date hereof, among each of the parties that are signatories hereto under the heading New Guarantors (collectively, the “ New Guarantors ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the New Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4.     Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.


5.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

6.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


NEW GUARANTORS
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

  Name:   Joseph P. O’Donnell
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]

Exhibit 4.22

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

April 21, 2017

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of the date hereof, among each of the parties that are signatories hereto under the heading New Guarantors (collectively, the “ New Guarantors ”), a subsidiary of ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), the Company, the Co-Issuers (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS the Company, the Co-Issuers and the existing Guarantors have executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as of August 9, 2016, providing for the issuance of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000;

WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuers are required to cause the New Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which each New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuers and the New Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantors, the Issuers and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Agreement to Guarantee . Each New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

4.     Notices . All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture.


5.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

6.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

7.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplemental Indenture by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

8.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


NEW GUARANTORS
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

  Name:   Joseph P. O’Donnell
  Title:   Vice President

 

[Second Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]

Exhibit 4.23

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of May 5, 2017, among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ”, together with Safeway and NAI, each a “ Existing Co-Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Existing Co-Issuers ” and together with the Company, each an “ Existing Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Existing Issuers ”), the other parties that are signatories hereto under the heading Additional Issuers (each, a “ Additional Issuer ,” and collectively, the “ Additional Issuers ”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Existing Issuers, as issuers, and the Additional Issuers, as subsidiary guarantors, have executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Confirmation of Guarantee . Each Additional Issuer hereby confirms, jointly and severally, that its Guarantee shall apply to the Issuers’ Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and will continue to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Agreement to Assume Issuer Obligations .

(a)     Each Additional Issuer hereby agrees, to unconditionally assume, jointly and severally with all Existing Issuers, the Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture as an Issuer (as defined in the Indenture) under the Indenture.


(b)    Each Existing Issuer, joint and severally, confirms that nothing in this Supplemental Indenture relieves any Existing Issuer of its Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture.

4.     Amendment to Section  1.01 of the Indenture . The following definition is hereby added:

Additional Issuer ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor that executes a supplemental indenture (which supplemental indenture shall be in a form consistent with the Third Supplemental Indenture dated [            ], 2017) as an “Additional Issuer”. The provisions applicable to an “Issuer” under Section 5.01 and Section 5.02 (in each case, including the related definitions referred to therein) shall not apply to any Additional Issuer and each provision of this Indenture applicable to a Guarantor shall continue to apply to each Guarantor notwithstanding its designation as an Additional Issuer.”

5.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

7.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

8.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

Existing Issuers
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


Additional Issuers
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
    Business Law & Assistant Secretary
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:  

Vice President, Treasurer &

Assistant Secretary

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2024 Notes)]

Exhibit 4.24

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”) dated as of May 5, 2017, among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ”), SAFEWAY INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) and ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertsons ”, together with Safeway and NAI, each a “ Existing Co-Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Existing Co-Issuers ” and together with the Company, each an “ Existing Issuer ” and collectively, the “ Existing Issuers ”), the other parties that are signatories hereto under the heading Additional Issuers (each, a “ Additional Issuer ,” and collectively, the “ Additional Issuers ”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS the Existing Issuers, as issuers, and the Additional Issuers, as subsidiary guarantors, have executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”) dated as May 31, 2016, providing for the issuance of the Issuers’ 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “ Securities ”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000; and

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities as follows:

1.     Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and hereby and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof.

2.     Confirmation of Guarantee . Each Additional Issuer hereby confirms, jointly and severally, that its Guarantee shall apply to the Issuers’ Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and will continue to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

3.     Agreement to Assume Issuer Obligations .

(a)     Each Additional Issuer hereby agrees, to unconditionally assume, jointly and severally with all Existing Issuers, the Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture as an Issuer (as defined in the Indenture) under the Indenture.


(b)    Each Existing Issuer, joint and severally, confirms that nothing in this Supplemental Indenture relieves any Existing Issuer of its Obligations under the Securities and the Indenture.

4.     Amendment to Section  1.01 of the Indenture . The following definition is hereby added:

Additional Issuer ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor that executes a supplemental indenture (which supplemental indenture shall be in a form consistent with the Third Supplemental Indenture dated [            ], 2017) as an “Additional Issuer”. The provisions applicable to an “Issuer” under Section 5.01 and Section 5.02 (in each case, including the related definitions referred to therein) shall not apply to any Additional Issuer and each provision of this Indenture applicable to a Guarantor shall continue to apply to each Guarantor notwithstanding its designation as an Additional Issuer.”

5.     Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

6.     Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW  YORK.

7.     Trustee Makes No Representation . The Trustee makes no representation as to the recitals or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

8.     Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

9.     Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

Existing Issuers
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Wayne Denningham

  Name:   Wayne Denningham
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


Additional Issuers
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
    Business Law & Assistant Secretary
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:  

Vice President, Treasurer &

Assistant Secretary

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Third Supplemental Indenture (2025 Notes)]

Exhibit 5.1

May 19, 2017

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

and the Additional Issuers described below

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to each of (i) Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the “Lead Issuers”), and (ii) the Additional Issuers included in Schedule A hereto (together with the Lead Issuers, the “Issuers”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”), relating to $1,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes” and $1,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “New 2025 Notes,” and together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”) and the related guarantees of the New Notes (the “Guarantees”) by the Additional Issuers. The New 2024 Notes and the New 2025 Notes are to be offered by the Issuers in exchange for $1,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 and $1,250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025, respectively. The Guarantees are to be offered by the Additional Issuers in exchange for the outstanding guarantees of the Issuers’ outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 and outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025.

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals, telecopies or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of each of the (i) Registration Statement, (ii) the Indenture pertaining to the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 dated as of May 31, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “2024 Notes Indenture”); the Indenture pertaining to the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 dated as of August 9, 2016 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “2025 Notes Indenture,” and together with the 2024 Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”) and (iii) the forms of each of the New Notes, included as


Albertsons Companies, LLC et al.

May 19, 2017

Page 2

 

exhibits to the Indentures. We have also examined originals, telecopies or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Issuers and such other agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Issuers and others, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for our opinions set forth below.

We have relied, without independent investigation, as to factual matters on the representations and warranties contained in the Indenture and on certifications of public officials and of officers and other representatives of the Issuers.

We have assumed (i) the legal capacity of all natural persons executing each Indenture and such other agreements, certificates or documents, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures thereon, (iii) the legal capacity of natural persons signing or delivering any agreements, certificates and documents, (iii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and (iv) the conformity to the original of all copies, telecopies, photostatic or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

Members of this firm are admitted to the bar in the State of New York and the opinions set forth below are limited to the laws of the State of New York.

Based on the foregoing and such other investigations as we have deemed necessary and subject to the qualifications included in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1. Upon the issuance of the New Notes in the manner referred to in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of and the procedures set forth in the Indentures, the New Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuers, enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by: (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time in effect affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies; and (b) general principles of equity, including, without limitation, principles of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

2. Upon the issuance of the New Notes in the manner referred to in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms and conditions of and the procedures set forth in the Indenture, the Guarantees will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Additional Issuers, enforceable against such Additional Issuers in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by: (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time in effect affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies; and (ii) general principles of equity, including, without limitation, principles of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included therein. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.


Albertsons Companies, LLC et al.

May 19, 2017

Page 3

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP


Schedule A

Additional Issuers

 

Additional Issuer

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

ABS CA-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC    Delaware
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC    Delaware
ABS CA-O LLC    Delaware
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS DFW OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.    Delaware
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS FLA OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS ID-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS ID-O DC LLC    Delaware
ABS ID-O LLC    Delaware
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC    Delaware
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC    Delaware
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC    Delaware
ABS MT-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS MT-O LLC    Delaware
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS NV-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS NV-O LLC    Delaware
ABS OR-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS OR-O DC LLC    Delaware
ABS OR-O LLC    Delaware
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.    Delaware
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware

 

A-1


Additional Issuer

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

ABS RM OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS SW OWNER LLC    Delaware
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC    Delaware
ABS TX INVESTOR LP    Texas
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC    Delaware
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP    Texas
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC    Delaware
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP    Texas
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC    Delaware
ABS TX OWNER LP    Texas
ABS UT-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS UT-O DC LLC    Delaware
ABS UT-O LLC    Delaware
ABS WA-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS WA-O LLC    Delaware
ABS WY-GL LLC    Delaware
ABS WY-O LLC    Delaware
ACME MARKETS, INC.    Delaware
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC    Delaware
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC    Delaware
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC    Delaware
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.    Indiana
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC    Delaware
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC    Delaware
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC    Delaware
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.    Utah
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.    Utah
ASP REALTY, LLC    Delaware
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
ASP SW OWNER LLC    Delaware
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC    Delaware

 

A-2


Additional Issuer

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

ASR OWNER LLC    Delaware
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC    Delaware
ASR TX INVESTOR LP    Texas
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC    Delaware
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP    Texas
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.    Delaware
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.    Delaware
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC    Delaware
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.    Maine
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC    Delaware
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.    Delaware
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC    Delaware
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC    Delaware
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC    Delaware
EATING RIGHT LLC    Delaware
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
EXT OWNER LLC    Delaware
EXTREME LLC    Delaware
FRESH HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP    Delaware
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.    Delaware
GFM HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.    Maryland
GOOD SPIRITS LLC    Texas
GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC    Delaware
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC    Delaware
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.    Delaware
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.    Delaware
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.    Ohio
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC    Illinois
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.    Delaware
LSP LEASE LLC    Delaware
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC    Delaware
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.    Delaware
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC    Delaware
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC    Delaware
LUCKY STORES LLC    Ohio
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC    Delaware

 

A-3


Additional Issuer

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC    Delaware
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC    Delaware
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP    Delaware
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC    Delaware
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP    Texas
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC    Delaware
NHI TX OWNER LP    Texas
O ORGANICS LLC    Delaware
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.    Illinois
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.    Texas
RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP    Delaware
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.    Delaware
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.    Delaware
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.    Delaware
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC    Arizona
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC    Delaware
SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.    Delaware

 

A-4


Additional Issuer

  

State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.    Delaware
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.    Delaware
SHAW’S REALTY CO.    Maine
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST    Massachusetts
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.    Massachusetts
SHORTCO OWNER LLC    Delaware
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC    Delaware
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.    Delaware
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY    Delaware
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.    Massachusetts
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.    Massachusetts
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC    Delaware
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC    California
SUNRICH OWNER LLC    Delaware
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.    Michigan
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.    Texas
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.    Texas
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC    Delaware

 

A-5

EXHIBIT 10.1

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC,

as Holdings,

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower,

SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.,

(to be merged with and into Safeway Inc.),

as Co-Borrower,

THE OTHER CO-BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Agent

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated: August 25, 2014

Effective: January 30, 2015

Deal CUSIP # 01310TAA7

Term B-2 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAC3

Term B-3 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAG4

Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAH2


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1.        DEFINITIONS

     2  

SECTION 2.        CREDIT FACILITIES

     56  

2.1

 

Loans

     56  

2.2

 

Repayment of Loans

     58  

2.3

 

Prepayments

     58  

2.4

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     63  

2.5

 

Evidence of Indebtedness

     63  

2.6

 

Payments Generally

     64  

2.7

 

Sharing of Payments

     65  

2.8

 

Incremental Credit Extensions

     66  

2.9

 

Refinancing Amendments

     67  

2.10

 

Extension of Term Loans

     68  

SECTION 3.        INTEREST AND FEES

     70  

3.1

 

Interest

     70  

3.2

 

Fees

     71  

3.3

 

Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans

     71  

SECTION 4.        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     73  

4.1

 

[Reserved]

     73  

4.2

 

Conditions Precedent to All Loans

     73  

4.3

 

Conditions to the Escrow Release Date

     74  

SECTION 5.        [RESERVED]

     76  

SECTION 6.        TAXES

     76  

6.1

 

Taxes

     76  

6.2

 

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

     79  

SECTION 7.        [RESERVED]

     79  

SECTION 8.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     79  

8.1

 

Existence, Qualification and Power

     79  

8.2

 

Authorization; No Contravention.

     80  

8.3

 

Financial Statements

     80  

8.4

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     81  

8.5

 

Taxes

     81  

8.6

 

Litigation

     81  

8.7

 

Compliance with Laws

     82  

8.8

 

Environmental Compliance

     82  

8.9

 

ERISA Compliance

     82  

8.10

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     83  

8.11

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     83  

8.12

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     83  

8.13

 

Labor Matters

     84  

8.14

 

Anti-Money Laundering

     84  

8.15

 

Material Contracts

     84  

 

-i-


         Page  

8.16

 

Solvency

     85  

8.17

 

Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations

     85  

8.18

 

Disclosure

     85  

8.19

 

FCPA

     85  

8.20

 

Office of Foreign Assets Control

     85  

8.21

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     86  

8.22

 

Use of Proceeds

     86  

8.23

 

Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements

     86  

8.24

 

Binding Effect

     86  

8.25

 

No Material Adverse Effect

     86  

8.26

 

No Default

     86  

8.27

 

Collateral Documents

     87  

8.28

 

Pharmaceutical Laws

     87  

8.29

 

HIPAA Compliance

     88  

8.30

 

Compliance With Health Care Laws

     88  

8.31

 

Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.

     89  

SECTION 9.        AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     89  

9.1

 

Preservation of Existence

     90  

9.2

 

Compliance with Laws

     90  

9.3

 

Payment of Obligations

     90  

9.4

 

Insurance

     90  

9.5

 

Financial Statements

     91  

9.6

 

Certificates; Other Information

     92  

9.7

 

Notices

     94  

9.8

 

Further Assurances

     94  

9.9

 

Additional Loan Parties

     95  

9.10

 

Maintenance of Ratings

     95  

9.11

 

Use of Proceeds

     95  

9.12

 

Maintenance of Properties

     96  

9.13

 

Environmental Laws and Insurance

     96  

9.14

 

Books and Records; Accountants

     96  

9.15

 

Inspection Rights

     97  

9.16

 

Information Regarding the Collateral

     97  

9.17

 

[Reserved]

     97  

9.18

 

ERISA

     97  

9.19

 

Quarterly Lender Meetings

     97  

9.20

 

[Reserved]

     97  

9.21

 

Post-Closing Requirements

     97  

SECTION 10.        NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     97  

10.1

 

Liens

     98  

10.2

 

Investments

     102  

10.3

 

Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock

     106  

10.4

 

Fundamental Changes

     109  

10.5

 

Dispositions

     110  

10.6

 

Restricted Payments

     113  

10.7

 

Change in Nature of Business

     116  

10.8

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     116  

10.9

 

Burdensome Agreements

     120  

 

-ii-


         Page  

10.10

 

Accounting Changes

     121  

10.11

 

Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness

     121  

10.12

 

Permitted Activities

     122  

10.13

 

Amendments of Organization Documents

     122  

10.14

 

Designation of Subsidiaries

     122  

SECTION 11.        EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     123  

11.1

 

Events of Default

     123  

11.2

 

Remedies

     125  

11.3

 

Application of Proceeds

     125  

SECTION 12.        JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

     126  

12.1

 

Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver

     126  

12.2

 

Waiver of Notices

     127  

12.3

 

Amendments and Waivers

     127  

12.4

 

Waiver of Counterclaims

     130  

12.5

 

Indemnification

     130  

12.6

 

Costs and Expenses

     131  

SECTION 13.        THE AGENT

     132  

13.1

 

Appointment and Authority

     132  

13.2

 

Rights as a Lender

     132  

13.3

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     133  

13.4

 

Reliance by Agent

     133  

13.5

 

Delegation of Duties

     134  

13.6

 

Resignation of Agent

     134  

13.7

 

Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders

     134  

13.8

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     135  

13.9

 

Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     135  

13.10

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     135  

13.11

 

Withholding Tax Indemnity

     136  

SECTION 14.        TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     137  

14.1

 

Term

     137  

14.2

 

Interpretative Provisions

     137  

14.3

 

Notices

     138  

14.4

 

Partial Invalidity

     140  

14.5

 

Confidentiality

     141  

14.6

 

Successors

     142  

14.7

 

Assignments; Participations

     142  

14.8

 

Entire Agreement

     148  

14.9

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     148  

14.10

 

Counterparts, Etc.

     148  

14.11

 

Payments Set Aside

     148  

14.12

 

Guarantee

     148  

14.13

 

Pro Forma Calculations

     154  

14.14

 

Setoff

     156  

14.15

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     156  

14.16

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     156  

 

-iii-


         Page  

14.17

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     157  

14.18

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     157  

14.19

 

Binding Effect

     157  

14.20

 

Amendment and Restatement

     157  

 

-iv-


INDEX

TO

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A

   Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit C

   Form of Committed Loan Notice

Exhibit D

   Form of Term Note

Exhibit E

   Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit F

   [Reserved]

Exhibit G

   [Reserved]

Exhibit H-1

   Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit H-2

   Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit H-3

   Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit H-4

   Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

Exhibit I

   Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice

Exhibit J

   Form of Lender Participation Notice

Exhibit K

   Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice

Exhibit L

   Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit M

   [Reserved]

Exhibit N-1

   Form of ABL Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit N-2

   Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit O

   Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit P

   Form of Escrow Agreement
Schedule I   

Subsidiary Guarantors

Schedule 1.01

   Commitments

Schedule 1.02

   Accounting Period

Schedule 1.03

   Real Estate Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.04

   Unrestricted Subsidiaries

Schedule 1.05

   Debt Refinancing

Schedule 8.1

   Loan Parties

Schedule 8.4(b)(1)

   Owned Real Estate

Schedule 8.4(b)(2)

   Leased Real Estate

Schedule 8.6

   Litigation

Schedule 8.8

   Environmental Matters

Schedule 8.11

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 8.12

   Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments

Schedule 8.13

   Labor Matters

Schedule 8.15

   Material Contracts

Schedule 8.23(a)

   Deposit Accounts

Schedule 8.23(b)

   Credit Card Agreements

Schedule 8.26

   Defaults

Schedule 8.30

   Participation Agreements

Schedule 9.6

   Financial Reporting

Schedule 9.21

   Post-Closing Matters

Schedule 10.1

   Existing Liens

 

-v-


Schedule 10.2

   Existing Investments

Schedule 10.3

   Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 10.8

   Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 10.9

   Certain Contractual Obligations

Schedule 10.14

   Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

-vi-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC (“ Holdings ”), the parties hereto from time to time as Co-Borrowers, the Guarantors party hereto, the parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as hereinafter further defined) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as hereinafter further defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Debt Facility (defined below) pursuant to which certain term loans have been made available to the Parent Borrower and the Parent Borrower has requested to amend and restate the Existing Debt Facility in its entirety;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with Parent Borrower pursuant to which Lenders may make loans to Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree severally and not jointly to make such loans to Parent Borrower on a pro rata basis according to such Lender’s Commitment as defined below on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements and Agent is willing to act as agent for Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AB LLC ”), Parent Borrower, Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), and Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) are parties to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “ Safeway Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Holdings will, directly or indirectly, acquire Safeway and its Subsidiaries (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, Safeway will enter into the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between NAI and Safeway (the “ Eastern Division Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Safeway will sell the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway (including the Equity Interests of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, the Subsidiary of Safeway that owns such assets, the “ Eastern Division Assets ”) to NAI (the “ Eastern Division Sale ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, it is intended that (a) the Equity Investors will make the Equity Contribution; (b) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement; (c) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000 of loans pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ ABL Loans ”); (d) Holdings and Merger Sub (to be merged with and into Safeway) will issue $1,625,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) and (e) the proceeds of (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the proceeds of the Borrowings released from the Escrow Account, (iii) the ABL Loans, (iv) the Senior Secured Notes and (v) the Eastern Division Sale will be used to finance the Transactions.


WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower and the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans were deposited in the Escrow Account on the Lender Funding Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

AB LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Facility Documentation, or any successor agent or under the ABL Facility Documentation.

ABL Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of Original Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility ” shall mean that credit facility made available to the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” shall mean the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under the ABL Facility Documentation, (ii) any Swap Contract permitted pursuant to Article 10 hereof that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such Swap Contract is entered into and (iii) any agreement with respect to Cash Management Obligations permitted under Article 10 that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such agreement is entered into.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement dated the Original Closing Date, among the Agent, the ABL Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-1 , as amended as of the Escrow Release Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

-2-


ABL Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Acceptable Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Account ” shall mean “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also shall mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that, has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, Holdings’ four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” shall mean automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in, the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in Section 10.5 (q)), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.9, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that such Additional Refinancing Lender is not then an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and (ii) the Parent Borrower.

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person; provided that it is understood that SVU shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party solely due to the transactions contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement or other relationships, facts or circumstances existing on the Escrow Release Date (including, but not limited to, representation on the board of directors of SVU).

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(h)(B) hereto.

 

-3-


Agent ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor agent hereunder.

Agent Parties ” shall mean the Agent, the Arrangers and each of their respective Related Parties.

Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth in Section 14.3, or such other address or account as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” shall mean any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” shall mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 9, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Amendment No. 1 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 5, 2014.

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 5 ” shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors, each of the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A.

Applicable Discount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of receipt of Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans and other Indebtedness that is outstanding and secured by a Lien on the Pari Term Debt Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (ranking pari passu with the Lien thereon securing the Obligations) on such date to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed not earlier than 18 calendar months prior to such date.

Applicable Disposition Percentage ” shall mean, as of the date of receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, (a) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, 100%, or (b) if the

 

-4-


Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 is less than 3.50:1.00 and (i) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is greater than 0.40:1.00, 100%, (ii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.40:1.00 but greater than 0.30:1.00, 75%, or (iii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.30:1.00, 50%.

Applicable Dispositions ” shall mean any Dispositions consummated after the Escrow Release Date, the Net Proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii)(1) hereto.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” shall mean, for any Fiscal Year, (a) 75% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 3.25:1.00, (b) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 and greater than 2.75:1:00, (c) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2:75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1:00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.375%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.00%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.50%, (C) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.375 %, (D) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.00%, (E) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.50%.

Appropriate Lender ” shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Broker ” shall mean any firm nominated by the Parent Borrower and approved by the Agent.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment of Lender’s interest hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

-5-


Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the financial statements of Parent Borrower and Safeway delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Existing Debt Facility.

Bank Products ” shall mean any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services.

Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 1.00% plus the Eurodollar Rate applicable to one month Interest Periods on the date of determination of the Base Rate, (ii) the rate of interest determined by the Agent as its “prime rate,” as established from time to time at its New York office and notified to the Parent Borrower, subject to each increase or decrease in such prime rate, effective as of the day any such change occurs and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate on each day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% (after taking into account the Eurodollar Rate floor).

Base Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

Borrower ” shall mean the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, as the context may require.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

-6-


Capital Leases ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Casa Ley ” shall mean Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

 

-7-


Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean obligations owed by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services ” shall mean any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

Casualty Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace, restore or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .

CERCLIS ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a) prior to a Qualified IPO, Equity Investors fail to own directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings; or

(b) subsequent to or in connection with a Qualified IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Equity Investors, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings;

(c) Holdings fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to the Safeway Acquisition, Safeway, in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

Change of Control Purchase Offer ” shall mean any offer to purchase the Existing Safeway Notes upon a “Change of Control Triggering Event” pursuant to the indenture and other documents governing the Existing Safeway Notes.

 

-8-


Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, shall refer to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans, Term B-4 Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series. Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments and Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions (including, without limitation, different maturity dates and/or interest rates) shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Co-Borrower ” shall mean (a) Merger Sub and, after the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition, Safeway and (b) any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and is designated by the Parent Borrower as a “Co-Borrower”; provided that such designation as a “Co-Borrower” is agreed upon in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Agent.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean PNC Capital Markets LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. in their capacities as co-documentation agents.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” or similar term as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered (i) on the Escrow Release Date, pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) at such time as may be designated therein, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, in each case, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor, including those listed on Schedule I hereto on the Escrow Release Date; provided that, in addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under any ABL Facility Indebtedness, any Junior Financing, Permitted Notes, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof, shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it is an obligor under such Indebtedness;

(c) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to Equity Interests where a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements, delivery of the applicable certificated Equity Interests or notation on the books of the applicable issuer) the Obligations shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and each Co-Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an

 

-9-


Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the nonvoting Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof directly owned by Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(d) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to assets in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC or appropriate security agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Loan Parties (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, accounts receivable, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, hedge agreement documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds, cash, investment property, contract rights, Intellectual Property in the United States, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); and

(e) (1) within 180 days following the Original Closing Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion) the Agent shall have received, with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property, to the extent customary and appropriate (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) in the applicable jurisdiction, each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Original Closing Date, and (2) within 180 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Escrow Release Date, as such Perfection Certificate may be supplemented in accordance with Section 9.21 and (3) otherwise in accordance with Section 9.8(c), the Agent shall receive with respect to each Material Real Property each of the following in each of the cases set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title

 

-10-


insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), (iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (consistent with those required by Section 4.3(a)(xi)), (iv) (A) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value less than $15,000,000, either (i) such documentation required by the title insurance company or (ii) a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy insuring the Mortgage and provide the Agent with a “location” endorsement to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates and (B) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy and provide the Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates, (v) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and (vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 9.4, including, without limitation, flood insurance policies and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, and such other evidence of insurance related thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and (vii) with respect to any ground leased properties, to the extent they are required by the applicable lease and can be obtained with commercially reasonable efforts, estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the ground leased Material Real Properties along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest,

 

-11-


executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) reasonable evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Agent;

provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall not require, and the Financing Agreements shall not contain, any requirements as to the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Property and any real property that does not constitute Material Real Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Escrow Release Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Escrow Agreement, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreements, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.3, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Committed Loan Notice ” shall mean a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Commitment ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Term B-3 Commitment, Term B-4 Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Term Loan Extension Series, as the context may require.

 

-12-


Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (with each capitalized term other than “Safeway Merger Agreement” in this definition being defined pursuant to its definition in the Safeway Merger Agreement) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has materially and adversely affected the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Company and Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the performance by the Company prior to the Effective Time of its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, however, that any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter resulting from or relating to any of the following shall not be considered, or taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) except as it relates to clause (ii) above, the pendency, negotiation, consummation or public announcement of the Merger, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, Governmental Entities or employees; (b) global or national economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes or developments in credit markets (including changes in prevailing interest or exchange rates), financial or securities markets (including the disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index), or economic, business or regulatory conditions anywhere in the world; (c) national or international political or social conditions; (d) the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national emergency, calamity or act of terrorism or any weather-related or other force majeure event or natural disaster or act of God or other comparable events or the worsening thereof; (e) any change in applicable Laws, GAAP, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, accounting principles or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in each case, after the date of the Safeway Merger Agreement; (f) the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate; (g) any failure to meet any internal or external projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (except that the underlying cause of any such failure may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect); (h) any action taken or not taken by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement (except as it relates to clause (ii) above) or at Ultimate Parent’s written request; (i) the identity of, or any facts or circumstances relating to, the Parent Entities or their respective Subsidiaries or (j) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter arising out of or relating to any action taken in compliance with Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, that the incremental extent of any disproportionate change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) with respect to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated Persons in the food and drug retail business may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Compensation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c)(ii) hereto.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

-13-


Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group but excluding any such Indebtedness (other than obligations under the ABL Facility) in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(7) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

 

-14-


(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period; and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Original Closing Transactions, the Transactions or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group of up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that, increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

 

-15-


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrowers or the Guarantors, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Term Loans at such time, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Card Issuer ” shall mean any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa,

 

-16-


U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

Credit Card Processor ” shall mean any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Suisse ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

Cumulative Credit ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Holdings and (ii) the Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness incurred after the Escrow Release Date of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Escrow Closing Date;

(d) [reserved];

(e) [reserved];

(f) [reserved];

(g) [reserved];

(h) minus any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(f) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such time.

Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to (a) the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Disposition Amounts with respect to all Applicable Dispositions after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date minus (b) any amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(c) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

 

-17-


Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) deferred revenue.

DDA ” shall mean each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate of any of the Equity Investors that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under any Indebtedness of Safeway and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.05 hereto shall have been repaid on the Escrow Release Date, and all Liens securing such indebtedness shall have been released.

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” shall mean an act condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Designated Acquisition ” shall mean any Acquisition that is not, in accordance with the agreement governing such Acquisition, subject to a financing contingency and that has been designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Agent as a “Designated Acquisition” which designation shall include a description of any Indebtedness (the “ Designated Indebtedness ”) expected to be incurred to finance such Designated Acquisition.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 10.5.

 

-18-


Discount Range ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(v) hereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” shall mean the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests).

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that only the portion of Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Equity Interests is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” shall mean the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

 

-19-


Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Earn-Out Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale ” shall mean the sale of the Eastern Division Assets to NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

EBITDA ” shall mean at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 10.8; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of the Term Loans or ABL Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds

 

-20-


contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or Safeway or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by Albertson’s Group from business interruption insurance.

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean (a) a Person that is a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (b) any other Person with the prior written consent of (i) the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) exists, the Parent Borrower (such approval by the Parent Borrower, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given by the Parent Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Agent from the Parent Borrower within the earlier to occur of (x) three (3) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.7 of this Agreement and acknowledged by the Parent Borrower or (y) five (5) Business Days after such notice has been provided to the Parent Borrower); provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required prior to the completion of primary syndication settlement of the Term B Loans; provided , further that no Person shall be an Eligible Transferee pursuant to this clause (b) if such Person is a direct competitor of any Loan Party identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment (unless at the time of assignment there is in process a liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower, whether conducted by the Parent Borrower, Agent, a trustee for the Parent Borrower or a representative of creditors of the Parent Borrower), or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (c) Sponsor, as provided in Section 14.7(h). Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) and Section 14.7(h), no Loan Party shall be an Eligible Transferee. No natural person shall be an Eligible Transferee.

 

-21-


Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Equity Contribution ” shall mean the new cash contributions (directly or indirectly) by the Equity Investors to AB LLC, in an amount equal to $1,250,000,000 which will be contributed to Holdings as common and/or preferred equity of Holdings ( provided that any such preferred equity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers).

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other ownership interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Equity Investors ” shall mean (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, and (ii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “Permitted Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than an Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Group.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Holdings within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a

 

-22-


complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Escrow Account ” shall mean the escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Account Funds ” shall mean all cash, securities and other property held in or credited to the Escrow Account.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Parent Borrower, the Agent and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Escrow Collateral ” shall mean “Collateral” as defined in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in an aggregate amount of $35,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Escrow Release Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Loan Parties.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean, collectively, the conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

Escrow Release Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied and the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans are released from the Escrow Account to the Parent Borrower.

Eurodollar Rate ” (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Credit Suisse and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date,

 

-23-


the rate per annum equal to (i) ICE LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined on such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination; provided , in each case, that Eurodollar Rate shall not be less than 1.00% per annum.

Eurodollar Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuation or existence of any event or condition described in Section 11.1 hereof after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both specified in such section with respect to such event or condition.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group completed during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other

 

-24-


voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions),

(vi) scheduled cash payments by the Albertson’s Group during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Albertson’s Group other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x), 10.6(g) and 10.6(h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Albertson’s Group with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

 

-25-


(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and

(xiii) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015 (but in the case of the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015, the period starting on the first day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the Escrow Release Date and ending February 26, 2015).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests of Holdings.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any non-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary, (i) any Real Estate Financing Loan Party, (j) at Parent Borrower’s election, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (k) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees the ABL Credit Agreement, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any other Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect; provided further that in no event shall any Co-Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

-26-


Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Financing Agreements, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 6.2), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 6.1, (c) any taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 6.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Existing Debt Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified before the Escrow Release Date.

Existing Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Mortgaged Property encumbered by a Mortgage as of the date hereof.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

 

-27-


Existing Safeway Notes ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 and not more than $80,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and not more than $100,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extended Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereto.

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Facility ” shall mean the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans or a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context may require.

Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Parent Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” shall mean crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean on any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse on such day on such transactions, as determined in good faith by Credit Suisse.

 

-28-


Fee Letter ” shall mean the second amended and restated Fee Letter agreement, dated April 3, 2014, as amended on April 24, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Arrangers, the Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, PNC Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and SunTrust Bank.

Financing Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and all notes, guarantees, security agreements, deposit account control agreements, investment property control agreements, other intercreditor agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

Fiscal Intermediary ” shall mean any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal, state or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” shall mean any four (4) week Accounting Period of Holdings.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on or about the Thursday closest to the last day of February of each calendar year.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 and (vi) the Homeowner Flood Insurance Affordability Act of 2014, as now or hereafter in effect, or, in each case, any successor statute thereto.

Food Security Act ” shall mean the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20 hereto.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

 

-29-


GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a) hereto.

Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c)(ii) hereof.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than any (i) Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Co-Borrower and (ii) Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Subsidiary that issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Escrow Release Date.

Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under, any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Afford Care Act, as amended.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

HIPAA ” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

 

-30-


HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph herein.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereto.

Incremental Amendment ” shall mean an Incremental Amendment among the applicable Borrower, the Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders entered into pursuant to Section 2.8.

Incremental Amount ” shall mean the sum of (x) $750,000,000 plus (y) an unlimited amount as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 (assuming that all Incremental Term Loans are secured on a first-priority basis whether or not so secured and shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Total Debt and excluding the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans for the purposes of netting) with the Parent Borrower being permitted to determine whether the Incremental Term Loan Commitments are obtained under clause (x) or (y) of this definition; provided that in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans together with the principal amount of Permitted Notes exceed such Incremental Amount.

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.8, to make Incremental Term Loans to a Borrower.

Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Terms Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.8 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Amendment, Other Term Loans.

 

-31-


Incur ” shall mean issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

(g) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

; provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

 

-32-


Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5 hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.5(a) hereto.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the ABL Intercreditor Agreement together with the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

 

-33-


Interest Rate ” shall mean,

(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:

(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Base Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Eurodollar Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent may, at its option, and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders, increase the Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, by two percent (2%) per annum, with respect to any portion of the Loans and other Obligations outstanding that is not paid on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) until such amount due is paid in full.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, cash funds of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting (x) proceeds of the issuance of (or contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of such Person and (y) proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

Junior Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) hereto.

Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged

 

-34-


with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lease ” shall mean any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender Participation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Lenders ” shall mean the financial institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders, other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.7 hereof and any other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns.

Lending Office ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Loan.

Lien ” shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidity Condition ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility) and (y) undrawn and then available amounts under the ABL Facility, to the extent such sum equals or exceeds $450,000,000.

Loan ” shall mean an extension of credit under Section 2 by a Lender to a Borrower in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt included in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” and (y) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt secured by any Liens on assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, as applicable, the “ Loan Component ”) to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed in the 18 calendar month period immediately prior to such date (the “ Value Component ”). On the Escrow Release Date, the Value Component shall be an amount to be provided by the Parent Borrower to the Agent pursuant to an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent setting forth the Value Component and the basis of such valuation and, which shall be calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the Value Component under the Existing Debt Facility.

 

-35-


Loan Parties ” shall mean collectively the Borrowers and each Guarantor (other than Holdings).

LTIP Agreements ” shall mean the AB Acquisition LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and the AB Acquisition LLC Senior Executive Retention Plan, as amended.

Management Services Agreement ” shall mean the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and the Parent Borrower, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreements, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Financing Agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Material Contract ” shall mean with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Financing Agreements) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded and (b) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

Material Real Property ” shall mean any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $500,000 or greater (at the Original Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Original Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent); provided , however , no “surplus property” as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower or Excluded Property shall constitute Material Real Property.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Term B-2 Maturity Date, Term B-3 Maturity Date, the Term B-4 Maturity Date or the stated maturity date of any other Facility, as the case may be.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.16 hereto.

Medicaid ” shall mean the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicare ” shall mean the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

 

-36-


MoneyGram ” shall mean MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” shall mean that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Parent Borrower and MoneyGram.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” shall mean a deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage, leasehold mortgage or leasehold deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and covering a Mortgaged Property (together with the fixture filings and Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) the fee owned and ground leased real property identified on Schedule 8.4(b)(1) and Schedule 8.4(b)(2) hereto and Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate, as amended and restated as of the Escrow Release Date and as further supplemented pursuant to Section 9.21 hereto, and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Escrow Release Date pursuant to Section 9.8 and Section 9.9.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” shall mean New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

NAI Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

NAI Services Agreement ” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between NAI and Parent Borrower dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” shall mean:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by a Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Financing Agreements or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed

 

-37-


of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Specified Default exists at the time of the proposed reinvestment (or such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may reinvest any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties) in assets (other than current assets) useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent such proceeds are not so used or contractually committed to be so used within 12 months of such receipt (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12 month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; provided , however , that such reinvested amount shall not exceed $750,000,000 in any Fiscal Year); provided , further , that no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds net of the amounts described in clauses (i) through (v) above shall exceed $7,500,000 or (y) the aggregate amount of such net proceeds from dispositions resulting in net proceeds in excess of the threshold set forth in the foregoing clause (x) exceeds $150,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of the amount specified in clause (y) of this proviso shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(c).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate or a Purchasing Borrower Party.

NPL ” shall mean the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” shall mean (i) any and all Term Loans and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender,

 

-38-


including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to such Loan Party under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (ii) the Other Liabilities.

Offered Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Organization Documents ” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity; and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” shall mean March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in aggregate amount of $20,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Original Closing Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Parent Borrower.

Original Closing Date Transactions ” shall mean “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Debt Facility.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) hereto.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 13.12 hereof.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies, arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, any Financing Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement.

 

-39-


Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” shall mean, on a particular date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such date.

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and an overnight rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PACA ” shall mean the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Parent Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c) hereto.

Participant ” shall mean any financial institution that acquires and holds participation in the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans in conformity with the provisions of Section 14.7 of this Agreement governing participations.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(e) hereto.

PASA ” shall mean the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).

Paying Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” shall mean the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or any successor organization thereto.

PDC ” shall mean the subsidiaries of Safeway comprised of (i) Property Development Centers LLC, (ii) PDC I, Inc., (iii) Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania, (iv) Eureka Land Management, LLC and (v) Paradise Development, LLC, and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

PEL Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(b) hereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA

 

-40-


Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” shall mean Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

(c) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(d) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor, as the Parent Borrower and the Agent shall agree, and the Agent shall have received a first priority (subject, in each case, to Permitted Liens having priority over the Lien of the Agent by operation of applicable Law) security and/or mortgage interest in such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and property of such Restricted Subsidiary and of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Safeway Acquisition shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Acquisition”.

Permitted Disposition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereto.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default)

 

-41-


prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) and (v) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 hereto.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereto.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower, and if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of junior priority secured notes or junior priority secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors and (vi) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereto.

Permitted Notes ” shall mean (i) unsecured senior or senior subordinated debt securities of the Parent Borrower, (ii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements or (iii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements; provided that (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such debt securities, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing

 

-42-


requirement, (c) at the time that any such Permitted Notes are issued (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall exist, (d) no Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, and (e) no Permitted Notes shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral.

Permitted Ratio Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group, provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 5.00:1.00, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.65:1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.75:1.00, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (vi) such Indebtedness shall not have any financial maintenance covenants, (vii) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements or another intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (viii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment with the Term Loans, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ix) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party does not exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at such time.

Permitted Refinancing ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of

 

-43-


control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” shall mean federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 14.13.

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Property ” shall mean any interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Purchasing Borrower Party ” shall mean Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrowers that (x) makes a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or (y) becomes an Eligible Transferee or Participant pursuant to Section 14.7(h).

Qualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

-44-


Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” shall mean (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” shall mean any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualifying Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Qualifying Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” shall mean any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

Ratably Secured Notes ” shall mean the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” shall mean any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (i) that does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

 

-45-


Real Property ” shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Financing ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which such Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

 

-46-


(c) to which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Agent by delivery to the Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Refinancing Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.9.

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” shall mean one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(b) hereto.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Repricing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Repricing Amendment.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

 

-47-


Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (1) the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of Replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the facilities provided for in this Agreement (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for Term B Loans of the respective Type (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, and without taking into account any fluctuations in ICE LIBOR or comparable rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Change of Control, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term B Loans, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility or any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (2) any effective reduction in the Applicable Margin for Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise) (with such determination to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, consistent with generally accepted financial practices). Any such determination by the Agent as contemplated by preceding clauses (1) and (2) shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Total Outstandings.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean August 25, 2014.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Disposition, (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Applicable Disposition minus (b) the amount of such Net Proceeds applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii).

Retained Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

 

-48-


S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Acquisition ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Notes Repurchases ” means any purchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, or retirement of the Existing Safeway Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Purchase Offers or otherwise.

Safeway Services Agreement ” shall mean one or more services agreement between Safeway and NAI to be entered into contemporaneously with or subsequent to the Safeway Acquisition.

Same Day Funds ” shall mean immediately available funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Party ” or “ Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) individually, (i) each Lender, (ii) the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates which has provided Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or Cash Management Services or, with respect to Bank Products or Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), (iii) the Agent, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Financing Agreement, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Financing Agreement are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of Escrow Release Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Agent in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in the form of senior secured notes, senior secured credit facilities, or any combination thereof to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x) $1,145,000,000 minus (y) the positive difference, if any, between (i) $645,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Safeway Notes purchased on (or within 90 days after) the date the Safeway Acquisition is consummated.

 

-49-


Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, Agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Senior Secured Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the indenture for the Senior Secured Notes.

Shareholders’ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O executed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

SPC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Safeway Acquisition, the representations and warranties covered by the condition in Section 6.2(a) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (but only with respect to the representations and warranties that are material to the interest of the Lenders, and only to the extent that AB LLC (or its applicable Affiliate) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Safeway Merger Agreement or decline to consummate the Safeway Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to be financed in any part by the proceeds of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in the definitive agreement therefor that are material to the interest of the Incremental Term Lenders, and only to the extent that the applicable Loan Party has the right to terminate its obligations under such agreement or decline to consummate the Permitted Acquisition or Investment as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

 

-50-


Specified Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (g) or (h).

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations set forth in Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.2(a), 8.2(d), 8.16, 8.17, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.24 and 8.27 (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).

Specified Transaction ” shall mean any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” shall mean, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Albertson’s Group which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Store ” shall mean any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d) hereto.

SVU ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Debt Facility.

Swap Contract ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward

 

-51-


foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Target ” shall mean any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Investment.

Tax Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e) hereto.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term B Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans.

Term B-2 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 1) to Amendment No. 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent and (ii) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in

 

-52-


such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 4) to Amendment No. 4 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent. The aggregate amount of the Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date is $1,437,032,166.71.

Term B-2 Maturity Date ” shall mean March 21, 2019.

Term B-3 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-3 Loans to the Parent Borrower on such Lender’s Lender Funding Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-3 Commitments is $950,000,000.

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-3 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-3 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-3 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower on such Lender’s Lender Funding Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-4 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-4 Commitments is $3,609,000,000.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-4 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven (7) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Parent Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment”, “Term B-4 Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Acceptance, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be.

 

-53-


Term Lender ” shall mean any Lender that had a Term Commitment or any Lender that has purchased a Term Loan pursuant to one or more Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with the terms hereof.

Term Loan ” shall mean any Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Extension Series ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement to be dated the date of the Escrow Release Date among the Agent, the Senior Secured Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-2 hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Term Note ” shall mean a note evidencing Loans in the form of Exhibit D .

Test Period ” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5, as applicable.

Third Party Payors ” shall mean any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

Total Assets ” shall mean the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings that Agent has received in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof (or of the Parent Borrower and Safeway and shown on the Audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Existing Debt Facility, as applicable).

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Total Outstandings ” shall mean the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Debt Refinancing and the Safeway Notes Repurchases, (c) the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement, (d) the incurrence of the initial Term Loans hereunder (including the entering into of the Escrow Agreement, the funding of the Escrow Account and the release of the funds therefrom), the ABL Facility Indebtedness and Secured Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, (e) the securing of the Ratably Secured Notes on a second lien basis and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

-54-


Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement, dated of the Original Closing Date, by and between the Parent Borrower and SVU, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date).

Type ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Escrow Release Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d)(2)(C) hereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Escrow Release Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower or Safeway) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14 subsequent to the Escrow Release Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valuation ” shall mean, in relation to any Mortgaged Property, a valuation of such Mortgaged Property made at any relevant time by an Approved Broker, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length on customary commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If any Approved Broker shall deliver a Valuation indicating a range of values for a Mortgaged Property, the Valuation for such Mortgaged Property shall be the arithmetic mean of the two endpoints of such range.

Value Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Voting Stock ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

 

-55-


Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans .

(a) Prior to (i) the Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders made Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the Escrow Release Date, the Lenders made Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower. Upon the Escrow Release Date, such existing Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans as further provided herein.

(b) Each Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice, to the Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (2) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) wire instructions of the account(s) to which funds are to be disbursed (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the amount to be disbursed to any particular account may be less than the minimum or multiple limitations set forth above so long as the aggregate amount to be disbursed to all such accounts pursuant to such Borrowing meets such minimums and multiples); provided that in the case of the Borrowings on the Restatement Effective Date such accounts were the Escrow Account. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

 

-56-


(c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Agent either by (i) crediting the account(s) of the applicable Borrower on the books of the Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided by the applicable Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.3 in connection therewith. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(e) The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Credit Suisse’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(f) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.1(f) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(g) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(h) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Agent, each of such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.1(h) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the

 

-57-


applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

2.2 Repayment of Loans . The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (ii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, the respective percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)):

 

Date

   Percentage  

1 st -4 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective Date

     1.250

5 th -8 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     1.875

9 th -12 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.125

13 th -19 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.750

(iii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (iv) on the Term B-2 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date, (v) on the Term B-3 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on such date and (vi) on the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on such date.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, at any time or from time to time thereafter, without premium or penalty except as provided in clause (d) below, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole or in part; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; or, in the case of clause (2) or (3) of this proviso, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such Loan is Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan and the order of Loan(s) to be prepaid. The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of

 

-58-


its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or, if such prepayment is being made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), such Lender’s share, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.3. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(a), the Borrowers may in their sole discretion select the Loan or Loans (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than if pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h)).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.3(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities or other transaction, which refinancing or other transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2 as directed by the Parent Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered, the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015) minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Loans during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (2) the amount expended by any Purchasing Borrower Party to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), and (3) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility during such Fiscal Year to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), to the extent such prepayments are funded with Internally Generated Cash.

(ii) If (1) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 10.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) (to the extent the Disposition is to a Restricted Subsidiary and the property or assets continue to secure the Obligations with the same priority as prior to such Disposition), (k), (l), (o), (q), (r) or (t)-(v), (x)-(aa)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Dispositions described in clause (1) above, an amount equal to the Applicable Disposition Percentage of all Net Proceeds received from such Disposition (excluding the proceeds from the disposition of (i) the Equity Interests in or assets of Casa Ley and PDC and (ii) repayments of intercompany loans from Safeway to PDC contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement) and (y) in the case of Casualty Events described in clause (2) above, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds received in connection with such Casualty Events; provided that (x) if any Permitted Notes have been issued in compliance with Sections 10.1 and 10.3 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, then the Parent Borrower may cause Loans to be prepaid and, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Permitted Notes, cause such Permitted Notes to be purchased (at a

 

-59-


purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof and (y) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to offer to repurchase or to prepay Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased or prepaid, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Other Applicable Indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives Net Proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties, the Borrowers shall first prepay an amount of ABL Loans, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds, in an amount equal to the least of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds, (y) the amount of ABL Loans borrowed in connection with the Transactions and (z) $300,000,000 (in the case of subclauses (y) and (z) when aggregated with all previous repayments pursuant to this sentence) and any remaining Net Proceeds from the Disposition of Divested Properties shall thereafter be applied as provided above in this subsection.

(iii) If a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Escrow Release Date (x) that is intended to be Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.3 or (z) notwithstanding clause (y), that is Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(v) (other than (A) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are applied to repay Indebtedness previously incurred under Section 10.3(v) , (B) Indebtedness incurred under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility to finance the acquisition of Material Real Property after the Escrow Release Date so long as such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of such Material Real Property and (C) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used by a Real Estate Subsidiary to pay the purchase price to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for any Real Property to the extent such proceeds constituted Net Proceeds of a Disposition subject to clause (b) (ii) above), the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (to the extent set forth in such Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or Incremental Amendment as contemplated below), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied to the next eight succeeding scheduled principal installments to each Class of Term Loans and then ratably to the remaining installments of each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Loans may be

 

-60-


prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3(a), 2.6(a) or 2.7 (which provisions shall not be applicable to Section 2.3(c)), any Purchasing Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in Section 2.3(c); provided that (A) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Loans of a specified Class on a pro rata basis, (B) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) has been satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“MNPI”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

(ii) To the extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay Loans of a specified Class in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing Borrower Party (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of the principal amount of Loans to be prepaid) (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(ii), the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable Class thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Agent (A) a minimum price (the “ Acceptable Price ”) within the Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent) of Loans with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Price (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts of Loans of the applicable Class specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with

 

-61-


the lowest Acceptable Price); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Loans of the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Loans of the applicable Class (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.3), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iii) above) established by the Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.

(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) Prepayment Premium . At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is one year and 31 days following the Start Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5), the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with outstanding Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and/or Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, which are repaid or prepaid pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such

 

-62-


Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 12.3(c)), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (x) in the case of a Repricing Transaction of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of a Repricing Transaction described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Margin applicable to the Term B Loans pursuant to such Repricing Transaction. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(e) Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under Section 2.3 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.3. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.3(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under Section 2.3(b) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a cash collateral account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (i) The Term B-3 Commitment of each Term B-3 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-3 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5 and (ii) the Term B-4 Commitment of each Term B-4 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No.  5.

2.5 Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrowers. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a Term Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Class, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.5(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

 

-63-


2.6 Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent after 2:00 p.m., shall in each case, at the option of the Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower or any Lender has notified the Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Agent hereunder, that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount within one Business Day upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and the applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

-64-


A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the applicable Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.6(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(f) Whenever any payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Agent and applied by the Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 11.3. If the Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Financing Agreements under circumstances for which the Financing Agreements do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

2.7 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal or interest on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal or interest on such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 14.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Parent Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Parent Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 14.14) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Parent Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.7 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests,

 

-65-


demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

2.8 Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) One or more Borrowers (which shall include all existing Borrowers with respect to an existing Class of Term B Loans for which Incremental Term Commitments are requested) may, by written notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) from time to time after the Escrow Release Date, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which, in each case, may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $25,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be Term Commitments or commitments to make term loans with interests rates and/or amortization and/or maturity and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“ Incremental Term Loans ”). The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall not be used to (i) make Restricted Payments or prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6, Section 10.11 or otherwise or (ii) make Investments in (or otherwise purchase) the Equity Interests of NAI.

(b) The applicable Borrowers and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Incremental Amendment and such other documentation as the Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) except as to pricing, amortization and final maturity date (which shall, subject to clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), the Incremental Term Loans shall have no more restrictive terms, when taken as a whole, than the Term Loans except (x) if the Term Lenders holding the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (y) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term Loans or (z) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Incremental Term Loans are established, and, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans; provided further that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, if the Effective Yield in respect of any such Incremental Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin of any Term B Loans by more than 25 basis points, such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the Effective Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loan is no more than 25 basis points higher than the Effective Yield for such Term B Loans and if the lowest permissible Eurodollar Rate is greater than 1.00% or the lowest permissible Base Rate is greater than 2.00% for such Incremental Term Loan, the difference between such “floor” and 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Incremental Term Loans (or 2.00% in the case of Base Rate Incremental Term Loans, shall be equated to interest rate margin for purposes of this proviso. The Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as and rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the last paragraph of Section 4.2, no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.8 unless (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto)

 

-66-


no Event of Default shall be continuing (except to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated Acquisition, in lieu of such condition, (A) no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time of execution of the applicable contract or agreement for such acquisition and (B) no Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a) or (f) shall be continuing at the time of making such acquisition)); (ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.2(a) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of the making of such Loan” or similar language in such Section 4.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) (except, to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated Acquisition, such representations shall be limited to the Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and (iii) the Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Agent with the applicable Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(d) The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Parent Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agent or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8. The applicable Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan) or by any other bank or other financial institution; provided that any such bank or financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Parent Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

This Section 2.8 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.7 or 12.3 to the contrary.

2.9 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Escrow Release Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements.

 

-67-


(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.9(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $25,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.9, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

2.10 Extension of Term Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The applicable Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.10. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided , however , that at no time shall there be Classes of Term Loans hereunder (including Refinancing Term Loans and Extended Term Loans) which have more than four (4) different Maturity Dates; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the

 

-68-


remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, (E) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (F) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.10 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension Request . The Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Term Loan Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.10. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Term Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Term Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Term Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Term Loan Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among Holdings, the Loan Parties, the Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.10(a) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.2 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term

 

-69-


Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension Amendment (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.3 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.10, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest .

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder shall be payable on demand: (i) on and after the date of any Event of Default, following the Agent’s election to increase the Interest Rate pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof and from time to time thereafter, and (ii) on and after the date of termination hereof.

(b) Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to Base Rate Loans on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Latest Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made, which shall be calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans on the last day of each applicable Interest Period with respect to such Loans, or, in the case of Interest Periods longer than three months, on the date that is three months after the commencement of such Interest Period, which shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in such Base Rate is effective. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by the Borrowers to Agent and Lenders exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

 

-70-


3.2 Fees . The Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent and Credit Suisse the other fees and amounts set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by Agent from Parent Borrower on or about the Escrow Release Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.

3.3 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans .

(a) If after the Escrow Release Date, either (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law is introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements, applicable to any Lender or any banking or financial institution from whom any Lender borrows funds or obtains credit (a “ Funding Bank ”), or (ii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (iii) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Funding Bank’s or Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, or (iv) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation shall subject such Funding Bank or such Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis in Taxation of payments to such Funding Bank or such Lender in respect thereof (except for any Excluded Taxes, or Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 6.1); and the result of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) is an increase in the cost to any Lender of funding or maintaining the Loans, then Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall from time to time upon demand by Agent pay to Agent additional amounts sufficient to indemnify such Lender, as the case may be, against such increased cost on an after-Tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified). A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost shall be submitted to the Parent Borrower by Agent or the applicable Lender and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement (including Section 3.3(a)), (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in Law after the Escrow Release Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent Borrower and Guarantors) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) Agent has received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans during such Interest Period, Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Parent Borrower

 

-71-


as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt written notice to the Parent Borrower when such conditions no longer exist. If such notice is given (A) any Eurodollar Rate Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Parent Borrower have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or in the interpretation or application thereof occurring after the Escrow Release Date shall make it unlawful for Agent or any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (i) Agent or such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Parent Borrower (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, continue Eurodollar Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar Rate Loan is requested and (iii) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.3(d) below.

(d) Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall indemnify Agent and each Lender and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Parent Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or extension of Eurodollar Rate Loans after Parent Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) default by the Parent Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan after Parent Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. With respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or extended, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or extend to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or extend, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Rate Loans provided for herein (excluding the Applicable Margin) over (B) the amount of interest (as determined by such Agent or such Lender) which would have accrued to Agent or such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. This covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

(e) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

 

-72-


(f) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(g) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.3(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Parent Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 [ Reserved ].

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The obligation of Lenders to make Loans (other than the initial Term B Loans, the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans) is subject to the further satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such Loan of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.2 and in Section 2.8 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Incremental Term Loan shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Incremental Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations with respect to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and correct and (iii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), (a)(ii), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

 

-73-


4.3 Conditions to the Escrow Release Date . The Parent Borrower agrees that it shall not direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Account Funds, and the Escrow Release Date shall not occur, until satisfaction of, or waiver of, each of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the earliest of:

(a) The Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Escrow Release Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Escrow Release Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of Amendment No. 5;

(ii) a Note executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agent under the Existing Debt Facility) and such other documents and certifications as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) evidence that, on the Escrow Release Date (or within 120 days after the Escrow Release Date) pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, all principal and accrued interest and fees have been paid in full so that (x) no more than $80,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and (y) no more than $100,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017;

(vi) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O ;

(vii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties (provided, that with respect to Security Agreement to be executed by Safeway and its Subsidiaries, such Security Agreement may be executed and delivered after the release of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from the Escrow Account but not later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Escrow Release Date);

 

-74-


(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Safeway certifying that Safeway has assumed, or concurrently with the Escrow Release Date shall assume, all the obligations of Merger Sub under the Financing Agreements;

(ix) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Escrow Release Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(x) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Financing Agreements and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent;

(xi) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender;

(xii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in form and substance of Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement, certifying as to the conditions set forth therein;

(xiii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto) and evidence of flood insurance as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof;

(xviii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (h) and (i) of this Section 4.3; and

(xiv) the amended and restated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

(b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, Holdings shall have received the Equity Contribution.

(c) The Safeway Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Safeway Merger Agreement.

(d) All fees required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Escrow Release Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

 

-75-


(e) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(f) The ABL Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) The ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Since December 28, 2013, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

SECTION 6. TAXES

6.1 Taxes .

Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall (except to the extent required by applicable Laws) be made free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Taxes.

(a) If any Loan Party, the Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Tax from or in respect of any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Financing Agreements, then (i) the applicable Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.1), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, and (iii) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding, if a Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of such deduction or withholding and of the timely remittance thereof to the relevant Governmental Authority.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), the Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent, provide the Parent Borrower and the Agent with any documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Financing Agreement. Each such Lender shall, whenever

 

-76-


a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 6.1(d)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Parent Borrower and the Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent) or promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 , Exhibit H-2 , Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 6.1(d) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax on any payments to such Lender under the Financing Agreements.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b)

 

-77-


or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Parent Borrower and the Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(3), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) The Loan Parties shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and each Lender (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”) for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 6.1) paid or payable by such Tax Indemnitee, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by a Tax Indemnitee (or by Agent on behalf of a Tax Indemnitee), shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) If and to the extent that a Tax Indemnitee determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.1, then such Tax Indemnitee shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 6.1 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Tax Indemnitee and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Tax Indemnitee, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Tax Indemnitee in the event that such Tax Indemnitee is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 6.1(f) shall not be construed to require any Tax Indemnitee to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, the agreements and obligations of Loan Parties contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Obligations, resignation of the Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, any Lender.

(g) Upon the written request of Parent Borrower, any Lender or Agent claiming any additional amounts or indemnification payments payable pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall use its reasonable efforts to mitigate or reduce the additional amounts payable, which reasonable efforts may include a change in the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or any other measures reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

-78-


6.2 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time a Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 6.1 or 3.3 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.3, then the Parent Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 14.7(a) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility) to one or more Eligible Transferees; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.3 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.1, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay or cause to be repaid all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Term Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Term Note or Term Notes executed by the applicable Borrowers, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation

 

-79-


of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 8.1 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

8.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Financing Agreement to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Agent under the Collateral Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

8.3 Financial Statements .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014 and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the Quarterly Accounting Period ended on those dates (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

 

-80-


8.4 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. Each Loan Party has good and valid fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets forth the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of the Escrow Release Date. Each of such Leases is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except, in each case, as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Schedule 10.2 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type under Section 10.2(b) held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

(e) Schedule 10.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type under Section 10.3(a) of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

8.5 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Liens on account thereof) have been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.6 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to

 

-81-


this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 on the Escrow Release Date, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof: (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any Material Property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability;

(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties: (i) none of the Material Real Properties is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any of the Material Real Properties; and (iii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Hazardous Materials have been released, discharged or disposed of on any of the Material Real Properties or to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and

(c) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-82-


(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

8.11 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate and has not, in the past three (3), years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 8.11 on the Escrow Release Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Escrow Release Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Agent under the Financing Agreements and Permitted Liens which do not have priority over the Liens of the Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.12 , as of the Escrow Release Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 10.2 . The

 

-83-


copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.3 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Escrow Release Date.

8.13 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14 Anti-Money Laundering . Neither Holdings, any Loan Party, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of senior management of each Loan Party, any of their Affiliates and or any of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

8.15 Material Contracts . Schedule 8.15 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Escrow Release Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Agent on or before the Escrow Release Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

 

-84-


8.16 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Borrowing, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

8.17 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Borrowings shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

8.18 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Escrow Release Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, in the case of any document or information provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement or the Safeway Acquisition Agreement) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.19 FCPA . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.20 Office of Foreign Assets Control . Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq ., as amended) (the “ Trading with the Enemy Act ”) or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order

 

-85-


relating thereto that is administered by OFAC (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but shall not be limited to Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”). None of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Specially Designated National as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions with any Specially Designated Nationals in violation of the Executive Order.

8.21 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the PATRIOT Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the PATRIOT Act.

8.22 Use of Proceeds . On the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans will be used to finance a portion of the Transactions (it being understood that the proceeds of the initial Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans were deposited into the Escrow Account on the Restatement Effective Date and will be released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date). After the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term Loans will be used for any purpose, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs.

8.23 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23 (a)  is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Escrow Release Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Escrow Release Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

8.24 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Financing Agreement, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Financing Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

8.25 No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Since the Escrow Release Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.26 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement.

 

-86-


8.27 Collateral Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Agent (or, so long as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the ABL Agent is acting as agent for the Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the ABL Agent), the Agent will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Escrow Release Date).

(c) The Mortgages when granted shall create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable first priority Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Mortgages), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing or recording of the Mortgages in proper form with the appropriate Governmental Authorities and the payment of any mortgage recording taxes of fees, the Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Mortgaged Property that may be perfected by such filing or recording (including without limitation the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

8.28 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-87-


(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.29 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “ HIPAA Compliant ” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.30 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto,

 

-88-


and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Escrow Release Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Escrow Release Date. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 8.30 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Escrow Release Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

8.31 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc .

(a) Parent Borrower has not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Escrow Release Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any state, commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying Parent Borrower of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of Parent Borrower established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by Parent Borrower or any related or other assets of Parent Borrower.

(b) Parent Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. Parent Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a

 

-89-


claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7) cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1 Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agent prior to the Escrow Release Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Fire and extended coverage or “all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Property) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Parent Borrower, the Agent or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering the properties shall name the Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

 

-90-


(b) If at any time the area in which any Material Real Property is located is designated (i) a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance (with a financially sound and reputable insurer) in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the business of operating supermarkets and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time and deliver to the Agent, evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including, without limitation, annual reviews of such insurance, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in a similar business.

9.5 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015 (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such

 

-91-


Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; provided that prior to the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015, the Loan Parties shall deliver (I) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower as at the end of January 22, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period and (II) a Consolidated balance sheet of Safeway as at the end of January 31, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period, in each case accompanied by the comparative financial information for such period required pursuant to the immediately preceding subclauses (A) and (B).

(d) [reserved];

(e) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of Holdings ended after the Escrow Release Date, 120 days), detailed consolidated budget and forecasts prepared by management of Holdings, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Latest Maturity Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

(f) concurrently with the execution of any agreement to dispose of any Divested Property, an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Divested Property and the basis of such valuation;

(g) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings; and

(h) together with the delivery of each annual Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 9.5(g), a list of each Subsidiary of Holdings that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Escrow Release Date or the most recent list provided).

9.6 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5, a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

 

-92-


(a) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(b) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 9.6 of the Existing Debt Facility, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Financing Agreements, as the Agent (or any Lender acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably request; and

(d) evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 9.4 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) or Section 9.6(c) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 14.3; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent if the Agent requests the Parent Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Parent Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Parent Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Parent Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Parent Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Parent Borrower Materials as only containing either publicly available information, or information concerning the Parent Borrower, its subsidiaries, or its or their respective securities that (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) would be publicly available if the Company or any of its subsidiaries were required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or is not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Parent Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 14.5; (y) all Parent Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to

 

-93-


treat any Parent Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

9.7 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(f) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

9.8 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), to which the Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral (other than Material Real Properties) are acquired by any Loan Party after the Escrow Release Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agent thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition cause, such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph

 

-94-


(a) of this Section 9.8, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.8(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.8(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute.

(c) If, on or after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, any Loan Party acquires or ground leases any Material Real Property (including, without limitation, (i) any Material Real Property acquired in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and (ii) any Divested Property that has not been disposed of pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement within 90 days of the Escrow Release Date) or any Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Loan Party and that owns Material Real Property shall become a Guarantor or Co-Borrower, the applicable Loan Party shall provide the Agent with respect to such Material Real Property within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) of the acquisition or lease of such Material Real Property with:

(i) the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; and

(ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent certifying that (i) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and (ii) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets for the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties in effect as of the date thereof, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of such date.

9.9 Additional Loan Parties . (a) Notify the Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Co-Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by executing and delivering to the Agent a joinder agreement to this Agreement or a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a perfected Lien to the Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.3(a) and if requested by the Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.9 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.9 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor.

9.10 Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and Moody’s in respect of Holdings and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s.

9.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Borrowings will be used, directly or indirectly (a) on the Escrow Release Date, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements

 

-95-


to this Agreement and (b) after the Escrow Release Date, for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs (including Permitted Acquisitions).

9.12 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Environmental Laws and Insurance .

(a) Except, in each case, where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (i) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Material Real Properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and Material Real Properties; and (iii) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are necessary to comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Material Real Properties; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Maintain and renew as necessary until the Latest Maturity Date (unless this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable) the Premises Environmental Liability insurance policy for the benefit of Safeway and its applicable subsidiaries as the first named insured and as underwritten by Great American E & S Insurance Company, Policy Number PEL 1849464 01 (policy period - July 1, 2013 to July 1, 2016) (the “ PEL Policy ”) covering all of Safeway’s U.S. locations per the “Safeway Property Schedule Report” referenced in the PEL Policy, or a renewal or replacement thereof with the same or another qualified insurer with the same material coverage, terms and conditions as the PEL Policy.

(c) Arrange to name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured on the PEL Policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

9.14 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Agent; provided that an officer of the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

 

-96-


9.15 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

9.16 Information Regarding the Collateral . Furnish to the Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

9.17 [ Reserved ].

9.18 ERISA . The Parent Borrower will furnish to the Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Agent, a Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

9.19 Quarterly Lender Meetings . Quarterly, at a time mutually agreed with the Agent that is promptly after delivery of the information referred to in Section 9.5(a) or 9.5(b), as applicable, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

9.20 [Reserved] .

9.21 Post-Closing Requirements . The Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods following the Escrow Release set forth on Schedule  9.21 , as such time periods may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a

 

-97-


claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, and with respect to Section 10.12 only, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly:

10.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, (each, a “ Permitted Lien ”):

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; provided , however , that Permitted Liens shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date.

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f) (i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property; (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

 

-98-


(g) Liens existing on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(c) so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Financing Agreements;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Escrow Release Date and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries and other Liens securing cash management services and “bank products” in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreement, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or otherwise acquisition not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

 

-99-


(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of such financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest and/or the redemption price of such securities;

(r) Liens securing Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by Section 10.2, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the Mortgage Policies insuring Mortgages (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on Real Property described in Schedule 10.1 );

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) Liens on Collateral securing ABL Facility Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(t) which Liens shall at all times be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

 

-100-


(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted Notes issued pursuant to Section 10.3(u) so long as such Liens are subject to (i) the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Liens securing the Obligations, or (ii) a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(gg) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing; provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term;

(hh) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed $200,000,000 at any time and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(jj) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (y) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(kk) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ll) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

 

-101-


(mm) [reserved];

(nn) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(oo) Liens on Excluded Property;

(pp) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p); and

(qq) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original Lien ( provided , that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained herein shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries.

10.2 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except (each, a “ Permitted Investment ”):

(a) Investments by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents (including subsequent monetizations thereof);

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Escrow Release Date, and set forth on Schedule 10.2 , (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Escrow Release Date or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c) (i) Investments in Loan Parties (or Persons that become Loan Parties); and (ii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

 

-102-


(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, AB LLC or any direct or indirect parent thereof (provided that the proceeds of the purchases made with such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $131,250,000;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $56,250,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Property), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) Investments arising from the contribution of Real Property of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility on or after the Escrow Release Date; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (o) shall only be permitted to the extent that (i) such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

 

-103-


(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower;

(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Original Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.4 after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 10.8;

(v) Investments in joint ventures (other than Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after its designation pursuant to Section 10.14) made after the Escrow Release Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $487,500,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

(w) [reserved];

(x) so long as of the date of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (w) at any time not to exceed the greater of $375,000,000 and 1.69% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

(y) Investments required pursuant to Section 5.4(c) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (including the transfer of the real property listed in Disclosure Schedule 8.3(i) from Safeway to PDC pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement upon the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition);

(z) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

 

-104-


(aa) Investments in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (aa) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $787,500,000 and 4.5% of Total Assets, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (aa) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (aa) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(bb) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(cc) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(dd) [reserved];

(ee) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(ff) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(gg) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(hh) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Indebtedness;

(jj) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(kk) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ll) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ll) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $506,250,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

-105-


10.3 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Issue Disqualified Stock or (b) create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except (each, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”);

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.3 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(b) Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) of this Section, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Escrow Release Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Latest Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Latest Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

 

-106-


(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Escrow Release Date to secure obligations of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) and 10.1(d);

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in Section 10.3;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 10.6;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s) (A) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) ABL Facility Indebtedness; provided that the outstanding amount thereof (excluding in respect of Swap Contracts and Cash Management Obligations constituting ABL Facility Indebtedness) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base (measured at the time of incurrence thereof) (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(u) Permitted Notes in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.8, not to exceed the Incremental Amount and any Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A) both at the time of any such incurrence (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist and (B) in the case of any Permitted Notes that are unsecured or that are secured on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, for purposes of determining the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, such Permitted Notes shall be deemed to be secured both at the time of incurrence and at all times such Permitted Notes remain outstanding;

 

-107-


(v) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(w) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(x) Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, such Lien shall rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(z) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley and/or PDC (whether or not owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof);

(aa) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes;

(bb) [reserved];

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $500,000,000 or (y) 2.25% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000,000 at any time outstanding and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ff) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(gg) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (gg) above, the Parent Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Financing Agreements will at all times be deemed to be

 

-108-


outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) of Section 10.3, and (ii) all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (s) of Section 10.3.

10.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or Holdings, the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 10.2 (other than Section 10.2(e)) and 10.3, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (E) if requested by the Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s

 

-109-


obligations under the Financing Agreements, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.2; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.9 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.5; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Transactions shall be permitted.

10.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except (each, a “ Permitted Disposition ”):

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned but excluding any Real Property) having Fair Market Value not exceeding (x) $150,000,000 per Fiscal Year for any such Disposition and (y) $250,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Dispositions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

 

-110-


(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (g) shall only be permitted to the extent that such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment hereunder or Permitted Lien (or an enforcement thereof) or a transaction permitted by Section 10.4;

(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Property and related Fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k) (i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Lien, and (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(m) [reserved];

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

-111-


(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(t) any disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions to effectuate Section 5.4 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) Dispositions of the Eastern Division Assets pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(w) Dispositions of Divested Properties required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(x) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(y) any disposition of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(z) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(aa) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms.

provided, that to the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Financing Agreements; provided further that in connection with any Disposition of Material Real Property permitted under this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall cause the Loan Parties to deliver promptly to Agent a supplement to Schedule 8.4(b)(1) which shall set forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date after giving effect to such Disposition; provided further that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Sections 10.5(d), (g), (i), (j) (as it relates to Real Estate Subsidiaries) and (n) having a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000, (i) shall be for no less than Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition, and (ii) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration (other than (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other

 

-112-


obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, (D) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Escrow Release Date from Persons who are not the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (E) in connection with an asset swap, all of which shall be deemed “cash”) received is cash or Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-Cash Consideration to the extent that all Designated Non-Cash Consideration at such time does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and all of the consideration received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (y) such Disposition results in a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party acquiring (whether by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or Equity Interests in any Person that is in the same line of business as the Loan Parties, or a business that is reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties in a transaction that is permitted by (1) if the Person acquired will become a Loan Party or the assets acquired will be owned by a Loan Party or otherwise pledged as Collateral, Section 10.2(o), or (2) in all other cases, any clause of Section 10.2 (other than clause (o)).

10.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount, so long as on the date that Holdings elects to apply this clause (c), such election shall be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of Holdings calculating in reasonable detail the amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.2, Section 10.4 or Section 10.8;

(e) the Loan Parties may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to Holdings, and Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to, AB LLC, to enable AB LLC to repurchase Equity Interests, held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided , that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000, plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the

 

-113-


Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (to the extent contributed to a Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway that occurs after the Escrow Release Date); plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (in each case, to the extent contributed to a Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Escrow Release Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(e); ( provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(f) so long as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the (x) $250,000,000 plus , (y) as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00, the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Parent Borrower elects to apply to this clause (f), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, less (z) the aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to Section 10.11(a)(iii) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make (i) dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis to their equity holders, and (ii) Restricted Payments payable in Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any capital contribution or the issuance of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i) (1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to a Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of a Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss with respect to all prior taxable periods ending after the Escrow Release Date (determined as if all such taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss would have been deductible by the partners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the partners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through a Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable

 

-114-


limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to such Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Escrow Release Date and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower, or applicable, for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) a Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, (i) to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company such Borrower, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to a Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) to permit Holdings to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (vii) to permit Holdings to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k) Subject to the Liquidity Condition, at any time after the consummation of any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 0.35 times the Value Component then applicable on a Pro Forma Basis (including, but not limited, giving effect to such transactions and the release of Mortgaged Properties in connection therewith) minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans

 

-115-


outstanding on such date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with Qualified Real Estate Financing Facilities minus (z) all Restricted Payments made prior to such date in reliance on this clause (k);

(l) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, as applicable, to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses related to the Safeway Acquisition and other payments to be made in connection with the Transactions;

(m) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments used in connection with the termination of the LTIP Agreements;

(n) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make payments of all amounts under the contingent value rights to be issued under the Safeway Merger Agreement from the net proceeds of any sale of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley or of the Equity Interests in or assets of PDC;

(o) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions; and

(p) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property.

(q) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; and

(r) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, (i) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any Restricted Payments made by any Person which is not a Loan Party as long as no Loan Party has Guaranteed or may otherwise be liable for any obligations of such Person, and (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made by a Borrower may be made through Holdings (and Holdings shall be permitted to make any such payment).

10.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25,000,000, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Parent Borrower, Safeway or their Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed);

 

-116-


(ii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries;

(iii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Escrow Release Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(vi) transactions to effect the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Escrow Release Date and set forth on Schedule 10.8 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to Holdings or to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith, or (iii) any contribution to the capital of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x) (i) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (ii) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date;

 

-117-


(xii) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement and the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.6; or

(xv) transactions required pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement or contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement; or

(xvi) the Eastern Division Sale and other transactions contemplated by the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, NAI and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, (b) leases between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and a Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) certain transactions between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to self-insurance matters and residual pharmacy transactions, (d) services provided by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries to NAI and its Subsidiaries in the areas of finance, legal, human resources and public affairs, store development, information technology, marketing, merchandising, asset protection, customer services, supply chain, risk management and insurance, separation and store closings, store operations and strategic procurement, (e) pharmacy operation services provided by NAI and its Subsidiaries to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, (f) license agreements between Safeway and NAI, (g) sales of electricity between Safeway and NAI, and (h) arrangements for the use of certain IT and other infrastructure between Safeway and NAI;

(xx) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, SVU and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between SVU and Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) one-time payments to be made in connection with the termination and/or transition of certain services under the transition services agreement between such Persons;

(xxi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

 

-118-


(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $25,000,000, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings and AB LLC and for actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, payroll and similar types of services paid for by Holdings and AB LLC on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses as the same may be directly attributable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings and AB LLC;

(iii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement or the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) amounts payable to SB Capital Group LLC in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with liquidation services provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors as provided in Section 3.7 of the Operating Agreement for AB LLC (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

 

-119-


(vii) payments by Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings and/or AB LLC or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) payments of all fees and expenses related to the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

(x) payments of the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments;

(xi) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed $20,000,000 plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to Albertson’s Group; and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xii) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xiii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.6;

(xiv) amounts payable pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xv) payments between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction described in clause (a), or meeting the requirements specified in clause (a)(i).

10.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Financing Agreements; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Escrow Release Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.9) are

 

-120-


listed on Schedule 10.9 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 10.3 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 10.2 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset or stock sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or Subsidiary subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(c), (f) or (t) and to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 and limited to such cash or deposit.

10.10 Accounting Changes . Holdings shall not make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP, or (b) fiscal quarter or fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Agent, change its Quarterly Accounting Periods and fiscal year to any other quarterly accounting periods or fiscal year, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.11 Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal shall be permitted) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.3, or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries), any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations (including any Permitted Notes, Permitted Ratio Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 10.3(f), such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(f), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the

 

-121-


repayment of Junior Financing with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 10.6(f) at the time of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, (iv) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, retirement, defeasance or discharge of the Existing Safeway Notes or any of its subsidiaries within 120 days of the Escrow Release Date and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof and (v) redemptions or redemptions of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clause (mm) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” solely from the amounts included in the escrow account. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility shall not constitute Junior Financing.

(b) Amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Financing Agreements or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.12 Permitted Activities . Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Financing Agreements and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (ix) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the ABL Facility Documentation, the NAI Purchase Agreement, the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the NAI Purchase Agreement and the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Safeway Merger Agreement, the Transactions, any agreements contemplated by Section 10.8(b)(ii) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including any related to its Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), and (x) any activities related, complementary or incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrowers other than those for the benefit of the Obligations, Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt, the obligations under the ABL Facility, Permitted Notes, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

10.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . No Loan Party shall amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties.

10.14 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent Borrower may at any time after the Escrow Release Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Borrower) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) at the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facility, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Junior Financing, as applicable. The Parent Borrower

 

-122-


shall be deemed to have designated the entities comprising PDC and their Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries effective on the Escrow Release Date. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Escrow Release Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Parent Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary. The amount of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in the entities constituting PDC at the time of designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and at the time of any subsequent redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Borrower nor any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are specified on Schedule 10.14.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of anyone or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an “ Event of Default ,” and collectively as “ Events of Default ”:

(a) (i) any Loan Party fails to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, (ii) any Loan Party fails to pay within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other Obligation other than a principal payment on a Loan, (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms or covenants contained in Sections 9.1(a), 9.4, 9.7, 9.9, 9.15 or Article 10 of this Agreement, or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than those described in Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii) or 11.1(a)(iii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach or any such covenant or agreement or the Parent Borrower’s receipt from the Agent of any such breach;

(b) any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by any Loan Party to Agent in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any other written agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan Party in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or against any of the Collateral having a value in excess of $150,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment), and any such judgment shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed;

 

-123-


(e) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or there is a cessation of any substantial part of any Loan Party’s business for a period of time which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them;

(g) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its properties and such petition or application is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner;

(h) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its property;

(i) any default in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to Agent and Lenders hereunder), in an amount in excess of $150,000,000 (including any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Indebtedness to such Loan Party), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and/or is not waived in writing by the other parties thereto, or any acceleration or demand for payment with respect to any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000,000; provided that, with respect to a default caused by the breach of the financial covenant within Section 7.16 of the ABL Facility, such default shall only constitute an Event of Default if the lenders under the ABL Facility have accelerated the obligations thereunder;

(j) any material provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party hereto or thereto (other than Agent) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to be a valid and perfected security interest in any of the Collateral (or a valid and perfected security interest in any other Collateral having the priority for such Collateral required hereunder) purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);

(k) (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA

 

-124-


Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Change of Control;

(m) [reserved]; or

(n) The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement.

11.2 Remedies .

(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in Agent’s discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on anyone or more occasions. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the direction of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Parent Borrower, accelerate the payment of all Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders ( provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(g) and 11.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable and any other obligation of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall automatically terminate).

11.3 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 11.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 11.2(b)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Secured Parties (including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

-125-


Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Obligations (and termination payments and other amounts under secured Swap Contracts and ordinary course settlement payments under secured Swap Contracts), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

12.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the other Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described above (except that Agent and Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property).

(c) Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth herein and service so made shall be deemed to be completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Loan Party in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts.

(d) HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS

 

-126-


RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e) Agent and Secured Parties shall not have any liability to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such other Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions or relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order of competent jurisdiction binding on Agent, or such Secured Party or Secured Parties, that the losses were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither Agent nor any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Agent or the Lenders would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 12.1 and elsewhere herein and therein.

12.2 Waiver of Notices . Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle Holdings, the Parent Borrower and such other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing Agreement nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by (x) the Required Lenders and Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), or (y) at Agent’s option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders and by the Parent Borrower and such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to all Lenders only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of scheduled payment of principal, interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof, shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest,

 

-127-


(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 14.9 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as permitted under Section 13.10 hereof), without the consent of all Lenders,

(v) amend the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Required Lenders,” or any provision of this Agreement obligating Agent to take certain actions at the direction of the Required Lenders, or amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.7, in each case without the consent of all Lenders,

(vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, or release the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor from liability for any of the Obligations other than as expressly set forth herein, without the consent of the Lenders,

(vii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the consent of the Lenders;

(viii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 12.3, without the consent of all Lenders, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 3.3 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

(b) Agent and any Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent or any Lender of any right, power and/or remedy on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Agent or any Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination for which the consent of all Lenders or each Lender directly affected thereby was required, in the event that any Lender shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (each such Lender being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), but the consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then Agent or the Parent Borrower shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time thereafter, and upon the exercise by Agent or the Parent Borrower of such right to require each such Non-Consenting Lender, and each such Non-Consenting Lender shall have the obligation, to sell, assign and transfer to Agent or such Eligible Transferee as Agent or the Parent Borrower may specify, all of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender

 

-128-


pursuant thereto. Each such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender), except that on the date of such purchase and sale) Agent, or such Eligible Transferee specified by Agent or the Parent Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as Agent or the Parent Borrower and such Non-Consenting Lender(s) may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the effective date of the purchase (including amounts payable under Section 3.3(c) as if the Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender were being prepaid on the purchase date but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early termination fee). In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall terminate on such date.

(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, (i) in the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of releasing the Loans from the Escrow Account hereunder may be delivered after the Escrow Release Date, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the date for delivery of such items or take such other action as Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without the approval of any Lender.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add

 

-129-


one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(i) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans unless the maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, Guarantees, Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel or (ii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, the Parent Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as “Co-Borrower” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Agent.

12.4 Waiver of Counterclaims . Each Loan Party waives all rights to interpose any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or relating hereto or thereto.

12.5 Indemnification . Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates, successor and assigns (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable and reasonably documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements, the use or proposed use of proceeds of any Loan, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the reasonable and reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel, regardless of

 

-130-


whether such Indemnitee is a party to such commenced or threatened litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Parent Borrower or any of its affiliates or equity holders, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this Section 12.5 to indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby (i) resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (ii) resulting from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (a) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent or an arranger or a similar role and (b) claims arising out of any act or omission of the Sponsor, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower); provided that, the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel and one firm of special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Parent Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Loan Parties shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party, Agent or Lender shall assert, and each Loan Party, Agent and Lender hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, Loan Party, Agent and Lender, on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the resignation of the Agent or the replacement of any Lender, the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

12.6 Costs and Expenses . The Parent Borrower shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agent and its Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent, (B) outside consultants for the Agent, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and (F) environmental site assessments, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Financing Agreements or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Loan Parties who are not the Agent or any of its Affiliate, after the occurrence and during the continuance

 

-131-


of an Event of Default, provided that such Loan Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Loan Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Loan Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

To the extent that any Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

13.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and neither the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 13.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 and Section 12 (including the second paragraph of Section 12.5 and 12.6), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement is binding upon the Lenders.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial

 

-132-


advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Financing Agreements that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Financing Agreements), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Financing Agreements or applicable law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 14.7 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Parent Borrower or a Lender; and

(e) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In

 

-133-


determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Financing Agreements by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

13.6 Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States which appointment of a successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Financing Agreements, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 13.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Financing Agreements (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.6). The fees payable by the Parent Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, the provisions of this Section 13 and Sections 12.5 and 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

-134-


13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agent, Arrangers, bookrunners or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent or a Lender hereunder.

13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Parent Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, if the Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent, and Agent shall,

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed or to be disposed, as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) (A) if the Lien encumbers property that secures or will secure a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (B) any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such pledge is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or (iv) subject to Section 12.3, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

 

-135-


(b) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.1(j) to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; and

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted hereunder or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement, any Permitted Notes, any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10. In each case as specified in this Section 13.10, the Agent will, at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Borrower and applicable Guarantor such documents as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreements and this Section  13.10.

13.11 Withholding Tax Indemnity . To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Agent), the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Financing Agreement an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 6.1, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement against any amount due the Agent under this Section 13.11. The agreements in this Section 13.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

13.12 Notice to Agent . By signing this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees to notify the Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Agent may reasonably request furnish a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Secured Party. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Secured Party on account of Other Liabilities unless the Agent has received written notice thereof from such Secured Party.

 

-136-


13.13 Intercreditor Agreements . The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any usual and customary Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agent to enter into the usual and customary Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Term .

(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Latest Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, Parent Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent subject to clause (b) below, (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent may, at its option, and shall at the direction of required Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time on or after an Event of Default. Upon the Latest Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the Financing Agreements, Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under provisions of this Agreement that survive terminations of the Commitments).

(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements until all Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under indemnifications that survive terminations of the Commitments), have been fully and finally paid.

14.2 Interpretative Provisions .

(a) All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) All references to the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their respective successors and permitted assigns. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. All references to any of the Financing Agreements shall include any and all amendment or modifications thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “this Agreement” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

 

-137-


(e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

(f) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of Agent or any Lender alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently received by Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified as to going concern or the scope of the audit.

(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” shall mean “to and including.”

(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement and other Financing Agreements may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(l) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

14.3 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized

 

-138-


overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in Section 14.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

 

If to any Loan Party:

     Albertson’s LLC
     250 Parkcenter Blvd.
     PO Box 20
     Boise, Idaho 83706
     Attention: Richard Navarro
                      Dave Ober
                      Paul Rowan, Esq.
     Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463
     Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625
    

        with a copy to:

     Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
     919 Third Avenue
     New York, NY 10022
     Attention:      Ronald Risdon, Esq.
     Telephone:    (212) 756-2203
     Facsimile:     (212) 593-5955
     E-mail:           ronald.risdon@srz.com

If to Agent:

     Agent’s Office
     Credit Suisse AG
     Eleven Madison Avenue, 23 rd Floor
     New York, NY 10010
     Attention:      Loan Operations – Agency Manager
     Telephone:    (919) 994-6369
     Facsimile:     (212) 322-2291
     E-mail:           agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent (and shall be considered to be in writing for such purposes), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

-139-


(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARENT BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Parent Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Parent Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Parent Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Parent Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

14.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

 

-140-


14.5 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each Lender shall keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information and safe and sound lending practices, any non-public information (“ Information ”) supplied to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the Financing Agreements, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iv) to any Lender or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant consented to by the Parent Borrower to the extent an assignment of a Loan to such Person would require the Parent Borrower’s consent pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof) or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender, Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Affiliate shall have been instructed to treat such information as confidential in accordance with this Section 14.5, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 14.5 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.7(l), direct or indirect contractual counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Transferee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Transferee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (vi) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it in connection with rating the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries or any Facility hereunder (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (viii) [reserved], (ix) to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) or (x) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Financing Agreement or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) In the event that Agent or any Lender receives a request or demand to disclose any Information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender, Agent or such Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower of such request so that the Parent Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose such information and, subject to reimbursement by Parent Borrower of Agent’s or such Lender’s expenses, cooperate with the Parent Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the disclosed information which the Parent Borrower so designates, to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if

 

-141-


permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender. In no event shall this Section 14.5 or any other provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to Agent or any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party, (iii) to require Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to Agent or a Lender or prevent Agent or a Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.5 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Escrow Release Date or any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender.

14.6 Successors . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, except as provided in Section 14.7 below. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

14.7 Assignments; Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) (w) to one or more Eligible Transferees (but not including for this purpose any assignments in the form of a participation), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Acceptance, (x) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(e), (y) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.7(f) or (z) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(k) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

-142-


(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Agent or, if previously agreed with the Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Agent, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement, the Assignee shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent the forms or certifications, as applicable, described in Section 6.1(d), to the extent required thereby.

This paragraph (a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

(b) Agent, acting solely for these purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of their Loans (the “ Register ”). Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the Register to give effect to each Assignment and Acceptance. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Agent, the Parent Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3) provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3, provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

(c) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 14.7(b), upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6, 12.5 and 12.6 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.7(e).

 

-143-


(d) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to assignees (subject to such assignee executing and delivering a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Parent Borrower).

(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it, without the consent of Agent or the other Lenders); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Parent Borrower, each Co-Borrower the Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 12.3(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. The Parent Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including Section 6.1(d), and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.7(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that the Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a change in any Laws after the Participant became a Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Parent Borrower, maintain a register on which it

 

-144-


enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Parent Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Financing Agreement) to any Person expect to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (by its acquisition of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, to the extent that any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate would have the right to direct any Participant to vote with respect to any plan of reorganization of any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a result of any participation taken by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(e), such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Participant) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Participant) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the participation in any Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or Participants that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Parent Borrower and any applicable Co-Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 14.7(a); provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;

(B) the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;

 

-145-


(C) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(D) each Purchasing Borrower Party represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment to such Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), that neither the Purchasing Borrower Party nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI with respect to Holdings or the Albertson’s Group that either (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to (i) a Lender’s decision to participate in any assignment pursuant to this Section 14.7(h) or (ii) the market price of the Loans;

(E) no Loan may be assigned to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of all Loans then outstanding; and

(F) no Loan may be assigned to a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, the Purchasing Borrower Parties in the aggregate would own or have retired in excess of 15% of all Loans then outstanding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such limitation does not apply to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.3(c)).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Parent Borrower are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Parent Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2), (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Agent, the Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Financing Agreements or (iv) advice from counsel to the Lenders or the Agent or a right to challenge any related attorney-client privilege of any Lender or the Agent;

(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 12.3 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Financing Agreement or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Financing Agreement, or (iii) directed or required the Agent, or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Financing Agreement, all Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated lenders voting on such matters for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions.

Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of the such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to

 

-146-


the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, except to the extent such entitlement to a greater amount results from a change in any applicable Laws after the grant to the SPC was made, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Financing Agreement, remain the lender of record hereunder. Each Granting Lender, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Parent Borrower or the Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 14.7, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Financing Agreements and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Financing Agreements even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

 

-147-


14.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Financing Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Financing Agreement was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

14.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and any other applicable law. The Loan Parties are hereby advised that any Loans hereunder are subject to satisfactory results of such verification.

14.10 Counterparts, Etc . This Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of such other Financing Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

14.11 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

14.12 Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, and unconditionally and absolutely, guarantee to Secured Parties the due and punctual payment, performance and discharge (whether upon stated maturity, demand, acceleration or otherwise in accordance with the terms thereof) of all of the Obligations whether created directly to, or acquired by assignment or otherwise by, any Secured Party, and whether the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others,

 

-148-


regardless of whether recovery upon any of such Obligations becomes barred by any statute of limitations, is void or voidable under any law, is or becomes invalid or unenforceable for any other reason (collectively as to each Guarantor, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”); provided , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall exclude Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” as used herein shall include interest, fees or other charges constituting Obligations accrued in any such bankruptcy, whether or not any such interest, fees or other charges are recoverable from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower or its estate under 11 U.S.C. § 506. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee is a primary, immediate and original obligation of such Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guarantee of payment and not of collectability only, and is not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any rights or remedies against the Parent Borrower or others, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any Collateral or other security.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid and discharged and all Commitments have been terminated. Each Guarantor acknowledges that there may be future advances by Agent or any Lender to the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower hereunder (although Secured Parties may be under no obligation to make such advances) and that the number and amount of the Guaranteed Obligations are unlimited and may fluctuate from time to time hereafter, and its guarantee shall remain in force at an times hereafter, whether there are any Guaranteed Obligations outstanding from time to time or not. Guarantors’ obligations under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without regard to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranteed Obligations or agreements evidencing same. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall be in addition to any other present or future guaranty or other security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall not be prejudiced or unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security, and is not conditioned upon or subject to the execution by any other Person of any other guaranty or suretyship agreement.

(c) (i) If a Guarantor shall make a payment under a guarantee (a “ Paying Guarantor ”), then such Paying Guarantor shall have the right to obtain contribution, in an amount determined as set forth below, from each of the other Guarantors that have not made payments under their respective guaranties at least proportionately equal (on the basis of their respective Guarantor Allocable Percentages, as such term is hereinafter defined) in amount to the payments made by the Paying Guarantor seeking contribution. The liability of Guarantors hereunder to make contribution to any Paying Guarantor as aforesaid shall be absolute and shall not be affected or impaired by (A) any defense, counterclaim or setoff that the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor may have or assert against any Secured Party, (B) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Secured Party to realize upon any Collateral or to enforce payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations from any Person, (C) the release or discharge of any Collateral, (D) the release or discharge of the applicable Borrower from its obligations, or (E) the release or discharge of any Guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee (whether, in any such event, such release is agreed to by any Secured Party or occurs by operation of applicable law). Any proceeds received by any Secured Party from any enforcement action with respect to any assets of a Guarantor securing payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor for purposes hereof.

(ii) Any Paying Guarantor entitled to contribution hereunder shall be entitled to receive from each of the other Guarantors an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties by the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought, less (B) the amount, if any, actually paid to Agent or any other Secured Party by the Guarantor from whom contribution is

 

-149-


sought (said last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product shall be decreased by any amount theretofore paid by such Guarantor by way of contribution hereunder, and shall be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Guarantor by way of contribution); provided , however , that a Paying Guarantor’s recovery of contribution from the other Guarantors hereunder shall be limited, exclusive of interest, to that amount paid by the Paying Guarantor in excess of the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Paying Guarantor of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties. Amounts due by way of contribution hereunder shall bear interest, until paid, at a variable rate of interest equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time. As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction, the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Guarantors who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be one; provided further , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a Guarantor is not possible by reason of any insolvency proceeding involving such Guarantor or otherwise by reducing the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor to zero and by increasing the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors proportionately so that the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors at all times equals 100%. Each Guarantor liable to a Paying Guarantor for contribution, whether pursuant to the provisions of this guarantee or under applicable law, hereby assigns in favor of each Paying Guarantor any claim that such Guarantor liable to make contribution has or hereafter may have against the applicable Borrower, and authorizes any payments that may be due on any such claim to be made to the Paying Guarantor that is entitled to receive contribution for application to the satisfaction of amounts due by way of contribution.

(iii) Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally, that each shall at all times indemnify each of the other Guarantors and hold and save each of them harmless from and against any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of whatever kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, which any Guarantor may at any time sustain or incur in any action, suit or other proceeding instituted to enforce the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee in excess of the amount equal to the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor of personal liability under the terms hereof.

(iv) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution and indemnification hereunder shall each constitute an asset in favor of the Guarantor to which such contribution or indemnification is at any time owing.

(d) (i) If for any reason the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower has no legal existence or is under no legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or if any of the Guaranteed Obligations become unrecoverable from the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower by reason of such Borrower’s insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or by other operation of law or for any other reason, each Guarantor shall nevertheless be bound to the same extent as if such Guarantor had at all times been the principal obligor on all such Guaranteed Obligations. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization of debt or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any Financing Agreements or other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall nevertheless be immediately due and payable by each Guarantor.

(ii) If a Guarantor should dissolve or become insolvent (within the meaning of UCC), or if a petition for an order for relief with respect to a Guarantor should be filed by or against such Guarantor under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if a receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian should be appointed for a Guarantor or any property of a Guarantor, or if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then, in any such event and whether or not any of the Guaranteed

 

-150-


Obligations are then due and payable or the maturity thereof has been accelerated or demand for payment thereof has been made, Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, may, without notice to any Guarantor, make the Guaranteed Obligations immediately due and payable hereunder as to any Guarantor and Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder as if the Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable in full. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are collected by or through an attorney at law, Guarantors agree to jointly and severally pay Secured Parties’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. Guarantors shall be obligated to make multiple payments under their guarantees to the extent necessary to cause full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(iii) If and to the extent Agent or any Lender receives any payment on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations (whether from the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, Guarantor or a third party obligor or from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral) and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or other insolvency law, common law or equitable cause, then the part of the Guaranteed Obligations intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(iv) Agent and Lenders shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to the full extent provided for herein or in any of the Financing Agreements. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any Person, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Agent or any Lender against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrower under the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing Guaranteed Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor for the balance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(v) Each Guarantor acknowledges that Agent is authorized and empowered to enforce such Guarantor’s guarantee for the benefit of Secured Parties and to collect from such Guarantor the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time, in Agent’s own name and without the necessity of joining any other Secured Party in any action, suit or other proceeding to enforce its guarantee.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives and renounces (for itself and its successors):

(i) notice of each Secured Party’s acceptance hereof and reliance hereon; notice of the extension of credit from time to time by Secured Parties to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Guaranteed Obligations; notice of the amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers to Secured Parties from time to time (subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time); notice of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk; notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; notice of default or acceleration; all other notices and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; any right such Guarantor may have, by statute or otherwise, to require Secured Parties to institute suit against the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower after notice or demand from such Guarantor or to seek recourse first against the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower or otherwise, or to realize upon any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, as a condition to enforcing such Guarantor’s liability and obligations hereunder; any defense that the

 

-151-


Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower may at any time have or assert based upon the statute of limitations, the statute of frauds, failure of consideration, fraud, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, usury, or accord and satisfaction; any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained; any defense or claim that any Person purporting to bind the Parent Borrower applicable Co-Borrower to the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations did not have actual or apparent authority to do so; any right to contest the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any Collateral; any defense or claim that any other act or failure to act by any Secured party had the effect of increasing such Guarantor’s risk of payment; and any other legal or equitable defense to payment under this guarantee;

(ii) any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any one action or “anti-deficiency” law which would otherwise prevent Secured Parties from bringing any action, including any claim for a deficiency; or exercising any other right or remedy (including any right of setoff) against such Guarantor before or after any Secured Party’s commencement or completion of any foreclosure action, whether by judicial action, by exercise of power of sale or otherwise, or any other law which in any other manner would otherwise require any election of remedies by any Secured Party; and any right that such Guarantor may have to claim or recover in any litigation arising out of this guarantee or any of the other Financing Agreements) any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages; and

(iii) any right that such Guarantor may have to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder. If, notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, any Guarantor shall nevertheless have any right under applicable law to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder, which right cannot be waived by such Guarantor, such termination or revocation shall not be effective until a written notice of such termination or revocation, specifically referring to this guarantee and signed by such Guarantor, is actually received by an officer of Agent who is familiar with Parent Borrower’s account and this guarantee; but any such termination or revocation shall not affect the obligation of such Guarantor or such Guarantor’s successors or assigns with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and existing at the time of the receipt by Agent of such revocation or to arise out of or in connection with any transactions theretofore entered into by Secured Parties with or for the account of Parent Borrower. If Agent or any Lender grants loans or other extensions of credit to or for the benefit of a Borrower or takes other action after the termination or revocation by any Guarantor but prior to Agent’s receipt of such written notice of termination or revocation, then the rights of such Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto shall be the same as if such termination or revocation had not occurred.

(f) (i) Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without reducing, releasing, diminishing, impairing or otherwise affecting the liability or obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee, Secured Parties may (with or without consideration) compromise or settle any of the Guaranteed Obligations; accelerate the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, discharge or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations; refuse to enforce, or release all or any Persons liable for the payment of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase, decrease or otherwise alter the rate of interest payable with respect to the principal amount of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant other indulgences to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers in respect thereof; amend, modify, terminate, release, or waive any Financing Agreements or any other documents or agreements evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations (other than this Agreement); release, surrender, exchange, modify or impair, or consent to the sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Collateral or other property at any time securing (directly or indirectly) any of the Guaranteed Obligations or on which Secured Parties may at any time have a Lien; fail or refuse to perfect

 

-152-


(or to continue the perfection of) any Lien granted or conveyed to any Secured Party with respect to any Collateral, or to preserve rights to any Collateral, or to exercise care with respect to any Collateral in any Secured Party’s possession; extend the time of payment of any Collateral consisting of accounts, notes, chattel paper, payment intangibles or other rights to the payment of money; refuse to enforce or forbear from enforcing its rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or any Person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any Collateral or with any party to the Guaranteed Obligations; release or substitute anyone or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether parties to this Agreement or not; subordinate payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations to the payment of any other liability of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers; or apply any payments or proceeds of Collateral received to the liabilities of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to any Secured Party regardless of whether such liabilities consist of Guaranteed Obligations and regardless of the manner order or of any such application.

(ii) Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower. Each Guarantor delivers the guarantee set forth in this Agreement based solely upon Guarantor’s own independent investigation and in no part upon any representation or statement of any Secured Party with respect thereto. Each Guarantor is in a position to and hereby assumes fun responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition as such Guarantor may deem material to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and such Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting any Secured Party to furnish such Guarantor, any information in any Secured Party’s possession concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition. If any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any Guarantor regarding Parent Borrower, any of the Collateral or any transaction or occurrence in respect of any of the Financing Agreements, such Secured Party shall be under no obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to any Guarantor on any subsequent occasion. Each Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of “guaranty” which risks include, without limitation, the possibility that Parent Borrower will contract additional Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Parent Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay their lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

(g) (i) Notwithstanding any provision of this guarantee to the contrary, (a) all rights of each Guarantor under clause (c) of this guarantee and all other rights of indemnity, contribution, subrogation or exoneration with respect to the Obligations shall be fully subordinated to the full payment of the Obligations and (b) no such right shall be exercised until full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Paying Guarantor on account of any such indemnity, contribution, exoneration or subrogation rights at any time that fun payment of the Guaranteed Obligation has not occurred, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations (whether matured or unmatured). No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments required pursuant to clause (c) (or any other payments required under applicable law) shall in any respect limit or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor under this guarantee, and each Guarantor shall remain fully liable to Secured Parties for all of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) The provisions of this Agreement shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of any Secured Party or any affiliate of any Secured Party under any separate subordination agreement that such Secured Party or such affiliate may at any time or from time to time enter into with any Guarantor.

(h) The execution and delivery to any Secured Party and such Secured Party’s acceptance of any guaranty in addition to each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall not be deemed in lieu of or to

 

-153-


supersede, terminate or diminish any guarantee hereunder, but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided in such additional or supplementary guaranty; and if, prior to the Escrow Release Date, any Guarantor or any other Person has given to any Secured Party a previous guaranty or guaranties, each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall be construed to be an additional or supplementary guaranty and not to be in lieu thereof or to supersede, terminate or diminish such previous guaranty or guaranties.

(i) Unless otherwise required by applicable law or a specific agreement to the contrary, all payments received by Secured Parties from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or from proceeds of the Collateral may be applied (or reversed and reapplied) by Secured Parties to the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, without affecting in any manner any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(j) To the extent any performance of this guarantee would violate any applicable usury statute or other applicable law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit legally permitted, so that this guarantee shall not require any performance in excess of the limit legally permitted, but such obligations shall be fulfilled to the limit of legal validity. Nothing in this guarantee shall be construed to authorize Secured Parties to collect from Guarantors any interest that has not yet accrued, is unearned or subject to rebate or is otherwise not entitled to be collected by Secured Parties under applicable law. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this guarantee.

(k) Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranteed Obligations or the grant of the security interest under the Financing Agreements, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Contract, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Contract as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Financing Agreements in respect of such Swap Contract (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this clause (k) voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this clause (k) shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this clause (k) to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

14.13 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 14.13; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 14.13, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, the events described in this Section 14.13 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any

 

-154-


increase or decrease in EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.13, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 14.13.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to the extent consistent with Regulation S-X or are otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, including the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that have been realized or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the closing date of such Specified Transaction (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included in such calculations for the Safeway Acquisition shall not exceed $285,000,000 for the 12 month period following the Escrow Release Date.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of any Designated Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans) or Lien in connection therewith, compliance with any financial test required by this Agreement for such Designated Acquisition and such Designated Indebtedness shall be determined on the date the definitive acquisition agreement for such Designated Acquisition is entered into (and not at the time of closing of such Designated Acquisition or the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness) and, thereafter until consummation of such Designated Acquisition or the termination of such definitive agreement relating to such Designated Acquisition, all other incurrence tests under this Agreement shall be required to be complied with on an actual basis without giving effect to such Designated Indebtedness or Designated Acquisition and on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness.

 

-155-


14.14 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Agent and each Lender under this Section 14.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

14.15 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Financing Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Financing Agreement, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 14.14 (subject to the terms of Section 2.7), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Financing Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Financing Agreements shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ) . If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather

 

-156-


than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

14.17 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Financing Agreement or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any funding of Loans, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied shall remain outstanding.

14.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Financing Agreement), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the other Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Financing Agreements; (ii) (A) the Agent, each other Arranger and each Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for each Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent, any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements; and (iii) the Agent, the other Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

14.19 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 14.7 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 10.4.

14.20 Amendment and Restatement .

(a) The Loan Parties, the Agent, and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, clause (b) of this Section 14.20), shall be superseded by this Agreement and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder.

 

-157-


(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Debt Facility by this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to be liable to each Indemnitee with respect to agreements on their part under the Existing Debt Facility to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnitee from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which the Agent and the Lenders may be subject arising in connection with the Existing Debt Facility. This Agreement is given as a substitution of, and not as a payment of, the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Existing Debt Facility and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Debt Facility.

(c) By execution of this Agreement all parties hereto agree that (i) each of the Collateral Documents and the other Financing Agreements is hereby amended such that all references to the Existing Debt Facility and the Loans and Commitments thereunder shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) all obligations under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Agreement and (iii) all security interests and liens granted under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and shall continue and secure the Obligations hereunder and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement after giving effect to this Agreement.

[Signatures begin on next page]

 

-158-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Agent, Lenders, Parent Borrower, Co-Borrowers and Guarantors have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT BORROWER:
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
  Title:      Group Vice President, Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary
CO-BORROWERS:
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
  Title:      Group Vice President, Legal
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
  Title:      Group Vice President, Legal

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


GOOD SPIRITS LLC

FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

EXTREME LLC

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
 

Title:      Group Vice President, Assistant

General Counsel & Assist Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

ABS TX OWNER LP

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS SW OWNER LLC

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

LSP LEASE LLC

ABS RM OWNER LLC

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

ASP SW OWNER LLC

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

EXT OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER LP

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR OWNER LLC

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

ABS CA-O LLC

ABS CA-GL LLC

ABS ID-O LLC

ABS ID-GL LLC

ABS MT-O LLC

ABS MT-GL LLC

ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
 

Title:      Group Vice President, Assistant

General Counsel & Assist Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


ABS OR-O LLC

ABS OR-GL LLC

ABS UT-O LLC

ABS UT-GL LLC

ABS WA-O LLC

ABS WA-GL LLC

ABS WY-O LLC

ABS WY-GL LLC

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

ABS ID-O DC LLC

ABS OR-O DC LLC

ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name:    Susan McMillan
 

Title:      Group Vice President, Assistant

General Counsel & Assist Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Vice President, Operations

  Name:    Bob Butler
  Title:      Vice President, Operations

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


GUARANTORS:
ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Rowan

  Name:    Paul Rowan
  Title:      Executive Vice President, General
Counsel & Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Rowan

  Name:    Paul Rowan
 

Title:      Executive Vice President, General

Counsel & Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


Effective upon the consummation of the merger of Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. with and into Safeway Inc.:
CO-BORROWER :
SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

/s/ Paul Rowan

  Name:    Paul Rowan
 

Title:      Executive Vice President, General

Counsel & Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


GUARANTORS:

 

SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 45 INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:    Laura A. Donald
  Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING

COMPANY, LLC

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

AVIA PARTNERS, INC.

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVIVCES, INC.

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

LUCERNE FOODS, INC.

EATING RIGHT LLC

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

O ORGANICS LLC

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:    Laura A. Donald
  Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:    Laura A. Donald
  Title:      Assistant Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By:   GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:    Laura A. Donald
  Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By:   RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC. its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:    Laura A. Donald
  Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ Steve Hanson

  Name:    Steve Hanson
  Title:      Vice President & Assistant Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:    Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:      Vice President & Secretary

Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name:    Bill O’Daly
  Title:      Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:    D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:      Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name:    Bill O’Daly
  Title:      Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:    D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:      Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

This Assignment and Acceptance (this “ Assignment and Acceptance ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor (as defined below) and the Assignee (as defined below). Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Acceptance and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Acceptance as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Term Loan Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, any other Financing Agreements and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Term Loan Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

  1. Assignor (the “ Assignor ”):

 

  2. Assignee (the “ Assignee ”):

 

     Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]

 

     Assignee is an Approved Fund of: [Name of Lender]

 

  3. Borrower: Albertson’s LLC

 

  4. Agent: Citibank, N.A.

 

  5. Assigned Interest:

 

A-1


Facility

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans of
all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned 1
     Percentage
Assigned of
Aggregate
Commitment/
Loans of all
Lenders 2
 

Term Loans

   $                       $                             

Effective Date of Assignment (the “ Effective Date ”): 3

 

1   Subject to the amount requirements set forth in Section 14.7(a)(ii)(A) of the Term Loan Agreement.
2   Set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
3   To be inserted by the Agent and which shall be the effective date of recordation of the transfer in the register therefor.

 

A-2


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Acceptance are hereby agreed to:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


[Consented to and] 4 Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Agent

 

By  
  Name:
  Title:

 

4   No consent of the Agent shall be required for (i) an assignment to an Agent or a U.S. based Affiliate of an Agent or (ii) an assignment of a Term Loan to a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

A-4


ALBERTSON’S LLC

By:  
  Name:
  Title: 5

 

5   No consent of the Borrower shall be required for (i) an assignment to a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (unless, in each case, such assignee is a competitor) or (ii) if an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee.

 

A-5


Annex 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Financing Agreements or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Term Loan Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Financing Agreements.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Term Loan Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender thereunder, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the Term Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Term Loan Agreement, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, (vi) if it is not already a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Acceptance is an Administrative Questionnaire as required by the Term Loan Agreement and (vii) the Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date (to the extent required by the Term Loan Agreement, and unless waived) and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Financing Agreements, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender, including its obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions .

 

Annex 1-A-1


3.1 In accordance with Section 14.7 of the Term Loan Agreement, upon execution, delivery, acceptance and recording of this Assignment and Acceptance, from and after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Term Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement with a Commitment as set forth herein and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the Assigned Interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under the Term Loan Agreement (and, in the case that this Assignment and Acceptance covers all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Term Loan Agreement, the Assignor shall cease to be a party to the Term Loan Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6.1, 12.5 and 12.6 thereof with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of this assignment).

3.2 This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Assignment and Acceptance on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Assignment and Acceptance and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the law of the state of New York.

 

Annex 1-A-2


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent (capitalized terms used herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Term Loan Agreement unless otherwise defined herein). Pursuant to Section 9.5(g) of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, certifies as of the date hereof as follows:

 

  1. [Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as of [    ] [    ], 201[    ], and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion was prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and is not subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit. Also attached hereto as Exhibit A is a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Closing Date or the most recent list provided).] 1

 

  2. [Attached hereto as Exhibit A are (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Accounting Period and for the portion of the Borrower’s Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements have been certified as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations. Also attached hereto as Exhibit A is a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period.] 2 3

 

1   To be included if accompanying annual financial statements only.
2   To be included if accompanying quarterly financial statements only.
3   Quarterly and year-end financial statements of Holdings or a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower may be provided in lieu of the financial statements of the Borrower, subject to the requirements set forth in Section 9.5 of the Term Loan Agreement.

 

B-1


  3. To my knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed to the Agent pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, no Default has occurred. [If unable to provide the foregoing certification, describe in reasonable detail the reasons therefor and circumstances thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto on Annex A attached hereto.]

 

  4. [Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are detailed calculations setting forth Excess Cash Flow.] 4

 

4   To be included only in annual compliance certificate.

 

B-2


SCHEDULE 1

Excess Cash Flow Calculation: 10

 

(1)    the sum, without duplication of:   
   (a)    Consolidated Net Income for this period,   

 

      (i)    for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however :   

 

         (A)    any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;   

 

         (B)    the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;   

 

         (C)    any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) shall be excluded;   

 

         (D)    any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;   

 

         (E)    the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;   

 

         (F)    an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect   

 

10   Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of Excess Cash Flow to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Schedule 1-B-1


            of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i)(2) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;  

 

         (G)    (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;  

 

         (H)    unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded; and  

 

         (I)    the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period, and  

 

         (J)    the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.  

 

   (b)    an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,  

 

   (c)    decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period), and  

 

   (d)    an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during this period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,  

 

 

Schedule 1-B-2


   (2)    minus the sum, without duplication, of:
      (a)    all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (A) through (J) of the calculation of Consolidated Net Income above,   

 

      (b)    without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,   

 

      (c)    the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,   

 

      (d)    the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,   

 

      (e)    increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period),   

 

      (f)    scheduled cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,   

 

      (g)    without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (k) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis   

 

 

Schedule 1-B-3


         pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,   

 

      (h)    the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x) and 10.6(g) and (h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,   

 

      (i)    the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,   

 

      (j)    the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,   

 

      (k)    without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(i)(b) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,   

 

      (l)    the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period,   

 

 

Schedule 1-B-4


      (m)    cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and   

 

      (n)    any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.   

 

      Excess Cash Flow   

 

 

Schedule 1-B-5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, solely in his/her capacity as a Responsible Officer of Albertson’s LLC, has executed this certificate for and on behalf of Albertson’s LLC and has caused this certificate to be delivered this     day of             , 201[    ].

 

ALBERTSON’s LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Schedule 1-B-6


EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF]

COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

 

  To: Citibank, N.A., as Agent

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement.

The undersigned Borrower hereby requests (select one):

 

  

A Borrowing of new Loans

  

 

  

A conversion of Loans made on

  

 

  

A continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans made on

  

 

to be made on the terms set forth below:

 

(A)

   Date of Borrowing, conversion or continuation (which is a Business Day)   

 

(B)

   Principal amount 11   

 

(C)

   Type of Loan 12   

 

(D)

   Interest Period and the last day thereof 13   

 

(E)

   Location and number of Borrower’s account to which proceeds of Borrowings are to be disbursed:   

 

 

11   Eurocurrency borrowing minimum of $1,000,000, as applicable, and borrowings also allowed in whole multiples of $100,000, in excess thereof, as applicable. Base Rate borrowing minimum of $1,000,000 and borrowings also allowed in whole multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.
12   Specify Eurodollar or Base Rate.
13   Applicable for Eurodollar Borrowings/Loans only.

 

C-1


The above request complies with the notice requirements set forth in the Term Loan Agreement.

[The undersigned Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that, on the date of this Committed Loan Notice and on the date of the related Borrowing, the conditions to lending specified in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement will be satisfied as of the date of the Borrowing set forth above.] 14

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

14   Insert bracketed language if the Borrower is making a Request for a Loan after the Closing Date.

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

LENDER: [●]

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT: $[●]

[FORM OF] TERM NOTE

New York, New York

[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and assigns, “ Borrower ”), hereby promises to pay to the Lender set forth above (the “ Lender ”) or its registered assigns, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Agent’s Office (such term, and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein, having the meaning assigned to it in the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent) (i) on the dates set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, the principal amounts set forth in the Term Loan Agreement with respect to Term Loans made by the Lender to Borrower pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement and (ii) on each interest payment date, interest at the rate or rates per annum as provided in the Term Loan Agreement on the unpaid principal amount of all Term Loans made by the Lender to Borrower pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay interest, on demand, on any overdue principal and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest from their due dates at the rate or rates provided in the Term Loan Agreement.

Borrower hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand, protest and notice of any kind whatsoever. The nonexercise by the holder hereof of any of its rights hereunder in any particular instance shall not constitute a waiver thereof in that or any subsequent instance.

All borrowings evidenced by this note and all payments and prepayments of the principal hereof and interest hereon and the respective dates thereof shall be endorsed by the holder hereof on the schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof or on a continuation thereof which shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof, or otherwise recorded by such holder in its internal records; provided , however , that the failure of the holder hereof to make such a notation or any error in such notation shall not affect the obligations of Borrower under this note.

This note is one of the Term Notes referred to in the Term Loan Agreement that, among other things, contains provisions for the acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain events, for optional and mandatory prepayment of the principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof and for the amendment or waiver of certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement, all upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

D-1


THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

D-2


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3


LOANS AND PAYMENTS

 

Date

   Amount of Loan    Maturity Date    Payments of
Principal/Interest
   Principal
Balance of Note
   Name of Person
Making the
Notation

 

D-4


EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF]

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(To Be Provided Under Separate Cover)

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

[Reserved]

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

[Reserved]

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H-1

FORM OF UNITED STATES TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For

U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) (the “Term Loan Agreement”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent. Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d) of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Financing Agreement are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Agent with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Agent in writing and (2) the undersigned shall furnish the Borrower and the Agent a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which payment is to be made by the Borrower or the Agent to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding each such payment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-1-1


[Foreign Lender]
By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

    [Address]

Dated:              , 20[    ]

 

H-1-2


EXHIBIT H-2

FORM OF UNITED STATES TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For

U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) (the “Term Loan Agreement”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent. Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d) of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Financing Agreement are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished the Agent and the Borrower with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Agent in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding each such payment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-2-1


[Foreign Lender]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
      [Address]

Dated:              , 20[    ]

 

H-2-2


EXHIBIT H-3

FORM OF UNITED STATES TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For

U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) (the “Term Loan Agreement”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent. Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d) and Section 14.7(e) of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Financing Agreement are effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding each such payment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-3-1


[Foreign Participant]

By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

    [Address]

Dated:              , 20[    ]

 

H-3-2


EXHIBIT H-4

FORM OF UNITED STATES TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

(For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For

U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is made to the Term Loan Agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) (the “Term Loan Agreement”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”), and Citibank, N.A., as Agent. Terms defined in the Term Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d) and Section 14.7(e) of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole record owners of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Financing Agreement are effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its direct or indirect partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding each such payment.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

H-4-1


[Foreign Participant]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
      [Address]

Dated:              , 20[    ]

 

H-4-2


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OPTION NOTICE

Dated:              , 201[    ]

 

To: CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Discounted Prepayment Option Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) of that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the other agents, bookrunners and arrangers party thereto.

Purchasing Borrower Party hereby notifies you that, effective as of [              , 201      ], pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) of the Agreement, Purchasing Borrower Party hereby notifies each Lender that it is seeking:

 

  1. to prepay Term Loans at a discount in an aggregate principal amount of [$              ] 15 (the “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”);

 

  2. a percentage discount to the par value of the principal amount of Loans greater than or equal to [          ]% of par value but less than or equal to [          ]% of par value (the “ Discount Range ”).

 

  3. the delivery of a Lender Participation Notice on or before [              , 201      ] 16 , as determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) of the Agreement (the “ Acceptance Date ”), and

Purchasing Borrower Party expressly agrees that this Discounted Prepayment Option Notice is subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement.

Purchasing Borrower Party hereby represents and warrants to the Agent on behalf of the Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 

  1. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment).

 

15   Insert amount that is minimum of $10.0 million.
16   Insert date (a Business Day) that is at least five Business Days after date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

 

I-1


  2. Each of the conditions to the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement has been satisfied.

 

  3. As of the date hereof, the Purchasing Borrower Party has no material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

Purchasing Borrower Party respectfully requests that Agent promptly notify each of the Lenders party to the Agreement of this Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

 

I-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Discounted Prepayment Option Notice as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:    [Chief Financial Officer]

 

I-3


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF LENDER PARTICIPATION NOTICE

Dated:              , 201[    ]

 

  To: Citibank, N.A., as Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the other agents, bookrunners and arrangers party thereto, and (b) that certain Discounted Prepayment Option Notice, dated              , 201      , from Borrower (the “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein or in the Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

The undersigned Lender hereby gives you notice, pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(iii) of the Agreement, that it is willing to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment on Loans held by such Lender:

 

  1. in a maximum aggregate principal amount of $              of Term Loans (the “ Offered Loans ”), and

 

  2. at a percentage discount to par value of the principal amount of Offered Loans equal to [              ]% 17 of par value (the “ Acceptable Discount ”).

The undersigned Lender expressly agrees that this offer is subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement. Furthermore, conditioned upon the Applicable Discount determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(iii) of the Agreement being a percentage of par value less than or equal to the Acceptable Discount, the undersigned Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Offered Loans, as such principal amount may be reduced if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable in connection with such Qualifying Loans) would exceed the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount for the relevant Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, and acknowledges and agrees that such prepayment of its Loans will be allocated at par value, but the actual payment made to such Lender will be reduced in accordance with the Applicable Discount.

 

17   Insert amount within Discount Range that is a multiple of 50 basis points.

 

J-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Lender Participation Notice as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title: 18

 

18   If a second signature is required.

 

J-2


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF DISCOUNTED VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Date:             , 201    

 

To: CITIBANK, N.A., as Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(v) of that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the lenders from time to time party thereto (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), Citibank, N.A., as agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and the other agents, bookrunners and arrangers party thereto.

A Purchasing Borrower Party hereby irrevocably notifies you that, pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(v) of the Agreement, the Purchasing Borrower Party will make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment to each Lender with Qualifying Loans, which shall be made:

 

  1. on or before [            , 201    ] 19 , as determined pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) of the Agreement,

 

  2. in the aggregate principal amount of
     $            of Term Loans, and

 

  3. at a percentage discount to the par value of the principal amount of the Loans equal to [            ]% of par value (the “ Applicable Discount ”).

The Purchasing Borrower Party expressly agrees that this Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is irrevocable and is subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement.

Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent on behalf of the Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 

  1. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment).

 

19   Insert date (a Business Day) that is no later than three Business Days after date of this Notice and no later than five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such later date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans).

 

K-1


  2. Each of the conditions to the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement has been satisfied.

 

  3. The Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

The Purchasing Borrower Party acknowledges that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing in connection with extending Offered Loans and the acceptance of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment made as a result of this Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice.

The Purchasing Borrower Party respectfully requests that Agent promptly notify each of the Lenders party to the Agreement of this Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice.

 

K-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:    [Chief Financial Officer]
[            ], as Purchasing Borrower Party
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

K-3


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF

AFFILIATED LENDER ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

This Assignment and Acceptance (this “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor (as defined below) and the Assignee (as defined below). Capitalized terms used in this Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Acceptance as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Term Loan Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, any other Financing Agreements and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Term Loan Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

  1. Assignor (the “ Assignor ”):

 

  2. Assignee (the “ Assignee ”):

 

  3. Borrower: Albertson’s LLC

 

  4. Agent: Citibank, N.A.

 

  5. Assigned Interest:

 

L-1


Facility

   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans of
all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned 1
     Percentage
Assigned of
Aggregate
Commitment/
Loans of all
Lenders 2
 

Term Loans

   $                       $                             

Effective Date of Assignment (the “ Effective Date ”): 3

SECTION 1. THE ASSIGNEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT (A) IT IS LEGALLY AUTHORIZED TO ENTER INTO THIS AFFILIATED LENDER ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE, (B) IT IS A NON-DEBT FUND AFFILIATE OR A PURCHASING BORROWER PARTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 14.7(H) OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, (C) THE SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF THE ASSIGNED INTEREST SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 14.7(H) OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT [AND (D) THAT NEITHER THE PURCHASING BORROWER PARTY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES HAS ANY MNPI WITH RESPECT TO HOLDINGS OR THE ALBERTSON’S GROUP THAT EITHER (A) HAS NOT BEEN DISCLOSED TO THE LENDERS (OTHER THAN LENDERS THAT DO NOT WISH TO RECEIVE MNPI WITH RESPECT TO HOLDINGS, ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATES) PRIOR TO SUCH TIME OR (B) COULD REASONABLY BE EXPECTED TO HAVE A MATERIAL EFFECT UPON, OR OTHERWISE BE MATERIAL, (I) TO A LENDER’S DECISION TO PARTICIPATE IN ANY ASSIGNMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14.7(H) OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT OR (II) TO THE MARKET PRICE OF THE LOANS] 4

SECTION 2.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

1   Subject to the amount requirements set forth in Section 14.7(a)(ii)(A) of the Term Loan Agreement.
2   Set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
3   To be inserted by the Agent and which shall be the effective date of recordation of the transfer in the register therefor.
4   Applicable to Purchasing Borrower Parties only.

 

L-2


The terms set forth in this Assignment and Acceptance are hereby agreed to:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

L-3


Accepted:

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Agent

By:  

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

L-4


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

L-5


Annex 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Financing Agreements or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Term Loan Agreement or (iv) the performance or observance by Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Financing Agreements.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Acceptance and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Term Loan Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender thereunder, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the Term Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 of the Term Loan Agreement, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, (vi) if it is not already a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Acceptance is an Administrative Questionnaire as required by the Term Loan Agreement and (vii) the Agent has received a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 as of the Effective Date (to the extent required by the Term Loan Agreement, and unless waived) and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Financing Agreements, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender, including its obligations pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

Annex 1-L-1


3. General Provisions .

3.1 In accordance with Section 14.7 of the Term Loan Agreement, upon execution, delivery, acceptance and recording of this Assignment and Acceptance, from and after the Effective Date, (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Term Loan Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Term Loan Agreement with a Commitment as set forth herein and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the Assigned Interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under the Term Loan Agreement (and, in the case that this Assignment and Acceptance covers all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Term Loan Agreement, the Assignor shall cease to be a party to the Term Loan Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6.1, 12.5 and 12.6 thereof with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of this assignment).

3.2 This Assignment and Acceptance shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Acceptance may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Assignment and Acceptance on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Assignment and Acceptance and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the law of the state of New York.

 

Annex 1-L-2


EXHIBIT M

[Reserved]

 

M-1


EXHIBIT N

[FORM OF]

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

(To Be Provided Under Separate Cover)

 

N-1


EXHIBIT O

[FORM OF]

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

Date: [            ], 201[    ]

To the Agent and each of the Lenders party to the Term Loan Agreement referred to below:

I, the undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), in that capacity only and not in my individual capacity (and without personal liability), do hereby certify as of the date hereof, and based upon facts and circumstances as they exist as of the date hereof (and disclaiming any responsibility for changes in such fact and circumstances after the date hereof), that:

1. This certificate is furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(vii) of the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, the lenders and other parties thereto from time to time and Citibank, N.A., as Agent (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Term Loan Agreement.

2. For purposes of this certificate, the terms below shall have the following definitions:

(a) “Fair Value”

The aggregate amount for which assets (both tangible and intangible) in their entirety, of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole would change hands between an interested purchaser and a seller, in an arm’s length transaction, where both parties are aware of all relevant facts and neither party is under any compulsion to act.

(b) “Present Fair Salable Value”

The aggregate amount of net consideration that could be expected to be realized from an interested purchaser by a seller, in an arm’s length transaction under present conditions in a current market for the sale of assets of a comparable business enterprise, where both parties are aware of all relevant facts and neither party is under any compulsion to act, where such seller is interested in disposing of an entire operation as a going concern, presuming the business will be continued, in its present form and character, and with reasonable promptness, not to exceed one year.

(c) “Stated Liabilities”

The recorded liabilities (including contingent liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with GAAP) of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as of the date hereof after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

O-1


(d) “Identified Contingent Liabilities”

The maximum estimated amount of liabilities reasonably likely to result from pending litigation, asserted claims and assessments, guaranties, uninsured risks and other contingent liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole after giving effect to the Transactions (including all fees and expenses related thereto but exclusive of such contingent liabilities to the extent reflected in Stated Liabilities), as identified and explained in terms of their nature and estimated magnitude by responsible officers of the Company.

(e) “Will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature”

For the period from the date hereof through the Maturity Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole should be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions, or a combination thereof, to meet their respective Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as those liabilities mature or (in the case of contingent liabilities) otherwise become payable.

(f) “Do not have Unreasonably Small Capital”

For the period from the date hereof through the Maturity Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole after consummation of the Transactions should be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions, or a combination thereof, to meet their respective Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they become due, and is a going concern and has sufficient capital to ensure that it will continue to be a going concern for such period.

3. For purposes of this certificate, I, or officers of the Company under my direction and supervision, have performed the following procedures as of and for the periods set forth below.

(a) I have reviewed the financial statements (including the pro forma financial statements) referred to in Section 9.5 of the Term Loan Agreement.

(b) I have knowledge of and have reviewed to my satisfaction the Term Loan Agreement.

(c) As the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, I am familiar with the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

4. Based on and subject to the foregoing, I hereby certify on behalf of the Company that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, it is my opinion that (i) the Fair Value and Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature.

* * *

 

O-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this certificate to be executed on its behalf by the Chief Financial Officer as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer

 

O-3


EXHIBIT P

[FORM OF]

ESCROW AGREEMENT

ESCROW AGREEMENT, dated as of August 25, 2014 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), by and among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertson’s ”), Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ” and together with Albertson’s, each a “ Company ” and collectively, the “ Companies ”), Albertson’s Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Agent acting hereunder for the benefit of the Term B-3 Lenders and the Term B-4 Lenders (the “ Agent ”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as escrow agent and as securities intermediary (collectively, in such capacities, the “ Escrow Agent ”).

This Agreement is being entered into in connection with (i) the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 6, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Albertson’s, Holdings, and Safeway Inc. and (ii) the Amendment No. 5 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014, by and among Holdings, Albertson’s, Merger Sub, Citigroup, N.A. as existing agent, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as agent and the other parties from time to time thereto (“ Amendment No. 5 ”), which amends and restates the Term Loan Agreement in the form of Annex A thereof (the “ Credit Agreement ”) in connection with the funding of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans thereunder.

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . The following terms used herein (including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules) shall have the following meanings:

Accrual Fees ” shall mean the fees payable by Holdings to the Term B-3 Lenders and Term B-4 Lenders with respect to the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans under Amendment No. 5.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals hereof.

Applicable Party ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9(o) hereof.

Authorized Person ” shall mean each Person specified on Schedule II hereto as the same may be amended from time to time by Albertson’s.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s or the Escrow Agent’s office is located.


Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(ii) hereof.

Eligible Escrow Investments ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(iii) hereof.

Escrow Account ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(i) hereof.

Escrow End Date ” shall mean the earliest of (a) the date on which Albertson’s determines in its sole discretion and notifies the Agent and the Escrow Agent that any of the Escrow Release Conditions cannot be satisfied, (b) March 5, 2015 (or June 5, 2015, if Albertson’s has notified the Escrow Agent that the Initial End Date (as defined in the Safeway Merger Agreement) has been extended to June 5, 2015 pursuant to Section 7.1(b)(i) thereof as in effect on the date hereof) (unless extended as agreed among Albertson’s and the lenders under the Credit Agreement) and (z) the date on which Albertson’s notifies the Escrow Agent that the Safeway Merger Agreement has been terminated in accordance with the terms thereof.

Escrow Release Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement ” shall mean the term loan agreement in the form of Annex B to Amendment No. 5.

Escrow Prepayment Amount ” shall mean the “Escrow Prepayment Amount” as defined in Annex B to Amendment No. 5.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean the conditions specified in Section 4.3 of the Escrow Release Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement.

Escrow Release Date ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

Escrowed Property ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(b) hereof.

Escrow Required Lenders ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(ii) hereof.

Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals hereto.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

New York UCC ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(i) hereof.

Officers’ Certificate ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

Release Escrowed Property ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

Release Notice ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5(a) hereof.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

-2-


Safeway Acquisition ” shall mean the direct or indirect acquisition of Safeway Inc. and its subsidiaries by Holdings.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any governmental authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Obligations ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(ii) .

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the term lenders with commitments to make Term B-3 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean the “Term B-3 Loans” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the term lenders with commitments to make Term B-4 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean the “Term B-4 Loans” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Term Loan Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to Amendment No. 5.

Treasury Securities ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(c)(iii) hereof.

Section 2. Appointment and Jurisdiction of Escrow Agent .

(a) The Companies hereby appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association as the escrow agent and the securities intermediary hereunder in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, and Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby accepts such appointments.

(b) The Companies, the Agent and the Escrow Agent hereby agree that the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” of the Escrow Agent is the State of New York for purposes of the New York UCC, including Sections 9-304, 9-305 and 8-110 thereof. The Escrow Agent shall act as securities intermediary hereunder.

Section 3. The Escrowed Property .

(a) Pursuant to Section 6 of Amendment No. 5, the Agent shall deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account (as defined below): (i) on the date hereof (the “ Restatement Effective Date ”), $603,804,900, (ii) within one (1) Business Day (as defined in the Credit Agreement) of the receipt, on any Business Day between, but not including, the Restatement Effective Date and September 10, 2014, of the net proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans received by the Agent in connection with the initial syndication of such Term B-3 Loans and/or Term B-4 Loans and (iii) on September 10, 2014, an amount equal to the remainder of the net proceeds from the Term B-3 and Term B-4 Loans not deposited pursuant

 

-3-


to the previous clauses (i) and (ii), in each case, in cash, clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively representing the net proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and the Term-B-4 Loans (the “ Proceeds ”).

(b) On or prior to the first day of each month, from and including October 1, 2014 through and including the Escrow End Date or the Escrow Release Date, and on the Escrow End Date or the Escrow Release Date, as applicable, Albertson’s and Merger Sub will deposit (or cause to be deposited) with the Escrow Agent into the Escrow Account an amount of cash equal to the amount of Accrual Fees accrued on the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from (and including) the first day of the immediately preceding month through (and including) the last day of the immediately preceding month (and, with respect to the Escrow End Date or the Escrow Release Date, from (and including) the first day of such month and through (and including) such Escrow End Date or the Escrow Release Date, as applicable) (such funds, together with the Proceeds and any other property from time to time held by the Escrow Agent in the Escrow Account, including, without limitation, all investments of any of the foregoing, plus all interest, dividends and other distributions and payments on any of the foregoing received or receivable in respect of any of the foregoing, together with all proceeds of any of the foregoing, the “ Escrowed Property ”). The Companies certify that the Escrowed Property shall comply with the applicable provisions of Amendment No. 5 and Credit Agreement, as applicable.

(c) (i) Subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Escrow Agent agrees to hold the Escrowed Property in a “securities account” (as defined in Section 8-501 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York on the date hereof (the “ New York UCC ”)) (the “ Escrow Account ”) established with the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Account shall be maintained with the Escrow Agent, shall be in the name of Albertson’s and shall be known as the “Saturn Acquisition Escrow” Account; wire instructions for deposit of any cash amounts are as follows:

Wilmington Trust (a/k/a Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company)

ABA #031100092

A/C: Saturn Acquisition Escrow

A/C #: 109410-000

Attn: Joe Feil

The parties agree that the Escrow Agent is a securities intermediary with respect to the Escrow Account and intend that all securities, cash and other assets held in the Escrow Account shall be treated as financial assets. The Escrow Agent makes no representation or warranties with respect to the creation or enforceability of any security interest in the Escrow Account or the Collateral.

The Escrow Account will be established with the Escrow Agent as provided above. The Escrow Agent shall administer the Escrow Account in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, holding in escrow, investing and reinvesting and releasing or distributing the Escrowed Property.

(ii) As security for the due and punctual payment of the Escrow Prepayment Amount and the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Companies of their respective

 

-4-


obligations under Section 2.3(f) of the Credit Agreement (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”), each Company hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Agent, for the benefit of Agent and the Term B-3 Lenders and the Term B-4 Lenders, to secure the Secured Obligations (in respect of the Term B-3 Lenders and Term B-4 Lenders only), a security interest in all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned by or owing to, or hereafter acquired by or arising in favor of such Company, in the Escrow Account, the other Escrowed Property, and all “financial assets” (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC) credited to the Escrow Account, “investment property” (as defined Article 9 of the New York UCC) credited to the Escrow Account and proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Collateral ”). The security interest of the Agent granted pursuant hereto shall at all times be valid, perfected and enforceable as a first priority security interest subject only to any lien of the Escrow Agent permitted pursuant to clause (v) below. Each Company agrees to take all necessary steps that are reasonably requested by the Agent or the Term B-3 Lenders and the Term B-4 Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans (the “ Escrow Required Lenders ”) to maintain the security interest created by this Agreement as a perfected first-priority security interest subject only to any lien of the Escrow Agent permitted pursuant to clause (v) below. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Company hereby authorizes the Agent to file one or more UCC financing statements (including amendments thereto and continuations thereof) in such jurisdictions and filing offices and containing such description of the Collateral as may be reasonably necessary in order to perfect the security interest granted herein, and such Company agrees to file or to cause to be filed all such UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions and filing offices and containing such description of the Collateral as are necessary in order to perfect the security interest granted herein; provided that the Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to file or monitor the filing of such financing statements. Any rights that the Agent may have under this Agreement shall not imply any obligations under this Agreement. Each Company represents and warrants that as of the date hereof its legal name is that set forth on the signature pages hereof and it is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is not organized under the laws of any other jurisdiction, and each Company hereby agrees that, except in connection with the Safeway Acquisition prior to the termination of this Agreement, it will not change its legal name, jurisdiction of organization, organizational identification number, if any, or chief executive office without giving the Agent at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and causing to be filed all such UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions and filing offices and containing such descriptions of the Collateral as is necessary in order to perfect the security interest granted herein.

(iii) The Escrow Agent, as securities intermediary, hereby agrees that prior to release from the Escrow Account all Escrowed Property shall either be held as U.S. dollars or be invested in Eligible Escrow Investments specified in writing to the Escrow Agent by an Authorized Person of Albertson’s, credited to the Escrow Account. The Companies and the Escrow Agent hereby agree that all amounts and property credited to the Escrow Account shall be treated as a “financial asset” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the New York UCC. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Eligible Escrow Investments ” means: (1) Treasury Securities, (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits, in each case maturing no later than Escrow End Date, entitled to U.S. Federal deposit insurance for the full amount thereof or issued by a bank or trust company (including the Escrow Agent or an affiliate of the Escrow Agent) that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million,

 

-5-


(3) investments in commercial paper maturing no later than the Escrow End Date and having, at the date of acquisition, a credit rating no lower than A-1 from S&P, P-1 from Moody’s, or F-1 from Fitch Ratings Ltd., (4) repurchase obligations entered into with a nationally recognized broker-dealer, with respect to which the purchased securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, which repurchase obligations shall be entered into pursuant to written agreements, (5) money market mutual funds that invest in items (1) through (4) above and are registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and operated in accordance with Rule 2a-7 and that at the time of such investment are rated at least Aaa by Moody’s and/or AAA- by S&P, including such funds for which the Agent or an affiliate provides investment advice or other services and (6) any investment identified on Schedule IV hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Treasury Securities ” means any investment in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency thereof, in each case, maturing no later than the Escrow End Date. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Escrow Agent agrees to comply (without further consent from any Company or any other person) with any entitlement order (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) originated by the Agent with respect to any financial asset credited to the Escrow Account. The Escrow Agent and Intermediary each represents and warrants that it has not entered into, and agrees that it will not enter into, any control agreement, other than this Agreement, Amendment No. 5 and the Credit Agreement and documents related thereto, relating to the Escrow Account or the other Escrowed Property with any other third party. The Agent hereby agrees with the Company that the Agent shall not give any entitlement orders or instructions, as applicable, unless it has received confirmation that the conditions in the Credit Agreement requiring that the Company to prepay the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans shall have occurred or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5 hereof. The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to determine whether any investment is an Eligible Escrow Investment and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the written direction from Albertson’s in connection therewith.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Escrow Agent agrees to comply (without further consent from any Company or any other person) with any entitlement order (as such term is defined in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the New York UCC) originated by the Agent with respect to any financial asset credited to the Escrow Account. The Escrow Agent represents and warrants that it has not entered into, and agrees that it will not enter into, any control agreement, other than this Agreement, Amendment No. 5 and the Credit Agreement and documents related thereto, relating to the Escrow Account or the other Escrowed Property with any other third party. The Agent hereby agrees with the Companies that the Agent shall not give any entitlement orders or instructions, as applicable, unless it has received confirmation that the conditions in the Credit Agreement requiring the Companies to prepay the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans shall have occurred or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

(iv) Upon the release of any Escrowed Property pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the security interest of the Agent for its benefit and the benefit of the Term B-3 Lenders and the Term B-4 Lenders in the Collateral shall automatically terminate without any further action and the Escrowed Property shall be delivered to the applicable recipient pursuant to Section 5 free and clear of any and all liens, claims or encumbrances of any Person; provided that to the extent that any fees, expenses or costs incurred by, or any obligations owed to the Escrow Agent are not promptly paid when due, the Escrow Agent may reimburse itself therefor from the Escrowed

 

-6-


Property and may sell, convey or otherwise dispose of any Escrowed Property for such purpose. Upon any such termination, the Agent hereby authorizes the Companies to take all steps reasonably necessary to terminate any UCC financing statements filed with respect to the Collateral pursuant to this Section 3 that have not been terminated and the Agent shall execute at the sole cost and expense of the Companies such other documents without recourse, representation or warranty of any kind as any Company may reasonably request in writing to evidence or confirm the termination of such security interest. Nothing in this Section 3(c)(iv) shall impair the Agent’s lien provided in the Credit Agreement and, after the Escrow Release Date, the Collateral Documents.

(v) The Escrow Agent hereby agrees that any security interest in, lien on, encumbrance, claim or right of setoff against, the Collateral it now has or subsequently obtains shall be subordinate to the security interest of the Agent in the Collateral, except those rights of setoff and banker’s liens arising in connection with any of the Escrow Agent’s charges, fees, expenses and indemnities provided for herein, if any. Subject to the foregoing, the Escrow Agent agrees not to exercise any present or future right of recoupment or set-off against the Collateral or to assert against the Collateral any present or future security interest, banker’s lien or any other lien or claim (including claim for penalties) that the Escrow Agent may at any time have against or in the Collateral.

Section 4. Investment of the Escrowed Property; Income Tax Reporting .

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Escrow Agent shall, at the written direction (which shall be satisfactory to the Escrow Agent) of one of the authorized representatives of Albertson’s identified on Schedule II hereto (which schedule certifies as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer or other representative of such party authorized to act for and give and receive notices, request and instructions), as such Schedule II may be amended from time to time as provided in Section 9(g) hereof (each, an “ Authorized Person ”), use commercially reasonable efforts to invest and reinvest all or any part of the Escrowed Property in the Eligible Escrow Investments directed by Albertson’s, and the Escrow Agent shall invest the Escrowed Property in accordance with such instructions; provided that until further instructions are received, the Escrow Agent shall comply with the standing instructions contained in Schedule IV hereto.

(b) The Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any Escrowed Property deposited with the Escrow Agent after 11:00 a.m. local time in the City of New York on such day of deposit until the next Business Day. For purposes of this Section 4, instructions received after 11:00 a.m. local time in the City of New York may be treated by the Escrow Agent as if received on the following Business Day. The Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility for any investment losses resulting from the investment, reinvestment or liquidation of the Escrowed Property. Any interest or other income received on such investment and reinvestment of the Escrowed Property shall become part of the Escrowed Property and any losses incurred on such investment and reinvestment of the Escrowed Property shall be debited against the Escrowed Property. If a selection is not made and a written direction not given to the Escrow Agent, the Escrowed Property deposited in cash shall remain uninvested with no liability for interest thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell or liquidate the foregoing investments whenever the Escrow Agent shall be required to

 

-7-


release all or any portion of the Escrowed Property pursuant to Section 5 hereof. In no event shall the Escrow Agent be deemed an investment manager or adviser in respect of any selection of investments hereunder. It is understood and agreed that the Escrow Agent or its affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Escrow Agent’s economic self-interest for (A) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder servicing agent or custodian with respect to certain of the investments, (B) using affiliates to effect transactions in certain investments and (C) effecting transactions in investments. The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for any loss sustained as a result of any investment selected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or made pursuant to the written instructions of Albertson’s, as a result of any liquidation of any investment prior to its maturity or for failure of Albertson’s to give the Escrow Agent instructions to invest or reinvest the Escrowed Property.

(c) The Escrow Agent does not have any interest in the Escrowed Property but is serving as escrow holder only and having only possession thereof. The Companies shall be obligated to and shall pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for any transfer taxes or other taxes relating to the Escrowed Property incurred in connection herewith and shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent for any amounts that it is obligated to pay in the way of such taxes. Any payments of income from the Escrow Account shall be subject to withholding regulations then in force with respect to United States taxes. The parties hereto will provide the Escrow Agent with appropriate W-9 forms for tax I.D. number certifications, or W-8 forms for non-resident alien certifications, and agree that income in respect of the Escrowed Property shall be allocated to Albertson’s, for annual and periodic tax and other reporting purposes. It is understood that the Escrow Agent shall be responsible for income reporting only with respect to income earned on the investment of funds which are a part of the Escrowed Property and is not responsible for any other reporting, and Albertson’s shall be responsible for all other tax reporting in connection with the Escrowed Property, if any. The Companies and Holdings shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold the Escrow Agent harmless from and against any tax, late payment, interest, penalty or other cost or expense that may be assessed against the Escrow Agent on or with respect to the Escrowed Property and the investment thereof. The indemnification provided by this Section 4(c) is in addition to the indemnification provided in Section 8(a) hereof and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 5. Distribution of Escrowed Property . The Escrow Agent is directed to distribute the Escrowed Property in the following manner:

(a) If at any time on or prior to the Escrow End Date Albertson’s delivers to the Escrow Agent (A) an officers’ certificate from Albertson’s substantially in the form of Exhibit A , dated the date of delivery thereof, executed by an Authorized Person and certifying to the Escrow Agent as to the matters set forth therein (an “ Officers’ Certificate ”) (the date of delivery of such Officers’ Certificate to the Escrow Agent is hereinafter called the “ Escrow Release Date ”) and (B) a written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B , executed by an Authorized Person of Albertson’s (a “ Release Notice ”), directing the Escrow Agent to release all of the Escrowed Property (the “ Release Escrowed Property ”), then the Escrow Agent shall liquidate, release and deliver the Release Escrowed Property (by wire transfer of immediately available funds), as directed and in the manner set forth in the Release Notice from Albertson’s (so long as Escrow Agent receives such notice by 3pm (New York time) on the Business Day prior to the requested date of release).

 

-8-


(b) If (i) the Escrow Agent shall not have received pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5 an Officers’ Certificate from Albertson’s substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto on or prior to the Escrow End Date with respect to the Escrow Release, (ii) Albertson’s shall have notified the Agent and Escrow Agent in writing pursuant to a Release Notice that (x) the Companies will not pursue the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and/or (y) the Merger Agreement has been terminated or (iii) Albertson’s shall have delivered to the Escrow Agent an officers’ certificate stating that it has determined that the conditions to the Escrow Release Date cannot be satisfied by the applicable Escrow End Date, the Escrow Agent shall, upon receipt of a Release Notice from Albertson’s, use commercially reasonable efforts to release and deliver (by wire transfer of immediately available funds) all of the Escrowed Property (including investment earnings thereon and proceeds thereof) to the Agent pursuant to the wire and delivery instructions provided on Schedule III hereto, as such Schedule III may be amended by the Agent from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(g) hereof, not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day succeeding (x) the applicable Escrow End Date (in the case of clause (i) of this subsection) or (y) the date of such Release Notice (in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) of this subsection) and the Companies shall prepay, and the Agent agrees to apply such funds to prepay all of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans at the applicable Escrow Prepayment Amount in accordance with the provisions of Amendment No. 5 and the Credit Agreement. None of the Escrow Agent or the Agent shall be responsible for calculating amounts to be disbursed hereunder, and each shall be entitled to rely on written instructions from Albertson’s delivered in accordance with this Agreement, which instructions shall include wiring instructions, if not provided for herein or in certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) [reserved].

(d) Albertson’s agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify the Escrow Agent at least two Business Days prior to the expected applicable Escrow Release Date (or any extension or postponement of the Escrow Release Date); provided that failure to so provide such notice shall not relieve the Escrow Agent from its respective obligations under this Section 5.

Section 6. Termination . This Agreement shall terminate upon the distribution of all Escrowed Property from the Escrow Account established hereunder. The provisions of Sections 4(c), 7, 8 and 9 hereof shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the earlier resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent.

Section 7. Duties of the Escrow Agent .

(a) Scope of Responsibility . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Escrow Agent is obligated only to perform the duties specifically set forth in this Agreement, which shall be deemed purely ministerial in nature. Under no circumstances will the Escrow Agent be deemed to be a fiduciary to any party hereto or any other person under this Agreement. The Escrow Agent will not be responsible or liable for the failure of any party hereto to perform in accordance with this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall neither be responsible for, nor chargeable

 

-9-


with, knowledge of the terms and conditions of any other agreement, instrument, or document other than this Agreement, whether or not an original or a copy of such agreement has been provided to the Escrow Agent, and the Escrow Agent shall have no duty to know or inquire as to the performance or nonperformance of any provision of any such other agreement, instrument, or document. References in this Agreement to any other agreement, instrument, or document are for the convenience of the other parties hereto, and the Escrow Agent has no duties or obligations with respect thereto. This Agreement sets forth all matters pertinent to the escrow contemplated hereunder, and no additional obligations of the Escrow Agent shall be inferred or implied from the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement.

(b) Attorneys and Agents . The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely on and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by the Escrow Agent in reliance upon the advice of counsel retained or consulted by the Escrow Agent at the expense of the Companies in accordance with Section 8(d) hereof. In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for an amount in excess of the value of the Escrowed Property.

(c) Reliance . The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it or for any loss or injury resulting from its actions or its performance or lack of performance of its duties in good faith in accordance with the direction, instruction, notice, demand, certificate, document or consent of the parties hereto or any entity acting on behalf of Albertson’s or any other Person or entity it believes to be genuine or their respective agents, representatives, successors, or assigns. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on and shall not be liable for acting or refraining from acting upon any notice, request, consent, direction, requisition, certificate, order, affidavit, letter, or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons, without further inquiry into the person’s or persons’ authority.

(d) No Financial Obligation . No provision of this Agreement shall require the Escrow Agent to risk or advance its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability or potential financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of its rights under this Agreement.

Section 8. Provisions Concerning the Escrow Agent .

(a) Indemnification . The Companies and Holdings shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold harmless the Escrow Agent and its affiliates and the Escrow Agent’s and such affiliates’ respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket costs of legal counsel, which the Escrow Agent may suffer arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement or any transaction to which this Agreement relates or incur by reason of any action, claim or proceeding brought against the Escrow Agent (including those involving Companies or Holdings), unless such loss, liability, cost, damage or expense shall have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The provisions of this Section 8(a) shall survive the resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent and the termination of this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall notify Albertson’s promptly of any claim against the Escrow Agent of which the Escrow Agent has received notice for which it may seek indemnity;

 

-10-


provided that any failure to do so shall not limit the obligations of the Companies hereunder. Each Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or other action and, if the Companies so elect, the Companies shall assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim. In the event the Companies assume the defense of any such suit, the Companies shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of any additional counsel thereafter retained by the Escrow Agent, so long as the Companies shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Escrow Agent; provided that the Companies shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any such action if the named parties to such action include both the Escrow Agent and the Companies and the representation of both parties by the same counsel would, in the written opinion of the Escrow Agent’s counsel, be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflicting interests between the Escrow Agent and the Companies. The Companies need not pay or indemnify for any settlement made without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Companies need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability, cost, damage, claim or expense to the extent caused by any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent, any predecessor Escrow Agent, or any of their respective employees, affiliates, officers, stockholders or directors as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Limitation of Liability . The Escrow Agent shall not be liable, directly or indirectly, for any (i) damages, losses or expenses arising out of the services provided hereunder, or (ii) special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages or losses of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, lost profits), even if the Escrow Agent has been advised of the possibility of such losses or damages and regardless of the form of action, in the case of clause (i), other than damages, losses or expenses which have directly resulted from any of the Escrowed Property being invested in investments other than Eligible Escrow Investments or from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent, any predecessor Escrow Agent, or any of their respective employees, affiliates, officers, stockholders or directors as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision.

(c) Resignation or Removal . No resignation or removal of the Escrow Agent shall be effective until a successor Escrow Agent has accepted its appointment. The Escrow Agent may resign by furnishing not less than 15 Business Days’ written notice of its resignation to Albertson’s and the Agent, and Albertson’s may remove the Escrow Agent by furnishing to the Escrow Agent 30 days’ written notice of its removal along with payment of all fees and expenses and other amounts to which it is entitled through the date of termination. Within 10 Business Days after giving the notice of removal to the Escrow Agent or receiving the notice of resignation from the Escrow Agent, in each case pursuant to this Section 8(c), Albertson’s shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent. If a successor Escrow Agent has not accepted such appointment by the end of such period, the Escrow Agent may, in its sole discretion, apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Escrow Agent or for other appropriate relief. The costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket costs of legal counsel) incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with such proceeding shall be paid by, and be deemed joint and several obligations of, the Companies. Upon receipt of the identity of the successor Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall either deliver the Escrowed Property then held hereunder to the successor Escrow Agent, less the Escrow Agent’s fees, costs and expenses or other unpaid obligations owed to the Escrow Agent, or hold such Escrowed Property (or any portion thereof), pending distribution, until all such fees, costs and expenses or other obligations are

 

-11-


paid. Upon delivery of the Escrowed Property to such successor Escrow Agent or the Companies or in accordance with the instructions of a court of competent jurisdiction, the Escrow Agent shall have no further duties, responsibilities or obligations hereunder.

(d) Compensation . The Escrow Agent will be paid as set forth in the fee schedule attached as Exhibit C, which compensation shall be paid by, and be deemed an obligation of, the Companies. The Companies shall additionally be obligated to pay all activity and investment charges as per the Escrow Agent’s (or, in the case of execution of investment orders, executing parties’) then-current schedule for such charges. The Companies shall be jointly and severally responsible for and shall reimburse the Escrow Agent upon demand for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Escrow Agent in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements of legal counsel for the Escrow Agent; provided , however , that the Companies need not reimburse any loss or expense to the extent such loss or expense is the result of any gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent, any predecessor Escrow Agent, or any of their respective employees, affiliates, officers, stockholders or directors, in each case, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision.

(e) Disagreements . In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Escrow Agent hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, in its sole discretion, refrain from taking any action other than retaining possession of the Escrowed Property, unless and until the Escrow Agent receives written instructions, signed by Albertson’s, which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty. If any conflict, disagreement or dispute arises between, among, or involving any of the parties hereto concerning the meaning or validity of any provision hereunder or concerning any other matter relating to this Agreement, or legal counsel to the Escrow Agent has advised the Escrow Agent that there is reasonable doubt as to the action to be taken hereunder, the Escrow Agent may, in its sole discretion, refuse to comply with any and all claims, demands or instructions with respect to the Escrowed Property so long as such dispute or conflict shall continue and the Escrow Agent shall not be or become liable in any way to the Companies or Agent for failure or refusal to comply with such conflicting claims, demands or instructions, retain the Escrowed Property and refuse to act until the Escrow Agent (i) receives a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction or a final non-appealable arbitration decision directing delivery of the Escrowed Property, in which event the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrowed Property in accordance with such final court order or arbitration decision, (ii) receives a written agreement executed by Albertson’s and the Agent, in which event the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrowed Property in accordance the written instructions of Albertson’s and the Agent, (iii) receives security or an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it sufficient to hold it harmless against any losses that it may incur by reason of so acting, in which event the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrowed Property in accordance with the instruction so given or (iv) files an interpleader action in any court of competent jurisdiction ( provided that, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Escrowed Property in accordance with this Agreement during the pendency of such interpleader action and any appeals thereof) and shall be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable fees and documented out-of-pocket expenses of one separate firm of legal counsel incurred in commencing and maintaining any such interpleader action. Subject to the first proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to act on any such agreement, court order, or arbitration decision without further question, inquiry, or consent.

 

-12-


(f) Merger or Consolidation . Any corporation, association or other entity into which the Escrow Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer all or substantially all of its corporate trust business and assets, or any corporation, association or other entity resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer to which the Escrow Agent is a party, shall be and become the successor Escrow Agent under this Agreement and shall have and succeed to the rights, powers, duties, immunities and privileges as its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or paper or the performance of any further act.

(g) Attachment of Escrowed Property; Compliance with Legal Orders . In the event that any Escrowed Property shall be attached, garnished or levied upon by any court order, or the delivery thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of a court, or any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court order affecting the Escrowed Property, the Escrow Agent shall promptly (and in any event within five Business Days) notify Albertson’s and the Agent, and the Companies may defend against, appeal or contest such order, judgment or decree and the Escrow Agent shall cooperate in such defense, appeal or contest; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Escrow Agent from complying with all writs, orders or decrees which it is advised by legal counsel of its own choosing is binding upon it, whether with or without jurisdiction, unless such writ, order or decree is being contested or appealed by appropriate proceedings. In the event that the Escrow Agent obeys or complies with any such writ, order or decree it shall not be liable to any of the parties or to any other person, firm or corporation, should, by reason of such compliance notwithstanding, such writ, order or decree be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

(h) Force Majeure . The Escrow Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligation under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of God, earthquakes, fire, flood, wars, acts of terrorism, civil or military disturbances, sabotage, epidemic, riots, interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications services, accidents, labor disputes, acts of civil or military authority or governmental action or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex or other wire or telecommunication facility; it being understood that the Escrow Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances.

Section 9. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements in regard thereto. This Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give, either expressed or implied, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other entity or person whatsoever other than the Term B-3 Lenders or the Term B-4 Lenders.

 

-13-


(b) This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and County of New York in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or based upon this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding in any such court arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each party further waives personal service of any summons, complaint or other process and agrees that service thereof may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to such person at such person’s address for purposes of notices hereunder and such service shall be deemed completed ten (10) calendar days after the same is so mailed.

(d) All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required under this Agreement shall be in writing, in English, and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered (i) personally, (ii) by facsimile transmission with telephone confirmation of receipt, (iii) by overnight delivery with a reputable national overnight delivery service, (iv) by mail or by certified mail, return receipt requested, and postage prepaid or (v) by e-mail when transmitted without notice of a failed delivery. If any notice is mailed, it shall be deemed given five (5) Business Days after the date such notice is deposited in the United States mail. If notice is given to a party, it shall be given at the address, facsimile number or email address for such party specified below. It shall be the responsibility of the parties to notify the Escrow Agent and the other party in writing of any name or address, facsimile number or email address changes. In the case of communications delivered to the Escrow Agent, such communications shall be deemed to have been given on the date actually received by the Escrow Agent.

If to Holdings or any Company:

 

Albertson’s LLC
250 Parkcenter Blvd.
P.O. Box 20
Boise, Idaho 83706
Attention:          Richard Navarro
   Dave Ober
   Paul Rowan, Esq.
Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463
Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625

If to the Escrow Agent:

 

Wilmington Trust, National Association

1100 North Market St.

 

-14-


Rodney Square North

Wilmington, DE 19890

Attention: Joe Feil

Email: JFeil@wilmingtontrust.com

Facsimile: 302-636-4145

If to the Agent:

Credit Suisse AG

Eleven Madison Avenue, 23rd Floor

New York, NY 10010

Attention: Loan Operations – Agency Manager

Telephone: (919) 994-6369

Facsimile: (212) 322-2291

E-mail: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice given to the Agent hereunder shall also be deemed to have been given if sent in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement. The Escrow Agent is authorized to comply with and rely upon any notices, instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent or given by Albertson’s or by a person or persons authorized by Albertson’s, including persons identified on Authorized Persons schedules delivered pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement. Whenever under the terms hereof the time for giving a notice or performing an act falls upon a day that is not a Business Day, such time shall be extended to the next Business Day.

(e) The headings of the Sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience and shall not modify, define, limit or expand the express provisions of this Agreement.

(f) This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of parties hereto may not be assigned except with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. Any such assignment made without such consent shall be null and void for all purposes. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party’s respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as expressly provided herein, no Person other than the parties hereto and the Term B-3 Lenders or the Term B-4 Lenders shall acquire or have any rights under or by virtue of this Agreement. This Agreement is intended to be for the sole benefit of the parties hereto, and (subject to the provisions of this Section 9(f)) their respective successors and permitted assigns, and none of the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be, nor shall they be construed to be, for the benefit of any third person other than the Term B-3 Lenders or the Term B-4 Lenders.

(g) This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Schedules I and II and Schedule III hereto may be amended from time to time by written notice from Albertson’s and the Agent, respectively, to the other parties hereto and as so amended from time to time shall be deemed part of this Agreement and to have replaced and superseded Schedule I, II or III , as the case may be, as previously in effect; provided that no such amendment to Schedule III shall take effect until the Escrow Agent has acknowledged receipt thereof.

 

-15-


(h) The Escrow Agent makes no representation as to the form, execution, validity, value, genuineness or the collectability of any security or other document or instrument held by or delivered to it or for any description therein or for the identity, authority or rights of persons executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver any such document, security or endorsement.

(i) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Escrow Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Escrow Agreement as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Escrow Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

(j) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each right and remedy conferred upon the parties hereto shall be cumulative, and the exercise or waiver of any such right or remedy shall not preclude or inhibit the exercise of any additional rights or remedies. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the waiver of any right or remedy hereunder shall not preclude the subsequent exercise of such right or remedy.

(k) Each Company hereby represents and warrants (i) that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation and (ii) that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Company does not and will not violate any material law or regulation binding on such Company.

(l) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision hereof and if any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable as a matter of law, the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

(m) The Escrow Agent shall confirm each funds transfer instruction received in the name of the Companies by a telephone call-back procedure (or such other security procedure then in effect) to one or more of the persons listed on Schedule I attached hereto, which upon receipt by the Escrow Agent shall become a part of this Agreement. Once delivered to the Escrow Agent, Schedule I may be revised or rescinded only by a writing signed by an Authorized Person. Such revisions or rescissions shall be effective only after actual receipt and following such period of time as may be necessary to afford the Escrow Agent a reasonable opportunity to act on it. If a revised Schedule I or a rescission of an existing Schedule I is delivered to the Escrow Agent by an entity that is a successor-in-interest to Albertson’s, such document shall be accompanied by additional documentation satisfactory to the Escrow Agent showing that such entity has succeeded to the rights and responsibilities of the party under this Agreement. The parties understand that the Escrow Agent’s inability to receive or confirm funds transfer instructions pursuant to the security procedure selected by such party may result in a delay in accomplishing such funds transfer, and agree that the Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any loss caused by any such delay.

 

-16-


(n) EACH OF THE COMPANIES, THE ESCROW AGENT AND THE AGENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(o) Each of the Escrow Agent and the Agent (each, an “ Applicable Party ”) agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Agreement sent by Albertson’s by unsecured e-mail, .pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided , however , that such Applicable Party shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons (it being understood and agreed by the Applicable Parties that the incumbency certificate in the form attached as Schedule I hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time, satisfies the foregoing requirement), which incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. No Applicable Party shall be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from such Applicable Party’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with written instructions subsequently received by such Applicable Party. The Companies agree to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to any Applicable Party, including, without limitation, the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

(p) [Reserved];

(q) [Reserved];

(r) In connection with its execution hereof and in the performance of its obligations hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights, benefits, protections, indemnities and immunities afforded to it pursuant to Amendment No. 5 and the Credit Agreement.

(s) The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, each of the Escrow Agent and the Agent, in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and prevent money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Escrow Agent and the Agent. The parties to this Agreement agree that they will provide the Escrow Agent and the Agent, as applicable, with such information as it may request in order for the Escrow Agent and the Agent to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including, but not limited to, information as to name, physical address, tax identification number and other information that will help the Escrow Agent to identify and verify the Companies such as organizational documents, certificates of good standing, licenses to do business or other pertinent identifying information. The Companies understand and agree that the Escrow Agent cannot open the Escrow Account in accordance with applicable law unless and until the Escrow Agent verifies the identity of the Companies in accordance with its Customer Identification Program under the USA PATRIOT Act.

(t) Escrow Agent’s Reliance on Orders, Etc . If at any time the Escrow Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial

 

-17-


or administrative process which in any way affects Escrowed Property (including, but not limited to, orders of attachment or garnishment or other forms of levies or injunctions or stays relating to the transfer of Escrowed Property), the Escrow Agent is authorized to comply therewith in any manner as it or legal counsel of its choosing deems appropriate; and if the Escrow Agent complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person or entity even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.

(u) Collections . Unless otherwise specifically set forth herein, the Escrow Agent shall proceed as soon as practicable to collect any checks or other collection items at any time deposited hereunder. All such collections shall be subject to the Escrow Agent’s usual collection practices or terms regarding items received by the Escrow Agent for deposit or collection. The Escrow Agent shall not be required, or have any duty, to notify anyone of any payment or maturity under the terms of any instrument deposited hereunder, nor to take any legal action to enforce payment of any check, note or security deposited hereunder or to exercise any right or privilege which may be afforded to the holder of any such security.

(w) Statements . The Escrow Agent shall provide to Albertson’s statements (not less frequently than monthly) reflecting activity in the Escrow Account for the preceding period. No statement need be provided for periods in which no Escrow Account activity occurred. Each such statement shall be deemed to be correct and final upon receipt thereof by Albertson’s unless the Escrow Agent is notified in writing to the contrary within 30 Business Days of the delivery date of such statement (absent manifest error).

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Saturn – Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Saturn – Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Escrow Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Saturn – Signature Page to Escrow Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Officers’ Certificate

ALBERTSON’S LLC

Dated: [            ] [    ], 20[    ]

This certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Escrow Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), by and among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertson’s ”), Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ” and together with Albertson’s, each a “ Company ” and collectively, the “ Companies ”), Albertson’s Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as agent (the “ Agent ”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings specified in the Escrow Agreement.

Albertson’s hereby certifies to the Escrow Agent that the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”) is occurring substantially concurrently with the release of the Escrowed Property and upon completion of the merger as contemplated as a part of the Safeway Acquisition, the following conditions shall be satisfied:

(1) (A) each of the conditions specified in Section 4.3 of Annex B to Amendment No. 5 has been or substantially concurrently with the release of the Escrowed Property, shall be satisfied and (B) the Escrowed Property will be used to consummate, or in connection with the financing of, the Safeway Acquisition;

(2) The release of the Escrowed Property is permitted in accordance with Section 5(a) of the Escrow Agreement; and

(3) As of the date hereof, substantially concurrently with the release to such Escrowed Property to the Companies, the Escrow Release Conditions in the [Escrow Release Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement] will be satisfied.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Albertson’s, through the undersigned officer, has signed this officers’ certificate as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Escrow Agreement Officers’ Certificate]


EXHIBIT B

Release Notice

Dated: [            ] [    ], 20[    ]

This certificate is being delivered pursuant to Section 5 of the Escrow Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), by and among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Albertson’s ”), Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Merger Sub ” and together with Albertson’s, each a “ Company ” and collectively, the “ Companies ”), Albertson’s Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as agent (the “ Agent ”), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as securities intermediary. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings specified in the Escrow Agreement.

Pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, Albertson’s hereby authorizes and instructs the release by the Escrow Agent of all of the Escrowed Property no later than [ insert time ][a.m.][p.m.] (New York City time) on [ insert date ], 20[    ] as follows:

[Choose one of the following as applicable:]

[Purpose A – Choose if a release pursuant to Section 5(a)]

 

1. $[        ] (representing the amount of the Escrowed Property) to or as directed by Albertson’s pursuant to the wire instructions on Schedule I attached hereto.

[Purpose B – Choose if Escrowed Property is to be distributed pursuant to Section 5(b)]

 

1. 100% of the Escrowed Property in the Escrow Account as of the date of the Release Notice to the Agent pursuant to the wire and delivery instructions provided on Schedule III of the Escrow Agreement.

The Agent and Escrow Agent are hereby notified that the Companies will not pursue the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the Companies shall prepay the Term Loan B-3 and the Term Loan B-4 pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Escrow Agreement.

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Release Notice to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Escrow Agreement Release Notice]


Schedule I to Exhibit B

Transfer Instructions

Wire Transfer Instructions:

[ Name of Bank ]

ABA #: [            ]

A/C #: [            ]

A/C name: [            ]

Attn: [            ]


EXHIBIT C

SCHEDULE OF FEES

To act as Escrow Agent

for Saturn Acquisition Escrow

Annual Administration Fee ( payable annually, in advance) $ 2,500.00

The Annual Administration Fee covers the services of Wilmington Trust for the day to day discharge of our duties and responsibilities in acting as Escrow Agent. The Annual Administration Fee is due and payable annually in advance, with the first year’s payment due at the time of closing of the transaction.

Extraordinary Administration

Extraordinary administration fees may be charged in connection with services of the Escrow Agent outside the scope of the services set forth above.

NOTE :

Charges for any services not specifically covered in this schedule will be billed commensurate with the services rendered. This schedule reflects charges that are now in effect for our normal and regular services and are subject to modification where unusual conditions or requirements prevail, and does not include counsel fees or expenses and disbursements, which will be billed at cost. The fees of our counsel (if applicable) shall be due and payable whether or not the transaction closes.


SCHEDULE I

To the Escrow Agreement among Albertson’s LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as agent, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as each of escrow agent and securities intermediary, dated as of August 25, 2014 (the “ Agreement ”):

I hereby certify, in my capacity as an officer of Albertson’s LLC, that I am authorized to deliver this Schedule I on behalf of Albertson’s LLC (“ Albertson’s ”), and hereby further certify that the names, titles, telephone numbers, email addresses and specimen signatures set forth on Schedule II identify the persons authorized to provide direction and initiate or confirm transactions, including funds transfer instructions, on behalf of Albertson’s.

[SIGNATURE BLOCK]


SCHEDULE II

Albertson’s LLC

 

Name

  

Title

  

Telephone
Number

  

Email Address

  

Specimen Signature

Paul Rowan    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary    208-395-6200    Paul.Rowan@albertsonsllc.com    Please see attached.
Richard Navarro    Chief Administrative Officer    208-395-5463    Richard.Navarro@albertsonsllc.com    Please see attached.
Robert Dimond    Chief Financial Officer    208-395-4305    Robert.Dimond@albertsonsllc.com    Please see attached.
Dave Ober    Vice President & Treasurer    208-395-5463    Dave.Ober@albertsons.com    Please see attached.
Susan McMillan    Group Vice President, Assistant General Counsel & Assistant Secretary    208-395-4399    Susan.McMillan@albertsons.com    Please see attached.


SCHEDULE III

Wire and Delivery Instructions

To the Agent:

Bank of New York

ABA: 021000018

Account Name: Credit Suisse AG Cayman Islands

Account number: 8900492627

Ref: Albertson’s


SCHEDULE IV

Standing Instruction to the Escrow Agent

Until otherwise directed by Albertson’s pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, all amounts deposited into the Escrow Account shall be invested in the following Eligible Escrow Investments in the following priority:

 

  (i) First , for deposits up to an initial amount equal to $2,500,000,000, into the Eligible Escrow Investment known as “M&T Bank Corporate Deposit Account”

 

  (ii) Second , for deposits in excess of such initial $2,500,000,000 and up to an additional amount equal to $1,000,000,000, into the Eligible Escrow Investment known as “Goldman Sachs Financial Square Money Market Fund”; and

 

  (iii) Third, for deposits in excess of such $3,500,000,000, into the Eligible Escrow Investment known as “Federated Prime Obligations Fund”.

For the avoidance of doubt, income earned on each of the foregoing investments shall rollover and be reinvested in the same investment without regard to any of the foregoing U.S. Dollar limitations or priorities.

Exhibit 10.2

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

ASSET-BASED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 21, 2015

among

Albertsons Companies, LLC

as the Lead Borrower

for

The Borrowers Named Herein

The Guarantors Named Herein

Bank of America, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

and

The Lenders Party Hereto

Bank of America, N.A.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

PNC Capital Markets LLC

U.S. Bank National Association

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

RBC Capital Markets 1

Barclays Bank PLC

BMO Capital Markets Corp

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

as Joint Lead Arrangers, Joint Bookrunners and Co-Syndication Agents

TD Bank, N.A.

as Co-Documentation Agent

 

 

 

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

 

1.01

  

Defined Terms

     1  

1.02

  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     71  

1.03

  

Accounting Terms

     72  

1.04

  

Rounding

     72  

1.05

  

Times of Day

     72  

1.06

  

Pro Forma Calculations

     72  

1.07

  

Letter of Credit Amounts

     73  

1.08

  

Certifications

     73  

1.09

  

Effect of Restatement

     73  

ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

2.01

  

Committed Loans; Reserves

     74  

2.02

  

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans

     75  

2.03

  

Letters of Credit

     77  

2.04

  

Swing Line Loans

     84  

2.05

  

Prepayments

     87  

2.06

  

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     88  

2.07

  

Repayment of Loans

     89  

2.08

  

Interest

     89  

2.09

  

Fees

     90  

2.10

  

Computation of Interest and Fees

     90  

2.11

  

Evidence of Debt

     90  

2.12

  

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

     91  

2.13

  

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

     92  

2.14

  

Settlement Amongst Lenders

     93  

2.15

  

Increase in Commitments

     94  

2.16

  

Extensions of Commitments

     96  

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY;

APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER

 

 

 

3.01

  

Taxes

     98  

3.02

  

Illegality

     101  

3.03

  

Inability to Determine Rates

     101  

3.04

  

Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans

     102  

3.05

  

Compensation for Losses

     103  

3.06

  

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

     103  

3.07

  

Survival

     104  

3.08

  

Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent

     104  


          Page  

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

4.01

  

Conditions of Initial Credit Extension

     104  

4.02

  

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

     107  

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

5.01

  

Existence, Qualification and Power

     108  

5.02

  

Authorization; No Contravention

     108  

5.03

  

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     108  

5.04

  

Binding Effect

     108  

5.05

  

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     109  

5.06

  

Litigation

     109  

5.07

  

No Default

     109  

5.08

  

Ownership of Property; Liens

     109  

5.09

  

Environmental Compliance

     110  

5.10

  

Taxes

     110  

5.11

  

ERISA Compliance

     110  

5.12

  

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     111  

5.13

  

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     111  

5.14

  

Disclosure

     112  

5.15

  

Compliance with Laws

     112  

5.16

  

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     112  

5.17

  

Labor Matters

     112  

5.18

  

Security Documents

     113  

5.19

  

Solvency

     114  

5.20

  

Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements

     114  

5.21

  

[Reserved]

     114  

5.22

  

[Reserved]

     114  

5.23

  

Material Contracts

     114  

5.24

  

[Reserved]

     114  

5.25

  

Pharmaceutical Laws

     114  

5.26

  

HIPAA Compliance

     115  

5.27

  

Compliance With Health Care Laws

     115  

5.28

  

[Reserved]

     116  

5.29

  

Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.

     116  

5.30

  

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     116  

5.31

  

Office of Foreign Assets Control

     116  

5.32

  

Use of Proceeds

     117  

5.33

  

Anti-Money Laundering

     117  

5.34

  

FCPA

     117  

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

6.01

  

Financial Statements

     117  

6.02

  

Certificates; Other Information

     119  

6.03

  

Notices

     120  


          Page  

6.04

  

Payment of Obligations

     120  

6.05

  

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     121  

6.06

  

Maintenance of Properties

     121  

6.07

  

Maintenance of Insurance

     121  

6.08

  

Compliance with Laws

     121  

6.09

  

Books and Records; Accountants

     122  

6.10

  

Inspection Rights

     122  

6.11

  

Additional Loan Parties

     123  

6.12

  

Cash Management

     123  

6.13

  

Information Regarding the Collateral

     125  

6.14

  

Physical Inventories

     126  

6.15

  

[Reserved]

     126  

6.16

  

Further Assurances

     126  

6.17

  

[Reserved].

     126  

6.18

  

[Reserved].

     127  

6.19

  

ERISA

     127  

6.20

  

Post-Closing Collateral Actions

     127  

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

7.01

  

Liens

     127  

7.02

  

Investments

     127  

7.03

  

Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock

     127  

7.04

  

Fundamental Changes

     127  

7.05

  

Dispositions

     129  

7.06

  

Restricted Payments

     129  

7.07

  

Prepayments of Indebtedness

     131  

7.08

  

Change in Nature of Business

     132  

7.09

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     132  

7.10

  

Burdensome Agreements

     135  

7.11

  

Use of Proceeds

     136  

7.12

  

Amendment of Material Documents

     136  

7.13

  

Fiscal Year/Quarter

     137  

7.14

  

Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Processors

     137  

7.15

  

[Reserved]

     137  

7.16

  

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

     137  

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

8.01

  

Events of Default

     137  

8.02

  

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     139  

8.03

  

Application of Funds

     140  

8.04

  

Cure Rights

     142  

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

 

9.01

  

Appointment and Authority

     143  

9.02

  

Rights as a Lender

     143  

9.03

  

Exculpatory Provisions

     143  


          Page  

9.04

  

Reliance by Agents

     144  

9.05

  

Delegation of Duties

     145  

9.06

  

Resignation of Agents

     145  

9.07

  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     146  

9.08

  

No Other Duties, Etc.

     146  

9.09

  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     146  

9.10

  

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     147  

9.11

  

Notice of Transfer

     147  

9.12

  

Reports and Financial Statements

     148  

9.13

  

Agency for Perfection

     148  

9.14

  

Indemnification of Agents

     148  

9.15

  

Relation Among Lenders

     149  

9.16

  

Defaulting Lender

     149  

9.17

  

Withholding Tax

     151  

9.18

  

Intercreditor Agreements

     151  

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

10.01

  

Amendments, Etc.

     151  

10.02

  

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications

     153  

10.03

  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     155  

10.04

  

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

     155  

10.05

  

Payments Set Aside

     157  

10.06

  

Successors and Assigns

     157  

10.07

  

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

     161  

10.08

  

Right of Setoff

     162  

10.09

  

Interest Rate Limitation

     162  

10.10

  

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

     162  

10.11

  

Survival

     162  

10.12

  

Severability

     163  

10.13

  

Replacement of Lenders

     163  

10.14

  

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

     164  

10.15

  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     165  

10.16

  

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     165  

10.17

  

USA Patriot Act

     165  

10.18

  

Time of the Essence

     166  

10.19

  

Press Releases

     166  

10.20

  

Additional Waivers

     166  

10.21

  

No Strict Construction

     167  

10.22

  

Attachments

     167  

10.23

  

Conflict of Terms

     168  

SIGNATURES

     S-1  


SCHEDULES

 

1.01A    Albertson’s Borrowers
1.01B    NAI Borrowers
1.02    Accounting Periods
1.03    Real Estate Subsidiaries
1.04    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
1.05    L/C Issuer Sublimit
2.01    Commitments and Applicable Percentages
2.03(a)    Existing Letters of Credit
4.01    Restatement Effective Date Documents
5.01    Loan Parties Organizational Information
5.06    Litigation
5.09    Environmental Matters
5.12    Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
5.16    Intellectual Property Matters
5.18    Collective Bargaining Agreements
5.20(a)    DDAs
5.20(b)            Credit Card Arrangements
5.23    Material Contracts
5.27    Participation Agreements
6.02    Financial and Collateral Reporting
6.20    Post-Closing Matters
7.01    Existing Liens
7.02    Existing Investments
7.03    Existing Indebtedness
7.09    Existing Affiliate Transactions
10.02    Administrative Agent’s Office; Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

Form of

 

A    Committed Loan Notice
B    Swing Line Loan Notice
C-1    Revolving Note
C-2            Swing Line Note
D    Assignment and Assumption
E    Borrowing Base Certificate
F    Solvency Certificate
G    U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
H    Intercreditor Agreement
I    Facility Guaranty
J    Security Agreement


ASSET-BASED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ASSET-BASED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 21, 2015 among Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lead Borrower ”), the Persons named on Schedule 1.01A hereto (the “ Albertson’s Borrowers ”), the Persons named on Schedule 1.01B hereto (the “ NAI Borrowers ” and, together with the Lead Borrower, the Albertson’s Borrowers and each other Person that becomes a Borrower hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the Guarantors, each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”) and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“ Albertson’s Holdings ”), the Albertson’s Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and certain Lenders are party to that certain Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2015 (the “ Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement ”), and the NAI Holdings, LLC (“ NAI Holdings ”), NAI Borrowers, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and certain Lenders are party to that certain Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of January 24, 2014 (as amended and restated on January 30, 2015 and as amended and supplemented by an increase joinder on July 30, 2015, the “ Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement ”, and together with the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement, the “ Existing ABL Credit Agreements ”) and NAI Holdings, New Albertson’s Inc., (“ NAI ”), Citibank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and certain Lenders are party to that certain Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2014 (the “ Existing NAI TLB Credit Agreement ”, and together with the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement, the “ Existing NAI Credit Agreements ” and together with the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement, the “ Existing Credit Agreements ”).

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Albertson’s Holdings will merge with and into the Lead Borrower (with the Lead Borrower as the successor to Albertson’s Holdings) and contemporaneously herewith NAI Holdings will merge into the Lead Borrower, and in connection therewith, the parties hereto have agreed to amend and restate the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement in order to replace the credit facilities under the Existing ABL Credit Agreements with the facilities provided in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, the signature pages of NAI and its subsidiaries that have become party to this Agreement will be deemed to constitute a joinder to this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

2037 ASC Debentures ” means the 7.50% Debentures due May 2037 issued under the ASC Indenture outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000.

2037 ASC Debenture Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

1


A&P Transactions ” means the acquisition by Acme Markets, Inc. of 71 stores, including inventory, and the assumption of related operating leases, from The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company and its subsidiaries in a transaction pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States.

AB LLC ” means AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

ABL Priority Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event ” means either (i) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, or (ii) the failure of the Borrowers to maintain an Excess Availability Percentage at least equal to twelve and a half percent (12.5%) for at least five (5) consecutive Business Days. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event shall be deemed continuing (i) so long as such Event of Default has not been waived, and/or (ii) if the Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve the Excess Availability Percentage as required hereunder, until the Excess Availability Percentage has exceeded twelve and a half percent (12.5%) for thirty (30) consecutive calendar days, in which case an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement. The termination of an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event as provided herein shall in no way limit, waive or delay the occurrence of a subsequent Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event in the event that the conditions set forth in this definition again arise.

Accommodation Payment ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.20(d).

Account ” means “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also means a right to payment of a monetary obligation whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” means, subject to Section 7.13 , the Lead Borrower’s four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” means automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” means, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in clause (q) of the definition of “Permitted Dispositions”), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Commitment Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(d).

Additional Commitments ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a).

 

2


Adjusted LIBOR Rate ” means, with respect to any LIBOR Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of one percent (1%)) equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate. The Adjusted LIBOR Rate will be adjusted automatically as to all LIBOR Borrowings then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Adjusted Payment Conditions ” means, at the time of determination with respect to any specified transaction or payment, that (a) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or the making of such payment, and (b) either (x)(i) before and after giving effect to such transaction or payment, the Excess Availability Percentage will be equal to or greater than twelve and a half percent (12.5%) as at such date and on a pro forma basis for the preceding ninety (90) calendar day period, and (ii) the pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio calculated for the most recently ended trailing thirteen (13) four (4) week Accounting Period for which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof, after giving effect to such transaction or payment shall be greater than 1.00:1.00 or (y) before and after giving effect to such transaction or payment, the Excess Availability Percentage will be equal to or greater than seventeen and a half percent (17.5%) as at such date and on a pro forma basis for the preceding ninety (90) calendar day period. Prior to undertaking any transaction or payment which is subject to the Adjusted Payment Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate (1) confirming that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or the making of such payment and (2) setting forth calculations showing satisfaction of the conditions contained in clause (b) above which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Adjustment Date ” means the first day of each Quarterly Accounting Period, commencing with the first such day following the first full Quarterly Accounting Period ending after the Restatement Effective Date.

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent hereunder.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person.

Affiliated Debt Fund ” means a Sponsor Affiliated Lender that is a bona fide diversified debt fund that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Agent(s) ” means, individually, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Arrangers, the Co-Syndication Agents and the Co-Documentation Agents and collectively means all of them.

 

3


Agent Parties ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.02(c).

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders. As of the Restatement Effective Date, the Aggregate Commitments total $4,000,000,000.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Albertson’s ” means Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” means any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” means, collectively, the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” means mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Allocable Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.20(d).

Applicable Lenders ” means the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders, or all Lenders, as the context may require.

Applicable Margin ” means:

(a) From and after the Restatement Effective Date until the first Adjustment Date, the percentages set forth in Level II of the pricing grid below; and

(b) From and after the first Adjustment Date and on each Adjustment Date thereafter, the Applicable Margin shall be determined from the following pricing grid based upon the Average Daily Excess Availability Percentage for the most recent Quarterly Accounting Period ended immediately preceding such Adjustment Date; provided , however , if any Borrowing Base Certificates are at any time restated or otherwise revised (including as a result of an audit) or if the information set forth in any Borrowing Base Certificates otherwise proves to be false or incorrect such that the Applicable Margin would have been higher than was otherwise in effect during any period, without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result thereof, interest due under this Agreement shall be immediately recalculated at such other rate for any applicable periods and shall be due and payable within ten (10) Business Days after demand from the Administrative Agent if such other rate would have been higher.

 

Level

  

Average Daily Excess
Availability Percentage

   LIBOR
Margin
    Base Rate
Margin
 

I

   Greater than or equal to 66%      1.25     0.25

II

   Less than 66% but greater than or equal to 20%      1.50     0.50

III

   Less than 20%      1.75     0.75

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Aggregate Commitments of any Class represented by such Lender’s

 

4


Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.06 or Section 8.02 or if the Aggregate Commitments of a Class have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

Applicable Rate ” means, at any time of calculation, (a) with respect to Commercial Letters of Credit, a per annum rate equal to 50% of the Applicable Margin for Loans which are LIBOR Rate Loans, and (b) with respect to Standby Letters of Credit, a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin for Loans which are LIBOR Rate Loans.

Appraised Value ” means (a) with respect to Eligible Inventory, Eligible Perishable Inventory and Eligible Pharmacy Inventory, the appraised orderly liquidation value, net of costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with any such liquidation, which value is expressed as a percentage of Cost of such Eligible Inventory, Eligible Perishable Inventory or Eligible Pharmacy Inventory as set forth in the Loan Parties’ inventory stock ledger, which value shall be determined from time to time by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Administrative Agent and (b) with respect to the Loan Parties’ Scripts, the average per-script net orderly liquidation value of the Loan Parties’ Scripts as set forth in the most recent appraisal of the Loan Parties’ Scripts conducted by an independent appraiser reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arranger(s) ” means Bank of America, N.A., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, PNC Capital Markets LLC, U.S. Bank National Association, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., RBC Capital Markets 2 , Barclays Bank PLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.

ASC ” shall mean American Stores Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower.

ASC/NAI Notes Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower in the form of one or more series of notes or loans issued, incurred or otherwise obtained in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing ASC Notes or NAI Notes, or any then-existing ASC/NAI Notes Refinancing Indebtedness (“ ASC/NAI Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the ASC/NAI Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (including customary tender premiums) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are

 

2  

RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

5


(taken as a whole) no more restrictive or burdensome on the Loan Parties than the comparable provisions in this Agreement and otherwise reflect market terms and conditions at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Lead Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such ASC/NAI Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such ASC/NAI Notes Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

ASC Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between ASC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to the First National Bank of Chicago), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of January 23, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of July 6, 2005, Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of July 21, 2008, Supplemental Indenture No. 4 dated as of March 21, 2013, and Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of January 22, 2014, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the Restatement Effective Date or in accordance with the terms hereof.

ASC Notes ” shall mean the notes (including the 2037 ASC Debentures) issued by ASC pursuant to the ASC Indenture prior to the Restatement Effective Date.

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds administered, advised or managed by the same entity or entities that are Affiliates of one another.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease Obligation of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the audited consolidated financial statements of AB LLC and its subsidiaries as of February 28, 2015 and for the 53 weeks then ended.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Restatement Effective Date to the earliest of (a) the day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.

Availability Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves as the Administrative Agent implements on

 

6


the Restatement Effective Date and from time to time determines in its Permitted Discretion as being appropriate, based on events, conditions, or circumstances which arose after the Original Closing Date or of which the Administrative Agent first became aware after the Original Closing Date, (a) to reflect the impediments to the Agents’ ability to realize upon the Collateral, (b) to reflect claims and liabilities that the Administrative Agent determines will need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon the Collateral, (c) to reflect criteria, events, conditions, contingencies or risks which adversely affect the value of any component of the Borrowing Base, or (d) to reflect that a Default or an Event of Default then exists. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Availability Reserves may include, in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion (but are not limited to), reserves based on (i) any rental payments, service charges or other amounts due or to become due to lessors of real property to the extent Inventory or records are located in or on such property or such records are needed to monitor or otherwise deal with the Collateral (other than for locations where Administrative Agent has received a Collateral Access Agreement executed and delivered by the owner and lessor of such real property); provided that, the Availability Reserves established pursuant to this clause (i) as to retail store locations that are leased shall not exceed at any time the aggregate of amounts payable for the next one (1) month to the lessors of such retail store locations, and only with respect to retail store locations in those States where any right of the lessor to Inventory may be pari passu with or have priority over the Lien of Administrative Agent therein; (ii) customs duties, and other costs to release Inventory which is being imported into the United States; (iii) outstanding Taxes and other governmental charges, including, without limitation, ad valorem, real estate, personal property, sales, and other Taxes or claims of the PBCG (in each case to the extent such Taxes and other governmental charges are due and payable (except if being contested in good faith in appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been taken)) which have priority over the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral; (iv) salaries, wages and benefits due to employees of any Borrower; (v) Customer Credit Liabilities; (vi) customer deposits; (vii) reserves for reasonably anticipated changes in Appraised Value between appraisals; (viii) warehousemen’s or bailee’s charges and other Permitted Encumbrances which may have priority over the Liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral, (ix) amounts due to vendors on account of consigned goods; (x) Cash Management Reserves; (xi) Bank Product Reserves; (xii) payables to vendors entitled to the benefits of PACA or PASA, or any similar statute or regulation; and (xiii) obligations with respect to money orders and lottery proceeds. The amount of any Availability Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such reserve as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith.

Average Daily Excess Availability Percentage ” means the average of the Excess Availability Percentages for each day of the immediately preceding Quarterly Accounting Period.

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

Bank Product Reserves ” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent from time to time determines in its Permitted Discretion as being appropriate to reflect the liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Bank Products then provided or outstanding.

Bank Products ” means any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of an Agent, an Arranger or a Lender at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Restatement Effective Date, on the Restatement Effective Date), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services and the Term Loans.

 

7


Banker’s Acceptance ” means a time draft or bill of exchange or other deferred payment obligation relating to a Commercial Letter of Credit which has been accepted by the L/C Issuer.

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate”; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; and (c) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.0%. The “ prime rate ” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in Bank of America’s prime rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the LIBOR Rate, respectively, shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Blocked Account ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.12(a)(ii).

Blocked Account Agreement ” means with respect to a deposit account established by a Loan Party, an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, establishing control (as defined in the UCC) of such account by the Collateral Agent and whereby the bank maintaining such account agrees, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Dominion Trigger Event, to comply only with the instructions originated by the Collateral Agent without the further consent of any Loan Party.

Blocked Account Bank ” means each bank with whom deposit accounts are maintained in which any funds of any of the Loan Parties from one or more DDAs are concentrated pursuant to Section 6.12(b), (c) or (d), other than any bank with whom a Blocked Account Agreement is not required to be, executed in accordance with the terms hereof.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) in the case of any corporation, the board of directors of such Person, (ii) in the case of any limited liability company, the board of managers or managing member of such Person, (iii) in the case of any partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of such Person and (iv) in any other case, the functional equivalent of the foregoing.

Borrower Materials ” means materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder.

Borrowers ” has the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph hereto. At the request of the Lead Borrower and with the consent of the Administrative Agent, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that is a Domestic Subsidiary may be designated as a Borrower, subject to (i) executing and delivering a joinder agreement to this Agreement and such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably requests in which case such Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable with the other Borrowers for all Obligations under this Agreement and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act reasonably requested by the Lenders.

Borrowing ” means a Committed Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

 

8


Borrowing Base ” means, at any time of calculation, an amount equal to:

(a) 90% multiplied by the face amount of Eligible Credit Card Receivables; plus

(b) 90% multiplied by the face amount of Eligible Pharmacy Receivables (net of Receivables Reserves applicable thereto); plus

(c) the lesser of (i) 85% multiplied by the Appraised Value of Scripts multiplied by the number of such Scripts, or (ii) the Script Cap; plus

(d) the Cost of Eligible Inventory (exclusive of Perishable Inventory and Eligible Pharmacy Inventory), net of Inventory Reserves, multiplied by 90% multiplied by the Appraised Value of Eligible Inventory (exclusive of Perishable Inventory and Eligible Pharmacy Inventory); plus

(e) the Cost of Eligible Pharmacy Inventory, net of Inventory Reserves, multiplied by 90% multiplied by the Appraised Value of Eligible Pharmacy Inventory; plus

(f) the lesser of (i) the Cost of Eligible Perishable Inventory, multiplied by 90% multiplied by the Appraised Value of Eligible Perishable Inventory, or (ii) the Perishables Cap; minus

(g) the then amount of all Availability Reserves; minus .

(h) the then amount of any Maturing Indebtedness Reserves.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (with such changes therein as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to reflect the components of and reserves against the Borrowing Base as provided for hereunder from time to time), executed and certified as accurate and complete by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower which shall include appropriate exhibits, schedules, supporting documentation, and additional reports as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any LIBOR Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

 

9


Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of any Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Casa Ley ” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Collateral Account ” means a deposit or securities account established by one or more of the Loan Parties with Bank of America in the name of the Collateral Agent (or as the Collateral Agent shall otherwise direct) and under the sole and exclusive dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, in which deposits are required to be made in accordance with Section 2.03(g) or 8.02(c).

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(g). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.

Cash Management Reserves ” means such reserves as the Administrative Agent, from time to time, determines in its Permitted Discretion reflecting the reasonably anticipated liabilities and obligations of the Loan Parties with respect to Cash Management Services then provided or outstanding.

Cash Management Services ” means any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

CFC ” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Restatement Effective Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline. directive or other published administrative guidance (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority. It is understood and agreed that (i) the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Public Law 111-203, H.R. 4173), all Laws relating thereto and all interpretations and applications thereof and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall, for the purpose of this Agreement, be deemed to be adopted subsequent to the Restatement Effective Date.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, Permitted Holders (of the type referred to in clauses (i) and (iii) of the definition thereof) fail to own directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower; or

(b) from and after the consummation of a Qualified IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor

 

10


provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder.

Class ,” when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are the Loans pursuant to the initial Credit Extension, Loans pursuant to Additional Commitments or Extended Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Commitment in respect of Loans pursuant to the initial Credit Extension or a Commitment in respect of a Class of Loans to be made pursuant to an Increase Joinder or an Extension Amendment and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments. Loans pursuant to Additional Commitments and Extended Loans that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes.

Co-Documentation Agent ” means TD Bank, N.A.

Co-Syndication Agents ” means Bank of America, N.A., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, PNC Capital Markets LLC, U.S. Bank National Association, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BMO Capital Markets Corp and MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means any and all “Collateral” as defined in any applicable Security Document and all other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Security Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, which will exclude, for the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Property (including all Real Estate).

Collateral Access Agreement ” means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agents executed by (a) a bailee or other Person in possession of Collateral, (b) a mortgagee in connection with Indebtedness secured by a mortgage on Real Estate, or (c) any landlord of Real Estate leased by any Loan Party (except any Stores), in each case, pursuant to which such Person (i) acknowledges the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral, (ii) releases or subordinates such Person’s Liens in the Collateral held by such Person or located on such Real Estate, (iii) provides the Collateral Agent with access to the Collateral held by such bailee or other Person or located in or on such Real Estate, (iv) as to any landlord, provides the Collateral Agent with a reasonable time to Dispose of the Collateral, or remove the Collateral from such Real Estate, and (v) makes such other agreements with the Collateral Agent as the Agents may reasonably require.

Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, acting in such capacity for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties, and its successors hereunder.

 

11


Collection Account ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.12(e).

Commercial Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit or similar instrument (including, without limitation, Bankers’ Acceptances) issued for the purpose of providing the primary payment mechanism in connection with the purchase of any materials, goods or services by a Loan Party in the ordinary course of business of such Loan Party.

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to (a) make Committed Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Committed Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Committed Loans of the same Type and Class and, in the case of LIBOR Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

Committed Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a).

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Committed Borrowing, (b) a Conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Consolidated ” means, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Charges; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 7.09; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments, the Safeway Transaction Payments and the Eastern Division Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any premiums, expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests (including the IPO), Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to

 

12


the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield, premium or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Lead Borrower or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Lead Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (l0) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such period (3) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 1.06 and (4) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (l0) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(11) following a Qualified IPO, Public Company Costs; plus

(12) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

 

13


In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries from business interruption insurance.

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA for the specified period minus (ii) Capital Expenditures made during such period, minus (iii) the aggregate amount of Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period to (b) Debt Service Charges for such period, in each case, of or by the Albertson’s Group, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any Measurement Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts or agreements governing hedging obligations, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract or hedging obligation costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Measurement Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any Measurement Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Lead Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.06(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

 

14


(7)(a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Measurement Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of the Albertson’s Group during such period, and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Measurement Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of the Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of the Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of the Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” means, with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, the Safeway Transaction, the A&P Transaction or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” means, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.06(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Lead Borrower, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Committed Loans at such time, and

 

15


(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Convert ,” “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ” each refers to a conversion of Committed Loans of one Type into Committed Loans of the other Type.

Corrective Extension Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(e).

Cost ” means the lower of cost or market value of Inventory, based upon the Borrowers’ accounting practices used in preparation of the Lead Borrower’s financial statements, which practices are in effect on the Restatement Effective Date (or as may be modified in accordance with changes in GAAP or industry standard). “Cost” does not include inventory capitalization costs or other non-purchase price charges (such as freight) used in the Borrowers’ calculation of cost of goods sold.

Covenant Trigger Event ” means either (a) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, (b) the failure of the Borrowers to maintain Excess Availability Percentage of at least 10% at any time or (c) Excess Availability is less than $250,000,000 at any time. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Covenant Trigger Event shall be deemed continuing (i) so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been waived and/or (ii) if the Covenant Trigger Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve Excess Availability or Excess Availability Percentage as required hereunder, until the date Excess Availability Percentage shall have been not less than 10% for thirty (30) consecutive days and Excess Availability shall have been not less than $250,000,000 for thirty (30) consecutive days. The termination of a Covenant Trigger Event as provided herein shall in no way limit, waive or delay the occurrence of a subsequent Covenant Trigger Event in the event that the conditions set forth in this definition again arise.

Credit Card Issuer ” means any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa, U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

Credit Card Notifications ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.12(a)(i).

Credit Card Processor ” means any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Card Receivables ” means each right to payment, whether or not it constitutes a “payment intangible” or an “Account” (as defined in the UCC) together with all income, payments and proceeds thereof, owed by a Credit Card Issuer or by a Credit Card Processor to a Loan Party resulting from purchases by a customer of a Loan Party using credit or debit cards issued by such issuer in connection with the sale of goods by a Loan Party, or services performed by a Loan Party, in each case in the ordinary course of its business.

Credit Extensions ” mean each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

16


Credit Party ” or “ Credit Parties ” means (a) individually, (i) each Lender and its Affiliates which provide Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries, (ii) each Agent, (iii) each L/C Issuer, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Cure Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(a).

Cure Expiration Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a).

Cure Right ” has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a).

Customer Credit Liabilities ” means at any time, the aggregate remaining value at such time of (a) outstanding gift certificates and gift cards of the Borrowers entitling the holder thereof to use all or a portion of the certificate or gift card to pay all or a portion of the purchase price for any Inventory, and (b) outstanding merchandise credits of the Borrowers.

DDA ” means each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agents and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under each of the Existing NAI Credit Agreements shall have been repaid, and all outstanding commitments under each of the Existing NAI Credit Agreements shall have been terminated, in each case on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date, and all Liens securing each of the Existing NAI Credit Agreements shall have been released.

Debt Service Charges ” means for any Measurement Period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Charges paid in cash or required to be paid in cash for such Measurement Period (net of interest income for such Measurement Period), plus (b) the scheduled principal payments required to be made in cash on account of Indebtedness (excluding the Obligations, and any Synthetic Lease Obligations, but including, without limitation, the principal portion of scheduled payments of Capital Lease Obligations) for such Measurement Period, in each case determined on a Consolidated basis for the Albertson’s Group in accordance with GAAP.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that, with the giving of any notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Margin, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans, plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Margin) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum.

 

17


Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 9.16(f), any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Committed Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder (other than as a result of a good faith dispute), (b) has notified any Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due (other than as a result of a good faith dispute), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority.

Designated Acquisition ” means any Acquisition that is not, in accordance with the agreement governing such Acquisition, subject to a financing contingency and that has been designated by the Lead Borrower in writing to the Agent as a “Designated Acquisition” which designation shall include a description of any Indebtedness (the “ Designated Indebtedness ”) expected to be incurred to finance such Designated Acquisition.

Designated Jurisdiction ” means any country or territory to the extent that such country or territory itself is the subject or target of any Sanction.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests.

Disqualified Stock ” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock) at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date set forth in clause (a) of the definition of Maturity Date; provided , however , that (a) only the portion of such Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (b) with respect to any Equity Interests issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability and if any class of Equity Interest of such Person by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of an Equity Interest that is not Disqualified Stock, such Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute

 

18


Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” means the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority; provided , however , that the Divested Properties shall not constitute all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Dominion Trigger Event ” means either (a) the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default or (b) the failure of the Borrowers to maintain Testing Excess Availability of at least the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Loan Cap and (y) $250,000,000, in each case, for five (5) consecutive Business Days. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Dominion Trigger Event shall be deemed continuing (i) so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been waived and/or (ii) if the Dominion Trigger Event arises as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to achieve Testing Excess Availability as required hereunder, until the date Testing Excess Availability shall have been at least equal to the greater of (x) 10.0% of the Loan Cap and (y) $250,000,000, in each case, for thirty (30) consecutive days; provided a Dominion Trigger Event may be discontinued only once in any period of thirteen (13) consecutive four (4) week Accounting Periods notwithstanding that the Event of Default has been waived or is no longer continuing or that Testing Excess Availability shall have been not less than the amounts required above for thirty (30) consecutive days. The termination of a Dominion Trigger Event as provided herein shall in no way limit, waive or delay the occurrence of a subsequent Dominion Trigger Event in the event that the conditions set forth in this definition again arise.

Earn-Out Obligations ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Acquisition ” shall mean the purchase of the Eastern Division Acquired Assets.

Eastern Division Acquired Assets ” shall mean the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway Inc. purchased by NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division APA.

Eastern Division APA ” shall mean the Asset Purchase Agreement, entered into contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between the NAI, Safeway Inc. and the other parties thereto pursuant to which NAI and its Subsidiaries purchased the Eastern Division Acquired Assets.

Eastern Division Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing costs and related fees and expenses paid to the Sponsor and to the management of the Albertson’s Group in connection with the closing of the Eastern Division Acquisition.

 

19


Eligible Assignee ” means, subject to Section 10.06(b) hereof, (a) a Credit Party or any of its Affiliates; (b) a bank, insurance company, or entity engaged in the business of making commercial loans, which Person, together with its Affiliates, has a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000; (c) an Approved Fund; (d) any Person to whom a Credit Party assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement as part of an assignment and transfer of such Credit Party’s rights in and to a material portion of such Credit Party’s portfolio of asset based credit facilities, and (e) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include a Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any competitor of a Loan Party identified in writing by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent five Business Days prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment or participation, or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date (each a “ Disqualified Institution ”), provided further that the Administrative Agent shall have the right, and the Lead Borrower hereby expressly authorizes the Administrative Agent, to provide the list of Disqualified Institutions to any Lender upon request by such Lender, provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Sponsor Affiliated Lenders may hold up to ten percent (10%) of the Aggregate Commitments and of the Obligations.

Eligible Credit Card Receivables ” means at the time of any determination thereof, each Credit Card Receivable that satisfies the following criteria at the time of creation and continues to meet the same at the time of such determination: such Credit Card Receivable (i) has been earned by performance and represents the bona fide amounts due to a Loan Party from a Credit Card Issuer and/or a Credit Card Processor, and in each case originated in the ordinary course of business of such Loan Party, and (ii) in each case is acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, and is not ineligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of clauses (a) through (i) below. Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as an Eligible Credit Card Receivable, an Account shall indicate no Person other than a Loan Party as payee or remittance party. In determining the amount to be so included, the face amount of an Account shall be reduced by, without duplication of any Reserve or of any of clauses (a) through (i) below or otherwise, to the extent not reflected in such face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges or other allowances (including any amount that a Loan Party may be obligated to rebate to a customer, a Credit Card Processor or Credit Card Issuer pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding); provided that setoffs of fees and chargebacks of the applicable Credit Card Issuer or Credit Card Processor in the ordinary course of business (or as a result of changes in the policies of the applicable Credit Card Issuer or Credit Card Processor applicable to its customers generally) shall not reduce the face amount of an Account and (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Account but not yet applied by the Loan Parties to reduce the amount of such Credit Card Receivable. Any Credit Card Receivable included within any of the following categories shall not constitute an Eligible Credit Card Receivable but only as long as such Credit Card Receivable falls within any of the following categories:

(a) Credit Card Receivables which do not constitute an “Account” or a “payment intangible” (as defined in the UCC);

(b) Credit Card Receivables that have been outstanding for more than five (5) Business Days from the date of sale;

(c) Credit Card Receivables (i) that are not subject to a perfected first-priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (it being the intent that chargebacks in the ordinary course by Credit Card Processors or Credit Card Issuers shall not be deemed violative of this clause) (other than Permitted Encumbrances not having priority over the Lien of the Collateral

 

20


Agent), or (ii) with respect to which a Loan Party does not have good and valid title thereto, free and clear of any Lien (other than Liens granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and Permitted Encumbrances not having priority over the Lien of the Collateral Agent);

(d) Credit Card Receivables which are disputed, are with recourse, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback (other than offset of fees and chargebacks of the applicable Credit Card Processor or Credit Card Issuer in the ordinary course (or as a result of changes in the policies of the applicable Credit Card Processor applicable to its customers generally)) has been asserted (to the extent of such disputed amount, claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(e) Credit Card Receivables as to which the Credit Card Processor has the right under certain circumstances existing as of any date of determination to require a Loan Party to repurchase the Accounts from such Credit Card Processor;

(f) Credit Card Receivables due from a Credit Card Processor or Credit Card Issuer of the applicable credit card which is the subject of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings;

(g) Credit Card Receivables which are not a valid, legally enforceable obligation of the applicable issuer with respect thereto;

(h) Credit Card Receivables which do not conform in all material respects to all representations, warranties or other provisions in the Loan Documents relating to Credit Card Receivables;

(i) Credit Card Receivables which the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to be uncertain of collection due to the creditworthiness of the applicable Credit Card Issuer or Credit Card Processor; or

(j) Credit Card Receivables which are subject to any receivables financing facility or securitization arrangement, including any Receivables Financing.

Eligible Inventory ” means, as of the date of determination thereof, without duplication, items of Inventory of a Loan Party that are finished goods, merchantable and readily saleable to the public in the ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business that, except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its Permitted Discretion, (A) complies in all material respects with each of the representations and warranties respecting Inventory made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents, and (B) is not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the criteria set forth below. The following items of Inventory shall not be included in Eligible Inventory, but only so long as such Inventory falls within any of the following categories:

(a) Inventory that is not solely owned by a Loan Party or a Loan Party does not have good and valid title thereto;

(b) Inventory that is leased by or is on consignment to a Loan Party or which is consigned by a Loan Party to a Person which is not a Loan Party;

(c) Inventory that is not located in the United States of America (excluding territories or possessions of the United States);

 

21


(d) Inventory that is not at a location that is owned or leased by a Loan Party, except (i) Inventory in transit between such owned or leased locations, or (ii) to the extent that (x) the Loan Parties have furnished the Administrative Agent with any UCC financing statements or other documents that are necessary to perfect its security interest in such Inventory at such location, and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Person owning any such location to enter into a Collateral Access Agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (failing which the Administrative Agent may establish an Availability Reserve in such amounts as it deems appropriate from time to time);

(e) Inventory that is located in a distribution center leased by a Loan Party unless the Loan Parties have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable lessor to deliver to the Collateral Agent a Collateral Access Agreement (failing which the Administrative Agent may establish an Availability Reserve in such amounts as it deems appropriate from time to time);

(f) Inventory that is comprised of goods which (i) are damaged, defective, “seconds,” or otherwise unmerchantable, (ii) are to be returned to the vendor, (iii) are obsolete or slow moving, work-in-process, raw materials, or that constitute spare parts, samples, promotional, marketing, bags, labels, packaging and shipping materials or supplies used or consumed in a Loan Party’s business, (iv) are not in compliance in all material respects with all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory, its use or sale, or (v) are bill and hold goods;

(g) Inventory that is not subject to a perfected first-priority (subject to Permitted Encumbrances not having priority over the Lien of the Collateral Agent) security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent;

(h) [Reserved];

(i) Inventory that is not insured in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement;

(j) Inventory that has been sold but not yet delivered or as to which a Borrower has accepted a deposit;

(k) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries has received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement, and such dispute limits the Administrative Agent’s ability to sell such Inventory; or

(l) Inventory acquired in a Permitted Acquisition which is not of the type usually sold in the ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business, unless and until the Collateral Agent has completed or received (A) an appraisal of such Inventory from appraisers satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and establishes an advance rate and Inventory Reserves (if applicable) therefor, and otherwise agrees that such Inventory shall be deemed Eligible Inventory, and (B) such other due diligence as the Agents may require, all of the results of the foregoing to be reasonably satisfactory to the Agents.

Eligible Medicaid Accounts ” means, as of the date of determination thereof, Medicaid Accounts, as to which (i) the claim for reimbursement related to such Account has been submitted to the appropriate

 

22


Fiscal Intermediary or a Third Party Payor who is responsible for submitting the claim to the Fiscal Intermediary, in accordance with the applicable regulations under Medicaid within thirty (30) days from the date the related goods were sold or services were rendered, (ii) the person to whom the goods were sold or the services rendered is an eligible Medicaid recipient at the time such goods are sold or such services are rendered and such eligibility has been verified by the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service, (iii) such Account is owed to a Loan Party who is not known to be under any investigation under any Health Care Law (other than the periodic audits or reviews conducted by a Fiscal Intermediary in the ordinary course of business) or subject to any action or proceeding concerning the status of such Loan Party as a certified Medicaid provider (other than routine surveys and site visits) and/or the payments under Medicaid to such Loan Party have not been contested, suspended, delayed, deferred or otherwise postponed due to any investigation, action or proceeding by any Fiscal Intermediary, the U.S. Justice Department or any other Governmental Authority, (iv) the amount of such Account does not exceed the amounts to which the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service is entitled as reimbursement for such eligible Medicaid recipient under applicable Medicaid regulations, (v) all authorization and billing procedures and documentation required in order for the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service to be reimbursed and paid on such Account by the Fiscal Intermediary have been properly completed and satisfied to the extent required in order for such Loan Party to be so reimbursed and paid and (vi) the terms of the sale or service giving rise to such Accounts and all practices of such Loan Party with respect to such Accounts comply in all material respects with applicable Law.

Eligible Medicare Accounts ” means, as of the date of determination thereof, as to Medicare Accounts, as to which (i) the claim for reimbursement related to such Account has been submitted to the appropriate Fiscal Intermediary, or a Third Party Payor who is responsible for submitting the claim to the Fiscal Intermediary, in accordance with the applicable regulations under Medicare within thirty (30) days from the date the related goods were sold or services were rendered, (ii) the person to whom the goods were sold or the services were rendered is an eligible Medicare beneficiary at the time such goods are sold or such services were rendered and such eligibility has been verified by the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service, (iii) such Account is owed to a Loan Party who is not known to be under any investigation under any Health Care Law (other than the periodic audits or reviews conducted by a Fiscal Intermediary in the ordinary course of business) or subject to any action or proceeding concerning the status of such Loan Party as a Medicare supplier (other than routine surveys and site visits) and/or the payments under Medicare to such Loan Party have not been contested, suspended, delayed, deferred or otherwise postponed due to any investigation, action or proceeding by any Fiscal Intermediary, the U.S. Justice Department or any other Governmental Authority, (iv) the amount of such Account does not exceed the amounts to which the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service is entitled as reimbursement for such eligible Medicare beneficiary under applicable Medicare regulations; (v) all authorization and billing procedures and documentation required in order for the Loan Party making such sale or providing such service to be reimbursed and paid on such Account by the Fiscal Intermediary have been properly completed and satisfied to the extent required for such Loan Party to be so reimbursed and paid; and (vi) the terms of the sale or service giving rise to such Accounts and all practices of such Loan Party with respect to such Accounts comply in all material respects with applicable Law.

Eligible Perishable Inventory ” means, as of the date of determination thereof, Perishable Inventory that satisfies each of the requirements of Eligible Inventory.

Eligible Pharmacy Inventory ” means Eligible Inventory which is Pharmaceutical Inventory.

Eligible Pharmacy Receivables ” means each Pharmacy Receivable that satisfies the following criteria at the time of creation and continues to meet the same at the time of such determination: such Pharmacy Receivable (i) has been earned by performance and represents the bona fide amounts due to a

 

23


Loan Party from Third Party Payors, and other Persons reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and in each case originated in the ordinary course of business of the applicable Loan Party, (ii) is non-recourse to the Loan Parties and has been adjudicated or is otherwise due to a Loan Party for pharmacy related services, and (iii) is not ineligible for inclusion in the calculation of the Borrowing Base pursuant to any of the clauses below. Without limiting the foregoing, to qualify as an Eligible Pharmacy Receivable, a Pharmacy Receivable shall indicate no Person other than a Loan Party as payee or remittance party. In determining the amount to be so included, the face amount of a Pharmacy Receivable shall be reduced by, without duplication, to the extent not reflected in such face amount, (i) the amount of all accrued and actual discounts, claims, credits or credits pending, promotional program allowances, price adjustments, finance charges, processing fees or other allowances (including any amount that the applicable Loan Party may be obligated to rebate to a customer, or to pay to the Third Party Payors, direct customers or other Persons pursuant to the terms of any agreement or understanding (written or oral)) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all cash received in respect of such Pharmacy Receivable but not yet applied by the applicable Loan Party to reduce the amount of such Pharmacy Receivable. Unless otherwise approved from time to time in writing by the Administrative Agent, none of the following Pharmacy Receivables shall be an Eligible Pharmacy Receivable but only so long as such Pharmacy Receivables falls within any of the following categories:

(a) Pharmacy Receivables that have been outstanding for more than sixty (60) days after the electronic transaction posting date for them;

(b) Pharmacy Receivables due from any Third Party Payor to the extent that fifty percent (50%) or more of all Pharmacy Receivables from such Third Party Payor are not Eligible Pharmacy Receivables under clause (a) above;

(c) Pharmacy Receivables to the extent that the aggregate amount of such Accounts owing by a single account debtor constitute more than twenty-five (25%) percent (or such higher percent as the Administrative Agent from time to time approve in writing) of the aggregate amount of all otherwise Eligible Pharmacy Receivables (but the portion of the Accounts not in excess of the applicable percentage shall not be deemed to be ineligible solely by virtue of this clause (c));

(d) Pharmacy Receivables which do not constitute an “Account” (as defined in the UCC);

(e) Pharmacy Receivables (i) that are not subject to a perfected first-priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent, senior in priority to all other Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances which have priority over the Liens of the Collateral Agent by operation of applicable Law, or (ii) with respect to which a Loan Party does not have good and valid title thereto;

(f) Pharmacy Receivables which are disputed, are with recourse, or with respect to which a claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback has been asserted (to the extent of such claim, counterclaim, offset or chargeback);

(g) Pharmacy Receivables constituting Eligible Medicare Accounts or Eligible Medicaid Accounts, or owed by Governmental Authorities to the extent that they exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate;

(h) Pharmacy Receivables due from a Third Party Payor who is not duly authorized to conduct business in the United States of America or which is the subject of any bankruptcy or

 

24


insolvency proceeding, has had a trustee or receiver appointed for all or a substantial part of its property, has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has suspended its business;

(i) Pharmacy Receivables which are acquired in a Permitted Acquisition unless and until the Collateral Agent has completed an appraisal and audit of such Pharmacy Receivables and otherwise agree that such Pharmacy Receivables shall be deemed Eligible Pharmacy Receivables;

(j) Pharmacy Receivables as to which (i) the Loan Party making the sale giving rise to such Pharmacy Receivables does not have a valid and enforceable agreement with the Third Party Payor providing for payment to such Loan Party or there is a default thereunder that could be a basis for such Third Party Payor ceasing or suspending any payments to such Loan Party, or (ii) the prescription drugs sold giving rise to such Pharmacy Receivables are not of the type that are covered under the agreement with the Third Party Payor or the party receiving such goods is not entitled to coverage under such agreement, (iii) the Loan Party making the sale giving rise to such Pharmacy Receivables has not received confirmation from such Third Party Payor that the party receiving the prescription drugs is entitled to coverage under the terms of the agreement with such Third Party Payor and the Loan Party is entitled to reimbursement for such Pharmacy Receivables, (iv) the amount of such Pharmacy Receivables exceeds the amounts to which the Loan Party making such sale is entitled to reimbursement for the prescription drugs sold under the terms of such agreements (but solely to the extent of such excess), (v) there are contractual or statutory limitations or restrictions on the rights of the Loan Party making such sale to assign its rights to payment arising as a result thereof or to grant any security interest therein which limitations or restrictions have not been satisfied or waived, (vi) all authorization and billing procedures and documentation required in order for the Loan Party making such sale to be reimbursed and paid on such Pharmacy Receivables by the Third Party Payor have not been properly completed and satisfied to the extent required for such Loan Party to be so reimbursed and paid, and (vii) the terms of the sale giving rise to such Pharmacy Receivables and all practices of such Loan Party with respect to such Pharmacy Receivables do not comply in all material respects with applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations;

(k) Pharmacy Receivables which do not conform in all material respects to all representations, warranties, covenants, or other provisions in the Loan Documents relating to Pharmacy Receivables;

(l) Pharmacy Receivables which the Administrative Agent determines in its Permitted Discretion to be uncertain of collection due to the creditworthiness of the Third Party Payor;

(m) Pharmacy Receivables which are subject to any receivables financing facility or securitization arrangement, including any Receivables Financing; or

(n) Pharmacy Receivables constituting Medicaid Accounts or Medicare Accounts that are not Eligible Medicaid Accounts or Eligible Medicare Accounts, respectively.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

 

25


Environmental Liability ” means any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” has the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Lead Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01. An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until that Event of Default has been duly waived as provided in Section 10.01 hereof or cured with the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

26


Excess Availability ” means, as of any date of determination thereof by the Administrative Agent, the result, if a positive number, of:

(a) the Loan Cap minus

(b) the Total Outstandings.

In calculating Excess Availability at any time and for any purpose under this Agreement, the Lead Borrower shall certify to the Administrative Agent that all accounts payable and Taxes are being paid in accordance with customary practices, except for amounts being disputed in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Excess Availability Condition ” means, at the time of determination with respect to any Disposition, that (a) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of such Disposition, (b) before and after giving pro forma effect to such Disposition, the Excess Availability Percentage will be equal to or greater than twenty-two and a half percent (22.5%) and (c) after giving effect to such Disposition, the Excess Availability Percentage is projected to be equal to or greater than twenty-two and a half percent (22.5%) for the following six (6) four (4) week Accounting Periods. Prior to undertaking any transaction which is subject to the Excess Availability Condition, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate (1) confirming that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of entering into such transaction or the making of such payment and (2) setting forth calculations showing satisfaction of the conditions contained in clause (b) above (which, with respect to projected Excess Availability, shall be on a basis (including, without limitation, giving due consideration to results for prior periods) reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

Excess Availability Percentage ” means the percentage obtained by dividing Excess Availability by the Loan Cap.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by the Loan Parties or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries from contributions to the common equity capital of the Lead Borrower (other than proceeds in connection with a Cure Right).

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) at the Lead Borrower’s option, any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower, (b) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (f) each Immaterial Subsidiary, (g) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (h) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (i) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (j) each Real Estate Subsidiary; and (k) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees Term Loan Facility

 

27


Indebtedness (other than the Real Estate Financing Loan Parties) shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time such guarantee is in effect.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving to any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Agents, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Loan Documents, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or Loan Document), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 10.13), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01, (c) any taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e), (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA and (e) any U.S. federal backup withholding taxes under section 3406 of the Code.

Executive Order ” has the meaning provided in Section 5.31.

Existing Class ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Existing Commitment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Existing Albertson’s Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Existing Credit Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Existing Letters of Credit ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(a)(vi).

Existing Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

 

28


Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Existing NAI TLB Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Existing Notes ” shall mean the Senior Secured Notes, the NAI Notes, the ASC Notes, the Safeway Notes and the Safeway Debentures.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” means, to the extent not otherwise retired, repurchased, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

Existing Safeway Notes ” means, to the extent not otherwise retired, repurchased, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021, 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

Extended Class ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Extended Commitments ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Extended Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Extending Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(b).

Extension Amendment ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(c).

Extension Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(d).

Extension Election ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(b).

Extension Request ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(a).

Extension Series ” means all Extended Loans that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Loans provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees, if any, and amortization schedule.

Facility Guaranty ” means the amended and restated guarantee made by the Guarantors in favor of the Agents and the other Credit Parties as of the Restatement Effective Date in form of Exhibit I hereto.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction, as determined by the Lead Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Lead Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” means crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

 

29


FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent; provided further that to the extent the Federal Funds Rate as determined pursuant to this definition would otherwise be less than zero, then the Federal Funds Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

Fee Letter ” means the second amended and restated fee agreement, dated as of April 4, 2014, by and among the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other parties thereto.

Fiscal Intermediary ” means any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other Federal, State or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” means any four (4) week Accounting Period of the Lead Borrower.

Fiscal Year ” means, subject to Section 7.13, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on the closest Saturday to February 28 th (or February 29 th , as the case may be) of each calendar year.

Food Security Act ” means the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified

 

30


Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements of checks, drafts and other items for payment of money for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower existing on the Restatement Effective Date that is not a Borrower hereunder (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) and (ii) each other Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that shall be required to execute and deliver a Facility Guaranty pursuant to Section 6.11 after the Restatement Effective Date.

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” means all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection

 

31


Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended.

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.26.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.26.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.26 hereto.

Honor Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower most recently ended or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(d).

Increase Joinder ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.15(f).

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than

 

32


one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

(h) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

Indemnified Taxes ” means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.

Intellectual Property ” means United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and

 

33


income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means each of (a) the intercreditor agreement dated as of January 30, 2015, by and among the Collateral Agent, the Term Loan Agent, the other agents party thereto (if any), the Borrowers and the Guarantors, as may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and (b) one or more other intercreditor agreements entered into pursuant to Section 9.18 with the representative for the lenders under any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Encumbrances on Collateral on usual and customary terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges, in each case, of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Measurement Period on or prior to such date.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan of any Class other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the first Business Day of each month and the Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means, as to each LIBOR Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such LIBOR Rate Loan is disbursed or Converted to or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter (or with the consent of all applicable Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter), as selected by the Lead Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date for the Class of Loans of which such LIBOR Rate Loan is part; and

(iv) notwithstanding the provisions of clause (iii), no Interest Period shall have a duration of less than one (1) month, and if any Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Borrowing would be for a shorter period, such Interest Period shall not be available hereunder.

For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent Conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or

 

34


to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Inventory Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion with respect to the determination of the saleability, at retail, of the Eligible Inventory or which reflect such other factors as affect the market value of the Eligible Inventory to the extent not taken into account in determining the cost of liquidation of such Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Inventory Reserves may, in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion, include (but are not limited to) reserves based on:

(a) Obsolescence;

(b) Shrink;

(c) Imbalance;

(d) Change in Inventory character;

(e) Change in Inventory composition;

(f) Change in Inventory mix;

(g) Mark-downs (both permanent and point of sale);

(h) Retail mark-ons and mark-ups inconsistent with prior period practice and performance, industry standards, current business plans or advertising calendar and planned advertising events; and

(i) Out-of-date and/or expired Inventory.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

35


Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by each L/C Issuer and any Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of each L/C Issuer and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which, among other things, a Person becomes a party to, and bound by the terms of, this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents in the same capacity and to the same extent as either a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Laws ” means each international, foreign, Federal, state or local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code and administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and each applicable administrative order, directed duty, license, or authorization and permit of or any agreement with any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Committed Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means each Lender with an L/C Issuer Sublimit in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor or additional issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder (which successor or additional issuer may only be a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender which has agreed in writing to be an L/C Issuer and which is selected by the Lead Borrower and acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, in which case all or any portion of any existing L/C Issuer’s L/C Issuer Sublimit (as agreed between the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such new L/C Issuer) may be transferred to such new L/C Issuer). Each L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the applicable L/C Issuer, in which case the term “L/C Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

L/C Issuer Sublimit ” means (i) with respect to any L/C Issuer listed on Schedule 1.05 , the amount set forth opposite such L/C Issuer’s name on such Schedule as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) with respect to any other L/C Issuer, the amount specified to be such L/C Issuer’s “L/C Issuer Sublimit” at the time such L/C Issuer becomes an L/C Issuer (as contemplated by the definition of “L/C Issuer”), as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided that with the consent of the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, any L/C Issuer may assign in whole or part a portion of its L/C Issuer Sublimit to any other Lender who consents to such assignment.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination and without duplication, the aggregate undrawn amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amounts available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.07. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, Rule 3.13 of the ISP, or because a drawing was presented under such Letter of

 

36


Credit on or prior to the last date permitted for presentation thereunder but has not yet been honored or dishonored, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lead Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Lease ” means any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto and, as the context requires, includes the Swing Line Lender and (or if implied by the context, or) an L/C Issuer.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means each Banker’s Acceptance, each Standby Letter of Credit and each Commercial Letter of Credit issued hereunder.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is two days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $1,975,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments. A permanent reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall not require a corresponding pro rata reduction in the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided , however , that if the Aggregate Commitments are reduced to an amount less than the Letter of Credit Sublimit, then the Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be reduced to an amount equal to (or, at Lead Borrower’s option, less than) the Aggregate Commitments (with each such reduction to result in a pro rata reduction in the L/C Issuer Sublimit of each L/C Issuer).

LIBOR Borrowing ” means a Borrowing comprised of LIBOR Rate Loans.

LIBOR Rate ” means:

(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”) or a comparable or successor rate, which rate is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; and

(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to LIBOR, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time determined two Business Days prior to such date for U.S. Dollar deposits with a term of one month commencing that day;

 

37


provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided , further that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent and (ii) to the extent the LIBOR Rate as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would otherwise be less than zero, then the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means a Committed Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted LIBOR Rate.

Lien ” means any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidation ” means the exercise by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent of those rights and remedies accorded to such Agents under the Loan Documents and applicable Laws as a creditor of the Loan Parties with respect to the realization on the Collateral, including (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by the Loan Parties acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, private or “going-out-of-business,” “store closing” or other similar sale or any other disposition of the Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrowers under Article II in the form of a Committed Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(a).

Loan Cap ” means, at any time of determination, the lesser of (a) the Aggregate Commitments or (b) the Borrowing Base.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document, all Borrowing Base Certificates, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Notifications, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Facility Guaranty, each Joinder Agreement and any other instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection herewith, each as amended from time to time.

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and each Guarantor.

Management Services Agreements ” means (i) the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp and Albertson’s LLC as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date and (ii) the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and New Albertson’s Inc. as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date, in each case, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

 

38


Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Security Documents.

Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Loan Documents) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) the amount of the obligations in respect of any Swap Contract at such time shall be calculated at the Swap Termination Value thereof, (b) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded, and (c) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

Maturing Indebtedness Reserve ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to any installment(s) of principal of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) and (d) of the definition of “Indebtedness” in excess of $500,000,000 with scheduled maturity dates within 60 days after such date, a reserve equal to the outstanding principal amount of such installments that are due within 60 days after such date. For the avoidance of doubt, a Maturing Indebtedness Reserve shall not be established with respect to any principal installment of Indebtedness prior to the 60 th day preceding the scheduled maturity date of such installment.

Maturity Date ” means (i) with respect to the Loans arising under the initial Commitments hereunder that have not been extended pursuant to Section 2.16, the date that is the fifth anniversary after the Restatement Effective Date (the “ Original Loan Maturity Date ”), (ii) with respect to any tranche of Extended Loans, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Amendment and (iii) with respect to any Loans arising under the Additional Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Increase Joinder.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 10.09.

Measurement Period ” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four (4) consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of the Lead Borrower for which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

Medicaid ” means the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicaid Account ” means any Accounts of Loan Parties arising pursuant to goods sold or services rendered by Loan Parties to eligible Medicaid beneficiaries to be paid by a Fiscal Intermediary or by the United States of America acting under the Medicaid program, any State or the District of Columbia acting pursuant to a health plan adopted pursuant to Title XIX of the Social Security Act or any other Governmental Authority under Medicaid.

Medicare ” means the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

 

39


Medicare Account ” means any Accounts of Borrowers or Guarantors arising pursuant to goods sold or services rendered by Borrowers or Guarantors to eligible Medicare beneficiaries to be paid by a Fiscal Intermediary or by the United States of America acting under the Medicare program or any other Governmental Authority under Medicare.

Merger ” means the transactions whereby Albertson’s Holdings LLC and NAI LLC are merged with and into the Lead Borrower with the Lead Borrower remaining as the surviving company.

MoneyGram ” means MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” means that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Lead Borrower and MoneyGram.

Monthly Reporting Period ” means each period commencing when the Borrowers have failed to maintain an Excess Availability Percentage at least equal to twelve and a half percent (12.5%) for at least five (5) consecutive Business Days and ending on the first date thereafter when the Borrowers have maintained an Excess Availability Percentage at least equal to twelve and a half percent (12.5%) for five (5) consecutive Business Days.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” means New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

NAI Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992, between NAI and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as successor trustee to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of June 1, 2006, and Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of December 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the Restatement Effective Date or in accordance with the terms hereof).

NAI Notes ” shall mean the notes issued by NAI under the NAI Indenture prior to the Restatement Effective Date.

NAI Purchase Agreement ” means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

Net Income ” means, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” means with respect to any Disposition by any Loan Party, or any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of (and payments in lieu thereof), any property or asset of a Loan Party, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received by any Loan Party in connection with such transaction (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is

 

40


secured by the applicable asset by a Lien permitted hereunder which is senior to the Collateral Agent’s Lien on such asset and that is required to be repaid (or for which an escrow is required to be established for the future repayment thereof) in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) or Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, plus (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred by such Loan Party in connection with such transaction (including, without limitation, appraisals, and brokerage, legal, advisor, title and recording or transfer tax expenses and commissions) paid by any Loan Party to third parties (other than Affiliates) plus (C) amounts provided as a reserve against any liabilities (x) under any indemnification obligation or purchase price adjustment associated with such Disposition or (y) related to any of the applicable assets and retained by a Loan Party including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations ( provided that to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Proceeds), plus (D) in the case of any Disposition by, or any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of, any property or asset of, a non-wholly owned Loan Party, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (D)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Loan Party as a result thereof, plus (E) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 10.01.

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Note ” means (a) a promissory note made by the Borrowers in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 , and (b) the Swing Line Note, as each may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

Obligations ” means (a) all advances to, and debts (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses), liabilities, covenants, and indemnities of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit (including payments in respect of reimbursement of disbursements, interest thereon and obligations to provide cash collateral therefor), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees, costs, expenses and indemnities that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees costs, expenses and indemnities are allowed claims in such proceeding, and (b) any Other Liabilities; provided , that the Obligations of any Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

OFAC ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.31.

OID ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(e)(ii).

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such

 

41


entity, and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” means March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” means transaction payments and related fees and expenses paid to the Sponsor and to management of Albertson’s LLC in connection with the transactions that were consummated on the Original Closing Date.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Administrative Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 9.12 hereof; provided, that the Other Liabilities of any Guarantor shall not include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, enforcement, registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or Loan Document).

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrowers of Unreimbursed Amounts.

Overadvance ” means a Credit Extension to the extent that, immediately after its having been made, Excess Availability is less than zero.

PACA ” means the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).

PASA ” means the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Patriot Act ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.17.

 

42


Payment Conditions ” means, at the time of determination with respect to a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 7.06(f), that (a) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of the making of such payment, and (b) either (x)(i) before and after giving effect to such payment, the Excess Availability Percentage will be equal to or greater than fifteen percent (15.0%) as at such date and on a pro forma basis for the preceding ninety (90) calendar day period and (ii) the pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio calculated on a trailing thirteen (13) four (4) week Accounting Period basis for which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof, after giving effect to such payment shall be greater than 1.00:1.00 or (y) before and after giving effect to such payment, the Excess Availability Percentage will be equal to or greater than twenty percent (20.0%) as at such date and on a pro forma basis for the preceding ninety (90) calendar day period. Prior to undertaking any transaction or payment which is subject to the Payment Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate (1) confirming that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of the making of such payment and (2) setting forth calculations showing satisfaction of the conditions contained in clause (b) above which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” means the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” means Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Perishables Cap ” means at any time of calculation, an amount not to exceed 25% of the Borrowing Base (without giving effect to the Script Cap).

Permitted Acquisition ” means an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

(c) The Loan Parties shall have satisfied the Adjusted Payment Conditions;

(d) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such

 

43


Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(e) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary and the Loan Parties holding its Equity Interests shall, to the extent required thereunder, comply with the requirements of Section 6.11 within 30 days after the consummation of such Acquisition.

Permitted Cure Security ” means any Equity Interest of the Lead Borrower other than any Disqualified Stock; provided that any such Equity Interests issued for purposes of exercising a Cure Right pursuant to Section 8.04 that are not common Equity Interests shall be on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Permitted Discretion ” means the Administrative Agent’s good faith credit judgment acting in accordance with the Administrative Agent’s past practices for asset-based lending in the retail industry and based upon any factor or circumstance which it reasonably believes in good faith: (a) will or is reasonably likely to adversely affect the value of the Collateral, the enforceability or priority of the Collateral Agent’s Liens thereon in favor of the Credit Parties or the amount which the Collateral Agent and the Credit Parties would likely receive (after giving consideration to delays in payment and costs of enforcement) in the liquidation of such Collateral; (b) that any collateral report or financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (c) will or is reasonably likely to materially increase the likelihood of a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding involving any Loan Party; or (d) will or is reasonably likely to create a Default or Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be within Permitted Discretion for the Administrative Agent to establish Reserves which are duplicative of each other whether or not such reserves fall under more than one reserve category.

Permitted Disposition ” means any of the following:

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned) having Fair Market Value not exceeding $200,000,000 in the aggregate per Fiscal Year for any such Dispositions in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

 

44


(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary, provided that the Loan Parties have caused such Real Estate Subsidiary to enter into a Collateral Access Agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the event that a Loan Party or any Subsidiary will occupy such Real Estate and maintain Collateral thereon;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment permitted under Section 7.06 or Permitted Encumbrance (or an enforcement thereof), and any transaction permitted by Section 7.04;

(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Estate and related fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions provided that the Loan Parties shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Person (if not a Loan Party) acquiring such Real Estate to enter into a Collateral Access Agreement on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the event that a Loan Party or any Subsidiary will occupy such Real Estate and maintain Collateral thereon;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k)(i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Encumbrance;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles; provided that such grant of license or sublicense shall not prohibit the sale or liquidation of property of the type included in the Borrowing Base;

(m) Dispositions of cash and Permitted Investments described in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in each case on ordinary business terms;

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business, provided that after giving effect to such Disposition the Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied (it being understood and agreed that the Net Proceeds from such Dispositions may be used to repay the Obligations in order to satisfy the Excess Availability Condition);

(o)(i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

 

45


(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business);

(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Lead Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(t) any Disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(v) any Disposition of Divested Properties;

(w) any disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(y) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(z) the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’ s, mechanics’, materialmen’ s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(c)(i) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA and (ii) Liens in connection with the Settlement

 

46


Agreement consisting of a security deposit of $75,000,000 in cash; provided , however , that Permitted Encumbrances shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date;

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e)(i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f)(i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property, and (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Restatement Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Loan Documents (including Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures);

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Restatement Effective Date and

 

47


Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property (other than property of the type included in the Borrowing Base) in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or other acquisition or investment not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or other acquisition or investment not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or other acquisition or investment not prohibited hereunder or merger or consolidation and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) [Reserved];

(r) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clauses (t) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”; provided such Liens on the assets comprising ABL Priority Collateral are junior to those securing the Obligations and subject at all times to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

 

48


(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by the definition of Permitted Investments, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Administrative Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the mortgage policies insuring mortgages securing Term Loan Facility Indebtedness (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on real property described in Schedule 10.1 (or any similar schedule) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement);

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) [ Reserved ];

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(ff) [ Reserved ];

 

49


(gg) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one or more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 3.00% of Total Assets at any time, and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the ABL Priority Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(hh) Liens securing Senior Secured Notes incurred pursuant to clause (w) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such Liens on ABL Priority Collateral are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such Liens on ABL Priority Collateral are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under this Agreement;

(jj) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.07 of this Agreement;

(kk) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in Casa Ley;

(ll) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(mm) Liens on Excluded Property;

(nn) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clauses (d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”;

(oo) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (g), (n) and (r); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original Lien (provided, that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes or Existing Safeway Debentures (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof)), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Encumbrance, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained above in this subsection (oo) shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries, so long as

 

50


Safeway and its Subsidiaries were otherwise permitted to incur or maintain such Indebtedness under the terms of this Agreement; provided , further that such Liens with respect to the foregoing clauses (r), (y) and (ff) are subject to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such Liens on ABL Priority Collateral are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations under this Agreement;

(pp) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Permitted Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest on and/or the redemption price of the financing;

(qq) Liens on Collateral securing ASC/NAI Notes Refinancing Indebtedness; provided such Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral are junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and subject at all times to an intercreditor agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; and

(rr) Liens on ASC’s rights, title, and interest in the SVU Escrow Account in favor of SVU and the trustee under the ASC Indenture.

Permitted Holders ” shall mean (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the capital stock of the Lead Borrower, a parent of the Lead Borrower or capital stock of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Lead Borrower, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Lead Borrower (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means each of the following:

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.03 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof:

(b) Indebtedness among the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to a Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

 

51


(c) without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) below, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Restatement Effective Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $1,500,000,000 and 6.00% of the Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy days (270) after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) [Reserved];

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder), which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) Subordinated Indebtedness;

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

 

52


(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Restatement Effective Date to secure obligations of the type described in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances”;

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in this definition;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is non-recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary);

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 7.06;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s)(A) obligations under Cash Management Services and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) Term Loan Facility Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(u) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(v) [ Reserved ];

(w) Senior Secured Notes and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(x) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(y) [ Reserved ];

(z) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.07 of this Agreement;

 

53


(aa) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(bb) the ASC Notes, the NAI Notes and Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 or (y) 4.00% of the Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(ff) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(gg) ASC/NAI Notes Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(hh) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley whether or not owing to the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof).

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (hh) above, the Lead Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) above, and (ii) all Term Loan Facility Indebtedness outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (t) above.

Permitted Investments ” means each of the following:

(a) as long as no Dominion Trigger Event is then in effect at the time of the making of such Investment or would arise therefrom (collectively, “ Cash Equivalents ”) (including the subsequent monetization thereof):

(i) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or

 

54


any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(iii) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(iv) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above;

(v) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Lead Borrower) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(vi) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(vii) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(viii) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Restatement Effective Date, and set forth on Schedule 7.02, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Restatement Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02 or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c)(i) Investments in the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Investments by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (c)(i) shall be subject to compliance with the Adjusted Payment Conditions and (ii) Investments by Loan Parties in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties up to $100,000,000;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

 

55


(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes and (ii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clause (i); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (ii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j)(i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $250,000,000;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(l) obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) as long as no Dominion Trigger Event exists at the time of the making of such Investment or would arise therefrom, intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $100,000,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Estate), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) investments arising from the contribution of Real Estate of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries on or after the Restatement Effective Date;

(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

 

56


(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of the ASC Notes or the NAI Notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the defeasance or satisfaction of the ASC Notes or the NAI Notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof, in each case with respect to the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii), in accordance with the terms hereof and, in each case, to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.07;

(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Restatement Effective Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Restatement Effective Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 7.09;

(v) other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)); provided that the Loan Parties shall have satisfied the Adjusted Payment Conditions;

(w) [Reserved];

(x) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof, in each case, in accordance with Section 7.07;

(y) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(z) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(aa) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

 

57


(cc) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary and not entered into in contemplation thereof;

(dd) Investments in receivables owing to the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ee) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Encumbrances or Permitted Indebtedness;

(ff) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder; and

(gg) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(hh) Investments the payment for which consists of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower.

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Dominion Trigger Event, (i) no new Investments of the type specified in clause (a) shall be permitted unless either (A) no Loans are then outstanding, or (B) the Investment is a temporary Investment pending expiration of an Interest Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan, the proceeds of which Investment will be applied to the Obligations after the expiration of such Interest Period, and (ii) to the extent not already subject to the perfected security interest of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents, such Investments are pledged to the Collateral Agent as additional collateral for the Obligations pursuant to such agreements as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent.

Permitted Overadvance ” means an Overadvance made by the Administrative Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, which:

(a) is made to maintain, protect or preserve the Collateral and/or the Credit Parties’ rights under the Loan Documents or which is otherwise for the benefit of the Credit Parties; or

(b) is made to enhance the likelihood of, or to maximize the amount of, repayment of any Obligation; or

(c) is made to pay any other amount chargeable to any Loan Party hereunder; and

(d) together with all other Permitted Overadvances then outstanding, shall not (i) exceed five percent (5%) of the Borrowing Base at any time or (ii) unless a Liquidation is occurring, remain outstanding for more than forty-five (45) consecutive Business Days, unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree;

provided   however , that the foregoing shall not (i) modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lender’s obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, or (ii) result in any claim or liability against the Administrative Agent (regardless of the amount of any Overadvance) for Unintentional Overadvances, and such Unintentional Overadvances shall not reduce the amount of Permitted Overadvances allowed hereunder, and further   provided that in no event shall the Administrative Agent

 

58


make an Overadvance, if after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of the Credit Extensions would exceed the Aggregate Commitments (as in effect prior to any termination of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof).

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (measured at the time such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension occurs), (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent stating that the Lead Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of, and shall not have greater guarantees or security than, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Notes).

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Inventory ” means all Inventory consisting of products that can be dispensed only on order of a licensed professional.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” means federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Pharmacy Receivables ” means Accounts arising from the sale of prescription drugs or other Inventory which can be dispensed only through an order of a licensed professional.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

59


Prepayment Event ” means:

(a) any Disposition of any property or asset of a Loan Party of the type included in the Borrowing Base; provided that unless a Dominion Trigger Event is continuing any such Dispositions generating Net Proceeds not in excess of $100,000,000, or consisting of sales of Inventory in the ordinary course of business shall not be a Prepayment Event;

(b) any casualty or other insured damage to, or any taking under power of eminent domain or by condemnation or similar proceeding of property or asset of a Loan Party of the type included in the Borrowing Base; provided that unless a Dominion Trigger Event is continuing any such transaction generating Net Proceeds not in excess of $100,000,000 shall not be a Prepayment Event,

unless in either case of clause (a) or (b), (i) the proceeds therefrom are required to be paid to the holder of a Lien on such property or asset having priority over the Lien of the Collateral Agent or (ii) prior to the occurrence of a Dominion Trigger Event, the proceeds therefrom are utilized for purposes of replacing or repairing the assets in respect of which such proceeds, awards or payments were received within 12 months of the occurrence of the disposition of, damage to or loss of, the assets being Disposed of, repaired or replaced, or committed to be so utilized within such period and are actually utilized within the later of such 12-month period or 6 months after such commitment.

Public Company Costs shall mean (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by the Lead Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933 or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” means (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Estate of Real Estate Subsidiaries and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Estate of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Lead Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Lead Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

 

60


(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Lead Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the Obligations shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” means any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

Real Estate ” means all Leases and all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party, including all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, tenancies, and occupancies thereof.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” means any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that (a) does not engage in any business other than (i) owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of the Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i), or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Restatement Effective Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

Receivables Financing ” means any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any hedging obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Reserves ” means, without duplication of any other Reserves or items that are otherwise addressed or excluded through eligibility criteria, such Reserves as may be established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent’s Permitted Discretion with respect to the determination of the collectability in the ordinary course of Eligible Pharmacy Receivables, including, without limitation, on account of dilution.

 

61


Receivables Subsidiary ” means a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Lead Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in which the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of Lead Borrower (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Lead Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Lead Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither the Lead Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Lead Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Lead Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Reports ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.12(b).

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, Conversion or continuation of Committed Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

62


Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, at least two Lenders holding more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments or, if the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, at least two Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Reserves ” means all (if any) Inventory Reserves, Availability Reserves, and Receivables Reserves.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer, or secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 of this Agreement are satisfied.

Restatement Effective Date Transaction Payments ” means the transactions payments and related fees and expenses paid to the Sponsor and to the management of the Albertson’s Group in connection with the consummation of the Restatement Effective Date Transactions.

Restatement Effective Date Transactions ” means (i) the Debt Refinancing, (ii) the Merger, (iii) the incurrence of the initial Credit Extensions hereunder, (iv) the incurrence of the incremental term loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement on the Restatement Effective Date and (v) the payment of fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) in connection with the foregoing of up to $25,000,000.

Restricted Payment ” means the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” means Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Safeway Acquisition ” means the acquisition of Safeway and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement.

 

63


Safeway Merger Agreement ” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, by and among AB LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., and Safeway.

Safeway Transaction Payments ” means transaction payments and related fees and expenses paid to the Sponsor and to the management of the Albertson’s Group in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition.

Safeway Transactions ” means the “Restatement Date Transactions” as defined in the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement.

Sanction(s) ” means any sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including without limitation, OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Script Cap ” means at any time of calculation, an amount not to exceed 30% of the Borrowing Base (without giving effect to the Perishables Cap).

Scripts ” means the pharmaceutical customer list owned and controlled by each Loan Party relating to certain items and services, including, without limitation, any drug price data, drug eligibility data, clinical drug information and health information of a pharmaceutical customer that is not protected under Sections 1171 through 1179 of the Social Security Act or other applicable Law.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Notifications, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Loan Party to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document granting a Lien to secure any of the Obligations.

Senior Secured Notes ” means the 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 of the Lead Borrower (as successor to Albertson’s Holding LLC) and Safeway.

Settlement Agreement ” means that certain Settlement Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 by and among SVU, the self-insured direct and indirect subsidiaries of SVU named therein, the California Self-Insurers Security Fund AB LLC, Albertson’s LLC, the NAI Entities (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto.

Settlement Agreement Amendment ” means that certain Collateral Substitution Agreement effective as of January 21, 2014 among certain of the parties to the Settlement Agreement.

 

64


Shareholders’ Equity ” means, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a).

Shrink ” means Inventory which has been lost, misplaced, stolen, or is otherwise unaccounted for.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Restatement Effective Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Existing Commitment Class ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a).

Specified Transaction ” means any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” means, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Sponsor Affiliated Lender ” means financial institutions (including commercial finance companies), investment funds or managed accounts with respect to which any Sponsor or an Affiliate of such Sponsor is an Affiliate or an advisor or manager in the ordinary course of business, provided , that, (a) no Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by, or for the use of, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including, without limitation any commercial finance examinations or appraisals) or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its

 

65


representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans), or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of the Administrative Agent or any other such Lender under the Loan Documents and (b) each Sponsor Affiliated Lender (other than an Affiliated Debt Fund) shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Sponsor Affiliated Lenders in connection with any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (1) the Commitment of a Sponsor Affiliated Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (2) Sponsor Affiliated Lenders shall be entitled to vote in connection with any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder that adversely affects the Sponsor Affiliated Lender disproportionately as compared to other affected Lenders. For clarity, except as provided in clause (b) above, if any action requires the consent of any “affected Lender,” the Sponsor Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have consented to such action.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Albertson’s Group which the Lead Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Standby Letter of Credit ” means any Letter of Credit that is not a Commercial Letter of Credit.

Stated Amount ” means at any time the maximum amount for which a Letter of Credit may be honored.

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB to which the Administrative Agent is subject, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. LIBOR Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Store ” means any retail store (which may include any real property, and the fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Store Account ” means any account at a bank that is used solely for receiving store receipts from a Store (together with any other deposit accounts at any time established or used by any Loan Party for receiving such store receipts from any Store).

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of

 

66


whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

SVU ” means SUPERVALU INC., a Delaware corporation.

SVU Escrow Account ” means the escrow account at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., governed by the terms of that certain escrow agreement dated as of March 21, 2013 among NAI, SVU and the escrow agent thereunder wherein monies are pledged in favor of the trustee under the ASC Indenture.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line ” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Lender ” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Note ” means the promissory note of the Borrowers substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 , payable to the Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, evidencing the Swing Line Loans made by the Swing Line Lender.

 

67


Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $200,000,000 and (b) the Aggregate Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Aggregate Commitments.

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan Agent ” means Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Term Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent or collateral agent under the Term Loan Documents.

Term Loan Credit Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, among the Albertson’s Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., the other co-borrowers from time to time party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent thereunder, thereto with the related documents thereto, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder, in whole or in part), the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Term Loan Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Term Loan Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements and whether with the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or holders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Term Loan Credit Agreement” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Term Loan Documents ” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (other than any agreement, document or instrument that expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a Term Loan Document).

Term Loan Facility Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in respect of the Term Loans or other Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (A) $7,500,000,000 (minus the amount of any Permitted Refinancing thereof except for any increased amount contemplated by the definition of “Permitted Refinancing”) plus (B) the sum of (x) $1,500,000,000 plus (y) an unlimited amount subject to, immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the Interest Coverage Ratio on a pro forma basis is not less than 2.00:1.00; provided that if any such Indebtedness is subordinated in

 

68


right of payment with the Obligations, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Term Loans ” means Indebtedness under the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) the latest Maturity Date of any Class of Loans, (ii) the date on which the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated (or deemed accelerated) and the Commitments are irrevocably terminated (or deemed terminated) in accordance with Article VIII, or (iii) the termination of the remaining Commitments in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.06 hereof.

Testing Excess Availability ” means the sum of (a) Excess Availability plus (b) the lesser of (i) 2.5% of the Aggregate Commitments at such time and (ii) the amount by which the Borrowing Base exceeds the Aggregate Commitments at such time.

Third Party Payors ” means any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

Total Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of the Lead Borrower that the Administrative Agent has received in accordance with Section 6.01 hereof or, prior to the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof, Section 4.01(e); provided that Total Asset shall be deemed to be $25,000,000,000 until the date occurring after the Restatement Effective Date on which the Administrative Agent has received the most recent financial statements in accordance with Section 6.01(a) hereof.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations; provided that for purposes of Section 2.09(a), the Total Outstandings shall not include the outstanding amount of any Swing Line Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.31.

Transactions ” means “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement.

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement, as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date by and between the Lead Borrower and SVU as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” has the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date).

Type ” means, with respect to a Committed Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Restatement Effective Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of

 

69


the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

UFCA ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.20(d).

UFTA ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.20(d).

Unintentional Overadvance ” means an Overadvance which, to the Administrative Agent’s knowledge, did not constitute an Overadvance when made but which has become an Overadvance resulting from changed circumstances beyond the control of the Credit Parties, including, without limitation, a reduction in the Appraised Value of property or assets included in the Borrowing Base or misrepresentation by the Loan Parties.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unaudited Financial Statements ” shall mean the unaudited financial statements of AB Acquisition LLC as of September 12, 2015 and for the 28 weeks then ended.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(e)(2)(iii).

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) as of the Restatement Effective Date, each Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower designated by the Board of Directors of the Lead Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to this definition subsequent to the Restatement Effective Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary, and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Lead Borrower may at any time after the Restatement Effective Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) after giving effect to such designation on a pro forma basis, (a) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Measurement Period most recently ended on or prior to the date of such designation is at least 1.00 to 1.00 and (b) Excess Availability Percentage is at least 15% and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the Term Loan Facility Indebtedness, the Senior Secured Notes, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (each as defined in and incurred in compliance with the terms of the Term Loan Credit Agreement). Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Restatement Effective Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Restatement Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the Lead Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Lead Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Restatement Effective Date designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Lead Borrower in such Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Borrowers’ Investment in such Subsidiary.

 

70


U.S. Lender ” means any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Voting Stock ” means with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless otherwise expressly provided, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

71


1.03 Accounting Terms .

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Lead Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Lead Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

1.04 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Loan Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern Time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.06.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Measurement Period and (ii) subsequent to such Measurement Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in Consolidated EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Measurement Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Measurement Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.06, then the Interest Coverage Ratio and Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.06.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Lead Borrower and may include, without duplication, cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring

 

72


charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies resulting from such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or other transaction, in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

(d) Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Lead Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Lead Borrower or Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of any Designated Indebtedness or Lien in connection therewith, compliance with the Adjusted Payment Conditions test required by this Agreement for such Designated Acquisition or such Designated Indebtedness shall be determined on the date the definitive acquisition agreement for such Designated Acquisition is entered into and, only with respect to the tests described in clause (b)(x)(i) and (b)(y) of the definition of “Adjusted Payment Conditions”, at the time of closing of such Designated Acquisition and incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness and, thereafter until consummation of such Designated Acquisition or the termination of such definitive agreement relating to such Designated Acquisition, all other incurrence tests under this Agreement shall be required to be complied with on an actual basis without giving effect to such Designated Acquisition and on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness.

1.07 Letter of Credit Amounts . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms of any Issuer Documents related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the Stated Amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum Stated Amount is in effect at such time.

1.08 Certifications . All certifications to be made hereunder by an officer or representative of a Loan Party shall be made by such Person in his or her capacity solely as an officer or a representative of such Loan Party, on such Loan Party’s behalf, and not in such Person’s individual capacity.

1.09 Effect of Restatement . On the Restatement Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede of the Existing Albertson’s Credit Agreement in its entirety and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder; provided that all Obligations outstanding under the Existing Albertson’s Credit Agreement shall remain outstanding as Obligations hereunder until paid in accordance herewith (and this Agreement shall not constitute a novation or forgiveness of any such Obligations under the Existing Albertson’s Credit Agreement). Any references in any Loan Document to the “Credit Agreement” (or any similar term) shall refer to this Agreement.

1.10 Agreements with Respect to Other Liabilities and Existing Letters of Credit under the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that (x) all “Obligations” constituting “Other Liabilities” under the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement are no longer secured under the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement and shall constitute “Other Liabilities” hereunder

 

73


and be secured as “Other Liabilities” under and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) all “Obligations” in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit under the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement are no longer secured under the Existing NAI ABL Credit Agreement and shall constitute “Obligations” hereunder and be secured under and in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

ARTICLE II

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Committed Loans; Reserves .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Committed Loan ”) to the Borrowers from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of (x) the amount of such Lender’s Commitment, or (y) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Borrowing Base; subject in each case to the following limitations:

(i) after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Cap,

(ii) after giving effect to any Committed Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and

(iii) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.

Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01. Committed Loans may be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date in its Permitted Discretion to establish, modify or eliminate Reserves upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Lead Borrower (during which period the Administrative Agent shall be available to discuss in good faith any such proposed Reserve with the Lead Borrower and the Loan Parties may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Reserve or modification no longer exists); provided that no such prior notice shall be required for (1) changes to any Reserves resulting solely by virtue of mathematical calculations of the amount of the Reserve in accordance with the methodology of calculation previously utilized (such as, but not limited to, rent and Customer Credit Liabilities), or (2) changes to Reserves or establishment of additional Reserves if it would be reasonably likely that a Material Adverse Effect to the Lenders would occur were such Reserve not changed or established prior to the expiration of such three (3) Business Day period, or (3) changes to Reserves when a Default or Event of Default exists. Promptly after the Administrative Agent has knowledge that the event, condition or matter which is the basis for the establishment of a Reserve no longer exists, the Administrative Agent shall eliminate such Reserve.

 

74


2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Committed Loans .

(a) Committed Loans (other than Swing Line Loans) shall be either Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans as the Lead Borrower may request subject to and in accordance with this Section 2.02. All Swing Line Loans shall be only Base Rate Loans. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.02, Committed Borrowings of more than one Type may be incurred at the same time.

(b) Each Committed Borrowing, each Conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, Conversion to or continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans or of any Conversion of LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Lead Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Each Borrowing of, Conversion to or continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or Conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Lead Borrower is requesting a Committed Borrowing, a Conversion of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, Conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Committed Loans to be borrowed, Converted or continued, (iv) the Class and Type of Committed Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Committed Loans are to be Converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Lead Borrower fails to specify a Type of Committed Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if the Lead Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a Conversion or continuation, then the applicable Committed Loans shall be made as, or Converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic Conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable LIBOR Rate Loans. If the Lead Borrower requests a Borrowing of, Conversion to, or continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be Converted to a LIBOR Rate Loan.

(c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the relevant Class of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Class of Committed Loans, and if no timely notice of a Conversion or continuation is provided by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic Conversion to Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(b). In the case of a Committed Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Committed Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall use reasonable efforts to make all funds so received available to the Borrowers in like funds by no later than 4:00 p.m. on the day of receipt by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Lead Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Lead Borrower, there are L/C

 

75


Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to the Borrowers as provided above.

(d) The Administrative Agent, without the request of the Lead Borrower, may advance any interest, fee, service charge, expenses, or other payment to which any Credit Party is entitled from the Loan Parties pursuant hereto or any other Loan Document and may charge the same to the Loan Account notwithstanding that an Overadvance may result thereby, except that with respect to any third-party fees and expenses, the Administrative Agent shall only make such an advance in the event that the Borrowers, after receipt of an invoice therefor, fail to make such payment when due. The Administrative Agent shall advise the Lead Borrower of any such advance or charge promptly after the making thereof. Such action on the part of the Administrative Agent shall not constitute a waiver of the Administrative Agent’s rights and the Borrowers’ obligations under Section 2.05(c). Any amount which is added to the principal balance of the Loan Account as provided in this Section 2.02(d) shall bear interest at the interest rate then and thereafter applicable to Base Rate Loans.

(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, a LIBOR Rate Loan may be continued or Converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such LIBOR Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, no Loans may be requested as, Converted to or continued as LIBOR Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Lenders.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for LIBOR Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(g) After giving effect to all Committed Borrowings, all Conversions of Committed Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Committed Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans.

(h) The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer shall have no obligation to make any Loan or to provide any Letter of Credit if an Overadvance would result. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, make Permitted Overadvances without the consent of the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer and the Borrowers and each Lender shall be bound thereby. Any Permitted Overadvance may constitute a Swing Line Loan. A Permitted Overadvance is for the account of the Borrowers and shall constitute a Base Rate Loan and an Obligation and shall be repaid by the Borrowers in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.05(c). The making of any such Permitted Overadvance on any one occasion shall not obligate the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make or permit any Permitted Overadvance on any other occasion or to permit such Permitted Overadvances to remain outstanding. The making by the Administrative Agent of a Permitted Overadvance shall not modify or abrogate any of the provisions of Section 2.03 regarding the Lenders’ obligations to purchase participations with respect to Letters of Credit or of Section 2.04 regarding the Lenders’ obligations to purchase participations with respect to Swing Line Loans. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability for, and no Loan Party or Credit Party shall have the right to, or shall, bring any claim of any kind whatsoever against the Administrative Agent with respect to Unintentional Overadvances regardless of the amount of any such Overadvance(s).

 

76


2.03 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance (among other things) upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Restatement Effective Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit issued by it; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrowers and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Loan Cap, (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Lead Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrowers that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers’ ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrowers may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders and the applicable L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date; or

(B) [Reserved]; or

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless either such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized on or prior to the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (or such later date as to which the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer may agree) or all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii) No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (and even with such consent shall not be obligated to issue such Letter of Credit unless otherwise consented to by such L/C Issuer in its sole discretion) if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Restatement Effective Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Restatement Effective Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

77


(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

(C) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; provided that if such L/C Issuer, in its discretion, issues a Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, all reimbursements by the Borrowers of the honoring of any drawing under such Letter of Credit shall be paid in the currency in which such Letter of Credit was denominated;

(D) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder;

(E) a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, except as provided in Section 9.16;

(F) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer would exceed such L/C Issuer’s L/C Issuer Sublimit; or

(G) such Letter of Credit is a commercial letter of credit or banker’s acceptance unless such L/C Issuer generally issues such type of instruments for other borrowers.

(iv) No L/C Issuer shall amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or if the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(v) Each L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

(vi) The letters of credit set forth on Schedule 2.03(a) (the “ Existing Letters of Credit ”) have been established and issued by applicable L/C Issuer indicated thereon for the account of the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreements, and shall be deemed to have been issued under this Agreement on the Restatement Effective Date.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Lead Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. at least two Business Days (or such other date and time as the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such

 

78


beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the Lead Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the applicable L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Lead Borrower and, if not, the applicable L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the applicable L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the applicable L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance or amendment of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to (without any further action), and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable L/C Issuer, without recourse or warranty, a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Upon any change in the Commitments under this Agreement, it is hereby agreed that with respect to all L/C Obligations, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations hereby created to reflect the new Applicable Percentages of the assigning and assignee Lenders.

(iii) If the Lead Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, each L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Standby Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Standby Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Standby Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Standby Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided , however , that the applicable L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted at such time to issue such Standby Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clauses (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Lead Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

79


(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof on or prior to the Honor Date (as defined below); provided , however , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrowers of their obligation to reimburse such L/C Issuer and the Lenders with respect to any such payment. No later than 11:00 a.m. on the first Business Day after the later of the date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”) or the date that such L/C Issuer notifies the Lead Borrower of such drawing, the Borrowers shall reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrowers fail to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02(b) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice from the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Committed Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit issued by it, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.

 

80


(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit issued by it, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against such L/C Issuer, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Lead Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse an L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of an L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrowers or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.03(g)), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse each L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

81


(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrowers or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), such L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries; or

(vi) the fact that any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such reimbursement by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice and shall not constitute a waiver of any claim that the Borrowers may have against any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent or the Lenders arising out of or relating to any Letter of Credit, which shall in each case be subject to the limitations on liability for any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent set forth in Section 2.03(f).

The Lead Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Lead Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Lead Borrower will promptly notify the applicable L/C Issuer. The Borrowers shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrowers agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (iii) any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit or any error in interpretation

 

82


of technical terms; or (iv) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrowers hereby assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of any L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrowers may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrowers, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrowers which the Borrowers prove were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary (or such L/C Issuer may refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit), and such L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . Upon the written request of the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer, if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrowers shall, in each case, within one Business Day after such request, Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable L/C Issuers and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in an amount equal to 103% of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuers (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). The Borrowers hereby grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing to secure all Obligations. Such cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America, except that Permitted Investments of the type listed in clause (a) of the definition thereof may be made at the request of the Lead Borrower at the option and in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent (and at the Borrowers’ risk and expense); interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. If at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that any funds held as cash collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, the Borrowers will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as cash collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as cash collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as cash collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer and, to the extent not so applied, shall thereafter be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to satisfy other Obligations.

 

83


(h) Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit.

(i) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily Stated Amount under each such Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Letter of Credit). For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.07. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand, and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate as provided in Section 2.08(b) hereof.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrowers shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee (i) with respect to each Commercial Letter of Credit, at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum, computed on the amount of such Letter of Credit, and payable upon the issuance or amendment thereof, and (ii) with respect to each Standby Letter of Credit, at a rate equal to 0.125% per annum, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Borrowers shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the applicable L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

2.04 Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrowers from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Committed Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Outstandings shall not exceed Loan Cap, and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Committed Loans of any Lender at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans at

 

84


such time shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, and provided , further , that the Borrowers shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan, and provided further that the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan at any time when any Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the Swing Line Lender has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrowers or such Lender to eliminate the Swing Line Lender’s risk with respect to such Lender. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the amount of such Swing Line Loan. The Swing Line Lender shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Swing Line Lender in connection with Swing Line Loans made by it or proposed to be made by it as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the Swing Line Lender with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Swing Line Lender.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Lead Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required Lenders prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender may, not later than 4:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrowers either by (i) crediting the account of the Lead Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to the Swing Line Lender by the Lead Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date of the proposed Swing Line Loan, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to the Borrowers as provided above.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans .

(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may (and with respect to any Swing Line Loans that is outstanding on the date that is one week after the funding thereof, shall) request, on behalf of the Borrowers (which hereby irrevocably authorize the Swing Line Lender to so request on their behalf), that each Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made

 

85


in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Lead Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrowers in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Committed Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in the relevant Committed Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrowers or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided , however , that each Lender’s obligation to make Committed Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrowers to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage of such payment

 

86


(appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrowers for interest on the Swing Line Loans on the first Business Day of each month and the Maturity Date. Until each Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrowers shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

2.05 Prepayments .

(a) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Committed Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if LIBOR Rate Loans, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Lead Borrower, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Committed Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

(b) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Lead Borrower, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(c) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Loan Cap as then in effect, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay the Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided ,

 

87


however , that the Borrowers shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Loan Cap as then in effect.

(d) The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.12 hereof.

(e) The Borrowers shall prepay the Loans and Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds paid in cash received by a Loan Party on account of a Prepayment Event, irrespective of whether a Dominion Trigger Event then exists and is continuing, provided , however , unless a Dominion Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall only be required to prepay the Loans and Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations with Net Proceeds arising from a Prepayment Event in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Net Proceeds or (ii) the amounts advanced or available to be advanced against the assets subject to the Prepayment Event based upon the applicable advance rates in the Borrowing Base.

(f) Prepayments made pursuant to Section 2.05(c), (d) and (e) above, first, shall be applied ratably to the L/C Borrowings and the Swing Line Loans, second, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Committed Loans, third, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations; and, fourth, the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Committed Loans outstanding at such time and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining L/C Obligations in full may be retained by the Borrowers for use in the ordinary course of its business. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrowers or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer or the Lenders, as applicable. Subject to the foregoing, outstanding Base Rate Loans shall be prepaid before outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans are prepaid. Any prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05 made other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, shall be accompanied by payment of all breakage costs payable under Section 3.05 associated therewith. In order to avoid such breakage costs, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the request of the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall hold all amounts required to be applied to LIBOR Rate Loans in the Cash Collateral Account and will apply such funds to the applicable LIBOR Rate Loans at the end of the then pending Interest Period therefor ( provided that the foregoing shall in no way limit or restrict the Administrative Agent’s rights upon the subsequent occurrence of an Event of Default).

(g) Prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.05 shall not reduce the Aggregate Commitments hereunder.

(h) Any notice of a prepayment to be made with the proceeds from the incurrence of Indebtedness or in connection with the closing of another transaction (including any notice of termination or reduction of Commitments made pursuant to Section 2.06 below) may state that such prepayment, termination or reduction is conditioned on the consummation of such incurrence or other transaction, and no Default or Event of Default shall occur if such prepayment, termination or reduction is not made because such condition is not satisfied.

2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) The Borrowers may, upon irrevocable notice from the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Commitments of any Class, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit or from time to time permanently reduce the Commitments of any Class, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative

 

88


Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. three Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce (A) the Aggregate Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Aggregate Commitments, (B) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (C) the Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, and to any concurrent payments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans hereunder would exceed the Swing Line Sublimit.

(b) If, after giving effect to any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Aggregate Commitments, such Letter of Credit Sublimit or Swing Line Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.

(c) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, Swing Line Sublimit or the Aggregate Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments, the Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees (including, without limitation, commitment fees and Letter of Credit Fees) and interest in respect of the Aggregate Commitments accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.07 Repayment of Loans .

(a) The Borrowers shall repay to the Lenders on the Maturity Date of each Class of Loans the aggregate principal amount of Committed Loans of such Class outstanding on such date.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, the Borrowers shall repay the outstanding balance of the Swing Line Loans on the Termination Date.

2.08 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b) below, (i) each LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear interest, on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin for such Class of Loans; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(b)(i) if any amount payable under any Loan Document is not paid when due (after the expiration of any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by Law while such Event of Default is continuing.

(ii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and

 

89


payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

2.09 Fees .

(a) The Commitment Fee . In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to (i) 0.25% multiplied by the average daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the Total Outstandings if such average daily excess amount over the most recently ended Quarterly Accounting Period as a percentage of the Aggregate Commitments is less than 50% or (ii) 0.375% multiplied by the average daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceed the Total Outstandings if such average daily excess amount over the most recently ended Quarterly Accounting Period as a percentage of the Aggregate Commitments is greater than or equal to 50%; provided that the commitment fee shall be 0.375% for the period prior to the first Adjustment Date. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Restatement Effective Date, and on the last day of the Availability Period.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrowers shall pay to the (i) Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter and (ii) Arrangers the fees separately agreed to by such Arrangers and the Lead Borrower pursuant to that certain engagement letter dated as of December 1, 2015. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.11 Evidence of Debt .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent (the “ Loan Account ”) in the ordinary course of business. In addition, each Lender may record in such Lender’s internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Loan from such Lender, the Class thereof, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Loan, and each payment of interest, fees and other amounts due in connection with the Obligations due to such Lender. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the

 

90


Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. Upon receipt of an affidavit of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrowers will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of such Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

(a) General . All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff; provided , however , that any such payments by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice and shall not constitute a waiver of any claim that the Borrowers may have against the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall, at the option of the Administrative Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such next succeeding Business Day. If any payment (other than with respect to payment of a LIBOR Loan) to be made by the Borrowers shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(b)(i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of LIBOR Rate Loans (or in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the interest rate

 

91


applicable to Base Rate Loans. if the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrowers the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers for such period, if such Lender pays its share of the applicable Committed Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Committed Loan included in such Committed Borrowing. Any payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or an L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Lead Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent . If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof (subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 4.02 hereof), the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(d) Obligations of Lenders Several . The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Committed Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments hereunder are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Committed Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment hereunder on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Committed Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment hereunder.

(e) Funding Source . Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders . If any Credit Party shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of, interest on, or other amounts with respect to, any of the Obligations resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein (including as in contravention of the priorities of payment set forth in Section 8.03), then the Credit Party receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase

 

92


(for cash at face value) participations in the Obligations owing to the other Credit Parties, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Credit Parties ratably and in the priorities set forth in Section 8.03, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Loan Parties pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Committed Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrowers or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

2.14 Settlement Amongst Lenders .

(a) The amount of each Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Loans (including outstanding Swing Line Loans) shall be computed weekly (or more frequently in the Administrative Agent’s discretion) and shall be adjusted upward or downward based on all Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and repayments of Loans (including Swing Line Loans) received by the Administrative Agent as of 3:00 p.m. on the first Business Day (such date, the “ Settlement Date ”) following the end of the period specified by the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall deliver to each of the Lenders promptly after a Settlement Date a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Committed Loans and Swing Line Loans for the period and the amount of repayments received for the period. As reflected on the summary statement, (i) the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender its Applicable Percentage of repayments, and (ii) each Lender shall transfer to the Administrative Agent (as provided below) or the Administrative Agent shall transfer to each Lender, such amounts as are necessary to insure that, after giving effect to all such transfers, the amount of Committed Loans made by each Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all Committed Loans outstanding as of such Settlement Date. If the summary statement requires transfers to be made to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and is received prior to 1:00 p.m. on a Business Day, such transfers shall be made in immediately available funds no later than 3:00 p.m. that day; and, if received after 1:00 p.m., then no later than 3:00 p.m. on the next Business Day. The obligation of each Lender to transfer such funds is irrevocable, unconditional and without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have so made its transfer to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, forthwith on demand such amount, together with interest thereon, for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent, equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing.

 

93


2.15 Increase in Commitments .

(a) Request for Increase . Provided no Default or Event of Default then exists or would arise therefrom, upon notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Lead Borrower may from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date, request an increase in the Aggregate Commitments (each, an “ Additional Commitment ”) by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $1,500,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $35,000,000, and (ii) the Lead Borrower may make a maximum of five (5) such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the Lead Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders).

(b) Lender Elections to Increase . Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Commitment.

(c) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders . The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, to the extent that the existing Lenders decline to increase their Commitments, or decline to increase their Commitments to the amount requested by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, will use its commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for other Eligible Assignees to become a Lender hereunder and to issue Commitments in an amount equal to the amount of the Additional Commitments requested by the Lead Borrower and not accepted by the existing Lenders (and the Lead Borrower may also invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Lenders), provided , however , that without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower, at no time shall the Commitment of any Additional Commitment Lender be less than $5,000,000; provided , further , that the Lead Borrower may elect to implement Additional Commitments for which Lenders and other Eligible Assignees have agreed to increase or issue Commitments notwithstanding that the aggregate amount thereof is less than the amount originally requested.

(d) Effective Date and Allocations . If the Aggregate Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Lead Borrower, shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the final allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders and other Eligible Assignees being allocated an Additional Commitment (each, an “ Additional Commitment Lender ”) of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date and on the Increase Effective Date (i) the Aggregate Commitments under, and for all purposes of, this Agreement shall be increased by the aggregate amount of such Additional Commitments, and (ii)  Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed modified, without further action, to reflect the revised Commitments and Applicable Percentages of the Lenders.

(e) Required Terms . The terms and provisions of Loans made pursuant to Additional Commitments shall be, as set forth in the applicable Increase Joinder, provided , however , that:

(i) the maturity date of the Loans made pursuant to the Additional Commitments shall not be earlier than the Original Loan Maturity Date;

(ii) the Applicable Margins for the Loans made pursuant to the Additional Commitments shall be determined by the Lead Borrower and the Additional Commitment Lenders; provided that in the event that the all-in-yield for any Loans made pursuant to Additional

 

94


Commitments is greater than that applicable to the Loans made pursuant to the initial Commitments, then the Applicable Margins for the Loans made pursuant to the initial Commitments shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the all-in-yield for the Loans made pursuant to the Additional Commitments are equal to the all-in-yield for the Loans made pursuant to the initial Commitments; provided , further , that in determining the all-in-yield, (x) original issue discount or upfront fees payable by the Lead Borrower to the Lenders in the primary syndication of any Class of Commitments shall be excluded and (y) customary arrangement or commitment fees payable to the Arrangers (or their respective Affiliates) or to one or more arrangers (or their respective Affiliates) of the Additional Commitments shall be excluded to the extent they are not shared with all Lenders; and

(iii) except as set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above, the Loans pursuant to the Additional Commitments shall have the same terms (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the guarantees and security) as the Loans pursuant to the original Commitments.

(f) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase . As a condition precedent to such increase, (i) the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date signed by a Responsible Officer of such Loan Party (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (B) in the case of the Borrowers, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (1) the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except (A) to the extent that such representations and warranties are qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects, (B) specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (C) except that for purposes of this Section 2.15, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 and (2) no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, (ii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, and any Additional Commitment Lender shall have executed and delivered a joinder to the Loan Documents (the “ Increase Joinder ”) in such form as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require; (iii) the Borrowers shall have paid such fees and other compensation to the Additional Commitment Lenders as the Lead Borrower and such Additional Commitment Lenders shall agree; (iv) the Borrowers shall have paid such arrangement fees to the Administrative Agent as the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent may agree; (v) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders an opinion or opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, from counsel to the Borrowers reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and dated such date; (vi) the Borrowers and the Additional Commitment Lenders shall have delivered such other instruments, documents and agreements as the Administrative Agent may reasonably have requested; (vii) no Default or Event of Default exists; and (viii) such increase shall comply with the terms and limitations of documentation governing Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries at such time. The Borrowers shall prepay any Committed Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Committed Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

(g) Conflicting Provisions . This Section shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

 

95


2.16 Extensions of Commitments .

(a) The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request (which such request shall be offered equally to all Lenders of such Class) that all or a portion of the Commitments of any Class or the Extended Commitments of any Class (and, in each case, including any previously extended Commitments), existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Commitment ” and any related revolving credit loans under any such facility, “ Existing Loans ”; each Existing Commitment and related Existing Loans together being referred to as an “ Existing Class ”) be converted or exchanged to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Existing Loans related to such Existing Commitments (any such Existing Commitments which have been so extended, “ Extended Commitments ” and any related revolving credit loans, “ Extended Loans ”; each Extended Commitment and related Extended Loans together being referred to as an “ Extended Class ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.16. Prior to entering into any Extension Amendment with respect to any Extended Commitments, the Borrowers shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Commitments) (an “ Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Commitments to be established thereunder, which terms shall be identical in all material respects to those applicable to the Existing Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “ Specified Existing Commitment Class ”) except that (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class, (x)(A) the interest rates, interest margins, rate floors, upfront fees, funding discounts, original issue discounts and prepayment premiums with respect to the Extended Commitments may be different from those for the Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class and/or (B) additional fees and/or premiums may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any of the items contemplated by the preceding clause (A) and (y)(1) the undrawn revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Commitments may be different from those for the Specified Existing Commitment Class and (2) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply to any period after the Maturity Date of the Specified Existing Commitment Class; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16 or otherwise, (I) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of the Extended Loans under any Extended Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with any borrowings and repayments of the Existing Loans of the Specified Existing Commitment Class (the mechanics for which may be implemented through the applicable Extension Amendment and may include technical changes related to the borrowing and repayment procedures of the Specified Existing Commitment Class), (II) assignments and participations of Extended Commitments and Extended Loans shall be governed by the assignment and participation provisions set forth in Section 10.06 and (III) permanent repayments of Extended Loans (and corresponding permanent reduction in the related Extended Commitments) shall be permitted as may be agreed between the Borrowers and the Lenders thereof. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Loans or Commitments of any Existing Class converted or exchanged into Extended Loans or Extended Commitments pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class and from any other Existing Commitments (together with any other Extended Commitments so established on such date).

(b) The Lead Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may determine in its sole discretion) prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Class are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably, to accomplish the purpose of this Section 2.16. Any Lender

 

96


(an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Existing Commitments of an Existing Class subject to such Extension Request converted or exchanged into an Extended Class shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Existing Commitments which it has elected to convert or exchange into an Extended Class (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate amount of Existing Commitments subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount requested for the Extended Class pursuant to the Extension Request, Existing Commitments subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to or exchanged to an Extended Class on a pro rata basis (subject to such rounding requirements as may be established by the Administrative Agent) based on the amount of Existing Commitments included in each such Extension Election or as may be otherwise agreed to in the applicable Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Commitment into an Extended Commitment, unless expressly agreed by the holders of each affected Existing Commitment of the Specified Existing Commitment Class (as well as the Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuers), such Extended Commitment shall not be treated more favorably than all Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class for purposes of the obligations of a Lender in respect of Swing Line Loans under Section 2.04 and Letters of Credit under Section 2.03, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the last day for making Swing Line Loans and/or issuing Letters of Credit may be extended and the related obligations to issue Letters of Credit may be continued (pursuant to mechanics to be specified in the applicable Extension Amendment) so long as the Swing Line Loans and/or applicable L/C Issuer, as applicable, has consented to such extensions (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

(c) The Extended Class shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Class established thereby) executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any Extended Class in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $5,000,000 (it being understood that the actual principal amount thereof provided by the applicable Lenders may be lower than such minimum amount). In connection with any Extension Amendment, the Lead Borrower shall, if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (i) as to the enforceability of such Extension Amendment, this Agreement as amended thereby, and such of the other Loan Documents (if any) as may be amended thereby (in the case of such other Loan Documents as contemplated by the first sentence of this clause (c)) and covering customary matters and (ii) to the effect that such Extension Amendment, including the Extended Commitments provided for therein, does not breach or result in a default under the provisions of Section 10.01 of this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Class of Existing Commitments is converted or exchanged to extend the related scheduled Maturity Date(s) in accordance with paragraph (a) above (an “ Extension Date ”), in the case of the Existing Commitments of each Extending Lender under any Specified Existing Commitment Class, the aggregate principal amount of such Existing Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Commitments so converted or exchanged by such Lender on such date (or by any greater amount as may be agreed by the Borrowers and such Lender), and such Extended Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Commitment Class and from any other Existing Commitments (together with any other Extended Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Existing Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the Specified Existing Commitment Class, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be converted or exchanged to Extended Loans (and related participations) of the applicable Class in the same proportion as such Extended Commitments of such Class to Extending Lender’s Specified Existing Commitment Class.

 

97


(e) In the event that the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion that the allocation of the Extended Commitments of a given Extension Series, in each case to a given Lender was incorrectly determined as a result of manifest administrative error in the receipt and processing of an Extension Election timely submitted by such Lender in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment, then the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and such affected Lender may (and hereby are authorized to), in their sole discretion and without the consent of any other Lender, enter into an amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each, a “ Corrective Extension Amendment ”) within 15 days following the effective date of such Extension Amendment, as the case may be, which Corrective Extension Amendment shall (i) provide for the conversion or exchange and extension of Existing Commitments (and related Applicable Percentage), as the case may be, in such amount as is required to cause such Lender to hold Extended Commitments (and related Applicable Percentage) of the applicable Extension Series into which such other commitments were initially converted or exchanged, as the case may be, in the amount such Lender would have held had such administrative error not occurred and had such Lender received the minimum allocation of the applicable Loans or Commitments to which it was entitled under the terms of such Extension Amendment, in the absence of such error, (ii) be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and such Lender may agree (including conditions of the type required to be satisfied for the effectiveness of an Extension Amendment described in Section 2.16(c)), and (iii) effect such other amendments of the type (with appropriate reference and nomenclature changes) described in the penultimate sentence of Section 2.16(c).

(f) No conversion or exchange of Loans or Commitments pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.16 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

(g) This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.12, 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, any of the provisions of this Section 2.16 may be amended with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such amendment shall require any Lender to provide any Extended Commitments without such Lender’s consent.

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY;

APPOINTMENT OF LEAD BORROWER

3.01 Taxes .

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall (except to the extent required by applicable Law) be made free and clear, of and without reduction or withholding for, any Taxes; provided that if any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of such payments, then (i) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions have been made (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Law.

 

98


(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.

(c) Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agents and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.01) paid by such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Lead Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, the Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Status of Lenders . Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Lead Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. If such documentation expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall deliver promptly to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation or promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent two duly completed copies of IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form), certifying that such U.S. Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding,

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other related documentation as required under the Code,

 

99


(ii) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form),

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and certifying that no payments under any Loan Document are effectively connected with such Foreign Lender’s conduct of a United States trade or business and (y) two duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 3.01(e) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partners), or

(v) any other form prescribed Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Law to permit the Lead Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.01(e), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 3.01(e).

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If and to the extent the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines in its sole discretion exercised in good faith that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Loan Parties or with respect to which it has received amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall pay to the Lead Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Administrative Agent or Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Loan Parties, upon the request of such Administrative Agent or such Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Lead Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event that such Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent

 

100


or any Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(g) FATCA . If a payment made to any Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations and to determine whether such Lender has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.01(g), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(h) Lenders . For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01, include any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender.

3.02 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBOR Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Lead Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue LIBOR Rate Loans or to Convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, Convert all LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or Conversion, the Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or Converted.

3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a LIBOR Rate Loan or a Conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan, or (c) the LIBOR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed LIBOR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Lead Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, Conversion to or continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have Converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

101


3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate) or any L/C Issuer;

(ii) subject any Lender or any L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any LIBOR Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or such L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 3.01 or any Excluded Tax); or

(iii) impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making, continuing, converting or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or each L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer and delivery of the certificate contemplated by Section 3.04(c), the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has had the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon the request of such Lender or L/C Issuer and the delivery of the certificate contemplated by Section 3.04(c), the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s holding company, as the case may be, for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender or L/C Issuer specifying the Change in Law and setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, and the method for calculating such amount or amounts as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

102


(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Loan Parties shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Lead Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

3.05 Compensation for Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, Conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

(b) any failure by the Borrowers (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or Convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Lead Borrower; or

(c) any assignment of a LIBOR Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 10.13;

including any loss or reasonable out-of-pocket expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrowers shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each LIBOR Rate Loan made by it at the LIBOR Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such LIBOR Rate Loan was in fact so funded. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section and setting forth in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount or amounts was determined shall be delivered to the Lead Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrowers hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

103


(b) Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount or indemnification payment to any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then the Borrowers may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.

3.07 Survival . All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

3.08 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers’ Agent .

(a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Borrower’s agent to obtain Credit Extensions, the proceeds of which shall be available to each Borrower for such uses as are permitted under this Agreement. As the disclosed principal for its agent, each Borrower shall be obligated to each Credit Party on account of Credit Extensions so made as if made directly by the applicable Credit Party to such Borrower, notwithstanding the manner by which such Credit Extensions are recorded on the books and records of the Lead Borrower and of any other Borrower. In addition, each Loan Party other than the Borrowers hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such Loan Party’s agent to represent such Loan Party in all respects under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it hereunder is in excess of and on better terms than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently, each Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to discharge all Obligations of each of the other Borrowers.

(c) The Lead Borrower shall act as a conduit for each Borrower (including itself, as a “ Borrower ”) on whose behalf the Lead Borrower has requested a Credit Extension. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Credit Party shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds therefrom.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension on the Restatement Effective Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission ( e.g ., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Restatement Effective Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Restatement Effective Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement;

(ii) a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender requesting a Note to the extent requested five (5) Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date;

 

104


(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agents under the Existing Credit Agreements) and such other documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (d) and (h) of this Section 4.01;

(vi) evidence that the Debt Refinancing shall occur on the Restatement Effective Date and that all Indebtedness under the Existing NAI Credit Agreements (and all accrued interest and fees thereunder) shall be paid on the Restatement Effective Date and all commitments thereunder shall have terminated;

(vii) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Lead Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F ;

(viii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties;

(ix) all other Loan Documents set forth on Schedule 4.01;

(x) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and that the Collateral Agent has been named as loss payee and additional insured under each United States insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Collateral Agent shall have requested to be so named;

(xi) a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the last day of the most recent Fiscal Month ending at least 20 calendar days prior to the Restatement Effective Date;

(xii) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agents (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Encumbrances and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agents are

 

105


being tendered concurrently with the Restatement Effective Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(xiii) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agents to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent;

(xiv) a Committed Loan Notice; and

(xv) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, (D) from Ice Miller, LLP, Indiana counsel to the Loan Parties, (E) from Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, and (F) Petruccelli, Martin & Haddow LLP, Maine counsel to the Lead Borrower, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) The Merger shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated.

(d) Since the date of the latest balance sheet included in the Audited Financial Statements, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.

(e) The Arrangers shall have received (i) the Audited Financial Statements and (ii) the Unaudited Financial Statements.

(f) All fees required to be paid on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Restatement Effective Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two business days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Arrangers at least 10 days prior to the Restatement Effective Date.

(h)(A) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date) and (B) no Default or Event of

 

106


Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

(i) The joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Documents shall each have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(j) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension on the Restatement Effective Date, the Lead Borrower shall have incurred up to $1,145,000,000 of additional Term Loans under the Term Loan Credit Agreement.

(k) On the Restatement Effective Date, immediately after giving effect to all Credit Extensions made (or deemed to have been made) on the Restatement Effective Date, Excess Availability shall be not less than $1,000,000,000.

4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension after the initial Credit Extension on the Restatement Effective Date (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a Conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans) and of each L/C Issuer to issue each Letter of Credit after the initial L/C Credit Extensions requested on the Restatement Effective Date is in each case subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, (ii) in the case of any representation and warranty qualified by materiality, they shall be true and correct in all respects and (iii) for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(b) No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a Conversion of Committed Loans to the other Type or a continuation of LIBOR Rate Loans) submitted by the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension. The conditions set forth in this Section 4.02 are for the sole benefit of the Credit Parties but until the Required Lenders otherwise direct the Administrative Agent to cease making Committed Loans, the Lenders will fund their Applicable Percentage of all Loans and L/C Advances and participate in all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit whenever made or issued, which are requested by the Lead Borrower and which, notwithstanding the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the provisions of this Article IV, are agreed to by the Administrative Agent; provided , however , the making of any such Loans or the issuance of any Letters of Credit shall not be deemed a modification or waiver by any Credit Party of the

 

107


provisions of this Article IV on any future occasion or a waiver of any rights of the Credit Parties as a result of any such failure to comply.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans and to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.01 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Restatement Effective Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Security Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

108


5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of AB LLC and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of AB LLC and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The Unaudited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of AB Acquisition LLC and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) Since the Restatement Effective Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(c) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

5.06 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Encumbrances and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Encumbrances or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

109


(b) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Schedule 7.02 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type described in clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Restatement Effective Date, showing as of the Restatement Effective Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

(d) Schedule 7.03 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Restatement Effective Date, showing as of the Restatement Effective Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

5.09 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any material property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability; and

(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 5.09 , no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances on account thereof) have has been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.11 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

110


(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)(i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Lead Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Restatement Effective Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Restatement Effective Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents and Permitted Encumbrances which do not have priority over the Liens of the Collateral Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.12 , as of the Restatement Effective Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Restatement Effective Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 7.02 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.01 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Restatement Effective Date.

5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

111


5.14 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Restatement Effective Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Restatement Effective Date. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

5.15 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate and has not, in the past three (3) years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 5.16 , no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Lead Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have

 

112


been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.18 Security Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Credit Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Collateral Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Collateral Agent (or, so long as the Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the Term Loan Agent is acting as agent for the Collateral Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the Term Loan Agent), the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Loan Documents, subject to Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Loan Documents, subject to Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Restatement Effective Date).

 

113


5.19 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Credit Extension, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

5.20 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 5.20(a) is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Restatement Effective Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank.

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 5.20(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Restatement Effective Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

5.21 [Reserved] .

5.22 [Reserved] .

5.23 Material Contracts . Schedule 5.23 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Restatement Effective Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Administrative Agent on or before the Restatement Effective Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

5.24 [Reserved] .

5.25 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

114


5.26 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “HIPAA Compliant” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.27 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a certified Medicare provider or certified Medicaid provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Restatement Effective Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Restatement Effective Date. No validation review or program integrity

 

115


review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 5.27 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Restatement Effective Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

5.28 [Reserved] .

5.29 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.

(a) The Loan Parties have not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Restatement Effective Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any State, Commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying the Loan Parties of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of the Loan Parties established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by the Loan Parties or any related or other assets of the Loan Parties.

(b) The Lead Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. The Lead Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

5.30 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with Patriot Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the Patriot Act.

5.31 Office of Foreign Assets Control . Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans, nor the lending, contribution or otherwise making available such proceeds to any Subsidiary, joint venture partner or other individual or entity, will be used to fund any activities of or business with any individual or entity, or in any Designated Jurisdiction, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any individual or entity (including any individual or entity participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, Arranger, Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender, or otherwise) of Sanctions. Neither the Borrowers, nor any of their Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity that is, or is owned or controlled by any individual or entity that is (i) currently the subject or target of any Sanctions or (ii) located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction.

 

116


5.32 Use of Proceeds . On the Restatement Effective Date, the proceeds of the initial Commitments (in addition to Letters of Credit issued hereunder) will, subject to the Loan Cap, be used to finance a portion of the Restatement Effective Date Transactions and for general corporate purposes. Following the Restatement Effective Date, the Loans will be used by the Albertson’s Group for working capital (including the purchase of Inventory) and general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments).

5.33 Anti-Money Laundering . No Borrower or Guarantor, none of its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of senior management of each Borrower or Guarantor, none of its Affiliates and none of their respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Borrower or Guarantor, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

5.34 FCPA . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

ARTICLE VI

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02, and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form (for any period that includes a period prior to the Restatement Effective Date, based solely on the predecessor entity group on a combined basis which need not be in accordance with GAAP) the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than with respect to an upcoming maturity of any Indebtedness or potential default under any financial covenant) and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with

 

117


respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of the Lead Borrower’s Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form (for any period that includes a period prior to the Restatement Effective Date, based solely on the predecessor entity group on a combined basis which need not be in accordance with GAAP) the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Lead Borrower that ends during a Monthly Reporting Period (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Lead Borrower as at the end of such Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of the Lead Borrower’s Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year (for any period that includes a period prior to the Restatement Effective Date, based solely on the predecessor entity group on a combined basis which need not be in accordance with GAAP), all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the Lead Borrower as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; and

(d) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of the Lead Borrower ended after the Restatement Effective Date, 120 days), forecasts prepared by management of the Lead Borrower, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the Loan Cap and the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis (except that the Loan Cap shall be projected on a monthly basis) for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the fiscal year in which the Maturity

 

118


Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Albertson’s Group by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower or (B) in the case of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01, the Lead Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B) (i) such information is accompanied by consolidated information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to the Lead Borrower (or a parent of the Lead Borrower, if such information related to such a parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 6.01, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the requirements of Section 6.01.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

(b)(i) On or prior to the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each Fiscal Month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the Borrowing Base as of the close of business as of the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Month, each Borrowing Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower; provided that at any time that an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event has occurred and is continuing, such Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Saturday, and (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the consummation of the Disposition of any Collateral included in the Borrowing Base in connection with the closure of fifteen of more Stores, a Borrowing Base Certificate showing the Borrowing Base after giving effect to the consummation of such Disposition;

(c) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the Board of Directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(d) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 6.02 hereto, at the times set forth in such Schedule; and

 

119


(e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent (or any Lender acting through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.02(e) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically (which may be filed with the SEC) and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Lead Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Lead Borrower’s website on the Internet at www.albertsons.com; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Lead Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) the Lead Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent if the Administrative Agent requests the Lead Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders and each L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”).

6.03 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Administrative Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(e) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Lead Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or

 

120


levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Encumbrances) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Agents with respect to determining Reserves pursuant to this Agreement.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agents prior to the Restatement Effective Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent. Fire and extended coverage or “all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agents may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering Collateral shall name the Collateral Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable, and all liability insurance shall name the Collateral Agent as additional insured.

6.08 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a)(i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

121


6.09 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Administrative Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Administrative Agent; provided that an officer of the Lead Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

6.10 Inspection Rights .

(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm at such reasonable times during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to the Lead Borrower; provided , however , that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, only one visit in any calendar year shall be permitted and such visit shall be at the Loan Parties’ expense.

(b) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including investment bankers, consultants, accountants, and lawyers) retained by the Administrative Agent to conduct commercial finance examinations and other evaluations at the frequency specified below, including, without limitation, of (i) the Lead Borrower’s practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base and (ii) the assets included in the Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves. The Loan Parties shall pay the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and such professionals with respect to such examinations and evaluations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided in the provisos to this sentence, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct one (1) commercial finance examination each Fiscal Year at the Loan Parties’ expense; provided that, in the event that Excess Availability Percentage is at any time less than 15% for five (5) consecutive Business Days, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct up to two (2) commercial finance examinations in any twelve-month period at the Borrowers’ expense; provided further that, at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct one (1) commercial finance examination each Quarterly Accounting Period (and in any event no more than four each Fiscal Year) at the Borrowers’ expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may cause additional commercial finance examinations to be undertaken (i) as it in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate, at its own expense or, (ii) if required by Law, at the expense of the Loan Parties.

(c) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after reasonable prior notice, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent to conduct appraisals of the Collateral, including, without limitation, the assets included in the Borrowing Base. The Loan Parties shall pay the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and such professionals with respect to such appraisals. Notwithstanding the

 

122


foregoing, except as provided in the provisos to this sentence, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct up to one Inventory appraisal and one Scripts appraisal in any twelve-month period at the Loan Parties’ expense; provided that in the event that the Excess Availability Percentage is at any time less than or equal to 15% for five (5) consecutive Business Days, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct up to two (2) Inventory appraisals and two (2) Scripts appraisals in any twelve-month period at the Borrowers’ expense; provided further that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to conduct one (1) Inventory appraisal and one (1) Scripts appraisal each Quarterly Accounting Period (and in any event no more than four each Fiscal Year) at the Borrowers’ expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may cause additional appraisals to be undertaken (i) as it in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate, at its own expense or, (ii) if required by Law, at the expense of the Loan Parties.

6.11 Additional Loan Parties . Notify the Administrative Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Lead Borrower, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Administrative Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Borrower or Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Joinder Agreement to this Agreement or a counterpart of the Facility Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) subject to the requirements of Section 6.16(b), grant a Lien to the Collateral Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Security Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 4.01(a) and if requested by the Administrative Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. In addition, for purposes of compliance with Section 6.01, any direct or indirect parent entity of the Lead Borrower may become a guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a guarantee agreement in a form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which shall be executed by the Lead Borrower and such parent; provided that such parent entity shall not otherwise be deemed to be a “Borrower”, “Guarantor” or “Loan Party” for any purpose under this Agreement. In no event shall compliance with this Section 6.11 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 6.11 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor or permit the inclusion of any acquired assets in the computation of the Borrowing Base.

6.12 Cash Management .

(a) The Loan Parties party to the Existing Albertson’s ABL Credit Agreement have, and the Loan Parties that become party hereto on the Restatement Effective Date shall within 90 days after the Restatement Effective Date or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree:

(i) deliver to the Administrative Agent copies of notifications (each, a “ Credit Card Notification ”) which have been executed on behalf of such Loan Party and delivered to such Loan Party’s credit card clearinghouses and Credit Card Processors listed on Schedule 5.20(b) ; and

 

123


(ii) enter into a Blocked Account Agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agents with respect to each DDA maintained with any Blocked Account Bank (collectively, the “ Blocked Accounts ”); provided that Blocked Accounts shall not include (i) deposit accounts specifically and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of any Loan Party’s salaried employees, (ii) any zero balance account, (iii) any Store Account maintained at a bank at which the Loan Parties maintain fewer than 25 Store Accounts, (iv) accounts solely used for cash deposits subject to Permitted Encumbrances, and (v) any deposit account or lockbox specifically and exclusively for the receipt by the Loan Parties of Medicare Accounts or Medicaid Accounts, provided that such deposit accounts are under the control of a Loan Party and such Loan Party has directed payments from those accounts to the Blocked Accounts.

(b) Deposit all cash proceeds from sales of Inventory in every form, including, without limitation, cash and checks from each Store (other than Medicare Accounts and Medicaid Accounts) into the Store Account of such Loan Party used solely for such purpose in accordance with the then current practices of such Loan Party, but in any event no less frequently than once every three (3) Business Days; provided that each Store may retain in such Store funds of up to an average of $50,000 immediately after each deposit of funds from such Store into the applicable Store Account. All collected funds on deposit in the Store Accounts (including Store Accounts described in clause (iv) of Section 6.12(a)(ii)) shall be sent by wire transfer or other electronic funds transfer on each Business Day to the Blocked Accounts, except nominal amounts which are required to be maintained in such Store Accounts under the terms of such Loan Party’s arrangements with the bank at which such Store Accounts are maintained (which amounts, together with all amounts held at the retail store locations and not yet deposited in the Store Accounts, shall not in the aggregate exceed $150,000,000 ( provided that such amount shall be permanently reduced each time a retail store of any Loan Party is closed or sold by $50,000 and increased by $50,000 each time a store is opened or acquired pursuant to any Permitted Acquisition) at any one time, except to the extent from time to time additional amounts may be held in Stores or the Store Accounts on Saturday, Sunday or other days where the applicable depository bank is closed, which additional amounts are to be, and shall be, transferred on the next Business Day to the Blocked Accounts) and except as the Administrative Agent may otherwise agree.

(c) On or prior to the Restatement Effective Date, establish and maintain a separate lockbox and deposit account into which the Loan Parties shall promptly deposit, and shall direct each Fiscal Intermediary or other Third Party Payor in accordance with the applicable Medicare and Medicaid regulations to directly remit, all payments in respect of any Medicare Accounts or Medicaid Accounts. Such separate lockboxes and deposit accounts shall only be used for purposes of receiving payments in respect of Medicare Accounts and Medicaid Accounts and shall be under the sole control of the applicable Loan Party; provided , that (i) the Loan Parties shall authorize, direct and instruct the depository banks at which such separate lockboxes and deposit accounts are maintained to remit by federal funds wire transfer all funds received or deposited into such deposit accounts amounts on deposit in such accounts on a daily basis to one of the Blocked Accounts, which instructions by Loan Parties to such banks may only be changed after not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to such banks and the Administrative Agent and (ii) any change in such instructions without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent shall be an Event of Default hereunder.

(d) Subject to exceptions for Stores and Store Accounts in clause (b) and Medicare Accounts and Medicaid Accounts in clause (c) above, ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than once every Business Day (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) to a Blocked Account all proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral, including all proceeds from sales of Inventory, all amounts

 

124


payable to each Borrower from Credit Card Issuers and Credit Card Processors and all other proceeds of Collateral.

(e) Each Blocked Account Agreement shall require that, after the Blocked Account Bank’s receipt of written notice from the Collateral Agent given after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Dominion Trigger Event, the Blocked Account Bank shall effectuate the ACH or wire transfer no less frequently than daily (and whether or not there are then any outstanding Obligations) to the concentration account maintained by the Collateral Agent at Bank of America (the “ Collection Account ”) of all funds in such Blocked Account.

(f) The Collection Account shall at all times be under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Loan Parties have no right of withdrawal from the Collection Account, (ii) the funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall at all times be collateral security for all of the Obligations and (iii) the funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be applied pursuant to Section 8.03 on a daily basis after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Dominion Trigger Event. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.12, any Loan Party receives or otherwise has dominion and control of any such proceeds or collections, such proceeds and collections shall be held in trust by such Loan Party for the Collateral Agent, shall not be commingled with any of such Loan Party’s other funds or deposited in any account of such Loan Party and shall, not later than the Business Day after receipt thereof, be deposited into the Collection Account or dealt with in such other fashion as such Loan Party may be instructed by the Collateral Agent.

(g) Upon the request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Dominion Trigger Event, cause bank statements and/or other reports to be delivered to the Administrative Agent not less often than monthly, accurately setting forth all amounts deposited in each Blocked Account to ensure the proper transfer of funds as set forth above.

6.13 Information Regarding the Collateral .

(a) Furnish to the Administrative Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties.

(b) From time to time as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower shall supplement each Schedule hereto, or any representation herein or in any other Loan Document, with respect to any matter arising after the Restatement Effective Date that is required to be set forth or described in such Schedule or as an exception to such representation or that is necessary to correct any information in such Schedule or representation which has been rendered inaccurate thereby (and, in the case of any supplements to any Schedule, such Schedule shall be appropriately marked to show the changes made therein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no supplement or revision to any Schedule or

 

125


representation shall be deemed the Credit Parties’ consent to the matters reflected in such updated Schedules or revised representations nor permit the Loan Parties to undertake any actions otherwise prohibited hereunder or fail to undertake any action required hereunder from the restrictions and requirements in existence prior to the delivery of such updated Schedules or such revision of a representation; nor shall any such supplement or revision to any Schedule or representation be deemed the Credit Parties’ waiver of any Default resulting from the matters disclosed therein.

6.14 Physical Inventories .

(a) Cause not less than two physical inventories to be undertaken, at the expense of the Loan Parties, in each Fiscal Year and periodic cycle counts, in each case consistent with past practices, conducted by such inventory takers as are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and following such methodology as is consistent with the methodology used in the immediately preceding inventory or as otherwise may be reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent, at the expense of the Loan Parties, may participate in and/or observe each scheduled physical count of Inventory which is undertaken on behalf of any Loan Party. The Lead Borrower, within 30 days following the completion of such inventory, shall provide the Collateral Agent with a reconciliation of the results of such inventory (as well as of any other physical inventory or cycle counts undertaken by a Loan Party) and shall post such results to the Loan Parties’ stock ledgers and general ledgers, as applicable.

(b) Permit the Collateral Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, if any Event of Default exists, to cause additional such inventories to be taken as the Collateral Agent determines (each, at the expense of the Loan Parties).

6.15 [Reserved]

6.16 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or which any Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral are acquired by any Loan Party after the Restatement Effective Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Security Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Security Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agents thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition, cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 6.16, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 6.16(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 6.16(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute consent to the inclusion of any acquired assets in the computation of the Borrowing Base.

6.17 [Reserved].

 

126


6.18 [Reserved].

6.19 ERISA . The Lead Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Lead Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

6.20 Post-Closing Collateral Actions . The Lead Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods set forth on Schedule 6.20 , as such time periods may be extended by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE VII

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Encumbrances.

7.02 Investments . Make any Investments, except Permitted Investments.

7.03 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness, or (b) issue Disqualified Stock.

7.04 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a)(i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

 

127


(b)(i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or a Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Lead Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Lead Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.02 (other than clause (e) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”) and Section 7.03, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Security Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, and (E) such Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Security Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11 and Section 6.16;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Restatement Effective Date Transactions shall be permitted.

 

128


7.05 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except Permitted Dispositions. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Loan Documents.

7.06 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) [Reserved];

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04 or 7.09;

(e) the Lead Borrower may, and may make a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent to allow such parent to, repurchase Equity Interests held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Dominion Trigger Event shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000 plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the Net Proceeds received by the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Lead Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower (to the extent contributed to the Lead Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower that occurs after the Restatement Effective Date other than proceeds of a Cure Amount; plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Lead Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower (in each case, to the extent contributed to the Lead Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Restatement Effective Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(e); (provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Lead Borrower, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of the Lead Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(f) if the Payment Conditions are satisfied, a Borrower may declare or pay cash dividends and distributions to the equity holders of such Borrower;

(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable (i) solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person, or (ii) with the proceeds of a substantially

 

129


concurrent sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Lead Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof (to the extent contributed to a Borrower);

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in the Lead Borrower or in any other direct or indirect parent thereof or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i)(1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Restatement Effective Date for which the Lead Borrower is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Lead Borrower’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Lead Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any taxable loss with respect to any prior taxable period ending after the Restatement Effective Date (not previously taken into account in determining permitted tax distributions under this clause (i)) to the extent such taxable loss would have been deductible by the equity owners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the equity owners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through the Lead Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner (for the avoidance of doubt, including indirect equity owners whose ownership is through one or more “flow through” entities) of the Lead Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Restatement Effective Date for which AB LLC was a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to the Lead Borrower’s equity owners in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income that is allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes to persons that are equity owners of the Lead Borrower after the Restatement Effective Date for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Restatement Effective Date relating to income generated by the Lead Borrower or any entities that are owned directly or indirectly by the Lead Borrower (including any predecessors thereof) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of the Lead Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) the Lead Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower to pay (i) amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of any direct or indirect parent or holding company of the Lead Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent or holding company of the Lead Borrower, if applicable, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any such direct or indirect parent or holding company of the Lead Borrower, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) for the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 7.07, to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of

 

130


which have been permanently contributed to the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) customary expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Lead Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) for the avoidance of doubt, subject to Section 7.07, to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness, the proceeds of which are permanently contributed to the Lead Borrower (including any Permitted Refinancing thereof); and (vii) to permit any direct or indirect parent to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(k) [Reserved];

(l) Restricted Payments made with the proceeds of substantially concurrent Excluded Contributions;

(m) Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower to pay fees and expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower (other than fees and expenses owned to Affiliates of the Lead Borrower) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent;

(n) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property;

(o) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; and

(p) distributions required in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

7.07 Prepayments of Indebtedness . Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations or Indebtedness between Loan Parties), or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness, except (a) payments in respect of the Obligations, (b) regularly scheduled or mandatory repayments, repurchases, redemptions or defeasances of Permitted Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), (c) repayments and prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with and subject to the subordination terms thereof, (d) voluntary prepayments, repurchases,

 

131


redemptions, defeasances or other satisfaction of Permitted Indebtedness as long as the Adjusted Payment Conditions are satisfied, (e) Permitted Refinancings of any Indebtedness, (f) payments with respect to Term Loan Facility Indebtedness, and (g) the conversion of any Indebtedness to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the repayment of Indebtedness with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of the Lead Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower.

7.08 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

7.09 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly:

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000 for a single transaction or series of related transactions, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Lead Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed),

(ii) Real Estate leased by the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries,

(iii) Real Estate leased by the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Restatement Effective Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(vi) transactions to effect the Transactions, the Safeway Transactions, the Eastern Division Transactions and the Restatement Effective Date Transactions;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to the Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Restatement Effective Date and set forth on Schedule 7.09 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

 

132


(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith or (iii) any contribution to the capital of the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x)(x) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to the Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Lead Borrower, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (y) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by the Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Restatement Effective Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by the Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Restatement Effective Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date;

(xii) transactions between the Loan Parties or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Lead Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower or such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) [Reserved];

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 7.04 and 7.06;

(xv) transactions required pursuant to contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(xvi) [Reserved];

(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) [Reserved];

(xx) [Reserved];

 

133


(xxi) any purchases by the Lead Borrower’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Lead Borrower’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Lead Borrower’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Lead Borrower’s Affiliates;

(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary and not entered into in contemplations thereof; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $50,000,000 for a single payment or series of related payments, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) [Reserved];

(iii) payments by such Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to an agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Restatement Effective Date and listed on Schedule 7.09, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(v) [Reserved];

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the

 

134


ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Lead Borrower in good faith;

(vii) payments by the Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Lead Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to each Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the applicable Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) the Restatement Effective Date of Transaction Payments;

(x) [Reserved];

(xi) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to the Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 and 7.06 and, in the case of Section 7.06(i), the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement with respect to any such payments;

(xiii) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, any Person under common control with the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between such Persons and the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(xiv) payments between or among the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(xv) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction permitted under clause (a) above.

7.10 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Restricted Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments or other distributions to any Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in a Loan Party, (ii) of any Loan Party to Guarantee the Obligations, (iii) of any Restricted Subsidiary to make or repay loans to a Loan Party, or (iv) of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person in favor of the Collateral Agent; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person, other than, in each case, (i) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of such Loan Party or any Restricted

 

135


Subsidiary, (ii) customary restrictions on dispositions of real property interests found in reciprocal easement agreements of such Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any provision in an agreement for a Disposition permitted hereunder that limits the transfer of or the imposition of any Lien on the assets to be disposed of thereunder, (iv) any provision in an agreement relating to Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (a), (c) and (g) of the definition thereof that restricts Liens on property financed by or securing such Indebtedness, (v) any other provision in any agreement relating to Permitted Indebtedness that is no more restrictive or burdensome than the comparable provision in this Agreement (except that this proviso shall not apply to contractual restrictions described in clause (a)(iv) or (b) above), (vi) any encumbrance or restriction contained in any agreement of a Person acquired in a Permitted Investment, which encumbrance or restriction was in existence at the time of such Permitted Investment (but not created in connection therewith or in contemplation thereof) and which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the property and assets of the Person so acquired, (vii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures to the extent such joint ventures are permitted hereunder, (viii) contractual obligations in existence on the Restatement Effective Date and the extension or continuation thereof, provided that any such encumbrances or restrictions contained in such extension or continuation are no less favorable to the Agents and Lenders than those encumbrances and restrictions under or pursuant to the contractual obligations so extended or continued, (ix) customary restrictions pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Financing, (x) the Term Loan Credit Agreement as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date and Permitted Refinancings thereof provided the encumbrances contained therein are no more restrictive than those set forth in the Term Loan Credit Agreement as in effect on the Restatement Effective Date, (xi) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (xii) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c), (g) and (u) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (xiii) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or (xiv) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under clauses (c), (d), (t), (u), (w), (z) or (aa) of the definition of Permitted Encumbrances or clauses (a), (i) and (k) of the definition of Permitted Investments and in all instances limited to such cash or deposit.

7.11 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, (a) to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) in violation of Regulation U of the FRB or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock in violation of Regulation U of the FRB or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose or (b) for any purposes other than (i) on the Restatement Effective Date, to finance a portion of the Restatement Effective Date Transactions and to pay fees and expenses in connection therewith and (ii) following the Restatement Effective Date, for working capital purposes (including the purchase of Inventory), general corporate purposes (including Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments) and any other purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

7.12 Amendment of Material Documents .

(a)(i)Amend, modify or waive any of a Loan Party’s rights under its Organization Documents in a manner materially adverse to the Credit Parties; or (ii) amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

136


(b) Amend, modify or waive the Transition Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement, in each case, to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.13 Fiscal Year/Quarter . Change the Fiscal Year or Quarterly Accounting Periods of any Loan Party, or the accounting policies or reporting practices of the Loan Parties, except as required by GAAP; provided, however, that the Loan Parties may, upon written notice to the Agent from the Lead Borrower, change their Quarterly Accounting Periods and Fiscal Year to any other quarterly accounting periods and fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such changes.

7.14 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Processors . (a) Open new DDAs or Blocked Accounts unless the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent appropriate Blocked Account Agreements consistent with the provisions of, and to the extent required by, Section 6.12 and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or (b) enter into any agreements with Credit Card Processor other than the ones expressly contemplated herein or in Section 6.12 hereof unless the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent appropriate Credit Card Notifications consistent with the provisions of Section 6.12 and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

7.15 [Reserved].

7.16 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Borrowers will not permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Measurement Period to be lower than 1.00 to 1.00; provided that such Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will only be tested upon the occurrence of a Covenant Trigger Event, as of the last day of the Measurement Period ending immediately prior to the date on which such Covenant Trigger Event shall have occurred and shall continue to be tested as of the last day of each Measurement Period thereafter until such Covenant Trigger Event is no longer continuing; provided further that the results of operation and indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be taken into account for purposes of compliance with this Section 7.16.

ARTICLE VIII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following (after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both, if any, specified below with respect to such event or condition) shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrowers or any other Loan Party fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein, (i) any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) any interest on any Loan or other Obligation or fee due hereunder, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and such failure under this clause (ii) continues for five (5) Business Days after the payment was due; or

(b) Specific Covenants . (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03, 6.05(a), 6.07, 6.10, 6.11, or 6.12 or Article VII or (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenants of agreement contained in Section 6.02(b) and such failure continues unremedied for three (3) consecutive Business Days (or one (1) Business Day if an Accelerated Borrowing Base Delivery Event has occurred and is continuing); or

 

137


(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach of any such covenant or agreement or the Lead Borrower’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent of any such breach; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith (including, without limitation, any Borrowing Base Certificate) shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect (or, if already subject to qualification by materiality, in any respect) when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party (i) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Material Indebtedness (after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods), or (ii) after the expiration of all grace periods relating thereto, fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs (after giving effect to the expiration of any applicable grace periods), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of any Guarantee thereof (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (iii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract or such similar term used) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party is an Affected Party (as so defined or such similar term used) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Loan Party as a result thereof is greater than $150,000,000; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or a proceeding shall be commenced or a petition filed, without the application or consent of such Person, seeking or requesting the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed and the appointment continues undischarged, undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is

 

138


issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issuance or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $150,000,000 and such judgments or orders shall continue unsatisfied or unstayed for a period of 30 consecutive days (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage; it being agreed that a “reservation of rights letter” or similar notice shall not in and of itself constitute a dispute of coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded for a period of 30 consecutive days; or

(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . (i) Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any material provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any material provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any material provision of any Loan Document or seeks to avoid, limit or otherwise adversely affect any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document; or (ii) any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document shall cease to be (other than pursuant to the terms thereof), or shall be asserted by any Loan Party or any other Person not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral (other than an immaterial portion of the Collateral not of the type included in the Borrowing Base), with the priority required by the applicable Security Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Cessation of Business . Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, shall take any action to liquidate all or substantially all of their personal property assets utilized in the operation of their Stores, or employ an agent or other third party to conduct a program of closings, liquidations or “Going-Out-Of-Business” sales of its retail business; or

(m) Guaranty . The termination or attempted termination of any Facility Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or, at the request of the Required Lenders shall, take any or all of the following actions:

 

139


(a) declare the Commitments of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties;

(c) require that the Loan Parties Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations; and

(d) whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, proceed to protect, enforce and exercise all rights and remedies of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or Law, including, but not limited to, by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Credit Parties;

provided , however , that upon the entry of an order for relief (or similar order) with respect to any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof under any Debtor Relief Laws, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Loan Parties to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

No remedy herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of Law.

8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order;

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts payable under Section 10.04 (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders and each L/C Issuer (including amounts payable under Section 10.04 to the respective Lenders and each L/C Issuer and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

140


Third , (i) to the extent not previously reimbursed by the Lenders, to payment to the Agents of that portion of the Obligations constituting principal and accrued and unpaid interest on any Permitted Overadvances and (ii) to the payment of all 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations;

Fourth , to the extent that Swing Line Loans have not been refinanced by a Committed Loan, payment to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Swing Line Loans;

Fifth , to the extent that Swing Line Loans have not been refinanced by a Committed Loan, to payment to the Swing Line Lender of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans;

Sixth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, and fees (including Letter of Credit Fees), ratably among the Lenders and each L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth payable to them;

Seventh , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders and each L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh held by them;

Eighth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

Ninth , to payment of all other Obligations (including without limitation the cash collateralization of unliquidated indemnification obligations as provided in Section 10.04(g), but excluding any Other Liabilities), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Ninth held by them;

Tenth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations arising from Cash Management Services, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Tenth held by them;

Eleventh , to payment of all other Obligations arising from Bank Products (including Swap Contracts), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Eleventh held by them; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations and the 2037 ASC Debenture Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Loan Parties or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Seventh above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

All payments required to be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions in respect of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall be paid to or at the direction of the trustee under the ASC Indenture. If at any time any moneys collected or received by the Administrative Agent are distributable to the trustee under the ASC Indenture, and if such trustee shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing that no

 

141


provision is made under the ASC Indenture for the application by such trustee of such moneys (whether because the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide that amounts are due and payable or otherwise) and that the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide for the receipt and the holding by such trustee of such moneys pending the application thereof, then the Administrative Agent, after receipt of such moneys pending the application thereof, and receipt of such notification, shall at the direction of the trustee under the ASC Indenture, invest such amounts in Cash Equivalents maturing within 90 days after they are acquired by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such direction, hold such moneys uninvested and shall hold all such amounts so distributable and all such investments and the net proceeds thereof in trust solely for the trustee under the ASC Indenture (in its capacity as trustee) and for no other purpose until such time as such trustee shall request in writing the delivery thereof by the Administrative Agent for application pursuant to the 2037 ASC Debentures. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for any diminution in funds resulting from any such investment or any liquidation or any liquidation thereof prior to maturity.

8.04 Cure Rights .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VIII, in the event that the Borrowers fail to comply with the requirements of Section 7.16 with respect to any Measurement Period for which such covenant is required to be tested, until the expiration of the 10th day subsequent to the later of (x) the first day of the applicable Covenant Trigger Event or (y) the date the certificate calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Measurement Period is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(b) (the “ Cure Expiration Date ”), the Lead Borrower shall have the right to issue Permitted Cure Securities for cash or otherwise receive cash contributions (collectively, the “ Cure Right ”), and upon receipt by the Lead Borrower of such cash in return for its Permitted Cure Securities and the contribution of such proceeds to a Borrower, as applicable, (the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise by the Lead Borrower of such Cure Right, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 7.16 shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA of the last Quarterly Accounting Period of such Measurement Period shall be increased for such Measurement Period and any subsequent Measurement Period that contains such Quarterly Accounting Period, solely for the purpose of measuring the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under Section 7.16 and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustments, the Borrowers shall then be in compliance with Section 7.16, the Borrowers shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.16 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 7.16 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) in each twelve month period there shall be at least two Quarterly Accounting Periods with respect to which the Cure Right is not exercised, (ii) there shall be no more than five Cure Rights exercised during the term of this Agreement, (iii) the Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required for purposes of complying with Section 7.16 and (iv) all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for purposes of determining any baskets or ratios with respect to the other covenants contained in the Loan Documents.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01 and Section 8.02, (A) upon receipt of the Cure Amount (and designation thereof) by the Lead Borrower, the requirements of Section 7.16 shall be deemed satisfied and complied with as of the end of the relevant Quarterly

 

142


Accounting Period with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply with the requirements of Section 7.16 and any Event of Default under Section 7.16 (and any other Default as a result thereof) shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of the Loan Documents, and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender may exercise any rights or remedies under Section 8.02 (or under any other Loan Document) on the basis of any actual or purported Event of Default under Section 7.16 (and any other Default as a result thereof) until and unless the Cure Expiration Date has occurred without the Cure Amount having been contributed and designated; provided that during the period set forth in this clause (B), an Event of Default shall nevertheless be deemed to have occurred and be continuing for all other purposes under the Loan Documents (including restrictions on Borrowings).

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender), Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and each L/C Issuer, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender), Swing Line Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America as Collateral Agent and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article X, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Persons serving as the Agents hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in their capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:

 

143


(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its respective opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Agents shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Loan Parties, a Lender or an L/C Issuer. In the event that the Agents obtains such actual knowledge or receives such a notice, the Agents shall give prompt notice thereof to each of the other Credit Parties. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Agents shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders. Unless and until the Agents shall have received such direction, the Agents may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to any such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Credit Parties. In no event shall the Agents be required to comply with any such directions to the extent that any Agent believes that its compliance with such directions would be unlawful.

The Agents shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

9.04 Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including, but not limited to, any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and

 

144


believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or an L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender or an L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

9.05 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agents and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as such Agent.

9.06 Resignation of Agents . Any Agent may at any time give written notice of its resignation to the Lenders, each L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the approval of the Lead Borrower (as long as no Event of Default then exists), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 60 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer with the approval of the Lead Borrower (as long as no Event of Default then exists), appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment within 60 days after the retiring Agent gives notices of its resignation, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or each L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

145


9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except as provided in Section 9.12, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Credit Party with any other credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Agents.

9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Arrangers, Syndication Agents or the Co-Documentation Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.

9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Loan Parties) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, such Credit Parties and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent and such Credit Parties under Sections 2.03(i), 2.03(j) and 2.03(k) as applicable, 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and each L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or L/C Issuer or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or L/C Issuer in any such proceeding.

 

146


9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Credit Parties irrevocably authorize and direct the Agents, and Agents shall:

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (unless cash collateralized or supported by back-to-back letters of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuers), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed of or to be disposed of in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to a Person that is not a Loan Party, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Applicable Lenders in accordance with Section 10.01;

(b) to the extent determined by the Agents in their discretion, subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Encumbrances”;

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Facility Guaranty and each other applicable Loan Document if (i) such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder (including its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guarantee is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Term Loan Facility Indebtedness, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing (each as defined in and incurred in compliance with the terms of the Term Loan Credit Agreement); and

(d) release any Borrower (other than the Lead Borrower) from its obligation if such Person ceases to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder (including its designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) so long as (i), at the time of such release, no Event of Default shall exist, (ii) another Borrower shall become liable for the respective portion of such Borrower’s obligations and (iii) after such Person joins this Agreement as a Borrower, no Event of Default shall exist.

Upon request by any Agent at any time, the Applicable Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Facility Guaranty and each other Loan Document pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Agents will, at the Loan Parties’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Facility Guaranty and each other applicable Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.

9.11 Notice of Transfer . The Agents may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Obligations for all purposes, unless and until, and except to the extent, an Assignment and Assumption shall have become effective as set forth in Section 10.06.

 

147


9.12 Reports and Financial Statements . By signing this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) agrees to furnish the Administrative Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Lender. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Lender on account of Other Liabilities unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice thereof from such Lender;

(b) is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all financial statements required to be delivered by the Lead Borrower hereunder and all Borrowing Base Certificates, commercial finance examinations and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Agents (collectively, the “ Reports ”);

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report;

(d) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agents or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;

(e) agrees to keep all Reports confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07 hereof; and

(f) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Credit Extensions that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including attorney costs) incurred by the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

9.13 Agency for Perfection . Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other Law of the United States can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender (other than the Agents) obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agents thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

9.14 Indemnification of Agents . The Lenders shall indemnify the Agents, each L/C Issuer and any Related Party, as the case may be (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligations of Loan Parties hereunder), ratably according to their Applicable Percentages, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by,

 

148


or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Agent in connection therewith; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

9.15 Relation Among Lenders . The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Agents) authorized to act for, any other Lender.

9.16 Defaulting Lender .

(a) If for any reason any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then, in addition to the rights and remedies that may be available to the other Credit Parties, the Loan Parties or any other party at law or in equity, and not at limitation thereof, (i) subject to Section 10.01 only with respect to the increase or extension of such Lender’s Commitment, such Defaulting Lender’s right to participate in the administration of, or decision-making rights related to, the Obligations, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be suspended during the pendency of such failure or refusal, (ii) a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Loan Parties, whether on account of outstanding Loans, interest, fees or otherwise, to the remaining non-Defaulting Lenders for application to, and reduction of, their proportionate shares of all outstanding Obligations until, as a result of application of such assigned payments the Lenders’ respective Applicable Percentages of all outstanding Obligations shall have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing such delinquency, and (iii) at the option of the Administrative Agent, any further amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender in respect of any Loan or existing or future participating interest in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit. The Defaulting Lender’s decision-making and participation rights and rights to payments as set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) hereinabove shall be restored only upon the payment by the Defaulting Lender of its Applicable Percentage of any Obligations, any participation obligation, or expenses as to which it is delinquent, together with interest thereon at the rate set forth in Section 2.13(c) hereof from the date when originally due until the date upon which any such amounts are actually paid.

(b) The non-Defaulting Lenders shall also have the right, but not the obligation, in their respective, sole and absolute discretion, to cause the termination and assignment, without any further action by the Defaulting Lender for no cash consideration (pro rata, based on the respective Commitments of those Lenders electing to exercise such right), of the Defaulting Lender’s Commitment to fund future Loans. Upon any such assignment of the Applicable Percentage of any Defaulting Lender, the Defaulting Lender’s share in future Credit Extensions and its rights under the Loan Documents with respect thereto shall terminate on the date of assignment, and the Defaulting Lender shall promptly execute all documents reasonably requested to surrender and transfer such interest, including, if so requested, an Assignment and Assumption.

(c) Each Defaulting Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each non-Defaulting Lender from and against any and all loss, damage or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and funds advanced by the Administrative Agent or by any non-Defaulting Lender, on account of a Defaulting Lender’s failure to timely fund its Applicable Percentage of a Loan or to otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

149


(d) If any L/C Obligations exist at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i) all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such L/C Obligations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent any non-Defaulting Lender’s outstanding Loans plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Loans at such time does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitments;

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall within one Business Day following written notice by the Administrative Agent, Cash Collateralize for the benefit of each L/C Issuer such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.03(g) for so long as such L/C Obligations are outstanding;

(iii) if the Borrowers Cash Collateralize any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations during the period such portion of the L/C Obligations are Cash Collateralized;

(iv) if the non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations are reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(i) and Section 2.09(a) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations are neither reallocated nor Cash Collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable L/C Issuers or any other Lender hereunder, all Letter of Credit Fees payable under Section 2.03(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof shall be payable to the applicable L/C Issuers until and to the extent that such L/C Obligations are reallocated and/or Cash Collateralized; and

(e) So long as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, each L/C Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding Applicable Percentage of the L/C Obligations will be one hundred percent (100%) covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with Section 9.16(d)(i) and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.03(g), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 9.16(d)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

(f) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower and the applicable L/C Issuers each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Lenders’ Applicable Percentages of the L/C Obligations shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

 

150


9.17 Withholding Tax . To the extent required by applicable Laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 3.01, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.17. The agreements in this Section 9.17 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lender” shall, for purposes of this Section 9.17, include any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender.

9.18 Intercreditor Agreements . The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and any other usual and customary intercreditor agreements to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that each such intercreditor agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the intercreditor agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and the usual and customary intercreditor agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any intercreditor agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i), and (ii) to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by Section 7.01 of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

9.19 Disqualified Institutions . The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Disqualified Institutions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Institution or (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Institution.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) and the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Required Lenders), and the

 

151


Lead Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;

(b) as to any Lender, postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any scheduled payment (including the Maturity Date) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (but, for clarity, not including any mandatory payment required by Section 2.05(e)) without the written consent of such Lender;

(c) as to any Lender, reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (v) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or increase any advance rate, without the written consent of each Lender; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders of the relevant Class shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;

(d) as to any Lender, change Section 2.13 or Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of such Lender, provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to permit the extensions of maturity pursuant to Section 2.16;

(e) change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders,” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, release, or limit the liability of, any Loan Party without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) except for Permitted Dispositions or as provided in Section 9.10, release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the written consent of each Lender;

(h) change the definition of the term “Borrowing Base” or any component definition thereof if as a result thereof the amounts available to be borrowed by the Borrowers would be increased without the written consent of Lenders holding at least 66  2 3 % of the Total Outstandings and Aggregate Commitments, provided that the foregoing shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any Reserves;

(i) modify the definition of “Permitted Overadvance” so as to increase the amount thereof or, except as otherwise provided in such definition, the time period for a Permitted Overadvance without the written consent of each Lender;

 

152


(j) except as expressly permitted herein or in any other Loan Document, subordinate the Obligations hereunder or the Liens granted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, to any other Indebtedness or Lien, as the case may be without the written consent of each Lender;

(k) modify the definition of (1) “Eligible Assignee” to the extent that such amendment increases the percentage of Loans permitted to be held by a Sponsor Affiliated Lender, or (ii) “Sponsor Affiliated Lender,” in each case, without the written consent of each Lender; and

(l) amend any provision hereof (including Section 10.06) in a manner that restricts a Lender’s ability to assign its right or obligations without the consent of such Lender.

and, provided further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer (including, without limitation, any increase in such L/C Issuer Sublimit of such L/C Issuer) under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (v) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto and (vi) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, and (b) the Lead Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries as “Borrowers” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent which appropriately incorporates such Borrowers into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents which amendment shall not require the consent of any other Lender.

If any Lender does not consent (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Lead Borrower may replace such Non-Consenting Lender with respect to the Class of Loans or Commitments that is subject to the related consent, waiver or amendment in accordance with Section 10.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Lead Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph).

10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications .

(a) Notices Generally . Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight

 

153


courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Loan Parties, the Agents, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 ; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Lead Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgment), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agents or any of their Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Loan Parties’ or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of

 

154


Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Loan Party, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Loan Parties, the Agents, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Lead Borrower, the Agents, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

(e) Reliance by Agents, L/C Issuer and Lenders . The Agents, each L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agents may be recorded by the Agents, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrowers shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agents and their Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agents, (B) outside consultants for the Agents, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the

 

155


transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) with respect to each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and (c) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Credit Parties who are not the Agents, an L/C Issuer or any Affiliate of any of them, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Credit Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Credit Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Credit Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

(b) Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents (and any sub-agent thereof), each Arranger, each other Credit Party, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless (on an after-Tax basis) from, any and all losses, claims, causes of action, damages, liabilities, settlement payments, costs, and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any Affiliate or equityholder thereof arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Agents (and any sub-agents thereof) and their Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) any claims of, or amounts paid by any Credit Party to, a Blocked Account Bank or other Person which has entered into a control agreement with any Credit Party hereunder, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Loan Document of such Indemnitee (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (y) result from a claim brought by a Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrowers or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) result from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (i) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender or an arranger or a similar role and (ii) claims resulting directly or indirectly from acts or omissions of any Loan Party; provided that , the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if


necessary, one firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and one firm of special counsel, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Lead Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee)).

(c) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to receive indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(d) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable on demand (accompanied by back-up documentation to the extent available).

(e) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of any Agent or L/C Issuer, the assignment of any Commitment or Loan by any Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

10.05 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is made to any Credit Party, or any Credit Party exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Credit Party in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Agents upon demand its Applicable Percentage (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agents, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

10.06 Successors and Assigns .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(b), (ii) by way of

 

157


participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection Section 10.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Credit Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans of any Class outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(a), (f) or (g) has occurred and is continuing, the Lead Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans;

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Lead Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(a), (f) or (g) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any

 

158


Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender; and

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided , however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, and 10.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d).

(c) Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Lead Borrower, any L/C Issuer, and, with respect to such Lender’s interest only, any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, sell participations to any Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Loan Parties, the Agents, the Lenders and each L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any Participant shall agree in writing to comply with all confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 10.07 as if such Participant was a Lender hereunder.

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument

 

159


may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (g) of the first proviso to Section 10.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Loan Parties agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections and Section 3.06 and 10.13, and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.01(e) shall be delivered solely to the participating Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. If a Lender sells a participation pursuant to Section 10.06(d), that Lender shall (acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers) maintain a register on which is entered the name and address of each Participant and the principal and interest amounts of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of a Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any loans or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that a Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a Change in Law after the Participant becomes a Participant.

(f) Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(h) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment or Resignation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, or resigns as Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.06, Bank of America may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) with duplication of any notice required under Section 9.06, upon 30 days’ notice to the Lead Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by

 

160


the Lead Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America and the Lead Borrower to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America with respect to such Letters of Credit. Any resignation by Bank of America as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender.

10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality . Each of the Credit Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, Approved Funds, and to its and its Affiliates’ and Approved Funds’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, funding sources, attorneys, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Lead Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties (only if such Credit Party has no knowledge that such source itself is not in breach of a confidentiality obligation).

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Credit Party on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof ( provided that if such information is furnished by a source known to such Credit Party to be subject to a confidentiality obligation, such source, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, is not in violation of such Obligation by such disclosure), provided that, in the case of information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the Restatement Effective Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

Each of the Credit Parties acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Loan Parties or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed

 

161


compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

10.08 Right of Setoff . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if any Lender shall have been served with a trustee process or similar attachment relating to property of a Loan Party, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) or other property at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or L/C Issuer, regardless of the adequacy of the Collateral, and irrespective of whether or not such Lender or L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrowers or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, each L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, each L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

10.09 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

10.11 Survival . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Credit Parties, regardless of any investigation made by any Credit Party

 

162


or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations for which claims have not been made) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding. Further, the provisions of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 10.04 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. In connection with the termination of this Agreement and the release and termination of the security interests in the Collateral, the Agents may require such indemnities and collateral security as they shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Credit Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Other Liabilities, and (z) any Obligations that may thereafter arise under Section 10.04 hereof.

10.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

10.13 Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrowers may, at their sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

(a) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrowers (in the case of all other amounts);

(b) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

(c) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrowers to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

In connection with any such replacement, if any such Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within two (2) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment

 

163


and Assumption to such Lender, then such Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of such Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to such Lender.

10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY CREDIT PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(e) ACTIONS COMMENCED BY LOAN PARTIES . EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY LOAN PARTY ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY

 

164


ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Loan Parties each acknowledge and agree that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, and each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each Credit Party is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Credit Parties has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Loan Parties with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any of the Credit Parties has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Credit Parties have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against each of the Credit Parties with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

10.17 USA Patriot Act . Each Lender and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender), which are subject to the Patriot Act (as hereinafter defined) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and

 

165


other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

10.18 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

10.19 Press Releases .

(a) Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of Administrative Agent or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to Administrative Agent and without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent unless (and only to the extent that) such Credit Party or Affiliate is required to do so under Law and then, in any event, such Credit Party or Affiliate will consult with Administrative Agent before issuing such press release or other public disclosure.

(b) Each Loan Party consents to the publication by Administrative Agent or any Lender of advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using any Loan Party’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark upon the Lead Borrower’s approval, not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld. Administrative Agent or such Lender shall provide a draft reasonably in advance of any advertising material to the Lead Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. The Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

10.20 Additional Waivers .

(a) The Obligations are the joint and several obligation of each Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, the obligations of each Loan Party shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any other Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (iii) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the Collateral or other security held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Credit Party.

(b) The obligations of each Loan Party shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Agent or any other Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Loan Party or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Party as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments).

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Loan Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part

 

166


thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. The Collateral Agent and the other Credit Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or non-judicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Party hereunder except to the extent that all the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments have been terminated. Each Loan Party waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

(d) Each Loan Party is obligated to repay the Obligations as joint and several obligors under this Agreement. Upon payment by any Loan Party of any Obligations, all rights of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. In addition, any indebtedness of any Loan Party now or hereafter held by any other Loan Party is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and no Loan Party will demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Loan Party on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against the payment of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Borrower shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations constituting Loans made to another Borrower hereunder or other Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Borrower (an “ Accommodation Payment ”), then the Borrower making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Borrowers in an amount, for each of such other Borrowers, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Borrower’s Allocable Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Borrowers. As of any date of determination, the “ Allocable Amount ” of each Borrower shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Borrower hereunder without (a) rendering such Borrower “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101 (31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“ UFTA ”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“ UFCA ”), (b) leaving such Borrower with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Borrower unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA.

10.21 No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

10.22 Attachments . The exhibits, schedules and annexes attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and shall be considered a part of this Agreement for the purposes stated herein, except that

 

167


in the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of such exhibits and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

10.23 Conflict of Terms . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement conflicts with any provision in any of the other Loan Documents (other than the Intercreditor Agreements), the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

 

168


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

LEAD BORROWER :

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


CO-BORROWERS :

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

SAFEWAY INC.
By:   /s/ Bradley S. Fox
  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


GUARANTORS

 

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

EXTREME LLC

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

ABS TX OWNER LP

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS SW OWNER LLC

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

LSP LEASE LLC

ABS RM OWNER LLC

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

ASP SW OWNER LLC

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

EXT OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER LP

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR OWNER LLC

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

ABS CA-O LLC

ABS CA-GL LLC

ABS ID-O LLC

ABS ID-GL LLC

ABS MT-O LLC

ABS MT-GL LLC

ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


ABS OR-O LLC

ABS OR-GL LLC

ABS UT-O LLC

ABS UT-GL LLC

ABS WA-O LLC

ABS WA-GL LLC

ABS WY-O LLC

ABS WY-GL LLC

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

ABS ID-O DC LLC

ABS OR-O DC LLC

ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald
  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

AVIA PARTNERS, INC.

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

LUCERNE FOODS, INC.

EATING RIGHT LLC

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

O ORGANICS LLC

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald
  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

 

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald
  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

 

By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner

By:   /s/ Laura A. Donald
  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

By:   /s/ Steve Hanson
  Name:   Steve Hanson
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Elizabeth A. Harris
  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , as Administrative Agent, as Collateral Agent, as a Lender, as an L/C Issuer and as Swing Line Lender
By:   /s/ Brian Lindblom
  Name:   Brian Lindblom
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Bank of Hawaii , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Miki Ikeda
  Name:   Miki Ikeda
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


BARCLAYS BANK PLC , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Vanessa Kurbatskiy
  Name:   Vanessa Kurbatskiy
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Branch Banking and Trust Company , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Bradford F. Scott
  Name:   Bradford F. Scott
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Bank of Montreal , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Jason Hoefler
  Name:   Jason Hoefler
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


CIT Bank, N.A. , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Christopher J. Esposito
  Name:   Christopher J. Esposito
  Title:   Managing Director

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Citibank N.A. , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Kelly Gunness
  Name:   Kelly Gunness
  Title:   Director & Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Citizens Business Capital, a division of Citizens Asset Finance, Inc. , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Michael Ganann
  Name:   Michael Ganann
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


City National Bank , as a Lender
By:   /s/ David Knoblauch
  Name:   David Knoblauch
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


COMPASS BANK , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Amanda Pettit
  Name:   Amanda Pettit
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Bill O’Daly
  Name:   Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ D. Andrew Maletta
  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Frank Fazio
  Name:   Frank Fazio
  Title:   Managing Director
By:   /s/ Stephen R. Lapidus
  Name:   Stephen R. Lapidus
  Title:   Director

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


FIFTH THIRD BANK , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Todd S. Robinson
  Name:   Todd S. Robinson
  Title:   VP

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Fifth Hawaiian Bank , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Darlene N. Blakeney
  Name:   Darlene N. Blakeney
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


FirstMerit Bank , as a Lender
By:   /s/ John Zimbo
  Name:   John Zimbo
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Rebecca Kratz
  Name:   Rebecca Kratz
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Mark R. Bitter
  Name:   Mark R. Bitter
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Michael King
  Name:   Michael King
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


MUFG UNION BANK, N.A. , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Peter Ehlinger
  Name:   Peter Ehlinger
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


NYCB SPECIALTY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC , a wholy owned subsidiary of New York Community Bank, as a Lender
By:   /s/ Willard D. Dickerson, Jr.
  Name:   Willard D. Dickerson, Jr.
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


PNC Bank, National Association , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Sari Garrick
  Name:   Sari Garrick
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Philippe Pepin
  Name:   Philippe Pepin
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


SunTrust Bank , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ J. Matney Gornall
  Name:   J. Matney Gornall
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


TD Bank, N.A. , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Edmundo Kahn
  Name:   Edmundo Kahn
  Title:   Vice-President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


U.S. Bank National Association , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Christopher D. Fudge
  Name:   Christopher D. Fudge
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


WEBSTER BUSINESS CREDIT CORPORATION , as a Lender
By:   /s/ Harvey Winter
  Name:   Harvey Winter
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)


Wells Fargo Bank, National Association , as a Lender and as an L/C Issuer
By:   /s/ Robert C. Chakarian
  Name:   Robert C. Chakarian
  Title:   Vice-President

 

Signature Page to Second A&R Albertson’s LLC Credit Agreement (ABL)

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 1

AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrowe r”), ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC, SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has hereby notified the Agent that it is requesting Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may establish Incremental Term Loans by, among other things, entering into one or more Incremental Amendments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with Citibank, N.A., as the Incremental Term Lender, agreeing to provide such Incremental Term Loans;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested the borrowing of $1,145,000,000 of Incremental Term Loans (the “ Borrowing ”) (i) to finance the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under that certain term loan agreement (the “ NAI Credit Agreement ”), dated as of June 27, 2014, by and among New Albertson’s, Inc. (“ NAI ”) (the “ Refinancing ”), Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ NAI Term Loan Facility ”), (ii) to pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the Incremental Term Loans and (iii) for general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, the Incremental Term Lender has agreed to make the Incremental Term Loans to the Borrowers on the effective date of this Amendment on the terms set forth herein;

WHEREAS, NAI will be a co-borrower of the Incremental Term Loans and will be deemed to be a “Borrower” for all purposes under the Term Loan Agreement (as amended);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement.

For purposes of this Amendment No. 1, the following term shall have the meaning given to it below:

 

1


Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under the Term Loan Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility (as such term is defined in the Term Loan Agreement), and (ii) any amendment to the Term Loan Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-5 Loans.

SECTION 2. Incremental Term Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, on the date requested by the Borrowers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, NAI) to be the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Incremental Term Lender agrees (i) that it shall be considered a Lender for all purposes under the Financing Agreements and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof and (ii) to make Incremental Term Loans to the Borrowers in a single borrowing on the date hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,145,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans will be a new tranche of loans under the Term Loan Agreement (such Loans, the “ Term B-5 Loans ” and the Incremental Term Lender providing such Term B-5 Loans, a “ Term B-5 Lender ”). The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Term B-5 Loans as set forth in the recitals to this Amendment. The Term B-5 Loans shall be on the same terms as the existing Term Loans under the Term Loan Agreement, except for the following terms:

(a)  Amortization : On the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2016, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)). To the extent not previously paid, all Term B-5 Loans shall be due and payable on the Term B-5 Maturity Date (as defined below), together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the date of payment.

(b)  Base Rate : The Base Rate with respect to the Term B-5 Loans shall mean the Base Rate as defined in the Term Loan Agreement.

(c)  LIBOR : The LIBOR rate with respect to the Term B-5 Loans shall mean LIBOR as defined in the Term Loan Agreement; provided that, with respect to the Term B-5 Loans, LIBOR will be deemed to be not less than 1.00% per annum.

(d)  Applicable Margin : The Applicable Margin with respect to the Term B-5 Loans shall mean (i) 4.50% applicable to Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Loans or (ii) 3.50% applicable to Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans.

(e)  Closing Fee : The Term B-5 Loans will be issued to the Lenders participating in the Incremental Facility at a price of 99.00% of their principal amount.

(f)  Optional Prepayment : If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of the Term Loan Agreement that results in a Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-5 Lender with outstanding Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-5 Loans of such Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Repricing Event.

 

2


(g)  Term B-5 Maturity Date : December 21, 2022.

(h)  Credit Agreement Governs : Except as set forth herein, the Term B-5 Loans shall be subject to the provisions, including any provisions restricting the rights, or regarding the obligations, of the Loan Parties or any provisions regarding the rights of the Term Lenders, of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and have terms identical to the existing Term Loans under the Term Loan Agreement and will constitute Term Loans for all purposes under the Term Loan Agreement. Each reference to a “Term Loan” or “Term Loans” in the Term Loan Agreement shall be deemed to include the Term B-5 Loans, each reference to “Lenders” shall be deemed to include the Term B-5 Lenders and other related terms will have correlative meanings mutatis mutandis .

(i)  Availability : The full amount of the Term B-5 Loans must be drawn in a single drawing on the date hereof. Amounts borrowed hereunder that are repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(b) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by the Term B-5 Lender;

(c) Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, (D) from Ice Miller, LLP, Indiana counsel to the Loan Parties, (E) from Petruccelli, Martin & Haddow LLP, Maine counsel to the Loan Parties, and (F) from Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and the Term B-5 Lenders;

(d) Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date or, if applicable, that no modifications have been made to such documents since January 30, 2015 or November 23, 2015, as applicable, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Amendment and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing the Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above;

 

3


(e) Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Parent Borrower dated the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date certifying that (i) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably to be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) The Parent Borrower shall have paid (or have caused to be paid), (a) to the Amendment No. 1 Arrangers (as defined below) in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 1 Arrangers in connection with arranging Amendment No. 1 as separately agreed to in writing by New Holdings (as defined below) and the Amendment No. 1 Arrangers and (b) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 1 Arrangers and the Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP );

(g) (i) Subject to subsection (e)  above, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Borrowing and (ii) after giving effect to the establishment of the Term B-5 Loans, and the borrowings thereunder, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Borrowers shall be in compliance with Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

(h) Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of New Holdings substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O to the Term Loan Agreement;

(i) Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(j) Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice for the Term B-5 Loans;

(k) Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Lenders at least 10 days prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date;

(l) Refinancing shall have been consummated with the proceeds from the Term B-5 Loans and Agent shall have received a payoff letter from the agent for the lenders under the NAI Credit Agreement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent evidencing that, upon receipt of any payments specified therein, the NAI Credit Agreement has been or concurrently with the Effective Date is being terminated, all obligations thereunder are being paid in full, and all Liens securing

 

4


obligations under the NAI Credit Agreement have been or concurrently with the Effective Date are being released; and

(m) The Agent shall have received reasonable evidence of both (i) the merger of Albertson’s Holdings LLC with and into Albertsons Companies, LLC (“ New Holdings ”) and (ii) the merger of NAI Holdings LLC with and into New Holdings.

SECTION 4. Post-Closing Obligations . The Parent Borrower and New Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant (before and after giving effect to the Borrowing) that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6. Extension of Loan . Subject to Section 3 above, the Term B-5 Lenders shall make the Term B-5 Loans available to the Parent Borrower on the date specified therefor in the related Committed Loan Notice in accordance with instructions provided by the Parent Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

SECTION 7. Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements.

SECTION 8. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

SECTION 9.  Financing Agreement . This Amendment shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

SECTION 10. Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notice . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Term Loan Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5


This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12. Roles . It is agreed that each of Credit Suisse Secuirties (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated will act as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Incremental Term Loans (collectively, the “ Amendment No. 1 Arrangers ”). Parties hereto agree that Section 12.5 (Indemnification) of the Term Loan Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 13. Acknowledgement and Reaffirmation . New Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) to the extent party thereto or covered thereunder, ratifies and affirms after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment its obligations under the Financing Agreements (including guarantees, security agreements, mortgages and deeds of trusts) executed by New Holdings, the Borrowers and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) to the extent applicable, after giving effect to this Incremental Amendment, acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Financing Agreements and agrees such Financing Agreements remain in full force and effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, New Holdings, as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC by merger, hereby agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements applicable to it as a “Guarantor”, “Holdings”, and “Grantor” and New Holdings hereby affirms its grants and pledges to the Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in and to and Lien on, all of its Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Security Agreement, New Holdings shall be a party thereto as a “Grantor” upon execution of this Amendment.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

BORROWERS
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Perkins

  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


GUARANTORS

ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC

AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC

EXTREME LLC

NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC

NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP

AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC

JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC

SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC

ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.

ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC

ABS MEZZANINE I LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX INVESTOR LP

ABS SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM INVESTOR LLC

ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC

ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP

ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC

AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC

ASR TX INVESTOR LP

ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC

ABS MEZZANINE II LLC

ABS TX OWNER GP LLC

ABS FLA OWNER LLC

ABS TX OWNER LP

ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS SW OWNER LLC

ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC

LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC

SHORTCO OWNER LLC

ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC

LSP LEASE LLC

ABS RM OWNER LLC

ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC

ABS DFW OWNER LLC

ASP SW OWNER LLC

ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER GP LLC

EXT OWNER LLC

NHI TX OWNER LP

SUNRICH OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR OWNER LLC

EXT LEASE OWNER LLC

NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP

ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC

ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP

ABS MEZZANINE III LLC

ABS CA-O LLC

ABS CA-GL LLC

ABS ID-O LLC

ABS ID-GL LLC

ABS MT-O LLC

ABS MT-GL LLC

ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


ABS OR-O LLC

ABS OR-GL LLC

ABS UT-O LLC

ABS UT-GL LLC

ABS WA-O LLC

ABS WA-GL LLC

ABS WY-O LLC

ABS WY-GL LLC

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC

ABS ID-O DC LLC

ABS OR-O DC LLC

ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.

SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.

SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.

SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.

SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.

SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.

SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.

DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC

DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC

RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.

SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC

SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC

THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.

STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS LLC

RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.

SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.

AVIA PARTNERS, INC.

SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.

CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.

SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.

LUCERNE FOODS, INC.

EATING RIGHT LLC

LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC

LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC

O ORGANICS LLC

DIVARIO VENTURES LLC

CAYAM ENERGY, LLC

GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

 

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

By:  

/s/ Steven Hanson

  Name:   Steve Hanson
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name:   Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as the Incremental Term Lender and the Term B-5 Lender

By:  

/s/ David Leland

Name: David Leland
Title: Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 1

Exhibit 10.4

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT No. 2 , dated as of December 21, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of the date hereof, as further amended by this Amendment No. 2 and as may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers and the Agent desire to amend the Term Loan Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

WHEREAS, Section 2.8(b) of the Term Loan Agreement provides that, in certain cases, if the Effective Yield on any Incremental Term Loans shall exceed the Effective Yield on any outstanding Term B Loans, the Effective Yield on the outstanding Term B Loans shall be increased as provided for in Section 2.8(b);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested new Incremental Term Loans in the form of Term B-5 Loans, for which the Effective Yield will exceed the Effective Yield on the outstanding Term B-2 Loans and Term B-3 Loans by greater than 25 basis points;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendment . Effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (as defined below), the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) By deleting the definition of Applicable Margin and replacing it in its entirety with the following:

The definition of “ Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.500%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.125%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.500%, (C) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 %, (D) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.125% and (E) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500%.


Section 2. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective when the Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment executed by the Agent and the Borrowers (such date, the “ Amendment No. 2 Effective Date” ).

Section 3. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 4. Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

Section 5. Headings . The headings in this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 6. Effect of Amendment . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements. This Amendment shall constitute a Financing Agreement for purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and from and after the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, all references to the Term Loan Agreement in any Financing Agreement and all references in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Term Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment. The Borrowers hereby consent to this Amendment and confirm that all obligations of the Borrowers under the Financing Agreements to which each is a party shall continue to apply to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

[Signature pages follow]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]


ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:   /s/ Robert Dimond
  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]


SAFEWAY INC.
By:   /s/ Bradley S. Fox
  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS

BRANCH,

as Agent

By:   /s/ Bill O’Daly
  Name:   Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ D. Andrew Maletta
  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2]

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

JOINDER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

OF NAI GUARANTORS

December 21, 2015

Reference is made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), Safeway Inc. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined herein having the meaning given to it in Section 1 of the Credit Agreement), the existing Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement, Subsidiaries are required to become Co-Borrowers or Guarantors by executing and delivering a joinder agreement to the Credit Agreement to the Agent;

WHEREAS, each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature page as an Additional Guarantor (collectively, the “ Additional Guarantors ”) is executing this Joinder and Assumption Agreement in order to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Agent and the Additional Guarantors hereby agree as follows:

1. Assumption of Agreements and Obligations . Each of the Additional Guarantors hereby expressly assumes, confirms and agrees to perform and observe all of the rights, indebtedness, Obligations, covenants, agreements, terms, conditions, duties and liabilities as “Guarantor” under the applicable Guaranty, and in any other capacity in which any existing Guarantor is a party under and, to the extent when entered into, to any of the Financing Agreements and any and all certificates and other documents executed by any existing Guarantor in connection therewith as fully as if the Additional Guarantors were originally the obligor in respect thereof and the signatory thereto as applicable. Upon the Additional Guarantors execution of this Agreement, and each such applicable Financing Agreement when entered into is hereby and will be thereby deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary for the Additional Guarantors to become a party thereunder and to effect the assignment and assumption provided for hereby. In accordance with Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement, each of the Additional Guarantors by its respective signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon effectiveness of Amendment No.1 to the Credit Agreement, New Albertson’s, Inc. will be deemed to be a “Borrower” under the Credit Agreement and shall be treated as such for purposes of the Credit Agreement and, to the extent entered into, the other applicable Financing Agreements.

2. Representations and Warranties . Each of the Additional Guarantors hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and , to the extent entered into, the other Financing Agreements applicable to it as an Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties applicable to such Guarantor are true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the date hereof; provided that each reference to the Agreement therein shall


be deemed to be a reference to the Agreement as in effect on the date hereof. Each reference to a Guarantor in the Credit Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the other Financing Agreements shall be deemed to include the Additional Guarantors. New schedules to the Credit Agreement for the Additional Guarantors are hereby attached hereto as Annex A .

3. Severability . Any provision of this Joinder and Assumption Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

4. Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as expressly supplemented hereby, all existing Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Joinder and Assumption Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the terms of this Joinder and Assumption Agreement with respect to the Additional Guarantors (and New Albertson’s, Inc. as a “Borrower”) shall become effective on the date and time that Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement becomes effective.

5. Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notices . This Joinder and Assumption Agreement shall not constitute a supplement of any other provision of the Credit Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the provisions of the Credit Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

6. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial . THIS JOINDER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

7. Financing Agreement . This Joinder and Assumption Agreement shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

8. Schedules . The schedules to the Credit Agreement shall be supplemented by the attached schedules.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this agreement this 21 st day of December, 2015.

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:   /s/ James Perkins
  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer

 

[Signature Page to Term Loan Agreement Joinder]


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.

ACME MARKETS, INC.

AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC

AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.

AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC

AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC

APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.

ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.

ASP REALTY, INC.

CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.

JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.

JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.

JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.

LUCKY STORES LLC

OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.

SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION

SHAW’S REALTY CO.

SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.

SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY

STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.

STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.

WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC

NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC

By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:   /s/ Gary Morton
  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

as of the date of this Joinder and Assumption

Agreement first above written.

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN

ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent

By:   /s/ Bill O’Daly
  Name:   Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:   /s/ D. Andrew Maletta
  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

EXHIBIT 10.6

Execution Version

CASA LEY CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

AB ACQUISITION LLC,

SAFEWAY INC.

THE SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE, AS DEFINED HEREIN

AND

COMPUTERSHARE INC. AND COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A., AS RIGHTS AGENT

DATED AS OF JANUARY 30, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     1
ARTICLE II CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS      9

Section 2.1

 

Appointment of the Rights Agent; Issuance of CVRs

     9

Section 2.2

 

Nontransferable

     9

Section 2.3

 

No Certificate; Registration; Registration of Transfer; Change of Address

     9

Section 2.4

 

Payment Procedures; Payment Amount

     10

Section 2.5

 

No Voting, Dividends or Interest; No Equity or Ownership Interest in Ultimate Parent or the Company

     17

Section 2.6

 

Establishment of Casa Ley CVR Bank Account

     17
ARTICLE III THE RIGHTS AGENT AND SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE      17

Section 3.1

 

Certain Duties and Responsibilities

     17

Section 3.2

 

Certain Rights of Rights Agent

     18

Section 3.3

 

Indemnity and Expenses

     20

Section 3.4

 

Resignation and Removal of Rights Agent and Shareholder Representative; Appointment of Successor

     22

Section 3.5

 

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

     23
ARTICLE IV ADDITIONAL COVENANTS      23

Section 4.1

 

Operations

     23

Section 4.2

 

List of Holders

     24

Section 4.3

 

Casa Ley Sale Process

     24

Section 4.4

 

Books and Records

     27

 

i


ARTICLE V AMENDMENTS      27

Section 5.1

 

Amendments Without Consent of Holders

     27  

Section 5.2

 

Amendments with Consent of the Shareholder Representative

     28

Section 5.3

 

Execution of Amendments

     28

Section 5.4

 

Effect of Amendments

     28
ARTICLE VI CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE      28

Section 6.1

 

Company Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance

     28

Section 6.2

 

Successor Substituted

     29
ARTICLE VII OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION      29

Section 7.1

 

Notices to Ultimate Parent, the Company, the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent

     29

Section 7.2

 

Notice to Holders

     32

Section 7.3

 

Counterparts; Headings

     32

Section 7.4

 

Assignment; Successors

     32

Section 7.5

 

Benefits of Agreement

     32

Section 7.6

 

Governing Law

     33

Section 7.7

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     33

Section 7.8

 

Remedies

     34

Section 7.9

 

Severability Clause

     34

Section 7.10

 

Termination

     34

Section 7.11

 

Entire Agreement

     35

Section 7.12

 

Suits for Enforcement

     35

 

ii


CASA LEY CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS CASA LEY CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Ultimate Parent ”), Safeway Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Computershare Inc. (“ Computershare ”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. together as rights agent (the “ Rights Agent ”) and the Shareholder Representative.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parent Entities and the Company have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 6, 2014 (as amended, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of Ultimate Parent; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, the Parent Entities have agreed to cause the Company to create and issue in respect of each Closing Company Share, certain rights to the CVR Payment Amount if and when payable pursuant to this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the agreements contained herein and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions .

(a) For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

(ii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(iii) unless the context otherwise requires, words describing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa, words denoting any gender shall include all genders and words denoting natural Persons shall include corporations, partnerships and other Persons and vice versa;

(iv) all references to “including” shall be deemed to mean including without limitation;

 

1


(v) references to any Person include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns; and

(vi) the Excluded Entities shall not be deemed to be Subsidiaries of the Company or Company Subsidiaries.

(b) Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Merger Agreement. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows:

“Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Rights Agent.

“By-Laws” means the By-Laws of Casa Ley.

“Casa Ley” means Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V., a Mexican company and the issuer of the Casa Ley Series B Shares owned by the Company and any Company Subsidiary.

“Casa Ley Business” shall mean the business and operations carried on by Casa Ley and its Subsidiaries.

Casa Ley Net Proceeds ” means, with respect to the Entire Casa Ley Sale, the sum of (i) the gross cash proceeds actually received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after the Closing in consideration of any Partial Casa Ley Sale or the Entire Casa Ley Sale (but excluding any escrow, holdback, deferred cash consideration or similar amounts with respect thereto), plus (ii) any cash amounts received (without duplication of any amounts (1) described in clause (i), or (2) paid to the Company or any Company Subsidiary as a dividend or distribution in connection with any Partial Casa Ley Sale or Entire Casa Ley Sale) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after January 1, 2014 through the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale as a dividend or distribution due to its direct or indirect ownership of Equity Interests in Casa Ley, plus (iii) any interest or income received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.6 , minus (iv) the aggregate amount of the Casa Ley Sale Expenses actually incurred from and after the Closing through the date of payment hereunder in connection with the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale, minus (v) any amounts required to repay and discharge any shareholder loans owed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Casa Ley and not incurred in violation of this Agreement, minus (vi) the income taxes incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with the Entire Casa Ley Sale consummated from and after the Closing which, for purposes of this definition, are deemed to equal the product of (A) (1) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph, minus (2) the Company’s and the Company Subsidiaries’ tax basis in their Equity Interests in Casa Ley, calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles, minus (3) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (iv), (v) and (vii) of this paragraph (but only to the extent that such amounts are deductible and not capitalized into the tax basis referenced in clause (vi)(A)(2)

 

2


of this definition) multiplied by (B) 39.25%, minus (vii) if applicable, any costs, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the currency conversion referenced in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement relating to any Partial Casa Ley Sale and the Entire Casa Ley Sale consummated from and after the Closing, and minus (viii) any Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds actually paid to the Holders from and after the Closing.

Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR ” means an amount equal to (x) the Casa Ley Net Proceeds divided by (y) the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register as of the date of such calculation; provided , that in the event such amount is negative, the Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR shall be zero; provided further , that any CVR to which a Dissenting Stockholder would be entitled but for Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be outstanding and included in the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register for purposes of the calculation of Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR.

“Casa Ley Sale” means an Entire Casa Ley Sale or Partial Casa Ley Sale, as applicable.

“Casa Ley Sale Agreement” means an executed binding definitive transaction document providing for a Casa Ley Sale.

Casa Ley Sale Expenses ” means (a) any out-of-pocket transaction costs, fees or expenses (including any broker fees, finder’s fees, advisory fees, accountant or attorney’s fees and transfer or similar taxes imposed by any jurisdiction) incurred in connection with the Entire Casa Ley Sale or a Partial Casa Ley Sale (including any amounts expressly deemed to be Casa Ley Sale Expenses hereunder) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or any of its Affiliates pursuant to Section 4.3(b) ) and the Shareholder Representative, and (b) 50% of the fees and expenses of the Rights Agent, the Neutral Auditor and the investment bank pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) , in each case, which are documented in reasonable detail, prepared in good faith, and certified by the Shareholder Representative or the Company, as applicable; provided , that Casa Ley Sale Expenses shall exclude any Excluded Expenses.

“Casa Ley Series A Shares” means any issued and outstanding Series A shares of Casa Ley.

“Casa Ley Series B Shares” means all of the issued and outstanding Series B shares of Casa Ley.

“Company” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

“CVRs” means the contingent value rights issued by the Company under this Agreement.

“CVR Payment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

“CVR Payment Date” means the date that any CVR Payment Amount is paid by the Company to the Holders pursuant to Section 2.4 .

CVR Register ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.3(b) .

 

3


Entire Casa Ley Sale ” means, as of any date of determination, a direct or indirect sale, transfer or other disposition (including by means of a merger or other business combination transaction) in one or more transactions (i) of all of the then remaining consolidated assets of Casa Ley and its Subsidiaries attributable to the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of Equity Interests therein followed by a distribution to the Company or any Company Subsidiary of the pro rata proceeds thereof, (ii) of 100% of the Company’s then remaining Equity Interests in Casa Ley or (iii) the effect of which is to divest 100% of the Company’s then remaining direct or indirect investment in Casa Ley.

“Entire CVR Payment Statement” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(d)(ii) .

“Excluded Expenses” means any costs, fees or expenses of the Company or any Company Subsidiary arising out of or relating to any dispute with the Shareholder Representative or otherwise with respect to the terms of this Agreement other than the Shareholder Representative’s equal share of the fees and expenses of the Neutral Auditor and the investment bank pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) and except as otherwise set forth in Section 7.8 .

“Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of any unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley owned by the Company and any Company Subsidiary determined in accordance with Section 2.4(d)(i) . The fair market value of any unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley shall not include, nor take into account, any minority, liquidity or similar discount to the valuation of Casa Ley in its entirety.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a CVR is registered in the CVR Register.

“Merger Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in the Recitals.

“Neutral Auditor” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(d)(vi) .

“Notice of Agreement” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(c)(ii) .

“Notice of Objection” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(c)(ii) .

Objections ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(c)(iv) .

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, any vice president, the controller, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company, in his or her capacity as such an officer.

Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to a Partial Casa Ley Sale, the sum of (i) the gross cash proceeds actually received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after the Closing in consideration of such Partial Casa Ley Sale (but excluding any escrow, holdback, deferred cash consideration or similar amounts to the extent not released to the Company or any Company Subsidiary prior to the consummation of the Partial Casa Ley Sale) (without duplication of any amounts previously paid to the Holders with respect to a prior Partial Casa Ley Sale), plus (ii) any cash amounts received

 

4


(without duplication of any amounts (1) described in clause (i), (2) previously paid to the Holders with respect to a prior Partial Casa Ley Sale or (3) paid to the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with any Partial Casa Ley Sale) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after January 1, 2014 through the closing date of such Partial Casa Ley Sale as a dividend or distribution due to its direct or indirect ownership of Equity Interests in Casa Ley , minus (iii) the aggregate amount of the Casa Ley Sale Expenses actually incurred from and after the Closing through the consummation of such Partial Casa Ley Sale (without duplication of any amounts deducted from Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds previously paid to the Holders with respect to a prior Partial Casa Ley Sale), minus (iv) any amounts required to repay and discharge any shareholder loans owed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Casa Ley, minus (v) the income taxes incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in connection with such Partial Casa Ley Sale which, for purposes of this definition, are deemed to equal the product of (A) (1) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, minus (2) the portion of the Company’s and the Company Subsidiaries’ tax basis in their Equity Interests in Casa Ley, calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles, that is allocable (as reasonably determined by the Company) to such Partial Casa Ley Sale, minus (3) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (iii), (iv) and (vi) of this paragraph (but only to the extent that such amounts are deductible and not capitalized into the tax basis referenced in clause (v)(A)(2) of this definition) multiplied by (B) 39.25%, and minus (vi), if applicable, any costs, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the currency conversion referenced in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement reasonably allocated to such Partial Casa Ley Sale.

Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR ” means an amount equal to (x) the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds divided by (y) the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register as of the date of such calculation; provided , that in the event such amount is negative, the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR shall be zero; provided further , that any CVR to which a Dissenting Stockholder would be entitled but for Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be outstanding and included in the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register for purposes of the calculation of Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR.

Partial Casa Ley Sale ” means a direct or indirect sale, transfer or other disposition (including by means of a merger or other business combination transaction) (i) of less than all of the consolidated assets of Casa Ley and its Subsidiaries attributable to the Company’s direct or indirect ownership of Equity Interests therein followed by a distribution to the Company or any Company Subsidiary of the pro rata proceeds thereof, (ii) of less than 100% of the Company’s Equity Interests in Casa Ley or (iii) the effect of which is to divest the Company of less than all of its direct or indirect investment in Casa Ley.

“Partial CVR Payment Statement” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(c)(i) .

Permitted Transfer ” means (i) the transfer of any or all of the CVRs on death by will or intestacy, (ii) transfer by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the CVRs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustee, (iii) transfers made pursuant to a court order (including in connection with divorce, bankruptcy or liquidation), (iv) if the Holder is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, a distribution by the

 

5


transferring corporation, partnership or limited liability company to its stockholders, partners or members, as applicable (provided that (A) such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or (B) in the case of a transferring corporation, the Company shall have reasonably determined after consultation with counsel that such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), and (v) a transfer made by operation of law (including a consolidation or merger) or without consideration in connection with the dissolution, liquidation or termination of any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

“Pre-Funded Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(b) .

Qualified Investment ” means any (i) investment in a money market investment program registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that invests solely in direct obligations of the United States of America or obligations the principal of and the interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or (ii) certificate of deposit issued by any bank, bank and trust company or national banking association with a combined capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or a similar governmental agency.

“Referral Notice” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(d)(i) .

“Remaining Asset Amount” means the Fair Market Value, as of the Sale Deadline, of any unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley owned by the Company and any Company Subsidiary.

“Rights Agent” means the Rights Agent named in the Preamble, until a successor Rights Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter “Rights Agent” shall mean such successor Rights Agent.

“Sale Deadline” means the later of (i) the three (3) year anniversary of the Effective Time and (ii) if one or more Casa Ley Sales Agreements is executed prior to the three (3) year anniversary of the Effective Time but the Partial Casa Ley Sale or Entire Casa Ley Sale contemplated thereby, as applicable, has not closed, the Sale Deadline shall be the date on which sixty (60) days have elapsed after the date all such Casa Ley Sales Agreements have either been terminated or any and all closings under such Casa Ley Sales Agreements have occurred.

Sale Deadline Net Proceeds ” means, as of the Sale Deadline, in the event there is no Entire Casa Ley Sale, the sum of (i) the gross cash proceeds actually received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after the Closing in consideration of any Partial Casa Ley Sale (but excluding any escrow, holdback, deferred cash consideration or similar amounts pursuant thereto), plus (ii) any cash amounts received (without duplication of any amounts (1) described in clause (i) or (2) paid to the Company or any Company Subsidiary as a dividend or distribution in connection with any Partial Casa Ley Sale) by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after January 1, 2014 through the Sale Deadline as a dividend or distribution due to its direct or indirect ownership of Equity Interests in Casa Ley, plus (iii) any Remaining Asset Amount, plus (iv) any interest or income received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.6 , minus (v) the aggregate amount of the Casa Ley

 

6


Sale Expenses actually incurred from and after the Closing through date of payment hereunder in connection with the occurrence of the Sale Deadline, minus (vi) any amounts required to repay and discharge any shareholder loans owed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Casa Ley and not incurred in violation of this Agreement, minus (vii) certain income taxes incurred by the Company or any Company Subsidiary from and after the Closing which, for purposes of this definition, are deemed to equal the product of (A) (1) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph, minus (2) the Company’s and the Company Subsidiaries’ tax basis in their Equity Interests in Casa Ley, calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles, minus (3) the sum of the amounts referenced in clauses (v), (vi) and (viii) of this paragraph (but only to the extent that such amounts are deductible and not capitalized into the tax basis referenced in clause (vii)(A)(2) of this definition) multiplied by (B) 39.25%, minus (viii) if applicable, any costs, fees or expenses incurred in connection with the currency conversion referenced in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement relating to any Partial Casa Ley Sale consummated from and after the Closing, and minus (ix) any Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds actually paid to the Holders consummated from and after the Closing and prior to the Sale Deadline.

Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR ” means an amount equal to (x) the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds divided by (y) the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register as of the date of such calculation; provided , that in the event such amount is negative, the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR shall be zero; provided further , that any CVR to which a Dissenting Stockholder would be entitled but for Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be outstanding and included in the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register for purposes of the calculation of Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR.

“Shareholder Representative” means a committee, or Person controlled by a committee, comprised of T. Gary Rogers and Arun Sarin, both of whom were individual members of the Board of Directors immediately prior to the Effective Time, who shall act by majority vote on behalf of the Holders as their sole and exclusive representative in their capacities as Holders for all matters in connection with this Agreement; provided , however , that the individual members of the committee comprising or controlling the Shareholder Representative shall act free of direction or instruction from any other members of the Board of Directors immediately prior to the Effective Time, though the individual members of the committee comprising or controlling the Shareholder Representative may communicate with such former members regarding the status and substance of this Agreement. Any instrument or document executed by a majority of the individual members of the committee comprising or controlling the Shareholder Representative, in the committee’s capacity as such, shall be deemed a valid execution of such instrument or document on behalf of the Shareholder Representative.

“Shareholder Representative Expense Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(b) .

Shareholder Representative Persons ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1(a) .

“Shareholder Representative Reimbursement Amount” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.3(b).

 

7


“Surviving Person” has the meaning given to such term in Section 6.1(a)(i) .

“Ultimate Parent” has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.

 

8


ARTICLE II

CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS

Section 2.1 Appointment of the Rights Agent; Issuance of CVRs .

The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company shall issue the CVRs at the Effective Time pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, and the CVRs shall represent the right of the Holders to receive, in respect of each CVR held by such Holder, the CVR Payment Amount (if any) if and when payable pursuant to this Agreement. The administration of the CVRs shall be handled pursuant to this Agreement in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

Section 2.2 Nontransferable .

The CVRs or any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, encumbered or in any other manner transferred or disposed of, in whole or in part, other than through a Permitted Transfer.

Section 2.3 No Certificate; Registration; Registration of Transfer; Change of Address .

(a) The CVRs shall not be evidenced by a certificate or other instrument.

(b) The Rights Agent shall keep a register (the “CVR Register” ) for the registration of CVRs in a book-entry position for each Holder, transfers of CVRs as herein provided and any new issuances of CVRs in respect of any Reverted Company Shares. The CVR Register shall set forth the name and address of each Holder, the number of CVRs held by such Holder and the Tax Identification Number of each Holder, which information, if not available to the Company’s transfer agent or provided by the Holder, shall be provided in writing to the Rights Agent by the Company. The CVR Register will be updated as necessary by the Rights Agent to reflect the addition or removal of Holders (including pursuant to any Reverted Company Shares or Permitted Transfers), upon the written receipt of such information by the Rights Agent. Each of the Company and the Shareholder Representative may receive and inspect a copy of the CVR Register, from time to time, upon written request made to the Rights Agent. Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request, the Rights Agent shall mail a copy of the CVR Register, as then in effect, to the Company and the Shareholder Representative at the address set forth in Section 7.1 .

(c) Subject to the restriction on transferability set forth in Section 2.2 , every request made to transfer a CVR must be in writing and setting forth in reasonable detail the circumstances relating to the transfer, and must be accompanied by (i) a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered Holder thereof, the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, the Holder’s personal representative or survivor, (ii) the transfer certificate attached hereto as Exhibit A duly completed and properly executed by both the registered Holder thereof,

 

9


the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, the Holder’s personal representative or survivor and the proposed transferee, and (iii) any other requested documentation in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Rights Agent. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Rights Agent shall, subject to its reasonable determination that the transfer instrument and the transfer certificate are in proper form and the transfer otherwise complies with the other terms and conditions herein including Section 2.2 , register the transfer of the CVRs in the CVR Register. The Rights Agent may rely on the information contained in the transfer certificate and any of the documents required to be provided with the transfer certificate. All duly transferred CVRs registered in the CVR Register shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same right, and shall entitle the transferee to the same benefits and rights under this Agreement, as those held immediately prior to the transfer by the transferor. No transfer of a CVR shall be valid until registered in the CVR Register, and any transfer not duly registered in the CVR Register will be void ab initio (unless the transfer was permissible hereunder and such failure to be duly registered is attributable to the fault of the Rights Agent). Any transfer or assignment of the CVRs shall be without charge to the Holder; provided, that the Company and the Rights Agent may require (i) payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp, transfer or other similar tax or charge that is imposed in connection with any such transfer or (ii) that the transferor establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Rights Agent that any such taxes have been paid. The Rights Agent shall have no duty or obligation to take any action under this Section 2.3(c) unless and until the Rights Agent is satisfied that all such taxes or charges have been paid in full.

(d) A Holder may make a written request to the Rights Agent to change such Holder’s address of record in the CVR Register. The written request must be duly executed by the Holder. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Rights Agent shall promptly record the change of address in the CVR Register.

Section 2.4 Payment Procedures; Payment Amount .

(a) The Holders shall be entitled to the following payments in respect of their CVRs (any such payments, in the aggregate, the “ CVR Payment Amount ”):

(i) Payment for Partial Casa Ley Sales . Subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(c) , upon the consummation of any Partial Casa Ley Sale, each Holder of a CVR shall, in respect of such CVR, be entitled to and shall receive the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR with respect to such Partial Casa Ley Sale.

(ii) Payment for Entire Casa Ley Sales . Subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(d) , upon the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale, each Holder of a CVR shall, in respect of such CVR, be entitled to and shall receive the Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR.

(iii) Payment upon Sale Deadline . Subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(d) , upon the Sale Deadline, each Holder of a CVR shall, in respect of such CVR, be entitled to and shall receive the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR.

 

10


(iv) Deferred Cash Consideration . To the extent that any consideration pursuant to any Partial Casa Ley Sale or Entire Casa Ley Sale includes any deferred cash consideration (including pursuant to any escrow, holdback or similar amount and including any such deferred cash consideration in connection with a Partial Casa Ley Sale or Entire Casa Ley Sale consummated prior to the Closing), each Holder of a CVR shall be entitled to and shall receive an amount with respect to such CVR equal to (x) the amount of such deferred cash consideration received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary ( minus the product of (A) 39.25% and (B) the amount of such deferred cash consideration, less an allocable amount of the Company and the Company Subsidiaries’ tax basis in their Equity Interests in Casa Ley, calculated under U.S. federal income tax principles, but only to the extent, if any, that such basis was not previously taken into account in determining the amount of the payments in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 2.4(a) ), divided by (y) the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register as of the date of such calculation; provided that any CVR to which a Dissenting Stockholder would be entitled but for Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement shall be deemed to be outstanding and included in the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register for purposes of the calculation of the number of CVRs listed in the CVR Register in this Section 2.4(a)(iv)(y) . Such deferred cash consideration amounts received by the Company or any Company Subsidiary shall be paid by the Company, within two (2) Business Days after its receipt thereof, directly to the Rights Agent for payment to the Holders.

(b) Currency Conversion . To the extent that any proceeds described herein are received in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount of such proceeds shall be deemed to be the U.S. dollar amount actually received by the Company upon the Company’s conversion of such proceeds into U.S. dollars at the direction of the Shareholder Representative. To the extent any expenses, fees or costs are incurred or paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the actual U.S. dollar amount that was paid, that was funded by the Company into the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount or that was a Pre-Funded Amount (excluding any amount that remains unused on the consummation of the Casa Ley Sale and that is distributed from the joint account to the Company on such date in accordance with Section 3.3(b) below) shall be used in the calculation of the “Casa Ley Sale Expenses”.

(c) Procedure for Partial Casa Ley Sales .

(i) Promptly following the closing of a Partial Casa Ley Sale but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days thereafter, the Company shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative (with a copy to the Rights Agent and Ultimate Parent) the Company’s good faith written calculation, in reasonable detail and with supporting documentation, work papers and receipts of the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds and the resulting Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR (the “Partial CVR Payment Statement” ), which shall be certified by the Company. The Partial CVR Payment Statement shall incorporate any Casa Ley Sale Expenses of the Shareholder Representative set forth in writing by the Shareholder Representative to the Company within such ten (10) Business Day period, which shall be certified by the Shareholder Representative. Ultimate Parent and the Company shall be protected in relying in good faith upon such certification.

(ii) Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the Partial CVR Payment Statement, the Shareholder Representative shall deliver to the Company and the Rights Agent (with a copy to Ultimate Parent) a notice specifying whether the Shareholder Representative agrees with (a “Notice of Agreement” ) or objects to (a “Notice of Objection” ) such Partial CVR Payment Statement.

 

11


(iii) If the Shareholder Representative delivers a Notice of Agreement, then any Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR shall be due and payable to the Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(e) below. If the Shareholder Representative does not deliver either a Notice of Objection or a Notice of Agreement within such five (5) Business Day period, then the Shareholder Representative shall be deemed to have delivered a Notice of Agreement with respect to such Partial CVR Payment Statement at the end of such period.

(iv) Any Notice of Objection shall contain the Shareholder Representative’s calculation of the Partial CVR Net Proceeds and the resulting Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR that such Shareholder Representative believes Holders are entitled to receive. Such Notice of Objection must also be accompanied by a description in reasonable detail of each of the objections to the calculations reflected in the Notice of Objection (collectively, the “Objections” ). For a period of ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of the Notice of Objection, the Company and the Shareholder Representative shall, in good faith, try to resolve any Objections; provided , however , that to the extent that the Company and the Shareholder Representative shall disagree, the Shareholder Representative’s good faith calculation of the Partial CVR Net Proceeds and the resulting Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR (as modified to give effect to the results of any discussions and negotiations pursuant to this clause (iv)) shall control.

(d) Procedure for the Entire Casa Ley Sale or upon the Sale Deadline .

(i) For a period of ten (10) Business Days following the occurrence of the Sale Deadline, the Company and the Shareholder Representative shall attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Value of any unsold Equity Interests in Casa Ley then owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary. If the Company and the Shareholder Representative do not by mutual consent agree on the Fair Market Value of any unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley then owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary within such ten (10) Business Day period, then either the Company or the Shareholder Representative may, by written notice to the other (the “Referral Notice” ), determine to refer such dispute to an independent investment banking firm. In the event that either the Company or the Shareholder Representative determines to refer such dispute to an independent banking firm, then, within ten (10) Business Days following the date of delivery of the Referral Notice, each of the Company and the Shareholder Representative shall separately, by written notice to the other, select an internationally recognized independent investment banking firm with expertise in valuing, selling or providing financing with respect to companies engaged, publicly or privately, in the food and drug retail business in Mexico and instruct such investment banks to select and mutually agree upon another such independent investment banking firm to be retained, which such independent investment banking firm shall be instructed by the parties to, within twenty (20) Business Days from the date of its retention, prepare and deliver to the Company and the Shareholder Representative such investment banking firm’s written determination of the Fair Market Value of such unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley (which, for the avoidance of doubt,

 

12


shall not include, nor take into account, any minority, liquidity or similar discount to the valuation of Casa Ley in its entirety). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.4 , in the event that the Company or any Company Subsidiary enters into an agreement to sell any unsold Equity Interests in Casa Ley after the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing but prior to the final payment of the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds, then the Fair Market Value of any such unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley for purposes of this Section 2.4(d)(i) shall be the greater of (x) the Fair Market Value as determined by either (A) the mutual consent of the Company and the Shareholder Representative or (B) the independent investment banking firm and (y) the price per Equity Interest of the Equity Interests of Casa Ley set forth in such agreement (multiplied by the number of unsold Equity Interests of Casa Ley owned by the Company as of the Sale Deadline). The determination of the Fair Market Value of any unsold Equity Interests in Casa Ley then owned by the Company or any Company Subsidiary in accordance with this Section 2.4(d)(i) shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Shareholder Representative and any other Persons for purposes of calculating the Remaining Asset Amount.

(ii) Promptly following the completion of the Entire Casa Ley Sale or the occurrence of the Sale Deadline, but in no event later than the later of (A) twenty (20) Business Days thereafter and (B) three (3) Business Days following receipt of the calculation of the Fair Market Value referenced in Section 2.4(d)(i) above, the Company shall deliver to the Shareholder Representative (with a copy to the Rights Agent and Ultimate Parent) the Company’s good faith written calculation of the Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds (including any Partial Casa Ley Sales), and the resulting Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable (the “ Entire CVR Payment Statement ”). The Entire CVR Payment Statement shall incorporate any Casa Ley Sale Expenses of the Shareholder Representative set forth in writing by the Shareholder Representative to the Company within such twenty (20) Business Day (or applicable later) period, which shall be certified by the Shareholder Representative. Ultimate Parent and the Company may rely in good faith upon such certification. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall deliver an Entire CVR Payment Statement even if it believes that there are no Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR due and payable. Such Entire CVR Payment Statement will be accompanied by the Company’s calculation in reasonable detail of the components of the Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds, as applicable, including a good faith written calculation, in reasonable detail and with supporting documentation, work papers and receipts, of the Casa Ley Sale Expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount and any Pre-Funded Amounts pursuant to Section 3.3(b) ), along with an Officer’s Certificate certifying such Casa Ley Sale Expenses and that the CVR Payment Amount was calculated in the manner required under this Agreement. The Shareholder Representative may rely in good faith on such certification.

(iii) Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Entire CVR Payment Statement, the Shareholder Representative shall deliver to the Company and the Rights Agent (with a copy to Ultimate Parent) a Notice of Agreement or a Notice of Objection to such Entire CVR Payment Statement. During such thirty (30) day period, the Company shall cooperate with and permit, and Ultimate Parent shall cause the Company to cooperate with and permit, the Shareholder Representative and any accountant or other consultant or advisor retained by the Shareholder Representative access during normal business hours to such records and personnel (including the external auditors of the Company and its Subsidiaries) as may be reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the Entire CVR Payment Statement and the amounts underlying the calculation of the entire CVR Payment Amount.

 

13


(iv) If the Shareholder Representative delivers a Notice of Agreement, then any Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable, shall be due and payable to the Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(d) below, and, after delivery of any Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable, with respect to all Holders to the Rights Agent, Ultimate Parent and the Company shall thereafter have no further obligations with respect to such Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR. If the Shareholder Representative does not deliver either a Notice of Objection or a Notice of Agreement within such thirty (30) day period, then the Shareholder Representative shall be deemed to have delivered a Notice of Agreement with respect to such Entire CVR Payment Statement at the end of such period.

(v) If the Shareholder Representative delivers a Notice of Objection to the Company within such thirty (30) day period, such Notice of Objection shall contain the Shareholder Representative’s calculation of the Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds (including any Partial Casa Ley Sales), and the resulting Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable. Such Notice of Objection must also be accompanied by a description in reasonable detail of each of the Objections, and a certificate certifying that the CVR Payment Amount reflected in the Notice of Objection was calculated in the manner required under this Agreement.

(vi) If the Company does not agree with any of the Objections, the Objections that are in dispute shall be submitted to Grant Thornton LLP (the “Neutral Auditor” ). Such Neutral Auditor shall, within thirty (30) Business Days of such submission, resolve any differences between the Company and the Shareholder Representative and such resolution shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final, binding and conclusive upon Ultimate Parent, the Company, the Shareholder Representative, each of the other parties hereto and each of the Holders. The costs, fees and expenses of such Neutral Auditor shall be borne equally by the Company and the Shareholder Representative; with any such costs, fees and expenses of the Shareholder Representative being offset against any Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds (including any Partial Casa Ley Sales), and the resulting Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such costs, fees and expenses of such Neutral Auditor to be borne by the Company shall not be considered to be Casa Ley Sale Expenses. Upon such resolution, the Company and the Shareholder Representative shall notify the Rights Agent in writing of such resolution and any Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable, shall be due and payable to the Holders in respect of each CVR held by such Holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 below, and, after delivery of any Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR, as applicable, with respect to all Holders, the Rights Agent, Ultimate Parent and the Company shall thereafter have no further obligations with respect to the Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR and shall, subject to Section 2.4(e) , no longer be entitled to (i) any amount to the extent reflected in any

 

14


such finally resolved Casa Ley Net Proceeds or Sales Deadline Net Proceeds or (ii) any further Casa Ley Sale Expenses. To the extent that the Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds are less than zero, the Company shall bear any such costs, fees, expenses or losses.

(e) Once any Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR, Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR, Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR or any deferred cash consideration per CVR payable pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) , Section 2.4(c) , Section 2.4(d) or Section 2.4(e) , the Company shall establish a CVR Payment Date with respect to the CVR Payment Amount that is within five (5) Business Days thereafter and shall provide written notice to the Rights Agent and Shareholder Representative of the same. At least two (2) Business Days prior to such CVR Payment Date, the Company shall cause all amounts to be paid to the Holders on such CVR Payment Date, whether comprised of the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds, the Casa Ley Net Proceeds, the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds and/or the aggregate amount of deferred cash consideration payable pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) , as applicable, to be delivered to the Rights Agent, who will in turn, on the CVR Payment Date, pay the applicable Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR, Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR, Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR or deferred cash consideration per CVR payable pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) to each of the Holders (recalculated by the Company and the Shareholder Representative as of each CVR Payment Date to the extent needed to adjust for any Reverted Company Shares multiplied by the number of CVRs held by such Holder as reflected on the CVR Register) by check mailed to the address of each Holder as reflected in the CVR Register as of the close of business on the last Business Day prior to such CVR Payment Date. Any Casa Ley Sale Expenses to the extent not reflected in the finally resolved Casa Ley Net Proceeds or Sale Deadline Net Proceeds shall be deducted from any such deferred cash consideration. If no CVR Payment Amount is due and payable to the Holders pursuant to any Partial Casa Ley Sale, the Entire Casa Ley Sale or at the Sale Deadline, the Rights Agent, upon written request from the Company and the Shareholder Representative, shall deliver notice of the same to the Holders within five (5) Business Days of being notified that no such CVR Payment Amount is owing to the Holders. Whenever a payment is to be made by the Rights Agent, the Company shall deliver written instructions with respect to such payment that includes the aggregate amount of such payment to be paid to the Holders, and the amount per CVR to be paid to each such Holder. Until such written instructions are received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively that no event has occurred that would require such payment.

(f) The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold, or cause to be deducted or withheld, from the CVR Payment Amount otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement, such amounts as it may be required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld or paid over to or deposited with the relevant Governmental Entity, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Holder in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

(g) Any funds comprising the cash deposited with the Rights Agent under Section 2.4(e) that remain undistributed to the Holders twelve (12) months after the CVR Payment Date with respect to the Entire Casa Ley Sale or the Sale Deadline shall be delivered to the Company by the Rights Agent, upon written demand by the Company, and any Holders who have not theretofore received payment in exchange for such CVRs shall thereafter look only to

 

15


the Company for payment of their claim therefor; provided , that to the extent any deferred cash consideration pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) becomes due and payable after such date, such deferred cash consideration shall be deposited with the Rights Agent pursuant to Section 2.4(e) and any such funds that remain undistributed shall only be delivered to the Company, upon written demand by the Company, twelve (12) months after the Rights Agent’s receipt thereof, and upon delivery of such funds to the Company, the escheatment obligations of the Rights Agent with respect to such funds shall terminate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any portion of the consideration provided by the Company to the Rights Agent that remains unclaimed immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to, or become property of, any Governmental Entity shall, to the extent permitted by Law, become the property of the Company free and clear of any claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto, subject to any escheatment Laws.

(h) During the period that the Rights Agent is in possession of the funds delivered to the Rights Agent for payment to Holders, the Rights Agent shall identify, report and deliver all unclaimed portions of such amounts and related unclaimed property to all states and jurisdictions for the Company in accordance with applicable abandoned property law. None of the Company, the Shareholder Representative or the Rights Agent shall be liable to any person in respect of any funds delivered to a public official in compliance with any applicable state, federal or other abandoned property, escheat or similar law. In consideration of receiving compensation from the agents of the states for processing and support services provided by the Rights Agent relating to initial compliance with applicable abandoned property law, the Rights Agent shall not charge the Company for such services. In connection with providing such services, the Rights Agent may use the services of a locating service provider selected by the Rights Agent to locate and contact Holders, if any, who have not yet cashed their checks representing payment of the funds deposited with the Rights Agent for payment to the Holders, which provider has agreed to compensate the Rights Agent for processing and other services the Rights Agent provides in connection with such locating services. Such provider shall inform any such located Holders that they may choose either (i) to contact the Rights Agent directly to receive a check for payment of such amounts at no charge other than any applicable fees contemplated herein, or (ii) to utilize the services of such provider for a fee to be specified in writing to such Holder, which may not exceed the lesser of 15% of the total value of such payment amount or the maximum statutory fee permitted by the applicable state jurisdiction. If the Company requires the Rights Agent to work with a locating service provider other than one selected by the Rights Agent, additional fees may apply.

(i) The Rights Agent shall not be obligated to perform wage or Form W-2 tax reporting, and to the extent that any wage or W-2 reporting is required with respect to the payment of any funds hereunder to Holders, the Company shall promptly notify the Rights Agent of the person or entity responsible for such wage or W-2 reporting.

(j) All funds received by the Rights Agent under this Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by the Rights Agent in the performance of its duties, obligations and responsibilities hereunder (the “Funds” ) shall be held by Computershare as agent for the Company and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by Computershare in its name as agent for the Company. Until disbursed pursuant to this Agreement, Computershare may hold or invest the Funds through such accounts in obligations of, or guaranteed by, the

 

16


United States of America. The Rights Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit or investment made by the Rights Agent in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank, financial institution or other third party. Computershare may from time to time receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments. No interest shall accrue on any funds deposited with the Rights Agent pursuant to this Agreement. Computershare shall not be obligated to calculate or pay such interest, dividends or earnings to the Company, any Holder or any other person or entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding three sentences are not meant to cover any interest included in the Casa Ley Net Proceeds, Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds, Sale Deadline Net Proceeds and/or any amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) .

Section 2.5 No Voting, Dividends or Interest; No Equity or Ownership Interest in Ultimate Parent or the Company .

(a) The CVRs shall not have any voting or dividend rights, and interest shall not accrue on any amounts payable on the CVRs to any Holder (without prejudice to the inclusion in Casa Ley Net Proceeds and Sale Deadline Net Proceeds of the amounts referenced in Section 2.6 ).

(b) The CVRs shall not represent any equity or ownership interest in Ultimate Parent, the Company or any of their Affiliates, or in any constituent company to the Merger.

Section 2.6 Establishment of Casa Ley CVR Bank Account . Any amounts paid to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any Partial Casa Ley Sale, any Entire Casa Ley Sale or in connection with any deferred cash consideration with respect thereto shall be held in a segregated bank account at a banking institution reasonably acceptable to the Shareholder Representative established and maintained for the benefit of the Holders and invested in one or more Qualified Investments until any CVR Payment Amount is required to be paid pursuant to the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, other than in connection with any payment pursuant to Section 2.4(e), the Company shall not withdraw any amounts from such bank account without the prior written consent of the Shareholder Representative.

ARTICLE III

THE RIGHTS AGENT AND SHAREHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

Section 3.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities .

(a) Neither (i) the Rights Agent nor (ii) the Shareholder Representative, the Shareholder Representative’s direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests, any individual member of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative or, as applicable, any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees, agents or other representatives (such Persons described in this clause (ii) in their capacities as such, the “ Shareholder Representative Persons ”) shall have any liability or responsibility to any

 

17


Person (A) of any kind whatsoever for or in respect of its performance of any duties imposed hereunder or for any actions taken, suffered or omitted to be taken in connection with this Agreement (including, in the case of the Rights Agent, its acceptance and administration of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder), (B) for any acts or omissions of the other parties hereto or (C) for damages, losses or expenses arising out of this Agreement, except (in the case of each of the foregoing clauses) to the extent of their gross negligence, bad faith or willful or intentional misconduct (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). No Shareholder Representative Person shall have any duties, fiduciary or otherwise, under this Agreement except the duty to act in good faith and except as expressly set forth herein. No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent or any Shareholder Representative Person to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. For purposes of this Section 3.1 and Sections 3.2, 3.3 and 7.5 below, the term “Rights Agent” shall include the Rights Agent’s managers, directors, officers, employees, agents or other representatives in their capacity as such and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Rights Agent shall be liable for breaches of this Agreement by the Rights Agent’s managers, directors, officers, employees, agents or other representatives.

(b) The Shareholder Representative shall have the exclusive authority to act on behalf of the Holders in enforcing any of their rights hereunder, including the delivery of a Notice of Objection, statement of Objections and negotiation. The Shareholder Representative shall be under no obligation to institute any action, suit or legal proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve material expense. All rights of action under this Agreement may be (and shall only be) enforced by the Shareholder Representative, and any action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Shareholder Representative shall be brought in its name as Shareholder Representative on behalf of the Holders, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of all the Holders, as their respective rights or interests may appear in the CVR Register.

Section 3.2 Certain Rights of Rights Agent .

The Rights Agent undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, and no implied duties, covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Rights Agent. In addition:

(a) the Rights Agent may rely in good faith upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) (i) whenever the Rights Agent shall reasonably require that a matter be established or proved by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Rights Agent may request and rely upon a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, any vice president, the controller, the treasurer or the secretary of the Company on behalf of the Company, which certificate shall be, if signed by the party or parties required to consent to such action, full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent, and the Rights Agent shall, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or

 

18


willful or intentional misconduct (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) on its part, incur no liability, and shall be protected and be held harmless by the Company, for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate; and (ii) whenever the Rights Agent shall reasonably require that a matter be established or proved by the Shareholder Representative prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Rights Agent may request and rely upon a certificate signed by each then current individual member of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative on behalf of the Shareholder Representative, which certificate shall be, if signed by the party or parties required to consent to such action, full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent, and the Rights Agent shall, in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful or intentional misconduct (each as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction) on its part, incur no liability, and shall be protected and be held harmless by the Company, for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate;

(c) the Rights Agent may engage and consult with counsel of its selection (who may be legal counsel for the Rights Agent or an employee of the Rights Agent) and the written advice of such counsel or any opinion of counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(d) the permissive rights of the Rights Agent to do things enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty;

(e) the Rights Agent shall not be required to give any note or surety in respect of the execution of such powers or otherwise in respect of the premises;

(f) except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the Rights Agent shall have no liability and shall be held harmless by the Company in respect of the validity of this Agreement, the statements of fact or recitals contained herein (or be required to verify the same), or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution and delivery hereof by the Rights Agent and the enforceability of this Agreement against the Rights Agent assuming the due execution and delivery hereof by the other parties hereto); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company or any other party of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement nor shall the Rights Agent be responsible for, nor chargeable with, knowledge of, nor have any requirements to comply with, the terms and conditions of any other agreement, instrument or document, including, without limitation, the Merger Agreement, nor shall the Rights Agent be required to determine if any person or entity has complied with any such agreements, instruments or documents, nor shall any additional obligations of the Rights Agent be inferred from the terms of such agreements, instruments or documents even though reference thereto may be made in this Agreement;

(g) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Rights Agent shall in no event be liable for special, punitive or unforeseeable consequential damages (unless such damages are to third parties with respect to third party claims that result in a judgment against the Rights Agent for such damages), and (ii) any liability of the Rights Agent, including, but not limited to, foreseeable consequential damages, shall be limited to the amount of fees paid by the Company to the Rights Agent (excluding amounts paid to the Rights Agent as reimbursement for expenses and other charges);

 

19


(h) the Rights Agent and any of its affiliates may buy, sell or deal in any securities of the Company or the Ultimate Parent or become peculiarly interested in any transaction in which the Ultimate Parent or the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Ultimate Parent or the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Ultimate Parent or the Company or for any other Person; and

(i) the Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself (through its directors, officers and employees) or by or through its attorneys or agents; provided that the Rights Agent shall be liable for breaches of this Agreement by such directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents.

Section 3.3 Indemnity and Expenses .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Shareholder Representative Person and the Rights Agent for, and to hold each Shareholder Representative Person and the Rights Agent harmless against, any loss, liability, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, suit, cost, damage or expense, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable costs and expenses of legal counsel) arising out of or in connection with the Rights Agent’s and the Shareholder Representative’s respective duties under this Agreement, including the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of defending the Rights Agent and each individual member of the Committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative against any claims, charges, demands, investigations, suits or loss or liability, or enforcement of its rights hereunder, unless it shall have been finally determined by a judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be a direct result of the Rights Agent’s or such Shareholder Representative Person’s, as applicable, gross negligence, bad faith or willful or intentional misconduct. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 3.3(a) shall include the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company for the reasonable expenses incurred by such Person entitled to be indemnified under this Section 3.3(a) who was, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a claim, charge, demand, investigation or suit in advance of the final disposition thereof and without any determination as to the Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 3.3(a) shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 3.3(a) shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to claims, charges, demands, investigations and suits arising prior to any such amendment, modification or repeal. The Shareholder Representative Person’s aggregate liability to any Person with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid hereunder by the Company to the Shareholder Representative as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses. Indemnification under this Section 3.3(a) shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. Any such amounts incurred by the Company in connection with this Section 3.3(a) shall be a Casa Ley Sale Expense.

 

20


(b) The Company or any of its Affiliates shall, if and as requested by the Shareholder Representative at any time from and after the Effective Time through the termination of this Agreement, pay to or at the direction of the Shareholder Representative fees and expenses incurred at the direction of the Shareholder Representative pursuant to this Agreement ( “Shareholder Representative Reimbursement Amount” ). Subject to the next sentence, the Company or any of its Affiliates shall, if and as requested by the Shareholder Representative at any time from and after the Effective Time through the termination of this Agreement, transfer to a joint account of the Company and the Shareholder Representative funds in the amount of $25,000,000 less the Shareholder Representative Reimbursement Amount actually paid through that date for use as directed by the Shareholder Representative (the “Shareholder Representative Expense Amount” ) pursuant to this Agreement. If any amounts are required in excess of $25,000,000 (and, to the extent the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount has been funded, only after such amount has been fully expended), then at the request of the Shareholder Representative from time to time, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company will promptly pay such additional fees and expenses incurred at the direction of the Shareholder Representative pursuant to this Agreement and/or pre-fund to such joint account an amount reasonably specified by the Shareholder Representative in respect of expected expenses in connection with the Casa Ley Sale (including payments to such advisors as the Shareholder Representative may choose to engage in connection with the Casa Ley Sale) and performance of its obligations and duties hereunder (any such amount, a “Pre-Funded Amount” ). Any amounts held in such joint account shall be treated as owned by the Company for all income tax purposes, any interest or other income earned with respect to such joint account shall be reported as income of the Company for tax purposes and, for the avoidance of doubt, no portion of the Shareholder Representative Reimbursement Amount, the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount or any Pre-Funded Amount shall be considered income to the Shareholder Representative for tax purposes. The parties hereto will prepare all Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing sentence. Any Shareholder Representative Reimbursement Amount and any amounts (and only such amounts) actually spent from the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount or Pre-Funded Amounts shall be included in the calculation of Casa Ley Sale Expenses hereunder. Any funds from the Shareholder Representative Expense Amount or Pre-Funded Amounts that remain unused on the earlier of the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale and the Sale Deadline (taking into account the completion of the procedures set forth in Section 2.4 ) shall be distributed from the joint account to the Company five (5) Business Days after the payment of the Casa Ley Net Proceeds Per CVR or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds Per CVR. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company or one of its Affiliates shall pay all Casa Ley Sales Expenses, including any such Case Ley Sale Expenses incurred at the direction of the Shareholder Representative, subject to the deduction of such Casa Ley Sale Expenses from the payments to the Holders as is provided for hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the completion of an Entire Casa Ley Sale, the Company’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, will be required for any fees or expenses that the Shareholder Representative may wish to incur pursuant to this Section 3.3(b), to the extent that the aggregate amount of such fees and expenses would exceed the amount of deferred consideration reasonably expected from such Entire Casa Ley Sale.

 

21


(c) The Company agrees, in all events (i) to pay the fees and expenses of the Rights Agent in connection with this Agreement as set forth on Schedule 3.3(c) hereto and (ii) to reimburse the Rights Agent for all taxes and governmental charges (other than taxes measured by the Rights Agent’s income) and reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable and customary fees and expenses of the Rights Agent’s counsel) paid or incurred by the Rights Agent in connection with the preparation, delivery, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. Any invoice for any out-of-pocket expenses and per item fees realized will be rendered and payable by the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company, except for postage and mailing expenses, which funds must be received one (1) Business Day prior to the scheduled mailing date. For the avoidance of doubt, 50% of such fees, expenses and reimbursements contained in this Section 3.3 shall be Casa Ley Sale Expenses and the remaining 50% of such fees, expenses and reimbursements shall not be Casa Ley Sale Expenses.

Section 3.4 Resignation and Removal of Rights Agent and Shareholder Representative; Appointment of Successor .

(a) The Rights Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company (with a copy to Ultimate Parent) and the Shareholder Representative specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect, which notice shall be sent at least thirty (30) days prior to the date so specified. Any individual members of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company (with a copy to Ultimate Parent), the Rights Agent and the Holders specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect, which notice shall be sent at least thirty (30) days prior to the date so specified.

(b) If at any time the Rights Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a qualified successor Rights Agent reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholder Representative. The successor Rights Agent so appointed shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with this Section 3.4(b) , become the successor Rights Agent.

(c) If (i) a successor Rights Agent has not been appointed pursuant to Section 3.4(b) and has not accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the initial Rights Agent delivers notice of its resignation pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or (ii) at any time the Rights Agent shall become incapable of acting, the incumbent Rights Agent, the Shareholder Representative or the Company may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Rights Agent, if applicable, and the appointment of a successor Rights Agent.

(d) If at any time any individual members of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, the remaining members of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative shall promptly appoint a qualified successor individual member to such committee. If the individual members of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative unanimously determine that a third committee member would be appropriate, then the members of the committee that comprises or controls the Shareholder Representative shall appoint, upon unanimous agreement, a qualified individual member to such

 

22


committee. The successor or additional individual member so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with this Section 3.4(d) , become a successor or additional individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative; provided , that (x) such successor or additional individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative may not be a director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates and (y) the Company agrees to indemnify the Shareholder Representative for any and all actions taken in connection with this Section 3.4(d) .

(e) The Company shall give written notice of each resignation and each removal of a Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative and each appointment of a successor Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative to the then acting members of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative or then acting Rights Agent, as applicable, within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by a successor Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative. If requested, the Rights Agent (or successor Rights Agent) shall mail notice of each resignation and each removal of a Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative and each appointment of a successor Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative to the Holders within ten (10) days after receipt of notice thereof and all necessary information from the Company. Each such notice provided to the Rights Agent, Shareholder Representative, or Holders shall include the name and address of the successor Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative, as applicable.

Section 3.5 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

Every successor Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative, as applicable, an instrument accepting such appointment and a counterpart of this Agreement, and thereupon such successor Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative (as applicable); but , on request of the Company or the successor Rights Agent, such retiring Rights Agent shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Rights Agent all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Rights Agent.

ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

Section 4.1 Operations .

(a) From and after the Effective Time until the payment of the Entire Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Sale Deadline Net Proceeds, (i) the Company shall, to the extent legally permissible (and subject to the Shareholder Representative’s entry into a customary non-disclosure agreement to the extent required by applicable Law or any agreements binding on the Company with respect to Casa Ley), reasonably promptly provide to the Shareholder Representative all information received by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to

 

23


Casa Ley or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) the Company shall vote (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to vote) their respective direct or indirect Equity Interests in Casa Ley and its Subsidiaries as directed by the Shareholder Representative, provided that such direction would not reasonably be expected to result in a violation of applicable Law, a violation of Casa Ley’s governing documents or any material liability or obligation of the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates, (iii) the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure that (A) the Casa Ley Business will be operated substantially in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) Casa Ley and each of its Subsidiaries will distribute any proceeds received with respect to any Partial Casa Ley Sale or the Entire Casa Ley Sale to the Company or any Company Subsidiary such that it may be distributed to the Holders, (iv) the Company shall not (and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to) enter into any material transaction, agreement or commitment with Casa Ley or any of its Subsidiaries without the Shareholder Representative’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), other than the continuation, in accordance with their respective terms, of any such transaction, agreement or commitment between Casa Ley or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other, that are in effect as of the Effective Time and (v) the Company shall not, shall cause its Subsidiaries not to, and shall use reasonable best efforts to cause Casa Ley not to, as applicable, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, grant, transfer or encumber, or authorize the issuance, sale, pledge, disposition, grant, transfer or encumbrance of, any shares of capital stock of, or other Equity Interests in Casa Ley or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company agrees that it shall designate to the board of directors or similar governing body of Casa Ley and any of its Subsidiaries, a designee reasonably acceptable to and approved in writing in advance by the Shareholder Representative; provided that any appointees to the board of directors or similar governing body of Casa Ley and any of its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Time shall be deemed to have been approved in writing in advance by the Shareholder Representative.

Section 4.2 List of Holders .

The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Rights Agent, in such form as the Company receives from the transfer agent of the Company, or from such other agent performing similar services for the Company, or from the Company’s internal records with regard to Company Options, Restricted Shares, Performance Share Awards, Restricted Stock Units and shares credited in the “stock credit accounts” to the extent no records from a third party agent are maintained in the ordinary course, the names and addresses of the Holders and the number of CVRs held by each such Holder, within five (5) Business Days of the Effective Time.

Section 4.3 Casa Ley Sale Process .

(a) From and after the Effective Time until the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale or the Sale Deadline, whichever is earlier, the Shareholder Representative shall be responsible for conducting the sale process of Casa Ley (or, to the extent a Casa Ley Sale involving a sale of Casa Ley Series A Shares is contemplated, responsible for overseeing and making any decisions on behalf of the Company with respect to such sale process of Casa Ley, and the Company hereby agrees that it will act at the direction of the Shareholder Representative with respect to the voting of its Equity Interests in respect of any matters

 

24


concerning the Casa Ley Sale) and shall be empowered to take all actions necessary or advisable in order to consummate a Casa Ley Sale, including retaining advisors in connection with the Casa Ley Sale, soliciting potential purchasers for the Equity Interests owned by the Company and any Company Subsidiary and determining which purchaser to select, negotiating the terms and conditions of any Casa Ley Sale Agreement, including the purchase price for the Equity Interests owned by the Company and any Company Subsidiary, complying with any applicable provisions of Casa Ley’s governing documents (including the By-Laws), including with respect to rights of first refusal or similar provisions, and effectuating the consummation of such Casa Ley Sale.

(b) During the period from and after the Effective Time until the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale or the Sale Deadline, whichever is earlier, the Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to provide or cause to be provided to the Shareholder Representative all assistance reasonably requested by the Shareholder Representative in the preparation of the sales process, the negotiation and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any Partial Casa Ley Sale, including the use of commercially reasonable efforts (i) to provide such information, financial or otherwise, with respect to Casa Ley, its Subsidiaries or the Casa Ley Business as the Shareholder Representative may reasonably request, to the extent such information is reasonably available to, or can be reasonably obtained by, the Company or any Company Subsidiary, (ii) to assist in the preparation of disclosure schedules, exhibits and ancillary agreements contemplated in the applicable sales agreement relating to the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any such Partial Casa Ley Sale to the extent such information is reasonably available to, or can reasonably be attained by, the Company or any Company Subsidiary and (iii) to assist in obtaining approvals from Governmental Entities and consents and notices required to be obtained from or made to other Persons under the sales agreement relating to the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any such Partial Casa Ley Sale; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, all out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses of the Company or its Affiliates in complying with this Section 4.3(b) shall be Casa Ley Sale Expenses, other than Excluded Expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be Casa Ley Sale Expenses). The Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, afford to the Shareholder Representative reasonable access, upon reasonable prior notice and during normal business hours to the Company’s officers, employees, properties, books, contracts and records as the Shareholder Representative may reasonably request relating to Casa Ley or its Subsidiaries; provided , that the Shareholder Representative shall conduct any such activities in such a manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Company. During the period from and after the Effective Time until the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale or the Sale Deadline, whichever is earlier, the Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in good faith with the Shareholder Representative in connection with any proposed initial public offering of Casa Ley or the Casa Ley Series B Shares. The Shareholder Representative shall seek in good faith to complete the sale process of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley by the Sale Deadline (including any such Equity Interests that are publicly traded).

(c) The Shareholder Representative shall consult with the Company in the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any Partial Casa Ley Sale and shall keep the Company and Ultimate Parent reasonably informed on a current basis of the status, details and progress of any negotiations for the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any Partial Casa Ley Sale, including by providing copies of any marketing or information materials, the prospective purchaser’s financial statements and the current interim drafts of any Casa Ley Sale Agreement, and shall provide reasonable time to the Company and Ultimate Parent for review of such documents.

 

25


(d) In the event a definitive agreement is to be entered into prior to the Sale Deadline with respect to the Entire Casa Ley Sale or one or more Partial Casa Ley Sales, such agreement shall not, without the consent of the Company (which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), (i) require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to agree to any material operating restrictions applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary (other than customary (A) confidentiality and/or employee non-solicitation restrictions that survive for no more than two (2) years from and after the Effective Time and, (B) restrictions relating to Casa Ley, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective properties or assets, the Casa Ley Business, any portions thereof or, to the extent such restrictions are reasonable, the Company’s or any Company Subsidiary’s management, operation or oversight thereof), (ii) require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to agree to any recourse applicable to the Company or any Company Subsidiary in excess of any escrow amount, holdback or similar amount after the closing of such agreement other than with respect to any customary indemnity obligations that are shared proportionately (based on their respective Equity Interests) among all of the participating Casa Ley shareholders for (A) any breaches by the Company or any Company Subsidiaries of (x) its covenants or agreements contained in such agreement or (y) any customary representations in such agreement relating to organization, qualification, capitalization, title to assets, authority, no conflicts, brokers, taxes, or employee benefits or (B) pre-closing taxes relating to Casa Ley, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective properties or assets, the Casa Ley Business, or any portions thereof, (iii) require the Company or any Company Subsidiary to retain any material excluded or retained liabilities (other than in connection with the matters described in (ii) above) relating to the securities or assets of Casa Ley or any of its Subsidiaries being directly or indirectly sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in connection with such Entire Casa Ley Sale or Partial Casa Ley Sale after the closing of such agreement or (iv) be sold for a price that is payable in consideration other than cash or that, in the good faith judgment of the Shareholder Representative, would cause the Casa Ley Net Proceeds or the Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds from such sale agreement to be less than zero. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything in any definitive agreement with respect to the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any Partial Casa Ley Sale, the Shareholder Representative shall control any third party claims relating to or arising under any such definitive agreement to the extent that any damages claimed thereunder are reasonably likely to be covered in full by any escrow, holdback or similar amount thereunder without direct liability of the Company or any Company Subsidiary and any costs, fees or expenses incurred by such Shareholder Representative in connection therewith shall be included in Casa Ley Sale Expenses.

(e) Upon the consummation of the Entire Casa Ley Sale or any Partial Casa Ley Sale, unless otherwise agreed to between the Company and the purchaser under such Casa Ley Sale Agreement, all intercompany arrangements and obligations between the Company and Casa Ley will be terminated and the Company shall take all actions necessary or advisable to cause such termination.

 

26


Section 4.4 Books and Records .

The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to keep true, complete and accurate records in sufficient detail to enable the Shareholder Representative and its consultants or professional advisors to determine the amounts payable hereunder.

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENTS

Section 5.1 Amendments Without Consent of Holders .

(a) Without the consent of any Holders, the Rights Agent, or the Shareholder Representative, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution), at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more amendments hereto, subject to Section 6.1 , to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein.

(b) Without the consent of any Holders, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution), the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more amendments hereto, for any of the following purposes:

(i) to evidence the removal or replacement of the Rights Agent or any individual member of the committee comprising the Shareholder Representative and the succession of another Person as a successor Rights Agent or individual member of the committee comprising or controlling the Shareholder Representative, as applicable, and the assumption by any successor of the obligations of the Rights Agent or Shareholder Representative, as applicable, herein, in accordance with Sections 3.4 and 3.5 ;

(ii) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company, the Rights Agent and the Shareholder Representative shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders; provided , that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders as determined by the Shareholder Representative;

(iii) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement; provided , that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders as determined by the Shareholder Representative; or

(iv) as may be necessary to ensure that the CVRs are not subject to registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

(c) Promptly after the execution by the Company (and the Rights Agent, as applicable), of any amendment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.1 , the Company will mail (or cause the Rights Agent to mail) a notice thereof by first class mail to the Holders at their addresses as they appear on the CVR Register, setting forth such amendment.

 

27


Section 5.2 Amendments with Consent of the Shareholder Representative .

(a) With the written consent of the Shareholder Representative, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution), the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent may enter into one or more amendments hereto for the purpose of adding, eliminating or changing any provisions of this Agreement, even if such addition, elimination or change is adverse to the interest of the Holders.

(b) Promptly after the execution by the Company, the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent of any amendment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.2 , the Company will mail (or cause the Rights Agent to mail) a notice thereof by first class mail to the Holders at their addresses as they appear on the CVR Register, setting forth such amendment.

Section 5.3 Execution of Amendments .

In executing any amendment permitted by this ARTICLE V , the Rights Agent will be entitled to receive, and will be fully protected in relying upon, an opinion of counsel selected by the Company stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement. The Rights Agent may, but is not obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects the Rights Agent’s own rights, privileges, covenants or duties under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 5.4 Effect of Amendments .

Upon the execution of any amendment permitted under this ARTICLE V , this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, such amendment shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes and each Holder, Ultimate Parent, the Company, the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent shall be bound thereby.

ARTICLE VI

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE

Section 6.1 Company Consolidation, Merger, Sale or Conveyance .

(a) From and after the Effective Time until such time as all of the Company’s payment obligations shall have been discharged, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, assign, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

(i) in the case that the Company shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey, assign, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer, or that leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Person” ) shall expressly assume payment of amounts on all the CVRs and the performance of every duty and covenant of this Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; and

 

28


(ii) prior to such transaction, the Company has delivered to the Shareholder Representative an Officer’s Certificate stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease complies with this ARTICLE VI and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

(b) For purposes of this Section 6.1 , “convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety” shall mean properties and assets contributing in the aggregate at least a majority of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ total consolidated revenues as reported in the last available periodic financial report (quarterly or annual, as the case may be).

(c) In the event the Company conveys, transfers or leases its properties and assets substantially as an entirety in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 6.1 , the Company and the Surviving Person shall be jointly and severally liable for the payment of the CVR Payment Amount and the performance of every duty and covenant of this Agreement on the part of the Company to be performed or observed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or assignment involving the Company shall relieve the Company of its obligations and liabilities to the Rights Agent hereunder, unless by written consent of the Rights Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 6.2 Successor Substituted .

Upon any consolidation of or merger by the Company with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 6.1 , the Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Agreement with the same effect as if the Surviving Person had been named as the Company herein; provided , that notwithstanding any such transaction, if the Company is a surviving entity in the transaction, the Company shall also remain liable for the performance by the “Company” hereunder.

ARTICLE VII

OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 7.1 Notices to Ultimate Parent, the Company, the Shareholder Representative and the Rights Agent .

All communications, notices and disclosures required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered by first class mail or one (1) Business Day after having been dispatched for next-day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to the appropriate party at the address specified below:

If to the Company, to:

Safeway Inc.

5918 Stoneridge Mall Road

Pleasanton, California 94588

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (925) 467-3231

 

29


If to Ultimate Parent, to:

AB Acquisition LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

Attention: Robert G. Miller

Email: Robert.Miller@albertsons.com

Facsimile: (208) 395-4625

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.

875 Third Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Lenard Tessler, Mark Neporent, Lisa Gray

Email: LTessler@cerberuscapital.com;

MNeporent@cerberuscapital.com

LGray@cerberuschicago.com

Facsimile: (212) 891-1540

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Stuart D. Freedman; Robert B. Loper, John M. Pollack

Email: Stuart.Freedman@srz.com;

Robert.Loper@srz.com;

John.Pollack@srz.com

Facsimile: (212) 593-5955

If to the Shareholder Representative, to:

Saturn Shareholder Rep, LLC

10 Clay Street, Suite 201

Oakland, California 94607

Attention: T. Gary Rogers

Email: tgrogers@ssrllc.net

Facsimile: (510) 899-7915

 

30


and

Saturn Shareholder Rep, LLC

10 Clay Street, Suite 201

Oakland, California 94607

Attention: Arun Sarin

Email: asarin@ssrllc.net

Facsimile: (510) 899-7915

With copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Latham & Watkins LLP

505 Montgomery Street

Suite 2000

San Francisco, CA 94111-6538

Tel: (415) 391-0600

Attention: Scott R. Haber

Email: scott.haber@lw.com

Facsimile: (415) 395-8095

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Tel: (212) 906-1200

Attention: M. Adel Aslani-Far

                  Eli G. Hunt

Email: adel.aslanifar@lw.com

            eli.hunt@lw.com

Facsimile (212) 751-4864

If to the Rights Agent, to:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Relationship Manager

With a copy to:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

 

31


Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, NJ 07310

Attention: Relationship Manager

Attention: Legal Department

Section 7.2 Notice to Holders .

Where this Agreement provides for notice to Holders, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing, sent by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) or mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his, her or its address as it appears in the CVR Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

Section 7.3 Counterparts; Headings .

This Agreement may be executed in one or several counterparts (whether by facsimile, pdf or otherwise), each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties (including by facsimile or other electronic image scan transmission). The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

Section 7.4 Assignment; Successors .

(a) Subject to Section 6.1 , neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by any of the parties (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided, that any entity into which the Rights Agent may be merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent shall be a party, or any entity to which the Rights Agent shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of its assets and business, shall be the successor Rights Agent under this Agreement upon the delivery of notice to the other parties hereto. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by all of the parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided , that this Agreement may not be enforced directly by any Holder but may only be enforced on behalf of the Holders by the Shareholder Representative.

Section 7.5 Benefits of Agreement .

Except as set forth in ARTICLE III with respect to the Shareholder Representative Persons or the Rights Agent, nothing in this Agreement, is intended to or be deemed to confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors

 

32


and permitted assigns any rights or remedies hereunder. The Shareholder Representative shall be the sole and exclusive representative of the Holders for all matters in connection with this Agreement and this Agreement may not be enforced directly by any Holder but may only be enforced on behalf of the Holders by the Shareholder Representative.

Section 7.6 Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to Laws that may be applicable under conflicts of laws principles (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Other than with respect to disputes submitted to an independent investment banking firm under Section 2.4(d)(i) or the Neutral Auditor under Section 2.4(d)(vi) , each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and any appellate court thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating thereto, and each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agrees not to commence any such action or proceeding except in such court, (ii) agrees that any claim in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Delaware court, (iii) waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in such Delaware court, and (iv) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in such Delaware court. Each of the parties agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.1 . Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any Party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 7.7 Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OF THE AGREEMENTS DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY, AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.7

 

33


Section 7.8 Remedies .

The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the parties hereto do not perform their obligations under the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of them hereunder) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breach such provisions. The parties acknowledge and agree that prior to the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.10 , (a) the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance, or other equitable relief, to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof without proof of damages or the posting of any collateral, bond or other security, this being in addition to any other remedy available at law, in equity, under this Agreement or otherwise and (b) the right of injunctive relief, specific enforcement and other equitable relief is an integral part of this Agreement and transactions related hereto. The parties also agree that the non-prevailing party (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable order) in any litigation relating to the enforcement of this Agreement shall reimburse the prevailing party for all costs incurred by the prevailing party (including reasonable legal fees in connection with any litigation). To the extent the Shareholder Representative is the non-prevailing party, its reimbursement obligation under this Section 7.8 shall be a Casa Ley Sale Expense.

Section 7.9 Severability Clause .

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and this Agreement are fulfilled to the extent possible.

Section 7.10 Termination .

This Agreement and each CVR shall be terminated and of no further force or effect, and the parties hereto shall have no liability hereunder, upon (i) the one (1) year anniversary of the later of (a) the payment of all Partial Casa Ley Net Proceeds, Casa Ley Net Proceeds, Sale Deadline Net Proceeds and the payment of all deferred cash consideration pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(iv) , or (b) the Sale Deadline, or (ii) the written agreement of the Company and the Shareholder Representative to terminate this Agreement. Notice of any such termination will be promptly mailed by the Rights Agent, upon the written request of the Company and the Shareholder Representative and accompanied by the form of such notice, to the Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Section 3.1 , Section 3.2 , Section 3.3 , and this ARTICLE VII shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Rights Agent.

 

34


Section 7.11 Entire Agreement .

This Agreement, the Merger Agreement, all documents and instruments referenced herein and therein, and all exhibits and schedules attached to the foregoing, constitute the entire agreement of the parties (other than the Rights Agent) and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. If and to the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent or conflicts with the Merger Agreement, this Agreement shall govern and be controlling. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as between the Rights Agent, on the one hand, and any other person or entity, on the other hand, this Agreement alone constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of such parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 7.12 Suits for Enforcement .

In a case where breach has occurred, has not been waived and is continuing, the Shareholder Representative may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Agreement by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Shareholder Representative shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights (unless authorization and/or appearance of each of the Holders is required by applicable Law), either at Law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Shareholder Representative by this Agreement or by Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any liability of any of the parties hereunder (including the Shareholder Representative) for breach of its obligations under this Agreement shall not (other than in connection with fraud or willful misconduct, or third party claims from third parties arising out of such party’s breach of this Agreement) include any unforeseeable and remote indirect or consequential damages, or any special or punitive damages. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, any liability of the Company may include the benefit of the bargain lost by the Holders to the extent proximately caused by such breach (taking into consideration relevant matters, including the total amount payable to such Holders under this Agreement but for such breach, the time value of money, and any costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Shareholder Representative Persons in connection therewith) which shall be deemed in such event to be damages recoverable by the Shareholder Representative for the benefit of the Holders. With respect to any party other than the Company, under no circumstances shall such party be liable for monetary damages hereunder.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:    Robert A. Gordon
Title:  

Senior Vice President

Secretary & General Counsel

 

[ Signature Page to Casa Ley CVR Agreement ]


AB ACQUISITION LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul Rowan

Name:    Paul Rowan
Title:  

Executive Vice President

General Counsel & Secretary

 

[ Signature Page to Casa Ley CVR Agreement ]


SATURN SHAREHOLDER REP, LLC
By:  

/s/ T. Gary Rogers

Name:    T. Gary Rogers
Title:   Member
By:  

/s/ Arun Sarin

Name:   Arun Sarin
Title:   Member

 

[ Signature Page to Casa Ley CVR Agreement ]


COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Neda Sheridan

Name:    Neda Sheridan
Title:   Vice President
COMPUTERSHARE INC.
By:  

/s/ Neda Sheridan

Name:   Neda Sheridan
Title:   Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Casa Ley CVR Agreement ]


EXHIBIT A

Form of Transfer Certificate

See attached.


TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

Safeway Inc.

5918 Stoneridge Mall Road

Pleasanton, California 94588

Attn: General Counsel

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

480 Washington Boulevard

Jersey City, New Jersey 07310

Attention: Relationship Manager

 

  Re: CVRs issued by Safeway Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                                          as Holder intends to transfer the above captioned CVR to                                          (“Permitted Transferee”), for registration in the name of                                         .

1. In connection with such transfer and in accordance with Section 2.3(c) of the CASA LEY CONTINGENT VALUE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2015, entered into by and among AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, Computershare Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., together as rights agent, and the Shareholder Representative (the “Agreement”), the Holder hereby certifies that this transfer is a Permitted Transfer and that the Permitted Transferee is permitted to hold the CVRs in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

2. The transfer is a Permitted Transfer for the following reason:

[Check the appropriate box and initial any applicable substatement]

☐    The CVRs are being transferred as a result of the death of a Holder by will or intestacy.

        An official copy of the death certificate of the Holder and such Holder’s last will and testament and a signed copy of Letters Testamentary, Letters of Administration or equivalent document dated within 60 days are being provided herewith.

        An official copy of the death certificate of the Holder is being provided herewith; the Holder has no will and the CVRs are passing via the rules of intestacy.

☐    The CVRs are being transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the CVRs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustee. The trustee is the Holder immediately prior to the transfer. Official copies of the death certificates and applicable trust documents authorizing distribution to the named beneficiaries are being provided herewith.

 

A-1


☐    The CVRs are being transferred pursuant to a court order (including a court order issued in connection with divorce, bankruptcy or liquidation). A copy of the court order and, if appointed, evidence of appointment as: Tutor, Guardian, Conservator, Committee, Attorney or Agent dated within 60 days are being provided herewith.

☐    The Holder is a corporation and the CVRs are being transferred pursuant to a distribution by the Holder to its stockholders. Such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and the company has reasonably determined after consultation with counsel that such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. A copy of the unanimous written consent of the board of the company or an executed copy of the corporate resolution dated within 180 days authorizing and approving such distribution (and authorizing the signing officer to effect the transaction) and a certificate by or on behalf of the company stating that that such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act are being provided herewith. Evidence of such Permitted Transferee being a shareholder of the Holder is also being provided herewith. The corporate resolution, if provided, is not executed solely by the signing officer.

☐    The Holder is a partnership and the CVRs are being transferred pursuant to a distribution by the Holder to its partners. Such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. A copy of the current partnership agreement is being provided herewith, together with evidence of the authority of any signatory on behalf of the partnership.

☐    The Holder is a limited liability company and the CVRs are being transferred pursuant to a distribution by the Holder to its members. Such distribution does not subject the CVRs to a requirement of registration under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. A copy of the operating agreement is being provided herewith, together with an executed copy of the resolution dated within 180 days authorizing the signing managing member/manager to effect the transaction. If the limited liability company has more than one managing member/manager, this resolution is not executed solely by the signing managing member/manager.

☐    The CVRs are being transferred by a transfer made by operation of law (including a consolidation, dissolution or merger) or without consideration in connection with the dissolution, liquidation or termination of any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity. Documents sufficiently evidencing such activities are being provided herewith, together with, if such transfer by operation of law requires shareholder or board of director or similar approval, an executed copy of the resolution dated within 180 days authorizing the signing officer, managing member/manager or other signatory to effect the event. If such entity has more than one signing officer, managing member/manager or other signatory, this resolution is not executed solely by the signing officer, managing member/manager or other signatory.

 

A-2


3. If not previously provided to the Rights Agent and if requested by the Rights Agent, a fully completed and executed Form W-9 or Form W-8, as applicable, of the Permitted Transferee is being provided herewith.

4. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have such meanings as are ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.

5. By execution hereof the Permitted Transferee agrees to be bound, as Holder, by all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Agreement.

6. This document may be executed in one or more counterparts and by the different parties hereof on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same document. The Holder and the Permitted Transferee both understand that the Rights Agent may require a Medallion Guarantee of Signature at a level acceptable to the Rights Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREFORE, each of the parties have caused this document to be executed individually or by their duly authorized officers or representatives as of the date set forth below.

 

 

   

 

  Holder       Permitted Transferee
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
  Taxpayer Identification       Taxpayer Identification
  No.                            No.                     
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

A-3

EXHIBIT 10.7

EXECUTION VERSION

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

by and between

SUPERVALU INC.

and

ALBERTSON’S LLC

Dated as of March 21, 2013


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE AND ACCEPT SERVICES

     2  

Section 1.1

 

Services

     2  

Section 1.2

 

Books and Records; Availability of Information

     2  

Section 1.3

 

Cost of Providing the Services

     2  

Section 1.4

 

Required Consents

     2  

Section 1.5

 

Intellectual Property Licenses

     3  

Section 1.6

 

Heritage Albertson’s System Code

     3  

Section 1.7

 

IT Systems

     3  

ARTICLE II SERVICES; PAYMENT; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS SERVICES

     4  

Section 2.1

 

Services To Be Provided

     4  

Section 2.2

 

Cooperation

     6  

Section 2.3

 

Steering Committee

     6  

Section 2.4

 

Additional Services

     7  

Section 2.5

 

Pricing; Payments

     7  

Section 2.6

 

Disclaimer of Warranty

     8  

Section 2.7

 

Taxes

     8  

Section 2.8

 

Use of Services; Third Party Transferees

     8  

Section 2.9

 

Confidential Information; Third Party Transferees

     9  

Section 2.10

 

Work-around

     9  

Section 2.11

 

Prior Resolution of Certain Disputes

     9  

Section 2.12

 

Agency; Power of Attorney

     9  

Section 2.13

 

Accounting Adjustment Procedure

     10  

ARTICLE III TERM OF SERVICES

     10  

Section 3.1

 

Term

     10  

Section 3.2

 

Option(s) to Extend Term

     10  

Section 3.3

 

Additional Service Extensions

     12  

Section 3.4

 

Transition of TSA Services

     12  

ARTICLE IV FORCE MAJEURE

     13  

Section 4.1

 

Force Majeure

     13  

ARTICLE V LIABILITIES

     14  

Section 5.1

 

Consequential and Other Damages

     14  

Section 5.2

 

Limitation of Liability

     14  

Section 5.3

 

Obligation To Re-perform

     14  

Section 5.4

 

Indemnity

     14  

ARTICLE VI TERMINATION

     15  

Section 6.1

 

Termination

     15  

Section 6.2

 

Breach of Services Agreement; Dispute Resolution

     15  

Section 6.3

 

Sums Due

     16  

 

i


Section 6.4

 

Service Provider Termination Right

     16  

Section 6.5

 

Services Following Expiration or Termination

     17  

Section 6.6

 

Effect of Termination

     17  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     17  

Section 7.1

 

Notice

     17  

Section 7.2

 

Incorporation of Purchase Agreement Provisions

     18  

Section 7.3

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     19  

Section 7.4

 

Assignment

     19  

Section 7.5

 

Termination of Existing TSA

     19  

 

Schedule 1    Procurement of Goods
Schedule 2    Other Services
Exhibit A    Fees
Exhibit B    System Code Purchase Option
Exhibit C    IT Systems - Redlight Schedule
Exhibit D    Dispute Resolution Process
Exhibit E    Resolution of Certain Disputes
Exhibit F    PCI Compliance
Exhibit G    Services Elimination and Fee Credit

 

ii


This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of March 21, 2013 (this “ Services Agreement ” or “ TSA ”), is entered into by and between SUPERVALU INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SVU ”) and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ABS LLC ” and together with its Subsidiaries other than New Albertson’s Inc. (“ NAI ”) and its Subsidiaries, “ Albertson’s ”). In this Services Agreement, SVU, on the one hand, and Albertson’s, on the other hand, are sometimes referred to individually as a “ party ” and collectively as the “ parties .” In its capacity as a recipient of Services hereunder (as designated on Schedules 1 and 2 hereof with respect to particular services), each party is referred to herein as “ Receiving Party ,” and, in its capacity as a provider of Services hereunder (as designated on Schedules 1 and 2 hereof with respect to particular services), each party is referred to herein as “ Service Provider .” All terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the SPA (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Transition Services Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2006, by and between NAI and ABS LLC (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Existing TSA ”) was amended by the following agreements, each between NAI and ABS LLC, (i) that certain First Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated February 22, 2007, (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated May 31, 2007, (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated July 12, 2007, (iv) that certain Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims dated December 15, 2007, (v) that certain Fourth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated April 21, 2008, (vi) that certain Fifth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated February 18, 2009, (vii) that certain Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims dated February 18, 2009, (viii) that certain letter agreement dated December 16, 2009, (ix) that certain letter agreement dated January 27, 2010 and (x) that certain Sixth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated September 10, 2010;

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”), dated January 10, 2013, pursuant to which, among other things, SVU agreed to sell all of the outstanding capital stock of NAI to AB Acquisition LLC, parent company of ABS LLC (the “ Stock Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Stock Purchase, the Existing TSA will be terminated and will be replaced by this TSA and a separate Transition Services Agreement to be entered into by SVU and NAI;

WHEREAS, each Receiving Party desires to procure certain services from the Service Provider, and the Service Provider is willing to provide such services to the Receiving Party during a transition period commencing on March 21, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Services Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1


ARTICLE I

AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE AND ACCEPT SERVICES

Section 1.1  Services .

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the Service Provider shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by the Service Provider to provide, to the Receiving Party or its designated Subsidiaries and Affiliates the services referred to in this Services Agreement or listed on the attached Schedules (the “ Schedules ” and such services, the “ Services ”). Subject to Section 2.1 , any decisions as to which of the Service Provider, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or any third parties shall provide the Services shall be made by the Service Provider in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the applicable Schedule; provided , however , that the Receiving Party’s consent shall be required if and to the extent that the Service Provider delegates Services after the date of the SPA to a third party provider and such Services are to be provided for the benefit of the Receiving Party and not for the benefit of the Service Provider or any of its Affiliates. Any delegation of Services shall not release the Service Provider from its obligations hereunder. The Services shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth in Section 2.5 or as the parties may otherwise agree in writing. Each Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the applicable Schedule.

Section 1.2  Books and Records; Availability of Information . Each party shall create and maintain accurate books and records in connection with the provision of the Services performed hereunder and, upon reasonable notice from the other party, shall make available for inspection and copy by such other party’s agents such books and records during reasonable business hours. The Receiving Party shall make available on a timely basis to the Service Provider all information and materials reasonably requested by the Service Provider to enable it to provide the Services. The Receiving Party shall provide to the Service Provider reasonable access to the Receiving Party’s premises to the extent reasonably necessary for the purpose of providing the Services.

Section 1.3  Cost of Providing the Services . Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Services Agreement, the Service Provider shall bear all costs necessary to provide the Services (including all out-of-pocket and third-party expenses incurred by the Service Provider and its designees in order to provide the Services). The Service Provider shall be solely responsible for the payment of all direct and indirect compensation (including all fringe benefits of any sort) for the personnel assigned to perform the Services under this Services Agreement, and will be responsible for workers’ compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, employment taxes, and all other employer liabilities relating to such personnel.

Section 1.4  Required Consents . The Service Provider shall obtain and pay for, or cause to be obtained and paid for, any and all consents necessary or advisable to allow the Service Provider to provide the Services and to allow the Receiving Party to access and use the Services (the “ Required Consents ”). The Receiving Party agrees to cooperate with the Service Provider’s reasonable requests and to execute such documents (subject to the Receiving Party’s reasonable approval of such documents) in connection with such consents. If a Required Consent is not obtained, then, unless and until such Required Consent is obtained, the Service Provider shall determine and adopt, subject to the Receiving Party’s prior written approval, such alternative commercially reasonable approaches as are necessary and sufficient to provide the Services in accordance with the terms hereof without such Required Consents and in a manner

 

2


which does not increase the fees or costs payable by the Receiving Party hereunder. For purposes of clarity, the parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing provision shall in no way affect the allocation of costs or expenses related to transfer of assets (including costs incurred in connection with obtaining third party consents) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the SPA, which matters shall be controlled solely by the SPA. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5(a) of the SPA, ABS LLC shall obtain and pay for any and all consents required in connection with the consummation of the APA (as such term is defined in the SPA).

Section 1.5  Intellectual Property Licenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the TSA, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.13 of the SPA, it shall be the responsibility of the Receiving Party (at the Receiving Party’s sole cost and expense) to obtain all licenses associated with the use of third party intellectual property, including but not limited to copyrights (e.g., software), trademarks and patents (and/or consents and extensions relating to such licenses), if any, necessary for the provision of Services to the Receiving Party during the Term. The Service Provider agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Receiving Party in its negotiations with any licensors from whom the Receiving Party may require such a license (or consent or extension) during the Term. In the event the Receiving Party is unable to obtain a necessary license, consent or extension, the Services related to such license shall be removed from the scope of the TSA, without a reduction in fees or payments owed by the Receiving Party under the TSA. In all events, and in addition to (and not in limitation of) any similar rights that the Service Provider may have under the TSA, the Receiving Party shall indemnify, defend and hold the Service Provider harmless from and against any actions, liabilities and/or claims relating to the licenses and the license matters discussed in this provision. The Receiving Party’s obligation to pay any fees under this Section 1.5 shall apply whether or not such claims for fees arise from the Receiving Party’s continued or past access to or benefit from third party intellectual property. The Receiving Party also acknowledges the Service Provider’s right to initiate discussion with third party licensors that may involve the Receiving Party’s use of intellectual property. All negotiated agreements with third party licensors for the future use of or rights to intellectual property and associated services shall be at the cost of the Service Provider, provided that the Receiving Party shall bear the cost of incremental third party use fees which are specifically identified in the agreements with the third party licensors and which relate solely to the Receiving Party’s use (“ Incremental License Fees ”). Such Incremental License Fees shall be approved in advance in writing by the Receiving Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 1.6  Heritage Albertson’s System Code . Prior to the termination or expiration of the TSA, and so long as Albertson’s is not in default of the TSA, Albertson’s shall have the option to purchase from SVU the heritage Albertson’s source code (the “ System Code Purchase Option ”). The terms and conditions applicable to the System Code Purchase Option are set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

Section 1.7  IT Systems . SVU and Albertson’s agree to cooperate in maintaining current, common and compatible IT systems where practical and feasible and as to only those IT systems for which SVU is providing Albertson’s support. In furtherance of this intent, SVU and Albertson’s shall work together to eliminate those IT systems that are not current, common or compatible. The stated goal of this paragraph is for SVU and Albertson’s to work together in good faith to ensure that IT systems trend toward converging rather than diverging. Toward that end, the parties agree to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

 

3


ARTICLE II

SERVICES; PAYMENT; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS SERVICES

Section 2.1  Services To Be Provided .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, other than as set forth on the applicable Schedule and subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.10 hereof, (i) the Services to be provided by SVU as Service Provider hereunder shall be limited to (A) the Services with respect to which it is listed as the Service Provider on Schedule 2 hereto, (B) as to the NAI business which Albertson’s is acquiring, the Services which SVU and its Affiliates have historically provided to the NAI-acquired business, and (C) the Services performed by SVU and its Affiliates for Albertson’s as of immediately prior to the date of the SPA; provided that any change in Services after the date of the SPA but prior to the Effective Date shall be approved by the Steering Committee, (ii) the Services to be provided by Albertson’s as Service Provider hereunder shall be limited to the Services with respect to which it is listed as the Service Provider on Schedule 2 hereto, and (iii) in no event shall the Service Provider be required to provide any other services to the Receiving Party. The parties acknowledge and agree that they have sought to identify all Services to be provided by the Service Provider under this Services Agreement on the Schedules hereto, but that if the Schedules do not include the Services performed immediately prior to the date of the SPA by the Service Provider, the parties shall cooperate after the Closing Date to amend and/or supplement the Schedules hereto from time to time to more accurately reflect such past practice; provided , however , that (i) in no event will the Service Provider be obligated to provide any Service which (A) is listed on Schedule 2 as “deleted” or indicated in any way as no longer required or (B) is indicated to be provided only on a temporary basis and such time period has lapsed, subject to the possible extension of such Service in accordance with Section 3.3 , and (ii)  Schedule 1 hereto sets forth the agreement of the parties with respect to procurement of goods for the Receiving Party and shall control that Service notwithstanding the past practices of the parties with respect to procurement of goods.

(b) The Service Provider or its designees shall perform the Services only in a manner, scope, nature and quality (such manner, scope, nature and quality, the “ Applicable Service Level ”) that is, in the case of SVU as the Service Provider, the same in all material respects as the manner in which such Services were performed or to be performed by SVU and its Affiliates for Albertson’s as of immediately prior to the Date of the SPA, or, where a specific service level has been provided, as set forth in the Schedules hereto and, in the case of Albertson’s as Service Provider, in the manner described on Schedule 2 . For the avoidance of doubt, any change in service levels provided by the Service Provider to itself and its Affiliates after the Date of the SPA shall not affect the Applicable Service Level to be provided to the Receiving Party pursuant to this Services Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth herein or on the applicable Schedule, the Services provided hereunder shall be used by the Receiving Party for substantially the same purposes and in substantially the same manner (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) as such Services were used by the Receiving Party as of immediately prior to the Date of the SPA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties

 

4


acknowledge and agree that (1) Albertson’s acquisition of the NAI business shall not be deemed an increase of volume, amount, level or frequency, that SVU shall provide the Services contemplated herein to the NAI business, and that SVU’s provision of services to the NAI business shall include the services historically provided by SVU or its Affiliates to NAI (or which NAI provided to itself), as well as the Services identified on Schedule 2 , and (2) Albertson’s request for Services for New Stores as defined in Exhibit A shall not constitute an increase in volume, amount, level of frequency of Services. The Service Provider shall act under this Services Agreement solely as an independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of any other party or any of such party’s Affiliates. For the purposes of clarity, the parties acknowledge and agree that if and to the extent the Service Provider changes systems and processes used in the course of its business for its own account the Service Provider shall not permit such changes to degrade the Applicable Service Level.

(c) The provision of Services by the Service Provider shall be subject to Article V hereof.

(d) The parties have agreed to separate the Legal function of SVU and transition certain legal associates to Albertson’s over a period of up to ninety (90) days after the Effective Date (the “ Legal Transition Period ”). At the Effective Date, certain attorneys responsible for the provision of certain Services to Albertson’s (the “ Transitioned Attorneys ”) will transition to and become employed by Albertson’s at Albertson’s option. At some point during the Legal Transition Period, Albertson’s will have the option to make Qualifying Offers (as defined in the SPA) to some or all of an additional group of identified members of the SVU Legal function. During the Legal Transition Period, the parties will cooperate with respect to the transition of legal matters between them, and each of Albertson’s (but only with respect to the services provided by the Transitioned Attorneys and only to the extent historically provided to SVU) and SVU will provide legal services pursuant to Schedule 2 hereto, if needed, provided that (i) SVU may, in its discretion and at its expense, provide outside counsel (reasonably selected from a list of outside counsel used by Albertson’s prior to the Effective Date) in lieu of providing such legal services directly (it being understood that such outside counsel providing Services to Albertson’s hereunder will be acting on behalf of and as counsel for Albertson’s, and that (as between Albertson’s and SVU) Albertson’s will control the attorney-client relationship); (ii) neither party will in any case provide services with respect to commercial or other litigation that the other party has agreed to assume responsibility for, or to indemnify the other party or its Affiliates for, pursuant to the SPA ( provided , however , that SVU will continue to cooperate in providing in-house litigation support (other than litigation management) to the extent historically provided by SVU to Albertson’s and Albertson’s acknowledges that during the Legal Transition Period in-house litigation support will continue to be provided to SVU by the remaining SVU legal function not hired by Albertson’s as of the Effective Date); (iii) SVU will not be responsible for providing legal services to Albertson’s in quantities that exceed the historical levels provided by SVU to Albertson’s; and (iv) each party will provide any reasonable and customary waiver of conflicts of interest or similar waiver reasonably requested by the other party or any substituted outside counsel in connection with the legal services provided pursuant to this Services Agreement, provided that no such waiver shall materially disadvantage the other party with respect to any matter handled by such counsel. Upon the elimination of legal services as Services under this Services Agreement, there will be a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the fees payable during the Initial Term equal to the salary and benefits of each employee that transfers employment to Albertson’s pursuant to a Qualifying Offer (as defined in the SPA) made in Albertson’s sole discretion, and, if necessary, the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the reduction as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

 

5


(e) Similar to the legal transition referenced in Section 2.1(d) , the parties have agreed to the elimination of additional Services originally contemplated to be provided by SVU pursuant to this Services Agreement by the employees of SVU and its Subsidiaries identified on Exhibit G . Upon the elimination of such Services from this Services Agreement, Albertson’s will receive credits against the fees payable pursuant to this Services Agreement as such credits are set forth on Exhibit G , and, if necessary, the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the reduction as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

(f) The parties agree to meet on or before September 20, 2013, to review the Services being provided and determine if there are any Services no longer required and which may be deleted from the Service schedules.

Section 2.2  Cooperation . The parties will use good-faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of Services. Such cooperation shall include obtaining all consents, licenses or approvals necessary to permit each party to perform its obligations hereunder, subject to Section 1.3 , Section 1.4 and Section 1.5 . Furthermore, if and to the extent that the Receiving Party owns or controls any assets that are required to be used in the provision of Services by the Service Provider or its designees, as applicable, the Receiving Party shall furnish or otherwise make available such asset to the Service Provider or its designees, as applicable, for the provision of Services including by way of a grant of royalty-free license for such purpose.

Section 2.3  Steering Committee .

(a)  Size and Composition . SVU, in its sole discretion as determined by the SVU Board of Directors (excluding Offeror Related Directors, as such term is defined in the Tender Offer Agreement between Symphony Investors LLC, Supervalu Inc., and Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., dated January 10, 2013), will appoint three (3) members of its management staff and Albertson’s will appoint three (3) members of its management staff to serve on a steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”). Either party may change its Steering Committee members from time to time upon written notice to the other party. In addition, the parties may mutually agree to increase or decrease the size, purpose or composition of the Steering Committee.

(b) Responsibilities . The Steering Committee shall be responsible for the general on-going oversight of each party’s performance under this Services Agreement. The representatives of the party serving on the Steering Committee shall have the power and authority to bind such party with respect to the matters contemplated by this Services Agreement.

(c) Meetings . The Steering Committee will meet (in person or telephonically) once every 90 days or at such other frequency as mutually agreed by the parties. Each Steering Committee meeting will be at a mutually acceptable location.

 

6


(d)  Annual Business Plan . The Steering Committee will develop an annual business plan (the “ Business Plan ”) to project Service usage and costs (after the third anniversary of the Effective Date) and other matters with respect to the Services, and will review and update the Business Plan not less than quarterly. If the parties mutually agree to modify or discontinue any Service, both parties will be entitled to rely on the Business Plan for the purpose of determining what Services will be provided during the time period covered by the Business Plan, and may discontinue any Service not projected to be required by the Business Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, if the parties do not mutually agree to modify or discontinue any Service, that Service shall continue without any change to its service level.

(e)  Contingency Plans . The Steering Committee shall formulate mutually acceptable back-up and contingency plans to address unplanned errors and disruptions in the Services. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event of a disaster, the Service Provider agrees to use the same degree of care to restore the Services as the Service Provider would use to restore similar services for itself. In the event of scheduled downtime, the Service Provider shall provide the Receiving Party with reasonable advance notice.

Section 2.4  Additional Services .

(a) From time to time during the term, the Receiving Party may request that the Service Provider (i) provide additional services (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) or different services which the Service Provider is not obligated to provide under this Services Agreement if such services are of the type and scope provided to the Receiving Party immediately prior to the Effective Date or (ii) to expand the scope of any Service (such additional or expanded services, the “ Additional Services ”). The Service Provider shall consider such request in good faith and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such Additional Service; provided , that the Service Provider shall not be obligated to provide any Additional Services if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such Additional Services or if the provision of such Additional Services would interfere with the operation of its business or the business of its Affiliates. If the Service Provider receives a request for Additional Services it shall notify the Receiving Party within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of the request as to whether it will or will not provide the Additional Services.

(b) If the Service Provider agrees to provide Additional Services pursuant to Section 2.4(a) , then a representative of each party shall in good faith negotiate the terms of a supplemental Schedule to this Services Agreement which will describe in detail the service, project scope, term, price and payment terms to be charged for the Additional Service. Once definitively agreed to in writing, the supplemental Schedule shall be deemed part of this Services Agreement as of such date and the Additional Services shall be deemed “Services” provided hereunder, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement.

Section 2.5  Pricing; Payments .

(a)  Fees . The fees for the Services are set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Exhibit A , any costs paid or borne by the Receiving Party related to any provision herein shall not impact or reduce the payments under this Section 2.5(a) . The parties understand that certain Services will terminate pursuant to specified periods set forth in Schedule 2 and acknowledge that, except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , there shall be no reduction in fees for the scheduled termination of such Services pursuant to Schedule 2 .

 

7


(b)  Invoices . Unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A , payments due hereunder shall be invoiced on a weekly basis. Other than with respect to any Non-Performance Holdbacks (as defined in Section 2.5(c) ), payments that are not timely paid shall be subject to late charges, calculated at an interest rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate (or the maximum legal rate, whichever is lower), and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment. Payments shall be made by wire transfer to an account designated in writing from time to time by Service Provider.

(c)  Performance Disputes; Fees . Subject to Section 4.1 and Section 6.2 hereof, in the event any Dispute (as defined below) arises between the parties regarding the Service Provider’s or its designees’ failure to provide one or more material Services at or above the Applicable Service Level, and the Service Provider has not cured such failure within fifteen (15) days of written notice (or a reasonably shorter period of time, in light of the nature of the Dispute), the Receiving Party shall be entitled to withhold from payment an amount of money equal to lesser of (i) the cost of commercially reasonable alternative arrangements to procure such Services from an alternative source, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Albertson’s as the Receiving Party, $15,000,000, and in the case of SVU as the Receiving Party, $300,000, in each case aggregating all Non-Performance Holdback amounts then subject to Dispute) (such amount, the “ Non-Performance Holdback ”), until such Service Disruption or Dispute has been resolved. Upon resolution of any such Dispute the Non-Performance Holdback (or any greater or lesser amount agreed to by the parties in lieu thereof) shall be paid promptly to the Service Provider or the Receiving Party, as applicable, as shall be determined in accordance with the resolution of such Dispute.

Section 2.6  Disclaimer of Warranty . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES TO BE PURCHASED UNDER THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 2.7  Taxes . In the event that any Tax is properly chargeable on the provision of the Services (other than any Tax on the income of Service Provider received in its capacity as a third party service provider to the Receiving Party) as indicated on the applicable Schedule, the Receiving Party shall be responsible for and shall pay the amount of any such Tax in addition to and at the same time as the Service fees. All Service fees and other consideration will be paid free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any Tax, except as may be required by law.

Section 2.8  Use of Services; Third Party Transferees . The Receiving Party shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, resell any Services to any person whatsoever or permit the use of the Services by any person other than in connection with the conduct of the Receiving Party’s operations as conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if either party transfers or otherwise disposes of assets

 

8


(including one or more stores or distribution centers) (each a “ Transferring Party ”) to one or more third parties (each, a “ Third Party Transferee ”), the Transferring Party shall have the right to transfer or assign its rights hereunder to each such Third Party Transferee for a period (the “ Transfer Period ”) not to exceed the lesser of (i) 180 days from the date of transfer and (ii) the remaining term of this Services Agreement; provided , however , the Transferring Party shall remain obligated under the terms hereof (including for payments pursuant to Section 2.4 ); provided , further , however , in the event that the Third Party Transferee competes on a national level with SVU and/or its Affiliates the Transfer Period shall be no longer than ninety (90) days from the date of such transfer. No such transfer shall limit the collective amount of Services to be provided to the Transferring Party and the Third Party Transferee.

Section 2.9  Confidential Information; Third Party Transferees . As a result of a sale or transfer of some or all of Albertson’s assets during the term of this Services Agreement, a Third Party Transferee may have access to SVU’s Confidential Product Cost Information (as defined below) as a result of Services relating to the provision of products for resale (both nationally branded and private label products). In such event and if such Third Party Transferee is a competitor of SVU, then SVU may require that the Third Party Transferee execute (or that Albertson’s use commercially reasonable efforts to require the Third Party Transferee execute if Albertson’s has previously completed negotiations of a pending transaction with such Third Party Transferee as of the Effective Date) a three-party confidentiality agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to SVU and Albertson’s, setting forth the Third Party Transferee’s agreement: (i) to keep strictly confidential such Confidential Product Cost Information; (ii) to restrict access to such Confidential Product Cost Information to personnel not responsible for product development or product procurement on behalf of such Third Party Transferee; and (iii) to ensure that, under no circumstances, shall such Third Party Transferee use (directly or indirectly) such Confidential Product Cost Information for its pecuniary gain, for the solicitation of business or to the financial detriment of SVU. For purposes of this provision, “ Confidential Product Cost Information ” shall mean SVU’s confidential information dealing with or relating to SVU’s acquisition cost of products purchased for resale, including any invoice price, rebates, allowances, incentive payments, and marketing and other funds related to such products.

Section 2.10  Work-around . Subject to Section 1.5 , if any of the Services cannot be provided by the Service Provider for any reason including because such Services infringe on the rights of others or violate Law, and the Service Provider shall develop an alternative to the Service that it uses for itself or one of its Affiliates, then the Service Provider shall provide such alternative service to the Receiving Party at no additional cost.

Section 2.11  Prior Resolution of Certain Disputes . The parties previously agreed to settle and resolve certain issues that arose under the Existing TSA as set forth in Exhibit E .

Section 2.12  Agency; Power of Attorney . Albertson’s hereby appoints SVU as attorney-in-fact and agent with full and exclusive power and authority to act for and on behalf of Albertson’s for the purposes of entering into, on behalf of Albertson’s, Corporate Contracts (as defined on Schedule 1 ) that have been approved in advance by Albertson’s. In addition, Albertson’s agrees to execute and deliver any particular forms of powers of attorney as may be reasonably (as determined by Albertson’s in its sole discretion) requested by SVU in connection with the provision of the Services. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Services Agreement, if Albertson’s does not provide to SVU any power of attorney reasonably necessary

 

9


to provide any Service or otherwise perform SVU’s obligations under this Services Agreement, SVU shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Services Agreement for any such failure to perform to the extent attributable to the lack of such power of attorney. The power and authority granted to SVU hereunder shall terminate upon the termination of this Services Agreement.

Section 2.13  Accounting Adjustment Procedure . Upon an adjustment to the fees pursuant to the terms of this Services Agreement, the Receiving Party shall deliver to the Service Provider a complete list (certified as accurate by the Receiving Party for that week) of the supermarkets, distribution centers, fuel centers and/or pharmacies being serviced by the Service Provider under the terms of this Services Agreement.

ARTICLE III

TERM OF SERVICES

Section 3.1  Term . Subject to Section 3.2 and Section 6.1 , the provision of Services shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate no later than the 30-month anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”).

Section 3.2  Option(s) to Extend Term .

(a) Albertson’s as the Receiving Party shall have ten (10), and SVU as the Receiving Party shall have ten (10), consecutive options to extend the TSA for a period of one (1) year each on the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, payment timing and fee arrangements) contained in the TSA. Such extension terms shall be exercised, if at all, by the Receiving Party giving written notice to the Service Provider twelve months preceding the extension term being exercised. For such exercise to be valid, the Receiving Party must (i) not be in default under the TSA as of the date of the notice of exercise or as of January 1 of the extension term being exercised, and (ii) be in compliance with the Dispute Resolution Process set forth in Exhibit D hereto.

(b) Upon the proper exercise of an extension term by the Receiving Party, the term of the TSA shall be extended for the applicable twelve-month period without the execution of any further instrument. As used in this Services Agreement, the term “Term” shall include all Annual Extension Terms (as defined below).

(c) For clarification purposes, the following chart defines and sets forth the key dates for each annual extension term:

 

Option Exercise Deadline

  

Extension Period

  

Defined Term (for
reference purposes in this  TSA)

18-month Anniversary of Effective Date    30-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 42-month Anniversary of Effective Date    First Annual Extension Term
30-month Anniversary of Effective Date    42-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 54-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Second Annual Extension Term

 

10


Option Exercise Deadline

  

Extension Period

  

Defined Term (for
reference purposes in this  TSA)

42-month Anniversary of Effective Date    54-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 66-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Third Annual Extension Term
54-month Anniversary of Effective Date    66-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 78-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Fourth Annual Extension Term
66-month Anniversary of Effective Date    78-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 90-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Fifth Annual Extension Term
78-month Anniversary of Effective Date    90-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 102-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Sixth Annual Extension Term
90-month Anniversary of Effective Date    102-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 114-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Seventh Annual Extension Term
102-month Anniversary of Effective Date    114-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 126-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Eighth Annual Extension Term
114-month Anniversary of Effective Date    126-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 138-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Ninth Annual Extension Term
126-month Anniversary of Effective Date    138-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 150-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Tenth Annual Extension Term

 

11


Albertson’s (numbered) Annual Extension Terms, together with SVU’s corresponding Annual Extension Terms may be collectively referred to herein as the “ Annual Extension Terms .” Upon occurrence of the Effective Date the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the Initial Term and Annual Extension Term dates.

(d) A Receiving Party’s failure to timely or properly exercise any of the Annual Extension Terms shall constitute a forfeiture of its right to exercise any future Annual Extension Term and the TSA shall terminate with respect to Services provided to such Receiving Party (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transaction Services Period) at the end of such Receiving Party’s then current Annual Extension Term.

Section 3.3  Additional Service Extensions . In addition to the Receiving Party’s rights under Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 6.5 , in the event the Receiving Party requests an extension of the term of provision of Services, such request shall be considered in good faith by the Service Provider. Any terms, conditions or costs or fees to be paid by the Receiving Party for Services provided during an extended term will be on mutually acceptable terms. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall the Service Provider be required to extend the term of provision of any Service if (i) the Service Provider does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to continue providing such Services, (ii) the extension of the term would interfere with the operation of the Service Provider’s business or (iii) the extension would require capital expenditure on the part of the Service Provider or otherwise require the Service Provider to renew or extend any contract, agreement, arrangement or similar understanding with any third party.

Section 3.4  Transition of TSA Services .

(a) If, at any time during the term of the TSA, the Receiving Party desires to transition any Service(s) to a third party, it shall so notify the Service Provider one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of such transition (and upon delivery of such notice, the Receiving Party may commence planning discussions with the Service Provider). The Service Provider agrees that it will assist with such transitions to third party providers (the “ Transition Services ”), and any out of pocket and internal costs incurred by the Service Provider for the Transition Services shall be reimbursed by the Receiving Party as soon as reasonably practicable. In the case of SVU as the Service Provider of Transition Services, all costs incurred (out of pocket and internal) shall be subject to and included in a cap amount of $1,000,000, and in the case of Albertson’s as the Service Provider of Transition Services, all costs incurred (out of pocket and internal) shall be subject to and included in a cap amount of $500,000 (each, a “ Cap Amount ”). In the event the combined Transition Services costs (out of pocket and internal) and separation services costs exceed the applicable Cap Amount, the Service Provider shall continue to provide the Transition Services to the Receiving Party with the Service Provider bearing the costs in excess of the applicable Cap Amount. As the case may be or as the case may arise, the Service Provider shall notify the Receiving Party in writing of any utilization of the applicable Cap Amount and a running total of the remaining balance.

(b) In order to clarify the potential provision of Transition Services by the Service Provider, and except as set forth below, the parties expressly acknowledge that the timing must be such that the Service Provider is able to complete all Transition Services during the term of the TSA (and the Party shall work in good faith to complete such transitions prior to

 

12


the expiration or termination of the TSA) and that, in addition to the reimbursement of costs by the Receiving Party (up to the Cap Amount) as provided in this Section 3.4 , all other fees and payments under the TSA shall remain payable by the Receiving Party without modification or abatement. The parties acknowledge and reaffirm that, except as set forth below, upon the expiration or termination of the TSA, the Service Provider’s obligation to provide Services shall be limited to the terms set forth in Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 of this TSA.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Transition Services will not be completed prior to the expiration or termination of the TSA, and upon written request by the Receiving Party to the Service Provider prior to expiration or termination of the TSA, the Service Provider shall continue the Transition Services for a period not to exceed seven (7) months after expiration or termination of the TSA (“ Transition Services Period ”). During the Transition Services Period, Albertson’s as the Receiving Party will pay SVU as the Service Provider during the Transition Services Period fees equal to the greater of (i) $1,000,000 each calendar month, payable in advance, or (ii) the applicable weekly fee per operating supermarket and distribution center set out in Exhibit A and SVU as the Receiving Party will pay Albertson’s as the Service Provider during the Transition Services Period fees equal to the greater of (A) $150,000 each calendar month, payable in advance, or (B) the applicable weekly fee set forth on Exhibit A . The parties shall mutually determine prior to the commencement of each calendar month during the Transition Services Period whether the fees for such month shall be as set out in (i) or (ii) above, and the Receiving Party shall then pay such fees accordingly. The foregoing Transition Services fees would be in addition to fees paid for any wind down services consistent with the terms set forth in Section 6.5 of this TSA.

ARTICLE IV

FORCE MAJEURE

Section 4.1  Force Majeure . The Service Provider shall not be liable for any expense, loss or damage whatsoever arising out of any interruption of Service or delay or failure to perform under this Services Agreement that is due to acts of God, acts of a public enemy, acts of terrorism, acts of a nation or any state, territory, province or other political division thereof, changes in applicable law, fires, floods, epidemics, riots, theft, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, strikes, work stoppages or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the Service Provider and its applicable designees. In any such event, the Service Provider’s obligations hereunder shall be postponed for such time as its performance is suspended or delayed on account thereof. The Service Provider will promptly notify the recipient of the Service, either orally or in writing, upon learning of the occurrence of such event of force majeure. Upon the cessation of the force majeure event, the Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume its performance with the least practicable delay ( provided that, at the election of the Receiving Party, the applicable term for such suspended Services shall be extended by the length of the force majeure event). During such force majeure event, the Receiving Party shall be free to acquire affected Services from an alternative source, at the Receiving Party’s sole cost and expense, and without liability to the Service Provider, for the period and to the extent reasonably necessitated by such non-performance. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the costs of procurement of such Services from such alternative source and such amounts shall be deducted from the payments otherwise required under Section 2.5 hereof.

 

13


ARTICLE V

LIABILITIES

Section 5.1  Consequential and Other Damages . Neither party shall be liable to the other with respect to this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages whatsoever which in any way arise out of, relate to or are a consequence of, the performance or nonperformance by such party hereunder, including with respect to loss of profits, business interruptions or claims of customers.

Section 5.2  Limitation of Liability . Subject to Section 5.3 hereof and other than with respect to the Receiving Party’s obligation to make payment under Section 1.5 or Section 2.5 hereof, the liability of each party with respect to this Services Agreement or any act or failure to act in connection herewith (including, but not limited to, the performance or breach hereof), or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any Service provided under or covered by this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, (i) shall not exceed $180,000,000 for actions or omissions resulting from gross negligence and (ii) shall be unlimited for actions or omissions resulting from willful breach.

Section 5.3  Obligation To Re-perform . In the event of any breach of this Services Agreement by the Service Provider resulting from any error or defect in the performance of any Service (which breach the Service Provider can reasonably be expected to cure by re-performance in a commercially reasonable manner), the Service Provider shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to correct in all material respects such error, defect or breach or reperform in all material respects such Service at the request of the Receiving Party.

Section 5.4  Indemnity . Except as otherwise provided in this Services Agreement, (including the limitation of liability provisions in this Article V ), the Service Provider shall not be liable for any Loss (as defined below) arising out of or relating to the Services, whether arising out of breach of warranty, strict liability, tort, contract or otherwise, other than Losses which result directly from Service Provider’s gross negligence with respect to the provision of Services or the breach of this Services Agreement. The Service Provider shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Receiving Party and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates from and against any third party claims, damages, losses or expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) (a “ Loss ”) incurred by the Receiving Party or its Subsidiaries resulting from the Service Provider’s gross negligence with respect to the provision of Services or the breach of this Services Agreement. The Receiving Party shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Service Provider and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (and to the extent certain roles and responsibilities of individual employees of Service Provider acting as fiduciaries for Receiving Party could expose said employees to a Loss in their individual capacities, then said employees shall likewise be defended, indemnified and held harmless) from and against any and all Losses arising out of or connected with the Services or in any way related to this Services Agreement, regardless of the legal theory asserted (other than in matters for which the Service Provider would have liability under this Section 5.4 or expenses reasonably

 

14


contemplated to be borne by Service Provider in performing its obligations hereunder). The Receiving Party shall at all times maintain reasonable and customary fiduciary liability insurance coverage (with a tail coverage of no less than 5 years) for any such employees of the Service Provider who are acting in a fiduciary capacity for the Receiving Party.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1  Termination . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Services Agreement shall terminate, and the obligation of the Service Provider to provide or cause to be provided any Service shall cease, on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the provision of all Services has been terminated or canceled pursuant to Article IV hereof, or (ii) the date on which all Services under this Services Agreement are terminated by the Service Provider or the Receiving Party, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2 hereof; provided that, in each case, no such termination shall relieve any party of any liability for any breach of any provision of this Services Agreement prior to the date of such termination and subject to the Wind Down Period and the Transition Services Period as respectively defined in Section 6.5 and Section 3.4(c) .

Section 6.2  Breach of Services Agreement; Dispute Resolution .

(a)  Breach . Subject to Article V hereof, the dispute resolution process set forth in this Section 6.2 and the last sentence of this Section 6.2(a) , if a party shall cause or suffer to exist any material breach of any of its obligations under this Services Agreement, including any failure to make a payment within thirty (30) days after such payment becomes due pursuant to Section 2.5 (taking into account the exception for any Non-Performance Holdback provided in Section 2.5(c) ) with respect to more than one Service provided hereunder, and that party does not cure such default in all material respects within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof from the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party shall have the right to terminate this Services Agreement immediately thereafter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Services Agreement, a breach by either party in the provision of Services as Service Provider shall not give the other party as Receiving Party the right to stop performing its obligations hereunder and in such instance the Receiving Party’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to a material breach by the Service Provider with respect to the performance of such Services shall be for the Service Provider to correct in all material respects any error or defect in such Services or to re-perform in all material respects the Services with respect to which the Service Provider shall have breached its performance obligations.

(b)  Dispute Resolution . Either party may commence the dispute resolution process of this Section 6.2 by giving the other party written notice with detailed description and underlying facts (a “ Dispute Notice ”) of any controversy, claim or dispute of whatever nature arising out of or relating to this Services Agreement or the breach, termination, enforceability or validity hereof (a “ Dispute ”) which has not been resolved in the normal course of business. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute by negotiation between executives (excluding Offeror Related Directors as such term is defined in the Tender Offer Agreement between Symphony Investors LLC, Supervalu Inc., and Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., dated January 10, 2013) of each party hereto (“ Senior Party Representatives ”) who have

 

15


authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons who have direct responsibility for the administration of this Services Agreement. Within 15 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response (the “ Response ”). The Dispute Notice and the Response shall include (i) a statement setting forth the position of the party giving such notice and a summary of arguments supporting such position and (ii) the name and title of such party’s Senior Party Representative and any other persons who will accompany the Senior Party Representative at the meeting at which the parties will attempt to settle the Dispute. Within 30 days after the delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Senior Party Representatives of both parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to attempt to resolve the Dispute. The parties shall cooperate in good faith with respect to any reasonable requests for exchanges of information regarding the Dispute or a Response thereto.

(i) If the Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, or if the parties fail to meet within 30 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice as hereinabove provided, the parties shall submit the matter to arbitration contemplated by Section 6.2(c)  or any other dispute resolution procedure that may be agreed by the parties.

(ii) All negotiations, conferences and discussions pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations. Nothing said or disclosed, nor any document produced, in the course of such negotiations, conferences and discussions that is not otherwise independently discoverable shall be offered or received as evidence or used for impeachment or for any other purpose in any current or future arbitration.

(c)  Arbitration . If the Dispute has not been resolved by the dispute resolution process described in Section 6.2(b) , the parties agree that any such Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in Chicago, Illinois pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the AAA. Any arbitrator(s) selected to resolve the Dispute shall be bound exclusively by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its choice of law rules. Any decisions of award of the arbitrator(s) will be final and binding upon the parties and may be entered as a judgment by the parties hereto. Any rights to appeal or review such award by any court or tribunal are hereby waived to the extent permitted by law.

(d)  Costs . The costs of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be shared equally between the parties.

Section 6.3  Sums Due . In addition to any other payments required pursuant to this Service Agreement, in the event of a termination of this Services Agreement, the Service Provider shall be entitled to the immediate payment of, and the Receiving Party shall within three Business Days pay to the Service Provider, all accrued amounts for Services, Taxes and other amounts due under this Services Agreement as of the date of termination.

Section 6.4  Service Provider Termination Right . Notwithstanding the grant of the options for the Annual Extension Terms, the Service Provider shall have the right to deliver to the Receiving Party a written notice to terminate the TSA with respect to Services being provided to the Receiving Party (the “ Service Provider Termination Notice ”). In the event the

 

16


Service Provider delivers the Service Provider Termination Notice to the Receiving Party, the TSA with respect to Services being provided to the Receiving Party shall terminate on the last day of that calendar month which is thirty six (36) months after the date of delivery of the Service Provider Termination Notice (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period). The Receiving Party may reduce the 36 month period by electing to not exercise the next Annual Extension Term, in which case the TSA shall terminate with respect to the Services provided to the Receiving Party (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period) as of the last day of the then current Term. If the Service Provider has delivered the Service Provider Termination Notice, then any exercise by the Receiving Party of a Annual Extension Term within which the 36th month falls must recognize in said exercise notice that the TSA will terminate with respect to the Services provided to the Receiving Party as of the last day of the 36th month (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period). The Service Provider may not deliver a Service Provider Termination Notice hereunder prior to December 31, 2013.

Section 6.5  Services Following Expiration or Termination . Upon the written request of Albertson’s, SVU shall, notwithstanding any provision in the TSA to the contrary, provide to Albertson’s one or more Services provided by SVU to Albertson’s immediately prior to any termination or expiration of the TSA on a wind-down basis, including without limitation in the areas of finance, tax, accounting and property management following any termination or expiration of the TSA. Such wind-down services shall be provided for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months from the applicable termination or expiration date (“ Wind Down Period ”). The fee for such services shall be mutually agreed upon, but in no event shall the fees be less than the reasonably documented out-of-pocket costs for such services, and shall be payable at the commencement of each month for which such services are provided. In the event the parties are not able to agree to the fee, this Section 6.5 shall become null and void. For the avoidance of doubt, SVU and Albertson’s acknowledge that the wind-down services discussed in this paragraph (and the fee associated with such services) cover a period of time after the expiration of the TSA, and that, during the term of the TSA the service schedule relating to “Separation Services” remains unmodified by this Section 6.5 .

Section 6.6  Effect of Termination . Sections 1.2 , 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.7 hereof and Articles IV , V , VI and VII hereof shall survive any termination of this Services Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1  Notice . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto, and all statements and accountings given or required to be given hereunder, shall be made by personal service, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by facsimile addressed as follows, or to such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the respective parties hereto, and shall be deemed received when delivered to the designated address (and only if confirmed if delivered by facsimile):

 

To Albertson’s:    Albertson’s LLC
   250 East Parkcenter Boulevard
   Boise, ID 83706
   Attn: Paul Rowan, Esq.
   Facsimile: (208) 395 - 4625

 

17


   with a copy to:
   Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
   919 Third Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Attn: Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.
            Robert R. Kiesel, Esq.
   Facsimile: (212) 593-5955
To SVU:   

SUPERVALU INC.

Attn: Legal Department

Mailing Address:

PO Box 990

Minneapolis, MN 55440-0990

Street Address:

7075 Flying Cloud Drive

Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3691

   with a copy to:
  

SUPERVALU INC.

7075 Flying Cloud Drive

Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3691

Attn: J. Andrew Herring

   and:
  

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Silk, Esq.

         Igor Kirman, Esq.

         DongJu Song, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 403-2393

Section 7.2  Incorporation of Purchase Agreement Provisions . The following provisions of the SPA are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein (references in this Section 7.2 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the SPA, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the SPA: Section 8.11 (“Amendments; Waivers; Enforcement”), Section 8.4 (“Governing Law”), Section 8.13 (“Interpretation”), Section 8.3 (“Counterparts”), Section 8.5 (“Specific Performance”), Section 8.9 (“Severability”), and Section 8.6 (“Waiver of Jury Trial”).

 

18


Section 7.3  No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Services Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Services Agreement and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Services Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Services Agreement.

Section 7.4  Assignment . Except as set forth in Section 2.8 , neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by either party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may, solely in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (or in the case of SVU, all or substantially all of the assets of its wholesale independent business), assign, in its sole discretion and without the other party’s consent, any or all of its rights, interest and obligations under this Agreement to any third party transferee; provided that the transferee (i) agrees to be bound by the terms of this TSA; (ii) has the assets, systems, personnel and financial wherewithal to perform the transferring party’s obligations hereunder; (iii) is not engaged in litigation with the non-transferring party; (iv) has not been declared insolvent, or is not the subject of any proceedings or application related to its winding up, liquidation, administration, receivership, administrative receivership, bankruptcy or other similar proceedings; and (v) possesses creditworthiness and business reputation at least on par with SVU.

Section 7.5  Termination of Existing TSA . The Existing TSA is hereby terminated and of no further force and effect, except that any obligations under the Existing TSA arising or relating to the period prior to the Effective Date shall survive until fully performed. To the extent that any such obligations are owed or to be performed by NAI, they are hereby assigned to, and assumed by, SVU.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

SUPERVALU INC.
By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

  Name:
  Title:
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ Signature Page to LLC Transition Services Agreement ]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Susan McMillan

  Name: Susan McMillan
  Title:

[Signature Page to SVU/ABS TSA]

 

21


Schedule 1 — Procurement of Goods

 

1. SVU agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit Albertson’s to obtain the benefits (including as to price, shipping, payment terms, warranties, indemnification, restocking fees and penalties, cancellation return and refund policies) of vendor and supply contracts for products, goods and inventory with nationally-based vendors and suppliers utilized by SVU and its Affiliates (each such contract, individually, a “ Corporate Contract ” and, collectively, the “ Corporate Contracts ”). For the avoidance of doubt, contracts related to regionally specific items are not included in the definition of Corporate Contract. In addition, any contracts bifurcated as contemplated by Section 5.13 of the SPA shall not be included in the definition of Corporate Contract.

 

2. SVU agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain favorable prices under Corporate Contracts by combining or consolidating orders made under such Corporate Contracts. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3 below, Albertson’s will continue to support the programs described in the Corporate Contracts, and will continue to purchase all its needs for the products covered by those Corporate Contracts, in the same manner as the applicable operations owned by Albertson’s and SVU and its affiliates performed prior to the Effective Date, and, subject to good faith collaboration, make purchases for a pro rata portion of any minimum volume commitments under those Corporate Contracts.

 

3.

Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 below, SVU shall negotiate, manage and administer the Corporate Contracts. SVU shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to Albertson’s a summary of the material terms of each Corporate Contract; provided that SVU shall, within ten business days following the date of the SPA, provide to Albertson’s a summary of the material terms of each Corporate Contract that is a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act (as such definition is applied to SVU). On a regular basis, as the parties may determine (which, for the first six (6) months of the term of this Services Agreement, will be weekly), a representative of SVU’s merchandising group will meet with a representative of Albertson’s to preview anticipated upcoming national vendor negotiations with respect to proposed Corporate Contracts or the amendment or renewal thereof, and will provide Albertson’s with a summary of the material terms of such proposed Corporate Contracts (or such amendment or renewal thereof). Albertson’s may elect to participate in one or more of the upcoming contracts, amendments or renewals by notifying SVU of its election at these preview meetings. If Albertson’s provides notice to SVU at such a meeting that it elects to participate in such contract, amendment or renewal, SVU will advise the national vendor that Albertson’s is participating in such Corporate Contract (or the amendment or renewal thereof), SVU will debrief Albertson’s as to the material aspects of its meetings with the national vendor, and Albertson’s will be obligated to participate in such Corporate Contract (or the amendment or renewal thereof) on the terms finally negotiated by SVU, unless the terms of such contract, amendment or renewal are materially different from the terms previewed to Albertson’s by SVU. With respect to any Corporate Contract which Albertson’s elects to obtain or continue to obtain (after the amendment or renewal thereof) the benefit of, SVU shall provide Albertson’s with reasonable access to its books and records for purposes of being able to audit such Corporate Contracts and to ascertain that it is receiving advance payments, inducements, incentives, rebates, fees or promotional funds

 

Schedule 1-1


  associated with such Corporate Contracts on a basis proportionate to its purchases and satisfaction of other performance criteria under such Corporate Contracts. Additionally, the parties will consult and collaborate to the extent commercially feasible with respect to Albertson’s regional vendor relationships.

 

4. Payments and amounts owing under each Corporate Contract shall be in addition to any payments required under this Services Agreement, and shall be made on the terms and subject to the conditions of each Corporate Contract.

 

5. The parties shall cooperate to establish procurement and merchandising systems that allow Albertson’s to order inventory in substantially the same manner as stores managed by SVU.

 

6. To the extent requested by Albertson’s, SVU shall assist Albertson’s in reconciling disputes with vendors.

 

7. Provided that Albertson’s is not in breach of its obligations hereunder, all purchase orders for the benefit of Albertson’s under the Corporate Contracts will be issued bearing the name of both SVU and Albertson’s, and will provide that the “ship to” destination will determine title and which party will be responsible for the vendor payable. Albertson’s will be financially responsible for paying all invoices for all purchase orders for products shipped to it directly from its own funds and will directly manage credit aspects of the vendor relationships relating to these purchase orders. SVU will provide Albertson’s with commercially reasonable assistance in managing vendor relationships as requested, but Albertson’s will establish its own credit lines with the vendors without assistance from SVU. In order to facilitate a smooth transition of vendor relationships, the parties have approved the notice to vendors that has previously been sent to vendors, and the parties have agreed that, after the date of such notice, SVU will direct all inquiries from vendors concerning Albertson’s, credit and payment terms applicable to Albertson’s to the Treasurer of Albertson’s, and shall not initiate any contacts with vendors concerning credit and payment terms applicable to Albertson’s for a period of sixty (60) days following the SPA Closing Date (as such term is defined in the SPA).

 

8. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Services Agreement, in no event shall SVU be required to pay or otherwise advance funds in respect of accounts payable of Albertson’s.

 

9. Albertson’s and SVU will jointly purchase fuel under SVU’s purchase orders.

 

Schedule 1-2


Schedule 2 — Other Services

[***]

 

*** The remainder of this page and the following 100 pages of this schedule have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.


Exhibit A — Fees

 

I. Fees for Services to be provided by SVU

 

A. Services Fees During First 12 Months of Initial Term . Subject to Section 2.1(d) , the Services fee for the first 12 months of the Initial Term is $114,000,000, payable in equal installments as follows: 10% of the Year One Fee in each of the first 4 months of the Initial Term, 9% of the Year One Fee in the 5th and 6th month of the Initial Term and 7% of the Year One fee in the 7th through 12th month of the Initial Term.

 

B. One-time Transition Fee . In addition, Albertson’s shall pay SVU a one-time transition fee of $60,000,000, such fee to be paid in installments of $20,000,000 each on June 1, 2013, October 1, 2013 and February 1, 2014.

 

C. Services Fees During Months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term . After the first 12 months of the Initial Term, and during the remainder of the Initial Term, Albertson’s will pay fixed and variable fees for Services calculated as follows:

 

  1. Operating Distribution Centers — Albertson’s will pay (a) a weekly fixed fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of month 13 of the Initial Term, which fee shall not be subject to reduction for the closure of distribution centers during the Initial Term, and (b) a weekly variable fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by Albertson’s on SVU’s systems each week, which fee shall be subject to reduction for the closure of distribution centers as provided in Section I.F below.

 

  2. Operating Supermarkets — Albertson’s will pay a weekly fixed store fee and a weekly variable store fee based on an Annual Per Store Fee (defined below) for operating grocery stores receiving Services under this Services Agreement. Immediately following the first 90 days after the Effective Date, the Annual Per Store Fee will be calculated as follows:

(a) $114,000,000 minus the cost of Services transferred from SVU within the first 90 days of the Initial Term (as described in I.A above), minus the sum of $1,000,000 multiplied by the number of operating distribution centers. The result shall then be divided by the number of operating supermarkets receiving Services on day 91(“ Annual Per Store Fee ”). The parties will execute a letter agreement as soon as possible after the first 90 days of the Initial Term to confirm the Annual Per Store Fee. Once established, the Annual Per Store Fee will be the base fee used to calculate fixed and variable fees during months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term and during any exercised Extension Terms.

(b) During months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, the weekly fixed store fee will be equal to one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee divided by 52. This weekly fixed store fee will not be subject to reduction for the closure of a supermarket during the Initial Term.

(c) During months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, the weekly variable store fee (which is based on the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week) will be calculated by dividing one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee by 52. The weekly variable store fee will be subject to reduction for the closure of supermarkets as provided in Section I.F below

 

Exhibit A-1


  3. As an example only, during months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, if the reduction for transferred Services after the first 90 days equals $10,000,000, if the number of grocery stores on day 91 is 600, and if Albertson’s LLC has 7 operating distribution centers, the Annual Per Store Fee shall be calculated as follows: $114,000,000 - $10,000,000 = $104,000,000 — (7 x $1,000,000) = $97,000,000 / 600 = $161,666 per year or $3,109 per supermarket per week. The weekly variable per store fee would be $1,554.50 per supermarket. The weekly fixed per store fee would be $1,554.50 per supermarket. Assuming 600 supermarkets, the weekly variable store fee for all supermarkets would be $932,700 ($1,554.50 x 600). Assuming 600 stores, the weekly fixed store fee for all stores would be $932,700 ($1,554.50 x 600) for a weekly payment total (fixed and variable) of $1,865,400. The weekly variable store fee could be reduced as a result of supermarket closures. For example, if five (5) stores closed in a given week, the weekly variable store fee would be $924,927.50 ($1,554.50 x 595) for the next week, but the weekly fixed store fee would continue at $932,700 ($1,554.50 x 600) for a weekly total (fixed and variable) of $1,849,855.

 

D. Services Fees After the Initial Term . After the Initial Term, and provided that Albertson’s has exercised an Annual Extension Term(s), Albertson’s will pay fixed and variable fees for Services calculated as follows:

 

  1. Operating Distribution Centers — During each exercised Annual Extension Term, Albertson’s will pay (a) a weekly fixed fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of the Annual Extension Term which amount shall not be decreased during such Annual Extension Term due to the closure of distribution centers, and (b) a weekly variable fee $9,615 per week per distribution center operated by Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of the Annual Extension Term, which fee shall be subject to reduction each week for the closure of Distribution Centers as provided in Section I.F below.

 

  2. Operating Supermarkets — During each exercised Annual Extension Term, Albertson’s will pay a weekly fixed store fee and a weekly variable store fee as follows:

 

  (a) The weekly fixed store fee will be equal to one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee multiplied by the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of the Annual Extension Term divided by 52. The weekly fixed store fee will not be subject to reduction for the closure of a supermarket during the applicable Annual Extension Term.

 

Exhibit A-2


  (b) The weekly variable store fee (which is based on the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week) will be calculated by dividing one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee by the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week, and further dividing that sum by 52. The weekly variable store fee will be subject to reduction for the closure of supermarkets as provided in Section I.F below.

 

  (c) As an example only, during the first Annual Extension Term, if the Annual Per Store Fee has been established after the first 90 days at $3,109 per week per store, and if on the first day of the Annual Extension Term the number of operating supermarkets is 575, the weekly fixed store fee would be $893,838 ($1,554.50 x 575). Assuming 575 supermarkets, the weekly fixed store fee for all supermarkets would be $893,838 ($1,554.50 x 575) for a weekly payment total (fixed and variable) of $1,787,675. The weekly variable store fee could be reduced as a result of supermarket closures. For example, if five (5) stores closed in a given week, the weekly variable store fee would be $886,065 ($1,554.50 x 570) for the next week, but the weekly fixed store fee would continue at $893,838 ($1,554.50 x 570) for a weekly total (fixed and variable) of $1,779,903.

 

E. Fees for New or Acquired Supermarkets

From and after the Effective Date, in the event Albertson’s opens supermarkets or acquires operating supermarkets (collectively, “ New Stores ”), such New Stores shall be added to the TSA if, and only if, such New Stores utilize IT systems and platforms that are compatible in all material respects with Albertson’s then current IT systems and platforms. As an example and for sake of clarity, it is agreed that SVU would have no obligation to provide Services to a supermarket (or a supermarket chain) acquired by Albertson’s which is supported by IT systems and platforms not compatible in all material respects with the then current IT systems and platforms of Albertson’s, including, but not limited to, all material applicable hardware and software and their respective versions. If New Stores are added to the TSA (as allowed above), the fees for such New Stores shall be as provided above. Albertson’s shall pay no fee (fixed or variable) for New Stores receiving Services under this Services Agreement during the first twelve (12) month period of the Initial Term, unless Albertson’s adds more than five (5) stores during the first twelve (12) month period of the Initial Term, at which point the parties will agree to an appropriate increase in the Service Fees.

 

F. Store and Distribution Center Counts .

In the event Albertson chooses to not receive Services at a supermarket or distribution center, the variable weekly fee for such supermarket or distribution center set out in Section I.C and Section 1.D above, as applicable, shall be eliminated only after Albertson’s provides SVU with written notice of the separation and fee reduction, and, as set out in Section I.G below, the fee reduction shall become effective ten (10) weeks after SVU’s receipt of the notice.

 

Exhibit A-3


G. No Proration of Weekly Payments .

There shall be no proration of a variable fee weekly payment due to the timing of a supermarket or distribution center closure or separation during a particular week (i.e., if a supermarket or distribution center is operating during any portion of the week for which it is receiving Services, for payment purposes hereunder, it shall be deemed to have operated and received Services for the entire week). A week shall run from Friday to Thursday.

 

H. Annual Prepayment Portion Amount . Albertson’s expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall prepay to SVU a portion of the total fees due for each Annual Extension Term exercised by Albertson’s. Such portion to be prepaid shall be an amount that equals Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “ Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount ”). The Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount is due on or before the final business day in each 12 month period during the Initial Term, and, thereafter, prior to the expiration of each Annual Extension Term provided Albertson’s has exercised its next Annual Extension Term option. Receipt of such payment by SVU is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Annual Extension Term then being exercised. The payment of the Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount is a material part of the consideration that induced SVU to enter into this Services Agreement, and the payment shall be deemed fully earned by SVU upon receipt except as otherwise provided herein. No part of the Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount shall be subject (under any circumstances) to rebate or refund, other than (i) a refund to Albertson’s of any unearned portion of the Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount in the event Albertson’s terminates its receipt of Services under the TSA as a result of an uncured default by SVU; or (ii) a refund to Albertson’s of any unearned portion of the Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount in the event Albertson’s does not exercise the first available Annual Extension Term. Further, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Annual Extension Term is exercised but the Services provided to Albertson’s under the TSA will terminate prior to the completion of that Annual Extension Term (“ Albertson’s Partial Annual Extension Term ”) due to a Service Provider Termination Notice, Albertson’s shall pay a prorated amount of the Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount for such Albertson’s Partial Annual Extension Term (such pro rata calculation to be based on an agreed-upon store count, current per week rates, and the timing of the termination of the relevant TSA Services and shall not exceed $10,000,000) on or before the usual due date, and will continue to pay the per-supermarket and per-distribution center fees set out above.

 

I. Annual Prepayment Made Pursuant to Existing TSA : SVU acknowledges that in December, 2012 Albertson’s made the required $20,000,000 annual prepayment pursuant to the Existing TSA (“ 2012 Prepayment ”). Albertson’s shall be entitled to a credit against the fees to be paid by Albertson’s pursuant to I.A above of the unapplied portion of the 2012 Prepayment through the date of termination of the Existing TSA.

 

Exhibit A-4


J. Tacoma, WA Office Space . Albertson’s will reimburse SVU monthly the monthly fee being paid by the Washington division to SVU for the Tacoma office space immediately prior to the date of the SPA.

 

II. Fees for Services to be provided by Albertson’s

 

  A. General Office Services.

With respect to general office services at shared locations, the party that holds either fee simple title or a leasehold interest in the property (the “ Owning Party ”) shall be entitled to reimbursement from the other party that maintains employees at such location (the “ Non-Owning Party ”) to the extent that the Non-Owning Party maintains (i) at least ten (10) employees and contractors at the shared location or (ii) at least twenty percent (20%) of the total number of employees and contractors (“ Shared Location ”). The parties will work together to identify all office facilities that are shared within 90 days from the Effective Date including the headcount in each facility.

The Non-Owning Party will promptly reimburse the Owning Party’s monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to the Non-Owning Party at the Shared Location including without limitation:

 

  1. Utilities — including without limitation power, gas, water, sewer, telephone and trash;

 

  2. Taxes — including without limitation property, ad valorem and personal property taxes; and

 

  3. Insurance — including without limitation building insurance and general liability.

The Non-Owning Party will promptly reimburse the Owning Party’s third party reasonable documented out-of-pocket monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to the Non-Owning Party at the Shared Location including without limitation:

1. Cafeteria, Catering and/or Vending Services;

2. Mailroom Services;

3. Security;

4. Common Area Maintenance; and

5. Maintenance Repair and Cleaning of Interior and Exterior of Shared Location (including landscape, parking and driving areas).

6. For those Shared Locations where Owning Party controls the interest as a tenant under a lease, rent and other customary charges payable to the third party landlord.

 

Exhibit A-5


Each party shall be responsible for its pro rata percentage of payments based on such party’s pro rata percentage of the total number of employees and independent contractors at the Shared Location as of the Effective Date. The parties will review on a semi-annual basis each party’s Shared Location usage to increase or decrease fees as a result of increase or decrease in employees and contractors.

For the avoidance of doubt, salary and benefit costs of personnel providing services at a Shared Location will shall not be included in the shared costs addressed in this section.

The Non-Owning Party may make cosmetic improvements to the Shared Locations so long as the Non-Owning Party pays for the full amount of such improvements or as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. The Non-Owning Party must acquire the prior written consent of the Owning Party to make any improvements.

The parties will work with one another on a reasonable basis to facilitate any reconfigurations, expansions, or contractions as required to accommodate the business needs of either party subject to the review and approval of the Owning Party. Any out of pocket costs and expenses incurred as a result will be borne solely by the party that will be completing such reconfiguration.

 

  B. Records Center Services .

As fees for the provision of records management and retention services, SVU will reimburse Albertson’s monthly for fifteen percent (15%) of the total budget for the Records Center department. The percentage is based on the pro rata percentage of physical space occupied by SVU’s files in the various records depository centers managed by the Records Center. The parties will review yearly the physical space occupied by SVU’s files to increase or decrease fees as a result of increase or decrease in space occupied.

 

  C. Environmental Services.

As fees for the provision of environmental services, SVU will reimburse Albertson’s monthly for salary and employee benefit costs of the Albertson’s environmental group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SVU shall be solely responsible for the payment of all third party costs associated with SVU environmental projects, including but not limited to retention of consultants for SVU projects, remediation expenses, and regulatory fees and penalties.

 

Exhibit A-6


Exhibit B — System Code Purchase Option

 

A. A. Albertson’s may exercise the System Code Purchase Option by providing written notice to SVU immediately upon the establishment of a date certain for the future termination or expiration of the TSA as provided under the terms of the TSA and at any time thereafter until such termination or expiration date. By way of example, Albertson’s may exercise its System Code Purchase Option immediately upon the date of any of the following to occur: (1) SVU notifies Albertson’s that SVU has exercised its right to terminate the Services provided to Albertson’s under the TSA in thirty six (36) months under Section 6.4 of the TSA; or (2) Albertson’s notifies SVU that it will not exercise its option to extend the TSA beyond the then current Annual Extension Term; or (3) Albertson’s notifies SVU that it has exercised its option to extend for the last available Annual Extension Term under Section 3.2 of the TSA (the Twelfth Annual Extension Term).

 

B. Said purchase shall be in consideration of the parties’ rights and obligations contained in the TSA (without the requirement of additional payment); provided , however , (1) any third party consents necessary for the transfer of the System Code and/or all costs associated with the licensing or transfer of the System Code or related data, and (2) any hardware or software purchases, upgrades or modifications necessary for the transfer and continued operation of the System Code and all associated costs, shall be the sole responsibility of Albertson’s. The transfer shall be expressly conditioned on Albertson’s obtaining all necessary third party consents, if any.

 

C. Within a reasonable time following SVU’s receipt of Albertson’s notice that it has exercised the System Code Purchase Option, the parties shall work in good faith to mutually define with reasonable specificity the source code that comprises any Albertson’s legacy system, which shall be limited to (i) only that code developed by SVU then in place and used to solely support the operations of Albertson’s under the TSA, and (ii) the ARX pharmacy system code and supporting back office health care system applications, such as third party accounting and DEA reporting (collectively, the “ System Code ”). Prior to the date that Albertson’s exercises its System Code Purchase Option, at a time mutually agreed to by the parties, SVU shall cooperate with and give Albertson’s access to the System Code in order to allow Albertson’s to evaluate the performance of the System Code and to determine any hardware or software upgrades or modifications Albertson’s may desire to make following the System Code Purchase Date (defined below).

 

D. Completion of the purchase and transfer of title to the System Code shall take place on the date the parties complete the identification and definition of the System Code as described above (said date to be referred to herein as the “ System Code Purchase Date ”). The System Code shall be conveyed by bill of sale in a form reasonably acceptable to Albertson’s. With respect to the sale of the System Code, the following shall apply:

 

  i.

The System Code shall be sold to Albertson’s on a completely AS IS, WHERE IS basis, with absolutely no representation or warranty by SVU. SVU GIVES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

 

Exhibit B-1


  PURPOSE OR OF NON-INFRINGEMENT) FOR THE SYSTEM CODE OR RELATED SERVICES. This disclaimer of warranties is a fundamental element of the basis of the agreement for sale of the System Code between Albertson’s and SVU. SVU would not be able to provide the System Code on the present terms without such limitations.

 

  ii. Notwithstanding the preceding Section D(i) , but subject to Albertson’s responsibility for third party licenses and fees as provided under Section 1.5 of the TSA, SVU agrees to defend and indemnify Albertson’s from and against any and all infringement of patents, copyrights, or trade secrets owned or claimed to be owned by third parties caused by use of the System Code before the System Code Purchase Date. SVU’s indemnification obligation to Albertson’s is dependent upon the following conditions being fulfilled: (a) that Albertson’s gives SVU prompt written notice of any claim for which Albertson’s seeks indemnification; (b) that Albertson’s cooperates with SVU in the defense of such claims; and (c) that SVU has the sole right to defend any such claim in the manner it deems prudent, including retaining counsel of its choice, although Albertson’s shall have the right to be represented by counsel of its own choosing at its own expense, if desired.

 

  iii. Upon consummation of the sale, SVU will immediately deliver to Albertson’s a copy of the System Code in a mutually agreed upon form. Following the System Code Purchase Date, SVU may retain one or more copies of the System Code and shall be granted, on an AS IS, WHERE IS basis, a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to access, modify and use, for any business purpose SVU deems reasonable, so long as such activities do not relate in any manner to the primary purpose of the System Code purchased by Albertson’s; provided, however, that SVU may use the ARX pharmacy system code for its primary purpose. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Exhibit B , SVU shall have no obligation to keep or maintain a copy of the System Code for any purpose.

 

  iv. Any and all future enhancements, upgrades, changes, improvements and/or modifications to the System Code desired by Albertson’s or necessitated for any reason shall be the sole responsibility of Albertson’s (at Albertson’s sole cost and expense) and shall be outside the scope of the TSA. Albertson’s specifically acknowledges and agrees that: (a) Albertson’s will be responsible for all liabilities and risks associated with the operation and maintenance of the System Code arising out of Albertson’s or its successors’ use after the System Code Purchase Date; and (b) Albertson’s will defend and indemnify SVU from and against any liability, expense, damage or causes of action of any kind arising out of Albertson’s use of the System Code after the System Code Purchase Date.

 

  v.

After the System Code Purchase Date, and except as otherwise provided in this Exhibit B , SVU shall have no obligation to help, aid or consult with Albertson’s as to the System Code. Any consulting services that Albertson’s may request will be considered as a request for an Additional Service and shall be treated as such pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4 of the TSA. As to any changes to the System Code requested by Albertson’s, Albertson’s must comply with the change

 

Exhibit B-2


  management process then used by SVU (the change management process includes, without limitation, the requirement to document a change to the System Code and written analysis and collaboration with support teams prior to change and before deployment and authorization by SVU’s deployment manager of such change), and the implementation of the approved change must be communicated to the appropriate IT personnel of SVU, so the required testing can be completed so as not to impact any downstream systems.

 

  vi. From time to time during the term of the TSA, upon Albertson’s request, SVU shall provide Albertson’s with a then-current copy of the System Code (in a mutually agreed format), and (subject to paragraph B above) SVU hereby grants Albertson’s a non-exclusive license to use (and to make modifications and improvements to) such System Code in connection with the operation of its business.

 

Exhibit B-3


Exhibit C — IT Systems - Redlight Schedule

 

A. Unless the parties agree otherwise, 5 months prior to the end of either (a) each calendar year of the Initial Term or (b) the then current Annual Extension Term, SVU will provide Albertson’s with a list of redlighted IT systems that SVU has identified for removal from its IT environment and/or for which SVU intends to terminate support during the next Annual Extension Term and the timing for such terminations (the “ Redlight Schedule ”). The first Redlight Schedule which SVU can present pursuant to this provision shall relate to the Third Annual Extension Term. The Redlight Schedule will identify the following items:

 

  i. A list of the IT systems, applications and services, which SVU plans to terminate in the following Annual Extension Term and the timing of such terminations (the “ Redlighted Apps ”);

 

  ii. Applications or services of reasonably comparable functionality to the Redlighted Apps., which SVU has selected to replace the Redlighted Apps (the “ Replacement Apps ”) and the timing of implementation of such Replacement Apps. Such Replacement Apps may include third party software applications or services, as well as such applications and services internally developed by SVU; and

 

  iii. The estimated cost of each Replacement Apps, including applicable third party license, incremental development, installation and maintenance and support fees, as well as SVU’s incremental labor costs associated with the conversions to the Replacement Apps at Albertson’s locations. Albertson’s shall be responsible for such actual costs of such Replacement Apps only to the extent such costs relate to Albertson’s use.

 

B. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Redlight Schedule, Albertson’s shall provide SVU with a written response to the Redlight Schedule. Albertson’s response may include: (i) acceptance of any or all of the Redlighted Apps, (ii) acceptance of any or all of the Replacement Apps, or (iii) notice that it has chosen not to replace any or all of the respective Redlighted Apps.

Within fifteen (15) days of SVU’s receipt of the Albertson’s response, the parties shall commence good faith negotiations of the Redlight Schedule and Albertson’s response with the intent to achieve mutual acceptance of a final Redlight Schedule, which shall be completed prior to the commencement of the next Annual Extension Term.

The following scenario is illustrative of the intended process described herein:

On July 25, 2011, SVU provided Albertson’s with the Redlight Schedule for the 2012 Annual Extension Term. The Redlight Schedule lists Travel and Expense Reporting (“ TERS ”) as a Redlighted App, which SVU planned to terminate use and de-install on August 1, 2012. The Redlight Schedule also identified Oracle’s iExpense software as a Replacement App, which includes an estimated license fee of $XX and an annual maintenance and support fee of $X.

On August 20, 2011, Albertson’s provided SVU with its written comments to the Redlight Schedule. On September 5th, the Parties met to discuss the Redlight Schedule and Albertson’s comments thereto and continued negotiations until a final Redlight Schedule was completed

 

Exhibit C-1


C. In the event that the parties fail to agree on all items of the Redlight Schedule prior to the commencement of the next Annual Extension Term, the final Redlight Schedule shall contain only those items on which the Parties have mutually agreed. Notwithstanding the preceding, SVU shall have no further obligation to host and/or support any Redlighted App which it has identified in the Redlight Schedule, but with respect to which the Parties have not agreed on a Replacement App; provided , however , systems, applications and services which serve only Albertson’s shall not be redlighted without Albertson’s written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.

However, in the event that SVU chooses, in its sole and absolute discretion, to continue to host and/or support a Redlighted App beyond its planned termination, subject to Albertson’s agreement that SVU shall continue to host and/or support a Redlighted App beyond its planned termination, Albertson’s shall pay all documented internal and out-of-pocket costs (at both corporate level and store level) actually incurred by SVU that are incremental and in addition to any costs SVU incurs in supporting its own business. SVU will make good faith efforts to minimize such costs and expenses. In addition, Albertson’s shall acknowledge and agree that SVU shall not be responsible for maintaining services levels that may have applied to such Redlighted App prior to its planned termination.

 

D. To assist Albertson’s with its capital expenditure planning, SVU agrees to share with Albertson’s, upon Albertson’s request and during the term of the TSA, SVU’s plans as to IT systems, applications and services which SVU provides support under this TSA and which SVU may be considering for termination in future Annual Extension Terms beyond the next immediate Annual Extension Term, replacement systems, applications and services which SVU is considering in the future, and roll-out schedules for such terminations and replacement applications (“ Future IT Plans ”). Except as otherwise provided in this Exhibit C , neither SVU nor Albertson’s shall have any obligation to the other as to such Future IT Plans, including any obligation to implement or pay for any such Future IT Plans.

 

Exhibit C-2


Exhibit D — Dispute Resolution Process

The “ Dispute Resolution Process ” shall mean that any then current, known disputes or potential disputes individually having a monetary value that reasonably could be expected to exceed $1,000,000 shall be listed by the Receiving Party and delivered to the Service Provider concurrent with an extension term exercise notice. The Service Provider shall notify the Receiving Party in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of the extension term notice of any additional disputes or potential disputes individually having a monetary value that reasonably could be expected to exceed $1,000,000. The parties will then have twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of such list to fully resolve or submit to binding arbitration (consistent with Section 5.11 of the Settlement Agreement) the listed matters. If said matters are not fully resolved or submitted to arbitration within such twelve (12) month period, the next scheduled extension term exercise shall no longer be available to the Receiving Party and shall be deemed to have failed. The listed matters shall be deemed submitted to arbitration if either party notifies the other in writing that it wishes to engage in arbitration as to outstanding listed matters.

The parties agree that the existing sales/use tax services dispute between the parties will be resolved by the parties outside the scope of this Services Agreement. Resolution of such dispute is not a condition to the extension of the Term of this Services Agreement.

 

Exhibit D-1


Exhibit E - Resolution of Certain Disputes

 

A. Albertson’s and SVU previously agreed to a settlement regarding antitrust litigation settlement proceeds attributable to the stand along drug business and in-store pharmacies. As of the Effective Date, all proceeds from drug antitrust litigation settlements attributable to the stand alone drug business or in-store ALB LLC pharmacies shall belong to Albertson’s.

 

B. Albertson’s and SVU previously entered into a letter agreement dated May 26, 2010 relating to US Satellite. Albertson’s and SVU acknowledge and agree that Albertson’s will be acquiring US Satellite as a result of the Stock Purchase under the SPA; therefore, any and all proceeds in regard to the sale of US Satellite shall belong to Albertson’s, not SVU, notwithstanding any agreements between the parties previously.

 

Exhibit E-1


Exhibit F — PCI Compliance

 

A. Service Provider agrees that that if it or its subcontractors access, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data, as defined below, as part of performing Services under this Agreement, it and its Subcontractors shall fully comply with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, as promulgated by the PCI Security Standards Council or its successors (the “ PCI DSS ” ) and all other applicable industry standards having to do with the protection or security of Cardholder Data, as such standards may be modified from time to time (the “ PCI Requirements ”) and with all applicable Laws having to do with the protection or security of Cardholder Data (the “ Cardholder Data Protection Laws ”), as such PCI Requirements and Cardholder Data Protection Laws apply to Supplier in its performance of Services. Service Provider further agrees that it and its subcontractors, through their acts or omissions, shall not cause Receiving Party or its Affiliates to be in violation of the PCI Requirements or the Cardholder Data Protection Laws. For purposes of this Section, “ Cardholder Data ” shall be defined as in the PCI DSS, and includes, as to any payment card, the full magnetic stripe (and all data encoded in it), the primary account number (PAN), the cardholder’s name, the expiration date, and the service code.

 

B. Service Provider agrees that it and its subcontractors shall use the Cardholder Data that they access, store, process, handle, or transmit under this Agreement only as necessary to perform Service Provider’s obligations under this Agreement (including any Order) and comply with applicable Law.

 

C. If Service Provider discovers that unauthorized access has been, or is reasonably likely to have been, gained to Cardholder Data to which it or its subcontractors have had access or have stored, processed, handled, or transmitted, Service Provider shall immediately notify Receiving Party and provide the applicable card companies and acquiring financial institutions, and their respective designees, access to Service Provider and its subcontractors’ facilities and all pertinent records to conduct a review of the compliance by Service Provider and its subcontractors with the PCI Requirements. Service Provider agrees that it and its subcontractors shall fully cooperate with any reviews of their facilities and records provided for in this subsection.

 

D. Service Provider agrees that if it or its subcontractors have access to, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data as part of performing Services under an order, it and its subcontractors shall maintain appropriate business continuity procedures and systems to ensure security of Cardholder Data in their possession or control in the event of a disruption, disaster, or failure of the primary data systems of SVU, ABS LLC, or ABS LLC’s subcontractors.

 

E. If Service Provider or its subcontractors have access to, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data as part of performing Services under an order, Service Provider shall provide Receiving Party and its Affiliates with all certifications and other information reasonably requested by Receiving Party or its Affiliates to enable Receiving Party and its Affiliates to be certified as being in compliance with the PCI Requirements.

 

F. Service Provider’s obligations under this Exhibit shall continue in effect after the termination of this Agreement.


Exhibit G — Services Elimination and Fee Credit

[***]

 

*** The remainder of this page and the following 2 pages of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

EXHIBIT 10.8

EXECUTION VERSION

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

by and between

SUPERVALU INC.

and

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

Dated as of March 21, 2013


Table of Contents

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE AND ACCEPT SERVICES

     2  

Section 1.1

    

Services

     2  

Section 1.2

    

Books and Records; Availability of Information

     2  

Section 1.3

    

Cost of Providing the Services

     2  

Section 1.4

    

Required Consents

     2  

Section 1.5

    

Intellectual Property Licenses

     3  

Section 1.6

    

IT Systems

     3  

ARTICLE II SERVICES; PAYMENT; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS SERVICES

     4  

Section 2.1

    

Services To Be Provided

     4  

Section 2.2

    

Cooperation

     6  

Section 2.3

    

Steering Committee

     6  

Section 2.4

    

Additional Services

     7  

Section 2.5

    

Pricing; Payments

     7  

Section 2.6

    

Disclaimer of Warranty

     8  

Section 2.7

    

Taxes

     8  

Section 2.8

    

Use of Services; Third Party Transferees

     8  

Section 2.9

    

Confidential Information; Third Party Transferees

     9  

Section 2.10

    

Work-around

     9  

Section 2.11

    

Prior Resolution of Certain Disputes

     9  

Section 2.12

    

Agency; Power of Attorney

     9  

Section 2.13

    

Accounting Adjustment Procedure

     10  

ARTICLE III TERM OF SERVICES

     10  

Section 3.1

    

Term

     10  

Section 3.2

    

Option(s) to Extend Term

     10  

Section 3.3

    

Additional Service Extensions

     12  

Section 3.4

    

Transition of TSA Services

     12  

ARTICLE IV FORCE MAJEURE

     13  

Section 4.1

    

Force Majeure

     13  

ARTICLE V LIABILITIES

     14  

Section 5.1

    

Consequential and Other Damages

     14  

Section 5.2

    

Limitation of Liability

     14  

Section 5.3

    

Obligation To Re-perform

     14  

Section 5.4

    

Indemnity

     14  

ARTICLE VI TERMINATION

     15  

Section 6.1

    

Termination

     15  

Section 6.2

    

Breach of Services Agreement; Dispute Resolution

     15  

Section 6.3

    

Sums Due

     16  

Section 6.4

    

Service Provider Termination Right

     17  

Section 6.5

    

Services Following Expiration or Termination

     17  

Section 6.6

    

Effect of Termination

     17  

 

i


ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 7.1

    

Notice

     18  

Section 7.2

    

Incorporation of Purchase Agreement Provisions

     18  

Section 7.3

    

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     19  

Section 7.4

    

Assignment

     19  

Section 7.5

    

Termination of Existing TSA

     19  

 

Schedule 1    Procurement of Goods
Schedule 2    Other Services
Exhibit A    Fees
Exhibit B    IT Systems - Redlight Schedule
Exhibit C    Dispute Resolution Process
Exhibit D    Resolution of Certain Disputes
Exhibit E    PCI Compliance
Exhibit F    Services Elimination and Fee Credit

 

ii


This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of March 21, 2013 (this “ Services Agreement ” or “ TSA ”), is entered into by and between SUPERVALU INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SVU ”) and New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“ NAI ” and together with its Subsidiaries, “ New Albertson’s ”). In this Services Agreement, SVU, on the one hand, and NAI, on the other hand, are sometimes referred to individually as a “ party ” and collectively as the “ parties .” In its capacity as a recipient of Services hereunder (as designated on Schedules 1 and 2 hereof with respect to particular services), each party is referred to herein as “ Receiving Party ,” and, in its capacity as a provider of Services hereunder (as designated on Schedules 1 and 2 hereof with respect to particular services), each party is referred to herein as “ Service Provider .” All terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the SPA (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Transition Services Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2006, by and between NAI and Albertson’s LLC (as amended, modified or supplemented, the “ Existing TSA ”) was amended by the following agreements, each between NAI and Albertson’s LLC, (i) that certain First Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated February 22, 2007, (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated May 31, 2007, (iii) that certain Third Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated July 12, 2007, (iv) that certain Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims dated December 15, 2007, (v) that certain Fourth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated April 21, 2008, (vi) that certain Fifth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated February 18, 2009, (vii) that certain Settlement Agreement and Release of Claims dated February 18, 2009, (viii) that certain letter agreement dated December 16, 2009, (ix) that certain letter agreement dated January 27, 2010 and (x) that certain Sixth Amendment to Transition Services Agreement dated September 10, 2010;

WHEREAS, the parties have entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ SPA ”), dated January 10, 2013, pursuant to which, among other things, SVU agreed to sell all of the outstanding capital stock of NAI to AB Acquisition LLC, parent company of NAI (the “ Stock Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Stock Purchase, the Existing TSA will be terminated and will be replaced by this TSA and a separate Transition Services Agreement to be entered into by SVU and Albertson’s LLC;

WHEREAS, each Receiving Party desires to procure certain services from the Service Provider, and the Service Provider is willing to provide such services to the Receiving Party during a transition period commencing on March 21, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Services Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE AND ACCEPT SERVICES

Section 1.1  Services .

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the Service Provider shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by the Service Provider to provide, to the Receiving Party or its designated Subsidiaries and Affiliates the services referred to in this Services Agreement or listed on the attached Schedules (the “ Schedules ” and such services, the “ Services ”). Subject to Section 2.1 , any decisions as to which of the Service Provider, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or any third parties shall provide the Services shall be made by the Service Provider in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the applicable Schedule; provided , however , that the Receiving Party’s consent shall be required if and to the extent that the Service Provider delegates Services after the date of the SPA to a third party provider and such Services are to be provided for the benefit of the Receiving Party and not for the benefit of the Service Provider or any of its Affiliates. Any delegation of Services shall not release the Service Provider from its obligations hereunder. The Services shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth in Section 2.5 or as the parties may otherwise agree in writing. Each Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the applicable Schedule.

Section 1.2 Books and Records; Availability of Information . Each party shall create and maintain accurate books and records in connection with the provision of the Services performed hereunder and, upon reasonable notice from the other party, shall make available for inspection and copy by such other party’s agents such books and records during reasonable business hours. The Receiving Party shall make available on a timely basis to the Service Provider all information and materials reasonably requested by the Service Provider to enable it to provide the Services. The Receiving Party shall provide to the Service Provider reasonable access to the Receiving Party’s premises to the extent reasonably necessary for the purpose of providing the Services.

Section 1.3 Cost of Providing the Services . Unless otherwise expressly set forth in this Services Agreement, the Service Provider shall bear all costs necessary to provide the Services (including all out-of-pocket and third-party expenses incurred by the Service Provider and its designees in order to provide the Services). The Service Provider shall be solely responsible for the payment of all direct and indirect compensation (including all fringe benefits of any sort) for the personnel assigned to perform the Services under this Services Agreement, and will be responsible for workers’ compensation insurance, unemployment insurance, employment taxes, and all other employer liabilities relating to such personnel.

Section 1.4 Required Consents . The Service Provider shall obtain and pay for, or cause to be obtained and paid for, any and all consents necessary or advisable to allow the Service Provider to provide the Services and to allow the Receiving Party to access and use the Services (the “ Required Consents ”). The Receiving Party agrees to cooperate with the Service Provider’s reasonable requests and to execute such documents (subject to the Receiving Party’s reasonable approval of such documents) in connection with such consents. If a Required Consent is not obtained, then, unless and until such Required Consent is obtained, the Service Provider shall determine and adopt, subject to the Receiving Party’s prior written approval, such alternative commercially reasonable approaches as are necessary and sufficient to provide the Services in accordance with the terms hereof without such Required Consents and in a manner

 

2


which does not increase the fees or costs payable by the Receiving Party hereunder. For purposes of clarity, the parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing provision shall in no way affect the allocation of costs or expenses related to transfer of assets (including costs incurred in connection with obtaining third party consents) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the SPA, which matters shall be controlled solely by the SPA. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.5(a) of the SPA, NAI shall obtain and pay for any and all consents required in connection with the consummation of the APA (as such term is defined in the SPA).

Section 1.5 Intellectual Property Licenses . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the TSA, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.13 of the SPA, it shall be the responsibility of the Receiving Party (at the Receiving Party’s sole cost and expense) to obtain all licenses associated with the use of third party intellectual property, including but not limited to copyrights (e.g., software), trademarks and patents (and/or consents and extensions relating to such licenses), if any, necessary for the provision of Services to the Receiving Party during the Term. The Service Provider agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Receiving Party in its negotiations with any licensors from whom the Receiving Party may require such a license (or consent or extension) during the Term. In the event the Receiving Party is unable to obtain a necessary license, consent or extension, the Services related to such license shall be removed from the scope of the TSA, without a reduction in fees or payments owed by the Receiving Party under the TSA. In all events, and in addition to (and not in limitation of) any similar rights that the Service Provider may have under the TSA, the Receiving Party shall indemnify, defend and hold the Service Provider harmless from and against any actions, liabilities and/or claims relating to the licenses and the license matters discussed in this provision. The Receiving Party’s obligation to pay any fees under this Section 1.5 shall apply whether or not such claims for fees arise from the Receiving Party’s continued or past access to or benefit from third party intellectual property. The Receiving Party also acknowledges the Service Provider’s right to initiate discussion with third party licensors that may involve the Receiving Party’s use of intellectual property. All negotiated agreements with third party licensors for the future use of or rights to intellectual property and associated services shall be at the cost of the Service Provider, provided that the Receiving Party shall bear the cost of incremental third party use fees which are specifically identified in the agreements with the third party licensors and which relate solely to the Receiving Party’s use (“ Incremental License Fees ”). Such Incremental License Fees shall be approved in advance in writing by the Receiving Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

Section 1.6 IT Systems . SVU and New Albertson’s agree to cooperate in maintaining current, common and compatible IT systems where practical and feasible and as to only those IT systems for which SVU is providing New Albertson’s support. In furtherance of this intent, SVU and New Albertson’s shall work together to eliminate those IT systems that are not current, common or compatible. The stated goal of this paragraph is for SVU and New Albertson’s to work together in good faith to ensure that IT systems trend toward converging rather than diverging. Toward that end, the parties agree to the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

 

3


ARTICLE II

SERVICES; PAYMENT; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS SERVICES

Section 2.1 Services To Be Provided .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, other than as set forth on the applicable Schedule and subject to Sections 2.4 and 2.10 hereof, (i) the Services to be provided by SVU as Service Provider hereunder shall be limited to (A) the Services with respect to which it is listed as the Service Provider on Schedule 2 hereto, (B) as to the NAI business which Albertson’s LLC is acquiring, the Services which SVU and its Affiliates have historically provided to the NAI-acquired business, and (C) the Services performed by SVU and its Affiliates for New Albertson’s as of immediately prior to the date of the SPA; provided that any change in Services after the date of the SPA but prior to the Effective Date shall be approved by the Steering Committee (ii) the Services to be provided by New Albertson’s as Service Provider hereunder shall be limited to the Services with respect to which it is listed as the Service Provider on Schedule 2 hereto, and (iii) in no event shall the Service Provider be required to provide any other services to the Receiving Party. The parties acknowledge and agree that they have sought to identify all Services to be provided by the Service Provider under this Services Agreement on the Schedules hereto, but that if the Schedules do not include the Services performed immediately prior to the date of the SPA by the Service Provider, the parties shall cooperate after the Closing Date to amend and/or supplement the Schedules hereto from time to time to more accurately reflect such past practice; provided , however , that (i) in no event will the Service Provider be obligated to provide any Service which (A) is listed on Schedule 2 as “deleted” or indicated in any way as no longer required or (B) is indicated to be provided only on a temporary basis and such time period has lapsed, subject to the possible extension of such Service in accordance with Section 3.3 , and (ii)  Schedule 1 hereto sets forth the agreement of the parties with respect to procurement of goods for the Receiving Party and shall control that Service notwithstanding the past practices of the parties with respect to procurement of goods.

(b) The Service Provider or its designees shall perform the Services only in a manner, scope, nature and quality (such manner, scope, nature and quality, the “ Applicable Service Level ”) that is, in the case of SVU as the Service Provider, the same in all material respects as the manner in which such Services were performed or to be performed by SVU and its Affiliates for New Albertson’s as of immediately prior to the Date of the SPA, or, where a specific service level has been provided, as set forth in the Schedules hereto and, in the case of New Albertson’s as Service Provider, in the manner described on Schedule 2 . For the avoidance of doubt, any change in service levels provided by the Service Provider to itself and its Affiliates after the Date of the SPA shall not affect the Applicable Service Level to be provided to the Receiving Party pursuant to this Services Agreement. Unless otherwise set forth herein or on the applicable Schedule, the Services provided hereunder shall be used by the Receiving Party for substantially the same purposes and in substantially the same manner (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) as such Services were used by the Receiving Party as of immediately prior to the Date of the SPA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that (1) the acquisition of the NAI business by Albertson’s LLC shall not be deemed an increase of volume, amount, level or frequency, that SVU shall provide the Services contemplated herein to the NAI business, and that SVU’s provision of services to the

 

4


NAI business shall include the services historically provided by SVU or its Affiliates to NAI (or which NAI provided to itself), as well as the Services identified on Schedule 2 , and (2) New Albertson’s request for Services for New Stores as defined in Exhibit A shall not constitute an increase in volume, amount, level of frequency of Services. The Service Provider shall act under this Services Agreement solely as an independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of any other party or any of such party’s Affiliates. For the purposes of clarity, the parties acknowledge and agree that if and to the extent the Service Provider changes systems and processes used in the course of its business for its own account the Service Provider shall not permit such changes to degrade the Applicable Service Level.

(c) The provision of Services by the Service Provider shall be subject to Article V hereof.

(d) The parties have agreed to separate the Legal function of SVU and transition certain legal associates to New Albertson’s over a period of up to ninety (90) days after the Effective Date (the “ Legal Transition Period ”). At the Effective Date, certain attorneys responsible for the provision of certain Services to New Albertson’s (the “ Transitioned Attorneys ”) will transition to and become employed by New Albertson’s at New Albertson’s option. At some point during the Legal Transition Period, New Albertson’s will have the option to make Qualifying Offers (as defined in the SPA) to some or all of an additional group of identified members of the SVU Legal function. During the Legal Transition Period, the parties will cooperate with respect to the transition of legal matters between them, and each of New Albertson’s (but only with respect to the services provided by the Transitioned Attorneys and only to the extent historically provided to SVU) and SVU will provide legal services pursuant to Schedule 2 hereto, if needed, provided that (i) SVU may, in its discretion and at its expense, provide outside counsel (reasonably selected from a list of outside counsel used by New Albertson’s prior to the Effective Date) in lieu of providing such legal services directly (it being understood that such outside counsel providing Services to New Albertson’s hereunder will be acting on behalf of and as counsel for New Albertson’s, and that (as between New Albertson’s and SVU) New Albertson’s will control the attorney-client relationship); (ii) neither party will in any case provide services with respect to commercial or other litigation that the other party has agreed to assume responsibility for, or to indemnify the other party or its Affiliates for, pursuant to the SPA ( provided , however , that SVU will continue to cooperate in providing in-house litigation support (other than litigation management) to the extent historically provided by SVU to New Albertson’s and New Albertson’s acknowledges that during the Legal Transition Period in-house litigation support will continue to be provided to SVU by the remaining SVU legal function not hired by New Albertson’s as of the Effective Date); (iii) SVU will not be responsible for providing legal services to New Albertson’s in quantities that exceed the historical levels provided by SVU to New Albertson’s; and (iv) each party will provide any reasonable and customary waiver of conflicts of interest or similar waiver reasonably requested by the other party or any substituted outside counsel in connection with the legal services provided pursuant to this Services Agreement, provided that no such waiver shall materially disadvantage the other party with respect to any matter handled by such counsel. Upon the elimination of legal services as Services under this Services Agreement, there will be a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the fees payable during the Initial Term equal to the salary and benefits of each employee that transfers employment to New Albertson’s pursuant to a Qualifying Offer (as defined in the SPA) made in New Albertson’s sole discretion, and, if necessary, the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the reduction as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

 

5


(e) Similar to the legal transition referenced in Section 2.1(d) , the parties have agreed to the elimination of additional Services originally contemplated to be provided by SVU pursuant to this Services Agreement by the employees of SVU and its Subsidiaries identified on Exhibit G . Upon the elimination of such Services from this Services Agreement, New Albertson’s will receive credits against the fees payable pursuant to this Services Agreement as such credits are set forth on Exhibit G , and, if necessary, the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the reduction as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

(f) The parties agree to meet on or before September 20, 2013, to review the Services being provided and determine if there are any Services no longer required and which may be deleted from the Service schedules.

Section 2.2  Cooperation . The parties will use good-faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of Services. Such cooperation shall include obtaining all consents, licenses or approvals necessary to permit each party to perform its obligations hereunder, subject to Section 1.3 , Section 1.4 and Section 1.5 . Furthermore, if and to the extent that the Receiving Party owns or controls any assets that are required to be used in the provision of Services by the Service Provider or its designees, as applicable, the Receiving Party shall furnish or otherwise make available such asset to the Service Provider or its designees, as applicable, for the provision of Services including by way of a grant of royalty-free license for such purpose.

Section 2.3  Steering Committee .

(a)  Size and Composition . SVU, in its sole discretion as determined by the SVU Board of Directors (excluding Offeror Related Directors, as such term is defined in the Tender Offer Agreement between Symphony Investors LLC, Supervalu Inc., and Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., dated January 10, 2013), will appoint three (3) members of its management staff and New Albertson’s will appoint three (3) members of its management staff to serve on a steering committee (the “ Steering Committee ”). Either party may change its Steering Committee members from time to time upon written notice to the other party. In addition, the parties may mutually agree to increase or decrease the size, purpose or composition of the Steering Committee.

(b)  Responsibilities . The Steering Committee shall be responsible for the general on-going oversight of each party’s performance under this Services Agreement. The representatives of the party serving on the Steering Committee shall have the power and authority to bind such party with respect to the matters contemplated by this Services Agreement.

(c)  Meetings . The Steering Committee will meet (in person or telephonically) once every 90 days or at such other frequency as mutually agreed by the parties. Each Steering Committee meeting will be at a mutually acceptable location.

 

6


(d)  Annual Business Plan . The Steering Committee will develop an annual business plan (the “ Business Plan ”) to project Service usage and costs (after the third anniversary of the Effective Date) and other matters with respect to the Services, and will review and update the Business Plan not less than quarterly. If the parties mutually agree to modify or discontinue any Service, both parties will be entitled to rely on the Business Plan for the purpose of determining what Services will be provided during the time period covered by the Business Plan, and may discontinue any Service not projected to be required by the Business Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, if the parties do not mutually agree to modify or discontinue any Service, that Service shall continue without any change to its service level.

(e)  Contingency Plans . The Steering Committee shall formulate mutually acceptable back-up and contingency plans to address unplanned errors and disruptions in the Services. In furtherance of the foregoing, in the event of a disaster, the Service Provider agrees to use the same degree of care to restore the Services as the Service Provider would use to restore similar services for itself. In the event of scheduled downtime, the Service Provider shall provide the Receiving Party with reasonable advance notice.

Section 2.4  Additional Services .

(a) From time to time during the term, the Receiving Party may request that the Service Provider (i) provide additional services (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) or different services which the Service Provider is not obligated to provide under this Services Agreement if such services are of the type and scope provided to the Receiving Party immediately prior to the Effective Date or (ii) to expand the scope of any Service (such additional or expanded services, the “ Additional Services ”). The Service Provider shall consider such request in good faith and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such Additional Service; provided , that the Service Provider shall not be obligated to provide any Additional Services if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such Additional Services or if the provision of such Additional Services would interfere with the operation of its business or the business of its Affiliates. If the Service Provider receives a request for Additional Services it shall notify the Receiving Party within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of the request as to whether it will or will not provide the Additional Services.

(b) If the Service Provider agrees to provide Additional Services pursuant to Section 2.4(a) , then a representative of each party shall in good faith negotiate the terms of a supplemental Schedule to this Services Agreement which will describe in detail the service, project scope, term, price and payment terms to be charged for the Additional Service. Once definitively agreed to in writing, the supplemental Schedule shall be deemed part of this Services Agreement as of such date and the Additional Services shall be deemed “Services” provided hereunder, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement.

Section 2.5  Pricing; Payments .

(a)  Fees . The fees for the Services are set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as provided in Exhibit A , any costs paid or borne by the Receiving Party related to any provision herein shall not impact or reduce the payments under this Section 2.5(a) . The parties understand that that certain Services will terminate pursuant to specified periods set forth in Schedule 2 and acknowledge that there shall be no reduction in fees for the scheduled termination of certain Services pursuant to Schedule 2 .

 

7


(b)  Invoices . Unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A , payments due hereunder shall be invoiced on a weekly basis. Other than with respect to any Non-Performance Holdbacks (as defined in Section 2.5(c) ), payments that are not timely paid shall be subject to late charges, calculated at an interest rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate (or the maximum legal rate, whichever is lower), and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment. Payments shall be made by wire transfer to an account designated in writing from time to time by Service Provider.

(c)  Performance Disputes; Fees . Subject to Section 4.1 and Section 6.2 hereof, in the event any Dispute (as defined below) arises between the parties regarding the Service Provider’s or its designees’ failure to provide one or more material Services at or above the Applicable Service Level, and the Service Provider has not cured such failure within fifteen (15) days of written notice (or a reasonably shorter period of time, in light of the nature of the Dispute), the Receiving Party shall be entitled to withhold from payment an amount of money equal to lesser of (i) the cost of commercially reasonable alternative arrangements to procure such Services from an alternative source, if applicable and (ii) in the case of New Albertson’s as the Receiving Party, $15,000,000, and in the case of SVU as the Receiving Party, $300,000, in each case aggregating all Non-Performance Holdback amounts then subject to Dispute) (such amount, the “ Non-Performance Holdback ”), until such Service Disruption or Dispute has been resolved. Upon resolution of any such Dispute the Non-Performance Holdback (or any greater or lesser amount agreed to by the parties in lieu thereof) shall be paid promptly to the Service Provider or the Receiving Party, as applicable, as shall be determined in accordance with the resolution of such Dispute.

Section 2.6  Disclaimer of Warranty . EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES TO BE PURCHASED UNDER THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Section 2.7  Taxes . In the event that any Tax is properly chargeable on the provision of the Services (other than any Tax on the income of Service Provider received in its capacity as a third party service provider to the Receiving Party) as indicated on the applicable Schedule, the Receiving Party shall be responsible for and shall pay the amount of any such Tax in addition to and at the same time as the Service fees. All Service fees and other consideration will be paid free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any Tax, except as may be required by law.

Section 2.8  Use of Services; Third Party Transferees . The Receiving Party shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, resell any Services to any person whatsoever or permit the use of the Services by any person other than in connection with the conduct of the Receiving Party’s operations as conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if either party transfers or otherwise disposes of assets

 

8


(including one or more stores or distribution centers) (each a “ Transferring Party ”) to one or more third parties (each, a “ Third Party Transferee ”), the Transferring Party shall have the right to transfer or assign its rights hereunder to each such Third Party Transferee for a period (the “ Transfer Period ”) not to exceed the lesser of (i) 180 days from the date of transfer and (ii) the remaining term of this Services Agreement; provided , however , the Transferring Party shall remain obligated under the terms hereof (including for payments pursuant to Section 2.4 ); provided , further , however , in the event that the Third Party Transferee competes on a national level with SVU and/or its Affiliates the Transfer Period shall be no longer than ninety (90) days from the date of such transfer. No such transfer shall limit the collective amount of Services to be provided to the Transferring Party and the Third Party Transferee.

Section 2.9  Confidential Information; Third Party Transferees . As a result of a sale or transfer of some or all of New Albertson’s assets during the term of this Services Agreement, a Third Party Transferee may have access to SVU’s Confidential Product Cost Information (as defined below) as a result of Services relating to the provision of products for resale (both nationally branded and private label products). In such event and if such Third Party Transferee is a competitor of SVU, then SVU may require that the Third Party Transferee execute (or that New Albertson’s use commercially reasonable efforts to require the Third Party Transferee execute if New Albertson’s has previously completed negotiations of a pending transaction with such Third Party Transferee as of the Effective Date) a three-party confidentiality agreement, in a form reasonably acceptable to SVU and New Albertson’s, setting forth the Third Party Transferee’s agreement: (i) to keep strictly confidential such Confidential Product Cost Information; (ii) to restrict access to such Confidential Product Cost Information to personnel not responsible for product development or product procurement on behalf of such Third Party Transferee; and (iii) to ensure that, under no circumstances, shall such Third Party Transferee use (directly or indirectly) such Confidential Product Cost Information for its pecuniary gain, for the solicitation of business or to the financial detriment of SVU. For purposes of this provision, “ Confidential Product Cost Information ” shall mean SVU’s confidential information dealing with or relating to SVU’s acquisition cost of products purchased for resale, including any invoice price, rebates, allowances, incentive payments, and marketing and other funds related to such products.

Section 2.10  Work-around . Subject to Section 1.5 , if any of the Services cannot be provided by the Service Provider for any reason including because such Services infringe on the rights of others or violate Law, and the Service Provider shall develop an alternative to the Service that it uses for itself or one of its Affiliates, then the Service Provider shall provide such alternative service to the Receiving Party at no additional cost.

Section 2.11  Prior Resolution of Certain Disputes . The parties previously agreed to settle and resolve certain issues that arose under the Existing TSA as set forth in Exhibit E .

Section 2.12  Agency; Power of Attorney . New Albertson’s hereby appoints SVU as attorney-in-fact and agent with full and exclusive power and authority to act for and on behalf of New Albertson’s for the purposes of entering into, on behalf of New Albertson’s, Corporate Contracts (as defined on Schedule 1 ) that have been approved in advance by New Albertson’s. In addition, New Albertson’s agrees to execute and deliver any particular forms of powers of attorney as may be reasonably (as determined by New Albertson’s in its sole discretion) requested by SVU in connection with the provision of the Services. Notwithstanding anything to

 

9


the contrary in this Services Agreement, if New Albertson’s does not provide to SVU any power of attorney reasonably necessary to provide any Service or otherwise perform SVU’s obligations under this Services Agreement, SVU shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Services Agreement for any such failure to perform to the extent attributable to the lack of such power of attorney. The power and authority granted to SVU hereunder shall terminate upon the termination of this Services Agreement.

Section 2.13  Accounting Adjustment Procedure . Upon an adjustment to the fees pursuant to the terms of this Services Agreement, the Receiving Party shall deliver to the Service Provider a complete list (certified as accurate by the Receiving Party for that week) of the supermarkets, distribution centers, fuel centers and/or pharmacies being serviced by the Service Provider under the terms of this Services Agreement.

ARTICLE III

TERM OF SERVICES

Section 3.1  Term . Subject to Section 3.2 and Section 6.1 , the provision of Services shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate no later than the 30-month anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”).

Section 3.2  Option(s) to Extend Term .

(a) New Albertson’s as the Receiving Party shall have ten (10), and SVU as the Receiving Party shall have ten (10), consecutive options to extend the TSA for a period of one (1) year each on the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, payment timing and fee arrangements) contained in the TSA. Such extension terms shall be exercised, if at all, by the Receiving Party giving written notice to the Service Provider twelve months preceding the extension term being exercised. For such exercise to be valid, the Receiving Party must (i) not be in default under the TSA as of the date of the notice of exercise or as of January 1 of the extension term being exercised, and (ii) be in compliance with the Dispute Resolution Process set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

(b) Upon the proper exercise of an extension term by the Receiving Party, the term of the TSA shall be extended for the applicable twelve-month period without the execution of any further instrument. As used in this Services Agreement, the term “Term” shall include all Annual Extension Terms (as defined below).

(c) For clarification purposes, the following chart defines and sets forth the key dates for each annual extension term:

 

Option Exercise Deadline

  

Extension Period

  

Defined Term (for

reference purposes in this TSA)

18-month Anniversary of Effective Date    30-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 42-month Anniversary of Effective Date    First Annual Extension Term

 

10


Option Exercise Deadline

  

Extension Period

  

Defined Term (for

reference purposes in this TSA)

30-month Anniversary of Effective Date    42-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 54-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Second Annual Extension Term
42-month Anniversary of Effective Date    54-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 66-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Third Annual Extension Term
54-month Anniversary of Effective Date    66-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 78-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Fourth Annual Extension Term
66-month Anniversary of Effective Date    78-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 90-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Fifth Annual Extension Term
78-month Anniversary of Effective Date    90-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 102-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Sixth Annual Extension Term
90-month Anniversary of Effective Date    102-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 114-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Seventh Annual Extension Term
102-month Anniversary of Effective Date    114-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 126-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Eighth Annual Extension Term
114-month Anniversary of Effective Date    126-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 138-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Ninth Annual Extension Term
126-month Anniversary of Effective Date    138-month Anniversary of Effective Date through 150-month Anniversary of Effective Date    Tenth Annual Extension Term

 

11


Option Exercise Deadline

  

Extension Period

  

Defined Term (for

reference purposes in this TSA)

     
     
     

New Albertson’s (numbered) Annual Extension Terms, together with SVU’s corresponding Annual Extension Terms may be collectively referred to herein as the “ Annual Extension Terms .” Upon occurrence of the Effective Date the parties will execute a letter agreement confirming the Initial Term and Annual Extension Term dates.

(d) A Receiving Party’s failure to timely or properly exercise any of the Annual Extension Terms shall constitute a forfeiture of its right to exercise any future Annual Extension Term and the TSA shall terminate with respect to Services provided to such Receiving Party (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transaction Services Period) at the end of such Receiving Party’s then current Annual Extension Term.

Section 3.3  Additional Service Extensions . In addition to the Receiving Party’s rights under Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 6.5 , in the event the Receiving Party requests an extension of the term of provision of Services, such request shall be considered in good faith by the Service Provider. Any terms, conditions or costs or fees to be paid by the Receiving Party for Services provided during an extended term will be on mutually acceptable terms. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall the Service Provider be required to extend the term of provision of any Service if (i) the Service Provider does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to continue providing such Services, (ii) the extension of the term would interfere with the operation of the Service Provider’s business or (iii) the extension would require capital expenditure on the part of the Service Provider or otherwise require the Service Provider to renew or extend any contract, agreement, arrangement or similar understanding with any third party.

Section 3.4 Transition of TSA Services .

(a) If, at any time during the term of the TSA, the Receiving Party desires to transition any Service(s) to a third party, it shall so notify the Service Provider one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of such transition (and upon delivery of such notice, the Receiving Party may commence planning discussions with the Service Provider). The Service Provider agrees that it will assist with such transitions to third party providers (the “ Transition Services ”), and any out of pocket and internal costs incurred by the Service Provider for the Transition Services shall be reimbursed by the Receiving Party as soon as reasonably practicable. In the case of SVU as the Service Provider of Transition Services, all costs incurred (out of pocket and internal) shall be subject to and included in a cap amount of $1,000,000, and in the case of New Albertson’s as the Service Provider of Transition Services, all costs incurred (out of pocket and internal) shall be subject to and included in a cap amount of $500,000 (each, a “ Cap Amount ”). In the event the combined Transition Services costs (out of pocket and internal) and separation services costs exceed the applicable Cap Amount, the Service Provider shall continue to provide the Transition Services to the Receiving Party with the Service Provider bearing the costs in excess of the applicable Cap Amount. As the case may be or as the case may arise, the Service Provider shall notify the Receiving Party in writing of any utilization of the applicable Cap Amount and a running total of the remaining balance.

 

12


(b) In order to clarify the potential provision of Transition Services by the Service Provider, and except as set forth below, the parties expressly acknowledge that the timing must be such that the Service Provider is able to complete all Transition Services during the term of the TSA (and the Party shall work in good faith to complete such transitions prior to the expiration or termination of the TSA) and that, in addition to the reimbursement of costs by the Receiving Party (up to the Cap Amount) as provided in this Section 3.4 , all other fees and payments under the TSA shall remain payable by the Receiving Party without modification or abatement. The parties acknowledge and reaffirm that, except as set forth below, upon the expiration or termination of the TSA, the Service Provider’s obligation to provide Services shall be limited to the terms set forth in Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 of this TSA.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Transition Services will not be completed prior to the expiration or termination of the TSA, and upon written request by the Receiving Party to the Service Provider prior to expiration or termination of the TSA, the Service Provider shall continue the Transition Services for a period not to exceed seven (7) months after expiration or termination of the TSA (“ Transition Services Period ”). During the Transition Services Period, New Albertson’s as the Receiving Party will pay SVU as the Service Provider during the Transition Services Period fees equal to the greater of (i) $1,000,000 each calendar month, payable in advance, or (ii) the applicable weekly fee per operating supermarket and distribution center set out in Exhibit A and SVU as the Receiving Party will pay New Albertson’s as the Service Provider during the Transition Services Period fees equal to the greater of (A) $150,000 each calendar month, payable in advance, or (B) the applicable weekly fee set forth on Exhibit A . The parties shall mutually determine prior to the commencement of each calendar month during the Transition Services Period whether the fees for such month shall be as set out in (i) or (ii) above, and the Receiving Party shall then pay such fees accordingly. The foregoing Transition Services fees would be in addition to fees paid for any wind down services consistent with the terms set forth in Section 6.5 of this TSA.

ARTICLE IV

FORCE MAJEURE

Section 4.1  Force Majeure . The Service Provider shall not be liable for any expense, loss or damage whatsoever arising out of any interruption of Service or delay or failure to perform under this Services Agreement that is due to acts of God, acts of a public enemy, acts of terrorism, acts of a nation or any state, territory, province or other political division thereof, changes in applicable law, fires, floods, epidemics, riots, theft, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, strikes, work stoppages or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the Service Provider and its applicable designees. In any such event, the Service Provider’s obligations hereunder shall be postponed for such time as its performance is suspended or delayed on account thereof. The Service Provider will promptly notify the recipient of the Service, either orally or in writing, upon learning of the occurrence of such event of force majeure. Upon the cessation of the force majeure event, the Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume its performance with the least practicable delay ( provided that, at the election of the Receiving Party, the applicable term for such suspended Services shall be extended by the length of the force majeure event). During such force majeure event, the Receiving Party shall be free to acquire affected Services from an alternative source, at

 

13


the Receiving Party’s sole cost and expense, and without liability to the Service Provider, for the period and to the extent reasonably necessitated by such non-performance. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to determine the costs of procurement of such Services from such alternative source and such amounts shall be deducted from the payments otherwise required under Section 2.5 hereof.

ARTICLE V

LIABILITIES

Section 5.1  Consequential and Other Damages . Neither party shall be liable to the other with respect to this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages whatsoever which in any way arise out of, relate to or are a consequence of, the performance or nonperformance by such party hereunder, including with respect to loss of profits, business interruptions or claims of customers.

Section 5.2  Limitation of Liability . Subject to Section 5.3 hereof and other than with respect to the Receiving Party’s obligation to make payment under Section 1.5 or Section 2.5 hereof, the liability of each party with respect to this Services Agreement or any act or failure to act in connection herewith (including, but not limited to, the performance or breach hereof), or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any Service provided under or covered by this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, (i) shall not exceed $180,000,000 for actions or omissions resulting from gross negligence and (ii) shall be unlimited for actions or omissions resulting from willful breach.

Section 5.3  Obligation To Re-perform . In the event of any breach of this Services Agreement by the Service Provider resulting from any error or defect in the performance of any Service (which breach the Service Provider can reasonably be expected to cure by re-performance in a commercially reasonable manner), the Service Provider shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to correct in all material respects such error, defect or breach or reperform in all material respects such Service at the request of the Receiving Party.

Section 5.4  Indemnity . Except as otherwise provided in this Services Agreement, (including the limitation of liability provisions in this Article V ), the Service Provider shall not be liable for any Loss (as defined below) arising out of or relating to the Services, whether arising out of breach of warranty, strict liability, tort, contract or otherwise, other than Losses which result directly from Service Provider’s gross negligence with respect to the provision of Services or the breach of this Services Agreement. The Service Provider shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Receiving Party and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates from and against any third party claims, damages, losses or expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) (a “ Loss ”) incurred by the Receiving Party or its Subsidiaries resulting from the Service Provider’s gross negligence with respect to the provision of Services or the breach of this Services Agreement. The Receiving Party shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Service Provider and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (and to the extent certain roles and responsibilities of individual employees of Service Provider acting as fiduciaries for Receiving Party could expose said employees to a Loss in their individual capacities, then said employees shall likewise be defended, indemnified and held harmless) from

 

14


and against any and all Losses arising out of or connected with the Services or in any way related to this Services Agreement, regardless of the legal theory asserted (other than in matters for which the Service Provider would have liability under this Section 5.4 or expenses reasonably contemplated to be borne by Service Provider in performing its obligations hereunder). The Receiving Party shall at all times maintain reasonable and customary fiduciary liability insurance coverage (with a tail coverage of no less than 5 years) for any such employees of the Service Provider who are acting in a fiduciary capacity for the Receiving Party.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1  Termination . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Services Agreement shall terminate, and the obligation of the Service Provider to provide or cause to be provided any Service shall cease, on the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which the provision of all Services has been terminated or canceled pursuant to Article IV hereof, or (ii) the date on which all Services under this Services Agreement are terminated by the Service Provider or the Receiving Party, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2 hereof; provided that, in each case, no such termination shall relieve any party of any liability for any breach of any provision of this Services Agreement prior to the date of such termination and subject to the Wind Down Period and the Transition Services Period as respectively defined in Section 6.5 and Section 3.4(c) .

Section 6.2  Breach of Services Agreement; Dispute Resolution .

(a)  Breach . Subject to Article V hereof, the dispute resolution process set forth in this Section 6.2 and the last sentence of this Section 6.2(a) , if a party shall cause or suffer to exist any material breach of any of its obligations under this Services Agreement, including any failure to make a payment within thirty (30) days after such payment becomes due pursuant to Section 2.5 (taking into account the exception for any Non-Performance Holdback provided in Section 2.5(c) ) with respect to more than one Service provided hereunder, and that party does not cure such default in all material respects within 30 days after receiving written notice thereof from the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party shall have the right to terminate this Services Agreement immediately thereafter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Services Agreement, a breach by either party in the provision of Services as Service Provider shall not give the other party as Receiving Party the right to stop performing its obligations hereunder and in such instance the Receiving Party’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to a material breach by the Service Provider with respect to the performance of such Services shall be for the Service Provider to correct in all material respects any error or defect in such Services or to re-perform in all material respects the Services with respect to which the Service Provider shall have breached its performance obligations.

(b)  Dispute Resolution . Either party may commence the dispute resolution process of this Section 6.2 by giving the other party written notice with detailed description and underlying facts (a “ Dispute Notice ”) of any controversy, claim or dispute of whatever nature arising out of or relating to this Services Agreement or the breach, termination, enforceability or validity hereof (a “ Dispute ”) which has not been resolved in the normal course of business. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute by negotiation between executives

 

15


(excluding Offeror Related Directors as such term is defined in the Tender Offer Agreement between Symphony Investors LLC, Supervalu Inc., and Cerberus Capital Management, L.P.) of each party hereto (“ Senior Party Representatives ”) who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons who have direct responsibility for the administration of this Services Agreement. Within 15 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, the receiving party shall submit to the other a written response (the “ Response ”). The Dispute Notice and the Response shall include (i) a statement setting forth the position of the party giving such notice and a summary of arguments supporting such position and (ii) the name and title of such party’s Senior Party Representative and any other persons who will accompany the Senior Party Representative at the meeting at which the parties will attempt to settle the Dispute. Within 30 days after the delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Senior Party Representatives of both parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to attempt to resolve the Dispute. The parties shall cooperate in good faith with respect to any reasonable requests for exchanges of information regarding the Dispute or a Response thereto.

(i) If the Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, or if the parties fail to meet within 30 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice as hereinabove provided, the parties shall submit the matter to arbitration contemplated by Section 6.2(c) or any other dispute resolution procedure that may be agreed by the parties.

(ii) All negotiations, conferences and discussions pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations. Nothing said or disclosed, nor any document produced, in the course of such negotiations, conferences and discussions that is not otherwise independently discoverable shall be offered or received as evidence or used for impeachment or for any other purpose in any current or future arbitration.

(c)  Arbitration . If the Dispute has not been resolved by the dispute resolution process described in Section 6.2(b) , the parties agree that any such Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in Chicago, Illinois pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the AAA. Any arbitrator(s) selected to resolve the Dispute shall be bound exclusively by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its choice of law rules. Any decisions of award of the arbitrator(s) will be final and binding upon the parties and may be entered as a judgment by the parties hereto. Any rights to appeal or review such award by any court or tribunal are hereby waived to the extent permitted by law.

(d)  Costs . The costs of any arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be shared equally between the parties.

Section 6.3  Sums Due . In addition to any other payments required pursuant to this Service Agreement, in the event of a termination of this Services Agreement, the Service Provider shall be entitled to the immediate payment of, and the Receiving Party shall within three Business Days pay to the Service Provider, all accrued amounts for Services, Taxes and other amounts due under this Services Agreement as of the date of termination.

 

16


Section 6.4  Service Provider Termination Right . Notwithstanding the grant of the options for the Annual Extension Terms, the Service Provider shall have the right to deliver to the Receiving Party a written notice to terminate the TSA with respect to Services being provided to the Receiving Party (the “ Service Provider Termination Notice ”). In the event the Service Provider delivers the Service Provider Termination Notice to the Receiving Party, the TSA with respect to Services being provided to the Receiving Party shall terminate on the last day of that calendar month which is thirty six (36) months after the date of delivery of the Service Provider Termination Notice (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period). The Receiving Party may reduce the 36 month period by electing to not exercise the next Annual Extension Term, in which case the TSA shall terminate with respect to the Services provided to the Receiving Party (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period) as of the last day of the then current Term. If the Service Provider has delivered the Service Provider Termination Notice, then any exercise by the Receiving Party of a Annual Extension Term within which the 36th month falls must recognize in said exercise notice that the TSA will terminate with respect to the Services provided to the Receiving Party as of the last day of the 36th month (subject to the applicable Wind Down Period and Transition Services Period). The Service Provider may not deliver a Service Provider Termination Notice hereunder prior to December 31, 2013.

Section 6.5  Services Following Expiration or Termination . Upon the written request of New Albertson’s, SVU shall, notwithstanding any provision in the TSA to the contrary, provide to New Albertson’s one or more Services provided by SVU to New Albertson’s immediately prior to any termination or expiration of the TSA on a wind-down basis, including without limitation in the areas of finance, tax, accounting and property management following any termination or expiration of the TSA. Such wind-down services shall be provided for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months from the applicable termination or expiration date (“ Wind Down Period ”). The fee for such services shall be mutually agreed upon, but in no event shall the fees be less than the reasonably documented out-of-pocket costs for such services, and shall be payable at the commencement of each month for which such services are provided. In the event the parties are not able to agree to the fee, this Section 6.5 shall become null and void. For the avoidance of doubt, SVU and New Albertson’s acknowledge that the wind-down services discussed in this paragraph (and the fee associated with such services) cover a period of time after the expiration of the TSA, and that, during the term of the TSA the service schedule relating to “Separation Services” remains unmodified by this Section 6.5 .

Section 6.6  Effect of Termination . Sections 1.2 , 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.7 hereof and Articles IV , V , VI and VII hereof shall survive any termination of this Services Agreement.

 

17


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1  Notice . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto, and all statements and accountings given or required to be given hereunder, shall be made by personal service, or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by facsimile addressed as follows, or to such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the respective parties hereto, and shall be deemed received when delivered to the designated address (and only if confirmed if delivered by facsimile):

 

To New Albertson’s:     

New Albertson’s, Inc.

250 East Parkcenter Boulevard

Boise, ID 83706

Attn: Paul Rowan, Esq.

Facsimile: (208) 395 - 4625

     with a copy to:
    

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     Attn:      Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.
          Robert R. Kiesel, Esq.
     Facsimile: (212) 593-5955
To SVU:     

SUPERVALU INC.

Attn: Legal Department

Mailing Address:

PO Box 990

Minneapolis, MN 55440-0990

Street Address:

7075 Flying Cloud Drive

Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3691

     with a copy to:
    

SUPERVALU INC.

7075 Flying Cloud Drive

Eden Prairie, MN 55344-3691

Attn: J. Andrew Herring

     and:
    

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

     Attn:      David Silk, Esq.
          Igor Kirman, Esq.
          DongJu Song, Esq.
     Facsimile: (212) 403-2393

Section 7.2  Incorporation of Purchase Agreement Provisions . The following provisions of the SPA are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise

 

18


expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein (references in this Section 7.2 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the SPA, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the SPA: Section 8.11 (“Amendments; Waivers; Enforcement”), Section 8.4 (“Governing Law”), Section 8.13 (“Interpretation”), Section 8.3 (“Counterparts”), Section 8.5 (“Specific Performance”), Section 8.9 (“Severability”), and Section 8.6 (“Waiver of Jury Trial”).

Section 7.3  No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Services Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties to this Services Agreement and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Services Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Services Agreement.

Section 7.4  Assignment . Except as set forth in Section 2.8 , neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by either party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party, except that either party may, solely in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (or in the case of SVU, all or substantially all of the assets of its wholesale independent business), assign, in its sole discretion and without the other party’s consent, any or all of its rights, interest and obligations under this Agreement to any third party transferee; provided that the transferee (i) agrees to be bound by the terms of this TSA; (ii) has the assets, systems, personnel and financial wherewithal to perform the transferring party’s obligations hereunder; (iii) is not engaged in litigation with the non-transferring party; (iv) has not been declared insolvent, or is not the subject of any proceedings or application related to its winding up, liquidation, administration, receivership, administrative receivership, bankruptcy or other similar proceedings; and (v) possesses creditworthiness and business reputation at least on par with SVU.

Section 7.5  Termination of Existing TSA . The Existing TSA is hereby terminated and of no further force and effect, except that any obligations under the Existing TSA arising or relating to the period prior to the Effective Date shall survive until fully performed. To the extent that any such obligations are owed or to be performed by NAI, they are hereby assigned to, and assumed by, SVU.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

SUPERVALU INC.
By:  

/s/ Todd N. Sheldon

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to NAI Transition Services Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ M Bessent

  Name: M Bessent
  Title: Treasurer

[Signature Page to SVU/NAI TSA]


Schedule 1 — Procurement of Goods

 

1. SVU agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit New Albertson’s to obtain the benefits (including as to price, shipping, payment terms, warranties, indemnification, restocking fees and penalties, cancellation return and refund policies) of vendor and supply contracts for products, goods and inventory with nationally-based vendors and suppliers utilized by SVU and its Affiliates (each such contract, individually, a “ Corporate Contract ” and, collectively, the “ Corporate Contracts ”). For the avoidance of doubt, contracts related to regionally specific items are not included in the definition of Corporate Contract. In addition, any contracts bifurcated as contemplated by Section 5.13 of the SPA shall not be included in the definition of Corporate Contract.

 

2. SVU agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain favorable prices under Corporate Contracts by combining or consolidating orders made under such Corporate Contracts. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 3 below, New Albertson’s will continue to support the programs described in the Corporate Contracts, and will continue to purchase all its needs for the products covered by those Corporate Contracts, in the same manner as the applicable operations owned by New Albertson’s and SVU and its affiliates performed prior to the Effective Date, and, subject to good faith collaboration, make purchases for a pro rata portion of any minimum volume commitments under those Corporate Contracts.

 

3.

Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 below, SVU shall negotiate, manage and administer the Corporate Contracts. SVU shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to New Albertson’s a summary of the material terms of each Corporate Contract; provided that SVU shall, within ten business days following the date of the SPA, provide to New Albertson’s a summary of the material terms of each Corporate Contract that is a “material contract” (as such term is defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act (as such definition is applied to SVU). On a regular basis, as the parties may determine (which, for the first six (6) months of the term of this Services Agreement, will be weekly), a representative of SVU’s merchandising group will meet with a representative of New Albertson’s to preview anticipated upcoming national vendor negotiations with respect to proposed Corporate Contracts or the amendment or renewal thereof, and will provide New Albertson’s with a summary of the material terms of such proposed Corporate Contracts (or such amendment or renewal thereof). New Albertson’s may elect to participate in one or more of the upcoming contracts, amendments or renewals by notifying SVU of its election at these preview meetings. If New Albertson’s provides notice to SVU at such a meeting that it elects to participate in such contract, amendment or renewal, SVU will advise the national vendor that New Albertson’s is participating in such Corporate Contract (or the amendment or renewal thereof), SVU will debrief New Albertson’s as to the material aspects of its meetings with the national vendor, and New Albertson’s will be obligated to participate in such Corporate Contract (or the amendment or renewal thereof) on the terms finally negotiated by SVU, unless the terms of such contract, amendment or renewal are materially different from the terms previewed to New Albertson’s by SVU. With respect to any Corporate Contract which New Albertson’s elects to obtain or continue to obtain (after the amendment or renewal thereof) the benefit of, SVU shall provide New Albertson’s with reasonable access to its books and records for purposes of being able to audit such Corporate Contracts and to ascertain that it is receiving advance payments, inducements, incentives,

 

Schedule 1-1


  rebates, fees or promotional funds associated with such Corporate Contracts on a basis proportionate to its purchases and satisfaction of other performance criteria under such Corporate Contracts. Additionally, the parties will consult and collaborate to the extent commercially feasible with respect to New Albertson’s regional vendor relationships.

 

4. Payments and amounts owing under each Corporate Contract shall be in addition to any payments required under this Services Agreement, and shall be made on the terms and subject to the conditions of each Corporate Contract.

 

5. The parties shall cooperate to establish procurement and merchandising systems that allow New Albertson’s to order inventory in substantially the same manner as stores managed by SVU.

 

6. To the extent requested by New Albertson’s, SVU shall assist New Albertson’s in reconciling disputes with vendors.

 

7. Provided that New Albertson’s is not in breach of its obligations hereunder, all purchase orders for the benefit of New Albertson’s under the Corporate Contracts will be issued bearing the name of both SVU and New Albertson’s, and will provide that the “ship to” destination will determine title and which party will be responsible for the vendor payable. New Albertson’s will be financially responsible for paying all invoices for all purchase orders for products shipped to it directly from its own funds and will directly manage credit aspects of the vendor relationships relating to these purchase orders. SVU will provide New Albertson’s with commercially reasonable assistance in managing vendor relationships as requested, but New Albertson’s will establish its own credit lines with the vendors without assistance from SVU. In order to facilitate a smooth transition of vendor relationships, the parties have approved the notice to vendors that has previously been sent to vendors, and the parties have agreed that, after the date of such notice, SVU will direct all inquiries from vendors concerning New Albertson’s, credit and payment terms applicable to New Albertson’s to the Treasurer of New Albertson’s, and shall not initiate any contacts with vendors concerning credit and payment terms applicable to New Albertson’s for a period of sixty (60) days following the SPA Closing Date (as such term is defined in the SPA).

 

8. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Services Agreement, in no event shall SVU be required to pay or otherwise advance funds in respect of accounts payable of New Albertson’s.

 

9. New Albertson’s and SVU will jointly purchase fuel under SVU’s purchase orders.

 

Schedule 1-2


Schedule 2 — Other Services

[***]

 

*** The remainder of this page and the following 100 pages of this schedule have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.


Exhibit A — Fees

 

I. Fees for Services to be provided by SVU

 

A. Services Fees During First 12 Months of Initial Term . Subject to Section 2.1(d), the Services fee for the first 12 months of the Initial Term is $86,000,000, payable in equal installments as follows: 10% of the Year One Fee in each of the first 4 months of the Initial Term, 9% of the Year One Fee in the 5th and 6th month of the Initial Term and 7% of the Year One fee in the 7th through 12th month of the Initial Term.

 

B. Services Fees During Months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term . After the first 12 months of the Initial Term, and during the remainder of the Initial Term, New Albertson’s will pay fixed and variable fees for Services calculated as follows:

 

  1. Operating Distribution Centers — New Albertson’s will pay (a) a weekly fixed fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by New Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of month 13 of the Initial Term, which fee shall not be subject to reduction for the closure of distribution centers during the Initial Term, and (b) a weekly variable fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by New Albertson’s on SVU’s systems each week, which fee shall be subject to reduction for the closure of distribution centers as provided in Section I.E below.

 

  2. Operating Supermarkets — New Albertson’s will pay a weekly fixed store fee and a weekly variable store fee based on an Annual Per Store Fee (defined below) for operating grocery stores receiving Services under this Services Agreement. Immediately following the first 90 days after the Effective Date, the Annual Per Store Fee will be calculated as follows:

(a) $86,000,000 minus the cost of Services transferred from SVU within the first 90 days of the Initial Term (as described in I.A above), minus the sum of $1,000,000 multiplied by the number of operating distribution centers. The result shall then be divided by the number of operating supermarkets receiving Services on day 91(“ Annual Per Store Fee ”). The parties will execute a letter agreement as soon as possible after the first 90 days of the Initial Term to confirm the Annual Per Store Fee. Once established, the Annual Per Store Fee will be the base fee used to calculate fixed and variable fees during months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term and during any exercised Extension Terms.

(b) During months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, the weekly fixed store fee will be equal to one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee divided by 52. This weekly fixed store fee will not be subject to reduction for the closure of a supermarket during the Initial Term.

(c) During months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, the weekly variable store fee (which is based on the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week) will be calculated by dividing one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee by 52. The weekly variable store fee will be subject to reduction for the closure of supermarkets as provided in Section I.E below

 

Exhibit A-1


  3. As an example only, during months 13 through 30 of the Initial Term, if the reduction for transferred Services after the first 90 days equals $0, if the number of grocery stores on day 91 is 450, and if New Albertson’s has 5 operating distribution centers, the Annual Per Store Fee shall be calculated as follows: $86,000,000 - $0 = $86,000,000 — (5 x $1,000,000) = $81,000,000 / 450 = $180,000 per year or $3,562 per supermarket per week. The weekly variable per store fee would be $1,781 per supermarket. The weekly fixed per store fee would be $1,781 per supermarket. Assuming 450 supermarkets, the weekly variable store fee for all supermarkets would be $801,450 ($1,781 x 450). Assuming 450 supermarkets, the weekly fixed store fee for all supermarkets would be $801,450 ($1,781 x 450) for a weekly payment total (fixed and variable) of $1,602,900. The weekly variable store fee could be reduced as a result of supermarket closures. For example, if five (5) stores closed in a given week, the weekly variable store fee would be $792,545 ($1,781 x 445) for the next week, but the weekly fixed store fee would continue at $801,450 ($1,781 x 450) for a weekly total (fixed and variable) of $1,593,995.

 

C. Services Fees After the Initial Term.  After the Initial Term, and provided that New Albertson’s has exercised an Annual Extension Term(s), New Albertson’s will pay fixed and variable fees for Services calculated as follows:

 

  1. Operating Distribution Centers — During each exercised Annual Extension Term, New Albertson’s will pay (a) a weekly fixed fee of $9,615 per distribution center operated by New Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of the Annual Extension Term which amount shall not be decreased during such Annual Extension Term due to the closure of distribution centers, and (b) a weekly variable fee $9,615 per week per distribution center operated by New Albertson’s on SVU’s systems at the start of the Annual Extension Term, which fee shall be subject to reduction each week for the closure of Distribution Centers as provided in Section I.E below.

 

  2. Operating Supermarkets — During each exercised Annual Extension Term, New Albertson’s will pay a weekly fixed store fee and a weekly variable store fee as follows:

 

  (a) The weekly fixed store fee will be equal to one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee multiplied by the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of the Annual Extension Term divided by 52. The weekly fixed store fee will not be subject to reduction for the closure of a supermarket during the applicable Annual Extension Term.

 

  (b) The weekly variable store fee (which is based on the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week) will be calculated by dividing one-half of the Annual Per Store Fee by the number of operating supermarkets at the beginning of a given week, and further dividing that sum by 52. The weekly variable store fee will be subject to reduction for the closure of supermarkets as provided in Section I.E below.

 

Exhibit A-2


  (c) As an example only, during the first Annual Extension Term, if the Annual Per Store Fee has been established after the first 90 days at $3,562 per week per store, and if on the first day of the Annual Extension Term the number of operating supermarkets is 425, the weekly fixed store fee would be $756,925 ($1,781 x 425). Assuming 425 supermarkets, the weekly fixed store fee for all supermarkets would be $756,925 ($1,781 x 25) for a weekly payment total (fixed and variable) of $1,513,850. The weekly variable store fee could be reduced as a result of supermarket closures. For example, if five (5) stores closed in a given week, the weekly variable store fee would be $748,020 ($1,81 x 420) for the next week, but the weekly fixed store fee would continue at $756,925 ($1,781 x 425) for a weekly total (fixed and variable) of $1,504,945.

 

D. Fees for New or Acquired Supermarkets

From and after the Effective Date, in the event New Albertson’s opens supermarkets or acquires operating supermarkets (collectively, “ New Stores ”), such New Stores shall be added to the TSA if, and only if, such New Stores utilize IT systems and platforms that are compatible in all material respects with New Albertson’s then current IT systems and platforms. As an example and for sake of clarity, it is agreed that SVU would have no obligation to provide Services to a supermarket (or a supermarket chain) acquired by New Albertson’s which is supported by IT systems and platforms not compatible in all material respects with the then current IT systems and platforms of New Albertson’s, including, but not limited to, all material applicable hardware and software and their respective versions. If New Stores are added to the TSA (as allowed above), the fees for such New Stores shall be as provided above. New Albertson’s shall pay no fee (fixed or variable) for New Stores receiving Services under this Services Agreement during the first 12 month period of the Initial Term, unless New Albertson’s adds more than five (5) stores during the first twelve (12) month period of the Initial Term, at which point the parties will agree to an appropriate increase in the Service Fees.

 

E. Store and Distribution Center Counts .

In the event Albertson chooses to not receive Services at a supermarket or distribution center, the variable weekly fee for such supermarket or distribution center set out in Section I.C and Section 1.D above, as applicable, shall be eliminated only after New Albertson’s provides SVU with written notice of the separation and fee reduction, and, as set out in Section I.G below, the fee reduction shall become effective ten (10) weeks after SVU’s receipt of the notice.

 

Exhibit A-3


F. No Proration of Weekly Payments .

There shall be no proration of a variable fee weekly payment due to the timing of a supermarket or distribution center closure or separation during a particular week (i.e., if a supermarket or distribution center is operating during any portion of the week for which it is receiving Services, for payment purposes hereunder, it shall be deemed to have operated and received Services for the entire week). A week shall run from Friday to Thursday.

 

G. Annual Prepayment Portion Amount . New Albertson’s expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall prepay to SVU a portion of the total fees due for each Annual Extension Term exercised by New Albertson’s. Such portion to be prepaid shall be an amount that equals Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “ New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount ”). The New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount is due on or before the final business day in each 12 month period during the Initial Term, and, thereafter, prior to the expiration of each Annual Extension Term provided New Albertson’s has exercised its next Annual Extension Term option. Receipt of such payment by SVU is an express condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Annual Extension Term then being exercised. The payment of the New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount is a material part of the consideration that induced SVU to enter into this Services Agreement, and the payment shall be deemed fully earned by SVU upon receipt except as otherwise provided herein. No part of the New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount shall be subject (under any circumstances) to rebate or refund, other than (i) a refund to New Albertson’s of any unearned portion of the New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount in the event New Albertson’s terminates its receipt of Services under the TSA as a result of an uncured default by SVU; or (ii) a refund to New Albertson’s of any unearned portion of the New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount in the event New Albertson’s does not exercise the first available Annual Extension Term. Further, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Annual Extension Term is exercised but the Services provided to New Albertson’s under the TSA will terminate prior to the completion of that Annual Extension Term (“ New Albertson’s Partial Annual Extension Term ”) due to a Service Provider Termination Notice, New Albertson’s shall pay a prorated amount of the New Albertson’s Annual Prepayment Portion Amount for such New Albertson’s Partial Annual Extension Term (such pro rata calculation to be based on an agreed-upon store count, current per week rates, and the timing of the termination of the relevant TSA Services and shall not exceed $10,000,000) on or before the usual due date, and will continue to pay the per-supermarket and per-distribution center fees set out above.

 

II. Fees for Services to be provided by New Albertson’s

 

A. Pharmacy Services . SVU will pay New Albertson’s fees based on a per operating pharmacy allocation as is currently the process as reflected on SVU P&Ls (paid weekly).

 

Exhibit A-4


B. General Office Services .

With respect to general office services at shared locations, the party that holds either fee simple title or a leasehold interest in the property (the “ Owning Party ”) shall be entitled to reimbursement from the other party that maintains employees at such location (the “ Non-Owning Party ”) to the extent that the Non-Owning Party maintains (i) at least ten (10) employees and contractors at the shared location or (ii) at least twenty percent (20%) of the total number of employees and contractors (“ Shared Location ”). The parties will work together to identify all office facilities that are shared within 90 days from the Effective Date including the headcount in each facility.

The Non-Owning Party will promptly reimburse the Owning Party’s monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to the Non-Owning Party at the Shared Location including without limitation:

1. Utilities — including without limitation power, gas, water, sewer, telephone and trash;

2. Taxes — including without limitation property, ad valorem and personal property taxes; and

3. Insurance — including without limitation building insurance and general liability.

The Non-Owning Party will promptly reimburse the Owning Party’s third party reasonable documented out-of-pocket monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to the Non-Owning Party at the Shared Location including without limitation:

1. Cafeteria, Catering and/or Vending Services;

2. Mailroom Services;

3. Security;

4. Common Area Maintenance; and

5. Maintenance Repair and Cleaning of Interior and Exterior of Shared Location (including landscape, parking and driving areas).

6. For those Shared Locations where Owning Party controls the interest as a tenant under a lease, rent and other customary charges payable to the third party landlord.

Each party shall be responsible for its pro rata percentage of payments based on such party’s pro rata percentage of the total number of employees and independent contractors at the Shared Location as of the Effective Date. The parties will review on a semi-annual basis each party’s Shared Location usage to increase or decrease fees as a result of increase or decrease in employees and contractors.

 

Exhibit A-5


For the avoidance of doubt, salary and benefit costs of personnel providing services at a Shared Location will shall not be included in the shared costs addressed in this section.

The Non-Owning Party may make cosmetic improvements to the Shared Locations so long as the Non-Owning Party pays for the full amount of such improvements or as otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. The Non-Owning Party must acquire the prior written consent of the Owning Party to make any improvements.

The parties will work with one another on a reasonable basis to facilitate any reconfigurations, expansions, or contractions as required to accommodate the business needs of either party subject to the review and approval of the Owning Party. Any out of pocket costs and expenses incurred as a result will be borne solely by the party that will be completing such reconfiguration.

 

Exhibit A-6


Exhibit B — IT Systems - Redlight Schedule

 

A. Unless the parties agree otherwise 5 months prior to the end of either (a) each calendar year of the Initial Term or (b) the then current Annual Extension Term, SVU will provide New Albertson’s with a list of redlighted IT systems that SVU has identified for removal from its IT environment and/or for which SVU intends to terminate support during the next Annual Extension Term and the timing for such terminations (the “ Redlight Schedule ”). The first Redlight Schedule which SVU can present pursuant to this provision shall relate to the Third Annual Extension Term. The Redlight Schedule will identify the following items:

 

  i. A list of the IT systems, applications and services, which SVU plans to terminate in the following Annual Extension Term and the timing of such terminations (the “ Redlighted Apps ”);

 

  ii. Applications or services of reasonably comparable functionality to the Redlighted Apps., which SVU has selected to replace the Redlighted Apps (the “ Replacement Apps ”) and the timing of implementation of such Replacement Apps. Such Replacement Apps may include third party software applications or services, as well as such applications and services internally developed by SVU; and

 

  iii. The estimated cost of each Replacement Apps, including applicable third party license, incremental development, installation and maintenance and support fees, as well as SVU’s incremental labor costs associated with the conversions to the Replacement Apps at New Albertson’s locations. New Albertson’s shall be responsible for such actual costs of such Replacement Apps only to the extent such costs relate to New Albertson’s use.

 

B. Within thirty (30) days of its receipt of the Redlight Schedule, New Albertson’s shall provide SVU with a written response to the Redlight Schedule. New Albertson’s response may include: (i) acceptance of any or all of the Redlighted Apps, (ii) acceptance of any or all of the Replacement Apps, or (iii) notice that it has chosen not to replace any or all of the respective Redlighted Apps.

Within fifteen (15) days of SVU’s receipt of the New Albertson’s response, the parties shall commence good faith negotiations of the Redlight Schedule and New Albertson’s response with the intent to achieve mutual acceptance of a final Redlight Schedule, which shall be completed prior to the commencement of the next Annual Extension Term.

The following scenario is illustrative of the intended process described herein:

On July 25, 2011, SVU provided Albertson’s LLC (“ Albertson’s ”) with the Redlight Schedule for the 2012 Annual Extension Term. The Redlight Schedule lists Travel and Expense Reporting (“ TERS ”) as a Redlighted App, which SVU planned to terminate use and de-install on August 1, 2012. The Redlight Schedule also identified Oracle’s iExpense software as a Replacement App, which includes an estimated license fee of $XX and an annual maintenance and support fee of $X.

 

Exhibit B-1


On August 20, 2011, Albertson’s provided SVU with its written comments to the Redlight Schedule. On September 5th, the Parties met to discuss the Redlight Schedule and Albertson’s comments thereto and continued negotiations until a final Redlight Schedule was completed

 

C. In the event that the parties fail to agree on all items of the Redlight Schedule prior to the commencement of the next Annual Extension Term, the final Redlight Schedule shall contain only those items on which the Parties have mutually agreed. Notwithstanding the preceding, SVU shall have no further obligation to host and/or support any Redlighted App which it has identified in the Redlight Schedule, but with respect to which the Parties have not agreed on a Replacement App; provided , however , systems, applications and services which serve only New Albertson’s shall not be redlighted without New Albertson’s written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.

However, in the event that SVU chooses, in its sole and absolute discretion, to continue to host and/or support a Redlighted App beyond its planned termination, subject to New Albertson’s agreement that SVU shall continue to host and/or support a Redlighted App beyond its planned termination, New Albertson’s shall pay all documented internal and out-of-pocket costs (at both corporate level and store level) actually incurred by SVU that are incremental and in addition to any costs SVU incurs in supporting its own business. SVU will make good faith efforts to minimize such costs and expenses. In addition, New Albertson’s shall acknowledge and agree that SVU shall not be responsible for maintaining services levels that may have applied to such Redlighted App prior to its planned termination.

 

D. To assist New Albertson’s with its capital expenditure planning, SVU agrees to share with New Albertson’s, upon New Albertson’s request and during the term of the TSA, SVU’s plans as to IT systems, applications and services which SVU provides support under this TSA and which SVU may be considering for termination in future Annual Extension Terms beyond the next immediate Annual Extension Term, replacement systems, applications and services which SVU is considering in the future, and roll-out schedules for such terminations and replacement applications (“ Future IT Plans ”). Except as otherwise provided in this Exhibit B , neither SVU nor New Albertson’s shall have any obligation to the other as to such Future IT Plans, including any obligation to implement or pay for any such Future IT Plans.

 

Exhibit B-2


Exhibit C — Dispute Resolution Process

The “ Dispute Resolution Process ” shall mean that any then current, known disputes or potential disputes individually having a monetary value that reasonably could be expected to exceed $1,000,000 shall be listed by the Receiving Party and delivered to the Service Provider concurrent with an extension term exercise notice. The Service Provider shall notify the Receiving Party in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of the extension term notice of any additional disputes or potential disputes individually having a monetary value that reasonably could be expected to exceed $1,000,000. The parties will then have twelve (12) months from the date of delivery of such list to fully resolve or submit to binding arbitration (consistent with Section 5.11 of the Settlement Agreement) the listed matters. If said matters are not fully resolved or submitted to arbitration within such twelve (12) month period, the next scheduled extension term exercise shall no longer be available to the Receiving Party and shall be deemed to have failed. The listed matters shall be deemed submitted to arbitration if either party notifies the other in writing that it wishes to engage in arbitration as to outstanding listed matters.

 

Exhibit C-1


Exhibit D - Resolution of Certain Disputes

 

A. Albertson’s LLC and SVU previously agreed to a settlement regarding antitrust litigation settlement proceeds attributable to the stand along drug business and in-store pharmacies. As of the Effective Date, all proceeds from drug antitrust litigation settlements attributable to in-store NAI pharmacies shall belong to New Albertson’s.

 

Exhibit D-1


Exhibit F — PCI Compliance

 

A. Service Provider agrees that that if it or its subcontractors access, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data, as defined below, as part of performing Services under this Agreement, it and its Subcontractors shall fully comply with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, as promulgated by the PCI Security Standards Council or its successors (the “ PCI DSS ” ) and all other applicable industry standards having to do with the protection or security of Cardholder Data, as such standards may be modified from time to time (the “ PCI Requirements ”) and with all applicable Laws having to do with the protection or security of Cardholder Data (the “ Cardholder Data Protection Laws ”), as such PCI Requirements and Cardholder Data Protection Laws apply to Supplier in its performance of Services. Service Provider further agrees that it and its subcontractors, through their acts or omissions, shall not cause Receiving Party or its Affiliates to be in violation of the PCI Requirements or the Cardholder Data Protection Laws. For purposes of this Section, “ Cardholder Data ” shall be defined as in the PCI DSS, and includes, as to any payment card, the full magnetic stripe (and all data encoded in it), the primary account number (PAN), the cardholder’s name, the expiration date, and the service code.

 

B. Service Provider agrees that it and its subcontractors shall use the Cardholder Data that they access, store, process, handle, or transmit under this Agreement only as necessary to perform Service Provider’s obligations under this Agreement (including any Order) and comply with applicable Law.

 

C. If Service Provider discovers that unauthorized access has been, or is reasonably likely to have been, gained to Cardholder Data to which it or its subcontractors have had access or have stored, processed, handled, or transmitted, Service Provider shall immediately notify Receiving Party and provide the applicable card companies and acquiring financial institutions, and their respective designees, access to Service Provider and its subcontractors’ facilities and all pertinent records to conduct a review of the compliance by Service Provider’s and its subcontractors with the PCI Requirements. Service Provider agrees that it and its subcontractors shall fully cooperate with any reviews of their facilities and records provided for in this subsection.

 

D. Service Provider agrees that if it or its subcontractors have access to, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data as part of performing Services under an order, it and its subcontractors shall maintain appropriate business continuity procedures and systems to ensure security of Cardholder Data in their possession or control in the event of a disruption, disaster, or failure of the primary data systems of SVU, New Albertson’s, or New Albertson’s subcontractors.

 

E. If Service Provider or its subcontractors have access to, store, process, handle, or transmit Cardholder Data as part of performing Services under an order, Service Provider shall provide Receiving Party and its Affiliates with all certifications and other information reasonably requested by Receiving Party or its Affiliates to enable Receiving Party and its Affiliates to be certified as being in compliance with the PCI Requirements.

 

F. Service Provider’s obligations under this Exhibit shall continue in effect after the termination of this Agreement.


Exhibit F — Services Elimination and Fee Credit

[***]

 

*** The remainder of this page and the following 2 pages of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.

EXHIBIT 10.9

[New Albertson’s, Inc. and Albertson’s LLC Letterhead]

April 16, 2015

SUPERVALU INC.

Attn: Mr. Sam Duncan, President & CEO

PO Box 990

Minneapolis, MN 55440-0990

 

Re:   Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. (“ SVU ”) and New Albertson’s, Inc. (“ NAI ”) dated March 21, 2013
  Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC (“ ABS ”) dated March 21, 2013 (singularly “ TSA ”; collectively, “ TSAs ”)

Dear Sam:

We appreciate SVU’s time discussing the TSAs and the fees for TSA services supporting the transition and wind down of the TSAs, including services supporting the divestiture of stores pursuant to the merger with Safeway Inc. (“ Safeway ”), the transition of Services to NAI and ABS (including Safeway) or third parties, and other transition and wind down services pursuant to the TSAs.

This letter agreement confirms the agreements we’ve reached in regard to the transition and wind down of the TSAs. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the TSAs.

In exchange for SVU’s agreement to provide services to NAI and ABS as needed to transition and wind down the TSAs and the Services provided by SVU thereunder (collectively, the “Transition and Wind Down Services”), ABS and NAI shall pay SVU eight (8) advance payments of $6.25 Million each for an aggregate payment of $50 Million, subject to the terms of this letter agreement and as follows:

 

  1. On the first day of the first full calendar month following the execution of this letter agreement by all parties hereto, and the first day on each sixth month anniversary thereafter for the next seven (7) consecutive six (6) month periods, ABS and NAI shall make an aggregate advance payment of $6.25 Million to SVU.

 

  2. NAI and ABS shall determine in their sole and absolute discretion how they shall apportion the $6.25 Million payments between themselves (with SVU being paid the full $6.25 Million).

ABS and NAI shall not be obligated to pay any fees to SVU under Section 3.4 or Section 6.5 of the TSAs.


The Transition and Wind Down Services shall be provided by SVU to NAI and ABS in an orderly manner and timeline as reasonably determined by NAI, ABS and SVU. Prior to a scheduled payment, SVU may notify ABS and NAI that the costs associated with Transition and Wind Down Services under the TSAs are materially higher (i.e., 5% or more) than anticipated by SVU and shall provide ABS and NAI with reasonable documentation supporting the same (“ Fee Notice ”). Prior to a scheduled payment, ABS and/or NAI may notify SVU that SVU is not performing in all material respects the Transition and Wind Down Services as needed to support ABS and NAI’s transition and wind down activities (“ Service Notice ”). Upon delivery of either a Fee Notice or a Service Notice, the parties shall discuss and negotiate in good faith to address the fee and service issues presented in the notice(s). In the event the parties cannot reach a resolution within fifteen (15) days after the delivery of a Fee Notice or Service Notice, either party may commence the process provided in Section 6.2 of the TSAs. For the avoidance of doubt, no Transition and Wind Down Services shall give rise to any Non-Performance Holdback; provided, that the foregoing shall not impact the rights of NAI and ABS under Section 2.5(c) of the TSAs for Services that are not Transition and Wind Down Services.

The parties further agree that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the TSAs or any delivery of a Service Provider Termination Notice by SVU, but subject to the terms and conditions of this letter agreement, SVU shall complete all


Transition and Wind Down Services, including but not limited to the transition of Services supporting ABS and NAI stores, distribution centers, divisions, back office, general office, surplus properties and other functions and facilities; provided, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith whether NAI and ABS shall pay SVU additional fees if the Transition and Wind Down Services are not completed within four years from the first payment hereunder and SVU shall not stop providing the Transition and Wind Down Services for so long as the parties are negotiating such incremental fees in good faith.

This letter agreement may be executed in counterparts. This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements, understanding and representations with respect thereto. Except as amended by this letter agreement, the terms and provisions of the TSAs are unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of inconsistencies between the terms of the TSAs and terms of this letter agreement, the terms of this letter agreement shall control. Sections 7.1 through 7.4 of the TSAs are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein. This letter agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, successors and assigns.

 

Sincerely,
Albertson’s LLC

/s/ Robert Miller

Name:   Robert Miller
Title:   CEO
New Albertson’s, Inc.

/s/ Mike Bessent

Name:   Mike Bessent
Title:   VP & Treasurer

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

SUPERVALU INC.

/s/ Sam Duncan

Name:   Sam Duncan
Title:   CEO

Exhibit 10.10

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

BEFORE THE FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION

 

COMMISSIONERS:    Edith Ramirez, Chairwoman
   Julie Brill
   Maureen K. Ohlhausen
   Joshua D. Wright
   Terrell McSweeny

 

In the Matter of   

Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P.

a limited partnership;

  
   Docket No. C-
AB Acquisition LLC,   

a limited liability company;

 

and

 

  

Safeway Inc.,

a corporation.

  

DECISION AND ORDER

[Public Record Version]

The Federal Trade Commission (“Commission”) having initiated an investigation of the proposed acquisition by Respondents AB Acquisition LLC (“Albertson’s”) and Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P. (“Cerberus”), of Respondent Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”), and Respondents having been furnished thereafter with a copy of a draft of Complaint that the Bureau of Competition proposed to present to the Commission for its consideration and which, if issued by the Commission, would charge Respondents with violations of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. § 18, and Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended, 15 U.S.C. § 45; and

Respondents, their attorneys, and counsel for the Commission having thereafter executed an Agreement Containing Consent Order (“Consent Agreement”), containing an admission by Respondents of all the jurisdictional facts set forth in the aforesaid draft of Complaint, a statement that the signing of said Consent Agreement is for settlement purposes only and does not constitute an admission by Respondents that the law has been violated as alleged in such Complaint, or that the facts alleged in such Complaint, other than jurisdictional facts, are true, and waivers and other provisions as required by the Commission’s Rules; and


The Commission having thereafter considered the matter and having determined that it has reason to believe that Respondents have violated the said Acts, and that a Complaint should issue stating its charges in that respect, and having thereupon issued its Complaint and Order to Maintain Assets, and having accepted the executed Consent Agreement and placed such Consent Agreement on the public record for a period of thirty (30) days for the receipt and consideration of public comments, now in further conformity with the procedure described in Commission Rule 2.34, 16 C.F.R. § 2.34, the Commission hereby makes the following jurisdictional findings and issues the following Decision and Order (“Order”):

 

  1. Respondent Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P. is a limited partnership organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with its headquarters and principal place of business located at 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York.

 

  2. Respondent AB Acquisition LLC is a company organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with its headquarters and principal place of business located at 250 Parkcenter Boulevard, Boise, Idaho.

 

  3. Respondent Safeway Inc. is a corporation organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with its headquarters and principal place of business located at 5918 Stoneridge Mall Road, Pleasanton, California.

 

  4. The Federal Trade Commission has jurisdiction of the subject matter of this proceeding and of the Respondents, and the proceeding is in the public interest.

ORDER

I.

IT IS ORDERED THAT , as used in this Order, the following definitions shall apply:

 

A. “Cerberus” means Respondent Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns; its joint ventures, subsidiaries, divisions, groups, and affiliates controlled by Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P. (including Respondent Albertson’s), and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns of each.

 

B. “Albertson’s” means Respondent AB Acquisition LLC, its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns; its joint ventures, subsidiaries, divisions, groups, and affiliates controlled by AB Acquisition LLC (including Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC and, after the Acquisition is consummated, Safeway), and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns of each.

 

2


C. “Safeway” means Respondent Safeway Inc., its directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns; its joint ventures, subsidiaries, divisions, groups, and affiliates controlled by Safeway Inc., and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, successors, and assigns of each.

 

D. “Respondents” means Cerberus, Albertson’s, and Safeway, individually and collectively.

 

E. “Acquirer” means any entity approved by the Commission to acquire any or all of the Assets To Be Divested pursuant to this Order.

 

F. “Acquisition” means Albertson’s proposed acquisition of Safeway pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.

 

G. “Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., and Safeway Inc., dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended on April 7, 2014, and June 13, 2014.

 

H. “Assets To Be Divested” means the Supermarkets identified on Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, and Schedule D of this Order, or any portion thereof, and all rights, title, and interest in and to all assets, tangible and intangible, relating to, used in, and/or reserved for use in, the Supermarket business operated at each of those locations, including but not limited to all properties, leases, leasehold interests, equipment and fixtures, books and records, government approvals and permits (to the extent transferable), telephone and fax numbers, and goodwill. Assets To Be Divested includes any of Respondents’ other businesses or assets associated with, or operated in conjunction with, the Supermarket locations listed on Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, and Schedule D of this Order, including any fuel centers (including any convenience store and/or car wash associated with such fuel center), pharmacies, liquor stores, beverage centers, gaming or slot machine parlors, store cafes, or other related business(es) that customers reasonably associate with the Supermarket business operated at each such location. At each Acquirer’s option, the Assets To Be Divested shall also include any or all inventory as of the Divestiture Date.

Provided, however , that the Assets To Be Divested shall not include those assets consisting of or pertaining to any of the Respondents’ trademarks, trade dress, service marks, or trade names, except with respect to any purchased inventory (including private label inventory) or as may be allowed pursuant to any Remedial Agreement(s).

Provided, further, that in cases in which books or records included in the Assets To Be Divested contain information (a) that relates both to the Assets To Be Divested and to other retained businesses of Respondents or (b) such that Respondents have a legal obligation to retain the original copies, then Respondents shall be required to provide only copies or relevant excerpts of the materials containing such information. In instances where such copies are provided to an Acquirer, the Respondents shall provide to such Acquirer access to original materials under circumstances where copies of materials are insufficient for regulatory or evidentiary purposes.

 

3


I. “Associated Food Stores” means Associated Food Stores, Inc., a corporation organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Utah, with its offices and principal place of business located at 1850 West 2100 South, Salt Lake City, Utah.

 

J. “Associated Food Stores Divestiture Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 5, 2014, by and between Respondent Albertson’s and Associated Food Stores, attached as non-public Appendix I, for the divestiture of the Schedule A Assets.

 

K. “AWG” means Associated Wholesale Grocers, Inc., a corporation organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Kansas, with its offices and principal place of business located at 5000 Kansas Avenue, Kansas City, Kansas, and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including LAS Acquisitions, LLC.

 

L. “AWG Divestiture Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 11, 2014, by and between Respondent Albertson’s, AWG, and LAS Acquisitions, LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of AWG) (“LAS”), attached as non-public Appendix II, for the divestiture of the Schedule B Assets.

 

M. “Divestiture Agreement” means any agreement between Respondents and an Acquirer (or a Divestiture Trustee appointed pursuant to Paragraph III of this Order and an Acquirer) and all amendments, exhibits, attachments, agreements, and schedules thereto, related to any of the Assets To Be Divested that have been approved by the Commission to accomplish the requirements of this Order. The term “Divestiture Agreement” includes, as appropriate, the Associated Food Stores Divestiture Agreement, the AWG Divestiture Agreement, the Haggen Divestiture Agreement, and the Supervalu Divestiture Agreement.

 

N. “Divestiture Date” means a closing date of any of the respective divestitures required by this Order.

 

O. “Divestiture Trustee” means any person or entity appointed by the Commission pursuant to Paragraph III of this Order to act as a trustee in this matter.

 

P. “Haggen” means Haggen Holdings, LLC, a company organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with its offices and principal place of business located at 2221 Rimland Drive, Bellingham, Washington.

 

Q. “Haggen Divestiture Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2014, by and between Respondent Albertson’s and Haggen, attached as non-public Appendix III, for the divestiture of the Schedule C Assets.

 

4


R. “Proposed Acquirer” means any proposed acquirer of any of the Assets To Be Divested submitted to the Commission for its approval under this Order; “Proposed Acquirer” includes, as appropriate, Associated Food Stores, AWG, Haggen, and Supervalu.

 

S. “Remedial Agreement(s)” means the following:

1. Any Divestiture Agreement; and

2. Any other agreement between Respondents and a Commission-approved Acquirer (or between a Divestiture Trustee and a Commission-approved Acquirer), including any Transition Services Agreement, and all amendments, exhibits, attachments, agreements, and schedules thereto, related to the Assets To Be Divested, that have been approved by the Commission to accomplish the requirements of this Order.

 

T. “Relevant Areas” means: Coconino, Maricopa, Mohave, Pima, and Yavapai Counties in Arizona; Kern, Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego, San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara, and Ventura Counties in California; Deer Lodge, Missoula, and Silver Bow Counties in Montana; Clark County in Nevada; Baker, Clackamas, Deschutes, Jackson, Josephine, Klamath, Lane, Marion, and Washington Counties in Oregon; Collin, Denton, Dallas, and Tarrant Counties in Texas; Chelan, Clallam, Island, King, Kitsap, Pierce, Snohomish, Spokane, Thurston, and Walla Walla Counties in Washington; and Albany, Natrona, and Sheridan Counties in Wyoming.

 

U. “Schedule A Assets” means the Assets To Be Divested identified on Schedule A of this Order.

 

V. “Schedule B Assets” means the Assets To Be Divested identified on Schedule B of this Order.

 

W. “Schedule C Assets” means the Assets To Be Divested identified on Schedule C of this Order.

 

X. “Schedule D Assets” means the Assets To Be Divested identified on Schedule D of this Order.

 

Y. “Supervalu” means Supervalu Inc., a corporation organized, existing, and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Delaware, with its offices and principal place of business located at 7075 Flying Cloud Drive, Eden Prairie, Minnesota.

 

Z. “Supervalu Divestiture Agreement” means the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 5, 2014, by and between Respondent Albertson’s and Supervalu, attached as non-public Appendix IV, for the divestiture of the Schedule D Assets.

 

5


AA. “Supermarket” means any full-line retail grocery store that enables customers to purchase substantially all of their weekly food and grocery shopping requirements in a single shopping visit with substantial offerings in each of the following product categories: bread and baked goods; dairy products; refrigerated food and beverage products; frozen food and beverage products; fresh and prepared meats and poultry; fresh fruits and vegetables; shelf-stable food and beverage products, including canned, jarred, bottled, boxed, and other types of packaged products; staple foodstuffs, which may include salt, sugar, flour, sauces, spices, coffee, tea, and other staples; other grocery products, including nonfood items such as soaps, detergents, paper goods, other household products, and health and beauty aids; pharmaceutical products and pharmacy services (where provided); and, to the extent permitted by law, wine, beer, and/or distilled spirits.

 

BB. “Third Party Consents” means all consents from any person other than the Respondents, including all landlords, that are necessary to effect the complete transfer to the Acquirer(s) of the Assets To Be Divested.

 

CC. “Transition Services Agreement” means an agreement that receives the prior approval of the Commission between one or more Respondents and an Acquirer of any of the assets divested under this Order to provide, at the option of each Acquirer, any services (or training for an Acquirer to provide services for itself) necessary to transfer the divested assets to the Acquirer in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Order.

II.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT :

 

A. Respondents shall divest the Assets To Be Divested, absolutely and in good faith, as ongoing Supermarket businesses, as follows:

 

  1. Within 60 days of the date the Acquisition is consummated, the Schedule A Assets shall be divested to Associated Food Stores pursuant to and in accordance with the Associated Food Stores Divestiture Agreement;

 

  2. Within 60 days of the date the Acquisition is consummated, the Schedule B Assets shall be divested pursuant to and in accordance with the AWG Divestiture Agreement to either (i) LAS or (ii) RLS Supermarkets, LLC (d/b/a Minyard Food Stores) (as LAS’s assignee, pursuant to the acquisition agreement between LAS and RLS Supermarkets, LLC);

 

  3. Within 150 days of the date the Acquisition is consummated, the Schedule C Assets shall be divested to Haggen pursuant to and in accordance with the Haggen Divestiture Agreement;

Provided, however , that if any permit or license necessary for the divestiture of pharmacy assets has not been secured by Haggen as of the divestiture deadline, then the pharmacy assets may be divested following receipt of the necessary

 

6


permit(s) and/or license(s), pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Pharmacy Transitional Services Agreement (attached as Exhibit 9(a) to the Haggen Divestiture Agreement);

 

  4. Within 100 days of the date the Acquisition is consummated, the Schedule D Assets shall be divested to Supervalu pursuant to and in accordance with the Supervalu Divestiture Agreement.

 

B. Provided, that, if prior to the date this Order becomes final, Respondents have divested the Assets To Be Divested pursuant to Paragraph II.A and if, at the time the Commission determines to make this Order final, the Commission notifies Respondents that:

 

  1. Any Proposed Acquirer identified in Paragraph II.A is not an acceptable Acquirer, then Respondents shall, within five days of notification by the Commission, rescind such transaction with that Proposed Acquirer, and shall divest such assets as ongoing Supermarket businesses, absolutely and in good faith, at no minimum price, to an Acquirer and in a manner that receives the prior approval of the Commission, within 90 days of the date the Commission notifies Respondents that such Proposed Acquirer is not an acceptable Acquirer; or

 

  2. The manner in which any divestiture identified in Paragraph II.A was accomplished is not acceptable, the Commission may direct the Respondents, or appoint a Divestiture Trustee pursuant to Paragraph III of this Order, to effect such modifications to the manner of divesting those assets to such Acquirer (including, but not limited to, entering into additional agreements or arrangements, or modifying the relevant Divestiture Agreement) as may be necessary to satisfy the requirements of this Order.

 

C. Respondents shall obtain at their sole expense all required Third Party Consents relating to the divestiture of all Assets To Be Divested prior to the applicable Divestiture Date.

 

D. All Remedial Agreements approved by the Commission:

 

  1. Shall be deemed incorporated by reference into this Order, and any failure by Respondents to comply with the terms of any such Remedial Agreement(s) shall constitute a violation of this Order; and

 

  2. Shall not limit or contradict, or be construed to limit or contradict, the terms of this Order, it being understood that nothing in this Order shall be construed to reduce any rights or benefits of any Acquirer or to reduce any obligation of Respondents under such agreement. If any term of any Remedial Agreement(s) varies from the terms of this Order (“Order Term”), then to the extent that Respondents cannot fully comply with both terms, the Order Term shall determine Respondents’ obligations under this Order.

 

7


E. At the option of each Acquirer of any Assets To Be Divested, and subject to the prior approval of the Commission, Respondents shall enter into a Transition Services Agreement for a term extending up to 180 days following the relevant Divestiture Date. The services subject to the Transition Services Agreement shall be provided at no more than Respondents’ direct costs and may include, but are not limited to, payroll, employee benefits, accounting, IT systems, distribution, warehousing, use of trademarks or trade names for transitional purposes, and other logistical and administrative support.

 

F. Pending divestiture of any of the Assets To Be Divested, Respondents shall:

 

  1. Take such actions as are necessary to maintain the full economic viability, marketability, and competitiveness of the Assets To Be Divested, to minimize any risk of loss of competitive potential for the Assets To Be Divested, and to prevent the destruction, removal, wasting, deterioration, or impairment of the Assets To Be Divested, except for ordinary wear and tear; and

 

  2. Not sell, transfer, encumber, or otherwise impair the Assets To Be Divested (other than in the manner prescribed in this Decision and Order) nor take any action that lessens the full economic viability, marketability, or competitiveness of the Assets To Be Divested.

 

G. With respect to each Divestiture Agreement:

 

  1. Respondents shall provide sufficient opportunity for the Proposed Acquirer to:

 

  a. Meet personally, and outside of the presence or hearing of any employee or agent of any Respondents, with any or all of the employees of the Supermarket Assets To Be Divested pursuant to the Divestiture Agreement; and

 

  b. Make offers of employment to any or all of the employees of the Supermarket Assets To Be Divested pursuant to the Divestiture Agreement; and

 

  2. Respondents shall: not interfere with the hiring or employing by the Acquirer of employees of the divested Supermarkets; remove any impediments within the control of Respondents that may deter those employees from accepting employment with such Acquirer (including, but not limited to, any non-compete or confidentiality provisions of employment or other contracts with Respondents that would affect the ability or incentive of those individuals to be employed by such Acquirer); and not make any counteroffer to any employee who has an outstanding offer of employment, or who has accepted an offer of employment, from such Acquirer.

 

H. The purpose of the divestitures is to ensure the continuation of the Assets To Be Divested as ongoing, viable enterprises engaged in the Supermarket business and to remedy the lessening of competition resulting from the Acquisition as alleged in the Commission’s Complaint.

 

8


III.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT :

 

A. If Respondents have not divested all of the Assets To Be Divested in the time and manner required by Paragraph II of this Order, the Commission may appoint a Divestiture Trustee to divest the remaining Assets To Be Divested in a manner that satisfies the requirements of this Order. In the event that the Commission or the Attorney General brings an action pursuant to § 5( l ) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, 15 U.S.C. § 45( l ), or any other statute enforced by the Commission, Respondents shall consent to the appointment of a Divestiture Trustee in such action. Neither the appointment of a Divestiture Trustee nor a decision not to appoint a Divestiture Trustee under this Paragraph shall preclude the Commission or the Attorney General from seeking civil penalties or any other relief available to it, including a court-appointed Divestiture Trustee, pursuant to § 5( l ) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or any other statute enforced by the Commission, for any failure by the Respondents to comply with this Order.

 

B. If a Divestiture Trustee is appointed by the Commission or a court pursuant to this Order, Respondents shall consent to the following terms and conditions regarding the Divestiture Trustee’s powers, duties, authority, and responsibilities:

 

  1. The Commission shall select the Divestiture Trustee, subject to the consent of Respondents, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Divestiture Trustee shall be a person with experience and expertise in acquisitions and divestitures. If Respondents have not opposed, in writing, including the reasons for opposing, the selection of any proposed Divestiture Trustee within ten (10) days after notice by the staff of the Commission to Respondents of the identity of any proposed Divestiture Trustee, Respondents shall be deemed to have consented to the selection of the proposed Divestiture Trustee.

 

  2. Subject to the prior approval of the Commission, the Divestiture Trustee shall have the exclusive power and authority to assign, grant, license, divest, transfer, contract, deliver, or otherwise convey the relevant assets or rights that are required to be assigned, granted, licensed, divested, transferred, contracted, delivered, or otherwise conveyed by this Order.

 

  3. Within ten (10) days after appointment of the Divestiture Trustee, Respondents shall execute a trust agreement that, subject to the prior approval of the Commission, transfers to the Divestiture Trustee all rights and powers necessary to permit the Divestiture Trustee to effect the relevant divestitures or transfers required by the Order.

 

  4.

The Divestiture Trustee shall have twelve (12) months from the date the Commission approves the trust agreement described in Paragraph III.B.3. to accomplish the divestiture(s), which shall be subject to the prior approval of the Commission. If,

 

9


  however, at the end of the twelve-month period, the Divestiture Trustee has submitted a plan of divestiture or believes that the divestiture(s) can be achieved within a reasonable time, the divestiture period may be extended by the Commission; provided, however , the Commission may extend the divestiture period only two (2) times.

 

  5. Subject to any demonstrated legally recognized privilege, the Divestiture Trustee shall have full and complete access to the personnel, books, records, and facilities relating to the assets that are required to be assigned, granted, licensed, divested, transferred, contracted, delivered, or otherwise conveyed by this Order or to any other relevant information, as the Divestiture Trustee may request. Respondents shall develop such financial or other information as the Divestiture Trustee may request and shall cooperate with the Divestiture Trustee. Respondents shall take no action to interfere with or impede the Divestiture Trustee’s accomplishment of the divestiture(s). Any delays in divestiture caused by Respondents shall extend the time for divestiture under this Paragraph in an amount equal to the delay, as determined by the Commission or, for a court-appointed Divestiture Trustee, by the court.

 

  6. The Divestiture Trustee shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to negotiate the most favorable price and terms available in each contract that is submitted to the Commission, subject to Respondents’ absolute and unconditional obligation to divest expeditiously at no minimum price. The divestiture(s) shall be made in the manner and to an Acquirer as required by this Order; provided, however , if the Divestiture Trustee receives bona fide offers from more than one acquiring entity for any of the relevant Assets To Be Divested, and if the Commission determines to approve more than one such acquiring entity for such assets, the Divestiture Trustee shall divest such assets to the acquiring entity selected by Respondents from among those approved by the Commission; provided further, however , that Respondents shall select such entity within five (5) days of receiving notification of the Commission’s approval.

 

  7. The Divestiture Trustee shall serve, without bond or other security, at the cost and expense of Respondents, on such reasonable and customary terms and conditions as the Commission or a court may set. The Divestiture Trustee shall have the authority to employ, at the cost and expense of Respondents, such consultants, accountants, attorneys, investment bankers, business brokers, appraisers, and other representatives and assistants as are necessary to carry out the Divestiture Trustee’s duties and responsibilities. The Divestiture Trustee shall account for all monies derived from the divestiture(s) and all expenses incurred. After approval by the Commission and, in the case of a court-appointed Divestiture Trustee, by the court, of the account of the Divestiture Trustee, including fees for his or her services, all remaining monies shall be paid at the direction of Respondents, and the Divestiture Trustee’s power shall be terminated. The compensation of the Divestiture Trustee shall be based at least in significant part on a commission arrangement contingent on the divestiture of all of the relevant assets required to be divested by this Order.

 

10


  8. Respondents shall indemnify the Divestiture Trustee and hold the Divestiture Trustee harmless against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Divestiture Trustee’s duties, including all reasonable fees of counsel and other expenses incurred in connection with the preparation for, or defense of, any claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses result from malfeasance, gross negligence, willful or wanton acts, or bad faith by the Divestiture Trustee.

 

  9. If the Commission determines that the Divestiture Trustee has ceased to act or failed to act diligently, the Commission may appoint a substitute Divestiture Trustee in the same manner as provided in this Paragraph III.

 

  10. The Commission or, in the case of a court-appointed trustee, the court, may on its own initiative or at the request of the Divestiture Trustee issue such additional orders or directions as may be necessary or appropriate to accomplish the divestiture(s) required by this Order.

 

  11. The Divestiture Trustee shall have no obligation or authority to operate or maintain the relevant assets required to be divested by this Order.

 

  12. The Divestiture Trustee shall report in writing to the Commission every thirty (30) days concerning the Divestiture Trustee’s efforts to accomplish the divestiture(s).

 

  13. Respondents may require the Divestiture Trustee and each of the Divestiture Trustee’s consultants, accountants, attorneys, and other representatives and assistants to sign a customary confidentiality agreement; provided, however , such agreement shall not restrict the Divestiture Trustee from providing any information to the Commission.

 

  14. The Commission may, among other things, require the Divestiture Trustee and each of the Divestiture Trustee’s consultants, accountants, attorneys, representatives, and assistants to sign an appropriate confidentiality agreement relating to Commission materials and information received in connection with the performance of the Divestiture Trustee’s duties and responsibilities.

IV.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT :

 

A. Richard King shall serve as the Monitor pursuant to the agreement executed by the Monitor and Respondents, and attached as Appendix V (“Monitor Agreement”) and Non-Public Appendix V-1 (“Monitor Compensation”). The Monitor is appointed to assure that Respondents expeditiously comply with all of their obligations and perform all of their responsibilities as required by this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s);

 

11


B. No later than one (1) day after the date the Acquisition is consummated, Respondents shall, pursuant to the Monitor Agreement, confer on the Monitor all rights, powers, and authorities necessary to permit the Monitor to monitor Respondents’ compliance with the terms of this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s), in a manner consistent with the purposes of the orders.

 

C. Respondents shall consent to the following terms and conditions regarding the powers, duties, authorities, and responsibilities of the Monitor:

 

  1. The Monitor shall have the power and authority to monitor Respondents’ compliance with the divestiture and related requirements of this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s), and shall exercise such power and authority and carry out the duties and responsibilities of the Monitor in a manner consistent with the purposes of the orders and in consultation with the Commission.

 

  2. The Monitor shall act in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Commission.

 

  3. The Monitor shall serve until at least the latter of (i) the completion of all divestitures required by this Order, (ii) the end of any Transition Services Agreement in effect with any Acquirer, and (iii) September 30, 2015.

 

D. Subject to any demonstrated legally recognized privilege, the Monitor shall have full and complete access to Respondents’ personnel, books, documents, records kept in the ordinary course of business, facilities and technical information, and such other relevant information as the Monitor may reasonably request, related to Respondents’ compliance with its obligations under this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s).

 

E. Respondents shall cooperate with any reasonable request of the Monitor and shall take no action to interfere with or impede the Monitor’s ability to monitor Respondents’ compliance with this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s).

 

F. The Monitor shall serve, without bond or other security, at the expense of Respondents, on such reasonable and customary terms and conditions as the Commission may set. The Monitor shall have the authority to employ, at the expense of Respondents, such consultants, accountants, attorneys, and other representatives and assistants as are reasonably necessary to carry out the Monitor’s duties and responsibilities.

 

G. Respondents shall indemnify the Monitor and hold the Monitor harmless against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Monitor’s duties, including all reasonable fees of counsel and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the preparations for, or defense of, any claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses result from gross negligence, willful or wanton acts, or bad faith by the Monitor. For purposes of this Paragraph IV.G., the term “Monitor” shall include all persons retained by the Monitor pursuant to Paragraph IV.F. of this Order.

 

12


H. Respondents shall report to the Monitor in accordance with the requirements of this Order or the Order to Maintain Assets, and as otherwise provided in the Monitor Agreement approved by the Commission. The Monitor shall evaluate the reports submitted by the Respondents with respect to the performance of Respondents’ obligations under this Order and the Order to Maintain Assets. Within thirty (30) days from the date the Monitor receives the first such report, and every sixty (60) days thereafter, the Monitor shall report in writing to the Commission concerning performance by Respondents of their obligations under the orders.

 

I. Respondents may require the Monitor and each of the Monitor’s consultants, accountants, and other representatives and assistants to sign a customary confidentiality agreement. Provided, however, that such agreement shall not restrict the Monitor from providing any information to the Commission.

 

J. The Commission may require, among other things, the Monitor and each of the Monitor’s consultants, accountants, attorneys, and other representatives and assistants to sign an appropriate confidentiality agreement related to Commission materials and information received in connection with the performance of the Monitor’s duties.

 

K. If the Commission determines that the Monitor has ceased to act or failed to act diligently, the Commission may appoint a substitute Monitor:

 

  1. The Commission shall select the substitute Monitor, subject to the consent of Respondents, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Respondents have not opposed, in writing, including the reasons for opposing, the selection of a proposed Monitor within ten (10) days after the notice by the staff of the Commission to Respondents of the identity of any proposed Monitor, Respondents shall be deemed to have consented to the selection of the proposed Monitor.

 

  2. Not later than ten (10) days after the appointment of the substitute Monitor, Respondents shall execute an agreement that, subject to the prior approval of the Commission, confers on the Monitor all rights and powers necessary to permit the Monitor to monitor Respondents’ compliance with the relevant terms of this Order, the Order to Maintain Assets, and the Remedial Agreement(s) in a manner consistent with the purposes of orders and in consultation with the Commission.

 

L. The Commission may on its own initiative, or at the request of the Monitor, issue such additional orders or directions as may be necessary or appropriate to assure compliance with the requirements of this Order.

 

M. The Monitor appointed pursuant to this Order may be the same Person appointed as a Divestiture Trustee pursuant to the relevant provisions of this Order.

 

13


V.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT if Associated Food Stores purchases the Schedule A Assets pursuant to Paragraph II.A.1, Associated Food Stores shall not sell or otherwise convey, directly or indirectly, any of the Schedule A Assets, except to an Acquirer approved by the Commission and only in a manner that receives the prior approval of the Commission. Provided , however , that prior approval of the Commission is not required for the following buyers to acquire the following Supermarkets:

 

  A. Missoula Fresh Market LLC may acquire Safeway Store Nos. 1573 and 2619, pursuant to the assignment and assumption agreement between Missoula Fresh Market LLC and Associated Food Stores;

 

  B. Ridley’s Family Markets, Inc. may acquire Albertson’s Store No. 2063 and Safeway Store Nos. 433, 2468, and 2664, pursuant to the assignment and assumption agreement between Ridley’s Family Markets and Associated Food Stores; and

 

  C. Stokes Inc. may acquire Albertson’s Store No. 2007 and Safeway Store No. 3256, pursuant to the assignment and assumption agreement between Stokes Inc. and Associated Food Stores.

Associated Food Stores shall comply with this Paragraph until three (3) years after the date this Order is issued.

VI.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT if LAS purchases the Schedule B Assets pursuant to Paragraph II.A.2, LAS shall not sell or otherwise convey, directly or indirectly, such Schedule B Assets, except to an Acquirer approved by the Commission and only in a manner that receives the prior approval of the Commission. Provided , however , that prior approval of the Commission is not required for RLS Supermarkets, LLC (d/b/a Minyard Food Stores) to acquire the Schedule B Assets, pursuant to the acquisition agreement between RLS Supermarkets, LLC and LAS. LAS shall comply with this Paragraph until three (3) years after the date this Order is issued.

VII.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT if Supervalu purchases the Schedule D Assets pursuant to Paragraph II.A.4, Supervalu shall not sell or otherwise convey, directly or indirectly, any of the Schedule D Assets, except to an Acquirer approved by the Commission and only in a manner that receives the prior approval of the Commission. Supervalu shall comply with this Paragraph until three (3) years after the date this Order is issued.

 

14


VIII.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT :

 

A. For a period of ten (10) years commencing on the date this Order is issued, Respondents shall not, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries, partnerships or otherwise, without providing advance written notification to the Commission:

 

  1. Acquire any ownership or leasehold interest in any facility that has operated as a Supermarket within six (6) months prior to the date of such proposed acquisition in any of the Relevant Areas.

 

  2. Acquire any stock, share capital, equity, or other interest in any entity that owns any interest in or operates any Supermarket, or owned any interest in or operated any Supermarket within six (6) months prior to such proposed acquisition, in any of the Relevant Areas.

Provided, however, that advance written notification shall not apply to the construction of new facilities or the acquisition or leasing of a facility that has not operated as a Supermarket within six (6) months prior to Respondents’ offer to purchase or lease such facility.

Provided, further , that advance written notification shall not be required for acquisitions resulting in total holdings of one (1) percent or less of the stock, share capital, equity, or other interest in an entity that owns any interest in or operates any Supermarket, or owned any interest in or operated any Supermarket within six (6) months prior to such proposed acquisition, in any of the Relevant Areas.

 

B. Said notification under this Paragraph shall be given on the Notification and Report Form set forth in the Appendix to Part 803 of Title 16 of the Code of Federal Regulations as amended, and shall be prepared and transmitted in accordance with the requirements of that part, except that no filing fee will be required for any such notification, notification shall be filed with the Secretary of the Commission, notification need not be made to the United States Department of Justice, and notification is required only of Respondents and not of any other party to the transaction. Respondents shall provide the notification to the Commission at least thirty (30) days prior to consummating any such transaction (hereinafter referred to as the “first waiting period”). If, within the first waiting period, representatives of the Commission make a written request for additional information or documentary material (within the meaning of 16 C.F.R. § 803.20), Respondents shall not consummate the transaction until thirty (30) days after substantially complying with such request. Early termination of the waiting periods in this Paragraph may be requested and, where appropriate, granted by letter from the Bureau of Competition. Provided, however, that prior notification shall not be required by this Paragraph for a transaction for which notification is required to be made, and has been made, pursuant to Section 7A of the Clayton Act, 15 U.S.C. § 18a.

 

15


IX.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT :

 

A. Within thirty (30) days after the date this Order is issued and every thirty (30) days thereafter until the Respondents have fully complied with the provisions of Paragraphs II and III of this Order, Respondents shall submit to the Commission verified written reports setting forth in detail the manner and form in which they intend to comply, are complying, and have complied with Paragraphs II and III of this Order. Respondents shall submit at the same time a copy of their reports concerning compliance with this Order to the Monitor. Respondents shall include in their reports, among other things that are required from time to time, a full description of the efforts being made to comply with Paragraphs II and III of this Order, including a description of all substantive contacts or negotiations for the divestitures and the identity of all parties contacted. Respondents shall include in their reports copies of all material written communications to and from such parties, all non-privileged internal memoranda, reports, and recommendations concerning completing the obligations; and

 

B. One (1) year from the date this Order is issued, annually for the next nine (9) years on the anniversary of the date this Order is issued, and at other times as the Commission may require, Respondents shall file verified written reports with the Commission setting forth in detail the manner and form in which they have complied and are complying with this Order.

X.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT Respondents shall notify the Commission at least thirty (30) days prior to:

 

  A. Any proposed dissolution of Respondents;

 

  B. Any proposed acquisition, merger, or consolidation of Respondents; or

 

  C. Any other change in the Respondents, including but not limited to, assignment and the creation or dissolution of subsidiaries, if such change might affect compliance obligations arising out of this Order.

XI.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT , for the purpose of determining or securing compliance with this Order, and subject to any legally recognized privilege, upon written request and upon five (5) days’ notice to Respondents made to their principal United States office, Respondents shall permit any duly authorized representative of the Commission:

 

A.

Access, during office hours of Respondents and in the presence of counsel, to all facilities and access to inspect and copy all books, ledgers, accounts, correspondence, memoranda and all other records and documents in the possession or under the control of Respondents

 

16


  relating to compliance with this Order, which copying services shall be provided by such Respondent at the request of the authorized representative(s) of the Commission and at the expense of Respondent; and

 

B. To interview officers, directors, or employees of Respondents, who may have counsel present, regarding any such matters.

XII.

IT IS FURTHER ORDERED THAT this Order shall terminate ten (10) years from the date the Order is issued.

By the Commission.

 

  Donald S. Clark
  Secretary
 

SEAL:

ISSUED:

 

 

17


Schedule A Assets

Montana Stores :

1. Safeway Store No. 1573, located at 3801 S. Reserve Street, Missoula, Montana (Missoula County).

2. Albertson’s Store No. 2007, located at 1301 Harrison Avenue, Butte, Montana (Silver Bow County).

3. Safeway Store No. 2619, located at 800 W. Broadway Street, Missoula, Montana (Missoula County).

4. Safeway Store No. 3256, located at 1525 West Park, Anaconda, Montana (Deer Lodge County).

Wyoming Stores :

5. Albertson’s Store No. 2063, located at 3112 East Grand Avenue, Laramie, Wyoming (Albany County).

6. Safeway Store No. 433, located at 1375 Cy Avenue, Casper, Wyoming (Natrona County).

7. Safeway Store No. 2468, located at 300 S.E. Wyoming Boulevard, Casper, Wyoming (Natrona County).

8. Safeway Store No. 2664, located at 169 Coffeen, Sheridan, Wyoming (Sheridan County).

 

18


Schedule B Assets

Texas Stores :

1. Albertson’s Store No. 4182, located at 3630 Forest Lane, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

2. Albertson’s Store No. 4132, located at 6464 E. Mockingbird Lane, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

3. Albertson’s Store No. 4134, located at 4349 W. Northwest Highway, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

4. Albertson’s Store No. 4140, located at 7007 Arapaho Road, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

5. Albertson’s Store No. 4149, located at 1108 N. Highway 377, Roanoke, Texas (Denton County).

6. Albertson’s Store No. 4168, located at 3524 McKinney Avenue, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

7. Albertson’s Store No. 4197, located at 8505 Lakeview Parkway, Rowlett, Texas (Dallas Counties).

8. Albertson’s Store No. 4297, located at 10203 E. Northwest Highway, Dallas, Texas (Dallas County).

9. Safeway (Tom Thumb) Store No. 2568, located at 4836 West Park Boulevard, Plano, Texas (Collin County

10. Safeway (Tom Thumb) Store No. 3555, located at 3300 Harwood Road, Bedford, Texas (Tarrant County).

11. Safeway (Tom Thumb) Store No. 3573, located at 3001 Hardin Boulevard, McKinney, Texas (Collin County).

12. Safeway (Tom Thumb) Store No. 3576, located at 4000 William D. Tate Avenue., Grapevine, Texas (Tarrant County).

 

19


Schedule C Assets

Arizona Stores :

1. Albertsons Store No. 967, located at 1416 E Route 66, Flagstaff, Arizona (Coconino County).

2. Albertsons Store No. 979, located at 34442 N. Scottsdale Road, Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County).

3. Albertsons Store No. 983, located at 11475 E. Via Linda, Scottsdale, Arizona (Maricopa County).

4. Safeway Store No. 1726, located at 3655 W. Anthem Way, Anthem, Arizona (Maricopa County).

5. Albertsons Store No. 1027, located at 1980 McCulloch Boulevard, Lake Havasu City, Arizona (Mohave County).

6. Safeway Store No. 234, located at 8740 East Broadway, Tucson, Arizona (Pima County).

7. Safeway Store No. 2611, located at 10380 East Broadway Boulevard, Tucson, Arizona (Pima County).

8. Albertsons Store No. 972, located at 1350 N. Silverbell Road, Tucson, Arizona (Pima County).

9. Albertsons Store No. 953, located at 174 East Sheldon Street, Prescott, Arizona (Yavapai County).

10. Albertsons Store No. 965, located at 7450 E. Highway 69, Prescott Valley, Arizona (Yavapai County).

California Stores :

11. Albertsons Store No. 6323, located at 3500 Panama Lane, Bakersfield, California (Kern County).

12. Albertsons Store No. 6325, located at 7900 White Lane, Bakersfield, California (Kern County).

 

20


13. Albertsons Store No. 6379, located at 8200 East Stockdale Highway, Bakersfield, California (Kern County).

14. Albertsons Store No. 6315, located at 3830 W. Verdugo Avenue, Burbank, California (Los Angeles County).

15. Albertsons Store No. 6168, located at 3443 S. Sepulveda Boulevard, Los Angeles, California (Los Angeles County).

16. Albertsons Store No. 6169, located at 8985 Venice Boulevard Suite B, Los Angeles, California (Los Angeles County).

17. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2062, located at 240 S. Diamond Bar Boulevard, Diamond Bar, California (Los Angeles County).

18. Albertsons Store No. 6329, located at 5038 W. Avenue North, Palmdale, California (Los Angeles County).

19. Albertsons Store No. 6107, located at 2130 Pacific Coast Highway, Lomita, California (Los Angeles County).

20. Albertsons Store No. 6127, located at 1516 S. Pacific Coast Highway, Redondo Beach, California (Los Angeles County).

21. Albertsons Store No. 6138, located at 615 N. Pacific Coast Highway, Redondo Beach, California (Los Angeles County).

22. Albertsons Store No. 6153, located at 21035 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California (Los Angeles County).

23. Albertsons Store No. 6189, located at 2115 Artesia Boulevard, Redondo Beach, California (Los Angeles County).

24. Albertsons Store No. 6160, located at 1636 W. 25th Street, San Pedro, California (Los Angeles County).

25. Albertsons Store No. 6164, located at 28090 South Western Avenue, San Pedro, California (Los Angeles County).

 

21


26. Albertsons Store No. 6388, located at 5770 Lindero Canyon Road, Westlake Village, California (Los Angeles County).

27. Albertsons Store No. 6397, located at 6240 Foothill Boulevard, Tujunga, California (Los Angeles County).

28. Albertsons Store No. 6162, located at 2627 Lincoln Boulevard, Santa Monica, California (Los Angeles County).

29. Albertsons Store No. 6154, located at 6235 East Spring Street, Long Beach, California (Los Angeles County).

30. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2031, located at 23381 Mulholland Drive, Woodland Hills, California (Los Angeles County).

31. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 1669, located at 26518 Bouquet Canyon Road, Saugus, California (Los Angeles County).

32. Safeway (Pavilions) Store No. 1961, located at 27095 McBean Parkway, Santa Clarita, California (Los Angeles County).

33. Safeway (Pavilions) Store No. 2703, located at 25636 Crown Valley Parkway, Ladera Ranch, California (Orange County).

34. Albertsons Store No. 6575, located at 30922 Coast Highway, Laguna Beach, California (Orange County).

35. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 1676, located at 30252 Crown Valley Parkway, Laguna Niguel, California (Orange County).

36. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 1670, located at 28751 Los Alisos Boulevard, Mission Viejo, California (Orange County).

37. Albertsons Store No. 6517, located at 25872 Muirlands Boulevard, Mission Viejo, California (Orange County).

38. Albertsons Store No. 6504, located at 3049 Coast Highway, Corona Del Mar, California (Orange County).

 

22


39. Safeway (Pavilions) Store No. 2822, located at 3901 Portola Parkway, Irvine, California (Orange County).

40. Albertsons Store No. 6510, located at 21500 Yorba Linda Boulevard, Yorba Linda, California (Orange County).

41. Albertsons Store No. 6521, located at 21672 Plano Trabuco Road, Trabuco Canyon, California (Orange County).

42. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2146, located at 550 E. First Street, Tustin, California (Orange County).

43. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2324, located at 17662 17th Street, Tustin, California (Orange County).

44. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2383, located at 72675 Highway 111, Palm Desert, California (Riverside County).

45. Safeway (Pavilions) Store No. 3218, located at 36-101 Bob Hope Drive, Rancho Mirage, California (Riverside County).

46. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2597, located at 4200 Chino Hills Parkway Suite 400, Chino Hills, California (San Bernardino County).

47. Albertsons Store No. 6523, located at 8850 Foothill Boulevard, Rancho Cucamonga, California (San Bernardino County).

48. Albertsons Store No. 6589, located at 1910 N. Campus Avenue, Upland, California (San Bernardino County).

49. Albertsons Store No. 6701, located at 955 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California (San Diego County).

50. Albertsons Store No. 6720, located at 7660 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California (San Diego County).

51. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2006, located at 505 Telegraph Canyon Road, Chula Vista, California (San Diego County).

 

23


52. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2336, located at 360 East H Street, Chula Vista, California (San Diego County).

53. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 3063, located at 870 Third Avenue, Chula Vista, California (San Diego County).

54. Albertsons Store No. 6747, located at 150 B Avenue, Coronado, California (San Diego County).

55. Albertsons Store No. 6771, located at 1608 Broadway Street, El Cajon, California (San Diego County).

56. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2064, located at 2800 Fletcher Parkway, El Cajon, California (San Diego County).

57. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2137, located at 5630 Lake Murray Boulevard, La Mesa, California (San Diego County).

58. Albertsons Store No. 6741, located at 14837 Pomerado Road, Poway, California (San Diego County).

59. Albertsons Store No. 6763, located at 12475 Rancho Bernardo Road, Rancho Bernardo, California (San Diego County).

60. Albertsons Store No. 6760, located at 10633 Tierrasanta Boulevard, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

61. Albertsons Store No. 6714, located at 2235 University Avenue, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

62. Albertsons Store No. 6715, located at 422 W. Washington Street, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

63. Albertsons Store No. 6742, located at 7895 Highland Village Place, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

64. Albertsons Store No. 6770, located at 10740 Westview Parkway, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

 

24


65. Albertsons Store No. 6772, located at 14340 Penasquitos Drive, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

66. Albertsons Store No. 6788, located at 730 Turquoise Street, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

67. Albertsons Store No. 6781, located at 5950 Balboa Avenue, San Diego, California (San Diego County).

68. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2174, located at 671 Rancho Santa Fe Road, San Marcos, California (San Diego County).

69. Albertsons Store No. 6727, located at 9870 Magnolia Avenue, Santee, California (San Diego County).

70. Albertsons Store No. 6702, located at 2707 Via De La Valle, Del Mar, California (San Diego County).

71. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2365, located at 3681 Avocado Avenue, La Mesa, California (San Diego County).

72. Albertsons (Lucky) Store No. 6228, located at 350 W. San Ysidro Boulevard, San Ysidro, California (San Diego County).

73. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2333, located at 13439 Camino Canada, El Cajon, California (San Diego County).

74. Albertsons Store No. 6304, located at 1132 West Branch Street, Arroyo Grande, California (San Luis Obispo County).

75. Albertsons Store No. 6390, located at 8200 El Camino Real, Atascadero, California (San Luis Obispo County).

76. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2312, located at 1130 Los Osos Valley Road, Los Osos, California (San Luis Obispo County).

77. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2317, located at 1191 E. Creston Road, Paso Robles, California (San Luis Obispo County).

78. Albertsons Store No. 6372, located at 771 Foothill Boulevard, San Luis Obispo, California (San Luis Obispo County).

 

25


79. Albertsons Store No. 6409, located at 1321 Johnson Avenue, San Luis Obispo, California (San Luis Obispo County).

80. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2425, located at 850 Linden Avenue, Carpinteria, California (Santa Barbara County).

81. Albertsons Store No. 6339, located at 1500 North H Street, Lompoc, California (Santa Barbara County).

82. Albertsons Store No. 6351, located at 2010 Cliff Drive, Santa Barbara, California (Santa Barbara County).

83. Albertsons Store No. 6352, located at 3943 State Street, Santa Barbara, California (Santa Barbara County).

84. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2048, located at 163 S. Turnpike Road, Goleta, California (Santa Barbara County).

85. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2691, located at 175 N. Fairview Avenue, Goleta, California (Santa Barbara County).

86. Albertsons Store No. 6369, located at 1736 Avenida De Los Arboles, Thousand Oaks, California (Ventura County).

87. Albertsons Store No. 6318, located at 7800 Telegraph Road, Ventura, California (Ventura County).

88. Albertsons Store No. 6317, located at 5135 Los Angeles Avenue, Simi Valley, California (Ventura County).

89. Albertsons Store No. 6363, located at 2800 Cochran Street, Simi Valley, California (Ventura County).

90. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2163, located at 660 E. Los Angeles Avenue, Simi Valley, California (Ventura County).

91. Albertsons Store No. 6385, located at 2400 East Las Posas Road, Camarillo, California (Ventura County).

 

26


92. Albertsons Store No. 6217, located at 920 N. Ventura Road, Oxnard, California (Ventura County).

93. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 1793, located at 2100 Newbury Road, Newbury Park, California (Ventura County).

Nevada Stores :

94. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2391, located at 1031 Nevada Highway, Boulder City, Nevada (Clark County).

95. Albertsons Store No. 6028, located at 2910 Bicentennial Parkway, Henderson, Nevada (Clark County).

96. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 1688, located at 820 S. Rampart Boulevard, Las Vegas, Nevada (Clark County).

97. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2392, located at 7530 W. Lake Mead Boulevard, Las Vegas, Nevada (Clark County).

98. Safeway (Vons) Store No. 2395, located at 1940 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada (Clark County).

99. Albertsons Store No. 6014, located at 575 College Drive, Henderson, Nevada (Clark County).

100. Albertsons Store No. 6019, located at 190 North Boulder Highway, Henderson, Nevada (Clark County).

Oregon Stores :

101. Albertsons Store No. 261, located at 1120 Campbell Street, Baker City, Oregon (Baker County).

102. Albertsons Store No. 503, located at 14800 S.E. Sunnyside Road, Clackamas, Oregon (Clackamas County).

103. Albertsons Store No. 521, located at 16199 Boones Ferry Road, Lake Oswego, Oregon (Clackamas County).

 

27


104. Albertsons Store No. 506, located at 1855 Blankenship Road, West Linn, Oregon (Clackamas County).

105. Albertsons Store No. 566, located at 10830 S.E. Oak Street, Milwaukie, Oregon (Clackamas County).

106. Albertsons Store No. 587, located at 1800 N.E. 3rd Street, Bend, Oregon (Deschutes County).

107. Albertsons Store No. 588, located at 61155 S. Highway 97, Bend, Oregon (Deschutes County).

108. Safeway Store No. 4292, located at 585 Siskiyou Boulevard, Ashland, Oregon (Jackson County).

109. Albertsons Store No. 501, located at 340 N.E. Beacon Drive, Grants Pass, Oregon (Josephine County).

110. Albertsons Store No. 537, located at 1690 Allen Creek Road, Grants Pass, Oregon (Josephine County).

111. Safeway Store No. 1766, located at 2740 S. 6th Street, Klamath Falls, Oregon (Klamath County).

112. Safeway Store No. 4395, located at 211 North Eighth Street, Klamath Falls, Oregon (Klamath County).

113. Albertsons Store No. 507, located at 1675 W. 18th Avenue, Eugene, Oregon (Lane County).

114. Albertsons Store No. 568, located at 3075 Hilyard Street, Eugene, Oregon (Lane County).

115. Safeway Store No. 311, located at 5415 Main Street, Springfield, Oregon (Lane County).

116. Albertsons Store No. 562, located at 5450 River Road North, Keizer, Oregon (Marion County).

117. Albertsons Store No. 559, located at 8155 S.W. Hall Boulevard, Beaverton, Oregon (Washington County).

 

28


118. Albertsons Store No. 565, located at 16200 S.W. Pacific Highway, Tigard, Oregon (Washington County).

119. Albertsons Store No. 576, located at 14300 S.W. Barrows Road, Tigard, Oregon (Washington County).

120. Albertsons Store No. 579, located at 16030 S.W. Tualatin Sherwood Road, Sherwood, Oregon (Washington County).

Washington Stores :

121. Albertsons Store No. 244, located at 1128 N. Miller, Wenatchee, Washington (Chelan County).

122. Albertsons Store No. 404, located at 114 E. Lauridsen Boulevard, Port Angeles, Washington (Clallam County).

123. Safeway Store No. 3518, located at 31565 SR 20 #1, Oak Harbor, Washington (Island County).

124. Albertsons Store No. 411, located at 15840 1st Avenue South, Burien, Washington (King County).

125. Albertsons Store No. 473, located at 12725 First Avenue South, Burien, Washington (King County).

126. Albertsons Store No. 425, located at 17171 Bothell Way NE, Seattle, Washington (King County).

127. Albertsons Store No. 470, located at 14215 SE Petrovitsky Road, Renton, Washington (King County).

128. Safeway Store No. 1468, located at 4300 N.E. 4th Street, Renton, Washington (King County).

129. Albertsons Store No. 403, located at 3925 236th Avenue NE, Redmond, Washington (King County).

130. Safeway Store No. 442, located at 15332 Aurora Avenue North, Shoreline, Washington (King County).

 

29


131. Albertsons Store No. 496, located at 31009 Pacific Highway South, Federal Way, Washington (King County).

132. Albertsons Store No. 443, located at 2900 Wheaton Way, Bremerton, Washington (Kitsap County).

133. Albertsons Store No. 492, located at 2222 NW Bucklin Hill Road, Silverdale, Washington (Kitsap County).

134. Safeway Store No. 1082, located at 3355 Bethel Road SE, Port Orchard, Washington (Kitsap County).

135. Safeway Store No. 2949, located at 4831 Point Fosdick Drive NW, Gig Harbor, Washington (Pierce County).

136. Albertsons Store No. 472, located at 2800 Milton Way, Milton, Washington (Pierce County).

137. Albertsons Store No. 468, located at 11012 Canyon Road East, Puyallup, Washington (Pierce County).

138. Safeway Store No. 551, located at 15805 Pacific Avenue South, Tacoma, Washington (Pierce County).

139. Albertsons Store No. 498, located at 111 S. 38th Street, Tacoma, Washington (Pierce County).

140. Albertsons Store No. 465, located at 8611 Steilacoom Boulevard SW, Tacoma, Washington (Pierce County).

141. Safeway Store No. 517, located at 7601 Evergreen Way, Everett, Washington (Snohomish County).

142. Albertsons Store No. 476, located at 19881 SR 2, Monroe, Washington (Snohomish County).

143. Albertsons Store No. 401, located at 17520 SR 9 Southeast, Snohomish, Washington (Snohomish County).

 

30


144. Safeway Store No. 1741, located at 1233 N. Liberty Lake Road, Liberty Lake, Washington (Spokane County).

145. Albertsons Store No. 415, located at 3520 Pacific Avenue SE, Olympia, Washington (Thurston County).

146. Albertsons Store No. 225, located at 450 N. Wilbur Avenue, Walla Walla, Washington (Walla Walla County).

 

31


Schedule D Assets

Washington Stores :

1. Albertson’s Store No. 459, located at 14019 Woodinville-Duvall Road, Woodinville, Washington (King County).

2. Albertson’s Store No. 477, located at 303 91st Avenue NE, Lake Stevens, Washington (Snohomish County).

 

32


APPENDIX I

Associated Food Stores Divestiture Agreement

[Redacted From the Public Record Version, But Incorporated By Reference]

 

33


APPENDIX II

AWG Divestiture Agreement

[Redacted From the Public Record Version, But Incorporated By Reference]

 

34


APPENDIX III

Haggen Divestiture Agreement

[Redacted From the Public Record Version, But Incorporated By Reference]

 

35


APPENDIX IV Supervalu

Divestiture Agreement

[Redacted From the Public Record Version, But Incorporated By Reference]

 

36


APPENDIX V

Monitor Agreement

 

37


APPENDIX V-1

Monitor Compensation

[Redacted From the Public Record Version]

 

38

Exhibit 10.11

AB ACQUISITION LLC

INCENTIVE UNIT PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan is to motivate and retain certain individuals who are responsible for the attainment of the primary long-term performance goals of AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries.

2. Definitions . When used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

Administrator ” means the Board, or a committee of the Board, duly appointed to administer the Plan.

Affiliate ” means any Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. As used herein, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or to cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

Award ” means the grant by the Company of Incentive Units under and subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Participant, the Award Agreement between the Company and each Participant.

Board ” means the Management Board of the Company.

Cause ” means, as determined by the Board or its designee, (i) commission of a felony by Participant or a misdemeanor (excluding petty offenses) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) Participant’s failure (other than as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical impairment) to perform his material duties hereunder to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; (iii) acts of dishonesty by Participant resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iv) Participant’s breach of any material written policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (v) Participant’s failure to follow the lawful written directions of the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Chairman, the Board or the person to whom the Participant reports; (vi) conduct by Participant in connection with his duties that is fraudulent, grossly negligent or otherwise materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vii) breach of restrictive covenants under which the Participant is subject; provided , that , in the event that the Participant is subject to an Employment Agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that contains a definition of “cause,” “Cause” under this Plan shall have the meaning set forth in such Employment Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute thereto.

Company ” means AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 


Disability ” means a determination by the Board in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Participant is unable to perform the essential functions of the Participant’s job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period; provided , that , in the event that the Participant is subject to an Employment Agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that contains a definition of Disability, “Disability” under this Plan shall have the meaning set forth in such Employment Agreement.

Effective Date ” means the date set forth in Section 19 hereof.

Employment Agreement ” means an agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate which sets forth the terms and conditions to employment of the Participant, or the retention of the Participant as a director or consultant, by the Company or an Affiliate.

Equityholders’ Agreement ” means that certain AB Acquisition Equityholders’ Agreement by and among the Investors and the other parties named therein, as amended in accordance with its terms from time to time.

Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of the Incentive Units, as determined in good faith by the Administrator.

Grant Date ” means the date on which an Incentive Unit under the Plan is granted to a Participant by the Company.

Incentive Unit ” means an Incentive Unit as defined in the LLC Agreement; provided that the Incentive Unit shall, as of the Grant Date, be considered a “profits interest” and not a “capital interest” as such terms are defined in Revenue Procedure 93-27.

Investors ” means Cerberus Iceberg LLC, ABS TRS Corp., KRS ABS, LLC, Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P. and their Affiliates.

LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of January 30, 2015, as may be amended from time to time.

Participant ” means any employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiaries who is selected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, firm, trust, corporation, limited liability company or other similar entity. When two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares or similar equity interest of the Company, such partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or group shall be deemed a “Person.”

Plan ” means this AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan.

 

-2-


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporations, partnerships, business trusts, joint stock companies, associations, limited liability companies or other business entities of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity other than a corporation, a majority of the partnership, membership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity other than a corporation if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of the partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director, manager, a general partner or the trustee of such partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity.

3. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and/or any Award Agreement, the Administrator shall have the authority to:

(a) select the Participants;

(b) determine the number and series of Incentive Units covered by any Award;

(c) establish from time to time regulations for the administration of the Plan, interpret the Plan, accelerate the payment of an Award, waive any conditions with respect to an Award (including vesting), delegate in writing administrative matters to committees of the Board or to other persons, as appropriate, and make such other determinations and take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; and

(d) make calculations or determinations related to any Award, including, without limitation the achievement of performance criteria

All decisions, actions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties. With respect to Awards purchased or to be purchased to a Participant who is a nonemployee director, the Plan shall be administered by the full Board and any references to the Administrator shall be deemed to be references to the Board.

4. Participation . Participants in the Plan shall be limited to those employees, directors and consultants of the Company or any its Subsidiaries who have been notified in writing by the Administrator that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

5. Incentive Units Subject to the Plan .

(a) As of the Effective Date, a maximum of 20,100,503 Incentive Units shall be available to be issued by the Company under the Plan, and such Incentive Units shall be reserved for Awards granted under the Plan. The Incentive Units may be granted in one or more series based on the fair market value of the Company on the date of grant.

 

-3-


(b) If any Award granted under the Plan shall be canceled, shall expire, or shall be repurchased, new Awards may thereafter be granted covering such Incentive Units in the same or different series of Incentive Units.

6. Terms and Conditions of Incentive Units .

(a) Grant of Incentive Units . The Participant shall be granted the number of Incentive Units set forth in the Award Agreement. In connection with such grant, the Participant may be required to purchase the Incentive Units at a price set forth in the Award Agreement for such Participant.

(b) Vesting . Awards shall vest at such time and upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award Agreement.

(c) Transferability of Incentive Units . No Incentive Unit issued by the Company under the Plan and no right arising under such Incentive Unit shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution except in accordance with the Plan, the Equityholders’ Agreements, the LLC Agreement and any applicable Award Agreement.

(d) LLC Agreement . Upon the issuance by the Company of an Incentive Unit to a Participant, the Participant shall be required to become a party to the LLC Agreement. Accordingly, the execution of such LLC Agreement shall be a condition precedent to the right to receive any Incentive Unit.

7. Termination of Employment or Services . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:

(a) Unvested Incentive Units . In the event that the Participant’s employment with or services as a director or consultant for the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, any unvested Incentive Units shall be immediately forfeited without the payment of consideration.

(b) Vested Incentive Units . In the event that the Participant’s employment with or services as a director or consultant for the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause, the vested Incentive Units shall be immediately forfeited without the payment of consideration.

8. Adjustments . In the event of any change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reclassification, combination or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Administrator shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable in its reasonable business judgment, to (i) the number of Incentive Units or the number or kind of other equity interest and/or (ii) any other affected terms of such Incentive Units.

 

-4-


9. Plan and Awards Not to Confer Rights with Respect to Continuance of Employment or Relationship . Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to continue such Participant’s relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall it give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate any Participant’s employment or relationship, as the case may be, at any time with or without Cause, subject to any existing Employment Agreement.

10. No Claim or Right Under the Plan . No employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries shall at any time have the right to be selected as a Participant in the Plan nor, having been selected as a Participant and granted an Award, to be granted any additional Award. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Administrator’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

11. Listing and Qualification of Incentive Units . The Plan, the grant of Awards thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to allot and issue Incentive Units under such Awards, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency, as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Incentive Units until completion of any qualification of such Incentive Units under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider reasonably appropriate, and may require any Award holder to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Incentive Units in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Certificates representing Incentive Units may bear such legend as the Company may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

12. Compliance with LLC Agreement . The Incentive Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the LLC Agreement.

13. Taxes . The Company may make such provisions and take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate with respect to all federal, state, local and other taxes applicable to the issue and holding of Incentive Units.

14. No Liability of Administrator . No member of the Administrator shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Administrator or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each such member and each employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless such act arises out of such person’s own fraud or willful misconduct.

 

-5-


15. Amendment or Termination . The Administrator may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and for any reason; provided , however , that (i) no amendment, suspension, or termination, without the consent of the Participants, shall affect adversely any then issued and outstanding Incentive Units, and (ii) no amendment or other action that requires equityholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation shall be effective unless such amendment or other action shall be approved by the requisite vote of the equityholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any terms of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may be amended or modified by the Administrator at any time to the extent necessary to prevent noncompliance with Section 409A of the Code.

16. Captions . The captions preceding the sections of the Plan have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and shall not in any manner define or limit the scope or intent of any provision of the Plan.

17. Governing Law . The Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State, without reference to conflict of laws principles.

18. Severability . In the event that any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

19. Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective as of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.12

AB ACQUISITION LLC

PHANTOM UNIT PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan is to motivate and retain certain individuals who are responsible for the attainment of the primary long-term performance goals of AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries.

2. Definitions . When used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

Administrator ” means the Board, or a committee of the Board, duly appointed to administer the Plan.

Affiliate ” means any Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person. As used herein, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or to cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

Award ” means the grant by the Company of Phantom Units and, if applicable, Tax Bonuses, under and subject to the terms and conditions of an Award Agreement and this Plan.

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Participant, the Award Agreement between the Company and each Participant.

Board ” means the Management Board of the Company.

Cause ” means, as determined by the Board or its designee, (i) commission of a felony by the Participant or a misdemeanor (excluding petty offenses) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) the Participant’s failure (other than as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical impairment) to perform his material duties hereunder to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board or the board of directors of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries; (iii) acts of dishonesty by the Participant resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iv) the Participant’s breach of any material written policy of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (v) the Participant’s failure to follow the lawful written directions of the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Chairman, the Board or the person to whom the Participant reports; (vi) conduct by the Participant in connection with his duties that is fraudulent, grossly negligent or otherwise materially injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (vii) breach of restrictive covenants under which the Participant is subject; provided , that , in the event that the Participant is subject to an Employment Agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that contains a definition of “cause,” “Cause” under this Plan shall have the meaning set forth in such Employment Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute thereto.

 


Company ” means AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Disability ” means a determination by the Board in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Participant is unable to perform the essential functions of the Participant’s job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period; provided , that , in the event that the Participant is subject to an Employment Agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates that contains a definition of Disability, “Disability” under this Plan shall have the meaning set forth in such Employment Agreement.

Effective Date ” means the date set forth in Section 21 hereof.

Employment Agreement ” means an agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate which sets forth the terms and conditions to employment of the Participant, or the retention of the Participant as a director or consultant, by the Company or an Affiliate.

Equityholders’ Agreement ” means that certain AB Acquisition Equityholders’ Agreement by and among the Investors and the other parties named therein, as amended in accordance with its terms from time to time.

Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of the Incentive Units, as determined in good faith by the Administrator.

Grant Date ” means the date on which an Award under the Plan is granted to a Participant by the Company.

Incentive Unit ” means an Incentive Unit as defined in the LLC Agreement.

Investors ” means Cerberus Iceberg LLC, ABS TRS Corp., KRS ABS, LLC, Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P. and their Affiliates.

LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of January 30, 2015, as may be amended from time to time.

Participant ” means any employee, director or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiaries who is selected to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, firm, trust, corporation, limited liability company or other similar entity. When two or more Persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares or similar equity interest of the Company, such partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or group shall be deemed a “Person.”

Phantom Unit ” means an unfunded right to receive an Incentive Unit in the future in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement.

 

-2-


Plan ” means this AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporations, partnerships, business trusts, joint stock companies, associations, limited liability companies or other business entities of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity other than a corporation, a majority of the partnership, membership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity other than a corporation if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of the partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director, manager, a general partner or the trustee of such partnership, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, association or other business entity.

Tax Bonus ” means a bonus may be included as part of an Award pursuant to Section 7 and the terms of an Award Agreement.

3. Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and/or any Award Agreement, the Administrator shall have the authority to:

(a) select the Participants;

(b) determine the number and series of Phantom Units covered by any Award;

(c) determine whether any Award will include the right to receive a Tax Bonus;

(d) establish from time to time regulations for the administration of the Plan, interpret the Plan, accelerate the payment of an Award, waive any conditions with respect to an Award (including vesting), delegate in writing administrative matters to committees of the Board or to other persons, as appropriate, and make such other determinations and take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan; and

(e) make calculations or determinations related to any Award, including, without limitation the achievement of performance criteria.

All decisions, actions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties. With respect to Awards granted to a Participant who is a nonemployee director, the Plan shall be administered by the full Board and any references to the Administrator shall be deemed to be references to the Board.

 

-3-


4. Participation . Participants in the Plan shall be limited to those employees, directors and consultants of the Company or any its Subsidiaries who have been notified in writing by the Administrator that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

5. Incentive Units Subject to the Plan .

(a) As of the Effective Date, a maximum of 20,100,503 Incentive Units, less that number of Incentive Units issued under the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan, shall be available to be issued by the Company under the Plan, and such Incentive Units shall be reserved for Awards granted under the Plan and the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan.

(b) If any Award granted under the Plan (or any award granted under the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan) shall be canceled, shall expire, or shall be repurchased, new Awards may thereafter be granted covering such Incentive Units in the same or different series of Incentive Units.

6. Terms and Conditions of Awards .

(a) Grant of Phantom Units . A Participant selected for an Award shall be granted that number of Phantom Units set forth in the Award Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement.

(b) Vesting . An Award shall vest at such time and upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in an Award Agreement.

(c) Transferability of Awards and Incentive Units . No Award granted by the Company under the Plan and no Incentive Units issued upon the vesting thereof shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution except in accordance with the Plan, the Equityholders’ Agreements, the LLC Agreement and any applicable Award Agreement.

(d) LLC Agreement . Upon the issuance by the Company of an Incentive Unit to a Participant in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, the Participant shall be required to become a party to the LLC Agreement. Accordingly, the execution of such LLC Agreement shall be a condition precedent to the right to receive any Incentive Unit.

7. Tax Bonus . The Company may provide for a Participant’s Award of Phantom Units to include a right of the Participant to receive a Tax Bonus, in addition to Phantom Units. The amount of a Participant’s Tax Bonus shall be equal to four percent (4%) of the Fair Market Value of the Participant’s vested Incentive Units then being delivered to the Participant. The Tax Bonus shall be paid to the Participant in cash, Incentive Units or a combination thereof as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

8. Termination of Employment or Services . Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement:

 

-4-


(a) Unvested Award . In the event that the Participant’s employment with or services as a director or consultant for the Company and its Affiliates is terminated for any reason, any unvested portion of any Award, including any right to any future Tax Bonus, if applicable, shall be immediately forfeited without the payment of consideration.

(b) Vested Award . In the event that the Participant’s employment with or services as a director or consultant for the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause, the Incentive Units issued with respect to any vested portion of an Award, and any right to a future Tax Bonus, shall be immediately forfeited without the payment of consideration.

9. Adjustments . In the event of any change in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reclassification, combination or any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Administrator shall make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems to be equitable in its reasonable business judgment, to (i) the number of Phantom Units or Incentive Units or the number or kind of other equity interest and/or (ii) any other affected terms of Awards and Incentive Units.

10. Plan and Awards Not to Confer Rights with Respect to Continuance of Employment or Relationship . Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to continue such Participant’s relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor shall it give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate any Participant’s employment or relationship, as the case may be, at any time with or without Cause, subject to any existing Employment Agreement.

11. No Claim or Right Under the Plan . No employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall at any time have the right to be selected as a Participant in the Plan nor, having been selected as a Participant and granted an Award, to be granted any additional Award. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Administrator’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

12. Listing and Qualification of Incentive Units . The Plan, the grant of Awards thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to allot, and issue or deliver Incentive Units under such Awards, shall be subject to all applicable Federal and state laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency, as may be required. The Company, in its discretion, may postpone the issuance or delivery of Incentive Units until completion of any qualification of such Incentive Units under any state or Federal law, rule or regulation as the Company may consider reasonably appropriate, and may require any Award holder to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Incentive Units in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Certificates representing Incentive Units may bear such legend as the Company may consider appropriate under the circumstances.

13. Compliance with LLC Agreement . The Incentive Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in the LLC Agreement.

 

-5-


14. Taxes . The Company shall withhold the amount of any required Federal, state, local and other taxes applicable to any Award.

15. Conversion of Plan . In the event of the conversion of the Company from a limited liability company to a “C” corporation, the Company shall have the right either to terminate this Plan in accordance with Section 17 or, subject to applicable rules and regulations and without the approval or consent of any Participant, to convert this Plan into or replace this Plan with a phantom stock incentive plan, stock incentive plan or similar plan, and shall replace grants of Awards with grants of phantom stock, stock or similar rights approximating the value and terms of the Awards granted hereunder to the extent reasonably feasible.

16. No Liability of Administrator . No member of the Administrator shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his or her behalf in his or her capacity as a member of the Administrator or for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each such member and each employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless such act arises out of such person’s own fraud or willful misconduct.

17. Amendment or Termination . The Administrator may, with prospective or retroactive effect, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and for any reason; provided , however , that (i) no amendment, suspension, or termination, without the consent of the Participants, shall affect adversely any then issued and outstanding Award, and (ii) no amendment or other action that requires equityholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation shall be effective unless such amendment or other action shall be approved by the requisite vote of the equityholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any terms of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may be amended or modified by the Administrator at any time to the extent necessary to prevent noncompliance with Section 409A of the Code.

18. Captions . The captions preceding the sections of the Plan have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and shall not in any manner define or limit the scope or intent of any provision of the Plan.

19. Governing Law . The Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such State, without reference to conflict of laws principles.

20. Severability . In the event that any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

21. Effective Date . The Plan, as amended and restated, shall become effective as of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.13

AB ACQUISITION LLC

PHANTOM UNIT PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT

This Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [•] (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and [•] (the “ Participant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan (the “ Plan ”), which Plan is incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its members to grant the Participant the Phantom Units provided for herein pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein, solely as an incentive and in consideration of future services to be rendered by the Participant to the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

Change in Control ” means the first to occur of any of the following events: (1) other than pursuant to a transaction described in clause (2) below, any one Person (the “ New Beneficial Owner ”) who is not an Investor becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then issued and outstanding securities of the Company or (2) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company, whether by sale of assets, merger or otherwise (determined on a consolidated basis), to another Person (the “ Asset Acquirer ”) other than a transaction in which the survivor or transferee is a Person more than fifty percent (50%) controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Investors; provided that if the transaction described in this clause (2) is solely for equity securities of the survivor or transferee that is publicly traded, no Change in Control shall be deemed to occur until the Investors have collectively sold at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities acquired by them in the survivor or the transferee in such sale of assets, merger or other disposition.

Equity Transaction ” means a Change in Control in which the majority of the consideration paid by the New Beneficial Owner (as defined in the definition of Change in Control) or Asset Acquirer (as defined in the definition of Change in Control), as applicable, in connection with the transaction giving rise to such Change in Control is in the form of equity securities.

 


Fiscal Year ” means a fiscal year of the Company (excluding fiscal years of less than twelve (12) months).

Incentive Unit ” means a Series-2 Incentive Unit as defined in the LLC Agreement.

IPO ” means an initial public offering and sale of equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or their equivalents) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Phantom Unit ” means an unfunded right to receive an Incentive Unit in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and Award Agreement.

Purchase Notice ” means the written notice from the Company to the Participant indicating its election to repurchase Incentive Units pursuant to Section 12(c).

Incentive Unit ” means a Series-2 Incentive Unit as defined in the LLC Agreement.

Tax Bonus ” means a bonus that may be paid pursuant to Section 8 and the terms of the Plan.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Plan the instruments of accession to the Equityholders’ Agreement and the LLC Agreement.

Vesting Date ” means the last day of each Fiscal Year commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Grant Date occurs.

Unvested Phantom Units ” means a Phantom Unit that is not a Vested Phantom Unit.

Vested Phantom Unit ” means a Phantom Unit that has vested in accordance with Sections 4 or 6(c) hereof.

2. Grant. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the Grant Date, the Company hereby grants to the Participant [•] Phantom Units.

3. Transfers of Incentive Units by the Participant . No Award nor any Incentive Unit issued by the Company and no right arising under such Award or Incentive Unit shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution except in accordance with this Agreement, the Plan, the Equityholders’ Agreement and the LLC Agreement.

4. Vesting . Fifty percent (50%) of the Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Award Agreement shall vest based on the Participant’s continued employment (the “ Time-Based Phantom Units ”) and fifty percent (50%) of the Phantom Units granted pursuant to this Award Agreement shall vest based on the achievement of performance targets (the “ Performance-Based Phantom Units ”), as more fully described and except as provided below.

 

2


(a) Time-Based Vesting . The Time-Based Phantom Units shall vest with respect to [•] percent ([•]%) of the Time-Based Phantom Units on the first Vesting Date following the Grant Date and with respect to an additional [•] percent ([•]%) on each of the next [•] Vesting Dates, subject to the Participant’s continued employment with the Company and its Affiliates on each such Vesting Date, except as otherwise provided below.

(b) Performance-Based Vesting . The Performance-Based Phantom Units shall vest with respect to [•] percent ([•]%) of the Performance-Based Phantom Units on the first Vesting Date following the Grant Date and with respect to an additional [•] percent ([•]%) on each of the next [•] Vesting Dates, in each case, subject to (i) the Company’s attainment of performance targets established by the Administrator for the Fiscal Year in which such Vesting Date occurs (the “ Performance Targets ”) and (ii) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Participant remaining employed by the Company and its Affiliates on each applicable Vesting Date. In the event the Company does not attain the Performance Targets for a Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”) but, in a subsequent Fiscal Year ending prior to an IPO with respect to the Company’s equity securities or a Change in Control, the Company achieves, on a cumulative basis, the Performance Targets for such Missed Year in addition to the Performance Targets for such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Performance-Based Phantom Units that did not vest with respect to the Missed Year (in addition to the Performance-Based Phantom Units that otherwise are subject to vesting in such Fiscal Year) shall vest on the Vesting Date in such subsequent Fiscal Year. Following an IPO with respect to the Company’s equity securities or a Change in Control, the Performance Targets for any Missed Year shall no longer be achievable and the Performance-Based Phantom Units that did not become vested in a Missed Year and are Unvested Phantom Units immediately prior to the IPO or Change in Control shall be forfeited. All Performance-Based Phantom Units that have not vested as of the end of the Fiscal Year commencing in 201[•] shall terminate.

5. Attainment of Performance Targets Following IPO or Equity Transaction . Upon an IPO with respect to the Company’s equity securities or the consummation of an Equity Transaction, solely with respect to the Fiscal Year in which such IPO or consummation of an Equity Transaction occurs and each subsequent Fiscal Year (but not any Missed Year), the Performance Targets shall be deemed to have been attained and all Performance-Based Phantom Units, to the extent not previously forfeited or cancelled, shall vest and become Vested Phantom Units based solely on the Participant’s continued employment through the applicable Vesting Date.

6. Termination of Employment .

(a) Unvested Phantom Units . Except as provided in Section 6(c), in the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason, the Participant’s Unvested Phantom Units shall be immediately forfeited, without the payment of consideration.

(b) Vested Phantom Units . In the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause, the Participant’s Unvested Phantom Units and Vested Phantom Units and any Incentive Units delivered with respect to Vested Phantom Units shall be immediately forfeited without the payment of consideration.

 

3


(c) Accelerated Vesting of Time-Based Phantom Units and Performance-Based Phantom Units upon Termination Following IPO or Change in Control . If, following an IPO with respect to the Company’s equity securities or a Change in Control, the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability or by the Company without Cause, all Unvested Phantom Units, whether Time-Based Phantom Units or Performance-Based Phantom Units, to the extent not previously forfeited or cancelled, shall become Vested Phantom Units.

7. Award Settlement . The Company shall deliver to the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s prior death, the Participant’s beneficiary), one Incentive Unit for each such outstanding Unvested Phantom Unit that becomes a Vested Phantom Unit in accordance with this Award Agreement. Delivery of such Incentive Units shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable following the applicable Vesting Date or, if Section 6(c) applies, the Participant’s termination of employment, but in no event later than the earlier of the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which Unvested Phantom Units became Vested Phantom Units or the 15th day of the third month following the end of the first taxable year of the Company in which the Unvested Phantom Units became Vested Phantom Units.

8. Bonus . Coincident with, or as soon as reasonably practicable following, the Company’s delivery of Incentive Units to a Participant, the Company shall pay to the Participant a Tax Bonus in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the Fair Market Value of the Incentive Units then being delivered to the Participant. The Tax Bonus shall be paid to the Participant in cash, Incentive Units or a combination thereof, in the Administrator’s sole discretion, not later than the latest date on which the Incentive Units to which the Tax Bonus relates may be delivered pursuant to Section 7. No Tax Bonus shall be paid, and the Participant shall forfeit any right to any Tax Bonus, with respect to any Unvested Phantom Unit or Vested Phantom Unit that is forfeited by the Participant.

9. Representations and Warranties of the Participant . The Participant hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The Participant’s execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents do not and will not (i) result in a violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or order, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or regulatory authority to which the Participant is bound or subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, constitute (or, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, acceleration or cancellation under, any agreement, contract, license, arrangement, understanding, evidence of indebtedness, note, lease or other instrument to which the Participant or any of his or her properties or assets are bound, or (iii) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any third party. The Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Participant and upon due execution and delivery by the Company will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Participant enforceable against the Participant in accordance with their terms, except as the enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general or by general principles of equity.

 

4


(b) The Participant understands that the Incentive Units being purchased are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, are being offered and sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) in a private placement that is exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities Act and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in limited circumstances. The Participant understands that the Participant must bear the economic risk of the acquisition of the Incentive Units made in connection herewith for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Incentive Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and, therefore, cannot be resold, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable securities laws of certain states or an exemption from such registration is available.

(c) The Participant understands that the Award and the Incentive Units that may be delivered in respect of the Award are subject to this Agreement, the Plan, the LLC Agreement and the Equityholders’ Agreement.

(d) The Participant is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act or, to the extent the Participant is not an “accredited investor,” another exemption from registration under the Securities Act applies to the Participant’s acquisition and holding of Incentive Units hereunder.

10. Representation and Warranty of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Participant that the Company is a limited liability company, duly formed and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and to issue and deliver the Incentive Units.

11. Conditions . The obligations of the Participant and the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions on the Grant Date:

(a) The representations and warranties of each of the other parties under this Agreement shall be true, complete and correct at and as of the Grant Date.

(b) No governmental body or any other person shall have issued an order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or assessment which shall then be in effect restraining or prohibiting the completion of the transactions contemplated under any of the Transaction Documents, nor shall any such order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or assessment be pending or, to the Company’s or the Participant’s knowledge, threatened.

 

5


12. Repurchase Right .

(a) At any time within (120) days following the Participant’s termination of employment or services for any reason, prior to an IPO with respect to the Company’s equity securities or a Change in Control, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from the Participant and to cause the Participant to sell, all or any portion of the Participant’s Vested Phantom Units (if prior to the date specified in Section 7) and Incentive Units (including Incentive Units held by the Participant that derived from a Tax Bonus) held by the Participant for an amount equal to the Fair Market Value thereof. Any amount set forth in this Section 12 shall be payable in cash in a lump sum upon the closing of the repurchase.

(b) If the Company does not exercise its right to repurchase pursuant to this Section 12, the Investors shall have the right, for a period of 30 calendar days after the expiration of the applicable (120) day period set forth above, to repurchase the Vested Phantom Units (if prior to the date specified in Section 7) and Incentive Units upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12.

(c) Upon the Participant’s termination of employment or services, the Company or the Investors may exercise its election to purchase the Vested Phantom Units (if prior to the date specified in Section 7) and Incentive Units, by sending a Purchase Notice to the Participant, within the applicable time periods specified above. The Purchase Notice shall disclose the Fair Market Value of the applicable Vested Phantom Units and Incentive Units. The Company or the Investors and the Participant shall consummate such purchase on a date to be jointly determined by the Company or the Investors and the Participant (not later than thirty (30) calendar days after the delivery of the Purchase Notice) by delivery by the Participant of certificates representing the Incentive Units to be repurchased, if any, together with delivery by the Company or the Investors of the purchase price of the Vested Phantom Units and Incentive Units by wire transfer.

13. Taxes . The Company shall withhold the amount of any required Federal, state, local and other taxes applicable to any Award; provided that , notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the Company shall satisfy its tax withholding obligations with respect to the delivery of Incentive Units to the Participant by withholding the number of Incentive Units that have a total Fair Market Value, on the date of delivery, equal to the total required amount of the tax withholding obligations.

14. General .

(a) Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without the written consent of each of the parties hereto.

 

6


(b) Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written instrument and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person, by facsimile, by nationally-recognized overnight courier, or by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated in writing by the addressee as follows:

(1) If to the Company, to:

AB Acquisition LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd

Boise, ID 83706

Attention: Senior Vice President, Human Resources & Public Affairs

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

With copies to: General Counsel

(2) If to the Participant, to the address listed in the personnel records of the Company.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been delivered (i) in the case of personal delivery or delivery by confirmed facsimile, on the date of such delivery, (ii) in the case of nationally-recognized overnight courier, on the next business day and (iii) in the case of mailing, on the third business day following such mailing if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. The Participant may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which counterparts, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Descriptive Headings, Etc. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires: (i) words of any gender shall be deemed to include each other gender; (ii) words using the singular or plural number shall also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (iii) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and paragraph references are to the Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (iv) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (v) “or” is not exclusive; and (vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

 

7


(f) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision, paragraph, word, clause, phrase or sentence in every other respect and of the other remaining provisions, paragraphs, words, clauses, phrases or sentences hereof shall not be in any way impaired, it being intended that all rights, powers and privileges of the parties hereto shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(g) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflicting provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware to be applied. In furtherance of the foregoing, the internal laws of the State of Delaware will control the interpretation and construction of this Agreement, even if under such jurisdiction’s choice of law or conflict of law analysis, the substantive law of some other jurisdiction would ordinarily apply.

(h) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court within the State of Delaware, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth in Section 14(b) shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in any federal or state court in the State of Delaware, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(i) Waiver of Jury Trial . THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT THIS SECTION IS A SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND WOULD NOT ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT IF THIS SECTION WERE NOT PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(j) Specific Performance . Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, the non-breaching party would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall and do hereby waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and that the parties hereto, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of this Agreement in any action instituted in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, or, in the event such courts shall not have jurisdiction of such action, in any court of the United States or any state thereof having subject matter jurisdiction of such action.

 

8


(k) Entire Agreement . This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings relating to such subject matter, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

(l) Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(m) Construction . The Company and the Participant acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Company and the Participant.

(n) Funding . No provision of the Plan or this Agreement shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Until delivery of Incentive Units to a Participant, a Participant shall have no rights under this Agreement or the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as the Participant may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, the Participant shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AB ACQUISITION LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

PARTICIPANT:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

10

EXHIBIT 10.14

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of [•], 2017 by and between AB Acquisition LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and [•] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation;

WHEREAS, the limited liability company agreement of the Company, as amended (the “ LLC Agreement ”) requires indemnification of the officers and managers of the Company, Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “ DLLCA ”), and the LLC Agreement and the DLLCA expressly provide that contracts may be entered into between the Company, managers, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board of Managers of the Company (the “ Board ”) deems it reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined herein) free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the LLC Agreement and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the LLC Agreement and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or manager without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, on the condition that he or she be so indemnified.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Agent ” means any person who is or was a manager, director, officer or employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a manager, director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of another Enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or any Enterprise.

 


(b) “ Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision.

(c) “ Beneficial Ownership ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision.

(d) “ Change in Contro l” means the occurrence of any of the following:

i. Acquisition of Equity by Third Party. The acquisition by any Person or Group (other than the Sponsor Group Members) of Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the Company, unless the Sponsor Group Members, collectively, have Beneficial Ownership of the voting power of the Company exceeding that of such acquiring Person or Group;

ii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iii. Liquidation. The approval by the equityholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(e) “ Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, partner, managing member, officer, employee, Agent or fiduciary of any Enterprise.

(f) “ Delaware Court ” means the Delaware Court of Chancery.

(g) “ Disinterested Manager ” means a manager of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(h) “ Enterprise ” means the Company, its Subsidiaries and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, employee, Agent or fiduciary.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

2


(j) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA and employee benefit plan excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with, or as a result of, prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries, regardless of whether Indemnitee is ultimately determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement or expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be, and (iii) for purposes of Section 15(d) only, expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable.

(k) “ Group ” has the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision.

(l) “ Indemnitee ” means the person indicated in the signature page of this Agreement.

(m) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company, its Subsidiaries or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company, its Subsidaries or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(n) “ Losses ” means any and all Expenses, damages, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties (whether civil, criminal or other), amounts paid or payable in settlement, including any interest, assessments, and all other charges paid or payable in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness or participate in, any Proceeding.

 

3


(o) “ Person ” has the meaning set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision.

(p) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to his or her Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any Loss is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(q) “ Sponsor Group Member ” means each of the following: (i) Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P., Klaff Realty, LP, Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and Kimco Realty Corporation, (ii) each other fund or managed account advised or managed by any of the foregoing, and (iii) each of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries).

(r) “ Subsidiary ” of any specified person, means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock (or other equity interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such person (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock (or other equity interests) of any other class or classes of such person shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such person and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Section 2. Services to the Company . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a manager, officer, employee or Agent of the Company, as applicable, or, by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee, as a manager, director, officer, employee, Agent or fiduciary of a Subsidiary or another Enterprise, as applicable. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or a Subsidiary, or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between

 

4


Indemnitee and the Company (or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a manager or officer of the Company, by the LLC Agreement and the DLLCA. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director, manager, officer, employee or Agent of any Enterprise, as applicable, as provided in Section 17 hereof.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the LLC Agreement or the vote of the Company’s equityholders or Disinterested Managers.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or such Subsidiary. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5


Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any aspect of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8. Additional Indemnification . Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, 5 or 7, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (as now in effect or as may from time to time hereafter be amended to increase the scope of such permitted indemnification) if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or a participant in any Proceeding against all Losses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

Section 9. Sponsor Group Indemnification . If a Sponsor Group Member with which Indemnitee is affiliated is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of such Sponsor Group Member’s position as a direct or indirect equityholder of the Company or appointment of, or affiliation with, Indemnitee or any other Agent, including without limitation, any alleged misappropriation of an asset or corporate opportunity of any Enterprise, any alleged misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to any Enterprise, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by any Enterprise (or on its behalf) or its employees or Agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, managers, officers, equityholders or debt holders; then such Sponsor Group Member will be entitled to indemnification hereunder to the same extent as Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of such Sponsor Group Member. The rights provided to such Sponsor Group Member under this Section 9 shall be suspended during any period during which such Sponsor Group Member does not have a representative on the Board; provided , however , that in the event of any such suspension, such Sponsor Group Member’s rights to indemnification will not be suspended with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances occurring at any time prior to such suspension regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Sponsor Group Members are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 9.

Section 10. Exclusions . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

6


(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; provided that the foregoing shall not affect any rights of Indemnitee, any Sponsor Group Member set forth in Section 16(c);

(b) [reserved]; or

(c) except as provided in Section 15(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective directors, managers, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross-claim or affirmative defense brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 11. Advances of Expenses . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 15(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be so included), whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 15(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking by Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 11 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnification is excluded pursuant to Section 10.

Section 12. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof or Indemnitee’s becoming aware thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding, in each case

 

7


to the extent known to Indemnitee. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement, except to the extent (solely with respect to the indemnity hereunder) that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) Settlement of Proceedings .

i. The Company shall not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment as to Indemnitee in any Proceeding (in whole or in part) without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee and does not (A) require or impose any injunctive or other non-monetary remedy on Indemnitee, (B) require or impose an admission or consent as to any wrongdoing by Indemnitee or (C) otherwise result in a direct or indirect payment by or monetary cost to Indemnitee personally (as opposed to a payment to be made or cost to be paid by the Company on Indemnitee’s behalf).

ii. Indemnitee shall not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment as to Indemnitee in any Proceeding (in whole or in part) without the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of the Enterprises and does not (A) require or impose any injunctive or other non-monetary remedy on any Enterprise, (B) require or impose an admission or consent as to any wrongdoing by any Enterprise, or (C) otherwise result in a direct or indirect payment by or monetary cost to any Enterprise.

Section 13. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Managers, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Managers designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Managers, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (C) if there are no such Disinterested Managers, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification,

 

8


payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 13(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements set forth in Section 1(m), and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 13(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any Proceeding pursuant to Section 15(a), Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c) If the Company disputes a portion of the amounts for which indemnification is requested, the undisputed portion shall be paid and only the disputed portion withheld pending resolution of any such dispute.

 

9


Section 14. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 12(a), and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its managers or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its managers or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 15(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 13 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such sixty (60)-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 14(b) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a).

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 14(d) shall not be

 

10


deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 14(d) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any manager, director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, Agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 15. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) Subject to Section 15(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 11, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 13(a) within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Sections 3, 4, 8 or 9 is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 15(a); provided , however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 5. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 15, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 15, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

11


(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 15 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such Proceeding that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 16. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the LLC Agreement, any agreement, a vote of equityholders, a resolution of managers or otherwise, and (ii) shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the LLC Agreement and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

12


(b) To the extent that the Company or its Subsidiaries maintain an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for managers, directors, officers, employees or Agents of any Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such manager, director, officer, employee or Agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or its Subsidiaries have director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, or insurance provided by a Sponsor Group Member or Members. The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort, its obligations to Indemnitee hereunder are primary, and any obligation of the applicable Sponsor Group Member or Members to advance Expenses or to provide indemnification for the same Expenses or Losses incurred by Indemnitee are secondary; (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Losses paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, and any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee, without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against such Sponsor Group Member or Members; and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases such Sponsor Group Member or Members from any and all claims against such Sponsor Group Member or Members for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by such Sponsor Group Member on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and such Sponsor Group Member or Members shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each Sponsor Group Member is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 16(c).

(d) Except as to all entities described in Section 16(c), in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in Section 16(c), the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in Section 16(c), the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or Agent of another Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Enterprise.

 

13


Section 17. Duration of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a manager, director, officer, employee or Agent of any Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced (including any appeal thereof) by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15 relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, corporate restructuring or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a manager, director, officer, employee or Agent of any Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. The Company shall require and shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, corporate restructuring or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 18. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 19. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a manager, director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a manager, director or officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the LLC Agreement, any directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

14


Section 20. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in Section 8 with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 21. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third (3 rd ) business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (d) sent by electronic transmission, with return receipt that such transmission has been received:

If to Indemnitee, to the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

If to the Company, to:

Robert A. Gordon

Executive Vice President & General Counsel

AB Acquisition LLC

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

Facsimile: (208) 395-4625

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 22. Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the Losses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company or its Subsidiaries and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company or its Subsidiaries (and their respective directors, managers, officers, employees and Agents) on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

15


Section 23. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15(a), the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, as its agent in the State of Delaware for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such Proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (d) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such Proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (e) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such Proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 24. Identical Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 25. Headings . The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

16


EXHIBIT 10.14

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

AB ACQUISITION LLC:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[ [ ] Indemnification Agreement ]


INDEMNITEE :

 

Name:
Title:

[ [ ] Indemnification Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.15

March 6, 2014

Mr. Robert G. Miller

[Address on file with the Company]

Dear Bob:

As we have discussed, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), on behalf of certain co-investors, together with AB Acquisition LLC (“Holdings”) and Albertsons Holdings LLC (“Intermediate Holdings”), is exploring an acquisition (the “Transaction”) of a publicly-held company which we refer to as Saturn Inc. (“Target”). As a result of the Transaction, Intermediate Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings, would acquire the Target by way of a merger with a newly-formed subsidiary. After giving effect to the merger, each of Albertson’s LLC (“ABS”) and Target (collectively, for purposes hereof, the “Companies”) would be wholly-owned subsidiaries of Intermediate Holdings.

Reference is made to your employment agreement dated March 13, 2006, together with Exhibit A thereto, as amended to date (your “existing employment agreement”). Beginning on the closing date of the Transaction (the “Closing Date”), your employment agreement with Holdings and ABS shall be automatically amended as set forth in Exhibit A, in light of your performance to date and increased responsibilities. Unless and until the Transaction is consummated, your existing employment agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

After the Closing, you will continue to be entitled to the use of corporate aircraft consistent with the Companies’ current fleet during the Term (as defined in Exhibit A) for up to 100 hours per annum for personal use by you, your family members and guests at no cost to you, other than the responsibility to pay income taxes at the lowest permissible rate.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings set forth in your existing employment agreement, as modified hereby. Subject to the amendments effected by this letter in the event the Transaction is consummated, your existing employment agreement shall remain in full force and effect (with references therein to the “Company” deemed to refer to the “Companies” except where the context otherwise requires).


If you are in agreement with the terms of this letter agreement, then kindly execute the enclosed duplicate of this letter agreement and return it to us. We look forward to your continuing to head our executive team as Holdings and ABS and their affiliates reach the next level.

 

Very truly yours,
AB ACQUISITION LLC
By:  

/s/ Lenard Tessler

Name:   Lenard Tessler
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

 

Robert G. Miller

 

2


Exhibit A

Miller Employment Agreement

Terms of Employment

 

Employer: Holdings and the Companies Responsibilities:   

As of the Closing Date, Robert G. Miller (the “Executive”) shall become and shall be during the entire Term (A) the Executive Chairman (which shall be the senior most executive officer) of Holdings and the Companies and (B) a voting member of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) and of any executive or operating committee of each of Holdings and the Companies (other than, following an IPO, the compensation committee, audit committee or any other committee required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or applicable securities exchange to be made up of solely independent directors), devoting substantially his full business time (excluding periods of vacation, time spent serving on corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards, managing his personal investments and approved absences) to the performance of his duties.

 

Executive shall report solely to the Board of Directors of Holdings (the “Board”) and shall have such duties, powers and status as is commensurate with his position as the Executive Chairman of Holdings and the Companies. Subject to the consent of the Board, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Executive shall have the sole right to appoint and terminate the appointment of Holdings’ and the Companies’ executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Holdings and the Companies with respect to whom the appointment and termination shall be recommended by Executive and subject to approval by the Board). The Board has approved the senior executive employment/retention amendments summary (the “Amendment Package”) previously presented to it by Executive.

Term:    36 months from the Closing Date. Executive and/or Holdings and the Companies, subject to compliance with the provisions of the Executive’s employment agreement, shall have the right to terminate the Term for any reason.
Base Salary:    $2,000,000 per annum, payable no less frequently than in monthly installments, commencing on the Closing Date.
Post Term Payments:    After the Term, Holdings and the Companies shall jointly and severally be obligated to pay Executive a monthly amount in advance equal to $50,000 for each month (or partial month) during his lifetime and, thereafter, $25,000 per month for each month (or partial month) in advance to his surviving spouse during her lifetime; provided, however, that in no event shall Holdings and the Companies be required to make such payments following the tenth anniversary of the end of the Term.


Special Bonus:    On the Closing Date, to the extent not paid earlier, the Special Bonus referenced in the January 9, 2013 amendment to Executive’s existing employment agreement, in the amount of $15,000,000, shall be paid by Holdings to Executive in cash, as a result of the agreed upon satisfaction of the distribution hurdles set forth therein.
New Equity Grant:    On the Closing Date, Executive will be granted a warrant to purchase an additional fully-vested non-forfeitable one percent (1.0%), subject to dilution for the future grants of equity that dilute all holders of equity, equity interest in Holdings (“New Equity Interest”) that will entitle Executive to one percent (1.0%) of the profits and distributions of Holdings after the return of the equity value of Holdings (i.e., $2.325 billion including the LTIP buyout) (without any preferred return) as of the Closing Date without being subject to any six-month or other forfeiture. The warrants will have a 5 year term and will terminate, subject to Executive receiving thirty (30) days prior written notice of such event, upon consummation of an IPO or Change in Control of Holdings (in which case where the executive does not otherwise exercise the Warrant, such Warrant shall automatically be exercised on a net basis to avoid any forfeiture). Any additional grants of equity (other than the New Equity Interest) to Executive made after the Closing shall vest monthly, subject to accelerated vesting in full upon an IPO or Change in Control of Holdings or upon a termination of Executive’s employment by Holdings or either Company without Cause or by Executive for Good Reason. The Companies shall be obligated to make tax distributions to Executive to enable him to timely pay his federal and state income taxes relating to all of his equity in Holdings, to the full extent permitted by applicable financing documents (which right the Companies shall use reasonable efforts to obtain).
Other Benefits:    Except as provided below, Executive shall continue to be entitled to all of the employee and executive benefits set forth in Executive’s existing employment agreement, all on the most favorable terms as modified for the senior executive team as set forth in the Amendment Package or as provided for any new senior executives of Holdings or its subsidiaries. In addition, Holdings and the Companies shall assign $5.0 million of the Key man life insurance policy it obtained on the Executive’s life to the Executive in favor of one or more beneficiaries designated from time to time by Executive and maintain such policy (or substitute equivalent policies) in effect for a period of at least ten (10) years after the Closing Date (whether or not Executive is then employed with Holdings or either Company).


   The LTIP and the Senior Management Retention Plan shall be terminated shortly after entering into the Saturn transaction (subject to receiving all necessary consents) and cash, less applicable withholding taxes, shall be paid (the “LTIP Settlement Payment”) to the Executive based on a valuation of AB Acquisition LLC of $1.075 billion (the “Current Value”) as soon as practicable following the termination of the plans. The Executive shall immediately reinvest fifty percent (50%) of the LTIP Settlement Payment, (the “Net LTIP Settlement Payment”) in Class A equity interests of AB Acquisition at the Current Value on the same terms as other investors, which interests shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable. In addition, prior to the closing of the Saturn transaction (or if the merger agreement terminates or the closing does not occur prior to the back end date set forth in the merger agreement, as soon as practicable thereafter) the Executive shall be afforded the opportunity to purchase additional Class A equity interests equal to up to fifty percent (50%) of the LTIP Settlement Payment (ie the tax leakage) through a loan provided by AB Acquisition, as requested by Executive.
   The loan will be (i) secured by the Class A equity interests acquired with the loan and may not be transferred during the term of the loan (other than to permitted transferees, provides such permitted transferee takes the equity interests subject to the loan and other than in connection with a change in control transaction), (ii) payable on the earliest of (a) 5 years, (b) six months following a termination of employment, (c) an initial public offering or (d) a change in control (as defined in the Company Class C Interest Plan), (iii) subject to mandatory pre-payments with any distributions (other than tax distributions) received by the participant with respect to any equity held in the Company (net of any tax amount related thereto) and (iv) accrue interest at the lowest rate allowed without imputing income. The Company agrees to provide the Executive if he acquires Class A equity interests with a loan at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any proposed filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with an IPO and enable Executive to use the Class A equity interests, as necessary, for security for a third party loan to repay the Company loan.
   The Class C equity interests held by the Executive will vest on the date the LTIPs are terminated and be non-forfeitable and be converted on the closing date of the Saturn transaction into Class


   A equity interests based on the Current Value and the current value of the Class C interests on the date the LTIPs are terminated. The Class A equity interests would be fully vested and non-forfeitable..
Miscellaneous:   

(i)    Except as expressly modified hereby, Executive’s existing employment agreement, as amended, shall remain in full force and effect and all references therein to such agreement shall be deemed to be to Executive’s existing employment agreement as modified hereby.

  

(ii)   Holdings shall reimburse Executive’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the retention of counsel in connection with this letter.

  

(iii)  Holdings and the Companies shall give Executive a reasonable opportunity to review and approve any public announcement related to entering into this letter or the announcement of Executive’s revised relationship with Holdings, the Companies or their respective affiliates. Following termination of employment for any reason or expiration of the Term, neither Holdings nor the Companies, on the one hand, or Executive on the other hand, will make any public statements that disparage the other, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to statements made as part of any governmental, judicial or arbitral proceeding.

  

(iv)  This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

Exhibit 10.16

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) dated as of Sept 9, 2014 (the “Effective Date”) between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Bob Dimond (the “Executive”) (together, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to continue to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein;

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Acceptance . The Company shall employ the Executive, and Executive shall accept employment, subject to the terms of this Agreement immediately upon the Effective Date. This Agreement shall supersede all prior employment agreements, if any, between the Parties as of the Effective Date.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until the third anniversary of the Effective Date. As used in the Agreement, the “Term” shall refer to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with this Section 2 or Section 5. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Company’s obligation to continue to pay all base salary, as adjusted, bonus and other benefits then accrued shall terminate except as may be provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement.

3. Duties and Title .

3.1 Title . The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and, through the Management Services Agreements (the “Management Services Agreements”) between the Company and each of New Albertson’s, Inc. (“NAI”) and Albertson’s LLC (“Albertson’s”), dated as of March 21, 2013, to NAI and Albertson’s and their subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

3.2 Duties . The Executive will have such authority and responsibilities and will perform such executive duties customarily performed by a similarly titled executive, of a company in similar lines of business as the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates or as may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”). The Executive will devote all his full working-time and best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, subject to disclosure to, and approval by, the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) or the CEO, Executive may (a) continue to serve on any boards of directors upon which Executive serves as of the Effective Date, and (b) serve on other corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (x) such activities, in the Board’s or CEO’s discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and (y) any such entity does not engage in the Business (as defined below).


4. Compensation and Benefits by the Company . As compensation for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive the following during the Term:

4.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $700,000, payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“Base Salary”). Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in Base Salary as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

4.2 Bonuses . The Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (“Bonus”) under a plan established by the Company in the amount determined by the Board based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan presented by management and approved by the Board. The Executive’s target bonus shall be 60% of Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”). If such performance measures are only partially achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Bonus, if any, as provided under the Bonus plan or as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board. The Bonus, if any, shall be paid in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which such Bonus was earned.

4.3 Participation in Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all of the applicable benefit plans of the Company or its affiliates, which may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement for any reason without Executive’s consent if such amendment, modification, suspension or termination is consistent with the amendment, modification, suspension or termination for other employees of the Company and its affiliates.

4.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all appropriate business expenses incurred by him in connection with his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time.

5. Termination of Employment .

5.1 By the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason . If: (i) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Cause (as defined below); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

(a) payment for accrued unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;

(b) the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and benefits set forth in Section 4.4, if any, to the date of termination;

(c) the earned but unpaid portion of the Bonus, if any, relating to the Bonus period in which the Executive is terminated, payable in accordance with Section 4.2; and

 

2


(d) expenses reimbursable under Section 4.4 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive to the date of termination.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means, as determined by the Board (or its designee), with respect to conduct during the Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not committed during the Term, (i) conviction of a felony by the Executive; (ii) acts of intentional dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of his obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by the Executive in connection with his duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) engaging in personal conduct by the Executive (including but not limited to employee harassment or discrimination, the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance) which seriously discredits or damages the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (vi) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or (vii) breach of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment. The Executive shall have fifteen (15) business days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has occurred): (i) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus, provided that , the Company may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any bonus, incentive compensation or other benefit plan or program provided to the Executive for any reason and without the Executive’s consent if such modification, suspension or termination (x) is a result of the underperformance of the Company under its business plan, or (y) is consistent with an “across the board” reduction for all senior executives of the Company, and, in each case, is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment acting in good faith and engaging in fair dealing with the Executive; or (ii) without the Executive’s prior written consent, relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof on the Effective Date.

The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of notice from the Executive in writing specifying the deficiency to cure the deficiency that would result in Good Reason.

5.2 Due to Death or Disability . If: (i) the Executive’s employment terminates due to his death; or (ii) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as defined below), in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, above, the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives (as appropriate), shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period.

 

3


The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.

5.3 By the Company Without Cause or By the Executive for Good Reason . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment as set forth in this Section 5.3, in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, upon execution without revocation of a valid release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “Release”):

(a) lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months following such termination of employment if termination occurs during the first twelve (12) months of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months if termination occurs during or after the thirteenth (13 th ) month of this Agreement, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;

(b) the Target Bonus as a lump sum payment for the period of severance owing under Section 5.3(a); and

(c) reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage pursuant to COBRA for a maximum of six (6) months to the extent the Executive elects such continuation coverage and is eligible and subject to the terms of the plan and the law. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, of such benefits, along with, in the case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that after payment by the Executive, or his dependents or beneficiaries, as the case may be, of all taxes so imposed, the recipient retains an amount equal to such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(c) shall cease when the Executive is covered under another group health plan.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Executive must sign and not revoke, and the Release must become effective, not later than sixty (60) days following his last day of employment. If the severance payments are otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following the date that is sixty (60) days after the Executive’s employment terminates. If the payments are not otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Code, they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period after the Release becomes effective.

 

4


5.4 No Mitigation . The obligations of the Company to Executive which arise upon the termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.

5.5 Removal from any Boards and Position . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

5.6 Continued Employment Beyond the Expiration of the Term . Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or the Company; provided that Sections 6, 7, 8, 9.7 and 9.12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

6. Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive .

6.1 Confidentiality .

(a) During the course of the Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates (prior to and during the Term), the Executive has had and will have access to certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “Protected Parties”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets, including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer programs, frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans, target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties invested, and continue to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Confidential Information”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement).

 

5


Except as required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information.

(b) All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business (for the purposes of this Agreement, “Business” shall be as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), as well as all customer lists, specific customer information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.

(c) It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive will promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and expense, the Executive will assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same.

(d) As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as provided herein.

6.2 Non-Solicitation or Hire . During the Term and for the Restricted Period (as defined below) immediately following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its

 

6


subsidiaries or its affiliates to terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider; or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business (as defined in Section 6.3 below) of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Restricted Period” means a period equal to a period of twenty-four (24) months if a termination of the Executive’s employment occurs during the first twelve (12) months of this Agreement or a period of twelve (12) months if such termination occurs during or after the thirteenth (13 th ) month of this Agreement.

6.3 Non-Competition . During the Term and for the Restricted Period immediately following the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company (for any reason), the Executive shall not, whether individually, as a director, manager, member, stockholder, partner, owner, employee, consultant or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, other than on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit his name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in any business conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or within twelve (12) months of the Executive’s termination of employment in the geographic locations where the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates engage or, to the Executive’s knowledge, propose to engage in such business (the “Business”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment purposes not intended to circumvent this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).

6.4 Property . The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents generated by him or coming into his possession during his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“Company Property”). During the Term, and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of his duties under the Agreement, When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in his possession or control.

 

7


6.5 Nondisparagement . The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during or after the Term) publish or communicate to any person or entity any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., their parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective present and former members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “Disparaging” remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.

7. Remedies; Specific Performance . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise) against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining him from violating, or directing him to comply with any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall be in addition to any and all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against him for such breaches or threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments set forth in Section 5.3 hereof if the Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive contained in Section 6, the Executive will immediately return to the Protected Parties any such payments previously received under Section 5.3, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the Protected Parties will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.

8. Indemnification . The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its organizational documents, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“Indemnified Claim”), including reasonable legal fees and related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, to which Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against Executive, relating to or arising out of his employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold Executive harmless, from and against an Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that Executive’s liability with respect to such Indemnified Claim resulted from Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company’s obligations under this section shall be in addition to any other right, remedy or indemnification which Executive may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.

 

8


9. Other Provisions .

9.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:

(a) If the Company, to:

AB Management Services Corp.

Attention: Andrew J. Scoggin

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

With copies to: Rick Navarro

(b) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

Hogan Lovells US LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Barry L. Dastin, Esq.

Telephone: (310) 785-4717

Fax: (310) 775-4551

9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

9.3 Limitation on Payments and Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but for the application of this sentence, then the payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment; provided, however, that the foregoing reduction will be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes). Whether requested by the Executive or the Company, the determination of whether any reduction in such payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required pursuant to the preceding sentence will be made at the expense of the Company by the Company’s independent accountant. The fact

 

9


that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any payment or benefit intended to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9.3, cash severance payable hereunder shall be reduced first, then other cash payments that qualify as Excess Parachute Payments payable to the Executive, then non-cash benefits shall be reduced, as determined by the Company.

9.4 Waiver and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

9.5 Compliance with Law . Section 409A . The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity herein shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits under Section 5.3 of this Agreement shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of the Executive’s employment that constitutes a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)). Further, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company will pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, reimbursement requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the

 

10


Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any reimbursement payments after December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. This paragraph shall only apply to in-kind benefits and reimbursements that would result in taxable compensation income to the Executive.

Additionally, in the event that following the date hereof the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9.6 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9.7 Assignability by the Company and the Executive . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other party; provided that the Company may assign the Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.

9.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.9 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

9.10 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.

9.11 Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.

 

11


9.12 Tax Withholding . The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

9.13 Guaranty .

(a) NAI and Albertson’s (each a “Guarantor” and together, the “Guarantors”) hereby, severally and not jointly, guarantee (the “Guaranty”) the payment to the Executive of its Pro Rata Share of any amount payable by the Company pursuant to this Agreement. The Pro Rata Share of a Guarantor shall mean the percentage of the salary, employee benefit costs and any severance costs allocated to the Guarantor under the Management Services Agreements.

(b) Representations and Warranties . Albertson’s is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and duly qualified or has corporate licenses and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. NAI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and duly qualified or has corporate licenses and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Guarantors have all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Guarantors and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Guarantors. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Guarantors to the extent it is a party thereto and, assuming this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Executive, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantors to the extent it is a party hereto, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms to the extent it is a party hereto.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby expressly agrees that the Guarantor is executing this Agreement solely for purposes of this Section 9.13.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Robert B. Diamond

AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Solely for purpose of Section 9.13 of this Agreement:
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Justin Dye

ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Andrew J. Scoggin

 

13


FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to the Employment Agreement (as defined below) (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of              , by and between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Bob Dimond (the “Executive,” and together with the Company, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Employment Agreement dated September 9, 2014 (the “Employment Agreement”);

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition LLC; Albertson’s Holdings LLC; Albertson’s LLC; Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub”); and Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”) have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated March 6, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”) related to Merger Sub’s merger with Safeway (the “Transaction”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Transaction, the Parties wish to extend the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company;

WHEREAS, in connection with the extension of the term of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Parties wish to establish the terms of Executive’s employment with the Company as of and following the consummation of the Transaction; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Employment Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and benefits of the Parties and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement):

1. The first sentence of Section 2 of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until the third anniversary of the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger among AB Acquisition LLC; Albertson’s Holdings LLC; Albertson’s LLC; Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.; and Safeway Inc., dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”)).”

2. Section 4.4 of the Employment Agreement shall be modified by inserting “as well as reimbursement for the costs of Executive preparing his applicable tax returns up to $8,000 annually” after “time to time”

3. Section 4.5 of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:


“[Intentionally Omitted.]”

4. The last sentence of Section 4.6(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Company shall cause AB Acquisition LLC to use its reasonable best efforts to make or advance tax distributions to Executive to enable Executive to timely pay Executive’s federal and state income taxes relating to the equity interests of AB Acquisition LLC, subject to the terms of the credit facilities of AB Acquisition LLC or its subsidiaries and the agreement of AB Acquisition LLC and certain of its subsidiaries with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.”

5. The following shall be added as a new Section 4.6(f) of the Employment Agreement:

“In connection with the Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the Class B Units and Class C Units of AB Acquisition LLC held by the Executive shall be converted into ABS Units, NAI Units and Saturn Units (each a “Unit”) as set forth in the Fourth Amended And Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of AB Acquisition LLC, as amended and such Units will continue to be subject to Section 4.6(d), but only with respect to a termination of employment prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date (as defined in the Merger Agreement).”

6. The following shall be added as a new Section 4.7 of the Employment Agreement:

“4.7 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (x) the Class B Units and Class C Units of AB Acquisition LLC owned by Executive are, or shall hereby be, (i) fully vested and (ii) not subject to forfeiture or termination for any reason, (y) the Class B Units have satisfied any threshold prior to entitlement for distributions and (z) upon conversion of the Class C Units into Units upon the Merger, such Units shall not be subject to any thresholds prior to entitlement for distributions.”

7. The phrase “Section 4.5 and” in Section 5.1 shall be deleted.

8. The phrase “Section 4.5 (LTIP) and” in Section 5.6 shall be deleted.

9. Section 5.3(a) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary from the date of such termination of employment through the third anniversary of the Closing Date, if termination occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date and for a period of twenty-four (24) months if termination occurs following the first anniversary of the Closing Date, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;”

10. The first sentence of Section 5.3(c) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

2


“reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage (including family coverage) for thirty-six (36) months. The Executive shall elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. The thirty-six (36) month period shall include, and run concurrently with, the maximum continuation coverage period pursuant to COBRA.”

11. Section 5.3(c) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows: inserting “, eligible family members,” after “payment to the Executive, his dependent”

12. Section 9.1(b) of the Employment Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

Hogan Lovells US LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention:         Barry L. Dastin, Esq.

Telephone:       (310) 785-4717

Fax:                 (310) 775-4551”

13. This Amendment shall be effective as of the Closing Date. Unless otherwise set forth in this Amendment, all of the other provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If the Closing Date does not occur on or prior to June 5, 2015, this Amendment shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert Miller

  Name: Robert Miller
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Bob Diamond

Bob Diamond

 

4

Exhibit 10.17

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 28, 2016, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Shane Sampson (the “ Executive ,” and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to the offer letter between the Executive and Albertson’s LLC, dated January 16, 2013, the letter from New Albertson’s, Inc. to the Executive, dated March 6, 2014, and the letter agreement between the Executive and the Company, dated September 16, 2014 (together the “ Letter Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, effective as of the Effective Date, supersede the Letter Agreements and set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment with the Company under this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein;

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Acceptance . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and Executive shall accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until January 30, 2018 (the “ Term Date ”). As used in this Agreement, the “ Term ” shall refer to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with this Section 2 or Section 5. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Company’s obligation to continue to pay all base salary, as adjusted, bonus and other benefits then accrued shall terminate except as may be provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement.

3. Duties and Title .

3.1 Title . The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer of the Company.

3.2 Duties . The Executive will have such authority and responsibilities and will perform such executive duties customarily performed by a similarly titled executive, of a company in similar lines of business as the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates or as may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”). The Executive will devote all his full working-time and best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, subject to disclosure to, and approval by, the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”) or the CEO, Executive may (a) continue to


serve on any boards of directors upon which Executive serves as of the Effective Date, and (b) serve on other corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (x) such activities, in the Board’s or CEO’s discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and (y) any such entity does not engage in the Business (as defined below).

4. Compensation and Benefits by the Company . As compensation for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive the following during the Term:

4.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $800,000, payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“ Base Salary ”). Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in Base Salary as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”).

4.2 Annual Bonuses . The Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) for each fiscal year of the Company under a plan established by the Company in the amount determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee) based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan presented by management and approved by the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be 60% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). If such performance measures are only partially achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Annual Bonus, if any, as provided under the Annual Bonus plan or as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which such Annual Bonus was earned.

4.3 Participation in Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all of the applicable benefit plans of the Company or its affiliates, which may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement for any reason without Executive’s consent if such amendment, modification, suspension or termination is consistent with the amendment, modification, suspension or termination for other employees of the Company and its affiliates.

4.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all appropriate business expenses incurred by him in connection with his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time.

4.5 Equity Award . The Award Agreement by and between the Executive and AB Acquisition LLC, entered into as of March 5, 2015, under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan, shall remain in full force and effect upon the Effective Date.

4.6 Retention Bonus. The Executive will be eligible to receive a special retention incentive bonus payable on April 1, 2017, in the amount of $310,000, less standard

 

2


income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions (the “ Retention Bonus ”); provided , that the Executive: (a) remains actively working in the Executive’s current or an equivalent position through such payment date; (b) demonstrates positive leadership; (c) protects Company assets, inventory, property, cash, equipment, IT data and confidential proprietary information; and (d) follows all Company policies and procedures, and state, federal and local laws. If the Executive resigns or is discharged for any reason, ceases actively working in an equivalent position for any reason, is demoted, or fails to meet the requirements outlined above, the Executive will no longer be eligible for the Retention Bonus.

5. Termination of Employment .

5.1 By the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason . If: (i) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Cause (as defined below); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

(a) payment for accrued unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;

(b) the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and benefits set forth in Section 4.3, if any, to the date of termination;

(c) the earned but unpaid portion of the Annual Bonus, if any, relating to the Annual Bonus period in which the Executive is terminated, payable in accordance with Section 4.2; and

(d) expenses reimbursable under Section 4.4 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive to the date of termination.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board (or its designee), with respect to conduct during the Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not committed during the Term, (i) conviction of a felony by the Executive; (ii) acts of intentional dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of his obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by the Executive in connection with his duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) engaging in personal conduct by the Executive (including but not limited to employee harassment or discrimination, the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance) which seriously discredits or damages the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (vi) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or (vii) breach of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment. The Executive shall have fifteen (15) business days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has occurred): (i) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target

 

3


Bonus, provided that , the Company may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any bonus, incentive compensation or other benefit plan or program provided to the Executive for any reason and without the Executive’s consent if such modification, suspension or termination (x) is a result of the underperformance of the Company under its business plan, or (y) is consistent with an “across the board” reduction for all senior executives of the Company, and, in each case, is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment acting in good faith and engaging in fair dealing with the Executive; or (ii) without the Executive’s prior written consent, relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof on the Effective Date.

The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of notice from the Executive in writing specifying the deficiency to cure the deficiency that would result in Good Reason.

5.2 Due to Death or Disability . If: (i) the Executive’s employment terminates due to his death; or (ii) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as defined below), in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, above, the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives (as appropriate), shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.

5.3 By the Company Without Cause or By the Executive for Good Reason . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment as set forth in this Section 5.3, in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, upon execution without revocation of a valid release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”):

(a) lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;

(b) the Target Bonus as a lump sum payment for the period of severance owing under Section 5.3(a); and

(c) reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage (including family coverage) for thirty-six (36) months. The Executive shall elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. The thirty-six (36) month period shall include, and

 

4


run concurrently with, the maximum continuation coverage period pursuant to COBRA. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, of such benefits, along with, in the case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that after payment by the Executive, or his dependents, eligible family members or beneficiaries, as the case may be, of all taxes so imposed, the recipient retains an amount equal to such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(c) shall cease when the Executive is covered under another group health plan.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Executive must sign and not revoke, and the Release must become effective, not later than sixty (60) days following his last day of employment. If the severance payments are otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following the date that is sixty (60) days after the Executive’s employment terminates. If the payments are not otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Code, they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period after the Release becomes effective.

5.4 No Mitigation . The obligations of the Company to Executive which arise upon the termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.

5.5 Removal from any Boards and Position . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

5.6 Continued Employment Beyond the Expiration of the Term . Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or the Company; provided that Sections 6, 7, 8, 9.7 and 9.12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

6. Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive .

6.1 Confidentiality .

(a) During the course of the Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates (prior to and during the Term), the Executive has had and will have access to

 

5


certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “ Protected Parties ”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets, including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer programs, frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans, target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties invested, and continue to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). Except as required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information.

(b) All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business (for the purposes of this Agreement, “Business” shall be as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), as well as all customer lists, specific customer information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.

(c) It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive will promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived by the

 

6


Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and expense, the Executive will assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same.

(d) As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as provided herein.

6.2 Non-Solicitation or Hire . During the Term and for the Restricted Period (as defined below) following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates to terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider; or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business (as defined in Section 6.3 below) of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Restricted Period ” means a period equal to the period of severance under Section 5.3(a).

6.3 Non-Competition . During the Term and for the Restricted Period following the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company (for any reason), the Executive shall not, whether individually, as a director, manager, member, stockholder, partner, owner, employee, consultant or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, other than on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit his name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in any business conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or within twelve (12) months of the

 

7


Executive’s termination of employment in the geographic locations where the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates engage or, to the Executive’s knowledge, propose to engage in such business (the “ Business ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment purposes not intended to circumvent this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).

6.4 Property . The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents generated by him or coming into his possession during his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“ Company Property ”). During the Term, and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of his duties under this Agreement. When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in his possession or control.

6.5 Nondisparagement . The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during or after the Term) publish or communicate to any person or entity any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., their parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective present and former members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “ Disparaging ” remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.

7. Remedies; Specific Performance . The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise) against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining him from violating, or directing him to comply with any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall be in addition to any and all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against him for such breaches or threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments set forth in Section 5.3 hereof if the Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive

 

8


contained in Section 6, the Executive will immediately return to the Protected Parties any such payments previously received under Section 5.3, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the Protected Parties will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.

8. Indemnification . The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its organizational documents, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“ Indemnified Claim ”), including reasonable legal fees and related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, to which Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against Executive, relating to or arising out of his employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold Executive harmless, from and against an Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that Executive’s liability with respect to such Indemnified Claim resulted from Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company’s obligations under this section shall be in addition to any other right, remedy or indemnification which Executive may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.

9. Other Provisions .

9.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:

(a) If the Company, to:

AB Management Services Corp.

Attention: Andrew J. Scoggin

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

(b) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

Hogan Lovells US LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention:       Barry L. Dastin, Esq.

Telephone:     (310) 785-4717

Fax:                (310) 775-4551

 

9


9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the Letter Agreements and that certain letter agreement between the Executive and Albertsons Companies, Inc., dated September 18, 2015.

9.3 Limitation on Payments and Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, but for the application of this sentence, then the payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment; provided, however, that the foregoing reduction will be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes). Whether requested by the Executive or the Company, the determination of whether any reduction in such payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required pursuant to the preceding sentence will be made at the expense of the Company by the Company’s independent accountant. The fact that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any payment or benefit intended to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9.3, cash severance payable hereunder shall be reduced first, then other cash payments that qualify as Excess Parachute Payments payable to the Executive, then non-cash benefits shall be reduced, as determined by the Company.

9.4 Representations and Warranties by the Executive . The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or subject to any restrictive covenants, legal restrictions or other agreements in favor of any entity or person which would in any way preclude, inhibit, impair or limit the Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, non-competition agreements, non-solicitation agreements or confidentiality agreements.

9.5 Waiver and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

9.6 Section 409A . The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity herein

 

10


shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits under Section 5.3 of this Agreement shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of the Executive’s employment that constitutes a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)). Further, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company will pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, reimbursement requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any reimbursement payments after December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. This paragraph shall only apply to in-kind benefits and reimbursements that would result in taxable compensation income to the Executive.

Additionally, in the event that following the date hereof the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9.7 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

 

11


9.8 Assignability by the Company and the Executive . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other Party; provided that the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.

9.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

9.11 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.

9.12 Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.

9.13 Tax Withholding . The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Shane Sampson

Shane Sampson
AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

 

13

Exhibit 10.18

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 26, 2016, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Wayne A. Denningham (the “ Executive ,” and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company and the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, effective as of the Effective Date, set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment with the Company under this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein;

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Acceptance . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and Executive shall accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until January 30, 2018 (the “ Term Date ”). As used in this Agreement, the “ Term ” shall refer to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with this Section 2 or Section 5. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Company’s obligation to continue to pay all base salary, as adjusted, bonus and other benefits then accrued shall terminate except as may be provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement.

3. Duties and Title .

3.1 Title . The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

3.2 Duties . The Executive will have such authority and responsibilities and will perform such executive duties customarily performed by a similarly titled executive, of a company in similar lines of business as the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates or as may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”). The Executive will devote all his full working-time and best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, subject to disclosure to, and approval by, the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”) or the CEO, Executive may (a) continue to serve on any boards of directors upon which Executive serves as of the Effective Date, and (b) serve on other corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (x) such activities, in the Board’s or CEO’s discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and (y) any such entity does not engage in the Business (as defined below).


4. Compensation and Benefits by the Company . As compensation for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive the following during the Term:

4.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $800,000, payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“ Base Salary ”). Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in Base Salary as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”).

4.2 Annual Bonuses . The Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) for each fiscal year of the Company under a plan established by the Company in the amount determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee) based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan presented by management and approved by the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be 60% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). If such performance measures are only partially achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Annual Bonus, if any, as provided under the Annual Bonus plan or as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which such Annual Bonus was earned.

4.3 Participation in Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all of the applicable benefit plans of the Company or its affiliates, which may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement for any reason without Executive’s consent if such amendment, modification, suspension or termination is consistent with the amendment, modification, suspension or termination for other employees of the Company and its affiliates.

4.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all appropriate business expenses incurred by him in connection with his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time, as well as reimbursement for the costs of the Executive preparing his applicable tax returns up to $8,000 annually.

4.5 Equity Award . The Award Agreement by and between the Executive and AB Acquisition LLC, entered into as of March 5, 2015, under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan, shall remain in full force and effect upon the Effective Date.

4.6 Retention Bonus. The Executive will be eligible to receive a special retention incentive bonus payable on April 1, 2017, in the amount of $175,000, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions (the “ Retention Bonus ”); provided , that the Executive: (a) remains actively working in the Executive’s current or an equivalent position through such payment date; (b) demonstrates positive leadership; (c) protects Company assets, inventory, property, cash, equipment, IT data and confidential proprietary information; and (d) follows all Company policies and procedures, and state, federal and local

 

2


laws. If the Executive resigns or is discharged for any reason, ceases actively working in an equivalent position for any reason, is demoted, or fails to meet the requirements outlined above, the Executive will no longer be eligible for the Retention Bonus.

5. Termination of Employment .

5.1 By the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason . If: (i) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Cause (as defined below); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

(a) payment for accrued unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;

(b) the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and benefits set forth in Section 4.3, if any, to the date of termination;

(c) the earned but unpaid portion of the Annual Bonus, if any, relating to the Annual Bonus period in which the Executive is terminated, payable in accordance with Section 4.2; and

(d) expenses reimbursable under Section 4.4 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive to the date of termination.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board (or its designee), with respect to conduct during the Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not committed during the Term, (i) conviction of a felony by the Executive; (ii) acts of intentional dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of his obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by the Executive in connection with his duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) engaging in personal conduct by the Executive (including but not limited to employee harassment or discrimination, the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance) which seriously discredits or damages the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (vi) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or (vii) breach of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment. The Executive shall have fifteen (15) business days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has occurred): (i) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus, provided that , the Company may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any bonus, incentive compensation or other benefit plan or program provided to the Executive for any reason and without the Executive’s consent if such modification, suspension or termination (x) is a result of the underperformance of the Company under its business plan, or (y) is consistent with an “across the board” reduction for all senior

 

3


executives of the Company, and, in each case, is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment acting in good faith and engaging in fair dealing with the Executive; or (ii) without the Executive’s prior written consent, relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof on the Effective Date.

The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of notice from the Executive in writing specifying the deficiency to cure the deficiency that would result in Good Reason.

5.2 Due to Death or Disability . If: (i) the Executive’s employment terminates due to his death; or (ii) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as defined below), in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, above, the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives (as appropriate), shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.

5.3 By the Company Without Cause or By the Executive for Good Reason . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment as set forth in this Section 5.3, in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, upon execution without revocation of a valid release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”):

(a) lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;

(b) the Target Bonus as a lump sum payment for the period of severance owing under Section 5.3(a); and

(c) reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage (including family coverage) for thirty-six (36) months. The Executive shall elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. The thirty-six (36) month period shall include, and run concurrently with, the maximum continuation coverage period pursuant to COBRA. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, of such benefits, along with, in the case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c)

 

4


which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that after payment by the Executive, or his dependents, eligible family members or beneficiaries, as the case may be, of all taxes so imposed, the recipient retains an amount equal to such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(c) shall cease when the Executive is covered under another group health plan.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Executive must sign and not revoke, and the Release must become effective, not later than sixty (60) days following his last day of employment. If the severance payments are otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following the date that is sixty (60) days after the Executive’s employment terminates. If the payments are not otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Code, they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period after the Release becomes effective.

5.4 No Mitigation . The obligations of the Company to Executive which arise upon the termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.

5.5 Removal from any Boards and Position . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

5.6 Continued Employment Beyond the Expiration of the Term . Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or the Company; provided that Sections 6, 7, 8, 9.7 and 9.12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

6. Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive .

6.1 Confidentiality .

(a) During the course of the Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates (prior to and during the Term), the Executive has had and will have access to certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “ Protected Parties ”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets, including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer

 

5


programs, frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans, target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties invested, and continue to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). Except as required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information.

(b) All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business (for the purposes of this Agreement, “Business” shall be as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), as well as all customer lists, specific customer information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.

(c) It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive will promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and expense, the Executive will assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same.

 

6


(d) As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as provided herein.

6.2 Non-Solicitation or Hire . During the Term and for the Restricted Period (as defined below) following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates to terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider; or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business (as defined in Section 6.3 below) of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Restricted Period ” means a period equal to the period of severance under Section 5.3(a).

6.3 Non-Competition . During the Term and for the Restricted Period following the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company (for any reason), the Executive shall not, whether individually, as a director, manager, member, stockholder, partner, owner, employee, consultant or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, other than on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit his name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in any business conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or within twelve (12) months of the Executive’s termination of employment in the geographic locations where the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates engage or, to the Executive’s knowledge, propose to engage in such business (the “ Business ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment purposes not intended to circumvent

 

7


this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).

6.4 Property . The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents generated by him or coming into his possession during his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“ Company Property ”). During the Term, and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of his duties under this Agreement. When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in his possession or control.

6.5 Nondisparagement . The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during or after the Term) publish or communicate to any person or entity any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., their parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective present and former members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “ Disparaging ” remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.

7. Remedies; Specific Performance . The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise) against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining him from violating, or directing him to comply with any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall be in addition to any and all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against him for such breaches or threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments set forth in Section 5.3 hereof if the Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive contained in Section 6, the Executive will immediately return to the Protected Parties any such payments previously received under Section 5.3, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the Protected Parties will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.

 

8


8. Indemnification . The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its organizational documents, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“ Indemnified Claim ”), including reasonable legal fees and related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, to which Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against Executive, relating to or arising out of his employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold Executive harmless, from and against an Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that Executive’s liability with respect to such Indemnified Claim resulted from Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company’s obligations under this section shall be in addition to any other right, remedy or indemnification which Executive may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.

9. Other Provisions .

9.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:

(a) If the Company, to:

AB Management Services Corp.

Attention: Andrew J. Scoggin

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

(b) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP
1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention:    Barry L. Dastin, Esq.
Telephone:    (310) 785-4717
Fax:    (310) 775-4551

9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto, including, without limitation, that certain letter agreement between the Executive and Albertsons Companies, Inc., dated September 18, 2015.

 

9


9.3 Limitation on Payments and Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, but for the application of this sentence, then the payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment; provided, however, that the foregoing reduction will be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes). Whether requested by the Executive or the Company, the determination of whether any reduction in such payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required pursuant to the preceding sentence will be made at the expense of the Company by the Company’s independent accountant. The fact that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any payment or benefit intended to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9.3, cash severance payable hereunder shall be reduced first, then other cash payments that qualify as Excess Parachute Payments payable to the Executive, then non-cash benefits shall be reduced, as determined by the Company.

9.4 Representations and Warranties by the Executive . The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or subject to any restrictive covenants, legal restrictions or other agreements in favor of any entity or person which would in any way preclude, inhibit, impair or limit the Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, non-competition agreements, non-solicitation agreements or confidentiality agreements.

9.5 Waiver and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

9.6 Section 409A . The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity herein shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits under Section 5.3 of this Agreement shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of the Executive’s employment that constitutes a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)).

 

10


Further, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company will pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, reimbursement requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any reimbursement payments after December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. This paragraph shall only apply to in-kind benefits and reimbursements that would result in taxable compensation income to the Executive.

Additionally, in the event that following the date hereof the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9.7 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9.8 Assignability by the Company and the Executive . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other Party; provided that the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.

 

11


9.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

9.11 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.

9.12 Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.

9.13 Tax Withholding . The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne A. Denningham

Wayne A. Denningham
AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

 

13

EXHIBIT 10.19

September 21, 2015

Sharon Allen

c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc.

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Dear Sharon:

Thank you for your service as a member of the Management Board of AB Acquisition LLC (“ AB Acquisition ”). As you know, in connection with the initial public offering of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “ Company ”), we are reorganizing our business and AB Acquisition will become a subsidiary of the Company. As a result, effective upon the consummation of the reorganization, you will cease to be a member of the Management Board of AB Acquisition and will become a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. Attached for your reference is a copy of the Company’s current Director Compensation Plan.

This letter and the Company’s Director Compensation Plan supersede all prior discussions, understandings and agreements with respect to your compensation for service on the Management Board of AB Acquisition and the Board of Directors of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Phantom Unit Award Agreement between you and AB Acquisition, dated as of June 16, 2015, will remain in full force and effect and, upon consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, will be converted into an award for restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock.

Please feel free to contact me with any questions regarding the foregoing.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Albertsons Companies, Inc.


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

(approved by the Compensation Committee, 8/12/15)

Set forth below is the compensation plan for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

1. Annual Cash Fee . $125,000 per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

 

    In lieu of such cash fee, a director may elect to receive a grant of fully vested stock units under the Company’s 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”). Any such stock units will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. Any such election must be made (i) within 30 days following the director’s initial appointment or election to the Board with respect to the cash fee payable for the period of the year of appointment or election following the director’s election, and (ii) prior to January 1 for each subsequent year with respect to the cash fee payable for such subsequent year.

2. Annual Equity Award . Each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock units under the Equity Plan (the “ Annual Award ”) as follows:

 

    Grant Date Value: $100,000 based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

    Grant Date: The first day of the trading window following the first annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in each calendar year.

 

    Vesting: 100% upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the first stockholder meeting in the calendar year following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to continuous service through the vesting date.

 

    Settlement: In shares of the Company’s common stock upon the termination of the director’s service.

Any new director appointed to serve on the Board between annual stockholder meetings will receive, on the first day of the window period following the effective date of appointment, a pro-rated Annual Award for the year of appointment, subject to the same terms (including timing of vesting) as the Annual Award made for such year, with a grant date value based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and determined by multiplying $100,000 by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the date of the director’s appointment until the first anniversary of the last stockholders meeting at which equity awards were granted and the denominator of which is 365.

3. Annual Lead Director Fee . $20,000 per annum.

4. Annual Committee Fees .

 

    Committee Chair: $20,000 per annum (payable in addition to the committee membership fee).

 

    Committee Members: $20,000 per annum for up to 6 meetings per year.

EXHIBIT 10.20

September 21, 2015

Steven A. Davis

c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc.

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, Idaho 83706

Dear Steven:

Thank you for your service as a member of the Management Board of AB Acquisition LLC (“ AB Acquisition ”). As you know, in connection with the initial public offering of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “ Company ”), we are reorganizing our business and AB Acquisition will become a subsidiary of the Company. As a result, effective upon the consummation of the reorganization, you will cease to be a member of the Management Board of AB Acquisition and will become a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. Attached for your reference is a copy of the Company’s current Director Compensation Plan.

This letter and the Company’s Director Compensation Plan supersede all prior discussions, understandings and agreements with respect to your compensation for service on the Management Board of AB Acquisition and the Board of Directors of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Phantom Unit Award Agreement between you and AB Acquisition, dated as of June 16, 2015, will remain in full force and effect and, upon consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, will be converted into an award for restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock.

Please feel free to contact me with any questions regarding the foregoing.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Albertsons Companies, Inc.


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLAN

(approved by the Compensation Committee, 8/12/15)

Set forth below is the compensation plan for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

1. Annual Cash Fee . $125,000 per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

 

    In lieu of such cash fee, a director may elect to receive a grant of fully vested stock units under the Company’s 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “ Equity Plan ”). Any such stock units will be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. Any such election must be made (i) within 30 days following the director’s initial appointment or election to the Board with respect to the cash fee payable for the period of the year of appointment or election following the director’s election, and (ii) prior to January 1 for each subsequent year with respect to the cash fee payable for such subsequent year.

2. Annual Equity Award . Each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock units under the Equity Plan (the “ Annual Award ”) as follows:

 

    Grant Date Value: $100,000 based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

 

    Grant Date: The first day of the trading window following the first annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in each calendar year.

 

    Vesting: 100% upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the first stockholder meeting in the calendar year following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to continuous service through the vesting date.

 

    Settlement: In shares of the Company’s common stock upon the termination of the director’s service.

Any new director appointed to serve on the Board between annual stockholder meetings will receive, on the first day of the window period following the effective date of appointment, a pro-rated Annual Award for the year of appointment, subject to the same terms (including timing of vesting) as the Annual Award made for such year, with a grant date value based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and determined by multiplying $100,000 by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the date of the director’s appointment until the first anniversary of the last stockholders meeting at which equity awards were granted and the denominator of which is 365.

3. Annual Lead Director Fee . $20,000 per annum.

4. Annual Committee Fees .

 

    Committee Chair: $20,000 per annum (payable in addition to the committee membership fee).

 

    Committee Members: $20,000 per annum for up to 6 meetings per year.

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT No. 3 and CONSENT , dated as of February 11, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, as further amended by Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, as further amended by this Amendment and as may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, (i) certain of the Borrowers and the Guarantors have entered into that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, as amended and restated as of December 27, 2013, as amended and restated as of January 30, 2015 (the “ Existing Security Agreement ”) with the Agent, and (ii) the Parent Borrower, the other Co-Borrowers, the Guarantors, Agent, and the other parties thereto from time to time as lenders have entered into the Term Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement permits amendments of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the consent of the Agent, the Required Lenders and the Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower desires to amend the Term Loan Agreement as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower desires to amend and restate the Existing Security Agreement and have the Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors execute in the Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ A&R Security Agreement ”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the A&R Security Agreement or the Term Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2.  Amendments . Effective as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), the Financing Agreements are hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 10.1(mm) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety with the following:

“(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;”.


(b) The first sentence of Section 11.3 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding “and the Security Agreement” immediately after “Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements”.

(c) The first sentence of Section 14.2(g) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding “and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position” immediately after “Escrow Release Date”.

(d) All references to the Existing Security Agreement in any Financing Agreement and all references in the Existing Security Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Existing Security Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the A&R Security Agreement.

SECTION 3.  Consent to enter into the A&R Security Agreement . Subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4, the Agent and the Required Lenders hereby consent to the Agent entering into the A&R Security Agreement on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

SECTION 4.  Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 3 Effective Date ”) that Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party and the Required Lenders.

SECTION 5.  Representations and Warranties . The Parent Borrower hereby represents and warrants that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that (x) each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment and (y) each reference to the Security Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the A&R Security Agreement, (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.  Further Assurances . (a) Each Grantor (as defined in the A&R Security Agreement) agrees that from time to time upon the reasonable request of Agent, at Grantor’s own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Amendment.

(b) The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 7.  GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE


OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

SECTION 8.  Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 9.  Headings . The headings in this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

SECTION 10.  Effect of Amendment . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements. This Amendment shall constitute a Financing Agreement for purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and from and after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, all references to the Term Loan Agreement in any Financing Agreement and all references in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall, unless expressly provided otherwise, refer to the Term Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment. The Borrowers hereby consent to this Amendment and confirm that all obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties under the Financing Agreements to which each is a party shall continue to apply to the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby and to the A&R Security Agreement.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Perkins

  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary
ASP REALTY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By:   GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:   Miles Kendall
  Title:   President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

Name:   Bill O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


[LENDER NAME]  

 

  ,
as a Lender  
By:  

 

Name:    
Title:    
[By:  

 

Name:    
Title:]    

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 3


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 days of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

With respect to each Mortgaged Property of New Albertson’s Inc. and its subsidiaries described in the Perfection Certificate, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

(i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value),

(ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, Mortgage Policies issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided, however, the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), and

(iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.


Exhibit A

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

by

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower

and

THE OTHER GRANTORS PARTY HERETO

FROM TIME TO TIME

and

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch,

as Agent

Dated as of March 21, 2013

amended and restated as of December 27, 2013

further amended and restated as of January 30, 2015

further amended and restated as of February 11, 2016

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
PREAMBLE      1  
RECITALS      1  
AGREEMENT      2  
ARTICLE I  
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION  
SECTION 1.1.   Definitions      2  
SECTION 1.2.   Interpretation      8  
SECTION 1.3.   Perfection Certificate      8  
ARTICLE II  
GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS  
SECTION 2.1.   Pledge; Grant of Security Interest      9  
SECTION 2.2.   Secured Obligations      10  
SECTION 2.3.   Security Interest      10  
ARTICLE III  
PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;  
USE OF COLLATERAL  
SECTION 3.1.   Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral      11  
SECTION 3.2.   Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral      11  
SECTION 3.3.   Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest      12  
SECTION 3.4.   Further Filings      12  
SECTION 3.5.   Other Actions      12  
SECTION 3.6.   Supplements, Further Assurances      15  
SECTION 3.7.   NAI Restricted Collateral      15  
ARTICLE IV  
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS  
SECTION 4.1.   Title      15  
SECTION 4.2.   Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral      16  
SECTION 4.3.   Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization      16  
SECTION 4.4.   Location of Inventory and Equipment      16  
SECTION 4.5.   Reserved      16  
SECTION 4.6.   Due Authorization and Issuance      16  
SECTION 4.7.  

No Conflicts, Consents, etc .

     16  

 

-i-


SECTION 4.8.   Collateral      17  
SECTION 4.9.   Insurance      17  
ARTICLE V  
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL  
SECTION 5.1.   Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral      17  
SECTION 5.2.  

Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .

     18  
SECTION 5.3.   Reserved      19  
SECTION 5.4.  

Defaults, Etc .

     19  
SECTION 5.5.   Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests      19  
ARTICLE VI  
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL  
PROPERTY COLLATERAL  
SECTION 6.1.   Grant of License      19  
SECTION 6.2.   Registrations      20  
SECTION 6.3.   No Violations or Proceedings      20  
SECTION 6.4.   Protection of Agent’s Security      20  
SECTION 6.5.   After-Acquired Property      21  
SECTION 6.6.   Modifications      21  
SECTION 6.7.   Litigation      21  
SECTION 6.8.   Third Party Consents      21  
ARTICLE VII  
CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS  
SECTION 7.1.   [Reserved]      22  
SECTION 7.2.   Maintenance of Records      22  
SECTION 7.3.   Legend      22  
SECTION 7.4.  

Modification of Terms, Etc .

     22  
SECTION 7.5.   Collection      22  
ARTICLE VIII  
REMEDIES  
SECTION 8.1.   Remedies      22  
SECTION 8.2.   Notice of Sale      24  
SECTION 8.3.   Waiver of Notice and Claims      24  
SECTION 8.4.   Certain Sales of Collateral      25  
SECTION 8.5.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      25  
SECTION 8.6.   Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property      26  
SECTION 8.7.   Application of Proceeds      26  

 

-ii-


ARTICLE IX  
MISCELLANEOUS  
SECTION 9.1.   Concerning the Agent      27  
SECTION 9.2.   Agent May Perform; Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact      28  
SECTION 9.3.   Reserved      28  
SECTION 9.4.   Continuing Security Interest; Assignment      28  
SECTION 9.5.   Termination; Release      29  
SECTION 9.6.   Modification in Writing      30  
SECTION 9.7.   Notices      31  
SECTION 9.8.   GOVERNING LAW      31  
SECTION 9.9.   CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      31  
SECTION 9.10.   Severability of Provisions      32  
SECTION 9.11.   Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness      32  
SECTION 9.12.   No Release      32  
SECTION 9.13.   Obligations Absolute      33  
SECTION 9.14.   Intercreditor Agreement      33  
SECTION 9.15.   Additional Grantors      33  
ARTICLE X  
ASC DEBENTURES  
SECTION 10.1.   ASC Debentures      34  

SIGNATURES

 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Form of Securities Pledge Amendment

EXHIBIT 2

 

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 3

 

Form of Patent Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 4

 

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

EXHIBIT 5

 

Form of Security Agreement Supplement

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Intercompany Notes

SCHEDULE II

 

Filings, Registration and Recordings

SCHEDULE III

 

Pledged Interests

 

-iii-


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of March 21, 2013, amended and restated as of December 27, 2013, as further amended and restated as of January 30, 2015 and as further amended as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, this “ Security Agreement ”) by (i) ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as Parent Borrower (the “ Parent Borrower ”), (ii) SAFEWAY, INC. ( “ Safeway ”), (iii) SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC (“ Spirit ”), (iv) NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”), (v) UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. (“United” and, together with Safeway, Spirit and NAI, the “ Co-Borrowers ”, each, a “ Co-Borrower ” and together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), (vi) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”) and the OTHER GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO (collectively, the “ Original Guarantors ”) AND THE OTHER GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO BY EXECUTION OF A SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT 5 HERETO (the “ Additional Guarantors ,” and together with the Original Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrowers, together with the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Grantors ,” and each, a “ Grantor ”) and (vii) CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as Agent for the Secured Parties (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement defined below) pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the 2037 Debentures Holders (as defined herein), as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Certain of the Grantors and Citibank, N.A., as predecessor to the Agent entered into a Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013 (the “ 2013 Security Agreement ”) as amended and restated by that certain Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (the “ A&R Security Agreement ”) and as further amended and restated by that certain Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2015 (the “ Second A&R Security Agreement ”, as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Security Agreement ”).

B. The Borrowers, Guarantors, the Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, among others, are party to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and Amendment No. 3 dated the date hereof (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) and pursuant to that certain Guaranty contained in the Credit Agreement, the Guarantors have, among other things, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

C. The Borrowers and the Guarantors have received and will continue to receive, substantial benefits from the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Agreements and each is, therefore, willing to enter into this Security Agreement.

D. This Security Agreement is given by each Grantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) to secure the payment and performance of all of the Secured Obligations (as hereinafter defined) (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations).


A G R E E M E N T :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor and the Agent hereby agree to amend and restate the Original Security Agreement as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement, capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings assigned to them in the UCC.

(b) Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

(c) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

2013 Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

2037 ASC Debentures ” means the 7.50% Debentures due May 2037 issued under the ASC Indenture.

2037 ASC Debentures Holders ” shall mean the holders from time to time of the 2037 ASC Debentures and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee.

2037 ASC Debentures Obligations ” shall mean (a) the due and punctual payment of the unpaid principal amount of, and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on, the 2037 ASC Debentures, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (b) the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of Holdings under or pursuant to the ASC Indenture.

2037 ASC Debentures Trustee ” shall mean the trustee under the ASC Indenture.

A&R Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

ABL Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, by and among Holdings, Albertson’s LLC, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as ABL Collateral Agent and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Term Collateral Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

-2-


Additional Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

ASC ” shall mean American Stores Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a wholly-owned indirect Subsidiary of Holdings.

ASC Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995, between ASC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to the First National Bank of Chicago), as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of January 23, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of July 6, 2005, Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of July 21, 2008, Supplemental Indenture No. 4 dated as of March 21, 2013, and Supplemental Indenture No. 5 dated as of January 22, 2014, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Blocked Account Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Borrowers ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Claims ” shall mean any and all property taxes and other taxes, assessments and special assessments, levies, fees and all governmental charges imposed upon or assessed against, and all claims (including, without limitation, landlords’, carriers’, mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and warehousemen’s Liens and other claims arising by operation of law) against, all or any portion of the Collateral.

Co-Borrower ” and “ Co-Borrowers ” shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Preamble hereof.

Collateral ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.

Contracts ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all sale, service, performance, equipment or property lease contracts, agreements and grants and all other contracts, agreements or grants (in each case, whether written or oral, or third party or intercompany), between such Grantor and any other party, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof.

Control ” shall mean (i) in the case of each DDA, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC, and (ii) in the case of any uncertificated security, Securities Account or security entitlement, “control,” as such term is defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC.

Control Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, the Deposit Account Control Agreements and the Securities Account Control Agreements.

Copyright Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 hereto.

Copyrights ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all copyrights (whether statutory or common Law, whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished) and all copyright registrations and applications made by such Grantor, in each case, whether

 

-3-


now owned or hereafter created or acquired by or assigned to such Grantor, including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of such copyrights, (ii) reissues, renewals, continuations and extensions thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital B hereof.

Deposit Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent with respect to any Deposit Account of a Grantor.

Distributions ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Restricted Payments from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed to such Grantor in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes.

Dominion Trigger Event ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the ABL Credit Agreement.

Excluded Property ” shall mean the following:

(a) any lease, license or other agreement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code notwithstanding such prohibition;

(b) any intent-to-use Trademark applications for which a Statement of Use has not been filed with and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any other Intellectual Property Collateral for which the creation by a Grantor of a security interest therein is prohibited without the consent of third party or by applicable Law;

(c) any deposit or securities accounts used solely for trust, payroll, payroll tax or petty cash purposes or employee wage or welfare benefit payments;

(d) any Real Property (i) that is not Material Real Property but not any Collateral located on such Real Property or (ii) with respect to which any Grantor holds the tenant’s interest under a space lease other than an intercompany lease;

(e) the Equity Interests in the Excluded Subsidiaries;

(f) motor vehicles and other equipment subject to certificates of title;

(g) property in which a pledge or security interest is prohibited by applicable law, rule or regulation (but only for so long as such prohibition shall remain in effect);

(h) Equity Interests, deposits with, and other Investments in purchasing cooperatives of which any Loan Party is a member as permitted by the Credit Agreement;

 

-4-


(i) receivables sold in connection with any Qualified Receivables Financing;

(j) assets owned by any Grantor on the Original Closing Date or thereafter acquired and any proceeds thereof that are subject to a Lien securing a purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 10.1(h) of the Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such assets and proceeds;

(k) any property of a person existing at the time such person is acquired or merged with or into or consolidated with any Grantor that is subject to a Lien permitted under Section 10.1(n) of the Credit Agreement to the extent and for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property;

(l) assets with respect to which the cost of obtaining a security interest in such assets is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby, as agreed between the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing in their good faith reasonable discretion;

(n) Safeway’s Equity Interest in Casa Ley (and any dividends or distributions received in respect of such equity interests) or any assets of Casa Ley; and

(o) cash and other assets set aside for payment to the former shareholders of Safeway in connection with the PDC CVR Agreement (as defined in the Safeway Merger Agreement);

provided , however , that in each case described in clauses (a), (b) and (g) of this definition, such property shall constitute “Excluded Property” only to the extent and for so long as (i) with respect to intent-to-use Trademark applications a Statement of Use has not been filed with and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office; and (ii) with respect to all other Collateral, such license, license agreement, contract, permit, lease or applicable Law validly prohibits the creation of a Lien on such property in favor of the Agent and, upon the acceptance of such Statement of Use with respect to intent-to-use Trademark applications or the termination of such prohibition (howsoever occurring), such property shall cease to constitute “Excluded Property”; provided further , that “Excluded Property” shall not include the right to receive any proceeds arising therefrom or any other rights referred to in Sections 9-406(f), 9-407(a) or 9-408(a) of the UCC or any Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Property (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Property).

Goodwill ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, the goodwill connected with such Grantor’s business including, without limitation, (i) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized by any of the Intellectual Property Collateral in which such Grantor has any interest, (ii) all know-how, trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, proprietary information, inventions, methods, procedures, formulae, descriptions, compositions, technical data, drawings, specifications, name plates, catalogs, confidential information and the right to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any Person, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, consulting agreements, engineering contracts and such other assets which relate to such goodwill and (iii) all product lines of such Grantor’s business.

Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Guarantors ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

-5-


Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Licenses and Goodwill.

Intercompany Notes ” shall mean, with respect to each Grantor, all intercompany notes described on Schedule I hereto and each intercompany note hereafter acquired by such Grantor and all certificates, instruments or agreements evidencing such intercompany notes, and all assignments, amendments, restatements, supplements, extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications thereof to the extent not prohibited by the Financing Agreements and to the extent not constituting Excluded Property.

IP Security Agreement ” shall mean any Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement, or Trademark Security Agreement as the context requires.

Licenses ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all license and distribution agreements with any other Person with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright or any other patent, trademark or copyright, whether such Grantor is a licensor or licensee, distributor or distributee under any such license or distribution agreement, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements or violations thereof and (iv) other rights to use, exploit or practice any or all of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights or any other patent, trademark or copyright.

Maximum NAI Credit Facility Amount ” means, on the date on which Indebtedness incurred by a Loan Party is secured by a Lien on NAI Restricted Collateral (such date, the “ NAI Collateral Test Date ”), for so long as there is Indebtedness arising pursuant to the NAI Indenture and the provisions of the NAI Indenture limit the amount of Debt (as defined in the NAI Indenture) that may be secured by the NAI Restricted Collateral are in effect, the maximum amount of all Obligations (including, to the extent provided in Section 10.1 hereof, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) and other Indebtedness secured by Liens thereon that would be permitted to be secured by NAI Restricted Collateral in accordance with, and without contravening, the terms of the NAI Indenture then outstanding and without giving rise to any obligation on the part of any Loan Party to grant an equal and ratable Lien on any of the NAI Restricted Collateral in favor of the holders of any of the NAI Notes to secure the obligations and Indebtedness outstanding thereunder.

NAI Group ” means New Albertson’s, Inc. and its Subsidiaries.

NAI Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992, between the Borrower and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as successor trustee to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of May 7, 2004, Supplemental Indenture No. 2 dated as of June 1, 2006, and Supplemental Indenture No. 3 dated as of December 29, 2008 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified).

NAI Notes ” shall mean the notes issued by the New Albertson’s, Inc. under the NAI Indenture prior to June 27, 2014.

NAI Restricted Collateral ” means property of NAI and its Subsidiaries consisting of any “Principal Property” (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) or shares of capital stock or Debt (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) of any Subsidiary of NAI (which Debt (as such term is defined in the NAI Indenture as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) is then held by NAI or any of its Subsidiaries).

 

-6-


Original Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Recital A hereof.

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

Patent Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto.

Patents ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all patents issued or assigned to and all patent applications made by such Grantor (whether established or registered or recorded in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, those patents, patent applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any patents, (ii) inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (iv) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now or hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (vi) rights to sue for past, present or future infringements thereof.

Perfection Certificate ” shall mean that certain information certificate, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as supplemented as of December 27, 2013, as of January 30, 2015 and as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by each Grantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), and each other Perfection Certificate (which shall be in the form of that certain information certificate, dated as of the date hereof and referred to above or otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent) executed and delivered by the applicable Borrower or Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of a joinder agreement hereto, in each case, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

Pledge Amendment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

Pledged Interests ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all Equity Interests in any issuer now existing or hereafter acquired or formed that constitute Collateral, including, without limitation, all Equity Interests of such issuer described in Schedule III hereof, together with all rights, privileges, authority and powers of such Grantor relating to such Equity Interests issued by any such issuer under the Organization Documents of any such issuer, and the certificates, instruments and agreements representing such Equity Interests and any and all interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of any financial intermediary pertaining to such Equity Interests, from time to time acquired by such Grantor in any manner, and all other Investment Property owned by such Grantor; provided , however , that to the extent applicable, Pledged Interests shall not include any interest possessing more than 65% of the voting power or control of all classes of interests entitled to vote of any Foreign Subsidiary to the extent such pledge would result in an adverse tax consequence to the Grantor.

Pledged Securities ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Interests and the Successor Interests.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereof.

 

-7-


Secured Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations.

Securities Account Control Agreement ” shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent with respect to any Securities Account of a Grantor.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to such Act.

Securities Collateral ” shall mean, collectively, the Pledged Securities, the Intercompany Notes and the Distributions.

Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such in the Preamble hereof.

Successor Interests ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all shares of each class of the capital stock of the successor corporation or interests or certificates of the successor limited liability company, partnership or other entity owned by such Grantor (unless such successor is such Grantor itself) formed by or resulting from any consolidation or merger in which any Grantor is not the surviving entity; provided , however , that Successor Interests shall not include shares or interests possessing more than 65% of the voting power or control of all classes of capital stock or interests entitled to vote of any Foreign Subsidiaries to the extent such pledge would result in an adverse tax consequence to such Grantor.

Trademark Security Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

Trademarks ” shall mean, collectively, with respect to each Grantor, all trademarks (including service marks), slogans, logos, certification marks, trade dress, uniform resource locations (URLs), domain names, corporate names and trade names, whether registered or unregistered, owned by or assigned to such Grantor and all registrations and applications for the foregoing (whether statutory or common Law and whether established or registered in the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof), including, without limitation, the registrations and applications listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, together with any and all (i) rights and privileges arising under applicable Law with respect to such Grantor’s use of any trademarks, (ii) reissues, continuations, extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) income, fees, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages, claims and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world and (v) rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof.

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided , however , that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “Uniform Commercial Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation . The rules of interpretation specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Security Agreement.

SECTION 1.3. Perfection Certificate . The Agent and each Grantor agree that the Perfection Certificate, and all schedules, amendments and supplements thereto are and shall at all times remain a part of this Security Agreement.

 

-8-


ARTICLE II

GRANT OF SECURITY AND SECURED OBLIGATIONS

SECTION 2.1. Pledge; Grant of Security Interest .

As collateral security for the payment and performance in full of all the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations), each Grantor hereby pledges and grants, and, to the extent applicable, confirms its continuing prior pledge and grant, to the Agent for its benefit and for the benefit of the other Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), of a lien on and security interest in and to all of the right, title and interest of such Grantor in, to and under all of the following property and interests of such Grantor in such property, wherever located, and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired from time to time (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), including, without limitation:

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Goods, including Equipment, Inventory and Fixtures;

(iii) all Documents, Instruments and Chattel Paper;

(iv) all Letters of Credit and Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(v) all Securities Collateral;

(vi) all Investment Property;

(vii) all Intellectual Property Collateral;

(viii) all Commercial Tort Claims, including, without limitation, those described in Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate;

(ix) all General Intangibles;

(x) all Deposit Accounts;

(xi) all Supporting Obligations;

(xii) all books and records relating to the Collateral; and

(xiii) to the extent not covered by clauses (i) through (xii) of this sentence, all other personal property of such Grantor, whether tangible or intangible and all Proceeds and products of each of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of, each of the foregoing, any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to such Grantor from time to time with respect to any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clauses (i) through (xiii) above, the security interest created by this Security Agreement shall not extend to, and the term “Collateral” shall

 

-9-


not include, any Excluded Property and the Grantors shall from time to time at the reasonable request of the Agent give written notice to the Agent identifying in reasonable detail the Excluded Property and shall provide to the Agent such other information regarding the Excluded Property as the Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 2.2. Secured Obligations . This Security Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the payment and performance in full when due of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations).

Notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Section 2.2 or anything else contained in this Security Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, for so long as the NAI Indenture is in effect and includes any limitation on the amount of Indebtedness of the NAI Group that may be secured by the NAI Restricted Collateral, the aggregate amount of all Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) secured under the Collateral Documents by NAI Restricted Collateral shall not, at any time, exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum NAI Credit Facility Amount as calculated on the latest NAI Collateral Test Date and (y) an amount as otherwise determined pursuant to any Intercreditor Agreement or another intecreditor agreement applicable to other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans entered into with the Agent in accordance with the Financing Documents.

SECTION 2.3. Security Interest .

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to authenticate and file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) and amendments thereto that contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment relating to the Collateral, including, without limitation, (i) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor, (ii) a description of the Collateral as “all assets of the Grantor, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” and (iii) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide all information described in the immediately preceding sentence to the Agent promptly upon request.

(b) Each Grantor hereby ratifies its authorization for the Agent to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

(c) Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country) or other necessary documents for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder in any Intellectual Property Collateral, without the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Agent, as secured party.

(d) This Security Agreement amends and restates the Original Security Agreement. The obligations under the Original Security Agreement of the Grantors party thereto and the grant of security interest in the Collateral under the Original Security Agreement by the applicable Grantors party thereto shall continue under this Security Agreement, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished, annulled or otherwise affected in any manner hereby, but shall hereafter be governed by this Security Agreement. All references to the Security Agreement in any Financing Agreement or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith and all references in the Security Agreement to “this

 

-10-


Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of like import referring to the Security Agreement shall, in each case, be deemed to refer to the Original Security Agreement, as amended and restated pursuant to this Security Agreement and the provisions hereof. It is understood and agreed that the Original Security Agreement is being amended and restated by entry into this Security Agreement on the date hereof. To the extent applicable, the Grantors hereby acknowledge, confirm and agree that any financing statements, fixture filings, filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office or other instrument similar in effect to the foregoing under applicable law covering all or any part of the Collateral previously filed in favor of the Agent under the Original Security Agreement are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and effectuate the perfection of the security interests granted under the Original Security Agreement and this Security Agreement, and each Grantor ratifies its authorization for the Agent to file in any relevant jurisdictions any such financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument relating to all or any part of the Collateral if filed prior to the date hereof.

ARTICLE III

PERFECTION; SUPPLEMENTS; FURTHER ASSURANCES;

USE OF COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.1. Delivery of Certificated Securities Collateral . Subject to Section 3.7, each Grantor represents and warrants that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing the Securities Collateral in existence on the date hereof have been delivered to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and that the Agent has a perfected security interest therein subject only to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent. Subject to Section 3.7, each Grantor hereby agrees that all certificates, agreements or instruments representing or evidencing Securities Collateral acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof, shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) upon receipt thereof by such Grantor be delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement pursuant hereto. All certificated Securities Collateral shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, but subject to Section 8.2, to endorse, assign or otherwise transfer to or to register in the name of the Agent or any of its nominees or endorse for negotiation any or all of the Securities Collateral, without any indication that such Securities Collateral is subject to the security interest hereunder. In addition, the Agent shall have the right, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, with written notice to exchange certificates representing or evidencing Securities Collateral for certificates of smaller or larger denominations, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in blank.

SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Uncertificated Securities Collateral . Each Grantor represents and warrants that the Agent has a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law and the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent) in all uncertificated Pledged Securities pledged by it hereunder that are in existence on the date hereof and that the Organization Documents of the issuer of such Pledged Securities do not require the consent of the other shareholders, members, partners or other Person to permit the Agent or its designee to be substituted for the applicable Grantor as a shareholder, member, partner or other equity owner, as applicable, thereto (other than those consents which have already been obtained). Subject only to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent, each Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Securities are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and upon the reasonable request of the Agent, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equityholder register or the books of the issuer, execute customary pledge forms or other documents necessary to complete the pledge and give the Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Securities under the terms hereof.

 

-11-


SECTION 3.3. Financing Statements and Other Filings; Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest . Each Grantor represents and warrants that the only filings, registrations and recordings necessary to perfect the security interest granted by each Grantor to the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) pursuant to this Security Agreement in respect of the Collateral in which the security interest may be perfected by such filings, recording and registration are listed on Schedule II hereto. Each Grantor represents and warrants that all such filings, registrations and recordings have been delivered to the Agent in completed and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, duly executed form for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule II . Each Grantor agrees that at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, (i) such Grantor will maintain the security interest created by this Security Agreement in the Collateral as a perfected security interest subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), (ii) such Grantor shall furnish to the Agent from time to time such other reports in connection with the Collateral as the Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail and (iii) at any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable written request of the Agent, such Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver, and file and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably request, including the filing of any financing statements, continuation statements and other documents (including this Security Agreement) under the UCC (or other applicable Laws) in effect in any United States jurisdiction with respect to the security interest created hereby and the execution and delivery of Control Agreements, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and in such offices (including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office) wherever required by applicable Law in each case to perfect, continue and maintain a valid, enforceable, first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law and the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent in the ABL Priority Collateral as provided herein) and to preserve the other rights and interests granted to the Agent hereunder, as against the Grantors and third parties (other than with respect to Permitted Liens), with respect to the Collateral.

SECTION 3.4. Further Filings . Each Grantor hereby further authorizes the Agent to file filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office or any similar office in any other country), including this Security Agreement, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement, or other documents for the purpose of perfecting or continuing the security interest granted by such Grantor hereunder, without the signature of such Grantor, and naming such Grantor, as debtor, and the Agent, as secured party.

SECTION 3.5. Other Actions . In order to further evidence the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Agent to enforce, the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, each Grantor represents, warrants and agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, with respect to the following Collateral that:

(a) Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper . As of the date hereof (i) no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral in excess of $500,000 is evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper other than such Instruments and Tangible Chattel Paper listed on Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate and (ii) each Instrument and each item of Tangible Chattel Paper evidencing an obligation in excess of $500,000 listed in Schedule 10 of the Perfection Certificate, to the extent requested by the Agent, has been properly endorsed, assigned and delivered to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, accompanied by instruments of transfer or assignment and letters of direction duly executed in

 

-12-


blank. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral in excess of $500,000 shall be evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, the Grantor acquiring such Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

(b) Deposit Accounts . Each Grantor party hereto on the date hereof agrees that starting on the date hereof for each Grantor party to the Security Agreement immediately prior to the date hereof and, with respect to any Person that becomes a Grantor on the date hereof, after the expiration of 90 days after the date hereof or such longer period as the Agent may reasonably agree, it will not establish or maintain any Deposit Accounts, other than Deposit Accounts subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or any Deposit Accounts that are excluded from the requirements to be subject to a Blocked Account Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the ABL Credit Agreement. Each other Grantor agrees that it will not establish or maintain any Deposit Accounts, other than Deposit Accounts subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement or any Deposit Accounts that are excluded from the requirements to be subject to a Blocked Account Agreement pursuant to Section 6.12 of the ABL Credit Agreement.

(c) Investment Property .

(i) As of the date hereof (1) it has no Securities Accounts other than those listed on Schedule 13 of the Perfection Certificate, (2) it does not hold, own or have any interest in any certificated securities or uncertificated securities constituting Collateral other than those constituting Pledged Securities with respect to which the Agent has a perfected first priority security interest in such Pledged Securities (subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law).

(ii) If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities constituting Collateral required to be pledged hereunder, such Grantor shall promptly (a) notify the Agent thereof and if requested by the Agent, endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or (b) if requested by the Agent, deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Securities Account Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Agent. If any securities constituting Collateral required to be pledged hereunder now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, if requested by the Agent, (a) grant the Agent Control over such uncertificated securities pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, (b) deliver such securities into a Securities Account with respect to which a Securities Account Control Agreement is in effect in favor of the Agent or (c) arrange for the Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. Each Grantor shall not establish and maintain any Securities Account with any Securities Intermediary unless (1) the applicable Grantor shall have given the Agent ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice of its intention to establish such new Securities Account with such Securities Intermediary and (2) such Securities Intermediary and such Grantor shall have duly executed and delivered a Control Agreement with respect to such Securities Account. Each Grantor shall accept any cash and Investment Property which are proceeds of the Pledged Interests in trust for the benefit of the Agent and promptly upon receipt thereof, deposit any cash received by it into an account in which the Agent has Control, or with respect to any Investment Properties or additional securities, take such actions as required above with respect to such securities. The Agent agrees with each Grantor that the Agent shall not give any entitlement orders or instructions or directions

 

-13-


to any issuer of uncertificated securities or Securities Intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by such Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. No Grantor shall grant Control over any Pledged Securities constituting Collateral and required to be pledged hereunder to any Person other than the Agent, any Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), any Additional Pari Term Debt Agent or Additional Pari Second Lien Notes Agent (each as defined in and pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or the ABL Collateral Agent (pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

(iii) As between the Agent and the Grantors, the Grantors shall bear the investment risk with respect to the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, and the risk of loss of, damage to, or the destruction of the Investment Property and Pledged Securities, whether in the possession of, or maintained as a security entitlement or deposit by, or subject to the Control of, the Agent, a Securities Intermediary, any Grantor or any other Person; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section 3.5(c) shall release or relieve any Securities Intermediary of its duties and obligations to the Grantors or any other Person under any Control Agreement or under applicable Law. Each Grantor shall promptly pay all Claims and fees of whatever kind or nature with respect to the Pledged Securities pledged by it under this Security Agreement. In the event any Grantor shall fail to make such payment contemplated in the immediately preceding sentence, the Agent may do so for the account of such Grantor and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Agent for all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent under this Section 3.5(c) in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement.

(d) Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records . As of the date hereof no amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction). If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be evidenced by any Electronic Chattel Paper or any transferable record with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, the Grantor acquiring such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control under UCC Section 9-105 of such Electronic Chattel Paper or control under Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or, as the case may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Agent’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record permitted under UCC Section 9-105 or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such Electronic Chattel Paper or transferable record.

(e) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If such Grantor is at any time a beneficiary under a Letter of Credit with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, now or hereafter issued in favor of such Grantor (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Letter of Credit issued pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement), such Grantor shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and such Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, at the request of the Agent, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, either (i) arrange for the issuer and any confirmer of such Letter of Credit to consent to an assignment to the Agent

 

-14-


of, and to pay to the Agent, the proceeds of, any drawing under the Letter of Credit or (ii) arrange for the Agent to become the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, with the Agent agreeing, in each case, that the proceeds of any drawing under the Letter of Credit are to be applied as provided in the ABL Credit Agreement.

(f) Commercial Tort Claims . As of the date hereof it holds no Commercial Tort Claims other than those listed on Schedule 12 of the Perfection Certificate. If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim with an amount in excess of $500,000, individually, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Agent in writing signed by such Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Security Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

SECTION 3.6. Supplements , Further Assurances . Each Grantor shall take such further actions, and execute and deliver to the Agent such additional assignments, agreements, supplements, powers and instruments, as the Agent may in its reasonable judgment deem necessary, wherever required by Law, in order to perfect, preserve and protect the security interest in the Collateral as and to the extent provided herein and the rights and interests granted to the Agent hereunder, or permit the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights, powers and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Agent may institute and maintain, in its own name or in the name of any Grantor, such suits and proceedings as the Agent may be advised by counsel shall be necessary or expedient to prevent any impairment of the security interest in or the perfection thereof in the Collateral. All of the foregoing shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors. The Grantors and the Agent acknowledge that this Security Agreement is intended to grant to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a security interest in and a Lien upon the Collateral and shall not constitute or create a present assignment of any of the Collateral.

SECTION 3.7. NAI Restricted Collateral . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Agent has so requested, no physical delivery of any Pledged Security and/or Intercompany Notes that constitutes NAI Restricted Collateral shall be required to be delivered to the Agent.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

In addition to, and without limitation of, each of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants as follows:

SECTION 4.1. Title . No financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent, the Second Lien Notes Collateral Agent, any Additional Pari Term Debt Agent or Additional Pari Second Lien Notes Agent (each as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or as are permitted by the Credit Agreement. No Person other than the Agent has Control or possession of all or any part of the Collateral consisting of Instruments, Pledged Securities, Investment Property, Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

-15-


SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens; Defense of Claims; Transferability of Collateral . Each Grantor is as of the date hereof, and, as to Collateral acquired by it from time to time after the date hereof, such Grantor will be, the sole direct and beneficial owner of all Collateral pledged by it hereunder free from any Lien or other right, title or interest of any Person other than the Liens and security interests created by this Security Agreement and Permitted Liens. Each Grantor shall, at its own cost and expense, defend title to the Collateral pledged by it hereunder and the security interest therein and Lien thereon granted to the Agent and the priority thereof against all claims and demands of all Persons, at its own cost and expense, at any time claiming any interest therein adverse to the Agent or any other Secured Party (and, to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) other than Permitted Liens. Except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, there is no agreement, and no Grantor shall enter into any agreement or take any other action, that would restrict the transferability of any of the Collateral or otherwise impair or conflict with such Grantors’ obligations or the rights of the Agent hereunder.

SECTION 4.3. Chief Executive Office; Change of Name; Jurisdiction of Organization .

(a) The exact legal name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, federal taxpayer identification number, organizational identification number and chief executive office of such Grantor is indicated next to its name on Schedules 1 and 2 of the Perfection Certificate.

(b) The Agent may rely on opinions of counsel as to whether any or all UCC financing statements of the Grantors need to be amended as a result of any of the changes described in Section 4.3(a). If any Grantor fails to provide information to the Agent about any changes to information on Schedules 1 and 2 of the Perfection Certificate when required by the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall not be liable or responsible to any party for any failure to maintain a perfected security interest in such Grantor’s property constituting Collateral, for which the Agent needed to have information relating to such changes. The Agent shall have no duty to inquire about such changes if any Grantor does not inform the Agent of such changes, the parties acknowledging and agreeing that it would not be feasible or practical for the Agent to search for information on such changes if such information is not provided by any Grantor.

SECTION 4.4. Location of Inventory and Equipment . As of the date hereof, all Equipment and Inventory of such Grantor is located at the chief executive office or such other location listed in the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 4.5. Reserved .

SECTION 4.6. Due Authorization and Issuance . All of the Pledged Interests have been, and to the extent any Pledged Interests are hereafter issued, such shares or other equity interests will be, upon such issuance, duly authorized, validly issued and, to the extent applicable, fully paid and non-assessable. All of the Pledged Interests have been fully paid for, and there is no amount or other obligation owing by any Grantor to any issuer of the Pledged Interests in exchange for or in connection with the issuance of the Pledged Interests or any Grantor’s status as a partner or a member of any issuer of the Pledged Interests.

SECTION 4.7. No Conflicts, Consents, etc . No consent of any party (including, without limitation, equity holders or creditors of such Grantor) and no consent, authorization, approval, license or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body or other Person is required (A) for the grant of the security interest by such Grantor of the Collateral pledged by it pursuant to this Security Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance hereof by

 

-16-


such Grantor, (B) for the exercise by the Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Security Agreement or (C) subject to Section 6.1 hereof, for the exercise by the Agent of the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement except, in each case, for such consents which have been obtained prior to the date hereof and for those filings contemplated by Section 8.27 of the Credit Agreement. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if the Agent desires to exercise any remedies, voting or consensual rights or attorney-in-fact powers set forth in this Security Agreement and determines it necessary to obtain any approvals or consents of any Governmental Authority or any other Person therefor, then, upon the reasonable request of the Agent, such Grantor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to assist and aid the Agent to obtain as soon as commercially practicable any necessary approvals or consents for the exercise of any such remedies, rights and powers.

SECTION 4.8. Collateral . All information set forth herein, including the schedules annexed hereto, and all information contained in the Perfection Certificate, in each case, relating to the Collateral, is accurate and complete in all material respects. As of the date hereof, the Collateral described on the schedules annexed hereto constitutes all of the property of such type of Collateral owned or held by the Grantors.

SECTION 4.9. Insurance . Such Grantor shall (i) maintain or shall cause to be maintained such insurance as is required pursuant to Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement; (ii) maintain such other insurance as may be required by applicable Law; and (iii) furnish to the Agent, upon written request, full information as to the insurance carried. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact), exercisable only after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, for the purpose of making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of the Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto. In the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required hereby or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, the Agent may, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of the Grantors hereunder or any Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Agent deems advisable. All sums disbursed by the Agent in connection with this Section 4.9, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon demand, by the Grantors to the Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING SECURITIES COLLATERAL

SECTION 5.1. Pledge of Additional Securities Collateral . Each Grantor shall, upon obtaining any Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes of any Person required to be pledged hereunder, accept the same in trust for the benefit of the Agent and forthwith deliver to the Agent or its agent or bailee pursuant to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, a pledge amendment, duly executed by such Grantor, in substantially the form of Exhibit 1 annexed hereto (each, a “ Pledge Amendment ”), and the certificates and other documents required under Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 hereof in respect of the additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes which are to be pledged pursuant to this Security Agreement, and confirming the attachment of the Lien hereby created on and in respect of such additional Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes. Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Agent to attach each Pledge Amendment to this Security Agreement and agrees that all Pledged Securities or Intercompany Notes listed on any Pledge Amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder be considered Collateral.

 

-17-


SECTION 5.2. Voting Rights; Distributions; etc .

(i) Subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Securities Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms or purposes hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement evidencing the Secured Obligations (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Indenture with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations). The Agent shall be deemed without further action or formality to have granted to each Grantor all necessary consents relating to voting rights and shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 5.2(i).

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, and after written notice from the Agent to the Parent Borrower, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, all rights of each Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(i) hereof without any action, other than, in the case of any Securities Collateral, or the giving of any notice shall immediately cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights; provided that, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, from time to time following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default to permit such Grantor to exercise such rights under Section 5.2(i) hereof. After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to exercise the voting, managerial and other consensual rights and powers that it would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to Section 5.2(i) hereof.

(iii) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain, and to utilize free and clear of the Lien hereof, any and all Distributions, but only if and to the extent made in accordance with, and to the extent permitted by, the provisions of the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement any and all such Distributions consisting of rights or interests in the form of securities shall be forthwith delivered to the Agent to hold as Collateral and shall, if received by any Grantor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Grantor and be forthwith delivered to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement). The Agent shall, if necessary, upon written request of any Grantor and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, from time to time execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to such Grantor all such instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request in order to permit such Grantor to receive the Distributions which it is authorized to receive and retain pursuant to this Section 5.2(iii).

(iv) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, all rights of each Grantor to receive Distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(iii) hereof shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, become vested in the Agent, which shall thereupon, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such Distributions. After such Event of Default is no longer continuing, each Grantor shall have the right to receive the Distributions which it would be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 5.2(ii).

 

-18-


(v) Each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, from time to time execute and deliver to the Agent appropriate instruments as the Agent may reasonably request in order to permit the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 5.2(ii) hereof and to receive all Distributions which it may be entitled to receive under Section 5.2(iv) hereof.

(vi) All Distributions which are received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 5.2(ii) hereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall immediately be paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

SECTION 5.3. Reserved .

SECTION 5.4. Defaults, Etc . Such Grantor is not in default in the payment of any portion of any mandatory capital contribution, if any, required to be made under any agreement to which such Grantor is a party relating to the Pledged Securities pledged by it, and such Grantor is not in violation of any other provisions of any such agreement to which such Grantor is a party, or otherwise in default or violation thereunder. No Securities Collateral pledged by such Grantor is subject to any defense, offset or counterclaim, nor have any of the foregoing been asserted or alleged against such Grantor by any Person with respect thereto, and as of the date hereof, there are no certificates, instruments, documents or other writings (other than the Organization Documents and certificates, if any, delivered to the Agent) which evidence any Pledged Securities of such Grantor.

SECTION 5.5. Certain Agreements of Grantors As Issuers and Holders of Equity Interests .

(i) In the case of each Grantor which is an issuer of Securities Collateral, such Grantor agrees to be bound by the terms of this Security Agreement relating to the Securities Collateral issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it.

(ii) In the case of each Grantor which is a partner in a partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is an issuer of Equity Interests pledged hereunder, such Grantor hereby consents to the extent required by the applicable Organization Documents to the pledge by each other Grantor, pursuant to the terms hereof, of the Pledged Interests in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity and, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the transfer of such Pledged Interests to the Agent or its nominee and to the substitution of the Agent or its nominee as a substituted partner or member in such partnership, limited liability company or other entity with all the rights, powers and duties of a general partner or a limited partner or member, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VI

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL

PROPERTY COLLATERAL

SECTION 6.1. Grant of License . Without limiting the rights of Agent as the holder of a Lien on the Intellectual Property Collateral, for the purpose of enabling the Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Article VIII hereof at such time as the Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby grants to the Agent, to the extent assignable, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever

 

-19-


the same may be located, including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing license grant shall not include any rights, the grant of which shall constitute a breach of any license to which a Grantor is a party, and shall be limited solely to the extent required for the Agent to exercise its rights hereunder.

SECTION 6.2. Registrations . Except pursuant to material licenses and material other user agreements entered into by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business that are listed Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, on and as of the date hereof (i) each Grantor owns and possesses the right to use, and has done nothing to authorize any other Person to use, any material Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, and (ii) all registrations listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate as owned by such Grantor are valid and in full force and effect.

SECTION 6.3. No Violations or Proceedings . To each Grantor’s knowledge, on and as of the date hereof, there is no violation by others of any right of such Grantor with respect to any Copyright, Patent or Trademark listed on Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate, respectively, pledged by it under the name of such Grantor.

SECTION 6.4. Protection of Agent s Security . On a continuing basis, each Grantor shall, at its sole cost and expense, (i) promptly following its becoming aware thereof, notify the Agent of (A) any adverse determination in any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor or (B) the institution of any proceeding or any adverse determination in any federal, state or local court or administrative body regarding such Grantor’s claim of ownership in or right to use any of the Intellectual Property Collateral material to the use and operation of the Collateral, its right to register such Intellectual Property Collateral or its right to keep and maintain such registration in full force and effect, (ii) maintain and protect the Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, (iii) not permit to lapse or become abandoned any Intellectual Property Collateral necessary for the conduct of business of such Grantor, and not settle or compromise any pending or future litigation or administrative proceeding with respect to such Intellectual Property Collateral, in each case except as shall be consistent with commercially reasonable business judgment and, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with the prior approval of the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), (iv) upon such Grantor’s obtaining knowledge thereof, promptly notify the Agent in writing of any event which may be reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the value or utility of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any portion thereof material to the use and operation of the Collateral, the ability of such Grantor or the Agent to dispose of the Intellectual Property Collateral or any material portion thereof or the rights and remedies of the Agent in relation thereto including, without limitation, a levy or threat of levy or any legal process against the Intellectual Property Collateral or any material portion thereof, (v) not license the Intellectual Property Collateral other than licenses entered into by such Grantor in, or incidental to, the ordinary course of business, or amend or permit the amendment of any of the material licenses in a manner that materially and adversely affects the right to receive payments thereunder, or in any manner that would materially impair the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral or the Lien on and security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral intended to be granted to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), without the consent of the Agent, (vi) until the Agent exercises its rights to make collection, diligently keep adequate records respecting the Intellectual Property Collateral and (vii) furnish to the Agent from time to time upon the Agent’s reasonable request therefor detailed statements and amended schedules further identifying and describing the Intellectual Property Collateral and such other materials evidencing or reports pertaining to the Intellectual Property Collateral as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent any Grantor from selling, disposing of or otherwise using any Intellectual Property Collateral as permitted under the Credit Agreement.

 

-20-


SECTION 6.5. After-Acquired Property . If any Grantor shall, at any time before this Security Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 9.5(a), (i) obtain any rights to any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or (ii) become entitled to the benefit of any additional Intellectual Property Collateral or any renewal or extension thereof, including any reissue, division, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any Intellectual Property Collateral, or any improvement on any Intellectual Property Collateral, the provisions hereof shall automatically apply thereto and any such item enumerated in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 6.5 with respect to such Grantor shall automatically constitute Intellectual Property Collateral if such would have constituted Intellectual Property Collateral at the time of execution hereof and be subject to the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement without further action by any party. With respect to any federally registered Intellectual Property Collateral owned by a Grantor, each such Grantor shall promptly (a) provide to the Agent written notice of any of the foregoing and (b) confirm the attachment of the Lien and security interest created by this Security Agreement to any rights described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 6.5 by execution and filing of the applicable IP Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable.

SECTION 6.6. Modifications . Each Grantor authorizes the Agent to modify this Security Agreement by amending Schedule 11 of the Perfection Certificate to include any Intellectual Property Collateral acquired or arising after the date hereof of such Grantor including, without limitation, any of the items listed in Section 6.5 hereof.

SECTION 6.7. Litigation . Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Grantor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect the Intellectual Property Collateral. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall have the right but shall in no way be obligated to file applications for protection of the Intellectual Property Collateral and/or bring suit in the name of any Grantor, the Agent or the other Secured Parties (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral and any license thereunder. In the event of such suit, each Grantor shall, at the reasonable request of the Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents requested by the Agent in aid of such enforcement and the Grantors shall promptly reimburse and indemnify the Agent, as the case may be, for all costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.7 in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement. In the event that the Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce the Intellectual Property Collateral, each Grantor agrees, at the request of the Agent, to take all commercially reasonable actions necessary, whether by suit, proceeding or other action, to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value of or other damage to any of the Intellectual Property Collateral by others.

SECTION 6.8. Third Party Consents . Each Grantor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the consent of third parties to the extent such consent is necessary to create a valid, perfected security interest in favor of the Agent in any Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

-21-


ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS

SECTION 7.1. [ Reserved ].

SECTION 7.2. Maintenance of Records . Each Grantor shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense materially complete records of each Account, in a manner consistent with prudent business practice, including, without limitation, records of all payments received, all credits granted thereon, all merchandise returned and all other documentation relating thereto. Each Grantor shall, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, upon the Agent’s written demand made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, deliver all tangible evidence of Accounts, including, without limitation, all documents evidencing Accounts and any books and records relating thereto to the Agent or to its representatives (copies of which evidence and books and records may be retained by such Grantor).

SECTION 7.3. Legend . Each Grantor shall legend, at the request of the Agent made at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and in form and manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, the books, records and documents of such Grantor evidencing or pertaining to the Accounts with an appropriate reference to the fact that the Accounts have been collaterally assigned to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) and that the Agent has a security interest therein.

SECTION 7.4. Modification of Terms, Etc . No Grantor shall rescind or cancel any indebtedness evidenced by any Account or modify any term thereof or make any adjustment with respect thereto except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement, or extend or renew any such indebtedness except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement or compromise or settle any dispute, claim, suit or legal proceeding relating thereto or sell any Account or interest therein except in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice or in accordance with the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

SECTION 7.5. Collection . Each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be collected from the account debtor of each of the Accounts, as and when due in the ordinary course of business consistent with prudent business practice, any and all amounts owing under or on account of such Account, and apply forthwith upon receipt thereof all such amounts as are so collected to the outstanding balance of such Account. The costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) of collection, in any case, whether incurred by any Grantor, the Agent or any other Secured Party (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder), shall be paid by the Grantors.

ARTICLE VIII

REMEDIES

SECTION 8.1. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default the Agent may, subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, and at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall, from time to time in respect of the Collateral, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided for herein, under applicable Law or otherwise available to it:

(i) Personally, or by agents or attorneys, immediately take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, from any Grantor or any other Person who then has possession of any part thereof with or without notice or process of law, and for that purpose may enter upon any Grantor’s premises where any of the Collateral is located, remove such Collateral, remain present at such premises to receive copies of all communications and remittances relating to the Collateral and use in connection with such removal and possession any and all services, supplies, aids and other facilities of any Grantor;

 

-22-


(ii) Demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable in respect of the Collateral including, without limitation, instructing the obligor or obligors on any agreement, instrument or other obligation constituting part of the Collateral to make any payment required by the terms of such agreement, instrument or other obligation directly to the Agent, and in connection with any of the foregoing, compromise, settle, extend the time for payment and make other modifications with respect thereto; provided , however , that in the event that any such payments are made directly to any Grantor, prior to receipt by any such obligor of such instruction, such Grantor shall segregate all amounts received pursuant thereto in trust for the benefit of the Agent and shall promptly pay such amounts to the Agent;

(iii) Sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, or direct any Grantor to sell, assign, grant a license to use or otherwise liquidate, any and all investments made in whole or in part with the Collateral or any part thereof, and take possession of the proceeds of any such sale, assignment, license or liquidation;

(iv) Take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, by directing any Grantor in writing to deliver the same to the Agent at any place or places so designated by the Agent, in which event such Grantor shall at its own expense: (A) forthwith cause the same to be moved to the place or places designated by the Agent and therewith delivered to the Agent, (B) store and keep any Collateral so delivered to the Agent at such place or places pending further action by the Agent and (C) while the Collateral shall be so stored and kept, provide such security and maintenance services as shall be necessary to protect the same and to preserve and maintain them in good condition. Each Grantor’s obligation to deliver the Collateral as contemplated in this Section 8.1 is of the essence hereof. Upon application to a court of equity having jurisdiction, the Agent shall be entitled to a decree requiring specific performance by any Grantor of such obligation;

(v) Withdraw all moneys, instruments, securities and other property in any bank, financial securities, deposit or other account of any Grantor constituting Collateral for application to the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations);

(vi) Retain and apply the Distributions to the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) as provided in Article V hereof;

(vii) Exercise any and all rights as beneficial and legal owner of the Collateral, including, without limitation, perfecting assignment of and exercising any and all voting, consensual and other rights and powers with respect to any Collateral; and

(viii) Exercise all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC, and the Agent may also in its sole discretion, without notice except as specified in Section 8.2 hereof, sell, assign or grant a license to use the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Agent’s offices or

 

-23-


elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Agent or any other Secured Party (or to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) or any of their respective Affiliates may be the purchaser, licensee, assignee or recipient of any or all of the Collateral at any such sale and shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold, assigned or licensed at such sale, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) owed to such Person as a credit on account of the purchase price of any Collateral payable by such Person at such sale. Each purchaser, assignee, licensee or recipient at any such sale shall acquire the property sold, assigned or licensed absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold, assigned or licensed at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

SECTION 8.2. Notice of Sale . Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent notice of sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by applicable Law and unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value, or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market (in which event the Agent shall provide such Grantor such advance notice as may be practicable under the circumstances), ten (10) days’ prior notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to take place shall be commercially reasonable notification of such matters. No notification need be given to any Grantor if it has signed, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, a statement renouncing or modifying (as permitted under Law) any right to notification of sale or other intended disposition.

SECTION 8.3. Waiver of Notice and Claims . Each Grantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, but except as provided in Section 8.2 of this Security Agreement, notice or judicial hearing in connection with the Agent’s taking possession or the Agent’s disposition of any of the Collateral pursuant to this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all prior notice and hearing for any prejudgment remedy or remedies and any such right which such Grantor would otherwise have under law, and each Grantor hereby further waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) all damages occasioned by such taking of possession, (ii) all other requirements as to the time, place and terms of sale or other requirements with respect to the enforcement of the Agent’s rights hereunder and (iii) all rights of redemption, appraisal, valuation, stay, extension or moratorium now or hereafter in force under any applicable Law. The Agent shall not be liable for any incorrect or improper payment made pursuant to this Article VIII in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any sale of, or the grant of options to purchase, or any other realization upon, any Collateral shall operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand, either at law or in equity, of the applicable Grantor therein and thereto, and shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against such Grantor and against any and all Persons claiming or attempting to claim the Collateral so sold, optioned or realized upon, or any part thereof, from, through or under such Grantor.

 

-24-


SECTION 8.4. Certain Sales of Collateral .

(i) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in law, rules, regulations or orders of any Governmental Authority, the Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, to limit purchasers to those who meet the requirements of such laws, rules, regulations or orders of such Governmental Authority. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions, and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such restricted sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that, except as may be required by applicable Law, the Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales.

(ii) Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and applicable state securities Laws or regulations, the Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Securities Collateral and Investment Property, to limit purchasers to Persons who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Securities Collateral or Investment Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sales may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the Agent than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including, without limitation, a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act), and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Securities Collateral or Investment Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities Laws or regulations, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

(iii) If the Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Securities Collateral or Investment Property, upon written request, the applicable Grantor shall from time to time furnish to the Agent all such information as the Agent may reasonably request in order to determine the number of securities included in the Securities Collateral or Investment Property which may be sold by the Agent as exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules of the SEC thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

(iv) Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 8.4 will cause irreparable injury to the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), that the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 8.4 shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 8.5. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

(i) No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise, no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay on the part of the Agent in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy; nor shall the Agent be required to look first to, enforce or exhaust any other security, collateral or guaranties. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

(ii) In the event that the Agent shall have instituted any proceeding to enforce any right, power or remedy under this Security Agreement by foreclosure, sale, entry or otherwise, and such proceeding shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Agent, then and in every such case, the Grantors, the Agent and each other Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall be restored to their respective former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Collateral, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall continue as if no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

-25-


SECTION 8.6. Certain Additional Actions Regarding Intellectual Property . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, upon the written demand of Agent and subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent an assignment or assignments of the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights and such other documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes hereof to the extent such assignment does not result in any loss of rights therein under applicable Law. Within five (5) Business Days of written notice thereafter from Agent, each Grantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to Agent, such personnel in such Grantor’s employ on the date of the Event of Default as Agent may reasonably designate to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly, to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold by such Grantor under the registered Patents, Trademarks and/or Copyrights, and such Persons shall be available to perform their prior functions on Agent’s behalf.

SECTION 8.7. Application of Proceeds .

(i) Subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the proceeds received by the Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral pursuant to the exercise by the Agent of its remedies shall be applied, together with any other sums then held by the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, first , to payment in full of that portion of the Secured Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement and amounts payable under Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement and Section 6 of the Credit Agreement) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such, and second , to payment in full of all other Secured Obligations and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, ratably as among the Secured Obligations, on the one hand, and the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, on the other hand, provided that any such proceeds and sums to be applied to the Secured Obligations shall be applied in accordance with and as set forth in Section 11.3 of the Credit Agreement and any such proceeds and sums to be applied to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall be applied in accordance with the documents governing the 2037 Debentures.

(ii) All payments required to be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions in respect of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall be paid to or at the direction of the trustee under the ASC Indenture. If at any time any moneys collected or received by the Agent are distributable to the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee, and if such trustee shall notify the Agent in writing that no provision is made under the ASC Indenture for the application by the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee of such moneys (whether because the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide that amounts are due and payable or otherwise) and that the ASC Indenture does not effectively provide for the receipt and the holding by the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee of such moneys pending the application thereof, then the Agent, after receipt of such moneys pending the application thereof, and receipt of such notification, shall at the direction of the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee, invest such amounts in Cash Equivalents maturing within 90 days after they are acquired by the Agent or, in the absence of such direction, hold such moneys uninvested and shall hold all such amounts so distributable and all such investments and the net proceeds thereof in trust solely for the

 

-26-


2037 ASC Debenture Trustee (in its capacity as trustee) and for no other purpose until such time as the 2037 ASC Debenture Trustee shall request in writing the delivery thereof by the Agent for application pursuant to the 2037 ASC Debentures. The Agent shall not be responsible for any diminution in funds resulting from any such investment or any liquidation or any liquidation thereof prior to maturity.

(iii) In making the determination and allocations required by this Section 8.7, the Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations and the Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information; provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Agent pursuant to this Section 8.7 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee of any amounts distributed to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee.

(iv) If, despite the provisions of this Security Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Secured Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Security Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties and 2037 ASC Debentures Holders hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 8.7.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1. Concerning the Agent .

(i) The Agent has been appointed as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement. By accepting the benefits of this Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, each 2037 ASC Debentures Holder hereby appoints Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, to serve as collateral agent for the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders under each of the Collateral Documents and any related intercreditor agreement, on the terms set forth herein and in the other Collateral Documents. The actions of the Agent hereunder are subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Agent shall have the right hereunder to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of the Collateral), in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection herewith and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact. The Agent may resign and a successor Agent may be appointed in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Agent by a successor Agent, that successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring Agent shall thereupon be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring Agent’s resignation, the provisions hereof shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was the Agent.

(ii) The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own property consisting of similar instruments or interests, it being understood that neither the Agent nor any of the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) shall have responsibility for, without limitation (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions,

 

-27-


exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Securities Collateral, whether or not the Agent or any other Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any Person with respect to any Collateral.

(iii) The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written notice, statement, certificate, order or other document or any telephone message believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and, with respect to all matters pertaining to this Security Agreement and its duties hereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

(iv) If any item of Collateral also constitutes collateral granted to Agent under any other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type, in the event of any conflict between the provisions hereof and the provisions of such other deed of trust, mortgage, security agreement, pledge or instrument of any type in respect of such collateral (other than the Credit Agreement), Agent, in its sole discretion, shall select which provision or provisions shall control.

SECTION 9.2. Agent May Perform; Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . If any Grantor shall fail to perform any covenants contained in this Security Agreement or in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, such Grantor’s covenants to (i) pay the premiums in respect of all required insurance policies hereunder, (ii) pay Claims, (iii) make repairs, (iv) discharge Liens or (v) pay or perform any other obligations of such Grantor with respect to any Collateral) or if any warranty on the part of any Grantor contained herein shall be breached, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) do the same or cause it to be done or remedy any such breach, and may expend funds for such purpose; provided , however , that Agent shall in no event be bound to inquire into the validity of any tax, lien, imposition or other obligation which such Grantor fails to pay or perform as and when required hereby. Any and all amounts so expended by the Agent shall be paid by the Grantors in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the provisions of this Section 9.2 nor any action taken by Agent pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall prevent any such failure to observe any covenant contained in this Security Agreement nor any breach of warranty from constituting an Event of Default. Each Grantor hereby appoints the Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, or otherwise, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument consistent with the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Collateral Documents which the Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the purposes hereof. The foregoing grant of authority is a power of attorney coupled with an interest and such appointment shall be irrevocable for the term hereof. Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SECTION 9.3. Reserved .

SECTION 9.4. Continuing Security Interest; Assignment . This Security Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) be binding upon the Grantors, their respective successors and assigns, and (ii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Agent and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent provided for in Section 10.1, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) and each of their respective successors, transferees and assigns. No other Persons (including, without limitation, any other creditor of any Grantor) shall have any interest herein or any right or benefit with respect hereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (ii), any Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) may assign or otherwise transfer any indebtedness held by it secured by this Security Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, such 2037 ASC Debentures Holder), herein or otherwise, subject, however, to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

-28-


SECTION 9.5. Termination; Release .

(a) This Security Agreement, the Lien in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of itself and the other Secured Parties (and to the extent applicable pursuant to Section 10.1, any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder)) and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations when (i) the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated and (ii) the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees and other Secured Obligations (other than contingent obligations not yet due) shall have been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that in connection with the termination of this Security Agreement, the Agent may require such indemnities as it shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Secured Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Secured Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Cash Management Obligations or Bank Products, and (z) any Secured Obligations (and to the extent provided in Section 10.1, 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations) that may thereafter arise under Sections 12.5 or 12.6 of the Credit Agreement, provided , further , that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations shall no longer be secured hereby and this Security Agreement shall be deemed terminated in the event the Secured Obligations are no longer required to be secured hereby as a result of the release of the Collateral by the Agent as permitted hereunder and under the Credit Agreement. Upon termination of this Security Agreement the Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Security Agreement. Upon such release or any release of Collateral or any part thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Agent except as to the fact that the Collateral Agent has not encumbered the released assets, such of the Collateral or any part thereof to be released (in the case of a release) as may be in possession of the Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination financing statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.

(b) Provided that no Event of Default is then occurring, a Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Lien in favor of the Agent on the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released if (i) such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guarantee is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Grantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any ABL Facility Indebtedness or any Additional Pari Term Debt (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) or any Permitted Refinancing thereof (as defined in and incurred in compliance with the terms of the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof).

(c) Upon any Permitted Disposition by any Grantor of any Collateral, or if any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 12.3 of the Credit Agreement, provided that no Event of Default is then occurring, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Security Agreement or any Financing Agreement, upon (i) the release by the ABL Secured Parties (as defined in the ABL

 

-29-


Intercreditor Agreement) of any Lien or security interest created in any ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), other than any such release in connection with the termination of the ABL Facility, and (ii) delivery to the Agent of an officer’s certificate of the Parent Borrower certifying that such release has occurred, the lien and security interest created hereunder shall automatically terminate with respect to such ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement).

(e) Notwithstanding clause (d) above, if, after any release of Collateral pursuant to such clause (d), any Indebtedness that would constitute ABL Obligations under the ABL Intercreditor Agreement becomes secured by any ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), such ABL Priority Collateral and related collateral documents, and all Liens granted or purported to be granted therein, released pursuant to clause (d) above shall be automatically reinstated on the same terms as of the date they were terminated and the Grantors shall take all actions and deliver all documents (collectively, the “New Collateral Documents”) reasonably requested by the Agent as may be necessary to create and perfect the Liens of the Agent in such Collateral, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, within 60 days of such date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion). The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any New Collateral Documents.

(f) The Collateral shall be released from the Lien of this Security Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Credit Agreement. Upon termination hereof or any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the Agent shall, upon the request and at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors, assign, transfer and deliver to the Grantors, against receipt and without recourse to or warranty by the Agent, such of the Collateral to be released (in the case of a release) or all of the Collateral (in the case of termination of this Security Agreement) as may be in possession of the Agent and as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof, and, with respect to any other Collateral, proper documents and instruments (including UCC-3 termination statements or releases) acknowledging the termination hereof or the release of such Collateral, as the case may be.

(g) At any time that the respective Grantor desires that the Agent take any action described in clause (f) of this Section 9.5, such Grantor shall, upon request of the Agent, deliver to the Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to this Section 9.5. The Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Party (or any 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) as the result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 9.5.

SECTION 9.6. Modification in Writing . No amendment, modification, supplement, termination or waiver of or to any provision hereof, nor consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement; provided , however , that the requisite written consent of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and/or the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee under the 2037 ASC Debentures shall be required with respect to any release, waiver, amendment or other modification of this Security Agreement that would materially and adversely affect the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders to equally and ratably share in the security provided for herein with respect to the Collateral. Except as set forth in this Section 9.6, neither the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders nor any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall have any rights to approve any release, waiver, amendment, modification, charge, discharge or termination with respect to this Security Agreement. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Grantor from the terms of any provision hereof in each case shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Security Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall

 

-30-


entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification or supplement of or to any provision hereof, any waiver of any provision hereof and any consent to any departure by any Grantor from the terms of any provision hereof shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which made or given. Except where notice is specifically required by this Security Agreement or any other document evidencing the Secured Obligations, no notice to or demand on any Grantor in any case shall entitle any Grantor to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

SECTION 9.7. Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein or in the Credit Agreement, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in the manner and become effective as set forth in the Credit Agreement, as to any Grantor, addressed to it at the address of the Parent Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and as to the Agent, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Credit Agreement, or in each case at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 9.7; provided that (i) any notice to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee may be made to its address as set forth in the most recent copy of the ASC Indenture provided to the Agent by the Borrowers or in a written notice of such address provided to the Agent by the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee and (ii) notice to any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall be deemed sufficient notice to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders for all purposes hereunder

SECTION 9.8. GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

SECTION 9.9. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(a) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY SECURED PARTY OR ANY 2037 ASC DEBENTURES HOLDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(b) EACH GRANTOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY

 

-31-


OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION 9.9. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(c) EACH GRANTOR AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY GRANTOR ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY OR THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AS THE AGENT MAY ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

(d) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.7. NOTHING IN THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

(e) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY AND WHETHER INITIATED BY OR AGAINST ANY SUCH PERSON OR IN WHICH ANY SUCH PERSON IS JOINED AS A PARTY LITIGANT). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.9.

SECTION 9.10. Severability of Provisions . Any provision hereof which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.11. Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. No Release . Nothing set forth in this Security Agreement shall relieve any Grantor from the performance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be performed or observed under or in respect of any of the Collateral or from any liability to any Person under or in respect of any of the Collateral or shall impose any obligation on the Agent or any other Secured Party (or any other 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) to perform or observe any such term,

 

-32-


covenant, condition or agreement on such Grantor’s part to be so performed or observed or shall impose any liability on the Agent or any other Secured Party (or any other 2037 ASC Debentures Holder) for any act or omission on the part of such Grantor relating thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the part of such Grantor contained in this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the other Financing Agreements (or the ASC Indenture), or under or in respect of the Collateral or made in connection herewith or therewith. The obligations of each Grantor contained in this Section 9.12 shall survive the termination hereof and the discharge of such Grantor’s other obligations under this Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (and, if applicable, the ASC Indenture).

SECTION 9.13. Obligations Absolute . All obligations of each Grantor hereunder, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment, composition, liquidation or the like of any Grantor;

(ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(iv) any pledge, exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Secured Obligations;

(v) any exercise, non-exercise or waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect hereof, the Credit Agreement or any other Financing Agreement except as specifically set forth in a waiver granted pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.6 hereof; or

(vi) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor (other than the termination of this Security Agreement in accordance with Section 9.5(a) hereof).

SECTION 9.14. Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Security Agreement and each other Financing Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement in all respects and, in the event of any conflict between the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and this Security Agreement, the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the priority of the Lien and security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to any Financing Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the Collateral by the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement are subject to the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. The delivery of any Collateral that constitutes ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) to the collateral agent under and pursuant to any ABL Document (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) shall satisfy any delivery requirement hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to the extent that such delivery is consistent with the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 9.15. Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of

 

-33-


this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of (i) a Security Agreement Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto and (ii) a Perfection Certificate containing information with respect to such Subsidiary that is substantially consistent with that contained in the Perfection Certificate delivered on the date hereof. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

ARTICLE X

ASC DEBENTURES

(a) Equal and Ratable Security . This Security Agreement and the other Collateral Documents (i) shall secure the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations to the extent required by Section 3.7 of the ASC Indenture and (ii) shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

(b) Limitation on Collateral Agent’s Responsibilities with Respect to 2037 ASC Debentures Holders . The obligations of the Agent to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee hereunder shall be limited solely to (i) holding the Collateral for the ratable benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee for so long as (A) any Secured Obligations remain outstanding and (B) any 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations are secured by the Collateral pursuant to Section 10.1, (ii) subject to the instructions of the Required Lenders, enforcing the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders in their capacities as secured parties and (iii) distributing any proceeds received by the Agent from the sale, collection or realization of the Collateral to the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee in respect of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations in accordance with Section 11.3 of the Credit Agreement. Neither the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders nor the any 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee shall be entitled to exercise (or direct the Agent to exercise) any rights or remedies hereunder with respect to the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, including without limitation the right to receive any payments, enforce the Lien on Collateral, request any action, institute proceedings, give any instructions, make any election, make collections, sell or otherwise foreclose on any portion of the Collateral or execute any amendment, supplement, or acknowledgment hereof. This Security Agreement shall not create any liability of the Agent or the Secured Parties to any 2037 ASC Debentures Holders or to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee by reason of actions taken with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of the Lien on Collateral, actions with respect to the occurrence of an Event of Default (under, and as defined in, the Credit Agreement or the ASC Indenture), actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release, or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral or action with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations, guarantor or any other party or the valuation, use or protection of the Collateral. By acceptance of the benefits under this Security Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders and the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that the provisions of the preceding sentence are intended to induce the Lenders to permit such Persons to be secured parties under this Security Agreement and certain of the other Financing Agreement and are being relied upon by the Lenders as consideration therefor.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing in this Security Agreement shall or shall be construed to (i) result in the security interest in the Collateral securing the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations less than equally and ratably with the Secured Obligations pursuant to the 2037 ASC Debentures to the extent required or (ii) modify or affect the rights of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders to receive the pro rata share specified in Section 8.7 of any proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral.

 

-34-


(d) The parties hereto agree that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations and the Secured Obligations are, and will be, equally and ratably secured with each other by the Liens on the Collateral, and that it is their intention to give full effect to the equal and ratable provisions of the 2037 ASC Debentures, as in effect on the date hereof. To the extent that the rights and benefits herein or in any other Collateral Document conferred on the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders shall be held to exceed the rights and benefits required so to be conferred by such provisions, such rights and benefits shall be limited so as to provide such 2037 ASC Debentures Holders only those rights and benefits that are required by such provisions. Any and all rights not herein expressly given to the 2037 ASC Debentures Trustee are expressly reserved to the Agent and the Secured Parties other than the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders.

(e) Termination . This Article X shall cease to apply if and when (i) all of the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations have been fully satisfied and discharged (including in accordance with Article Ten of the ASC Indenture) or (ii) the ASC Indenture shall have been amended such that the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations are no longer required to be secured equally and ratably with the Secured Obligations.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-35-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Grantors and the Agent have caused this Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS :
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Perkins

  Name:   James Perkins
  Title:   President & Chief Operating Officer
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley S. Fox

  Name:   Bradley S. Fox
  Title:   Vice President & Treasurer
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, INC.
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Real Estate Law

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary
ASP REALTY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By:   GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:  

Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Miles Kendall

  Name:  

Miles Kendall

  Title:  

President, Treasurer & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent
By:  

/s/ Bill O’Daly

  Name: Bill O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name: D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement (Term Loan)


EXHIBIT 1

[Form of]

SECURITIES PLEDGE AMENDMENT

This Securities Pledge Amendment, dated as of                     , is delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of that certain Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement; ” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), made by and among (i) ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as Parent Borrower (the “ Parent Borrower ”), (ii) SAFEWAY, INC. ( “ Safeway ”), (iii) SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC (“ Spirit ”), (iv) NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC. (“ NAI ”), (v) UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. (“United” and, together with Safeway, Spirit and NAI, the “ Co-Borrowers ”, each, a “ Co-Borrower ” and together with the Parent Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), (vi) ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), (vii) THE GUARANTORS party thereto from time to time (the “ Guarantors ”), as pledgors, assignors and debtors (the Borrowers, together with Holdings and the Guarantors, in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Grantors ,” and each, a “ Grantor ”), and (viii) CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties, as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”). The undersigned hereby agrees that this Securities Pledge Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement and that the Pledged Securities and/or Intercompany Notes listed on this Securities Pledge Amendment shall be deemed to be and shall become part of the Collateral and shall secure all Secured Obligations.

 

Ex. 1-1


PLEDGED SECURITIES

 

ISSUER

   CLASS
OF STOCK
OR
INTERESTS
     PAR
VALUE
     CERTIFICATE
NO(S).
     NUMBER OF
SHARES
OR
INTERESTS
     PERCENTAGE OF
ALL ISSUED
CAPITAL
OR OTHER EQUITY
INTERESTS OF
ISSUER
 
              
              
              

 

Ex. 1-2


INTERCOMPANY NOTES

 

ISSUER

   PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
     DATE OF
ISSUANCE
     INTEREST
RATE
     MATURITY
DATE
 
           
           
           

 

[                                           ],
            as Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 1-3


EXHIBIT 2

[Form of]

Copyright Security Agreement

Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 2-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Copyright Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Copyright Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Copyright Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

to

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS AND COPYRIGHT APPLICATIONS

Copyright registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

TITLE

    
        

Copyright applications:

 

OWNER

  

TITLE

    
     


EXHIBIT 3

[Form of]

Patent Security Agreement

Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 3-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Patent Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Patent Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Patent Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

to

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

Patent Registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

NAME

    
        

Patent Applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

NAME

    
        


EXHIBIT 4

[Form of]

Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [                    ], by [                    ] and [                    ] (individually, a “ Grantor ”, and, collectively, the “ Grantors ”), in favor of CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) in favor of the Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders) a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Trademarks of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto;

(b) all goodwill associated with such Trademarks; and

(c) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing (other than Excluded Property).

SECTION 3. Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon the payment in full of the Secured Obligations and termination of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

Ex. 4-1


SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Trademark Security Agreement by telecopy, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 6. Governing Law . This Trademark Security Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and all disputes between the parties under or relating to this Trademark Security Agreement or the facts or circumstances leading to its execution, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws (including statutes of limitation) of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

[signature page follows]

 

Ex. 4-2


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

Very truly yours,
[GRANTORS]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted and Agreed:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 4-3


SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

TRADEMARK REGISTRATIONS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

Trademark registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

    
        

Trademark applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

    
        

 

Ex. 4-4


EXHIBIT 5

[Form of]

SECURITY AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ] (this “ Supplement ”), dated as of [                    ], to the Third Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 11, 2016 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) by and among the Grantors as defined therein and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as collateral agent for the Secured Parties pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the 2037 Debentures Holders (as defined herein), as pledgee, assignee and secured party (in such capacities and together with any successors in such capacities, the “ Agent ”).

A. Reference is made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of the Escrow Release Date (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among the Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), the Guarantors party thereto, the Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto, among others.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement referred to therein.

C. The rules of interpretation specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Security Agreement Supplement.

D. Section 9.15 of the Security Agreement provides that each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.9 of the Credit Agreement and the terms hereof shall become a Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each, a “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement as consideration for the Secured Obligations.

Accordingly, the Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 9.15 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a

 

Ex. 5-1


Grantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations (and, to the extent provided in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, the 2037 ASC Debentures Obligations), does hereby assign, pledge, mortgage and hypothecate to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), and hereby grants to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties “(and, to the extent provided for in Section 10.1 of the Security Agreement, for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Debentures Holders), a security interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest (but, in any event, excluding any Excluded Property). Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement (including Article II ) is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission ( i.e ., a “pdf” or “tif”)), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Agent.

SECTION 4. Annexed hereto are supplements to each of the schedules to the Security Agreement with respect to each New Grantor. Such supplements shall be deemed to be part of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Ex. 5-2


SECTION 8. All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 14.3 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower at the Parent Borrower’s address set forth in Section 14.3 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 9. Each New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Agent for its reasonable, documented and invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with this Supplement in accordance with Section 12.6 of the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

Ex. 5-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NEW GRANTOR(S)],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Ex. 5-4


SCHEDULE I

Intercompany Notes

1. None.


SCHEDULE II

Filings, Registrations and Recordings

[to come]


SCHEDULE III

Pledged Interests

[to come]

Exhibit 10.22

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 4

AMENDMENT NO. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Parent Borrower has, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (i) $1,422,661,843.97 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-2 Loans outstanding, (ii) $382,700,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-3 Loans outstanding, (iii) $3,869,910,000.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-4 Loans outstanding, and (iv) $1,142,137,500.00 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-5 Loans outstanding.

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement provides that Borrowers may, with consent of the Required Lenders, amend or waive certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, including the amendments and waivers provided for herein;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has hereby notified the Agent that it is requesting Incremental Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may establish Incremental Term Loans by, among other things, entering into one or more Incremental Amendments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Incremental Term Loans (such Incremental Term Loans, the “ Term B-6 Loans ” and the Lenders thereunder, the “ Term B-6 Lenders ”);

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested the borrowing of $2,100,000,000 of Term B-6 Loans to (i) partially finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-2 Loans and the Term B-3 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (as defined below), (ii) partially repay the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment, (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the Incremental Term Loans and (iv) general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a joinder to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “ Joinder ”) as an Additional Term B-6 Lender will make Term B-6 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment

 

1


No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to (i) repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 and B-3 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C), (ii) partially repay the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment, (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the foregoing and the Incremental Term Loans and (iv) general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, each Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender that executes and delivers a consent to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “ Consent ”) and checks “Term B-2 Cashless Settlement Option” or “Term B-3 Cashless Settlement Option”, as applicable, on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-2 Loans for Term B-6 Loans and/or all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-3 Loans for Term B-6 Loans, and such Lender shall thereafter become a Term B-6 Lender and (iii) agree to the terms of the Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may obtain Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness by, among other things, entering into a Refinancing Amendment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement Term B-4 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement Term B-4 Lenders ”) to partially finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional Term B-4 Lender will make Replacement Term B-4 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to partially repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-4 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for Replacement Term B-4 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement Term B-4 Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) agrees to the terms of the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-4 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter ”) and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement Term B-5 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement Term B-5 Lenders ” and, respectively, together with the Replacement Term B-4 Loans and Term B-6 Loans, the “ Term Loans ” and together with the Replacement Term B-4 Lenders and Term B-6 Lenders, the “ Term Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

 

2


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional Term B-5 Lender will make Replacement Term B-5 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-5 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) of its Term B-5 Loans for Replacement Term B-5 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement Term B-5 Lender under the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) agree to the terms of the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Administrative Agent (the “ Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, solely for purposes of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, the parties hereto agree that the prepayment notice requirements in Section 2.03(a) of the Term Loan Agreement are hereby satisfied;

WHEREAS, on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of (i) 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $3,280,000,000, (ii) 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,145,000,000 and (iii) Term B-6 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $2,100,000,000.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

SECTION 2.  Incremental Term Loans . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, on the date requested by the Borrowers to be the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Term B-6 Lenders agree (i) that each shall be considered a Lender for all purposes under the Financing Agreements and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof and (ii) to make Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers in a single borrowing on the date hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,100,000,000. The Term B-6 Loans will be a new tranche of loans under the Term Loan Agreement. The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Term B-6 Loans as set forth in the recitals to this Amendment. The Term B-6 Loans shall be on the terms set forth in the amended Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 3.  Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 below, the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

3


SECTION 4.  Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(b) Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by the (i) Additional Term B-4 Lender, (ii) Additional Term B-5 Lender, (iii) Additional Term B-6 Lender and (iv) Consents from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders, provided that the Additional Term B-4 Lender, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Additional Term B-6 Lender shall be deemed to have consented to this Amendment;

(c) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(d) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-5 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(e) Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the Additional Term B-4 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent;

(f) Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, (D) from Ice Miller, LLP, Indiana counsel to the Loan Parties, (E) from Petruccelli, Martin & Haddow LLP, Maine counsel to the Loan Parties, and (F) from Porter Wright Morris & Arthur LLP, Ohio counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and the Term Lenders;

(g) Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or, if applicable, that no modifications have been made to such documents since, with respect to (aa) the subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, LLC that are Subsidiary Guarantors, Safeway Inc. and the subsidiaries of Safeway Inc. that are Subsidiary Guarantors, January 30, 2015, (bb) Albertsons Companies, LLC, December 21, 2015, (cc) New Albertson’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors (other than ASP Realty, LLC), December 21, 2015 and (dd) ASP Realty, LLC, January 28, 2016, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above;

 

4


(h) Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Parent Borrower dated the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date certifying that (i) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably to be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) The Parent Borrower shall have paid (or have caused to be paid), (a) to the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers in connection with arranging Term Loans as separately agreed to in writing by Holdings and the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers, (b) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 4 Arrangers and the Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP ), (c) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Term B-6 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Term B-6 Loans, (d) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Replacement Term B-5 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Replacement Term B-5 Loans and (e) to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Replacement Term B-4 Lender, a closing fee of 0.25% of such Lender’s Replacement Term B-4 Loans;

(j)(i) Subject to subsection (h)  above, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Borrowing and (ii) after giving effect to the establishment of the Term B-6 Loans, and the borrowings thereunder, on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Borrowers shall be in compliance with Section 2.8 of the Term Loan Agreement;

(k) Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O to the Term Loan Agreement;

(l) Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(m) Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice for the Term Loans;

(n) Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Lenders at least 10 days prior to the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date; and

 

5


(o) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property, and to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto, and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 9.4 of the Term Loan Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 5.  Consent Fee . The Parent Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Agent for the account of each Term B-4 Lender and/or Term B-5 Lender that has returned a Consent to the Agent at or prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on May 26, 2016 (the “ Consent Deadline ”) a fee equal to 0.10% of the aggregate principal amount of (i) the Term B-4 Loans (after giving effect to the partial refinancing from the proceeds of the Term B-6 Loans) and/or (ii) the Term B-5 Loans of such Lender outstanding immediately prior to the Consent Deadline.

SECTION 6.  Post-Closing Obligations . The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 7.  Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant (before and after giving effect to the Borrowing) that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.  Extension of Loan . Subject to Section 4 above, the Term Lenders shall make the Term Loans available to the Parent Borrower on the date specified therefor in the related Committed Loan Notice in accordance with instructions provided by the Parent Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

SECTION 9.  Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements.

SECTION 10.  GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

 

6


SECTION 11.  Financing Agreement . This Amendment shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

SECTION 12.  Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notice . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Term Loan Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12. Roles . It is agreed that each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC will act as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Term Loans (collectively, the “Joint Lead Arrangers”). It is further agreed that each of Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets 1 , Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will act as co-managers for the Term Loans (collectively and together with the Joint Lead Arrangers, the “ Amendment No. 4 Arrangers ”). Parties hereto agree that Section 12.5 (Indemnification) of the Term Loan Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 13. Acknowledgement and Reaffirmation . Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) to the extent party thereto or covered thereunder, ratifies and affirms after giving effect to this Amendment its obligations under the Financing Agreements (including guarantees, security agreements, mortgages and deeds of trusts) executed by Holdings, the Borrowers and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) to the extent applicable, after giving effect to this Amendment, acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Financing Agreements and agrees such Financing Agreements remain in full force and effect.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

Name:   Robert A. Gordon
Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

Name:   Robert Dimond
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
SAFEWAY INC .
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:  

Laura A. Donald

Title:  

Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Legal
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

Name:   Gary Morton
Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST
By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

Name:   Gary Morton
Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate &
Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.
By:  

Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP
By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP
By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

Name:   Laura A. Donald
Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent
By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

Name:   William O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 4


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [ADDITIONAL TERM [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] LENDER] (each, an “ Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Term B-6 Lenders ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, to be dated as of the date hereof (“ Amendment No. 4 ”), and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Guarantors from time to time party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and the other Agents named therein (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement as amended by the Amendment No. 4);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, the Borrowers desire to establish [[Incremental Term Loans] that it shall designate as Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loans with existing Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders and/or Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of Amendment No. 4, each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender has consented to Amendment No. 4; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement. The Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Term Loan Agreement and to the conditions set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents.

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional Term B-6 Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other applicable Financing Agreements. Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5]


[B-4] Lender hereby agrees to make a [Replacement] [Term] [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loan to the Borrowers in an amount equal to its Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement.

Each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers or any other Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Term Loan Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Term Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and shall have the respective Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

For each Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.


This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL TERM [B-6] [B-5]

[B-4] LENDER]

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[If a second signature is necessary:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:]  
Additional Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments:
$                                                      

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SAFEWAY INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


Accepted:
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 4


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 4

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 4 (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 4 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015 and that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Term B-2 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-2 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

Term B-2 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-2 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-2 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).


Term B-3 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-3 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

Term B-3 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-3 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-3 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-3 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).

Term B-4 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-4 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-4 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Replacement Term B-4 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-4 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-4 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Replacement Term B-4 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).

Term B-5 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-5 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-5 Lender Cashless Settlement Option

 

 

to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a Replacement Term B-5 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this


  option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional Term B-5 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-5 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of Replacement Term B-5 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Administrative Agent).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Consent to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer.

 

                                                                          ,
(Name of Institution)
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[If a second signature is necessary:
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:]  

[ACL – Consent to Amendment No. 4]


EXHIBIT C

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT 1

by and among

ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

as Holdings,

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower,

SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.,

(to be merged with and into Safeway Inc.),

as Co-Borrower SAFEWAY INC., NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

and SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

as Co-Borrowers ,

THE OTHER CO-BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Agent

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated: August 25, 2014

Effective: January 30, 2015

As Amended on December 21, 2015

As Amended on February 11, 2016

As Amended on June 22, 2016

 

 

1   Conformed to reflect Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 1”), Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 2”) and Amendment No. 3 and Consent to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2016 (“Amendment No. 3”). In the event of any conflict between this document and the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, Amendment No.1, Amendment No. 2 or Amendment No. 3, the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2 and Amendment No. 3 shall control.


Deal CUSIP # 01310TAA7

Term B-2 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAC3

Term B-3 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAG4

Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAH2

Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAK5

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAN9

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAM1

Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAL3

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2  

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

     56 63  

2.1

     Loans      56 63  

2.2

     Repayment of Loans      58 67  

2.3

     Prepayments      58 67  

2.4

     Termination or Reduction of Commitments      63 73  

2.5

     Evidence of Indebtedness      63 73  

2.6

     Payments Generally      64 74  

2.7

     Sharing of Payments      65 75  

2.8

     Incremental Credit Extensions      66 76  

2.9

     Refinancing Amendments      67 77  

2.10

     Extension of Term Loans      68 78  

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

     70 80  

3.1

     Interest      70 80  

3.2

     Fees      71 80  

3.3

     Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans      71 80  

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     73 83  

4.1

     [Reserved]      73 83  

4.2

     Conditions Precedent to All Loans      73 83  

4.3

     Conditions to the Escrow Release Date      74 83  

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

     76 86  

SECTION 6. TAXES

     76 86  

6.1

     Taxes.      76 86  

6.2

     Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      79 88  

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

     79 89  

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     79 89  

8.1

     Existence, Qualification and Power      79 89  

8.2

     Authorization; No Contravention.      80 89  

8.3

     Financial Statements      80 90  

8.4

     Ownership of Property; Liens      81 90  

8.5

     Taxes      81 91  

8.6

     Litigation      81 91  

8.7

     Compliance with Laws      82 91  

8.8

     Environmental Compliance      82 91  

8.9

     ERISA Compliance      82 92  

8.10

     Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      83 92  

8.11

     Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      83 93  

8.12

     Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      83 93  

8.13

     Labor Matters      84 93  

8.14

     Anti-Money Laundering      84 94  

8.15

     Material Contracts      84 94  

 

-i-


            Page  

8.16

     Solvency      85 94  

8.17

     Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations      85 94  

8.18

     Disclosure      85 95  

8.19

     FCPA      85 95  

8.20

     Office of Foreign Assets Control      85 95  

8.21

     USA PATRIOT Act Notice      86 95  

8.22

     Use of Proceeds      86 95  

8.23

     Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements      86 96  

8.24

     Binding Effect      86 96  

8.25

     No Material Adverse Effect      86 96  

8.26

     No Default      86 96  

8.27

     Collateral Documents      87 96  

8.28

     Pharmaceutical Laws      87 97  

8.29

     HIPAA Compliance      88 97  

8.30

     Compliance With Health Care Laws      88 98  

8.31

     Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.      89 99  

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     89 99  

9.1

     Preservation of Existence      90 99  

9.2

     Compliance with Laws      90 99  

9.3

     Payment of Obligations      90 99  

9.4

     Insurance      90 100  

9.5

     Financial Statements      91 100  

9.6

     Certificates; Other Information      92 102  

9.7

     Notices      94 103  

9.8

     Further Assurances      94 104  

9.9

     Additional Loan Parties      95 105  

9.10

     Maintenance of Ratings      95 105  

9.11

     Use of Proceeds      95 105  

9.12

     Maintenance of Properties      96 105  

9.13

     Environmental Laws and Insurance      96 105  

9.14

     Books and Records; Accountants      96 106  

9.15

     Inspection Rights      97 106  

9.16

     Information Regarding the Collateral      97 106  

9.17

     [Reserved]      97 107  

9.18

     ERISA      97 107  

9.19

     Quarterly Lender Meetings      97 107  

9.20

     [Reserved]      97 107  

9.21

     Post-Closing Requirements      97 107  

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     97 107  

10.1

     Liens      98 107  

10.2

     Investments      102 112  

10.3

     Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock      106 115  

10.4

     Fundamental Changes      109 118  

10.5

     Dispositions      110 120  

10.6

     Restricted Payments      113 123  

10.7

     Change in Nature of Business      116 126  

10.8

     Transactions with Affiliates      116 126  

10.9

     Burdensome Agreements      120 130  

 

-ii-


            Page  

10.10

     Accounting Changes      121 131  

10.11

     Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness      121 131  

10.12

     Permitted Activities      122 132  

10.13

     Amendments of Organization Documents      122 132  

10.14

     Designation of Subsidiaries      122 132  

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     123 133  

11.1

     Events of Default      123 133  

11.2

     Remedies      125 135  

11.3

     Application of Proceeds      125 135  

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

     126 136  

12.1

     Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver      126 136  

12.2

     Waiver of Notices      127 137  

12.3

     Amendments and Waivers      127 137  

12.4

     Waiver of Counterclaims      130 140  

12.5

     Indemnification      130 140  

12.6

     Costs and Expenses      131 141  

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

     132 142  

13.1

     Appointment and Authority      132 142  

13.2

     Rights as a Lender      132 142  

13.3

     Exculpatory Provisions      132 142  

13.4

     Reliance by Agent      133 143  

13.5

     Delegation of Duties      134 143  

13.6

     Resignation of Agent      134 144  

13.7

     Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      134 144  

13.8

     No Other Duties, Etc.      134 144  

13.9

     Agent May File Proofs of Claim      135 144  

13.10

     Collateral and Guaranty Matters      135 145  

13.11

     Withholding Tax Indemnity      136 146  

SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     137 147  

14.1

     Term      137 147  

14.2

     Interpretative Provisions      137 147  

14.3

     Notices      138 148  

14.4

     Partial Invalidity      140 150  

14.5

     Confidentiality      140 150  

14.6

     Successors      142 152  

14.7

     Assignments; Participations      142 152  

14.8

     Entire Agreement      147 157  

14.9

     USA PATRIOT Act      148 157  

14.10

     Counterparts, Etc.      148 158  

14.11

     Payments Set Aside      148 158  

14.12

     Guarantee      148 158  

14.13

     Pro Forma Calculations      154 164  

14.14

     Setoff      155 166  

14.15

     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      156 166  

14.16

     Interest Rate Limitation      156 166  

 

-iii-


          Page  
14.17    Survival of Representations and Warranties      156 167  
14.18    No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      157 167  
14.19    Binding Effect      157 167  
14.20    Amendment and Restatement      157 167  
14.21    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      168  

 

 

-iv-


INDEX

TO

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Term Note
Exhibit E    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H-1    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-2    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-3    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-4    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit I    Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
Exhibit J    Form of Lender Participation Notice
Exhibit K    Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
Exhibit L    Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit M    [Reserved]
Exhibit N-1    Form of ABL Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit N-2    Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit O    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P    Form of Escrow Agreement
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01    Commitments
Schedule 1.02    Accounting Period
Schedule 1.03    Real Estate Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.04    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.05    Debt Refinancing
Schedule 8.1    Loan Parties
Schedule 8.4(b)(1)    Owned Real Estate
Schedule 8.4(b)(2)    Leased Real Estate
Schedule 8.6    Litigation
Schedule 8.8    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.11    Intellectual Property
Schedule 8.12    Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
Schedule 8.13    Labor Matters
Schedule 8.15    Material Contracts
Schedule 8.23(a)    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 8.23(b)    Credit Card Agreements
Schedule 8.26    Defaults
Schedule 8.30    Participation Agreements
Schedule 9.6    Financial Reporting
Schedule 9.21    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 10.1    Existing Liens

 

-v-


Schedule 10.2    Existing Investments
Schedule 10.3    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 10.8    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.9    Certain Contractual Obligations
Schedule 10.14    Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

-vi-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the parties hereto from time to time as Co-Borrowers, the other Guarantors party hereto, the parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as hereinafter further defined) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as hereinafter further defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Debt Facility (defined below) pursuant to which certain term loans have been made available to the Parent Borrower and the Parent Borrower has requested to amend and restate the Existing Debt Facility in its entirety;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with Parent Borrower pursuant to which Lenders may make loans to Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree severally and not jointly to make such loans to Parent Borrower on a pro rata basis according to such Lender’s Commitment as defined below on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements and Agent is willing to act as agent for Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AB LLC ”), Parent Borrower, Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), and Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) are parties to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “ Safeway Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Holdings will, directly or indirectly, acquire Safeway and its Subsidiaries (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, Safeway will enter into the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between NAI and Safeway (the “ Eastern Division Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Safeway will sell the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway (including the Equity Interests of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, the Subsidiary of Safeway that owns such assets, the “ Eastern Division Assets ”) to NAI (the “ Eastern Division Sale ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, it is intended that (a) the Equity Investors Sponsor will make the Equity Contribution; (b) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement; (c) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000 of loans pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ ABL Loans ”); (d) Holdings and Merger Sub (to be merged with and into Safeway) will issue $1,625,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) and (e) the proceeds of (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the proceeds of the Borrowings released from the Escrow Account, (iii) the ABL Loans, (iv) the Senior Secured Notes and (v) the Eastern Division Sale will be used to finance the Transactions.

 

1


WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower and the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans were deposited in the Escrow Account on the Lender Funding Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

 

2


2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

AB LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Facility Documentation, or any successor agent or under the ABL Facility Documentation.

ABL Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of Original Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility ” shall mean that credit facility made available to the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” shall mean the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under the ABL Facility Documentation, (ii) any Swap Contract permitted pursuant to Article 10 hereof that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such Swap Contract is entered into and (iii) any agreement with respect to Cash Management Obligations permitted under Article 10 that is entered into by and between the

 

3


Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such agreement is entered into.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement dated the Original Closing Date, among the Agent, the ABL Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-1 , as amended as of the Escrow Release Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

ABL Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Acceptable Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Account ” shall mean “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also shall mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that, has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, Holdings’ four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” shall mean automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in, the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in Section 10.5 (q)), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.9, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that such Additional Refinancing Lender is not then an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and (ii) the Parent Borrower.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans.

 

4


Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans.

Additional Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-1Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-6 Loan ” means a Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

 

5


Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person; provided that it is understood that SVU shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party solely due to the transactions contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement or other relationships, facts or circumstances existing on the Escrow Release Date (including, but not limited to, representation on the board of directors of SVU).

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(h)(B) hereto.

Agent ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor agent hereunder.

Agent Parties ” shall mean the Agent, the Arrangers and each of their respective Related Parties.

Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth in Section 14.3, or such other address or account as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” shall mean any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” shall mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 9, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Amendment No. 1 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 5 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 5, 2014.

 

6


Amendment No. 4 (B-6) ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date ” means June 22, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 4 (B-6) are satisfied.

Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 5 ” shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors, each of the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A.

Applicable Discount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of receipt of Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans and other Indebtedness that is outstanding and secured by a Lien on the Pari Term Debt Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (ranking pari passu with the Lien thereon securing the Obligations) on such date to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed not earlier than 18 calendar months prior to such date.

Applicable Disposition Percentage ” shall mean, as of the date of receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, (a) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, 100%, or (b) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 is less than 3.50:1.00 and (i) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is greater than 0.40:1.00, 100% , (ii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.40:1.00 but greater than 0.30:1.00, 75%, or (iii or (ii ) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.30 0.40 :1.00, 50%.

Applicable Dispositions ” shall mean any Dispositions consummated after the Escrow Release Date, the Net Proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii)(1) hereto.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” shall mean, for any Fiscal Year, (a) 75% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 3.25:1.00, (b) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 and greater than 2.75:1:00, (c) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2:75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1:00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

 

7


Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.500%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.125%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.500%, ( C D) for the Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.50%, (E) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.50%, (F) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.75%, (G) for the Term B-6 Loans, 3.75% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, (H ) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 %, ( D I ) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.125% and , ( E J ) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500%, ( F K ) for Term B-5 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.50% and (G , (L) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.50%, (M) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (N ) for the Term B- 5 6 Loans which that are Eurodollar Base Rate Loans, 4.50 2.75 %.

Appropriate Lender ” shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Broker ” shall mean any firm nominated by the Parent Borrower and approved by the Agent.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers. For purposes of Sections 12.5, 12.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.18 and 14.22, the reference to “Arrangers” shall include the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment of Lender’s interest hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the financial statements of Parent Borrower and Safeway delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Existing Debt Facility.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bank Products ” shall mean any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services.

 

8


Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 1.00% plus the Eurodollar Rate applicable to one month Interest Periods on the date of determination of the Base Rate, (ii) the rate of interest determined by the Agent as its “prime rate,” as established from time to time at its New York office and notified to the Parent Borrower, subject to each increase or decrease in such prime rate, effective as of the day any such change occurs and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate on each day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% (after taking into account the Eurodollar Rate floor).

Base Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

Borrower ” shall mean the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, as the context may require.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Leases ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

9


Casa Ley ” shall mean Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean obligations owed by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services ” shall mean any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

 

10


Casualty Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace, restore or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .

CERCLIS ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a) prior to a Qualified IPO, Equity Investors fail to own directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings; or(b) subsequent to or in connection with a Qualified IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Equity Investors Permitted Holder , acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings ; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder; or

(c) Holdings fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and, after giving effect to the Safeway Acquisition, Safeway, in each case any Co-Borrower , free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens ; provided that for purposes of this clause (c) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Borrowers consolidate with and into Holdings or (ii) any such Co-Borrower consolidates with and into another Co-Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor .

Change of Control Purchase Offer ” shall mean any offer to purchase the Existing Safeway Notes upon a “Change of Control Triggering Event” pursuant to the indenture and other documents governing the Existing Safeway Notes.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, shall refer to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments,

 

11


Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans, Term B-4 Loans, Term B-5 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, Term B-6 Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series. Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments and Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions (including, without limitation, different maturity dates and/or interest rates) shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Co-Borrower ” shall mean (a)  Merger Sub and, after the consummation of the New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc., United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and Spirit Acquisition , Safeway Holdings LLC and (b) any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and is designated by the Parent Borrower as a “Co-Borrower”; provided that such designation as a “Co-Borrower” is agreed upon in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Agent.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean PNC Capital Markets LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. in their capacities as co-documentation agents.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” or similar term as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered (i) on the Escrow Release Date, pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) at such time as may be designated therein, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, in each case, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor, including those listed on Schedule I hereto on the Escrow Release Date; provided that, in addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under any ABL Facility Indebtedness, any Junior Financing, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof, shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it is an obligor under such Indebtedness;

(c) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to Equity Interests where a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements, delivery of the applicable certificated Equity Interests or notation on the books of the applicable issuer) the Obligations shall have been secured

 

12


by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and each Co-Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the nonvoting Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof directly owned by Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(d) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to assets in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC or appropriate security agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Loan Parties (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, accounts receivable, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, hedge agreement documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds, cash, investment property, contract rights, Intellectual Property in the United States, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); and

(e) (1) within 180 days following the Original Closing Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion) the Agent shall have received, with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property, to the extent customary and appropriate (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) in the applicable jurisdiction, each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Original Closing Date, and (2) within 180 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Escrow Release Date, as such Perfection Certificate may be supplemented in accordance with Section 9.21 and (3) otherwise in accordance with Section 9.8(c), the Agent shall receive with respect to each Material Real Property each of the following in each of the cases set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, fully paid policies of title insurance

 

13


(or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), (iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (consistent with those required by Section 4.3(a)(xi)), (iv) (A) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value less than $15,000,000, either (i) such documentation required by the title insurance company or (ii) a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy insuring the Mortgage and provide the Agent with a “location” endorsement to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates and (B) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy and provide the Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates, (v) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and (vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 9.4, including, without limitation, flood insurance policies and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, and such other evidence of insurance related thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and (vii) with respect to any ground leased properties, to the extent they are required by the applicable lease and can be obtained with commercially reasonable efforts, estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the ground leased Material Real Properties along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner

 

14


of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) reasonable evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Agent;

provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall not require, and the Financing Agreements shall not contain, any requirements as to the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Property and any real property that does not constitute Material Real Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Escrow Release Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Escrow Agreement, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreements, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.3, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Committed Loan Notice ” shall mean a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Commitment ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Term B-3 Commitment, Term B-4 Commitment, Term B- 4 5 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, Term B-6 Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Term Loan Extension Series, as the context may require.

 

15


Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (with each capitalized term other than “Safeway Merger Agreement” in this definition being defined pursuant to its definition in the Safeway Merger Agreement) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has materially and adversely affected the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Company and Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the performance by the Company prior to the Effective Time of its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, however, that any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter resulting from or relating to any of the following shall not be considered, or taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) except as it relates to clause (ii) above, the pendency, negotiation, consummation or public announcement of the Merger, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, Governmental Entities or employees; (b) global or national economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes or developments in credit markets (including changes in prevailing interest or exchange rates), financial or securities markets (including the disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index), or economic, business or regulatory conditions anywhere in the world; (c) national or international political or social conditions; (d) the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national emergency, calamity or act of terrorism or any weather-related or other force majeure event or natural disaster or act of God or other comparable events or the worsening thereof; (e) any change in applicable Laws, GAAP, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, accounting principles or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in each case, after the date of the Safeway Merger Agreement; (f) the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate; (g) any failure to meet any internal or external projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (except that the underlying cause of any such failure may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect); (h) any action taken or not taken by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement (except as it relates to clause (ii) above) or at Ultimate Parent’s written request; (i) the identity of, or any facts or circumstances relating to, the Parent Entities or their respective Subsidiaries or (j) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter arising out of or relating to any action taken in compliance with Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, that the incremental extent of any disproportionate change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) with respect to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated Persons in the food and drug retail business may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Compensation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c)(ii) hereto.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the

 

16


Albertson’s Group but excluding any such Indebtedness (other than obligations under the ABL Facility) in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(7) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

 

17


(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period; and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Original Closing Transactions, the Transactions or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group of up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that, increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

 

18


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrowers or the Guarantors, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Term Loans at such time, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Card Issuer ” shall mean any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa, U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

 

19


Credit Card Processor ” shall mean any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Suisse ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

Cumulative Credit ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) the Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount at such time; plus 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning the first day of the fiscal quarter after May 31, 2016 to the end of the most recent Test Period; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Holdings and (ii) the Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness incurred after the Escrow Release Date of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Escrow Closing Date;

(d) [reserved]; the Net Proceeds of the sale or other Disposition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus;

(e) [reserved]; Investments of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Investments of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the original Investment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary); plus;

(f) [reserved]; to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received from Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(g) [reserved]; returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made using the Cumulative Credit;

(h) minus any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(f) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such time.

provided that the use of the Cumulative Credit shall be subject to compliance with a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to (a) the aggregate cumulative sum of the

 

20


Retained Disposition Amounts with respect to all Applicable Dispositions after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date minus (b) any amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(c) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) deferred revenue.

DDA ” shall mean each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate of any of the Equity Investors Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under any Indebtedness of Safeway and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.05 hereto shall have been repaid on the Escrow Release Date, and all Liens securing such indebtedness shall have been released.

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” shall mean an act condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Designated Acquisition ” shall mean any Acquisition that is not, in accordance with the agreement governing such Acquisition, subject to a financing contingency and that has been designated by the Parent Borrower in writing to the Agent as a “Designated Acquisition” which designation shall include a description of any Indebtedness (the “ Designated Indebtedness ”) expected to be incurred to finance such Designated Acquisition.

 

21


Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 10.5.

Discount Range ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(v) hereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” shall mean the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests).

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that only the portion of Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Equity Interests is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

 

22


Divested Properties ” shall mean the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Earn-Out Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale ” shall mean the sale of the Eastern Division Assets to NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

EBITDA ” shall mean at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 10.8; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of the Term Loans or ABL Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

 

23


(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or Safeway or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (3) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 14.13 and (4) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(11) Public Company Costs; plus

(12) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by Albertson’s Group from business interruption insurance.

 

24


EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean (a) a Person that is a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (b) any other Person with the prior written consent of (i) the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) exists, the Parent Borrower (such approval by the Parent Borrower, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given by the Parent Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Agent from the Parent Borrower within the earlier to occur of (x) three (3) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.7 of this Agreement and acknowledged by the Parent Borrower or (y) five (5) Business Days after such notice has been provided to the Parent Borrower); provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required prior to the completion of primary syndication settlement of the Term B Loans; provided , further that no Person shall be an Eligible Transferee pursuant to this clause (b) if such Person is a direct competitor of any Loan Party identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment (unless at the time of assignment there is in process a liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower, whether conducted by the Parent Borrower, Agent, a trustee for the Parent Borrower or a representative of creditors of the Parent Borrower), or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (c) Sponsor, as provided in Section 14.7(h). Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) and Section 14.7(h), no Loan Party shall be an Eligible Transferee. No natural person shall be an Eligible Transferee.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines,

 

25


penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Equity Contribution ” shall mean the new cash contributions (directly or indirectly) by the Equity Investors Sponsor to AB LLC, in an amount equal to $1,250,000,000 which will be contributed to Holdings as common and/or preferred equity of Holdings ( provided that any such preferred equity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers).

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other ownership interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

Equity Investors ” shall mean (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, and (ii ) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “Permitted Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than an Equity Investor specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Group.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Holdings within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required

 

26


contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Escrow Account ” shall mean the escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Account Funds ” shall mean all cash, securities and other property held in or credited to the Escrow Account.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Parent Borrower, the Agent and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Escrow Collateral ” shall mean “Collateral” as defined in the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in an aggregate amount of $35,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Escrow Release Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Loan Parties.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean, collectively, the conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

Escrow Release Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied and the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans are released from the Escrow Account to the Parent Borrower.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Rate ” (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Credit Suisse and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) ICE LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined on such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination; provided , in each case, that Eurodollar Rate shall not be less than 1.00% per annum.

 

27


Eurodollar Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuation or existence of any event or condition described in Section 11.1 hereof after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both specified in such section with respect to such event or condition.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to:

 

  (a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group completed during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

 

  (b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,

 

28


(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions),

(vi) scheduled cash payments by the Albertson’s Group during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Albertson’s Group other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x), 10.6(g) and 10.6(h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Albertson’s Group with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and

 

29


(xiii) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015 (but in the case of the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015, the period starting on the first day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the Escrow Release Date and ending February 26, 2015).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-2 Lender or a Term B-3 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-2 Loans and/or or Term B-3 Loans (or, in each case, such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-2 Lender ” means a Term B-2 Lender with an Exchange Term B-2 Commitment to exchange its Term B-2 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-3 Lender ” means a Term B-3 Lender with an Exchange Term B-3 Commitment to exchange Term B-3 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-4 Lender ” means a Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange Term B-4 Commitment to exchange Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Lender ” means a Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange Term B-5 Commitment to exchange Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date,

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

 

30


Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests of Holdings.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any non-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary, (i) any Real Estate Financing Loan Party, (j) at Parent Borrower’s election, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (k) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees the ABL Credit Agreement, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any other Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect; provided further that in no event shall any Co-Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

31


Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Financing Agreements, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 6.2), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 6.1, (c) any taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 6.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Existing Debt Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified before the Escrow Release Date.

Existing Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Mortgaged Property encumbered by a Mortgage as of the date hereof.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

Existing Safeway Notes ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 and not more than $80,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and not more than $100,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

 

32


Existing Term Loan Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extended Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereto.

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Facility ” shall mean the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans or a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context may require.

Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Parent Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” shall mean crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean on any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse on such day on such transactions, as determined in good faith by Credit Suisse.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the second amended and restated Fee Letter agreement, dated April 3, 2014, as amended on April 24, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Arrangers, the Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, PNC Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and SunTrust Bank.

 

33


Financing Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and all notes, guarantees, security agreements, deposit account control agreements, investment property control agreements, other intercreditor agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

Fiscal Intermediary ” shall mean any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal, state or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” shall mean any four (4) week Accounting Period of Holdings.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on or about the Thursday closest to the last day of February of each calendar year.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 and (vi) the Homeowner Flood Insurance Affordability Act of 2014, as now or hereafter in effect, or, in each case, any successor statute thereto.

Food Security Act ” shall mean the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20 hereto.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory

 

34


authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a) hereto.

Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c)(ii) hereof.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than any (i) Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Co-Borrower and (ii) Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Subsidiary that issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Escrow Release Date.

Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under, any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Afford Care Act, as amended.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

HIPAA ” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph herein.

 

35


Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereto.

Incremental Amendment ” shall mean an Incremental Amendment among the applicable Borrower, the Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders entered into pursuant to Section 2.8.

Incremental Amount ” shall mean the sum of (x)  $750,000,000 (i) $750,000,000 plus voluntary prepayments of the Loans (other than prepayments funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than the prepayment of the Term B-2 Loans and Term B-3 Loans prior to the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date)) pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or (c) made on or prior to the date of determination (plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with such voluntary prepayments), plus (y) an unlimited amount as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 (assuming that all Incremental Term Loans are secured on a first-priority basis whether or not so secured and shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Total Debt and excluding the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans for the purposes of netting) with the Parent Borrower being permitted to determine whether the Incremental Term Loan Commitments are obtained under clause (x) or (y) of this definition; minus (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt; provided that at the time of incurrence in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans together with the principal amount of Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt exceed such Incremental Amount.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” shall mean secured or unsecured Indebtedness of the Albertsons Group in the form of senior secured first lien term loans or notes or junior lien term loans or notes, subordinated term loans or notes or senior unsecured term loans or notes, or any bridge facility; provided that: (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b)  other than with respect to a customary bridge facility, the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement unless (i) the Term Lenders holding the Term B Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (ii) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term B Loans or (iii) such other terms are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent ; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence

 

36


of such Incremental Equivalent Debt, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c) no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, (d) no Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral, (e) such Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount as of the date of incurrence and (f) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to the requirements set forth in the second proviso of Section 2.8(b) to the extent such Indebtedness is in the form of term loans (other than a customary bridge facility) that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans.

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.8, to make Incremental Term Loans to a Borrower.

Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Terms Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.8 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Amendment, Other Term Loans.

Incur ” shall mean issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

 

37


(g) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

; provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5 hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.5(a) hereto.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the ABL Intercreditor Agreement together with the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case, of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending

 

38


on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that : , notwithstanding the foregoing, any Interest Period may end on a date that is less than one week from the commencement of such period if mutually agreed upon by the Parent Borrower and Agent; provided further.

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

“Interest Rate” shall mean,

(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:

(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Base Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Eurodollar Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent may, at its option, and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders, increase the Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, by two percent (2%) per annum, with respect to any portion of the Loans and other Obligations outstanding that is not paid on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) until such amount due is paid in full.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, cash funds of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting (x) proceeds of the issuance of (or contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of such Person and (y) proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of

 

39


another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

IPO Reorganization ” shall mean the transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to the consummation of an initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any parent of Holdings so long as that after giving effect to all such transactions the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, taken as whole, would not be materially impaired.

Junior Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) hereto.

Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lease ” shall mean any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender Participation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Lenders ” shall mean the financial institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders, other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.7 hereof and any other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns.

Lending Office ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Loan.

Lien ” shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidity Condition ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility) and (y) undrawn and then available amounts under the ABL Facility, to the extent such sum equals or exceeds $450,000,000.

 

40


Loan ” shall mean an extension of credit under Section 2 by a Lender to a Borrower in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt included in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” and (y) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt secured by any Liens on assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, as applicable, the “ Loan Component ”) to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed in the 18 calendar month period immediately prior to such date (the “ Value Component ”). On the Escrow Release Date, the Value Component shall be an amount to be provided by the Parent Borrower to the Agent pursuant to an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent setting forth the Value Component and the basis of such valuation and, which shall be calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the Value Component under the Existing Debt Facility.

Loan Parties ” shall mean collectively the Borrowers and each Guarantor (other than Holdings).

LTIP Agreements ” shall mean the AB Acquisition LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and the AB Acquisition LLC Senior Executive Retention Plan, as amended.

Management Services Agreement ” shall mean the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and the Parent Borrower, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreements, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Financing Agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Material Contract ” shall mean with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Financing Agreements) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded and (b) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

 

41


Material Real Property ” shall mean (i)  any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $500,000 or greater (at the Original Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Original Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) or, (ii) solely in the case of real property acquired following the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $3,000,000 or greater (determined at the time of acquisition, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) ; provided , however , no “surplus property” as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower or Excluded Property shall constitute Material Real Property.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Term B-2 Maturity Date, Term B-3 Maturity Date, the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the Term B-5  Maturity date, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the Term B-6 Maturity Date or the stated maturity date of any other Facility, as the case may be.

Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.16 hereto.

Medicaid ” shall mean the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicare ” shall mean the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

MoneyGram ” shall mean MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” shall mean that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Parent Borrower and MoneyGram.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” shall mean a deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage, leasehold mortgage or leasehold deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and covering a Mortgaged Property (together with the fixture filings and Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) the fee owned and ground leased real property identified on Schedule 8.4(b)(1) and Schedule 8.4(b)(2) hereto and Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate, as amended and restated as of the Escrow Release Date and as further supplemented pursuant to Section 9.21 hereto, and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Escrow Release Date pursuant to Section 9.8 and Section 9.9.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” shall mean New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

 

42


NAI Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

NAI Services Agreement ” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between NAI and Parent Borrower dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds ” shall mean:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by a Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Financing Agreements or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Specified Default exists at the time of the proposed reinvestment (or such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may reinvest any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties) in assets (other than current assets) useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent such proceeds are not so used or contractually committed to be so used within 12 months of such receipt (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12 month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; provided , however , that such reinvested amount shall not exceed $750,000,000 in any Fiscal Year); provided , further , that no proceeds

 

43


realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds net of the amounts described in clauses (i) through (v) above shall exceed $7,500,000 or (y) the aggregate amount of such net proceeds from dispositions resulting in net proceeds in excess of the threshold set forth in the foregoing clause (x) exceeds $150,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of the amount specified in clause (y) of this proviso shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(c).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate or a Purchasing Borrower Party.

Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-2 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-3 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-5 Loan.

NPL ” shall mean the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” shall mean (i) any and all Term Loans and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to such Loan Party under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (ii) the Other Liabilities.

Offered Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Organization Documents ” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect

 

44


to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity; and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” shall mean March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in aggregate amount of $20,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Original Closing Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Parent Borrower.

Original Closing Date Transactions ” shall mean “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Debt Facility.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) hereto.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 13.12 hereof.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies, arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, any Financing Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement.

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” shall mean, on a particular date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such date.

 

45


Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and an overnight rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PACA ” shall mean the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Parent Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c) hereto.

Participant ” shall mean any financial institution that acquires and holds participation in the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans in conformity with the provisions of Section 14.7 of this Agreement governing participations.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(e) hereto.

PASA ” shall mean the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).

Paying Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” shall mean the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or any successor organization thereto.

PDC ” shall mean the subsidiaries of Safeway comprised of (i) Property Development Centers LLC, (ii) PDC I, Inc., (iii) Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania, (iv) Eureka Land Management, LLC and (v) Paradise Development, LLC, and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

PEL Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(b) hereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” shall mean Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

 

46


(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

(c) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(d) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor, as the Parent Borrower and the Agent shall agree, and the Agent shall have received a first priority (subject, in each case, to Permitted Liens having priority over the Lien of the Agent by operation of applicable Law) security and/or mortgage interest in such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and property of such Restricted Subsidiary and of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Safeway Acquisition shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Acquisition”.

Permitted Disposition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereto.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) and (v) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, a parent of Holdings or Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof,

 

47


and (iii ) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 hereto.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereto.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower, and if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of junior priority secured notes or junior priority secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors and (vi) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereto.

Permitted Notes ” shall mean (i) unsecured senior or senior subordinated debt securities of the Parent Borrower, (ii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements or (iii) debt securities of the Parent Borrower that are secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements; provided that (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such debt securities , stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing

 

48


requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c)  at the time that any such Permitted Notes are issued (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall exist, (d) no Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower (other than a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, and (e) no Permitted Notes shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral .

Permitted Ratio Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group, provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 5.00:1.00, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.65:1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.75:1.00, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (vi) such Indebtedness shall not have any financial maintenance covenants, (vii) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements or another intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (viii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment with the Term Loans, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ix) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party does not exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at such time.

Permitted Refinancing ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in

 

49


each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” shall mean federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 14.13.

Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Property ” shall mean any interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Public Company Costs” shall mean (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

 

50


Purchasing Borrower Party ” shall mean Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrowers that (x) makes a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or (y) becomes an Eligible Transferee or Participant pursuant to Section 14.7(h).

Qualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” shall mean (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of a Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

Qualified Receivables Financing ” shall mean any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualifying Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Qualifying Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” shall mean any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

 

51


Ratably Secured Notes ” shall mean the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” shall mean any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (i) that does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

Real Property ” shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Financing ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

 

52


(b) with which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which such Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Agent by delivery to the Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Refinancing Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.9.

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

Refinancing Term Commitments ” shall mean one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(b) hereto.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

 

53


Repricing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Repricing Amendment. Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (1) the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of Replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the facilities provided for in this Agreement (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for Term B Loans of the respective Type (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, and without taking into account any fluctuations in ICE LIBOR or comparable rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Change of Control, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term B Loans, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility or any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (2) any effective reduction in the Applicable Margin for Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise) (with such determination to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, consistent with generally accepted financial practices). Any such determination by the Agent as contemplated by preceding clauses (1) and (2) shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Total Outstandings.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean August 25, 2014.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Disposition, (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Applicable Disposition minus (b) the amount of such Net Proceeds applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii).

 

54


Retained Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Acquisition ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Notes Repurchases ” means any purchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, or retirement of the Existing Safeway Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Purchase Offers or otherwise.

Safeway Services Agreement ” shall mean one or more services agreement between Safeway and NAI to be entered into contemporaneously with or subsequent to the Safeway Acquisition.

Same Day Funds ” shall mean immediately available funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Party ” or “ Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) individually, (i) each Lender, (ii) the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates which has provided Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or Cash Management Services or, with respect to Bank Products or Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), (iii) the Agent, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Financing Agreement, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Financing Agreement are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of Escrow Release Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Agent in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in the form of senior secured notes, senior secured credit facilities, or any combination thereof to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x)

 

55


$1,145,000,000 minus (y) the positive difference, if any, between (i) $645,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Safeway Notes purchased on (or within 90 days after) the date the Safeway Acquisition is consummated.

Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, Agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Senior Secured Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the indenture for the Senior Secured Notes.

Shareholders’ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O executed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

SPC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Safeway Acquisition, the representations and warranties covered by the condition in Section 6.2(a) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (but only with respect to the representations and warranties that are material to the interest of the Lenders, and only to the extent that AB LLC (or its applicable Affiliate) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Safeway Merger Agreement or decline to consummate the Safeway Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to be financed in any part by the proceeds of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in the definitive agreement therefor that are material to the interest of the Incremental Term Lenders, and only to the extent

 

56


that the applicable Loan Party has the right to terminate its obligations under such agreement or decline to consummate the Permitted Acquisition or Investment as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Specified Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (g) or (h).

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations set forth in Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.2(a), 8.2(d), 8.16, 8.17, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.24 and 8.27 (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).

Specified Transaction ” shall mean any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” shall mean, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Albertson’s Group which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Store ” shall mean any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d) hereto.

SVU ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Debt Facility.

 

57


Swap Contract ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Target ” shall mean any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Investment.

Tax Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e) hereto.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term B Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans , the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and the Term B- 5 6 Loans.

Term B-2 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 1) to Amendment No. 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in

 

58


accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent and (ii) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 4) to Amendment No. 4 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent. The aggregate amount of the Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date is $1,437,032,166.71.

Term B-2 Maturity Date ” shall mean March 21, 2019.

Term B-3 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-3 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-3 Commitments is $950,000,000.

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-3 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-3 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-3 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-4 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-4 Commitments is $3,609,000,000.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-4 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven (7) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-5 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-5 Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-5 Commitments is $1,145,000,000.

Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

 

59


Term B-5 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022.

Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility, and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-5 Loans.

Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment.

Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven years from the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-6 Loans.

Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Parent Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment”, “Term B-4 Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Acceptance, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be.

 

60


Term Lender ” shall mean any Lender that had a Term Commitment or any Lender that has purchased a Term Loan pursuant to one or more Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with the terms hereof.

Term Loan ” shall mean any Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Extension Series ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement to be dated the date of the Escrow Release Date among the Agent, the Senior Secured Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-2 hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Term Note ” shall mean a note evidencing Loans in the form of Exhibit D .

Test Period ” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5, as applicable.

Third Party Payors ” shall mean any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

Total Assets ” shall mean the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings that Agent has received in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof (or of the Parent Borrower and Safeway and shown on the Audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Existing Debt Facility, as applicable).

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Total Outstandings ” shall mean the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Debt Refinancing and the Safeway Notes Repurchases, (c) the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement, (d) the incurrence of the initial Term Loans hereunder (including the entering into of the Escrow Agreement, the funding of the Escrow Account and the release of the funds therefrom), the ABL Facility Indebtedness and Secured Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, (e) the securing of the Ratably Secured Notes on a second lien basis and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

61


Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement, dated of the Original Closing Date, by and between the Parent Borrower and SVU, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date).

Type ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Escrow Release Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d)(2)(C) hereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Escrow Release Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower or Safeway) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14 subsequent to the Escrow Release Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valuation ” shall mean, in relation to any Mortgaged Property, a valuation of such Mortgaged Property made at any relevant time by an Approved Broker, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length on customary commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If any Approved Broker shall deliver a Valuation indicating a range of values for a Mortgaged Property, the Valuation for such Mortgaged Property shall be the arithmetic mean of the two endpoints of such range.

Value Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Voting Stock ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

 

62


Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans .

(a) Prior to (i) the Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders made Term B-2 Loans and (ii)  on the Escrow Release Date, the Lenders made Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower. Upon the Escrow Release Date, such existing Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Lenders made the Term B-5 Loans. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans as further provided herein.

(b) The 2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

 

63


(c) The 2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(d) The Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange Term B-2 Lender and Exchange Term B-3 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, for a like principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional

 

64


Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(d)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-2 Lender and Term B-3 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-2 Loans or Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(e) (b)  Each Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice, to the Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (2) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) wire instructions of the account(s) to which funds are to be disbursed (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the amount to be disbursed to any particular account may be less than the minimum or multiple limitations set forth above so long as the aggregate amount to be disbursed to all such accounts pursuant to such Borrowing meets such minimums and multiples); provided that in the case of the Borrowings on the Restatement Effective Date such accounts were the Escrow Account. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(f) (c)  Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Agent either by (i)

 

65


crediting the account(s) of the applicable Borrower on the books of the Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided by the applicable Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

(g) (d)  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.3 in connection therewith. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(h) (e)  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Credit Suisse’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(i) (f)  After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.1(f) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(j) (g)  The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(k) (h)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Agent, each of such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.1(h) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

 

66


2.2 Repayment of Loans . The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (ii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, the respective percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)):

 

Date

   Percentage  

1 st -4 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective Date

     1.250

5 th -8 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     1.875

9 th -12 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.125

13 th -19 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.750

(iii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (iv) on the Term B-2 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date, (v) on the Term B-3 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on such date ; , (vi) on the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on such date and , (vii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2016, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) . , (viii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)); (ix) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), and (x) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)). To the extent not previously paid, each Class of Term B Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the date of payment.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, at any time or from time to time thereafter, without premium or penalty except as provided in clause (d) below, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole

 

67


or in part; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; or, in the case of clause (2) or (3) of this proviso, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such Loan is Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan and the order of Loan(s) to be prepaid. The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or, if such prepayment is being made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), such Lender’s share, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.3. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(a), the Borrowers may in their sole discretion select the Loan or Loans (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than if pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h)).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.3(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities or other transaction, which refinancing or other transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2 as directed by the Parent Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered, the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015) minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Loans during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (2) the amount expended by any Purchasing Borrower Party to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), and (3) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility during such Fiscal Year to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), to the extent such prepayments are funded with Internally Generated Cash.

(ii) If (1) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 10.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) (to the extent the Disposition is to a Restricted Subsidiary and the property or assets continue to secure the Obligations with the same priority as prior to such Disposition), (k), (l), (o), (q), (r) or (t)-(v), (x)-(aa)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Dispositions described in clause (1) above, an amount equal to the Applicable Disposition Percentage of all Net Proceeds received from such

 

68


Disposition (excluding the proceeds from the disposition of (i)  the Equity Interests in or assets of Casa Ley and PDC and (ii) repayments of intercompany loans from Safeway to PDC contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement) and (y) in the case of Casualty Events described in clause (2) above, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds received in connection with such Casualty Events; provided that (x) if any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt have been issued in compliance with Sections 10.1 and 10.3 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, then the Parent Borrower may cause Loans to be prepaid and, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , cause such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt to be purchased (at a purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof and (y) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to offer to repurchase or to prepay Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased or prepaid, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Other Applicable Indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries receives Net Proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties, the Borrowers shall first prepay an amount of ABL Loans, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds, in an amount equal to the least of (x) the amount of such Net Proceeds, (y) the amount of ABL Loans borrowed in connection with the Transactions and (z) $300,000,000 (in the case of subclauses (y) and (z) when aggregated with all previous repayments pursuant to this sentence) and any remaining Net Proceeds from the Disposition of Divested Properties shall thereafter be applied as provided above in this subsection.

(iii) If a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Escrow Release Date (x) that is intended to be Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.3 or (z) notwithstanding clause (y), that is Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(v) (other than (A) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are applied to repay Indebtedness previously incurred under Section 10.3(v) , (B) Indebtedness incurred under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility to finance the acquisition of Material Real Property after the Escrow Release Date so long as such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of such Material Real Property and (C) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used by a Real Estate Subsidiary to pay the purchase price to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for any Real Property to the extent such proceeds constituted Net Proceeds of a Disposition subject to clause (b) (ii) above), the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

 

69


(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (to the extent set forth in such Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or Incremental Amendment as contemplated below), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied to the next eight succeeding scheduled principal installments to each Class of Term Loans and then ratably to the remaining installments of each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3(a), 2.6(a) or 2.7 (which provisions shall not be applicable to Section 2.3(c)), any Purchasing Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in Section 2.3(c); provided that (A) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Loans of a specified Class on a pro rata basis, (B) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) has been satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

(ii) To the extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay Loans of a specified Class in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing Borrower Party (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of the principal amount of Loans to be prepaid) (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(ii), the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable Class thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Agent (A) a minimum price (the “ Acceptable Price ”) within the Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent) of Loans with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable

 

70


Price (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts of Loans of the applicable Class specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the lowest Acceptable Price); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Loans of the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Loans of the applicable Class (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.3), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iii) above) established by the Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.

 

71


(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) Prepayment Premium .

(i) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is one year and 31 days following the Start Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5), the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with outstanding Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and /or Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, which are repaid or prepaid pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 12.3(c)), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (x) in the case of a Repricing Transaction of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of a Repricing Transaction described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Margin applicable to the Term B Loans pursuant to such Repricing Transaction. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(ii) (e)  If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of the Term Loan Agreement that results in a Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-5 Lender with outstanding Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-5 Loans of such Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(iii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

(iv) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(v) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-6 Lender with outstanding Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-6 Loans of such Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-6 Repricing Event .

 

72


(e) (f)  Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under Section 2.3 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.3. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.3(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under Section 2.3(b) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a cash collateral account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (i) The Term B-3 Commitment of each Term B-3 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-3 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (ii) the Term B-4 Commitment of each Term B-4 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No.  5 and 5, (iii) the Term B-5 Commitment of each Term B-5 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 1 (B-5 Section 2.01(a), (iv) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (v) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and (vi) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d ).

2.5 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrowers. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a Term Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Class, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.5(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

 

73


2.6 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent after 2:00 p.m., shall in each case, at the option of the Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower or any Lender has notified the Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Agent hereunder, that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount within one Business Day upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and the applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

74


A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the applicable Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.6(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(f) Whenever any payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Agent and applied by the Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 11.3. If the Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Financing Agreements under circumstances for which the Financing Agreements do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

2.7 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal or interest on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal or interest on such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 14.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Parent Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Parent Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 14.14) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Parent Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.7 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

 

75


2.8 Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) One or more Borrowers (which shall include all existing Borrowers with respect to an existing Class of Term B Loans for which Incremental Term Commitments are requested) may, by written notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) from time to time after the Escrow Release Date, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which, in each case, may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $25,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be Term Commitments or commitments to make term loans with interests rates and/or amortization and/or maturity and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“ Incremental Term Loans ”). The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall not be used to (i)  make Restricted Payments or prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6, Section 10.11 or otherwise or (ii) make Investments in (or otherwise purchase) the Equity Interests of NAI .

(b) The applicable Borrowers and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Incremental Amendment and such other documentation as the Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) except as to pricing, amortization and final maturity date (which shall, subject to clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), the Incremental Term Loans shall have no more restrictive terms, when taken as a whole, than the Term Loans except (x) if the Term Lenders holding the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (y) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term Loans or (z) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Incremental Term Loans are established, and, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans; provided further that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, if the Effective Yield in respect of any such Incremental Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin of any Term B Loans by more than 25 basis points, such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the Effective Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loan is no more than 25 basis points higher than the Effective Yield for such Term B Loans and if the lowest permissible Eurodollar Rate is greater than 1.00% or the lowest permissible Base Rate is greater than 2.00% for such Incremental Term Loan, the difference between such “floor” and 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Incremental Term Loans (or 2.00% in the case of Base Rate Incremental Term Loans, shall be equated to interest rate margin for purposes of this proviso. The Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as and rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the last paragraph of Section  4.2, 4.2 and Section 14.13(e), no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.8 unless (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall be continuing (except to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated Acquisition, in lieu of such condition, (A)

 

76


no Event of Default shall be continuing at the time of execution of the applicable contract or agreement for such acquisition and (B) no Event of Default under Sections 8.1(a) or (f) shall be continuing at the time of making such acquisition)) ; (ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.2(a) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of the making of such Loan” or similar language in such Section 4.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) (except, to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Designated an Acquisition, such representations shall be limited to the Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and (iii) the Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Agent with the applicable Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(d) The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Parent Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agent or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8. The applicable Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan) or by any other bank or other financial institution; provided that any such bank or financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Parent Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

This Section 2.8 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.7 or 12.3 to the contrary.

2.9 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Escrow Release Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements.

(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.9(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $25,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

 

77


(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.9, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans and 2016-1 B-5 Loans shall be permitted under this Agreement.

2.10 Extension of Term Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The applicable Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.10. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment ; provided , however , that at no time shall there be Classes of Term Loans hereunder (including Refinancing Term Loans and Extended Term Loans) which have more than four (4) different Maturity Dates ; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, (E) all documentation in respect of such

 

78


Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (F) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.10 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension Request . The Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Term Loan Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.10. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Term Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Term Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Term Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Term Loan Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among Holdings, the Loan Parties, the Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.10(a) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.2 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension Amendment (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.3 to reflect

 

79


the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.10, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest .

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder shall be payable on demand: (i) on and after the date of any Event of Default, following the Agent’s election to increase the Interest Rate pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof and from time to time thereafter, and (ii) on and after the date of termination hereof.

(b) Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to Base Rate Loans on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Latest Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made, which shall be calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans on the last day of each applicable Interest Period with respect to such Loans, or, in the case of Interest Periods longer than three months, on the date that is three months after the commencement of such Interest Period, which shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in such Base Rate is effective. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by the Borrowers to Agent and Lenders exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

3.2 Fees . The Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent and Credit Suisse the other fees and amounts set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by Agent from Parent Borrower on or about the Escrow Release Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.

3.3 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans .

(a) If after the Escrow Release Date, either (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law is introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements, applicable to any Lender or any banking or financial institution from whom any

 

80


Lender borrows funds or obtains credit (a “ Funding Bank ”), or (ii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (iii) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Funding Bank’s or Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, or (iv) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation shall subject such Funding Bank or such Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis in Taxation of payments to such Funding Bank or such Lender in respect thereof (except for any Excluded Taxes, or Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 6.1); and the result of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) is an increase in the cost to any Lender of funding or maintaining the Loans, then Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall from time to time upon demand by Agent pay to Agent additional amounts sufficient to indemnify such Lender, as the case may be, against such increased cost on an after-Tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified). A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost shall be submitted to the Parent Borrower by Agent or the applicable Lender and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement (including Section 3.3(a)), (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in Law after the Escrow Release Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent Borrower and Guarantors) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) Agent has received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans during such Interest Period, Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt written notice to the Parent Borrower when such conditions no longer exist. If such notice is given (A) any Eurodollar Rate Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Parent Borrower have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or in the interpretation or application thereof occurring after the Escrow Release Date shall make it unlawful for Agent or any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as

 

81


contemplated by this Agreement (i) Agent or such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Parent Borrower (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, continue Eurodollar Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar Rate Loan is requested and (iii) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.3(d) below.

(d) Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall indemnify Agent and each Lender and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Parent Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or extension of Eurodollar Rate Loans after Parent Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) default by the Parent Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan after Parent Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. With respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or extended, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or extend to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or extend, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Rate Loans provided for herein (excluding the Applicable Margin) over (B) the amount of interest (as determined by such Agent or such Lender) which would have accrued to Agent or such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. This covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

(e) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(f) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(g) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.3(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Parent Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c).

 

82


SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 [ Reserved ].

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The obligation of Lenders to make Loans (other than the initial Term B Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans , the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and the Term B- 5 6 Loans) is subject to the further satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such Loan of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality, in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.2 and in Section 2.8 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Incremental Term Loan shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Incremental Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations with respect to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and correct and (iii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), (a)(ii), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

4.3 Conditions to the Escrow Release Date . The Parent Borrower agrees that it shall not direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Account Funds, and the Escrow Release Date shall not occur, until satisfaction of, or waiver of, each of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the earliest of:

(a) The Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Escrow Release Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Escrow Release Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of Amendment No. 5;

(ii) a Note executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

 

83


(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agent under the Existing Debt Facility) and such other documents and certifications as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) evidence that, on the Escrow Release Date (or within 120 days after the Escrow Release Date) pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, all principal and accrued interest and fees have been paid in full so that (x) no more than $80,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and (y) no more than $100,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017;

(vi) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O ;

(vii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties (provided, that with respect to Security Agreement to be executed by Safeway and its Subsidiaries, such Security Agreement may be executed and delivered after the release of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from the Escrow Account but not later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Escrow Release Date);

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Safeway certifying that Safeway has assumed, or concurrently with the Escrow Release Date shall assume, all the obligations of Merger Sub under the Financing Agreements;

(ix) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Escrow Release Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(x) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Financing Agreements and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent;

 

84


(xi) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender;

(xii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in form and substance of Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement, certifying as to the conditions set forth therein;

(xiii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto) and evidence of flood insurance as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof;

(xviii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (h) and (i) of this Section 4.3; and

(xiv) the amended and restated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

(b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, Holdings shall have received the Equity Contribution.

(c) The Safeway Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Safeway Merger Agreement.

(d) All fees required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Escrow Release Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

(e) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(f) The ABL Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) The ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Since December 28, 2013, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

85


(i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

SECTION 6. TAXES

6.1 Taxes .

Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall (except to the extent required by applicable Laws) be made free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Taxes.

(a) If any Loan Party, the Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Tax from or in respect of any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Financing Agreements, then (i) the applicable Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.1), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, and (iii) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding, if a Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of such deduction or withholding and of the timely remittance thereof to the relevant Governmental Authority.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), the Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent, provide the Parent Borrower and the Agent with any documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Financing Agreement. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 6.1(d)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Parent Borrower and the Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent) or promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

 

86


(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 , Exhibit H-2 , Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 6.1(d) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax on any payments to such Lender under the Financing Agreements.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Parent Borrower and the Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(3), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) The Loan Parties shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and each Lender (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”) for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 6.1) paid or payable by such Tax

 

87


Indemnitee, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by a Tax Indemnitee (or by Agent on behalf of a Tax Indemnitee), shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) If and to the extent that a Tax Indemnitee determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.1, then such Tax Indemnitee shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 6.1 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Tax Indemnitee and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Tax Indemnitee, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Tax Indemnitee in the event that such Tax Indemnitee is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 6.1(f) shall not be construed to require any Tax Indemnitee to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, the agreements and obligations of Loan Parties contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Obligations, resignation of the Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, any Lender.

(g) Upon the written request of Parent Borrower, any Lender or Agent claiming any additional amounts or indemnification payments payable pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall use its reasonable efforts to mitigate or reduce the additional amounts payable, which reasonable efforts may include a change in the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or any other measures reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

6.2 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time a Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 6.1 or 3.3 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.3, then the Parent Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 14.7(a) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility) to one or more Eligible Transferees; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.3 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.1, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay or cause to be repaid all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date.

 

88


(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Term Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Term Note or Term Notes executed by the applicable Borrowers, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 8.1 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

8.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Financing Agreement to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Agent under the Collateral Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

 

89


8.3 Financial Statements .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014 and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the Quarterly Accounting Period ended on those dates (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.4 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. Each Loan Party has good and valid fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets forth the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of the Escrow Release Date. Each of such Leases is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except, in each case, as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

90


(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Schedule 10.2 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type under Section 10.2(b) held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

(e) Schedule 10.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type under Section 10.3(a) of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

8.5 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Liens on account thereof) have been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.6 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 on the Escrow Release Date, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof: (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any Material Property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability;

 

91


(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties: (i) none of the Material Real Properties is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any of the Material Real Properties; and (iii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Hazardous Materials have been released, discharged or disposed of on any of the Material Real Properties or to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and

(c) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other

 

92


Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

8.11 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate and has not, in the past three (3), years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 8.11 on the Escrow Release Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Escrow Release Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Agent under the Financing Agreements and Permitted Liens which do not have priority over the Liens of the Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.12 , as of the Escrow Release Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 10.2 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.3 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Escrow Release Date.

8.13 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate

 

93


could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.14 Anti-Money Laundering. Neither Holdings, any Loan Party, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of senior management of each Loan Party, any of their Affiliates and or any of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

8.15 Material Contracts . Schedule 8.15 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Escrow Release Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Agent on or before the Escrow Release Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

8.16 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Borrowing, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

8.17 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations.

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Borrowings shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

94


8.18 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Escrow Release Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, in the case of any document or information provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement or the Safeway Acquisition Agreement) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.19 FCPA. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.20 Office of Foreign Assets Control. Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq ., as amended) (the “ Trading with the Enemy Act ”) or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto that is administered by OFAC (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but shall not be limited to Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”). None of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Specially Designated National as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions with any Specially Designated Nationals in violation of the Executive Order.

8.21 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the PATRIOT Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the PATRIOT Act.

8.22 Use of Proceeds. On the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans will be used to finance a portion of the Transactions (it being understood that the proceeds of the initial Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans were deposited into the Escrow Account on the Restatement Effective Date and will be released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date). After the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term Loans will be used for any purpose, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the proceeds from the Term B-5 Loans will be used to finance the repayment of the outstanding borrowings under that certain term loan agreement (the “NAI Credit Agreement”), dated as of June 27, 2014, by and among NAI, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, to pay related fees and expenses and for general corporate purposes.

 

95


8.23 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23 (a)  is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Escrow Release Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Escrow Release Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

8.24 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Financing Agreement, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Financing Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

8.25 No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Since the Escrow Release Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.26 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement.

8.27 Collateral Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Agent (or, so long as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the ABL Agent is acting as agent for the Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the ABL Agent), the Agent will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest

 

96


of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Escrow Release Date).

(c) The Mortgages when granted shall create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable first priority Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Mortgages), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing or recording of the Mortgages in proper form with the appropriate Governmental Authorities and the payment of any mortgage recording taxes of fees, the Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Mortgaged Property that may be perfected by such filing or recording (including without limitation the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

8.28 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.29 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “ HIPAA Compliant ” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA

 

97


on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.30 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Escrow Release Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Escrow Release Date. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 8.30 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Escrow Release Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

 

98


8.31 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc .

(a) Parent Borrower has not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Escrow Release Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any state, commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying Parent Borrower of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of Parent Borrower established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by Parent Borrower or any related or other assets of Parent Borrower.

(b) Parent Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. Parent Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7) cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1 Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any

 

99


subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agent prior to the Escrow Release Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Fire and extended coverage or “all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Property) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Parent Borrower, the Agent or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering the properties shall name the Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

(b) If at any time the area in which any Material Real Property is located is designated (i) a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance (with a financially sound and reputable insurer) in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the business of operating supermarkets and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time and deliver to the Agent, evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including, without limitation, annual reviews of such insurance, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in a similar business.

9.5 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated

 

100


balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015 (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; provided that prior to the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015, the Loan Parties shall deliver (I) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower as at the end of January 22, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period and (II) a Consolidated balance sheet of Safeway as at the end of January 31, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period, in each case accompanied by the comparative financial information for such period required pursuant to the immediately preceding subclauses (A) and (B).

(d) [reserved];

(e) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of Holdings ended after the Escrow Release Date, 120 days), detailed consolidated budget and forecasts prepared by management of Holdings, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Latest Maturity Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

 

101


(f) concurrently with the execution of any agreement to dispose of any Divested Property, an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Divested Property and the basis of such valuation;

(g) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings; and

(h) together with the delivery of each annual Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 9.5(g), a list of each Subsidiary of Holdings that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Escrow Release Date or the most recent list provided).

9.6 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5, a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

(a) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(b) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 9.6 of the Existing Debt Facility, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Financing Agreements, as the Agent (or any Lender acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably request; and

(d) evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 9.4 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) or Section 9.6(c) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 14.3; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent if the Agent requests the Parent Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above.

 

102


The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Parent Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Parent Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Parent Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Parent Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Parent Borrower Materials as only containing either publicly available information, or information concerning the Parent Borrower, its subsidiaries, or its or their respective securities that (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) would be publicly available if the Company or any of its subsidiaries were required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or is not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Parent Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 14.5; (y) all Parent Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Parent Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9.5 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Albertson’s Group by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holding’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B) (i) such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or a parent of Holdings, if such information relates to such a parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 9.5, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the requirements of Section 9.5 and (II) in connection with the foregoing clause (I), the consolidated budget and forecasts required under paragraph (e) of this Section 9.5 may be prepared by management of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all the Equity Interests of Holdings.

9.7 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) [reserved];

 

103


(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(f) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

9.8 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), to which the Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral (other than Material Real Properties) are acquired by any Loan Party after the Escrow Release Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agent thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition cause, such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.8, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.8(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.8(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute.

(c) If, on or after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, any Loan Party acquires or ground leases any Material Real Property (including, without limitation, (i) any Material Real Property acquired in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and (ii) any Divested Property that has not been disposed of pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement within 90 days of the Escrow Release Date) or any Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Loan Party and that owns Material Real Property shall become a Guarantor or Co-Borrower, the applicable Loan Party shall provide the Agent with respect to such Material Real Property within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) of the acquisition or lease of such Material Real Property with:

(i) the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; and

 

104


(ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent certifying that (i) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and (ii) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets for the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties in effect as of the date thereof, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of such date.

9.9 Additional Loan Parties . (a) Notify the Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Co-Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by executing and delivering to the Agent a joinder agreement to this Agreement or a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a perfected Lien to the Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.3(a) and if requested by the Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.9 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.9 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor.

9.10 Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and Moody’s in respect of Holdings and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s.

9.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Borrowings will be used, directly or indirectly (a) on the Escrow Release Date, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement and (b) after the Escrow Release Date, for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs (including Permitted Acquisitions).

9.12 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Environmental Laws and Insurance .

(a) Except, in each case, where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (i) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Material Real Properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and Material Real Properties; and (iii) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are necessary to comply with

 

105


Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Material Real Properties; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Maintain and renew as necessary until the Latest Maturity Date (unless this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable) the Premises Environmental Liability insurance policy for the benefit of Safeway and its applicable subsidiaries as the first named insured and as underwritten by Great American E & S Insurance Company, Policy Number PEL 1849464 01 (policy period - July 1, 2013 to July 1, 2016) (the “ PEL Policy ”) covering all of Safeway’s U.S. locations per the “Safeway Property Schedule Report” referenced in the PEL Policy, or a renewal or replacement thereof with the same or another qualified insurer with the same material coverage, terms and conditions as the PEL Policy.

(c) Arrange to name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured on the PEL Policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

9.14 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Agent; provided that an officer of the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

9.15 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

9.16 Information Regarding the Collateral . Furnish to the Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not

 

106


effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

9.17 [ Reserved ].

9.18 ERISA . The Parent Borrower will furnish to the Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Agent, a Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

9.19 Quarterly Lender Meetings . Quarterly, at a time mutually agreed with the Agent that is promptly after delivery of the information referred to in Section 9.5(a) or 9.5(b), as applicable, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

9.20 [ Reserved ].

9.21 Post-Closing Requirements . The Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods following the Escrow Release set forth on Schedule 9.21 , as such time periods may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, and with respect to Section 10.12 only, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly:

10.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, (each, a “ Permitted Lien ”):

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

 

107


(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; provided , however , that Permitted Liens shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date.

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) (i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f) (i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property; (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(c) so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Financing Agreements;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

 

108


(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Escrow Release Date and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries and other Liens securing cash management services and “bank products” in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreement, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or otherwise acquisition not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of such financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest and/or the redemption price of such securities;

(r) Liens securing Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

 

109


(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by Section 10.2, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the Mortgage Policies insuring Mortgages (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on Real Property described in Schedule 10.1 );

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) Liens on Collateral securing ABL Facility Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(t) which Liens shall at all times be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt issued pursuant to Section 10.3(u) so long as such Liens are subject to (i)  the Intercreditor

 

110


Agreements customary intercreditor agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Liens securing the Obligations, or (ii) a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(gg) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing; provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term;

(hh) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed $ 200,000,000 500,000,000 at any time and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(jj) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (y) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(kk) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ll) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;

(nn) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(oo) Liens on Excluded Property;

(pp) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p); and

(qq) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original

 

111


Lien ( provided , that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained herein shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries.

10.2 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except (each, a “ Permitted Investment ”):

(a) Investments by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents (including subsequent monetizations thereof);

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Escrow Release Date, and set forth on Schedule 10.2 , (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Escrow Release Date or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c) (i) Investments in Loan Parties a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or Persons that become Loan Parties); provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made pursuant to this clause (i) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $500,000,000; and (ii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, AB LLC or any direct or indirect parent thereof (provided that the proceeds of the purchases made with such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

 

112


(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $ 131,250,000 250,000,000 ;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $56,250,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Property), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) Investments arising from the contribution of Real Property of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility on or after the Escrow Release Date; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (o) shall only be permitted to the extent that (i) such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower;

 

113


(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Original Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.4 after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 10.8;

(v) Investments in joint ventures (other than Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after its designation pursuant to Section 10.14) made after the Escrow Release Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $ 487,500,000 1,000,000,000 and 2.25 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

(w) [reserved]; additional Investments; provided that, as of the date of such Investment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00;

(x) so long as of the date of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (w) at any time not to exceed the greater of $ 375,000,000 1,000,000,000 and 1.69 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment plus the Cumulative Credit ;

(y) Investments required pursuant to Section 5.4(c) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (including the transfer of the real property listed in Disclosure Schedule 8.3(i) from Safeway to PDC pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement upon the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition);

(z) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(aa) Investments in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (aa) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $ 787,500,000 1,500,000,000 and 4.5 6.0 % of Total Assets, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (aa) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (aa) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

114


(bb) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(cc) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(dd) [reserved]; Investments in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(ee) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(ff) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(gg) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(hh) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Indebtedness;

(jj) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(kk) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ll) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ll) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $ 506,250,000 1,000,000,000 and 2.25 4.00 % of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

10.3 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Issue Disqualified Stock or (b) create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except (each, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”);

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.3 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(b) Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) of this Section, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Escrow Release Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and

 

115


any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $ 750,000,000 1,250,000,000 and 3.25 5.00 % of Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Latest Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Latest Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Escrow Release Date to secure obligations of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) and 10.1(d);

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in Section 10.3;

 

116


(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 10.6;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s) (A) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) ABL Facility Indebtedness; provided that the outstanding amount thereof (excluding in respect of Swap Contracts and Cash Management Obligations constituting ABL Facility Indebtedness) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base (measured at the time of incurrence thereof) (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(u) Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.8, not to exceed the Incremental Amount and any Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A)  subject to Section 14.13(e), both at the time of any such incurrence (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist and (B) in the case of any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt that are is unsecured or that are is secured on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, for purposes of determining the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be deemed to be secured on a pari passu basis to the Liens securing the Obligations both at the time of incurrence and at all times such Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt remain outstanding;

(v) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(w) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(x) Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

 

117


(y) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, such Lien shall rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(z) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley and/or PDC (whether or not owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof);

(aa) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes;

(bb) [reserved];

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $ 500,000,000 750,000,000 or (y)  2.25 3.00 % of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $500,000,000 the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 or (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at any time outstanding and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ff) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(gg) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (gg) above, the Parent Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Financing Agreements will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) of Section 10.3, and (ii) all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (s) of Section 10.3.

10.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or

 

118


consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or Holdings, the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 10.2 (other than Section 10.2(e)) and 10.3, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (E) if requested by the Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.2; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.9 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

 

119


(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.5; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Transactions or in connection with an IPO Reorganization, in each case, shall be permitted.

10.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except (each, a “ Permitted Disposition ”):

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned but excluding any Real Property) having Fair Market Value not exceeding (x) $150,000,000 per Fiscal Year for any such Disposition and (y) $250,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Dispositions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (g) shall only be permitted to the extent that such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment hereunder or Permitted Lien (or an enforcement thereof) or a transaction permitted by Section 10.4;

 

120


(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Property and related Fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k) (i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Lien, and (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(m) [reserved]; Dispositions in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(t) any disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions to effectuate Section 5.4 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

 

121


(v) Dispositions of the Eastern Division Assets pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(w) Dispositions of Divested Properties required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(x) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(y) any disposition of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(z) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(aa) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms.

provided, that to the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Financing Agreements; provided further that in connection with any Disposition of Material Real Property permitted under this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall cause the Loan Parties to deliver promptly to Agent a supplement to Schedule 8.4(b)(1) which shall set forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date after giving effect to such Disposition; provided further that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Sections 10.5(d), (g), (i), (j) (as it relates to Real Estate Subsidiaries) and (n) having a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000, (i) shall be for no less than Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition, and (ii) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration (other than (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, (D) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Escrow Release Date from Persons who are not the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (E) in connection with an asset swap, all of which shall be deemed “cash”) received is cash or Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-Cash Consideration to the extent that all Designated Non-Cash Consideration at such time does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and all of the consideration received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (y) such Disposition results in a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party acquiring (whether by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or Equity

 

122


Interests in any Person that is in the same line of business as the Loan Parties, or a business that is reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties in a transaction that is permitted by (1) if the Person acquired will become a Loan Party or the assets acquired will be owned by a Loan Party or otherwise pledged as Collateral, Section 10.2(o), or (2) in all other cases, any clause of Section 10.2 (other than clause (o)).

10.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount, so long as on the date that Holdings elects to apply this clause (c), such election shall be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of Holdings calculating in reasonable detail the amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.2, Section 10.4 or Section 10.8;

(e) the Loan Parties may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to Holdings, and Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to, AB LLC, to enable AB LLC to repurchase Equity Interests, held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided , that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000, plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (to the extent contributed to a Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway that occurs after the Escrow Release Date); plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (in each case, to the extent contributed to a Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Escrow Release Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(e); ( provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

 

123


(f) so long as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the (x)  $250,000,000 plus , (y) as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00, the greater of (A) $1,000,000,000 and (B) 4.0% of Total Assets plus, (y)  the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Parent Borrower elects to apply to this clause (f), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, less (z) the aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to Section 10.11(a)(iii) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make (i) dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis to their equity holders, and (ii) Restricted Payments payable in Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any capital contribution or the issuance of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i) (1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to a Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of a Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss with respect to all prior taxable periods ending after the Escrow Release Date (determined as if all such taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss would have been deductible by the partners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the partners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through a Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to such Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Escrow Release Date and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower, or applicable, for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) a Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, (i) to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding

 

124


company of such Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company such Borrower, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to such Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to a Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) to permit Holdings to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (vii) to permit Holdings to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k) Subject to the Liquidity Condition, at any time after the consummation of any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 0.35 times the Value Component then applicable on a Pro Forma Basis (including, but not limited, giving effect to such transactions and the release of Mortgaged Properties in connection therewith) minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans outstanding on such date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with Qualified Real Estate Financing Facilities minus (z) all Restricted Payments made prior to such date in reliance on this clause (k);

(l) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, as applicable, to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses related to the Safeway Acquisition and other payments to be made in connection with the Transactions;

(m) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments used in connection with the termination of the LTIP Agreements;

(n) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make payments of all amounts under the contingent value rights to be issued under the Safeway Merger Agreement from the net proceeds of any sale of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley or of the Equity Interests in or assets of PDC;

 

125


(o) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions; and

(p) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property.

(q) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; and

(r) distributions required in connection with (x)  a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility . and (y) an IPO Reorganization; and

(s) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments; provided that, as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, (i) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any Restricted Payments made by any Person which is not a Loan Party as long as no Loan Party has Guaranteed or may otherwise be liable for any obligations of such Person, and (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made by a Borrower may be made through Holdings (and Holdings shall be permitted to make any such payment).

10.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $ 25,000,000, 50,000,000, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Parent Borrower, Safeway or their Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed);

(ii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries;

(iii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Escrow Release Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

 

126


(vi) transactions to effect the Original Closing Date Transactions and , the Transactions or an IPO Reorganization ;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Escrow Release Date and set forth on Schedule 10.8 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to Holdings or to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith, or (iii) any contribution to the capital of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x) (i) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (ii) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date;

(xii) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement and the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.6; or

 

127


(xv) transactions required pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement or contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement; or

(xvi) the Eastern Division Sale and other transactions contemplated by the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, NAI and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, (b) leases between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and a Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) certain transactions between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to self-insurance matters and residual pharmacy transactions, (d) services provided by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries to NAI and its Subsidiaries in the areas of finance, legal, human resources and public affairs, store development, information technology, marketing, merchandising, asset protection, customer services, supply chain, risk management and insurance, separation and store closings, store operations and strategic procurement, (e) pharmacy operation services provided by NAI and its Subsidiaries to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, (f) license agreements between Safeway and NAI, (g) sales of electricity between Safeway and NAI, and (h) arrangements for the use of certain IT and other infrastructure between Safeway and NAI;

(xx) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, SVU and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between SVU and Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) one-time payments to be made in connection with the termination and/or transition of certain services under the transition services agreement between such Persons;

(xxi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $ 25,000,000, 50,000,000, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

 

128


(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings and AB LLC and for actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, payroll and similar types of services paid for by Holdings and AB LLC on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses as the same may be directly attributable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings and AB LLC;

(iii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement or the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) amounts payable to SB Capital Group LLC in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with liquidation services provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors as provided in Section 3.7 of the Operating Agreement for AB LLC (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(vii) payments by Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings and/or AB LLC or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) payments of all fees and expenses related to the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

 

129


(x) payments of the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments;

(xi) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed $20,000,000 plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to Albertson’s Group; and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xii) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xiii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.6;

(xiv) amounts payable pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xv) payments between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction described in clause (a), or meeting the requirements specified in clause (a)(i).

10.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Financing Agreements; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Escrow Release Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.9) are listed on Schedule 10.9 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 10.3 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 10.2 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of

 

130


Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset or stock sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or Subsidiary subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(c), (f) or (t) and to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 and limited to such cash or deposit.

10.10 Accounting Changes . Holdings shall not make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP, or (b) fiscal quarter or fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Agent, change its Quarterly Accounting Periods and fiscal year to any other quarterly accounting periods or fiscal year, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.11 Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal shall be permitted and prepayment of the Senior Secured notes shall be permitted ) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.3, or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries), any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations (including any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Ratio Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 10.3(f), such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(f), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the repayment of Junior Financing with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 plus the Cumulative Credit less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 10.6(f) at the time of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, (iv) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, retirement, defeasance or discharge of the Existing Safeway Notes or any of its subsidiaries within 120 days of the Escrow Release Date and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof and ; (v) redemptions or redemptions of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clause (mm) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” solely from the amounts included in the escrow account . , and (vi) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity; provided that, as of the date of such payment after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility shall not constitute Junior Financing.

 

131


(b) Amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Financing Agreements or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10.12 Permitted Activities . Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Financing Agreements and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (ix) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the ABL Facility Documentation, the NAI Purchase Agreement, the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the NAI Purchase Agreement and the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Safeway Merger Agreement, the Transactions, any agreements contemplated by Section 10.8(b)(ii) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including any related to its Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), and (x) any activities related, complementary or incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrowers other than those for the benefit of the Obligations, Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt, the obligations under the ABL Facility, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

10.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . No Loan Party shall amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties.

10.14 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent Borrower may at any time after the Escrow Release Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Borrower) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) at the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facility, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Junior Financing, as applicable. The Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have designated the entities comprising PDC and their Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries effective on the Escrow Release Date. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Escrow Release Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any

 

132


Investment by the Parent Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary. The amount of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in the entities constituting PDC at the time of designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and at the time of any subsequent redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Borrower nor any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are specified on Schedule 10.14.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of anyone or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an “ Event of Default ,” and collectively as “ Events of Default ”:

(a) (i) any Loan Party fails to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, (ii) any Loan Party fails to pay within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other Obligation other than a principal payment on a Loan, (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms or covenants contained in Sections 9.1(a), 9.4, 9.7, 9.9, 9.15 or Article 10 of this Agreement, or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than those described in Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii) or 11.1(a)(iii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach or any such covenant or agreement or the Parent Borrower’s receipt from the Agent of any such breach;

(b) any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by any Loan Party to Agent in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any other written agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan Party in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or against any of the Collateral having a value in excess of $150,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment), and any such judgment shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed;

(e) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or there is a cessation of any substantial part of any Loan Party’s business for a period of time which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them;

 

133


(g) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its properties and such petition or application is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner;

(h) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its property;

(i) any default in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to Agent and Lenders hereunder), in an amount in excess of $150,000,000 (including any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Indebtedness to such Loan Party), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and/or is not waived in writing by the other parties thereto, or any acceleration or demand for payment with respect to any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000,000; provided that, with respect to a default caused by the breach of the financial covenant within Section 7.16 of the ABL Facility, such default shall only constitute an Event of Default if the lenders under the ABL Facility have accelerated the obligations thereunder;

(j) any material provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party hereto or thereto (other than Agent) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to be a valid and perfected security interest in any of the Collateral (or a valid and perfected security interest in any other Collateral having the priority for such Collateral required hereunder) purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);

(k) (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Change of Control;

(m) [reserved]; or

(n) The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement.

 

134


11.2 Remedies .

(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in Agent’s discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on anyone or more occasions. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the direction of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Parent Borrower, accelerate the payment of all Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders ( provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(g) and 11.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable and any other obligation of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall automatically terminate).

11.3 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 11.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 11.2(b)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Secured Parties (including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Obligations (and termination payments and other amounts under secured Swap Contracts and ordinary course settlement payments under secured Swap Contracts), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

 

135


Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

12.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the other Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described above (except that Agent and Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property).

(c) Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth herein and service so made shall be deemed to be completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Loan Party in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts.

(d) HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

136


(e) Agent and Secured Parties shall not have any liability to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such other Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the transactions or relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order of competent jurisdiction binding on Agent, or such Secured Party or Secured Parties, that the losses were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither Agent nor any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Agent or the Lenders would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 12.1 and elsewhere herein and therein.

12.2 Waiver of Notices . Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle Holdings, the Parent Borrower and such other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing Agreement nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by (x) the Required Lenders and Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), or (y) at Agent’s option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders and by the Parent Borrower and such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to all Lenders only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of scheduled payment of principal, interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof, shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest,

(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 14.9 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

 

137


(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as permitted under Section 13.10 hereof), without the consent of all Lenders,

(v) amend the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Required Lenders,” or any provision of this Agreement obligating Agent to take certain actions at the direction of the Required Lenders, or amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.7, in each case without the consent of all Lenders,

(vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, or release the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor from liability for any of the Obligations other than as expressly set forth herein, without the consent of the Lenders,

(vii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the consent of the Lenders;

(viii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 12.3, without the consent of all Lenders, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 3.3 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

(b) Agent and any Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent or any Lender of any right, power and/or remedy on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Agent or any Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination for which the consent of all Lenders or each Lender directly affected thereby was required, in the event that any Lender shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (each such Lender being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), but the consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then Agent or the Parent Borrower shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time thereafter, and upon the exercise by Agent or the Parent Borrower of such right to require each such Non-Consenting Lender, and each such Non-Consenting Lender shall have the obligation, to sell, assign and transfer to Agent or such Eligible Transferee as Agent or the Parent Borrower may specify, all of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant thereto. Each such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender), except that on the date of such purchase and sale) Agent, or such Eligible Transferee specified by Agent or the Parent Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as Agent or the Parent Borrower and such Non-Consenting Lender(s) may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the effective date of the purchase (including amounts payable under Section 3.3(c) as if the Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender were being prepaid on the purchase date but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early termination fee). In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such

 

138


replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall terminate on such date.

(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, (i) in the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of releasing the Loans from the Escrow Account hereunder may be delivered after the Escrow Release Date, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the date for delivery of such items or take such other action as Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without the approval of any Lender.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(i) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall

 

139


not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans unless the maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, Guarantees, Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel or (ii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, the Parent Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as “Co-Borrower” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Agent.

12.4 Waiver of Counterclaims . Each Loan Party waives all rights to interpose any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or relating hereto or thereto.

12.5 Indemnification . Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates, successor and assigns (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable and reasonably documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements, the use or proposed use of proceeds of any Loan, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the reasonable and reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel, regardless of whether such Indemnitee is a party to such commenced or threatened litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Parent Borrower or any of its affiliates or equity holders, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this Section 12.5 to indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby (i) resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (ii) resulting from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (a) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent or an arranger or a similar role and (b) claims arising out of any act or omission of the Sponsor, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower); provided that, the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and

 

140


other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel and one firm of special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Parent Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Loan Parties shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party, Agent or Lender shall assert, and each Loan Party, Agent and Lender hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, Loan Party, Agent and Lender, on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the resignation of the Agent or the replacement of any Lender, the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

12.6 Costs and Expenses . The Parent Borrower shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agent and its Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent, (B) outside consultants for the Agent, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and (F) environmental site assessments, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Financing Agreements or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Loan Parties who are not the Agent or any of its Affiliate, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Loan Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Loan Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Loan Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

To the extent that any Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

 

141


SECTION 13. THE AGENT

13.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and neither the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 13.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 and Section 12 (including the second paragraph of Section 12.5 and 12.6), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement is binding upon the Lenders.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

142


(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Financing Agreements that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Financing Agreements), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Financing Agreements or applicable law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 14.7 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Parent Borrower or a Lender; and

(e) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Financing Agreements by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory

 

143


provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

13.6 Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States which appointment of a successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Financing Agreements, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 13.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Financing Agreements (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.6). The fees payable by the Parent Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, the provisions of this Section 13 and Sections 12.5 and 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agent, Arrangers, bookrunners or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent or a Lender hereunder.

13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or

 

144


otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Parent Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, if the Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent, and Agent shall,

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed or to be disposed, as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) (A) if the Lien encumbers property that secures or will secure a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (B) any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such pledge is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or (iv) subject to Section 12.3, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.1(j) to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; and

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted hereunder or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the ABL Credit

 

145


Agreement, any Permitted Notes Incremental Equivalent Debt , any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10. In each case as specified in this Section 13.10, the Agent will, at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Borrower and applicable Guarantor such documents as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreements and this Section 13.10.

13.11 Withholding Tax Indemnity . To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Agent), the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Financing Agreement an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 6.1, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement against any amount due the Agent under this Section 13.11. The agreements in this Section 13.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

13.12 Notice to Agent . By signing this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees to notify the Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Agent may reasonably request furnish a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Secured Party. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Secured Party on account of Other Liabilities unless the Agent has received written notice thereof from such Secured Party.

13.13 Intercreditor Agreements . The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any usual and customary Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agent to enter into the usual and customary Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

 

146


SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Term .

(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Latest Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, Parent Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent subject to clause (b) below, (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent may, at its option, and shall at the direction of required Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time on or after an Event of Default. Upon the Latest Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the Financing Agreements, Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under provisions of this Agreement that survive terminations of the Commitments).

(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements until all Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under indemnifications that survive terminations of the Commitments), have been fully and finally paid.

14.2 Interpretative Provisions .

(a) All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) All references to the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their respective successors and permitted assigns. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. All references to any of the Financing Agreements shall include any and all amendment or modifications thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “this Agreement” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

(e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

(f) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of Agent or any Lender alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

 

147


(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently received by Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified as to going concern or the scope of the audit.

(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” shall mean “to and including.”

(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement and other Financing Agreements may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(l) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

14.3 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in Section 14.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

 

If to any Loan Party:    Albertson’s LLC
   250 Parkcenter Blvd.
   PO Box 20
   Boise, Idaho 83706
   Attention: Richard Navarro Bob Dimond
   Dave Ober Brad Fox
   Paul Rowan, Esq.
   Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463
   Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625

 

148


              with a copy to:
  Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
  919 Third Avenue
  New York, NY 10022
  Attention:    Ronald Risdon, Esq.
  Telephone:    (212) 756-2203
  Facsimile:    (212) 593-5955
  E-mail:    ronald.risdon@srz.com
If to Agent:   Agent’s Office
  Credit Suisse AG
  Eleven Madison Avenue, 23 rd Floor
  New York, NY 10010
  Attention:    Loan Operations – Agency Manager
  Telephone:    (919) 994-6369
  Facsimile:    (212) 322-2291
  E-mail:    agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent (and shall be considered to be in writing for such purposes), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARENT BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability

 

149


to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Parent Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Parent Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Parent Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Parent Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

14.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

14.5 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each Lender shall keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information and safe and sound lending practices, any non-public information (“ Information ”) supplied to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the Financing Agreements, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person

 

150


(including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iv) to any Lender or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant consented to by the Parent Borrower to the extent an assignment of a Loan to such Person would require the Parent Borrower’s consent pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof) or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender, Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Affiliate shall have been instructed to treat such information as confidential in accordance with this Section 14.5, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 14.5 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.7(l), direct or indirect contractual counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Transferee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Transferee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (vi) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it in connection with rating the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries or any Facility hereunder (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (viii) [reserved], (ix) to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) or (x) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Financing Agreement or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) In the event that Agent or any Lender receives a request or demand to disclose any Information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender, Agent or such Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower of such request so that the Parent Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose such information and, subject to reimbursement by Parent Borrower of Agent’s or such Lender’s expenses, cooperate with the Parent Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the disclosed information which the Parent Borrower so designates, to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender. In no event shall this Section 14.5 or any other provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to Agent or any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party, (iii) to require Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to Agent or a Lender or prevent Agent or a Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.5 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Escrow Release Date or any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender.

 

151


14.6 Successors . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, except as provided in Section 14.7 below. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

14.7 Assignments; Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) (w) to one or more Eligible Transferees (but not including for this purpose any assignments in the form of a participation), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Acceptance, (x) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(e), (y) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.7(f) or (z) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(k) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Agent or, if previously agreed with the Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Agent, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement, the Assignee shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent the forms or certifications, as applicable, described in Section 6.1(d), to the extent required thereby.

This paragraph (a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

 

152


(b) Agent, acting solely for these purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of their Loans (the “ Register ”). Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the Register to give effect to each Assignment and Acceptance. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Agent, the Parent Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3) provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3, provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

(c) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 14.7(b), upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6, 12.5 and 12.6 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.7(e).

(d) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental

 

153


thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to assignees (subject to such assignee executing and delivering a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Parent Borrower).

(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it, without the consent of Agent or the other Lenders); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Parent Borrower, each Co-Borrower the Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 12.3(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. The Parent Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including Section 6.1(d), and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.7(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that the Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a change in any Laws after the Participant became a Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Parent Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Parent Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Financing Agreement) to any Person expect to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (by its acquisition of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, to the extent that any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate would have the right to direct any Participant to vote with respect to any plan of reorganization of any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a result of any participation taken by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(e), such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Participant) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall

 

154


not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Participant) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the participation in any Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or Participants that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Parent Borrower and any applicable Co-Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 14.7(a); provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;

(B) the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;

(C) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(D) each Purchasing Borrower Party represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment to such Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), that neither the Purchasing Borrower Party nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI with respect to Holdings or the Albertson’s Group that either (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to (i) a Lender’s decision to participate in any assignment pursuant to this Section 14.7(h) or (ii) the market price of the Loans;

(E) no Loan may be assigned to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of all Loans then outstanding; and

 

155


(F) no Loan may be assigned to a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, the Purchasing Borrower Parties in the aggregate would own or have retired in excess of 15% of all Loans then outstanding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such limitation does not apply to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.3(c)).

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Parent Borrower are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Parent Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2), (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Agent, the Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Financing Agreements or (iv) advice from counsel to the Lenders or the Agent or a right to challenge any related attorney-client privilege of any Lender or the Agent;

(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 12.3 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Financing Agreement or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Financing Agreement, or (iii) directed or required the Agent, or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Financing Agreement, all Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated lenders voting on such matters for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions.

Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of the such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees

 

156


that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, except to the extent such entitlement to a greater amount results from a change in any applicable Laws after the grant to the SPC was made, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Financing Agreement, remain the lender of record hereunder. Each Granting Lender, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Parent Borrower or the Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 14.7, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Financing Agreements and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Financing Agreements even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

14.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Financing Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Financing Agreement was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

14.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and any other applicable law. The Loan Parties are hereby advised that any Loans hereunder are subject to satisfactory results of such verification.

 

157


14.10 Counterparts, Etc . This Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of such other Financing Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

14.11 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

14.12 Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, and unconditionally and absolutely, guarantee to Secured Parties the due and punctual payment, performance and discharge (whether upon stated maturity, demand, acceleration or otherwise in accordance with the terms thereof) of all of the Obligations whether created directly to, or acquired by assignment or otherwise by, any Secured Party, and whether the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, regardless of whether recovery upon any of such Obligations becomes barred by any statute of limitations, is void or voidable under any law, is or becomes invalid or unenforceable for any other reason (collectively as to each Guarantor, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”); provided , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall exclude Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” as used herein shall include interest, fees or other charges constituting Obligations accrued in any such bankruptcy, whether or not any such interest, fees or other charges are recoverable from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower or its estate under 11 U.S.C. § 506. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee is a primary, immediate and original obligation of such Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guarantee of payment and not of collectability only, and is not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any rights or remedies against the Parent Borrower or others, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any Collateral or other security.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid and discharged and all Commitments have been terminated. Each Guarantor acknowledges that there may be future advances by Agent or any Lender to the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower hereunder (although Secured Parties may be under no obligation to make such advances) and that the number and amount of the Guaranteed Obligations are unlimited and may fluctuate from time to time hereafter, and its guarantee shall remain in force at an times hereafter, whether there are any Guaranteed Obligations outstanding from time to time or not. Guarantors’ obligations under this

 

158


Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without regard to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranteed Obligations or agreements evidencing same. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall be in addition to any other present or future guaranty or other security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall not be prejudiced or unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security, and is not conditioned upon or subject to the execution by any other Person of any other guaranty or suretyship agreement.

(c) (i) If a Guarantor shall make a payment under a guarantee (a “ Paying Guarantor ”), then such Paying Guarantor shall have the right to obtain contribution, in an amount determined as set forth below, from each of the other Guarantors that have not made payments under their respective guaranties at least proportionately equal (on the basis of their respective Guarantor Allocable Percentages, as such term is hereinafter defined) in amount to the payments made by the Paying Guarantor seeking contribution. The liability of Guarantors hereunder to make contribution to any Paying Guarantor as aforesaid shall be absolute and shall not be affected or impaired by (A) any defense, counterclaim or setoff that the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor may have or assert against any Secured Party, (B) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Secured Party to realize upon any Collateral or to enforce payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations from any Person, (C) the release or discharge of any Collateral, (D) the release or discharge of the applicable Borrower from its obligations, or (E) the release or discharge of any Guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee (whether, in any such event, such release is agreed to by any Secured Party or occurs by operation of applicable law). Any proceeds received by any Secured Party from any enforcement action with respect to any assets of a Guarantor securing payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor for purposes hereof.

(ii) Any Paying Guarantor entitled to contribution hereunder shall be entitled to receive from each of the other Guarantors an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties by the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought, less (B) the amount, if any, actually paid to Agent or any other Secured Party by the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought (said last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product shall be decreased by any amount theretofore paid by such Guarantor by way of contribution hereunder, and shall be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Guarantor by way of contribution); provided , however , that a Paying Guarantor’s recovery of contribution from the other Guarantors hereunder shall be limited, exclusive of interest, to that amount paid by the Paying Guarantor in excess of the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Paying Guarantor of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties. Amounts due by way of contribution hereunder shall bear interest, until paid, at a variable rate of interest equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time. As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction, the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Guarantors who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be one; provided further , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a Guarantor is not possible by reason of any insolvency proceeding involving such Guarantor or otherwise by reducing the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor to zero and by increasing the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors proportionately so that the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors at all times equals 100%. Each Guarantor liable to a Paying Guarantor for contribution, whether pursuant to the provisions of this guarantee or under applicable law, hereby assigns in favor of each Paying Guarantor any claim that such Guarantor liable to make contribution has or hereafter may have against the applicable Borrower, and authorizes any payments that may be due on any such claim to be made to the Paying Guarantor that is entitled to receive contribution for application to the satisfaction of amounts due by way of contribution.

 

159


(iii) Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally, that each shall at all times indemnify each of the other Guarantors and hold and save each of them harmless from and against any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of whatever kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, which any Guarantor may at any time sustain or incur in any action, suit or other proceeding instituted to enforce the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee in excess of the amount equal to the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor of personal liability under the terms hereof.

(iv) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution and indemnification hereunder shall each constitute an asset in favor of the Guarantor to which such contribution or indemnification is at any time owing.

(d) (i) If for any reason the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower has no legal existence or is under no legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or if any of the Guaranteed Obligations become unrecoverable from the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower by reason of such Borrower’s insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or by other operation of law or for any other reason, each Guarantor shall nevertheless be bound to the same extent as if such Guarantor had at all times been the principal obligor on all such Guaranteed Obligations. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization of debt or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any Financing Agreements or other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall nevertheless be immediately due and payable by each Guarantor.

(ii) If a Guarantor should dissolve or become insolvent (within the meaning of UCC), or if a petition for an order for relief with respect to a Guarantor should be filed by or against such Guarantor under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if a receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian should be appointed for a Guarantor or any property of a Guarantor, or if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then, in any such event and whether or not any of the Guaranteed Obligations are then due and payable or the maturity thereof has been accelerated or demand for payment thereof has been made, Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, may, without notice to any Guarantor, make the Guaranteed Obligations immediately due and payable hereunder as to any Guarantor and Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder as if the Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable in full. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are collected by or through an attorney at law, Guarantors agree to jointly and severally pay Secured Parties’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. Guarantors shall be obligated to make multiple payments under their guarantees to the extent necessary to cause full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(iii) If and to the extent Agent or any Lender receives any payment on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations (whether from the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, Guarantor or a third party obligor or from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral) and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or other insolvency law, common law or equitable cause, then the part of the Guaranteed Obligations intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(iv) Agent and Lenders shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to the full extent provided for herein or in any of the Financing Agreements. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any Person, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s

 

160


right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Agent or any Lender against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrower under the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing Guaranteed Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor for the balance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(v) Each Guarantor acknowledges that Agent is authorized and empowered to enforce such Guarantor’s guarantee for the benefit of Secured Parties and to collect from such Guarantor the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time, in Agent’s own name and without the necessity of joining any other Secured Party in any action, suit or other proceeding to enforce its guarantee.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives and renounces (for itself and its successors):

(i) notice of each Secured Party’s acceptance hereof and reliance hereon; notice of the extension of credit from time to time by Secured Parties to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Guaranteed Obligations; notice of the amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers to Secured Parties from time to time (subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time); notice of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk; notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; notice of default or acceleration; all other notices and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; any right such Guarantor may have, by statute or otherwise, to require Secured Parties to institute suit against the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower after notice or demand from such Guarantor or to seek recourse first against the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower or otherwise, or to realize upon any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, as a condition to enforcing such Guarantor’s liability and obligations hereunder; any defense that the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower may at any time have or assert based upon the statute of limitations, the statute of frauds, failure of consideration, fraud, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, usury, or accord and satisfaction; any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained; any defense or claim that any Person purporting to bind the Parent Borrower applicable Co-Borrower to the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations did not have actual or apparent authority to do so; any right to contest the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any Collateral; any defense or claim that any other act or failure to act by any Secured party had the effect of increasing such Guarantor’s risk of payment; and any other legal or equitable defense to payment under this guarantee;

(ii) any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any one action or “anti-deficiency” law which would otherwise prevent Secured Parties from bringing any action, including any claim for a deficiency; or exercising any other right or remedy (including any right of setoff) against such Guarantor before or after any Secured Party’s commencement or completion of any foreclosure action, whether by judicial action, by exercise of power of sale or otherwise, or any other law which in any other manner would otherwise require any election of remedies by any Secured Party; and any right that such Guarantor may have to claim or recover in any litigation arising out of this guarantee or any of the other Financing Agreements) any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages; and

(iii) any right that such Guarantor may have to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder. If, notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, any Guarantor shall nevertheless have any

 

161


right under applicable law to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder, which right cannot be waived by such Guarantor, such termination or revocation shall not be effective until a written notice of such termination or revocation, specifically referring to this guarantee and signed by such Guarantor, is actually received by an officer of Agent who is familiar with Parent Borrower’s account and this guarantee; but any such termination or revocation shall not affect the obligation of such Guarantor or such Guarantor’s successors or assigns with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and existing at the time of the receipt by Agent of such revocation or to arise out of or in connection with any transactions theretofore entered into by Secured Parties with or for the account of Parent Borrower. If Agent or any Lender grants loans or other extensions of credit to or for the benefit of a Borrower or takes other action after the termination or revocation by any Guarantor but prior to Agent’s receipt of such written notice of termination or revocation, then the rights of such Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto shall be the same as if such termination or revocation had not occurred.

(f) (i) Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without reducing, releasing, diminishing, impairing or otherwise affecting the liability or obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee, Secured Parties may (with or without consideration) compromise or settle any of the Guaranteed Obligations; accelerate the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, discharge or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations; refuse to enforce, or release all or any Persons liable for the payment of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase, decrease or otherwise alter the rate of interest payable with respect to the principal amount of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant other indulgences to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers in respect thereof; amend, modify, terminate, release, or waive any Financing Agreements or any other documents or agreements evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations (other than this Agreement); release, surrender, exchange, modify or impair, or consent to the sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Collateral or other property at any time securing (directly or indirectly) any of the Guaranteed Obligations or on which Secured Parties may at any time have a Lien; fail or refuse to perfect (or to continue the perfection of) any Lien granted or conveyed to any Secured Party with respect to any Collateral, or to preserve rights to any Collateral, or to exercise care with respect to any Collateral in any Secured Party’s possession; extend the time of payment of any Collateral consisting of accounts, notes, chattel paper, payment intangibles or other rights to the payment of money; refuse to enforce or forbear from enforcing its rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or any Person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any Collateral or with any party to the Guaranteed Obligations; release or substitute anyone or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether parties to this Agreement or not; subordinate payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations to the payment of any other liability of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers; or apply any payments or proceeds of Collateral received to the liabilities of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to any Secured Party regardless of whether such liabilities consist of Guaranteed Obligations and regardless of the manner order or of any such application.

(ii) Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower. Each Guarantor delivers the guarantee set forth in this Agreement based solely upon Guarantor’s own independent investigation and in no part upon any representation or statement of any Secured Party with respect thereto. Each Guarantor is in a position to and hereby assumes fun responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition as such Guarantor may deem material to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and such Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting any Secured Party to furnish such Guarantor, any information in any Secured Party’s possession concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition. If any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any Guarantor regarding Parent Borrower, any of the Collateral or any transaction or occurrence in respect of any of the Financing Agreements, such Secured

 

162


Party shall be under no obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to any Guarantor on any subsequent occasion. Each Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of “guaranty” which risks include, without limitation, the possibility that Parent Borrower will contract additional Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Parent Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay their lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

(g) (i) Notwithstanding any provision of this guarantee to the contrary, (a) all rights of each Guarantor under clause (c) of this guarantee and all other rights of indemnity, contribution, subrogation or exoneration with respect to the Obligations shall be fully subordinated to the full payment of the Obligations and (b) no such right shall be exercised until full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Paying Guarantor on account of any such indemnity, contribution, exoneration or subrogation rights at any time that fun payment of the Guaranteed Obligation has not occurred, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations (whether matured or unmatured). No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments required pursuant to clause (c) (or any other payments required under applicable law) shall in any respect limit or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor under this guarantee, and each Guarantor shall remain fully liable to Secured Parties for all of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) The provisions of this Agreement shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of any Secured Party or any affiliate of any Secured Party under any separate subordination agreement that such Secured Party or such affiliate may at any time or from time to time enter into with any Guarantor.

(h) The execution and delivery to any Secured Party and such Secured Party’s acceptance of any guaranty in addition to each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall not be deemed in lieu of or to supersede, terminate or diminish any guarantee hereunder, but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided in such additional or supplementary guaranty; and if, prior to the Escrow Release Date, any Guarantor or any other Person has given to any Secured Party a previous guaranty or guaranties, each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall be construed to be an additional or supplementary guaranty and not to be in lieu thereof or to supersede, terminate or diminish such previous guaranty or guaranties.

(i) Unless otherwise required by applicable law or a specific agreement to the contrary, all payments received by Secured Parties from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or from proceeds of the Collateral may be applied (or reversed and reapplied) by Secured Parties to the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, without affecting in any manner any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(j) To the extent any performance of this guarantee would violate any applicable usury statute or other applicable law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit legally permitted, so that this guarantee shall not require any performance in excess of the limit legally permitted, but such obligations shall be fulfilled to the limit of legal validity. Nothing in this guarantee shall be construed to authorize Secured Parties to collect from Guarantors any interest that has not yet accrued, is unearned or subject to rebate or is otherwise not entitled to be collected by Secured Parties under applicable law. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this guarantee.

(k) Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranteed Obligations or the grant of the security interest under the Financing Agreements, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Contract, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely,

 

163


unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Contract as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Financing Agreements in respect of such Swap Contract (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this clause (k) voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this clause (k) shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this clause (k) to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

14.13 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 14.13; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 14.13, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, the events described in this Section 14.13 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.13, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 14.13.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to the extent consistent with Regulation S-X or are otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, including the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that have been realized or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the closing date of such Specified Transaction (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included in such calculations for the Safeway Acquisition shall not exceed $285,000,000 for the 12 month period following the Escrow Release Date.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien

 

164


Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of any Designated Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans) or Lien in connection therewith, compliance with any financial test required by this Agreement for such Designated Acquisition and such Designated Indebtedness shall be determined on the date the definitive acquisition agreement for such Designated Acquisition is entered into (and not at the time of closing of such Designated Acquisition or the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness) and, thereafter until consummation of such Designated Acquisition or the termination of such definitive agreement relating to such Designated Acquisition, all other incurrence tests under this Agreement shall be required to be complied with on an actual basis without giving effect to such Designated Indebtedness or Designated Acquisition and on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect to such Designated Acquisition and the incurrence of such Designated Indebtedness. to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of (i) determining compliance with this Agreement which requires the calculation of any ratio (including the EBITDA component of any such ratio), (ii) determining compliance with representations, warranties, Defaults or Events of Default or (iii) testing availability under the baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets), in each case, in connection with an Acquisition (or similar Investment) of incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Equivalent Debt) by one or more of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or person permitted to be acquired by this Agreement, in each case whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining third party financing (any such acquisition, a “ Limited Condition Acquisition ”), at the option of the Parent Borrower (the Parent Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”), and if after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, Holdings could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. If Holdings has made an LCA Election, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated and (ii) the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition has actually closed or the definitive agreement with respect thereto has been terminated.

 

165


14.14 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Agent and each Lender under this Section 14.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

14.15 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Financing Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Financing Agreement, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 14.14 (subject to the terms of Section 2.7), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Financing Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Financing Agreements shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ) . If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

166


14.17 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Financing Agreement or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any funding of Loans, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied shall remain outstanding.

14.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Financing Agreement), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the other Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Financing Agreements; (ii) (A) the Agent, each other Arranger and each Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for each Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent, any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements; and (iii) the Agent, the other Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

14.19 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 14.7 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 10.4.

14.20 Amendment and Restatement .

(a) The Loan Parties, the Agent, and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, clause (b) of this Section 14.20), shall be superseded by this Agreement and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder.

 

167


(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Debt Facility by this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to be liable to each Indemnitee with respect to agreements on their part under the Existing Debt Facility to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnitee from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which the Agent and the Lenders may be subject arising in connection with the Existing Debt Facility. This Agreement is given as a substitution of, and not as a payment of, the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Existing Debt Facility and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Debt Facility.

(c) By execution of this Agreement all parties hereto agree that (i) each of the Collateral Documents and the other Financing Agreements is hereby amended such that all references to the Existing Debt Facility and the Loans and Commitments thereunder shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) all obligations under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Agreement and (iii) all security interests and liens granted under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and shall continue and secure the Obligations hereunder and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement after giving effect to this Agreement.

14.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Agreement or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Financing Agreement, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signatures begin on next page]

 

168


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Agent, Lenders, Parent Borrower, Co-Borrowers and Guarantors have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PARENT BORROWER
ALBERTSON’S LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CO-BORROWERS :
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC
By:   Albertson’s LLC, its sole member
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
SATURN ACQUISITION MERGER SUB, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

169


GUARANTORS :
ALBERTSON’S HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GOOD SPIRITS LLC
FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

170


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC
ABS NV-GL LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

171


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

172


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as Agent and as a Lender
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

173


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 2 days of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

With respect to each existing Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

 

  1. A date down endorsement (or other title product, including, without limitation, a new title policy, where such date down endorsement is not available) to each existing title insurance policy (each, a “ Mortgage Policy ”) insuring the lien of such existing Mortgaged Property, which shall reasonably assure the Agent as of the date of such endorsement that the Mortgaged Property subject to the lien of the applicable Mortgage is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except those Liens permitted under such Mortgage;

 

  2. such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification as shall be required to induce the title insurance company to issue the endorsement (or other title product) to each Mortgage Policy contemplated in this Schedule I and reasonable evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes and related charges required for the issuance of the endorsement to such Mortgage Policy (or the issuance of the other title product where such date down endorsement is not available) contemplated in this Schedule I; and

either:

A) confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) from local counsel in each jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located substantially to the effect that:

i) the recording of the existing Mortgage is the only filing or recording necessary to give constructive notice to third parties of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

ii) no other documents, instruments, filings, recordings, re-recordings, re-filings or other actions, including, without limitation, the payment of any mortgage recording taxes or similar taxes, are necessary or appropriate under applicable law in order to maintain the continued enforceability, validity or priority of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; or

 

 

2   For the avoidance of doubt, the 180 day deadline for such deliverables shall supersede the deadline for such deliverables that is set forth in Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 21, 2015.


B) such other documentation with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

i) an amendment to each existing Mortgage (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

ii) a favorable opinion, addressed to the Agent and the Secured Parties covering, among other things, the due authorization, execution, delivery of the applicable Mortgage Amendment and written confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) by local counsel in the applicable jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located as to the adequacy and effectiveness under local law of the applicable Mortgage and lien granted thereunder as amended by the Mortgage Amendment and the lien granted thereunder, in each case; and

iii) reasonable evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all search and examination charges escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage Amendment referred to above.

With respect to each Material Real Property that is not an existing Mortgaged Property as of the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date, the Parent Borrower must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule I to the contrary, the foregoing provisions shall not require the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets of the Loans Parties, if, and for so long as, the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

Exhibit 10.23

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 5

AMENDMENT NO. 5, dated as of December 23, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Parent Borrower has, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (i) $3,271,800,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans outstanding, (ii) $1,142,137,500 in aggregate principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans outstanding and (iii) $1,600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-6 Loans outstanding;

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement provides that Borrowers may, with consent of the Required Lenders, amend or waive certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, including the amendments and waivers provided for herein;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may obtain Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness by, among other things, entering into a Refinancing Amendment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

WHEREAS, each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender that executes and delivers a consent to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “ Consent ”) and checks “2016-1 Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) of its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans for 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, and such Lender shall thereafter become a 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender and (iii) agree to the terms of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date (as defined below);

 

1


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender will make Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “2016-1 Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) for Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender under the Credit Agreement and (iii) agrees to the terms of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter ”) and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender will make Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-6 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-6 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-6 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) of its Term B-6 Loans for Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender under the Credit Agreement and (iii) agree to the terms of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders ” and, respectively, together with the Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans and Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the “ Term Loans ” and together with the Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders and Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders, the “ Term Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-6 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

 

2


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender will make Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-6 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, solely for purposes of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, the parties hereto agree (i) that the prepayment notice requirements in Section 2.3(a) of the Term Loan Agreement are hereby satisfied and (ii) that the Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any “breakage” fees pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Term Loan Agreement in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby;

WHEREAS, on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of (i) 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $3,271,800,000, (ii) 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,142,137,500 and (iii) 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,600,000,000.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

SECTION 2. Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 5 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) the Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(b) the Agent shall have received (x) a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by the (i) 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, (ii) 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender and (iii) 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender and (y) Consents from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders, provided that the 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, the 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender and the 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender shall be deemed to have consented to this Amendment;

(c) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

(d) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

 

3


(e) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

(f) the Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and the Term Lenders;

(g) the Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date or, if applicable, that no modifications have been made to such documents since, with respect to (aa) the subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, LLC that are Subsidiary Guarantors and Safeway Inc. and the subsidiaries of Safeway Inc. that are Subsidiary Guarantors, January 30, 2015, (bb) Albertsons Companies, LLC, December 21, 2015, (cc) New Albertson’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors (other than ASP Realty, LLC, Giant of Salisbury, Inc. and Collington Services LLC), December 21, 2015, (dd) ASP Realty, LLC, January 28, 2016 and (ee) Giant of Salisbury, Inc. and Collington Services LLC, November 16, 2016 (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above;

(h) the Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Parent Borrower dated the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date certifying that (i) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that to the extent any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects; provided , further that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably to be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) The Parent Borrower shall have paid (or have caused to be paid), (a) to the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers (as defined herein) in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers in connection with arranging Term Loans as separately agreed to in writing by Holdings and the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers and (b) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers and the Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP );

 

4


(j)(i) Subject to subsection (h)  above, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Borrowing;

(k) the Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O to the Term Loan Agreement;

(l) the Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(m) the Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice for the Term Loans;

(n) the Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Lenders at least 10 days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date; and

(o) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property, and to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto, and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 9.4 of the Term Loan Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 4. [Reserved].

SECTION 5. Post-Closing Obligations . The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant (before and after giving effect to the Borrowing) that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that to the extent any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects; provided , further that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5


SECTION 7. Extension of Loan . Subject to Section 3 above, the Term Lenders shall make the Term Loans available to the Parent Borrower on the date specified therefor in the related Committed Loan Notice in accordance with instructions provided by the Parent Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

SECTION 8. Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements.

SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

SECTION 10.  Financing Agreement . This Amendment shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

SECTION 11. Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notice . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Term Loan Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12. Roles . It is agreed that each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC will act as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Term Loans (collectively, the “ Joint Lead Arrangers ”). It is further agreed that each of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., RBC Capital Markets 1 , Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will act as co-managers for the Term Loans (collectively and together with the Joint Lead Arrangers, the “ Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers ”). Parties hereto agree that Section 12.5 (Indemnification) of the Term Loan Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein in full.

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

6


SECTION 13. Acknowledgement and Reaffirmation . Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) to the extent party thereto or covered thereunder, ratifies and affirms after giving effect to this Amendment its obligations under the Financing Agreements (including guarantees, security agreements, mortgages and deeds of trusts) executed by Holdings, the Borrowers and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) to the extent applicable, after giving effect to this Amendment, acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Financing Agreements and agrees such Financing Agreements remain in full force and effect.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

  Name:   Robert A. Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

SAFEWAY INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST

 

By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

 

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

 

By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent

 

By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

  Name:   William O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [ADDITIONAL 2016-[1][2] TERM [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] LENDER] (each, an “ Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and that certain Amendment No. 5, to be dated as of the date hereof (“ Amendment No. 5 ”) and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Guarantors from time to time party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and the other Agents named therein (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 5);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, the Borrowers desire to establish Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that it shall designate as 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loans with existing [2016-2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders and/or Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of Amendment No. 5, each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender has consented to Amendment No. 5; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement. The Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Term Loan Agreement and to the conditions set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents.


Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other applicable Financing Agreements. Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to make a Replacement 2016-[1][2] [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loan to the Borrowers in an amount equal to its Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement.

Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 5 Arrangers or any other Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Term Loan Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Term Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and shall have the respective Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.

For each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.


This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL 2016-[1][2] TERM [B-6]

    [B-5] [B-4] LENDER]

 

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:]  

 

Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments:

 

$  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SAFEWAY INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


Accepted:

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 5

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 5 (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 5 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016 and that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders

The undersigned 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

2016-1 Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

2016-1 Term B-4 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).

2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders

The undersigned 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:


2016-1 Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

2016-1 Term B-5 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).

Term B-6 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-6 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-6 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-6 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-6 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-6 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Consent to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer.

 

 

  ,

(Name of Institution)

 

 
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:]  

[ACL – Consent to Amendment No. 5]


EXHIBIT C

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

as Holdings,

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower,

SAFEWAY INC., NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. and SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

as Co-Borrowers,

THE OTHER CO-BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Agent

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated: August 25, 2014

Effective: January 30, 2015

As Amended on December 21, 2015

As Amended on February 11, 2016

As Amended on June 22, 2016

As Amended on December 23, 2016

 


Deal CUSIP # 01310TAA7

Term B-2 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAC3

Term B-3 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAG4

Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAH2

Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAK5

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAN9

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAM1

Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAL3

2016-2 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAP4

2016-2 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAQ2

2016-1 Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAR0

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2  

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

     62 66  

2.1

  Loans      62 66  

2.2

  Repayment of Loans      66 72  

2.3

  Prepayments      67 73  

2.4

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      72 79  

2.5

  Evidence of Indebtedness      72 79  

2.6

  Payments Generally      73 79  

2.7

  Sharing of Payments      74 81  

2.8

  Incremental Credit Extensions      75 81  

2.9

  Refinancing Amendments      76 83  

2.10

  Extension of Term Loans      77 84  

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

     79 86  

3.1

  Interest      79 86  

3.2

  Fees      80 86  

3.3

  Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans      80 86  

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     82 88  

4.1

  [Reserved]      82 88  

4.2

  Conditions Precedent to All Loans      82 88  

4.3

  Conditions to the Escrow Release Date      82 89  

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

     85 91  

SECTION 6. TAXES

     85 91  

6.1

  Taxes      85 91  

6.2

  Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      88 94  

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

     88 95  

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     88 95  

8.1

  Existence, Qualification and Power      88 95  

8.2

  Authorization; No Contravention      89 95  

8.3

  Financial Statements      89 95  

8.4

  Ownership of Property; Liens      90 96  

8.5

  Taxes      90 97  

8.6

  Litigation      90 97  

8.7

  Compliance with Laws      91 97  

8.8

  Environmental Compliance      91 97  

8.9

  ERISA Compliance      91 98  

8.10

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      92 98  

8.11

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      92 98  

8.12

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      92 99  

8.13

  Labor Matters      93 99  

8.14

  Anti-Money Laundering      93 100  

8.15

  Material Contracts        93 100  

 

-i-


         Page  

8.16

  Solvency      94 100  

8.17

  Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations      94 100  

8.18

  Disclosure      94 100  

8.19

  FCPA      94 101  

8.20

  Office of Foreign Assets Control      94 101  

8.21

  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      95 101  

8.22

  Use of Proceeds      95 101  

8.23

  Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements      95 101  

8.24

  Binding Effect      95 101  

8.25

  No Material Adverse Effect      95 102  

8.26

  No Default      95 102  

8.27

  Collateral Documents      96 102  

8.28

  Pharmaceutical Laws      96 103  

8.29

  HIPAA Compliance      97 103  

8.30

  Compliance With Health Care Laws      97 103  

8.31

  Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.      98 104  

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     98 105  

9.1

  Preservation of Existence      99 105  

9.2

  Compliance with Laws      99 105  

9.3

  Payment of Obligations      99 105  

9.4

  Insurance      99 105  

9.5

  Financial Statements      100 106  

9.6

  Certificates; Other Information      101 108  

9.7

  Notices      103 109  

9.8

  Further Assurances      104 110  

9.9

  Additional Loan Parties      104 110  

9.10

  Maintenance of Ratings      105 111  

9.11

  Use of Proceeds      105 111  

9.12

  Maintenance of Properties      105 111  

9.13

  Environmental Laws and Insurance      105 111  

9.14

  Books and Records; Accountants      106 112  

9.15

  Inspection Rights      106 112  

9.16

  Information Regarding the Collateral      106 112  

9.17

  [Reserved]      106 112  

9.18

  ERISA      106 112  

9.19

  Quarterly Lender Meetings      107 113  

9.20

  [Reserved]      107 113  

9.21

  Post-Closing Requirements      107 113  

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     107 113  

10.1

  Liens      107 113  

10.2

  Investments      111 118  

10.3

  Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock      115 121  

10.4

  Fundamental Changes      118 124  

10.5

  Dispositions      119 126  

10.6

  Restricted Payments      123 129  

10.7

  Change in Nature of Business      126 132  

10.8

  Transactions with Affiliates      126 132  

10.9

  Burdensome Agreements        130 136  

 

-ii-


         Page  

10.10

  Accounting Changes      131 137  

10.11

  Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness      131 137  

10.12

  Permitted Activities      132 138  

10.13

  Amendments of Organization Documents      132 138  

10.14

  Designation of Subsidiaries      132 138  

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     133 139  

11.1

  Events of Default      133 139  

11.2

  Remedies      134 140  

11.3

  Application of Proceeds      135 141  

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

     136 142  

12.1

  Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver      136 142  

12.2

  Waiver of Notices      137 143  

12.3

  Amendments and Waivers      137 143  

12.4

  Waiver of Counterclaims      140 146  

12.5

  Indemnification      140 146  

12.6

  Costs and Expenses      141 147  

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

     142 148  

13.1

  Appointment and Authority      142 148  

13.2

  Rights as a Lender      142 148  

13.3

  Exculpatory Provisions      142 148  

13.4

  Reliance by Agent      143 149  

13.5

  Delegation of Duties      143 149  

13.6

  Resignation of Agent      144 150  

13.7

  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      144 150  

13.8

  No Other Duties, Etc.      144 150  

13.9

  Agent May File Proofs of Claim      144 150  

13.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      145 151  

13.11

  Withholding Tax Indemnity      146 152  

SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     147 153  

14.1

  Term      147 153  

14.2

  Interpretative Provisions      147 153  

14.3

  Notices      148 154  

14.4

  Partial Invalidity      150 156  

14.5

  Confidentiality      150 156  

14.6

  Successors      152 157  

14.7

  Assignments; Participations      152 158  

14.8

  Entire Agreement      157 163  

14.9

  USA PATRIOT Act      157 163  

14.10

  Counterparts, Etc.      158 163  

14.11

  Payments Set Aside      158 164  

14.12

  Guarantee      158 164  

14.13

  Pro Forma Calculations      164 170  

14.14

  Setoff      165 171  

14.15

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      166 172  

14.16

  Interest Rate Limitation        166 172  

 

-iii-


         Page  

14.17

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      167 172  

14.18

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      167 172  

14.19

  Binding Effect      167 173  

14.20

  Amendment and Restatement      167 173  

14.21

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      168 174  

 

-iv-


INDEX

TO

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Term Note
Exhibit E    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H-1    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-2    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-3    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-4    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit I    Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
Exhibit J    Form of Lender Participation Notice
Exhibit K    Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
Exhibit L    Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit M    [Reserved]
Exhibit N-1    Form of ABL Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit N-2    Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit O    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P    Form of Escrow Agreement
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01    Commitments
Schedule 1.02    Accounting Period
Schedule 1.03    Real Estate Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.04    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.05    Debt Refinancing
Schedule 8.1    Loan Parties
Schedule 8.4(b)(1)    Owned Real Estate
Schedule 8.4(b)(2)    Leased Real Estate
Schedule 8.6    Litigation
Schedule 8.8    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.11    Intellectual Property
Schedule 8.12    Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
Schedule 8.13    Labor Matters
Schedule 8.15    Material Contracts
Schedule 8.23(a)    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 8.23(b)    Credit Card Agreements
Schedule 8.26    Defaults
Schedule 8.30    Participation Agreements
Schedule 9.6    Financial Reporting
Schedule 9.21    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 10.1    Existing Liens    

 

-v-


Schedule 10.2    Existing Investments
Schedule 10.3    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 10.8    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.9    Certain Contractual Obligations
Schedule 10.14    Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

-vi-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the parties hereto from time to time as Co-Borrowers, the other Guarantors party hereto, the parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as hereinafter further defined) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as hereinafter further defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Debt Facility (defined below) pursuant to which certain term loans have been made available to the Parent Borrower and the Parent Borrower has requested to amend and restate the Existing Debt Facility in its entirety;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with Parent Borrower pursuant to which Lenders may make loans to Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree severally and not jointly to make such loans to Parent Borrower on a pro rata basis according to such Lender’s Commitment as defined below on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements and Agent is willing to act as agent for Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AB LLC ”), Parent Borrower, Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), and Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) are parties to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “ Safeway Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Holdings will, directly or indirectly, acquire Safeway and its Subsidiaries (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, Safeway will enter into the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between NAI and Safeway (the “ Eastern Division Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Safeway will sell the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway (including the Equity Interests of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, the Subsidiary of Safeway that owns such assets, the “ Eastern Division Assets ”) to NAI (the “ Eastern Division Sale ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, it is intended that (a) the Sponsor will make the Equity Contribution; (b) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement; (c) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000 of loans pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ ABL Loans ”); (d) Holdings and Merger Sub (to be merged with and into Safeway) will issue $1,625,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) and (e) the proceeds of (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the proceeds of the Borrowings released from the Escrow Account, (iii) the ABL Loans, (iv) the Senior Secured Notes and (v) the Eastern Division Sale will be used to finance the Transactions.

 

1


WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower and the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans were deposited in the Escrow Account on the Lender Funding Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-2 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-2 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

2


2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-2 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date .

2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

 

3


2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-2 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

2016-1 Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean June 22, 2023, or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

4


2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

AB LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Facility Documentation, or any successor agent or under the ABL Facility Documentation.

ABL Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of Original Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility ” shall mean that credit facility made available to the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” shall mean the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under the ABL Facility Documentation, (ii) any Swap Contract permitted pursuant to Article 10 hereof that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such Swap Contract is entered into and (iii) any agreement with respect to Cash Management Obligations permitted under Article 10 that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such agreement is entered into.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement dated the Original Closing Date, among the Agent, the ABL Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-1 , as amended as of the Escrow Release Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

ABL Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

 

5


Acceptable Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Account ” shall mean “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also shall mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that, has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, Holdings’ four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” shall mean automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in, the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in Section 10.5 (q)), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.9, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that such Additional Refinancing Lender is not then an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and (ii) the Parent Borrower.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans.

 

6


Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans.

Additional Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

 

7


Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-6 Loan ” means a Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person; provided that it is understood that SVU shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party solely due to the transactions contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement or other relationships, facts or circumstances existing on the Escrow Release Date (including, but not limited to, representation on the board of directors of SVU).

 

8


Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(h)(B) hereto.

Agent ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor agent hereunder.

Agent Parties ” shall mean the Agent, the Arrangers and each of their respective Related Parties.

Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth in Section 14.3, or such other address or account as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” shall mean any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” shall mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 9, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Amendment No. 1 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 5 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 5, 2014.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date ” means June 22, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 4 (B-6) are satisfied.

 

9


Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 5 ” shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors, each of the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A.

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) ” means Amendment No. 5 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, MUFG Union Bank, N.A., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date ” means December 23, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) are satisfied.

Applicable Discount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of receipt of Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans and other Indebtedness that is outstanding and secured by a Lien on the Pari Term Debt Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (ranking pari passu with the Lien thereon securing the Obligations) on such date to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed not earlier than 18 calendar months prior to such date.

Applicable Disposition Percentage ” shall mean, as of the date of receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, (a) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, 100%, or (b) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 is less than 3.50:1.00 and (i) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is greater than 0.40:1.00, 100% or (ii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.40:1.00, 50%.

Applicable Dispositions ” shall mean any Dispositions consummated after the Escrow Release Date, the Net Proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii)(1) hereto.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” shall mean, for any Fiscal Year, (a) 75% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 3.25:1.00, (b) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 and greater than 2.75:1:00, (c) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2:75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1:00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

 

10


Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.500%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.125%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.500%, (D) for the Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.50%, (E) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.50%, (F ) for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.00%, (G ) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.75%, ( G H) for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.25% (I ) for the Term B-6 Loans, 3.75% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, ( H J) for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, 3.25% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, (K ) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 3.50  %, ( I L ) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.125%, ( J M ) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 3.50 %, ( K N ) for Term B-5 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.50%, ( L O ) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.50%, ( M P) for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.00%, (Q ) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (N , (R) for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.25%, (S ) for the Term B-6 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (T) for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.25% .

Appropriate Lender ” shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Broker ” shall mean any firm nominated by the Parent Borrower and approved by the Agent.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers. For purposes of Sections 12.5, 12.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.18 and 14.22, the reference to “Arrangers” shall include the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment of Lender’s interest hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the financial statements of Parent Borrower and Safeway delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Existing Debt Facility.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

11


Bank Products ” shall mean any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services.

Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 1.00% plus the Eurodollar Rate applicable to one month Interest Periods on the date of determination of the Base Rate, (ii) the rate of interest determined by the Agent as its “prime rate,” as established from time to time at its New York office and notified to the Parent Borrower, subject to each increase or decrease in such prime rate, effective as of the day any such change occurs and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate on each day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% (after taking into account the Eurodollar Rate floor).

Base Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

Borrower ” shall mean the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, as the context may require.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Leases ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

12


Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Casa Ley ” shall mean Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean obligations owed by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and Cash Management Services.

 

13


Cash Management Services ” shall mean any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

Casualty Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace, restore or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .

CERCLIS ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a) any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Holdings; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder; or

(c) Holdings fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Borrower, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (c) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Borrowers consolidate with and into Holdings or (ii) any such Co-Borrower consolidates with and into another Co-Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Change of Control Purchase Offer ” shall mean any offer to purchase the Existing Safeway Notes upon a “Change of Control Triggering Event” pursuant to the indenture and other documents governing the Existing Safeway Notes.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, shall refer to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether

 

14


such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans, Term B-4 Loans, Term B-5 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, Term B-6 Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series. Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments and Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions (including, without limitation, different maturity dates and/or interest rates) shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Co-Borrower ” shall mean (a) New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc., United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC and (b) any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and is designated by the Parent Borrower as a “Co-Borrower”; provided that such designation as a “Co-Borrower” is agreed upon in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Agent.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean PNC Capital Markets LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. in their capacities as co-documentation agents.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” or similar term as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered (i) on the Escrow Release Date, pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) at such time as may be designated therein, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, in each case, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor, including those listed on Schedule I hereto on the Escrow Release Date; provided that, in addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under any ABL Facility Indebtedness, any Junior Financing, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof, shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it is an obligor under such Indebtedness;

(c) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to Equity Interests where a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements, delivery of the applicable certificated Equity Interests or notation on the books of the applicable issuer) the Obligations shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and each Co-Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the nonvoting Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof directly owned by Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

 

15


(d) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to assets in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC or appropriate security agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Loan Parties (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, accounts receivable, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, hedge agreement documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds, cash, investment property, contract rights, Intellectual Property in the United States, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); and

(e) (1) within 180 days following the Original Closing Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion) the Agent shall have received, with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property, to the extent customary and appropriate (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) in the applicable jurisdiction, each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Original Closing Date, and (2) within 180 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Escrow Release Date, as such Perfection Certificate may be supplemented in accordance with Section 9.21 and (3) otherwise in accordance with Section 9.8(c), the Agent shall receive with respect to each Material Real Property each of the following in each of the cases set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it

 

16


being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), (iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (consistent with those required by Section 4.3(a)(xi)), (iv) (A) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value less than $15,000,000, either (i) such documentation required by the title insurance company or (ii) a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy insuring the Mortgage and provide the Agent with a “location” endorsement to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates and (B) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy and provide the Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates, (v) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and (vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 9.4, including, without limitation, flood insurance policies and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, and such other evidence of insurance related thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and (vii) with respect to any ground leased properties, to the extent they are required by the applicable lease and can be obtained with commercially reasonable efforts, estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the ground leased Material Real Properties along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) reasonable evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Agent;

 

17


provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall not require, and the Financing Agreements shall not contain, any requirements as to the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Property and any real property that does not constitute Material Real Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Escrow Release Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Escrow Agreement, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreements, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.3, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Committed Loan Notice ” shall mean a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Commitment ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Term B-3 Commitment, Term B-4 Commitment, Term B-5 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment, Term B-6 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Term Loan Extension Series, as the context may require.

 

18


Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (with each capitalized term other than “Safeway Merger Agreement” in this definition being defined pursuant to its definition in the Safeway Merger Agreement) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has materially and adversely affected the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Company and Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the performance by the Company prior to the Effective Time of its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, however, that any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter resulting from or relating to any of the following shall not be considered, or taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) except as it relates to clause (ii) above, the pendency, negotiation, consummation or public announcement of the Merger, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, Governmental Entities or employees; (b) global or national economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes or developments in credit markets (including changes in prevailing interest or exchange rates), financial or securities markets (including the disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index), or economic, business or regulatory conditions anywhere in the world; (c) national or international political or social conditions; (d) the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national emergency, calamity or act of terrorism or any weather-related or other force majeure event or natural disaster or act of God or other comparable events or the worsening thereof; (e) any change in applicable Laws, GAAP, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, accounting principles or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in each case, after the date of the Safeway Merger Agreement; (f) the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate; (g) any failure to meet any internal or external projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (except that the underlying cause of any such failure may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect); (h) any action taken or not taken by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement (except as it relates to clause (ii) above) or at Ultimate Parent’s written request; (i) the identity of, or any facts or circumstances relating to, the Parent Entities or their respective Subsidiaries or (j) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter arising out of or relating to any action taken in compliance with Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, that the incremental extent of any disproportionate change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) with respect to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated Persons in the food and drug retail business may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Compensation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c)(ii) hereto.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group but excluding any such Indebtedness (other than obligations under the ABL Facility) in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

 

19


Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(7) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

 

20


(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period; and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Original Closing Transactions, the Transactions or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group of up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that, increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

 

21


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrowers or the Guarantors, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Term Loans at such time, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Card Issuer ” shall mean any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa, U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

 

22


Credit Card Processor ” shall mean any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Suisse ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

Cumulative Credit ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning the first day of the fiscal quarter after May 31, 2016 to the end of the most recent Test Period; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Holdings and (ii) the Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness incurred after the Escrow Release Date of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Escrow Closing Date;

(d) the Net Proceeds of the sale or other Disposition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus;

(e) Investments of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Investments of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the original Investment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary); plus;

(f) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received from Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(g) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made using the Cumulative Credit;

(h) minus any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(f) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such time.

provided that the use of the Cumulative Credit shall be subject to compliance with a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to (a) the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Disposition Amounts with respect to all Applicable Dispositions after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date minus (b) any amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(c) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

 

23


Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) deferred revenue.

DDA ” shall mean each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate of any Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under any Indebtedness of Safeway and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.05 hereto shall have been repaid on the Escrow Release Date, and all Liens securing such indebtedness shall have been released.

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” shall mean an act condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 10.5.

 

24


Discount Range ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(v) hereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” shall mean the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests).

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that only the portion of Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Equity Interests is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” shall mean the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

25


Earn-Out Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale ” shall mean the sale of the Eastern Division Assets to NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

EBITDA ” shall mean at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 10.8; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of the Term Loans or ABL Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or Safeway or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

 

26


(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (3) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 14.13 and (4) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(11) Public Company Costs; plus

(12) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by Albertson’s Group from business interruption insurance.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

27


EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean (a) a Person that is a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (b) any other Person with the prior written consent of (i) the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) exists, the Parent Borrower (such approval by the Parent Borrower, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given by the Parent Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Agent from the Parent Borrower within the earlier to occur of (x) three (3) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.7 of this Agreement and acknowledged by the Parent Borrower or (y) five (5) Business Days after such notice has been provided to the Parent Borrower); provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required prior to the completion of primary syndication settlement of the Term B Loans; provided , further that no Person shall be an Eligible Transferee pursuant to this clause (b) if such Person is a direct competitor of any Loan Party identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment (unless at the time of assignment there is in process a liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower, whether conducted by the Parent Borrower, Agent, a trustee for the Parent Borrower or a representative of creditors of the Parent Borrower), or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (c) Sponsor, as provided in Section 14.7(h). Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) and Section 14.7(h), no Loan Party shall be an Eligible Transferee. No natural person shall be an Eligible Transferee.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

 

28


Equity Contribution ” shall mean the new cash contributions (directly or indirectly) by the Sponsor to AB LLC, in an amount equal to $1,250,000,000 which will be contributed to Holdings as common and/or preferred equity of Holdings ( provided that any such preferred equity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers).

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other ownership interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Holdings within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Escrow Account ” shall mean the escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Account Funds ” shall mean all cash, securities and other property held in or credited to the Escrow Account.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Parent Borrower, the Agent and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Escrow Collateral ” shall mean “Collateral” as defined in the Escrow Agreement.

 

29


Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in an aggregate amount of $35,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Escrow Release Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Loan Parties.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean, collectively, the conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

Escrow Release Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied and the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans are released from the Escrow Account to the Parent Borrower.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Rate ” (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Credit Suisse and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) ICE LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined on such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination; provided , in each case, that Eurodollar Rate shall not be less than 1.00 0.75 % per annum.

Eurodollar Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuation or existence of any event or condition described in Section 11.1 hereof after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both specified in such section with respect to such event or condition.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

30


(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group completed during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions),

(vi) scheduled cash payments by the Albertson’s Group during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Albertson’s Group other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

 

31


(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x), 10.6(g) and 10.6(h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Albertson’s Group with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and

(xiii) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015 (but in the case of the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015, the period starting on the first day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the Escrow Release Date and ending February 26, 2015).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

 

32


Exchange Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-6 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-6 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-6 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-2 Lender or a Term B-3 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-2 Loans and/or or Term B-3 Loans (or, in each case, such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-2 Lender ” means a Term B-2 Lender with an Exchange Term B-2 Commitment to exchange its Term B-2 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-3 Lender ” means a Term B-3 Lender with an Exchange Term B-3 Commitment to exchange Term B-3 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-4 Lender ” means a Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange Term B-4 Commitment to exchange Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment to exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Lender ” means a Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange Term B-5 Commitment to exchange Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date , .

 

33


Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment to exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Lender ” means a Term B-6 Lender with an Exchange Term B-6 Commitment to exchange Term B-6 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchanged Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

 

34


Exchanged Term B-6 Loan ” means each Term B-6 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests of Holdings.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any non-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary, (i) any Real Estate Financing Loan Party, (j) at Parent Borrower’s election, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (k) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees the ABL Credit Agreement, Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any other Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect; provided further that in no event shall any Co-Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however

 

35


denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Financing Agreements, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 6.2), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 6.1, (c) any taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 6.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Existing Debt Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified before the Escrow Release Date.

Existing Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Mortgaged Property encumbered by a Mortgage as of the date hereof.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

Existing Safeway Notes ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 and not more than $80,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and not more than $100,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extended Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereto.

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Facility ” shall mean the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans or a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context may require.

 

36


Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Parent Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” shall mean crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean on any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse on such day on such transactions, as determined in good faith by Credit Suisse.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the second amended and restated Fee Letter agreement, dated April 3, 2014, as amended on April 24, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Arrangers, the Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, PNC Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and SunTrust Bank.

Financing Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and all notes, guarantees, security agreements, deposit account control agreements, investment property control agreements, other intercreditor agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

Fiscal Intermediary ” shall mean any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal, state or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” shall mean any four (4) week Accounting Period of Holdings.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on or about the Thursday closest to the last day of February of each calendar year.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

 

37


Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 and (vi) the Homeowner Flood Insurance Affordability Act of 2014, as now or hereafter in effect, or, in each case, any successor statute thereto.

Food Security Act ” shall mean the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20 hereto.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a) hereto.

Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c)(ii) hereof.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than any (i) Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Co-Borrower and (ii) Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Subsidiary that issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Escrow Release Date.

 

38


Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under, any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Afford Care Act, as amended.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

HIPAA ” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph herein.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

 

39


Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereto.

Incremental Amendment ” shall mean an Incremental Amendment among the applicable Borrower, the Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders entered into pursuant to Section 2.8.

Incremental Amount ” shall mean the sum of (x) (i) $750,000,000 plus voluntary prepayments of the Loans (other than prepayments funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than the prepayment of the Term B-2 Loans and Term B-3 Loans prior to the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date)) pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or (c) made on or prior to the date of determination (plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with such voluntary prepayments), plus (y) an unlimited amount as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 (assuming that all Incremental Term Loans are secured on a first-priority basis whether or not so secured and shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Total Debt and excluding the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans for the purposes of netting) with the Parent Borrower being permitted to determine whether the Incremental Term Loan Commitments are obtained under clause (x) or (y) of this definition; minus (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt; provided that at the time of incurrence in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans together with the principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt exceed such Incremental Amount.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” shall mean secured or unsecured Indebtedness of the Albertsons Group in the form of senior secured first lien term loans or notes or junior lien term loans or notes, subordinated term loans or notes or senior unsecured term loans or notes, or any bridge facility; provided that: (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) other than with respect to a customary bridge facility, the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement unless (i) the Term Lenders holding the Term B Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (ii) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term B Loans or (iii) such other terms are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c) no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, (d) no Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral, (e) such Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount as of the date of incurrence and (f) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to the requirements set forth in the second proviso of Section 2.8(b) to the extent such Indebtedness is in the form of term loans (other than a customary bridge facility) that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans.

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.8, to make Incremental Term Loans to a Borrower.

 

40


Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Terms Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.8 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Amendment, Other Term Loans.

Incur ” shall mean issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

(g) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

; provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

 

41


Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5 hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.5(a) hereto.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the ABL Intercreditor Agreement together with the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case, of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Interest Period may end on a date that is less than one week from the commencement of such period if mutually agreed upon by the Parent Borrower and Agent; provided further .

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

42


(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Rate shall mean,

(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:

(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Base Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Eurodollar Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent may, at its option, and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders, increase the Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, by two percent (2%) per annum, with respect to any portion of the Loans and other Obligations outstanding that is not paid on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) until such amount due is paid in full.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, cash funds of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting (x) proceeds of the issuance of (or contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of such Person and (y) proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

IPO Reorganization ” shall mean the transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to the consummation of an initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any parent of Holdings so long as that after giving effect to all such transactions the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, taken as whole, would not be materially impaired.

Junior Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) hereto.

 

43


Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lease ” shall mean any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender Participation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Lenders ” shall mean the financial institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders, other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.7 hereof and any other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns.

Lending Office ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Loan.

Lien ” shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidity Condition ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility) and (y) undrawn and then available amounts under the ABL Facility, to the extent such sum equals or exceeds $450,000,000.

Loan ” shall mean an extension of credit under Section 2 by a Lender to a Borrower in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt included in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” and (y) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt secured by any Liens on assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, as applicable, the “ Loan Component ”) to (b) the aggregate amount

 

44


of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed in the 18 calendar month period immediately prior to such date (the “ Value Component ”). On the Escrow Release Date, the Value Component shall be an amount to be provided by the Parent Borrower to the Agent pursuant to an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent setting forth the Value Component and the basis of such valuation and, which shall be calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the Value Component under the Existing Debt Facility.

Loan Parties ” shall mean collectively the Borrowers and each Guarantor (other than Holdings).

LTIP Agreements ” shall mean the AB Acquisition LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and the AB Acquisition LLC Senior Executive Retention Plan, as amended.

Management Services Agreement ” shall mean the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and the Parent Borrower, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreements, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Financing Agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Material Contract ” shall mean with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Financing Agreements) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded and (b) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

Material Real Property ” shall mean (i) any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $500,000 or greater (at the Original Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Original Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) or, (ii) solely in the case of real property acquired following the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $3,000,000 or greater (determined at the time of acquisition, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent); provided , however , no “surplus property” as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower or Excluded Property shall constitute Material Real Property.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Term B-2 Maturity Date, Term B-3 Maturity Date, the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the Term B-5 Maturity date, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016- 2 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016- 1 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the Term B-6 Maturity Date , the 2016-1 Term B-6 Maturity Date or the stated maturity date of any other Facility, as the case may be.

 

45


Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.16 hereto.

Medicaid ” shall mean the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicare ” shall mean the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

MoneyGram ” shall mean MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” shall mean that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Parent Borrower and MoneyGram.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” shall mean a deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage, leasehold mortgage or leasehold deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and covering a Mortgaged Property (together with the fixture filings and Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) the fee owned and ground leased real property identified on Schedule 8.4(b)(1) and Schedule 8.4(b)(2) hereto and Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate, as amended and restated as of the Escrow Release Date and as further supplemented pursuant to Section 9.21 hereto, and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Escrow Release Date pursuant to Section 9.8 and Section 9.9.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” shall mean New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

NAI Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

NAI Services Agreement ” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between NAI and Parent Borrower dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

46


“Net Proceeds” shall mean:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by a Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Financing Agreements or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Specified Default exists at the time of the proposed reinvestment (or such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may reinvest any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties) in assets (other than current assets) useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent such proceeds are not so used or contractually committed to be so used within 12 months of such receipt (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12 month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; provided , however , that such reinvested amount shall not exceed $750,000,000 in any Fiscal Year); provided , further , that no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds net of the amounts described in clauses (i) through (v) above shall exceed $7,500,000 or (y) the aggregate amount of such net proceeds from dispositions resulting in net proceeds in excess of the threshold set forth in the foregoing clause (x) exceeds $150,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of the amount specified in clause (y) of this proviso shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

 

47


For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(c).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate or a Purchasing Borrower Party.

Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-2 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-3 Loan.

Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-5 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loan ” means each Term B-6 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-6 Loan.

NPL ” shall mean the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” shall mean (i) any and all Term Loans and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to such Loan Party under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (ii) the Other Liabilities.

Offered Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Organization Documents ” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its

 

48


formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity; and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” shall mean March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in aggregate amount of $20,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Original Closing Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Parent Borrower.

Original Closing Date Transactions ” shall mean “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Debt Facility.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) hereto.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 13.12 hereof.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies, arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, any Financing Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement.

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” shall mean, on a particular date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such date.

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and an overnight rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PACA ” shall mean the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

49


Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Parent Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c) hereto.

Participant ” shall mean any financial institution that acquires and holds participation in the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans in conformity with the provisions of Section 14.7 of this Agreement governing participations.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(e) hereto.

PASA ” shall mean the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).

Paying Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” shall mean the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or any successor organization thereto.

PDC ” shall mean the subsidiaries of Safeway comprised of (i) Property Development Centers LLC, (ii) PDC I, Inc., (iii) Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania, (iv) Eureka Land Management, LLC and (v) Paradise Development, LLC, and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

PEL Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(b) hereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” shall mean Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

 

50


(c) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(d) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor, as the Parent Borrower and the Agent shall agree, and the Agent shall have received a first priority (subject, in each case, to Permitted Liens having priority over the Lien of the Agent by operation of applicable Law) security and/or mortgage interest in such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and property of such Restricted Subsidiary and of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Safeway Acquisition shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Acquisition”.

Permitted Disposition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereto.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) and (v) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, a parent of Holdings or Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

 

51


Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 hereto.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereto.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower, and if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of junior priority secured notes or junior priority secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors and (vi) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereto.

Permitted Ratio Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group, provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 5.00:1.00, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.65:1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.75:1.00, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (vi) such Indebtedness shall not have any financial maintenance covenants, (vii) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements or another intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (viii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment with the Term Loans, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ix) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party does not exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at such time.

Permitted Refinancing ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with

 

52


such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” shall mean federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 14.13.

 

53


Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Property ” shall mean any interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Public Company Costs” shall mean (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Purchasing Borrower Party ” shall mean Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrowers that (x) makes a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or (y) becomes an Eligible Transferee or Participant pursuant to Section 14.7(h).

Qualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” shall mean (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of a Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

54


Qualified Receivables Financing ” shall mean any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualifying Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Qualifying Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” shall mean any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

Ratably Secured Notes ” shall mean the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” shall mean any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (i) that does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

Real Property ” shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Financing ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

 

55


Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which such Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Agent by delivery to the Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Refinancing Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.9.

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

 

56


Refinancing Term Commitments ” shall mean one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(b) hereto.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (1) the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of Replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the facilities provided for in this Agreement (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for Term B Loans of the respective Type (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, and without taking into account any fluctuations in ICE LIBOR or comparable rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Change of Control , and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term B Loans, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility or any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (2) any effective reduction in the Applicable Margin for Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise) (with such determination to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, consistent with generally accepted financial practices). Any such determination by the Agent as contemplated by preceding clauses (1) and (2) shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Total Outstandings.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the

 

57


Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean August 25, 2014.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Disposition, (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Applicable Disposition minus (b) the amount of such Net Proceeds applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii).

Retained Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Acquisition ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Notes Repurchases ” means any purchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, or retirement of the Existing Safeway Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Purchase Offers or otherwise.

Safeway Services Agreement ” shall mean one or more services agreement between Safeway and NAI to be entered into contemporaneously with or subsequent to the Safeway Acquisition.

Same Day Funds ” shall mean immediately available funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Party ” or “ Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) individually, (i) each Lender, (ii) the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates which has provided Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or Cash

 

58


Management Services or, with respect to Bank Products or Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), (iii) the Agent, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Financing Agreement, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Financing Agreement are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of Escrow Release Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Agent in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in the form of senior secured notes, senior secured credit facilities, or any combination thereof to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x) $1,145,000,000 minus (y) the positive difference, if any, between (i) $645,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Safeway Notes purchased on (or within 90 days after) the date the Safeway Acquisition is consummated.

Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, Agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Senior Secured Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the indenture for the Senior Secured Notes.

Shareholders’ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of

 

59


business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O executed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

SPC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Safeway Acquisition, the representations and warranties covered by the condition in Section 6.2(a) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (but only with respect to the representations and warranties that are material to the interest of the Lenders, and only to the extent that AB LLC (or its applicable Affiliate) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Safeway Merger Agreement or decline to consummate the Safeway Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to be financed in any part by the proceeds of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in the definitive agreement therefor that are material to the interest of the Incremental Term Lenders, and only to the extent that the applicable Loan Party has the right to terminate its obligations under such agreement or decline to consummate the Permitted Acquisition or Investment as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Specified Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (g) or (h).

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations set forth in Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.2(a), 8.2(d), 8.16, 8.17, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.24 and 8.27 (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).

Specified Transaction ” shall mean any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” shall mean, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Albertson’s Group which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

60


Store ” shall mean any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d) hereto.

SVU ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Debt Facility.

Swap Contract ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

61


Target ” shall mean any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Investment.

Tax Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e) hereto.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term B Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and , the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans and the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans .

Term B-2 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 1) to Amendment No. 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent and (ii) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 4) to Amendment No. 4 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent. The aggregate amount of the Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date is $1,437,032,166.71.

Term B-2 Maturity Date ” shall mean March 21, 2019.

Term B-3 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-3 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-3 Commitments is $950,000,000.

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-3 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-3 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-3 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

 

62


Term B-4 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-4 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-4 Commitments is $3,609,000,000.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-4 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven (7) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-5 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-5 Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-5 Commitments is $1,145,000,000.

Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

Term B-5 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022.

Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility, and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-5 Loans.

Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment.

 

63


Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven years from the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-6 Loans.

Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Parent Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment”, “Term B-4 Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Acceptance, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be.

Term Lender ” shall mean any Lender that had a Term Commitment or any Lender that has purchased a Term Loan pursuant to one or more Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with the terms hereof.

Term Loan ” shall mean any Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Extension Series ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement to be dated the date of the Escrow Release Date among the Agent, the Senior Secured Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-2 hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Term Note ” shall mean a note evidencing Loans in the form of Exhibit D .

Test Period ” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5, as applicable.

Third Party Payors ” shall mean any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

 

64


Total Assets ” shall mean the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings that Agent has received in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof (or of the Parent Borrower and Safeway and shown on the Audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Existing Debt Facility, as applicable).

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Total Outstandings ” shall mean the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Debt Refinancing and the Safeway Notes Repurchases, (c) the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement, (d) the incurrence of the initial Term Loans hereunder (including the entering into of the Escrow Agreement, the funding of the Escrow Account and the release of the funds therefrom), the ABL Facility Indebtedness and Secured Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, (e) the securing of the Ratably Secured Notes on a second lien basis and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement, dated of the Original Closing Date, by and between the Parent Borrower and SVU, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date).

Type ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Escrow Release Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d)(2)(C) hereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Escrow Release Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower or Safeway) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14 subsequent to the Escrow Release Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

65


U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valuation ” shall mean, in relation to any Mortgaged Property, a valuation of such Mortgaged Property made at any relevant time by an Approved Broker, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length on customary commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If any Approved Broker shall deliver a Valuation indicating a range of values for a Mortgaged Property, the Valuation for such Mortgaged Property shall be the arithmetic mean of the two endpoints of such range.

         Value Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Voting Stock ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans .

(a) Prior to (i) the Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders made Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the Escrow Release Date, the Lenders made Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower. Upon the Escrow Release Date, such existing Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Lenders made the Term B-5 Loans. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans as further provided herein.

(b) The 2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of

 

66


Exchanged Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

(c) The 2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

 

67


(d) The Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange Term B-2 Lender and Exchange Term B-3 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, for a like principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(d)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-2 Lender and Term B-3 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-2 Loans or Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(e) The 2016-2 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount

 

68


equal to its Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(e)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

(f) The 2016-2 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(f)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

 

 

69


(g) The 2016-1 Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-6 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-6 Loans will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-6 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(g)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-6 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-6 Loans to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

(h) (e)  Each Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice, to the Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (2) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) wire instructions of the account(s) to which funds are to be disbursed (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the amount to be disbursed to any particular account may be less than the minimum or multiple limitations set forth above so long as the aggregate amount to be disbursed to all such accounts pursuant to such Borrowing meets such minimums and multiples); provided that in the case of the Borrowings on the Restatement Effective Date such accounts were the Escrow Account. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

 

 

70


(i) (f)  Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Agent either by (i) crediting the account(s) of the applicable Borrower on the books of the Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided by the applicable Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

(j) (g)  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.3 in connection therewith. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(k) (h)  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Credit Suisse’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(l) (i)  After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.1( f l ) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(m) (j)  The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(n) (k)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Agent, each of such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans

 

71


comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.1( h n ) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

2.2 Repayment of Loans . The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (ii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, the respective percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)):

 

Date

   Percentage  

1 st -4 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective Date

     1.250

5 th -8 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     1.875

9 th -12 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.125

13 th -19 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.750

(iii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (iv) on the Term B-2 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date, (v) on the Term B-3 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on such date, (vi) on the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on such date, (vii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2016, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (viii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)); (ix) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), and (x) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate

 

72


amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) , (xi) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (xii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) and (xiii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) . To the extent not previously paid, each Class of Term B Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the date of payment.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, at any time or from time to time thereafter, without premium or penalty except as provided in clause (d) below, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole or in part; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; or, in the case of clause (2) or (3) of this proviso, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such Loan is Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan and the order of Loan(s) to be prepaid. The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or, if such prepayment is being made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), such Lender’s share, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.3. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(a), the Borrowers may in their sole discretion select the Loan or Loans (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than if pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h)).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.3(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities or other transaction, which refinancing or other transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2 as directed by the Parent Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

73


(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered, the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015) minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Loans during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (2) the amount expended by any Purchasing Borrower Party to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), and (3) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility during such Fiscal Year to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), to the extent such prepayments are funded with Internally Generated Cash.

(ii) If (1) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 10.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) (to the extent the Disposition is to a Restricted Subsidiary and the property or assets continue to secure the Obligations with the same priority as prior to such Disposition), (k), (l), (o), (q), (r) or (t)-(v), (x)-(aa)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Dispositions described in clause (1) above, an amount equal to the Applicable Disposition Percentage of all Net Proceeds received from such Disposition (excluding the proceeds from the disposition of the Equity Interests in or assets of Casa Ley and (y) in the case of Casualty Events described in clause (2) above, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds received in connection with such Casualty Events; provided that (x) if any Incremental Equivalent Debt have been issued in compliance with Sections 10.1 and 10.3 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, then the Parent Borrower may cause Loans to be prepaid and, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Incremental Equivalent Debt, cause such Incremental Equivalent Debt to be purchased (at a purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof and (y) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to offer to repurchase or to prepay Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased or prepaid, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Other Applicable Indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

74


(iii) If a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Escrow Release Date (x) that is intended to be Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.3 or (z) notwithstanding clause (y), that is Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(v) (other than (A) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are applied to repay Indebtedness previously incurred under Section 10.3(v) , (B) Indebtedness incurred under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility to finance the acquisition of Material Real Property after the Escrow Release Date so long as such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of such Material Real Property and (C) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used by a Real Estate Subsidiary to pay the purchase price to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for any Real Property to the extent such proceeds constituted Net Proceeds of a Disposition subject to clause (b) (ii) above), the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (to the extent set forth in such Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or Incremental Amendment as contemplated below), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied to the next eight succeeding scheduled principal installments to each Class of Term Loans and then ratably to the remaining installments of each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3(a), 2.6(a) or 2.7 (which provisions shall not be applicable to Section 2.3(c)), any Purchasing Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in Section 2.3(c); provided that (A) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Loans of a specified Class on a pro rata basis, (B) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) has been satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

(ii) To the extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay Loans of a specified Class in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing Borrower Party (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed

 

75


Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of the principal amount of Loans to be prepaid) (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(ii), the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable Class thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Agent (A) a minimum price (the “ Acceptable Price ”) within the Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent) of Loans with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Price (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts of Loans of the applicable Class specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the lowest Acceptable Price); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Loans of the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Loans of the applicable Class (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.3), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment,

 

76


which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iii) above) established by the Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.

(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) Prepayment Premium .

(i) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is one year and 31 days following the Start Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5), the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with outstanding Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and/or Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, which are repaid or prepaid pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 12.3(c)), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (x) in the case of a Repricing Transaction of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of a Repricing Transaction described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Margin applicable to the Term B Loans pursuant to such Repricing Transaction. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(ii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of the Term Loan Agreement that results in a Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-5 Lender with outstanding Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-5 Loans of such Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(iii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

 

77


(iv) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(v) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-6 Lender with outstanding Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-6 Loans of such Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-6 Repricing Event.

(vi) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

(vii) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(viii) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event.

(e) Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under Section 2.3 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.3. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.3(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under Section 2.3(b) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a cash collateral account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

 

78


2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (i) The Term B-3 Commitment of each Term B-3 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-3 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (ii) the Term B-4 Commitment of each Term B-4 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (iii) the Term B-5 Commitment of each Term B-5 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(a), (iv) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (v) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and , (vi) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d) , (vii) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (viii) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and (ix) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d) .

2.5 Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrowers. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a Term Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Class, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.5(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

2.6 Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent after 2:00 p.m., shall in each case, at the option of the Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

79


(b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower or any Lender has notified the Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Agent hereunder, that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount within one Business Day upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and the applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the applicable Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.6(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

80


(f) Whenever any payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Agent and applied by the Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 11.3. If the Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Financing Agreements under circumstances for which the Financing Agreements do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

2.7 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal or interest on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal or interest on such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 14.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Parent Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Parent Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 14.14) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Parent Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.7 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

2.8 Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) One or more Borrowers (which shall include all existing Borrowers with respect to an existing Class of Term B Loans for which Incremental Term Commitments are requested) may, by written notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) from time to time after the Escrow Release Date, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which, in each case, may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum

 

81


amount of $25,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be Term Commitments or commitments to make term loans with interests rates and/or amortization and/or maturity and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“ Incremental Term Loans ”). The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall not be used to make Restricted Payments or prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6, Section 10.11 or otherwise.

(b) The applicable Borrowers and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Incremental Amendment and such other documentation as the Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) except as to pricing, amortization and final maturity date (which shall, subject to clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), the Incremental Term Loans shall have no more restrictive terms, when taken as a whole, than the Term Loans except (x) if the Term Lenders holding the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (y) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term Loans or (z) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Incremental Term Loans are established, and, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans; provided further that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, if the Effective Yield in respect of any such Incremental Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin of any Term B Loans by more than 25 basis points, such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the Effective Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loan is no more than 25 basis points higher than the Effective Yield for such Term B Loans and if the lowest permissible Eurodollar Rate is greater than 1.00% or the lowest permissible Base Rate is greater than 2.00% for such Incremental Term Loan, the difference between such “floor” and 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Incremental Term Loans (or 2.00% in the case of Base Rate Incremental Term Loans, shall be equated to interest rate margin for purposes of this proviso. The Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as and rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the last paragraph of Section 4.2 and Section 14.13(e), no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.8 unless (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall be continuing; (ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.2(a) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of the making of such Loan” or similar language in such Section 4.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) (except, to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance an Acquisition, such representations shall be limited to the Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and (iii) the Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Agent with the applicable Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

 

82


(d) The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Parent Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agent or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8. The applicable Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan) or by any other bank or other financial institution; provided that any such bank or financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Parent Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

This Section 2.8 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.7 or 12.3 to the contrary.

2.9 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Escrow Release Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements.

(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.9(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $25,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.9, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans and , 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 B-5 Loans , 2016-2 B-5 Loans and 2016-1 B-6 Loans shall be permitted under this Agreement.

 

83


2.10 Extension of Term Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The applicable Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.10. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, (E) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (F) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.10 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension Request . The Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Term Loan Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.10. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject

 

84


to such Term Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Term Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Term Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Term Loan Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among Holdings, the Loan Parties, the Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.10(a) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.2 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension Amendment (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.3 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.10, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

 

85


SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest .

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder shall be payable on demand: (i) on and after the date of any Event of Default, following the Agent’s election to increase the Interest Rate pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof and from time to time thereafter, and (ii) on and after the date of termination hereof.

(b) Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to Base Rate Loans on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Latest Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made, which shall be calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans on the last day of each applicable Interest Period with respect to such Loans, or, in the case of Interest Periods longer than three months, on the date that is three months after the commencement of such Interest Period, which shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in such Base Rate is effective. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by the Borrowers to Agent and Lenders exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

3.2 Fees . The Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent and Credit Suisse the other fees and amounts set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by Agent from Parent Borrower on or about the Escrow Release Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.

3.3 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans .

(a) If after the Escrow Release Date, either (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law is introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements, applicable to any Lender or any banking or financial institution from whom any Lender borrows funds or obtains credit (a “ Funding Bank ”), or (ii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (iii) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Funding Bank’s or Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, or (iv) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation shall subject such Funding

 

86


Bank or such Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis in Taxation of payments to such Funding Bank or such Lender in respect thereof (except for any Excluded Taxes, or Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 6.1); and the result of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) is an increase in the cost to any Lender of funding or maintaining the Loans, then Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall from time to time upon demand by Agent pay to Agent additional amounts sufficient to indemnify such Lender, as the case may be, against such increased cost on an after-Tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified). A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost shall be submitted to the Parent Borrower by Agent or the applicable Lender and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement (including Section 3.3(a)), (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in Law after the Escrow Release Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent Borrower and Guarantors) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) Agent has received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans during such Interest Period, Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt written notice to the Parent Borrower when such conditions no longer exist. If such notice is given (A) any Eurodollar Rate Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Parent Borrower have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or in the interpretation or application thereof occurring after the Escrow Release Date shall make it unlawful for Agent or any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (i) Agent or such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Parent Borrower (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, continue Eurodollar Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar Rate Loan is requested and (iii) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.3(d) below.

 

87


(d) Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall indemnify Agent and each Lender and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Parent Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or extension of Eurodollar Rate Loans after Parent Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) default by the Parent Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan after Parent Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. With respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or extended, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or extend to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or extend, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Rate Loans provided for herein (excluding the Applicable Margin) over (B) the amount of interest (as determined by such Agent or such Lender) which would have accrued to Agent or such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. This covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

(e) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(f) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(g) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.3(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Parent Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 [ Reserved ].

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The obligation of Lenders to make Loans (other than the initial Term B Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and , the Term B-6 Loans , the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans and the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans ) is subject to the further satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such Loan of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality,

 

88


in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.2 and in Section 2.8 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Incremental Term Loan shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Incremental Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations with respect to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and correct and (iii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), (a)(ii), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

4.3 Conditions to the Escrow Release Date . The Parent Borrower agrees that it shall not direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Account Funds, and the Escrow Release Date shall not occur, until satisfaction of, or waiver of, each of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the earliest of:

(a) The Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Escrow Release Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Escrow Release Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of Amendment No. 5;

(ii) a Note executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agent under the Existing Debt Facility) and such other documents and certifications as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is

 

89


validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) evidence that, on the Escrow Release Date (or within 120 days after the Escrow Release Date) pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, all principal and accrued interest and fees have been paid in full so that (x) no more than $80,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and (y) no more than $100,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017;

(vi) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O ;

(vii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties (provided, that with respect to Security Agreement to be executed by Safeway and its Subsidiaries, such Security Agreement may be executed and delivered after the release of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from the Escrow Account but not later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Escrow Release Date);

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Safeway certifying that Safeway has assumed, or concurrently with the Escrow Release Date shall assume, all the obligations of Merger Sub under the Financing Agreements;

(ix) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Escrow Release Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(x) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Financing Agreements and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent;

(xi) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender;

(xii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in form and substance of Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement, certifying as to the conditions set forth therein;

 

90


(xiii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto) and evidence of flood insurance as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof;

(xviii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (h) and (i) of this Section 4.3; and

(xiv) the amended and restated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

(b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, Holdings shall have received the Equity Contribution.

(c) The Safeway Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Safeway Merger Agreement.

(d) All fees required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Escrow Release Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

(e) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(f) The ABL Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) The ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Since December 28, 2013, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

SECTION 6. TAXES

6.1 Taxes .

Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall (except to the extent required by applicable Laws) be made free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Taxes.

 

91


(a) If any Loan Party, the Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Tax from or in respect of any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Financing Agreements, then (i) the applicable Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.1), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, and (iii) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding, if a Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of such deduction or withholding and of the timely remittance thereof to the relevant Governmental Authority.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), the Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent, provide the Parent Borrower and the Agent with any documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Financing Agreement. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 6.1(d)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Parent Borrower and the Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent) or promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 , Exhibit H-2 , Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

 

92


(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 6.1(d) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax on any payments to such Lender under the Financing Agreements.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Parent Borrower and the Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(3), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) The Loan Parties shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and each Lender (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”) for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 6.1) paid or payable by such Tax Indemnitee, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by a Tax Indemnitee (or by Agent on behalf of a Tax Indemnitee), shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) If and to the extent that a Tax Indemnitee determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.1, then such Tax Indemnitee shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 6.1 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such

 

93


refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Tax Indemnitee and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Tax Indemnitee, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Tax Indemnitee in the event that such Tax Indemnitee is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 6.1(f) shall not be construed to require any Tax Indemnitee to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, the agreements and obligations of Loan Parties contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Obligations, resignation of the Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, any Lender.

(g) Upon the written request of Parent Borrower, any Lender or Agent claiming any additional amounts or indemnification payments payable pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall use its reasonable efforts to mitigate or reduce the additional amounts payable, which reasonable efforts may include a change in the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or any other measures reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

6.2 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time a Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 6.1 or 3.3 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.3, then the Parent Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 14.7(a) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility) to one or more Eligible Transferees; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.3 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.1, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay or cause to be repaid all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Term Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Term Note or Term Notes executed by the applicable Borrowers, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning

 

94


Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 8.1 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

8.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Financing Agreement to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Agent under the Collateral Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

8.3 Financial Statements .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

95


(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014 and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the Quarterly Accounting Period ended on those dates (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.4 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. Each Loan Party has good and valid fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets forth the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of the Escrow Release Date. Each of such Leases is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except, in each case, as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Schedule 10.2 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type under Section 10.2(b) held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

 

96


(e) Schedule 10.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type under Section 10.3(a) of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

8.5 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Liens on account thereof) have been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.6 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 on the Escrow Release Date, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof: (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any Material Property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability;

(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties: (i) none of the Material Real Properties is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any of the Material Real Properties; and (iii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Hazardous Materials have been released, discharged or disposed of on any of the Material Real Properties or to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and

 

97


(c) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

8.11 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate

 

98


and has not, in the past three (3), years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 8.11 on the Escrow Release Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Escrow Release Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Agent under the Financing Agreements and Permitted Liens which do not have priority over the Liens of the Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.12 , as of the Escrow Release Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 10.2 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.3 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Escrow Release Date.

8.13 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

99


8.14 Anti-Money Laundering . Neither Holdings, any Loan Party, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of senior management of each Loan Party, any of their Affiliates and or any of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

8.15 Material Contracts . Schedule 8.15 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Escrow Release Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Agent on or before the Escrow Release Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

8.16 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Borrowing, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

8.17 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Borrowings shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

8.18 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Escrow Release Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, in the case of any document or information provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement or the Safeway Acquisition Agreement) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial

 

100


information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.19 FCPA . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.20 Office of Foreign Assets Control . Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq ., as amended) (the “ Trading with the Enemy Act ”) or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto that is administered by OFAC (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but shall not be limited to Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”). None of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Specially Designated National as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions with any Specially Designated Nationals in violation of the Executive Order.

8.21 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the PATRIOT Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the PATRIOT Act.

8.22 Use of Proceeds . On the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans will be used to finance a portion of the Transactions (it being understood that the proceeds of the initial Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans were deposited into the Escrow Account on the Restatement Effective Date and will be released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date). After the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term Loans will be used for any purpose, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs.

8.23 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23 (a)  is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Escrow Release Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Escrow Release Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

8.24 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Financing Agreement, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Financing Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal,

 

101


valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

8.25 No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Since the Escrow Release Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.26 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement.

8.27 Collateral Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Agent (or, so long as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the ABL Agent is acting as agent for the Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the ABL Agent), the Agent will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Escrow Release Date).

(c) The Mortgages when granted shall create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable first priority Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Mortgages), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing or recording of the Mortgages in proper form with the appropriate Governmental

 

102


Authorities and the payment of any mortgage recording taxes of fees, the Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Mortgaged Property that may be perfected by such filing or recording (including without limitation the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

8.28 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.29 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “ HIPAA Compliant ” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.30 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

 

 

103


(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Escrow Release Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Escrow Release Date. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 8.30 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Escrow Release Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

8.31 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc .

(a) Parent Borrower has not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Escrow Release Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any state, commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying Parent Borrower of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of Parent Borrower established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by Parent Borrower or any related or other assets of Parent Borrower.

 

104


(b) Parent Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. Parent Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7) cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1 Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agent prior to the Escrow Release Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Fire and extended coverage or

 

105


“all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Property) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Parent Borrower, the Agent or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering the properties shall name the Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

(b) If at any time the area in which any Material Real Property is located is designated (i) a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance (with a financially sound and reputable insurer) in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the business of operating supermarkets and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time and deliver to the Agent, evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including, without limitation, annual reviews of such insurance, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in a similar business.

9.5 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

106


(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015 (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; provided that prior to the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015, the Loan Parties shall deliver (I) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower as at the end of January 22, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period and (II) a Consolidated balance sheet of Safeway as at the end of January 31, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period, in each case accompanied by the comparative financial information for such period required pursuant to the immediately preceding subclauses (A) and (B). [reserved];

(d) [reserved];

(e) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of Holdings ended after the Escrow Release Date, 120 days), detailed consolidated budget and forecasts prepared by management of Holdings, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Latest Maturity Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

(f) concurrently with the execution of any agreement to dispose of any Divested Property, an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Divested Property and the basis of such valuation;

(g) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings; and

(h) together with the delivery of each annual Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 9.5(g), a list of each Subsidiary of Holdings that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Escrow Release Date or the most recent list provided).

 

 

107


9.6 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5, a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

(a) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(b) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 9.6 of the Existing Debt Facility, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Financing Agreements, as the Agent (or any Lender acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably request; and

(d) evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 9.4 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) or Section 9.6(c) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 14.3; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent if the Agent requests the Parent Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Parent Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Parent Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Parent Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Parent Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Parent Borrower Materials as only containing either publicly available information, or information concerning the Parent Borrower, its subsidiaries, or its or their respective securities that (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) would be publicly available if the Company or any of its subsidiaries were

 

108


required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or is not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Parent Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 14.5; (y) all Parent Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Parent Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9.5 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Albertson’s Group by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holding’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B) (i) such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or a parent of Holdings, if such information relates to such a parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 9.5, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the requirements of Section 9.5 and (II) in connection with the foregoing clause (I), the consolidated budget and forecasts required under paragraph (e) of this Section 9.5 may be prepared by management of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all the Equity Interests of Holdings.

9.7 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(f) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

109


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

9.8 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), to which the Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral (other than Material Real Properties) are acquired by any Loan Party after the Escrow Release Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agent thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition cause, such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.8, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.8(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.8(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute.

(c) If, on or after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, any Loan Party acquires or ground leases any Material Real Property (including, without limitation, (i) any Material Real Property acquired in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and (ii) any Divested Property that has not been disposed of pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement within 90 days of the Escrow Release Date) or any Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Loan Party and that owns Material Real Property shall become a Guarantor or Co-Borrower, the applicable Loan Party shall provide the Agent with respect to such Material Real Property within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) of the acquisition or lease of such Material Real Property with:

(i) the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; and

(ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent certifying that (i) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and (ii) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets for the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties in effect as of the date thereof, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of such date.

9.9 Additional Loan Parties . (a) Notify the Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Co-Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by executing and delivering to the Agent a joinder agreement to this Agreement or

 

110


a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a perfected Lien to the Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.3(a) and if requested by the Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.9 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.9 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor.

9.10 Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and Moody’s in respect of Holdings and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s.

9.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Borrowings will be used, directly or indirectly (a) on the Escrow Release Date, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement and (b) after the Escrow Release Date, for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs (including Permitted Acquisitions).

9.12 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Environmental Laws and Insurance .

(a) Except, in each case, where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (i) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Material Real Properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and Material Real Properties; and (iii) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are necessary to comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Material Real Properties; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Maintain and renew as necessary until the Latest Maturity Date (unless this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable) the Premises Environmental Liability insurance policy for the benefit of Safeway and its applicable subsidiaries as the first named insured and as underwritten by Great American E & S Insurance Company, Policy Number PEL 1849464 01 (policy period—July 1, 2013 to July 1, 2016) (the “ PEL Policy ”) covering all of Safeway’s U.S. locations per the “Safeway Property Schedule Report” referenced in the PEL Policy, or a renewal or replacement thereof with the same or another qualified insurer with the same material coverage, terms and conditions as the PEL Policy.

 

 

111


(c) Arrange to name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured on the PEL Policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

9.14 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Agent; provided that an officer of the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

9.15 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

9.16 Information Regarding the Collateral . Furnish to the Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

9.17 [ Reserved ].

9.18 ERISA . The Parent Borrower will furnish to the Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Agent, a Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

 

112


9.19 Quarterly Lender Meetings . Quarterly, at a time mutually agreed with the Agent that is promptly after delivery of the information referred to in Section 9.5(a) or 9.5(b), as applicable, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

9.20 [ Reserved ].

9.21 Post-Closing Requirements . The Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods following the Escrow Release set forth on Schedule 9.21 , as such time periods may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, and with respect to Section 10.12 only, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly:

10.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, (each, a “ Permitted Lien ”):

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; provided , however , that Permitted Liens shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date.

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

113


(e) (i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f) (i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property; (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(c) so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Financing Agreements;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Escrow Release Date and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries and other Liens securing cash management services and “bank products” in the ordinary course of business;

 

114


(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreement, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or otherwise acquisition not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of such financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest and/or the redemption price of such securities;

(r) Liens securing Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by Section 10.2, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

 

115


(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the Mortgage Policies insuring Mortgages (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on Real Property described in Schedule 10.1 );

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) Liens on Collateral securing ABL Facility Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(t) which Liens shall at all times be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Incremental Equivalent Debt issued pursuant to Section 10.3(u) so long as such Liens are subject to (i) customary intercreditor agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Liens securing the Obligations, or (ii) a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(gg) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing; provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term;

 

 

116


(hh) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed $500,000,000 at any time and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(jj) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (y) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(kk) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ll) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;

(nn) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(oo) Liens on Excluded Property;

(pp) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p); and

(qq) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original Lien ( provided , that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained herein shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries.

 

117


10.2 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except (each, a “ Permitted Investment ”):

(a) Investments by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents (including subsequent monetizations thereof);

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Escrow Release Date, and set forth on Schedule 10.2 , (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Escrow Release Date or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c) (i) Investments in a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or Persons that become Loan Parties); provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made pursuant to this clause (i) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $500,000,000; and (ii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, AB LLC or any direct or indirect parent thereof (provided that the proceeds of the purchases made with such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $250,000,000;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

118


(l) Obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $56,250,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Property), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) Investments arising from the contribution of Real Property of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility on or after the Escrow Release Date; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (o) shall only be permitted to the extent that (i) such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower;

(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Original Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.4 after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 10.8;

(v) Investments in joint ventures (other than Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after its designation pursuant to Section 10.14) made after the Escrow Release Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

 

 

119


(w) additional Investments; provided that, as of the date of such Investment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00;

(x) so long as of the date of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (w) at any time not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment plus the Cumulative Credit;

(y) Investments required pursuant to Section 5.4(c) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (including the transfer of the real property listed in Disclosure Schedule 8.3(i) from Safeway to PDC pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement upon the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition);

(z) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(aa) Investments in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (aa) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $1,500,000,000 and 6.0% of Total Assets, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (aa) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (aa) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(bb) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(cc) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(dd) Investments in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(ee) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

120


(ff) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(gg) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(hh) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Indebtedness;

(jj) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(kk) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ll) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ll) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

10.3 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Issue Disqualified Stock or (b) create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except (each, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”);

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.3 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(b) Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) of this Section, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Escrow Release Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $1,250,000,000 and 5.00% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

 

 

121


(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Latest Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Latest Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Escrow Release Date to secure obligations of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) and 10.1(d);

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in Section 10.3;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

122


(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 10.6;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s) (A) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) ABL Facility Indebtedness; provided that the outstanding amount thereof (excluding in respect of Swap Contracts and Cash Management Obligations constituting ABL Facility Indebtedness) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base (measured at the time of incurrence thereof) (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(u) Incremental Equivalent Debt in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.8, not to exceed the Incremental Amount and any Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A) subject to Section 14.13(e), both at the time of any such incurrence (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist and (B) in the case of any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is unsecured or that is secured on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, for purposes of determining the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be deemed to be secured on a pari passu basis to the Liens securing the Obligations both at the time of incurrence and at all times such Incremental Equivalent Debt remain outstanding;

(v) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(w) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(x) Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, such Lien shall rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(z) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley and/or PDC (whether or not owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof);

(aa) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes;

 

123


(bb) [reserved];

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000 or (y) 3.00% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 or (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at any time outstanding and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ff) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(gg) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (gg) above, the Parent Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Financing Agreements will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) of Section 10.3, and (ii) all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (s) of Section 10.3.

10.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or Holdings, the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

 

 

124


(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 10.2 (other than Section 10.2(e)) and 10.3, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (E) if requested by the Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.2; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.9 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.5; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Transactions or in connection with an IPO Reorganization, in each case, shall be permitted.

 

125


10.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except (each, a “ Permitted Disposition ”):

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned but excluding any Real Property) having Fair Market Value not exceeding (x) $150,000,000 per Fiscal Year for any such Disposition and (y) $250,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Dispositions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (g) shall only be permitted to the extent that such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment hereunder or Permitted Lien (or an enforcement thereof) or a transaction permitted by Section 10.4;

(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Property and related Fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k) (i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Lien, and (iii) the sale or

 

126


discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(m) Dispositions in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(t) any disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions to effectuate Section 5.4 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) Dispositions of the Eastern Division Assets pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(w) Dispositions of Divested Properties required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(x) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

 

127


(y) any disposition of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(z) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(aa) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms.

provided, that to the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Financing Agreements; provided further that in connection with any Disposition of Material Real Property permitted under this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall cause the Loan Parties to deliver promptly to Agent a supplement to Schedule 8.4(b)(1) which shall set forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date after giving effect to such Disposition; provided further that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Sections 10.5(d), (g), (i), (j) (as it relates to Real Estate Subsidiaries) and (n) having a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000, (i) shall be for no less than Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition, and (ii) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration (other than (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, (D) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Escrow Release Date from Persons who are not the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (E) in connection with an asset swap, all of which shall be deemed “cash”) received is cash or Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-Cash Consideration to the extent that all Designated Non-Cash Consideration at such time does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and all of the consideration received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (y) such Disposition results in a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party acquiring (whether by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or Equity Interests in any Person that is in the same line of business as the Loan Parties, or a business that is reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties in a transaction that is permitted by (1) if the Person acquired will become a Loan Party or the assets acquired will be owned by a Loan Party or otherwise pledged as Collateral, Section 10.2(o), or (2) in all other cases, any clause of Section 10.2 (other than clause (o)).

 

128


10.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount, so long as on the date that Holdings elects to apply this clause (c), such election shall be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of Holdings calculating in reasonable detail the amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.2, Section 10.4 or Section 10.8;

(e) the Loan Parties may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to Holdings, and Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to, AB LLC, to enable AB LLC to repurchase Equity Interests, held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided , that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000, plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (to the extent contributed to a Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway that occurs after the Escrow Release Date); plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (in each case, to the extent contributed to a Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Escrow Release Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(e); ( provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(f) so long as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the (x) the greater of (A) $1,000,000,000 and (B) 4.0% of Total Assets plus , (y) the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Parent Borrower elects to apply to this clause (f), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, less (z) the aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to Section 10.11(a)(iii) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

 

129


(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make (i) dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis to their equity holders, and (ii) Restricted Payments payable in Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any capital contribution or the issuance of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i) (1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to a Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of a Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss with respect to all prior taxable periods ending after the Escrow Release Date (determined as if all such taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss would have been deductible by the partners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the partners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through a Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to such Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Escrow Release Date and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower, or applicable, for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) a Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, (i) to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company such Borrower, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to such

 

130


Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to a Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) to permit Holdings to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (vii) to permit Holdings to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k) Subject to the Liquidity Condition, at any time after the consummation of any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 0.35 times the Value Component then applicable on a Pro Forma Basis (including, but not limited, giving effect to such transactions and the release of Mortgaged Properties in connection therewith) minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans outstanding on such date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with Qualified Real Estate Financing Facilities minus (z) all Restricted Payments made prior to such date in reliance on this clause (k);

(l) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, as applicable, to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses related to the Safeway Acquisition and other payments to be made in connection with the Transactions;

(m) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments used in connection with the termination of the LTIP Agreements;

(n) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make payments of all amounts under the contingent value rights to be issued under the Safeway Merger Agreement from the net proceeds of any sale of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley or of the Equity Interests in or assets of PDC;

(o) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions; and

(p) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property.

(q) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

 

131


(r) distributions required in connection with (x) a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and (y) an IPO Reorganization; and

(s) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments; provided that, as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, (i) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any Restricted Payments made by any Person which is not a Loan Party as long as no Loan Party has Guaranteed or may otherwise be liable for any obligations of such Person, and (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made by a Borrower may be made through Holdings (and Holdings shall be permitted to make any such payment).

10.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Parent Borrower, Safeway or their Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed);

(ii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries;

(iii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Escrow Release Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(vi) transactions to effect the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Transactions or an IPO Reorganization;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

 

 

132


(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Escrow Release Date and set forth on Schedule 10.8 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to Holdings or to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith, or (iii) any contribution to the capital of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x) (i) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (ii) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date;

(xii) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement and the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.6; or

(xv) transactions required pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement or contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement; or

(xvi) the Eastern Division Sale and other transactions contemplated by the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

 

133


(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, NAI and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, (b) leases between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and a Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) certain transactions between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to self-insurance matters and residual pharmacy transactions, (d) services provided by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries to NAI and its Subsidiaries in the areas of finance, legal, human resources and public affairs, store development, information technology, marketing, merchandising, asset protection, customer services, supply chain, risk management and insurance, separation and store closings, store operations and strategic procurement, (e) pharmacy operation services provided by NAI and its Subsidiaries to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, (f) license agreements between Safeway and NAI, (g) sales of electricity between Safeway and NAI, and (h) arrangements for the use of certain IT and other infrastructure between Safeway and NAI;

(xx) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, SVU and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between SVU and Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) one-time payments to be made in connection with the termination and/or transition of certain services under the transition services agreement between such Persons;

(xxi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $50,000,000, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or

 

134


other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings and AB LLC and for actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, payroll and similar types of services paid for by Holdings and AB LLC on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses as the same may be directly attributable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings and AB LLC;

(iii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement or the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) amounts payable to SB Capital Group LLC in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with liquidation services provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors as provided in Section 3.7 of the Operating Agreement for AB LLC (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(vii) payments by Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings and/or AB LLC or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) payments of all fees and expenses related to the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

(x) payments of the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments;

 

 

135


(xi) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed $20,000,000 plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to Albertson’s Group; and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xii) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xiii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.6;

(xiv) amounts payable pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xv) payments between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction described in clause (a), or meeting the requirements specified in clause (a)(i).

10.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Financing Agreements; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Escrow Release Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.9) are listed on Schedule 10.9 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 10.3 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 10.2 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset or stock sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or Subsidiary subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(c), (f) or (t) and to the extent that such restrictions apply

 

136


only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 and limited to such cash or deposit.

10.10 Accounting Changes . Holdings shall not make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP, or (b) fiscal quarter or fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Agent, change its Quarterly Accounting Periods and fiscal year to any other quarterly accounting periods or fiscal year, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.11 Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal shall be permitted and prepayment of the Senior Secured notes shall be permitted) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.3, or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries), any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations (including any Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Ratio Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 10.3(f), such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(f), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the repayment of Junior Financing with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 plus the Cumulative Credit less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 10.6(f) at the time of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, (iv) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, retirement, defeasance or discharge of the Existing Safeway Notes or any of its subsidiaries within 120 days of the Escrow Release Date and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof; (v) redemptions or redemptions of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clause (mm) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” solely from the amounts included in the escrow account, and (vi) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity; provided that, as of the date of such payment after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility shall not constitute Junior Financing.

(b) Amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Financing Agreements or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

137


10.12 Permitted Activities . Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Financing Agreements and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (ix) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the ABL Facility Documentation, the NAI Purchase Agreement, the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the NAI Purchase Agreement and the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Safeway Merger Agreement, the Transactions, any agreements contemplated by Section 10.8(b)(ii) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including any related to its Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), and (x) any activities related, complementary or incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrowers other than those for the benefit of the Obligations, Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt, the obligations under the ABL Facility, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

10.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . No Loan Party shall amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties.

10.14 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent Borrower may at any time after the Escrow Release Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Borrower) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) at the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facility, Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Junior Financing, as applicable. The Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have designated the entities comprising PDC and their Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries effective on the Escrow Release Date. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Escrow Release Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Parent Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary. The amount of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in the entities constituting PDC at the time of designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and at the time of any subsequent redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Borrower nor any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are specified on Schedule 10.14.

 

138


SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of anyone or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an “ Event of Default ,” and collectively as “ Events of Default ”:

(a) (i) any Loan Party fails to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, (ii) any Loan Party fails to pay within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other Obligation other than a principal payment on a Loan, (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms or covenants contained in Sections 9.1(a), 9.4, 9.7, 9.9, 9.15 or Article 10 of this Agreement, or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than those described in Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii) or 11.1(a)(iii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach or any such covenant or agreement or the Parent Borrower’s receipt from the Agent of any such breach;

(b) any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by any Loan Party to Agent in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any other written agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan Party in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or against any of the Collateral having a value in excess of $150,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment), and any such judgment shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed;

(e) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or there is a cessation of any substantial part of any Loan Party’s business for a period of time which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them;

(g) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its properties and such

 

139


petition or application is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner;

(h) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its property;

(i) any default in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to Agent and Lenders hereunder), in an amount in excess of $150,000,000 (including any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Indebtedness to such Loan Party), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and/or is not waived in writing by the other parties thereto, or any acceleration or demand for payment with respect to any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000,000; provided that, with respect to a default caused by the breach of the financial covenant within Section 7.16 of the ABL Facility, such default shall only constitute an Event of Default if the lenders under the ABL Facility have accelerated the obligations thereunder;

(j) any material provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party hereto or thereto (other than Agent) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to be a valid and perfected security interest in any of the Collateral (or a valid and perfected security interest in any other Collateral having the priority for such Collateral required hereunder) purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);

(k) (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Change of Control;

(m) [reserved]; or

(n) The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement.

11.2 Remedies .

(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or

 

140


consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in Agent’s discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on anyone or more occasions. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the direction of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Parent Borrower, accelerate the payment of all Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders ( provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(g) and 11.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable and any other obligation of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall automatically terminate).

11.3 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 11.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 11.2(b)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Secured Parties (including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Obligations (and termination payments and other amounts under secured Swap Contracts and ordinary course settlement payments under secured Swap Contracts), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

141


SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

12.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the other Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described above (except that Agent and Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property).

(c) Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth herein and service so made shall be deemed to be completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Loan Party in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts.

(d) HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e) Agent and Secured Parties shall not have any liability to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such other Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the

 

142


transactions or relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order of competent jurisdiction binding on Agent, or such Secured Party or Secured Parties, that the losses were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither Agent nor any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Agent or the Lenders would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 12.1 and elsewhere herein and therein.

12.2 Waiver of Notices . Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle Holdings, the Parent Borrower and such other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing Agreement nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by (x) the Required Lenders and Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), or (y) at Agent’s option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders and by the Parent Borrower and such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to all Lenders only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of scheduled payment of principal, interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof, shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest,

(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 14.9 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as permitted under Section 13.10 hereof), without the consent of all Lenders,

 

143


(v) amend the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Required Lenders,” or any provision of this Agreement obligating Agent to take certain actions at the direction of the Required Lenders, or amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.7, in each case without the consent of all Lenders,

(vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, or release the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor from liability for any of the Obligations other than as expressly set forth herein, without the consent of the Lenders,

(vii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the consent of the Lenders;

(viii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 12.3, without the consent of all Lenders, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 3.3 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

(b) Agent and any Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent or any Lender of any right, power and/or remedy on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Agent or any Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination for which the consent of all Lenders or each Lender directly affected thereby was required, in the event that any Lender shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (each such Lender being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), but the consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then Agent or the Parent Borrower shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time thereafter, and upon the exercise by Agent or the Parent Borrower of such right to require each such Non-Consenting Lender, and each such Non-Consenting Lender shall have the obligation, to sell, assign and transfer to Agent or such Eligible Transferee as Agent or the Parent Borrower may specify, all of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant thereto. Each such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender), except that on the date of such purchase and sale) Agent, or such Eligible Transferee specified by Agent or the Parent Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as Agent or the Parent Borrower and such Non-Consenting Lender(s) may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the effective date of the purchase (including amounts payable under Section 3.3(c) as if the Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender were being prepaid on the purchase date but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early termination fee). In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall terminate on such date.

 

 

144


(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, (i) in the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of releasing the Loans from the Escrow Account hereunder may be delivered after the Escrow Release Date, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the date for delivery of such items or take such other action as Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without the approval of any Lender.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(i) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans unless the maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue

 

145


of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, Guarantees, Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel or (ii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, the Parent Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as “Co-Borrower” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Agent.

12.4 Waiver of Counterclaims . Each Loan Party waives all rights to interpose any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or relating hereto or thereto.

12.5 Indemnification . Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates, successor and assigns (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable and reasonably documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements, the use or proposed use of proceeds of any Loan, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the reasonable and reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel, regardless of whether such Indemnitee is a party to such commenced or threatened litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Parent Borrower or any of its affiliates or equity holders, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this Section 12.5 to indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby (i) resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (ii) resulting from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (a) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent or an arranger or a similar role and (b) claims arising out of any act or omission of the Sponsor, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower); provided that, the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel and one firm of special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Parent Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own

 

146


counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Loan Parties shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party, Agent or Lender shall assert, and each Loan Party, Agent and Lender hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, Loan Party, Agent and Lender, on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the resignation of the Agent or the replacement of any Lender, the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

12.6 Costs and Expenses . The Parent Borrower shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agent and its Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent, (B) outside consultants for the Agent, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and (F) environmental site assessments, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Financing Agreements or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Loan Parties who are not the Agent or any of its Affiliate, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Loan Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Loan Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Loan Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

To the extent that any Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

 

147


SECTION 13. THE AGENT

13.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and neither the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 13.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 and Section 12 (including the second paragraph of Section 12.5 and 12.6), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement is binding upon the Lenders.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Financing Agreements that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the

 

148


Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Financing Agreements), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Financing Agreements or applicable law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 14.7 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Parent Borrower or a Lender; and

(e) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Financing Agreements by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

 

149


13.6 Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States which appointment of a successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Financing Agreements, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 13.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Financing Agreements (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.6). The fees payable by the Parent Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, the provisions of this Section 13 and Sections 12.5 and 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agent, Arrangers, bookrunners or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent or a Lender hereunder.

13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Parent Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

 

150


(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, if the Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent, and Agent shall,

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed or to be disposed, as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) (A) if the Lien encumbers property that secures or will secure a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (B) any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such pledge is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or (iv) subject to Section 12.3, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.1(j) to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; and

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted hereunder or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement, any Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

 

151


Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10. In each case as specified in this Section 13.10, the Agent will, at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Borrower and applicable Guarantor such documents as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreements and this Section 13.10.

13.11 Withholding Tax Indemnity . To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Agent), the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Financing Agreement an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 6.1, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement against any amount due the Agent under this Section 13.11. The agreements in this Section 13.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

13.12 Notice to Agent . By signing this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees to notify the Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Agent may reasonably request furnish a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Secured Party. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Secured Party on account of Other Liabilities unless the Agent has received written notice thereof from such Secured Party.

13.13 Intercreditor Agreements . The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any usual and customary Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agent to enter into the usual and customary Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

 

152


SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Term .

(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Latest Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, Parent Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent subject to clause (b) below, (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent may, at its option, and shall at the direction of required Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time on or after an Event of Default. Upon the Latest Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the Financing Agreements, Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under provisions of this Agreement that survive terminations of the Commitments).

(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements until all Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under indemnifications that survive terminations of the Commitments), have been fully and finally paid.

14.2 Interpretative Provisions .

(a) All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) All references to the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their respective successors and permitted assigns. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. All references to any of the Financing Agreements shall include any and all amendment or modifications thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “this Agreement” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

(e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

(f) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of Agent or any Lender alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

 

 

153


(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently received by Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified as to going concern or the scope of the audit.

(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” shall mean “to and including.”

(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement and other Financing Agreements may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(l) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

14.3 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in Section 14.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

 

                If to any Loan Party:    Albertson’s LLC
   250 Parkcenter Blvd.
   PO Box 20
   Boise, Idaho 83706
   Attention: Bob Dimond
                   Brad Fox
   Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463

 

154


   Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625
           with a copy to:
   Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
   919 Third Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Attention: Ronald Risdon, Esq.
   Telephone: (212) 756-2203
   Facsimile: (212) 593-5955
   E-mail: ronald.risdon@srz.com
                If to Agent:    Agent’s Office
   Credit Suisse AG
   Eleven Madison Avenue, 23 rd Floor
   New York, NY 10010
   Attention: Loan Operations – Agency Manager
   Telephone: (919) 994-6369
   Facsimile: (212) 322-2291
   E-mail: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent (and shall be considered to be in writing for such purposes), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARENT BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Parent Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Parent Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses,

 

155


claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Parent Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Parent Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

14.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

14.5 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each Lender shall keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information and safe and sound lending practices, any non-public information (“ Information ”) supplied to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the Financing Agreements, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such

 

156


notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iv) to any Lender or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant consented to by the Parent Borrower to the extent an assignment of a Loan to such Person would require the Parent Borrower’s consent pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof) or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender, Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Affiliate shall have been instructed to treat such information as confidential in accordance with this Section 14.5, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 14.5 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.7(l), direct or indirect contractual counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Transferee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Transferee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (vi) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it in connection with rating the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries or any Facility hereunder (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (viii) [reserved], (ix) to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) or (x) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Financing Agreement or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) In the event that Agent or any Lender receives a request or demand to disclose any Information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender, Agent or such Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower of such request so that the Parent Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose such information and, subject to reimbursement by Parent Borrower of Agent’s or such Lender’s expenses, cooperate with the Parent Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the disclosed information which the Parent Borrower so designates, to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender. In no event shall this Section 14.5 or any other provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to Agent or any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party, (iii) to require Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to Agent or a Lender or prevent Agent or a Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.5 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Escrow Release Date or any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender.

14.6 Successors . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Parent Borrower or any

 

157


Co-Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, except as provided in Section 14.7 below. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

14.7 Assignments; Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) (w) to one or more Eligible Transferees (but not including for this purpose any assignments in the form of a participation), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Acceptance, (x) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(e), (y) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.7(f) or (z) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(k) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Agent or, if previously agreed with the Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Agent, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement, the Assignee shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent the forms or certifications, as applicable, described in Section 6.1(d), to the extent required thereby.

This paragraph (a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

(b) Agent, acting solely for these purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of their Loans (the “ Register ”). Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the Register to give effect to

 

158


each Assignment and Acceptance. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Agent, the Parent Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3) provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3, provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

(c) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 14.7(b), upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6, 12.5 and 12.6 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.7(e).

(d) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to assignees (subject to such assignee executing and delivering a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Parent Borrower).

 

 

159


(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it, without the consent of Agent or the other Lenders); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Parent Borrower, each Co-Borrower the Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 12.3(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. The Parent Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including Section 6.1(d), and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.7(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that the Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a change in any Laws after the Participant became a Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Parent Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Parent Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Financing Agreement) to any Person expect to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (by its acquisition of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, to the extent that any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate would have the right to direct any Participant to vote with respect to any plan of reorganization of any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a result of any participation taken by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(e), such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Participant) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Participant) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the participation in any Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or Participants

 

160


that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Parent Borrower and any applicable Co-Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 14.7(a); provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;

(B) the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;

(C) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(D) each Purchasing Borrower Party represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment to such Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), that neither the Purchasing Borrower Party nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI with respect to Holdings or the Albertson’s Group that either (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to (i) a Lender’s decision to participate in any assignment pursuant to this Section 14.7(h) or (ii) the market price of the Loans;

(E) no Loan may be assigned to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of all Loans then outstanding; and

(F) no Loan may be assigned to a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, the Purchasing Borrower Parties in the aggregate would own or have retired in excess of 15% of all Loans then outstanding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such limitation does not apply to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.3(c)).

 

161


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Parent Borrower are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Parent Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2), (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Agent, the Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Financing Agreements or (iv) advice from counsel to the Lenders or the Agent or a right to challenge any related attorney-client privilege of any Lender or the Agent;

(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 12.3 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Financing Agreement or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Financing Agreement, or (iii) directed or required the Agent, or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Financing Agreement, all Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated lenders voting on such matters for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions.

Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of the such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, except to the extent

 

162


such entitlement to a greater amount results from a change in any applicable Laws after the grant to the SPC was made, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Financing Agreement, remain the lender of record hereunder. Each Granting Lender, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Parent Borrower or the Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 14.7, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Financing Agreements and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Financing Agreements even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

14.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Financing Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Financing Agreement was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

14.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and any other applicable law. The Loan Parties are hereby advised that any Loans hereunder are subject to satisfactory results of such verification.

14.10 Counterparts, Etc .This Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of

 

163


such other Financing Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

14.11 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

14.12 Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, and unconditionally and absolutely, guarantee to Secured Parties the due and punctual payment, performance and discharge (whether upon stated maturity, demand, acceleration or otherwise in accordance with the terms thereof) of all of the Obligations whether created directly to, or acquired by assignment or otherwise by, any Secured Party, and whether the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, regardless of whether recovery upon any of such Obligations becomes barred by any statute of limitations, is void or voidable under any law, is or becomes invalid or unenforceable for any other reason (collectively as to each Guarantor, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”); provided , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall exclude Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” as used herein shall include interest, fees or other charges constituting Obligations accrued in any such bankruptcy, whether or not any such interest, fees or other charges are recoverable from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower or its estate under 11 U.S.C. § 506. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee is a primary, immediate and original obligation of such Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guarantee of payment and not of collectability only, and is not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any rights or remedies against the Parent Borrower or others, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any Collateral or other security.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid and discharged and all Commitments have been terminated. Each Guarantor acknowledges that there may be future advances by Agent or any Lender to the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower hereunder (although Secured Parties may be under no obligation to make such advances) and that the number and amount of the Guaranteed Obligations are unlimited and may fluctuate from time to time hereafter, and its guarantee shall remain in force at an times hereafter, whether there are any Guaranteed Obligations outstanding from time to time or not. Guarantors’ obligations under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without regard to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranteed Obligations or agreements evidencing same. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall be in addition to any other present or future guaranty or other security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall not be prejudiced or unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security, and is not conditioned upon or subject to the execution by any other Person of any other guaranty or suretyship agreement.

 

164


(c) (i) If a Guarantor shall make a payment under a guarantee (a “ Paying Guarantor ”), then such Paying Guarantor shall have the right to obtain contribution, in an amount determined as set forth below, from each of the other Guarantors that have not made payments under their respective guaranties at least proportionately equal (on the basis of their respective Guarantor Allocable Percentages, as such term is hereinafter defined) in amount to the payments made by the Paying Guarantor seeking contribution. The liability of Guarantors hereunder to make contribution to any Paying Guarantor as aforesaid shall be absolute and shall not be affected or impaired by (A) any defense, counterclaim or setoff that the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor may have or assert against any Secured Party, (B) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Secured Party to realize upon any Collateral or to enforce payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations from any Person, (C) the release or discharge of any Collateral, (D) the release or discharge of the applicable Borrower from its obligations, or (E) the release or discharge of any Guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee (whether, in any such event, such release is agreed to by any Secured Party or occurs by operation of applicable law). Any proceeds received by any Secured Party from any enforcement action with respect to any assets of a Guarantor securing payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor for purposes hereof.

(ii) Any Paying Guarantor entitled to contribution hereunder shall be entitled to receive from each of the other Guarantors an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties by the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought, less (B) the amount, if any, actually paid to Agent or any other Secured Party by the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought (said last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product shall be decreased by any amount theretofore paid by such Guarantor by way of contribution hereunder, and shall be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Guarantor by way of contribution); provided , however , that a Paying Guarantor’s recovery of contribution from the other Guarantors hereunder shall be limited, exclusive of interest, to that amount paid by the Paying Guarantor in excess of the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Paying Guarantor of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties. Amounts due by way of contribution hereunder shall bear interest, until paid, at a variable rate of interest equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time. As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction, the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Guarantors who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be one; provided further , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a Guarantor is not possible by reason of any insolvency proceeding involving such Guarantor or otherwise by reducing the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor to zero and by increasing the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors proportionately so that the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors at all times equals 100%. Each Guarantor liable to a Paying Guarantor for contribution, whether pursuant to the provisions of this guarantee or under applicable law, hereby assigns in favor of each Paying Guarantor any claim that such Guarantor liable to make contribution has or hereafter may have against the applicable Borrower, and authorizes any payments that may be due on any such claim to be made to the Paying Guarantor that is entitled to receive contribution for application to the satisfaction of amounts due by way of contribution.

(iii) Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally, that each shall at all times indemnify each of the other Guarantors and hold and save each of them harmless from and against any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of whatever kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, which any Guarantor may at any time sustain or incur in any action, suit or other proceeding instituted to enforce the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee in excess of the amount equal to the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor of personal liability under the terms hereof.

 

165


(iv) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution and indemnification hereunder shall each constitute an asset in favor of the Guarantor to which such contribution or indemnification is at any time owing.

(d) (i) If for any reason the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower has no legal existence or is under no legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or if any of the Guaranteed Obligations become unrecoverable from the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower by reason of such Borrower’s insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or by other operation of law or for any other reason, each Guarantor shall nevertheless be bound to the same extent as if such Guarantor had at all times been the principal obligor on all such Guaranteed Obligations. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization of debt or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any Financing Agreements or other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall nevertheless be immediately due and payable by each Guarantor.

(ii) If a Guarantor should dissolve or become insolvent (within the meaning of UCC), or if a petition for an order for relief with respect to a Guarantor should be filed by or against such Guarantor under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if a receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian should be appointed for a Guarantor or any property of a Guarantor, or if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then, in any such event and whether or not any of the Guaranteed Obligations are then due and payable or the maturity thereof has been accelerated or demand for payment thereof has been made, Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, may, without notice to any Guarantor, make the Guaranteed Obligations immediately due and payable hereunder as to any Guarantor and Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder as if the Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable in full. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are collected by or through an attorney at law, Guarantors agree to jointly and severally pay Secured Parties’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. Guarantors shall be obligated to make multiple payments under their guarantees to the extent necessary to cause full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(iii) If and to the extent Agent or any Lender receives any payment on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations (whether from the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, Guarantor or a third party obligor or from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral) and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or other insolvency law, common law or equitable cause, then the part of the Guaranteed Obligations intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(iv) Agent and Lenders shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to the full extent provided for herein or in any of the Financing Agreements. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any Person, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Agent or any Lender against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrower under the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing Guaranteed Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor for the balance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

166


(v) Each Guarantor acknowledges that Agent is authorized and empowered to enforce such Guarantor’s guarantee for the benefit of Secured Parties and to collect from such Guarantor the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time, in Agent’s own name and without the necessity of joining any other Secured Party in any action, suit or other proceeding to enforce its guarantee.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives and renounces (for itself and its successors):

(i) notice of each Secured Party’s acceptance hereof and reliance hereon; notice of the extension of credit from time to time by Secured Parties to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Guaranteed Obligations; notice of the amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers to Secured Parties from time to time (subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time); notice of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk; notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; notice of default or acceleration; all other notices and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; any right such Guarantor may have, by statute or otherwise, to require Secured Parties to institute suit against the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower after notice or demand from such Guarantor or to seek recourse first against the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower or otherwise, or to realize upon any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, as a condition to enforcing such Guarantor’s liability and obligations hereunder; any defense that the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower may at any time have or assert based upon the statute of limitations, the statute of frauds, failure of consideration, fraud, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, usury, or accord and satisfaction; any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained; any defense or claim that any Person purporting to bind the Parent Borrower applicable Co-Borrower to the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations did not have actual or apparent authority to do so; any right to contest the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any Collateral; any defense or claim that any other act or failure to act by any Secured party had the effect of increasing such Guarantor’s risk of payment; and any other legal or equitable defense to payment under this guarantee;

(ii) any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any one action or “anti-deficiency” law which would otherwise prevent Secured Parties from bringing any action, including any claim for a deficiency; or exercising any other right or remedy (including any right of setoff) against such Guarantor before or after any Secured Party’s commencement or completion of any foreclosure action, whether by judicial action, by exercise of power of sale or otherwise, or any other law which in any other manner would otherwise require any election of remedies by any Secured Party; and any right that such Guarantor may have to claim or recover in any litigation arising out of this guarantee or any of the other Financing Agreements) any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages; and

(iii) any right that such Guarantor may have to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder. If, notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, any Guarantor shall nevertheless have any right under applicable law to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder, which right cannot be waived by such Guarantor, such termination or revocation shall not be effective until a written notice of such termination or revocation, specifically referring to this guarantee and signed by such Guarantor, is actually received by an officer of Agent who is familiar with Parent Borrower’s account and this guarantee; but any such termination or revocation shall not affect the obligation of such Guarantor or such Guarantor’s successors or assigns with respect to any of the Guaranteed

 

167


Obligations and existing at the time of the receipt by Agent of such revocation or to arise out of or in connection with any transactions theretofore entered into by Secured Parties with or for the account of Parent Borrower. If Agent or any Lender grants loans or other extensions of credit to or for the benefit of a Borrower or takes other action after the termination or revocation by any Guarantor but prior to Agent’s receipt of such written notice of termination or revocation, then the rights of such Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto shall be the same as if such termination or revocation had not occurred.

(f) (i) Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without reducing, releasing, diminishing, impairing or otherwise affecting the liability or obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee, Secured Parties may (with or without consideration) compromise or settle any of the Guaranteed Obligations; accelerate the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, discharge or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations; refuse to enforce, or release all or any Persons liable for the payment of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase, decrease or otherwise alter the rate of interest payable with respect to the principal amount of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant other indulgences to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers in respect thereof; amend, modify, terminate, release, or waive any Financing Agreements or any other documents or agreements evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations (other than this Agreement); release, surrender, exchange, modify or impair, or consent to the sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Collateral or other property at any time securing (directly or indirectly) any of the Guaranteed Obligations or on which Secured Parties may at any time have a Lien; fail or refuse to perfect (or to continue the perfection of) any Lien granted or conveyed to any Secured Party with respect to any Collateral, or to preserve rights to any Collateral, or to exercise care with respect to any Collateral in any Secured Party’s possession; extend the time of payment of any Collateral consisting of accounts, notes, chattel paper, payment intangibles or other rights to the payment of money; refuse to enforce or forbear from enforcing its rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or any Person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any Collateral or with any party to the Guaranteed Obligations; release or substitute anyone or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether parties to this Agreement or not; subordinate payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations to the payment of any other liability of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers; or apply any payments or proceeds of Collateral received to the liabilities of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to any Secured Party regardless of whether such liabilities consist of Guaranteed Obligations and regardless of the manner order or of any such application.

(ii) Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower. Each Guarantor delivers the guarantee set forth in this Agreement based solely upon Guarantor’s own independent investigation and in no part upon any representation or statement of any Secured Party with respect thereto. Each Guarantor is in a position to and hereby assumes fun responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition as such Guarantor may deem material to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and such Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting any Secured Party to furnish such Guarantor, any information in any Secured Party’s possession concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition. If any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any Guarantor regarding Parent Borrower, any of the Collateral or any transaction or occurrence in respect of any of the Financing Agreements, such Secured Party shall be under no obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to any Guarantor on any subsequent occasion. Each Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of “guaranty” which risks include, without limitation, the possibility that Parent Borrower will contract additional Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Parent Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay their lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

 

168


(g) (i) Notwithstanding any provision of this guarantee to the contrary, (a) all rights of each Guarantor under clause (c) of this guarantee and all other rights of indemnity, contribution, subrogation or exoneration with respect to the Obligations shall be fully subordinated to the full payment of the Obligations and (b) no such right shall be exercised until full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Paying Guarantor on account of any such indemnity, contribution, exoneration or subrogation rights at any time that fun payment of the Guaranteed Obligation has not occurred, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations (whether matured or unmatured). No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments required pursuant to clause (c) (or any other payments required under applicable law) shall in any respect limit or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor under this guarantee, and each Guarantor shall remain fully liable to Secured Parties for all of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) The provisions of this Agreement shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of any Secured Party or any affiliate of any Secured Party under any separate subordination agreement that such Secured Party or such affiliate may at any time or from time to time enter into with any Guarantor.

(h) The execution and delivery to any Secured Party and such Secured Party’s acceptance of any guaranty in addition to each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall not be deemed in lieu of or to supersede, terminate or diminish any guarantee hereunder, but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided in such additional or supplementary guaranty; and if, prior to the Escrow Release Date, any Guarantor or any other Person has given to any Secured Party a previous guaranty or guaranties, each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall be construed to be an additional or supplementary guaranty and not to be in lieu thereof or to supersede, terminate or diminish such previous guaranty or guaranties.

(i) Unless otherwise required by applicable law or a specific agreement to the contrary, all payments received by Secured Parties from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or from proceeds of the Collateral may be applied (or reversed and reapplied) by Secured Parties to the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, without affecting in any manner any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(j) To the extent any performance of this guarantee would violate any applicable usury statute or other applicable law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit legally permitted, so that this guarantee shall not require any performance in excess of the limit legally permitted, but such obligations shall be fulfilled to the limit of legal validity. Nothing in this guarantee shall be construed to authorize Secured Parties to collect from Guarantors any interest that has not yet accrued, is unearned or subject to rebate or is otherwise not entitled to be collected by Secured Parties under applicable law. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this guarantee.

(k) Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranteed Obligations or the grant of the security interest under the Financing Agreements, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Contract, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Contract as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Financing Agreements in respect of such Swap Contract (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this clause (k) voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this clause (k)

 

169


shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this clause (k) to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

14.13 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 14.13; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 14.13, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, the events described in this Section 14.13 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.13, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 14.13.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to the extent consistent with Regulation S-X or are otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, including the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that have been realized or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the closing date of such Specified Transaction (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included in such calculations for the Safeway Acquisition shall not exceed $285,000,000 for the 12 month period following the Escrow Release Date.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate

 

170


reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of (i) determining compliance with this Agreement which requires the calculation of any ratio (including the EBITDA component of any such ratio), (ii) determining compliance with representations, warranties, Defaults or Events of Default or (iii) testing availability under the baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets), in each case, in connection with an Acquisition (or similar Investment) of incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Equivalent Debt) by one or more of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or person permitted to be acquired by this Agreement, in each case whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining third party financing (any such acquisition, a “ Limited Condition Acquisition ”), at the option of the Parent Borrower (the Parent Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”), and if after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, Holdings could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. If Holdings has made an LCA Election, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated and (ii) the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition has actually closed or the definitive agreement with respect thereto has been terminated.

14.14 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Agent and each Lender under this Section 14.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

 

171


14.15 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Financing Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Financing Agreement, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 14.14 (subject to the terms of Section 2.7), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Financing Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Financing Agreements shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ) . If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

14.17 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Financing Agreement or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any funding of Loans, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied shall remain outstanding.

14.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Financing Agreement), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the other Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the other

 

172


Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Financing Agreements; (ii) (A) the Agent, each other Arranger and each Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for each Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent, any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements; and (iii) the Agent, the other Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

14.19 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 14.7 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 10.4.

14.20 Amendment and Restatement .

(a) The Loan Parties, the Agent, and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, clause (b) of this Section 14.20), shall be superseded by this Agreement and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Debt Facility by this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to be liable to each Indemnitee with respect to agreements on their part under the Existing Debt Facility to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnitee from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which the Agent and the Lenders may be subject arising in connection with the Existing Debt Facility. This Agreement is given as a substitution of, and not as a payment of, the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Existing Debt Facility and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Debt Facility.

(c) By execution of this Agreement all parties hereto agree that (i) each of the Collateral Documents and the other Financing Agreements is hereby amended such that all references to the Existing Debt Facility and the Loans and Commitments thereunder shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) all obligations under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Agreement and (iii) all security interests and liens granted under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and shall continue and secure the Obligations hereunder and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement after giving effect to this Agreement.

 

173


14.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Agreement or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Financing Agreement, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signatures begin on next page]

 

174


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 2 days of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

 

  1) With respect to each existing Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

either:

such documentation with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

i) an amendment to each existing Mortgage (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

ii) a favorable opinion, addressed to the Agent and the Secured Parties covering, among other things, the due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage Amendment and written confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) by local counsel in the applicable jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located as to the adequacy and effectiveness under local law of the applicable Mortgage and lien granted thereunder as amended by the Mortgage Amendment and the lien granted thereunder, in each case;

iii) reasonable evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all search and examination charges escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage Amendment referred to above;

iv) a date down endorsement (or other title product, including, without limitation, a new title policy, where such date down endorsement is not available) to each existing title insurance policy (each, a “ Mortgage Policy ”) insuring the lien of such existing Mortgaged Property, which shall reasonably assure the Agent as of the date of such endorsement that the Mortgaged Property subject to the lien of the applicable Mortgage is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except those Liens permitted under such Mortgage; and

v) such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification as shall be required to induce the title insurance company to issue the endorsement (or other title product) to each Mortgage Policy contemplated in this Schedule I and reasonable evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes and related charges required for the issuance of the endorsement to such Mortgage Policy (or the issuance of the other title product where such date down endorsement is not available) contemplated in this Schedule I; and

 

2   For the avoidance of doubt, the 180 day deadline for such deliverables shall supersede the deadline for such deliverables that is set forth in Amendment No. 4 dated as of June 22, 2016.


or:

confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) from local counsel in each jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located substantially to the effect that:

i) the recording of the existing Mortgage is the only filing or recording necessary to give constructive notice to third parties of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

ii) no other documents, instruments, filings, recordings, re-recordings, re-filings or other actions, including, without limitation, the payment of any mortgage recording taxes or similar taxes, are necessary or appropriate under applicable law in order to maintain the continued enforceability, validity or priority of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

  2) With respect to each Material Real Property that is not an existing Mortgaged Property as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, the Parent Borrower must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule I to the contrary, the foregoing provisions shall not require the delivery of Mortgages, Mortgage Amendments, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets of the Loans Parties, if, and for so long as, the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of delivery of Mortgages, Mortgage Amendments, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

Exhibit 12.1

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

(in millions and unaudited)

 

     Fiscal 2016     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013     Fiscal 2012  

Earnings:

          

Pre-tax (loss) income

   $ (463.6   $ (541.8   $ (1,378.6   $ 1,140.5     $ 31.5  

Income from unconsolidated affiliate (1)

     17.5       14.4       1.1       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before tax and unconsolidated affiliate

     (481.1     (556.2     (1,379.7     1,140.5       31.5  

Plus: fixed charges

          

Interest expense, net (2)

     1,003.8       950.5       633.2       390.1       7.2  

Capitalized interest

     7.8       2.1       0.5       0.1       —    

Portion of rent expense deemed to be interest

     268.5       260.4       125.3       101.4       18.0  

Interest income

     3.9       7.4       1.4       1.6       0.2  

Charges related to guarantee obligations

     1.6       30.6       —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

     1,285.6       1,251.0       760.4       493.2       25.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: capitalized interest

     (7.8     (2.1     (0.5     (0.1     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings:

   $ 796.7     $ 692.7     $ (619.8   $ 1,633.6     $ 56.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed Charges:

   $ 1,285.6     $ 1,251.0     $ 760.4     $ 493.2     $ 25.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)

     —         —         —         3.3       2.2  

 

(1) Represents earnings related to the Company’s equity method investment in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.
(2) Interest expense, net does not include interest relating to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, which the Company records as a component of income tax expense.
(3) Due to the Company’s losses in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, the ratio coverage was less than 1:1 in each of those periods. The Company would have needed to generate additional earnings of $488.9 million, $558.3 million and $1,380.2 million during fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively, in order to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1 during those periods.

EXHIBIT 21.1

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES

The following is a list of the Company’s subsidiaries and includes all subsidiaries deemed significant. The jurisdiction of each company is listed in parentheses. Forty (40) companies are not listed because they are not actively conducting business, they are maintained solely for the purpose of holding licenses, they hold no assets or because they are less than majority owned.

Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Albertson’s LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS Real Estate Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS Mezzanine III LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS CA-GL LLC (DE)

ABS CA-O DC1 LLC (DE)

ABS CA-O DC2 LLC (DE)

ABS CA-O LLC (DE)

ABS ID-GL LLC (DE)

ABS ID-O DC LLC (DE)

ABS ID-O LLC (DE)

ABS MT-GL LLC (DE)

ABS MT-O LLC (DE)

ABS NV-GL LLC (DE)

ABS NV-O LLC (DE)

ABS OR-GL LLC (DE)

ABS OR-O DC LLC (DE)

ABS OR-O LLC (DE)

ABS Surplus-O LLC (DE)

ABS UT-GL LLC (DE)

ABS UT-O DC LLC (DE)

ABS UT-O LLC (DE)

ABS WA-GL LLC (DE)

ABS WA-O LLC (DE)

ABS WY-GL LLC (DE)

ABS WY-O LLC (DE)

ABS Real Estate Corp ((DE)

ABS Real Estate Investor Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS Mezzanine I LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS DFW Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS DFW Lease Investor LLC (DE)

ABS FLA Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS FLA Lease Investor LLC (DE)

ABS Realty Investor LLC (DE)

 

1


SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

 

ABS RM Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS RM Lease Investor LLC (DE)

ABS SW Investor LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS SW Lease Investor LLC (DE)

ABS TX Investor GP LLC (DE)

ABS TX Investor LP and its subsidiaries: (TX)

ABS TX Lease Investor GP LLC (DE)

ABS TX Lease Investor LP (TX)

ASP SW Investor LLC (DE)

ASR TX Investor GP LLC (DE)

ASR TX Investor LP and its subsidiary: (TX)

ASR Lease Investor LLC (DE)

ABS Real Estate Owner Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS Mezzanine II LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS DFW Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS DFW Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ABS FLA Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS FLA Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ABS RM Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ABS RM Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ABS SW Owner LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

ABS NoCal Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ABS SW Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ASP NoCal Lease Owner LLC (DE)

Lucky (Del) Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ABS TX Owner GP LLC (DE)

ABS TX Owner LP and its subsidiaries: (TX)

ABS TX Lease Owner GP LLC (DE)

ABS TX Lease Owner LP (TX)

ASP SW Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ASP SW Lease Owner LLC (DE)

ASR Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

ASR TX Lease Owner GP LLC (TX)

ASR TX Lease Owner LP (TX)

EXT Owner LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

EXT Lease Owner LLC (DE)

NHI TX Owner GP LLC (DE)

NHI TX Owner LP and its subsidiaries: (TX)

NHI TX Lease Owner GP LLC (TX)

NHI TX Lease Owner LP (TX)

Albertson’s Liquors, Inc. (WY)

American Food and Drug LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

American Stores Properties LLC (DE)

Jewel Osco Southwest LLC (IL)

Sunrich Mercantile LLC (CA)

American Stores Realty Company, LLC (DE)

 

2


SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

 

Fresh Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Extreme LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Newco Investments, LLC (DE)

NHI Investment Partners, LP (DE)

Good Spirits LLC (TX)

Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and its subsidiary: (TX)

LLano Logistics, Inc. (DE)

New Albertson’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (OH)

ABS Finance Co., Inc. (DE)

ABS Insurance Ltd. (Bermuda)

Albertsons Companies Specialty Care, LLC (DE)

American Stores Company, LLC and its subsidiaries: (DE)

American Drug Stores LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

American Partners, L.P. (IN)

American Procurement and Logistics Company LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

APLC Procurement, Inc. (UT)

ASC Media Services, Inc. and its subsidiary: (UT)

U.S. Satellite Corporation (UT)

ASP Realty, LLC (DE)

Beryl American Corporation (VT)

Jewel Companies, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Acme Markets, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Giant of Salisbury, Inc. (MD)

Jewel Food Stores, Inc. and its subsidiary: (OH)

Jetco Properties, Inc. (DE)

Lucky Stores LLC (OH)

Scolari’s Stores LLC (CA)

Medcart Specialty Care, LLC (DE)

NAI Saturn Eastern LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Collington Services LLC (DE)

SSM Holdings Company and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Shaw’s Supermarkets, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (MA)

28 Pond Street Realty, LLC (NH)

300 Main Street Realty, LLC (NH)

360 Chauncy Street Realty Trust (MA)

675 Randolph Realty Trust (MA)

693 Randolph Avenue LLC (MA)

739 Realty Trust (MA)

861 Edgell Road LLC (MA)

99 Water Street LLC (MA)

Adrian Realty Trust (MA)

Border Street Realty Trust (MA)

BP Realty, LLC (MA)

CH Project LLC (MA)

Clifford W. Perham, Inc. (ME)

Gorham Markets, LLC (NH)

Hayward Street Investment Trust and its subsidiary: (MA)

DLS Realty Trust (MA)

Heath Street, LLC (MA)

 

3


SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

 

HNHP Realty, LLC (NH)

K&J Realty Trust (MA)

Keene Realty Trust (NH)

LRT Realty Trust (MA)

Mashpee Realty LLC (MA)

Michael’s Realty Trust and its subsidiary: (MA)

EP Realty LLC (MA)

Milford Realty LLC (MA)

MK Investments LLC (MA)

PNHP Realty LLC (NH)

Shaw’s Realty Co. and its subsidiaries: (ME)

Arles, LLC (NH)

Shaw’s Realty Trust and its subsidiary: (MA)

Galway Realty Trust (MA)

SNH Realty, LLC (MA)

SRA REALTY LLC (MA)

Star Markets Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (MA)

Star Markets Company, Inc. (MA)

WP Properties, LLC (RI)

Wildcat Acquisition Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Vons REIT, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Wildcat Markets Opco LLC (DE)

Safeway Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Better Living Brands LLC (DE)

Casa Ley Services, Inc. (DE)

Cayam Energy, LLC (DE)

Divario Ventures LLC (DE)

Dominick’s Supermarkets, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Dominick’s Finer Foods, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Dominick’s Finer Foods, Inc. of Illinois (IL)

Eureka Land Management LLC and its subsidiary: (WA)

Eureka Development LLC (WA)

GFM Holdings I, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

GFM Holdings LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Genuardi’s Family Markets LP (DE)

Lehua Insurance Company, Inc. (HI)

Lucerne Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Eating Right LLC (DE)

Lucerne Dairy Products LLC (DE)

Lucerne North America LLC (DE)

O Organics LLC (DE)

Milford Insurance Brokerage Services, Inc. (DE)

Milford Insurance Ltd. (Bermuda)

Oakland Property Brokerage Inc. (DE)

Pak ’N Save, Inc. (CA)

Paradise Development LLC and its subsidiaries: (WA)

Paradise Real Property LLC and its Subsidiary: (WA)

Boulder Investco LLC (DE)

Randall’s Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

 

4


SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

 

Randall’s Finance Company, Inc. (DE)

Randall’s Food Markets, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Randall’s Food & Drugs LP and its subsidiary: (DE)

Randall’s Management Company, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Randall’s Beverage Company, Inc. (TX)

Randall’s Investments, Inc. (DE)

Safeway #0638 Exchange, LLC (OR)

Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Canada Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Safeway New Canada, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

CSL IT Services ULC (formerly Canada Safeway Limited) and its

subsidiaries: (British Columbia)

0984093 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company (British Columbia)

0984354 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company (formerly Canada

Safeway Liquor Stores ULC) (British Columbia)

Safeway Corporate, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Safeway Stores 67, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 68, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 69, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 70, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Dallas, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Avia Partners, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 78, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 79, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 80, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 82, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 85, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 86, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 87, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 88, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 89, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 90, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 91, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 92, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 96, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 97, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 98, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Denver, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Safeway Stores 44, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 45, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 46, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 47, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 48, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 49, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 50, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Gift Cards, LLC (AZ)

 

5


SCHEDULE OF SUBSIDIARIES, Continued

 

Safeway Global Sourcing Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiaries: (BVI)

Safeway Global Sourcing Limited (Hong Kong)

Safeway Global Sourcing (Macao Commercial Offshore) Limited (Macau)

Safeway Holdings I, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Groceryworks.com, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Groceryworks.com Operating Company, LLC (DE)

Safeway Leasing, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Philtech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Safeway Philtech Inc. (Philippines)

Safeway Richmond, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Safeway Stores 58, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Safelease, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Select Gift Source, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Southern California, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Safeway Stores 18, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 26, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 28, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 31, Inc. (DE)

The Vons Companies, Inc. and its subsidiary: (MI)

Vons Sherman Oaks, LLC (OR)

Safeway Stores 42, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 43, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 99, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Supply, Inc. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

Consolidated Procurement Services, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 71, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 72, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 73, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 74, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 75, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 76, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Stores 77, Inc. (DE)

Safeway Trucking, Inc. (DE)

Saturn Development I, Inc. (DE)

Saturn Development LLC (DE)

SRG, Inc. (DE)

SSI – AK Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiary: (DE)

Carr-Gottstein Foods Co. and its subsidiaries: (DE)

AOL Express, Inc. (AK)

APR Forwarders, Inc. (AK)

Stoneridge Holdings, LLC and its subsidiary: (DE)

Safeway Health Inc. (DE)

Strategic Global Sourcing, LLC (DE)

Taylor Properties, Inc. (DE)

 

6

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 3, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Safeway Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte  & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

May 19, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated May 19, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Albertsons Companies, LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 19, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.4

CONSENT OF CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

We hereby consent to the use of our name in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Albertsons Companies, LLC (the “Registration Statement”), and to the references to information contained in Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisals wherever appearing in the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ George J. Rago
Name: George J. Rago
Title: Executive Managing Director

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

New York, New York 10104

May 19, 2017

EXHIBIT 25.1

File No.                    

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890

(Address of principal executive offices)

Daniel Barnes

Assistant Vice President

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8049

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Albertsons Companies, LLC 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   47-5579477
(State of incorporation)  

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

250 Parkcenter

Blvd. Boise, ID

  83706
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

Guarantees of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

1. See Table of Additional Obligors

 

 

 


OBLIGORS

 

Exact Name of Obligor as specified in its Charter (1)

 

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

or

Organization

 

Primary

Standard

Industrial

Classification

Code Number

 

I.R.S.

Employer

Identification

Number

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.   Ohio   5411   20-4057706
SAFEWAY INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019135
ALBERTSON’S LLC   Delaware   5411   47-5579477
ABS CA-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.   Delaware   5411   77-0593693
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FLA OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MT-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MT-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NV-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NV-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.   Delaware   5411   26-0163805
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   20-8379141
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   20-8379233


ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS UT-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS UT-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS UT-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WA-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WA-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WY-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WY-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ACME MARKETS, INC.   Delaware   5411   87-0440072
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC   Delaware   5411   32-0515977
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.   Indiana   5411   87-0572611
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.   Utah   5411   84-1379239
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.   Utah   5411   87-0347039
ASP REALTY, LLC   Delaware   5411   87-0347040


ASP SW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022728
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.   Delaware   5411   92-0135158
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.   Maine   5411   01-0315406
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC   Delaware   5411   26-3934820
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.   Delaware   5411   68-0282708
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EATING RIGHT LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXT OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXTREME LLC   Delaware   5411   *
FRESH HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP   Delaware   5411   94-3383703
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3383697
GFM HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.   Maryland   5411   52-1070315
GOOD SPIRITS LLC   Texas   5411   *
GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.   Delaware   5411   36-6050192
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.   Delaware   5411   87-0438653
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.   Ohio   5411   36-1282500
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC   Illinois   5411   *
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.   Delaware   5411   98-0149758
LSP LEASE LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC   Delaware   5411   *


LUCERNE FOODS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-2617136
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCKY STORES LLC   Ohio   5411   *
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC   Delaware   5411   32-0518480
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP   Delaware   5411   20-1208691
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI TX OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
O ORGANICS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.   Illinois   5411   36-3152153
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.   Texas   5411   76-0603967
RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP   Delaware   5411   75-0873276
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3396317
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3396318
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3379041
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.   Delaware   5411   76-0603966
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019144
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019145
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019155
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019151
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3079150
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC   Arizona   5411   *
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.   Delaware   5411   26-2945963
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019158
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   06-1714664
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019147
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021044
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021063
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021066
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021067
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021070
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021072
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021073


SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019090
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019102
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019116
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019122
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019124
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022725
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022726
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022727
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022735
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022736
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022738
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022739
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022740
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022741
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022742
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022743
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022744
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022746
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022747
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3320589
SHAW’S REALTY CO.   Maine   5411   01-6010635
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST   Massachusetts   5411   04-6043965
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-1183420
SHORTCO OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3372721
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY   Delaware   5411   01-0523835
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-3243710
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-3244277
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC   California   5411   *
SUNRICH OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.   Michigan   5411   38-1623900
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.   Texas   5411   75-0916445
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.   Texas   5411   *
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC   Delaware   5411   94-3295244


(1) The address and telephone number of each of the obligors is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd. Boise, ID 83706, (208) 395-6200.
* This entity is a pass-through entity. which does not require an I.R.S. Employer Identification Number.


Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR . If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  2. The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  3. The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T - 1.

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

 

  5. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

 

  7. Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

  8. Not applicable.

 

  9. Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 19 th day of May, 2017.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


EXHIBIT 25.1

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.


FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1) The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4) The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.


The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1) Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2) Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3) Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4) Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5) Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6) Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7) Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8) Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9) Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10) Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11) Make contracts.

 

  12) Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or


on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(effective as of January 1, 2012)

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section  1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section  2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.


Section  3. Nominations of Directors . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1) The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4) The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

Section  4. Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section  5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section  1. Board of Directors . The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

Section  2. Number . The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

Section  3. Organization Meeting . The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

Section  4. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

Section  5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

Section  6. Quorum . A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

Section  7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


Section  8. Procedures . The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section  9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section  10. Vacancies . When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

Section  1. Loan Committee . There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section  2. Investment Committee . There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment


committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section  3. Examining Committee . There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 3, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

Section  5. Other Committees . The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.

However, a committee may not:

 

  (1) Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

 

  (2) Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

 

  (3) Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

 

  (4) Amend articles of association;

 

  (5) Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

 

  (6) Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

Section  6. Committee Members’ Fees . Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section  1. Chairperson of the Board . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  2. President . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  3. Vice President . The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section  4. Secretary . The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

Section  5. Other Officers . The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section  6. Tenure of Office . The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

Section  7. Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.


ARTICLE V

Fiduciary Activities

Section  1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 1, the responsibility and authority of the Trust Audit Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

Section  3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made, but does vest in the association investment discretion, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section  1. Transfers . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

Section  2. Stock Certificates . Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.


The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

 

  (1) The types of nominees to which it applies;

 

  (2) The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

 

  (3) How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (4) The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

 

  (5) The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (6) Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section  1. Seal . The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section  1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section  2. Execution of Instruments . All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

Section  3. Records . The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.


Section  4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section  5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.


ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section  1. Inspection . A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section  2. Amendments . The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.

I,                    , certify that: (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this     day of             .

 

 

 
(Secretary or Treasurer)  

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

      WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated:   May 19, 2017     By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

        Name:   Hallie E. Field
        Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

R E P O R T    O F    C O N D I T I O N

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on March 31, 2017

 

ASSETS    Thousands of Dollars  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     4,696,542  

Securities:

     5,278  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     227,200  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0  

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     265,893  

Premises and fixed assets:

     5,060  

Other real estate owned:

     468  

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0  

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0  

Intangible assets:

     22  

Other assets:

     38,407  

Total Assets:

     5,238,870  
LIABILITIES    Thousands of Dollars  

Deposits

     4,710,127  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0  

Other borrowed money:

     0  

Other Liabilities:

     23,332  

Total Liabilities

     4,733,459  
EQUITY CAPITAL    Thousands of Dollars  

Common Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     393,800  

Retained Earnings

     111,034  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (423

Total Equity Capital

     505,411  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     5,238,870  

EXHIBIT 25.2

File No.                    

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

16-1486454

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890

(Address of principal executive offices)

Daniel Barnes

Assistant Vice President

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

(302) 651-8049

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Albertsons Companies, LLC 1

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware    47-5579477
(State of incorporation)   

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

 

250 Parkcenter

Blvd. Boise, ID

   83706
(Address of principal executive offices)    (Zip Code)

 

 

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

Guarantees of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

1. See Table of Additional Obligors

 

 

 


OBLIGORS

 

Exact Name of Obligor as specified in its Charter (1)

 

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

or

Organization

 

Primary

Standard

Industrial

Classification

Code Number

 

I.R.S.

Employer

Identification

Number

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.   Ohio   5411   20-4057706
SAFEWAY INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019135
ALBERTSON’S LLC   Delaware   5411   47-5579477
ABS CA-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS CA-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS DFW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FINANCE CO., INC.   Delaware   5411   77-0593693
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS FLA OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS ID-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MT-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS MT-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NV-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS NV-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS OR-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.   Delaware   5411   26-0163805
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   20-8379141
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   20-8379233


ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS RM OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS SW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS TX OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
ABS UT-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS UT-O DC LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS UT-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WA-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WA-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WY-GL LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ABS WY-O LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ACME MARKETS, INC.   Delaware   5411   87-0440072
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES SPECIALTY CARE, LLC   Delaware   5411   32-0515977
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.   Indiana   5411   87-0572611
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.   Utah   5411   84-1379239
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.   Utah   5411   87-0347039
ASP REALTY, LLC   Delaware   5411   87-0347040


ASP SW INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASP SW OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX INVESTOR LP   Texas   5411   *
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022728
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.   Delaware   5411   92-0135158
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.   Maine   5411   01-0315406
COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC   Delaware   5411   26-3934820
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.   Delaware   5411   68-0282708
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC   Delaware   5411   *
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EATING RIGHT LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXT OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
EXTREME LLC   Delaware   5411   *
FRESH HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP   Delaware   5411   94-3383703
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3383697
GFM HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.   Maryland   5411   52-1070315
GOOD SPIRITS LLC   Texas   5411   *
GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.   Delaware   5411   36-6050192
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.   Delaware   5411   87-0438653
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.   Ohio   5411   36-1282500
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC   Illinois   5411   *
LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.   Delaware   5411   98-0149758
LSP LEASE LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC   Delaware   5411   *


LUCERNE FOODS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-2617136
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
LUCKY STORES LLC   Ohio   5411   *
MEDCART SPECIALTY CARE, LLC   Delaware   5411   32-0518480
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP   Delaware   5411   20-1208691
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC   Delaware   5411   *
NHI TX OWNER LP   Texas   5411   *
O ORGANICS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.   Illinois   5411   36-3152153
RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.   Texas   5411   76-0603967
RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP   Delaware   5411   75-0873276
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3396317
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3396318
RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3379041
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.   Delaware   5411   76-0603966
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019144
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019145
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019155
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019151
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3079150
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC   Arizona   5411   *
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.   Delaware   5411   26-2945963
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019158
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   06-1714664
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019147
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021044
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021063
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021066
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021067
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021070
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021072
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3021073


SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019090
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019102
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019116
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019122
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3019124
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022725
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022726
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022727
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022735
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022736
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022738
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022739
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022740
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022741
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022742
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022743
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022744
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022746
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3022747
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3320589
SHAW’S REALTY CO.   Maine   5411   01-6010635
SHAW’S REALTY TRUST   Massachusetts   5411   04-6043965
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-1183420
SHORTCO OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.   Delaware   5411   94-3372721
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY   Delaware   5411   01-0523835
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-3243710
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.   Massachusetts   5411   04-3244277
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC   Delaware   5411   *
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC   California   5411   *
SUNRICH OWNER LLC   Delaware   5411   *
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.   Michigan   5411   38-1623900
UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.   Texas   5411   75-0916445
USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.   Texas   5411   *
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC   Delaware   5411   94-3295244


(1) The address and telephone number of each of the obligors is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd. Boise, ID 83706, (208) 395-6200.
* This entity is a pass-through entity. which does not require an I.R.S. Employer Identification Number.


Item 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of Currency, Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes.

 

Item 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR . If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

Item 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. Listed below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

  1. A copy of the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  2. The authority of Wilmington Trust, National Association to commence business was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

  3. The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Charter for Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T - 1.

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

 

  5. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of Trustee as required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

 

  7. Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

  8. Not applicable.

 

  9. Not applicable.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 19 th day of May, 2017.

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

  Name:   Hallie E. Field
  Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT 1

CHARTER OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


EXHIBIT 25.2

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

For the purpose of organizing an association to perform any lawful activities of national banks, the undersigned do enter into the following articles of association:

FIRST. The title of this association shall be Wilmington Trust, National Association.

SECOND. The main office of the association shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The general business of the association shall be conducted at its main office and its branches.

THIRD. The board of directors of this association shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five persons, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Each director shall own common or preferred stock of the association or of a holding company owning the association, with an aggregate par, fair market or equity value $1,000. Determination of these values may be based as of either (i) the date of purchase or (ii) the date the person became a director, whichever value is greater. Any combination of common or preferred stock of the association or holding company may be used.

Any vacancy in the board of directors may be filled by action of a majority of the remaining directors between meetings of shareholders. The board of directors may not increase the number of directors between meetings of shareholders to a number which:

 

  1) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 15 or less; or

 

  2) exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where the number was 16 or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed 25, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit.

Directors shall be elected for terms of one year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Terms of directors, including directors selected to fill vacancies, shall expire at the next regular meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, unless the directors resign or are removed from office. Despite the expiration of a director’s term, the director shall continue to serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until there is a decrease in the number of directors and his or her position is eliminated.

Honorary or advisory members of the board of directors, without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the association, may be appointed by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors, or by resolution of shareholders at any annual or special meeting. Honorary or advisory directors shall not be counted to determine the number of directors of the association or the presence of a quorum in connection with any board action, and shall not be required to own qualifying shares.


FOURTH. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may be brought before the meeting. It shall be held at the main office or any other convenient place the board of directors may designate, on the day of each year specified therefor in the bylaws, or, if that day falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the association is located, on the next following banking day. If no election is held on the day fixed, or in the event of a legal holiday on the following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares issued and outstanding. In all cases at least 10 days advance notice of the time, place and purpose of a shareholders’ meeting shall be given to the shareholders by first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. The sole shareholder of the bank is permitted to waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting.

In all elections of directors, the number of votes each common shareholder may cast will be determined by multiplying the number of shares such shareholder owns by the number of directors to be elected. Those votes may be cumulated and cast for a single candidate or may be distributed among two or more candidates in the manner selected by the shareholder. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate. On all other questions, each common shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by him or her.

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for election of directors. Nominations other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management shall be made in writing and be delivered or mailed to the president of the association not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  1) The name and address of each proposed nominee.

 

  2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee.

 

  3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee.

 

  4) The name and residence address of the notifying shareholder.

 

  5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. No bylaw may unreasonably restrict the nomination of directors by shareholders.

A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the board of directors, its chairperson, or to the association, which resignation shall be effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

A director may be removed by shareholders at a meeting called to remove the director, when notice of the meeting stating that the purpose or one of the purposes is to remove the director is provided, if there is a failure to fulfill one of the affirmative requirements for qualification, or for cause; provided, however, that a director may not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under cumulative voting is voted against the director’s removal.


FIFTH. The authorized amount of capital stock of this association shall be ten thousand shares of common stock of the par value of one hundred dollars ($100) each; but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, according to the provisions of the laws of the United States.

No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the association shall have any preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the association, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the association, issued, or sold, nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the board of directors, in its discretion, may from time to time determine and at such price as the board of directors may from time to time fix. Preemptive rights also must be approved by a vote of holders of two-thirds of the bank’s outstanding voting shares. Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, (1) all matters requiring shareholder action, including amendments to the articles of association, must be approved by shareholders owning a majority voting interest in the outstanding voting stock, and (2) each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote per share.

Unless otherwise specified in these articles of association or required by law, all shares of voting stock shall be voted together as a class, on any matters requiring shareholder approval. If a proposed amendment would affect two or more classes or series in the same or a substantially similar way, all the classes or series so affected must vote together as a single voting group on the proposed amendment.

Shares of one class or series may be issued as a dividend for shares of the same class or series on a pro rata basis and without consideration. Shares of one class or series may be issued as share dividends for a different class or series of stock if approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the class or series to be issued, unless there are no outstanding shares of the class or series to be issued. Unless otherwise provided by the board of directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend shall be the date authorized by the board of directors for the share dividend.

Unless otherwise provided in the bylaws, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting is the close of business on the day before the first notice is mailed or otherwise sent to the shareholders, provided that in no event may a record date be more than 70 days before the meeting.

If a shareholder is entitled to fractional shares pursuant to a stock dividend, consolidation or merger, reverse stock split or otherwise, the association may: (a) issue fractional shares; (b) in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, issue script or warrants entitling the holder to receive a full share upon surrendering enough script or warrants to equal a full share; (c) if there is an established and active market in the association’s stock, make reasonable arrangements to provide the shareholder with an opportunity to realize a fair price through sale of the fraction, or purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share; (d) remit the cash equivalent of the fraction to the shareholder; or (e) sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers; and distribute the proceeds pro rata to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares. The holder of a fractional share is entitled to exercise the rights for shareholder, including the right to vote, to receive dividends, and to participate in the assets of the association upon liquidation, in proportion to the fractional interest. The holder of script or warrants is not entitled to any of these rights unless the script or warrants explicitly provide for such rights. The script or warrants may be subject to such additional conditions as: (1) that the script or warrants will become void if not exchanged for full shares before a specified date; and (2) that the shares for which the script or warrants are exchangeable may be sold at the option of the association and the proceeds paid to scriptholders.


The association, at any time and from time to time, may authorize and issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the shareholders. Obligations classified as debt, whether or not subordinated, which may be issued by the association without the approval of shareholders, do not carry voting rights on any issue, including an increase or decrease in the aggregate number of the securities, or the exchange or reclassification of all or part of securities into securities of another class or series.

SIXTH. The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this association, and one of its members chairperson of the board and shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, a secretary who shall keep minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and be responsible for authenticating the records of the association, and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this association.

A duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers if authorized by the board of directors in accordance with the bylaws.

The board of directors shall have the power to:

 

  1) Define the duties of the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  2) Delegate the performance of its duties, but not the responsibility for its duties, to the officers, employees, and agents of the association.

 

  3) Fix the compensation and enter into employment contracts with its officers and employees upon reasonable terms and conditions consistent with applicable law.

 

  4) Dismiss officers and employees.

 

  5) Require bonds from officers and employees and to fix the penalty thereof.

 

  6) Ratify written policies authorized by the association’s management or committees of the board.

 

  7) Regulate the manner in which any increase or decrease of the capital of the association shall be made, provided that nothing herein shall restrict the power of shareholders to increase or decrease the capital of the association in accordance with law, and nothing shall raise or lower from two-thirds the percentage required for shareholder approval to increase or reduce the capital.

 

  8) Manage and administer the business and affairs of the association.

 

  9) Adopt initial bylaws, not inconsistent with law or the articles of association, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the association.

 

  10) Amend or repeal bylaws, except to the extent that the articles of association reserve this power in whole or in part to shareholders.

 

  11) Make contracts.

 

  12) Generally perform all acts that are legal for a board of directors to perform.

SEVENTH. The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the main office to any other place within the limits of Wilmington, Delaware, without the approval of the shareholders, or with a vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other location within or outside the limits of Wilmington Delaware, but not more than 30 miles beyond such limits. The board of directors shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the association to any other location permitted under applicable law, without approval of shareholders, subject to approval by the Comptroller of the Currency.


EIGHTH. The corporate existence of this association shall continue until termination according to the laws of the United States.

NINTH. The board of directors of this association, or any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 50 percent of the stock of this association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place, and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given at least 10 days prior to the meeting by first-class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. If the association is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder may waive notice of the shareholders’ meeting. Unless otherwise provided by the bylaws or these articles, any action requiring approval of shareholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting.

TENTH. For purposes of this Article Tenth, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or


on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these articles of association and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.

In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Article Tenth have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these articles of association, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these articles of association with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in these articles of association, the bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Article Tenth or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Article Tenth shall remain fully enforceable.


The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these articles of association; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage to pay or reimburse any institution-affiliated party for the cost of any judgment or civil money penalty assessed against such person in an administrative proceeding or civil action commenced by any federal banking agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.

ELEVENTH. These articles of association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount. The association’s board of directors may propose one or more amendments to the articles of association for submission to the shareholders.


EXHIBIT 4

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(effective as of January 1, 2012)

ARTICLE I

Meetings of Shareholders

Section  1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders to elect directors and transact whatever other business may properly come before the meeting shall be held at the main office of the association, Rodney Square North, 1100 Market Street, City of Wilmington, State of Delaware, at 1:00 o’clock p.m. on the first Tuesday in March of each year, or at such other place and time as the board of directors may designate, or if that date falls on a legal holiday in Delaware, on the next following banking day. Notice of the meeting shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof, addressed to each shareholder at his/her address appearing on the books of the association. If, for any cause, an election of directors is not made on that date, or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within 60 days of the date fixed, to be designated by the board of directors, or, if the directors fail to fix the date, by shareholders representing two-thirds of the shares. In these circumstances, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first class mail to shareholders.

Section  2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors or by any one or more shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than fifty percent of the stock of the association. Every such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law, shall be called by mailing, postage prepaid, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting, to each shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the association a notice stating the purpose of the meeting.

The board of directors may fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice and to vote at any meeting, in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder signs a demand for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

A special meeting may be called by shareholders or the board of directors to amend the articles of association or bylaws, whether or not such bylaws may be amended by the board of directors in the absence of shareholder approval.

If an annual or special shareholders’ meeting is adjourned to a different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place, if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment, unless any additional items of business are to be considered, or the association becomes aware of an intervening event materially affecting any matter to be voted on more than 10 days prior to the date to which the meeting is adjourned. If a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, however, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to persons who are shareholders as of the new record date. If, however, the meeting to elect the directors is adjourned before the election takes place, at least ten days’ notice of the new election must be given to the shareholders by first-class mail.


Section  3. Nominations of Directors . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any stockholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the association entitled to vote for the election of directors. Nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing management of the association, shall be made in writing and shall be delivered or mailed to the president of the association and the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C., not less than 14 days nor more than 50 days prior to any meeting of shareholders called for the election of directors; provided, however, that if less than 21 days’ notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nomination shall be mailed or delivered to the president of the association not later than the close of business on the seventh day following the day on which the notice of meeting was mailed. Such notification shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder:

 

  (1) The name and address of each proposed nominee;

 

  (2) The principal occupation of each proposed nominee;

 

  (3) The total number of shares of capital stock of the association that will be voted for each proposed nominee;

 

  (4) The name and residence of the notifying shareholder; and

 

  (5) The number of shares of capital stock of the association owned by the notifying shareholder.

Nominations not made in accordance herewith may, in his/her discretion, be disregarded by the chairperson of the meeting, and upon his/her instructions, the vote tellers may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee.

Section  4. Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this association shall act as proxy. Proxies shall be valid only for one meeting, to be specified therein, and any adjournments of such meeting. Proxies shall be dated and filed with the records of the meeting. Proxies with facsimile signatures may be used and unexecuted proxies may be counted upon receipt of a written confirmation from the shareholder. Proxies meeting the above requirements submitted at any time during a meeting shall be accepted.

Section  5. Quorum . A majority of the outstanding capital stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2, but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless otherwise provided by law or by the articles of association, or by the shareholders or directors pursuant to Article IX, Section 2. If a meeting for the election of directors is not held on the fixed date, at least 10 days’ notice must be given by first-class mail to the shareholders.


ARTICLE II

Directors

Section  1. Board of Directors . The board of directors shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the association. Except as expressly limited by law, all corporate powers of the association shall be vested in and may be exercised by the board of directors.

Section  2. Number . The board of directors shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five members, unless the OCC has exempted the bank from the 25-member limit. The exact number within such minimum and maximum limits is to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of a majority of the shareholders at any meeting thereof.

Section  3. Organization Meeting . The secretary or treasurer, upon receiving the certificate of the judges of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet at the main office of the association, or at such other place in the cities of Wilmington, Delaware or Buffalo, New York, to organize the new board of directors and elect and appoint officers of the association for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within 30 days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

Section  4. Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, by resolution designate the place, date and hour for the holding of a regular meeting, but in the absence of any such designation, regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held, without notice, on the first Tuesday of each March, June and September, and on the second Tuesday of each December at the main office or other such place as the board of directors may designate. When any regular meeting of the board of directors falls upon a holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next banking business day unless the board of directors shall designate another day.

Section  5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of the association, or at the request of two or more directors. Each member of the board of directors shall be given notice by telegram, first class mail, or in person stating the time and place of each special meeting.

Section  6. Quorum . A majority of the entire board then in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting, except when otherwise provided by law or these bylaws, but a lesser number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice. If the number of directors present at the meeting is reduced below the number that would constitute a quorum, no business may be transacted, except selecting directors to fill vacancies in conformance with Article II, Section 7. If a quorum is present, the board of directors may take action through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance.

Section  7. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Any one or more members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committees by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


Section  8. Procedures . The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of the board of directors may be determined by the person presiding at the meeting.

Section  9. Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of the stockholders. Any director may be removed without cause, at any meeting of stockholders notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote. Any director may be removed for cause, at any meeting of the directors notice of which shall have referred to the proposed action, by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

Section  10. Vacancies . When any vacancy occurs among the directors, a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors, according to the laws of the United States, may appoint a director to fill such vacancy at any regular meeting of the board of directors, or at a special meeting called for that purpose at which a quorum is present, or if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office, or by shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose in conformance with Section 2 of Article I. At any such shareholder meeting, each shareholder entitled to vote shall have the right to multiply the number of votes he or she is entitled to cast by the number of vacancies being filled and cast the product for a single candidate or distribute the product among two or more candidates. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date (by reason of a resignation effective at a later date) may be filled before the vacancy occurs but the new director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

ARTICLE III

Committees of the Board

The board of directors has power over and is solely responsible for the management, supervision, and administration of the association. The board of directors may delegate its power, but none of its responsibilities, to such persons or committees as the board may determine.

The board of directors must formally ratify written policies authorized by committees of the board of directors before such policies become effective. Each committee must have one or more member(s), and who may be an officer of the association or an officer or director of any affiliate of the association, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Provisions of the articles of association and these bylaws governing place of meetings, notice of meeting, quorum and voting requirements of the board of directors, apply to committees and their members as well. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the board of directors.

Section  1. Loan Committee . There shall be a loan committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The loan committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have power to discount and purchase bills, notes and other evidences of debt, to buy and sell bills of exchange, to examine and approve loans and discounts, to exercise authority regarding loans and discounts, and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors that may lawfully be delegated. The loan committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section  2. Investment Committee . There shall be an investment committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The investment


committee, on behalf of the bank, shall have the power to ensure adherence to the investment policy, to recommend amendments thereto, to purchase and sell securities, to exercise authority regarding investments and to exercise, when the board of directors is not in session, all other powers of the board of directors regarding investment securities that may be lawfully delegated. The investment committee shall keep minutes of its meetings, and such minutes shall be submitted at the next regular meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, and any action taken by the board of directors with respect thereto shall be entered in the minutes of the board of directors.

Section  3. Examining Committee . There shall be an examining committee composed of not less than 2 directors, exclusive of any active officers, appointed by the board of directors annually or more often. The duty of that committee shall be to examine at least once during each calendar year and within 15 months of the last examination the affairs of the association or cause suitable examinations to be made by auditors responsible only to the board of directors and to report the result of such examination in writing to the board of directors at the next regular meeting thereafter. Such report shall state whether the association is in a sound condition, and whether adequate internal controls and procedures are being maintained and shall recommend to the board of directors such changes in the manner of conducting the affairs of the association as shall be deemed advisable.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 3, the responsibility and authority of the Examining Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  4. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a trust audit committee in conformance with Section 1 of Article V.

Section  5. Other Committees . The board of directors may appoint, from time to time, from its own members, compensation, special litigation and other committees of one or more persons, for such purposes and with such powers as the board of directors may determine.

However, a committee may not:

 

  (1) Authorize distributions of assets or dividends;

 

  (2) Approve action required to be approved by shareholders;

 

  (3) Fill vacancies on the board of directors or any of its committees;

 

  (4) Amend articles of association;

 

  (5) Adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; or

 

  (6) Authorize or approve issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares.

Section  6. Committee Members’ Fees . Committee members may receive a fee for their services as committee members and traveling and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending any meeting of a committee of which they are a member. The fee may be a fixed sum to be paid for attending each meeting or a fixed sum to be paid quarterly, or semiannually, irrespective of the number of meetings attended or not attended. The amount of the fee and the basis on which it shall be paid shall be determined by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE IV

Officers and Employees

Section  1. Chairperson of the Board . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the chairperson of the board to serve at its pleasure. Such person shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors. The chairperson of the board shall supervise the carrying out of the policies adopted or approved by the board of directors; shall have general executive powers, as well as the specific powers conferred by these bylaws; and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  2. President . The board of directors shall appoint one of its members to be the president of the association. In the absence of the chairperson, the president shall preside at any meeting of the board of directors. The president shall have general executive powers and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice to the office of president, or imposed by these bylaws. The president shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred or assigned by the board of directors.

Section  3. Vice President . The board of directors may appoint one or more vice presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and duties as may be assigned by the board of directors. One vice president shall be designated by the board of directors, in the absence of the president, to perform all the duties of the president.

Section  4. Secretary . The board of directors shall appoint a secretary, treasurer, or other designated officer who shall be secretary of the board of directors and of the association and who shall keep accurate minutes of all meetings. The secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices required by these bylaws; shall be custodian of the corporate seal, records, documents and papers of the association; shall provide for the keeping of proper records of all transactions of the association; shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation or practice to the office of treasurer, or imposed by these bylaws; and shall also perform such other duties as may be assigned from time to time, by the board of directors.

Section  5. Other Officers . The board of directors may appoint one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more trust officers, one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more managers and assistant managers of branches and such other officers and attorneys in fact as from time to time may appear to the board of directors to be required or desirable to transact the business of the association. Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon or assigned to them by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, or the president. The board of directors may authorize an officer to appoint one or more officers or assistant officers.

Section  6. Tenure of Office . The president and all other officers shall hold office for the current year for which the board of directors was elected, unless they shall resign, become disqualified, or be removed; and any vacancy occurring in the office of president shall be filled promptly by the board of directors.

Section  7. Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the association. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date.


ARTICLE V

Fiduciary Activities

Section  1. Trust Audit Committee. There shall be a Trust Audit Committee composed of not less than 2 directors, appointed by the board of directors, which shall, at least once during each calendar year make suitable audits of the association’s fiduciary activities or cause suitable audits to be made by auditors responsible only to the board, and at such time shall ascertain whether fiduciary powers have been administered according to law, Part 9 of the Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles. Such committee: (1) must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank’s fiduciary activities; and (2) must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this section 1, the responsibility and authority of the Trust Audit Committee may, if authorized by law, be given over to a duly constituted audit committee of the association’s parent corporation by a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors.

Section  2. Fiduciary Files. There shall be maintained by the association all fiduciary records necessary to assure that its fiduciary responsibilities have been properly undertaken and discharged.

Section  3. Trust Investments. Funds held in a fiduciary capacity shall be invested according to the instrument establishing the fiduciary relationship and applicable law. Where such instrument does not specify the character and class of investments to be made, but does vest in the association investment discretion, funds held pursuant to such instrument shall be invested in investments in which corporate fiduciaries may invest under applicable law.

ARTICLE VI

Stock and Stock Certificates

Section  1. Transfers . Shares of stock shall be transferable on the books of the association, and a transfer book shall be kept in which all transfers of stock shall be recorded. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer shall in proportion to such shareholder’s shares, succeed to all rights of the prior holder of such shares. The board of directors may impose conditions upon the transfer of the stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the association with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholder meetings and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.

Section  2. Stock Certificates . Certificates of stock shall bear the signature of the president (which may be engraved, printed or impressed) and shall be signed manually or by facsimile process by the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, or any other officer appointed by the board of directors for that purpose, to be known as an authorized officer, and the seal of the association shall be engraved thereon. Each certificate shall recite on its face that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the association properly endorsed.

The board of directors may adopt or use procedures for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates as permitted by law.


The association may establish a procedure through which the beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a nominee may be recognized by the association as the shareholder. The procedure may set forth:

 

  (1) The types of nominees to which it applies;

 

  (2) The rights or privileges that the association recognizes in a beneficial owner;

 

  (3) How the nominee may request the association to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (4) The information that must be provided when the procedure is selected;

 

  (5) The period over which the association will continue to recognize the beneficial owner as the shareholder;

 

  (6) Other aspects of the rights and duties created.

ARTICLE VII

Corporate Seal

Section  1. Seal . The seal of the association shall be in such form as may be determined from time to time by the board of directors. The president, the treasurer, the secretary or any assistant treasurer or assistant secretary, or other officer thereunto designated by the board of directors shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any document requiring such seal and to attest the same. The seal on any corporate obligation for the payment of money may be facsimile.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous Provisions

Section  1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the association shall be the calendar year.

Section  2. Execution of Instruments . All agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association by the chairperson of the board, or the president, or any vice president, or the secretary, or the treasurer, or, if in connection with the exercise of fiduciary powers of the association, by any of those offices or by any trust officer. Any such instruments may also be executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the association in such other manner and by such other officers as the board of directors may from time to time direct. The provisions of this section 2 are supplementary to any other provision of these bylaws.

Section  3. Records . The articles of association, the bylaws and the proceedings of all meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and standing committees of the board of directors shall be recorded in appropriate minute books provided for that purpose. The minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary, treasurer or other officer appointed to act as secretary of the meeting.


Section  4. Corporate Governance Procedures. To the extent not inconsistent with federal banking statutes and regulations, or safe and sound banking practices, the association may follow the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter) with respect to matters of corporate governance procedures.

Section  5. Indemnification. For purposes of this Section 5 of Article VIII, the term “institution-affiliated party” shall mean any institution-affiliated party of the association as such term is defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).

Any institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may be indemnified or reimbursed by the association for reasonable expenses actually incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions or proceedings and appeals therein, whether civil, criminal, governmental, administrative or investigative, in accordance with and to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such law now or hereafter exists; provided, however, that when an administrative proceeding or action instituted by a federal banking agency results in a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association, then the association shall require the repayment of all legal fees and expenses advanced pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph and may not indemnify such institution-affiliated parties (or their heirs, executors or administrators) for expenses, including expenses for legal fees, penalties or other payments incurred. The association shall provide indemnification in connection with an action or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) only if such action or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors.

Expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding under 12 U.S.C. 164 or 1818 may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) a determination by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding that the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) has a reasonable basis for prevailing on the merits, (b) a determination that the indemnified individual (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) will have the financial capacity to reimburse the bank in the event he or she does not prevail, (c) a determination that the payment of expenses and fees by the association will not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the association, and (d) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event of a final order or settlement pursuant to which such person: (i) is assessed a civil money penalty, (ii) is removed from office or prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of the association, or (iii) is required to cease and desist from or to take any affirmative action described in 12 U.S.C. 1818(b) with respect to the association. In all other instances, expenses incurred by an institution-affiliated party (or by his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in connection with any action or proceeding as to which indemnification may be given under these articles of association may be paid by the association in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon (a) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such institution-affiliated party (or by or on behalf of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) to repay such advancement in the event that such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification as authorized by these bylaws and (b) approval by the board of directors acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding or, if such a quorum is not obtainable, then approval by stockholders. To the extent permitted by law, the board of directors or, if applicable, the stockholders, shall not be required to find that the institution-affiliated party has met the applicable standard of conduct provided by law for indemnification in connection with such action or proceeding.


In the event that a majority of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the remaining members of the board may authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the remaining members of the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If independent legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the remaining members of the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

In the event that all of the members of the board of directors are named as respondents in an administrative proceeding or civil action and request indemnification, the board shall authorize independent legal counsel to review the indemnification request and provide the board with a written opinion of counsel as to whether the conditions delineated in the first four paragraphs of this Section 5 of Article VIII have been met. If legal counsel opines that said conditions have been met, the board of directors may rely on such opinion in authorizing the requested indemnification.

To the extent permitted under applicable law, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these articles of association (a) shall be available with respect to events occurring prior to the adoption of these bylaws, (b) shall continue to exist after any restrictive amendment of these bylaws with respect to events occurring prior to such amendment, (c) may be interpreted on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the action or proceeding, or on the basis of applicable law in effect at the time such rights are claimed, and (d) are in the nature of contract rights which may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction as if the association and the institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) for whom such rights are sought were parties to a separate written agreement.

The rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not, to the extent permitted under applicable law, be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such institution-affiliated party (or his or her heirs, executors or administrators) may now or hereafter be otherwise entitled whether contained in the association’s articles of association, these bylaws, a resolution of stockholders, a resolution of the board of directors, or an agreement providing such indemnification, the creation of such other rights being hereby expressly authorized. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights of indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in these bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights, pursuant to statute or otherwise, of any such institution-affiliated party (or of his or her heirs, executors or administrators) in any such action or proceeding to have assessed or allowed in his or her favor, against the association or otherwise, his or her costs and expenses incurred therein or in connection therewith or any part thereof.

If this Section 5 of Article VIII or any part hereof shall be held unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall be deemed modified to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable, and the remainder of this Section 5 of Article VIII shall remain fully enforceable.

The association may, upon affirmative vote of a majority of its board of directors, purchase insurance to indemnify its institution-affiliated parties to the extent that such indemnification is allowed in these bylaws; provided, however, that no such insurance shall include coverage for a final order assessing civil money penalties against such persons by a bank regulatory agency. Such insurance may, but need not, be for the benefit of all institution-affiliated parties.


ARTICLE IX

Inspection and Amendments

Section  1. Inspection . A copy of the bylaws of the association, with all amendments, shall at all times be kept in a convenient place at the main office of the association, and shall be open for inspection to all shareholders during banking hours.

Section  2. Amendments . The bylaws of the association may be amended, altered or repealed, at any regular meeting of the board of directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of the directors except as provided below, and provided that the following language accompany any such change.

I,                    , certify that: (1) I am the duly constituted (secretary or treasurer) of and secretary of its board of directors, and as such officer am the official custodian of its records; (2) the foregoing bylaws are the bylaws of the association, and all of them are now lawfully in force and effect.

I have hereunto affixed my official signature on this    day of            .

 

 

 
(Secretary or Treasurer)  

The association’s shareholders may amend or repeal the bylaws even though the bylaws also may be amended or repealed by the board of directors.


EXHIBIT 6

Section 321(b) Consent

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust, National Association hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

      WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated:   May 19, 2017     By:  

/s/ Hallie E. Field

        Name:   Hallie E. Field
        Title:   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT 7

R E P O R T    O F    C O N D I T I O N

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As of the close of business on March 31, 2017

 

ASSETS    Thousands of Dollars  

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     4,696,542  

Securities:

     5,278  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell:

     227,200  

Loans and leases held for sale:

     0  

Loans and leases net of unearned income, allowance:

     265,893  

Premises and fixed assets:

     5,060  

Other real estate owned:

     468  

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:

     0  

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures:

     0  

Intangible assets:

     22  

Other assets:

     38,407  

Total Assets:

     5,238,870  

 

LIABILITIES    Thousands of Dollars  

Deposits

     4,710,127  

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     0  

Other borrowed money:

     0  

Other Liabilities:

     23,332  

Total Liabilities

     4,733,459  

 

EQUITY CAPITAL    Thousands of Dollars  

Common Stock

     1,000  

Surplus

     393,800  

Retained Earnings

     111,034  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (423

Total Equity Capital

     505,411  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

     5,238,870  

EXHIBIT 99.1

FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SAFEWAY, INC.

ALBERTSON’S LLC

AND THE ADDITIONAL ISSUERS

OFFER TO EXCHANGE THEIR

6.625% SENIOR NOTES

DUE 2024, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “NEW 2024 NOTES”),

FOR ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING

6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024 (THE “ORIGINAL 2024 NOTES”)

AND

5.750% SENIOR NOTES

DUE 2025, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

(TOGETHER WITH THE NEW 2024 NOTES, THE “NEW NOTES”)

FOR ALL OF THEIR OUTSTANDING

5.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

(TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL 2024 NOTES, THE “ORIGINAL NOTES”)

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON            , 2017, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE ISSUERS (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Delivery To:

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Exchange Agent

By Registered or Certified Mail; Hand or Overnight Delivery:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Workflow Management—5 th Floor

By Facsimile Transmission

(Eligible Institutions Only)

(302) 636-4139

Attn: Workflow Management—5 th Floor

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone Call

(302) 636-6470

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.


THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

Albertsons Companies, LLC (“ACL”), on behalf of the Issuers, reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its sole discretion, in which event the term “Expiration Date” shall mean the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. ACL shall notify the holders of the Original Notes of any extension by means of a press release or other public announcement prior to 9:00 A.M., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by a holder of Original Notes. Tender of Original Notes is to be made (i) according to the Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”), of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), pursuant to the procedures set forth in ACL’s Prospectus dated              , 2017 (the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering,” or (ii) pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” DTC participants that are accepting the exchange offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the exchange agent’s DTC account. DTC will then send a computer generated message known as an “agent’s message” to the exchange agent for its acceptance. For you to validly tender your Original Notes in the exchange offer, the exchange agent must receive, prior to the Expiration Date, an agent’s message under the ATOP procedures that confirms that:

 

    DTC has received your instructions to tender your Original Notes; and

 

    you agree to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal,

or you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below.

BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER ORIGINAL NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.

If a holder of Original Notes desires to tender his, her, or its Original Notes for exchange and, at or before the Expiration Date, the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, then such holder may effect a tender of Original Notes for exchange in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Persons who are beneficial owners of Original Notes but are not registered holders and who desire to tender Original Notes should contact the registered holder of such Original Notes and instruct such registered holder to tender on such beneficial owner’s behalf.

List below the Original Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Original Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in,
if blank)

   1
Indicate whether
Original 2024 Notes or
Original 2025 Notes
     2
Aggregate
Principal Amount
of Original
Note(s)
     3
Principal Amount
Tendered*
 
        
        
        

Total

        

 

* Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered all of the Original Notes represented by the Original Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. See Instruction 1.


START HERE

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:

  

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

   

Transaction Code

     

Number:                                                                 

 

CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

 

Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):   

 

Address:   

 

Window Ticket Number (if any):   

 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:   

 

Name of Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:   

 

 

CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name:   

 

Address:   

 


Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc., Albertson’s LLC and the Additional Issuers under the Original Notes (collectively, the “Issuers”) the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated in this Letter of Transmittal, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Issuers’ Prospectus dated              , 2017 (the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in this Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute the Issuers’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (i) $1,000 principal amount of their 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Original 2024 Notes”) and (ii) $1,000 principal amount of their 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the Original 2024 Notes, the “Original Notes”). Capitalized terms which are not defined herein are used herein as defined in the Prospectus.

Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuers, all right, title and interest in and to such Original Notes as are being tendered hereby and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the attorney-in-fact of the undersigned with respect to such Original Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being an irrevocable power coupled with an interest), to:

(a) transfer ownership of such Original Notes through book-entry transfer at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, to or upon the order of the Issuers, upon receipt by the Exchange Agent, as the undersigned’s agent, of the same aggregate principal amount of New Notes; and

(b) receive, for the account of the Issuers, all benefits and otherwise exercise, for the account of the Issuers, all rights of beneficial ownership of the Original Notes tendered hereby in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes tendered hereby and that the Issuers will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all security interests, liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, conditional sale agreements or other obligations relating to their sale or transfer, and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Issuers.

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Issuers) as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuers may not be required to exchange any of the Original Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned.

By tendering, each holder of the Original Notes who wishes to exchange Original Notes for the applicable New Notes in the Exchange Offer represents and acknowledges, for the holder and for each beneficial owner of such Original Notes, whether or not the beneficial owner is the holder, that: (i) the applicable New Notes to be acquired by the holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are being acquired in the ordinary course of business; (ii) neither the holder nor any beneficial owner is an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries; (iii) any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or purpose of distributing New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale of the New Notes acquired by such person; (iv) the holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution of the New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes; and (v) if the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for the holder’s own account in exchange for Original Notes, the Original Notes to be so exchanged were acquired by the holder as a result of market-making or other trading activities and the holder will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. However, by so representing and acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The Issuers have agreed that, subject to the provisions of the applicable Registration Rights Agreements, the Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Participating Broker-Dealer (as defined below) in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes, where such Original Notes were acquired by such Participating Broker-Dealer for their own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for a


period that will terminate when all registrable securities covered by the registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto (the “Effective Date”) (subject to extension under certain limited circumstances described in the Prospectus). In that regard, each broker-dealer who acquired Original Notes for their own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”), by tendering such Original Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal or effecting delivery of an Agent’s message in lieu thereof, agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Issuers of the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any fact which makes any statement contained or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which cause the Prospectus to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or of the occurrence of certain other event specified in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement, such Participating Broker-Dealer will suspend the sale of New Notes pursuant to the Prospectus until the Issuers have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and have furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to the Participating Broker-Dealer or the Issuers have given notice that the sale of the New Notes may be resumed, as the case may be.

As a result, a Participating Broker-Dealer who intends to use the Prospectus in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer must notify the Issuers, or cause the Issuers to be notified, on or prior to the Expiration Date, that it is a Participating Broker-Dealer. Such notice may be given in the space provided above or may be delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth in the Prospectus under “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuers to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Withdrawal of Tenders.”

Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for any New Notes (and, if applicable, for any Original Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the applicable New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Original Notes for any Original Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Original Notes.”

THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE ORIGINAL NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETION.


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)

To be completed ONLY if Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer that are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) other than the account indicated above. ISSUE TO:

 

Name(s):  

 

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

 

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)
Address:  

 

 

 

(ZIP CODE)

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

(Social Security Number or Employer Identification Number)

Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below:

 

(Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number, if applicable)

THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS

(Complete Accompanying Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 attached at the end of this Letter of Transmittal)

 

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S)  
Date             , 2017  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:  

 

If a holder is tendering any Original Notes, this Letter of Transmittal must be signed by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Original Notes or on a securities position listing or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.


Name(s):

 

 

(Please Type or Print)
Capacity:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

(Including Zip Code)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If required by Instruction 3)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

(Title)

 

(Name and Firm)

Date             , 20    


INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

 

I. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Original Notes if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.” A properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE ORIGINAL NOTES AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDERS, BUT THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. BY USING THE AUTOMATED TENDER OFFER PROGRAM (“ATOP”) PROCEDURES TO TENDER ORIGINAL NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT. INSTEAD OF DELIVERY BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOLDERS USE AN OVERNIGHT OR HAND DELIVERY SERVICE, PROPERLY INSURED. IN ALL CASES, SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. DO NOT SEND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ANY ORIGINAL NOTES TO THE ISSUERS.

If holders desire to tender Original Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer and, if at or before the Expiration Date, the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, such holder may effect a tender of Original Notes for exchange in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” Pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures:

 

    such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Institution;

 

    on or prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, setting forth the name and address of the holder of the Original Notes and the principal amount of Original Notes tendered stating that the tender is being made thereby, and guaranteeing that, within three business days after the expiration date, the Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with any other document required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the Exchange Agent; and

 

    the properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal must be received by the exchange agent within three business days after the expiration date.

See the section entitled “The Exchange Offer” of the Prospectus for more information.

 

II. PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO HOLDERS OF ORIGINAL NOTES WHO TENDER BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER); WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.

Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. If less than all of the Original Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of Original Notes—Principal Amount Tendered.” The untendered principal amount of the Original Notes will be credited to the DTC account of the tendering holder, unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.


Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date. In order for a withdrawal to be effective on or prior to that time, a written, or facsimile transmission of such notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person who tendered the Original Notes to be withdrawn, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be withdrawn. If Original Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering,” the notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawal of Original Notes, in which case a notice of withdrawal will be effective if delivered to the Exchange Agent by written or facsimile transmission. Withdrawals of tenders of Original Notes may not be rescinded. Original Notes properly withdrawn will not be deemed to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no New Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Original Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be retendered at any subsequent time on or prior to the Expiration Date by following the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering.”

All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Issuers, in their sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. None of the Issuers, any employees, agents, affiliates or assigns of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Any Original Notes which have been tendered but which are withdrawn will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as promptly as practicable after withdrawal.

 

III. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on a securities position listing without any change whatsoever.

If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several securities positions listings, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations.

When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the New Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Original Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such documents must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the certificate(s), and the signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuers, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuers of their authority to so act must be submitted.

ENDORSEMENTS ON CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR SIGNATURES ON BOND POWERS REQUIRED BY THIS INSTRUCTION 3 MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A FIRM WHICH IS A MEMBER OF A REGISTERED NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE OR A MEMBER OF THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRY REGULATORY AUTHORITY, INC. OR BY A COMMERCIAL BANK OR TRUST COMPANY HAVING AN OFFICE OR CORRESPONDENT IN THE UNITED STATES (EACH AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION”).

SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NEED NOT BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION, PROVIDED THE ORIGINAL NOTES ARE TENDERED: (i) BY A REGISTERED HOLDER OF


ORIGINAL NOTES (WHICH TERM, FOR PURPOSES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, INCLUDES ANY PARTICIPANT IN THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY SYSTEM WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE HOLDERS OF SUCH ORIGINAL NOTES) WHO HAS NOT COMPLETED THE BOX ENTITLED “SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS” OR “SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS” ON THIS LETTER OR (ii) FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

 

IV SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

If the New Notes are to be issued or if any Original Notes not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent to a person other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Original Notes tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not accepted for exchange be credited to such other account maintained at DTC as such holder may designate. In such event, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

 

V. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9.

The holder tendering Original Notes in exchange for New Notes is required to provide the Exchange Agent with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, which is provided below. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE CORRECT INFORMATION ON THE FORM OR AN ADEQUATE BASIS FOR AN EXEMPTION MAY SUBJECT THE HOLDER TO A $50 OR $500 PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. WILLFULLY FALSIFYING CERTIFICATIONS OR AFFIRMATIONS MAY RESULT IN CRIMINAL PENALTIES. IN ADDITION, BACKUP WITHHOLDING AT THE RATE OF 28% MAY BE IMPOSED UPON ANY PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL OF, AND INTEREST ON, AND THE PROCEEDS OF DISPOSITION OF, A NEW NOTE. IF WITHHOLDING RESULTS IN AN OVERPAYMENT OF TAXES, A REFUND MAY BE OBTAINED. Write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN if the holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a number or intends to apply for a number in the near future. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, the Exchange Agent, if appropriate, will withhold 28% of any payments of principal of and interest on, and the proceeds of disposition of, a New Note until a TIN is provided to the Exchange Agent.

Exempt holders are not subject to backup withholding. To prevent possible erroneous backup withholding, an exempt holder should enter its correct TIN in Part I of the Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, circle the appropriate portion of Part II of such form, and sign and date the form. See the enclosed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for additional instructions. In order for a non-resident alien or foreign entity to qualify as an exempt recipient, such person must submit a completed and appropriate Form W-8, or successor form, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to the individual’s exempt status. Such forms can be obtained from the Exchange Agent.

The holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN of the record owner of the Original Notes. If the Original Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the instructions to the Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 for additional guidance on which TIN to report.

 

VI. TRANSFER TAXES.

The Issuers will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Original Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, New Notes and/or substitute Original Notes not exchanged are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Original Notes to the Issuers or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE ORIGINAL NOTES SPECIFIED IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


VII. DETERMINATION OF VALIDITY.

The Issuers will determine, in their sole discretion, all questions as to the form of documents, validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance for exchange of any tender of Original Notes, which determination shall be final and binding on all parties. The Issuers reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders determined by them not to be in proper form or the acceptance of which, or exchange for which, may, in the view of counsel to the Issuers, be unlawful. The Issuers also reserve the absolute right, subject to applicable law, to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer” or any conditions or irregularity in any tender of Original Notes of any particular holder whether or not similar conditions or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders.

The Issuers’ interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this Letter of Transmittal and the instructions hereto) will be final and binding. No tender of Original Notes will be deemed to have been validly made until all irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Although the Issuers intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Original Notes, none of the Issuers, any employees, agents, affiliates or assigns of the Issuers, the Exchange Agent, nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any irregularities in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

VIII. NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS.

No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.

IX. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.


Form W-9

(Rev. December 2014)

Department of the Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

  

Print or type.

 

Request for Taxpayer

Identification Number and Certification

 

Give Form to the requester. Do not
send to the IRS.

Print or type

See

Specific Instructions

on page 2.

 

     

 

1 Name (as shown on your income tax return). Name is required on this line; do not leave this line blank.

 

   

 

2 Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above

 

    3 Check appropriate box for federal tax classification; check only one of the following seven boxes:  
      Individual/sole proprietor
        or single-member LLC
 

 

 

C Corporation

 

 

 

 

S Corporation

 

 

 

 

Partnership    

 

 

 

 

Trust/estate 

 

 

 

Exemptions (codes apply only to

certain entities, not individuals; see
instructions on page 3):

Exempt payee code (if any)                 
Exemption from FATCA reporting

code (if any)                                      

(Applies to accounts maintained outside
the U.S.)

 

     

Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation,

        P=partnership) u                     

 
   

Note. For a single-member LLC that is disregarded, do not check LLC; check the appropriate box in the line above for the tax classification of the single-member owner.

 
        Other (see instructions) u                       
       

 

5 Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)

 

      

 

    Requester’s name and address (optional)        

       

 

6 City, state, and ZIP code

 

        
       

 

7 List account number(s) here (optional)

 

         
Part I    Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

 

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on line 1to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is generally your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it  is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page  3.

 

Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the instructions for line 1 and the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose number to enter.

                 
 

Social security number

                               
  or
 

Employer identification number

                                 
Part II    Certification

Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 

1.   The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

 

2.   I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding; and

 

3.   I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below); and
4.   The FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that I am exempt from FATCA reporting is correct.

Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 3.

 

Sign
Here
   Signature of
U.S. person  
u
     Date   u

General Instructions

Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted.

Future developments. Information about developments affecting Form W-9 (such as legislation enacted after we release it) is at www.irs.gov/fw9 .

Purpose of Form

An individual or entity (Form W-9 requester) who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) which may be your social security number (SSN), individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN), adoption taxpayer identification number (ATIN), or employer identification number (EIN), to report on an information return the amount paid to you, or other amount reportable on an information return. Examples of information returns include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Form 1099-INT (interest earned or paid)

 

  Form 1099-DIV (dividends, including those from stocks or mutual funds)

 

  Form 1099-MISC (various types of income, prizes, awards, or gross proceeds)

 

  Form 1099-B (stock or mutual fund sales and certain other transactions by brokers)

 

  Form 1099-S (proceeds from real estate transactions)

 

  Form 1099-K (merchant card and third party network transactions)
  Form 1098 (home mortgage interest), 1098-E (student loan interest), 1098-T (tuition)

 

  Form 1099-C (canceled debt)

 

  Form 1099-A (acquisition or abandonment of secured property)

Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a resident alien), to provide your correct TIN.

If you do not return Form W-9 to the requester with a TIN, you might be subject to backup withholding. See What is backup withholding? on page 2.

By signing the filled-out form, you:

1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued),

2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or

3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income, and

4. Certify that FATCA code(s) entered on this form (if any) indicating that you are exempt from the FATCA reporting, is correct. See What is FATCA reporting? on page 2 for further information.

 

 

 

  Cat. No. 10231X  

Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2014)


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2014)

Page  2

 

 

Note. If you are a U.S. person and a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.

Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are:

 

  An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;

 

  A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States;

 

  An estate (other than a foreign estate); or

 

  A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section 301.7701-7).

Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a trade or business in the United States are generally required to pay a withholding tax under section 1446 on any foreign partners’ share of effectively connected taxable income from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 has not been received, the rules under section 1446 require a partnership to presume that a partner is a foreign person, and pay the section 1446 withholding tax. Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. status and avoid section 1446 withholding on your share of partnership income.

In the cases below, the following person must give Form W-9 to the partnership for purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding on its allocable share of net income from the partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States:

 

  In the case of a disregarded entity with a U.S. owner, the U.S. owner of the disregarded entity and not the entity;

 

  In the case of a grantor trust with a U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner, generally, the U.S. grantor or other U.S. owner of the grantor trust and not the trust; and

 

  In the case of a U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust), the U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the beneficiaries of the trust.

Foreign person. If you are a foreign person or the U.S. branch of a foreign bank that has elected to be treated as a U.S. person, do not use Form W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 or Form 8233 (see Publication 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Entities).

Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. resident alien for tax purposes.

If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five items:

1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident alien.

2. The treaty article addressing the income.

3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that contains the saving clause and its exceptions.

4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax.

5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the terms of the treaty article.

Example . Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the information described above to support that exemption.

If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8 or Form 8233.

Backup Withholding

What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the IRS 28% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup withholding.

You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax return.

Payments you receive will be subject to backup withholding if:

1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester,

2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II instructions on page 3 for details),

3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN,

4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and dividends only), or

5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts opened after 1983 only).

Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See Exempt payee code on page 3 and the separate Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9 for more information.

Also see Special rules for partnerships above.

What is FATCA reporting?

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) requires a participating foreign financial institution to report all United States account holders that are specified United States persons. Certain payees are exempt from FATCA reporting. See Exemption from FATCA reporting code on page 3 and the Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9 for more information.

Updating Your Information

You must provide updated information to any person to whom you claimed to be an exempt payee if you are no longer an exempt payee and anticipate receiving reportable payments in the future from this person. For example, you may need to provide updated information if you are a C corporation that elects to be an S corporation, or if you no longer are tax exempt. In addition, you must furnish a new Form W-9 if the name or TIN changes for the account; for example, if the grantor of a grantor trust dies.

Penalties

Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

Civil penalty for false information with respect to withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

Specific Instructions

Line 1

You must enter one of the following on this line; do not leave this line blank. The name should match the name on your tax return.

If this Form W-9 is for a joint account, list first, and then circle, the name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I of Form W-9.

a. Individual. Generally, enter the name shown on your tax return. If you have changed your last name without informing the Social Security Administration (SSA) of the name change, enter your first name, the last name as shown on your social security card, and your new last name.

Note. ITIN applicant: Enter your individual name as it was entered on your Form W-7 application, line 1a. This should also be the same as the name you entered on the Form 1040/1040A/1040EZ you filed with your application.

b. Sole proprietor or single-member LLC. Enter your individual name as shown on your 1040/1040A/1040EZ on line 1. You may enter your business, trade, or “doing business as” (DBA) name on line 2.

c. Partnership, LLC that is not a single-member LLC, C Corporation, or S Corporation . Enter the entity’s name as shown on the entity’s tax return on line 1 and any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.

d. Other entities. Enter your name as shown on required U.S. federal tax documents on line 1. This name should match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA name on line 2.

e. Disregarded entity. For U.S. federal tax purposes, an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is treated as a “disregarded entity.” See Regulations section 301.7701-2(c)(2)(iii). Enter the owner’s name on line 1. The name of the entity entered on line 1 should never be a disregarded entity. The name on line 1 should be the name shown on the income tax return on which the income should be reported. For example, if a foreign LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes has a single owner that is a U.S. person, the U.S. owner’s name is required to be provided on line 1. If the direct owner of the entity is also a disregarded entity, enter the first owner that is not disregarded for federal tax purposes. Enter the disregarded entity’s name on line 2, “Business name/disregarded entity name.” If the owner of the disregarded entity is a foreign person, the owner must complete an appropriate Form W-8 instead of a Form W-9. This is the case even if the foreign person has a U.S. TIN.

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2014)

Page  3

 

 

Line 2

If you have a business name, trade name, DBA name, or disregarded entity name, you may enter it on line 2.

Line 3

Check the appropriate box in line 3 for the U.S. federal tax classification of the person whose name is entered on line 1. Check only one box in line 3.

Limited Liability Company (LLC). If the name on line 1 is an LLC treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes, check the “Limited Liability Company” box and enter “P” in the space provided. If the LLC has filed Form 8832 or 2553 to be taxed as a corporation, check the “Limited Liability Company” box and in the space provided enter “C” for C corporation or “S” for S corporation. If it is a single-member LLC that is a disregarded entity, do not check the “Limited Liability Company” box; instead check the first box in line 3 “Individual/sole proprietor or single-member LLC.”

Line 4, Exemptions

If you are exempt from backup withholding and/or FATCA reporting, enter in the appropriate space in line 4 any code(s) that may apply to you.

Exempt payee code.

 

  Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup withholding.

 

  Except as provided below, corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, including interest and dividends.

 

  Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding for payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions.

 

  Corporations are not exempt from backup withholding with respect to attorneys’ fees or gross proceeds paid to attorneys, and corporations that provide medical or health care services are not exempt with respect to payments reportable on Form 1099-MISC.

The following codes identify payees that are exempt from backup withholding. Enter the appropriate code in the space in line 4.

1—An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2)

2—The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities

3—A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities

4—A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies, or instrumentalities

5—A corporation

6—A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a U.S. commonwealth or possession

7—A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission

8—A real estate investment trust

9—An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940

10—A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a)

11—A financial institution

12—A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian

13—A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947

The following chart shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt payees listed above, 1 through 13.

 

IF the payment is for . . .

 

THEN the payment is exempt
for . . .

Interest and dividend payments   All exempt payees except for 7
Broker transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 4 and 6 through 11 and all C corporations. S corporations must not enter an exempt payee code because they are exempt only for sales of noncovered securities acquired prior to 2012.
Barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends   Exempt payees 1 through 4
Payments over $600 required to be reported and direct sales over $5,000 1   Generally, exempt payees 1 through 5 2
Payments made in settlement of payment card or third party network transactions   Exempt payees 1 through 4

 

1   See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions.
2   However, the following payments made to a corporation and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, gross proceeds paid to an attorney reportable under section 6045(f), and payments for services paid by a federal executive agency. Exemption from FATCA reporting code. The following codes identify payees that are exempt from reporting under FATCA. These codes apply to persons submitting this form for accounts maintained outside of the United States by certain foreign financial institutions. Therefore, if you are only submitting this form for an account you hold in the United States, you may leave this field blank. Consult with the person requesting this form if you are uncertain if the financial institution is subject to these requirements. A requester may indicate that a code is not required by providing you with a Form W-9 with “Not Applicable” (or any similar indication) written or printed on the line for a FATCA exemption code.

A—An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a) or any individual retirement plan as defined in section 7701(a)(37)

B—The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities

C—A state, the District of Columbia, a U.S. commonwealth or possession, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities

D—A corporation the stock of which is regularly traded on one or more established securities markets, as described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)

E—A corporation that is a member of the same expanded affiliated group as a corporation described in Regulations section 1.1472-1(c)(1)(i)

F—A dealer in securities, commodities, or derivative financial instruments (including notional principal contracts, futures, forwards, and options) that is registered as such under the laws of the United States or any state

G—A real estate investment trust

H—A regulated investment company as defined in section 851 or an entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940

I—A common trust fund as defined in section 584(a)

J—A bank as defined in section 581

K—A broker

L—A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947(a)(1)

M—A tax exempt trust under a section 403(b) plan or section 457(g) plan

Note. You may wish to consult with the financial institution requesting this form to determine whether the FATCA code and/or exempt payee code should be completed.

Line 5

Enter your address (number, street, and apartment or suite number). This is where the requester of this Form W-9 will mail your information returns.

Line 6

Enter your city, state, and ZIP code.

Part I. Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)

Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below.

If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN.

If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner (see Limited Liability Company (LLC) on this page), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN.

Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name and TIN combinations.

How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local SSA office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting IRS.gov or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, apply for a TIN and write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to the requester.

Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.

Caution: A disregarded U.S. entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.

 


Form W-9 (Rev. 12-2014)

Page  4

 

 

Part II. Certification

To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign by the withholding agent even if items 1, 4, or 5 below indicate otherwise.

For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign (when required). In the case of a disregarded entity, the person identified on line 1 must sign. Exempt payees, see Exempt payee code earlier.

Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated in items 1 through 5 below.

1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the form.

3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. You may cross out item 2 of the certification.

4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification unless you have been notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other payments” include payments made in the course of the requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services (including payments to corporations), payments to a nonemployee for services, payments made in settlement of payment card and third party network transactions, payments to certain fishing boat crew members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys (including payments to corporations).

5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.

What Name and Number To Give the Requester

 

    

For this type of account:

  

Give name and SSN of:

1.    Individual    The individual
2.    Two or more individuals (joint account)    The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account 1
3.    Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)    The minor 2
4.    a. The usual revocable savings trust (grantor is also trustee)   

The grantor-trustee 1

   b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under state law    The actual owner 1

5.

   Sole proprietorship or disregarded entity owned by an individual    The owner 3
6.    Grantor trust filing under Optional Form 1099 Filing Method 1 (see Regulation section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i) (A))    The grantor*
    

For this type of account:

  

Give name and EIN of:

7.    Disregarded entity not owned by an individual    The owner
8.    A valid trust, estate, or pension trust    Legal entity 4
9.    Corporation or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832 or Form 2553    The corporation
10.   

Association, club, religious,

charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization

   The organization
11.    Partnership or multi-member LLC    The partnership
12.    A broker or registered nominee    The broker or nominee
13.    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments    The public entity
14.   

Grantor trust filing under the Form

1041 Filing Method or the Optional

Form 1099 Filing Method 2 (see

Regulations section 1.671-4(b)(2)(i) (B))

   The trust

 

1   List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished.
2   Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN.
3   You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or DBA name on the “Business name/disregarded entity” name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN.
4   List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 2.
* Note. Grantor must also provide a Form W-9 to trustee of trust.

Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft

Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal information such as your name, SSN, or other identifying information, without your permission, to commit fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund.

To reduce your risk:

 

  Protect your SSN,

 

  Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and

 

  Be careful when choosing a tax preparer.

If your tax records are affected by identity theft and you receive a notice from the IRS, respond right away to the name and phone number printed on the IRS notice or letter.

If your tax records are not currently affected by identity theft but you think you are at risk due to a lost or stolen purse or wallet, questionable credit card activity or credit report, contact the IRS Identity Theft Hotline at 1-800-908-4490 or submit Form 14039.

For more information, see Publication 4535, Identity Theft Prevention and Victim Assistance.

Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059.

Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft.

The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or other financial accounts.

If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, forward this message to phishing@irs.gov . You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS property to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA) at 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the Federal Trade Commission at: spam@uce.gov or contact them at www.ftc.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT (1-877-438-4338).

Visit IRS.gov to learn more about identity theft and how to reduce your risk.

Privacy Act Notice

Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons (including federal agencies) who are required to file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, or certain other income paid to you; mortgage interest you paid; the acquisition or abandonment of secured property; the cancellation of debt; or contributions you made to an IRA, Archer MSA, or HSA. The person collecting this form uses the information on the form to file information returns with the IRS, reporting the above information. Routine uses of this information include giving it to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. commonwealths and possessions for use in administering their laws. The information also may be disclosed to other countries under a treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce civil and criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Under section 3406, payers must generally withhold a percentage of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to the payer. Certain penalties may also apply for providing false or fraudulent information.

 

EXHIBIT 99.2

FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

and the

Additional Issuers

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (CUSIP Number 013093 AB5)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AA7/U01259 AA5)

and

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (CUSIP Number 013093 AD1)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AC3/U01259 AB3)

This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lead Issuers”), made pursuant to the Prospectus, dated             , 2017 (the “Prospectus”), if the procedure for book-entry transfer for the outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2024 (CUSIP Numbers 013093 AA7/U01259 AA5) and the 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (CUSIP Numbers 013093 AC3/U01259 AB3) (collectively, the “Original Notes”) cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Exchange Agent”) on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. See the sections entitled “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” in the Prospectus. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

Delivery To:

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Exchange Agent

By Registered or Certified Mail; Hand or Overnight Delivery:

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Rodney Square North

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, DE 19890-1626

Attention: Workflow Management—5 th Floor


By Facsimile Transmission

(Eligible Institutions Only)

(302) 636-4139

Attn: Workflow Management—5 th Floor

For Information or to Confirm by Telephone Call

(302) 636-6470

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN “ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION” UNDER THE INSTRUCTIONS THERETO, SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED IN THE SIGNATURE BOX ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Lead Issuers the principal amount of Original Notes set forth below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Name(s) of registered holder(s) (Please type or print):

 

Title (Capacity)*:

 

Address (Include Zip Code):

 

Area Code and Telephone No.:

 

Principal Amount of Original 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 Tendered**:

 

 

 

Name of Tendering Institution:

 

DTC Account Number:

 

Transaction Code Number:

 

Principal Amount of Original 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 Tendered**:

 

 

 

Name of Tendering Institution:

 

DTC Account Number:

 

Transaction Code Number:

 


ANY AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED, AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

PLEASE SIGN HERE**

 

X  

 

   

 

X  

 

   

 

 

Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized

Signatory                                                 

    Date

 

 

* Please provide if signature is by an attorney-in-fact, executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity.
** Must be in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
*** Must be signed exactly as such participant’s name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes, or by each person authorized to become a registered holder by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

The undersigned, a recognized member in good standing of a Medallion Signature Guarantee Program recognized by the Exchange Agent, such as a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or certain other eligible institutions as that term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (each, an “Eligible Institution”), hereby guarantees that the confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Original Notes referenced above into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Depository Trust Company facility, together with an agent’s message (as described in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above within three business days after the date of execution hereof.

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Letter of Transmittal (and any other required documents) and the Original Notes tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent within the time set forth above and that failure to do so could result in financial loss to the undersigned.

 

 

   

 

Name of Firm     Authorized Signature

 

   

 

Address     Title

 

   

 

Zip Code     (Please Type or Print)

 

   

 

Area Code and Tel. No.     Dated:

EXHIBIT 99.3

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

and the

Additional Issuers

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (CUSIP Number 013093 AB5)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AA7/U01259 AA5)

and

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (CUSIP Number 013093 AD1)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AC3/U01259 AB3)

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing herewith a Prospectus dated                 , 2017 for Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lead Issuers”) and the Additional Issuers (together with the Lead Issuers, the “Issuers”), and a related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the “Exchange Offer”), relating to the offer by the Issuers to exchange to exchange (i) $1,000 principal amount of their 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Original 2024 Notes”) and (ii) $1,000 principal amount of their 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the Original 2024 Notes, the “Original Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus of the Issuers, dated                 , 2017 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Prospectus.

Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 pm, New York City time, on                 , 2017, unless extended.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Original Notes being tendered.


EXHIBIT 99.3

 

We are the holder of record of Original Notes held by us for your account. A tender of such Original Notes can be made only by us as the recordholder, pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Original Notes held by us for your account.

We request instructions on whether you wish to tender any or all of the Original Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may on your behalf make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Issuers that (i) the New Notes to be acquired by the holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are being acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) neither the holder nor any beneficial owner is an affiliate of the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, (iii) any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or purpose of distributing New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes, including a broker-dealer that acquired Original Notes directly from the Issuers, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, in connection with a secondary resale of the New Notes acquired by such person, (iv) if the holder is not a broker-dealer, the holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution of the New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes, and (v) if the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for the holder’s own account in exchange for Original Notes, the Original Notes to be so exchanged were acquired by the holder as a result of market-making or other trading activities and the holder will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. However, by so representing and acknowledging, and by delivering a prospectus, the holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Please complete the Instruction to Registered Holder From Beneficial Owner letter attached hereto and return it to us as soon as possible.

EXHIBIT 99.4

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

and the

Additional Issuers

Letter to DTC Participants Regarding

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (CUSIP Number 013093 AB5)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AA7/U01259 AA5)

and

$1,250,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of their

5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (CUSIP Number 013093 AD1)

which Have Been Registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

for a Like Aggregate Principal Amount of 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025

(CUSIP Numbers 013093 AC3/U01259 AB3)

To Securities Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

We are enclosing herewith the documents listed below relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lead Issuers”) and the Additional Issuers (together with the Lead Issuers, the “Issuers”) to exchange (i) $1,000 principal amount of their 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Original 2024 Notes”) and (ii) $1,000 principal amount of their 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the Original 2024 Notes, the “Original Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus of the Issuers, dated                 , 2017 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Letter of Transmittal.

Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated                 , 2017,

 


2. Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the tender of Existing Notes and for the information of your clients

3. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery; and

4. Letter that may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, which includes an instruction form for obtaining such client’s instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer.

We urge you to contact your clients promptly. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 pm, New York City time, on [●], 2017, unless extended.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Original Notes being tendered.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes will represent to the Issuers that: (i) the New Notes to be acquired by the Holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are being acquired in the ordinary course of business; (ii) neither the Holder nor any beneficial owner is an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries; (iii) any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or purpose of distributing New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes, including a broker-dealer that acquired Original Notes directly from the Issuers, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale of the New Notes acquired by such person; (iv) if the Holder is not a broker-dealer, the Holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution of the New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes; and (v) if the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for the Holder’s own account in exchange for Original Notes, the Original Notes to be so exchanged were acquired by the Holder as a result of market-making or other trading activities and the Holder will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. However, by so representing and acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner letter contains an authorization by the beneficial owners of the Original Notes for you to make the foregoing representations on their behalf.

The Issuers will not pay any fee or commission to any broker or dealer or to any other person (other than the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer) in connection with the solicitation or tender of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Issuers will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes payable on the transfer of Original Notes to them, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 6 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.


Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the undersigned.

 

Very truly yours,

Albertsons Companies, LLC

New Albertson’s, Inc.

Safeway Inc.

Albertson’s LLC

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS THE AGENT OF THE ISSUERS OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT OR AUTHORIZE YOU TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON THEIR BEHALF IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.


INSTRUCTION TO REGISTERED HOLDER FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER

of

6.625% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2024

(CUSIP NUMBERS 013093 AA7/U01259 AA5)

and

5.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

(CUSIP NUMBERS 013093 AC3/U01259 AB3)

of

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

SAFEWAY INC.

ALBERTSON’S LLC

and the

ADDITIONAL ISSUERS

To Registered Holder:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                 , 2017 (the “Prospectus”) of Albertsons Companies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation, Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation and Albertson’s LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Lead Issuers”) and the Additional Issuers (together with the Lead Issuers, the “Issuers”), and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together constitute the Issuers’ offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange (i) $1,000 principal amount of their 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “New 2024 Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 6.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Original 2024 Notes”) and (ii) $1,000 principal amount of their 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the New 2024 Notes, the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for each $1,000 principal amount of their issued and outstanding 5.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (together with the Original 2024 Notes, the “Original Notes”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount):

$            of 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2024

$            of 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2025


With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check appropriate box):

☐ To TENDER the following Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered (if any)):

$            of 6.625% Senior Notes Due 2024

$            of 5.750% Senior Notes Due 2025

☐ NOT to TENDER any Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that: (i) the New Notes to be acquired by the Holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are being acquired in the ordinary course of business; (ii) neither the Holder nor any beneficial owner is an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ subsidiaries; (iii) any person participating in the Exchange Offer with the intention or purpose of distributing New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes, including a broker-dealer that acquired Original Notes directly from the Issuers, but not as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale of the New Notes acquired by such person; (iv) if the Holder is not a broker-dealer, the Holder and each beneficial owner, if any, are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution of the New Notes received in exchange for Original Notes; and (v) if the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes for the Holder’s own account in exchange for Original Notes, the Original Notes to be so exchanged were acquired by the Holder as a result of market-making or other trading activities and the Holder will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such New Notes received in the Exchange Offer. However, by so representing and acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The instructions contained herein shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned contained herein shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.


SIGN HERE

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(s)     
(Please Print)   
Signature(s)     
Address   
 
 
Telephone Number     
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number     
Date